THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY From the collection of Julius Doerner, Chicago Purchased , 603 C77c 1918. Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2017 with funding from University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign Alternates https://archive.org/details/cyclopdiaofsixth00cool_0 THE BOOK OF USEFUL KNOWLEDGE A CYCLOPEDIA OF SIX THOUSAND PRACTICAL RECEIPTS, AND COLLATERAL INFORMATION IN THE ARTS, MANUFACTURES, AND TRADES, INCLUDING JlLMcine, $i)armacD, antr domestic (Exonomt). DESIGNED AS A COMPENDIOUS . BOOK OF REFERENCE » FOR THE MANUFACTURER, TRADESMAN, AMATEUR, AND HEADS OF FAMILIES. BY ARNOLD JAMES Q OOLEY, PRACTICAL CHEMIST. ILLUSTRATED WITH NUMEROUS ENGRAVINGS. NEW-YORK: D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, 90 , 92 & 94 GRAND STREET. 1868 . « ? GO'S ClU PUBLISHERS’ PREFACE The “ Cyclopaedia of Practical Receipts” being now completed, it is picper to offer to the reader a few preliminary remarks, concerning; the nature and contents of the work to which his attention is directed. From the Author’s Preface to the second edition of his Cyclopaedia, recently issued in London, — from which this volume has been reprinted, — we extract the ensuing paragraphs, comprising nearly the whole of his original Preface. “ The design of this work is to present an accurate and compendious collection of formulae and processes, with . a variety of information suitable to the general reader, anti practical purposes. “ In the performance of the laborious task of compilation, the principal aim has been, to render this work as extensively useful as possible, as well as a correct, comprehensive, and conveniently arranged manual of reference on the subjects on which it treats. It will be found to contain directions for the preparation of several thousand articles of interest and utility, together with their properties, uses, and doses, and the means of ascertaining their purity, and detecting their presence in other compounds. In most cases, the derivations of the names, and a short histori- cal notice of the more important substances have been appended ; and the various scientific and technical terms that occur have been generally defined, for the purpose of rendering the work as self-explanatory as possible. As the names of substances, especially those employed in chemistry, pharmacy, and medicine, have undergone repeated alterations, and even at the present day frequently vary as applied by dif- ferent individuals, the old and new names, and the usual synonymes, English, Latin and Continental, have been introduced, for the purpose of preventing mistakes, and facilitating reference to more elaborate works. A general, rather than a scientific arrangement has been adopted, because the object of the work is popular and univer- sal ; and though useful to men of science, it is more especially addressed to practical persons and the public at large. Theoretical reasonings have been avoided, except n some instances, where a slight knowledge of scientific principles seemed neces- sary to the proper application of practical detail. The whole book will form a com- t pendious Dictionary of Reference for the manufacturer, tradesman, and amateur, as well as the heads of families ; and there are few persons who will not find, on’ looking over its pages, some article that will interest them. “ The sources from which the materials of the present work have been derived, render it deserving of the utmost confidence. The best and latest authorities have been invariably resorted to, and innumerable volumes, both British and Continental, have been consulted and compared. A large portion of the work has been derived from the personal experience of the Editor, and the processes of various laboratories 6 PREFACE. and manufactories, many of which he can highly recommend, from having inspected their application on an extensive scale. The indiscriminate adoption of matter. without examination, has been uniformly avoided ; and in no instance has any process been admitted, unless it rested upon some well-known fact of science, or came recommended on good authority. In the majority of cases, the sources of in- formation have been indicated, for the purpose of enabling the reader to form a proper estimation of their value. Wherever this is not the case, in reference to borrowed formulae or facts, the omission has arisen from the impossibility of accu- rately determining to whom the merit is due. The individual name3 that appear in the work, are those of the persons to whom the immediately attached information oi ormulae are usually attributed, or on whose recommendation or authority they have been taken. f “ It has been endeavored to avoid confusion of the medicinal weights and meas- ures, with those commonly used in trade and commerce. For this purpose, it was deemed advisable to employ the usual signs or characters to indicate those denomi- nations of either, that do not correspond in value., The quantities would have been gladly brought to one uniform standard, had such an attempt been practicable. The method adopted in this particular, will be found both simple and accurate. “ The nature of a condensed alphabetical arrangement not permitting numerous individual articles to come under distinct heads, the casual reader may often be led to suppose this work most deficient, where in reality it is most copious. Thus, on searching for Hydrocyanic Acid under H, or Picric Acid under P, such an article will not be found : but on reference to the heads Prussic Acid, and Carbazotic Acid, other names for those articles, much valuable matter on those subjects will be met with. In like manner, a vast number of pharmaceutical preparations, as Pills, Lo- tions, Ointments. &c., will be found mentioned in the remarks that follow the notice of their principal ingredients. Many extensive subjects are also necessarily dis- persed under several distinct heads. Thus, information on the manufacture of liqueurs will be found under the heads, Cordials, Cremes, Balms, Oils, Anisette de Bordeaux, Sighs of Love, Parfait Amour, Noyeau, Ratafia, &c. ; on perfumery, under the heads, Eaux, Esprits, Essences, Extracts, Pommades, Poudres, &c. ; on dyeing, under the heads, Calico-printing, Dyeing, Archil, Annotto ; Blue, Brown, Black, and other Dyes; Alumina, Tin, Mordants, Chloride of Tin, Brazil-wood, and Indigo. By a little attention, such divisions may be referred to, and readily com- pared. Sufficient directions are appended to the various processes, to enable even those who are unacquainted with chemical manipulations, to apply them with success.” The work has been reprinted exactly from the last London edition, with one exception, which must be stated. After the volume was begun, it was discovered that there was a large number of references to articles which are not comprised in the miscellany. It appears that the compilation was entered upon without any dis- tinct survey of the multifarious materials appertaining to such a Cyclopaedia ; and therefore, constant directions were superadded to the same or analogous substances or preparations, which it was designed should *be embodied in subsequent portions of the alphabetic classification. Early, however, in the progress of the volume, it must have been ascertained that, by following out that unrestricted introduction of subjects, the Cyclopaedia would have been a book, “ de omnibus rebus, et quibusdam PREFACE 7 ■iliis and whether it could have been completed to the word Finis, during the life-time of the Author, is very problematical. Those supernumerary explanations, consequently, were omitted. Hence it became necessary to subject the book to a close examination, that all those fictitious references might be excluded, and the reader thus be saved the trouble of turning over the volume for expected information, which the work does not contain in the form specified, but which is really included in the primary articles. Among the continual variety of those irrelevant references, it is possible that a few of them may have been unwittingly overlooked ; otherwise, they have been erased ; and thus the readet has been saved indefinite perplexity, in not obtaining, as might be supposed, the requisite intelligence upon the subject which he was investigating. The Publishers, therefore, now present to the mistresses and managers of domestic economy, and to the various classes of experimental artisans, and men of business, both operatives and traders, a volume which is universally admitted to be very superior to every preceding collection of receipts, for general utility. The whole series is the result of actual scientific tests, and presented in a very lucid manner ; combining the utmost economy and utility, with elegance and easiness of attaining the object desired. Moreover, while it constitutes the best manual that exists, for family use, for the culinary and the other departments of household life, the “ Cyclopaedia of Practical Receipts” will be of peculiar advantage to the dairyman and the farmer ; and for all the manufacturers and mechanics to whomUre’s Dictionary of the Arts and Sciences is a hand-book, Cooley’s “ Practical Receipts” is an essential accompaniment, as developing the minute, familiar processes inculcated in that large and profound de- velopment of modern discovery and science. New York, November 19 , 1845 ABBREVIATIONS AND SIGNS I ’SKI) IN THIS WORK. Ale Alchemical. Am. H. American Hospital. Ant. Antidote. Arab. Arabic. Aust. Ph. Austrian Pharmacopeia. Bat. Ph. Batavian do. Co. Compound. Comp. l)o. Comp. Composition. Dan. Danish. Dan. Ph. Danish Pharmacopoeia. Def. Definition. Der. Derivation. Dim. Diminutive. Dut. Dutch. E. H. Royal Edinburgh Hospital. Eq. Equivalent. Equiv. Do. Estim. Estimation. Exter. Extermination. Fr. French. F. H. French Hospital. Fr. H. Do. For. H. Foreign Hospital. Ger. H. German do. Ger. German. Guy’s H. Guy’s Hospital. Hist. History. Hos. F. Hospital F^mulary. Ing. Ingredients. It. Ital. Italian. Ital. H. Italian Hospital. Linn. Linnseus ill. Mix. Maj. Majendie’s Formulary. No. Number. O. Old Pharmacopoeia. Obs. Obsolete. P. C. Pharmacopoeia Chirurgica. P. Cod. Paris Codex, or French Pharmacy poeia. P. D. Dublin Pharmacopoeia P. E. Edinburgh do. P. L. London do. P. U. S. United States do. p. ae. Equal parts. Pf. Proof. Port. Portuguese, pp. Prepared. Prep. Preparation. Pres. Preservation. Proc. Process. Prod. Product. Prop. Properties. Prus. Ph. Prussian Pharmacopce'a. Pur. Purity. Purif. Purification. q. p. As much as you please, q. s. As much as sufficient. R. Recipe, take Rest. Restoration. Rus. Ph. Russian Pharmacopoeia. S. A. According to art. Sour. Sources. Sp. Span. Spanish. Span. Ph. Spanish Pharmacopoeia, sp. Spirit. bs. One-half. St. B. H. St. Bartholomew’s Hospital. St. Geo. H. Saint George’s do. S. V. Spirit of wine. S. V. R. Rectified spirit of wine. Swed. Swedish. Swed. Ph. Swedish Pharmacopoeia. Syn. Synonymes. U. C. H. University College Hospital. C. An imperial gallon. Cong. Do. gall. Do. qt. An imperial quart O. An imperial pint, pt. Do. ewt. A hundred -weight of 112 lbs. avoirdupois, qr. A quarter of a hundred- weight, of 28 lbs. avoirdupois. • lb. When preceded by Arabic figures, a pound, Avoirdupois , of 7000 grains. Ib. When followed by Roman numerals, a pound, Troy , of 5600 grains. f A Troy ounce, of 480 grains, ff A fluid ounce, or l-20th of an imperial pint oz. An avoirdupois ounce, of 437 £ grains, dr. A drachm, or the l-8th of an ounce. 3 A Troy drachm, dwt. A pennyweight, or 24 grs. f3 A fluid drachm, or the l-8th of a fluid ounce. 9 A scruple, or 20 grains, ill A minim, or drop, of 60 to the fluid drachm Drop Wherever this word occurs, a minim vt intended. gr. grs. A grain, or grains Troy. CYCLOPyEDIA OF PRACTICAL RECEIPTS. ABO ABERNETHY MEDICINES. These origi- nally consisted of a three-grain mercurial pill, ad- ministered over-night, followed by an aromatized black draught in the morning. Finding, however, that when frequently taken they produced saliva- tion, which proved injurious to their sale, the pro- prietor lessened the quantity of blue pill, and added a proportionate weight of compound extract of colocynth. Two grains of the former, and three grains of the latter, are the quantities generally adopted for an adult, followed by about an ounce of the draught, as above mentioned. When this is not agreeable, a *dose of castor oil, or any mild purgative medicine that the patient may fancy, will prove equally efficacious. ABIETIC ACID. M. Baup has given this name to an acid principle which he found in the resin of the pinus abies. Caillot has applied the same name to a resinous acid which he discovered in Strasburg turpentine and common frankincense. Berzelius regards it as a mixture of the resins al- pha and beta of the above turpentine. Prep. Digest the resin of the pinus abies, first in weak and afterwards in strong alcohol, mix the two liquors, filter and evaporate ; dissolve the resi- duum in strong alcohol, filter and again evaporate. It may be further purified by resolution,, forming a salt of copper by adding a solution of verdigris, and afterwards decomposing it, by the addition of hydrochloric acid. Remarks. In its purest state it crystallizes in square plates, dissolves in alcohol, and forms salts with the alkalis. It is probably a mixture of the pinic and sylvic acids. ABIETINA. Syn. Abietin, Abietine. A crystallizable resin found in Strasburg turpentine. (Caillot.) Berzelius says it is the resin gamma of the same turpentine. (Jour, de Pharm. xvi. 436.) ABORTION. The expulsion of the human foetus, after the sixth week, and before the sixth month of pregnancy. In its most extended sense, the term has been applied synonymously with miscarriage. The latter term, however, has been generally restricted to the first six weeks after si ABR conception. The expulsion of the foetus after the sixth but before the ninth month, is termed pre- mature labor. Causes. Nervous irritability, plethora, advanced age, scurvy, syphilitic, scrofulous, or mercurial taints, malformation of spine or pelvis, luxurious and indolent habits of living, excessive indulgence of the passions, extreme terror, anger, joy, &c. : falls, blows, violent exercise, vomiting, coughing, and roi%h purgatives; hot baths, stimulating li- quors, and other excitants generally. Treat. I. Prevention. Avoid all the above- mentioned exciting causes, and immediately on the appearance of any suspicious symptoms seek a recumbent posture, and repose in every shape practicable. A dose of castor oil, confection of senna, or other mild aperient should be taken, and should there be much haemorrhage, injections of cold water, or cold infusion of black tea, must be had recourse to. A cold hipbath, or sponging the lower part of the body with water and vinegar, often proves successful. Should the symptoms continue unabated, medical assistance should be sought. II. Recovery. Should the preceding measures prove ineffectual, and nQ violent symptoms super- vene, the remaining treatment may consist in continuing the recumbent posture, keeping the bowels regular, taking a light nutritious diet, and avoiding exposure to draughts of cold air. This treatment may be gradually abandoned by the patient for her usual course of life, in proportion as she feels herself able to do so. In many cases, however, the only treatment required throughout, is simply the adoption for a few^ days of the re- cumbent posture, gentle laxatives, and a' light nu- tritious diet. Various formulae for medicines suit- able to the above will be found in the body of this work. ABRACADABRA. A word supposed by the Cabalists, and by other weak-minded and super- stitious persons, to possess great virtue in prevent- ing and curing fevers, especially intermittents, (ague,) of which the kind called semi-tertian was ABS 10 ABS believed to be most easily removed by its incanta- tion. The formula has been preserved by Serenus Samonicus, and its application as an amulet may be seen described in Defoe’s ‘ History of the Plague in London.’ A paper with the Abracadabra writ- ten on it, and worn round the neck, was thought to propitiate a Syrian deity of that name. The words Abrabax, Abrasax, Abraxas, and abraca- dabra, are doubtless closely connected together in their origin and import, but tracing them back into the confusion and superstition of the past, would occupy more space than can be devoted to the subject here, and be of too theoretical and speculative a character for a practical work. Formula from Serenus Samonicus. ABRACADABRA. ABRACADABR ABRACADAB ABRACADA ABRACAD ABRACA ABRAC ABRA ABR AB A ABRASION. A superficial injury of the skin, resulting from the partial removal of the cuticle by friction. Treat. When the injured surface is small, and unexposed, no application is generally required, but when the reverse is the case, it is proper to protect the unsound part from dirt and further in- jury, by applying a piece of linf or soft llfien rag, covered with spermaceti or some other simple un- guent ; a piece of strapping, or bandage of any sort, may then be placed over it, to keep it on. In most cases, however, a simple piece of strap- ping, or sticking-plaster, will be found quite suf- ficient. ABSCESS. A tumor or swelling in the mem- branous or fleshy parts of the body, resulting from inflammatory action, and the consequent formation of purulent matter. Symp. I. Acute Abscess. Active inflamma- tion rapidly terminating in the production of pus or matter and the increase of the tumor. The latter may be felt fluctuating within the part, if near the surface ; an uneasy sensation of weight follows, the swelling assumes a conical shape, and what is popularly known as a head or point ; the skin reddens, and gradually becomes thinne ', until at last it breaks, and the imprisoned matter es- capes. In favorable cases, healthy action follows, the injury is repaired, and the wound heals. In some cases instead of the tumor bursting, the whole of the matter is absorbed into the blood, and the swelling disappears, whence sometimes disagreeable consequences have resulted, but as frequently without any perceptible derangement of the general health. II. Chronic Abscess. This generally occurs in scrofulous constitutions, and is usually confined to the lymphatic glands and cellular tissue. The symptoms up to the period of the dischurgo of the matter are of a similar kind to those just de- scribed, but with a much less degree of inflamma- tion. At this point, however, the latter increases, fever is excited, and the discharge continues, pro- ducing debility and sometimes fatal results, lu favorable cases, the healing and reparative pro. cesses arc similar to those of tho acute variety, but much more tedious, tho curative action often barely keeping pace with tho injurious effects of the ulcer, even in its improving condition. Treat. Cooling applications, friction, and con- tinued gentle pressure may bo tried in tho early stages, and, if ineffectual, suppuration should then be promoted by warm poultices and fomenta- tions, accompanied by a liberal diet until the rupture of the tumor; when this takes place, the ulcer must be regularly dressed twice a day with simple ointment, and kept perfectly clean ; a light nutritious diet should now be adopted, ant the bowels kept gently open with mild aperients. When the abscess is s'tuate in the head, chest, joints, near the eye, or other part where its pres- ence may be productive of serious injury from pressure or diffusion, it should bo opened with a lancet as soon as mature, but this operation had better be performed by a surgeon. Chronic ab- scesses require to be opened earlier than acute ones, but in other respects their treatment is sim- ilar. ABSINTHIC ACID. A peculiar acid found by Braconnot in the artemisia absinthium, or com- mon wormwood, where it exists in combination with potash. Prep. Add a solution of acetate of lead to a watery infusion of common wormwood, wash tli* precipitate in cold distilled water, then suspend i in water contained in a tall vessel of glass, and pass sulphureted hydrogen gas through the liquor, until all the lead is precipitated ; lastly, decant the clear liquid and evaporate. Prop. Sour, uncrystallizable, deliquescent, solid, forming salts with the bases, called absinthates. These may be procured by double decomposition from a mixture of absinthate of ammonia, and a solution of the metallic oxides. Some of these salts are crystallizable. Remarks. It has lately been asserted that this acid is similar to the succinic, if it be not actually the same. ABSINTHINE. Syn. Absinthin, Absinthi- na, Absinthia. The proximate bitter principle of the artemisia absinthium, or common wormwood, discovered by Caventou in the watery infusion of the tops and flowers, and called by him the “ pure bitter principle.” Prep. Precipitate an infusion of wormwood with another of acetate of lead, pass sulphureted hy- drogen gas through the filtered liquor, until the excess of lead is thrown down, then filter and evaporate to dryness ; digest the residuum in a mixture of alcohol and ether, and abandon the solution to spontaneous evaporation. Collect the ramified brown product, redissolve it in alcohol, treat it with charcoal, filter and again evaporate, and repeat this operation until the absinthine is rendered quite white. Prop., Uses, fyc. When quite pure, white, semi- crystalline, and very soluble in alcohol. Its phy- siological effects, as far as known, aro similar fc the extract of wormwood. It flavors the milk and flesh of animals in tho same way as the plant from which it is procured. It has been propose* ABS 11 ACE ajs a remedy for dyspepsia, and as a substitute for quinine in intermittents. Dose. Unascer- tained. ABSORBENT, ALKALINE. Prep. Mix 4 oz. of lime water witli 1 oz. each of liquor of po- tassa and sirup of orange peel. Dose. One table- spoonful in a cup of water or broth, in dyspepsia and heartburn. ABSORBENT, AROMATIC VOLATILE. Prep. I. Carbonate of ammonia 2 dr., pure water 5 oz., sirup of orange peel 1 oz., mix, for a six- ounce mixture II. Sal volatile 1 oz., water 4 oz., orange sirup 1 oz., mix, and keep it in a well-corked bottle. Dose. As last. Remarks. This preparation is much esteemed as a mild antacid by persons laboring under dys- pepsia, heartburn, or acidity of the stomach, arising from excessive indulgence in spirituous or ferment- ed liquors. It also possesses considerable stimula- ting properties, and will partially remove the fit of drunkenness. ABSORBENTS (in Chemistry.) Substances that possess the property of withdrawing moisture from the atmosphere that surrounds them. Ab- sorbents are distinguished from deliquescent salts. The latter attract moisture and dissolve therein, while the former merely absorb or suck it up into their pores, in the same way as a sponge does water. Process of ascertaining the absorbent power of different substances. Thoroughly dry the ar- ticle by the suitable application of heat, and trans- fer it, while still hot, into a clean dry vial fur- nished with a perfectly tight ground-glass stopper. When quite coid, place the substance in a pre- pared large wide-mouthed glass bottle, which must then be closed, and kept so for some time. A delicate hygrometer being then introduced, will indicate on its scale the degree of dryness of the enclosed air. The atmosphere in the large bottle should be rendered as damp as possible, by sus- pending moistened rag or filtering paper within it, previously to the introduction of the substance to be examined. Remarks. Experiments of this nature are only relatively correct, and must be performed under exactly similar circumstances, to furnish even cor- rect comparative results. In the examination of soils, for instance, not only must the heat employed be the same, but the duration of the drying, as well as the method of saturating the air in the large bottle, must also be the same ; in fact, the whole process in each case must be as similar as careful manipulation can possibly make them. ABSORBENTS (in Pharmacy.) Substances that remove acidity in the stomach and bowels. List. Magnesia and carbonate of magnesia, pre- pared chalk, and the carbonates and bicarbonates X)f soda, potassa, and ammonia, are the principal medicines of this class. The first three are called earthy, and the others alkaline absorbents. Prop., dfC. They neutralize acidity, and fre- quently possess, the power of stopping diarrhoea, (especially chalk,) and relieving heartburn and dyspepsia, particularly when the latter depends on the presence of acidity in the primes viaj. Dose. One tcaspoonful of either of the powders i'oxcept the last) in a cup of water, forms an ex- cellent antacid draught. The dose of ammonia is 10 to 15 grains. Remarks. Prepared chalk is most suitable to diarrhoea; potash, soda, or magnesia, to heartburn and dyspepsia ; and ammonia, when nervous or hysterical affections are present. The latter, be- sides being absorbent, is stimulant and diaphoretic, and, in large doses, emetic. ABSORPTION (in Agriculture.) The pow- er possessed by soils of absorbing moisture. Remarks. The more a soil is divided by labor and vegetation, the greater is its absorbent power, and consequently its fertility. The latter chiefly depends on its capacity for imbibing moisture, and may be illustrated by reference to recent and dis- integrated lava. (Leslie.) The^nely divided state, most penetrable by the delicate fibres of plants, appears to derive its superior power of acting on atmospheric vapor from the augmentation of its surface and the multiplication of its points of con- tact. (Ure.) This method of increasing the fer- tility of a soil is well known to scientific farmers, and seldom neglected by them. (Loudon.) The method of ascertaining the absorbent power of soils, is described under absorbent in chemistry, to which the reader is referred. That soil must be regarded as the most fertile, which possesses this power in the greatest degree. Garden-mould has the highest absorbent power of any mineral sub- stance. (Leslie.) ACCIDENTS. Syn. Casualties. The read- er is referred to the separate articles Drowning Fires, &c. &c., for the best means of either pre- venting or meeting accidents. The following re- marks fce, however, so valuable, that they deserve general attention, being equally applicable to every description of casualty and misfortune. “ There is no situation or condition in human life that is not liable to a great variety of serious accidents, against which it is not always possible to guard by the greatest care and foresight. It is of the utmost importance, therefore, to remember that in every accident, one of the greatest and most powerful assistants in remedying it, is pres- ence of mind. For want of this desirable self- possession, many a person has lost his life, and the mischiefs arising from unforeseen accidents have become irretrievable. If the mind be overwhelmed by fear, or astounded by alarm, it is utterly impos- sible that deliberate measures can be taken to secure either our own safety or the safety of those who happen to be about us, and in the same pre- dicament with ourselves. We repeat, therefore, that it is a proof of the truest wisdom to cultivate, and endeavor to preserve as much as possible, in all extraordinary and unexpected situations, either of body or mind, or both, that chief requisite in every accident, for acting with coolness, judgment, and effect — presence of mind.” ACERIC ACID. Syn. Maple Acid. An acid discovered by Scherer in the milky sap of the acer campestre or common maple tree, where it exists in combination with lime. Prep. Place the juice of the maple in x warm situation for about a fortnight, that it may ferment and lose its acidity ; then filter and add a solution of acetate of lead to the clear liquor, separate the precipitate on a filter, and wash it with very cold water. Then pour a large quantity of boiling wa- • ACE 12 ACE ter on the filter, and receive it in glass vessels. On cooling, brilliant crystals of acerate of lead will be deposited. After washing the latter with cold water, reduce them to fine powder and suspend it in hot water in a tall glass jar, then pass sulphu- reted hydrogen gas through the liquid, until all the lead is thrown down ; filter, boil for a few minutes to expel the adhering sulphurous gas, then gently evaporate and crystallize. Prop. These resemble the malic acid. With the bases it forms salts called acerates. Remarks. From the recent researches of Gme- lin and others, it appears probable that the aceric and malic acids are the same, and consequently their salts must be also similar. ACETAL. Syn. Oxygen Ether. A fluid discovered by Dobeireiner, and by him called oxy- gen ether. Prep. Pour alcohol, to the depth of one inch, into a tall wide-mouthed glass bottle, and suspend three or four watch-glasses or capsules containing platinum powder, to the depth of two lines, close to the surface of the spirit. Moisten the powder with water, and place the apparatus in a warm situation for some months. Acetal, aldehyde, and acetic acid and ether will be formed. The liquor must be then neutralized by. adding chalk, and carefully distilled. The product treated with pow- dered chloride of calcium, until tjie latter is no longer moistened, decanted, and redistilled, yields pure acetal, as soon as the boiling point reaches 202° Fahr. (Liebig.) Prop. Liquid, colorless, resembles alcohol, smells somewhat like the Hungary wines ; boils at 204° F. ; miscible with alcohol ; decomposed Wy strong alkalis and acids. Probably a compound of alde- hyde and oxide of ethule. (Liebig.) ACETATE. Syn. Acetas ( Lat .) ; Acetate (Fr.) ; Essigsaure {Germ.) A salt formed by the union of the acetic acid with an alkali, earth, or metallic oxide. Prop. The majority of the acetates are very soluble in water, and by destructive distillation either yield acetone and water, or acetone and acetic acid. The aqueous solutions of the alkaline acetates turn mouldy and are decomposed by keeping. Care should therefore be taken to dis- solve no more at once than is wanted for imme- diate use. Prep. Most of the acetates may be formed by direct solution of the hydrate or oxide of the base in the diluted acid, or by double decomposition. Use. Some of the acetates are employed in medicine, and others are used extensively in the arts. * Tests. The acetates aro characterized by the following properties, by which they may be easily detected: — 1. The fumes of acetic acid evolved on the addition of sulphuric acid. 2. Striking a deep red when added to solutions of the sesqui-salts of iron. 3. The white lamellar and pearly precipi- tates they produce with the nitrates of mercury and silver A. The production of acetono by expo- h sure to a dull red heat in. closo vessels. ACETIC ACID. & 'yn. Acetous Acid. Ace- rYLic Acid. Glacial acetic Acin. Radical Vinegar. Concentrated Vinegar. Pure pyro- ligneous Acid. Acidum aoeticum, P. L. 1830. Acidum aoetici m fortius, P. L. 1324. Acidum • acetosum, P. L. 1788. Acid acetique (Fr.) Es. sigsaure ( Ger .) Acino acetico (//a/.) Azyn- zuur, ( Dut .) The pure sour principle contained in vinegar, where it exists in a dilute state, and usually in combination with mucilage, sugar, color- ing matter, and extractive. Hist. Acetic acid, in the shape of vinegar, ap- pears to have been known even to remote anti- quity. It is mentioned by Moses, nearly 1500 years before the birth of Christ, (Numb. vi. 3,) and was extensively used by the Israelites, as well as * by the Greeks and Romans. Hippocrates em- ployed it medicinally, and, according to Livy, Hannibal the Carthaginian general is fabled to have softened the rocks of the Alps by fire and vinegar. Geber purified common vinegar by dis- tillation, and Stahl, at the commencement of the eighteenth century, obtained concentrated acetic acid by decomposing the acetates by oil of vitriol. At the present day acetic acid or vinegar is em- ployed either as an antiseptic, a condiment, or a medicine, in every portion of the civilized world. Sources. It is found ready formed in several products of the vegetable kingdom, and is gene- rated by the fermentation of saccharine fluids, and the destructive distillation of wood, and other vege- table matter. By the latter process it is procured in combination with empyreumatic matter. (See Pyroligneous Acid.) Vauquelin found the ace- tates of potash and lime in elm sap, and Morin detected acetate of ammonia in the juice of the areca catechu. Gmelin says acetic acid has been found in some mineral waters, and Geiger states • the same respecting the acetate of potassa. The sambucus nigra, the rhus typhinus, and the phoe- nix dactalifera contain a large quantity of vine- gar. Var. The acetic acid of commerce is obtained from vinegar, of which there exist four varieties, usually named after the materials from which tjhey are procured, viz.: 1, Malt Vinegar; 2, Wine Vinegar ; 3, Sugar Vinegar ; 4, Wood Vinegar. (See Vinegar.) The first three are formed by the acetous fermentation, which converts the alcohol of the wine, beer, or fermented sugar into acetic acid, by the absorption of oxygen ; the latter, by the destructive distillation of wood in iron retorts. By a proper process of purification, each of them may be made to yield an equally pure and con- centrated acid. (See Acetification.) Prep. In the present article I shall confine my- self to the pure acetic acid of the chemist, reserv- ing the consideration of vinegar and pyroligneous acid for separate articles. There are three different processes employed for the manufacture of pure concentrated acetic acid, viz. : I. The decomposition of a dry acetate by oil of vitriol; II. The decomposition of the ace- tate of copper or lead by dry distillation ; and, III. The decomposition of the acetate of lead by sulphate of iron or soda, in the dry way. I shall describe each, as well as some others less frequent- ly adopted. 1. By decomposing the acetates by sulphuric acid. a. By decomposing the acetate of soda. 1, {Acidum aceticum, P. L.) lng. Acetate of soda lb. ij. sulphuric acid jix. water f 5 ix. Proc. Mix tho acid with the water and pour it on the ACE 13 ACE acetate, previously put into a glass retort, then ristil in a sand-bath, taking care not to augment the heat towards the end of the process. Remarks. The proportions in this process are nearly equal to one equivalent of each of the in- gredients, and the result is 51 parts of real acetic acid, and 114-5 parts of water, or 165-5 parts of acetic acid of 30-8£ orsp.gr. 1-048 for every equiv- alent, or 137 parts of crystallized acetate of soda employed, being within 1£§ of the estimated pro- duct. 100 gr. of this acid exactly saturate 87 gr. of crystallized carbonate of soda. 15 parts added to 85 parts of distilled water is equal in strength to the distilled vinegar of the London Pharmacopoeia, or, under common circumstances, 1 part of acid to 7 parts of water is sufficiently accurate. Prop. The acetic acid P. L. crystallizes at 28° F., and even at 45° if a crystal of acid be dropped into it ; melts again under 60° ; crystallizes beau- tifully under a pressure of 1100 atmospheres. (Phil. Trans. 1826.) Is not strong enough to dis- solve camphor, resin, or essential oils, in any auantity. 2. ( Pure glacial acid. Liebig's Process .) Ing. Three parts of acetate of soda, thoroughly dried and finely powdered 9*7 parts of pure sulphuric acid. Proc. Pour the acid on the powder, pre- viously put into a capacious retort. A sufficient heat will be developed by the reaction of the in- gredients to cause | of the acetic acid to pass over without a fire ; heat must be then applied, until the mass in the retort becomes quite liquid. Rec- tify the product, when two parts of pure acid will be obtained, containing only 20 per cent, of water. The latter portion which comes over, exposed in a close vessel to a temperature below 40° F., depos- ites crystals of hydrated acetic acid. The weaker, or liquid portion, being poured off, the crystals may be again melted and crystallized by cooling. The crystals of the last operation, separated from the liquid, are perfectly pure. b. By decomposing the acetate of potassa by sulphuric acid. 1. ( Process of the Dub. Ph.) Ing. 52 parts of sulphuric acid ; 100 parts of acetate of potassa. Proc. Similar to that of the London College ; carefully distil to dryness. Prod. 50 to 51 parts of liquid acid of T074. (P. D.) 2. Ing. 2 parts of fused and powdered acetate of potassa ; 1 part of strongest oil of vitriol. Proc. Similar to the above. To remove a slight contami- nation of sulphurous acid, it may be redrawn, put- ting a little dried acetate of lead into the retort. j c. By decomposing acetate of lead by sulphur it acid. 1. ( Process of the Ed. Ph.) Ing. Acetate of lead, fused, and in fine powder, §vj, pure strong sulphuric acid, f 3ixss. Proc. Heat the dried and powdered acetate of lead to 320°, in a porcelain basin, placed in a bath of oil or fusible metal, and continue stirring until the powder ceases to con- crete ; it must then be weighed, mixed with the acid, and distilled to dryness, at a heat of 320° Agitate the product with 1 or 2 gr. of ^xide of lead, decant the clear portion, and re-distil. Prop. The sp. gr. of this acid is T065. (P. E.) con- taining, by Mohr’s table, 98*5 p. c. of glacial acid. 2. Ing. 4 parts of thoroughly dried acetate of lead, in powder ; 1 part of the strongest oil of vit- riol. Proc. Distil to dryness. Remarks. The above yields a very strong acid, nearly equal to that prepared by the Ed. formula. The quality and quantity of the product are im- proved if a little peroxide of manganese be put into the retort before distilling. (Baup.) Liebig recom- mends tlie proportions to be 3 parts of the acetate to 8 parts of the acid. Dollfuss’s concentrated acetic acid was prepared by a similar process, by drawing over 7 oz. of acid from a mixture of 12 oz. of sugar of lead with 6 oz. of oil of vitriol. II. By submitting the acetate of copper or lead to dry distillation Acetic acid, thus prepared, has been called spirit of verdigris ; esprit de Ve- nus ; spiritus veneris, tf-c. a. ( From binacetate of copper, or distilled ver~ digris .) Proc. Carefully dry the binacetate by q very gentle heat, then introduce it into a stone- ware retort, the bottom of which has been previ- ously coated with a mi -we of fire clay and horse- dung, to render it more capable of standing the heat. It must then be placed in a suitable fur- nace, and connected by an adopter tube, with 3 or 4 double tubulated globes, the last of whir’ must be furnished with a vertical tubulature, to which a double Welter’s safety tube should be connected, the other end being immersed in a basin half filled with distilled vinegar, while the funnel portion communicates with the atmosphere. 'Each -globe is placed in a basin of water, which is kept cool by a stream continually passing through it ; the upper portion is also covered with cloths, which are kept wetted with cpld water. The distillation is not commenced until 15 or 2f0 hours after the apparatus is luted together, to allow the luting time to dry and harden. Fire must then, be ap« plied, and so regulated that the drops follow each J), Furnace. B B B B, Glass receivers. C, Stoneware retort. E), Bottle containing vinegar. E E E E, Basins containing water. F FEE, Supports for basins. G, Welter safety-tube. //, Supply-pipe of cold water. 1 1 /■/, Cocks to supply water to the basins. .7, Water main. L , Adopter connecting retort and globes. ACE 14 ACE sther with considerable rapidity from the end of the adopter tube at the same time that the bub- bles of air succeed each other, in no inconvenient quantity, from the other end of the apparatus. Should the process proceed too rapidly, the fire should be damped. The operation is continued, and the fire gradually increased until vapor ceases to come over, which is known by the globes cool- ing, notwithstanding the greater heat of the fur- nace. The operation is now concluded, and the fire may be allowed to expire. When the whole ias cooled, the acid must be collected and rectified in glass vessels before it is fit for sale: Thfe recti- fying apparatus may be similarly arranged to the above, with the exception of the whole being formed of glass. The operation must now be very carefully conducted and discontinued before barely the whole of the acid has distilled over, as the last portion is apt to injure the flavor and color. The foregoing diagram represents the form of the ap- paratus usually employed in this manufacture. Remarks. This process is similar to that of P. L. e;f 1787. The acid obtained is nearly equal to half the weight of the verdigris employed. The strong- est acid is found in the third receiver, and the Weakest in the first, that of the second being inter- mediate between the two. It is always accompa- nied by a slight odor of fragrant pyroacetic spirit, for which reason it has generally received the pref- erence for making aromatic vinegar and perfumery. I am informed by a friend that good 'binacetate of copper will yield by careful management full half 4s weight of an acid of the sp. gr. 1-050. It dis- solves camphor, resins, and essential oils with fa- cility. This is one of the oldest methods of pro- curing glacial acetic acid, and still continues to be preferred for many purposes. Caution. The cupreous residuum of the distilla- tion is pyrophoric, and frequently inflames as soon as it is exposed to the air. It consists of metallic copper in a state of minute division along with a little charcoal. b. ( From acetate of lead.) Instead of acetate of copper use dried acetate of lead, and proceed as in the last jrocess, taking especial care to avoid over- firing, as the quantity obtained is thereby lessened, while the quality is also inferior. III. By acting on a mixture of an acetate and sulphate by heat. a. Ing. 2 parts of gently-calcined sulphate of iron ; 5 parts of dried acetate of lead. Proc. Mix them together in fine powder, and cautiously distil into a large and well-cooled receiver. Remarks. This is a good and economical pro- cess. Badollier’s strong acetous acid was made in this way from 1 lb of green vitriol and 10 oz. of sugar of lead. b. Ing. Sulphate of potassa 12 oz. ; oil of vitriol fi oz. ; water 18 oz. ; acetato of soda 9 oz. (dried ;) oxide of manganese £ oz. Proc. Dissolve the sul- phate in the acid and water, evaporate to dryness, then nkix it with the acetate of soda and manga- nese, and distil from a glass retort in a sand-hath. Hie product has been called Lowitz’s acetic acid. Other methods of making acetic acid , either not :e rurally adopted . , or bat partially known. I. Elegant method of making pure acetic acid. From the German.) Proc. Take a long gluss :.m* and arrange shelves in it, u few inches apart, one above another, on which place small flat dishci of earthenware or wood ; then fill these dishes with alcohol, and suspend over each a portion of the black powder of platina, (seo Platinum ;) hang strips of porous paper in the case, with their bottom edges immersed in the spirit to promote evapora- tion. Set the apparatus in a light placo at a tem- perature of from 68° to 8G° F., for which purpose the sunshine will be found convenient. In a short time the formation of vinegar will commence, and the condensed acid vapors will be seen trickling down the sides of the glass, and collecting at the bottom. We shall find that during this process, produced by the mutual action of the platina and the vapor of alcohol, there will be an increase of temperature, which will continue till all the oxy- gen contained in the air enclosed in the case La consumed, when the ace, location will stop; the case must be then opened for a short time to admit of a fresh supply of air. when the operation will recommence. Prod. A case of 12 cubic .'eet contents, with 7 or 8 oz. of platina powder, will produce 1^- lb. of absolute acetic acid from 1 lb. of absolute alcohol ; and if we reckon the product at the commercial strength of vinegar, the increase will of course be very great. From 25 lb. of platina powder and 300 lb. of alcohol may be produced daily nearly 350 lb. of pure acid. It is proper to state that the platina powder does not waste, and that the most inferior spirit may be employed. Remarks. The revenue laws of this country un- fortunately forbid the adoption of this beautiful process, but there is no statute that prevents any individual employing it on the small scale for pri- vate consumption. In Germany, vinegar is man- ufactured on this plan, and from the price of crude alcohol, it must prove very profitable. In the United States of America, where alcohol may be pur- chased for less than a dollar a gallon, as well as in other- parts where spirit is equally cheap, this process will no doubt ultimately prove to be the cheapest source of pure acet ic acid. II. An excellent acetic acid of considerable strength may be made by soaking perfectly dry charcoal in common vinegar, and then subjecting it to distillation. The water comes over first, and on increasing the heat, the acid follows. Vinegar- bottoms will answer for this purpose. III. If vinegar or dilute acetic acid be exposed to the air in very cold wbather, or to freezing mix- tures, the water will separate in the form of ice, and the strong acetic acid may be obtained by draining it into suitable glass vessels, observing to do so at a temperature sufficiently low to keep the water solid. IV. An acetic acid sufficiently strong for alt ordinary purposes may bo obtained without distil- lation, by pouring 60 parts of strong sulphuric acid, diluted with 5 parts of water, on 100 parts of well-’ dried acetate of lime, digesting with occasional agi- tation in a close vessel, decanting the clear liquid and straining the remainder. General Commentary. The preceding pages present a brief synopsis of the manufacture of pure acetic acid. On the large scalo it is principally manufactured from acctato of soda, which yields a sufficiently strong and pure acid for commercial purposes, without the trouble of rectification. Iu ACE 15 ACE this process, shallow copper vessels formed without rivets or solder in those parts exposed to the action of the acid, are employed for the purpose of the dis- tillation. A coil of drawn copper pipe, heated by steam, having a pressure of 31) to 35 lbs. to the inch, traverses the bottom of the apparatus. The refrigeratory consists of well-cooled earthenware vessels, and the adopter or pipe connecting the still with the receivers, is also of the same materials. Stills of earthenware are also frequently employed, and even worms and condensers of silver are some- times used. The principal supply of crude acetate of soda at the present time is obtained from Amer- ica, Norway, and Sweden. This is purified by the chemist and sent to the distiller, who, after ex- tracting the acetic acid, returns the resulting sul- phate of soda to the chemist, who employs it in the decomposition of acetate of lime. This ingenious method of mutual assistance and application of chemical science offers some explanation of the low price at which this article may now be purchased. I have seen a very pure acetic acid of sp. gr. 1-050 lately bought in quantity at the extraordinary low price of 5^d. per pound. In preparing the acid on the small scale, glass retorts are usually directed to be used, but glass alembics are much more con- venient and safe, as the product is less likely to be contaminated by the spirting of the ingredients, or the liquor boiling over the brim of the vessel. In preparing the pure acid, care should be taken that the acetate of -soda does not contain common salt, as the carbonate of soda, prepared by calcination, and frequently used to form the acetate, is gener- ally contaminated with it, and yields up its muri- atic acid during the process of distillation, thus vitiating the product. The formula of the London College produces a beautiful acid of 1-048 ; that of the Dublin College another acid of 1-074 ; and that of the Edinburgh a still stronger acid ; but the process of the latter is so unnecessarily minute and complicated, that it is never employed except for experiments. In all these methods the product becomes more concentrated in proportion to the dryness of the materials and the strength of the oil of vitriol used, The process of Liebig is unexcep- tionable, and yields a very strong and pure aqid by the first distillation, which may be afterwards further concentrated if required, as is directed in that formula. Acid containing 20y of water, yields a good deal of its superfluous water to dry sulphate of soda, by standing over it. (Liebig.) In all these processes the acetic acid exists ready formed in the acetate, and is set free by the supe- rior affinity of the sulphuric acid for the base ; and from its volatility, passes over into the receiver on the application of heat ; when, being again cooled, it is condensed. In tho distillation of verdigris, heat may be said to perform a similar part to that of the acid. (See Acetification and Vinegar.) Prop. Pure ar.etic acid ( glacial ) is liquid above 62°, but below that temperature forms brilliant, colorless, transparent scales and tabular crystals. In the liquid state its sp. gr. is 1-063. It possesses a powerful odor, and acid taste, dissolves camphor and resins, and mixes with alcohol, ether, essential oils, and water. In its pure state it is a corrosive and an acrid poison. It unites with the basis, forming salts called acetates. It should >e kept in stoppered glass bottles. Uses. In the arts. (Dilute under the form of vinegar.) As an antiseptic in pickling and pre* serving animal and vegetable food, and anatomi* cal preparations ; in dyeing and calico printing the manufacture of tinctures and other pharma- ceutical preparations. As a medicine. A little added to water forms a useful febrile drink, em- ployed also for scurvy, and as a palliative in phthisis. Added to clysters, it has been used in obstinate constipation ; mixed with honey it forms a common gargle in ulcerated sore-throat ; a few drops mixed with water make an excellent colly - rium for chronic ophthalmia, and for removing lime-dust from the eye ; in sprains and braises it forms a useful fomentation. Strong acetic acid (P. L.) applied by means of a piece of rag tied to the end of a small stick, is a certain cure for ring- worm or scaldhead — one or two applications gen- erally effect a cure ; as a caustic, it is used to re- move warts and corns ; a piece of lint or blotting- paper wetted with it and applied to the skin, and evaporation prevented by a piece of strapping, forms a common extemporaneous blister ; it was once employed as a disinfectant, but is now only used as a fumigation, to remove the unpleasant smell of the sick room or crowded assemblies. As a condiment, it promotes the appetite and digestion, but its habitual use is said to produce emaciation. It also forms a popular refreshing scent in faint- ings, asphyxia, and nervous headache ; and is also frequently used as a rubefacient, astringent, and local stimulant. The strong acid taken internally acts, however, as a violent poison, dissolving the animal tissues, and by destroying the organization, causing death. Orfila has recorded a fatal case arising even from its application to the surface of the body. Dose, §c. As a refrigerant, water soured with acetic acid or vinegar may be taken ad libitum. In enemas, 1 to 2 oz. of distilled vine- gar is the proper quantity ; for a lotion, 3 oz. of the latter to 5 or 6 oz. of water ; and for a collyrium, 1 oz. of ditto to 1 pint of distilled water. Purity. Acetic acid or vinegar is frequently adulterated with oil of vitriol, nitric or muriatic acid, as well as various other acrid substances, for the purpose of giving it a spurious acidity. It also frequently contains copper, .which it derives from the vessels in which it has been kept or measured. The following table, which I have arranged for the purpofe, exhibits an easy method of ascertaining its purity. In addition to this, it may be remarked that sul- phurous acid may be recognised by yielding a white precipitate on the addition of a small quan- tity of peroxide of lead, or by drawing the fumes into the lungs ; acrid vegetable matter, as pepper, capsicum, horseradish, &c., by neutralizing the acid with an alkali, when it may be easily discov- ered by tasting . Excise Law Vinegar is allowed by law to contain part by weight of sulphuric acid, it will therefore give a trifling precipitate with the tests mentioned in the table, but this will in no case ex- ceed the 1-15 gr. (when dried and weighed) for a fluid ounce. The manufacture of acetic acid of any kind comes .under the excise laws, and re- quires a license, which costs 100Z. (Collyer.) The duty is at the rate of 2d. on every gallon of proof ! or No. 24 vinegar, until tho strength reaches 35 ACE 16 ACE ©. p. or over proof, or equal to an acid of 40£, when Tests. These .are the same as for the acotatee it is charged in a different manner. (See Aceti- Esiim. (See Acetjmetry.) metry.) Names of Tests. f Solution of chloride of ) barium, nitrate of ba- I ryta, or chloride of f calcium J Powdered chalk (short i of saturation) J Muriatic acid, added to) the sample previous- ( ly boiled with a little [ silver-leaf J Dilute solution of indi - ) go (boiled) 5 Gold-leaf wetted with) muriatic acid, and I digested with heat in [ a watch-glass J Gold-leaf moistened i with nitric acid ... J Dilute solution of ni- > trate of silver J Weak solution of iodide j of potassium i Solution of acetate of > lead Sulphureted hydrogen gas or water Acetic Acid quite pure. Acetic Acid containing Oil of Vitriol. White precip- itate insoluble in nitric acid. Ditto. Acetic Acid containing Nitric Acid. Pearly- white pre- cipitate. Whitish precipitate. f White curdy j precipitate, j soluble in am- l monia. Decolored. t Partially dis- i solved. Acetic Acid containing Muriatic Acid. i Partially dis- t solved, f Curdy-white j precipitate, 1 soluble in am- Turbidness. Acetic Acid containing Metals. Yellow preci- pitate, if lead be present. Black or dark -colored precipitate. (If this be dissolved in nitric acid, and ammo- nia added, it will give a blue color if copper be present. ACETIFICATION. The oxidation of alco- hol in the process of making vinegar. To be capable of acetification or conversion into vinegar it is necessary that the liquid should contain alco- hol in some state or other, or some substance, as sugar, which, by the process of fermentation, is ca- pable of producing it. The presence of a ferment or vegetable matter, and a temperature between 70° and 100° F., facilitates Uio operation. In the conversion of wines, beer, wort, &c. into vinegar, the sugar is first transformed by fermentation into alcohol, and in this state becomes oxidized or acidified by the absorption of atmospheric oxygen. Manufacturers should always remember that such is the true naturo of this process. (Soo Acids, Acetic Acid, and Pvrolicneous, and Vinegar.) ACETIMETER. Syn. Acetometee. An in- strument or apparatus for ascertaining tho strength of acetic acid. (Hoc tho next article.) ACETIMETRY. Syn. Acetometry. The art or process of determining the strength of vinegar or acetic acid. Various methods have been pro- posed for this purpose, among which may be men- tioned the following : I. ( The plan adopted by the Excise .) Hydrate of lime is added gradually to a sample of the vine gar, until it is saturated, and the sp. gr. of the re- sulting clear solution of acetate of lime is taken by tho acetometer, invented by Messrs. J. and P Taylor. This instrument in construction resem- bles tho common hydrometer, and stands at the mark on the stem called proof in a solution con- taining 5 Jj- of real acid, which is tho strength of No. 24 vinegar, or an acid which will saturate ex actly 14 J grains of crystallized carbonate of soda When tho vinegar is stronger than proof, the in strumont must bo loaded with one or more of the small weights which are supplied with it, each of ACE 17 ACE which will indicate an additional 5$ up to 35$, which is the greatest strength at which the duty is levied by the gallon. To ascertain the per cent- age of real acid, 5$ must therefore be added to the number indicated oy the acetometer. Thus : without being loaded, the instrument, on floating to a given mark, indicates a proof vinegar or one of 5$ ; with one weight, a vinegar of 10$ ; with two weights, 15$ ; with three weights, 20$, &c., &c. The reason of this is, that the starting point, or proof, is an acid of 5$. In the technical lan- guage of trade, each 5$ is called a vinegar. Thus : acid of 10$ is said to contain two vinegars ; one of 15$, three vinegars, &c. A more common method is, however, to speak of the degrees of the acetometer as proof or overproof. Thus : No. 24 vinegar is said to be proof ; one measuring 5 ace- tometer degrees — 5 overproof or o. p. ; one 10 de- grees — 10 o. p., &c. In malt and wine vinegars, which usually contain gluten or mucilage, this method is not strictly accurate, as these substances alter the specific gravity. A small weight marked M is supplied by Mr. Bate with the acetometers made by him, and is used in trying such vinegar. Remarks. This plan, though sufficiently cor- rect for commercial purposes, is liable to a small error, especially in vinegar containing much vege- table matter. If it be pure or very nearly so, the decimal fraction of the sp. gr. will be doubled by conversion into acetate of lime. Thus : 1-0085 in vinegar becomes 1-0170 when converted into a solution of acetate of lime. In malt vinegar, how- ever, 0-005 may fairly be deducted from its sp. gr. as produced by the presence of mucilage and gluten. The quantity of foreign matter present in vinegar, may thus be approximative^ ascertained, by de- ducting the decimal of the sp. gr. of the solution of acetate of lime, from double that of the decimal part of the sp. gr. of the vinegar. Thus : I find the sp. gr. of a sample of vinegar to be 1-014, and after saturating it with hydrate of lime, I again try it and find it to be 1-023, what is the sp. gr. of the pure vinegar, and what is due to foreign matter — Decimal of sp. gr. of vinegar, doubled Decimal of sp. gr. of solution of ace- tate of lime Quantity of foreign matter equal to the difference •005 Specific gravity of vinegar .... 1-014 Deduct sp. gr. due to foreign matter . -005 Sp. gr. of a solution of acetic acid or i pure vinegar of equal strength to > 1.009 sample ) II. Dissolve 200 grains of pure crystallized bi- carbonate of potash in a little water, and then add enough water to make it up to exactly 1000 parts by measure ; as for instance, 1000 minims. A solution is thus formed, which, when added to a sample containing 100 measures of acetic acid or vinegar, until the latter be saturated, will indicate the exact amount of real acetic acid present. The test liquor should be made and measured in a long glass tube, capable of holding the whole 1000 measures, and graduated into 100 parts, every one »f which will represent 1$ of dry acid. A eonve- 3 n nient instrument for this purpose, is the pourct of Gay Lussac, which consists of a double tube of the shape of the following figure. Remarks. Any other method of measuring or ascertaining the exact quantity cf test liquor employed, may be used, as convenience or circumstan- ces may suggest ; but however this is done, it is necessary to do it in such a manner as to ensure the greatest ac- curacy. III. Dissolve 200 grains of crystal- lized bicarbonate of potassa in 800 grains of distilled water, contained in a suit- able shaped bottle, previously care- fully weighed ; when dissolved, weigh it again, and see that it is exactly equal to 1000 grs. This test liquor, like the last, is used to neutralize the acid in the sample for examination, but in this case the quantity must be 100 grs. instead of 100 measures. Every grain of the test liquor consumed will, therefore, indicate 1 tenth of a grain of real acetic acid, and every 10 grs. will be equal to 1$. A very convenient ^shaped bottle for this pur} Dse is that known as Schus- ter’s Alkalimeter, which consists of a very light stoppered glass bottle, having a neck drawn out to the one side, and furnished with a very fine orifice, which admits of the liquid being poured' out in small quantities with greater ease, and without the risk of an accident. The weight of the bottle and solution, after the process of neu- tralizing the acid of the sample, deducted from its previous weight, gives the exact weight of the test liquor consumed, and consequently the quantity of acetic acid that has been saturated by it. Remarks. This method admits of great accu- racy, and is preferable to the previous process, (No. II,) as it is much easier to weigh than to measure correctly, especially wdien the quantity is small. IV. Instead of bicarbonate of potash, in Nos. II and III, either of the following salts may be used. 104 grs. dry carbonate of soda. 135 “ “ carbonate of potash. 283 “ crystallized carbonate of soda. Remarks. The dry carbonates of potassa and soda should be prepared by submitting the crystal- lized carbonate to a dull red heat in a crucible, when, after cooling, the proper quantity may bo weighed. V. By taking the specific gravity of the sample, (see Specific Gravity,) and seeking it in the fol- lowing Tables, tho per centago of acid may be ascertained sufficiently correct for most purposes; ACE 18 ACII Yaki.e I. The following Table is given by Messrs. Taylor, as the basis of their Acetometer. Revenue Proof Acid, called by the manufacturer No. 24. sp. gr. 3*0085 contains real or anhydrous acid in 100, 1*0170 1-0257 “ “ 1*0470 1*0580 5 10 15 20 30 40 Table II. The following Table, from the Pharrm Central Blatt fur 1839, drawn up by M. Moiir, exhibits the sp. gr. of pure Acetic Acid of almost every strength. Per cent, of Glacial Acid, (G. 4, H. 3, 0. 3+Aq.) Sp.Gr. Percent, of Glacial Acid, (C.4, II. 3, O. 3+Aq.) Sp.Gr. Per cent, of Glacial Acid, (C. 4, II. 3, 0. 3+Aq.) Sp.Gr. 100 1*0635 66 1*069 32 1*0424 99 1*0635 65 1*068 31 1*041 98 1*067 64 1*068 30 1*040 97 1*0680 63 1*068 29 1*039 96 1*069 62 1*067 28 1*038 95 1*070 61 1*067 27 1*036 94 1*0706 60 1*067 26 1*035 93 1*0708 59 1*066 25 1*034 92 1*0716 58 1*066 24 1*033 91 1*0721 57 1*065 23 1*032 '90 1*0730 56 1*064 22 1*031 89 1*0730 55 1*064 21 1*029 88 1*0730 54 1*063 20 1*027 87 1*0730 53 1*063 19 1*026 86 1*0730 52 1*062 18 1*025 85 1*0730 51 1*061 17 1*024 84 1*0730 50 1*060 16 1*023 83 1*0730 49 1*059 15 1*022 82 1*0730. 48 1*058 14 1*020 81 1*0732 I 47 1*056 13 1*018 80 1*0735 46 1*055 12 1*017 79 1*0732 45 1*055 11 1*016 78 1*0732 44 1*054 10 1*015 77 1*073 43 1*053 9 1*013 76 1*072 42 1*052 8 1*012 • 75 1*072 41 1*0515 7 1*010 74 1*072 40 1*0513 6 1*008 73 1*071 39 1*050 5 1*0067 72 1*071 38 1*049 4 1*0065 71 1*071 37 1*048 3 1*004 70 1*070 36 1*047 2 1*002 69 1*070 35 1*046 1 1*001 68 1*070 34 1*045 0 1*0000 67 1*069 33 1*044 1 Remarks. Table I is adapted to commercial vinegar, and is sufficiently accurate for all com- mon purposes. Table II is intended for pure acetic acid. It will be seen that above a certain per centage, the specific gravity retrogrades ; it is, therefore, better in trying very strong acid, to dilute it first with a given weight of distilled water, and to allow for it afterwards. The weight of gla- cial acetic acid, multiplied by *8512, gives the weight of dry acid which it contains, and anhy- drous acid, multiplied by 1*1748, will give a num- ber representing an equivalent weight of glacial acid. Caution. As a spurious acidity is frequently given to vinegar by adding other acids to it, which would thus give it a false appearanco of strength, it is, therefore, better first to ascertain whether it be adulterated. (See Acetic Acid.) The most correct, and, in manv respects, tho easiest method of acetimctry, is No. ill or IV. Tho acetic acid of the L. P. has a sp. gr. of 1*048, and contains 30*8# of dry acid.* That of the Dublin College is 1*074, and that of the Edinburgh Collogo 1*005.1 (See Specific Gravity, and Acidimetry ) ACETULE. Tho hypothetical radical of tho acetulc series ; neither itself nor oxide has been obtained alone. Its hydrated oxide is aldehyde. The chloride of acetulc is formed by the length- ened exposure of chloride of ethule to the action of chlorine and light. The oxychloride, by satu- rating anhydrous ether with perfectly dry chlorine gas, exposing to external cold, and afterwards to a gentle heat. Both this and tho preceding are transparent colorless fluids. Suboxychloride of acetulc is a gas formed by heating the last article in contact with potassium. (Jxysulphurct of acetulc i3 made by passing sulphurated hydrogen gas through the oxychloride, until an oily liquid is formed, which, by exposure, becomes semi-crystal- line. This is dissolved in hot alcohol, and is ob- tained in crystals on its cooling. Remarks. For a knowledge of the preceding substances we are indebted to the researches of Malaguti and Regnault. The compounds of ace- tule ofler beautiful examples of chemical substitu- tion, but the nature of the preset work will not permit their being enlarged on here. ACHROMATIC. Free from color, (from the Gr. a, without, and xpw/aa, color,) from which also is derived the word ACHROMATISM. The destruction of the colored rings, which accompany the image of an object seen through a lens or prism. Causes, cf*c. Light is not homogeneous, but decomposable into colored rays, either by refrac- tion, absorption, or reflection. The colors of the prismatic spectrum are formed out of a ray of white light, by passing it through a glass prism, and a similar effect is produced if a lens or other refracting media be used instead. It has been ob- served, that when this production of color takes place, some of the colored portions of the spectra are more bent or refracted than others, and that the refracting or dispersive power varies with the nature of the refracting medium. A beam of light thrown on a simple converging lens, not only suf- fers refraction at the spherical surface, (called spherical aberration,) but the different colored rays, forming the beam of light, being unequally bent or refracted, diverge from their original course, and, consequently, fall separately instead of to- gether, on the eye or object that receives them. Hence arise the colored rings or halos that sur- round objects viewed through ordinary glasses This effect is called chromatic aberration by opti- cians, and forms the greatest impediment to the construction of a perfect refracting telescope. It is the object of achromatism to remove this imped- iment. The subject, theoretically considered, is not less fraught with difficulty than with practical importance, and has engaged the attention of the first mathematicians and artists up to the present time. * Dr. A. T. Thompson says (p. 819 of his Dispensatory, 10tli oil.) “ that it contains 30*7 • real acid by weight yet, on tho next page ho says, “ that of tho L. C* contains 37 S of real acid and 632 of water.” f In one place in the E. P. it Is stated to ho 1-065, and in unotlier, 1-0685. aci 19 ACI Correction. It lias been endeavored to correct the chromatic aberration of lenses, by combining two or more made of different materials, possess- ing different dispersive powers. Thus the spec- trum formed by flint glass, or glass containing lead, is longer than that formed by crown glass, for the same deviation ; and when combined, the one tends to diminish the dispersion of the other. On this principle the achromatic object glasses of telescopes are generally formed in this country. A convex lens of crown glass is combined with a weaker concave lens of flint glass, the latter coun- teracting the dispersion of the former, without ma- terially interfering with its refraction. A still better plan is, to place a concave lens of flint glass between two convex lenses of crown glass. Remarks. All the larger object glasses lately manufactured are said to consist of only two lenses ; the resulting achromatism proving suffi- ciently exact for all useful purposes. The princi- pal achromatic glasses and telescopes recently made, have been manufactured by Dolland of London, and some of the opticians of Bavaria and Switzerland. The achromatism of prisms depends upon the same principles, and is determined and corrected in the same manner as lenses, but pre- sents less difficulty on account of the spherical aberration of the latter. (See Lenses, Tele- scope, Microscope.) ACIDS. In common language, any substance possessing sourness or acidity ; in chemistry, any electro-negative compound, capable of combining with bases to form salts. Most of the liquid acids poss'ess a sour taste, and redden litmus paper. Hist. The chemical theory of the acids is still undecided, and the laws which regulate their com- binations with the bases, as well as the precise na- ture of the resulting salts, are involved in considera- ble obscurity. Lavoisier and the associated French chemists conceived that acidity resulted from the union of a peculiar combustible base, called a rad- ical, with a common principle of acidification, called oxygen. The inaccuracy of this hasty gen- eralization was disproved by Berthollet, who main- tained that it was “ carrying the limits *13 per cent, of real acid ; for 15 : 2-72 :: 100 : 18*13. The quantity of acid in the sample may also be found from the preceding table, where it will be seen that 44$ grs. of dry carbonic acid am equal to the respective quantities of the different acids, men- tioned in the first and second columns, which by the simple rule of three may be converted into the strength per cent. The foregoing engraving is a sketch of the apparatus employed in this opera- tion. Remarks. This operation, though perhaps ap- parently complicated, is in reality very simple and easy to perform, when once understood. It is not absolutely necessary that the bicarbonate of soda be perfectly pure, so long as it does not contain any neutral carbonate or sesquicarbonate of soda. The absence of these salts is absolutely necessary, for which reason Messrs. Fresenius and Will direct the bicarbonate of commerce to be purified in the fol- lowing manner: — For this purpose, half a pound to one pound of it is reduced to a uniform powder, and a portion of it first tested with perchloride of mercury ; if the result be satisfactory, the powder is put into a glass jar, and covered with the same amount of cold rain water ; it is then allowed to stand for twenty-four hours, with frequent stirring ; the salt is then placed upon a funnel, the tube of which is stopped with loose cotton, so as to allow the ley to drop off ; the salt is then washed several times with small quantities of cold rain water. The bicarbonate of soda, after this operation, is gener- ally pure, and adapted for acidimetrical purposes. It is dried between some sheets of blotting-paper, without the aid of heat, and kept for use in a well- closed glass bottle. Before use, it may be again tested to ascertain its purity. The application of heat after the completion of the operation is indis- pensable, as, if it were neglected, from 25 to 30 milligrammes less of carbonic acid would be ob- tained. The bicarbonate of potassa may be used in this method of acidimetry with equal advantage as that of soda, provided it be pure ; but in either case it is always proper to use an excess, so as to leave some undecomposed after the operation i^ concluded. A piece of litmus paper plunged into the liquid in A will not be reddened if the process has been properly managed. General Commentary. The preceding sketch of the principal methods of acidimetry will, it is hoped, be found*sufficiently explicit to be generally understood by workmen in laboratories, and by tradesmen and others to whom it may be an ob- ject to be able accurately and expeditiously to test the acids that pass through their hands. The methods Nos. II. and III., and especially the lat- ter, combine the above requisites in an eminent degree, and if a quantity of the test solution of the proper strength be prepared as there described, it may be kept unharmed for any length of time, in a stoppered bottle, and will be always ready for application wherever a good pair of scales or a graduated measure is to be found. The only dan- ger to be dreaded is over-saturation, and this may be avoided by care and attention. A good method is to tint the acid sample with a few drops of lit- mus, as described under Alkalimetry, when it will assume a reddish shade, which will gradually eeepen into purple as the point of saturation is ap- proached, and recover its blue color as soon as this point is arrived at. To see that this point is not passed, a piece of turmeric paper may be dipped into the solution, which will retain its color if nei- ther acid nor alkali predominate, but if the latter be in excess, will become brown, as before de- scribed. The ingenious and elegant method of Fresenius and Will, for which the English reader is indebted to Mr. Bullock, though admirable in the hands of a person accustomed to chemical manipu- lations, appears somewhat difficult to mere practi- cal men, and is liable to failure in their hands. The results, however, if the process be properly conducted, are unimpeachable. In commerce, the strength of acids is frequently- reckoned with reference to a standard, termed 100 acidimetric degrees. This is taken from the circumstance that 91 grs. of commercial oil of vi- triol, of a sp. gr. of 1*845, exactly saturate 100 grs. of dried carbonate of soda, and hence is said to be of 100 acidimetrical degrees. Any other acid re- quiring only 35, 50, or any other number of grains of the carbonate to saturate it, would in like man- ner be termed so many degrees strong, the num- ber of grains representing in every case an equal number of degrees. This method of testing acids is a modification of that introduced by the French chemists, and though of course only conventional, and principally confined to commercial purposes, is especially adapted to practical men but ittle con- versant with chemistry, yet very ready in retaining or calculating any thing on the centesimal scale, from its similarity to monetary language and reck- oning. All the liquid acids admit of being tested, with more or less accuracy, by ascertaining their sp. gr., and where this plan is applicable, it will be de- scribed in its alphabetical order. In conclusion, it may be remarked, that when the acid is costly or scarce, a small quantity may be examined as easily as a larger one. Thus, in- stead of 91 grs. mentioned above, (when speaking of acidimetric degrees,) any fractional portion of that weight may be employed instead : 13, 26, 39, or 52 grs. will yield similar results, by merely mul- tiplying the quantity of dried carbonate of soda by 7 or accordingly as 13 grs. or any of the fol- lowing numbers have been used ; in either case the product will be in acidimetrical degrees. The centesimal method of calculation admits of various useful applications, by means of the Simple Rule of Three. ACONITE. Syn. Wolfsbane, Monkshood, Aconitum napellus. Caution. As several arti- cles which follow are made from this plant, it may be necessary to caution parties against the dan- gerous character of itself and preparations. A fa- tal case of poisoning by eating the root instead of horseradish is recorded by Dr. Pereira, and more recently twelve persons were poisoned by swallow- ing ninety grains each of extract of aconite, in- stead of ext. cochleariai, three of whom died, and the rest barely escaped losing their lives. (Memc- rialo della Medicina contemporanea.) Officinal portions of the plant. The root and leaves (of the aconitum paniculatum) are the parts ordered to be used by the London college, while the Dublin col- lege orders only the leaves. The aconitum na- pellus, an equally active species of aconite, is the ACO 24 ACO one employed for medical purposes in England, the aconitum paniculatnm not being procurable in any quantity. (Pereira, Thompson.) The leaves should bo gathered as soon as the flowers appear. The root should be taken up in autumn. When the whole plant is employed, it should be gathered as soon as the flowers begin to open, f lerb collectors should bo particular as to the period at which they gather the several parts of this plant, as its strength (quantity of aconitina) varies considerably with the time of the year. ACONITE, EXTRACT OR Syn. Ext. of Wolfsbane, Inspissated Juice of Aconite. I. (Extraction Aconiti, P. L.) Proc. Bruise the fresh leaves of aconite, previously sprinkled with water, in a marble mortar, then express the juice, and without depuration, evaporate to the consistence of an extract II. (Ed. Ph.) Beat the fresh leaves of aconite to a pulp, and express tho juice ; then subject the residuum to percolation with rectified spirit, until the latter passes through without being materially colored ; unite the expressed juice and the perco- lated tincture, filter, distil off tho spirit, and evap- orate in a vapor or water bath. Remarks. A variable and uncertain prepara- tion. Numbness and tingling should follow its application to the lips or tongue, if it be of good quality. Tho extract of the Ed. Ph. is stronger than that of either the London or Dublin. The two latter are prepared in the same manner. Prod. 1 cwt. of fresh leaves yield 5 lb. or 6 lb. of extract. Prop. Anodyne, sudorific, and narcotic ; very poisonous. Dose. 4 gr. to 4 grs. once or twice a day, in neuralgic pains, &c. ACONITE, EXTRACT OF, (Alcoholic.) Make a tincture by macerating ihe fresh leaves of aconite in twice their weight of rectified spirit, for 14 days ; express, filter, and evaporate in a water bath. Prop. Similar to the last, but much more pow- erful. It has been exhibited internally in the form of pills, and used externally combined with oint- ment or plaster. Dose. One-twelfth to one-sixth of a grain every three hours. ACONITE, PILLS OF EXTRACT OF, (Alcoholic.) Prep. Alcoholic extract of aconite, 1 gr. ; liquorice powder, 12 gr. ; simple sirup or mucilage, q. s. Pro:, Mix the first two articles with enough sirup to ^orm a mass, then divide into *ix pills. Dose. One pill every three or four hours. Remarks. The utmost care must he taken in weighing and mixing the ingredients accurately. ACONITE, PLASTER OF, (Spread.) Cur- tis. Prep. Gently evaporate the tincture of aco- nite to the consistence of a soft extract, then spread a very small portion over tho surface of a common adhesive plaster. Use. Mr. Curtis of Camden-town has strongly recommended this plas- ter in neuralgia. Remarks. A little of tho alco- holic extract may bo employed with equal success lo that obtained fresh from tho tincture. ACONITE, OINTMENT OF. (Dr. Turn- bull.) Mix ono part of tho alcoholic extract with two parts of lard. Employed in neuralgia, &c. ACONITE, POWDER OF. Prep. Dry the reaves cautiously by means of a current o warm dry air, and at once reduce them to powder ; placo tho product in dry vials, which must be well corked, and kept in an obscure place. Use, Dose, 878 34 66 0-948 0-951 0 100 1-000 67 33 0-875 0-879 33 67 0-950 0-953 Remarks. This table is exceedingly useful in chemical calculations, and in purchasing spirit of high strength, which is usually sold by weight. IV. From the temperature of the vapor to de- termine its alcoholic contents. This method has been proposed by Grbning, and offers a ready means of approximating to the strength of the spirit passing over, at every part of the process of distillation, as well as the value of the wash left in the still. Oper. Thrust the bulb of a thermome- ter through a cork inserted in a tube fixed in th« head of the still, or other vessel, and note the * Alcohol of the Lond. and Dub. Ph. t Rectified spirit of the L. Ph. t Proof snirit. AL( 40 ALC temperaturo of the vapor in which it is thus im- mersed. Against this number in the following table, will be found the alcoholic contents of the vapor, and in the next column that of the boiling liquid from which it has arisen. Table, by Groning, of the Alcoholic Content of the vapor from mixtures of alcohol and water, and also of the boiling liquid from which they have been disengaged. Temperature of Vapor. Fahrenheit. Alcoholic Content of Vapor by volume per cent. Alcoholic Content of boiling liquid per cent. 170-0 ' 93 92 171*8 92 90 172*0 91 85 172*8 91* 80 174*0 90 70 174*6 89 70 176*0 87 65 178*3 85 50 180*8 82 40 183*0 80 35 185*0 78 30 187*4 76 25 189*8 71 20 192*0 68 18 194*0 66 15 196*4 61 12 198*6 55 10 201*0 50 7 203*0 42 5 205*4 36 3 207*7 28 2 210*0 13 1 212*0 0 0 V. To determine the alcoholic contents of wine, beer, fyc. Proc. a. Half fill a graduated tube with the liquor to be tried, and add thereto about 12§ or 15§ of solution of diacetate of lead, (see below,) then agitate the mixture until the color be nearly removed ; powdered dry carbonate of po- tassa must be nex; added until it falls down un- dissolved, on shaking the liquid ; after which, on allowing the tube to repose for a short time, the alcohol will be seen floating on the top of the aqueous portion in a well-marked stratum, and its quantity may be read ofFby means of the gradua- tions on the tube. The solution of lead. Ing. Powdered litharge, 2 oz. ; sugar of lead, 3 oz. ; water, 1 pint. Proc. Boil to one half in a glass or lead vessel, then put it into a bottle, and cork it close. b. The same may be effected by agitating a little powdered litharge with the sample until it becomes discolored and limpid, when it may be saturated with carbonate of potassa as before. c. Another good way to determine the quantity of ulcohol contained in a given sample of wine, is to separate it from the non-volatile constituents by distillation. A very neat apparatus for experi- ments of this nature has been contrived by M. Gay Lussac ; but any species of small still or re- Lort uiay bo employed for the purpose. You take three hundred parts of the liquor to bo fried, mea- sured in a graduated glass tube. The operation if equally adapted for wines, beer, gin, and all kinds of spirituous liquors. Having inserted the liquor into the still, you carefully and slowly distil over one hundred parts, or one third of the liquor in the still, making use of a graduated tube as the reci- pient, and stopping the operation when the distilled liquor reaches the hundredth degree. You then ascertain the alcoholic strength of the distilled liquor by means of the hydrometer, and dividing the result by three, you have at once the per centago of alcohol of the liquor submitted to ex- amination. If, for example, the hundred parts of distilled liquor contain thirty parts of alcohol, the wine submitted to distillation contains ten per cent, of alcohol. But if, from want of attention, you distil over more than one hundred parts of the liquor, it will not do to divide the alcoholic strength of the product by three, to obtain the per ccntage of alcohol of the liquor submitted to dis- tillation : you must employ as the divisor, the number which expresses the relation of the vol- ume of the distilled product to the bulk of the wine. If, for example, you have one hundred and six parts of distilled liquor, containing (as as- certained by the hydrometer) thirty-three parts of alcohol, you divide three hundred by one hundred and six, which gives 2*83, and then divide thirty- three by 2*83, which gives 11*66. The last num- ber expresses the per centage of alcohol of the liquor submitted to examination. Remarks. It was at one time maintained by Fabroni and others, that alcohol does not exist in the fermented liquors from which it is procured by distillation, but is, like the essential oils of almond and mustard, formed during that process. The first two of the above processes will, however, clearly demonstrate that such is not the case. The process a was first employed by Brande ; the process b by M. Gay Lussac. The latter chemist has also distilled wine in vacuo at 59° F., and alcohol came over. Concluding Remarks. Several other methods of alcoholometry have been adopted at various times, besides those just noticed, but the majority have little merit for accuracy, and are therefore quite inapplicable to the purposes of trade in this country. Formerly the strength of spirit was es- timated by what was called the “proof.” A little of the spirit was poured upon a small quantity of gunpowder, in a spoon or saucer, and inflamed ; if explosion of the powder followed the combus- tion of the spirit the sample was said to be above or over proof, but if the contrary, it was declared below or under proof. Hence arose the words proof and proof spirit, which have since been ap- plied to spirit of particular strength by Act of Parliament. Another method, is the “ preuve d’Holland” of the French, or the bead still fre- quently employed by persons unacquainted with the use of the hydrometer. It consists in shaking the spirit in a vial, and observing the size, num- ber, and duration of the bubbles or “ beads,” aa they are called. The larger and more, numerous these are, and the more rapidly they break and disappear, the stronger is deemed the spirit. This method, like the last, can but at best affora a mcro approximate idea of the strength of spirits. ALC 41 ALC while it is liable to be influenced by circum- stances, which will affect the sp. gr. in only a very trifling degree. Thus the addition of a little sugar to the spirit, barely sufficient to lower the hydrometer one degree, will sometimes give to a weak sample the appearance of one many degrees stronger. The gunpowder test is even more fal- lacious, for if one spoonful of a given spirit be just sufficient to fire the powder, double the quantity of a spirit 20§ stronger will fail to do so. Love’s beads are often employed to ascertain the strength of spirit. (See Spec. Grav.) The sudden in- crease of temperature produced by mixing a given weight of the spirit with a given weight of pure water being observed by a thermometer has also been proposed for the same purpose, but neither this nor the last method is capable of great accu- racy. The latter plan would require for its appli cation a series of i_bles based on experiments which we do not 1; . ."ever possess. Before conclude; ; this imperfect memoir on al- coholometry, I think I cannot better consult the interest of those connected with the spirit trade than by giving them the following important ta- ble. It shows by mere inspection the variation in the “ richness in alcohol,” and in volume, which spirits undergo by change of temperature. Per- sons purchasing spirits during summer, and pay- ing for them according to their apparent quantity and strength, will lose considerably when the wea- ther becomes colder, without being conscious of such loss from the hydrometer. By the inspection of this table the corrections to be made for change of temperature will become apparent. Table exhibiting the Volume which 1000 gallons of Spirits of different strengths, measured at the given temperatures, will have when measured at 59° F., arranged from Gay Lussac’s Tables to his Alcoomfctre, and adapted to Fahr. Scale by Mr. Cooley. P ure Number of gallons which 1000 gallons of spirit at the given temperatures will measure Alcohol at 59° Fahrenheit, by volume, per cent. 50° 52° 534° 554° 57f° 59° 60|° 624° 644° 664° 68° 694° 714° 734° 754° 770 27 1000 996 995 28 1000 997 997 996 9954 995 29 1000 998 998 997 9964 996 995 9944 30 1000 999 999 998 9974 997 996 9954 995 9944 31 • . 1001 1001 1001 1000 1000 999 998i L 998 997 997 996 9954 994 4 9944 32 1002 1001 1001 1001 1000 1000 999 998 9974 997 9964 996 9954 994 I 994 33 1002 1002 10014 1001 1001 1000 9994 999 998 9974 997 9964 9954 9954 9944 994 34 1002 V 1002 10011 1001 1001 1000 9994 999 998 997V 997 9964 9954 9954 9944 9934 35 1003“ 10021 1002 10011 1001 1000 9994 999 998 9974 997 9964 9954 995 9944 9934 36 1003 10021 1002 10011 1001 1000 9994 9984 998 9974 9964 996 9954 995 9944 9934 37 10031 10024 1002 10011 1001 1000 9994 9984 998 9974 9964 996 9954 9944 994 993V 38 10031 10024 1002 10011 1001 1000 9994 9984 998 9974 9964 996 9954 9944 994 9934 39 10031 10021 1002 iooi4 1001 1000 9994 9984 998 997 9964 996 995 9944 994 993 40 10034 10021 1002 10014 1001 1000 9994 9984 9974 997 9964 996 995 9944 9934 993 41 10031 1003 1002 1001V 1001 1000 9994 9984 9974 997 9964 9954 995 994 9934 993 42 10031 1003 1002 10014 1001 1000 999-4 9984 9974 997 9964 9954 995 994 9934 9924 43 10031 1003 1002 10014 1001 1000 9994 998 9974 997 996 9954 995 994 993V 9924 44 1004 1003 10021 10014 1001 1000 9994 998 9974 997 996 9954 9944 994 9934 9924 45 1004 1003 10021 1002 1001 1000 9994 998 9974 997 996 9954 9944 9934 993; j: 992V 46 1004 1003 10021 1002 1001 1000 9994 998 9974 997 996 9954 9944 9934 993 992V 47 1004 1003 10021 12*12 1001 1000 9994 998 9974 997 996 995 9944 9934 993 992V 48 1004 1003 10021 1002 1001 1000 9994 998 9974 9964 996 995 9944 9934 993 9924 49 1004 10031 10021 1002 1001 1000 9994 998 9974 9964 996 995 9944 993V 9924 9924 50 1004 10031 10021 1002 1001 1000 9994 998 9974 9964 996 995 9944 9934 9924 992 51 10041 10031 10021 1002 1001 1000 9994 998 9974 9964 996 995 994 9934 9924 992 52 10041 10031 10021 1002 1001 1000 999V 998 9974 9964 9954 995 994 9934 992V 992 53 10041 10031 10024 1002 1001 1000 9994 998 9974 9964 9954 995 994 9934 992V 9914 54 10041 10031 10024 1002 1001 1000 9994 998 9974 9964 9954 995 994 9934 992. L > 9914 55 10041 10031 10024 1002 1001 1000 9994 998 9974 9964 9954 995 994 993 9924 9914 56 10041 10034 10024 1002 1001 1000 9994 998 9974 9964 9954 9944 994 993 9924 9914 57 10041 10034 10024 1002 1001 1000 9994 998 997 9964 9954 9944 994 993 992 991V 58 1004& 10034 10024 1002 1001 1000 9994 998 997 9964 9954 9944 993? 993 992 9914 59 10015 10034 10024 1002 1001 1000 9994 998 997 9964 9954 9944 9934 993 992 9914 60 1004'i 10034 10024 1002 1001 1000 9994 998 997 9964 9954 9944 993J 9924 992 9914 61 1004& 10034 10024 10021 1001 1000 9994 998 997 9964 995V 9944 993| 9924 992 991 62 10044 10034 10024 10024 1001 1000 9994 098 997 9964 995 V 994V 993V 9924 9914 991 63 10044 10031 10024 10024 1001 1000 9994 9974 997 9964 995 V 9944 993V 9924 9914 991 64 10044 10031 10024 1002-4 1001 1000 9994 9974 997 9964 9954 9944 9934 9924 9914 991 65 10044 10031 10021 10024 1001 1000 9994 9974 997 9964 9954 994V 9934 992V 9914 991 66 10041 10031 10021 10024 1001 1000 9994 9974 997 9964 9954 •994V 9934 9924 991V 9904 67 10041 10031 10021 10024 1001 1000 9994 9974 997 9964 9954 994V 9934 9924 9914 9903 68 10041 10031 1003 10024 1001 1000 9994 9974 997 996 9954 9944 9934 9924 99]V 9904 69 10041 1004 1003 10024 1001 1000 999 9974 996:< 996 9954 9944 9934 95)24 9914 990| 70 10041 1004 1003 10024 1001 1000 999 9974 9965 996 9954 9944 9934 992.4 991V 990V 71 10041 1004 1003 10024 1001 1000 999 9974 9964 996 995 9944 9934 9924 991, 990| 72 10041 1004 1003 10024 1001 1000 999 9974 9964 996 995 994 9934 9924 991. 990V 73 10041 1004 1003 10024 1001 1000 999 9974 996: 996 995 994 993 992 99 1; 5)90-4 74 10041 1004 1003 10024 1001 1000 999 9974 996: 996 995 994 993 992 991. 990V 75 100.5 10041 1005 10024 1001 1000 9984 9974 9965 996 995 994 993 992 991 9904 76 1005 10041 1003 10024 1001 1000 9984 9974 996: 996 995 994 993 992 991 990.4 77 1005 10041 10031 10024 1001 1000 9984 9974 996: 996 995 994 993 992 991 9904 78 1005 10044 10031 10024 1001 1000 9981 9974 996; 9954 995 9934 993 992 991 9904 79 10051 10041 10031 10024 1001 1000 9984 9974 990* 9954 995 993 ; 9924 991:4 991 9904 00 10051 10041 10031 10024 1001 100C 9984 997V 1 996/ 9954 9944 9934 9924 9914 9904 990 ti ALD 42 ALE Table continued. Pure Alcohol by Number of gallons which 1000 gallons of spirit at the given temperatures will measure at 50° Fahrenheit. volume, per cent. 50° 52 a 532° 552° 572° 59° 602° 622° 042° G6$° 68° C9}° 712° 732° 75$ a | 77* 81 10031 10042 10032 10022 1001 1000 9982 9982 9972 9962 995} 994} 993} 993} 992} 991} 990} 990 82 1003.1 10042 10032 10022 1001 1000 9972 9962 9962 995} 994} 99Sfl 991} 990} 990 83 10051 10042 10032 10022 1001 1000 9982 997-2 9952 994} 9932 0924 9911 990* 989} 84 10051 10042 10032 10022 1001 1000 998 9972 9962 995% 9942 993| 9922 9911 0904 989} 83 10052 10042 1003A 10021 1001 1000 9982 9972 9961 99.'»| 9942 9932 9921 9912 9909 98M 80 1003a 10042 10032 10022 1001 1000 9982 9972 996 J 995| 904| 9932 9922 9911 0904 989j 87 1005| 10042 10032 10022 1001 1000 9982 9972 9961 996$ 996$ ; 99G 9952 9941 9934 9924 99l| 9902 9892 88 89 90 91 92 1005} 1005:1 1003$ 10052 1006 10042 10042 10042 10042 1005 11111 zz zj co u: 10022 10021 1002$ 1001 1001 1001 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 9982 9982 9982 9972 9972 : 9972 i 995| 9952 994| 9942 9932 9922 99l| ALDEHYDAMMONIA. A compound of carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, and nitrogen, discov- ered by Doebcreiner and Liebig. Prep. Sulphuric acid 6 parts; water 4 parts; alcohol, of 80§, 4 parts ; hyperoxido of manganese in fine powder, 6 parts. Proc. Dilute the acid with the water, then carefully add the alcohol, and next the manganese ; agitate and distil with a gentle heat, from a spacious retort into a receiv- er surrounded with ice, and connected with the former perfectly air-tight. When six parts have distilled, re-distil this portion from its own weight of dried muriate of lime, until three parts have come over, which must be again rectified in the same manner, until 1 £ part of liquid is obtained in the receiver. This liquid must then be mixed with an equal bulk of ether, and the mixture saturated with dry ammoniacal gas; brilliant colorless pris- matic crystals will then form, which, after washing with ether and drying, are pure aldehydammonia. Prop. t^c. Smells like turpentine ; melts at 1G0° ; volatilizes, unchanged, at 212° ; decomposed by exposure to the air ; soluble in most menstrua ex- cept ether. Use. To mike aldehyde. ALDEHYDE. Sy k. Hydrate of Oxide of Acetule. A compound of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen. Discovered by Liebig. Prep. Dissolve aldehydammonia in an equal weight of water ; place the solution in a retort, and add rather less than an equal quantity of sul- phuric acid, diluted with about half its weight of water ; then distil as above. Rectify the product twice from its own weight of dried muriate of lime, at a heat not exceeding 86° Fahr. Prop. An ethereous liquid, boiling at 72° ; neu- tral, inflammable, mixes with water, alcohol, and ether ; decomposed by exposure to the air, into liquid acetic acid ; spoils by age. ALDEIIYDIC ACID. Syn. Acetulous Acid. Lampic Acid. An acid not perfectly known, but supposed by Liebig to bo the lampic acid of Davy and Faraday, or at least its essen- tial part. Prep. Digest oxido of silver in aldehydo, decant and pass sulphurated hydrogen through the liquid to throw down the silver. The product is a weak acid, forming sails called aldehydates with tho buses. These salts suffer decomposition during the evaporation of their solutions, and hcnco cannot bo obtuined in tho dry slato. ALE. Syn. Barley Wine. Ala. Cerevisia A pale-colored liquor, brewed from lightly-dried malt. It is usually described as containing more saccharine matter and mucilage than beer or por- ter ; but this is not a characteristic of the finer kinds of ale, as Old Burton , Scotch, East India , and other varieties, that have undergone a tho- rough fermentation. New or mild ale, on the contrary, abounds in undecomposed sugar and gum, and is thus rendered more nutritious, though less alcoholic, than the above varieties. Process of brewing ale. The various opera- tions of brewing are nearly the same for every spe- cies of malt liquor, the differences in the products arising from the materials employed, the heat of the water used for mashing, and the temperature at which the fermentation is conducted. (See Brewing.) For ale, pale or lightly-dried malt should be chosen, as well as pale hops, if it be de- sired to brew a liquor possessing but little color ; and the fermentation should be carried on at a low temperature. Almost every county in England has its variety of ale, but the difference consists chiefly (the same quantity of malt and hops being used) in the preparation of the malt. The water may in some cases vary in quality, the boiling may be longer or shorter, or the liquor may be turned on at a different heat ; but these circum- stances being considered, one general process serves for the whole, as before observed. For im- mediate use, the malt may be all pale ; but if brewed for keeping, or in warm weather, one- fourth should be amber malt. 6 lbs. of Kent hops should be used to the quarter, or 8 to 10 lbs. for keeping ale. The stronger ales contain about 8§ of absolute alcohol ; ordinary ales from 5 to 6§. ALE, BARNSTAPLE. Boil the water, then throw two pails of cold water into the mash tun, and afterwards the boiling water ; then immediate- ly put in the malt, half a bushel at a time. After stirring it till it is soaked, cap it with malt or bran, cover ’it close, and let it stand three hours ; then see if the mash is sunk in the middle ; if so, it must be filled level with boiling water, to stand half an hour; when it should bo run off in a goose-quill stream, and be returned upon the grains, by a bowl or pailful at a time, as far back us possiblo from tho cock, until the liquor strains through tho body of the grains, and at last comes very fine ; otherwise tho thick parts are forced ALL 43 ALE down to the cock. This is called “doubling;” continue to do so for half an hour, then stop, and „et it stand half an hour longer in winter, but not in summer. Then rub four pounds of hops very fine into the sieve, for the wort to run through ; do not draw it off too near before lading over more boiling water out of the copper. This is to be continued until the whole quantity of ale wort is obtained, which, with all the hops, is to be boiled till the liquor breaks or curdles. Now empty all into large tubs or coolers ; work, when cold, with the same hops altogether, thus : put a little yeast, and that not a day old, to a quantity, and mix that with the rest, to work 12 or 14 hours, and then strain it directly into the barrel, where keep filling it until it has done working. ALE, BAVARIAN. This is a beer which has been made to ferment at a low temperature, until all the substances which favor acetification have been rendered insoluble. The fermentation is conducted in wide, open, shallow vessels, which afford free and unlimited access to atmospheric oxygen, and this in a situation where the tempe- rature does not exceed 46° to 50 Q Fahr. A sep- aration of the nitrogeneous constituents, i. e., the exciters of acidification, takes place simultaneous- ly on the surface and within the whole body of the liquid. The clearing of the fluid is the sign by which it is known that these matters have sep- arated. The beer obtained in this way is invaria- bly far superior, in quality and stability, to that brewed according to the common method. (Lie- big.) To be enabled to keep the temperature at the proper point, the operation is conducted in a situation removed as much as possible from the influence of atmospherical changes of tempera- ture, and at such seasons as are favorable to the same. ALE, BURTON. This is a strong species of ale, of which only a barrel and a half is drawn from a quarter of malt. Temperature forth e first mash 170°, and for the second 180°, followed by a mash for table beer at 165°. It is tunned at 58°, and cleansed at 72°. The finest pale malt, ground two days before using, together with the best Kent hops, (6 to 8 lbs. per quarter,) are em- ployed for this ale. Remarks. The “ East India” ale, brewed by Bass & Co. of Burton, is perhaps as near an approach to wine as malt liquor is ca- pable of receiving ; it is indeed the “ wine of malt.” ALE, DORCHESTER. This is made with $ pale and f amber malt, with 6 or 7 lbs. of hops to the quarter. The temperature of the first mash is 170°, and of the second 180° ; boiled for 30 minutes, and the yeast added, when a head gath- ers on the gyle-tun ; work until the head begins to fall, then cleanse and fill up the casks as long as they continue to work. Two barrels per quarter. ALE, EDINBURGH. Employ the best pale malt. 1st. Mash two barrels per quarter, at 180° ; mash three quarters of an hour, let it stand 1 hour, and allow half an hour to run off the wort. 2d. Mash 1 barrel per quarter, at 183°; mash three quarters of an hour, let it stand three quar- ters of an hour, and tap as before. 3d. Mash one barrel per quarter, at 170° ; mash half an hour, lat it stand half an hour, and tap as before. The first and second ./ort may be mixed together boiling them about an hour or an hour and a quar- ter, with a quantity of hops proportioned to the time the beer is intended to be kept. The first two may be mixed at the heat of 60° in the gyle- tun, and the second should be fermented separate- ly for small beer. Remarks. The best hops should be used, in the proportion of about 4 lbs. for every quarter of mall employed. ALE, ESSEX. This ale is brewed by putting boiling water into the mash-tun, and adding there- to some cold water, and then the malt, gradually, until a cover of dry malt is left on top ; it is then allowed to stand three hours ; in the mean time a similar mash is made with half the previous quan- tity of malt, and the same measure of water, in another tun, as soon after the first as possible ; both worts are drawn off simultaneously, and the latter serves as a second water for the malt used for the former. The smaller quantity of malt is then mashed a second time with water. The first wort is boiled an hour, or until it breaks into large flakes, when half of it is taken out, and the re- maining raw wort added to it, and the boiling con- tinued until it again breaks. The wort is now drained off from the grains and boiled, and a fresh mash made with the wort from the second tun, for the larger quantity of malt, and very hot water for the other ; after an hour it is drawn off, and another mash made for small beer. The propor- tion of hops is 2£ lbs. per quarter. This system of mashing, which has no advantage over the usual way, has been called “succession mash- ing.” ALE FOR PRIVATE FAMILIES. A bush- el and three quarters of ground malt and a pound of hops are sufficient to make 18 gallons of good family ale. That the saccharine matter of the malt may be extracted by infusion, without the fa- rina, the temperature of the water should not ex- ceed 165° or 170° Fahrenheit’s thermometer. The quantity of water should be divided into two portions, one of which should be poured upon the malt as speedily as possible, and the whole being well mixed together by active stirring, the vessel should be closely covered over for an hour ; if the weather be cold, for an hour and a half. If hard water be employed, it should be boiled, and the temperature allowed, by exposure to the atmosphere, to fall to about 165° Fahr. ; but if rain water is used, it may be added to the malt as soon as it reaches the point. After standing the proper time, the wort must be drawn off into another vessel, and the second portion of the water poured on, which should be allowed to mash an hour. The first wort may then be boiled with £ lb. of hops for one hour, by which time the second mashing will be ready to be drawn off, and should be boiled for half an hour, with \ lb. of fresh hops. The two liquors should now be mixed and cooled down to the tem- perature of 60° or 65°, when a pint of good thick yeast should bo well stirred in, and as soon as the fermentation is completed, the liquor may bo drawn off into a clean cask previously rinsed with boiling water. When the slow fermentation which will ensue has ceased, the cask should be loosely bunged for two days, after which, if the liquor ba left quiet, the bung may be properly fastened ALE 44 ALE Pale malt is the best, because, when highly dried, it does not afford so much saccharine matter. If the malt be new, it should bo exposed to the air, in a dry room, for iwo days previously to its being used. A third mashing may bo made for table beer. ALE, LONDON. I. Pale malt, 14 quarters ; hops, 112 lbs. ; mash with 28, 18, and 18 barrels of water ; boil with the hops, cool, and set with 36 lbs. of yeast ; cleanse with salt, 3 lbs. Prod. 34 barrels, or lj gallon for each gallon of malt employed. II. (To brew two barrels from a quarter of malt.) Turn on two barrels at 175° ; mash one hour, and let it stand for the same time. For sec- ond mash, turn on one barrel at 160° ; mash one hour, and stand one hour: boil the first wort brisk- ly for one hour ; and boil the second two hours, or till the whole is two barrels. Cool down to 60°, and tun. Cleanse on the fourth day at 72°, pre- viously mixing in 2 ounces of ginger, £ an ounce of salt, and a handful of flour. Keep the working tun closely covered, and just before the head be- gins to fall, skim the top, and rouse in the rest. When the blebs are large and on the fret, rouse in | an ounce of salt, a handful of malted bean-ficur, and some fresh yeast, after which it will ferment more kindly, and the cleansing may soon follow, with the new head on. Take care to fill up the casks while working, and before bunging put a handful of scalded hops into each. ALE, NOTTINGHAM. This is usually brew- ed by three mashings in the common way, but a much longer time is occupied in the mashing, and after drawing off each wort, the grains are washed by pouring over them fresh water from the copper, by two or three bowlfuls at a time. The boiling is conducted in separate portions for each wort, and the hops, enclosed in a coarse canvass bag, are only allowed to boil for half an hour, when they are taken out, and the boiling continued until the bub- bles break into little ragged particles. The quan- tity of hops is divided between the boilings, and frequently the second and third worts are boiled together. ALE, RINGWOOD. This brewing produces two tyvrels and a half from the quarter. The best pale malt and j acket hops are used, at the rate of 6 lbs. to the quarter. Turn on first mash at 180°, and second mash at 190°. Pitch the tun at 60°, and cleanse at 80°. Mash successively one hour, and three quarters of an hour, standing an hour and a half, and two hours. Add in the tun 2 lbs. of yeast for every barrel, and coat with salt and flour after the first skimming. ALE, SCOTCH. This ale is brewed from the finest pale malt, (made from the best English bar- ley,) and the best East Kent Hops, or for long keeping, Farnkam's or Country's. The brewing is restricted to the colder porlions of the year, as it never succeeds so well during the months of May, June, July, August, and September. Only one mask is made, and that at a temperaturo of about 180°, with one-third of the quantity of tho water necessury for tho brewing. The mash-tun is then covered up for half an hour, when tho wort is druwn oft”, and a quantity of water, at tho samo temperaturo as beforo, sprinkled uniformly over its surface. This is performed by throwing the water into a vessel with a bottom full of holes, somewha resembling a shower-bath, from whence it Oe* scends and gets equally distributed over every por« tion of tho malt. After an interval of abou* twenty minutes, this wort is drawn off from sev eral small cocks or holes, placed round tho circum- ference of the bottom, by which means tho hot water is made to percolate equally through every particle of the ma*s. This operation, called “ sparging,” is performed a second time, with a fresh portion of hot water, and after a like inter- val, is again drawn off. This process is repeated several times, until the density of the mixed worts becomes adapted to the quality of the ale required Usually eight or ten “ spargings” are employed, the latter at about 5° or 10° cooler than the first The skilful brewer so divides his water that it may produce a wort of the proper gravity ; but when a very strong one is required, the latter “ sparges' are used for table beer, or as water for mashing a fresh quantity of malt. In this way, 1 quarter of malt will yield full 81 lbs. of extract. The wort is next boiled, with 4 lbs. of hops to every quarter of malt, and afterwards cooled down to 50° before adding the yeast. The latter must not exceed half a gallon for every 100 gallons of wort. The fermentation now commences and proceeds slowly, and in some brewings is accelerated by rousing up twice a day. Should more yeast be absolutely required in a few days, a little may be added. The fermentation generally continues for 15 to 20 days ; and the ale is not cleansed before the de- gr^e of attenuation does not exceed £ lb. per diem, and not more than 4 of the original gravity of the wort remains. This process is then performed by drawing off without skimming. As soon as the fermentation is finished, the ale is put into care- fully prepared casks, and stored in a cold cellar. Here it soon becomes fine, and seldom wants racking before sale. The usual gravity per barrel of the best Scotch ale is about 38 or 40 lbs., and is seldom lower than 32 lbs. or higher than 44 lbs. ALE, TABLE. This is usually made by mash- ing the grains after the wort for the strong ale or beer has been drawn off ; but if a separate brew- ing be made, the following are good proportions : — Pale malt 1 quarter ; mash with 4, 3, and 24 bar- rels of water ; boil with 5 lbs. of hops, set with 1 gallon of yeast, and cleanse by beating the head in and letting it work out. Prod. 84 barrels, or full 4 gallons of ale for 1 of malt. ALE, WELSH. Take 3 quarters of the best pale malt and 25 lbs. of hops ; turn on the first liquor at 178°. Mash for an hour and a half, and stand two hours. Turn on second liquor at 190°, and stand two hours. Boil an hour and a half ; pitch the tun at 62°, and cleanse at 80°, using salt and flour. After the second mash, turn on for table beer at 150°. Mash three quarters of an hour, and stand two hours. ALE, WHITE, (DEVONSHIRE.) Boil to- gether 12 gallons of palo ale-wort, 1 handful of hops, and 4 or 5 lbs. of grouts ; cool, and add of yeast 3 lbs When it is in a state of lively fer- mentation, bottle in strong stone half-pints ; well cork them down, and wire them. Remarks. This is much drunk in some parts of Devonshire. It effervesces when opened. ALE, WINDSOR. This ale is brewed from ALK 45 ALK the best pale malt and hops. Turn on the first water at 180° ; mash 1$ hour, and stand 1 hour ; boil 1 hour. Turn on the second liquor at 190° ; stand | of an hour; boil 3 hours. Turn on the third liqtior at 165° ; masli £ of an hour; stand f of an hour. Pitch the tun at 60° ; cleanse at 80° on the third day. Skim as soon as a close yeasty head appears, until the yeast ceases to rise, then rouse in £ lb. of hops per quarter. ALE, YORKSHIRE OAT. The malt used is made from oats of the white sort, and dried with coke. Mash 1 quarter of ground malt with 44 gallons of cold soft water, and let it stand 12 hours ; then draw off the wort, and infuse therein for 3 hours 2 lbs. of hops, well rubbed between the hands ; next strain ; tun it, and work it briskly with yeast for two or three days ; cleanse, and in ten days it will be fit to bottle. It drinks very smooth, brisk, and pleasant, but will not keep. It looks very much like white wine. ALIZARINE. Syn. Pure madder red. Prep. I. Expose madder red to a gentle heat, when the alizarine will sublime, and may be collected. II. Add powdered madder cautiously to its own weight of oil of vitriol, and mix with a glass rod ; then wash the charred mass with clean cold wa- ter ; dry, and sublime as before. Prop. Orange-red crystals, very soluble in alka- line solutions, which it colors violet ; dyes mor- danted cloth red. Remark. The name is derived from Ali-zari, the commercial name of madder, in the Levant. ALKALIS. (From the Arabic al, an essence, and kali , the plant from which soda was first ob- tained.) Substances which possess the property of forming salts with the acids, and for the most part of turning the vegetable blues to greens, and yellow turmeric paper brown. The principal alka- lis are soda, potassa, and ammonia. The first has been called the mineral, the second the vege- table, and the third the volatile alkali ; but this distinction is now nearly obsolete. Soda and po- tassa have also been called the fixed alkalis, from their permanence in the fire. Hist. At the time when Lavoisier declared oxy- gen to be the universal acidifying principle, Mor- veau conjectured hydrogen to be the alkalifying principle ; but it was afterwards demonstrated by Sir H. Davy, that potassa and soda are actually the oxides of the metals, potassium and sodium. Ammonia is a compound of nitrogen and hydro- gen. Dr. Murray conceived that either hydrogen or oxygen might generate alkalinity, but that a combination of the two was necessary to give this condition in its utmost energy. This theory is not, however, borne out by the observed phenomena of chemistry. Gay Lussac conceives alkalinity to be the result of “ the alkalifying property of the met- al, and the acidifying property of the oxygen, modified both by combination and by the propor- tions ;” but this “ coalition” theory is far from sat- isfactory. Of late years the list of alkalis has been greatly extended by the discovery of several vege- table principles possessing important properties and forming salts with the acids. (See Alka- loids.) Prop., Char., tyc. Potassa, soda, and ammonia, are known by the following characteristics : — An acid urinous taste ; a great degree of causticity : turning vegetable blues green, and yellows brown forming soaps with the fixed oils ; solubility in wa< ter, and when pure in alcohol ; forming salts with the acids ; solubility of their carbonates ; action of their carbonates on vegetable colors. Caution. The pure or caustic alkalis should be kept in glass bottles, well secured frim the air, as they rapidly absorb carbonic acid and become car- bonates. ALKALIMETER. A measurer of alka- linity. ALKALIMETRY. The art or method of de- termining the amount of pure alkali contained in any given sample. Remarks on the principles of alkalimetry, fyc. The common method of alkalimetry is founded on the known quantity of pure alkali, which is required to saturate a given weight of dilute sulphuric acid. The glasses, or alkalimeters, as they are called, with which the operation is performed, are usually graduated into 100 parts, for the purpose of exact- ly estimating the quantity of acid employed. As the sulphuric acid, however, acts upon the muri- ates and sulphurets usually present in the alkalis of commerce, this plan does not admit of great ac- curacy, unless proper precautions are taken to avoid the source of error. Some years ago the German soap-boilers estimated the strength of their ashes by merely pouring a quart of water on a pound of the former, and then putting in a piece of Dutch soap, added water, in small portions at a time, until it sank. The more water required to effect this object, the richer the ashes were supposed to be in alkali. This plan was also employed at no very distant period in some of the remoter parts of the United Kingdom. Alkalimetry has lately en- gaged the attention of some eminent chemists, and by following their suggestions, the “ richness” of any sample of ashes, barilla, or alkalis may be obtained with great precision. The importance of this subject to the soap-maker and manufacturing chemist must at once be evident. The following are among the most approved methods of pro- cedure. I. Oper. Pulverize a little of the sample, and weigh therefrom exactly 100 grs., agitate it with about half an ounce of hot water in a vial or small tube, then allow it to settle, and pour off the clear into another tube or vial ; repeat the process with a second and third portion of hot water, or until nothing soluble remains, observing each time to allow the liquid to settle before pouring it off ; the mixed liquid is then tested as follows : — the test acid described below is poured into the glass tube until it reaches exactly to the line marked by the name of the alkali under examination ; water is then poured in to the line marked 1 or 1000, and the whole is well mixed by placing the thumb on the orifice of the tube and shaking it well. The measure of this dilute acid must then be carefully observed, and water added to make up the proper quantity as before ; should it be lower than the mark, agitation being again employed. The test liquor thus prepared is then to bo carefully added to the solution of the alkali just described until it be perfectly neutralized. The quantity of ilne test liquor used must next be read off from the graduated part of the tube, each larger division of which will represent 1 gr. per cent, of the p re ALK 46 ALK alkali, or its carbonate, as the case may bo, in the sample under examination. The glass tube, or Faraday's alJcalimeter , as it is called, is here represented, and is about 9$ inches long, and £ of an inch wide ; it is gradua- ted into 100 parts, each of which represents 10 grs. of water. Opposite the numbers 23-44, 48-96, 54-63, and 65, are cut the words written in the margin, and indicate the quantity of test acid to be employed for each of these alkalis. The test acid being then poured in up to the proper marks, and tho tube filled up to 1000 with pure water, gives a test solution equal to 100 grs. of the given alkalis. Consequently, the number of its divisions consumed to produce saturation, will exactly ex- press the value per cent. 1009 Soda Potassa Carbonate of Soda . . Carbonate of Potassa . The test acid is prepared by adding pure water to pure sulphuric acid until the specific gravity is reduced to 1-127 at 60° F., (about 1 measure of acid to 4 of water.) The sp. gr. must be carefully ascertained by means of the sp. gr. bottle, and its strength checked by adding to 100 grs. of it, chlo- ride of barium until it no longer produces a precipi- tate. This, when washed and dried at a low red heat, contains 33-3 per cent, of sulphuric acid, from which the strength of the test acid may be calcu- lated. This is an easy method of alkalimetry, ana admits of as staining the quantity of alkali to the £ or 4 of 1 per cent. It is best to keep a quantity of the test acid always ready prepared, as it saves trouble. Should a Faraday’s alkalimeter not be at hand, any other mode by which the test liquor can be accurately measured will do as well. II. Dissolve 100 grs. of alkali, as described in the last method, then take a known weight of the test acid prepared as directed below, and proceed to neutralize the alkaline solution therewith in the way above mentioned ; then again weigh the test acid and note tho quantity consumed ; tho loss of weight divided by 10 gives the real per cs-itago of pure alkali. Test acid for soda. Add pure sulphuric acid to distilled water until tho sp. gr. becomes about 1-109 (about 5 water and 1 acid,) and 100 grs. of which saturate exactly 17 grs. of pure carbonate of soda dried at a dull red heat ; or which is tho same, 313 grs. should contain exactly 40 grs. of real sulphuric acid, when 10 grs. will bo equivalent to 1 gr. of pure soda. The strength may bo also tested by uhlorido of barium. Test arid for potassa. This acid should bo weaker than tho ist, its sp. gr. about 1-069 or 1"070 ; 471$ grs. should contain exactly 40 grs. of real sulphuric acid, and 1000 grs. should ncutnu- izo exactly 66$ grs. of dry carbonate of soda. Remarks. Tho most convenient vessel to con- tain the test acid during tho operation is Schuster’* alkalimeter, described under the article Acktim- etry. This method of alkalimetry admits of great accuracy. lly careful manipulation the content of real alkali may bo estimated to tho one-tenth of 1 per cent. (C. Watt, jun., Chemist, No. 50.) Tho art of weighing admits of much greater accuracy than that of measuring, espe- cially where small quantities are concerned. This is the method employed at Apothecary’s Hall, at the Polytechnic Institution, (by Mr. L. Thomp- son,) in the Laboratory of Messrs. Hawes, and in various other places where great precision is de- sired. III. ( Method of Fresenius and Will , of Giessen.) Oper. The flask B (article Acidimf.- try) is about half filled with oil of vitriol, and tho sample of alkali is put into the flask A, and water poured on until it be almost half full. The tubes are then fitted into tho apparatus quite air-tight ; tho end of the tube b is fastened with a bit of wax, and the whole is carefully weighed. The appa- ratus is now removed from the scales, and the mouth applied to the end of the tube h, and the air in the flask B rarefied by suction ; the conse- quence of which is, that the oil of vitriol in B flows over into A. The evolution of carbonic acid im- mediately commences, which, from the construc- tion of the apparatus, has to pass through the oil of vitriol, before it can escape by the tube d, by which means it is rendered quite dry. Whenever the effervescence flags, a little more acid must be sucked over, until the whole of the carbonate bo decomposed, after which an additional quantity is made to pass into A sufficient to raise the temper- ature considerably, which will have the effect of expelling all the gas absorbed by the fluid during the operation. As soon as this is completed, the wax is removed from the aperture l. and suction applied to h until all the carbonic acid gas in the apparatus is replaced by atmospheric air. The whole must now be allowed to cool, when it must be again weighed. The loss of weight gives ex- actly the amount of dry carbonic acid gas that was contained in the specimen, from which the weight of pure alkali is estimated. Every 22-12 grs. of dry carbonic acid gas represent exactly 31-3 grs. of pure soda, and 47-15 grs. of pure potassa. Remarks. Should the specimen contain caustic potassa, (as many of those of commerce do,) it should be triturated, previously to testing, with an equal weight of pure quartz sand, and about 4 of its weight of carbonate of ammonia added ; the mixture is then placed in a capsule and moistened with water, and a gentle heat applied until it be quite dry, and all the ammonia expelled. Should sulphuret of potassium or caustic soda be present in tho sample, tho same method must be followed, except that instead of water the powder should be moistened with liquor of ammonia ; and in the case of soda, tho quantity of carbonate of ammo- nia should bo at least equal to half the weight of tho test specimen. It will thus bo seen that unless for carbonates, (unmixed with sulphurcts bicar • ALK 47 ALK donates, or caustic alkali,) this method requires several operations, and is consequently very trou- blesome and liable to error, except in expert hands. It is, however, a ready and elegant way of testing the pure carbonates. Concluding remarks on Alkalimetry. Rules for sampling, ifc. As each sample is taken from the cask, place it at once in a wide-mouth bottle, cork it up immediately and number it. The sam- ple should be drawn from as near the centre of the cask as possible. Before proceeding to the assay, throw the contents of the bottle upon a piece of clean paper, crush the lumps, and mix them with the small ; reduce the whole to coarse powder as rapidly as possible, and weigh the number of grains for trial at once. In a number of casks, at least § of them should be tested. Assays of soda should never be made while warm, as it will thereby fre- quently indicate 1 or 2 per cent, more alkali than when it has been cooled down and packed in casks. The method of trying the density of the test acid by merely dropping a bead of a known sp. gr. into it, as is frequently recommended by chemical reformers, is not sufficiently accurate to be depended on. Too much care cannot be taken to ensure the test acid of the proper strength, of which the sp. gr. alone is an insufficient proof. It is always best to keep a stock of the test acid (properly made and proved) ready for use. Those desirous of entering more largely into the subject of acidimetry, alkalimetry, &c., are re- ferred to Bullock’s “ Translation of Fresenius and Will ;” some valuable papers by Mr. C. Watt, jun., in the fifth volume of the “ Chemist and to a paper by Dr. Ure, in the third volume of the “ Pharmaceutical Transactions.” ALKALOIDS. Syn. Vegetable Alkalis. Organic Alkalis. Organic Bases. Substances possessing basic and alkaline properties derived from the vegetable kingdom. They are compounds of carbon, hydrogen, azote, and oxygen, and have hence been distinguished by Dr. Collier, by the mnemonic word, “ chaos,” the first four letters be- ing the initials of the elements, and the “s” show- ing that they are salifiable. Some of the alka- loids are the most violent poisons with which we are acquainted ; one-fiftieth of a grain of pure aconitina has endangered life. (Pereira.) The greater number possess similar properties to the plant from which they are extracted, but in an eminently concentrated degree. The following table exhibits the principal alkaloids described in the body of this work, together with the plants which yield them : Alkaloids. Plants. Aconitina Aconitum Napellus. Aricina . Arica Bark. Atropia . Brucia Atropia Belladonna. Strychnos Nux Vomica. Cinchona Lancifolia. Cinchonia Codeia Opium. Conia . . Conia Macubitum. Corydalia Corydalis Tuberosa. Cynapia yEthusa Cynapium. Daturia Datura Stramonium. Delphi a . Delphinium Staphisagria. Digitalia Digitalis Purpurea. Emetiria Cephaelis Ipecacuanha. Alkaloids. Hyoscyamia Meconia h Plants. . Hyoscyamus Niger. Morphia ( Narceia | . Opium. Narcotin a J Nicotina . . . Nicotiana Tabacum. Picrotoxia . Menispermum Coculus. Quinia . . . Cinchona Cordifolia. Sanguinaria . . Sanguinaria Canadensis. Solania . . . Solanum Nigrum. Thebaia . . . Opium. Veratria . . . Veratrum Sabadilla. The following general method of procuring the alkaloids will be found applicable to such as full directions are not given for under their respec- tivc heads. 1. ( When the base is insoluble in water , non- volatile, and existiyg in the plant in an insoluble form.) Proc. Boil or macerate the bruised plant in water acidulated with muriatic acid, filter, neu- tralize the acid with an alkali, (ammonia, lime, or magnesia,) and collect the precipitate, which must be purified by resolution in dilute acid, digestion with animal charcoal, and subsequent crystalliza- tion or precipitation by an alkali ; or the first pre- cipitate may be purified by dissolving it repeatedly in alcohol. 2. ( When the base is insoluble in water, and non-volatile, but existing in the plant in a soluble state) Proc. Boil or macerate in hot water as before ; filter and precipitate by adding an alkali ; purify as last. 3. ( When the base is soluble in water, and non-volatile.) Proc. Make an infusion with a di- lute acid, (muriatic ;) concentrate by a gentle heat; treat the liquor with potassa and ether, (conjointly ;) decant and evaporate. 4. ( When the base is both soluble in water mid volatile.) Proc. The vegetable or its extract may be mixed with potassa and distilled ; the product, neutralized with oxalic or sulphuric acid, carefully evaporated to dryness, and digested in alcohol, and this solution agitated with potassa and ether ; the ethereal solution thus formed, if carefully evapo- rated, leaves the base nearly pure. It may be further purified by cautious distillation. Remarks. The above is a mere view of the four general processes of extracting the alkaloids, which, for success, require considerable address in manipulating. The plan adopted for the extrac- tion of the principal alkaloids of commerce, will be found fully described under their respective heads. ALKALOIDS, TESTS FOR THE. Per- chloride of gold is a more decisive test of certain vegetable alkalis than the double chloride of so- dium and gold, already employed for this purpose. The following are the colors of the precipitates which it produces with the salts of the annexed alkalis dissolved in water: quinine, buff-colored; cinchonine, sulphur-yellow ; morphine, yellow, then bluish, and lastly, violet ; in this last state the gold is reduced, and the precipitate is insoluble in water, alcohol, the caustic alkalis, and sulphu- ric, nitric, or hydro-chloric acids ; it forms with aqua regia a solution which is precipitated by pro- tosulphate of iron ; brucine, milk-, coffee-, and ALK 48 ALK then chocolate-brown ; strychnine, canary-yellow ; veratrine, slightly greenish -yellow. All these precipitates, with the exception men- tioned, aro very soluble in alcohol, insoluble in ether, and slightly soluble in water. Among the reactions of chloride of gold, there are two which appear to bo especially important : they are those which occur with morphine and brucine ; these are sufficiently marked to prevent these alkalis from being mistaken for each other, and also yield pretty good characteristics for dis- tinguishing brucine from strychnine. (MM. La- roeque and Thibierge.) The above authors have arrived at the following conclusions : 1st. By the aid of reagents it is possible to de- termine the presence of morphine, strychnine, and brucine in substances which, after being mixed with the salts of these alkalis, have undergone the vinous, acetic, or putrefactive fermentation. M. Orfila has already shown that the putrefactive fer- mentation does not alter morphine. 2d. Crystallized iodic acid, or a concentrated solution of this acid, is susceptible of being decom- uosed by neutral azotized bodies ; but a dilute so- ution of this acid cannot be decomposed by them unless there be added concentrated sulphuric acid, erystallizable acetic acid, oxalic, citric, or tartaric acid. 3d. Iodic acid should not be employed as a test of morphine without the greatest caution. 4th. Perchloride of gold produces such effects with the vegetable alkalis, as serve to distinguish morphine, brucine, and strychnine from each other. 5th. The reagents on which the greatest reli- ance may be placed as tests of morphine are, nitric acid, neutral perchloride of iron, and perchloride of gold. 6th. By the use of reagents, morphine which has been mixed with beer, soup, or milk, may be detected. 7th. It is also easy to prove by reagents the presence of meconic acid in soup or milk, espe- cially when the meconate of lead is decomposed by dilute sulphuric acid. (Phil. Mag., Dec., 1842.) ALKANET. Syn. Alkanet Root. Qual., use, $c. The best alkanet is brought from the neighborhood of Montpellier. The bark contains a beautiful red color, which it freely gives to oils, fats, wax, spirits, essences, and similar substances, by simple infusion, and is consequently much em- ployed to color varnishes, ointment, pomatums, &c. Wax, tinged with alkanet and applied on warm marble, stains it of a beautiful flesh-color, which sinks deep into the stone, and is possessed of considerable permanence. The spirituous tinc- ture of alkanet gives a deep red to marble. In selecting this article, the smaller roots should bo chosen, as they possess more bark than the larger ones in proportion to their weight. ALKERMES. A cordial liqueur much es- teemed in some parts of the south of Europe. Prep. I. Inf*. Bay leaves 1 lb., mace 1 lb., nutmegs and cinnamon, each 2 oz. ; cloves 1 oz., all bruised ; cognac brandy gallons. Proc. Ma- cerate for 3 weeks, frequently shaking, then distil over 3 gallons, and add clarified sirup of kermes 18 1 1 m , orange flower water 1 pint ; mix well and bottle. Remarks. The abovo is the truo formula for the alkermcs do Santa Maria Novella, which u much valued. II. Spice as last, 4 gallons of British brandy, water 1 gallon ; macerate as before, and draw over 4 gallons, to which add 2 gallons of capillaire, and 4 oz. of sweet spirits of nitre. (Cassia may be used for cinnamon.) ALLANTOIN. Syn. Allantoine. Allan- toic Acid. Hist. Discovered by Vauquclin and Buniva in the allantoic fluid of the cow. It has since been produced artificially by Wohler and Liebig. Prep. I. Evaporate the allantoic fluid of the cow to ^ or | of its volume, when, on cooling and stand- ing for some time, crystals will bo deposited These must bo purified by resolution, digestion with animal charcoal, and recrystallization. II. Boil 1 part of uric acid in 20 parts of water, then add thereto, gradually, freshly-precipitated and well-washed oxide of lead until the color ceases! to change. Filter while hot, evaporate until a pel- licle forms on the surface, and set it aside to crys- tallize. Purify as above. Prop. Small prismatic crystals, scarcely soluble in water ; nitric acid converts it into allanturic acid. ALLANTURIC ACID. A new nitrogeneous acid, discovered by Pelouze, produced by the ac- tion of nitric acid on allantoin. The name is de- rived from allantoin and uric acid, the new com- pound being made from the former, and being analogous in composition to the latter. Prep. Dissolve allantoin in nitric acid (1-2 to 1*4) with a gentle heat ; on cooling, pour the li- quor from the crystals of nitrate of urea which are deposited, evaporate, and dry at 80° F. Treat the residuum with weak water of ammonia, and add alcohol ; collect the white viscid matter thrown down, redissolve it in water, and again precipitate it with alcohol ; the last precipitate is the acid. Prop. Little is known about it. ALLIGATION. An arithmetical rule for find- ing the price of mixtures, and for making mixl ures of any given price or value. From its great use in trade, and ease of performance, it should be under- stood by every tradesman. (Vide Joyce or Walk- ingame.) Questions in alligation may also be very easily determined by the method of indeterminate analysis, by persons but slightly conversant with elementary algebra. This rule has been applied to ascertain the proportions of compounds from their sp. gr. when they have undergone no change in volume ; but when this is the case, as in alloys, alcoholic mixtures, &c., it is quite inapplicable. ALLOXAN. Syn. Erythric Acid. A pro- duct of the decomposition of uric acid by nitric acid, first noticed by Brugnatelli, and afterwards by Wohler and Liebig. Prep. Gradually add uric acid to nitric acid (sp. gr. 1'35) gently heated, until crystals begin to appear ; then cool, and throw the mass on a fun- nel choked with asbestos to drain, and afterwards drop on it a little cold water, to displace the last adhering portions of acid liquor ; when well drained dissolve in water, and crystallize, employing but little heat. The acid liquor will yield 4 or 5 crops of crystals by treating it as often with fresh uric acid. Prod. 80 to 90# of the uric acid em- ployed. ALI 49 ALM Prop. Crystals efflorescent ; treated with al- kalis it yields alloxanic acid. ALLOXANIC ACID. An acid discovered by Wohler and Liebig ; it is formed when alloxan is decomposed by the alkalis. Prep. Treat an aque- ous solution of alloxan with baryta water, and de- compose the alloxanate of Barytes formed with dilute sulphuric acid ; decant, evaporate, and crys- tallize. Prop. With the bases it forms salts called alloxanates ; these may generally be made from the alloxanate of baryta or ammonia by double decomposition ; some of them are soluble. ALLOXANTINE. Obtained by Prout from uric acid. Prep. I. Boil 1 part of uric acid in 32 parts of water, and add dilute nitric acid until it be dis- solved ; evaporate to §ds, and set it aside for 12 hours ; the crystals, which will then be found de- posited, must be purified by resolution and crystal- lization. II. Dissolve alloxan in water, and pass sulphur- eted hydrogen gas through the solution, until the alloxantine be deposited as a crystalline mass, which must be purified by resolution and crystal- lization. ALLOY. Syn. Allay. Alliage, (Fr.) Le- girung, ( Ger .) (From the French verb Alloyer, to mix one metal with another for the purposes of coinage.) Combinations of the metals with each other obtained by fusion. The term was formerly restricted to gold and silver when mixed with metals of inferior value, but is now applied to any mixture of two or more metals. Prop. Most of the metals unite with each other by fusion or amalgamation, and acquire new prop- erties. Thus : copper, alloyed with zinc, becomes brass , and possesses a different density, hardness, and color to either of its constituents. It is yet undecided whether alloys tend to be formed in defi- nite or equivalent proportions of the metals of which they are composed, or unite in any ratio, like sugar and water. The proportions contained in the natural alloys of gold and silver, as well as some phenomena attending the cooling of several alloys, from a state of fusion, go far to show the former to be the case. (Rudberg.) As, however, the metallic compounds are generally soluble in each other, or combine by fusion and mixture, their nature is much obscured. Alloys generally melt at lower temperatures than those required for the fusion of their separate metals, which affords strong evidence of a chemical change having taken place. They also usually possess more tenacity and hardness than the mean of their constituents ; but their malleability, ductility, and their power of resisting oxygen are diminished. The combination of two brittle metals is always brittle ; that of a brittle and a ductile metal generally so ; and this is also sometimes the case with two ductile metals. From the number of the metals, it is evident that several hundred combinations may be made, but about 60 are all that have been carefully examined by the chemist, and not more than $d part of that number has been applied to useful purposes. Among these, however, may be found »ome pos- sessing most valuable properties, not to bo met with in the pure metals. Prep. No general rules for the manufacture of alloys applicable to each can be given ; but it may be jemarked that, in uniting those metals, differ* ing greatly in their fusibility, the more fusible one should not bo added to the other until it be melted, or sufficiently heated, and then at the lowest pos- sible temperature at which a perfect union will take place between the two, lest the more fusible one should evaporate or be oxidized, and thus cause the compound to be imperfect. The mixture is usually effected under a flux, or some material that will prevent evaporation and exposure to the atmo- sphere. Thus : in melting lead and tin together, in forming solder, resin or tallow is thrown upon the surface ; in tinning copper, the surface is rub- bed with sal ammonia ; and in combining some metals, powdered charcoal is used for the same purpose. For further information on this subject, the reader is referred to the following table, and to the separate articles devoted to the more impor- tant alloys. (See Bronze, Brass, Pewter, &c.) Table of the principal Alloys. Combining metals. Alloys produced. Arsenic and copper . . . White Copper or Packfong. Tin and Lead Solder and Common Pewter rp. ... S Antimony, i , Best Pewter or Britannia “ter l f Tin with | ““ d | Fusible Metal. f Bronze Metal, Tin and Copper . . . . I g5" tam & ( Cannon do. Copper and zinc .... j Dutch gold. Copper i Zinc, Nickel, ) n s ;i. rav with i andiron \ German silver. Silver and Copper . . . Standard Silver. Gold with \ C °PP e v r e ™ d \ Do. Gold. Mercury and other Metals Amalgams. (See also Amalgams.) ALMOND TREE, (Amygdalus communis.) The kernels, sweet almonds, are pectoral and cooling, but mawkish ; imported from the south of Europe and the Barbary coast. Blanched almonds. Almonds thrown into boiling water until the skin comes off by pressing between the fingers, the hot water is then strained away, the almonds flung into cold water, peeled, and dried, either in a stove or the sun, until they are brittle. Burnt almonds. Used to color and flavor liqueurs. Bitter almonds. A variety, imported from Mogadore, used to re- lieve the flavor of the sweet almonds, and to clear muddy water ; both pressed for oil. Almond cake, left on pressing the oil, used for washing the hands. Remarks. Almonds are principally used for ob- taining the oil ; and in medicine for the prepara- tion of a confection and mixture ; and in cenfec- tionaiy, as an agreeable flavoring, &c. ALMOND FLAVOR. Syn. Essence of bit ter Almonds. Essence of peach Kernels. Quintessence of Noyeau, &c. Prep. Dissolve 1 oz. of essential oil of bitter almonds in 1 pint of spirits of wine. Prop., uses, £c. Used as a flavoring for wine, cordials, perfumery, pastry, &c., and in any case where it is wished to impart an agreeable nutty flavor or smell.; also to prepare bitter almond wa- ter. Caution. It should be used in very small quantities, as it is very powerful. A few drops are sufficient for several pounds of pastry. ALMONDS, TO CANDY. Oper. Blanch ALO 50 ALU xny quantity of almonds, then fry or bako them in butter, until they acquire a light brown color ; wipe them with a napkin , pour over them sirup, (boiled to a thread.) and stir until cold. Remarks. According to Mrs. Rundel, almonds bo prepared were highly thought of by the London guests of his Highness Prince Ekbaladoola, the Nawaub of Oude, from whost cook this receipt was obtained. ALMOND PASTE. Prep. Blanched almonds 4 oz. ; white of 1 egg ; spirit of wine and rose wa- ter, q. s. Proc. Beat the almonds to a smooth paste in a mortar, then add the white of egg and enough rose-water, mixed with £ its weight of spi- rit of wine, to give the proper consistence. Use. As a cosmetic, to prevent chapped hands, See. Remark. The skins will easily come off if the almonds be immersed for a few minutes in boiling hot watdr. ALOES. As there are several descriptions of this drug, and the commoner sorts are frequeniy sold for the more expensive, the following charac- teristics will assist the reader in recognising such deceptions. ALOES, SOCOTRINE. Char. Color, garnet red to golden red ; smell, peculiar and aromatic, not unlike a decaying russet apple, especially when breathed on or warmed ; taste, permanently and intensely bitter ; fracture, conchoidal ; softens in the hand and becomes adhesive, yet retains con- siderable brittleness ; powder, bright golden yel- low color ; central portions of the lumps often soft, especially when first imported. The Ed. Ph. states that socotrine aloes should be “ in thin pieces, translucent and garnet red, almost entirely soluble m spirit of the strength of sherry ; very rare.” ALOES, HEPATIC. Char. Less odorous, darkfer-colored, and more opaque than the preced- ing; digested inspirit of wine, gives a yellow gran- ular powder, resembling lycopodium, and insoluble in water, alcohol, ether, and dilute sulphuric acid ; but freely soluble in liquor of potassa, which it turns red. Remarks. The finer and paler sam- ples of this aloes constitute the mass of what is sold for socotrine. It yields a powder of a duller color than the latter. ALOES, BARBADOES. Char. Color, dark brown or black ; smell, strong and unpleasant, especially when breathed upon.; powder, dull olive yellow. ALOES, CAPE. Char. Smell, stronger than the last ; color, deep greenish brown ; appearance, shining and resinous ; fracture,* glassy ; powder, lively greenish-yellow color. Remarks. The above are the principal kinds of aloes ; but there aro several other common sorts, as the Mocha, Caballine, and Indian, all of which are melted and doctored up by the conscientious tfruggist, and sold for Barbadoes and hcpatics. They may, however, be readily distinguished by an experienced person, by their odor and appear- ance, which are widely different. ALOES, STRAINED. & 'yn. Melted Aloes. Aloe colata. Oper. I. Melt aloes in a copper Tin by the heat of a steam or water-bath, then press them through a strong hair or wire sieve. II. Melt the aloes us above, but with the addi- ion of about twice their weight of water, "strain ind evaporate Remarks. Mocha and other common uloeo, treated in this way and colored, aro frequently sold for melted socotrine and hcpatics. The color* ing employed is usually the precipitated carbonate of Iron (sesquioxide) or VcneLian red, in fine pow- der, and sometimes a little annatto. The impos- ture is not readily detected by mero inspection by any one unaccustomed to these matters, hence the impunity with which the fraud is perpetrated. The object in melting aloes is to deprive it of tho for- eign matters, which it generally contains in large quantities, as sand, leaves, pieces of wood, &c. The action of the heat drives off much of tho nau- seous smell from the commoner kinds, at tho same time that it deepens their color and renders their appearance more translucent and resinous, and hence disguises their original nature. The opera • tion of melting aloes on the large scale, is usually carried on at night , in consequence of the nau- seous fumes evolved, which may be smelt at a great distance. ALOETIC ACID. This acid exists in a wa- tery solution of aloes. Trommsdorf supposed it to be the gallic acid, but Dr. Pereira regards it as a distinct principle. Gallic acid gives a blue color with the persalts of iron, but infusion of aloes pro- duces an olive brown one. (Pereira.) Prep. It is prepared by adding diacetate of lead to an infusion of aloes, and decomposing the precipitate witn sul- phureted hydrogen. Remarks. This acid must bo distinguished from polychromic, chrysammic, and other acids produced from aloes by the action of nitric acid. ALTERATIVES. (From the Latin altero, I change.) Medicines that establish the healthy functions of the body, without producing any sen- sible evacuation, by perspiration, vomiting, or purging. Small doses of the preparations of mer- cury are among the most useful and generally em- ployed alteratives. Various formulae for alterative medicines will be found in this work. ALTHIONIC ACID. Discovered by Re- gnault in the residual liquor from the preparation of olefiant gas, from alcohol, and oil of vitriol. Prep. Dilute with water and neutralize with hydrate or milk of lime. Decant the solution, which contains althionate of lime, evaporate and crystallize. Dissolve the crystals in water, and precipitate with oxalic acid ; the solution is dilute althionic acid. Prop. A sour liquid, forming salts, called al- thionates, with the bases, which have the same composition as the sulpho-vinates ; they are, how- ever, distinct salts. (Regnault and Ettling.) ALUM. Syn. Lump Alum. Rock Alum. Sulphate of Alumina and Potash. Alumen, ( Lat .;) Alun, (Fr.;) Alaun, ( Ger .;) Aluin, ( Dut .) A salt composed of alumina, potassa, and sulphuric acid, and in its usual state, a large quan- tity of combined, water. Manufact. The principal alum works in Eng- land are near Paisley and Whitby. The minerals from which it is procured are called aluminous slate, shale, or schist, and frequently alum ore. Proc. Tho ore, placed in heaps and moistened from time to time with water, becomes gradually hot, and*fall3 into a pulverent state. When it does not possess this property, by mero exposure vo air and moisture, it is broken into pieces and laid ALU 51 ALU upon a bed of brushwood and small coal, to the depth of about 4 feet, when the pile is fired, and fresh lumps of alum rock thrown on, until the mass becomes of considerable height and size ; the combustion is then conducted with a smothered fire, until the calcination is complete. The pile is then allowed to cool, and further exposed to the action of air and moisture. The residuum of the burning is now placed in large stone cisterns, and thoroughly edulcorated with water, until all the soluble portion is dissolved; the solution is then concentrated in another stone cistern, so made that the flame and heated air of its reverberatory furnace sweep the surface of the liquor. The evaporation is continued until it is near the point, but somewhat weaker than that at which it would deposite crystals on cooling ; it is then run off, after defecation, into other cisterns, and solution of com- mon muriate or sulphate of potassa, or (sometimes) impure sulphate or carbonate of ammonia, is added until a cloud or milkiness ceases to be produced on adding more ; it is then allowed to settle and get thoroughly cold, and the supernatant mother liquor being drawn off with a pump or syphon, the pre- cipitate is well drained. It is next well washed by stirring it up with a little very cold water , which after draining off, the operation is repeated a second time. A saturated solution of the alum is then formed in a leaden boiler, and the clear portion is run off, while boiling hot, into crystalli- zing vessels, called (i Touching casks,” from which it is taken, after the lapse of about a week, in the form of large crystalline masses, which are broken up and packed in casks for sale. Remarks. The above is an outline of the most approved mode of making the alum of commerce. It has lately, however, been made at some chem- ical works on the banks of the Tyne, by the direct combination of oil of vitriol with a pure aluminous clay, the potash beiffg afterwards added. This is a revival of the method first adopted by Chaptal. A patent alum is manufactured at the same works, which contains no alkali, and is, conse- quently, preferable for dyeing, as it is the alumina alone that forms the valuable ingredient in alums. Salts having the same general appearance and behavior as common alum, may be made by re- placing the sulphate of potassa in the common alum, by ammonia or soda. Such compounds are known as ammonia and soda alum. The best sort of alum is formed when potassa alone has been employed in its manufacture. Good alum contains about 11 per cent, of alumina, 10 per cent, of potassa, 33 of sulphuric acid, and 46 of water. Uses, fyc. Alum is used in large quantities in many manufactories ; added to tallow, it renders it harder ; printers’ cushions, and the blocks used in the calico manufactory, are rubbed with burnt alum to remove any greasiness, which might pre- vent the ink or color from sticking. Wood, suf- ficiently soaked in a solution of alum, does not easily take fire ; and the same is true of paper im- pregnated with it, which is fitter to keep gunpow- der, as it also excludes moisture. Paper impreg- nated with alum is useful in whitening silver, and silvering brass without heat. Alum mixed in milk helps the separation of its butter. If added in a Very small quantity to turbid water, in a few min- utes it renders it perfectly limpid, without any bad taste or quality ; while the sulphuric acid impart* to it a very sensible acidity, and does not precipi- tate so soon, or so well, the opaque earthy mix- tures that render it turbid, as I have often tried. It is used in making pyrophorus, in tanning, and many other manufactures, particularly in the art of dyeing, in which it is of the greatest and most important use, by cleansing and opening the pores on the surface of the substance to be dyed, fen- dering it fit for receiving the coloring particles, (by imparting alumina to the stuff',) and in this way making the color fixed. Crayons generally con- sist of the earth of alum, finely powdered, and tinged for the purpose. In medicine alum is used as a tonic and stringent, in doses of 5 to 20 grs. ; as a gargle, (3j to £ pint of water ;) and as a col- lyrium and injection, (10 to 15 grs. to 6 oz. of water.) In lead colic, 3ss to 3ij of alum dissolved - in gum water, every 3 or 4 hours, is said to be in- fallible. Powdered alum is frequently applied with the tips of the fingers, in cases of sore throat and ulcerations of the mouth, &c. Pur. The usual impurity which readers alum unfit for the uses of the dyer, is the ferro-sulphate of potassa, but if iron be present in any other shape, it is equally injurious. Common alum fre- quently contains ammonia, from urine or the crude sulphate of the gas-works, having been employed in its manufacture. This may be detected by add- ing a little quicklime or caustic potassa. Powdered alum is commonly adulterated with large quanti- ties of common salt, when its solution may be tested as described for muriatic acid and the mu- riates. Pure alum should form a colorless solution with water, and give a white precipitate with pure potassa soluble in an excess of the latter. It should suffer no change on the addition of tinct. of galls, prussiate of potash, or sulphureted hydrogen. Ant. When excessive doses of alum have been taken, an emetic of sulphate of zinc should be given immediately, followed by copious draughts of warm water, and as soon as the vomiting ceases, give a purgative. ALUM, BURNT. Syn. Dried Alum. Alu- MEN USTUM. ALUMEN SICCATUM. A. EXSICCATUM. Proc. Liquefy alum in a shallow earthen vessel over the fire, then cautiously raise the heat until ebullition has ceased. (P. L.) Remarks. It is better to take more time, than to employ too much heat, lest a portion of the acid be driven off as well as the water. Use. Similar to common alum, but less soluble ; dose 10 to 20 grs. in colic ; it is used as an escharotic to burn down proud flesh, &c. ALUM, IRON. Prep. Mix the solution of sulphate of potassa with a solution of tersulphate of peroxide of iron, and crystallize by spontaneous evaporation. * Remarks. This salt for the most part resembles common alum. It has sometimes a slight pink color. In a similar way may bo made chroma and manganese alums. In all these salts ammo- nia may be substituted for potassa, w.'lfc *nilai results. ALUM, ROACII. Sijn. Roman alum. Tur- key Alum. Red Alum, &c. A very pure sort of alum, imported from Roccha in Syria, and Tolfa in Italy, covered with an efflorescence of a pal'tffi ALU 52 ALU red or rose color. The article generally met with in commerce under this name is, however, nothing hut common English alum, broken into pieces about the size of almonds, and colored with a little bole or rose pink. This is done by shaking the fragments in a sieve over a vessel of hot water, and then stirring them up with the color, until the surface is uniformly tinged therewith. In the gen- uine roach alum, the color not only covers the sur- face, but also partially pervades the substance of the crystals. ALUM, WHEY. Prep. Boil * oz. of alum with a pint of milk, and strain it. Use. A wine- glassful in diarrhoea two or three times daily. ALUMINA. Syn. Pure Alumine. Oxide of Aluminum. Magistery of Alum. Aluminous Earth. Earth of Alum. Argil, &c. This sub- stance is the base of the common alum, just de- scribed, and is about one of the most abundant productions of nature. It forms a large proportion of the clay out of which bricks, pipes, and earth- enware are manufactured, and in a pure and crys- tallized state, constitutes the ruby and sapphire, two of the hardest and most valuable of the gems. Prep. I. Dissolve alum in 6 times its weight of boiling water, add a solution of carbonate of potas- sa, (in slight excess,) agitate for a few minutes, filter and wash with distilled water. To render this perfectly pure, it must be dissolved in weak muriatic acid, and again thrown down with am- monia, washed with water, and exposed to a white heat in a crucible. (Berzelius.) II. Precipitate a solution of alum with a solu- tion of chloride of barium, filter, evaporate to dry- ness, and ignite the residuum. (Liebig.) III. Expose perfectly pure ammonia alum to a white heat, (Gay Lussac.) Remarks. It is necessary to employ perfectly pure alum to prevent the product being vitiated. The third is the simplest process, where pure am- monia alum can be got ; but as this is seldom the case, the second should be used in preference to the first. The hydrate of alumina, in the moist state, is used to mix with oxide of cobalt, and sev- eral other substances, as a base for the color. In this form it is sometimes called gelatinous alumina. ALUMINA AND ITS SALTS, TESTS FOR. 1. Ammonia and the alkaline carbonates separate a bulky white powder (hydrate of alumi- na) from its solutions in the acids. 2. Pure po- tassa and soda throw down a white powder, soluble in excess of the precipitant. 3. Phosphate of am- monia gives a white precipitate. 4. Iodide of po- tassium causes a white precipitate, passing into a permanent yellow. 5. At a strong red heat its salts part with some of their acid. 6. Neither ox- alate of ammonia, tartaric acid, prussiate of potash, nor tincture of galls, disturb their solutions. 7. Bi- sulphate of potash, added to concentrated solutions, gives a precipitate of octohedral crystals of alum. (See the article Bread.) ALUMINA, ACETATE OF. Prep. I. Add a solution of acetate of baryta to another of sul- phate of alumina. II. (Calico printer's mordant.) Prep. Add 100 parts of alum to 120 parts of sugar of lead, each being first dissolved separately in hot water, and allowed to cool before mixing ; decant the cleur iquor. Prop. Very soluble in water ; astringent ; b) evaporation, it may be procured as a gummy mass but much heat decomposes it. Use. In calico printing as a mordant, mixed with starch or gunk to thicken it. In dyeing,, as a mordant, the thick cning being omitted. Its valuable properties de- pend upon the feeble affinity existing between its constituents, which is counterbalanced by that of the cotton fibres at a moderate heat. Chemically pure acetate of alumina is made by the first for- mula, or by dissolving the fresh hydrate in concen- trated acetic acid. The dyer’s mordant, made like No. II., contains much sulphate of potassa, which is necessary for its proper action on the cloth. ALUMINA, SULPHATE OF. Syn. Ter- sulphate of Alumina. Prep. Saturate dilute sulphuric acid with the freshly precipitated hy- drate, evaporate, and crystallize. Remarks. Crystallizes with difficulty. Tho di- sulphate falls down from its solution when ammo- nia is added. The mineral called aluminite, found near Newhaven, in Sussex, and other places, is a disulphate of alumina. ALUMINUM. Syn. Aluminium. The me- tallic base of alumina ; discovered by Davy. Tho following is Wohler’s method of obtaining this metal. Prep. Make a thick paste of alumina, powdered charcoal, sugar, and oil, and heat it in a covered crucible until all the organic matter is destroyed ; then transfer the product to a porcelain tube, and connect the one end with another tube containing dried muriate of lime, and the other end with a small tubulated receiver. Then expose the porce- lain tube to the heat of a small oblong furnace, and having connected the muriate of lime tube with a vessel disengaging chlorine, pass the gas through the apparatus, at the same time raising the heat of the tube to redness. In one or two hours, or as soon as the tube becomes choked, the whole must be allowed to cool, and taken to pieces, and the chloride of aluminum thus formed collected. 9 or 10 pieces of potassium, of about the size of peas, are then to be placed in a platina crucible, and upon them an equal number of similar pieces of the sesquichloride of alumina, formed as above ; the cover is now to be put on and secured in its place with a wire, and the heat of a spirit lamp cautiously applied, until the spontaneous incandes- cence of the matter ceases. When cold, throw the crucible into a large vessel of cold water, agi- tate and collect the gray powder deposited, and again wash it well and dry it. Prop. A gray powder, consisting of small me- tallic scales, resembling platina. It is not acted on by cold water, but is dissolved by the alkalis and some of the acids. Heated to redness, it catches fire and burns with great rapidity in the air, and in oxygen gas, with intense brilliancy. The pow- der, blown upon the flame of a candle, displays an immense number of inflamed points of great splen- dor. When heated to redness in the vapor of phosphorus, it burns vividly, and produces sesqui- phosphoret of aluminum. When mixed with se- lenium and exposed to heat, a blackish powder, or selcniuret of alumina , is formed. When heated until strongly incandescent, and small pieces of sulphur dropped upon its surface, the most brilliant AMA 53 AMB combustion ensues with the formation of the ses- quisulphuret. Both this and the last article pos- sess a semi-metallic lustre, and are easily decom- posed by exposure and moisture. Should any of the chloride remain unconsumed, it may be pre- served in naphtha. AMADOU. This word is derived from the French, and is applied to a spongy, combustible substance, made from a species of mushroom, (the boletus igniarius,) which grows on the trunks of some old trees. Collect . and prep. It should be collected in the months of August and September, and the outer bark having been removed with a knife, the inner spongy light-brown substance must be carefully separated from the woody part below. It must be next cut into slices and well beaten with a ham- mer or mallet, until they become soft and easily pulled to pieces between the fingers. It is now fit for use. Uses, 6fC. It is used for stopping bleeding and some other surgical purposes. When covered with resin plaster, it forms an excellent article for the protection of abraded surfaces in exposed situations, and a small piece thus prepared, of a circular shape, having a round hole cut in the middle, the size of the apex of the corn, forms the very best corn- plaster, as from its great softness it at once pro- tects the part from pressure, and removes the cause. It is also used to make a match or tinder. AMADOU TINDER. Syn. Boletus Tin- der. German Tinder. Spunk. Touchmatch. Touchwood. Prep. I. Boil the prepared amadou in a strong solution of saltpetre, dry and beat it well with a mallet, then again soak it in the solu- tion, dry and rub out the excess of saltpetre. II. Make a thin paste with gunpowder and water, to which a little spirit may be added, then thoroughly imbue the prepared amadou with it ; dry, beat out the loose powder, and again rub it with the paste ; lastly, dry and rub out the loose matter. Remarks. From the color of the last tinder, it has received the name of black spunk ; the former is the most cleanly, the last the most combustible. The former is sometimes called red amadou. It is much used as a touchmatch, and instead of tinder, especially on the continent, where most smokers, prior to the general use of congreves, carried a box with them containing a little amadou and a small flint and steel. AMALGAMS. (From &i*a, together, and ya/ieiv , to marry.) Substances formed by mixing quicksilver with another metal. Alloys containing quicksilver. Remarks. Mercury unites with most of the metals by mere contact, forming amalgams. These are employed for various purposes in the arts, as silvering, gilding, coating mirrors, &c. (See the following Articles.) AMALGAM, AMMONIACAL. This is a compound of mercury, hydrogen, and nitrogen, produced by placing a globule of metallic mercury in a small cavity, formed in a piece of sal ammo- niac ; the negative pole of a powerful voltaic bat- tery is then brought in contact with the metal, and the positive pole with the ammoniacal salt. After a few seconds an amalgam of a ramified shape, and of the consistence of soft butter, is formed. On withdrawing the influence of the battery, the whole returns to its former condition, 2. By putting an amalgam of mercury and potas- sium into the moistened cavity of the sal ammo- niac, similar results ensue. Remarks. The phe- nomena attending the formation of this amalgam have been brought forward to prove the compound nature of nitrogen and the existence of the theo- retical base ammonium. AMALGAM, ELECTRICAL. Ing. Zinc and tin, 1 oz. each ; quicksilver, 2 oz. Proc. Melt the first two in an iron ladle, then withdraw it from the fire and add the mercury also, made hot ; stir well together with an iron rod, pour the melted metal into a wooden box, and shake it violently until cold. It should be preserved in a corked glass vial. Use For covering the cushions of electrical ma- chines, fcr which purpose, a little must be poured out on a piece of clean paper, crushed quite smooth with a flat knife, and then spread thinly on the surface of the rubber, previously touched over with a little tallow. AMALGAM OF GOLD. Prep. Place one part of gold in a small iron saucepan or ladle, per- fectly clean, then add 8 parts of mercury, and apply a gentle heat, when the gold will dissolve ; agitate the mixture for one minute, and pour it out on a clean plate or stone slab. Use. For gilding brass, copper, &c. The metal to be gilded is first rubbed over with a solution of nitrate of mercury, and then covered with a very thin film of the amalgam. On heat being applied, the mercury volatilizes, leaving the gold behind. Remarks. A much less proportion of gold is often employed than the above, where a very thin and cheap gilding is required, as by increasing the quantity of the mercury, the precious metal may be extended over a much larger surface. A simi- lar amalgam prepared with silver is used for sil- vering. AMALGAM FOR MIRRORS, &c. Ing. Lead and tin of each 2 oz. ; bismuth 2 oz. ; mer- cury 4 oz. Proc. Add the mercury to the rest in a melted state and removed from the fire ; mix well with an iron rod. Uses, $c. This amalgam melts at a low heat, and is employed for silvering the insides of hollow glass vessels, globes, convex mirrors, &c. The glass being well cleaned, is carefully warmed, and the amalgam, rendered fluid by heat, is then poured in, and the vessel turned round and round, so that the metal may be brought in contact with every part of the glass, which it is desired to cover. At a certain temperature this amalgam readily ad- heres to glass. AMBER. Syn. Succinum (Lat.) ; Succin ( Fr .) ; Bernstein ( Ger .) A yellow semi-transpa- rent, vegeto- mineral substance, somewhat resem- bling copal, much used for the manufacture of trinkets, mouth-pieces for pipes, &c. It is found upon the coasts of the Baltic Sea, Sicily, Poland, Saxony, Siberia, Greenland, &c. Remarks. The finer sorts of amber fetch very high prices. A piece of a pound weight is said to be worth from 10/. to 15/. 5000 dollars were lately offered in Prussia for a piece weighing 13 lbs., and which, it was stated by the Armenian mercl ants, would fetch from 30 to 40,000 dollars in Constan- tinople. It would thus appear to be more valued AMB 54 AM 13 in the east than in England. In the royal cabi- not, Berlin, there ”is a piece weighing 18 lbs., and Bupposed to be the largest ever found. The coarser kinds are employed in medicine, chemistry, and the arts. Identity. Amber may be known from mellitc and copal, both of which articles are occasionally substituted for it, by the following characteristics. 1. Mellite is infusible by heat, and burns white. 2. A bit of copal, heated on the point of a knife, catches fire, and runs into drops, which flatten as they fall. 3. Amber burns with spitting and froth- ing, and when its liquefied particles drop, they re- bound from the plane on which they fall. (M. Haiiy.) AMBER IS JOINED AND MENDED by smearing the surfaces of the pieces with linseed or boiled oil, and then strongly pressing them to- gether, at the same time holding them over a char- coal fire, or heating them in any other way in which they will not be exposed to injury. AMBER IS WORKED in a lathe, polished with whiting and water or oil, and finished off by friction with flannel. During the operation the pieces often become hot and electrical, and fly into fragments, to avoid which, they should be kept cool, and only worked for a short period at a time. The workmen are said to suffer considerably from electrical excitement, often experiencing severe nervous tremors of the hands and arms. AMBER, FACTITIOUS. Prep. Dissolve shellac in an alkaline lye, then pass chlorine through the solution until the whole of the lac is precipitated. After washing in water, this must be melted and kept over the fire until it runs clear, taking care that it does not bum ; it should then be poured into moulds of the size of the pieces re- quired. Remarks. The darkest and hardest pieces of copal are also often substituted for amber. The above operation requires considerable management. (See Chlorine and Gas.) AMBER, SOLUBLE. Prep. Heat the am- ber cautiously in an iron pot, over a clear fire, until it softens and becomes semi-liquid ; then add pale boiled linseed oil, heated very hot, and well mix it in by stirring. The best proportions are 3 lbs. of oil to 4 lbs. of amber. Uses, SfC. In this state, on being cooled a little, it may be made into a varnish by the addition of oil of turpentine ; or it may be preserved for any length of time if covered from the air, and is al- ways ready for the above purpose on being gently heated. It is sometimes used as a cement for glass and earthenware, by rubbing it on the edges of the broken piece, previously heated. Amber is soluble in sulphuric acid a-nd the pure alkalis, but neither of these solutions can be used in the arts. The previous method is that followed by the varnish- makers. AM BER, TO IMPROVE. There are two methods practised by the workman to harden com- mon amber, and to render it clearer. Oper. I. Boil the pieces of amber in rape oil for 24 hours. II. Sur- round tlv3 umber with clean sand in an iron pot, and expeso it to a gradually increasing heat for 30 or 40 hours. During this process pieces must bo tept in the sand at the side of the pot, for the pur- pose of occasional oxuminution, lest the heat bo | raised too high, or be too long continued. Re marks. The second process is said to require much skill and experience for its successful performance. AMBER, CAMPHOR. Syn. Crystallinb Pyretine. Volatile Resin ok Amber. 'Phi* substance is obtained as a yellowish light subli- mate towards the end of the process of tho de- structive distillation of amber in close vessels ; it comes over after tho last portion of the oil, and is found in the neck of the retort. AMBER VARNISH. Prep. Amber 1 lb.; pale boiled oil 10 oz. ; turpentine 1 pint. Proc. Render the amber, placed in an iron pot, semi- liquid by heat ; then add the oil, mix, remove it from the fire, and when cooled a little, stir in the turpentine. 1 1. To the amber, melted as above, add 2 oz of shellac, and proceed as before. Remarks. This varnish is rather dark, but re- markably tough. The first form is the best. It is used for the same purposes as copal varnish, and forms an excellent article for covering wood, o» any other substance not of a white or very pale color. It dries well, and is very hard and durablo. AMBER VARNISH, BLACK. Prep. Am- ber 1 lb. ; boiled oil £ pint ; powdered asphaltum 6 oz. ; oil of turpentine 1 pint. Proc. Melt the amber, as before described, then add the asphal- tum, previously mixed with the cold oil, and after- wards heated very hot, mix well, remove the ves- sel from the fire, and when cooled a little add the turpentine, also made warm. Remarks. Each of the above varnishes should be reduced to a proper consistence with more tur- pentine if it be required. The last form produces the beautiful black varnish used by the coach- makers. Some manufacturers omit the whole or part of the asphaltum, and use the same quantity of clear black rosin instead, in which case the color is brought up by lampblack reduced to an impalpable powder, or previously ground very fine with a little boiled oil. The varnish made in this way, lacks, however, that richness, brilliancy, and depth of blackness imparted by asphaltum. AMBERGRIS. Syn. Ambergrisea ( Lat .) Ambregris (Fr.) A substance found in irregular masses floating on the sea in tropical climates, and supposed to be a morbid secretion of the liver or intestines of the spermaceti whale. Prop. Dirty pale color ; very odorous ; lighter than water ; largely employed in perfumery. Pur. From its high price (about 21s. per oz. retail) it is frequent- ly adulterated with cheaper matter. When quite pure it is nearly or wholly soluble in hot ether and alcohol, and yields about 85§ of ambreine. Its sp. gr. should not exceed ‘926 nor be less than *780. It should adhere to the edge of a knife when scraped, and should yield to the pressure of the nails. It melts at 144°, and flies oft’ as a white vapor at 212°. It should burn with an agreeable odor, and leave no notable quantity of ashes. It is frequently adulterated with gum benzoin, lab- danum, farina, meal, &c., mixed together, and scented with musk. Dose, §c. It has been given in doses of 3 to 10 grs. as an aphrodisiac. AMBERGRIS, FACTITIOUS or REDU- CED. An article is sold of this description, which is made in the following way. Prep. Ben nuts 6 oz. ; spermaceti 8 oz. ; gum benzoin 20 oz. ; o*-- amm 55 AMM ris powder 16 oz. ; starch 8 oz. ; as£ 1'Litum 3 oz. ; viucilage of gum tragacanth q. s. ; good grain musk 1 oz. ; genuine ambergris 8 oz. ; liquor of ammonia 1 oz. Proc. Beat to a perfectly homo- geneous mass, make it up into lumps, and dry. Remarks. This article is readily distinguished from genuine ambergris by its imperfect solubility in alcohol. AMBREINE. Syn. Ambreina. Odorous prin- ciple of ambergris. Prep. Digest ambergris in hot alcohol of 0*827 until the latter will dissolve no more, then filter. The ambreine will be de- posited on cooling, in an irregular crystalline mass. It may be purified by resolution. Prop. White, smells of amber, and is often ad- vantageously substituted for that substance in per- fumery. Melts at 86° ; volatilizes at 212°. Nitric acid converts it into ambrcic acid. This acid combines with the bases, and resembles cholesteric acid. ' AMIDINE. A substance found in starch paste that has been long exposed to the atmosphere, and also formed immediately by the action of hot wa- ter: (Saussure, Caventou.) Its properties are in- termediate between those of starch and gum. AMILENE. Prep. When the oil of potato spirit is repeatedly distilled with anhydrous phos- phoric acid, an ethereous liquid, possessing a pe- culiar aromatic odor, is obtained, which has been called amilene by Cahours. AMM ELIDE. A white powder, possessing some peculiar properties, discovered by Liebig. Prep. It is prepared by dissolving melam, mela- mine, or ammeline, in strong sulphuric acid, add- ing alcohol, and washing the precipitate with cold water. It is purified by resolution in dilute nitric acid, and precipitation by carbonate of ammonia. AMMELINE. Prep. Dissolve melam in boil- ing dilute muriatic acid, evaporate and crystallize. Dissolve the crystals in pure water, and precipitate with ammonia. Remarks. A weak alkaline base, discovered by Liebig. It consists of very fine nee- dles, having a silky lustre. AMMONIA. Syn. Volatile Alkali. Al- kaline Air. Gaseous Ammonia. Azotureted Hydrogen. Pure ammonia is an incondensable colorless gas, possessing great pungency and acrid- ness, and powerful alkaline properties. Water readily absorbs about 500 times its volume of this substance, and in this state forms strong liquid ammonia, which, when much more dilute, is pop- ularly known as spirits of hartshorn, or water of ammonia. As usually met with in the form of a semi-crystalline whitish mass, commonly called smelling salts, it is combined with carbonic acid and water, forming a sesquicarbonate of this base. Hist., Sources, fyc. Ammonia, in combination with acids, is frequently found ready formed in nature ; but that met with in commerce is an ar- tificial production. It is found, in variable quan- tities, among the saline product of volcanoes, in sea water, in -bituminous coal, and in the atmo- sphere, especially that of large towns. The mi- nute stellated crystals sometimes found on dirty windows in London and other populous cities con- sist of sulphate of ammonia. (Brande.) Ammonia was originally brought from Egypt, where it was obtained by sublimation, under the form of sal ammoniac, from the soot produced by burning camel’s dung. It was afterwards procured from putrid urine by distillation ; but at the present day it is chiefly prepared from the ammoniacal liquor of the gas-works, and the manufactories of ivorj black, animal charcoal, &c. In these places * larger quantity of crude ammoniacal liquor ip ob- tained, to which either sulphuric or muriatic acid is added, by which it is converted into a salt, which may be obtained nearly pure by evapora- tion, crystallization, and subsequent sublimation Other processes have been adopted for the prepa- ration of the principal salts of ammonia, viz., its sulphate, carbonate, and muriate, some of which have been patented, but none of these have got into general use. Prep. Mix unslaked lime ith an equal weight of sal ammoniac, both dry and in fine powder ; introduce the mixture into a glass retort, and join the beak by a collar of Indian rubber to a glass tube about 18 inches long, which must lie hori- zontally, and have its beak bent up ready to be placed under a glass jar, on the shelf of a mercu- rial pneumatic trough. Heat being applied by means of a spirit-lamp, and the air contained in the apparatus having been expelled, the gas may be collected for use. Ammonia cannot be dried by means of muriate of lime. Use. It is employed fin several chemical pro- cesses ; absorbed by water it forms liquor of am- monia, spirits of hartshorn, &c., which see. Tests and Char. Ammonia is easily recognised by — 1. Its pungent odor. 2. By turning vegeta- ble blues green and yellows brown, but which soon regain their previous colors, especially on the ap- plication of heat. 3. By producing dense white fumes when brought in contact with those of mu- riatic acid, as for instance, by holding the stopper moistened with the latter over the former. r l he salts of ammonia may be known by the following properties: — I. The exhalation of ammoniacal gas (recognised by its odor) when mixed with caustic potassa, or soda. 2. Dropped into a solution of chloride of platinum, they produce a yellow pre- cipitate. They are mostly soluble in water, vola- tile, and crystallizable. Estimation. This is usually performed by put- ting a given weight of the sample into a small re- tort, the end of which is made to dip into a vessel containing dilute muriatic acid. A strong solution of caustic potassa is then poured into the retort, and heat applied by means of a small spirit lamp. When all the ammonia is distilled over, the acid so- lution must be evaporated to dryness and weighed, and from the quantity of the muriate thus found, the weight of pure ammonia will be know’ll ; 54 parts of the former being equivalent to 17 of the latter. If the article for examination be a solid substance (as a salt) it may be dissolved in water or dilute acid before being put into the retort. AMMONIA, ACETATE OF. Prep. I. Mix together equal parts of sal ammoniac and acetate of potassa, and distil ; binacetate of ammonia passes over into the receiver, as an oily liquid, which on cooling forms a radiated crystalline mas3. By passing dry ammoniacal gas into this salt, melted by a gentle heat, it is transformed into the neutral acetate, and becomes solid and in- odorous. II. By saturating strong acetic acid with am AMM AMM 56 rrtonia, and evaporating over sulphuric acid in vacuo, crystals cf acetate of ammonia may be obtained. Prop. Very soluble both in alcohol and water ; very deliquescent. AMMONIA, ACETATE, SOLUTION OF. Syn. Mindeuus Spirit. Liquid Acetate of Am- monia. Water of Acetate of Ammonia. Prep. Saturate distilled vinegar with carbonate of am- monia. Proportions. Sesquicarbonate Distilled of ammonia. vinegar. Lond. Ph. . §ivss 4 pints. Edin. “ . §j f ^xxiv (s. g. 1*005) Dub. “ . 1 part, about 30 parts. Prop. Colorless ; taste slightly urinous ; neutral to litmus and turmeric paper ; when concentrated by heat and mixed with oil of vitriol, it emits the fumes of vinegar, and those of ammonia, when mixed with caustic alkali or liquor of potassa in excess. Use, Dose, cj-c. It is a very common febrifuge and diaphoretic, and an excellent aperient saline liquor. Taken warm in bed, it generally proves a powerful sudorific; and as it operates without heat, it is used in febrile and inflammatory dis- orders, where medicines of the warm kind, if they fail of producing sweat, aggravate the disease. Its action may likewise be determined to the kid- neys, by walking about in cool air. The common dose is half an ounce, either by itself or along with other medicines adapted to the intention. Exter- nally it is frequently used as a collyrium in chronic ophthalmia : 1 oz. to 9 oz. of water. Remarks. It is very necessary to avoid an ex- cess of ammonia, as its presence would prove in many cases injurious, especially in eye-waters. A very trifling excess of acid is preferable. The point of saturation is known by the effervescence becoming feeble on adding more ammonia, and the liquor being neutral to turmeric and litmus paper. AMMONIA, SOLUTION OF ACETATE OF, (CONCENTRATED.) Prep. Saturate acetic acid, sp. gr. 1*038, with sesquicarbonate of ammonia in powder ; about 2£ lbs. of the latter to 1 gallon of the former. Remarks. The same precautions are necessary to produce a neutral solution as in the previous ar- ticle. This article has a great demand in the wholesale drug trade, under the name of concen- trated liquor of acetate of ammonia, (liq. ammon. acet. cone.) It is very convenient for dispensing. f3j added to f 3vij of water, forms the liquor am- mon iiE acetatis of the L. Ph. AMMONIA, ARSEN I ATE OF. Prep. Sat- urate a strong solution of arsenic acid with the liquor of sesquicarbonate of ammonia ; evaporate and crystallize. Remarks. A binarseniate may also be formed by adding an excess of acid. AMMONIA, ARSEN ITE OF. Prep. Dis- solve sesquicarbonate of ammonia in a hot and strong solution of arsenious acid, until saturation .a produced ; evaporate as last. Use. To make the arsenite of iron. Its properties and action are niinilar to those of arsenite of potash. AMMONIA, ARGENTO-CHLORIDE OF. Hyn Ammonio-ciiloride of Silver. Prep. Ex- pose well-washed and freshly prccinitated chloridn of silver to the action of ummoniuca! gas, by pla- cing a small cup containing liquor of ammoniu, in an evaporating basin containing tho chloride, ana covering the whole with a sheet of glass or writing paper. After the lapse of a few hours, digest th* precipitate in liquor of ammonia, sp. gr. *880, grad* ually applying a gentle heat until at length the water boils ; then remove tho flask from tho fire and allow it to cool, when crystals will form. These must then be collected, washed with a little cold liquor of ammonia, and dried by pressure be- tween blotting-paper. Caution. This article should only he prepared in small quantities at a time, as a hroum fulminating powder, of the most danger - ous description, is not unfrequently thrown down from tho liquor, and has sometimes led to ac- cidents. AMMONIA, BENZOATE OF. Prep. Dis- solve pure benzoic acid in strong liquor of carbon- ate of ammonia, until the latter is saturated, ap- plying (cautiously) a gentle heat ; cool and crys- tallize. Uses, tyc. As a chemical reagent. Remarks. When the solution is boiled for a short time, and abandoned to spontaneous evapo- ration, crystals of acid benzoate of ammonia are deposited. AMMONIA, BIMALATE OF. Prep Add a strong solution of maltc acid to another of neu- tral malate of ammonia ; cautiously evaporate and crystallize. Prop. Large crystals ; taste, acid and agreeably saline ; very soluble in water. AMMONIA, CARBONATE OF. Syn. Sub carbonate of Ditto. Sesquicarbonate of Dit- to. Volatile Sal Ammoniac. Baker’s Salt. Volatile Salts. Prepared Ammonia. Ammonias Sesquicarbonas, (P. L. and E.) Ammoniae Car- bonas, (P. D.) Carbonate d’Ammoniaque, (Fr.;) Kohlensaures Ammoniak, ( Ger .) This is the substance popularly known as “ smelling salts.” Prep. I. Sal ammoniac 1 lb. ; dried chalk 1 ^ lb. Proc. Pulverize the ingredients separately, then mix and sublime with a gradually increasing heat, (L. and E. Ph.) Remarks. The above are the proportions of the London and Scotch Col- leges ; they are as 2 to 3. The D. Ph. directs equal quantities Of dried carbonate of soda and sal ammoniac. On the large scale this salt is pre- pared as follows. II. Sal ammoniac, or pure commercial sulphate of ammonia, and chalk, equal parts, both dry and in powder. Mix and sublime from an iron pot, into a long earthen or leaden receiver, well cooled Remarks. The receiver is usually fitted with a moveable lead cover, secured by a water joint, and has an open lead pipe in the bottom, to allow the liquid products of the distillation to drain oft' into a second receiver. When made of the impure sul- phate of ammonia, it must be resublimed in iron pots, furnished with leaden heads kept cool. A little water is commonly introduced into the sub- liming pots, to render the product translucent The heat is usually applied by means of a common furnace, but a steam or water bath is preferable, as the temperature required for this purpose does not exceed 200° F. In the above processes the salt is formed by the double decomposition of the ingredients, a muriate or sulphate of lime being left in the retort, and AMM 57 AMM carbonate (sesqui-) of ammonia passing over into the receiver. It is commonly called a carbonate, but it is properly a sesquicarbonate, containing atom of carbonic acid and 1 atom of ammonia, besides combined water. (Phillips, Rose, Thomp- son.) As it is usually met with, its composition is variable, owing to the action of the atmosphere, &c. The chemically pure carbonate of ammo- nia can only be prepared by bringing together per- fectly pure and dry carbonic acid and ammoniacal gases. Such is the competition at present exist- ing in the ammonia trade, that this salt may be bought of very fine quality at 5d. a pound, in quan- tity. Prop. Soluble in 4 parts of cold water ; but boiling water and alcohol decompose it, with the evolution of carbonic'acid gas. By age or expo- sure to air, the surface assumes an opaque white color, from a portion of the ammonia flying off, and the remainder being converted into a bicar- bonate. Tests and Char. It is recognised in the same way as ammonia, and it is known to be a carbon- ate by giving a white precipitate with chloride of barium. Uses. Much used by bakers, especially in their fancy goods, and to make extemporaneous bread and pastry ; and by the chemist and pharmaceu- tist for the preparation of man^of the salts of am- monia. As a medicine it is stimulant, antacid, diaphoretic, and antispasmodic. Dose. 5 to 15 grs. in pills or solution, (in hysteria, dyspepsia, heart- burn, or chronic rheumatism.) A plaster made of 1 part of powdered carbonate of ammonia, and 3 parts of extract of belladonna, and spread upon leather, is used for allaying rheumatic pains. Ses- quicarbonate of ammonia is also used to make an effervescing saline draught. 20 grs. of sesquicarbon- f36 of lemon juice, 24 ate of ammonia, in [ grs. of citric acid, or solution, should be j 25 grs. of tartaric used, to either — J acid. With the addition of a few drops of any aromatic essential oil, as lavender, bergamotte, &c. It is much used as a smelling salt in cases of faint- ing, See. AMMONIA, CARBONATE. (Super, or Bicarbonate.) Prep. (Dub. Ph.) Dissolve car- bonate of ammonia in water, and pass a stream of carbonic acid gas through it, until effervescence ceases. Dry the crystals without heat, and pre- serve in stoppered bottles. (See Carbonic x\cid.) Remarks. After the ammoniacal solution is tho- roughly saturated with gas, evaporation must be conducted with a very gentle heat, when small prismatic crystals will form, having neither smell nor taste. Prop., Uses, tyc. Similar to the sesquicarbon- ate, except being devoid of smell. Dose. 6 to 24 grains. AMMONIA, CITRATE. Prep. I. {Extern- poraneous .) Saturate lemon juice with carbonate of ammonia, about 3j of the latter to f^ij and 3ij of the former. II. (Crystals.) Saturate a solution of pure citric acid as above ; evaporate and crystallize, (about 7 parts of acid to 6 of sesquicarbonate of ammonia.) Uses, <£c. A solution of the crystals is employed as a chemical reagent ; the 1st form is used as a 8 mild saline aperient and diaphoretic in febrile di 0 ' orders. AMMONIA, CYANATE OF. Syn. Urea. Prep. Mix 28 parts of perfectly dry ferro-cyanide of potassium with 14 parts of black oxide of man- ganese, both pure and in fine powder ; then place them on a smooth iron plate, and heat them to a dull red, over a charcoal fire. When the mass begins to burn, it must be frequently stirred ; after which cool and dissolve in cold water, filter and add 20£ parts of dry sulphate of ammonia, and decant the clear from the precipitated sulphate of potassa. Concentrate at a heat below 212°, again decant, evaporate to dryness, and digest in boiling alcohol of 80§ ; crystals of urea will be deposited as the solution cools. (Liebig.) Prod. 4 oz. of perfectly colorless and beautifully crystallized urea, from 1 lb. of the ferro-cyanide of potassium. AMMONIA, HYDROSULPHURET OF. Syn. Hydrosulphate of Ammonia. Boyle’s Fu- ming Liquor. Beguin’s Sulphureted Spirit. Hepatized Ammonia. Sulpiiuret of Ammonia. Prep. Reduce 5 parts of sulphuret of iron to coarse powder, put it into a retort, and pour thereon 7 parts of sulphuric acid, diluted with 32 parts of water, and pass the gas evolved through At parts of the strong liquor of ammonia, applying a gentle heat towards the end of the process. Remarks. This operation is best conducted in a Woolf’s apparatus, putting into the first bottle a little water, into the second, the liquor of ammo- nia, and into the third, some milk of lime to ab - sorb the superfluous gas, and prevent its escape into the apartment. This gas is sulphureted hy- drogen, which is not only very foetid, but poi- sonous. Prop. The hydrosulphuret of ammonia, when quite pure, is a gaseous body, readily absorbable by water, forming a transparent solution. It is this gas which constitutes the nauseous effluvia evolved from privies, and decomposing animal mat- ter. Dose. 5 drops and upwards, mixed with wa- ter, and instantly swallowed to prevent decompo- sition, in diabetes. It is principally employed b) the chemist as a test liquor for metals. Ant. When this liquid is swallowed in large doses it acts as a violent poison. Dilute solution of chlorine, or the chloride of lime or soda, followed by a powerful emetic, or the stomach-pump, are the best antidotes.. When the gas has been re- spired, free exposure to fresh air, and copious affusions of cold water, with moderate draughts of brandy and water, and the use of the smelling- bottle, (ammoniacal,) should be adopted. AMMONIA, LIQUOR OF. Syn. Water of Ammonia. Solution of Ammonia. Water of caustic Ammonia. Dissolution d’ammoniaque ( Fr .) Liquore di Ammoniaco ( Ital .) Atzender ammonium-liquor ( Ger .) Prep. I. ( Liquor am- monia, P. L.) Ing. Newly-burnt lime §viij ; sal ammoniac, in small lumps ^x ; water 2 pints Proc. Put the lime into a retort and slake with u little water, then add the sal ammoniac, and the remainder of the water ; distil f §xv of the solution with a gradually increased heat into a well-cooled receiver. The sp. gr. should be 0‘960. II. ( Aqua ammonia for tior, and aqua ammon P. E.) Both there articles are prepared by one process, by using a second receiver containing AMM 58 AMM double the quantity of water in the 1st. Sp. gr. 0-880 and 0-9G0. The proportions are equal parts of lime and sal ammoniac. III. ( Aq . arnmon. causticce. D. Ph.) The spe- cific gravity is 0-950. IV. On the commercial scale this article is pre- pared from a mixturo of about equal parts of quick - limo and sal ammoniac, or sulphate of aininoaia, which aro heated together in an iron cylinder or retort, connected with a refrigerator, cons.sting of a row of stone bottles with double necas contain- ing water, and kept very cold. The arrangement of this apparatus is represented below, which, with the accompanying references, will explain itself ./?, Cylindrical Iron Retort. B, Furnace for ditto. CC C C, Stoneware Receivers. There' are two methods of proceeding in mixing the ingredients: the one is to mix the dry ingre- dients together, and to drive over the dry gas into water ; the other is first to slake the lime with a little water, then to add the sal ammoniac, and mix the whole to a pap before applying heat. In either case a proportionate quantity of water is put into the condenser, and the operation is nearly similar, but the latter method requires the least heat. Remarks. Whatever form may be adopted to pre- pare liquid ammonia, it is absolutely necessary to keep the receivers as cool as possible for the purpose of promoting the absorption of the gas, and to pre- vent its loss. On the small scale the glass re- ceivers or bottles should be surrounded with ice and furnished with a safety tube to prevent acci- dents. The water contained in the first bottle will be the strongest, if it be kept well cooled, and the others will progressively decrease in strength. By mixing the contents of one bottle with another, water of almost any strength may be made. This article is now seldom made by the druggist on the small scale, the large chemical manufactories sup- plying it at very low rates, and of very superior quality. In the shops, liquor of ammonia is kept of two or three strengths : one of a sp. gr. of -880, for dissolving essential oils and filling smelling-bot- tles, &c. ; another at 0-960, liq. of ammonia, P. L. ; and a third about the strength of common spirits 3f hartshorn, for which it is sold. 1 measure of die first mixed with 3 measures of distilled water D D T) D, Connecting Pipes. E F, Waste Pipe and Receiver. O, Safety Tube will make a water of about 0-970, and with only 2 measures of water, one of about 0-960. I have known the strongest sold so low as 9d. per lb., and the last at l^d. Caution. It should be kept in well-stoppered bottles in a cool cellar. Props., Uses, <$-c. Ammonia-water is stimulant, antacid, diaphoretic, and rubefacient. Dose. 5 to 20 drops, mixed with water. It is seldom used internally. It enters into the composition of seve- ral valuable external remedies, and is employed in many chemical operations. Pur. It should neither effervesce with acids, nor form a precipitate with lime, water, or chloride of calcium. When neutralized with nitric acid, nei- ther nitrate of silver, oxalic acid, nor sesquicarbon- ate of ammonia, should produce any precipitate. Ant. When the fumes have been inhaled, ex- pose the patient to a current of fresh air, and when the liquid has been swallowed, administer vinegar or lemon-juice mixed with water. Strength. The usual method of ascertaining the strength of liquid ammonia is by taking its specific gravity ; before this is done, however, it is best to test it for its purity, as the presence of foreign matter will alter its density. (See Alkalimetry and Ammonimetry.) AMMONIA, LIQUID, FOR TESTING. Syn. Henry’s Pure Ammonia Water. P> ep. Add distilled water to pure liquid ammonia, until its sp. gr. be exactly 0-970. Use. For testing, in acidimetry, &c. One meas- ure of this water is exactly equal to one 7neasur6 AMM 59 AMM of sulphuric acid , sp. gr. 1*135 ; one measure of nitric acid, sp. gr. 1*143, and one measure of mu- riatic acid, sp. gr. 1*074. Useful in assaying waters. AMMONIA, MURIATE OF. Syn. Hydro- chlorate of Ammonia. Sal Ammoniac. Chlo- ride of Ammonium. Ciiloro-amidide of Hy- drogen. Hist. This substance is said to have been known to antiquity ; it was formerly pre- pared in Egypt by the sublimation of the soot from camel’s dung, which yields from ^ to ^ its weight. v See Ammonia.) The sal ammoniac of commerce is now wholly prepared at the great chemical works, and never by the small consumer, by whom it is merely occasionally refined or purified. Prep. The crude ammoniacal salt of the gas- works is placed in iron pots, lined with clay, and a leaden dome or head adapted, and heat applied until the whole has sublimed. When the crude salt is a sulphate, it is mixed with a sufficient quan- tity of muriate of soda before sublimation, and the sal ammoniac is formed by the double decomposi- tion of the ingredients. The preceding figure repre- sents the arrangement of the pots and furnace, which was adopted a few years since at the West- minster gas-works. The preparation of sal ammoniac from bone- spirit salt is nearly similar. Prop. The sal ammoniac of commerce is found under the form of large hemispherical, cup-like cakes or masses, having a semi-crystalline texture, and varying in weight from 100 to 1000 lbs. Use. It is much used in the arts, especially in the working of metals and in dyeing ; it is also employed in large quantities to give a factitious pungency to snuff ; in chemistry to form frigoric mixtures, &c., and in medicine, it is given as a di- uretic, stimulant, and tonic. Dose. 5 to 20 grs. (combined with bark, in agues.) 1 oz. to half a pint of water forms a good chilblain lotion. Pur. It forms a clear and colorless solution with water, and wholly volatilizes by heat. Mixed with lime or caustic potassa, it evolves the pungent edor of ammonia ; it gives a white curdy precipi- tate with nitrate of silver. Remarks. The sal ammoniac of commerce is generally sufficiently pure for all the purposes of the arts, but when wanted of greater purity, it may be broken into pieces and re-sublimed from an earthenware vessel into a large receiver of earth- enware or glass, in which state it is known as “ flowers of sal ammoniac,” from being in fine powder. Chemically pure hydrochlorate of am- monia may be preparedby adding the pure. carbon- ate of ammonia to dilute hydrochloric acid until saturated. AMMONIA, NITRATE OF. Syn. Nitrate of Oxide of Ammonium. Nitrum Flammans. Nitrum Semi-volatile. Prep. Dilute nitric acid with 3 times its weight of water, then gradually add sesquicarbonate of ammonia in powder, to satura- tion ; evaporate and crystallize. Uses, dfc. This salt is principally employed for the preparation of nitrous oxide, or laughing gas, of which nearly 3 cubic feet may be procured from 1 lb. (Davy.) It forms a very convenient “ freez- ing mixture” with water, and may be used for this purpose any number of times by simply evapora- ting the solution to dryness, when the salt will be | obtained unaltered, ready for another operation. Dose. 20 to 30 grs., as a febrifuge, but it appears worthless in this respect. Remarks. Nitrate of ammonia crystallizes in beautiful hexagonal prisms, when the process is conducted at a heat not ex- celling 100° F., but at 212°, in long silky fibres or needles. When dried at 300°, it forms a com- pact white mass. The first is called prismatic , the second fibrous, and the third compact nitrate of ammonia. AMMONIA, OXALATE OF. (Ammonia Oxalas, P. E.) Prep. Oxalic acid %iv, water 4 pints, sesquicarbonate of ammonia ^viij. Proc Dissolv. the acid in the water, then add the am- monia in powder ; evaporate and crystallize. Remarks. The above is the form of the Ed. Ph , but all that is required is to saturate a solution of oxalic acid with ammonia. It is used as a test foi lime, with which it produces a white precipitate so- luble in nitric acid. AMMONIA, WATER OF OXALATE OF. Prep. Dissolve oxalate of ammonia in 10 or 12 times its weight of pure water. Use. As above. AMMONIA, SUCCINATE OF. Prep. Sat- urate a solution of succinic acid with ammonia, (liq. or carb.,) evaporate and crystallize. Use. As a test for iron. It is said to be antispasmodic. AMMONIA, SULPHATE OF. Syn. Sul- famide. Secret Salt of Glauber. Sulphate of Oxide of Ammonium. Oxysulphion of Am- monium. Secret Sal Ammoniac. Ammonize Sul- phas. ( Lat .) The manufacture of the crude sul- phate has been already described ; the pure salt is made as follows : Prep. Saturate dilute sulphuric acid with am- monia ; evaporate and crystallize. Uses, <$'C. It is diuretic and aperient, but has been little used in medicine. Dose. 5 to 30 grains. The crude sulphate forms an excellent manure. (See Manures.) AMMONIACAL LAVENDER. Syn. Am- moniacal Alcoholate of Lavender, (P. Cod.) Prep. Dissolve 1 oz. of English oil of lavender in 2 lbs. of spirits of ammonia. Use. Stimulant ; as a scent in fainting. AMMONIMETRY. Syn. Ammoniometry. The operation by which the strength of liquid ammonia or ammonia water is determined. Proc. The strength of liquid ammonia is best found from its specific gravity, which may be easily ascertained by an hydrometer, or sp. gr. bottle. (See Specific Gravity.) When the content of ammonia per cent, may be found by mere inspec- tion of either of the following tables, or approxi- mately by deducting the sp. gr. expressed in three integers from 998, and dividing the remainder by 4; the quotient will give the per centage very nearly. (Ure.) This rule may be employed foi such sp. gr. as are not contained in the tables. I. Table of the Per Centage of Pure Ammonia, in Water of Ammonia of the specific gravity 0*8750 to 0*9G92. By Sir PI. Davy. Sp. Gr. I Ammonia. Water. 0*8750 32-50 67*50 0*8875 29*25 70*75 0-9000 26*00 74*00 0 9054 25*37 ; 74*63 AMN 60 ANA Sp. Gr. Ammonia. Water. 0*9166 22*07 77*93 0*9255 19*54 80*46 0*9326 17*52 82*48 0*9385 15*88 84*12 0*9435 14*53 85*47 t 0*9476 13*46 86*54 0*9513 12*40 87*60 0*9545 11*56 88*44 0*9573 10*82 89*18 0*9597 10*17 89*83 0*9619 9*60 90*40 0*9692 9*50 90*50 IT. Table of the Per Centago of Pure Ammonia, and of Ammonia Water of 0*9000 in Water of Ammonia of the specific gravity 0*9000 to 0*9945. By Dr. Uiie. Water of 0*900. Ammonia in 100. W T ater in 100. Sp. Gr. by experiment. 100 26*500 73*500 0*9000 95 25*175 74*825 0*9045 90 23*850 76*150 0*9090 85 22*525 77*475 0*9133 80 21*200 78*800 0*9177 75 19*875 80*125 0*9227 70 18*550 81*450 0*9275 65 1 [ 17*225 82*775 0*9320 60 15*900 84*100 0*9363 55 14*575 85*425 0*9410 50 13*250 86*750 0*9455 45 11*925 88*075 0*9510 40 10*600 89*400 0*9564 35 9*275 90*725 0*9614 30 7*950 92*050 0*9662 25 6*625 93*375 0*9716 20 5*300 94*700 0*9768 15 3*975 96*025 0*9828 10 2*650 97*350 0*9887 5 1*325 98*675 0*9945 AMMONIACUM. A gum resin, the inspissa- ted juice of the dorema ammoniacum. It is stim- ulant and expectorant, and is much used in ca- tarrhs. Dose. 10 to 30 grs. in pills, or diffused through water. AMMONIACUM, STRAINED. Prep. I. Boil the ammoniacum with water, until it forms an emulsion or milk, then strain it through can- vass ; boil the refuse a second time with more water ; mix the liquors, and evaporate to a proper consistence. II. Place the gum on a sieve or canvass strainer, arid put it on the top of a copper pan, containing a little boiling water. The steam will soften the gum, which will then run through, leaving the impurities behind ; evaporate as before. Remarks. The first method is that usually adopted in trade ; but the second preserves the odor of the gum much belter. Use. To make the plaster of ammoniacum, and the plaster of ammo- niacum and mercury AMNIOTIC ACID. Vauquelin and Buniva gr.ve this name to allunloin, which, by some un- accountable mistake, they represent to have found in the liquor amnii of the cow, instead of the fluid of the allantois, as shown by Lassaignc. AMULETS. Substances worn about the per- son to protect the wearer against somo real or imaginary evil. Their protective power depends entirely on the imagination ; they are therefore now wholly discarded, except by the most super- stitious and ignorant. Camphor is frequently worn as a protective against fever. AMYCDAIilNE. Discovered by Robiquct and Boutron Charlard. Source. The bitter al- mond and the laurocerasus. Prep. Powder bitter almonds, from which the oil has been thoroughly expressed, and boil it re- peatedly in alcohol of 93 or 94$ ; mix the several tinctures, and distil off the alcohol ; mix the sirupy residuum with water, add a little yeaet, and fer- ment ; after the fermentation has ceased, evapo- rate in a water bath to the consistence of a sirup, and add alcohol of 94$ ; collect the precipitate, drain well, and purify by repeated re-solutions and crystallizations. Prod. 3 to 4$. Prop., <$-c. Form, Silken crystalline scales ; taste, sweet and nutty ; scentless ; soluble in wa- ter and hot alcohol. Its solution, mixed with milk of almonds, produces prussic acid and essential oil of almonds. AMYGDALINIC ACID. A new acid dis- covered by Wohler and Liebig. Prep. Dissolve amygdaline in baryta water, and boil the solution in a glass vessel as long as ammo- nia is evolved ; then add dilute sulphuric acid until precipitation ceases ; filter and evaporate the clear liquid in a water bath. Prop., £c. A colorless transparent acidulous mass ; deliquescent in damp air, and soluble in water. With the bases it forms soluble salts but little known, called amygdalinates. AMYLIC ACID. A new acid compound, first described by M. Tiinnerman in Trommsdorff’s ‘ Journal.’ Its ultimate constituents are carbon 2*5, oxygen 3. It is but little known. Prep. Three parts of muriatic acid are gradu- ally added through a feeding tube, to one part each of starch, black oxide of manganese, and water, previously well mixed together and heated in a capacious tubulated retort, connected with a well-cooled receiver. The product is impure amylic acid, which should be saturated with carbonate of lime, and crystallized by gentle evaporation. This salt, decomposed by 73 per cent, of sulphuric acid, yields by distillation pure amylic acid. Prop. It forms salts with the bases, which arc mostly soluble and deliquescent, .and possess the property of reducing the nitrate of silver and mu- riate of gold. It evaporates when gently heated, and gives out a sharp smell, resembling prussic acid. ANACARDIUM INK. The cashew nut con- tains a fluid between the kernel and shell, which forms an excellent marking ink. On linen and cotton it turns gradually black, and is very dura- ble. (Ure.) ANALYSIS, (in Chemistry.) The resolution of any substance into its elements. It is divided into qualitative and quantitative analysis ; and these again into proximate and ultimate analysis. The first consists in merely finding the compo- nents of a compound ; tho second, the components and the proportions of each of them ; the third ANE 61 ANG the proximate or compound constituents ; and the fourth , the chemical elements of which it is com- posed. For success in chemical analysis a tho- rough acquaintance with the various properties of bodies is required, as well as an aptitude in apply- ing this knowledge in discriminating them and separating them from each other. Judgment and expertness in manipulation are also essential. To enter fully into the subject of chemical analysis is not the object of the present work ; nor would its 6ize admit of such, even though every page of it were devoted to this subject. The reader will, however, find appended to each article of impor- tance the most simple means of determining its purity, as well as detecting its presence in mix- tures, and in some cases estimating its quantity. ANATOMICAL PREPARATIONS, FLU- ID FOR. (Objects of Natural History, cj*c.) Prep. I. Saturate water with sulphurous acid, and add a little creosote. II. Dissolved parts of chloride of tin in 100 of water, to which 3 per cent, of muriatic acid has been added. III. Dissolve 5 or 6 parts of corrosive sublimate in 100 of water, to which 2§ of muriatic acid has been added. IV. Mix together one part of ammonia water (strong) with 3 times its weight (each) of water and spirit of wine. Remarks. These fluids are used by immersing the objects therein, in close vessels. The third for- mula is apt to render animal substances very hard. ANCHOVIES, BRITISH. Prep. To a peck of sprats put t\yo pounds of salt, three ounces of bay-salt, one pound of saltpetre, two ounces of prunella, and a few grains of cochineal; pound them all in a mortar, then put into a stone pan or anchovy barrel, first a layer of sprats, and then one of the compound, and so on alternately to the top. Press them down hard ; cover them close for six months, and they will be fit for use, and will really produce a most excellent flavored sauce. Re- marks. A large trade is done in this article, espe- cially for making anchovy paste or sauce, when a little more coloring is added. ANCHOVY POWDER. Prep. I. Pound an- chovies to a paste, then rub them through a sieve, and add enough flour to make a dough, which must be rolled out into thin slices and dried for powdering. II. Substitute British anchovies, and add color- ing. Use. To make sauces. ANCHUSIC ACID. This name has been given to the coloring principle of alkanet root, (the anchusa tinctoria,) but little is known respecting it. (See Alkanet Root.) ANEMOMETER. An instrument for deter- mining the force of the wind. An excellent instrument of this sort which may oe applied to determine the draught of a chimney as well, is the anemometer of Dr. Lind, the con- struction of which, by means of the annexed en- graving, will be rendered familiar. App. Tho open end, a, is kept by means of a vane presented to the wind, which acting on tho surface of the liquid (water) b, raises it in the arm c. The dif- ference of the level of the fluid in the two arms of the instrument is a \ ^ the measure of the force of the wind. To estimate the draught of) a flue or chimney, the arm c is placed in the chimney, and the orifice a in the apartment. ANEMONINE. A substance noticed by Lowig and Fehling, extracted by hot alcohol from the anemone pulsatilla, nemorosa, and pratensis. By the action of baryta water on this substance, Lowig obtained a com- pound which has been called anemonic acid. ANDERSON’S PILLS. Prep. Barbadoes aloes 2 oz. ; jalap 1 oz., (both in powder ;) oil of aniseed 2 drops ; mix and beat them \nto a mass with sirup. Dose. 5 to 20 grains ; purgative. ANGELICA, CANDIED. Prep. Boil the fresh stalks in water, to remove their bitterness, then put them into a sirup boiled to a full candy height, and boiling hot ; let them remain until f nearly cold, when they may be taken out and dried: Prop. Cordial and stomachic. ANGELICA, EXTRACT OF. I. (Dr. Mohr.) Macerate 2 lbs. of the bruised root in 1 gallon of rectified spirit of wine, for 7 days ; strain and press ; then macerate again in 1 gallon of proof spirit ; filter each separately ; mix and distil off the spirit ; lastly, evaporate the remainder in a water bath to the consistence of an extract. Remarks. Quality very fine ; odor and taste strongly balsamic. II. Macerate 2 lbs. of bruised angelica root in 1 gallon of a mixture of equal parts of rectified spirit and water for 10 days, frequently shaking ; then proceed as before. Remarks. Not so bal- samic as the former. ANGELICA, INFUSION OF. Dr. Mohr directs the use of hot water, or preferably wine. Remarks. An oil and water is also obtained from angelica, by distillation ; a tincture is prepared, (with rectified spirit,) and pills are made of the extract. ANGELIC ACID. During a recent analysis of angelica root, by L. A. Buchner, jun., he dis- covered a peculiar volatile acid, of a pungent sour smell, and biting acid taste ; sometimes fluid and oleaginous, and sometimes crystallized in striated prisms. (Schmidt’s Jahrb., Aug. 1842.) ANGELICINE. A substance obtained from the root of angelica. The process is troublesome, and the product small. ANGEL WATER. Syn. Portugal Water. Prep. Mix together 1 pint each of orange-flower and rose-water, £ pint of myrtle water, \ oz. of essence of musk, and 1 oz. of essence of amber- gris ; shake them well up, and filter through white blotting-paper. ANGOSTURA BARK. The true medicinal angostura or cusparia bark is brought from the West Indies ; but a spurious and poisonous spe- cies is imported from the East Indies, and is fre- quently sold for or mixed with the former. The following tabular view of the characteristics of each will afford a ready means of detecting this fraud ANI 62 ANI Tabular View of the Characterises of the True and F.\J3e Angostura Barks ; drawn up by Dr. 1** REIra, from his own researches, and those of Guibourt, Fee, and others. True Angostura Bark. Form Odor Taste Hardness and density. . Fracture $ Quills or flat pieces, straight or slight- ) / ly bent •• .. .. .. i Disagreeable S Bitter, afterwards somewhat acrid;) ) persistent ij j Bark fragile when dry; easily cut;) / light; tissue not very dense $ Dull and blackish Epidermoid crust ( Whitish or yellowish ; insipid ; un- < changed, or rendered slightly orange ( red by nitric acid Inner surface • • 'l Tinct. Litmus. Sesquichlo- ) ride of Iron \ Prussiate of i Potash • • J Nitric Acid • • t Separable into lamina;; deepened by/ / nitric acid J Blue color destroyed • • 1 Flocculent dark grayish-brown prccip- ) / itate i i No change ; hydrochloric acid caused / / a yellow precipitate •• •• i[ ( A small quantity makes the liquor ) < cloudy ; a large quantity makes it a > f transparent deep red . • . . ) Nux Vomica, or False Angostura Bark. 1 Quills or flat pieces; short; often very much / twisted, like dried horn; arched backwards None, or very slight. Intensely bitter; very persistent. t Broken, or cut with difficulty; heavy; tissue / compact. Resinous. , Variable; sometimes a spongy rust-colored layer S at other times w.jiiish, prominent spots, rnori ) or less scattered or approximated. Nitric acid 1 makes it intensely dark green or blackish, t Not separable into lamina;; rendered blood red / by nitric acid. Slightly reddened. Clear yellowish-green liquor. i Slight turbidness, not increase* „ / hydrochloric / acid. i A small quantity makes the liquor cits, and / paler; a large quantity transparent red. ANGOSTURIN. Syn. Cusparin. Saladtn. Bitter Extractive. Prep. Digest bruised an- gostura bark in alcohol until the latter will take up* no more ; then filter and submit it to sponta- neous evaporation. Prop. Dissolves in alcohol, water, and alkaline lyes ; neutral ; tincture of galls precipitates it from its solutions. ANHYDROUS. (In Chemistry.) Without water ; a term frequently applied to gases, salts, alcohol, acids, and some other substances, to ex- press their existence in the dry state. The gases may generally be rendered anhydrous, by passing them through a tube containing very dry pow- dered chloride of calcium, and some of them by passing through strong sulphuric acid. Salts may generally be dried by cautiously submitting them to the action of heat ; and alcohol, and many other volatile fluids, by careful distillation from chloride of calcium. ANIMAL SUBSTANCES USED AS FOOD, PRESERVATION OF. Animal sub- stances are preserved in various ways, among which may be mentioned — 1. Exposure to the sun, or in a stove, to as high a heat as possible without scorching them. 2. Exposure to the frost until they become frozen, and then keeping them in this state. Meat, fish, poultry, &c. are generally preserved in this way in the colder parts of North America, in Russia, and in many other parts of the world. In Lower Canada, the meat killed early in the winter is frequently kept in a frozen state for summer use, to prevent the necessity of killing during the hotter portions of the year. It remains perfectly fresh, tender, and good flavored. 3. Salting in brine. This method is both easy ami effectual. The best plan is to dissolve about 4 lbs. of good salt in 1 gallon of water, for brine, and to immerse the meat therein, at the same time adding a few handfuls of undissolvcd large grained rock salt, more than it will dissolve, for the purpose of keeping up its strength. Three to ten days, depending on tho size, is sufficiently long to keep the meat in the brine ; when it is taken out it should be hung up to dry, packed in barrels with coarse-grained salt, or smoked, which- ever may be desired. When the brine has been used for some time, it should he boiled with some more salt and 2 or 3 eggs, then skimmed and strained. Saltpetre added to brine gives the meat a red color, and brown sugar improves the flavor. 4. Dry salting. In many parts, as in Hamp- shire, Yorkshire, &c., the process of dry salting is adopted, which consists of merely well rubbing the salt, mixed with a little saltpetre, into the meat, and afterwards sprinkling some over it, and placing it on a board or trough in such a manner that the brine may drain off. Sometimes fresh meat is packed at once in casks, with the best coarse-grained salt. 5. Pickling. This plan is to steep the sub- stance in vinegar, or a mixture of vinegar and beer. Fish is often served in this way. 6. Pyroligneous acid brushed over animal sub- stances will keep them for any length of time. This acid imparts a smoky flavor ; but pure acetic acid may be used instead. Before use, the sub- stance should be washed or soaked in water. 7. Immersion in olive oil. Salmon and other fish are often preserved in jars of salad oil, well corked up, and cemented over. 8. Potting. Small birds, fish, cooked meat, &c. are frequently pounded to a paste, with spices and butter, and pressed into pots until nearly full, when melted clarified butter is poured over to about ^ or $ of an inch in depth. This plan is called “ potting.” 9. Smoking. This is done on the large scale by hanging the articles up in smoking rooms, into which smoko is brought from dry wood fires, kin- dled in the cellar, for tho purpose of allowing it to cool and deposit© its cruder part, before it arrives at tha meat. This process requires from six days to is many weeks to perform it properly, and is host dono in winter. In farm-houses, where dry wood is burnt, hams, &c. are often smoked by ANI 63 ANN hanging them up in some cool part of the kitchen chimney. When the meat is cut into slices, or scored deeply with a knife, to allow the smoke to penetrate it, it is called “ buccaning.” This is frequently performed by hunters in the remoter parts of Europe, by placing the slices on a grating of sticks, about 3 or 4 feet high, over a fire made with the branches of trees, and continuing the drying and smoking until the meat be sufficiently cured. 10. Jerking. In some hot countries the meat, cut in thin slices, is dried in the sun, beat into a paste in a mortar, and pressed into jars for use. Sometimes meal or flour is added. This plan is called “jerking,” or “ charqui.” 11. For sea-stores, a new and simple plan has been lately adopted. Proc. Immerse the meat, cut into slices of from 4 to 8 ounces each, for five minutes in a vessel of boiling water, and dry them on network, at a regular temperature of from 120° to 125° Fahr. Next evaporate the soup formed by washing the meat, to the consistence of a thick varnish, adding a little spice to flavor it ; into this fluid immerse the perfectly dry pieces of flesh, and again expose them to the proper drying tem- perature. Repeat the operation of dipping and drying a second and a third time. Remarks. For use, the meat must be cooked in the usual way for boiling, &c. In this manner, meat may be preserved without salt, for 15 to 20 months. 12. Skins are preserved by tanning, or expo- sure to the action of oak bark and other astrin- gents, until they are converted into leather ; or by taioing them, which is somewhat similar. Other methods have also been occasionally adopted for objects of natural history and ana- tomical preparations ; as dilute spirit or weak so- lution of corrosive sublimate, both of which, how- ever, harden the texture of animal substances considerably. This may be prevented in the for- mer by adding a little liquor of ammonia. (See Putrefaction.) ANIMATION, SUSPENDED. Syn. As- phyxia. Causes. Various"; hence it has been di- vided into four varieties, viz. : 1. From suffocation produced by hanging and drowning. 2. From suffocation produced by the inhalation of irrespirable gases or vapors, as the fumes of charcoal, fixed air, <^c. 3. From strokes of lightning or electricity. 4. From extreme cold. (Dr. Mason Good.) No general rules can be given exactly suitable to each case ; but the reader is referred to Drown- ing. Whenever it is possible to procure medical aid, it should be immediately sought, as the delay of a single minute may put the case beyond the reach of assistance. The following valuable re- marks on asphyxia, from the pen of an eminent physician, may, however, be well introduced here : The treatment of asphyxia involves an attention both to the functions of respiration and to that of the true spinal marrow. The object, doubtless, is to effect a restoration of the respiratory and circu- latory functions, the former of which has been ar- rested by the external conditions of the patient ; the latter, by the contact of morbidly carbonized blood with the capillary vessels of the lungs. The first thing to be attempted is the restoration of warmth by active friction with warm hands, &cc. ; the second, the imitation of artificial respiration, by any means at hand, of which none is better, usu- ally, than the action of alternate pressure and its relaxation, applied to the thorax and abdomen, so as to induce expiration first, and inspiration imme- diately by the play of the elasticity of the ribs. The third effort is made by suddenly dashing cold water on the face and general surface, previously warmed by the frictions, in the hope of inducing a more decided inspiration. Artificial respiration must be attended to, if these measures, very promptly enforced, fail ; and unless the proper ap paratus be present, the mouth of another person, of robust make, is to be applied to that of tl.j as- phyxiated person, covered with a handkerchief, the nostrils being closed. (Dr. Marshall Hali.) ANISEED, COMPOUND SPIRIT OF. Prep. Aniseeds and angelica seeds, of each, 8 oz. ; cassia bark and caraways, of each, ^ oz. ; all bruised ; proof spirit and water, of each, 1 gallon. Proc. Macerate for 3 or 4 Gays, then distil over 1 gallon. II. Oil of aniseed 2 drachms ; oil of angelica £ drachm ; oil of cassia 20 drops ; oil of caraway 15 drops ; proof spirit 1 gallon. Mix well. Use. A pleasant cordial in flatulence, low spirits, &c. Dose, i oz. in water. Much used by some old ladies. Remarks. Should it be milky, shake it up with a tablespoonful of magnesia, and filter through blotting-paper. ANISETTE DE BOURDEAUX. Ing. Ani- seed 4 oz. ; coriander and sweet fennel seeds, of each, 1 oz. ; rectified spirit £ gallon ; water 3 quarts. Proc. Bruise the seeds, and macerate them for 2 days in the spirit and water ; then draw over 7 pints, and add lump sugar 2 lbs. II. Lump sugar lb. ; oil of aniseed 12 drops ; oil of cassia and caraway, of each, 5 drops ; spirit, 60 u. p., 3 quarts. Proc. Rub a little of the sugar with the oils, then dissolve it in the spirit ; add the water and filter through magnesia ; lastly, dissolve the remaining portion of the sugar in the filtered liquor. III. Good brandy 3 quarts ; sugar 1£ lb. ; ani- seed water 1 pint. As above. Remarks. An agreeable cordial. ANNEALING. The process by which glass is rendered less frangible, and metals which have become brittle again rendered tough and mallea- ble. Glass vessels, and other articles of glass, are annealed by being placed in an oven or apartment near the furnaces at which they are formed, called the “ leer,” where they are allowed to cool slowly, the process being prolonged according to their bulk. Steel, iron, and other metals arc annealed by heating them and allowing them to cool slowly on the hearth of the furnace, or any other suitable place, unexposed to the cold. As a specimen of unannealed glass, the Prince Rupert's drop may be mentioned, and of unannealed metals, common cast iron ; to each of which the reader is referred, in their alphabetical places. ANNOTTO. A valuable coloring matter, im- ported into Europe in cakes, and usually made up in England into rolls, before sale. Source. The pellicles of the seeds of the bixa orellana. Sc lo Alcohol, ether, volatile, and fixed oils, to each of which it imparts a beautiful orange color ; very soluble in alkaline lyes, which darken it, and in ANO 64 ANT strong sulphuric acid, which turns it blue. Re- marks. The best annotto is known as roll annot- to ; flag and egg annotto are not so much esteem- ed. Use. For dy6ing, painting, coloring, varnish- ing, cheese-making, &c. ANNOTTO, PURIFIED. Syv. Orelline. Concentrated Annotto. Prep . Boil annotto in a solution of pearlash, until it will dissolve no more ; then add oil of vitriol, previously diluted with 20 times its weight of water, until no more coloring matter is thrown down, but not enough to make the liquor taste sour ; wash the precipitate with a little cold water ; then drain and dry it. Remarks. This is the pure coloring matter of annotto, and possesses all the properties of the best annotto in a concentrated form. ANNOTTO, COMMON. Syn. Reduced An- notto. English Annotto. Ing. Egg or flag annotto 24 lbs. ; gum tragacanth, 10 lbs.; starch 6 lbs.; soap 1£ lb.; red bole, or Venetian red, 1 lb. ; water q. s. Proc. Mix by heat in a copper pan, and form into rolls. Remarks. Used for common purposes. Should it be attempted to pass this off for genuine annotto, the fraud may be detected by its partial solubility in alcohol. ANNOTTO, CHOICE OF. Annotto should be chosen of a good flame color ; brighter in the middle than on the outside. It should feel soft and smooth, and have a good consistence. It should possess a strong smell. ANNOTTO DYE. Prep. Cut the annotto into small pieces, and boil it in a copper, with an equal weight of good pearlashes, then dilute with water to a proper color. Process of dyeing. Im- merse the articles, previously rinsed in clean wa- ter, in the dye, and give them a good boil ; then drain them out and rinse them well in clean water. Remarks. Annotto is chiefly used for silks, to which it imparts a fine orange yellow color, the shade of which may be modified, by using differ- ent proportions of pearlash, and also by giving the stuff' different mordants before putting it into the dye-bath. ANODYNE. (From the Gr. d, without, and ddvvrj, pain.) A medicine which allays pain. Among the principal anodynes may be mentioned opium, morphia, camphor, and other medicines of the same kind. “ The constant use of anodynes be- gets their necessity.” (W. Cooley.) ANODYNE NECKLACES, are formed of the roots of hyoscyamus, Job’s tears, allspice steeped in brandy, jumble beads, or elk’s hoof, to suit the fancies of the prescribers. Use. To pro- cure easy dentition in children, and sleep in fevers. (Bah !) ANODYNE, INFANTILE. Prep. Sirup of red poppies 1 oz., aniseed water 3 oz., brandy or spirit of wine £ oz. ; mix. Use. An excellent ano- dyne for infants. Dose. A small teaspoonful as required. ANODYNE, MARTIAL. Prep. Dissolve ammoniated iron in water, and precipitate with liquor of potassa ; wash and dry. Remarks. An obsolete preparation. It is sesqui-oxido of iron. ANODYNE, MINERAL. An old prepara- tion formed by dissolving diaphoretic antimony in urater, and evaporating to dryness. ANO ZABAGLIONE. Prep. Put 2 eggs, 3 teaspoonfuls of sugar, and 2 small glasses of mar- sala, into a chocolate cup, over the fire, and keep it rapidly stirred, until it begins to rise and hardens, then servo it up in glasses. Rctnarks. A pleasant Italian receipt for a cold : very nutritious. ANTACIDS. Medicines that neutralize tho acid of the stomach, and thus tend to remove heartburn, dyspepsia, and diarrhoea. The princi- pal antacids are tho carbonates of potassa, soda, ammonia, lime, and magnesia. Ammonia is the most powerful, and when the acidity is conjoined with nausea and faintness, is the best ; when great irritability of the coats of the stomach exist, potash is preferable ; when accompanied with di- urrhcea, carbonate of lime , (prepared chalk ;) and when with costiveness, magnesia. (See Absorb- ents.) The dose of the carbonates of potassa and soda in powder is half a teaspoonful, of chalk , a tcaspoonful , of magnesia, a dessert spoonful, and of carbonate of ammonia, 10 grs., or a teaspoonful of the solution. All these are taken in water. ANTHELMINTICS. Medicines that destroy worms. List. Among the principal anthelmin- tics are, calomel, tin powder, castor oil, oil of tur- pentine, cowhage, and gamboge. Remarks. A good plan for removing worms from children, is to give 3 to 5 grs. of calomel in sugar, overnight, and a dose of castor oil the next morning. The mo- tions should be observed, and if worms be found, the same treatment may be followed once a week, until they are wholly removed. ANTIIIARINE. Syn. Antiajune. The ac- tive principle of the antiaris toxicaria, or upas poison-tree of Java. It is extracted from the upas poison by alcohol, and is obtained under the form of small crystalline scales. It is a frightful poison, to which no antidote is known. ANTHRAKOKALI. A remedy recommend- ed by Dr. Polya in scrofula and chronic rheuma- tism. Prep. Mix in an iron basin over the fire, 160 parts of powdered coal with 192 parts of strong boiling solution of caustic potassa. Stir until con- verted into a homogeneous black powder. Dose 1 gramme with *25 gramme of powdered Jiquorice, 3 or 4 times daily. Remarks. What remedy next? Answer. (See Fuligokali.) This is as bad as curing hydropho- bia with the top of the snuff of a mould candle, or consumption with naphtha. ANTHRAKOKALI, POMMADE OF. Prep. Anthrakokali in fine powder 1 part, lard 30 parts ; mix. Remarks. “ Said ” to have been tried by Dr Gibert at the Hopital St. Louis, on 24 cases ol cutaneous disease, many of which were cured, and in all, the symptoms were ameliorated. — ? ANTHRANIL1C ACID. An acid discovered by Fritzsche, and prepared from indigo. Prep. Dissolve indigo in a hot solution of pure potassa, sp. gr. 1*35, and add powdered peroxide of manganese, until the liquid on dilution and ex- posure to the air ceases to form indigo blue. It now contains anthranilate of potassa and free al- kali ; neutralize tho alkali with sulphuric acid, dissolve out tho anthranilate with alcohol, and de- compose it with acetic acid, when orange-colored crystals of impure anthranilic acid will be ob- tained. Purify by uniting it with lime, crystal- lizing the salt and decomposing it with acetic acid, ANT 65 ANT when large colorless tabular crystals will be de- posited as the solution cools. This is the pure hydrated acid. Rtmai ics. This aciu is fusible ana volatile, /iouJ- ing crystals resembling those of benzoic acid. It dissolves in water, alcohol, and ether, and forms salts with the bases, called anthranilates. By de- structive distillation, it yields aniline. ANTI-ATTRITION. Prep. Grind together blacklead with 4 times its weight of lard or tallow. Use. To lessen friction in machinery, and to pre- vent iron rusting. Remark. This was once a pa- tent article. Camphor is sometimes added, (7 lbs. to the cwt.) ANTIDOTES. Medicines used to prevent or remove the effects of any poison or disease. At- tached to each of the principal poisonous prepara- tions mentioned in this work, the reader will find a notice of the best antidotes and treatment of cases of poisoning therewith. ANTIHECTIC POWDER, POTERIUS’. Prep. Melt equal parts of tin and metallic anti- mony, powder, mix with six parts of powdered nitre, and deflagrate in a red hot crucible ; lastly, powder and wash well with water. Uses. Astrin- gent and tonic ; formerly used in consumption. Dose. 10 to 30 grs. It is a mere mixture of the oxides of antimony and tin. ANTIHY STERIC DRAUGHT. (Dr. Jo- bat.) Prep. Cyanuret of potassium (M)5 grammes ; distilled lettuce water 60 grammes ; sirup of orange flowers 20 grammes ; mix. Admin. One or two teaspoonfuls every ten min- utes when the fit is expected ; during the fit it may be given in larger doses ; which, however in- tense, will be stopped or greatly allayed. Such is the assurance of Dr. Josat, who declares its effi- cacy to have been indisputably proved, in upward of 55 cases. ANTIFERMENT. A substance sold in the cider districts, for the purpose of arresting fermen- tation. Prep. I. It generally consists of sulphite of lime in powder, or a mixture of equal parts of the sulphite and powdered mustard. II. Mix together 14 lbs. of mustard seed with 1 lb. of cloves, and bruise them well without dry- ing. Use. A portion of either of the above added to cider or perry, tends to allay the fermentation, when it has been renewed. The second may be used for wine and beer as well as cider. Caution. In the above the sulphite must be employed, not the sulphate, which is quite a different article. (See Fermentation.) ANTIMONIC ACID. Syn. Peroa de of Antimony. An acid compound formed of anti- mony and oxygen. It is the metal in its highest 6tate of oxidation. Prep. I. Digest metallic antimony in strong nitric acid, or dissolve it in nitro-muriatic acid ; then evaporate by heat until the excess of acid be expelled, and throw the solution into cold water. The precipitate is the hydrated acid ; by exposure to a heat of about 500° or 600° Fahr., the water is driven off, and the anhydrous acid remains be- hind. II. Mix powdered metallic antimony with six times its weight of nitre, ignite in a silver cruci- ble, and when cold, wash out the excess of alkali j 9 with hot water ; the remaining antimoniate of potash, decomposed by muriatic acid, yields an insoluble residue of antimonic acid. Pup. The hyuratua acid v ireslny piecipitated) reddens litmus, and is insoluble in water, unless soured with tartaric or muriatic ac-ri. Whan hto V ed nearly to redness, it gives out o> yge v m 'd t comes antimonious acid. The hyor- te-’ ac-"4 is r! white powder; the anhydrous acid -has a ■al*. ye. low color, and is insoluble in water even nfo tht assistance of the acids. With the bus'js - fc»' n& salts called antimoniates. Uses. It.has been us.id in medicine, but owing to the high state of oxida- tion of the metal, appears to be nearly inert. It is said to be diaphoretic in doses bf 2 to 10 grs., but it has been given in £ oz. doses, 2 or 3 times daily, with good effect? (Wilson.) It is now sel- dom used in medicine. Tests. (See Antimonk and Antimonious Acid.) ANTIMONIOUS ACID. Syn. Binoxide of Antimony. Deutoxide of Antimony. An acid of antimony, containing 1 eq. less of oxygen than the last, or 2 eq. of antimony* and 4 eq. Of oxy- gen. Prep. I. Expose the white hydrated antimo- nic acid to a red heat, when 1 eq. of oxygen will be driven off along with the water, and pure an- timonious acid remain. II. Either the oxide or sulphuret of antimony, exposed to a strong heat, long contained in open vessels, gradually absorbs oxygen, and passes into antimonious acid. III. The hydrated acid may be prepared by adding an acid to the antimonite of an alkali: Prop. White, very infusible ; insoluble in water, likewise in acids after being heated to redness.- It combines with the bases forming salts called anti- monites. The hydrated acid reddens litmus and dissolves in the muriatic and tartaric acids. Use. It is employed in medicine, and forms the basis of the celebrated nostrum, James’s powder, as well as the pulvis antimonialis of the L. Ph. It appears, however, to be very inactive and uncer- tain in its operation. Dr. Elliotson exhibited the pulvis antimonialis, which contains nearly 40 per cent, of this acid, in doses of upwards of 100 grs., without producing any visible effect. The high state of oxidation in which the antimony exists hi this compound, as mentioned in the last article, may account for its inactivity. Remarks. Neither the salts of this nor the last acid have been applied to any useful purpose. Tests. (See Antimony.) ANTIMONY. Syn. Metallic Antimony. Regulus of Antimony. Hist., fyc. This word is generally applied to a gray metallic ore, which is a sulphuret of antimony. The pure metah formerly called regulus of antimony, is of a whi- tish color, and semi-crystalline appearance. The derivation of the name is singular : Basil Valent tine, a monk who flourished in the I5th ceiituryj believing that it fattened pigs, administered some* to his brethren, with the charitable intention of* giving them a plump appearance, but the experi- ment was attended with fatal results. Hence it was called “ anti-moine “ antimonk, ” and grad- ually, antimony. The sulphuret isleven now of- ten given by farriers to horses, to rendor theij I coats sleek. ' ANT 66 AN'l Prep. I. Heat the protoxide of antimony to redness in a crucible, having previously mixed it with an equal weight of cream of tartar ; pour the melted metal into conical moulds. II. Mix the powdered sulphuret of antimony of commerce with £ its weight of iron filings, and submit it to a strong red heat in a covered cruci- ble. III. Common sulphuret of antimony 1ft oz., cream of tartar 12 oz., nitre 6 oz. ; mix, and pro- ceed as above. When cold, separate the scoria. Remarks. The first form gives a chemically pure metal. On the large scale, the ore of antimony is reduced in a peculiarly shaped flame furnace, and afterwards melted under coal dust, in cruci- bles holding 20 to 30 lbs., placed upon a reverber- atory hearth. The following formula has been recommended on the large scale. IV. 100 parts of sulphuret ore, 60 parts of ham- merschlag, (oxide of iron from the rolling mills,) 50 parts of common soda, or glauber salts, and 10 parts of charcoal. (Berthier.) Prod. From 65 to 70 parts of good metal. Prop. Antimony is a whitish, brittle, volatile, and inflammable metal, and imparts its brittleness to its alloys. Uses. It is used in medicine ; combined with lead, it forms type metals, and with lead and tin, music plate metal, pewter, &c. Tests. Sulphureted hydrogen throws down an orange-colored precipitate, soluble in pure potassa, and also in hot muriatic acid ; from the latter so- lution, water throws down a whitish powder. If the sample be in the solid state, powder, boil in muriatic acid, and test as above. Estim. Strongly acidulate the solution with tar- taric acid, then throw down the antimony as a sulphuret by passing sulphureted hydrogen gas through it. After warming the solution and allow- ing it to cool again, the precipitate may be col- lected on a filter, dried, and weighed. A small portion must now be digested in strong muriatic acid, which will completely dissolve it if it be the simple sulphuret ; in which case the quantity of antimony will be obtained by multiplying the weight of the sulphuret by 5, and dividing the product by 7. Should, however, only part of the precipitate be soluble in strong muriatic acid, a known weight of it must be introduced into a flask, and fuming nitric acid added, drop by drop, with great care, until a considerable quantity has been thus added ; hydrochloric acid should now be add- ed, and the mixture digested at a gentle heat, until the whole of the sulphur be dissolved. The solu- tion must next be diluted with water, strongly acidulated with tartaric acid, and chloride of ba- rium added as long as it produces a precipitate. This collected, dried, and weighed, 'and the weight divided by 3, will give the quantity of sulphur in the sample last operated on, which, by proper al- lowance and deduction from the weight of the sulphuret first found, will give the quantity of metal as before. ANTIMONY ASII. Prep. Roast the common sulphuret of antimony in an earthen crucible for an hour. Remarks. Emetic in small doses, used to make metallic antimony. ANTIMONY, DIAPHORETIC. Syn. Calx oi Antimony. Peroxide op Antimony. Prep. Mix 1 lb. of powdered sulphuret of antimony with 3 lbs. of powdered nitre, and deflagrate by spoon- fuls at a time, in a red hot crucible ; collect the calx and powdfr it. Remarks. The flowers that collect on the sides of the crucible must be carefully rejected, as the) are violently emetic. Use. Once much employed in medicine as a gentle diaphoretic and laxative When this article has been well washed in water, it is called washed diaphoretic antimony, washed calx of ditto, &,c. The process deprives it of some of its alkali. ANTIMONY, FLOWERS OF. Prep. Throw powdered sulphuret of antimony, by spoon- fuls, into an ignited tabulated retort, that has a short and very wide neck, until as many flowers collect in the receiver as are required. Remarks An impure oxye-Jphuret of antimony. Emetic in doses of 1 to 3 grs. ANTIMONY, FLOWERS OF, (ARGEN- TINE.) Syn. Sesquioxide of Antimony. Prep. Keep metallic antimony melted in a vessel, freely exposed to the air, and furnished with a cool place for the flowers to rest upon ; collect the flowers as deposited. Remarks. Thefce flowers were formerly thouglit to be the binoxide, but Berzelius has clear- ly shown them to be the sesquioxide. ANTIMONY, FULMINATING. Syn Ful- minating Antimdnial Powdeu. Prep. I. Grind well together 100 parts of dried tartar emetic, and 3 parts of lamp-black, or charcoal powder, then take a crucible, capable of holding 3 oz. of water, and having ground its edge smooth, and rubbed the inside with powdered charcoal, \ fill it with the above mixture, cover it with a layer of char- coal powder, and lute on the cover. Expose it foi 3 hours to strong heat in a reverberatory furnace, and when taken out, let it stand to cool for 6 or 7 hours, before removing its contents, to prevent an explosion. The crucible being now opened, the contents must be hastily transferred without break- ing to a wide-mouthed stoppered vial, when, after some time, it will crumble down into a powder of itself. (M. Serullas.). II. Triturate together, very carefully, 100 parte of antimony, 75 parts of carbureted (roasted to blackness) cream of tartar, and 12 parts of lamp- black : preserve it in vials. (Ann. de Chim., Oct. 1822.) Remarks. When the above processes are pro- perly conducted, the resulting powders fulminate violently on contact with water. It is to the pres- ence of the very inflammable metal potassium that they owe this property. Another compound, made with 60 parts of carbureted cream of tartar, 120 bismuth, and 1 of nitre, treated as above, contains an alloy very rich in potassium. A piece the size of a pea introduced into a mass of gunpowder ex- plodes it on being thrown into water. Use. Foi making some kind of fireworks. It is very proba- ble that this is the preparation used by Capt W arner. ANTIMONY, MAGISTERY OF DIAPHO- RETIC. Syn. Mateiua Perlata. Prep. Add oil of vitriol to the water used. in washing diapho- retic antimony, until, it ceases to produce a precipi- tate. Wash this well with water. ANTIMONY, MARTIAL DIAPHORETIC Syn. Anticaciiecticum Ludovici. Prep. Fus* ANT 67 ANX equal weights of iron filings and sulphuret of anti* mony in a crucible, cool, powder, and mix with 3 times their weight of nitre, and deflagrate them by spoonfuls in a red hot crucible. Wash the pro- duct in water, and collect the brown precipitate. Use. Formerly given as a tonic, in doses of 10 to 20 grs. ANTIMONY, MEDICINAL. Syn. Medi- cinal Regulus of Antimony. Prep. Crude antimony in powder, melted with nearly its own weight of salt, and about $ of its weight of potash, or £ its weight of a mixture of nitre and argol. When cold, separate the ashes from the mass, wash and powder. Use. Said to be stronger than crude antimony. Used in some quack medicines. ANTIMONY, MURIATE OF. Syn. But- ter of Antimony. Chloride of ditto. Sesqui- culoride of ditto. Oil of Caustic Antimony. Prep. Mix 2 parts of metallic antimony with 5 parts of corrosive sublimate, and distil from a wide- necked retort. II. Grind together equal parts of common anti- mony and corrosive sublimate, and proceed as before. III. Common antimony roasted until gray, or glass of antimony, 9 oz. ; powder and mix with common salt 2 lbs. ; oil of vitriol l£ lb. ; water 1 lb. ; distil. Prod. 2 £ lbs. of butter of antimony. IV. Common sulphuret or glass of antimony, as last, 7 lbs. ; common salt, 28 lbs. ; oil vitriol, 21 lbs..; water, 14 lbs. ; distil. V. Boil 20 parts of powdered common sulphu- ret of antimony, in 100 parts of muriatic acid to which 1 part of nitric acid has been added. A little pernitrate of iron is used to color it, and it is made up to the sp. gr. of about 1*4. This article is improved if the crude antimony be roasted be- fore dissolving it in the acid. Prop. When pure, it somewhat resembles but- ter, melts with a gentle heat, and crystallizes on cooling ; it deliquesces into an oily liquid when exposed in a damp place, and this was once the common method of obtaining a cheaper article for sale. It is decomposed by water. Use. It is a common caustic with farriers. Remarks. The first of these processes produces the pure sesquichloride of antimony, the second an article less pure, and the last one the liquid sold as butter of antimony in the shops. The solution of the antimony in the acid is attended ^ 1th the evo- lution of a large quantity of sulphureted hydro- gen ; it should therefore be done under a chimney. ANTIMONY, SOLUTION OF MURIATE OF. Syn. Liq,uor Stibii Muriatici. (Pharm. Borruss.) Prep. Dissolve pure oxide of antimony in pure muriatic acid. ANTIMONY, OXIDE OF. Syn. Sesqui- oxide of Antimony. Prep. I. (P. E.) Dissolve §iv of sulphuret of antimony in fine powder, in 1 pint of muriatic acid by heat, filter and pour the solution into 5 pints of water, collect the precipi- tate on a calico filter, and wash it well, first with cold water, and then with a weak solution of car- oonate of soda ; and lastly, a second time with cold water, until the latter ceases to affect turmc- nc paper. Dry with a gentle heat. II. To the solution of the sulphuret of antimony as prepared above, enough water is added at 167° Fj.hr. to produce slight turbidness; it is then left to itself until all the sulphureted hydrogen has escaped, when it is again filtered and mixed with G times its weight of water. Prod. From 4 oz. of the sulphuret, — If oz. pure white oxide of anti- mony soluble without residue in tartaric acid (Giesler.) III. Digest the precipitate obtained by mixing chloride of antimony with cold water, in a weak solution of carbonate of potassa, having first well washed it with cold water ; agitate occasionally for some hours, then collect the powder, wash it well and dry it. IV. Add a solution of carbonate of soda to an- other of tartar emetic ; wash the precipitate well, and dry it. Remarks. This is a dirty white powder ; fusible and volatile ; changing into antimonious acid when strongly heatid in open vessels. It is a feeble base. Uses. To make tartar emetic, and in med- icine, as a diaphoretic, in doses of 2 to 10 grs., and an emetic and purgative in larger doses. It has been proposed as a substitute for James’s Powder. Pur. and Tests. It is completely soluble in hydro- chloric acid, and again thrown down as a white powcjer by cold water ; perfectly soluble in a solu- tion of tartaric acid ; it is thrown down from its solutions as an orange-red powder by sulphureted hydrogen ; it volatilizes by heat. ANTIMONY, OXYCHLORIDE OF. Syn. Mercurius V itas. Powder of Algarotii. Ox- ydum Antimonii Nitro-muriaticum, (D. P.) Prep. Mix the liquid chloride of antimony with cold water ; wash and dry the precipitate. Prop. Sim- ilar to the oxide. Used to make tartar emetic. ANTIMONY, PURGING. Syn. Cathartic Antimony. Prep. Digest $ lb. of glass of antimo- ny in 1^ lb. of oil of vitriol for two days, evaporate to dryness, powder and wash the residuum ; dry and melt with 4 oz. of Glauber salts, and 8 oz. of sal enixum ; again powder, wash, and dry. Re- marks. This has been said to be the most certain of all the antimonial purges. Dose. 2 to 10 grs Seldom used. ANTIMONY, SMELTED. Prep. Meli crude antimony, and pour it into conical moulds. Uses, $c. Diaphoretic and alterative. Dose. 10 to 60 grs. Used in rheumatism, scrofula, and skin diseases the refining of gold, &c. ; and when reduced to powder, by ladies, to pa : nt their eye- lashes black. ANTISEPTICS Substances that prevent putrefaction. The principal antiseptics are com- mon salt, saltpetre , spices, sugar, vinegar, and creosote. For antiseptic process, see Animal Sub- stances, Putrefaction, Provisions, &c. ANTISEPTIC MEDICINES. Of these the principal ones are bark, acids, witie, spirits, and camphor. ANTISPASMODICS. Medicines that allay spasms and other pains. Bark, opium, camphor , ether, musk, castor , assafcetida, valerian, and chalybeates, are antispasmodics. ANTISPASMODIC MIXTURE. (Dr. Col- lier.) Prep. Mixtures of asafoetida and cam* phor of each fiiss, tincture of valerian §j. Mix- Dose. One tablespoonful three or four time* daily. ANXIETY, NERVOUS. This unpleasant state may bo removed by keeping the bowels reg API 68 API ular with mild purgatives, taking plenty of exercise in the open air, adopting a light nutritious diet, and seeking pleasant society. A teaspoonful of car- bonate of soda or magnesia, or a few drops of laudanum, taken tne last thing at night, will gen- erally have the effect of preventing watchful- ness. APERIENT. A medicine that gently opens the bowels. Among the best mild aperients may be mentioned small doses of castor oil , Epsom salts, phosphate of soda , ( tasteless salt,) or scid- litz powder; compound rhubarb pills, compound aloetic pills, and pil. rufi. APERIENT, DR. COLLIER’S SALINE, (ANTIMONIAL.) Ing. Double tartrate of po- tassa and soda §ij, carbonate of soda 3ij, outer yellow peel of the orange (fresh) 3ij, tartar emetic 1 gr., boiling water pint. Pro. Pour the water on the other ingredients, and macerate until cold in a covered vessel. Dose. A small tumbler or teacupful, mixed with a tablespoonful of lemon juice, or about a dozen grains of tartaric or citric acid, and drunk while effervescing, forms an agree- able mild aperient. APIARY. (From apis, a bee.) A place where bees are kept. Establishment of an Apiary. The proper time for this purpose is about February, or the be- ginning of March, as the stocks have then passed through the winter in safety ; the combs are then empty of broods, and light of honey, and may be removed with safety and ease. Stocks should be selected by a competent judge, as the weight alone cannot always be relied on ; such as weigh 12 lbs. and upwards, the number of bees being also observed, and that they are well combed to near the bottom, may be safely chosen. As soon as they are brought home they should be set in the bee-house, care being taken to keep them dry and from the attacks of vermin. The next day plaster the hive to the bee-board, leaving an entrance the size of the little finger. If the season has passed, the first and early swarm should be selected, as late ones or casts are not worth keeping, unless two or three of them have been united. The time for removing stocks is in the even- ing ; the hives should be raised by wedges some hours previous, unless the floor be moveable with the hive, otherwise many bees will remain on the floor at the time of removal, and prove very trou- blesome. When the floor is moveable, plaster the hive with mortar to the board, and pin a card * pierced with holes before the entrance ; in this way it will travel any distance in safety. Swarms should be brought home the same even- ing that they fire purchased ; if delayed a day or two, combs will be worked, and subject to be bro- ken in removing. Management of Bees. The best situation for bees is to the north, with a range of hills wooded on the summit, and toward the base enriched with heather ; and southward, gardens where hardy winter-greens have been allowed to flower, as early food for the bees. White mustard should also be sown very early, in patches near the hives; but not nearer than one yard. A.fevf dwarf flowers may eonio within two feet* but tall cues would assist insects to got up. To the west it would be desirable to have a shrubbery, a wood, a broomy common, or heather moor. Tho stations for the hives must bo six yard* asunder and never neerer than three yardn. The board on which they are placed ought to be of ono piece ; or if joined, the under side of the joining should be lined with a thinner beard, fixed closely with wooden pins. Tho edges of this rounded standard should project four inches all round from the hive. Place it on three wooden pillars sixteen inches long, ten inches above the ground, but six inches of its length should be firmly thrust into tho earth ; in all, its length should bo sixteen inches. The pillar in front should bo an inch shorter than the other two, and tho three pillars should bo within twelve or fourteen inches of the outer edge of the board, to exclude rats and mice. For the same reason no tall-growing plant, no wall, nor any means for ascent should be within three or four feet of the hive. In fine weather the entrance to the hive must be four inches long, and an inch and a half in depth. In the beginning of the fine season, when the bees can get food, or have stores remaining, the bee-master has nothing to do but to keep the ground about the hives clear from weeds, and from whatever might enable vermin to climb there. Yet as a thriving stock inclines very soon to swarm, the hives must bo frequently looked after from eight in the morning till five in the af- ternoon. The symptoms are generally thus : — The little city seems crowded with inhabitants. They are continually in motion during the day ; and after working-time they make loud noises. The drones may be seen flying about in the heat of the day, and the working bees go with a reel- ing motion and busy hum. When the bees come regularly out of the hive, let no noise, no interrup- tion incommode them ; but if they fly long, as if they were unsettled, some tinkling noise, or the loud report of a gun, will make the fugitives re- pair to the nearest lodgings. If there is an empty hive, with combs and some honey in it, they will readily go there. If a new hive is used, remem- ber to smooth it well within, and singe off loose straws. Perpendicular sticks should never be employed. Four cross, sticks at equal distances will support the combs. Old hives do very well for late swarms, that are not to be preserved through the winter ; but box-hives are best for them, as the bees work fastest there. They are not, however, fit for being kept through the cold seasons. It is to be observed, that great haste in forcing a swarm into the hive may disperse them. Give them time to settle undisturbed, though keep a steady eye on their motions ; but whenever they gather into a cluster, lose no time in placing the hive over them. If the swarm rest on any thing that can be brought to the ground; spread a clean linen cloth ; lay two sticks on it, two feet asunder ; lay the body on which the swarm have fixed, gently on the sticks, covering it with the hive by a motion the least perceptible, and taking care that the edges of tho hive rest upon the sticks. Cover hive and all with a cloth, for the sun. inigh allure the boos to rise again. When they have gone into life hive, cover it with its own board, and carry it cautiously to (its station. Bees arc API G9 APP apt to leave their hive even after they begin to work, so they must be watched till evening, and throughout the ensuing day. Whenever they are sure to remain, fix the hive to its board with a lit- tle lime round the edges ; and crown it with green sods, to keep out too great heat or rain. If a hive divides into two swarms, it is a sign that each swarm has a queen. Put each into old hives or boxes, but they must be kept separate. If a cluster of bees about the size of a small plum are seen together, the queen will generally be found there. Separate them, and with a drinking glass turned down, you may seize the queen. Put her, and a score or two of her subjects, into a box full ee access of air, and in rooms heated bv steam, (stove rooms,) the color turns more on th. 'iolot, and the product is called red archil ; but wl n the manufacture is carried on in close vessels, the pro- duct is bluish, and hence called blue archil. In this way various shades of color are produced. ARCHIL, LUMP. Syn. Litmus. Turnsole. Prep. The archil plant, ground to powder, is moistened with urine, or bone spirit, and allowed to lie together for a few days, to ferment ; a small proportion of chalk or gypsum is now added, and the whole is made up into small squares, (lump archil,) or preserved in the state of paste. Remarks. When the ground lichen is mixed with about half its weight of pearlash before fer- menting, and afterwards made with a small quan- tity of lime, it becomes quite blue, and is then called litmus or turnsole. ARCHIL PAPER.' Syn. Litmus Paper. I. (Blue.) Prep. Stain thin unglazed writing- paper with infusion of litmus ; dry, and keep it from the light. Use. As a test for acids, which turn it red. Remarks. It should be of a blue color. Should the infusion of litmus turn a little on tha violet, add a minute quantity of alkali (which will turn it blue) before wetting the paper. II. (Red.) Add 2 or 3 drops of acetic acid to the infusion of litmus, or enough to turn it red : then stain the paper, as above. Use. As a test * turned blue by alkalis. Remarks. A convenient extemporaneous meth- od of preparing this paper, is to take a strip of the blue litmus paper, and hold it for an instant over a bottle containing muriatic acid, which will turn it red. In this state it is very sensitive to alkalis. A good method of keeping these papers for use, L to cut them into strips about £ an inch wide and 3 inches long, and to tie them up in bundles, or to keep them in a box of a similar size to the paper. They are then always ready for use, as well as excluded from the light. # ARCHIL, POWDERED. Syn. Cudbear. Dyer’s Archil. Prep. The bruised archil lichen is sprinkled with bone spirit und urine, and allowed to ferment for a few days in the open air, as be- fore described, when it is dried and ground to a fine powder. Use. As a dye. ARCHIL, TINCTURE OF. Syn. Tincture of Litmus. I. (Blue.) Ing. Litmus, in powder, 1 oz. ; water and rectified spirit, of each, £ pint. Proc. Digest for a week. Use. As a test. It turns red with acids. II. (Red.) To the ubov«J add acetic acid, just ARR 73 ARS •ufficient to tinge it red. Use. As a test ; turned blue by alkalis. Remarks. A very slight trace of either acids or alkalis may be detected in mineral waters, or sa- line solutions, by means of either the infusion or the tincture of litmus, or litmus paper. The latter is, however, the more convenient, and is that gen- erally used. ARC AS US, BALSAM OF. Mutton suet 4 parts ; hogs’ lard 2 parts ; turpentine and rosin, of each, 3 parts. Proc. Melt, add 4 parts of hot water, 'and beat together until cold. Remarks. Once a noted ointment for sores and bruises. ARICINA. Sijn. Aricine. Cusconine. Cus- co-cinchonia. An alkaline principle, discovered by Pelletier and Coriol, in the bark of the arica, or cusco-cinchona. Prep. Boil the bark in water acidulated with sulphuric acid ; repeat the process a second and third time ; concentrate the mixed liquors, and precipitate with ammonia. Collect the powder on a filter, and purify by repeated resolutions and crystallizations from hot alcohol. Remarks. It forms salts with the acids. It is supposed to be the teroxide of the base, of which quina is thought to be the binoxide and cinchona the monoxide. ARITHMETER. Syn. Abacus. An instru- ment frequently employed in schools to teach young children the rudiments of arithmetic. Its construction is similar to the abacus of the Greek. The lines represent the nine digits, and progress from units upwards, as will be easily understood from the annexed figure, which has the number millions. thousands. — hundreds. — tens. — units. 131,231,431 on it, according to the common sys- tem of notation. Sometimes a small ball is sus- pended over the lines, which in that case adds^ue to the line below, and thus reduces the number of balls on each wire from 9 to 5. ARNICINE. A resinous substance extracted by alcohol from the root and flowers of the moun- tain arnica. (Pfaff.) ARRACK. A spirituous liquor, procured by distillation from palm wine, or a fermented infu- sion of rice. It is imported from the East Indies, and much used to make punch. When sliced pine apples are plao>i in arrack, and the spirit kept for some time, it acquires a most delicious flavor, and is thought to be unrivalled for making nectarial punch. ARRACK, FACTITIOUS. Syn. Mock Ar- rack. Vauxiiall Nectar. Prep. Dissolve 23 grs. of flowers of benzoin (benzoic acid) in 1 quart of good pale Jamaica rum. Sold for arrack. ARROW ROOT. A very pure and nutritious species of starch, prepared in the West Indies from tlie root of the maranta arundinacea. 10 Pur. The mass of what is sold for arrow root, in the shops, consists either wholly or in part of the fecula or farina, obtained from potatoes, and com- monly called potato starch. This article is known in the trade as “ British arrow root,” or simply “ arrow root,” whereas, the genuine kind is always described as “ Bermuda” “St. Vincent,” “ St. Kitts,” or at least as “ West Indian arrow root.” The mere addition of an adjective is no proof of quality, and no sample should be bought without a proper examination. Arrow root is imported in tin canisters or cases, and in boxes and casks, but the former is most esteemed. Tests, $c. Genuine arrow root is odorless and tasteless, and produces a sort of crackling noise when pressed or rubbed, and emits no peculiar odor when mixed with muriatic acid. Stirred up in a mortar with double its weight of a mixture of equal parts of aquafortis and water, it does not become gelatinous and adhesive in less than 15 minutes. (Dr. Scharling.) ARROW ROOT, EAST INDIAN. Source. The roots of the curcuma angustifolia. Char. A white powder, somewhat resembling bicarbonate of soda or rochella salts. It does not crepitate be- tween the fingers like West Indian arrow root. ARROW ROOT, BRAZILIAN. Syn. Ta- pioca Meal. Source. The cassava plant. Char. Partially soluble in cold water ; appearance infe- rior to W. I. arrow root ; grains, mullar-shaped, when viewed by the microscope. ARROW ROOT, ENGLISH. Syn. Farina. Potato Starch. Source. The esculent potato. Char. I. When mixed with muriatic acid, a smell resembling fresh beans or rushes may be per- ceived. (Ann. Chem.) II. One drachm of potato starch rubbed in a mortar, with a mixture of one drachm of aquafor- tis, previously diluted with 1 drachm of water, forms rapidly a very stiff and tenacious jelly. 5§ of potato starch, mixed with West Indian arrow root, may be detected in this way. (Scharling.) ARROW ROOT, PORTLAND. Source The tubers of the arum maculatum, or wake- robin. Char. It resembles the Brazilian arrow root, mentioned above. Remarks. By attention to the characteristics of each of the above varieties, the purity of any sam- ple may be easily ascertained. The grains of each variety have a different appearance when viewed by the microscope, but when the sophistication takes place before grinding, the original form of the grains of each is lost, and this method of ex- amination is then useless. The reader is referred, for further information on this subject, to Dr. Pe- reira’s excellent work on Materia Medica, where he will find the subject fully explained and illus- trated by engravings, from the pencil of the doc tor’s talented lady, representing the appearance of the magnified grains. ARSENI AT ES. Salts formed of the arsenic acid and the bases. They are all poisonous. Most of the metallic arseniates may be made by adding a soluble salt of the metal to a solution of the acid, when the arseniate is precipitated. ARSENIATE OF AMMONIA AND SODA, DOUBLE. Prep. Mix the separate solutions of the arseniate of soda and ammonia, evaporate and crystallize. Poisonous. ARS 74 ARS Remarks. In a similar way are made the dou- ble arseniates of soda and potassa, and of ammo- nia and potassa. ARSEN I ATE OF BARYTA. Prep. Add a solution of chloride of barium to another of arsc- niate of potassa or soda ; collect the precipitate and wash it well. Remarks. By dissolving this salt in a solution of arsenic acid and crystallizing, a biar- seniate of baryta is obtained. ARSENI ATE OF POTASSA. Prep. Satu- rate a solution of the acid with potassa. Uncrys- tallizable. ARSEN I ATE OF POTASSA, (SUPER- or BI-.) Syn. Arseniated Kali. Macquef.r’s Neutral Arsenical Salt. Prep. Heat together equal weights of nitre and arsenious acid ; dissolve the melted mass in water, evaporate and crystal- lize. Prop., Uses, $c. This salt is obtained in large crystals. It is tonic. Dose to \ of gr. ; used in making cobalt blue. Remarks. By a similar process to the above, the arseniates of lime and magnesia may be made. This salt (potassa) is made on a very extensive scale in Saxony. ARSENIATE OF SODA. Saturate a solu- tion of arsenic acid with another of carbonate of soda ; evaporate and crystallize. ARSENIATE OF SODA, (SUPER or BI- SALT. Prep. Heat together in a crucible or bolthead, a mixture of 9 oz. of white arsenic with 1 lb. of dry nitrate of soda, until all the nitric acid be expelled. Dose. £ to ^ gr. ARSENIC. Syn. Metallic Arsenic. Reg- ulus of Arsenic. Black Arsenic. A brittle, inflammable, volatile, and combustible metal, the .base of white arsenic or arsenious acid. Prep. I. Mix white arsenic in powder with twice its weight of black flux, and expose the mix- ture to a red heat, in a Hessian crucible, over which is luted an empty crucible to receive the rhetal. The* upper one must be kept cool. II. Mix white arsenic with twice its weight of soft soap, and fuse it in a crucible, with a very quick fire ; pour the melted metal into inverted hot iron cones. Remarks. The first is the more convenient process. Caut. Too much care cannot be taken to avoid inhaling the fumes ; the process should be conducted only where there is a strong current of air to carry them off. On the large scale it is procured by distilling white arsenic with charcoal and iron, or lime. Use. To whiten copper, and in medicine. ARSENIC, BROMIDE OF. Syn. Sesqui- bromide of Arsenic. Prep. Add dry arsenic in powder, cautiously, and in small quantities at a time, to bromine, as long as light continues to be emitted, then distil into a cool receiver. (Serullas.) Prop. .Solid below G8°, boils at 428°. When liquid it is yellowish. Poisonous. ARSENIC, PROTOCHLORIDE OF. Prep. Mix in a tubulated retort 1 part of arsenious acid, and 10 parts of strong sulphuric acid; heat to 212°, and throw in gradually small quantities of sea salt. Collect the chloride in a well-cooled re- ceiver. (Dumas.) Reiharks. The pure protochlo- ride swims on a little hydrated portion when the process has been too long continued. The latter may be rendered anhydrous by distillation Iron strong sulphuric acid. ARSENIC, SESQUICHLORIDE. Syn Chloride of Arsenic. Butter of Arsenic, Fuming Liquor of ditto. Prep. I. Distil to- gether (i parts of corrosive sublimate and 1 of arse- nic. II. Boil muriatic acid, mixed with a little nitric acid, upon arsenic for some time, then con centrate and distil, (if roquired.) Remarks. All the above are poisonous, corro- sive, and volatile. ARSENIC, IODIDE OF. Syn. Periodids of Arsenic. Prep. Gently heat together in a tube or flask, 1 part of metallic arsenic in fine powder, with G* ^.urts of iodine, then Bublime the iodide to separate the excess of arsenic. A sand- bath or the heat of a spirit-lamp should be em- ployed for this purpose. Prop. An orange-red solid, volatile and soluble in water. Dose. J to ^ of gr. in lepra, lupus, psoriasis, impetigo, &c. ARSENIC, OINTMENT OF IODIDE OF. (Biett.) Prep. Mix well together 3 grs. of iodide of arsenic and 1 oz. of lard. Use. In corroding tubercular diseases. ARSENIC, RED SULPIIURET OF. Syn. Protosulpiiuret of Arsenic. Red Arsenic. Re- algar. This substance is found ready formed in nature, but it may also be produced by art. Prep. Powdered white arsenic 2 parts, flowers of sulphur 1 part. Proc. Heat them together in a crucible, until in a state of perfect fusion. Prop. Transparent ruby red-colored mass. Very poisonous. Uses. As a pigment and in fireworks. Not used in medicine. Its color is improved by sublimation in close vessels. ARSENIC, YELLOW SULPHURET OF Syn. Sesquisulphuret of Arsenic. Yellow Arsenic. Sulpiioarsenious Acid. Orpiment King’s Yellow. This sulphuret, like the last, is found ready formed in nature, and was once called auripigmentum, from its fine color. Prep. I. MU together equal parts of sulphur and arsenious acid, and sublime in a close vessel. II. Transmit a current of sulphureted hydrogen gas through a solution of arsenious acid ; collect the precipitate and well wash it in cold water. Prop. Yellow crystalline lump, or fine golden yellow powder ; very soluble in the pure alkalis. Uses. As a dye, a pigment, in fireworks, and in some depilatories. Silk, woollen, or cotton goods, soaked in a solution of this substance in ammoHia, and then suspended in a warm apartment, are per- manently dyed of a beautiful yellow color. The native sulphurets (both red and yellow) are much less soluble than those prepared artificially, and are consequently less poisonous. The native varieties possess the finest color, and are hence preferred by artists. If sulphureted hydrogen be transmitted through a solution of arsenic acid, a persulphuret is formed which much resembles orpiment. ARSENICAL CAUSTIC. (Justamond’s.) Prep. Melt together 2 parts of white arsenic and 1 part of antimony ; when cold reduce the mass to a fine powder. Remarks. A poisonous and dangerous escha- rotic, employed by M. Justamond, mixed with powdered opium, in cancer. It is seldom used in England. ARSENICAL SOLUTION Syn. (Dr. De ARS 75 ARS vergie’s Mineral Solution.) Prep. Arsenious acid (crystallized) 010 centigramme ; carbonate of potassa 0*10 centigramme ; distilled water 500 grammes ; compound tincture of melissa 0'50 cen- tigramme ; tincture of cochineal to a deep rose color. Proc. Dissolve the acid and potassa in the water, (hot,) and when cold add the rest. Remarks. Each gramme is equal to ar " senious acid, or -$o °f the strength of Fowler’s so- lution. Used in similar cases to the solution of arsenite of potassa of the L. Ph., over which it is said to possess the advantages of greater con- venience and safety in dispensing. ARSENIC ACID. An acid formed by the combination of metallic arsenic with oxygen. Hist. The combinations of this acid were noticed by Macqueer, but we are indebted to Scheele for the subsequent discovery of the acid. Prep. Pour 6 parts of strong nitric acid on 1 part of white arsenic in a glass vessel, and distil until the solution acquires the consistence of a sirup, then transfer it into a platina crucible, and expose it for some time to a faint dull red heat, to expel the nitric acid. Remark. The addition of a little muriatic acid facilitates the process. (Liebig.) IT. Submit arsenious acid to the action of aque- ous chlorine. Prop. Sour, reddens litmus, dissolves in 6 times its weight of cold water, (twice its weight, La- grange,) and less of boiling, and forms salts with the bases, called arseniates. By careful evapora- tion it may be obtained under the form of small grains, but as usually met with has the consistence of sirup. It is deliquescent. Use. It has not been employed, in medicine, or the arts, but indirectly some of its combinations have been used in dyeing. It is a more violent poison than even the arsenious acid. (Brodie.) Tests. Sulphureted hydrogen gives a yellow precipitate ; nitrate of silver added to the solution of an arseniate, gives a precipitate of a brick red color ; nitrate of lead gives a white one, and the salts of copper a bluish colored one. Pure lump sugar dissolved in an aqueous solution of arsenic acid, becomes in a few hours of a reddish color, and afterwards of a magnificent purple. (Ure.) This acid, whether free or combined, is reduced to the metallic state, and evolves a garlic odor when heated with charcoal. Wohler recommends the addition of sulphurous acid to the suspected liquor, and to boil it for a short time, when the arsenic acid will be reduced to arsenious acid, in which state it will be more susceptible of tests. See the next article. ARSENIOUS ACID. Syrt. White Arsenic. Oxide of Arsenic. Arsenic blanc. Acide Ar- senieux. (Fr.) Arsenichste saure, Gift Mehl. [Ger.) Acidum arseniosum. (P. L.) Hist., Des., fyc. This substance, like the preceding, is a compound of metallic arsenic and oxygen, and is a powerful poison ; in fact, one of the most viru- lent of the class to which it belongs. It is com- monly known by the simple title of “ arsenic ,” a term derived from the Greek, dooevuedv, an epithet once applied to those natural substances which possess strongly poisonous and acrimonious proper- ties ; as orpimenl was the usual form under which arsenic occurred, it consequently received the name, and hence this word has gradually been altered to its present application. (Paris.) Scheele first proved the white arsenic of the shops to consist of a metal and oxygen, but P\>urcroy gave it the name of ar- senious acid. Source. The white arsenic of commerce is prin cipally imported from Germany, where it is ob- tained in the process of roasting the arsenureted cobalt ores for making zafFre. At Altenburg it is procured from arsenical iron pyrites, and at Riech enstein from the sesquiarseniate of iron. About 600 to 800 tons are also annually collected in Cornwall, being a secondary product of the pro- cess of roasting the gray copper ores and white mundic. The crude article obtained in this wuj has to be purified by sublimation in suitable iron vessels, before it is fit for sale. It then forms a semi-transparent vitreous cake, which gradually becomes opaque, and of a snowy whiteness by ex- posure to the air, and sometimes falls into a pul- verulent state on the surface. The powdered whito arsenic of the shops is generally adulterated with plaster of Paris, white sand, or ground bone ashes, and is totally unfit for the purposes of chemistry or the manufacturer. To avoid this fraud, the best way is to purchase it in the lump, which will gen- erally be found sufficiently pure. When wanted very pure, it maybe resublimed in glass. Prop. Volatilizes at 380° Fahr. Vapors smell of garlic ; sp. gr. 3 7. Its taste is usually thought to be acrid, but this is not the case. It may be deliberately tasted without exciting more than a very faint impression of sweetness, and perhaps slight acidity. (Turner.) I can say from painful experience that such is the case. Hence its dan- gerous character as a poison. 100 parts of boiling water dissolve 8 parts of arsenious acid, (Bucholz and Klaproth ;) but on cooling to 60g only 3 parts remain in solution. The opaque variety is the more soluble. (Guibourt.) Uses. Extensively employed in the arts, and in medicine. In small therapeutical doses it is a val- uable remedy in intermittent fevers, chronic skin diseases, (especially lepra and psoriasis,) and in some nervous diseases, (as neuralgia, epilepsy, chorea, tetanus, &c.) It is the active ingredient in the “ tasteless ague drop,” and the Tanjore pills, long celebrated in India for the cure of the bite of the cobra di capello, and other venomous serpents, as well as hydrophobia. It has been given in syphilis, chronic rheumatism, typhus, and several other diseases, with more or less advantage. Externally it has been employed in the form of powder, lotion, and ointment for the cure of can- cer. Its use, whether internal or external, is al- waj's attended with danger, and should never be adopted without proper advice. It even proves destructive to vegetable life, (Jiiger, Marcet, Ma- caire.) Dose. In substance, made into pills with crumb of bread and lump sugar, Ag-th to §th of a grain, or in solution, (the liq.of arsenite of potassa, P. L.) 4 to 5 drops, 2 or 3 times daily, gradually and cautiously increased to 10 or 15 drops. Pur. 1 . It should wholly volatilize by heat. 2. 5 grs. boiled in 1 oz. of water should dissolve with- out leaving any residue. 3. Mixed with half ita weight of black flux, anjl heated, it should sub- lime with the production of a garlic odor, and leave an ash behind, perfectly soluble in distilled water ARS 76 ARS ARSENIOUS ACID, TESTING FOR. Memo. For the sake of brevity and convenience of reference, I shall describe the usual tests for arsenic, in alphabetical order, appending such re- marks to each, as will render their application quite simple, even to persons but partially conver- sant with chemical manipulations. I. Ammoniacal acetate of copper in a state of weak solution, gives a fine grass-green and very characteristic precipitate of arsenite of copper, or Scheele’s green. This precipitate, well washed, and acted on by sulphureted hydrogen water, turns brownish-red ; prussiate of potash turns it Ulood-red, and nitrate of silver yellow. Susc. yroVoo- ( U f e 0 II. Ammoniacal nitrate of silver. Syn. Hume's test. A solution of this test, added to an aqueous solution of arsenious acid, gives a yellow precipi- tate of arsenite of silver. This precipitate is solu- ble in liquid ammonia, nitric acid, and in a solu- tion of nitrate of ammonia. Susc. T ooW : (Devergie.) Remarks. This test, when properly prepared, yields a yellow precipitate with no known sub- stance save arsenious acid. It is usually said to be inapplicable to solutions containing sulphate or muriate of soda, or chlorine ; but Dr. Ure declares that these substances do not interfere with the test if it be used in the following manner: — Dip a small glass rod into liquid ammonia, and then plunge it into the fluid under examination ; dip another glass rod into a solution of pure nitrate of silver, and plunge this also into the sample, when either a fine yellow cloud will be formed, or at first merely a white curdy precipitate. After a second cr third immersion of the nitrate rod, a central yellow spot will be perceived, surrounded with the white chloride of silver ; and after an- other immersion the yellow cloud on the surface will become very evident. Another modification of this process is, to drop a little of the suspected fluid on white writing-paper, and to draw several times over it a stick of lunar caustic ; if arsenic be present it will leave streaks that will assume a bright yellow color when brushed over with liquid ammonia ; if the contrary be the case they will gradually fade and turn black. (Dr. Paris.) III. Ammoniacal sulphate of copper. A dilute solution of this salt, added to another containing arsenious acid, gives a green precipitate of jarse- nite of copper. Susc. (Devergie.) IV. Ellis's Test. This consists in forming ar- seniureted hydrogen gas in a M'arsh’s apparatus, or even in a common flask, and passing it through a horizontal tube containing slips of copper-leaf or riband, and having the one end drawn to a capil- lary size, at which the gas may be inflamed and tested. (See fig. below.) This is not, however, the object of the test, as will be presently seen. A small spirit-lamp must be placed under that part of the tube containing the copper, so as to render it warm, when, if arsenic be abundant in the gas, the copper will almost instantly become frosted over with u coating of metallic arsenic. After continuing the heat for a few minutes the lamp may be withdrawn. The copper on being removed from the tube will present a beautiful ■ilvery surfuco, und may then be submitted to further examination. (See Rensch's Test , p 77.) The slips of copper aro directed to be prepared for this purpose by heating them in a clear fire to a dull red, and then throwing them suddenly into cold water ; when wiped dry they are rqady for being placed in the horizontal tube for testing a, Flask containing the suspected fluid, dilute sulphuric acid, and zinc. b, Portion of tube holding slips of copper. c, Spirit-lamp. d, Support. Remarks. Mr. Robert Ellis has since found that the oxide of copper may be employed in the same way, and possesses some advantages over the metal. Susc. About V. Lassaigne' s Test. ( Adopted by the 'reach Academy .) This consists in passing the arseniu- reted hydrogen, generated in a flask or Marsh’s apparatus, through a solution of nitrate of silver. (See eng.) Black flocculi of metallic silver are deposited, and arsenious acid remains in solution mixed with nitric acid. A little dilute hydrochlo- ric acid must now be added to precipitate any re- maining nitrate of silver, when the liquid, after filtration, may be tested for arsenic in the usual way. Susc. Ljj. (Chem. Gaz., I. 6.) a. Bottle containing dilute sulphuric acid, zinc, and sus- pected fluid. b, Funnel for supplying the bottle with acid. c c, Supports. d, Tube filled with asbestos. £, Bent tube to convey the liberated gas. /, Glass vessel containing a solution of nitrate of silver. VI. Lime Test. Lime water occasions a whito precipitate of arsenite of lime in a solution of ar- senious acid, soluble in most acids, and in an ex- cess of the arsenious solution. Susc. onVir (^ e * vergie.) It is inapplicable when acids, oxalates, tartrates, or .carbonates arc present. VII. Marsh's Test. Syn. Arscniureted hy - drogen test. This test consists in the production and subsequent decomposition of arseniureted hy- drogen. The principle of its action depends oc ARS 77 ARS the property possessed by nascent hydrogen, of taking the metal from a solution of arsenious acid. The process is as follows : Some of the suspected liquid is mixed with duute sulphuiio acid and poured upon some pieces of zinc previously placed in the apparatus ; hydrogen gas is immediately evolved, and if arsenic be present unites with it, forming arseniureted hydrogen gas, which may be recognised as follows : — 1. It possesses, a garlic-like smell. 2. It burns with a bluish-white flame, and emits a whitish smoke. 3. When a piece of window-glass, or a white porcelain plate or saucer, is held a short distance above the flame, arsenious acid, under the form of a fine pulverulent film, is deposited thereon. 4. When the plate is held in the flame, a black- ish deposite of metallic arsenic acid is obtained. *** Both these deposites may be obtained simul- taneously by holding nearly vertically over the flame a glass tube 8 or 10 inches long, and fths of an inch in diameter. 5. A solution of arsenious acid may be obtained by letting the flame play upon 3 or 4 drops of water, placed on the under side of the piece of glass or china, to which the liquid tests may be then applied. Another plan is to apply drops of the liquid tests to the plate as above, and to let the flame play on them successively. 6. The true arsenical spot is soluble in nitric icid, and gives with nitrate of silver a dull red precipitate ; and when heated is turned reddish- irown by the action of sulphureted hydrogen. 7. When a tube through which the gas is made to pass is raised to a dull red heat at a certain part by means of a spirit lamp, a crust of metallic arsenic is deposited beyond the flame, on the cooler portion of the tube. The glass of which the tube is made should be of the most infusible kind. The mode of conducting this experiment is represented in the eng. at p. 76, omitting the cop- per wire. Remarks. Care should be taken not to light the jet of gas before all the air is expelled from the apparatus, as without this precaution an explosion may take place. Taa following figure represents a a, Bent glass tube, containing dilute saljiiuric acid, zinc, and suspected fluid. b, Stopcock and jet. c d, Support. e e, Bands to keep the tube upright. /, Plate of glass to receive the stain. the usual form of Mr. Marsh’s apparatus, as well as the mode of its application in analysis ; but a simple wide-mouthed bottle, furnished with a tube anu cock, will answer quite as we/1 or better, as the fluid is less liable to froth than in a nar- row tube. Even a common medicine-vial, fur- nished with a tobacco-pipe for a burner, may be used when no more convenient apparatus is at hand. Some objections have been raised to this mode of testing, from the great frothing which occurs in organic mixtures, and from antimony and imper- fectly charred organic matter also forming crusts somewhat resembling those produced by arsenic. But this objection is invalid, because there are easy means of discriminating between true arsen- ical spots or deposites and false ones. (See the Re- duction Test, p. 78.) Another objection is, that both zinc and sulphuric acid sometimes contain arsenic ; but this is frivolous, as it only becomes necessary to observe that the substances employed be perfectly pure, which may be proved by testing the hydrogen evolved from the apparatus, before adding the liquid for examination. Susc. yo"o oVo'cr* (Commissioners of the French Academy ;) oWo* (Mohr. ;) weak traces at Jo'oWWo 7 P (Ann. der Chem. und Pharm. ;) the of a grain. (Dr. Thompson.,) It may be observed that the 7th, and 3d, or 4th method of using Marsh’s apparatus, may be employed simulta- neously ; the former possesses the advantage of not requiring constant attention. Lassaigne’s and Ellis’s tests are modifications of Marsh’s. VIII. Morton’s Test. This consists in immers- ing in the suspected fluid two platina plates, con- nected w r ith the poles of a good galvanic battery. The hydrogen liberated at the negative electrode must be collected and examined in the same way as described in the last article. Remarks. The advantage of this apparatus is, that it obviates the use of zinc and sulphuric acid, and thus prevents the introduction of arsenic by either of those sub- stances. This advantage is, however, rather ap- parent than real, as, with proper care, such need never be the case. Susc. yowo. (Morton.) IX. Rensch’s Test. Syn. Cupro-arsenical test. If arsenic is contained in any acid, as, foi instance, in phosphoric, sulphuric, acetic acid, &c. and this be boiled with metallic copper, the lattei will remain perfectly bright ; an aqueous solution of arsenious acid (As 2 O 3 ) likewise does not readily act on copper; if, however, a few drops of con- centrated muriatjc acid be allowed to run over the surface of the, sheet of copper, the liquid being still hot, the copper will be instantly covered wiih the characteristic iron-gray film of arsenic. A solution, diluted to 100,000 times, was pre- pared from another solution of arsenious acid, di- luted to joVo > these were mixed, with the utmost precision, with equal parts of concentrated and perfectly pure muriatic acid and distilled water, and different test liquids made with the former, until diluted to T7r -y rn> o o of its contents. By di- luting with 500,000 parts of water, containing, therefore, y-jj-oTo d to mixtures containing organic matter, with- out the latter undergoing any previous preparation. The reduction test is only applicable to solid ar- senious acid, or to some of the compounds of arsenic which are obtained by mea ls of the other tests. It has long been an object with chemists to remove organic matter from, solutions, so as to render them sufficiently clear, light colored, and limpid, to permit of the action of reagents. Va- rious means have been proposed for this purpose, some of which I shall notice below. Suppose a case of poisoning, the proceeding should be as fol- lows : — The stomach being laid open, an examina- tion should be made for any particles of powdei which it may contain in an undissolved state ; if any can be found they must be collected and tried by the reduction test as before described. Should no solid particles be discovered, the stomach should be cut into small pieces, and with its previous con- tents be boiled in a glass vessel with distilled water for half an hour, a little potassa or ammonia being added. The liquid may now be filtered, first through muslin and then through paper, and again boiled with a little acetic acid, after which it must be filtered a second time. In this state the liquid is usually clear enough to be tested with the am- monio-nitrate of silver, when, if this test act freely, the process of testing with other reagents may be proceeded with ; but if, on the contrary, the indica- tion be feeble, the liquor should be gently evapora- ted to dryness, and redissolved by boiling in repeated portions of distilled water, when, after being once more filtered, it will generally be sufficiently limpid for the perfect application of the tests. (Christison, Devergie.) It has been recommended to add to the organic matter contained in a porcelain capsule, one-sixth of its weight of strong, pure sulphuric acid, and to heat the mixture until vapors of the acid begin to appear, constantly stirring with a glass rod during the whole time ; the heat is to be continued until the charcoal tjius formed becomes friable, and almost dry, when it must be cooled a little, and strong nitric or nitro-muriatic acid added by means of a pipette ; the evaporation must then be contin- ued to dryness. The residuum boiled with distilled water, and the solution filtered, will be ready for testing. (Danger and Flandin.) Another plan is to boil the suspected fluid con- taining organic matter, with pure diluted sul- phuric acid, until it becomes limpid, and then to filter, when the usual tests may be applied. (Fownes.) When there is much gelatine in the liquid it may be got rid of by adding an infusion of nut-galls, which will precipitate it. (Fownes.) The last plan I shall mention is that of evapo- rating the suspected liquid to dryness, and then submitting it to the reduction test. The following tables, taken from the “ London Dispensatory,” showing the reaction of several re- agents on various organic solutions containing poison, will, in many cases, save the trouble of preparing the fluid previously to testing ; or at least they offer a ready means of confirming the truth of any more exact method of analysis. ARS 80 ARS Comparative Table of the Precipitates obtained from Solutions of Arsenious Acid, of Bichlorid* of Mercury, of Potassio-Taruato of Antimony, and or Cnlormo ot Barium, with different 'leuls By Dr. A. T. Thomson. TEST I. WATER SATURATED WITH SULPHURETED HYDROGEN OAS. Solvents. Precipitates from Solutions of Arsenious Acid. Precipitates from Solutions of Corrosive Sublimate. Precipitates from Solutimys of Tartar Emetic. Precipitates from Solutions of Chloride of Barium. Water . • . Bright lemon yellow, deepened by the addi- tion of a few drops of strong acetic acid.* Yellow at the instant of its formation, but soon becoming blackish. — On shaking the tube it changes to a dirty white. Orange, curdy, partly sus- pended, partly thrown down. Ultimately bright orange.f Heavy, and of a dirty dark brown color. Broth • . . . Scarcely any at first, but on adding a few drops of strong acetic acid, a pale yellow. Whitish yellow at first, quickly changing to mixed clots of yellow, black and white. Pale orange at first, soon changing to a deeper bright orange. Dirty pale brown, heavy. Milk Little change ; but on the addition of a drop of strong acetic acid, a straw-colored precipi- tate. Light ochre, requiring for its formation a large quantity of the test. Golden yellow, with a shade of orange. ' Dirty nankeen, witn a shade of brown. Tea At first very pale yellow ; after some time, a pale greenish yellow. The precipitate was curdy.j Brownish white and yel- low, mixed. Deep orange, curdy, slow- ly formed : the super- natant fluid yellow. Dirty light brown, deep- ening as it fell. Madeira Turbid, pale yellow, the Muddy, gradually display- Pale orange, long sus- The chloride mixed with Wine color of the wine de- stroyed. ing small floating black flocculi. pended. white wine is milky Not tested. Port Wine Turbid, pale yellow ; the precipitate slowly formed. Nearly as in the white wine, like clouds through the purple of the wine. Dark, dirty, orange brown. Pale brown, heavv Coffee . • • A deep golden yellow. Brownish black. Deep orange-brown. Not tested. Gruel . .. Pale yellow, suspended. Light brown, slowly formed. Pale orange. Not tested. II. SOLUTION OF SULPHURET OF POTASSIUM. Water White, with a faint tint of Black, mottled with yel- Bright orange. Deep olive-green. Broth • • • • sulphur-yellow, when a large quantity of the test was used.§ Pale, but bright, sulphur- *low. Clotted, heavy, black, Dull orange, heavy. Pale brown, partly sus- Milk yellow. Bright golden-yellow. mottled with gray. Black, clotted. Orange. pended. Brown, greenish when Tea A beautiful yellow. Brownish-black. Reddish orange, floccu- the mixture was sha ken. Not tried. Coffee . . • A deep golden-yellow.|| Nearly black. lent. Deep brownish-orange. Not tried. Madeira Sulphur-yellow. Dirty white, or slate col- Beautiful bright orange. Vide 1st Table. Wine Port Wine Fawn color. or. Slate color, with violet Dark brown, with a tinge Violet, heavy. Gruel . •• • Bright queen’s yellow. supernatant fluid. IT Black dense clots.** of orange. Orange clotted. Dusky yellowish-green. * This precipitate, dried upon a filter, and heated with some caustic potassa in a slender test tube, is decomposed in a few seconds, forming a sulphuret of potassium, while the arsenic is volatilized in its metallic form, and adheres to the sides of the tube. (Orfila.) t All substances containing tannic acid in solution greutly impair the solvent influence of fluids on arsenious acid. t I)r. Pereira states, that, when the solution of the tartar emetic is very dilute, and the sulphurated hydro- gen gas passed through it only for a few seconds, the precipitate is of a lemon yellow, closely resembling that produced by arsenious acid. (Med. Guz., April, 183(5.) $ Thin sulphuret, added to a solution of the phosphates, throws down a greenish-yellow precipitate, the superna tant fluid being yellow and turbid. || Lime water, also, added to coffee containing arsenious acid, throws down a yellow precipitate ; although it pre- cipitates the watery solution of arsenious acid white. (Orfila.) If Corrosive sublimate cannot be exhibited in port wine with an intention to commit murder, (except by a self- murderer,) as it changes the color of the wine to pale violet. ** All the precipitates by the sulphuret, when dried, and heated in a tube with iron filings, afford metallic mercury, which forms globules on the sides of the tube. ARS 61 ARS III. — SOLUTION of ammoniaco-sulpiiate of copper. % Solvents. Precipitates from Solutions of Arsenious Acid. Precipitates from Solutions of Corrosive Sublimate. Precipitates from Solutions of Tartar Emetic. Precipitates from Solutions of Chloride of Barium. Water..*. Beautiful grass-green. It completely disappeared on the addition of a few drops of strong acetic acid.* White, thick, and heavy. Pale whitish-blue, very little thrown down. Copious whitish-blue. Broth .... Beautiful pale green, sus- pended.! White, curdy, partly sus- pended, partly thrown down. Pale whitish-blue, with a tint of green. Opaque, glaucous. Milk*.... Pale grayish-green. Bluish-white, curdy. Whitish-blue. Curdy white, with a tinge of blue. Tea Obscure olive, but scarce- ly a precipitate. Dirty yellowish white, curdy. Muddy, pale bluish-green. Grayish, heavy, superna- tant fluid, yellowish- green. Coffee* •• • Dark grass-green. f Dirty white. Dirty bluish-green. Not tried. Madeira Wine Grayish, with a slight tinge of green. Heavy clotted white, with a tint of green. iEruginous blue. Vide 1st Table. Port Wine Clotted, heavy, dark greenish-gray. Heavy, clotted, bluish- gray. Heavy, dirty slate-blue. Dirty violaceous-gray. Gruel .... Beautiful grass-green. Pale bluish-white. Pale bluish-ereen. Pale bluish-green. IV. SOLUTION OF AMMONIACO-NITRATE OF SILVER. Water.... Copious bright sulphur- yellow.§ Dull yellowish white, clotted, changing to dirty-white. Pale brown. White, heavy ; soob blackening. Broth White, (owing to the chloride of sodium,) but yellow when treated with nitric acid. White, copious. Brownish, mixed with much muriate of sil- ver. White, dense, curdy. Milk White, with a tint of yellow. Dirty-white. Very pale, scarcely visi- ble brown. Not tried. Pea Yellowish white, which soon blackens. Dirty-white. Dirty-brown. Not tried. Coffee.... Yellow, remaining un- changed. White, changing to black. Not tried. Not tried. Madeira Wine Pale sujphur-yellow. Dirty-white, changing to black. White. Vide 1st Table. Port Wine White, becoming brown on exposure to the light. Idem. Dirty-white. Heavy, dirty-white. Gruel Yellowish. Dense, dirty-white clots. Not tried. Dense, clotted-.white. Caution. The result of no single test should be Jepended on. Those most to be relied on are the Reduction test , Rensch's test, and with proper precautions those depending on the liberation of arseniureted hydrogen; also among the liquid tests, the ammoniacal acetate and sulphate of cop- per and nitrate of silver. Otto has lately shown that when a poisonous mass of white of egg and potatoes is boiled with a lye of potassa and after- wards acidulated with muriatic aojd, no precipitate is produced by sulphureted hydrogen. This re- sults from the action of potassa on proteine bodies * This test is capable of detecting arsenious acid in a solution containing yy oqoo of its weight. (Orfila.) t It has been suggested that onions, boiled in broth, or eaten so as to impregnate with their qualities the contents of the stomach, might produce the same effects on ammo- niaco-sulphate of copper, as if arsenious acid were pres- ent; but although the fluid is tinged a green color, yet no precipitate forms. t Dr. Porter, of South Carolina, says, that sulphate of copper with ammonia produces the same colored precipi- tate in coffee which contains no arsenious acid. (Ameri- can Journal of Science, vol. iii. p. 354.) v A similar precipitate is formed by nitrate of silver, in a solution of any of the phosphates, and with chromate *f petassa ; but the fact of the precipitate being occasioned 11 forming a sulphuret of potassium, the sulphur of which being liberated by the acid, throws down the arsenic, which is then removed by filtration. Hence it would appear a bad plan to boil such substances with potassa, as recommended by Christison and Devergie. ARSENIC, ANTIDOTES TO. The hy- drated sesquioxide of iron, in the gelatinous state, appears to be the only substance yet discovered worthy of being considered as an antidote to arse- nic. It should be given in doses of a tablespoonful every ten minutes. Lime-water and chalk and by arsenious acid is easily ascertained bytesting a fresh portion of the solution with lime-water. If it contain ar- senious acid, a copious white precipitate will be thrown down ; if a phosphate only, there is scarcely any chamre, or at the most a translucent flocculent precipitate, which remains long suspended. A method of employing this test was suggested by Dr. Paris: namely, to put upon a piece of clean white paper a broad streak of the suspected fluid, and then run lightly over it a stick of lunar caustic; or. the streak may be brushed lightly over with liquid ammo- nia, immediately after the application of the caustic ; if arsenious acid be present, a bright queon’s yellow is in- stantly produced, which remains permanent for nearly an hour; but whin the lunar caustic produces a bright yel- low before the ammonia is applied, we may suspect the presence of seme phosphate. 82 ASP All P water have also been recommended. Opium, camphor, and ether, may be employed as after remedies, to recruit the nervous system. Remarks. The first endeavor, in cases of poi- soning by arsenic, should bo to remove, if possible, the poison from the stomach ; for this purpose strong emetics or the stomach-pump should he had recourse to, after which the hydrated sesquioxide of iron may be administered. ARSENITES. Salts iormed of the previous acid (arsenious) and the bases. The alkaline ar- senites may bo prepared by saturating a solution of the acid, with another of the base, and most of the insoluble arsenites may be made by adding a soluble salt of the metal to a solution of the ar- senite of potassa or ammonia. ARSENIURETED HYDROGEN. A com- pound of arsenic and hydrogen, discovered by Scheele. Prep. Melt metallic arsenic with an equal weight of grain zinc, reduce the alloy to coarse powder, place it in a gas bottle, and pour over it strong murihtic acid. (Soubeiran.) It must be collected in the pneumatic trough. Prop. Inflammable, extinguishes combustion, and destroys life. At a red heat it depositee its arsenic in the metallic state. ARTICHOKE. This esculent resembles aspar- agus in its general properties, but it is said to be more nutritious and diuretic. It is dressed -in several ways according to the fancy of the cook. See Asafcetida, p. 83. ASAFCETIDA CLYSTER. Prep. Asafcet- ida £ gramme ; yelk of 1 egg ; water ^ pint. Pi •oc. Dissolve. Use. This quantity is sufficient for 10 or 12 clysters for children under 1 year ; 5 or 6 for those under 3 years ; and 2 or 3 for those under 7. Two clysters are prescribed daily in hooping-cough. Remark. M. Reiken has found this more suc- cessful in removing hooping-cough than any other remedy. To ensure success, it should not be ad- ministered until the feverish symptoms have passed. M. Reiken sometimes uses an ointment of asafcetida, as well as the clyster. A3ARABACCA SNUFF. Syn. Cephalic Snuff. Prep. Asarabacca leaves and Lundyfoot snuff, of each 1 oz. ; lavender flowers, 1 drachm ; essence of bergamotte and oil of cloves, of each 2 drops. Proc. Grind the lavender with the snuff and leaves to a fine powder, then add the perfume. Remarks. This is a great improvement on the old form with herbs. It is an excellent errhine, and is much recommended in headaches, dimness of sight, &lc. ASARINE. A substance resembling camphor, obtained from the root of the Asaruin Europreum, (Asarabacca,) by distillation along with water. ASBOLINE. A substance found by-Bracon- not in soot, and on which he thinks the anthel- mintic virtue of the latter depends. Berzelius leg&rds it as impure acid pyretine. ASCARIDES. Small thread worms that pro- duce, a disagreeable irritation near tho extremity of the anus. They are best removed by mild pur- gatives and tho use of a clyster of aloes. ASCARIDES, ELECTUARY *FOR. Ing Flowers of sulphur, 4 oz. ; powdered jalap, 1 oz. powder'd hark, J oz. ; sirup of buckthorn, q. s Proc. Make them into an electuary. Dose. Tw« or three teaspoonfuls every morning. ASII-BALLS. Tho ashes of various plants, especially ferns, damped and made into ball*. Use. As } substitute for soap in washing, anetto clean painting. ASFARAGIN. Syn. Asparamidk. Altiikine Agf.doile. A substance found in the potato, marshmallow, liquorice, asparagus, and some other vegetables. Prep. Boil tho expressed juice of the asparagus, filter, and evaporate. II. Macerate the bruised root of the marshmal- low with milk of lime ; filter, precipitate with car- bonate of ammonia, and evaporate. • Prop. In its purest state it forms largo prismatic crystals, soluble in water and proof spirit. Alkalis and acids, with the aid of heat, convert it into aspartic acid. ASPARAGUS. Qual.f which was ascertained by M. D’Arcet to be equal to — For fine silver, . ' * 1000 900 <{ 4*3 1000 • * * 100C „ 800 u 4-9 1000 • • * ' 1000 ASS 85 ASS „ 500 4*2 1000 1000 100 {< _04_ looo “ ' ' ■ 1000 During the process of cupellation with silver, the Dutton is apt to “ vegetate especially if it be fine silver, and therefore requires to be carefully watched ; for which purpose the cupel is usually kept at a convenient part of the muffle, ready to be drawn forward if required. It has just been seen that to apportion the lead correctly requires that the title of the silver should be known ; when this is not the case, it may be determined approxi- matively, by exposing in the cupel 0T part of the sample with 1 part of lead. French gold and sil- ver coin contain of copper ; British silver coin consists of of silver, and ^ of copper ; and British gold coin of 11 parts of gold and 1 of cop- per, or a mixture of copper and silver. II. Humid assay of silver, a. Dissolve 10 grs. of the alloy in 100 grs. of nitric acid, sp. gr. 1-28, by the aid of heat ; the solution being made in a tall stoppered glass tube, furnished with a foot ; then place it in a very delicate balance, which must be brought into an exact state of equilibrium, and add -the test solution gradually and cautiously until the whole of the silver be thrown down ; but the utmost care must be taken not to exceed this point. The number of grains now required to re- store the equilibrium of the scales gives the exact quantity of pure silver present in 1000 parts of the sample. Test liquor. Dissolve 54*27 (54£) grs. of pure sea salt in 9945*73 grs. (or 22 oz. and 320£ grs. avoirdupois) of distilled wate.* ; filter, and keep the liquor in a stoppered bottle for use. Pure sea salt. Boil together for a few minutes, in a glass vessel, a solution of salt with a little pure bicarbonate of soda ; filter ; add muriatic acid un- til the liquor be neutral to litmus and turmeric pa- per ; then evaporate and crystallize. Remarks. The addition of the test liquor to the solution requires the utmost exactness. After each addition the stopper should be placed in the tube, and the latter violently agitated for a short time, when the liquor will rapidly clear and enable us to see when the operation is concluded. We must then, as a chedx, add a small quantity of a solu- tion of nitrate of silver to the liquor in the tube, after having first carefully taken the weight. If *too much of the test liquor has been added, this will produce a fresh precipitate, and the assay can- not then be depended on. Instead of weighing the quantity of test liquor used, a tube graduated into 100 parts, and holding 1000 grs., may be used instead, every division of which required to throw down the silver, will rep- resent the Ajth of a grain. The tube being filled to the 0, is ready for use, and from being gradua- ted downward the quantity poured out may at once be read off*. Generally speaking, however, measuring does not admit of the same accuracy as weighing. The termination, of the operation is clearly marked, when, on adding a minute quan- tity of the test liquor to the silver solution, no cloudiness occurs. (See Alkalimetry and Acid- imetry.) b. The precipitate thrown down in the last ex« periment may be collected in a filter of white paper, and dried, washed, and weighed. The previous weight of the paper, deducted from the gross weight of the paper and silver, will give the quantity of chloride of silver present, which multi- plied by *7533, the weight of metal in one grain of the chloride, will give the exact weight of the pure silver contained in the sample. Remurks. Mercury is the only metal whose presence at all interferes with the process ; the chloride of mercury being also thrown down by salt, as well as the chloride of silver. When ho mercury is present in the precipitate, it rapidly becomes black on exposure to the light, but when it contains T o 4 0 0 or ywoo chloride of mercury, it remains of a dead white, with yJL_ it is not sensi- bly discolored by the diffused light of a room, with •y^o only slightly darkened, with yJ A - more so, but with pure chloride of silver, the effect is very rapid and intense. When mercury is present, which is however seldom the case, the assay sam- ple must be placed in a small crucible, and ex- posed to a full red heat, before solution in the acid. For the method of assaying silver by the humid way, when alloyed with gold, see Gold Those who wish to enter fully into the subject of the humid assay of silver, are referred to Gay Lus- sac’s Essay. ASSAY OF GOLD. 1. This process may be divided into five operations. I. Cupellation. Either 6 of 12 grs. of the alloy is the weight usually taken for the assay, to which is added 16 parts of lead for every 1 part of cop- per that it is presumed to contain, though consid- erably more lead may be used when the sample does not contain any silver ; but if the reverse be the case, an excess of lead would lead to the loss of the latter metal, which ought not to be separa- ted until the operation of parting. When silver is present an additional allowance of lead, equal to — of its weight, is made on that account. When, ho.wever, the quantity of silver is small, or is not required to be estimated, it becomes of little con- sequence what weight of lead is employed, so long as enough be used to carry off the base metals, at the same time that the quantity is not too large for the cupel. The sample is then submitted to cu- pellation. This process does not require so much care for gold as silver, as none of this metal is ab- sorbed by the cupel, or lost by evaporation, and it will safely bear the highest heat of the furnace without injury. In other respects the operation may be conducted in exactly the same manner as for silver. II. Quartation. After gold has passed the cu- pel, it may still retain either of the other perfect metals, particularly silver. To re*aove the latter it undergoes the operations of quartation and part- ing. Quartation is performed by adding 3 parts of silver to one of the cupelled sample, and fusing them together, by which the gold is reduced to one fourth of the mass or even less; hence the name. In this state nitric acid will dissolve out the silver, which brings us to the next operation. In many cases the operation of quartation is performed conjointly with that of cupellation, a-i in the processes of Nos. 2 and 3. ASS 86 III. Parting. The alloy of gold and silver thus formed, is next hammered or rolled out, into a thin strip or leaf, curled up into a spiral form, and submitted to the action of nitric acid, sp. g. 1*3, diluted with half its weight of water; this being poured off, another quantity of acid, of about 1-26, and undiluted, may be employed. In each case the acid should be boiled upon the alloy for about a quarter of an hour. In the first case the quantity of fluid should be about 2£ neck against the bottom of a crucible of fin* earth, the internal surface of which is very smooth The annealing must then be made, after having separated the portion of water which had fallen into the crucible: and, lastly, the annealed gold must be weighed. For the certainty of this ope- ration, two assays must be made in the same manner, together with a third assay upon gold of 24 carats, or upon gold tho fineness of wliich is perfectly and generally known.” • “ No conclusion must be drawn from this assay, unless the latter gold should prove to be of the fineness of 24 carats exactly, or of its known de- gree of fineness ; for, if there be either loss or surplus, it may be inferred that the other two as- says, having undergone the same operation, must be subject to the same error.” 4. ( When the alloy contains platina .) This alloy genera ”y contains copper, silver, platina, and gold. Tne sample must be cupelled in the usual way, and the loss of weight will express tho amount of copper ; the button, made into a rib- and and treated with sulphuric acid, will indicate, by the portion dissolved, the amount of silver present. By submitting the residuum to quarta- tion, the platina will become soluble in nitric acid. The loss after digestion in this menstruum will express the weight of that metal, and the weight of the portion now remaining will be that of the pure gold. 5. Other methods. Assay of the touch. Jew- ellery, small quantities, weighing the air , hut frequently used to imply the art of raising substances into the atmosphere by means of balloons.) Aeronaut, ( literally , an air-sailor,) one who travels in a balloon. Hist. There appears to have been ah inherent desire in man, from the most remote antiquity to the present time, to assume a similar sovereignty over the air that he possesses over the sea. The story of Dae- dalus and the fate of Icarus, must be familiar to every classical reader. The account of the au- tomaton dove, constructed by the geometer Archy- tas, appears to have been no fable. During the middle ages many attempts were made at flying, but it was not until the eighteenth century that any efforts of this nature were crowned with suc- cess. In the year 1782, the brothers Montgolfier constructed a balloon, which was inflated with the smoke produced from the combustion of damp straw, and in 1783,Pilatre de Rozier and the Mar- quis d’Arlandes ascended in a smoke balloon, from Paris, to an elevation of upwards of 3000 feet. In the beginning of 1784, MM. Charles and Robert ascended in a balloon filled with hydrogen gas, and after a flight of 90 minutes, alighted in safety. Other successful ascents followed, and no accident occurred until the young naturalist, Pilatre de Ro- zier, and his companion Romain, lost their lives in attempting to cross the channel from France to England. The machine on this occasion was double, having a large upper balloon filled with hydrogen, and a smaller one below (for the sake of raising or sinking the machine at pleasure) in- flated with smoke. At a height of 3000 feet, the whole apparatus was discovered to be on fire, and the unfortunate aeronauts were precipitated to the ground. The victory of Jordan over the Austri- ans at Fleurus in 1794, is said to liavo been ob- tained from the knowledge h.e acquired of the enemy’s movements by means of a balloon. An ascent, very interesting to science, was made by Biot and Gay Lussac in 1804, when an elevation of upwards of 13,000 feet was attained. A similar ascent was made soon after by Gay Lussac alone, when the enormous height of 23,040 feet was reached, or an elevation of upwards of A \ English miles, being higher than the highest peak of the Andes. Since that time to the present numerous ascents have taken place in most of the principal towns of England, and in the majority of these cases, the balloons have been inflated with coal gas, furnished by the gas works The feat of Mr. Green, who ascended in a gigantic balloon from BAL 90 BAL Vauxhall in November, 183G, and succeeded. in safely conducting across the channel to Nassau in Germany, not only himself, but two companions and a ten of ballast, must be within the recollec- tion of every cne, and the more recent “ jugglery ” of Mr. Henson and his “ phantom" aerial machine, must be still more familiar. Principles of Ballooning. The weight of the body of air which a balloon displaces, must exceed the gross weight of the balloon and all its append- ages. Pure hydrogen is 1G times lighter than common air at the earth’s surface ; but when pre- pared on the large scale for ballooning, it is only from 7 to 11 times lighter. (Cavendish.) Hence a bag, filled with this gas, will ascend to a position in the atmosphere where the latter possesses a sim- ilar density to itself, allowing, of course, for the addition to the gravity of the gas, occasioned by the weight of its envelope. It has been computed that a balloon of 60 feet diameter, filled with com- mon hydrogen gas, prepared from iron filings and acid, on the large scale,- and being G times rarer than the atmosphere, would raise a weight of nearly 7000 lbs., besides the weight of the gas case, while one of only lJjj feet in diameter would barely float, from the less proportion of gas to the weight of the case that contains it. The aerostatic power of balloons is proportional to their dimensions in the ratio of the cubes of their diameters. Balloons are made of larger size than required to contain the necessary quantity of gas, to allow room for its in- crease of bulk, as it rises into a rarer medium. A foot of gas, measured at the earth’s surface, will fill a space of two feet at an elevation of 3^ miles. The carbureted hydrogen, supplied by the gas- works, is much heavier than hydrogen gas, and consequently, a balloon filled with the former has a much less ascensional power than when filled with the latter. Materials, c J-c. The fabric, of which air balloons are made, is strong, thin silk, covered with a varnish of Indian rubber. Fire balloons (on the small scale) are generally made of silver paper, and inflated by burning spirits of wine, by means of a sponge dipped therein, and suspended just within the mouth of the balloon. The follow- ing table of the diameters, surfaces, and capaci- ties of spheres, as well as the remarks that follow, are taken from the Chemical Dictionary of Dr. Ure. Table showing the relations between the diame- ters, surfaces, and capacities of spheres. By Dr. Ure. Diameters. Surfaces. Capacities. 1 3*141 0-523 2 12-5G7 4-188 3 28-274 . 14-137 4 50-265 33-51 5 78-54 65-45 10 314-159 523-6 15 706-9 1767-1 20 1256-6 4189- 25 1963-5 8181* 30 2827- 14137- 40 5026- 33510- Remarks. Having ascertained by experiment flit* weight of u square foot of the varnished cloth, we find, by inspection in the above table, a multi* plicr, whence wo readily compute the total weight of the balloon. A cubic foot of atmospheric qir weighs 527 grs., and a cubic foot of hydrogen about 40. But as the gas employed to fill balloons is never pure, we must estimate its weight at some- thing more. And perhaps, taking every thing into account, we shall find it a convenient and suffi- ciently precise rule for aerostation, to considei every cubic foot of included gas to have by ilself a buoyancy of fully one ounce avoirdupois. Hence,' a balloon of 10 feet diameter will have an ascen- sional force of fully 524 oz. or 33 ibs. minus the weight of the 314 superficial feet of cloth ; and one of 30 feet diameter, a buoyancy of fully 14,137 oz., or nearly 890 lbs. minus the weight of the 2827 feet of cloth. On this calculation no allowance need be made for the seams of the balloon. BALLOON VARNISH. I. Good boiled lin- seed oil, if allowed a sufficient time to dry and harden, forms an excellent varnish for balloon cases. II. Indian rubber 1 lb., (cut small;') oil of tur- pentino G lbs. ; boiled drying oil 1 gallon. Proc. Digest the Indian rubber in the turpentine, in a warm place, for a week, frequently shaking the vessel during the whole time, then place it in a water bath and gradually heat it until the solution be completed ; next add the oil, previously made warm, gently simmer for five minutes, stirring all the while, after which closely cover it over, and when cold strain it through flannel. III. Ing. Birdlime 1 lb. ; boiled linseed oil 3 pints ; turpentine q. s. Proc. Boil the birdlime with i pint of the oil in an iron pot, over a slow fire, for about half an hour, or until the former ceases to cackle, then add the rest of the oil, pre- viously heated, and again boil for about one hour, stirring well all the time, being careful that it does not boil over, as it is very liable to do so. When it has boiled sufficiently, may be known by its ad- mitting of being drawn into threads between two knives. As soon as this occurs, remove the pot from the fire, and when cooled a little, add a suf- ficient quantity of spirits of turpentine (warm) to reduce it to a proper consistence, and work il well up. Remarks. These varnishes are better applied lukewarm to the silk, previously stretched out tight. In about 24 hours they will dry. BALLS, ALTERATIVE, (for Horses.) Prep. I. Ing. Calomel \ oz. ; powdered aloes I3 oz. ; starch 6 oz. ; soft soap 8 oz. Proc. Make them into a mass, and divide into 12 balls. Use. To improve the constitution. II. Ing. Tartar emetic and powdered ginger, 01 each 5 oz. ; powdered opium and calomel, of each 1 oz. ; troacle to mix. Divide into 16 balls. III. Powdered Barbadoes aloes, ginger, and liquorice, of each 2 oz. ; all in powder ; Castile soap 2 oz. ; treacle to mix ; divide into 6 balls. Use. For grease. 9 IV. Barbadoes aloes, emetic tartar, and liquor- ice, of each 1 oz. ; Castile soap, 2 oz. ; treacle tc mix. For 4 balls. Use. For strangles. V. Calomel, sulphuret of antimony, and pow- dered opium, of each ^ oz. ; powdered gum guaia- cum 2£ oz. ; Castilo soap 12 oz. ; treacle to mix Divide into 12 balls. Use. For weak horses with a bad constitution. UAL 91 BAL VI Calomel £ oz. ; cascarilla and rhubarb, of t ach 1 oz. ; aloes and soap, of each 4 oz. ; treacle to mix. For 12 balls. Use. For weak horses. BALLS, ANODYNE, (for Horses.) Opium and camphor, of each \ oz. ; aniseed powder 2 oz. ; ginger 1 oz. ; oil of caraways \ oz. ; Castile soap H oz. ; treacle to mix. Divide into 3 balls. Warm- ing , Composing. BALLS, ASTRINGENT, (for Horses.) I. Opium \ oz. ; carbonate of soda 1 oz. ; powdered cassia and ginger, of each ^ oz. ; powdered gen- tian 2 oz. ; treacle to mix. For 4 balls. Tonic and binding. II. Opium $ oz. ; ginger | lb. ; prepared chalk 1 lb. ; treacle to mix. For. 10 balls. For loose- ness. III. Gum catechu $ oz. ; powdered ginger 1 oz. ; powdered liquorice 2 oz. ; soft soap to mix. For 3 bRlls. Astringent and tonic. BALLS, BITTER. Ing. Powdered gentian 2 lbs. ; extract of gentian 1 lb. ; treacle q. s. Proc. Beat the ingredients to a hard mass, and make it into i lb. rolls. Use. Substituted for hops by fraud- ulent brewers. BALLS, BLACK. Syr ; Blacking Balls. I. Beeswax 8 oz. ; resin 1 oz. ; tallow \ oz. ; melt to- gether, then add gum arabic 1£ oz. ; dissolved in water 2 oz. ; and as much lamp-black as neces- sary to color ; stir until nearly cold, then run it into tin moulds. II. Lard and wax, each 1 oz. ; ivory black, lampblack, and brown sugar, of each 8 oz. ; best size 4 oz. ; mix as above. III. Ivory black 16 oz. ; gum tragacanth 2 oz. ; sugar candy 4 oz. ; water 16 oz. ; mix with heat. IV. Ivory black and lampblack, of each 16 oz. ; thick mucilage of gum arabic 7 oz. ; brown sugar 6 oz. ; melted glue 1 oz. ; water 1 quart, as above. V. Suet 4 oz. ; beeswax and sweet oil, 1 oz. each ; sugar candy and gum arabic, both in fine powder, 1 drachm each ; melt together over a slow fire, then add one tablespoonful of turpentine, and enough lampblack to produce a good color. Mould as above. Use. For blacking leather. BALLS, BREECHES. Ing. Bath brick 1 lb. ; pumice-stone $ lb. ; all in fine powder ; ox- gall 6 oz. Proc. Make them into a paste, with a little water, if required, and mould them of any shape you please. II. Mix together equal parts of whiting and pipeclay, to which some coloring may be added. Remarks. Rose pink, yellow ochre, umber, Irish slate, or any other similar coloring matter may be added to produce the desired tint. BALLS, CAMPHOR, (for Horses.) I. Cam- phor 1 oz., (reduce it to powder by adding a little spirit and rubbing it in a mortar ;) powdered nitre 4 oz. ; liquorice powder 1 oz. ; treacle to mix. For 4 balls. Anodyne and diuretic. II. Omit the nitre, and add 4 oz. more liquorice powder. Anodyne. BALLS, CLOTHES. I. Pipeclay 2 lbs. ; ful- ler’s earth 1 lb. ; whiting i lb. ; white pepper 3 oz. ; mix with water. II. Fuller’s earth 2 lbs.; curd soap 1 lb.; ox- galls sufficient to make a stiff dough, with which form balls. Use. To removo grease from cloth and to clean slothes BALLS, COLIC, (for Horses.) Powdered opium \ oz. ; Castile soap and camphor, each 1 oz. ; powdered ginger and cassia, each £ oz. : liquorice powder 2 oz. ; treacle to make 4 balls. BALLS, CORDIAL, (for Horses.) Aniseed, caraway-seed, and cumin-seed, of each 4 lbs. ginger 2 lbs. ; all in powder ; treacle q. s. to mix. Product 21 lbs. To be made up into balls weigh- ing 1* oz. each. II. Powdered ginger 1 lb. ; liquorice powder 3 lbs. ; whiting 2 lbs. ; powdered opium 1 oz. ; oil of caraway £ oz. ; oil of cassia \ oz. ; oil of nutmegs and cloves, each 1 drachm ; treacle to mix. Di- vide into balls 1£ oz. each. III. Starch and powdered ginger, of each £ lb. ; oils of caraway, cassia, and cloves, of each ^ oz. ; treacle to mix. Divide into 12 balls. Use. As a cordial after looseness, (especially No. II.,) during colds, &c. BALLS, COUGH, (for Horses.) I. Cordial ball mass 4 lbs. ; gum ammoniacum 4 oz. ; pow- dered squills 1 oz. ; treacle to mix. Divide into 4 dozen balls. II. Powdered ipecacuanha 1 oz. ; powdered squills, camphor, and oil of aniseed, of each £ oz. ; liquorice powder 16 oz. ; treacle to mix. For 12 balls. III. Gum ammoniacum 3 oz. ; powdered squills 1 oz. ; camphor | oz. ; opium £ oz. ; powdered ginger 2 oz. ; oil of aniseed 5 drachms ; treacle to mix. For 8 balls. BALLS, CREAM. White curd soap 1 lb. ; powdered starch 3 oz. ; beat together, weigh into 1 oz. balls, and roll them in powdered starch. Use For cleaning the hands. BALLS, DIAPHORETIC, (for Horses.) I. Antimonial powder 1 oz. ; camphor | oz. ; starch 6 oz. ; mix with treacle, and divide into 6 balls. II. Tartar emetic and camphor, of each ^ oz. ; liquorice powder 2 oz. ; make them into two balls, with treacle. III. Camphor 1 oz. ; sal ammoniac 3 oz. ; li- quorice powder 2 oz. ; oil of aniseed \ oz. ; soft soap 8 oz. ; beat together, and divide into 6 balls. BALLS, DIURETIC, (for Horses.) I. Soft soap and Venice turpentine, of each 4 oz. ; pow- dered nitre 2 oz. ; oil juniper, ^ oz. ; liquorice pow- der 3 oz. Divide into 8 balls. II. Powdered nitre, rosin, and soft soap, of each 4 oz. ; liquorice powder 5 oz. ; oil of juniper 1 oz. ; treacle to mix. For 12 balls. III. Powdered rosin 6 lbs. ; nitre 4 lbs. ; soft soap and Venice turpentine, of each 1 lb. ; oil of juniper 1 oz. ; treacle to mix. Weigh into If oz. balls. BALLS, FARCY, (for Horses.) Corrosive sublimate 10 grains ; liquorice powder 1 oz. ; oil of aniseed ^ a drachm ; mix with treacle for 1 ball. II. Calomel 1 oz. ; powdered opium £ oz. ; liquorice powder 12 oz. ; mix with treacle for 12 tails. BALLS, FEVER, (for Horses.) Tartar emetic 2 oz. ; nitre 8 oz. ; liquorice 6 oz. ; all in fine powder ; mix with treacle for 12 balls. II. Nitre and tartar emetic, of each 1 lb., in fine powder; powdered digitalis 4 oz. ; antimonial powder 8 oz. ; liquorice powder 1^ lb. ; treacle to mix. Divide into balls weighing 1 oz. 3 drs. each BAJj 92 BALLS, FURNITURE. I. Melt together in i pipkin 1 lb. of beeswax and £ oz. of alkanetroot until the former be well colored ; then add linseed oil and spirits of turpentine, of each \ pint. Strain through a piece of coarse muslin. II. Linseed oil 1 pint, alkanet root 2 oz. ; heat them together until a proper color be produced, strain, and add yellow wax H lb., and rosin 2 oz. I Use. For polishing furniture. BALLS, GARLICK, (for Horses.) Garlick 1 oz. ; liquorice powder enough to make a ball. Use. For chronic coughs. BALLS, GRIPE, (for Horses.) Liquorice, black pepper, ginger, and prepared chalk, all in powder, of each 4 oz. ; oils of caraway, cloves, and cassia, of each 1 drachm ; treacle to mix. For 12 balls. BALLS, INFLUENZA, (for Horses.) Bar- [ badoes aloes, nitre, and Venice turpentine, of each 1 lb. ; gentian 2 lbs. ; ginger £ lb. ; treacle to mix. Divide into 1£ oz. balls. BALLS, LAXATIVE, (for Horses.) I. Aloes, ginger, and soft soap, of each 3 drachms ; mix with treacle for 1 ball. Cordial and laxative. II. Flowers of sulphur £ lb. ; powdered antimo- ny 2 oz. ; calomel 1 oz. ; powdered ginger 3 oz. ; treacle to mix for 12 balls. BALLS, MANGE, (for Horses.) Crude an- timony 2 oz. ; calomel 1 oz. ; opium £ oz. ; flow- ers of sulphur 1 lb. ; mix with treacle and divide into 12 balls. Remark. A piece the size of a horse bean to that of a small nut, is a capital medicine for dogs. BALLS, MERCURIAL, (for Horses.) I. Calomel 1 oz. ; aloes 2 oz. ; rhubarb | oz. ; liquorice powder 14 oz. ; treacle to mix. Divide into 12 balls. Laxative and alterative. II. Strong mercurial ointment \ lb. ; powdered ginger 3 oz. ; liquorice powder 10- oz. ; treacle to mix for 12 balls. BALLS, PHYSIC. Syn. Purging Balls, (for Horses.) Barbadoes aloes 5 oz. ; hard Soap 3 oz. ; ginger and olive oil, of each 1 oz. ; melt together in a ladle, and while warm, divide into 6 balls. II. Aloes and hard soap, of each 5 oz. ; pearl- ashes 1 oz. ; powdered ginger 2 oz. ; melt as above for 8 balls. BALLS, SCOURING. I. Ing. Curd soap 8 oz. ; oil of turpentine and ox-gall, of each 1 oz. Proc. Melt the soap, and when cooled a little, stir in the rest, and make it into cakes while warm. II. Soft soap and fuller’s earth, each 1 lb. ; beat them well together in a mortar, and form into cakes. Use. To remove grease, &c., from cloth. The spot first moistened with water is rubbed with the cake, and allowed to dry, when it is well rub- bed with a little warm water, and afterwards rinsed or rubbed off clean. BALLS, STOMACHIC, (for Horses.) Pow- dered gentian, 4 oz. ; powdered ginger and carbon- ate of soda, each 2 oz. ; soft soap 8 oz. ; mix and divide into 8 balls. J I. Powdered quassia, myrrh, soda, aloes, and rhubarb, of each 2 drachms ; oil of cloves 10 drops ; treacle to mix for 1 ball. I II. Aloes £ oz ; rhubarb and ginger, each £ oz. ; calomel 1 draclnn ; oil of caraway 10 drops ; soft soap 3 drachms ; for 1 bull. BA I | BALLS, STRENGTHENING, (for Hor.k» ) Powdered calomba and cascarilla, of each I oz. ; soft soap | oz. ; chalk £ oz. ; make into a ball, for looseness, II. Powdered gentian 2 oz. ; sulphate of iron and myrrh, of each 1 oz. ; liquorice powder 4 oz. ; treacle to mix. For 8 balls. BALLS, SULPHUR, (for Horses.) Flowers of sulphur 1 lb. ; powdered antimony 3 oz. ; red sulphuret of mercury (pure) 2 oz. ; powdered gum 1 oz. ; treacle, to mix. For 12 balls. Said to make the coat sleek ; also for mange, &c. BALLS, SWEET. Syn. Pomambra. I. Ing. Florentine orris root 3 oz. ; cassia 1 oz. ; cloves, rhodium wood, and lavender flowers, of each £ oz. ; ambergris and musk, of each 6 grs. ; oil of ver- bena 10 drops. Proc. Make them into balls with mucilage of gum tragacanth made with rose- water. II. G um benzoin and styrax, of each 1 oz. ; cloves and cassia, of each \ oz. ; musk and civet 5 grs. ; balsam of Peru, oil of verbena, oil of rho- dium, otto jpf roses, and true neroli, of each 10 drops ; Florentine orris root 2 oz. Proc. Reduce the dry articles to powder, then add the essences, and make the whole into balls with essence of jas- mine, jonquil, violet, and tuberose, of each equal parts. III. Plaster of Paris 4 oz. ; sandal wood, cype- rus root, and cloves, of each £ oz. ; gum benzoin and styrax, of each 1 oz. ; ivory -black 2 oz. ; musk and civet, of each 1 scruple ; ambergris 10 grains ; balsam of Peru £ oz. ; oil of cassia 10 drops; oil of rhodium £ a drachm ; essence of jasmin £ oz. ; essence of neroli £ a drachm ; otto of roses 1 5 drops ; mucilage made with orange-flower water to mix. Proc. Make them into beads, and pierce them while soft. Use. Worn in the pocket as a perfume. Some persons varnish them, but that keeps in the smell. BALLS, TONIC, (for Horses.) Gentian £ oz. ; opium £ a drachm ; cascarilla, myrrh, and carbonate of soda, of each 1 drachm ; soft soap £ oz. Form into a ball. II. Calomba 2 oz. ; cassia £ oz. ; allspice £ oz. ; treacle to make 2 balls. III. Powdered bark 8 oz. ; gentian 2 oz. ; salts of tartar 1 oz. ; opium £ oz. ; liquorice powder and iron filings, of each 3 oz. ; treacle to make 12 balls If the horse is costive, omit the opium. IV. Sulphate of iron 4 J oz. ; powder of calom - ba 5 oz. ; do. of cascarilla 3 oz. ; soft soap 8 oz. For 12 balls. V. Sulphate of iron, myrrh, and gentian, of each, £ oz. ; ginger £ oz. ; carbonate of soda 3 drachms ; treacle to make 1 ball. The last three are suited for washy horses. VI. Gentian 8 oz. ; ginger 4 oz. ; opium £ oz. : nitre 3 oz. ; oil of caraway £ oz. ; liquorice powder and treacle to make 12 balls. For excessive stal- ing- VII. Sulphate of iron and sulphate of copper, of each, 1 drachm ; Venice turpentine 1 oz. ; gin- ger and cassia, of each, £ oz. ; liquorice powder to make 2 balls. For incontinence of urine BALLS, WORM, (for Horses.) I. Aloes 5 drachms ; Castile soap £ oz. ; calomel and gin- ger, of each, l£ drachms ; oil of cloves and cassia, of each, (5 drops ; treacle to make a ball. II BAL 93 BAL Aloes, powdered tin, ginger, and soft soap,* of each, £ oz. ; oil of cloves 15 drops. Make a ball. BALLS, WASH, (Mottled.) I. {Red.) Cut white curd or Windsor soap, not too dry, into small square pieces, and roll them in a mixture of powdered bole and starch, or bole alone ; then squeeze them into balls without mixing the color more than is necessary. II. (Blue.) Roll the pieces in powdered blue, and proceed as before. III. (Green.) Roll the pieces in a mixture of powdered blue and yellow ochre. Remarks. In this way, by varying the color of the powder, mottled wash-balls of any color may be produced. BALM OF GILEAD. Syn. Balsam^eleon. Opobalsam. Oil of Balsam. Balm of Mecca. Balsamum Judaicum. The genuine balsam of Meeca is the juice of the amyris gileadensis, and is obtained by cutting the bark of the tree with an axe. It is both scarce and costly, and none of it ever reaches this country as an article , of commerce. “ There are only two shops in Con- stantinople at which the genuine balsam can be obtained. Its price is exorbitant, one grain being charged 5 Turkish piastres = Is. OJd.” That which is sent to England is obtained by boiling the twigs of the balsam tree in water. The real balsam of Mecca is of a clear gold color, and possesses a penetrating and delicate fragrance, and a sharp bitter^ astringent taste. A drop let fall on the surface of hot water spreads itself over the whole surface, like a thin film of oil, and again contracts on the water cooling. It dissolves completely in fatty and essential oils, which then assume the peculiar flavor of the balsam. Use. It is thought to be antiseptic, stimulant, and vul- nerary, and that its fumes prevent barrenness. It is employed in the east as a cosmetic and per- fume. When applied to the skin it causes redness and swelling. BALM OF GILEAD, FACTITIOUS. The article met with in trade under the name of balm of Gilead is either the article alluded to above or a spurious kind prepared by one of the formulae below. I. Ing. Yellow rosin 10 oz.; tincture of ben- zoin and <5il of lemons 3 oz. each ; oils of cara- ways and rosemary, of each, 2 |$z. Proc. Melt the rosin ; then remove it from the heat, and stir hi the tincture ; lastly, add the essential oils. II. Yellow rosin 1 lb.; gum benzoin (bright) 4 oz. ; best liquid styrax 2 oz. ; essence of lemons 3 oz. ; oil of rosemary 2 oz. ; oils of caraways and cassia, each, 1 oz. Proc. Keep the rosin melted by a gentle heat for 15 minutes ; then remove the heat, and add the benzoin, previously powdered and rubbed up with an equal weight of tincture of benzoin, and when thoroughly incorporated add the rest ; reduce it to a proper consistence with spirit of wine, and strain through flannel. III. Balsam of Canada 16 oz. ; gum benzoin, eright and clear, 5 oz. ; oils of lemons, rosemary, and cassia, of each, \ oz. Powder the benzoin, and well mix it with the Canada balsam ; then piace the mixture in a flask, and after closing the mouth expose it to the heat of a water-bath, until the liquid will dissolve no more of the benzoin; next allow it to settle until clear and cold, ana then add the essences. BALSAM. Syn. Baume, (Fr.) Balsame, (Ger.) Balsams are semi-liquid resinous sub- stances, having for the most part the consistence of honey. Some, however, are solid, and the greater number harden by exposure to the air and age. They are generally aromatic, soluble in hl- cohol, partly soluble in ether, and not at all so in water. Their usual constituents are resin and benzoic acid, mixed with a large portion of aro- matic essential oil. Some of the substances false- ly called balsams contain no benzoic acid, as the balsam of copaiba, &c. ; and many preparations, from the presumption that they possess balsamic qualities, have also received this name. BALSAM, ACOUSTIC. Prep. I. Tincture of benzoin, tincture of castor, and tincture of opium, of each, 1 oz. ; essential ril of asafeetida 5 drops. Mix. II. (Baume’s.) Tinctures of ambergris, asa- foetida, castor, and opium, of each, 1 oz. ; tere- binthinated balsam of sulphur and oil of rue, of each, 15 drops. Mix. Use. In atonic deafness, 1 or 2 drops poured into the ear ; or a piece of cotton wool moistened therewith, is introduced instead. BALSAM OF AMBER. The thick oil left in the retort after rectifying oil of amber. The properties are similar to oil of amber. BALSAM, ANODYNE, (BATE’S.) Prep Castile soap, in shavings, 3 oz. ; camphor 2 oz. ; powdered opium £ oz. ; hay saffron and oil of rose- mary, of each, 1 drachm ; rectified spirit 1 pint. Proc. Digest (with agitation) for 10 days. II. Soft soap 1-i lb. ; powdered opium and cam- phor, of each, \ lb. ; oil of rosemary ^ oz. ; recti- fied spirit 1 gallon. As above. III. Opodeldoc 3 oz. ; laudanum 1 oz. ; mix. Use. As an anodyne and rubefacient for sprains, &c. Dose. 20 to 40 drops. BALSAM, CANADA. This balsam is the product of the Canadian balsam fir, (the abies balsamea,) a tree of very common growth in Can- ada and the State of Maine, (U. S.) When fresh, it has the consistence of thin honey, an agreeable odor, an acid taste, and a pale yellow color, near- ly white. Pur. It should be perfectly transparent, and soluble in rectified oil of turpentine, with which it forms a beautiful glassy and colorless varnish, which is much used for preparing a semi-transpa- rent copying-paper. A factitious kind is sold, but is wholly deficient of some of the properties of the genuine balsam. BALSAM, CANADA (FACTITIOUS.) Prep. Dissolve 3 lb. of clear yellow resin in 1 gallon of oil of turpentine ; then add i pint of pale linseed oil, and oz. each of essence of lemon and oil of rosemary. BALSAM OF COPAIBA. The oleoresinous juice of the copaifera officinalis. Pur. As this substance is frequently adultera- ted, and sometimes a factitious article is sold in- stead, it becomes important to be able to ascertain its purity. 1. The Ed. Ph. states that it should bo “ trans- parent, free of turpentine odor when heated, sol- uble in 2 parts of alcohol, and dissolve one fouith BAL 94 of its weight of carbonate of magnesia wheti heat- ed, and continue translucent.” 2. Place a drop of the balsam on a piece of un- sized paper, and heat it until all the essential oil be expelled ; it should then form a semi-transpa- rent well-defined spot; but if the balsam has been adulterated with a fat oil, it will be sur- rounded by an oily areola. (Chevallier.) 3. Shaken with liquid ammonia, sp. gr. ’965, it becomes clear and transparent in a few moments. (Planche.) 4. 2£ parts of balsam with 1 of liquor of am- monia, form a transparent mixture, which may be heated to 212° without becoming opaque. (Vigne.) 5. Boiled with 50 times its weight of water for 1 hour, it should lose at least half its weight. (Vigne.) 6. Two samples of balsam from Para, which were considered to have been purposely adultera- ted with rancid oil of almonds, dissolved well in alcohol, but combined badly with magnesia and ammonia. D.’sect experiments showed that pure copaiba balsam may be adulterated with 50 per cent, of a fat oil (nut oil, almond oil) without its ceasing to give a clear solution in 2 parts of alco- hol. Only after 12 to 15 hours does the oil sepa- rate. Excess o^ alcohol separates the oil in all cases. It is evident, therefore, that under certain circumstances an unadulterated balsam may be insoluble or of difficult solution in alcohol ; an adulterated one, on the contrary, may be soluble. The best test for detecting the fat oils would be alcohol to which some caustic potash has been added. (Journ. de Pharm., 1842, p. 52.) Use. Balsam of copaiba is considered detersive, vulnerary, diuretic, and astringent ; and appears to possess a sort of specific pow r er over diseases of the mucous membranes of the urino-genital organs. Dose. .20 to 60 drops on sugar, or float- ing on water, to which 30 or 40 drops of elixir of vitriol has been added. It may be taken 3 or 4 times daily, if the stomach will bear it. A few drops of sweet spirits of nitre and laudanum are a good addition to allay the nausea. It is also given in the form of sirup, mixture, pills, and clyster. Remarks. N umerous preparations of this article are continually being puffed off by certain adver- tising druggists ; as “ soluble copaiba “ specific solution “ salt of copaiba ,” &c. ; but none ap- pear to possess equal activity and certainty to the natural balsam. As the whole virtue of copaiba as a medicine depends upon the essential oil it con- tains, the value of any of these preparations may be estimated by the quantity of that article which is found in them. In the case of the first two ar- ticles above mentioned, the quantity is very small indeed, and in the latter it is wholly deficient. Hence the large doses of those articles that may be taken with impunity, as far as their balsamic properties go, always, of course, excepting the danger of burning a hole through the coats of the stomach with the large quantity of caustic potassa which they usually contain. BALSAM COPAIBA, ENEMA OF. (Vf.l- peau.) .Prep. Balsam of copaiba $ oz. ; yelk of 1 egg ; distilled water 8 oz. Make an emulsion, and add 20 to 30 drops of laudanum. BAL BALSAM OF COPAIBA, FACTITIOUS Prep. Powdered gum benzoin 4 oz. ; castor oil 1 gallon ; yellow rosin 3 lbs. ; balsam of Canada 5 lbs. ; oil of juniper 2 oz. ; oil of savino 1 oz. ; es- sences of orange and lemon, of each 4 oz. Proc. Melt the rosin, then add a lijtle of the castor oil and the powdered benzoin, and withdraw the heat ; when well mixed add the remainder of the castor oil, and when nearly cold the essences; mix well, and filter through a Canton flannel bag, adding a little coarsely-powdered charcoal. II. Balsam of Canada 8 lbs. ; yellow rosin 2 lbs. ; castor oil 3 lbs. ; oil of juniper \ oz. ; essen- tial oil of almonds 15 drops; oil of savine 20 drops. As above. III. Balsam of Canada 9 lbs. ; yellow rosin 1 lb.; Venice turpentine 2 lbs.; oils of rosemary juniper, and savine, 1 drachm each ; essential oil of almonds 15 drops. IV. Balsam of Canada 3 lbs. ; Venice turpen- tine 1 lb. ; oils of fennel, juniper, and savine, of each q. s. Remarks. The above compounds may easily be distinguished from the genuine balsam, by any one acquainted with the charactem. paque. BALSAM OF TOLU, FACTITIOUS. Prep. Orange shellac and gum benzoin, of each 1 lb. in coarse powder ; dissolve in rectified spirit 5 lb., (in a close vessel ;) filter and distil off the spirit until the residuum has a proper consistence, then add a few drops of the oils of cassia and nutmeg; dis- solved in a little essence of vanilla. BALSAM OF TOLU, (REDUCED.) I % Bal- sam of tolu 1 lb. ; mix it by a gentle heat in a close vessel with 1 £ lb. of the brightest and clearest pieces of gum benzoin reduced to a coarse powder, BAR 96 bar and soften with a little tincture of vanilla and spi- rit of wine. 1 1 Equal parts of balsam of tolu, benzoin, orange Bhellac, and spirit of wine, mixed together by a gentle heat, and flavored with a little essence of ;3torax and essence of vanilla. BALSAM OF TURPENTINE. Prep. Melt by a gentle heat black rosin 1 lb. ; remove the vessel from the fire and add oil of turpentine 1 pint. BAMBOO, ENGLISH. This is a sort of pickle prepared from the young shoots of elder in ^spring. Prep. The outer skin is peeled off*, and they are immersed in salt water for 12 or 14 hours, then boiled in vinegar for a few seconds ; they are next put into a jar with a little white pepper, gin- ger, mace, and pimento, and vinegar (boiling hot) poured over them ; the jar is then well covered up, and set for about 2 hours in a hot place by the fireside, where it is kept scalding until the pickle is done. Use. For making Indian pickle, also eaten with boiled mutton. The clusters of elder flowers, just before they open, also make a beautiful pickle. BANDANNA. This is a species of calico printing distinguished by light, or white figures or spots on a dark ground, and lias . been practised in India from time immemorial. Formerly bandanna handkerchiefs were wholly imported from India, but of late years those of British manufacture have entirely superseded them. The latter are not only much cheaper, but also vastly superior in quality. At the works of Messrs. Monteith and Co. at Glasgow, no less than 1600 pieces, or 19,200 yards of cotton, are converted into bandannas in the short space of 10 hours, by the labor of only 4 workmen. The machinery employed for this purpose is of the most ingenious description. ( Process of printing Bandannas .) A series of presses are arranged furnished with lead plates, out of which the pattern is cut, the pieces of cotton, dyed (generally) of a Turkey red, are then placed in, several at a time, and the presses put in action by hydraulic machinery, by which every part of the cloth, except where the pattern has been cut out of the lead plates, receives a pressure of up- wards of 300 tons. A clear solution of chloride of lime is now admitted to the pattern, by properly arranged pipes, and after it has removed the color, which it does very rapidly, a stream of water is passed through the pattern, to wash off* the bleach- ing solution, when the operation is complete. The pieces of cloth are then removed from the presses and others substituted, to undergo a similar opera- tion. BARBAROSSA’S PILLS. These are sup- posed to have been the first mercurial preparation employed in medicine. They consisted of quick- silver, rhubarb, musk, and amber. # BARCLAY’S ANTIBILIOUS PILLS. Prep. Colocynth 2 drachms ; extract of jalap 1 drachm ; almond soup 1 £ drachms ; gum guaiacum 1 3 drachms ; emetic tartar 8 grs. ; oils of juniper, caraway, and rosemary, of each 4 drops. Proc. Make the ingredients into a mass with sirup of buckthorn, and divide into 64 pills. BAREGES WATER. Prep. Alum, carbon- ate oflimc, and hard Spanish soup, of each 2 grs. ; common salt 4 grs. ; dried carbonate of soda 20 grs. ; milphurcl of potassium 16 grs. ; water 1 quart. Proc. Reduce the solid ingredients to powder, and boil them in the water until the fumes of sulphu- rated hydrogen begin to bo evolved, then add enough water to make up 1 gallon. Use. As a medicated lotion or bath in cutaneous diseases, from tho slightest eruption to the most obstinate cases of leprosy. Remarks. The above are the proportions for 1 gallon, but when a larger quan- tity of water is wanted, a proportionate weight of tho materials may be dissolved in a little of the water, as above, and then added to the bath. This was the medicated warm bath used by the Empe- ror Napoleon. BARIUM. The metallic base of the earth ba ryta, discovered by Sir II. Davy in 1808. Prep. Make a paste with carbonate of baryta and water, and place a globule of mercury in a little hollow, formed in its surface. The whole must be then laid on a small plalina tray, con- nected with the positive pole of a galvanic battery, of 100 double plates, while the negative wire must be inserted into the" globule of mercury. An amal- gam of barium is formed, which, on being heated in a vacuum, parts with its mercury and leaves the former metal pure. Prop., cj-c. A dark gray colored metal, posses sing little lustre, and decomposed by both air and water, absorbing oxygen, which converts it into the earth baryta. BARIUM, BROMIDE OF. Prep. Boil to- gether protobromide of iron and moist carbonate of baryta, in excess, evaporate the filtered solution and heat the residue to redness. Remarks. By the careful evaporation of a solution of this sub- stance prismatic crystals may be obtained. It dissolves freely both in water and alcohol. BARIUM, CHLORIDE OF. Syn. Muriate of Baryta. Hydrochlorate of ditto. Prep. I. Carbonate of baryta ; muriatic acid ^ pint : water 1 quart. Proc. Dilute the acid with the water, then dissolve the carbonate of baryta in it ; evaporate and crystallize. (P. L.) . II. Sulphate of baryta Rj ij ; powdered charcoal ^iv ; muriatic acid q. s. Proc. Heat the sulphate of baryta to redness, then cool and powder ; next add the charcoal, and expose the mixture in a covered crucible for three hours to a low white heat ; cool and powder ; lastly, dissolve in water, filter, and add muriatic acid until effervescence ceases. The solution may now be evaporated and crystallized as before. (P. E.) Prop. Form ; crystalline plates or tables, solu- ble in water, and fixed in the air. It communi- cates a greenish yellow color to flame. Use. Principally as a test for sulphuric acid, its solution causing a white precipitate in another, containing oil of vitriol or a sulphate. It has been given in scrofula, scirrhous cancer, skin diseases, &c. It is poisonous. Its antidotes are the same as those for baryta. Remarks. The process of the London College is the simplest and most convenient. That of the Edinburgh requires to bo conducted under a chim- ney, or in a strong current of air, to carry off the sulphureted hydrogen, evolved in large quantities, during the process. The form of the P. D. is sim- ilar to the Edinburgh. BARIUM, FLUORIDE OF. Syn. Hypro- fluorate of Baryta. A white powder formed BAR 97 BAR 5>y digesting freshly-precipitated carbonate of ba- ryta in hydrofluoric acid in excess. BARIUM, IODIDE OF. Syn. Protiodide of Barium. Hydriodate of Baryta. Prep. I. Dissolve sulphuret of barium in water, and add iodine gradually, in excess , then filter and evapo- rate. (Phillips.) II. Decompose an aqueous solution of iodide of iron by freshly-precipitated carbonate of baryta ; filter, evaporate, and crystallize. Use. An ointment made with 4 grs. of the iodide to 1 oz. of lard has been used in scrofula. BARIUM, OXIDES OF. I. (Protoxide of Barium. Syn. ‘Oxide of Barium. Barytes. Baryta.) When the metal, barium, is exposed to the action of either air or water this oxide is the sole product. Prep. a. Strongly ignite the pure crystallized nitrate of baryta in a covered crucible. b. Ignite, as before, a mixture of carbonate of baryta and charcoal in a blacklead crucible. c. {Hydrated.) Precipitate a solution of either muriate or nitrate of baryta with another of caustic potassa or soda. Prop. Obtained by the first two processes it forms a grayish white powder, having a very caustic and alkaline taste, and slaking, on the addition of wa- ter, like quicklime, but with the evolution of more heat. It then forms a bulky white powder, re- sembling that prepared by the last formula. It rapidly passes into the state of carbonate on expo- sure to air. Use. As a test for carbonic acid and for the formation of some salts. Ant. It is very poisonous. The best antidotes are water soured with sulphuric acid, or a solution of sulphate of soda, or sulphate of magnesia. II. (Peroxide of Barium. Syn. Deutoxide of Barium.) Prep. a. Heat pure baryta to a dull red, and pass pure dry oxygen gas over it. b. Heat pure baryta as above in a platina cruci- ble, then gradually add one-fourth of its weight of chlorate of potassa. Afterwards wash off the chlo- ride of potassium formed with cold water. The deutoxide remains as a white powder. c. Heat nitrate of baryta to redness in an earth- enware retort, having a tube attached to its nose, to convey off the liberated gases, to a trough of water, and continue the heat until nitrous fumes are no longer evolved. Uses. To make the oxy- genized acid3 and peroxide of hydrogen. (Quesne- ville.) BARIUM, PHOSPHURET OF. This is formed by exposing its constituents mixed together in atomic proportions, to a gentle heat in a glass tube. BARIUM, SULPHURET OF. Prep. Mix together equal parts of sulphate of baryta and wheat flour or charcoal, and expose the mixture to a full white heat in a covered crucible. When cold dissolve in water, filter, evaporate, and crys- tallize. Prop. Decomposed by exposure in solution to the air. Use. To form baryta and its salts and in organic analysis. BARK, BRITISH. Syn. Oak Bark. The bark of the young branches of the oak has been pro- posed for the more expensive productions of South America. The leaves also contain a large quantity of astringent matter. Mr. Stuart, who first brought oak bark into notice, says that it is a certain re- medy for scurvy. BARLEY. Qual. Next to wheat, barley may be considered the most valuable grain to man, both for the purposes of food and for forming several bev- erages in general consumption. (Malt liquors, &c.) It forms good wholesome bread, especially for persons who otherwise live luxuriously, but for those who live abstemiously wheaten bread is pre- ferable. BARLEY, CULTIVATION OF. After wheat, barley may bo considered the most important grain crop, especially in light and sharp soils, but it “ is a tender grain, and easily hurt in any of the stages of its growth, particularly at seed-time ; a heavy shower of rain will then almost ruin a crop on the best-prepared land ; and in all the after-processes, greater pains and attention are required to ensure success than in the case of other grains. The har- vest process is difficult, and often attended with danger ; even the thrashing of it is not easily exe- cuted with machines, because the awn generally adheres to the grain, and renders separation from the straw a troublesome task. Barley, in fact, is raised at a greater expense than wheat, and gene- rally speaking is a more hazardous crop. Except upon rich and genial soils, where climate will al- low wheat to be perfectly reared, it ought not tc be cultivated. “ Barley may be divided into two sorts, early and late ; to which may be added a bastard varie- ty, called bear or bigg, which affords similar nutri- ment or substance, though of inferior quality. Early barley, under various names, was formerly sown in Britain, upon lands that had been previously summer fallowed, or were in high condition ; but this mode of culture being in a great measure re- nounced, the common sort, which admits of being sown either early or late, is now generally used. “ The most proper seed-season is any time in April, though we have seen good crops produced, the seed of which was sown at a much later period.” Barley is generally sown after turnips and fre- quently after peas and beans, but seldom after wheat or oats. The quantity of seed varies with the quality of the soil. Upon very rich land eight pecks per acre are commonly sown, and frequently ten or twelve, whilst upon poor lands a larger quan- tity is sometimes given. Enough seed should be sown to ensure a full crop without offsets, which are always produced if too little seed is used. The harvesting of barley requires much care even in good seasons, while, in bad ones, it is very difficult to save it. It must be cut before the straw gets brittle, and must be suffered to remain in the field until the grain is hardened, and the straw suf- ficiently dry. If stacked too soon it is apt to heat A good way to prevent this is to form an opening through the stack from top to bottom. This open- ing is generally made by placing a large bundle of straw in the centre of the stack, when the build- ing commences, and, in proportion as it rises, the straw is drawn upward, leaving a hollow behind, which, if one or two openings are left in the side of the stack near the bottom, ensures so complete a circulation of air as not only to prevent heating, but to preserve the grain from becoming musty. BARNS AND OUTHOUSES FROM MITES AND WEEVILS, TO FREE. ( Ger- man method.) Let the walls and rafters, above and below, of such granaries be covered completely 13 BAR 98 BAR with quicklime., slaked in water, in which trefoil, wormwood, and hyssop, or nux vomica have been boiled. This composition should bo applied as hot as possiblo. “ A farmer who had his granaries empty in June last, collected quantities of the largest sized ants in sacks, and scattered them about the place infested with weevils. The ants immediately fell upon and devoured them all.” BAROMETER. (From B./poj weight and / urpov , measure.) An instrument for measuring the weight and pressure of the atmosphere, commonly termed a weather-glass. This instrument is made of va- rious shapes, but the principle of its construction is the same in each, and consists of a column of mer« cury, supported in vacuo, in a glass tube, by tin pressure of the utmosphere on its surface The following engravings represent the principal varie- ties. The several shapes have arisen from the at- tempts which have been made from time to time to improve this instrument, cither by increasing its range or portability. None, however, equal tho old forms proposed by Torricelli, and represented by the figures 1 and 2. The same letters apply to a similar portion of each figure ; the references at foot will therefore sufficiently explain the peculia- rities of their construction. 1. Torricelli’s cistern barometer. 2. syphon ditto. 3. Huygcn’s barometer. 4 . modified. 5. Wheel barometer. 6. Bernouilli’s syphon ditto. 7. Aminton’s conical ditto. 8. Gay Lussac’s ditto. 9. Ditto, modified by M. Bunten a , Tube containing a column of mercury. b, Mercurial cistern. c, A column of mercury supporting another of water, d. c c, Weights, one of which floats on the surface of the mercury, and by means of the cord / moves the index fr- it, Graduated dial. k, Capillary hole drilled laterally to admit air. The wheel barometer (fig. 5) is the one most commonly used, especially as a weather-glass, but it is not to be depended on, as it neither indicates the absolute height of the mercurial column, nor its variations with sufficient accuracy for any phi- losophical purpose. Even as a weather-glass it is the worst of all the common forms of the barome- ter. For travelling the las is perhaps the most unexceptionable. The Construction of a Barometer may be divided into five operations, in each of which the utmost skill and care are required. The materials must be of the best quality. Not only must the mercury be perfectly pure and free from air, but the tube must be quite dry and clean, and its inner surface must be smooth and regular. 1 . The tubes for barometers should be hermeti- cally sealed immediately after their manufacture at the glasshouse, and kept in this state until they are wanted for filling. By this plan they may be kept clean for any length of time, whereas if they are left with one end open they become sullied with dust and smoke, which, on account of the smallness of their diameters, can never be perfectly removed. When wanted for use they may be opened with a file, after which 18 lbs. BEEF, I1UNG. Prep. I. Choose a piece of beef with as little bone as you can. (the flank is best,) sprinkle it, and let it drain a day ; then rub it with salt and saltpetre, but only a small propor- tion of the latter ; and you may add a few grains of cochineal ; all in fine powder. Rub the pickle every day into the meat for a week, then only turn it. It will be excellent in eight days. In sixteen drain it from the pickle ; and let it be smoked at the oven’s mouth when heated with wood, or send it to the baker’s. A few days will smoke it. A little of the coarsest sugar may be added to the salt. It eats well boiled tender with greens or carrots. If to be grated as Dutch, then cut a lean bit, boil it till extremely tender, and while hot put it under a press. When cold, fold it in a sheet of paper, and it will keep in a dry place two or three months, ready for serving on bread and butter. II. Rub the beef with one eighth of its weight of salt, to which a little saltpetre has been added, then put it into a tub or other suitable vessel, place a board over it, and pile heavy weights upon It ; let it remain so for fourteen to twenty days, then take it out and hang it up for three weeks or a month to dry. BEEF, HUNTER’S. Prep. To a round of beef, weighing twenty-four pounds, take three ounces of saltpetre, three ounces of the coarsest sugar, an ounce of cloves and nutmeg, half an ounce of allspice, and three handfuls of common salt, all in the finest powder. Allow the .beef to hang two or three days, remove the bones, then rub the spices well into it, continuing to do so ev- ery day lor two or three weeks. Before dressing it, dip it into cold water to take off the loose spice. Bind it up tightly with tape, and put it into a pan with a teacupful of water at the bottom ; cover the top of the meat with shred suet, and cover the pan with a coarse crust, and brown paper over it. Let it bake five hours, and when cold take off the paste and the tape. BEEF, LEICESTER SPICED. Prep. Take a round of beef, rub in a quarter of a pound of saltpetre, finely pounded ; let it stand a day, then season it with half a pound of bay-salt, an ounce of black pepper, and the same of allspice, both pounded. Let it lie in the pickle a month, turn- ing it every day. BEEF, PICKLED. Prep. Rub each piece of beef v(j^ r lightly with salt ; let them lie singly on a tray or board for 24 hours, then wipe them very dry. Pack them closely in a tub, taking care that it is perfectly sweet and clean. Have the pickle ready, made thus: Boil four gallons of soft water with ten pounds of coarse salt, four ounces of saltpetre, and two pounds of* coarse brown sugar; let it boil 15 minutes, and skim it while boiling very clean. When perfectly cold pour it on the beef, laying a weight on the top to keep the meat under the pickle. This quantity is suflicii'iit for 100 lbs. of beef if closely packed. BEEF, POTTED. Prep. Cut the beef small, add to it some melted butter, 2 anchovies, boned und washed, und a little of the best pepper, all pounded very flue. Beat the whole well to- gether in a marb-le mortar, until tho paslc is very smooth and yellow colored, then put it into potr and pouj clarified butter over it, about ^ of as inch deep. BEEF, WELSH. Prep. Rub two ounces of saltpetre into a round of beef, let it remain an hour, then season it with pepper, salt, and a fourth portion of allspice ; allow the beef :o stand in the brine for 15 days, turning it frequently. Work it Arell with pickle ; put it into an earthen vessel, with a quantity of beef-suet over and under it, cover it with a coarse paste and bake it, allowing it to remain in the oven for fi or 8 hours. Pour oft’ the gravy, and let the beef stand till cold. It will keep for two months in winter, and will be found useful amid the Christmas faro in the coun- try. BEER, ALE, and PORTER. Qual., fc. Pure malt liquor, which has undergone a perfect fermentation, is perhaps the most wholesome bev- erage that can be drill. > provided it be not taken in excess. Malt liquor bears different names ac- cording to its strength and color. Ale is the most nutritious variety, but good porter frequently agrees better with bilious constitutions. The most wholesome and perhaps the. least exceptionable beverages prepared from malt are those known as East India, Scotch, and Bavarian ales. A lato writer has described good beer as nutritious, from the sugar and mucilage it contains ; exhilarating, from its spirit ; and strengthening and narcotic, from its hops. The stronger varieties of ale con- tain 7 to 8 per ccvit. of absolute alcohol ; average strong ale 5 to 6 per cent. ; brown stout 6 to 7 per cent. ; London porter 3^ to 4 per cent. ; and table beer 1 to 2 per cent. (See Brewing, Ale and Malt Liquor.) BEER, AMBER. Prep. Amber is now out of fashion, but formerly was drunk in great quan- tities, in London, mixed with bitters, and called purl. The proportions of malt were three quar- ters amber, and one quarter pale, with six pounds of hops to the quarter. The first liquor is usually turned on at 170°, and the second at 185°. The worts are boiled together for two hours. It is tunned at 64°, and after 24 hours roused every 2 hours, till the heat is increased to 74°. It is then skimmed every hour for 6 hours and cleansed, and generally used as soon as it has done working in the barrels. BEER, BRAN. A very good article of table beer may be brewed from bran, especially if it bo mashed with about of its weight of good malt. A proportionate quantity of hops must be used, and the addition of a little moist sugar will vastly im- prove it. Bran will yield from 16 to 20 lbs. per barrel, with proper management. BEER, CHEAP. “ No production of this coun- try abounds so much with saccharine matter as tho shells of green peas. A strong decoction ol them so much resembles, in odor and taste, an in- fusion of malt (termed wort) as to deceive a brew- er. This decoction, rendered slight!/ bitter with tho wood sago, und afterwards formented with yeast, affords a very excellent beverage. Tho me- thod employed is as follows: “ Fill a boiler with the green shells of peas, poui on water till it rises half an inch above the shells, and simmer Ibr three hours. Strain oft’ tho liquor BEE 107 BEE and add a sti :ng decoction of tho wood sage, or the hop, so as to render it pleasantly bitter ; then ferment in the usual manner. The wood jsago is the best substitute for hops, and being free from any anodyne property is entitled to a preference. By boiling a fresh quantity of shells in the decoc- tion before it becomes cold, it may be so thoroughly impregnated with saccharine matter as to afford a liquor, when fermented, as strong as ale.” BEER, POTATO. An excellent beverage may be prepared by mixing the pulped potatoes with about -A of their weight of good barley malt, and mashing with water at 160°, keeping it at the same temperature for 4 hours ; after draining off this wort, a second mash must be made at 180° for 1 hour ; the mixed worts must be then boiled with a little hops, cooled and fermented. BEER, SPRUCE. I. (White.) Ing. Water 10 gallons; sugar 10 lbs.; essence of spruce \ lb.; yeast £ pint. Proc. Dissolve the sugar and es- sence of spruce in the water, previously warmed ; then allow it to cool a little, and add the yeast, as in making ginger-beer ; bottle immediately in half- pint bottles. II. (Brown.) For sugar use treacle. Remarks. Spruce beer is a pleasant beverage, when well pre- pared, and possesses slightly diuretic properties. BEER, SUGAR. Prep. Mash a peck of bran in 10 gallons of boiling water for 2 hours, draw off the wort, add 7 lbs. of moist sugar, and boil it with a \ lb. of hops ; then cool it down and add a little yeast. It may be put into the cask the next day, and in 3 days more it may be bunged down. At the expiration of 6 or 8 days it will be fit to drink. This beer will not keep long. BEER, SUGAR AND MALT. Prep. $c. It has been found that 100 lbs. of good moist sugar, mixed with 1 quarter of malt, will produce an equal quantity of wort, and of the same quality, as 2 quarters of malt would do under similar treatment. The best plan is to add the sugar to the wort from the malt, after it is let down from tho mash-tun. In other respects the brewing is the same as from malt alone. BEER, TREACLE. Prep. Boil * lb. of hops with 14 lbs. of treacle in 36 gallons of water for 1 hour ; then strain off the wort and add, when near- ly cold, £ a pint of yeast ; the next day it may be put into a cask or bottled. II. Hops 1 oz. ; treacle 1 lb. ; water 1 gallon. As above. Remarks. A cheap and pleasant bev- erage when well made. It will not keep for any length of time. BEER, TABLE. Prep. I. Malt 1 bushel ; hops f lb. Draw off 1$ barrel of wort at three mashings. (See Brewing.) II. Malt 8 bushels; hops 7 lbs. ; sugar coloring 7 lbs. ; Spanish juice 1 lb. ; treacle 14 lbs. To pro- duce 10 barrels, or five times the malt. BEER, TWOPENNY (or simply, Twopenny.) Prep. Malt 3 bushels; hops 2 lbs.; Spanish juice 2 lb3. ; treacle 14 lbs ; capsicum £ oz. To produce 1 barrel, or three times the malt. Drank in cold weather as a stimulant, frequently when only a week old. BEES. In addition to what has been said under the article Apiary, the following will no doubt Drove interesting to the reader. Mr Coble 1 1 on the management of Bees. The best hives aie those made of clean unblightcd rye* straw. A swarm should always be put into a uevt hive, and the sticks should bo new that arc put into the hive for the bees to work on ; for, if the hive be old, it is not so wholesome ; and a thou- sand to one but it contains the embryons of moths and other insects injurious to bees. Over the liivi itself there should bo a cap of thatch, made also ol clean rye-straw ; and it should not only be new when first put on the hive, but a new one should be made to supply the place of the former one every three or four months ; for, when tho straw begins to get rotten, as it soon does, insects breed in it, it smells bad, and its effect on the bees is dangerous. The hives should be placod on a bench, the legs of which mice and rats cannot creep up. Tin round the legs is best. But even this will not keep down ants, which are mortal enemies of bees. To keep these away, if they infest the hive, take a green stick and twist it round in the shape of a ring, to lay on the ground, round the legs of the bench, and at a few inches from it ; and cover this stick with tar. This will keep away the ants. Besides the hive and its cap, there should be a sort of shed, with top, back, and ends, to give ad- ditional protection in winter ; though, in summer, hives may be kept too hot, and in that case, the bees become sickly, and the produce light. The situation of the hive is to face the south-east ; or, at any rate, to be sheltered from the north and the west. From the north always, and from tho west in winter. If it be a very dry season in sum- mer, it contributes greatly to the success of the bees, to place clear water near their home, in a thing that they can conveniently drink out of ; for, if they have to go a great way for drink, they have not much time for work. It is supposed that bees live only a year ; at any rate, it is best never to keep the same stall, or fa- mily, over two years, except it be wanted to in- crease the number of hives. The swarm of this summer should always be taken in the autumn of the next year. It is whimsical to save the bees when the honey is taken. They must be fed ; and if saved, they will die of old age before the next fall ; and though young ones will supply the place of the dead, this is nothing like a good swarm put up during the summer. A good stall of bees, that is to say, the produce of one, is always worth about two bushels of good wheat. The cost is nothing to the laborer. He must be a stupid countryman inde :d who cannot make a bee-hive ; and a lazy one indeed, if he will not if he can. In short, there is nothing but caro demanded ; and there are very few situations in the country, especially in the south of England, where a laboring man may not have half a dozen stalls of bees to take every year. The main things are to keep away insects, mice, and birds, and especially a little bird called tho bee-bird ; and to keep all clean and fresh as to the hives and cover- ings. Never put a swarm into an old hive. If wasps or hornets annoy you, watch them home in the day-time ; and, in the night, kill them by firo or by boiling water. Fowls should not go where bees are, for they eat them. On the different kinds of hives. — 1. The com- mon hive. This hive is too well known to require BEE 108 any description. It should be made of good clean dry straw, and sufficiently thick and firm to pro- tect the bees. The size of the hive should bo pro- portionate to the size of the swarm placed in it. Care should be taken to avoid covering this hive with a hackle or turf, as it induces mice to build in it, and ultimately to destroy both combs and bees. 2. Glass hives. There are various modifications of this useful kind of hive. That of Mr. Moulton con- sists in placing glasses on a board furnished with holes at the upper part of a straw hive of peculiar construction ; when filled with honey these may be removed without injury to the bees or disturbing the economy of the hive. The first year the glasses ire only filled once, and generally produce about 8 lbs. of honey of superior quality ; but the second year and subsequent years the glasses may be worked twice or oftener. 3. The double cottage straw hive. This hive is worked by first hiving the bees in the lower hive, and after 10 days clear- ing the opening at top and affixing thereon another small hive either of glass or straw. When full, the latter may be removed. 4. The box hive and, hexagon box and straw hives may be worked in the common way, or by placing a glass hive over it. The management is very similar to the pre- ceding varieties. Bee-flowers. Bees seldom fly more than a mile for their food ; it is therefore advisable to encourage the growth of such flowers as they appear to be most attached to. The following are said to be the most favorable for pasturage, and those that Blossom early should be preferred : Shrubs, ijw. Rosemary, Broom, Heath, Furze, Fruit-blossoms. Flowers. Mignonnette, Lemon thyme, Borage, White clover, Bean-flowers. Swarming. As soon as a stock has increased to a certain number, which can barely find accom- modation in the hive, an inclination to swarm is evinced as soon as a queen bee is ready to lead them. When the bees begin to carry in farina, or pellets on their thighs, it denotes that they have commenced breeding, which frequently begins in February, and does not finish till October. The indication of swarming is the clustering of the bees in great numbers below the resting-board. They never rise but in fine weather, and most frequently about noon ; it becomes therefore necessary to ob- serve the hives well during the swarming season, or from April to July. A second cast may gene- rally be expected within 3 or 4 days after the first, but the interval seldom exceeds 8 or 10 days. .Should a stock overswarm itself, it will perish un- less strengthened ; for this purpose, the number of bees that enter the hive should bo carefully ob- served. Hiving. The method of hiving a swarm of bees varies according to the object on which they may havo settled. Should they alight on the ground, place a new hive over them, avoiding injuring any of the bees, or talking at the time, or breathing on them. Should they alight on a tree, the branch may be shaken over tho^iive, or if small, cut oil’ and placed in it, and the hive left on the spot, when the remaining bees will go into it. Tho hive BEL should then bo loft near to whore they settle until tho evening, when it may bo gently removed to tho bee-house. Ringing a bell, or beating an old kettle, is a common way of collecting the bees to- gether and making them alight. Reinforcement of weak stocks. Weak swarms of bees should be strengthened. This is done by hiving the swarms as usual, and in the evening striking the bottom of the hive containing the new swarm smartly, on a cloth spread upon the ground. The bees then fall in a cluster on the cloth, when the hive containing the stock to be reinforced must be placed over them as quickly as possible ; after the lapse of about a quarter of an hour, they will havo becomo united as one family. Another method is to invert the one hive and to place it in a bucket or pail, then to set the other hive over it ; by the next morning the bees in the lower one will have ascended into the upper. The operation of reinforcing stocks is very economical, as it is found that one strong stock will produce more honey than two weak ones. Weak stocks. Stocks weighing less than 18 or 20 lbs. cannot be safely brought through the winter without feeding. The best food is a mixture r sugar and water, or equal parts of sugar and beci BEETLES. The common pest of our kitchens, to which this name is applied, is properly the blatta cr cockroach, which is an insect of the order orthopterous, and not belonging to the coleopterous, or beetle tribe. The blatta, or cockroach, is char- acterized by its nocturnal appearance, retiring during the day to the cracks and holes in the floors and walls surrounding the fireplaces. It is prin- cipally found on the basement floor, and likes a warm damp situation. Exter. Place a few lumps of unslaked lime where they frequent ; or set a dish or trap, con- taining a little beer or sirup at the bottom, and place a few sticks slanting against its sides, so as to form a sort of gangway for the beetles to climb up by, when they will go headlong into the bait set for them. Another plan : mix equal weights of red lead, sugar, and flour, and place it nightly near their haunts. This last mixture, made into sheets, forms the beetle-wafers, sold at the oil shops. BEET ROOT. Qual., Use, fyc. Beet root is cooling, saccharine, and nutritious, and is much used for its color in cookery. It is cooked by either boiling or baking, with a little vinegar and gravy, and is also used as an ingredient in several excel- lent winter salads. Under the name of mangel wurzel it is much employed for feeding cattle. BEET ROOT SUGAR. Prep. This is mado by expressing the juice of the white-rooted beet, and afterwards boiling the marc in water, and again expressing the liquor. The fluids are then mixed, evaporated to the consistence of a sirup, clarified with white of egg, and lastly, evaporated to a proper consistence. Remarks. Beet root yields too little saccharine juice (and that of a very inferior quality) to be employed as a source of sugar, as long as cane-sugar is procurable at it? present rate. Tho marc, or cake, left after the process, forms an excellent food for feeding cattle ; and especially for pigs and cows. BELLADONNIN. A volatilo alkali some- what resembling ammonia, discovered by Luebe BEN 109 BEN kind in the atropa belladonna. (Phar. Centr. Blatt. fur 1839.) BELL METAL. A species of bronze applied to the manufacture of bells, &c. Prep. I. Melt together under powdered char- coal, 100 parts of pure copper, with 20 parts of tin, and unite the two metals by frequently stirring the mass. Remark. Product very fine. II. Copper 3 parts ; tin 1 part ; as above. Re- mark. Some of the finest church bells in the world have this composition. III. Copper 2 parts ; tin 1 part ; as above. IV. Copper 72 parts; tin 26^ parts; iron 1£ parts. Remarks. The bells of small clocks or pendules are made of this alloy in Paris. Retnarks. It is absolutely necessary in this pro- cess to keep the metals from contact with the air, for which purpose, the powdered charcoal is em- ployed. The union of the two metals in this alloy is so complete, that its gravity is considerably greater than that of the mean of its constituents, thus evincing chemical union to have taken place. The proportions of the first form are those of the Indian gong, so much celebrated for the richness of its tone. In very small bells, and in those of repeating watches, a little zinc is generally added, which makes them give out their tones the sharper. A less proportion of tin is now generally used for church bells, than for house or clock bells, the tones being thought to be rendered thereby more suitable to their respective purposes. The substitution of zinc for the iron in the last formula, would (I am told) improve the tone. To give this alloy its highest degree of sonorous- ness, it must be subjected to sudden refrigeration. M. D’Arcet recommends the pieces to be ignited after they are cast, and then to be suddenly plung- ed into cold water. They are next to undergo a well-regulated pressure by skilful hammering, un- til they have assumed their intended form ; then to be heated, and allowed to cool slowly in the air. In a general way, however, bells are formed by simple casting. The addition of lead, and other metals, to this alloy, greatly lessens its sonorous- ness. For common purposes the third form is generally used. BENZAMIDE. A compound discovered by Wohler and Liebig, supposed to be formed by the union of the two theoretical bases benzule and amide, hence the name. Prep. Saturate chloride of benzule with dry ammoniacai gas, reduce the re- sulting dry white mass to a fine powder, and well wash it with cold water. Dissolve the residuum in boiling water; the benzamide will crystallize out on the liquor cooling. Remarks. Benzamide Is soluble in water, alcohol, and ether, and is de- composed by both acid3 and alkalis. BENZHYDRAMIDE. A compound discover- ed by Laurent. It i3 formed by the action of strong liquid ammonia, on -gV of its volume of oil of bitter almonds, at a temperature of about 112°, and purified by boiling in ether, for some time, when crystals will be deposited on cooling. These are again dissolved in boiling alcohol, and purified by filtering and crystallization. BENZILE. (Discovered by Laurent, who called it benzule, with which it is isomeric.) Prep. Pass chlorine gas ovjr melted benzoin, until muriatic acid ceases to be formed ; cool and dis- solve in hot alcohol, which, on cooling, will deposit? crystals of pure benzile. Prop. Soluble in alcoho and ether ; tasteless, inodorous, volatile, and in- flammable. BENZILIC ACID. (Discovered by Liebig.'. Prep. Boil benzoine or benzile with a saturated alcoholic solution of potassa, adding more of the latter, as long as a blue color is produced, after the previous portion has been decolored by boiling. Then neutralize with muriatic acid, filter and add muriatic acid in excess ; on cooling, crystals of benzilic acid will be deposited. Prop. Soluble in water ; fusible ; with potassa and silver it forms benzilates of those bases, which are crystallizable. BENZIMIDE. The pearly needles and la- mellae, which separate under certain circumstances from the essential oil of bitter almonds. It was discovered by Laurent, and has been thought by some to be dry benzoate of ammonia. BENZOIC ACID. Syn. Flowers i/f Ben- zoin or BenjxJviin. Prep. There are two, general methods of procuring this acid from gum benzoin : one by sublimation, or the “ dry way,” as it is com- monly called ; and the other, by dissolving it out in the form of a salt, from which the acid is after- wards procured ; this has been called the “ moist way.” I. By sublimation. a. Put 1 pound of coarsely triturated benzoin into an iron pot with a flat bottom, whose diameter is from 8 to 9 inches ; the benzoin forming therein a layer of from 1 to 2 inches in depth. The open end of the pot is then to be covered with a sheet of soft and loose blotting paper, (felt, Liebig,) which must be attached to the rim with paste. A cone, formed with strong and thick paper, (cart- ridge paper,) is then to be capped over the top of the pot, including the blotting paper ; and this is also to be attached with paste and string. The apparatus thus prepared, should then be placed on the sand-bath, and exposed from 4 to 6 hours to a gentle heat. After this lapse of time, it may be removed from the sand-bath, inverted, and the string detached, when beautiful white needles, oi a silky lustre, possessing the agreeable odor of benzoic acid, will be found in the paper cone. Prod. From 1 lb. of good benzoin to 2 oz. of benzoic acid may be procured. The second sub- limation ordered in the London Pharm. becomes quite unnecessary when the above method is fol- lowed. The following modification of the above is highly recommended by Gauger. b. Place 12 oz. of coarsely powdered benzoin resin, mixed with sand, in a flat iron vessel capa- ble of containing from 2 to 4 lbs. ; cover the mouth of the vessel with loose blotting paper, place there- in a stick to support 4 or 5 paper discs, at some distance above the blotting paper, horizontally fixed on the stick ; then tilt a paper bag in the form of a sugar-loaf, and formed of a double sheet of paper, (inward blotting paper, and outward sugar paper,) over it, and attach this apparatus by means of a string, around the brim of the vessel After 6 or 8 hours’jexposure in a sand-bath, allow it to cool ; take out the benzoic acid from the bag and the paper discs, renew the paper attached over the mouth of the vessel, and again arrange the whole as before, when it must be heated for some hours to a higher temperature It is advisa* BEN 110 BEN bio to ronew the paper for a third time. Tho while crystals are separated from the product, tho colored crystals strongly pressed between folds of blotting paper, and again sublimed as before. 12 oz. of good benzoin thus furnish from 10 to 1 1 j drachms of fine benzoic acid. Some benzoic acid j may afterwards be obtained from the papers em- ployed. (Gauger’s Report, 1842.) c. ( Process at Apothecary' s Hall.) The best gum benzoin is put into an iron pot, set in brick- 'Cvork, over a proper fire, and communicating by a conical metal neck, with a wooden box lined with paper, as a receiver for the flowers. The sublimation is conducted rather rapidly, and the acid condenses in beautiful clastic prismatic crys- tals ; but if the process be conducted more slowly, the product is proportionately scaly. Prod. 10 to 12 per cent, of flowers are thus generally procured, which, after being pressed in blotting paper, are again sublimed, and give 8 or 9 per cent, of very pure acid. II. By the moist way. a. (Scheele's process .) Mix intimately togeth- er, equal parts of finely powdered benzoin and hy- drate of lime, and boil for 1 hour, with 40 parts of water; filter and evaporate to one-fifth ; saturate the lime with muriatic acid, when the benzoic acid will crystallize out as the liquor cools ; it should be then either washed or sublimed, after first well drying it. Remarks. If a perfect mixture of the lime and powdered gum be not first made, the lat- ter will run into a solid mass in the boiling water, and the process will fail. 1 lb. of benjamin yields 3?i, 3vj, 3ij of flowers. (Gray.) By my own ma- nipulations I could never succeed in procuring this proportion of acid. The above process is similar to that of the Dublin Pharmacopoeia. b. ( Process of Stoltze.) Dissolve the resin in 3 times its weight of alcohol, introduce the solu- tion into a retort, and add thereto gradually, a so- lution of carbonate of soda in weak spirit and water, until all the free acid be neutralized ; water equal to twice the weight of the benzoin employed, must be next poured in, and the alcohol removed by distillation. The floating resin should be now skimmed off the remaining liquid, and washed with a little water, which should be added to the contents of the retort, which will deposite crystals on cooling. c. Boil hippuric acid for 15 minutes in nitric acid, sp. gr. 1*42, then add water, and allow the solution to crystallize ; collect the crystals, and purify by sublimation as above. *** Hippuric acid is manufactured from the urine of horses, which is evaporated to of its original volume, and then mixed with muriatic acid ; after which, the liquid deposites the acid, somewhat impure, under the form of a crystalline powder. Large quantities of benzoic acid are said to be obtained by the above process, but owing to its not being generally well purified, is of inferior quality and unsaleable. It may, however, be rendered quite equal lo that obtained from gum benzoin, by care- ful manipulation. “ A manufactory of sal ammo- niac, near Magdeburgh , winch uses urine, is able to supply Jlowcrs of benjamin by the cwt x Gray.) Remarks. The manufacture of benzoic acid has lately assumed considerable interest from the scar- city and high price of gum benzoin, which is now from 40/. to 50/. the cwt. The low price -at which this acid has for some time past been sold, is barely sufficient to repay the expenses incurred I in its manufacture. The finest gum benzoin it exported in large quantities to Spain, when? it is mixed with olibanum and used as incense. Ben- zoic acid is at the present time very dear, being about Is. 'f l. to Is. 8 d. an ounce, whereas, its usual price averages from Is. £ d . to Is. 2d. tho oz. A large manufacturer, with whom I am ac- quainted, made a sale some time since at Is. 1 t^d., of about 300 oz., but has lately greedily taken back the greater portion, which remained unsold, at Is. 4 d., besides paying all the expenses of tran- sit, &,c. The product by the process of sublimation is generally greater than by the humid way, and is consequently the one usually adopted. Much, however, depends upon the quality of the gum employed. It is found to be the most economical to use the best benzoin, as it is richer in benzoic acid than the inferior kinds. Prop., Uses, tyc. Form; light feathery white crystals ; very soluble in alcohol. It is used in making paregoric, and is sometimes administered in chronic bronchial affections ; it is expectorant Dose. 10 to 20 grs. in old coughs. Pur. 24 parts of boiling water dissolve 1 part of benzoic acid, and again deposite the greater portion on cooling. Freely soluble in alcohol, and in liquor of potassa, from which it is precipitated by adding muriatic acid. When cautiously heat- ed, it wholly evaporates, with an odor of benzoin. It is inflammable. (P. L.) BENZOATES. Combinations of the bases with henzoic acid. Prep. The benzoates of ammonia, soda, and potassa, may be made by dissolving with heat benzoic acid in their respective aqueous solutions, until they become perfectly neutral. Most of the other benzoates may be formed in a similar way, or by adding a benzoate of an alkali to a salt of the base. BENZOINAMIDE. Syn. Hydrobenzoina- mide. A white, tasteless, inodorous, volatile pow- der, obtained by heating benzoin with water of ammonia. BENZOIN. Syn. Camphor of Oil of Alm- onds. A compound isomeric with benzule, dis- covered by Robiquet and Boutron Charlard. Prep. Mix together equal parts by measure of the raw oil of bitter almonds, and’ a solution of caustic po- tassa in alcohol. As soon as the liquid becomes full of crystals, and apparently solid, it must be dissolved in alcohol, filtered, and crystallized. Prop., c fyc. Brilliant prismatic crystals ; tasteless, odorless, volatile, and inflammable ; soluble in al- cohol, and forming with oil of vitriol, and with alcoholic solution of potash, a violet-b’.ue solution. BENZOLE. Syn. Benzine. Discovered by Faraday among tho products of the destructive distillation of organic substances ; it resembles ether. Prep. Submit a mixture of 1 part of ben- zoic acid and 3 parts of slaked lime, to distilla- tion, and redistil the oily product with water. BENZONE. Syn. Cakbobenzide. An cily liquid, heavier than water, discovered by Mits- cherlich and Peligot. Prep. The raw product of BEZ 111 B1C the distil.ation of benzoale of lime, is distilled first in a Water-bath, and then afterwards until the heat gradually rises to 920°, as long as benzole comes over. The product is next exposed to a cold of —5°, when the crystals of naphthaline which form must be separated from the liquid, which is pure henzone. BENZULE. The hypothetical radical of sev- eral compounds obtained from the oil of bitter al- monds, and supposed to he the base of benzoic acid. Among the principal members of this group may be mentioned hydruret of benzule, obtained from a mixture of oil of almonds, milk of lime, and chlo- ride of iron, by distillation ; the chloride of benzule, obtained from the last article (rendered dry by chloride of calcium) by passing chlorine gas through it, as long as muriatic acid is formed ; the bromide of benzule, also prepared like the chloride ; the iodide of benzule, prepared from a mixture of iodide of potassium and chloride of benzule by dis- tillation ; the sulphurct of benzule, prepared by distillation from a mixture of sulphurct of lead and chloride of benzule ; and cyanuret of benzule, also prepared by distillation, from a mixture of bicyanide of mercury and chloride of benzule. The scries also includes hippuric acid, amygdalinic acid, and amygdaline, as well as several other substances whose names contain (benz-) the first part of the word benzule, as indicative of their constitution. BERBERINE. A substance discovered by Bdchner, in the barberry shrub, (berberis vulgaris.) It belongs to the class of azotized coloring sub- stances. It is soluble in boiling water and in alco- hol, from either of which it may be obtained in crystals. BETULINE. Syn. Betulina. A substance discovered by Lowitz, in the bark of the white birch, (the betula alba.) It is obtained under the form of white crystalline needles, soluble in ether, alcohol, oil, and acids. It is fusible, volatile, and inflammable. BEZOARS. Preternatural concretions found in the stomach and intestines of some animals, form- erly supposed to possess alexipharmic powers, and. were both taken internally and worn as amulets. They have now, however, sunk into disuse, and though ordered in the preparation of Gascoigne’s ball and powder, a factitious kind is substituted. The name bezoar was formerly extended to vari- ous other substances supposed to possess similar virtues. BEZOARS, FACTITIOUS. Prep. Make tobacco-pipe clay into a paste with ox-gall, and add a little hair or wool ; then form into shapes. Remarks. This will give a yellow tint to paper, nibbed with chalk, and a green one to quicklime, which tests arc considered as proof of genuine bezoars. BEZOAR, MINERAL. Powder of algaroth deflagrated with nitre in a red hot crucible, and then well washed with water. Once used in doses of 5 to 15 grs. as a diaphoretic, but now obsolete. According to the mode by which the powder of algaroth was made, arose the names bezoardicum joviale and bezoardicum martialc, also applied to this preparation. BEZOAR, ARGENTINE. Syn. Bezoardi- cum Lunare. Made by distilling a mixture of but- ter of antimony and nitrate of silver. Once given in epilepsy and head diseases, in doses of G to IS grains.' BEZOAR OF LEAD. Syn. Bezoardicum Saturni. Made by distilling a mixture of oxide of lead, butter of antimony, and nitric acid. Once given in doses of 5 or G grs. in diseases of the spleen. BHAURTA, (in Cookery.) An Indian dish made with mashed potatoes, onions, and capsicum, moulded into a shape and slightly baked. BIBROMISATINE AND BROMISAT1NE. These are formed by the action of bromine on isa- tine. Treated with potassa, they yield acids of the same names. BICARBONATES. Combinations of the bases with the carbonic acid, in which two atoms of the latter are united to one of the former. The follow- ing arc the principal bicarbonates. BICARBONATE OF POTASSA. Syn. Aer- ated Kali. Prep. There are two methods of preparing this salt: one, by passing a stream of carbonic acid through a solution of the carbonate of potassa ; the other, by the addition of sesquicar- bonate cf ammonia. The processes of the London and Edinburgh colleges offer an example of each. I. a. ( Process of the L. Ph .) Ing. Carbonate of potassa lb. vj ; distilled water 1 gallon. Proc. Dissolve the salt in the water, and pass carbonic acid gas through the solution, to saturation ; apply a gentle heat to redissolve any crystals that may have been deposited, then set the liquor aside to crystallize ; lastly, pour off* the liquid and dry the crystals. *** The carbonic acid may be obtained from chalk or whiting, rubbed up with water to the con- sistence of a sirup, upon wliich oil cf vitriol, diluted with an equal weight of water, -is to be poured. b. ( Process at Apothecaries' Hall.) Ing. Car- bonate of potassa 150 lbs.; distilled water 17 gal- lons. Proc. Dissolve 100 lbs. of the carbonate in the water ; then saturate with caibonic acid gas as last, when 35 to 40 lbs. of crystals of bicarbonate of potassa may be obtained. The remaining 50 lbs. of the carbonate are now dissolved in the mother liquor, and enough water added to make it up a second time to 17 gallons, the remaining part of the operation being performed as before. This plan may be repeated again and again. Remarks. The following plan has been proposed as a substitute for the preceding process, but does not produce a pure salt. Dissolve pearlash in wa- ter ; add bran or sawdust, to soak up the liquor ; put it into a crucible, lute on the cover, and heal it to redness ; cool, wash out the salt, evaporate, and crystallize. Repeat the process with the re- maining liquor. Yields a very imperfect salt. II. (Process of the Ed. Pharm. Carthcuscr't Process .) a. Carbonate of potassa 6 oz. ; scsquicarbonate of ammonia oz. Proc. Triturate together, and when reduced to a very fine powder and perfectly mixed, make them into a stiff* paste with water Dry this very carefully at a heat not higher than 140° Fahr. until a fine powder, perfectly devoid of ammoniacal odor, be obtained, occasionally tri- turating the mass towards the end of the process. b. (Process of Henry and Guibourt.) Dissolve 500 parts of pure carbonate of potassa in 1000 parts of water ; filter, if necessary, and place the fluid in a porcelain capsule; set in a suit -water bath. BIC 112 BII and add gradually 300 parts of sesquicarbonate of ammonia. Slightly agitate tho liquor until arnmo- niacal fumes are perceived; then filtor over a heated vessel, and set it aside to cool. Remarks. The process recommended by Geiger is similar to the last, but the proportions are 1 lb. of carbonate of potassa and 1 lb. 6 oz. of sesquicarbonate of am- monia. Prop. Use, c J-c. It is soluble in 4 times its weight of water at 60° ; is fixed in tho air, but decom- posed into a carbonate at a red heat. It possesses the general alkaline properties of carbonate of po- tassa, but in an inferior degree. It is much used as an antacid, and for making effervescing salino draughts. The dose is from 10 grains to £ a drachm. 20 grs. bicarbonate of potassa in crystals saturate 14 grs. of crystallized citric acid ; 15 grs. “ tartaric acid ; and i oz. of lemon juice. Pur. and Tests. A solution of corrosive subli- mate merely causes an opalescence, or very slight white precipitate in a solution of this salt ; if it contains carbonate of potassa a brick-colored pre- cipitate will be thrown down. In other respects it may be tested like the carbonate, which see. BICARBONATE OF SODA. Syn. Aerated Soda. This is prepared in a similar way to the bicarbonate of potassa.* I. a. ( Sesquicarbonate of Soda, P. L.) Ing. Carbonate of soda, lb. vij. ; water 1 gallon. Proc. Dissolve and pass carbonic acid through the solu- tion, in the same way as in making the bicarbonate of potassa. b. Dissolve 160 lbs. of carbonate of soda in 13 gallons of water, and pass carbonic acid through the solution. The bicarbonate falls down to the amount of about 50 lbs., and may be collected and dried by pressure in an hydraulic press. A fresh portion of soda may be then dissolved in the mother liquor, and the whole process repeated as before.' (Brande.) c. Mix together 1 part of carbonate of soda, with 2 parts of dried carbonate of soda, both in powder, and surround them with an atmosphere of carbonic acid gas, under pressure. Let the action go on till no more gas is absorbed, which will generally oc- cupy 10 to 14 hours, according to the pressure em- ployed, then remove the salt and dry it at a heat not above 120°. This process is a modification both of that of the Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia and that of Mr. Smith, described in the Philadelphia Pharmaceutical Journal. Smith, however, em- p'oys the salt in crystals. In Scotland the method just described has been adopted with perfect suc- cess, and I can, from my own experience, bear testimony to its efficiency. Remarks. A crude sesquicarbonate of soda has been prepared as follows: Calcine carbonate of soda with bran, as in making bicarbonate of po- tassa ; wash out tho tfalt and crystallize : very in- ferior. II. Ing. Carbonate of potassa and water, of each 1 lb. ; carbonate of ammonia $ lb. Proc. Dissolvo tho carbonate in tho water, then add tho ammonia, and drive off’ tho ummoniucal fumes at a heat under 120° ; lastly, set the solution asidl to crystallize. Remarks. Tho above are nearly the proportions of tho P. L. of 1809. Winckler, however, directs 80 of carbonate of soda, 3 of car- bonate of ammonia, and 20 of water; and Henry and Guibourt order 6 parts of tho soda, 2 of the ammonia, and 4 of water. The processes I. b and 1. c are those adapted for commercial purposes. Prop., Use, <$-c. These are very similar to the carbonate of soda, but it is more feebly alkaline. It loses a part of its acid by heat. The dose is from 10 to 40 grains, as an antacid and absorbent. It is largely employed in the preparation of effer- vescing powders and draughts, for which purpose 20 grs. of commercial bicarbonate of soda v V ' are taken with either 18 grs. of crystallized tartaric acid; 17, grs. of crystallized citric acid ; or ^ oz. of lemon juice. Tests and Pur. Dissolved in 40 parts of wa- ter it does not give a reddish precipitate with a so- lution of corrosive sublimate. (P. E.) It is totally dissolved in water ; neither chloride of platina nor sulphate of magnesia throws down any thing from this solution. It is converted into the anhydrous carbonate by heat. (P. L.) The quantity of bi- carbonate any given sample contains may be pretty nearly ascertained by well washing 100 grains of the salt with an equal weight of water, and filtering the solution. The residuum left upon the filter, dried at a heat of 120^ and weighed, will give the per centage of bicarbonate of soda present, (very nearly.) Dissolved in water this will give only a trifling white precipitate, with cor- rosive sublimate, as described above, while the filtered portion, which was used to wash the Salt, will give a red one, if it contains the simple carbon- ate of soda. BICE, BLUE. The native blue carbonate of copper, prepared by grinding and washing. Use. As a pigment. BICE, GREEN. The native green carbonate of copper, prepared as above. Use. As a pigment. BILE, BILIOUSNESS. Treat., #c. Persons subject to bilious attacks should be particularly careful to avoid excess in eating and drinking, and should especially avoid using those articles of food which, from experience, they find to disagree with them. A mutton chop under-cooked is an excel- lent article for the breakfast or lunch of a bilious patient ; and mutton or beef, either broiled or roasted, so that the gravy be retained, is better for dinner than many articles apparently more deli- cate. These, with game and venison, form a good variety from which to choose a bill of fare. New beer and porter should be particularly avoided, as well as puddings and most articles of pastry , as they are very indigestible. Hard cheese, binter, unripe fruit, and especially beans, peas, and nuts, are also objectionable. An attack of bile may frequently be prevented by the use of a saline pur- gative, and it may generally bo removed by an emetic, followed by a dose of castor oil, epsom salts, or seidlitz powders BILLS OF FARE. (In cookery and domes- tic economy.) lasts of tho various articles of diet, either actuully provided for use, or, being in sea EIL 113 BIR son, are procurable for that purpose. The follow- ing bills of fare, for which I am indebted to “ The New System of Cookery,” published by Mr. Murray, exhibits at a glance tho various articles in season ai different periods of the year, and which are usually found at those times upon the greater number of well-provided tables. Bills op Fare for Family Dinners, &c., CONTAINING A LIST OF VARIOUS ARTICLES IN SEASON IN DIFFERENT MONTHS OF TIIE YEAR: First Quarter. January. — Poultry: Game, pheasants, partridges, hares, rabbits, woodcocks, snipes, turkeys, capons, pullets, fowls, chickens, tame pigeons. Fish : Carp, tench, perch, lam- preys, eels, cray-fish, cod, soles, flounders, plaice, turbot, thornback, skate, sturgeon, smelts, whit- ings, lobsters, crabs, prawns, oysters. Vegetables : Cabbage, savoys, colewort, sprouts, leeks, onions, beet, sorrel, chervil, endive, spinach, celery, gar- lic, scorzonera, potatoes, parsnips, turnips, brocoli, (white and purple,) shalots, lettuces, cresses, mus- tard, rape, salsafy, herbs of all sorts, dry and some green ; cucumbers, asparagus, and mushrooms to be had, though not in season. Fruit : Apples, pears, nuts, walnuts, medlars, grapes. February and March. Meat, fowls, and game, as in January, with the addition of ducklings and chickens ; which last are to be bought in London most if not all the year, but very dear. Fish : As the last two months, except that cod is not thought so good from February to July, but may be bought. Vegetables : The same as the for- mer months, with the addition of kidney-beans. Fruits : Apples, pears, forced strawberries. Second Quarter. April, May, and June . — Meat : Beef, mutton, veal, lamb, venison, (in June.) Poultry: Pullets, fowls, chickens, duck- lings, pigeons, rabbits, leverets. Fish : Carp, tench, soles, smelts, eels, trout, turbot, lobsters, chub, salmon, herrings, cray-fish, mackerel, crabs, prawns, shrimps. Vegetables : As before ; and in May early potatoes, peas, radishes, kidney- beans, carrots, turnips, early cabbages, cauliflow- ers, asparagus, artichokes, all sorts of salads forced. Fruit: In June; strawberries, cherries, melons, green apricots, currants and gooseberries for tarts ; pears, grapes, nectarines, peaches, and some other fruit; but most of these are forced, and conse- quently very dear. Third Quarter. July, August, and Septem- ber. — Meat as before. Poultry : Pullets, fowls, chickens, rabbits, pigeons, green geese, leverets, turkey poults. Two former months plovers, wheat- eaters ; geese in September. Fish : Cod, had- dock, flounders, plaice, skate, thornback, mullets, pike, carp, eels, shellfish, except oysters, mackerel the first two months of the quarter, but not good in August. Partridge shooting begins the 1st of September ; what is used before is therefore poached. Vegetables : Of all sorts, beans, peas, French beans, &c., &,c. Fruit : In July ; straw- berries, gooseberries, pine-apples, plums, various ; cherries, apricots, raspberries, melons, currants, damsons. In August and September ; peaches, plums, figs, filberts, mulberries, cherries, apples, pears, nectarines, grapes. Latter months, pines, melons, strawberries, medlars, and quinces ; in tne latter month, Morelia cherries, damsons, and various plums. Fourth Quarter. October , November, and De • cember. — Meat as before, and doe venison. Poul- try and Game : Domestic fowls as in former quarters ; pheasants from the 1st of October ; par- tridges, larks, hares, dotterels ; the end of the month wild-ducks, teal, snipes, widgeon, grouse. Fish : Dories, smelts, pike, perch, halibuts, brills, carp, salmon-trout, barbel, gudgeons, tench, shell* fish. Vegetables : As in January, French beans, last crop of beans, &c. Fruit : Peaches, pears, figs, bullace, grapes, apples, medlars, damsons, fil- berts, walnuts, nuts, quinces, services, medlars. In November — Meat : Beef, mutton, veal, pork, house lamb, doe venison, poultry and game as the last month. Fish : As the last month. Vegeta- bles : Carrots, turnips, parsnips, potatoes, skirrets, scorzonera, onions, leeks, shalots, cabbage, savoys , colewort, spinach, chard-beets, chardoons, cresses, endive, celery, lettuces, salad-herbs, pot-herbs. Fruit : Pears, apples, nuts, walnuts, bullace, ches- nuts, medlars, grapes. In December — Meat: beef, mutton, veal, house lamb, pork, and venison. Poultry and Game : Geese, turkeys, pullets, pi- geons, capons, fowls, chickens, rabbits, hares, snipes, woodcocks, larks, pheasants, partridges, sea-fowls, guinea-fowls, wild-ducks, teal, widgeon, dotterels, dun-birds, grouse. Fish : Cod, turbot, halibuts, soles, gurnets, sturgeon, carp, gudgeons, codlings, eels, dories, shellfish. Vegetables : As in the last month. Asparagus forced, &c. Fruit : As the last, except bullace. BIRCH SUGAR. Prep. This is prepared from the juice procured by boring a hole in the trunk of the birch tree, under one of the largest branches, carrying it quite through the wood to the bark on the opposite side. The juice that flows from the wood is collected in suitable vessels, and after mixing with a little chalk and clarifying with white of egg, is boiled down to a proper consistence. BIRDLIME. Prep. Boil the middle bark of the holly, gathered in June or July, for 6 or 8 hoqrs in water, until it becomes tender ; then drain off* the water, and place it in a pit under ground, in layers with fern, and surround it with stones. Leave it to ferment for two or three weeks, until it forms a sort of mucilage, which must be pounded in a mortar, into a mass, and well rubbed between the hands, in running water, q until all the refuse is worked out ; then place it in an earthen vessel, and leave it for four or five days to ferment and purify itself. Remarks. Birdlime may also be made from mis- tletoe berries, the bark of the wayfaring tree, and other vegetables, by a similar process. Should any of it stick to the hands it may be removed by means of a little oil of lemon bottoms, or turpen- tine. Use. To rub over twigs to catch birds or small animals. It is said to be discutient when applied externally. BIRDS may be preserved in a fresh state for some time by removing the intestines, wiping the inside out quite dry with a towel, and then flour ing them. A piece of blotting paper, on which one or two drops of creosote have been placed, is now to bo put inside them, and a similarly prepar- ed piece of paper tied round them. They should then bo hung up in a cool dry place, and will bo found to keep much longer than without under- going this process. 15 BIS 114 BIS BISCUITS. A species of hard, dry, unleaven- ed bread, made in thin flat pieces, and generally composed of flour and water, to which buttor, sugar, almonds, and other articles are occasionally added. BISCUITS, FANCY. Prep. Pound 1 lb. of blanched almonds very fine and sprinkle them with a little orange flower water ; when reduced to a perfectly smooth paste put it into a small pan, and add a little of the finest flour ; mix well and put the pan over a slow fire, and move the pasto well about to prevent it burning, until it becomes hard enough not to stick to the fingers ; then take it out and roll it into small fillets, and make it into knots, rings, or other shapes, as you may fan- cy. Next make an icing of different colors, and dip one side of your forms in it and set them to drain on a clean sieve. They may be varied by strewing over them pistachio nuts of different colors, according to fancy. BISCUITS, SPONGE. Prep. Add the whites and yelks of twelve eggs, previously well beaten, to 1 j lbs. of finely powdered sugar, and whisk it until it rises in bubbles, then add 1 lb. of flour and the rind of two lemons grated. Form them into shapes, sift a little sugar over them, and bake them in buttered tin moulds, in a quick oven for one hour. BISCUITS, DEVILLED. Butter captain’s biscuits (or any similar kind) on both sides, and pepper them well, then make a slice of good cheese into a paste, with made mustard, and lay it on one side of each biscuit, spice with cayenne pepper, and grill them. Chopped anchovies, or essence of anchovies, is also a good addition. BISMUTH. Syn. Tin Glass. Marcasite. Commercial bismuth is principally prepared in Germany, whence it is exported to England. In this state it generally contains both arsenic and copper. Chemically pure bismuth is made as fol- lows : Prep. Heat to redness, in a covered crucible, a mixture of the oxide, or subnitrate of bismuth, with half its weight of charcoal. Use, SfC. Bismuth is used in the composition of type metal, solder, pewter, fusible metal, and sev- eral other metallic mixtures. When added to other metals it renders them more fusible. An alloy of tin, nickel, bismuth, and silver is said to hinder iron from rusting. (Erdeman’s Jour.) Tests. Bismuth dissolves entirely in nitric acid, from which water and alkalis throw down a white precipitate, and sulphureted hydrogen a black one. The nitric solution is unaltered by adding sulphuric acid. BISMUTH, BROMIDE OF. This is prepared by heating the metal with an excess of bromine in a glass tube, when a gray-colored mass, resembling fused iodine, is formed. It is volatile, and decom- posed by water. BISMUTH, CHLORIDE OF. Prep. Mix together two parts of corrosivo sublimate and one part of bism ath, both in powder, and exposo the mixture to heat until all the mercury be expelled ; a granular substance of a grayish white color re- mains. BISMUTH, ESTIMATION OF. I. ( When mixed with bodies unaffected by sulphureted hydrogen.) Pass sulplnfretcd hydrogen gas through the liquid previously mixed with a larga quantity of acetic acid, and diluted with water. Collect the precipitated sulphurct on a filter, wash well with water, and redissolve in nitric acid in excess ; diluto with water and filter ; wash the sulphur left on the filter with water, soured with nitric acid ; mix the whole together, and precipi- tate the bismuth in the stato of oxide by carbonato of ammonia. Allow the liquor to stand for some hours, then collect the deposite on a filter, wash it with water, and ignite it in a porcelain crucible ; lastly, weigh it. The weight, in grains of oxide multiplied by *899, will give the weight of metal in the sample. Remarks. Should the sample bo in the solid state, it may be dissolved in nitric acid in excess, and precipitated by sulphureted hydrogen as above. II. {When neither mixed with muriatic acid nor substances precipitated by carbonate of am- monia.) In this case the oxide of bismuth may be at once thrown down •'4th carbonate of ammonia, ignited, and weighed as before. III. {When mixed with lead.) a. “ Ullgren precipitates the oxides with carbonate of ammonia and dissolves them in acetic acid; a strip of clean lead, the weight of which is known, is then put into this solution, so that the whole of it is covered. The vessel is closed and allowed to stand for some hours. Bismuth is separated in a metallic state, that which remains on the lead is washed off, and the strip dried and weighed. The bismuth is brought on to a filter and washed with water which has been boiled and allowed to cool ; it is then dissolved in nitric acid, evaporated, heated, and the oxide of bismuth weighed. The solution of lead is precipitated with carbonate of ammonia, and the oxide determined. The loss of weight which the lead has suffered gives the quantity of oxide of lead which was not originally in the solu- tion.” (Berzelius Jahresbericht, 21.) b. Add caustic potassa to the nitric solution, in sufficient excess to redissolve all the oxide of lead at first thrown down. The oxide of bismuth re- mains behind, and may be dried and weighed as before. BISMUTH, FLOWERS OF. Prep. Mix together 2 lbs. of nitre and 1 lb. of bismuth, both in powder, and gradually inject them into an ig- nited tubulated earthenware retort, having a wide mouth and furnished with a receiver to catch the flowers. BISMUTH, OXIDES OF. I. (. Protoxide .) Prep. a. Expose the nitrate or subnitrate to a full red heat in a crucible. Color ; yellow. b. Dissolve 2 lbs. of bismuth in 2£ lbs. of nitric acid, and drop it gradually into a solution of 3 lbs. of carbonato of potassa in twice it's weight of water ; wash the precipitato well with cold water. Remarks. This is much used by the ladies as a cosmetic. In medicine it has been used as an antispasmodic. Color : pearl white. II. {Peroxide. Syn. Dcutoxide.) Prep. Gen- tly heat the protoxide for somo time in a solution of chlorate of potassa, wash it well with water, and then dissolve out any undccomposed protoxide by digestion in dilute nitric acid, formed with 1 part of strong acid to 9 parts of water ; afterwards again well wash it with water. A heavy brown powder. BIS 115 BIT BISMUTH, SUBCHLORIDE OF. Syn. Pearl Powder. Prep. Drop a weak solution of common salt, or muriatic acid, into another of bis- muth, prepared by dissolving that metal in twice its weight of nitric acid: collect the precipitate and wash it well with water. Use. As a cosmetic. Both this article and the subnitrate have received the name of pearl powder, from their extreme beauty and whiteness. BISMUTH, SUBNITRATE OF. Syn. Trisnitrate of Bismuth, (P. L.) White Bis- muth, (P. E.) Pearl-white. Magistery of Bis- muth. Fard’s Spanish White. Blanc de Fard. ( Fr .) Prep. ( Process of the London Ph .) Dis- solve §ij of bismuth in f^iij of nitric acid, previous- ly diluted with f^ij of distilled water ; then add 3 quarts of cold water, and allow the white precipi- tate to subside. Afterwards decant the clear liquor, wash the powder, and dry it by a gentle heat. Remarks. The processes of the Dublin and Edinburgh Pharmacopoeias are similar. Geiseler has ascertained by comparative experiment that the product is greater, if, according to Duflos, the nitrate of bismuth be allowed to crystallize pre- viously to dilution with water, than if the dilution be executed at once. The proportion of the pro- ceeds was as 10 \ to 14, the quality of both pre- parations being alike. (Ph. C. Bl., Dec. 1842.) Prop. A white inodorous powder, insoluble in water, but freely so in nitric acid. Use. It has been given in some chronic stomach complaints in doses of 5 to 20 grs. and upwards. An ointment formed with 1 part of this substance and 4 parts of lard, has been long in use as a remedy in some chronic skin diseases. Used by the ladies as a cosmetic. BISMUTH, SULPIIURET OF. This is a natural production, but may be prepared artificial- ly by fusing its elements together, or by passing sulphureted hydrogen through a solution of nitrate of .bismuth. BISTRE. A dark brown-colored pigment, used for water-color drawings, after the style of Indian ink. Prep. Th. s color is made from the soot of beech-wood, or peat, the former being pre- ferred. The most compact, best colored, and well burnt parcels of the soot are selected from the chimney, reduced to a fine powder, and sifted through a very fine lawn sieve. This powder is then digested in pure cold water for several hours, frequently stirring it up during the time with a rod of glass or wood, after which it is allowed to set- tle, and the clear water decanted. More water is then poured on, and the process repeated a second, and even a third time. The paste is now poured into a tall narrow vessel, which is then filled up with water, and well agitated ; after which the grosser parts are allowed to subside for 2 or 3 min- utes, and the supernatant liquor, containing the finer portion of the bistre in suspension, is poured off into another vessel, where it is left to deposite its contents. For vefy fine bistre, this process is generally repeated a second time. The powder deposited in the last vessel is now collected and partially dried, when gum-water is added, and it is made into cakes and finally dried for use. Remarks. Bistre is esteemed by artists as supe- rior to Indian ink, for drawings which are intended to be afterwards tinted with other colors. It ocv cupies the same place in water colors that brown pink does in oil painting. BITES AND STINGS OF INSECTS, REPTILES, &c. Treat., . 4, Pepy’s do. 5, W oilnston’s do. G, Hemming’s safety jet for the oxy-hydrogen ditto. a, Pipe conveying oxygen gas. b, Do. do. hydrogen gas. c, Ball stuffed with tine wire gauze. e, Jet, (internal diameter l-80th of an inch.) rieties of blowpipes, in which the air is expelled 'ey the pressure of a column of water, (hence called “ hydrostatic blowpipes ,”) or the flame blown with the vapor of boiling alcohol, (“ spirit blow- pipe:') Use. The blowpipe is of most extensive appli- cation in qualitative analysis, especially of min- erals, and its use cannot be too highly recom- mended to the young chemist. For further information on this subject the reader is referred to Gahn on the Blowpipe ; to Ure’s Dictionary of Chemistry ; to Campbell’s Translation of Kobell's Instructions for the Dis- crimination of Minerals ; and to tho Chemist, iv. 462. BLUBBER. This substance, which is so plen- tiful on some parts of the coast of England, forms a very rich manure for pasture and arable land, when used at the rate of 1 ton to every 20 or 30 loads of mould, together with a chaldron of lime per acre. It must be well turned over, and after lying 3 or 4 months the land will be in prime con- dition. BLUE, CHARCOAL. Prep. Triturate car- bonized vine stalks with an equal weight of pot- ash, then put it into a crucible and place it over the fire, until the mixture ceases to swell, keeping it well stirred all the time ; next allow it to cool, dissolve it in water, and saturate the excess of alkali with dilute sulphuric acid ; the liquid be- comes blue, and a dark precipitate falls down, which turns of a brilliant blue color when dried and heated. BLUE, COBALT. Prep. I. Dissolve Zaffre 1 lb. in $ lb. of nitric acid, diluted with an equal weight of water, by digestion for some hours, evaporate nearly to dryness, then dissolve in warm water, filter and add a solution of phosphate of soda as long as any precipitate falls down ; col- lect this on a filter and wash it with cold water, then mix it while still moist with 8 times its weight of freshly precipitate hydrate of alumina, also well washed and still moist. Stir them to- gether until dry ; lastly, expose tho mixture to a cherry red heat in a crucible, after which cool the mass, and reduce it to a fine powder. II. Precipitate a solution of nitrate of cobalt as above, and proceed as before. III. Mako a strong solution of neutral nitrate BLU 123 BOI of cobalt, and mix it with pure moist alumina, then dry it and proceed as before. IV. Precipitate a solution of nitrate of cobalt with ammonia alum, collect the precipitate, wash, dry, and heat it to a cherry red as before. Use. A beautiful blue pigment, very perma- nent. BLUE, CHEMIC. Syn. Saxon Blue. Li- quid Blue. Sulphate of Indigo. Prep. I. Indigo 1 lb. ; oil of vitriol 8 lbs. Proc. Put the acid into an earthenware pan, placed in a tub of water to keep it cool, and add the indigo, pre- viously reduced to fine powder, in small succes- sive portions, carefully stirring to prevent it heat- ing. When all the indigo has been added, cover up the vessel and let it stand for 4 hours, occa- sionally stirring it during the time ; lastly, dilute it with an equal weight of water. II. Indigo 1 oz. ; oil of vitriol 4 oz. ; dissolve as before ; the next day add 1 oz. of dry potash ; let it stand a day longer, then dilute it with 12 oz. of water. Use. In dyeing greens and blues, either with- out preparation or with a mordant of alum and tartar. BLUE, CHINA. Syn. Royal Smalts. Prep. Grind together oxide of cobalt or zafFre, with an equal weight of potash, and 8 times its weight of feldspar. Then submit the mixture to fusion in a crucible. Use. To paint pottery, and as a pig- ment. BLUE, IRON. Prep. Precipitate a filtered solution of protosulphate of iron, with another of phosphate of soda. Collect the powder, wash and dry it. Use. A lively sky-blue. BLUE, MOLYBDENUM. Prep. Dissolve eulphuret of molybdenum in nitric acid, then add some tki filings and a little muriatic acid. After digestion for some time, pour off the clear and evaporate to dryness. Mix the powder thus ob- tained v/ith moist hydrate of alumina, as in ma- king cobalt blue, and heat it to nearly a dull red. BLUE, MOUNTAIN. Carbonate of copper, mixed with earthy matter. BLUE, SAXON. Prep. Dissolve 1 oz. of sul- phate of iron and 8 oz. of alum in 1 gallon of water, then add simultaneously, separate solutions of prussiate of potash and common pearlash, un- til they cease to produce a precipitate ; lastly, allow the liquid to deposite, decant the clear por- tion, wash the remainder well with water, and dry it. Or a solution of the sulphate of iron may be first made and precipitated with the prussiate of potash, and instantly mixed with the solution of alum and a solution of pearlash, added until it ceases to produce a precipitate. BLUE, SUPERB LIQUID. Prep. Put into a small matrass or common vial 1 oz. of pure Prussian blue reduced to powder, and pour over it from 1£ oz. to 2 oz. of concentrated muratic acid. The mixture produces an effervescence and the prussiate soon assumes the consistence of thin paste. Leave it in this state for 24 hours, then dilute it with 8 or 9 oz. of water, and preserve the color thus diluted in a bottle well stopped. The intensity of this color may be lessened, if necessary, by new doses of water. If the whole of this mixture be poured into 1 quart of water, it will still exhibit a color sufficiently dark for wash- ing prints. BLUE, STONE. Syn. Fig Blue. Thumb Blue. Knob Blue. Crown Blue. Mecklen- burg Blue. Queen’s Blue. Prep. Mix finely powdered indigo with starch paste until a proper color be produced, then make it into small lumps. II. Instead of starch use whiting and a little weak size. Use. Employed by laundresses to give a faint blue tinge to linen. BLUE DYE. Proc. First give the goods a mordant of alum, then rinse them well and boil them in a bath of logwood, to which a small quantity of blue vitriol has been added. II. Boil in a bath of logwood, then add 1 oz, each of tartar and verdigris to every pound of logwood employed, and boil again. III. Bilberries, elder-berries, mulberries, privet- berries, and several other vegetable blue sub- stances, may be used to dye blue as above instead of logwood. Remarks. By increasing the proportion of alum the color verges on purple, and by employing a little acetate of iron or green copperas, the darker shades are produced. Verdigris, blue vitriol, and alkalis turn it more on the blue, and a mordant of tin imparts a violet cast. None of these dyes, however skilfully managed, are so permanent as those produced with indigo and Prussian blue. (See Indigo, Prussian Blue, and Dyeing.) BOARDS, MARBLE, &c., TO TAKE OIL AND GREASE OUT OF. I. Make a paste with fuller’s earth and hot water, cover the spot 3 therewith, let it dry on, and the next day scour it off* with soft or yellow soap. II. Make a paste with soft soap, fuller’s earth and a little pearlash, and use it as above. III. Make a paste of fresh slaked lime, wa- ter, and pearlash, and use it as above. Remarks Observe not to touch the last mixture with the finger, as it is very caustic unless it be largely di- luted with water. BOERHAAVE’S RULES FOR PRESERV- ING HEALTH. “ Keep the feet warm ; The head cool ; and The body open.” These rules are very concise, and convey di- rections which, though valuable, are too often neg- lected. BOILING POINT. The boiling point of wa- ter may be raised considerably above 212° Fa nr. by the addition of saline matter. Thus, 60 parts of dry acetate of soda added to 40 of water raise the boiling point to 256° Falir., and 30 parts of muriate of soda added to 70 of water raise it to 224 Fahr. As in practice, however, it proves in- convenient to employ a saturated solution for a bath, from the evaporation of the water continually inducing the salt to crystallize, it is usual to keep it considerably below that point. By means of such solutions the chemist is enabled to evaporate fluids and desiccate solids at any required temper- ature. The boiling point of baths containing dif- ferent salts may be seen below. BOT. 124 BON Table of the Boiling Points of several Saline So- lutions, abridged from the Table of Mr T. Griffiths. (Jour. Science, xviii. 89.) Names of Salts. Dry Salt in 100. Boiling Point. Acetate of soda, . . . (JO 256° F Nitrate of soda, . . . GO 246 Rochelle salt, .... 90 240 Nitre, 74 238 Muriate of ammonia, . 50 236 Tartrate of potash, . . 68 234 Muriate of soda, . . . 30 224 Ditto, 20 218*75 Muriate of lime, . . . 40 216*5 Sulphate of magnesia, . 57*5 222 Supersulphate of potash, .? 222 Borax, 52*5 222 Phosphate of soda, . . ? 222 Carbonate of soda, . . ? 220 Muriate of baryta, . . 45 220 Alum, 52 220 Sulphate of potash, . . 17*5 215 Bitartrate of potash, 9*5 214 Sulphate of soda, . . 31*5 213 Remarks. From 5 to 9 degrees are usually lost by passing through the vessel, depending on its thickness and materials. The boiling point of water in glass vessels, under common circum- stances, varies from 212*54° to 215*6°, and in per- fectly pure and smooth glass vessels, water may be heated to 221° F. without boiling. (M. F. Marcet.) BOILS. Treat. When these appear, suppura- tion should be promoted by poultices of bread and linseed meal, to which a little fat or oil may be added, to prevent their getting hard. When poul- tices are inconvenient, exposure to the vapor of hot water, or the application of stimulating plas- ters, may be adopted instead. When sufficiently ripe, the matter should be evacuated, and the wound dressed with a little simple ointment spread on a piece of clean lint or linen. The diet may be full and liberal until the maturation of the tumor and the discharge of the matter, when it should be lessened, and the bowels opened by some saline purgatives, as salts or cream of tartar. When there is a disposition in the constitution to the for- mation of boils, the bowels should be kept regular, and tonics, as bark or steel, taken, with the fre- quent use of sea-bathing, if possible. BOLAS. Prep. Into 2 lbs. of flour pour | pint of warm milk, a small teacupful of yeast, and 6 eggs ; make them into a dough, add 1 lb. of but- ter, by degrees, and let it rise for 1 hour, then mix in I lb. of powdered sugar, and make the mass into cakes ; put these into cups or tins previously well buttered, and ornament the top with candied or- ange or lemon peel ; lastly, bake them. BOLUS OF ALUM. Prep. Powdered alum and conserve roses, of each 15 grs. ; sirup of or- ange. peel or saffron to mix. Used in fluxes, &c. BOLUS OF MUSK. Prep. I. Musk 15 grs. ; camphor 5 grs. ; powdered gum 3 grs. ; mix with sirup of saffron. Use. In convulsions and typhus fever. II. Musk und carbonato of ammonia of each 10 grs. ; conserve of roses q s ; to make a bolus Use. Sometimes given every three hours in morti- fication accompanied with spasms. BOLUS, PURGING, (for Dogs.) Prep. Ja- lap and rhubarb, of each 15 grs.; ginger 4 grs.; soap 10 grs. ; water q. s. ; if this does not open the bowels, add aloes half a drachm, or 3 or 4 grs. of calomel. Use. In the distemper ; it must bo preceded by copious bleeding, and abstinence from food for a day or a night. BOLUS OF SULPHATE OF ZINC. Prep. Sulphate of zinc 20 to 25 grs. ; conserve of roses q. s. to make a bolus. Use. As an emetic where poison has been taken, to be followed by copious draughts of warm water or weak tea. BOLETIC ACID. An acid discovered by Braconnot in the juice of the boletus pseudo-ignia- rius. Prep. Concentrate the expressed juice to a sirup by means of a gentle heat, then digest it in strong alcohol, and dissolve the residuum in water ; add Jt. solution of nitrate of lead as long as any precipitate falls, which must be washed with water, diffused through water in a tall glass vessel, and in this state a current of sulphureted hydrogen must be passed through it, until the lead is thrown down ; filter, evaporate, and crystallize ; lastly, purify by resolution and crystallization from alcohol. Remarks. This acid dissolves in 45 parts of al- cohol and 180 of water, and is volatile. It is doubt- ful whether it be a distinct acid principle. BOLOGNA VIAL. The bologna, or philoso- phical vial, is a small vessel of glass which has been suddenly cooled, open at the upper end, and rounded at the bottom. It is made so thick at the bottom that it will bear a smart blow against a hard body without breaking ; but if a little pebble or piece of flint, is let fall into it, it immediately cracks, and the bottom falls into pieces ; but un- less the pebble or flint is large and angular enough to scratch the surface of the glass, it will not break. BOLOGNIAN PHOSPHORUS. Syn. Bo- lognian Stone. This is a phosphorescent stone that once excited great attention. It was acci- dentally discovered by a shoemaker of Bologna in the 17th century. A family of the name of Lo- gani, who were very successful in making it, ac- quired a large fortune by selling it to the curious throughout Europe. Prep. Powder native sulphate of baryta that has been previously ignited, and make it into a paste with mucilage of gum arabic ; roll this into pieces a quarter of an inch thick, and dry them in a moderate heat ; then expose them to the heat of a wind furnace by placing them loose among the charcoal. Prop., Use, f a very deep crimson, a little logwood is added to the Brazil -bath. In this way any shade of color may be produced. III. (For wool.) Boil the wool in water hold- ing in solution 5 parts of alum and 1 of tartar, for 1 hour; then let it lie in the cold liquor for several days, frequently moving it about ; lastly, boil it in a decoction of Bruzil for £ an hour. BRAZILINE. Syn. Breziline. The color, ing principle of Brazil wood, obtained by Chevreul in small orange-colored needles. It is soluble in both water and alcohol ; alkalis turn it violet, acids yellow. With alum it dyes red. BRAZING. The operation of uniting the edges of pieces of copper, brass, iron, & c., by means of hard solder. Proc. The edges, after being filed quite clean, are covered with a mixture of hard solder and powdered borax, made into a pasto with water. The whole is then allowed to dry, and afterwards exposed in a clear fire to a heat sufficient to melt the solder. Remarks. In some cases a little silver is added to the solder, when it receives the name of “ sil- ver solder.” BREAD. Principles of bread-making , <£c. This most important article of food is made of the flour of different grains, but only those that con- tain gluten admit of conversion into light spongy bread. Hence it is that wheat flour is best calcu- lated for this purpose. When flour is made into a stiff paste or dough with water, and rolled into cakes and baked, it forms biscuits, or unleavened bread, which was once the only description known. When the dough, previously to baking, is left for some time in a moderately warm place, varying from 80° to 120°, a state of fermentation comes on, formerly called the panary fermentation, but which is, in reality, the sugar of the flour gradu- ally undergoing the process of conversion into al- cohol, and resembles in every respect the same change which takes place in the manufacture of wine, beer, &c. During this process, a large quantity of carbonic acid gas is liberated, and the toughness of the dough preventing its escape, the whole mass becomes puffed up and spongy, and a light porous paste is formed, ready for baking into bread. The natural process of fermenting the dough just described, is, however, subject to much uncertainty, and is inconvenient from the time it occupies to complete it, and the tendency the dough has to run into the acetous fermentation, when it acquires a sour and disagreeable taste, and is rendered less nutritious and easy of digestion. This has led to the use of a ferment , which at once excites a proper state of fermentation throughout the mass, and speedily renders it light and spongy. Leaven or dough , already in a state of fermentation, was originally employed for this purpose, and the bread so made was hence called leavened bread. But this has been wholly super- seded by barm or yeast. Thus it will be seen that all that is essential to make a loaf of bread, is to add a proper quantity of yeast to the dough, and to allow it to remain for a short time in a warm place, until it rises or becomes spongy, when it must be subjected to the operation of ba- king. If the process be well managed, and the flour be good, bread of superior quality w’ill Le produced. Process of making bread. In preparing his dough , the modern baker takes a part of the water needed for the batch, and having warmed it to a temperature of about 80° or 90°, dissolves his salt therein, and then adds the yeast and a portion of the flour. Theso he works up into a dough, which ho setB aside in a warm placo usually provided for BRE 135 BRE the purpose, and called the “ kneading trough ,” where it soon begins to ferment and swell up. This process is called “ setting the sponge” and according to the proportion the water in it bears to the whole quantity that is to be used, it re- ceives the name of “ whole,” “ half,” or “ quarter sponge .” The evolution of carbonic acid in the process of fermentation, causes the sponge to heave and swell, and when the surface bursts, it subsides, and then swells again and again in a similar manner. This action would go on for some time, if not interfered with ; but the baker is careful to stop it before it has communicated a sourness to the mass. After the first, or at the furthest, after the second or third “ dropping of the sponge,” he adds the remaining quantity of flour, water, and salt, necessary to form the batch. These he incorporates by long and laborious kneadings, until the entire mass acquires uniform- ity, and is sufficiently tough and elastic to bear the pressure of the hand without adhering to it. The dough is now left to itself for a few hours, during which time fermentation goes on, after which the inflated mass is again kneaded, when it is ready to be cut into pieces and weighed. These pieces are then shaped into loaves, and set aside for an hour or two, during which time they swell up to nearly double their former size ; they are then placed in the oven and baked. During this operation they continue for a time to increase in size, in consequence of the dilation of the pent-up gas by the heat of the oven, until at length the fermentation is cheeked, and the dough becomes too solid to admit of further alteration. Remarks. A number of other processes are used by cooks and confectioners to make the different varieties of fancy bread, cakes, puddings, &c., most of which vary according to the peculiar char- acteristic it is desired to communicate to them. Thus some kinds of cakes and pastes are made to eat “ short,” as it is called, o^ are rendered less tenacious, and a species of brittleness imparted to them by the addition of starch and sugar. In pastry a similar effect and peculiar lightness is produced by butter or lard, while in some articles, white of egg, gum-water, isinglass, and other ad- hesive substances are addejf to produce an exceed- ingly light and porous mass- The different varieties of bread made in Eng- land vary chiefly in their quality, according to the flour of which they are formed. The best white bread is made from the purest wheat flour ; ordi- nary wheaten bread, of flour to which a little of the finest bran has been added ; seconds, from flour containing a still larger portion of bran ; and common household bread, from flour produced by grinding the whole substance of the grain without any separation of the bran. Symnel bread, man- chet or roll bread, and French bread are varieties made of the purest flour, from the finest wheat, a little milk being usually added for rolls, and butter and eggs for choicer purposes. Several other minor kinds of bread are also made, varied by the addi- tion of sundry trifles, as sugar, currants, and other palatable ingredients. The Scotch “short bread” i» made from a very thick dough, to which butter, Bugar, orange-peel, and spices, are added. (See Gingerbread.) In France a number of different kinds of bread j are made. The “ pain bis” is the coarsest sort, and is made of a mixture of groats and wheat flour; the “ pain bis blanc” is made of a mixture of oatmeal and wheat flour; the “ pain blanc” of flour from which the finest portion has been sifted ; the “ pain mollet,” or soft bread, is made of the purest wheat flour, from the finest grain ; the “ pain chaland,” made from the same materials as the last, but the paste is pounded ; the “ pain chapale” is a small variety of bread, similar to the French or roll bread of England ; the “ pain cornu” is a kind of small bread, named from being done up into four-cornered pieces ; the “ pain de la reine” is another variety of small bread, and the “ pain gruau” is a bread which has been made of late years in Paris, prepared from the small granular particles separated from the best wheat after a slight grinding. The French have also their soup bread and their country white bread, besides several other varieties, not mentioned in the above list. In the manufacture of white bread from dam- aged or inferior flour, a large quantity of alum is employed by the bakers, but with the best flour no alum is required. The utmost beauty, sponginess, and sweetness, may be given to bread without the addition of one particle of alum, provided the best materials are employed. As such is not, however, generally the case, it is a common practice with the bakers to introduce 4 or 5 oz. of alum to every sack of flour, or about 1 oz. to each bushel. The method of detecting this adulteration will be pres- ently explained. The proper quantity of salt to be used is 6 or 7 lbs. to the sack, or 1^ lbs. to the bushel. 1 sack of the best flour, and 6 lbs. of salt, ought to yield about 360 lbs. of good bread, and a sack of seconds 345 to 350 lbs. of bread. Wheaten bread, made of pure materials, is one of the most wholesome articles of food, and has been justly termed the staff of life. When well fermented and baked, it is very easy of digestion. It should never be eaten till it has stood 24 hours after being taken out of the oven, as newer bread is apt to disagree with the stomach, frequently pro- ducing flatulence, heartburn, and indigestion. Adult. This is often carried to a fearful extent : Mr. Accum says, “ The bakers’ flour is very often made of the worst kinds of damaged foreign wheat, and other cereal grains mixed with them in grinding the wheat into flour. In this capital, no fewer than six distinct kinds of wheaten flour are brought into the market. They are called fine flour, seconds, middlings, fine middlings, coarse middlings, and twenty-penny flour. Common gar- den beans and peas are also frequently ground up among the London bread flour. “ The smallest quantity of alum that can be employed with effect to produce a white, light, and porous bread, from an inferior kind of flour, I have my own baker’s authority to state, is from 3 to 4 oz. to a sack of flour weighing 240 lbs.” “ The following account of making a sack of five bushels of flour into bread, is taken from Dr. P. Markham’s ‘ Considerations on the Ingredients used in the Adulteration of Flour and Bread,’ (p. 21:) 5 bushels of flour; 8 oz. of alum; 4 lbs. of salt ; £ gallon of yeast, mixed with about 3 gal- lons of water. “ Another substance employed by fraudulent BRE 136 BRE bakers is subcarbonate of ammonia. With this salt they realize the important consideration of producing light and porous bread from spoiled, or, what is technically called, sour four. This salt, which becomes wholly converted into a gaseous substance during the operation of baking, causes the dough to swell up into air bubbles, which carry before them the stiff dough, and thus it renders the dough porous ; the salt itself is at the same time totally volatilized during the operation of baking. . . Potatoes are likewise largely, and perhaps con- stantly, used by fraudulent bakers, as a cheap in- gredient, to enhance their profit. . . . There are instances of convictions on record, of bakers hav- ing used gypsum, chalk, and pipeclay, in the man- ufacture of bread.” A gentleman, lately writing from the north of England, says that he found in one sample of flour which he recently examined, upwards of 16 per cent, of gypsum, and in another 12 per cent, of the same earth. Sometime since it was discovered that some of the bakers in France and Belgium added blue vitriol to their dough to make it take more water. It is said that they dissolved 1 oz. of this sulphate in a quart of water, and added a wine-glassful of this solution to the water necessary to make about 50 4 lb. loaves. To the credit of the English ba- ker, no such poisonous materials have ever been found mixed with his bread. This fraud maybe discovered by boiling a little of the bread in water, to which 5 or 6 drops of nitric acid have been added, and testing the filtered liquor with prussiate of potash, which will give a brown precipitate if copper be present. Alum may be detected by boiling the bread in water, and adding a little chloride of barium or lime water, or a little water of ammonia, either of which will produce a white precipitate. Chalk, whiting, burnt bones, plaster of Paris, and similar substances are easily detected by burn- ing a little of the flour or bread in a clean open vessel, when the amount of ashes left will indicate the quantity of adulteration. The quantity of ashes left by genuine flour is very trifling indeed. Caution. If you purchase bread from the ba- kers, by all means buy the best. When you make it yourself, however, various additions may be made of a wholesome kind, that will render it cheaper. Thus mashed potatoes, ground bran, potato farina, and several other articles may be added at pleasure. Mixing the flour up with a decoction of bran, pumpkins, Iceland moss, and some other similar substances, has been recom- mended, and it is said that flour so mixed will yield one quarter more bread than when water alone is used, and that it will keep good for some time. BREAD, BEE. This is the matter collected by the bees to form the bottom of the hive ; it re- sembles a mixture of rosin and wax ; its fumes are thought to be anti-asthmatic. BREAD, BRAN. Prep. I. Mix with^ a pock of flour, containing the whole of the bran, a \ of a pint of srriall-bcer yeast, and a quart of lukewarm water ; stir it well with a wooden spoon until it becomes u thick batter, then put a napkin over the dough, and set it about throe foot from the firo, until it rises well. Add, if requisite, a little more warm water, strew over it a tablespoonful of salt, and make the whole into a stiff paste. Put it to the firo, and when it rises, again knead it into the dough. If baked in tins, the loaves will be im- proved. II. To every pound of flour add \ lb. of bran, and proceed as above. BREAD, EXTEMPORANEOUS. Prep L (Ammoniacal Bread.) Dissolve 1 oz. of sesqui- carbonato of ammonia in water, sufficient to make 7 lbs. of flour into a dough, which must be formed into loaves and baked immediately. II. Divido the flour (8 lbs.) into two portions; mix up the first with water, holding in solution 2 oz. of bicarbonate of soda, and the seconc with the other portion, to which 1 oz. of muriatic acid has been added. When each mass of dough has been separately well kneaded to a proper consist- ence, mix them together (perfectly) as quickly as possible ; form the mass into loaves, and bake im- mediately. Remarks. This bread is considered very whole- some. It contains no yeast. BREAD, FRENCH. Prep. I. 1 ut 1 pint of milk into 3 quarts of water. In winter let it be scalding hot, but in summer, little more than milk- warm: put in salt sufficient. Take lj pints of good ale yeast, free from bitterness, and ’/ay it in 1 gallon of water the night before. Pour off the yeast into the milk and water, and then break in rather more than ^ lb. of butter. Work it well till it is dissolved ; then beat up 2 eggs in a basin, and stir them in. Mix about 1£ pecks of flour with the liquor, and, in winter, make the dough pretty stiff, but more slack in summer ; mix it well, and the less it is worked the better. Stir the liquor into flour, as for pie-crust, and after the dough is made cover it with a cloth, and let it lie to rise, while the oven is heating. When the rolls or loaves have lain in a quick oven about a quarter of an hour, turn them on the other side for about a quarter of an hour longer. Then take them out and chip them with a knife, which will make them look spongy, and of a fine yellow, whereas rasping takes off this fine color, and renders their look less inviting. II. Proceed as for the best bread ; use the finest flour, and moisten it with a little milk. BREAD, FRENCH COUNTRY WHITE This is made without yeast. BREAD, FRENCH SOUP. This is mad,, by adding 1 lb. or more of salt to each sack, in the place of yeast ; and it is baked in thin loaves, so as to be nearly all crust, by which means it be- comes more soluble in the hot soup. BREAD, FROM AMERICAN FLOUR. This flour requires nearly twice as much water to make it into bread, as that made from English wheat, and is therefore much more economical. 14 lbs. of American flour will make 21 £ lbs. of bread, but the best sort of English flour produces but 18£ lbs. (Mrs. Rundell.) BREAD, FROM GRAINS. “ Birkenmayer, a brewer of Constance, has succeeded in manufac- turing bread from the farinaceous residue of beer. 10 lbs. of this species of paste, 1 lb. of yeast, 5 lbs. of ordinary meal, and a handful of salt, produce 12 lbs. of black broad, both savory and nourishing/' BREAD, ( For one sack.) Flour 1 sack ; salt BRE 137 BRE 4 lbs. ; water, sufficient quantity ; yeast 4 pints. Dissolve the salt in gallons of the water, (warm,) then add a little of the flour and the whole of the yeast ; make a dough, and keep it in a warm place until it .rises, then add more flour and warm water in the same way, and work again ; after 3 or 4 hours add the remainder of the flour, and sufficient water to bring the dough to a proper consistence. When the whole mass of dough is in a proper state, it is to be cut into loaves and baked. Remarks. The bakers employ alum in making their bread, as it not only makes the dough more retentive of moisture, but improves the color of the bread. The proportion is usually 6 or 8 oz. of alum per sack, or even more. By this process a sack of floui will produce from 345 to 350 lbs. of zeeZZ-baked bread, or if slack- baked, from 370 to 385 lbs. of crumbling bread. BREAD, HICK’S PATENT. This is merely bread made in the common way, but baked in an oven so arranged that the vapors arising during the process may be condensed in a suitable re- ceiver. The condensed liquor is a crude, weak spirit, produced during the fermentation of the bread. The product will not pay the expense and trouble of the collection. BREAD, HOUSEHOLD. ( Economical Bread.) Prep. I. Remove the flake bran from the flour, and boil 5 lbs. of it in 4 gallons of water, until it is reduced to 3$ gallons ; strain. With this liquor knead 56 lbs. of the flour, adding salt and yeast as for other bread. Bake the loaves for 2£ hours. (Rev. Mr. Haggett.) II. Mix 7 lbs. of flour with 3 lbs. of mealy po- tatoes, previously well mashed, add 2 or 3 spoon- fuls of salt, and make a dough with water ; then well work it with 3 or 4 spoonfuls of yeast, and af- ter 4 hours bake it. BREAD, IMPROVEMENT OF. A * oz. of carbonate of magnesia added to the flour, for a 4 lb. loaf, materially improves the quality of the bread, even when made from the worst new sec- onds flour. (Professor E. Davy.) This addition is perfectly innocent. BREAD, ICELAND MOSS. This vegetable may be made into bread, either alone, or mixed with flour. It is used, in the first case, in the state of meal, in the same way as flour ; in the second case, 7 lbs. of it are directed to be boiled in 12 or 13 gallons of water, and employed to make 70 lbs. of flour into dough, which is then fermented and baked in the usual way. It is said that the above quantity of flour will produce, in this way, 160 lbs. (?) of good household bread, whereas the same flour, treated in the usual way, would not produce more than 80 lbs. A simpler mode of making this bread, is to mix 1 lb. of lichen meal with 3$ to 4 lbs. of flour. The bitterness of the lichen is extracted by soaking it in cold water. BREAD, LEAVENED. Prep. Take about 2 lbs. of dough of the last making, which has been raised by barm ; keep it in a wooden vessel, cov- ered well with flour. This will become leaven when sufficiently sour. Work this quantity into a peck of flour with warm water. Cover the dough close with a cloth, or flannel, and keep it in a warm place ; further, mix it next morning with 2 or 3 bushels of flour, mixed up with warm water and a little salt. When the dough is thoroughly made, cover it as before. As soon as it rises, well knead it into loaves. Observe in this process, that the more leaven is put to the flour, the lighter the bread will be, and the fresher the leaven, the less sour will it taste. BREAD, PARIS WHITE. Prep. To 80 lbs. of the dough, before the yeast was added, from yesterday’s baking, add as much lukewarm water as will make 320 lbs. of flour into a thin dough ; as soon as this has risen, 80 lbs. are to be taken out and reserved in a warm place as leaven for the next baking, and 1 lb. of dry yeast, dissolved in warm water, is to be added to the remaining por- tion, which is immediately made into loaves, and shortly afterwards baked, the loaves being placed in the oven without touching each other, that they may become crusty all round. BREAD, POTATO. Prep. I. To mealy po- tatoes, well mashed, add an equal quantity of dough, made with flour, then add a proper quan- tity of yeast, and mix in as much potato farina, or wheat flour, as will suffice to bring it to a proper consistence. Ferment and bake, as usual. II. Mix equal parts of potato starch and finely- pulped potatoes, and work them into a dough over night, adding the proper quantity of yeast ; the next morning work in the same quantity of potato starch, mashed potatoes, and wheat flour, adding as much hot water as may be required ; let it stand to rise, then work it well, cut it into loaves, and in 2 hours put them into the oven. BREAD, SOURNESS IN. (To rectify .) When the dough has become sour from the fer- mentation proceeding too far, or the flour being of inferior quality, the addition of about a ^ oz. of carbonate of magnesia, or a little carbonate of soda, will remove it. When it arises from the sourness of the yeast, this method is especially applicable. BREAD, STEAM-BAKED, (d la Vienne.) It has been known for some time at Vienna, that if the hearth of an oven be cleaned with a moist- ened wisp of straw, bread baked therein imme- diately afterwards presents a much better appear- ance, the crust having a beautiful yellow tint. It was thence inferred that this peculiarity must be attributed to the vapor, which being condensed on the roof of the oven, fell back on the bread. At Paris, in order to secure with certainty so desirable an appearance, the following arrangement is prac- tised : — The hearth of the oven is laid so as to form an inclined plane, with a rise of about 11 inches in 3 feet, and the arched roof is built lower at the end nearest the door, as compared with the far- thest extremity. When the oven is charged, the entrance is closed with a wet bundle of straw. By this arrangement the steam is driven down on the bread, and a golden-yellow crust is given to the bread, as if it had been previously covered with the yelk of an egg. (Hbgen Correspondent, Sept. 27. Ann. of Chym. and Prac. Pharm.) BREAD, TO SWEETEN, (without Su- gar.) It is not generally known that pure starch added to flour and made into dough, will be par- tially converted into a species of sugar during the process of fermentation and baking, and produces sweet wholesome bread. From the experiments of Dr. Colquhoun, it appears that starch arrow- root, farina of potatoes, or similar amylaceous sub- stances, made into a jelly with hot water, may be BRE 138 BRE employed for this purpose with advantage. It is only necessary to mix the flour up with the jelly, instead of mere water, to add yeast and salt, and to bake in the common way. Dr. Porcival has re- commended the addition of salep for this purpose. 1 oz. of salep dissolved in 1 quart of water ; 2 lbs. of flour ; 80 grains of salt, and 2 oz. of yeast, gave 3 lbs. 2 oz. of good bread ; but the same weight of materials, without the salep, gave only 2f lbs. If too much salep be added, however, it will give its flavor to the bread. BREAD, WHITING’S, (Patent.) This is made by dividing the dough into two portions ; to the one a little carbonate of soda is added, to the other, a little dilute muriatic acid ; they are both well kneaded separately, then mixed together, formed into loaves, and baked immediately. No yeast is used. BREATH, FCETID. Scarcely any thing is more disagreeable or disgusting than a stinking breath. Various means have been proposed to re- move this annoyance, depending principally on the administration of aromatics, which by their odor might smother it for a time ; but these require con- tinual repetition, and are liable to interfere with the functions of digestion. The real cause of a stinking breath is either a diseased stomach or ca- rious teeth ; when the former is the case aperients should be administered ; and if these do not suc- ceed, an emetic may be given, followed by a dose of salts, or castor oil occasionally. When rotten teeth are the cause, they should be removed ; or, if this be impossible, they should be kept clean. Dirty teeth often cause the breath to smell. The use of the tooth-brush should be a daily habit. Occa- sionally rinsing out the mouth with a little clean water, to which a few drops of a solution of chlo- ride of lime, or chloride of soda, has been added, is an effective method. The following lozenges have also been recommended : — Gum catechu 2 oz. ; white sugar 4 oz. ; orris powder 1 oz. ; make them into a paste with mucil- age, and add a drop or two of neroli. One or two may be sucked at pleasure. BREAKFAST POWDER. Syn. Rye Cof- fee. Dillenius’s ditto. Hunt’s Economical Breakfast Powder. Rye roasted along with a little fat. Use. As a substitute for foreign coffee, of which it is one of the cheapest and best. BREE’S ANTI-ASTHMATIC PLASTER. Prep. Simple diachylon 1 oz. ; powdered camphor and powdered opium, of each \ oz. ; sweet oil ^ a teaspoonful. Proc. Melt the plaster with the oil, then remove the vessel from the fire, and stir in the powders ; spread it on leather before it gets cold. Remark. It is better made with only half the above quantity of opium. BREWING. The art of making beer. General notice. Before entering on a description of the process of brewing, it will bo necessary to notice the apparatus and materials required for its conduct. The apparatus consists of, 1. A copper or boiler capable of holding fully two -thirds of the quantity proposed to bo browed; with a gaugo-stick to determine the number of gallons of fluid at any given depth therein. A cop- per holding about ldO gallons is a convenient sizo for browing a quarter of malt. 2. A mash-tub, or tun, capable of containing rather moro than the copper. 3. One or more tuns, or vessels, to ferment tlvr beer in. 4. Three or four shallow coolers to reduce the wort as rapidly as possible to a proper temperaturo for fermenting. 5. One or two copper or wooden bowls, for bail- ing, &c. 6. A thermometer with a scale reaching from zero to above the boiling point of water. 7. A suitable number of casks (clean) to con- tain the beer. 8. One or more large funnels, or tunners. 9. Two or more clean pails. 10. A hand-pump of a sizo proportionate to the brewing. These articles will vary in value from jCIO up- wards, to many hundreds, according to the extent of the brewing ; but the whole of them, necessary for a private family, may be bought for less than the former amount. By proper care they will last for 30 or 40 years, and still be in a useful state. The place where these vessels are kept, and the operations carried on, is called the “ Brewhouse.'' The materials necessary to brew beer are, good malt, hops, and water, and a little yeast. The malt is bruised or crushed in a mill before brewing, that it may be acted on the more readily by the water. It should not be ground too small, as it would then make the wort thick ; the crush- ed malt may advantageously lie for a few days in a cool situation, by which it will attract a consider- able quantity of moisture from the air, and conse- quently its soluble portion will be the more easily dissolved out by the water used in mashing. Pale malt may be used coarser than amber or brown malt. A bushel of malt should make a bushel and a quarter when ground, and a quarter should yield between 9$ and 10 bushels, t*he quantity slightly varying according to the degree of bruising it has undergone. On the. large scale, malt is ground in crushing mills, furnished with iron rollers ; and on a small scale, by wooden rollers or small mills worked by hand. For private brewing, the malt is generally bought ready ground, for convenience sake. (See Malt.) The hops should be those of the previous season, and for general purposes grown in Kent ; but for the finer sorts of malt liquor, East Kent hops should be used ; and where it is intended to be kept for some long time, those known by the names of Country's, Alton's, or Farnham Hops must be employed. The quantity of hops required to a given measure of malt varies from 2 lbs. to 8 lbs. of the former, to 1 quarter of the latter, according to the nature of the brewing. For good strong beer, 4 lbs. or 4£ lbs. is usually sufficient, but when the liquor is very strong, and it is intended to be highly aromatic, and to bo kept for a long period, 1 lb. of hops may be used to every bushel of malt, or 8 lbs. to the quarter. Mild porter has about 3 lbs. to the quarter, and weak common beer has fre- quently only about \ lb. of hops to the bushel of malt. A portion of hops is also frequently added to the finer sort of beer, after it is casked, as we shall presently explain. The water should bo soft and clear, the yeast I sweet and good, and all the vessels and casks both BRE 139 BRE Kwcet and clean. If this be not the case, with the latter especially, the best brewing in the world will be useless. Process of brewing. This may be divided into I. The mashing. This operation consists in placing the ground or bruised malt in a large tub or “ fun,” known by the name of the “masli-tun,” macerating it for some time in hot water, and lastly drawing off the wort from a hole in the bottom, over which a bunch of straw, or a strainer, or false bottom, is placed, to prevent the malt passing out along with the liquor. During the process of mash- ing, a peculiar principle, called by chemists dias- tase, reacts upon the starch also contained in the malt, and converts it first into a species of gum, called by the French chemists “ dextrine,” and then into a species of sugar resembling that pro- duced by the action of sulphuric acid. The greater the quantity of starch converted into sugar in this way, the stronger and finer will be the wort. It therefore becomes a desideratum with the brewer to mash at a temperature that will most fully pro- mote this object. It has been found that the best temperature for this purpose varies from 157° to 160°, but when more than one liquor is used, the first should be something lower than the former, the next may be between the two, and the third may slightly exceed the latter, or be about 165° or 170°. The action of the first mash is merely to extract the sugar contained in the malt already formed ; that of the second to convert the starch into sugar by the action of the diastase ; the third to fully complete this object, as well as to carry away the remaining portions of extract. The mashing is usually performed by filling the copper with water, and as soon as it acquires the temperature of 145° in summer, or 167° in winter, 45 gallons are run off into the mash-tun, and 1 quarter of crushed malt gradually thrown in and well mixed by laborious working, until it be- comes thoroughly incorporated and no lumps re- main ; the agitation is then continued for 30 or 40 minutes, when 36 gallons of water from the boiler, at a temperature of 200°, are added, and the whole again well agitated until thoroughly mixed. The mash-tun is now closely covered up, and allowed to stand for an hour or an hour and a half. At the end of this time the tap is set, and the wort is drawn off into the “ underback,” and generally amounts to about 50 to 52 gallons : 60 gallons of water, at a temperature of 200°, are next added to the mash-tun, previously drained well, and after being well worked, the whole is covered up as be- fore. This mash is allowed to remain for an hour, when it is drawn off, and the malt again drained ready for the third mash. This time only 35 gal- lons of water are added at 200°, and allowed to stand for £ an hour, when it is run off in the same manner as before, and the malt allowed to drain. The worts are now ready for boiling. In some cases only the first and second mash is used for strong beer, and the third kept for table, or as water to mash a fresh quantity of malt with. In Scotland (see Scotch Ale) the brewer only mashes once, and afterwards washes his malt by frequent showers or “ sparges” of water, by which he gets a wort of greater strength in proportion to ito quantity. In operating as above, the average or mean temperature of the first mash is 145°, of the second 170°, and of the third ISO 1 '. In win- ter the mean temperature may be reckoned as 6 or 7° lower. A quarter of malt in this way will produce a wort having a specific gravity by the saccharometer of 1-234, or equal to 84 lbs. of ex- tract. (See Saccharometer.) It is calculated that 32 gallons of the watei employed in the mashing remain ill the grains af- ter the wort is drawn off II. Boiling. The wort is next transferred to the copper, and heated to the boiling point as soon as possible. In large breweries where several cop- pers are employed, the first mash is no sooner run into the underback, than it is transferred to the wort copper, and immediately boiled, and the suc- cessive mashings added as soon as drawn off ; but in private houses, where there is only one copper, the boiling cannot be commenced until the water for the last mashing is removed. In some cases the worts are brewed separately, thus producing 2 or 3 qualities of beer, viz. strong ale or stout, beer, and table beer. No sooner has the boiling commenced than the hops may be added, and the boiling continued for 2 or 3 hours or more. In some breweries the beer is boiled for several hours, and in Belgium it is said that this is even con- tinued for 10 or 12 hours, but too much boiling drives off the flavor of the hops. In general, two hours good boiling will be found sufficient. In small brewings the first wort should be sharply boiled for 1 hour, and the second for 2 hours. But if intended for beer of long keeping, the time should be extended half an hour. The hops should be strained from each preceding wort, and re- turned into the copper with the succeeding one. Between the boilings the fire should be damped with wet cinders, and the copper door set open. For small-beer only half an hour is necessary for the first wort, 1 hour for the second, and 2 hours for the third. It is reckoned that to -i- part of the wort is dissipated in steam during the process of boiling, but this must of course depend altogether on the evaporative power of the boiler and the length of time the boiling is continued. III. Cooling. The boiling being finished, the wort is run off from the copper into the hopback, which is furnished with a strainer to keep back -the hops. It is then pumped into large square shallow vessels called “ coolers,” where it is ex- posed to a good current of air to cool it down to a proper fermenting temperature as quickly as pos- sible. This is of the utmost importance for the success of the brewing. The wort should be laid so shallow as to cool within 6 or 7 hours to the temperature of about 60°. In warm weather, the depth should not exceed 3 or 4 inches ; but in cold weather it may be 5 or 6 inches. As soon as the heat has fallen to about 60°, it should be in- stantly tunned and yeasted. It is reckoned that by the joint evaporation from the boilers and coolers, there is a loss of about 40 gallons per quarter. In private families a good way is to bring the wort from the copper in pails, and to pour it into a basket or a hamper, set over the coolers, by which means the hops will be retained, and the beer run through clear. BRE 140 BRE IV. Fermentation. When the wort is suffi- ciently cool, it is run into the fermenting tuns or vessels, which in small brewings may be casks, with one of their heads removed. These are called “ gyle tuns,” and should not bo more than § full. The yeast, previously mixed with a little wort, and kept until this latter has begun to fer- ment, may now be added, and the whole agitated well ; the tun should then be covered up, until the fermentation is well established. During this pro- cess the temperature rises from 9° to 15°. The quantity of yeast employed, and the tem- perature of the wort when it is added, differ in different breweries and for different kinds of beer, ^'rom £ to 1§ of yeast, taken from a previous brewing of the same kind of beer, is the quantity usually employed. The higher the temperature the less yeast necessary. In England, the tem- perature at which the yeast is usually added, varies from 55° to 65° Fahr. In cold weather, the heats in the coolers should be 5° or 6° higher than in mild and warm weather. For ale, in cold weather, it should be tunned as soon as it has fallen to 60° in the coolers. For porter, to 64°, and for table beer to 70° ; and in warm weather, strong beer should be 4° or 5° less, and table beer 7° or 8°. Care should bo also taken that the worts do not get cold before the yeast is mixed to produce fermentation. The common rule for mix- ing the yeast is 1£ lbs. to every barrel of strong beer wort, and 1 lb. to every barrel of table beer wort. The commencement of the fermentation is in- dicated by a line of small bubbles round the sides of the tun, which, in a short time, extends over the surface. A crusty head follows, and then a fine rocky one, followed by a light frothy head. In the last stage, the head assumes a yeasty ap- pearance, and the color is yellow or brown, the smell of the tun becoming strongly vinous. As soon as this head begins to fall, the tun should be skimmed, and the skimming continued every two hours till no more yeast appears ; this closes the operation, and the beer should then be put into casks, or, in technical language, “ cleansed” A minute attention to every stage of this process is necessary to secure a fine flavor and a brilliant beverage. In Scotland the temperature at which the yeast is added, is generally much lower than in Eng- land ; for ale, it is from 51° to 52°, and the whole process is conducted in the cooler part of the year, so that the temperature seldom rises higher than 65° or 60°. The Bavarian beer, so much cele- brated on the continent, as well as the finest kinds of East India ale, are fermented at very low tem- peratures. It may be generally regarded as a rule, that the lower the temperature, and the slower, more regular and less interrupted the process of fermen- tation, the better will be the product and the less likely to change by age. More yeast is required in winter than in summer. Should the fermenta- tion become slack in the gyle tun, a little more yeast is frequently added, and the whole is roused up ; but on the contrary, should the temperaturo rise considerably, or the fermentation becomo too active, tho wort should be cooled a little and ■kimrued, or at once cleansed. V. Cleansing. When the fermentation haa proceeded to a certain extent, the liquor under- goes the operation called “ cleansing.” This con* sists in drawing it off from the gyle tun into othe vessels, or casks, set sloping, so that the yeast, as it forms, may work off the one side of tho top, and fall into the vessel placed below to receive it. In small brewings, the beer is often at onco trans- ferred from the gyle tun to the store casks, which are sloped a little until the fermentation is over, when they are skimmed, filled, and bunged up. When the operation of cleansing is not employed, the yeast is removed from tho surface of the gyle tun with a skimmer, and tho clear liquci drawn off into the store casks. The process of cleansing should always com- mence as soon as the gravity of the liquor falls to 10 or 11 lbs. per barrel, which it usually does in about 48 hours, provided the fermentation has been well conducted. Some brewers add \ to i lb. of wheat or bean flour to the beer in the gyle-tun, shortly before cleansing, to quicken tho discharge of yeast, but it is not clearly ascertained whether such a plan be advantageous or the con- trary. VI. Storing. As soon as the fermental on is concluded, which generally takes from 6 to 8 days, or more, the clear liquor is drawn off into the store casks, or vats, which are then closely bunged down, and deposited in a cool cellar. VII. Ripening. After a period, varying from 1 to 12 months, or more, according to the nature of the brewing, the liquor will have become fine, and sufficiently ripe for use. All the attention re- quired during this interval, is to look occasionally to see that there is no leakage, and to open the vent holes, should any oozings appear between the staves of the casks. VIII. Fining. It frequently happens that malt liquor, especially porter, with all the care bestow- ed upon it in brewing, will not turn out sufficiently fine to meet the taste and eye of the consumer, in which case it is usually subjected to the opera- tion of “ clarifying.” For this purpose 1 oz. of isinglass is put into 1 quart of weak vinegar, or still better, hard beer, and when dissolved, a suf- ficient quantity of good beer may be added to make it measure 1 gallon. This mixture is called “finings;” 1 to 2 pints of which is the proper quantity for a barrel. The method of using it, is to put the finings into a bucket, and to gradually add some of the beer, until the bucket is three parts full, during which time it is violently agitated with a whisk, and this is continued until a good frothy head is raised upon it, when it is thrown into the barrel of beer, and the whole well rum- maged up, by means of a large stick shoved in at the bunghole. In a few days the beer will usual- ly become fine. In some bad sorts of beer isinglass will have no effect. This may be ascertained beforehand, by trying some in a long glass tube, or vial, with a little of tho finings. These should be well shaken together, and then set aside for a short time, when it will bo found that the finings will rise to the top, leaving tho central portion of the beer clear if it bo in a proper condition for clarifying ; but if, on tho contrary, they sink to tho bottom, and the | liquor still keeps foul, no quantity of finings, how- BRE 141 BRE ever groat, will ever clarify it. This latter defect may be remedied by proceeding to fine it after the manner above described, and then adding, after the finings have been well rummaged up, either 1 spoonful of oil of vitriol, or gum catechu, dissolved in i a pint of warm water, again rummaging well for a quarter of an hour. Or 1 or 2 oz. of tincture of catechu may be used instead, mixed with a lit- tle water. Either of these additions acts chemical- ly on the finings, in the same way as good beer does, precipitating them along with the foulness, and thus brightening the liquor. The addition of a handful of hops, previously boiled for 5 minutes in a little of the beer, and then added to the barrel, and the whole allowed to stand for a few days, before proceeding to clarify it, will generally have the same effect. Concluding Remarks. The nature and varie- ties of beer, tyc. The numerous varieties of beer met with in commerce, arise either from a differ- ence in the materials, or the management of the brewing. Thus the water, but more generally the nature of the malt, or the temperature of the lashing or the fermentation, decides the character of the liquor. The difference between ale and porter arises from the color of the malt, and the distinctions between the same class of liquor, brew- ed from similar materials, may be referred to the mashing or the fermentation. Scotch ale and Bavarian beer differ in style from other ales, as before explained, from being fermented at lower temperatures ; and porter differs from either of these, because it has been made with higher dried malt. This is the cause of the almost endless varieties of malt liquor met with in England. Every country — nay, every town and every brew- er, is distinguished by the production of a different flavored beer. Besides the varieties arising from difference of quality or manipulation in the brew- ing of similar kinds of liquor, there are certain leading features which distinguish some of them, which has led them to be considered in the light of distinct members of the same family. These are ale, beer, and porter. Ale is a pale liquor, brewed from lightly-dried malt, and is usually met with, abounding in undecomposed saccharine mat- ter and mucilage ; beer is a fine, strong, well -fer- mented liquor, darker, less saccharine, and more alcoholic than ale. The finer class of Scotch, Bavarian, and East India ales, properly belong to this class ; porter is a dark brown colored liquor, originally prepared from high-dried malt, but now generally made from pale malt, and colored and flavored by patent or burnt malt. Small or table beer is a weak liquor, containing 3 or 4 times the quantity of water that is used for ordinary beer. Stout, brown stout, &c. are varieties of porter, differing only in their strength. See Ale, Beer, and Porter, in their alphabetical order. Qualities. The characteristics of good beer are transparency and a fine color, to whatever variety it may belong ; and if it has been properly brewed, this will usually be the case. Hence color and transparency become a proof of good beer. Good beer is pleasant, wholesome, and nutritious, at the same time that it is strengthening and ex- hilarating. Season for brewing. The best times of year for brewing are the spring and autumn, as at those periods the temperature of the air is such as to permit the cooling of the worts sufficiently low, without having recourse to artificial refrigeration, or the use of machinery for that purpose. Adulteration. Laws respecting brewing, tyc By the laws of England, which have existed, with slight modifications, ever since the days of Queen Anne, nothing is allowed to enter into the compo- sition of beer but malt and hops. The cupidity of the fraudulent brewer has, however, frequently induced him to introduce other ingredients with the view of imparting a false strength to his liquor, or as a substitute for one or other of its constituents. Thus, to impart bitterness, and to lessen the quan- tity of hops required for the beer, quassia, gentian, wormwood, and broom-tops have been used ; to give pungency and flavor, capsicum, and grains of paradise, (in concentrated tinctures,) ginger, corianders, orange-peel, and caraways ; to give intoxicating properties — opium, cocculus indicus , nux vomica, tobacco, extract of poppies and tinc- ture of henbane ; as a substitute f?r malt — molas- ses, coloring and sugar ; to impart t false appear- ance of age — sulphuric acid, alum, green vitriol, and common salt . The following is a list of the unlawful substances seized at different breweries, and brewers’ druggists’ laboratories in London, as copied from the minutes of the committee of the House of Commons. “ Cocculus indicus , multum, (an extract of the cocculus ,) coloring, honey, hartshorn shavings, Spanish juice, orange pow- der, ginger, grains of paradise, quassia, liquor- ice, caraway seeds, copperas, capsicum, mixed drugs.” Sugar and coriander seeds may be mentioned as a very common addition to beer. It is said that 6 lbs. of the former, and 1 lb. of the latter, are equal in strength and intoxicating quality to a bushel of malt. The sugar is employed in a roast- ed state, for the sake of its color ; even coffee has been used for this purpose. Publicans generally reduce their strong beer with water, or table beer, and add treacle, (which they call “foots”) and a mixture of copperas, salt, and alum, (which they call “ heading”) to make it bear a frothy head, and in many cases, gentian, sugar, or other similar ingredients, are added to keep up an appearance of strength, and to impart a flavor. The “ cheap beer” sold by some taverns in Lon- don, is made by dividing the contents of two butts among three butts, filling them up with water, and adding a bladder of porter extract (technically termed p. e.) to each. The desire of evading the duty on malt, led to the discovery of its being only necessary to malt $ or less of the grain, this portion being sufficient to convert the starch of the other part into sugar, in the process of mashing. This plan answers well when the wort is merely intended for the produc- tion of “grain spirit ,” but beer so made is infe rior in quality to that brewed wholly from malt Inferior kinds of beer have also been made from other ingredients than barley malt ; thus, the grain of other cereals may be used for this purpose, as wheat, oats, &c., and many other vegetable sub stances that contain starch and sugar. Potatoes, turnips, beet root, carrots, parsnips, and other similar roots and seeds, will all produce beer by peculiar management, but the liquor must be con- 142 BRO BRI fined to private consumption, as the law does not pormit its sale. Some of the above articles pro- duce very wholesome beer, if mashed with about i- or of their weight of good barley malt. The densities of the worts employed for different kinds of beer vary considerably, as will be seen by the following table. Table exhibiting the densities of different kinds of Beer. Description. Pounds per Barrel. Specific Gravity. Burton Ale, 1st Class 40 to 43 Mil to 1*120 Do. 2d “ 35 to 40 1*097 to 1*111 Do. 3d “ 28 to 33 1077 to 1*092 Ordinary Ale . . . 25 to 27 1*070 to 1*073 Common Ale . . . 21 1*058 Scotch Ale, 1st Class 40 to 44 1*111 to 1*122 Do. 2d “ 33 to 40 1*092 to 1*111 Porter (ordinary) . . 18 1*050 Do. (good) . . . 18 to 21 1*050 to 1*058 Do. (double) . . . 20 to 22 1*055 to 1*060 Brown Stout . . . 23 1*064 Do. (best) . . 26 1*072 Table Beer .... 12 to 14 1*033 to 1*039 Table Beer (common) 6 1*014 BREWING UTENSILS, TO CLEAN AND PRESERVE. In cleaning them before being put away, avoid the use of soap, or any greasy mate- rial, and use only a brush and scalding water, be- ing particularly careful not to leave any yeast or fur on the sides, then place them away in a clean, and moderately dry situation. Should they become tainted or mouldy, take a strong lye of pearlash, which spread over the bottoms of the vessels scald- ing hot, and then with the broom scrub the sides and other parts. Or, take common salt and spread it over the coolers, &c., and strew some on their wet sides, turn in scalding water and scrub them with a broom. Or, throw some quicklime into water in the ves- sel, and scrub over the bottom and sides with it ; in each case well washing afterwards with clean water. Or, wash well first with oil of vitriol diluted with 8 times its weight of water, and afterwards with clean water. Remarks. Brewing utensils with care will last lor many years. Mr. Cobbett says: “ I am now in a farm-house, where the same utensils have been used for forty years ; and the owner tells me that they may last for forty years longer” BRINE, RED CABBAGE. Prep. Steep red cabbage leaves in a strong solution of salt. Use. As a test for acids and alkalis. BRINE, VIOLET. Prep. The same as the above, but made from the petals of the blue violet. BRIOCHE PASTE, (in Cookery.) Prep., fyc. A paste made of eggs and flour, fermented with a ttle yeast, to which a little salt, a largo quantity of sugar, and half as much butter as the weight of the flour used, are afterwards added and well worked in. Use. As an addition to soup, a casing for lobsters, patties, eggs, &c. BRITANNIA METAL. Syn. Tutania. A fine species of pewter. Prep. Melt together equal parts of plate brass, bismuth, antimony, and tin, and udd the mixture at discretion to melted tin, until it acquires the proper degree of color and hardness. II. To the last add an equal part, or \ of its weight of metallic arsenic. To be used as before. III. Melt together 1 part of antimony, 4 parts of brass, and 5 or more parts of tin. This may be used at once, as Britannia metal. (See Pewter.{ BRITISH GUM. When starch is exposed to a temperature of 300°, (Ure,) 600°, (Braude,) it becomes brown, soluble in cold water, and ceases to strike a blue color with iodine. It is largely employed by the calico printers, as a substitute for gum. BRISTLES AND HORSE HAIR, TO DYE. These readily take any of the usual dyes applied to cotton or wool. BROMAL. A compound discovered by Lo- wig, produced by the action of bromine on alcohol, hence the name, from the first portion of the name of each constituent. (See Chloral.) BROMATES. Compounds of the bases with bromic acid, which see. Char., Tests, $-c. When heated they evolve oxygen, and become bromides ; with nitrate of silver and the proto-salts of mer- cury, they give white precipitates ; that with the former is insoluble in nitric acid, but very soluble in ammonia. If a few drops of muriatic acid be added to a bromate, and it be then shaken with a little ether in a glass tube, a solution of bromine is obtained. BROMBENZOIC ACID. A new acid, dis- covered by Peligot, and prepared by exposing ben- zoate of silver to the vapors of bromine, until they cease to be absorbed, when the acid is dissolved out with ether and obtained by evaporation. BROMIC ACID. An acid composed of oxy- gen and brome. Prep. Add sulphuric acid to a solution of bro- mate of baryta, until all the earth be thrown down, particularly avoiding an excess of acid ; then concentrate the liquor by heat, until it be of the consistence of a sirup. Prop. If the evaporation be carried too far, the acid will be decomposed. This acid forms salts with the bases, called bromates, which are very similar to the chlorates and iodates. Bromate of potassa may be made by agitating bromine with a concentrated solution of caustic potassa, collecting the crystalline white powder that falls down, and purifying it by solution in boiling water, and crys- tallization. Bromate of silver is formed by adding a solution of bromate of potassa to another of ni- trate of silver. BROMIDE. A compound form of a base and bromine. (See Bromine.) Char, and Tests. The soluble bromides give white precipitates with nitrate of silver, acetate of lead, and protonitrate of mercury. That from the first of these is insoluble in ammonia water, unless concentrated. A few drops of liquid chlorine poured upon a bromide, and the mixture agitated with a little sulphuric ether, yields an ethereal so- lution of bromine. BROMIDE OF AMMONIA, may be formed by the mixture of ammoniacal and hydrobromic acid gases, or liquid hydrobromic acid and liquo! of ammonia, or by putting bromine into water of ammonia. Prop. This salt may be obtained by evaporation BRO 143 BRO in the form of solid white prismatic crystals. It is volatile and easily decomposed. BROMIDE OF CARBON. (Discovered by M. Serullas.) Prep. Brome 2 parts ; periodide of carbon 1 part, mix ; just enough solution of po- tassa is added to make the liberated iodine disap- pear. The liquid bromide of carbon, which col- lects at the bottom of the solution, is then separa- ted from the supernatant portion, and allowed to stand until it becomes clear. A few crystals of iodide of potassium rise to the surface, and may be removed. The clear liquid is then put into a little water slightly alkalized with potassa, to remove a little remaining iodide of carbon, after which it is quite pure. BROMIDE OF IODINE. Bromine and io- dine unite rapidly by mere mixture. By careful distillation a red vapor is obtained, which, on cool- ing, condenses into red crystals, of a form resem- bling fern leaves. This is said to be the protobro- mide. By adding more bromine, these crystals are converted into a fluid, said to be the bibromide. BROMIDE OF SULPHUR. This is made by dissolving sublimed sulphur in bromine ; it is a red- dish, oily-looking fluid, easily decomposed, espe- cially by water. BROMINE. Syn. Brome. An elementary substance, discovered by M. Balard, of Montpel- lier, in 1826. Prep. A current of chlorine is passed through the uncrystallizable residuum of sea-water, called bittern, which then assumes an orange tint, in consequence of bromine being set free from its combinations ; sulphuric ether is then agitated with it, and the mixture is allowed to stand until the ethereal portion, holding the bromine in solu- tion, floats upon the surface. This is then care- fully decanted, and agitated with a solution of po- tassa, by which means bromide of potassium and bromate of potash are formed The whole is next evaporated to dryness, and submitted to a dull red heat ; the residuum is then powdered, mixed with pure peroxide of manga- nese, and placed in a retort ; sulphuric acid, di- luted with half its weight of water, is now poured in. Red vapors immediately arise, and condense into drops of bromine, and are collected by plung- ing the neck of the retort to the bottom of a small receiver, containing cold water. The bromine forms a stratum beneath the water, and may be collected and further purified, by distillation from dry chloride of calcium. Prop., Use, $c. A dark, reddish-colored liquid, having an odor resembling chlorine. It freezes at — 4°, boils at 116-5°, is about 3 times as heavy as water, is very soluble in ether, less so in alcohol, and only slightly so in water. With hydrogen it forms hydrobromic acid, and with the bases, com- pounds called bromides, or hydrobromates. It pos- sesses similar medicinal properties to iodine, and has been administered in goitre, scrofula, &c., in the form of an aqueous solution, composed of 1 part of bromine to 4 of water ; 5 or 6 drops being the dose. This solution has also been used as a lotion. Tests and Antidotes. The solution of chloride of gold gives a red tinge with hydrobromic acid, or an electro-positive hydrobromate. When bromine exists in an orgauic mixture, j caustic potassa should be added to the mass, which should then be reduced to an ash, exhausted by distilled water, and chlorine passed through the solution, or the chloride of gold added to it, pre- viously carefully neutralized by hydrochloric acid. When chlorine is used, starch may render the presence of the element more perceptible. Nitrate of silver is also a delicate test, where the bromine is not mixed with chlorine ; the bromide of silver is distinguished from the chloride by heating with hydrochloric acid and chlorite of lime, when ruddy fumes are evolved, if bromine is present. M. Barthez has proposed magnesia as an anti- dote for bromine. From several experiments, it appears that the bromide of magnesium is by no means an active salt ; neither is it inert. From experiments performed on rabbits, I conclude starch in solution, and white of egg, to be excel- lent antidotes to the poison. (Dr. Glover, Med. and Sur. Jour., No. 152.) BROMINE, CHLORIDE OF. Prep. Trans- mit a current of dry chlorine through brome, and condense the disengaged vapors in a receiver sur- rounded with ice. Prop. A volatile reddish fluid, soluble in water, without decomposition. BRONCHITIS. An inflammation of the mu- cous lining of the bronchia, or smaller ramifications of the windpipe. In its milder form it is common- ly called “ a cold on the chest.” Symp. Hoarseness, dry cough, a slight degree of fever, followed by expectoration of mucus, at first thin, and afterwards thick and copious. In the severer forms, there is more fever, cough, and oppression at the chest, &c. Treat. The generality of cases of bronchitis yield to small and repeated doses of ipecacuanha, and antimonial diaphoretics, at the same time adopting a light diet, and keeping the bowels open with mild purgatives. BRONZE. A metallic alloy, composed prin- cipally of tin and copper, remarkable for the ex- actness of the impressions which it takes by moulding, as well as its durability ; and hence, ex- tensively employed in the casting of busts, medals, and statues. Bell, cannon, and speculum metal are varieties of bronze. In ancient times, when the manufacture of steel was ill-understood, cut- ting instruments were frequently made of this al- loy. For statuary work, the great desideratum is to obtain an alloy capable of flowing freely into the most minute outlines of the mould, hard, and yet tough, and capable of resisting the corroding action of the weather. It must also acquire that peculiar antique green appearance, that is so much admired in bronzes. When only a small quantity of the alloy is re- quired, it is prepared in crucibles, but for statues or larger works, on reverberatory hearths. The fusion of the mixed metals must be conducted un- der pounded charcoal, and as rapidly as possible. When melted, it must bo frequently stirred togeth- er to produce a perfect mixture, before casting. Coal is the fuel principally employed for the fur- naces. The proportions of the materials so vary in dif- ferent castings, that it is almost impossible to say precisely what quantities are the best. The fol- lowing may be regarded as good specimens. (See also Cannon, Bell, and Speculum Metal.) BRO 144 BRO BRONZE, (FOR STATUARY.) I. Copper 88 parts ; tin 9 parts ; zinc 2 parts ; lead 1 part. II. Copper 82£ parts ; tin 5 parts ; zinc 10 £ parts ; lead 2 parts. These are very nearly the proportions in the celebrated statue of Louis XV. III. Copper 90 parts ; tin 9 parts ; lead 1 part. IV. Copper 91 parts ; tin 9 parts. BRONZE, (FOR MEDALS.) I. Copper 89 parts ; tin 8 parts ; zinc 3 parts. Remarks. This metal assumes a beautiful antique appearance by age, and takes a good impression by stamping. II. Copper 95 parts ; tin 4 or 5 parts. These are the proportions recommended by M. Chaudet, who casts it in moulds made of bone-ash, like cu- pels, and afterwards finishes and polishes the med- als in a coining press. This is also excellent for any small castings. BRONZE, (FOR CUTTING INSTRU- MENTS.) Copper 100 parts ; tin 14 parts. Remarks. M. Dussaussy says that the above alloy, when hardened and tempered after the man- ner of the ancients, will yield an edge nearly equal to that of steel. Several analyses have been made of ancient cutting instruments, whence it appears that the proportion of tin varies from 4 to 15 per cent., which tends to prove that more depends on the exact mode of tempering the alloy, than on the relative quantities of the ingredients. Zinc and tin arc inadmissible in bronze for this purpose. One or 2 per cent, of iron might, nevertheless, be added with advantage. The ancient bronze used for springs, contained only 3 to 4 per cent, of tin. BRONZE, (FOR MORTARS.). Copper 93 parts ; lead 5 parts ; tin 2 parts. Remarks. The edges and lips of mortars must be tempered by heating them to a cherry red, and then plunging them into cold water ; as unless so treated, they are very apt to be broken. BRONZE, (FOR ORNAMENTAL WORK, TO BE GILDED.) I. Copper 82 parts ; zinc 18 parts ; tin 3 parts ; lead 2 parts. II. Copper 83 parts; zinc 17 parts; tin 1 part; lead £ part. BRONZE POWDERS. I. {Beautiful red.) Prep. Mix together sulphate of copper 100 parts ; carbonate of soda 60 parts ; apply heat until they unite into a mass, then cool, powder, and add cop- per filings 15 parts ; well mix, and keep them at a white heat for twenty minutes, then cool, pow- der, and wash and dry. II. {Gold colored.) Prep. a. Verdigris 8 oz. ; tutty powder 4 oz. ; borax and nitre, of each 2 oz. ; bichloride of mercury \ oz. ; make them into a paste with oil, and fuse them together. Used in japanning as a gold color. h. Dutch leaf reduced to an impalpable powder by grinding. III. {Iron colored.) Plumbago finely pow- dered. IV. {Silver white.) Prep. Melt togother 1 oz. each of bismuth and tin, then add 1 oz. of running quicksilver ; cool and powder. BRONZING OF MEDALS, AND ORNA- MENTS OF COPPER, ELECTROTYPES, &c. Proc. I. Having thoroughly cleaned and polished the surface of the specimen, with a brush apply the common crocus powder, previously inudo into a paste with water. When dry, place it in an iron ladle, or on a common fire-shovel, over a clear fire for about 1 minute ; and when sufficiently cool, polish with a plate-brush. By this process a bronzo similar to that on tea-urns is produced ; the shade depending upon the duration of the exposure to the fire. (Chemist, iii. 49.) II. By substituting finely-powdered plumbago for crocus powder in the above process, a beauti- ful, deep, and permanent bronze appearance if. produced. III. Rub the medal with a solution of livers of sulphur, or sulphuret of potassium, then dry. This produces the appearance of antique bronze very exactly. IV. Dissolve 2 oz. of verdigris and 1 oz. of sal ammoniac in 1 pint of vinegar, and dilute the mixture with water until it tastes but slightly me- tallic, when it must be boiled for a few minutes, and filtered for use. Copper medals, &c., pre- viously thoroughly cleaned from grease and dirt, are to be steeped in the liquor at the boiling point, until the desired effect is produced. Care must be taken not to keep them in the solution too long. When taken out, they should be carefully washed in hot water, and well dried. Gives an antique appearance. V. {Chinese method.) Make a paste with 2 oz. each of verdigris and vermilion ; 5 oz. each of alum and sal ammoniac, all in fine powder, and vinegar q. s. ; then spread it over the surface of the copper, previously well cleaned and bright- ened, uniformly warm the article by the fire, and afterwards well wash and dry it, when, if the tint be not deep enough, the process may be repeated. The addition of a little blue vitriol inclines the color to a chesnut brown, and a little borax to a yellowish brown. Much employed by the Chinese for copper tea-urns. VI. Dissolve 1 oz. of sal ammoniac, 3 oz. cream of tartar, and 6 oz. of common salt, in 1 pint of hot water ; then add 2 oz. of nitrate of copper, dis- solved in £ a pint of water ; mix well, and apply it repeatedly to the article, placed in a damp sit- uation, by means of a brush moistened therewith. Effect. Very antique. VII. Salt of sorrel 4 oz. ; sal ammoniac 1 oz. ; distilled vinegar 2\ pints ; dissolve. As last. BRONZING, SURFACE. This term is ap- plied to the process of imparting to the surfaces of figures of wood, plaster of Paris, &c., a metallic appearance. This is done by first giving them a coat of oil or size varnish, and when this is nearly dry, applying with a dabber of cotton or a camel- hair pencil, any of the metallic bronze powders ; or the powder may be placed in a little bag of muslin, and dusted over the surface, and after- wards finished off with a wad of linen. The sur- face must be afterwards varnished. Paper is bronzed by mixing the powders up with a little gum and water, and afterwards burnishing. Iron castings may be bronzed by thorough cleaning, and subsequent immersion in a solution of sulphate of copper, when they acquire a coat of the latter metal. They must be then washed in water. BROOM ASHES. Prep. Burn broom stalks and collect the ashes. Sometimes used as a diure- tic in dropsy. BROOM COFFEE. Broom seeds, roasted * BRO 145 BliU with a little butter and then ground. Use As a substitute for coffee. BROOM, SALT OF. Obtained by dissolving broom ashes in water, filtering and evaporating. Remarks. Antacid, consists principally of carbon- ate of potassa. Sometimes used in dropsy. I*ROTH, (in Cookery.) The liquor in which meat is boiled ; it is distinguished from soup by its inferior strength and quantity of seasoning, &c. The general method of preparing broth is similar to that of soup, to which article the reader is re- ferred. BROWN DYE. The different shades of this dye vary from pale yellow and reddish brown, up to very dark brown, almost black, every shade of which, however, may be produced as the taste of the w r orkman may dictate, by mixtures of reds and yellows with blues and blacks, or by simple dyes, which at once impart a brown, — as catechu, wal- nut rinds, or oxide of manganese. I. ( For Wool.) a. Boil the cloth in a mordant of alum, and common salt dissolved in water, then dye it in a bath of logwood, to which a little green copperas has been added. The proportion of alum should be 2 oz., and of salt 1 oz., to every pound of cloth. 0. Boil the goods in a mordant of alum and sul- phate of. iron, then wince them through a bath of madder. Remarks. The tint depends on the rel- ative proportions of the alum and copperas ; the more of the latter, the darker will be the dye. The joint weight of the two should not exceed § of the weight of the wool. The best proportions are 2 parts of alum and 3 of copperas. y. Give the wool a mordant of alum and tartar, then pass it through a madder bath, which will dye it red. It must now be run through a black bath of galls and sumach, or logwood, to which a little acetate or sulphate of iron has been added. 5. Proceed to mordant the cloth as last, and dye in a madder bath, then remove it and add a little acetate or sulphate of iron, and again pass it through the bath, until the required tint is pro- duced. e. Give the cloth a light blue ground with indigo, then give it a mordant with alum, wash in water, and run it through a bath of madder. 5- Give the cloth a mordant of. alum and tartar, then pass it through a madder bath, and afterwards through a bath of weld or fustic, to which a little iron liquor has been previously added. In this way every shade from mordore and cinnamon to dark chesnut may be dyed. rj. Boil 1 lb. of fustic chips for 2 hours, and pass the cloth through the bath for 1 hour, take it out and drain, then add oz. of green copperas, and 4 lb. of good madder, and pass the cloth again through the bath, until the proper tint is produced. This makes bronze brqwns, but by varying the proportion of the mordant, other shades may bo produced. II. ( For Silk.) a. Give the silk a mordant as before described, then dye in a bath made by mix- ing the equal parts of decoction of logwood, fustic, and Brazil wood. The shade may bo varied by mixing the decoctions in different proportions. Brazil wood reddening, logwood darkening , and fustic yellowing, the tint. 0 . Dissolve 4 oz. of annotto and 1 lb. of pearl- 19 ash in boiling water, and pass the silk through it for 2 hours, then take it out, squeeze it well and dry ; next give it a^mordant of alum, and pass it first through a bath of Brazil wood, and after- wards through a bath of logwood, to which a little green copperas has been added ; wring it out and dry ; afterwards rinse well. III. ( For Cotton and Linen.) a . Give the pieces a mixed mordant of acetate of alumina and acetate of iron, and then dye them in a bath of madder, or madder and fustic. When the ace- tate of alumina predominates, the dye has an amaranth tint. The iron darkens it. 0. First gall the goods, then turn them for a short time through a black bath, next give them a mordant of sulphate of copper, and pass them through a decoction of fustic, afterwards through a bath of madder, and again through the solution of sulphate of copper ; drain, dry, and rinse well, then finish with a boil in soap and water. This gives a chesnut. brown. y. First give a mordant of alum, then pass the goods through a madder bath, and next through a bath of fustic, to which a little green copperas has been added. This gives a cinnamon brown. Remarks. Browns may be also dyed dt once, by what are called substantive or direct dyes ; thus — 1. Decoction of oak bark dyes wool a fast brown of various shades, according to the quantity employed. If the cloth be first passed through a mordant of alum, the color is brightened. II. Infusion or decoction of walnut peels dyes wool and silk a brown, which, like the preceding, is brightened by alum. The older the liquor the better. III. Horse-chesnut peels also give a brown. A mordant of muriate of tin turns it on the bronze, and sugar of lead the reddish brown. IV. Catechu, or terra japonica, gives cotton a brown dye ; blue vitriol turns it on the bronze, and green copperas darkens it, when applied as a mor- dant, and the stuff dyed in the bath boiling hot Acetate of alumina as a mordant brightens it The French color, called “ carmelite,” is given with 1 lb. of catechu, 4 oz. of verdigris, and 5 oz of sal ammoniac. V. Sulphate or muriate of manganese, dissolved in water with a little tartaric acid, gives the bronze tint called “ solitaire.” The stuff, after being passed through the solution, must be turned through a weak lye of potash, and afterwards through an- other of chloride of lime, to brighten and fix it. VI. Prussiate of copper gives a bronze or yel- lowish-brown to silk. The piece well mordanted with blue vitriol, may be passed through a solution of prussiate of potash. BROWN PIGMENTS. The principal and most useful of these are, umber and terra di sienna, both burnt and raw. Brown may also be made cl almost any shade, by the admixture of blacks with reds and yellow, or with greens, in different pro- portions. BROWNING, (in Cookery.) A fluid prepar- ation used to color and flavor gravies, soups, &c. Prep. I. Melt 4 oz. of sugar in a frying-pan, of other convenient vessel, with water, add 1 oz. of butter, and continue the heat until the whole w turned quite brown ; then pour in 1 pint of poit BllU 146 BUG wine, stirring well all the time, and remove the pan from the fire. When the whole of the roasted sugar is dissolved, pour it into,. a bottle, and add £ oz. each of bruised pimento and black pepper ; 6 shalots cut small ; a little mace and finely-grated lemon-peel ; and a quarter of a pint of mushroom catsup. Digest for a week, occasionally shaking ; then strain through a piece of muslin, and preserve for use. II. Instead of port wine use water, and add a glass of spirits. III. Sugar coloring 1 pint ; salt \ lb. ; mush- room catsup i pint ; add spice. IV. Lump sugar (powdered) 2J lbs. ; salad oil ^ lb. ; hear in an iron vessel until quite brown, then add port wine 1 quart ; Cape wine 3 quarts ; shalots 6 oz. ; mixed spice 4 oz. ; black pepper 3 oz. ; mace ] oz. ; salt £ lbs. ; lemon juice \ pint ; catsup 1 quart. V. Good spirit, or sugar coloring, and mushroom catsup, of each 1 gal. ; Jamaica pepper, black pep- per, and shalots, of each 4 oz. ; cloves, cassia, and mace, bruised, of each f oz. ; boil in a covered vessel for 5 minutes, then digest for 14 days, and strain. BROWNING FOR GUN BARRELS. Prep. I. Mix 1 oz. each of aquafortis and sweet spirits of nitre ; 4 oz. of powdered blue vitriol ; 2 oz. of tincture of iron, and water, 1^ pint ; agitate until dissolved. Use. Rub this on the barrel, previously well polished, and afterwards cleaned off with whi- ting to remove the oil. Let it remain till the next day, then rub it off with a stiff brush. The liquid may be again applied until a proper color is pro- duced. When this is the case, wash in pearlash water, and afterwards in clean water, and then polish, either with the burnisher or with bees- wax ; or apply a coat»of shellac varnish. (See below.) II. Blue vitriol and sweet spirits of nitre, of each, 1 oz. ; water 1 pint ; dissolve as last. III. Mix equal parts of butter of antimony and sweet oil, and apply the mixture to the iron pre- viously warmed. Remarks. The /v arnish used for gun barrels, af- ter they are bronzed, is made by dissolving 1 oz. of shellac and one or two drachms of dragon’s blood, in a quart of alcohol ; and filtering the so- lution through blotting paper into a bottle, which must be kept closely corked. BRUCINE. Syn. Brucia. Brucina! Vomi- cina. A vegetable alkali, discovered by Pelletier and Caventou, in the bark of the Brucia anti- dysenterica, and afterwards combined with strych- nia in nux vomica. Prep. Digest ether on the powdered bark of brucia antidysenterica, to separate a fatty matter ; strain, add alcohol at 36° Baume ; digest, filter, evaporate to dryness ; dissolve the mass in water, add liquid subacetate of lead ; filter, pass sulphu- reted hydrogen gas through the clear liquor ; filter tgain, and add calcined magnesia; filter again, rvash the sediment very slightly with cold Water, dry, digest in alcohol, filter, and distil off the spirit. To purify the brucine, add a solution of oxalic acid, crystallize, add a mixture of alcohol at 40° Baume, and ether at G0°, to extract tho coloring matter, then dissolve tho oxalato of bruciho in water, add calcined magnesia, filter ; digest tho sediment in alcohol, filter, and let the spirit ovap' orate by exposuro to tho air. Prop ., Use, $c. Tho crystals thus obtained are soluble in 850 parts of cold and 500 parts of boil- ing water. When added to the dilute ucids until they are neutralized, brucia forms crystallizublo salts, easily obtained by evaporation. Of these, the sulphate and bisulphate, tho muriate, phos- phate, nitrate and binitrate, acetate, oxalate, and some others have been examined. Most of these, especially the first three or four, are very soluble in water. Its physiological effects aro similar to strychnia, but it is said to possess only -V of tho strength of that alkali. According to Dr. Fuss and Professor Erdeman, it is not a distinct alka- loid, but a compound of strychnia and resin. Dose. ^ gr. to 2 or 3 grs. daily, in tho form of pills or solution. It is given in similar cases to those for which strychnia is prescribed : viz. paralysis, im- potence, and other affections of tho nervous sys- tem. It is a violent poison. Its antidotes are the same as those for strychnia. Tests. Nitric acid gives it a fine red color, which is removed by Sul- phureted hydrogen and sulphurous acid. Iodic acid, chloric acid, and chlorine, also turn it red. BRUCINE, PILLS OF. Prep. Brucia 2 grains ; conserves of roses and liquorice powder, of each, 1 scruple; mix and divide into 16 pills. Dose. 1 to 6 daily, at first, gradually increasing the dose. BRUISES. Treat. These may be rubbed with a little opodeldoc or soap liniment ; or if the in- flammation be considerable, they may be washed with a little weak goulard water, or leeches may be applied to the part. BRYONIN. A peculiar bitter principle, ex- tracted from the white bryony or mandrake root. It is obtained from the expressed juice by filtra- tion, evaporation to dryness, a'nd re-solution in al- cohol. It is a drastic purgative and poisonous. It forms a yellowish white mass. BUBBLE AND SQUEAK, (in Cookery,! Prep. Cut slices from a cold round of beef ; let them be fried quickly until brown, and put them into a dish to keep hot. Clean the pan from the fat ; put into it greens and carrots previously boiled and chopped small ; add a little butter, pep- per, and salt ; make them very hot, and put them round the beef with a little gravy. Cold pork boiled is a better material for bubble and squeak than beef, which is always hard ; in either case the slices should be very thin and lightly fried. BUGS. Various means have been proposed to drive away these noctural marauders and enemies of “ tired nature’s sweet restorer , balmy sleep.” Among the most certain of these is cleanliness. The furniture brokers put articles infested with this insect population into a room with doors and windows fitting quite close, when they subject them to the fumes of burning sulphur or chlorine In the small way, poisonous mixtures are fre- quently resorted to, with which the articles are washed. The following form is that usually em- ployed : — Corrosive sublimate and muriatic acid, of each, 1 oz. ; water 4 oz. Dissolve, then add turpentine and decoction of tobacco, of each, { of a pint Mix. For tho decoction of tobacco, boil 2 oz. of BUR 147 BUT tobacco in a pint of water. This mixture must be applied with a paint brush. Caution. This wash is a “ deadly poison The following extract may be of assistance to persons interested in the matter: — “These pests exist only in dirty houses. A careful housewife or servant will soon completely destroy them. The surest method of destruction is to catch them in- dividually when they attack the person in bed. When their bite is felt, instantly rise and light a candle and capture them. This may be trouble- some, but if there be not a great number, a few nights will finish them. When there is a large number, and they have gained a lodgment in the timbers, take the bed in pieces, and fill in all the apertures and joints with a mixture of soft soap and Scotch snuff. A piece of wicker-work, called a bug-trap, placed at the lfead of the bed, forms a receptacle for them, and then they may be daily caught till no more are left. Fumigations are very dangerous, and rarely effectual, therefore at- tempt no such project. Oil-painting a wall is a sure means of excluding and destroying them.” (Chamber’s Information for the People, No. 91, p. 653.) BUNION. Cause and Treat. The bunion, or swelling on the ball of the great toe, is pro- duced by the same cause as the corn — pressure and irritation by friction. The treatment recom- mended for corns will succeed in cases of bunions ; but in consequence of the greater extension of the disease, the cure of course is more tedious. When a bunion is commencing, it may be effectually stopped by poulticing, and then opening with a lancet ; but this requires caution, and should be performed with care. BUNS. Prep. I. ( Cross Buns.) To flour 2£ lbs., add sifted sugar ^ lb., and a little coriander seed, cassia, and mace, powdered fine, then make a paste with butter ^ lb., dissolved in hot milk ^ a pint, work in 3 tablespoonfuls of yeast and a little salt;, set it before the fire for an hour to rise, then make it into buns, and again set them before the fire on a tin for half an hour ; lastly, brush them over with warm milk, and bake them to a nice brown in a moderate oven. II. (Madeira.) Butter 8 oz. 2 eggs ; flour 1 lb. ; powdered sugar 6 oz. ; half a nutmeg, grated ; powdered ginger and caraway seeds, each 1 teaspoonful ; work well together, then add sherry wine 1 glassful, and as much milk as required. Bake in tins in a quick oven. III. (Plain.) a. Flour 2 lbs. ; butter 4 lb* ; sugar 6 oz. ; a little salt, powdered caraway and ginger ; make a paste with yeast, 4 spoonfuls, and warm milk a sufficient quantity, then proceed as in No. I. b. To the last add currants, well washed, -J lb. IV. (Rich.) Dried and warm flour 3 lbs. ; pow- dered sugar 1 lb. ; butter 2^ lbs., melted and beat with rose water 4 oz. ; form into a light paste, with | of a pint of yeast, and place it for an hour to rise, then add a little candied lemon and orange peel, and 1 lb. of currants, and make the whole into buns ; set them before the fire ^or 40 minutes, then wash them over with milk, and put a little grated peel and a few caraway comfits on the top of each. BURGLARIES, TO PREVENT. “ In ad- dition to the usual precautions of locks and bolts, alarum bells and firearms, three things have been found efficacious in preserving houses from nightly depredators. 1st. A light in the upper part of the house. 2d. A small dog, in a room on the ground floor, which offers the means of its running into a place of safety from its enemies : not to be fed too high, and allowed to sleep by day. 3d. Some ashes fresh from the fireplace spread before the door, 'underneath the window or other place. Thus the thieves’ shoes will creak, the dog will be roused and bark, and the fear of detection by the approach of the light, will deter rogues of common feeling. At least, should they enter, the dog can- not be readily come at to be slain ; and the scuffle occasioned by effecting this necessary prelude to robbery, will, in almost all cases, promote inter- ruption from within or without.” BURNS AND SCALDS. These are too well known to require description. Treat. When the injury is merely superficial, a little creosote may be applied to the part, and if it be a scald, the vesicle may be first pierced with a needle, and the aqueous fluid gently squeezed out. When creosote is not to be procured, a liniment formed with equal parts of soft soap, basilicon oint- ment, oil of turpentine and water may be used in- stead. When the part is very hot and painful, a poultice may be applied, on the surface of which a few drops of creosote, or the liniment, should be spread with a knife. This treatment will generally allay the pain, after which a dressing of any sim- ple ointment may be adopted. In many severe flesh burns which I have had the misfortune to receive, I poured creosote plentifully over the part, which produced scarcely any smarting or pain, as is frequently asserted, whilst it removed the burning sensation that previously existed, and the charred surface assumed a dry scabby appear- ance, which, by dressing with simple ointment, soon came off and left the part beneath both sound and healthy. If a poultice be applied, it is best to keep it on until the next day, when in general a little spermaceti ointment spread on a bit of soft linen may be used instead. Plunging the part into cold water immediately on the receipt of an injury of this kind will frequently prevent any further remedy being necessary. In all cases of burns and scalds, it is necessary to observe that if fever should ensue, laxative medicines, as castor oil and epsom Salts, should be administered. BURNING LENS, CHEAP AND SIMPLF Take two circular discs of plate glass, of the re- quisite dimensions, and place one at each end of a shallow tube ; an inch long will be quite sufficient, for any size ; they are kept in their position very firmly by means of screw clamps, in an analogous manner to *the two lenses for showing Newton's concentric colored rings. To the tube is fitted a short tube with a stop-cock attached ; to the end of this tube a condensing syringe is fixed, and the cavity between the glasses filled with turpentine, varnish, bleached oil, or any other suitable sub- stance of a high refractive power. When the glasses have attained the requisite degree of curve- ture, the stopcock may be shut, the syringe screwed off, and the fluid It ns (for such in reality it is) mounted for use. (Chemist, iii. 50.) BUTTER. QuaL, <^c. This article is perhaps BUT 148 BUT in more general use, and subject to greater varia- tions in quality, than any other substance employed in domestic economy. It is an aliment consumed by every grade of society, and, when good, ap- pears not only to be wholesome , but extremely nu- tritious. “ Some writers inveigh against the use of butter as universally pernicious ; but they might with equal reason condemn all vegetable oils, which form a considerable part of diet in the southern climates, and seem to have been bene- ficially intended by nature for that purpose. But- ter, like every other oily substance, has doubtless a relaxing quality, and if long retained in the stomach, is liable to become rancid ; but, if eaten in moderation, it will not produce those effects. It is, however, improper in bilious constitutions. The worst consequence produced by butter when eaten with bread is, that it obstructs the discharge of the saliva in the act of mastication or chewing ; by which means the food is not so easily digested. To obviate this effect, it would be a commendable practice at breakfast, first to eat some dry bread, and chew it well, till the salivary glands were ex- hausted, and afterwards to eat it with butter. By these means such a quantity of saliva might be carried into the stomach as would be sufficient for the purpose of digestion.” Pur. Butter is frequently adulterated, as the following quotation will show : — Butter is sent over from Ireland, mixed, full one half, with bad flour, oatmeal, and pea flour, with a large quantity of salt and water, and is sold in London, Liverpool, Glasgow, and Edinburg, &c. &c. &c. ; and thus the public, and especially the poor, are defrauded. The trick is concocted between the Irish factors and our dealers. The samples we have seen are sad evidences of human depravity. We are alive to the scheme, and shall send any samples we may get, when tested, to the source whence are to be expected the remedy of the nuisance and the pun- ishment of the wretches of such baseness. (Che- mist, ii. 64.) Rancid butter, and butter in a state of decompo- sition, is capable of producing dangerous symptoms when eaten. Two cases of poisoning, by bad butter, are detailed in the Jour, de Chimie Med. for 1842. . Choice. Fresh butter should have a pleasant butyrous smell, and be of an equal color through- out its substance. If it smell sour, the buttermilk has not been well washed out, and if it be^treaked or veiny it is probably mixed with stale butter. A good way to try butter is to insert a knife into it, which should not smell rancid and unpleasant when drawn out. Process of making Butter. I. Mrs. Run- dell’s Instructions for making Butter. “ During summer, skim the milk when the sun has not heated the dairy ; at that season it should stand for butter 24 hours without skimming, and 48 in whi- le r. Deposito the cream-pot in a very cold collar, if your dairy is not more so. If you .cannot churn daily, change it into scalded fresh pots ; but nover omit churning twice a-week. If possible, put the churn iu a thorough air; and if not a barrel ono, set it in a tub of water two feet deep, which will give firmness to the butter. When the butter is come, pour off tho buttermilk, and put the butler into a fresh scalded pan, or tub which has been standing in cold water. Pour water on it, and let it lio to acquire some hardness before you work it then change the water, and beat it with flat boardi so perfectly that not the least taste of tho butter- milk remain, and that the water, which must !>« often changed, shall bo quite clear in color. .Then work some salt into it, weigh, and make it into forms ; throw them into cold water, in an earthen pan and cover made of queen’s ware. You will thon have very nice and cool butter in tho hottest weather. It requires more working in hot than in cold weather ; but it neither should be left, ■with a particle of buttermilk, nor a sour taste, as is some- times dope.” II. {Dumbarton method.) The cream is put into the churn, previously well cleaned out, and worked until the butter separates, when the latter is put into a clean vessel, and a corn sickle is drawn several times crosswise through it, to extract any hairs that may adhere to it. This operation is per- formed in cold spring water, and is followed by thoroughly washing it therein ; 10 oz. of salt are now added to every stone-weight of butter, and it is well mixed up. In summer 1 oz. more salt is used, and in winter 1 oz. less. It is next made into forms, or packed in perfectly sound kits. III. {Russian method.) The sweet milk is gently simmered for 15 minutes, and then churned in the usual manner. IV. {Devonshire method.) This consists in scalding the milk in copper pans over a charcoal fire, and collecting the cream as soon as it has risen. It is then churned in the usual way. Re- marks. Without care the cream is apt to absorb some of the fumes from the charcoal, which impart a peculiar taste to the butter. BUTTER, CLARIFIED. Prep. Melt fresl butter by placing it in a vessel set in a water 'bath let it settle, and pour off the clear into an earthen ware basin or pot, set in cold water, to cool it as quickly as possible, without letting it crystallize. It keeps a long time without becoming rank. BUTTER, MELTED, (in Cookery.) Prep. Beat up about 1 oz. of flour with 4 oz. of butter in the cold, until it be evenly and thoroughly mixed, then add 4 or 5 tablespoonfuls of milk, (hot,) and put the whole into a small saucepan, and continue shaking it, all in one direction, until it simmers ; after 1 minute remove it from the fire for use. BUTTER, HONEY. Prep. Well mix 2 oz. of the finest Narbonne honey with 1 lb. of good butter. Use. As a delicacy for children, or sick or aged persons. BUTTER OF CACAO. This is obtained from the nut by bruising it and boiling it in water. On the latter cooling, the oil floats and is skimmed off. Use, tyc. As commonly met with it has the con- sistence of butter, hence its name. It is much used in perfumery and for burning in lamps. When mixed with a little caoutchoucine, or distilled spirit of Indian rubber, it loses its concrete form, and assumes the limpidity of common oil, at the same time that its illuminating power is vastly increased. BUTTER OF NUTMEGS. This is collected from the surface of tho water in tho still, aftei the distillation of^ho essential oil of nutmegs. BUTTER OF ROSES. Prep. By distilling damask roses. It separates slowly from the wa- ter. It 1 ms but little smell, and is consequently used to dil ute the odor of musk, ambergris, and ci vet BUT 149 CAB BUTTER OF WAX. Prepared by distilling bees’ wax. A factitious kind is made. BUTTER, ORANGE. Prep. I. Beat together G eggs, 2 oz. of powdered sugar, 4 oz. of butter, 2 oz. of blanched almonds, and a little orange flour water. II. Beat together, until perfectly united, 1 lb. of butter and 4 oz. of sirup of orange peel. Use. Eaten as a delicacy. Remarks. Lemon butter is made in a similar manner. BUTTER, TO PRESERVE OR CURE. Proc. I. Melt the butter in well glazed earthen pans, at a heat not exceeding 180° in a water bath, and keep it heated, skimming it from time to time, until the butter becomes quite transparent, then pour off the clear into another vessel, and cool it as quickly as possible, by surrounding it with cold water or ice. Remarks. The above is the method of preserv- ing butter employed by the Tartars who supply the Constantinople market, and in this state it may be preserved perfectly fresh for 6 months, if kept in a close vessel and a cool place. This plan re- ceived the approval of Thenard, as well as Mr. Eaton ; the latter states that butter melted by the Tartarian method and then salted by ours, will keep good and fine-tasted for two years. Any of the following methods of salting may be adopted. II. Mix well together 1 oz. each of saltpetre and white sugar, and 2 oz. of the best Spanish great salt, all in very fine powder, then add I oz. of this mixture to every pound of butter, and tho- roughly incorporate them together. The butter thus prepared is then to be tightly pressed into clean glazed earthenware vessels, so as to have no va- cuities. Remarks. This is the plan recommended by Dr. Anderson, who declares that butter so pre- pared will keep in a cool place for years, and will bear a voyage to the East Indies, if packed so as not to melt. This- butter does not taste well before it has stood for a fortnight or three weeks, after which it acquires a rich marrow flavor, which no other but- ter ever possesses. Any good well-made fresh butter, free from buttermilk, will succeed by this method, but the application of it to butter clarified by the Tartarian plan, as described above, pro- duces an article that will keep longer good than butter cured by any other process yet discovered. The best method to preserve butter from the air, is to fill the pots to within an inch of the top, and to lay on it common coarse-grained salt, to the depth of £ an inch or | of an inch, and then to cover the pot up with any flat article that may be convenient. The salt by long keeping will run to brine, and form a layer on the top of the butter, which will effectually keep out the air, and may at any time be very easily removed by turning the pot on one side. III. Fresh butter 16 lbs.; salt 1 lb. IV. Fresh butter 18 lbs. ; salt 1 lb. ; saltpetre 1^ oz. ; honey or fine brown sugar 2 oz. BUTTER, RiYSUID. This may be restored »>y melting it in a water bath with some coarsely- nowdered animal charcoal, (which has been tho- -oughly freed from dust by sifting,) and straining through clean flannel. BUTTER OR MILK, TO REMOVE THE TURNIP FLA VOR FROM. When cows are fed on turnips or cabbages, the milk, and conse* quentiy the butter, acquires a disagreeable flavor This is said to be removed by either of the following methods: “When the milk is strained into the pans, put to every 6 gallons 1 gallon of boiling water Or dissolve 1 oz. of nitre in a pint of spring water, and put a ^ pint to every 15 gallons of milk. Or, when you churn, keep back a \ pint of the sour cream, and put it into a well-scalded pot, into which you are to gather the next cream ; stir that well, and do so with every fresh addition.” BUTTERMILK. Qual., $c. If the butter be prepared from sweet cream, the buttermilk left from the operation is not only very delicious, but exceedingly wholesome and nutritious. Buttermilk, when not sour, is very good to eat with fruit, pud- dings, and cakes. It is said to possess the property of allaying the nervous irritability induced by ex- cessive tea-drinking. BUTTON GILDING. Proc. The buttons are formed of common brass, either by casting or turn- ing, when they are polished off* in the lathe, and thrown into a pan with an amalgam of gold, and as much aquafortis, diluted with water, as will wet them all over. Here they are well stirred up, un- til they assume a white appearance, resembling silver, when they are taken out and washed well with clean water. They are then submitted to a sufficient heat in a suitable apparatus, until the mercury is volatilized, which is collected for future operations. The buttons are next cooled and well tossed and rubbed about with a painter’s brush ; and, lastly, burnished by washing them well with beer or ale grounds. BUTYRIC ACID. An oily acid obtained by Chevreul from butter ; hence its name. It may be procured from the butyrate of baryta or magnesia, by adding a little sulphuric acid, in quantity not quite sufficient to decompose the whole of the salt ; filter and distil the clear liquor, when the product will be butyric acid, from whi'ch the water may be removed by chloride of calcium. BUTYRATE OF BARYTA. Prep. Sapo- nify butter with boiling caustic alkaii, and decom- pose it by adding a solution of tartaric acid ; filter and distil, neutralize the distilled .liquor by adding hydrate of baryta, and evaporate ; the first crys- tals that form are caprate of baryta ; the next ca- proate of baryta ; and the last of all butyrate of baryta. t The latter salt is very soluble in water, and hence is easily separated from the others. Used for making butyric acid. BUTYRINE. An oily fluid obtained by Chev- reul from butter. Prep. Keep clarified butter in a porcelain vessel, at a heat of 66° for some days, carefully collect the oily portion which separates, and agitate it with an equal weight of alcohol of 0-796 for 24 hours, then pour off* the clear and evaporate, treat the oily residuum with a little car- bonate of magnesia to remove any free acid, and wash off the butyrate formed with water ; next heat the remaining fatty matter in alcohol, filter and evaporate to obtain the butyrine. BUXINE. ( An alkaline substance detected by M. Faure in the Buxus sempervirens. CABBAGE. Qual. This common esculent forms an agreeable and wholesome addition to ani- mal food, the grossness of which it tends to cor- CAD J 50 CAK rect. It has, however, a greater tendency to pu- trefaction than most other vegetable substances, and emits, during this state, a very disagreeable effluvium, strongly resembling that evolved by ani- mal matter in a state of decomposition. It should therefore be eaten only when freshly cooked, and the unconsumed portion, as well as the water in which it was boiled, should be at once thrown away. Tho “ concentrated perfume of cabbage- water" is aptly alluded to by Dickens, in his “ Martin Ciiuzzlewit,” as symbolical of a faetor of the worst class. So far, however, from induc- ing a putrid disposition in tho body, cabbage has, on the contrary, the very opposite effect. CABBAGES, PRESERVATION OF. Froc. Cut them so that they may have about 2 inches of stem left below the leaves, scoop out the pith as far down as a small knife will reach, then suspend them, by means of a cord, exactly perpendicular, but in an inverted position, and daily fill up the hollow part of the stem with clean cold water. It is stated, that by this method, cabbages, cauliflow- ers, brocoli, celery, &c., may be preserved for some time in a cool place ; it affords an easy means of keeping a supply of green vegetables during a severe winter. CADMIUM. A whitish volatile metal, some- what resembling tin, discovered by Stromeyer, as- sociated with zinc. Prep. I. Dissolve the ore of cadmium in an ex- cess of dilute sulphuric or muriatic acid, and pass sulphureted hydrogen through the solution, which will throw down the metal in combination with sulphur. Dissolve the precipitate in nitric acid, and evaporate to dryness ; dissolve in water, and precipitate with carbonate of ammonia in . excess ; collect the powder, mix it with charcoal, and heat it to redness. Metallic cadmium will sublime. (Stromeyer.) • II. Dissolve the ore as above, place the solution in 'a platinum capsule, and insert therein a piece of metallic zinc. The cadmium will soon be found firmly adherent to the sides of the capsule, and may be separated, washed, and dried. Prop., (fc. Cadmium unites with oxygen, form- ing an oxide, wfiich may be prepared by heating to redness the precipitate thrown down in the pre- ceding process, on the addition of carbonate of am- monia. It has a fine orange color, and has been proposed as a pigment. With sulphur it forms a sulphuret, which is found in zinc blende, and may also be formed artificially, by passing sulphureted hydrogen through a solution of cadmium, or by melting its elements together. It has been pro- posed as an orange-red pigment. With chlorine it forms a chloride, which may be made by dis- solving its oxide in muriatic acid, evaporating and crystallizing. With iodine it forms an iodide, which may be made in tho same way as iodide of zinc. With phosphorus it forms a phosphuret, which may be prepared by the direct union of its elements. With tho acids it forms salts, most of which may bo mado by dissolving tho hydrated carbonate, thrown down by carbouato of ammo- nia, in the acids, or by doublo decomposition. Tho sulphate lms been used by surgeons to remove specks from the eyes. Thousands of pounds of cadmium ure yearly wasted at tho zinc works, • hich might be easily collected. CAFFEIC ACID. A white powder, discover ed by Range in coffee. When heated, it yield* the aromatic odor of tho roasted berry. PfafF de dares that the aroma of coffee is dependent on thf volatilization, or rather, the decomposition of this acid. CAFFEIN. Syn. Caffeine. Theine. Gua- ranine. A peculiar principle, originally discover- ed by Robiquet in coffee, and confirmed by Pel- letier, Cavcntou, and PfafF. Prep. Boil bruised raw coffee in water, and add acetate of lead, to throw down the extractive and coloring matter, then precipitate the excess of lead with sulphureted hydrogen, filter, and evaporate by a gentle heat. Dissolve the residuum in boil- ing water, or alcohol, agitate with freshly-bumt animal charcoal, filter, evaporate, and crystallize. Redissolve in hot alcohol, from which it may bo obtained in white, shining, silky filaments. Prop. Scarcely soluble in cold, but freely so in hot water, and in alcohol. Tastes slightly bitter. With sulphuric and muriatic acids it forms crystal- lizable compounds. Remarks. CafFein was originally thought to be a principle peculiar to coffee, but the researches of PfafF and Liebig have shown that it also occurs in tea, and guarana ; and, consequently, that theine, caffeine, and guaranino are in reality one and the same thing. It is a remarkable fact that both tea and coffee contain this substance, and that both of them are used by whole nations as a refreshment. Liebig, in his late work on “ Animal Chemistry and Physiology,” has shown the simi- larity of composition between caffeine and taurine, one of the constituents of bile ; and gives it as his opinion, that it assists in the production of the lat- ter, and thus facilitates the process of respiration. CAINCIC ACID. An acid principle, discover- ed by Pelletier and Caventou in the bark of the cainca root, obtained from Brazil. It is extracted by alcohol, has a bitter taste, and is crystallizable. CAKES. (In the Art of the Pastry-cook, Baker, &e.) A species of fancy bread or trifle, too well known to require description. General observations on cake-making. Before proceeding to the operation of cake-making, the various materials employed therein should undergo a certain amount of preparation. For this purpose every article should be got ready one hour previous- ly to their being wanted, and should be placed be- fore the fire, or upon a stove, that they may be- come gently heated, without which it will be im- possible to produce good cakes. The flour should be thoroughly dried, and well warmed. The cur- rants should be nicely washed in a hair sieve, wiped dry in a cloth, and then set before the fire. Before use they must be dusted over with a little flour. The sugar should be rubbed to a fine pow- der, and passed through a sieve. The eggs should be well beaten in a basin, and strained. The butter should be melted, by being placed in a basin, set in hot water, and afterwards well beaten up with a little warm milk. The lemon- peel should bo cut very thin, and beaten in a mortar to a paste or powder, with lump-sugar. The caraways , ginger, and other similar flavoring ingredients, are best used in the form of a find powder, or under that of an essence, made by in- gesting them in spirits of wine ; the former a»t* 4 CAK 151 CAK however, frequently used whole. The milk and water should be each of a good warmth. After all these things are ready, they should be put into a pan, one after another, in proper order, and well beaten up, as the lightness of the cakes will be thereby increased. In plum-cakes, if a little yeast be added after the butter, and the mass be allowed to rise a little, and then again well kneaded, not only less butter and eggs may be used, but the product will be much lighter. It is therefore a great improvement in various kinds of cakes, to introduce a little yeast, even where it is not custo- mary to do so. Good stale bread, well soaked in hot milk or water, and then beaten to a paste, and passed through, a fine sieve, forms an excellent thing to mix up the ingredients with, and produces a light and very nutritious cake. Cakes wetted up with milk are richer, but do not keep so well as those without it : they get stale sooner. Pres. Cakes keep best in tin canisters ; wooden boxes, unless well seasoned, are apt to give them a disagreeable taste. Brown paper should be avoided for the same reason. CAKES, ALMOND. Prep. I. Take sweet almonds, flour, and powdered sugar, of each £ lb., eggs 7 in number, and the outside yellow peel of 4 lemons, shredded small. Pound the almonds, previously blanched, until they are very smooth, adding gradually the sugar and lemon-peel, then take them out, add the eggs, and beat the whole until it be as white as sponge paste ; next add the flour, work well, put it into well-buttered moulds, and bake in a slack oven, with 8 or 10 thicknesses of paper under them and one over them. II. Almonds 1 lb. ; sugar £ lb. ; rose, or orange- flower water, £ pint ; flour £ lb. ; eggs 3 in num- ber, as above. Remarks. Some persons ice these cakes with powdered sugar, beat up with a little white of egg. CAKES, BANBURY. Prep. Work butter 1 lb. into the same weight of dough, made for white bread, as in making puff paste, then roll it out very thin, and cut it into oval pieces, or as the cakes are wanted. Mix some good moist sugar with an equal weight of currents, and wet them. with brandy, then put a little upon each piece of paste; close them up, and place them on a tin with the closed side downwards, and bake them. Flavor some powdered sugar with candied peel, grated, or essence of lemon, and sift a little over the cakes as soon as they come out of the oven. CAKES, BATII. Prep. Mix well together £ lb. of butter, 1 lb. of flour, 5 eggs, and a cupful of yeast. Set the whole before the fire to rise, which effected, add 4 oz. of finely-powdered sugar, and 1 oz. of caraways ; roll the paste out into little cakes. Bake them on tins. CAKES, BENTON TEA. Prep. Make a paste w*th flour 1 lb., butter 4 oz., and milk suf- ficient ; roll it out very thin, cut it into shapes, and bake on a hot hearth or slow oven-plate. II. To the last add 4 tablespoonfuls of yeast, qnd prick the cakes all over with a fork. CAKES, CHEESE. Prep. Curdle some new milk previously warmed, with rennet, drain the curd in a linen bag, then beat it as fine as butter, and add £ of its weight, each, of sugar and butter, 6 egcrs, some grated nutmeg, and a little orange- flower or rose water ; work the whole well to- gether. II. {Almond.) To the above add as much blanched almonds, beaten to a smooth paste, as there is butter, along with an equal weight of ma- caroni. Beat well together. III. {Lemon.) To the first form add lemon-peel grated fine, or a little essence of lemon. CAKES, DIET. Prep. Dissolve sugar 1 IK in milk £ pint, add 6 eggs, and whisk to a full froth, then cautiously stir in flour 1 lb., beat it for 1 hour, and immediately bake it in a quick oven. It may be baked whole or divided into small forms. CAKES, DIET BREAD. Prep. Make a paste with equal parts of fine flour and powdered sugar, 6 eggs, and the juice and rind (grated) of 1 lemon. Bake in a slow oven. CAKES, DROP. Prep. Eggs 1 dozen ; rose- water 1 tablespoonful ; powdered sugar £ lb. ; beat them together for 1 hour, then add £ lb. of fine flour, and £ oz. of caraways. Drop it on wafer paper, and bake. CAKES, GINGER. t Prep. Make a paste with sugar 1 lb. ; powdered ginger 4 oz. ; flour 2 lbs. ; water 1 pint ; butter '£ lb. ; and 8 caps of candied orange peel, grated; form them into cakes, and prick them with a fork before baking them. CAKES, ICING FOR. Prep. Beat the white of eggs to a full froth, with a little rose or orange- flower water ; then add, gradually, as much fine- ly powdered sugar as will make it thick enough, beating it well all the time. Use. Dust the cake over with flour, then gently rub it off*, lay on the icing with a flat knife, stick on the ornaments while it is wet, and place it in the oven for a few minutes to harden, but not long enough to dis- color it. CAKES, LEMON. Prep. Flour and sugar, of each 1 lb. ; eggs 1 dozen ; grated peal and juice of four lemons ; whisk the eggs to a high froth, then gradually add the rest. Bake in small oval tins, well buttered, and place six thicknesses of paper beneath each tin. Thinly ice them. CAKES, MARLBOROUGH. Prep. Beat 8 eggs and 1 lb. of pounded sugar three-quarters of an hour ; then by degrees mix in 1 lb. of fine flour well dried ; add 2 oz. of caraway seeds, and bake in soup plates or tin pans, in a brisk oven. CAKES, PLAIN. Prep. I. Flour 4 lbs. ; our- rants 2 lbs. ; butter £ lb. ; caraway seeds £ oz. ; candied lemon peel, grated, 1 oz. ; wet it up with milk, and £ a pint of yeast. Let it rise well before baking. II. Baker’s dough 2 lbs. ; currants 1 lb. ; butter £ lb. ; 3 eggs ; milk (hot) £ pint. As above. III. “ The following is a receipt for making a good plain cake, fit to be given to children at breakfast, instead of buttered bread. “ Take as much dough as will make a quartern loaf, (either made at home or procured at the ba- ker’s,) work into this a £ pound of butter, a £ pound of moist sugar, and a handful of caraway seeds When well worked together, pull into pieces the size of a golden pippin, and work it. together again. This must be done three times, or it will bo in lumps, and heavy when baked.” IV. {Rich.) Equal weights of flour, butter, sul- tana raisins, eggs, currants, and brown sugar, CAK 152 CAK mixed up with milk, and seasoned with candied peel, nutmeg, &c. Bake in a quick oven. CAKES, PLUM. Prep. I. (Good.) Mix £ lb. of butter in 3 lbs. of dry flour and 8 oz. of fino Lis- bon sugar ; add plums and currants, of each £ lb., washed and dried, and some pimento, finely pow- dered. Put 3 spoonfuls of yeast into a Winchester pint of new milk warmed, and mix it into a light dough with the above. Make it into a cake, and bake on a floured tin half an hour. II. (Excellent.) Beat 1 lb. of fresh butter with a strong wooden fork until it resembles cream ; add 1 lb. of sifted sugar, and mix them very completely ; have ready the whites of 10 eggs beaten, and pour them into the butter and sugar ; then add the yelk of 18 eggs, also well beaten, and beat them all up for 10 minutes. Take 1 lb. of flour, 2 oz. of pounded and sifted spices, viz. cloves, mace, cinnamon, nut- meg, and allspice, and mix them by degrees with the other ingredients, then beat the cake 10 minutes longer ; and when the oven is ready, add 1 lb. of currants, 4 oz. of sliced almonds, £ lb. of raisins stoned and chopped, an^l a large glass of brandy. Bake the cake in a hot oven. When sufficiently baked, let the oven cool, and afterwards put in the cake and allow it to remain for several hours to dry. (Rundell.) III. (Rich.) Take fresh butter and sugar, of each 1 lb. ; of flour 1 £ lb. ; of currants 2 lbs. ; a glass of brandy, 1 lb. of sweetmeats, 2 oz. of sweet almonds, 10 eggs, £ oz. each of allspice and cinna- mon. Melt the butter ‘to a cream, and put in the sugar; stir it till quite light, adding the allspice and pounded cinnamon ; in a quarter of an hour take the yelks of the eggs, and work them in, 2 or 3 at a time ; and the whites of the same must by this time be beaten into a strong snow quite ready to work in, as the paste must not stand to chill the butter, or it will be heavy ; work in the whites gradually ; then add the orange peel, lemon, and citron, cut in fine stripes, and the currants, which must be mixed in well, with the sweet almonds ; then add the sifted flour and glass of brandy. Bake this cake in a tin hoop in a hot oven for 3 hours, and put 12 sheets of paper under it to keep it from burning. (Mackenzie.) CAKE, POUND. Prep. I. As the above ; but use 1 lb. each of all the ingredients, except tfie spices. II. Use equal parts of sugar, flour, currants, and sultana raisins, and half that quantity each of but- ter, brandy, and candied peel, with spices as re- quired. CAKES, PORTUGAL. Prep. Flour, pow- dered sugar, and fresh butter, of each 1 lb. ; work : t well up until it crumbles, then add 10 eggs, cur- rants £ lb., and a little white wine. Bake it in small tins only half filled. CAKES, QUEEN. Prep. Mix 1 lb. each of dried flour, sifted sugar, washed clean currants, und butter, with 8 eggs, beaten separately ; beat the whole un hour ; butter little tins, toacups, or saucers, and bake the batter in, only half filling them. Sift a little fino sugar over, just before you bake them. A little nutmeg, mace, and cinnamon are sometimes added. CAKES, RAT l FI A. Prep. Beat £ lb. of •tweet and 1 oz. of hitter almonds in fino orange, rose, or rutafia wutor ; mik in $ lb of fine pounded and sifted sugar with tho same ; add the whites of 4 eggs, well beaten, to it ; set it over a moderate fire in a preserving-pan; stir it one way until it is pretty hot, and when a little cool form it into small rolls, and cut it into thin cakes ; shake some flour lightly on them, give each a light tap, and put them on sugar papers ; sift a little sugar on them and put them into a thorough slack oven. CAKES, ROUT. Prep. Mix together flour 2 lbs. ; butter, sugar, and currants, of each 1 lb. ; wet them up with 3 eggs well beaten, £ pint of milk, 2 glasses of white wine, and 1 glass of brandy ; .drop on a tin plate, and bake them. They arc soon done. CAKES, SAVOY. Prep. To 1 lb. of fine sifted sugar put tho yelks of 10 eggs, (have the whites in a separate pan,) and set it, if in summer, in cold water ; if there is any ice set the pan on it, as it will cause the eggs to be beat finer ; then beat the yelks and sugar well with \ wooden spoon for 20 minutes, and put in the rind of a lemon grated . beat up the whites with a whisk until they become quite stiff, and white as snow ; stir them into the batter by degrees, then add 1 lb. of well-dried flour. Finally, put it into moulds, and bake in a slack oven. CAKE, SEED. Prep. I. (Plain.) Mix £ peck of flour with £ lb. of sugar, £ oz. of allspice, and a lit- tle ginger ; melt £ lb. of butter with £ pint of milk ; when just warm, put to it £ pint of yeast, and work up to a good dough. Let it stand before the fire a few minutes before it goes to the oven: add seeds, or currants ; bake an hour and a half. II. (Good.) To the preceding add butter and sugar, of each £ lb., and wet it up with milk pre- viously mixed with 6 eggs. III. (Rich.) Take of flour 1£ lb., well dried, butter and sugar, of each 1 lb., 8 eggs, and 2 oz of caraway seeds, 1 grated nutmeg, and its weight iu cinnamon. Beat. the butter into a cream, put in the sugar, beat the whites of the eggs and the yelks separately, then mix them with the butter and su- gar. Beat in the flour, spices, and seed, a Little before sending it away. Bake 2 hours in a ouick oven. , IV. (Scotch.) E*ggs 9 in number ; sugar and butter, of each £ lb. ; mix well together, then add a little cinnamon, grated nutmeg, and cloves, £ oz. of caraway seeds, 1 lb. of candied citron, £ lb. of candied orange peel, and £ lb. of blanched almonds, pounded fine ; mix well ; then add flour 3 lbs., and brandy £ pint ; work well and bake it. CAKES, SHREWSBURY. Prep. Flour 3 lbs. ; sugar 1 lb. ; a little cinnamon and nutmegs ■ eggs 3 in number ; h little rose water and melted butter, enough to make it into a dough. Roll it thin, and cut it into shapes. CAKES, SODA. Prep. Flour 1 lb.; bicar- bonate of soda £ oz. ; sugar and butter, of each £ lb. ; currants f lb. ; make a paste with milk, and add candied orange, lemon, or citron peel, or the fresh peerls grated, according to fancy. Remarks. A £ oz. of carbonate of magnesia, used instead of the soda, also makes good cakes, very suitable to delicate stomachs, especially if the candied peels bo omitted. CAKE, SPONGE. Prep. 8 eggs, f lb. of lump sugar ; £ lb. of flour ; £ pint of water ; the peel of a lemon : mix as follows: — Overnight un CAI. CAL 153 n good-sized lemon tbin, and put the peel into the water ; when about to make the cake, put the su- gar into a saucepan, pour the water and lemon peel to it, and let it stand by the fire to get hot. Break the eggs into a deep earthen vessel that has been made quite hot ; whisk the eggs for a few minutes with a whisk that has been well soaked in water; make the sugar and water boil up, and pour it boiling-hot over the eggs ; continue to whisk them briskly for about a quarter of an hour, or till they become quite thick and white, which is a proof of their lightness. Have the flour well dried, and quite warm from the fire, just stir it lightly in, put the cake into tins, lined with white paper, and bake them immediately in a moderately hot oven. (Mrs. Rundell.) CAKES, STAINS FOR. Prep. I. (Red.) a. Boil £ oz. of cochineal in powder, £ oz. of cream of tartar, and a piece of alum as large as a pea in ^ a pint of water, for £ an hour. p. Shred beet root into a little water, let tif stand a short time, then express the juice. y. Dissolve a few grains of carmine In spirits of hartshorn. This gives a fine color, and also tends to make the cake light. II. (White.) Use almonds, blanched and beat- en very fine ; or use cream. III. (Yellow.) a . Use yelk of egg. P. A little saffron, steeped in hot water. Y. A little turmeric, steeped in a little gin or hot water. 6. Infuse marygold or stertian flowers in hot water. IV. (Green.) The juice of spinach or beet leaves, obtained by pounding and expression. v V (Blue.) a. A little finely-pounded indigo diffused in water. P- A few drops of liquid blue, added to water. y. The juice of mulberries, elderberries, privet berries, &c., to which a little salt of tartar has been added. <5. An infusion of logwood, mixed with a little salt of tartar. t. The juice of any of the blue flowers. CAKES, TIPSY. Prep. Steep small sponge cakes in brandy, then cover them with grated al- monds and candied peel, or almonds cut into spikes and stuck in them ; pile them in a dish, surround them with a custard, and cover them with pre- serves, drained as dry as possible. CAKES, WIGG. Prep. Put £ pint of warm milk to | lb. of fine flour, and mix in 2 or 3 spoon- fuls of light yeast. Cover it up, and set it before the fire 1 hour, in order to make it rise. Work into it 4 oz. each of sugar and butter, make it into cakes, or wiggs, with as little flour as possible, and a few caraway seeds, and bake them quickly. CALAMINE. Syn. Calamina. Lapis Cala- minaris. Crude Carbonate of Zinc. Source and Prep. Native carbonate of zinc occurs in great abundance in various parts of England and Ger- many. For medicinal purposes, it is ground in mills until reduced to fine powder, and then sub- mitted to the process of elutriation, or washing over, as in the preparation of chalk. In this state it constitutes the “ prepared calamine,” (P. L.,) the “ impure carbonate of zinc,” (P. E.,) and the “ la- ois calaminaris prreparatus,” (P. D.) Prop., Use, «1 that the tempera- ture falls to — 180° in this experiment. Oarlonic acid gas is destructive to life, and extinguishes combustion. An atmosphere containing more than its natural quantity, (about is unfit for res- piration. The air of wells, cellars, brewers’ vats, &c., is frequently contaminated with this gas ; hence the necessity of the old plan of letting down a burning candle before venturing in. If the candle will not burn, man cannot breathe there. Had this simple precaution been universally adopted, the late fatal accident at Barclay’s brewery might have been prevented. Tests. It feebly reddens litmus paper, extin- guishes the flame of a burning taper, and forms a white precipitate in aqueous solutions of lime and baryta, which is soluble in acetic acid. (See also Carbonates.) By the last test, a very small quan- tity of this gas may be easily detected in the -at- mosphere of rooms, &c. Ant. When asphyxia from the inhalation of cauonic acid gas occurs, the patient should be im- mediately removed into the open air, and placed upon his back with the head slightly raised. Cold water should be dashed over the body, hot water applied to the feet, and ammonia t j the nostrils. . Brandy and water, and other stimulants, may be administered. Friction on the surface of the body is also recommended. If the patient has ceased to breathe, artificial respiration should be attempt* ed. This may be done by pressing down the ribs, forcing up the diaphragm, and then suddenly withdrawing the pressure. The inhalation of air, mixed with a little chlorine gas, has also been re- commended. CARBONIC OXIDE. This is a compound cf single equivalents of carbon and oxygen, (thus containing 1 atom less of the latter than carbonic acid.) It was discovered by Priestley, but its real nature was first pointed out by Cruickshanks. Prep. I. Pass carbonic acid gas over fragments of charcoal, heated to redness in a tube of porce- lain or iron. II. Mix equal weights of chalk or carbonate of soda, and iron filings or charcoal, and ignite them together. III. Heat binoxalate of potassa with 5 or 6 times its weight of strong oil of vitriol in a glass retort. (M. Dumas.) Remarks. The gas must be passed first through a caustic qlkaline solution to deprive it of carbonic acid, and next over dried chloride of calcium, to deprive it of moisture. It may be collected either over mercury or water, as the latter absorbs but very little. Prop. Gaseous, colorless, inodorous, neutral, inflammable, and incapable of supporting respiration. CARBURETED HYDROGEN. Syn. Light CARBURETED HYDROGEN. HEAVY INFLAMMABLE Air. Marsh Air. Dicarburet of Hydrogen. Subcarbureted Hydrogen. Fire-damp. This substance is abundantly formed in stagnant pools, during the spontaneous decomposition of dead vege- table matter. It is easily procured by stirring the mud at the bottom of them, and collecting the gas as it escapes in an inverted glass vessel. By pass- ing this gas through lime-water, or a solution of caustic alkali, it is rendered quite pure. It is this gas that forms the much-dreaded Jire-damp of miners. 4 y which time the carmine will have settled. In case the carmine does not separate properly, a few drops of muriate of tin (dyers’ spirit) or of a solu- tion of green vitriol, will throw it down immedi- ately ; the water being then drawn off, the carmine may be dried in a warm stove. Use. Carmine is much employed in miniature painting, water-color drawing, and in tinting arti- hcial flowers ; also as rouge by the ladies. It is not only richer and more transparent, but goes further than any other color of the like kind. Remarks. The powdered cochineal from which the clear liquid has been decanted, as well as the colored liquid, after it has deposited its carmine, may be used in the preparation of carminated lake. Pure carmine should be almost entirely soluble in liquid ammonia. According to MM. Pelletier and Caventou, the muriate of tin should be at the maxi- mum of oxidizement to obtain a beautiful shade. CARMINE, LIQUID. Syn. Carmine Ink. Prep. Dissolve carmine in liquid ammoitia, or spir- its of hartshorn. Use. As an ink, and as a beau- tiful color in water-color tinting, and velvet paint- ing. CARMINE, TO PURIFY AND BRIGHT- EN. Proc. Digest liquid ammonia on carmine, until all the color is taken up, filter, and add ace- tic acid and alcohol, till the whole is precipitated ; lastly, carefully wash with spirit, and dry in the shade. Remarks. In this way may be produced carmine of the richest and most lustrous hue, even from samples of inferior quality. (See Cociiinil- LIN.) CARPETS, TO CLEAN. Before proceeding to sweep a carpet, a few handfuls of waste tea- leaves should be sprinkled over it. A stiff hair broom or brush should be employed, unless the carpet be very dirty, when a whisk or carpet- broom should be used first, followed by another made of hair, to take off the loose dust. The fre- quent use of a stiff carpet-broom soon wears off the beauty of the best carpet. An ordinary clothes- brush is best adapted for superior carpets. When carpets are very dirty, they should be cleaned by shaking and beating. Brussels Carpets may be cleaned as follows : — Take them up and shake and beat them^so as to render them perfectly free from dust. Hhve the floor thoroughly scoured and dry, and nail the carpet firmly down upon it. If still much soiled, it maybe cleaned in the following manner : — Take a pailful of clean cold spring water, and put into it about 3 gills of ox-gall. Take another pail with clean cold water only. Now rub with a soft i-crubbing brush some of the ox-gall water on the •virpet, which will raise a lather. When a con- venient sized portion is done, wash the lather off with a clean linen cloth dipped in the clean water. Let this water be changed frequently. When all the lather has disappeared, rub the part with a clean dry cloth. After all is done, open the win- dow to allow the carpet to dry. A carpet treated in this manner will be greatly refreshed in color, particularly the greens. It is very advisable in laying down carpets at first, to cover the floor be- neath them with large sheets of paper, so as to prevent the dust from rising between the boards. A caipet lasts longer by adopting this precaution. KioUerminstek Carpets will scarcely bear the above treatment without becoming so soft as to get speedily dirty again. This may in some mea- sure be prevented by brushing them over with e, hot weak solution of size in water, to which a little alum has been added. Curd soap, dissolve^ in hot water, may be used instead of ox-gall, bufr it is more likely to injure the colors, if produced by false dyes. When there are spots of grease on the car- peting, they may be covered with curd soap, dis- solved in boiling water, and rubbed with a brush until the stains are removed, when they must be cleaned with warm water as before. The addition of a little gall to the soap renders it more effica- cious. CARRAGEENIN. The pure jelly extracted from carrageen, or Irish moss. It may be purified by agitation with dilute alcohol, and filtration. It closely resembles animal jelly. (Lucae.) CARYOPHILLIN. Syn. Clove Resin. A resinous substance, extracted from Molucca cloves by means of alcohol. By repeated evaporations and re -solutions, it may be obtained in a satiny, crystalline state. It is odorless, tasteless, fusible, volatile, and soluble both in alcohol and ether. CASE-HARDENING, (in Metallurgy.) The operation of g’ving a surface of steel to pieces of iron, by which they are rendered Capable of re- ceiving great external hardness, while the interior portion retains all the toughness of good wrought iron. Iron tools, fire-irons, fenders, keys, &c., are usually case-hardened. Proc. I. The goods, finished in every respect but polishing, are put into an iron box, and covered with animal or vegetable charcoal, and cemented at a red heat, for a period varying with the size and description of the articles operated on. II. Cow’s horn or hoof is to be baked or tho- roughly dried, and pulverized. To this add an equal quantity of bay salt : mix them with stale chamber-lye, or white wine vinegar: cover the iron with this mixture, and bed it in the same in loam, or enclose it in an iron box : lay it then on the hearth of the forge to dry and harden : then put it into the fire, and blow till the lump have a blood-red heat, and no higher, lest the mixture be burnt too much. Take the iron out, and immerse it in water to harden. (Moxon’s Mechanic Exer- cises.) III. The iron, previously polished and finished, is to be heated to a bright-red and rubbed or sprinkled over with prussiate of potash. As soon as the prussiate appears to be decomposed and dis- sipated, plunge the article into cold water. IV. Make a paste with a concentrated solution of prussiate of potash and loam, and coat the iron therewith ; then expose it to a strong red heat, and when it has fallen to a dull red, plunge the whole into cold water. Remarks. The process of case-hardening has been well conducted when the surface of the metal proves sufficiently hard to resist a file. The last two plans are a great improvement upon the com- mon method. By the topical application of the prussiate, (as in III,) any part of a piece of iron may be case-hardened, without interfering with the rest. CASEINE. Clieese made from skimmed milk, and well pressed, is nearly pure caseino. (Liebig.) Remarks. This substance has lately engaged CAS 1G8 CAT Hie attention of organic chemists, from being a modification of the principle called proleino by Mulder. When caseine is thrown down from milk by adding an acid, it combines with a little of it, forming a kind of salt. With sulphuric acid a sulphate of caseine is formed. The acid may bo removed by means of carbonate of lead, when pure caseine is left behind. Legumine is vegeta- ble caseine. By first adding a little caustic potassa to albumen, and then some alcohol, a precipitate is formed, having all the properties of caseine. (Liebig.) CASKS, PRESERVATION OF. Casks last longest when kept either in a dry situation, or one uniformly very moist. The continual variation from the one to the other speedily rots them. As soon as casks are emptied they should be bunged down quite air-tight, with as much care as if they were full, by which means they will be preserved sweet. Should any of the hoops become loose, they should be immediately driven up tight, which will at once prevent the liability of their being lost or misplaced, as well as the casks fouling or be- coming musty from the admission of air. Good casks are very expensive articles. The casks and vats belonging to the great brewery of Barclay & Co., of London, are said to be worth several score thousand pounds. CASKS, SWEETENING MATCH FOR. Prep. Dip a strip of coarse linen cloth into melted brimstone. Use. Set fire to the brimstone match formed as above, put it into the cask, and keep it suspended by fastening one end under the bung, which should be driven in tight. After the lapse of 1 or 2 hours, the match may be removed. CASKS, STINKING OR MUSTY, (TO (SWEETEN.) For this purpose numerous plans are followed, among which the following may be mentioned. In every case great care should be taken to scald or well wash the casks out before filling them with liquor. I. Wash them well out with oil of vitriol, dilu- ted with an equal weight of water ; afterwards soak them in clean water and rinse them well. II. Wash them first with a little chloride of lime and hot water, then with water soured with oil of vitriol, and lastly, with pure water, until all the fumes and smell are removed. III. Match them with sulpha', or with sulphur mixed with a very little saltpetre IV. Unhead them and whitewash them with milk of lime, made pretty strong. This plan is commonly followed for brewer’s vats. V. Remove the heads and char the insides of the staves, by the aid of a fire of shavings, kindled within them. A safer and more effectual method is to wash the dry casks out with the most con- centrated oil of vitriol. This will char not only the surface of the staves, but penetrate into all the cracks, which the fire cannot reach. The ex- pense is trifling. The strongest oil of vitriol, sp. gr. 1-845, may bo bought in quantity at \\d. per lb., and 1 gallon, worth about 2s., will wash out upwards of 50 hogsheads, if common care bo taken not to waste it. Caution. As oil of vitriol is pow- erfully caustic and corrosive, great care should be taken to avoid splashing it over the skin or clothes, as it will rapidly burn them. VI. Steam has lately been applied to the insides of casks, with great advantage. IIigh-pressur 4 steam is driven in at the bung-hole, at the same time that the cask is violently agitated, (a heavy chain having been previously put into it,) until ail the dirt and bad smell is removed. This plan Iiuh been lately patented. VII. Washing the casks out with a lye of peari- ash, or soda, with milk of lime, strong hot brine, cow-dung, salt and water, and other similar liquors has been adopted, by some persons. The coopers boil the staves for gin casks in a strong lye of alum before placing them together, to prevent their coloring the spirit, but washing with oil of vitriol is a better plan. Some persons fill musty casks with water, and add 3 or 4 lbs. of coarsely-pow - dered charcoal, and agitate well for a few days. CAST ENGRAVINGS. These arc made bt taking a mould from any kind of engraving, and in pouring on this mould an alloy, in a melted state, capable of taking the finest impression. Bronze, type metal, zinc, &c., have been used for this purpose. This plan is particularly applicable to engra- vings which meet with a ready sale, and of which a large number is required. As soon as one cast is worn out, another may be taken from the origi- nal plate, so that not only will every impression be a proof, but the whole expense of retouching will be avoided. For another method of multiply- ing engravings, see Electrotype. CASTS, (IN FUSIBLE METAL.) A com- bination of 3 parts of lead, with 2 of tin, and 5 of bismuth, forms an alloy which melts at the tem- perature of 197° Fahr. In taking casts with this and similar alloys, it is important to use the metal at a temperature as low as possible ; as, if but a few degrees elevated, the water which adheres to the things from which casts are to be taken is converted into vapor, and produces bubbles. The fused metal must be al- lowed to cool in a teacup until just ready to set at the edges, and then poured into the mould's. In this way beautiful casts from moulds of wood, or of other similar substances, may be procured. When taking impressions from gems, seals, &c., the fused alloy should be placed on paper or paste- board, and stirred about till it becomes pasty, from cooling, at which moment the gem, die, or seal, should be suddenly stamped on it, and a very sharp impression will then be obtained. (Jour, of Science, No. 26.) CASTORINE. Syn. Castorina. Castoreu.m Camphor. Prep. Cut castor into small pieces and boil it in 6 times its weight of alcohol. On cooling, it will deposite the castorine, which, by re-solution in alcohol, may be obtained under the form of prismatic acicular crystals. Remarks. Genuine Russian castor must be employed in the above process, as scarcely any castorine can be obtained from the American. Castorine is soluble both in ether and hot alcohol, is inflammable, and by long boiling with nitric acid, becomes converted into castoric acid. This acid is capable of forming salts with the bases. CATALEPSY. Syn. Catalepsis. Catalep- sia. Trance. A disease in which the organs of sense and motion cease to exercise their functions, and the heart and lungs feebly perform their of- fices and in a scarcely perceptible manner. Th« CAT 169 CAT paroxysm generally comes on without previous warning, and its duration varies from a few min- utes to several days, and if medical reports are to be credited, sometimes for a much longer period. Dr. Cullen affirms that this disease is always coun- terfeited, but this surely cannot be correct. Treat. Ammoniacal stimulants applied to the nostrils, and spirituous liquors injected into the stomach, with general friction and free access to pure air, are the best remedies. Electricity and galvanism should also be had recourse to, when tiie instruments are at hand. CATARRH. Syn. Catarriius. In popular language, a cold in the head or chest. Influenza is a severer form of this complaint, and has been called epidemic catarrh. The common symptoms of catarrh are a copious discharge from the eyes and nose, a hoarseness, and generally a cough, more or less severe. The exciting causes are sudden changes of temperature and exposure to currents of cold air, while the body is heated ; hence the frequency of colds in changeable weather. Treat. A light or spoon diet should be adopted, and animal food and fermented or spirituous liquors should be particularly avoided. The bow T els should be opened with some mild aperients, and if 'the symptoms be severe, or fever or headache be pres- ent, small diaphoretic doses of antimonials, ac- companied by copious draughts of diluents, as barley-water, weak tea, or gruel, should be taken. Unless in very bad cases, this treatment, with pro- per care, will generally effect a cure. CATECHINE. Syn. Catechuic Acid. Res- inous Tannin. Prep. Cubical gambir or catechu, powdered and treated with cold water, leaves an hisoluble residuum, which, by repeated solutions in i lcohol, may be obtained under the form of white r Iky needles. Prop. It strikes a green color with the salts of i on, but does not precipitate gelatine. When dis- f olved in caustic potassa, and the solution exposed 10 the air, oxygen is absorbed and Japonic Acid formed. If, instead of caustic potassa, the carbon- ate be employed, it is converted into Rubinic Acid. CATGUT. Syn. Corde a boyau, (-FV.) Darm- saite, ( Ger .) The prepared and twisted intestines of animals. Prep. The guts, taken while warm from the animal, are thoroughly cleaned, freed from adherent fat, and well rinsed in pure water. They are next soaked for about 2 days in water, after which they are laid on a table and scraped with a copper-plate, having a semi-circular notch, be- ginning the operation at the smaller end. The guts are then put into fresh water, and soaked until the next day, when they are again scraped, the larger ends cut off, and after well washing, again steeped for a night in fresh water, and then for 2 or 3 hours in lye water, each gallon of which contains 1 oz. each of pearlash and potash. They are lastly washed in clean water, and passed through a polished hole in a piece of brass to smooth and equalize their surface, and then twist- ed and sorted according to the purposes for which they are intended. Remarks. Catgut is employed in several of the arts. The strings of harps, and all the instruments of the violin class, are formed of this material. For this purpose the mucous and peritoneal mem- 22 branes are removed with great care, they are then soaked for a day or two in water, to which potash is added, then removed to water impregnated with burnt lees of wine, which is made stronger by degrees, scraping them carefully to separate the fat. As soon as the intestines begin to float, they are immediately taken out, twisted, briinstoned, again twisted, and dried; when sufficiently dry, the catgut is rubbed over with olive oil, and kept as long as convenient before use, as it improves by age. Whipcord is made from catgut, which is sewed together while soft with the filandre or scrapings, after which it is put into a frame and twisted. It next receives 1 or 2 sulphurings, and is then dyed and coiled up for sale. Red and black ink, infusion of logwood, to which a little alum or blue vitriol has been added, (blue and pur- ple,) distilled verdigris or. sap green, are the dyes commonly employed. Bowstrings for hatmakers are made out of the largest intestines, 4 to 12 of which are twisted together, until the cord is ex- tended to 15 to 25 feet in length. It is then rub- bed perfectly smootli and free from knots, half dried, sulphured twice, again stretched and sul- phured, and lastly, dried in a state of tension. Clockmaker’s cords are made of the smallest in- testines. When wanted particularly small, they are slit into strings by means of a knife, fitted with a ball to guide it. In this operation the gut is strained over the ball, and an equal portion of the divided gut pulled down by each hand, while the knife remains immoveable. This method is similar in principle to that by which the barrels of straws are divided by the straw-plait makers. The best fine catgut comes from Italy, and is made at Venice or Rome. The superiority arises from its being prepared from the intestines of thin sinewy sheep, while that made in England is form- ed from the fat sheep killed for the shambles. It has long been known to physiologists, that the membranes of healthy lean animals are much tougher than those of fat ones. This is well ex- emplified in the human species ; few men being at the same time very muscular and corpulent. A coarse species of catgut, used for turning lathes and similar purposes, is made from the in- testines of horses. The guts, previously cleaned, are soaked in water, with a pailful of weak solu- tion of chloride of lime for each 8 or 10 sets ; the mucous membrane is then separated, the in- testine cut into 4 strips by forcing a ball with 4 knives placed crosswise along them ; these strips are next twisted, and when dry, any slight inequal- ities removed by fish skin. CATHARTICS. Syn. Purgatives. These have been divided into 5 orders or classes, accord- ing to their particular actions. The following are the ’principal of each class. 1. ( Laxatives , lenitives, or mild cathartics.) Manna, cassia pulp, tamarinds, prunes, honey, and phosphate of soda ; castor, almond, and olive oils ; ripe fruit. 2. ( Saline , or cooling laxatives.) Epsom salts, glauber salts, phosphate of soda, (tasteless salts,) seidlitz powders, &,c. 3. ( Active cathartics, occasionally acrid, fre- quently tonic and stomachic .) Rhubarb, senna, aloes, &lc. 4. ( Drastic or violent purgatives.) Jalap. t CAIJ 170 CEM icammony, gamboge, croton oil, colocynth, elate- rium, &c. 5. ( Mercurial purgatives.) Calomel, blue-pill, quicksilver with chalk, Ac. The doses of all the above will be found in the table of the doses of medicines, as well as at the end of the notices of most of them, in their alpha- betical order. CATIiARTINE. The purgative principle of senna, obtained by Lassaigne and Fenuelle from a strong aqueous infusion of the leaves. Prep. Evaporate to the consistence of a sirup, out of con- tact with the air, then digest in alcohol, filter, and evaporate. Prop. Color, reddish; taste and smell, nauseous ; it is soluble in water and alcohol, and strongly cathartic. CATHETER. A long hollow tube introduced into the bladder, for the purpose of drawing off its contents. Catheters are either made of metal or elastic gum ; and if of the former material, a suit- able shape is given to them, foi the purpose of ac- commodating them to the flexure of the urethra. Prep. I. Coat a piece of smooth catgut with melted wax, and while still warm, bend it to a proper shape. When cold, dip it repeatedly into an ethereal solution of Indian rubber, until a suffi- cient thickness is obtained, dry by a gentle heat, and then boil it in water to melt out the wax, and to allow the catgut to be withdrawn. A piece of polished steel wire may be used instead of catgut. II. Instead of applying the caoutchouc in solu- tion, wind ribands of it round the wire, having previously softened their edges with ether, or by boiling in water. Over this wind, as tightly as possible, a strong silk riband, and over all some fine packthread. The next day boil the whole in water for half an hour, and withdraw the wire ; lastly, polish off the outside as smoothly as possi- ble. (See Caoutchouc.) i III. Weave a smooth tissue of silk over the bent wire, and then coat it with a surface of In- dian rubber, or elastic varnish. Finish it off as before. CAUDLE, (in Cookery.) A species of gruel. Made with oatmeal, groats, rice, or wheat flour, and mixed with half its weight of good ale, and as much mace, nutmeg, sugar, &c., as will make it agreeable. White wine, the juice of a lemon, a little of the peel grated, with 1 or more eggs, are frequently added. It is an excellent domestic remedy for colds, &c., unaccompanied with fever,, for which purpose it should bo taken on going to rest. CAUSTICS. Substances that corrode or de- stroy the texture of the skin and organized bodies. Their action is commonly called “ burning.” The principal caustics employed by surgeons are, nitrate of silver, caustic potassa, sulphate of copper, red opcide of mercury, and the nitric and acetic acids. Use. Caustics are employed to remove excres- cences, morbid growths, granulations, &c., as corns, warts, and proudflesh, and to open issues, abscesses, &c. CAUSTIC, COMMON. Syn. Potash with Lime. Potential Cautery. Potassa cum Calce. Prep. Hydrate of potassa and. quicklime, equal parts; rub them together in a mortar, and keep them in a well-corked bottle. (P. I..) Use. When placed on the skin, it rapidly decomposes it, leav- I ing a soft eschar, which is slowly detached. It it employed to open issues, abscesses, &.o CAUSTIC, COMMON. Syn. Causticum commune mjtius. (P. L. 1745.) Prep. Soft soap and quicklime, equal parts. Mix them at tho tirao of use. Remarks. Both the above are loss liable to spread than pure potassa, but arc considerably weaker. CAUSTIC, (for Canker in Horses.) Prep. Dissolve corrosive sublimate $ oz. in muriatic acid 1 oz., then add rectified spirit and water, of each 4 oz CAUSTIC, OPIATE. Syn. Common Caus tic with Ofium. Common caustic 4 dr. ; pow dered opium 1 dr. ; soft soap enough to mix. Use Applied to fungous ulcers. CEMENT. Any substance which, on being placed between two surfaces, makes them adhere together. This name is also applied (in architec- ture) to some species of mortars, employed either to unite stones or bricks into masses, or as a pro tective covering against the weather or water. CEMENT, ALABASTER. Prep. I. Finely- powdered plaster of Paris, made into a cream with water. II. Melt yellow resin, or equal parts of yellow resin and beeswax, then stir in half as much finely- powdered plaster of Paris. Use. The first is used to join and fit together pieces of alabaster or marble, or to mend broken plaster figures. The second is used to join alabas- ter, marble, porphyry, Derbyshire spar, and any similar substances, that will bear being heated. It must be applied hot, and the stone must be made warm. Derbyshire, and some other stones, may also be joined by heating them sufficiently to melt a lump of sulphur, with which their edges must be then smeared, after which they must be placed to- gether, and held so until cold. Little deficiencies, as chips out of the corners, &c., may be filled up with melted sulphur or bleached shellac, colored to any shade, as required. CEMENT, ARCHITECTURAL. Prep. I. Reduce paper to a smooth paste by boiling it in water ; then add an equal weight each of sifted whiting and good size ; boil to a proper consistence. II. Paper, paste, and size, equal parts ; finely- powdered plaster of Paris, to make it of a proper consistence. Use it as soon as mixed. Use. To make architectural ornaments, busts, statues, columns, &c. It is very light, and receives a good polish, but will not stand the weather. CEMENT, ARMENIAN. Syn. Diamond Cement. Persian ditto, Turkish ditto. This article, so much esteemed for uniting pieces of bro- ken glass, for repairing precious stones, and for ce- menting them to watch cases and other orna- ments, is made by soaking isinglass in water until it becomes quite soft, and then mixing it with spirit in which a little gum mastic and ammonia- cum have been dissolved. The jewellers of Turkey, who are mostly Ar- menians, have a singular method of ornamenting watch-casos, &c., with diamonds and other pre- cious stones, by simply glueing or cementing them on. The stone is set in silver or gold, and the lower part of the metal made flat, or to correspond with tho part to which it is to be fixed ; it is then warmed gently, and has the glue applied, wfiteli CEM 171 CEM is so very strong that the parts thus cemented never separate ; this glue, which will strongly unite bits of glass, and even polished steel, and may be applied to a variety of useful purposes, is thus made in Turkey : — Dissolve five or six bits of gum mastich, each the size of a large pea, in as much spirits of wine as will suffice to render it liquid ; and in another vessel, dissolve as much isinglass, previously a -little softened in water, (though none of the water must be used,) in French brandy or good rum, as will make a two- ounce vial of very strong glue, adding Iwo small bits of gum galbanum, or ammoniacum, which must be rubbed or ground till they are dissolved. Then mix the whole with a sufficient heat. Keep the glue in- a vial closely stopped, and when it is to be used, set the vial in boiling water. Some persons have sold a composition under the name of Armenian cement, in England ; but this compo- sition is badly made ; it is much too thin, and the quantity of mastich is much too small. (Eton.) II. The following are good proportions : isin- glass, soaked in water and dissolved in spirit, 2 oz., (thick ;) dissolve in this 10 grains of very pale gum ammoniac, (in tears,) by rubbing them to- gether ; then add 6 large tears of gum mastich, dissolved in the least possible quantity of rectified spirit. III. Isinglass, dissolved in proof spirit, as above, 3 oz. ; bottoms of mastich varnish (thick but clear) oz. ; mix well. Remarks. When carefully made, this cement resists moisture, and dries colorless. As usually met with, it is not only of very bad quality, but sold at exorbitant prices. CEMENT, BRUYERE’S WATER. Prep. Mix 3 gallons of clay with 1 gallon of slaked lime, and expose them to a full red heat for 3 hours. CEMENT, BUILDING. Syn. Artificial Puzzolene. Prep. This is made by exposing a mixture of clay or loam, broken pottery, flints, or silicious sand, or broken bottle-glass, with wood ashes, to a considerable heat in a furnace, until it becomes partially vitrified. It must then be ground to a fine powder, sifted, and mixed with one-third its weight of quicklime, also in fine powder, after which it must be packed (tight) in casks to pre- serve it from the air and moisture. For use, it is mixed up with water, and applied like Roman cement. CEMENT, BOTANY BAY. Yellow gum and brickdust equal parts, melted together. Used to cement coarse earthenware, &c. CEMENT, CHINESE. Prep. Dissolve shel- lac in enough rectified spirit to make a liquid of the consistence of treacle. II. Instead of spirit, use wood naphtha, (pyrox- ilic spirit.) III. Boil borax 1 oz. and shellac 4 oz in water until dissolved. Use. To mend glass, china, fancy ornaments, See. The first form produces a cement so strong that pieces of wood may be joined together, cut slopingly across the grain, and will afterwards re- sist every attempt to break them at the same place. In many of the islands of the Indian Ocean, in Japan, China, and the East Indies, a similar cement is used to join pieces of wood for dows, lances, &. c. Ti e fluid is thinly smeared over each face of the joint, a piece of very tliia gauze interposed, and the whole pressed tightly together and maintained so until the next day Joints so made will even bear the continual flex ure of a bow without separating. CEMENT, COPPERSMITHS’. Bullock’r blood thickened with finely powdered quicklime Use. To secure the edges and rivets of copper boilers, to mend leaks from joints, &c. It must be used as soon as mixed, as it rapidly gets hard. It is extremely cheap and very durable, and is suited for many purposes where a strong cement is required. It is frequently called blood cement. CEMENT, CUTLERS’. Prep. I. Black rosin 4 lbs. ; beeswax 1 lb. ; melt, then add 1 11 of finely -powdered and well-dried brickdust. II. Eqifal weights of rosin and brickdust melt ed together. Use. To fix knives and forks in their handles. CEMENT, EGG. White of egg thickened with finely-powdered quicklime. Use. To mend earthenware, glass, china, marble, alabaster, spar ornaments, &c. It does not resist moisture. CEMENT, ELECTRICAL AND CHEM- ICAL, (SINGER’S.) I. Rosin 5 lbs.; wax and dry red ochre, in fine powder, of each, 1 lb. ; plaster of Paris 4 oz. ; melt the first two, then add the ochre, and, lastly, the plaster. Mix well together. II. Black rosin 7 lbs. ; well-dried red ochre and plaster of Paris, of each, 1 lb. ; as above. Use. To cement the plates in voltaic troughs, join chemical vessels, &c. CEMENT, ENGINEERS’. I. Mix ground white-lead with as much powdered red-lead as will make it of the consistence of putty. II. Mix equal weights of red and white lead with boiled linseed oil to a proper consistence. Use. Employed by engineers and others to make metallic joints! A washer of hemp, yarn, or canvass smeared with the cement is placed in the joint, which is then “ brought home,” o” screwed up tight. It dries as hard as stone- This cement answers Well for joining broken stones, however large. Cisterns built of square stones, put together, while dry, with this cement, will never leak or come to repair. It is only ne- cessary to use it for an inch or two next the wa- ter ; the rest of the joint may be filled with good mortar. It is better, however, to use it for the whole joint. CEMENT, EXTEMPORANEOUS. Shel- lac melted and run into small stfcks the size of a quill. Use. To join glass, earthenware, &c. The edges must be heated sufficiently hot to melt the cement, which must be then thinly smeared over them, and the joint made while they are still hot. This is the cement so commonly vended in the streets of London. CEMENT, FRENCH. Prep. Make a thick mucilage with gunt arabic and water, then add starch in fine powder to thicken it. Use. Em- ployed by naturalists and French artificial-flower makers. A little lemon juice is sometimes added. CEMENT FOR IRON BOILERS, &c. Prep. Dried clay in powder G lbs. ; iron filings 1 lb. ; make a paste with boiled linseed oil Used to stop the cracks and leaks in iron boilers, stoves, &c. OEM 172 CEM CEMENT FOR BROKEN GLASS, CIE- NA, &c Various preparations and methods are adopted for mending broken china, earthenware, and glass, among which are the following: the white of an egg beaten with quicklime, in impal- pable powder, into a paste ; to which is sometimes added a little whey, made by mixing vinegar and milk. A little isinglass, dissolved in mastich var- nish, is another cement. Nature supplies some cements ready to our hands, as the juice of garlic and the white slime of large snails ; and it has been stated in a respectable scientific journal that a broken flint has been joined so effectually with this snail cement, that when dashed upon a stone pavement the flint broke elsewhere than at the cemented part. In their anxiety to unite broken articles, persons generally defeat themselves by spreading the cement too thickly upon the edges of the article, whereas the least possible quantity should be used, so as to bring the edges almost close together ; and this may be aided by heating the fragments to be joined. (Chambers’s Infor- mation for the People.) (See also Armenian, Extemporaneous, Chi- nese Cements, *&c. &c.) CEMENT, GAD’S HYDRAULIC. Prep. Mix 3 lbs. of well-dried and powdered clay with 1 lb. of oxide of iron ; then add as much boiled oil as will reduce them to a stiff* paste. Use. For work required to harden under water. CEMENT, GLASS GRINDERS’. I. Melt pitch and add thereto one fourth of its weight each of finely-powdered wood-ashes and hard tal- low. For coarse work. II. Melt 4 lbs. of black rosin, then add 1 lb. each of beeswax and whiting previously heated red hot and still warm. III. Shellac melted, and applied to the pieces previously warmed. Use. To fix the articles while grinding. CEMENT, GLUE. Prep. I. Melt 1 lb. of glue without water, then add 1 lb. of black rosin and 4 oz. of red ochre. II. Melt glue without water, then stir in \ of its weight each of boiled oil and red ochre. Use. For various common purposes, especially to fix stones in their frames. CEMENT, HAMELIN’S, (or MASTICH.) To any given weight of the earth or earths, com- monly called pit-sand, river-sand, rock-sand, or any other sand of the same or the like nature, or pulverized earthenware or porcelain, add two thirds of s.uch given weight of the earth or earths, commonly called Portland stone, Bath stone, or any other stone of the same or like nature, pul- verized. To every 560 lbs. of these earths, so prepared, add 40 lbs. of litharge, and with the last-mentioned given weights combine 2 lbs. of pulverized glifcs or flint stone. Then join to this mixture 1 lb. of minium and 2 lbs. of gray oxide of lead. When ibis composition is intended to bo made into cement, to every 605 lbs. of the composition are added 5 gallons of vegetable oil, as linseed oil, walnut oil, or pink oil. The composition is then mixed in a similar way to mortar. When this cement is applied to the purpose of covering buildings intended to resemble stone, the turfuco of the building is washed with oil. CEMENT, IRON. This is formed of the borings or turnings of cast-iron, which should be clean and free from rust, mixed with a smal. quantity of sal ammoniac and flowers of sulphur. When wanted for use, it is mixed up with just enough water to thoroughly moisten it, and it is rammed or calked into the joints with a blunt calking chisel and hammer, after which the joint is screwed up by its bolts as tightly as possible. If the turnings or borings be very coarse, they are broken In' pounding in an iron mortar, and the dust sifted off before use. The following are good proportions. I. Sal ammoniac in powder .2 oz. ; flowers of sulphur 1 oz. ; iron borings 5 lbs. ; water to mix. II. Sul ammoniac 1 oz. ; sulphur £ oz. ; iro i borings 6 lbs. ; water to mix. III. Sal ammoniac 2 oz. ; iron borings 7 or S lbs. ; water to mix. IV. Iron borings 4 lbs. ; good pipeclay 2 lbs. ; powdered potsherds 1 lb. ; make them into a paste with salt and water. Remarks. The first of these, forms is that gen- erally employed for common purposes, but for- merly much more sulphur and sal ammoniac were used. I am informed by one of the leading engi- neers of London, that the strongest cement is made without sulphur, and with only 1 or 2 parts of sal ammoniac to 1(H) of iron borings, (see the third form ;) but that when the work is required to dry rapidly, as for steam joints of machinery wanted in haste, the quantity of sal ammoniac is increased a little, and occasionally a very small quantity of sulphur is added. This addition makes it set quicker, but reduces its strength. As the power of the cement depends on the oxidizement and consequent expansion of the mass, it is evi- dent that the less foreign matter introduced the better. No more of this cement should be made at a time than can be used at once, because it uoon spoils. I have seen it become quite hot by standing even a few hours, when it contained sul- phur ; and I have been informed by workmen, that when much sulphur is used, and it has been left together in quantity all night, combustion has taken place. The last form produces a cement that gets very hard when allowed to dry slowly. CEMENT, JAPANESE. Syn. Rice Glue. Prep. Intimately mix the best powdered rice with a little cold water, then gradually add boiling wa- ter, until a proper consistence is acquired, bejng particularly careful to keep it well stirred all the time ; lastly, it must be boiled for 1 minute in a clean saucepan or earthen pipkin. Use. This gljge is beautifully white, and almost transparent, for which reason it is well adapted for fancy paper work, which requires a strong and colorless cement. CEMENT, KEENE’S MARBLE. The fol- lowing is an abstract of a paper read by Mr. VVhito before the Society of Arts, and will ex- plain the preparation of this beautiful and useful cement: “ Keene’s Marble Cement is described as a combination of sulphate of lime and alum.* The gypsum undergoes the same preparation as for plaster of Paris, being deprived of its water of crys- * A pleasing tint is given to this cement by adding a lit tlo solution of green copperas to the alum honor OEM 173 CER tullization by baking. It i* then steeped in a saturated solution of alum ; and this compound, when recalcined and reduced to a powder, is in a fit «tate for use. This cement has been most exten- sively applied as a stucco ; but the finer qualities, (when colored by the simple process of infusing mineral colors in the water with which the ce- ment powder is finally mixed for working,) being susceptible of a high degree of polish, produce beautiful imitations of mosaic, and other inlaid marbles, scagliola, &c. The cement is not adapted to hydraulic purposes, or for exposure to the weath- er, but has been used as a stucco in the internal decorations of Windsor and Buckingham palaces. From its extreme harduess, it has been found serviceable when used for imbedding and setting the tiles of tesselated pavements, &c. ; and has been adopted for this purpose at the French Pro- testant church, the new fire-proof chambers in Shorter’s Court, and the Reform Club-House.” In the course of the discussion which followed, Mr. C. H. Smith and Mr. Lee adverted to the ex- treme hardness of the cement as its principal re- commendation, when applied as stucco and for mouldings. • • CEMENT, MAHOGANY. ^rep. I. Melt beeswax 4 oz. ; then add Indian red 1 oz., and enough yellow ochre to produce the required tint. II. Shellac, melted and colored as above. Very hard. Use. To fill up holes and cracks in mahogany. CEMENT, OPTICIAN’S. Prep. I. Shel- lac, softened with rectified spirit or wood naph- tha. For fine work. II. Melt wax 1 oz., and resin 15 oz. ; then add whiting 4 oz. ; previously made red hot, and still warm. III. Resin 1 lb. ; melt, then add plaster of Paris (dry) 4 oz. Use. To fix glasses, stones, &c., while polishing and cutting. The last is a very strong cement for rough purposes. CEMENT, PARABOLIC. Syn. Universal Cement. Prep. Curdle skim-milk, press out the whey, and dry the curd by a gentle heat, but as quickly as. possible. When it has become quite dry, grind it to powder in a coffee or pepper mill, and mix'it with -A of its weight of finely -powdered quicklime, and a piece of camphor the size of a pea, also reduced to powder, to every ounce of the mixture. Keep it in wide-mouth 1 oz. vials, well corked. For use, make it into a paste with a little water, and apply it immediately. CEMENT, PARKER’S. This valuable ce- ment is made of the nodules of indurated and slightly ferruginous marl, called bw mineralogists septaria, and also of some other species of argilla- ceous limestone. These are burned in conical kilns, with pit coal, in a similar way to other lime- stone, care being taken to avoid the use of too much heat, as if the pieces undergo the slightest degree of fusion, even on the surface, they will be unfit to form the cement. After being properly roasted, the calx is reduced to a very fine powder oy grinding, and immediately packed in barrels, to Keep it from the air and moisture. Use. It is tempered with waterjo a proper con- sistence, and applied at once, as it soon hardens, and. will not bear being again softened down with water. For foundations and cornices exposed tc the weather, it is usually mixed with an equal quantity of clean angular sand ; for use as a com- mon mortar, with about twice as much sand ; fo* coating walls exposed to cold and wet, the com mon proportions are 3 of sand to 2 of cement, and fo walls exposed to extreme dryness or heat, about 2£ or 3 of sand to 1 of cement ; for facing cistern work, water frontages, &c., nothing but cement and water should be employed. This cement, under the name of compo, or Ro- man cement, is much employed for facing houses, water-cisterns, setting the foundations of large edi- fices, &c. CEMENT, PLUMBER’S. Prep. Melt black rosin 1 lb., then stir in brickdust I to 2 lb. Some- times a little tallow is added. CEMENT, ROMAN. Genuine Roman ce- ment consists of puzzolene, (a ferruginous clay from Puteoli, calcined by the fires of Vesuvius,) lime, and sand, mixed up with soft water. The only preparation which the puzzolene undergoes is that of pounding and sifting ; but the ingredi- ents are occasionally mixed up with bullock’s blood and oil, to give the composition more tenacity CEMENT, SEAL ENGRAVER’S. Com- mon resin and brickdust melted together. Use. To fix the pieces of metal while cutting, and also to secure seals and tools in their handles. It grows harder and improves every time it is melted. CEMENT, TURNER’S. Pitch, rosin, and brickdust melted together. CEMENT, WATER. Prep. I. Good gray clay 4 parts ; black oxide of manganese 6 parts ; good limestone, reduced to powder by sprinkling it with water, 90 parts ; mix, calcine, and powder. II. Mix white iron ore (manganese iron ore) 15 parts, with lime 85 parts ; calcine and powder as above. Both this and the preceding must be mixed up with a little sand for use. A piece thrown into water will rapidly harden. III. Fine clean sand 1 cwt. ; quicklime in pow- der 28 lbs. ; bone ashes 14 lbs. For use, beat it up with water as quickly as possible. CEMENT, WATERPROOF, (OF DIHL.) Pure clay, dried by a gentle heat, and powdered, mixed up to the consistency of a paste with bo'iled linseed oil. Remarks. It may be colored by adding a little red or yellow ochre, or any similar pigment. It is used to cover the fronts of buildings, roofs of ve- randas, & lc. It may be thinned with turpentine. CEMENTATION, (in Metallurgy.) The operation of surrounding a solid body with powder or some other body, and in this state exposing it to the action of heat. Steel and porcelain undergo cementation. CERATES. Unctuous preparations possessing a consistence intermediate between ointments and plasters. The term is derived from Cera, wax, because that is the ingredient on which their so- lidity maiqjy depends. In the preparation of cerates, the oils and fats used should bo perfectly fresh, and the wax una- dulterated. It is a general custom with the drug- gists to use a less quantity of wax than what is re- quired to give the compound a proper consistenco, and in many cases it is omitted altogether, and iU CER 174 CER place supplied by bard suet or stearino, and fre- quently rosin. Lard is also very generally sub- stituted for olive oil. The operation of melting the ingredients should be performed in a water or steam bath, and the liquid mass should be assiduously stirred until cold. CERATE, BLISTERING. Syn. Cerate of Spanish Flies. Ceratum Cantharides. (P. L.) Prop. Spanish flies in fine powder §j ; spermaceti cerate ^vj ; soften the cerate by heat, then care- fully mix in the powdered flies. Use. To keep blisters open, and as a mild stim- ulant. Its use is sometimes, however, attended by strangury and other disagreeable symptoms. A blister on the scalp, dressed for 4 days with this cerate, was followed by the head swelling to an alarming si/e, an oedematose erysipelas over the face and scalp to the occlusion of the eyes, and great fever. These symptoms were removed by the use of emollient fermentations and simple dress- ings. (A. T. Thompson.) Very probably the ce- rate contained euphorbium, which it derived from the powdered flies being adulterated with this sub- stance. (See Cantharides.) CERATE, CALAMINE. Syn. Ceratum Epuloticum, (P. L. 1745.) Ceratum Lapis Ca- laminaris, (P. L. 1768.) Ceratum Calaminje, (P. L. 1836.) Healing Salve. Turner’s Ce- rate. Prep. Prepared calamine (lapis calamina- ris) and wax, of each lb. ss ; olive oil f ^xvj. Proc. Mix the oil with the melted wax, and as soon as it begins to thicken, add the calamine and stir until cold. Use. To dress excoriations, ulcers, burns, sore nipples, &c. It is drying and healing. Remarks. On the large scale this cerate is usu- ally made without a particle of wax. 4 lbs. of suet are melted with 3 lbs. of lard, and 3$ lbs. of calamine sifted in ; the whole is then well mixed up for a few minutes, and after one minute’s re- pose, it is poured off into another vessel, a little coarse sediment that has fallen to the bottom be- ing left behind. It is then stirred until cold. In many cases nothing but lard and calamine are used. CERATE, CALAMINE, (WITH MERCU- RY.) Prep. (Ceratum Calamine cum Hydrar- gyro, P. C.) Calamine cerate lb. j ; nitric oxide of mercury §j. Proc. Triturate the oxide until reduced to an impalpable powder, then add the cerate >and thoroughly blend them together. GERATE, CALOMEL. Prep. Simple ce- rate 3vij ; calomel 3j ; mix. CERATE, CALOMEL, (COMPOUND.) Calamine cerate §ij '•> calomel §j ; mix. CERATE, CINCHONA. (Paris Codex.) Equal parts of extract of cinchona and simple ce- rv -‘. / mixed together. CERATE, COMPOUND LEAD. Syn. Gou- lard’s Cerate. Ceratum Plumbi compositum, (P. L ) Prep. Solution of diacetate of lead f §iij ; (vax ; olive oil £ pint ; camphor 3ss. Proc Add 8 o/ of the oil to the melted wax, iyid as soon is it begins to cool, add the solution of lead, and couth) tie the stirring until cold ; then add the cam- phor dissolved in the remaining portion of the oil. Use A cooling cerate for burns, excoriations, CERATE COMPOUND MERCURIAL. Syn. Ceratum HyiTrargyri compositum, (P. L. Prep. Mercurial ointment and soap cerate, of each §iv ; powdered camphor ; mix. Use. As a stimulant application to indolent tu- mors, and as a resolvent in enlarged joints, &c. CERATE, COPPER. Syn. Ceratum Cu- pri. Prep. Liquor of ammoniated copper 1 part ; simple cerate 8 parts. Proc. Soften the cerate bj heat, then add the cupreous solution, and stir un- til cold. (Swediaur.) CERATE, COSMETIC. Syn. Pommade en Creme. Prep. Oil of almonds 5 oz. ; white wax and spermaceti, of each £ oz. ; melt, add rose wa- ter 3 oz., and tincture of balsam of Mecca £ oz. ; stir until cold. CERATE, HEMLOCK. (Ceratum Conii, St. B. H.) Hemlock ointment 12 oz. ; sperma- ceti 2 oz. ; white wax 3 oz. ; melt the last two, then add them to th°- first, softened by a gentle heat. Used for invete jute cancerous, scrofulous, and other sores. CERATE, HONEY (Ceratum Mellis, P. C ) Lead plaster and beeswax, of each 4 oz. ; onve oil 6 oz. ; melt and add honey 6 oz. CERATE, KIRKLAND’S NEUTRAL Prep. Lead plaster §viij ; olive oil and prepared chalk, of each ^iv ; mix with heat and add sugar of lead 3iij, dissolved in distilled vinegar f^iv. Stir until cold. Use. As a cboling dressing for in- dolent ulcers. CERATE, MARSHALL’S. Prep. Palm oil and calomel, of each 2 oz. ; sugar of lead 1 oz. : ointment of nitrate of mercury 4 oz. ; mix tho- roughly by rubbing them together in a Wedge wood mortar. CERATE, MERCURIAL. (Ceratum Mer- curials, P. L. 1746.) Strong mercurial ointment and yellow wax, of each 6 oz. ; lard 3 oz. Melt the wax and lard together, then stir in the oint- ment. CERATE OF ACETATE OF LEAD. (Ce- ratum Plumbi Acetatis, P. L.) Acetate of lead in fine powder 3ij ; wax jij ; olive oil f 5viij ; melt the wax in 7 oz. of the oil ; then add the acetate of lead, separately rubbed down with the remain- ing oil ; stir until cold. Use. As a cooling cerate to burns, excoriations and inflamed sores. CERATE OF ARSENIC. (Ceratum Ar- senici, P. U. S.) White arsenic in fine powdei 9j ; simple cerate §j ; mix. CERATE OF NITRATE OF MERCURY. (Ceratum Hydrargyri Nitratis, St. B. H.) Prep. Ointment of nitrate of mercury and simple cerate, equal parts ; mix. CERATE, # OPIUM. (Ceratum Opii, Dr. Lagneau.) Prep. Opium in fine powder 3ss ; yelk of 1 egg ; mix, then rub it up with simple ce- rate §ij. CERATE, QUININE. (Ceratum Quinle, F. II.) Sulphatei of quinine 1 part; simple ce- rate 10 parts ; mix well. CERATE, RESIN. Syn. Yellow Basili- con. Basilicon Cerate. Ceratum Citrinum. (P. L. 1745.) C. Resinas Flav.e, (P. L. 1788.) Ceratum Reside, (P. L. 1809, 1824, and 1836.) Prep. Yellow resin and wax, of each lb. j ; melt ; then add olive oil f §xvj. Stir until cold. Remarks. This cerate is a mild stimulant, de>> CER 175 CER tergent, and digestive application ; and is employed to dress foul and indolent ulcers. The above is the form of the Lond. Ph., but the basilicon of the shops is seldom, if eves, made in this manner. The following forms are those com- monly used on the large scale, but the product is inferior to the P. L. II. Yellow resin 10 lbs.; beeswax 2 lbs. ; lin- seed Oil 7 lbs. ; melt together and stir until cold. III. As last, but use nut oil for linseed oil. IV. Nut oil 1 gall. ; beeswax 5 lbs. ; yellow re- sin 14 lbs. V. Lard (common) and linseed oil, of each 3 lbs. ; yellow resin 9 lbs. ; mix as before. CERATE, ROSE. Syn. Lip Salve. (Ce- ratum Rosatum, P. Cod.) Oil of almonds 1 lb. ; white wax £ lb. ; alkanet root 1 oz. ; melt and di- gest until sufficiently colored, strain, and when cooled a little, add otto of roses (24 drops) to per- fume. CERATE, SAVINE. (Ceratum Sabina, P. L.) Prep. Lard lbs. ij ; savine leaves lb. j ; wax Sjviij. Proc. Melt the wax and lard, and boil the leaves in the mixture, then strain through a linen cloth. » Remarks. The preparation of this cerate re- quires caution, as the active principle of the savine being volatile, is injured by long boiling or too high a temperature. The leaves are usually boiled un- til they are crisp, but as this takes some time, the essential oil, and consequently the odor, is nearly all dissipated. A better plan is to express the juice from the leaves, and to add it to the wax and oil melted together, and just beginning to cool. As usually met with, this ointment has a deep green color, and the odor of the fresh plant, but neither of these is derived from the leaves, in the common process of making it. The first is caused by the addition of verdigris, and the latter by add- ing a little of the essential oil of savine to the com- pound when nearly cold. The cerate prepared according to the form of either of the British Col- leges, has but a very pale green color, and that rapidly changes unless it be well covered up from the air. A greater quantity of color is got from the leaves by long digestion in the fat and wax in earthen vessels, at a moderate heat, than by hast- ily boiling. In this way a lively green is some- times produced, but it rapidly changes. The following forms are those that have been adopted by many druggists for the manufacture of this cerate. II. Lard and suet, of each G lbs. ; yellow wax 2 lbs. ; melt them together in an earthen vessel ; then add 2 oz. of distilled verdigris, previously rubbed down smooth in a mortar, with an equal weight of sweet oil ; strain while liot into a large earthen pot, and when cooled a little, add 1 oz. of oil of savine ; stir till cold. III. Savine leaves 4 lbs. ; yellow wax 2 lbs. ; lard 8 lbs. ; boil until the leaves become crisp ; then strain, and add, of lively-colored green ointment 5 lbs. ; and when cooled a little, 3 drs. of oil of sa- vine. Stir briskly until cold. Prod 13$ lbs. The practice of coloring this cerate with verdi- gris, which is next to universal, cannot be too se- verely censured, as its therapeutic action is thereby altered. The copper may be detected by burning down a little in a platinum or Hessian crucible, washing out the ashes with a little dilute acid, placing the liquor in a glass tube, and pouring thereon liquid ammonia. When a blue color, am- moniureted copper will be produced, if copper be present. Use. To keep blisters open. CERATE, SOAP. (Ceratum Sapinis, P. L.) Prep. Boil litharge ^xv in distilled vinegar 1 gal- lon until dissolved, stirring continually ; then add of Castile soap §x ; boil again until the moisture be entirely evaporated : then add gradually, wax ^xiiss, and olive oil 1 pint, previously melted to- gether. Remarks. Unless the above instructions be ex- actly followed in every particular, the process will miscarry. When this is the case, it will be found that the cerate on cooling will separate into two portions, and be full of hard gritty particles. To prevent this, care should be taken to use soap of the best quality. When once this mishap occurs, no boiling or stirring in the world will remove it. The only remedy is the addition of a little more soap, previously melted with some water, and again evaporating to a proper consistence. A small quantity of liquor of potassa will also have the same effect. The color and consistence of this cerate wholly depend upon the length of time it is kept heated after the addition of the oil and wax. As evapo- ration proceeds, so do the color and consistence increase. Its usual color is that of a lively pale chocolate-brown, but occasionally it is much paler. This arises from its containing moisture, which, by stirring, reduces the color. The following form may be used on the large scale. II. Distilled vinegar 6 galls. ; litharge 5 lbs. ; soap 3 f lbs. ; yellow wax 4^ lbs. ; olive oil 6 pints. Mix as above. (Good nut or poppy oil may be used for olive oil.) Uses. Soap cerate is used as a cool dressing for scrofulous swellings, &c. It may be spread on linen and applied like a plaster. CERATE, SIMPLE. Syn. Oil and Bees- wax. Simple Dressing. Cerat simple, ( Fr .) Ceratum simplex, (P. L. 1824.) Ceratum, (P. L. 1809 and 1836.) Prep. Olive oil ffiv; yellow wax ^iv ; mix by heat, and stir until cold. Remarks. This is the ceratum of the “ London Pharmacopoeia.” It is used as a simple emollient dressing for excoriations and sores. The ceratum simplex of the Scotch College is spermaceti cerate. Simple cerate is but little used, preference being given to the next preparation. CERATE, SPERMACETI. Syn. White Lip Salve. Cerat de blanc de Baleine, (Fr.) Simple Cerate, (P. E.) Ceratum album, (P. L. 1745.) C. Spermatis Ceti, (P. L. 1788.) Cera- tum Cetacei, (P. L. 1809, 1824, 1836.) Prep. Spermaceti §ij ; white wax §viii ; olive oil 1 pint. Melt together and stir assiduously until cold. Use. As a soft cooling dressing. Remarks. As soon as the materials are melted, they should be moved from the fire, strained intc a clean vessel, and stirred until cold. To facilitate the cooling, the vessel may be placed in cold wa- ter or a current of cold air. This will render the product both whiter and finer than when allowed to cool by itself. The operation of melting should be performed in l water bath. On the large scale CHA 176 CIJ A lard or suet is substituted for oil, by which means 1 less wax is required. The following is a good form where a cheap article is wanted. II. Clarified mutton suet lbs. ; white wax and spermaceti, of each | lb. As above. CERATE, SULPHUR. (Ckratum Sulpiiu- ratum, P. Cod.) Washed sulphur 2 parts ; cerate of Galen 7 parts ; almond oil 1 part. Mix. CERATE, SULPHURET OF MERCURY. (Ceratum Rubrum, P. Cod.) Yellow wax, lard, and yellow resin, of each ; red sulphuret of mer- cury gr. xxx. Mix. CERATE, ZINC, AND LYCOPODIUM. (Ceratum Zinci cum Lycopodio, Hufeland.) Sim- ple cerate 3iv ; oxide of zinc and lycopodium, in powder, of each gr. xv. Mix. CERIUM. A metal discovered in 1803 by Hi- singer and Berzelius, in a mineral named cerite. It is obtained in combination with a metal called by Mosander Lantanium. The mixed oxides may be procured by dissolving calcined and powdered cerite in nitro-muriatic acid, filtering, neutralizing with pure potassa, and then precipitating with tar- trate of potassa. The powder that falls down is next washed and calcined. The mixed oxides may be separated by solution in nitric acid, evaporation, and calcination. The mass previously powdered is then to be digested in water containing 2§ of nitric acid ; the undissolved portion is the oxide of cerium. The solution con- tains the oxide of lantanium, which may be ob- tained as a carbonate by adding a solution of car- bonate of potassa. The combination of these metals is but little known, and is now the subject of investigation by several eminent foreign chemists. Various compounds of these metals with the acids, sulphur, and chlorine have been formed. CETENE. A colorless oily-looking liquid, ob- tained by repeatedly distilling ethal with glacial phosphoric acid. It is inflammable and soluble in alcohol and ether. CETINE. Syn. Pure Spermaceti. Prep. Dissolve spermaceti in boiling alcohol, and collect the crystals that deposite on cooling. Prop. Bright pearly crystals ; melts at 120° ; sublimes at 670°. CHAIRS. The black leather work of chairs, settees, &c., may be restored by first washing off the dirt with a little warm soap and water, and afterwards with clean water. The brown and faded portions may now be restained by means of a little black ink, or preferably black reviver, and when this has got thoroughly dry, they may be touched over with white of egg, strained and mixed with a little sugar-candy. When the latter is nearly dry, it should be polished off with a clean dry brush. A similar process will revive ladies’ and gentle- men’s dress boots and shoes. CHALK. Syn. Earthy Carbonate of Lime. Perhaps there is no one thing belter known, or, moro universally distributed throughout England, than chalk. It is hero largely used in the manu- factures, the arts, and in medicine ; and it forms an important geological foaturo of the country. It was the hills of chalk, the white dills of England, that (onferred on it the name of Albion, (from albas or albcns, white.) The chalk formation I ranges over a great portion of the country, and in I many cases obtains an elevation of nearly 1000 feet above the level of the sea. There are various kinds of ghalk, principally distinguished by thui' color. CHALK, PRECIPITATED. Syn. Creta Precipitata. Pr&p. ( Calcis Carbonas Precipi- t at inn, P. D.) Add a solution of carbonate of soda in 6 times its weight of water, to another of mu- riate of lime. Wash the precipitate repeatedly with distilled water. Use. Precipitated chalk is ordered by the Irish College to be used in the preparation of “ quick- silver with chalk.” It is also frequently used as an ingredient in aromatic confection, cretaceous tooth-powder, &c., and is preferable in every case where chalk is ordered, and expense is not an object. CHALK, PREPARED. Syn. Creta. Cal- cis Carbonas Friabilis, (P. L.) Friable Car- bonate of Lime, (P. E.) Creta Alba, (P. D.) Prep. Rub chalk lb. j with sufficient water, added gradually, until reduced to a very fine powder; then put this into a large vessel with water, agitate well, and, after a short interval, pour off the super- natant water, still turbid, into another vessel, and let the suspended powder subside. In the same way shells are prepared, ‘after being first freed from impurities, and washed with boiling water (P. L.) Remarks. On the large scale the chalk is ground in mills, and the deposite made in large reservoirs. It is now seldom prepared by the druggist. Use. Prepared chalk is used in medicine as an absorbent, antacid, and desiccant. It forms a val- uable dusting powder in excoriations, ulcers, &c., especially in children. It is administered in dys- pepsia, heartburn, acidity of the stomach, &c. In diarrhoea, depending on acidity or irritation, it is very serviceable, either alone, or combined with aromatics, astringents, or opium. Dose. 10 grs. to a spoonful. The precipitated chalk is preferable when it can be obtained pure, and either that or the prepared chalk must alone be used in medi- cine. The latter is, however, the cheaper of the two, and is consequently the one more generally used. Pur. Precipitated chalk is frequently adulter- ated, and, in many cases, the article sold as such does not contain one+particle of carbonate of lime. The following extract from a letter published in the “ Annals of Chemistry,” will throw some light on this subject. The truth of Mr. Bartlett’s as- sertions I can testify to. “ An article has been offered and purchased by both wholesale and retail druggists, (in one instance, I believe, to the extent of a ton weight,) under the name of precipitated chalk, at 8 d. or lOtZ. per lb. instead of Is. 4 d. or Is. 6 d., the price of the genuine article. This article appears beautifully white and flocculent, having all the appearance of the genuine, but is nothing more than pure sulphate of limeP “ If is well known that the carbonic acid gas of tli« soda-water manufacture r's obtained from whiting, and that it is disengaged therefrom by sulphuric acid. A short time since it was inquired of us to what purpose the pappy residuary mass of sulphate of lime and excess of whiting could be applied in CHA 177 CHA chemistry ? At the time we were unable to fur- nish a satisfactory reply ; the impression of our querist being that, on account of the secrecy ob- served in removing it, he had no doubt the uses to which it could bo applied involved a good profit. We think Mr. B.’s letter may be received as a clue to the uses of this residue. Creta precipitata should be entirely soluble in acetic acid, with ef- fervescence ; the sulphate of lime, on the con r trary, is insoluble.” (Ann. Cliem. and Pract. Pharm.) The following are the tests of purity mentioned in the London Phar. : — “ Entirely soluble in dilute muriatic acid, with effervescence. After this so- lution has been boiled, no precipitate is produced when ammonia is dropped in.” CHAMBERLAIN’S RESTORATIVE PILLS. A quack medicine, composed of cinna- bar, sulphur, and sulphate of lime, made into pills with mucilage. CHAMBERLIGHT, IMPROVED. Take a common cylindrical ointment pot, a 2 oz.-size in the winter, (in the summer a smaller one ;) fill this with any kind of fat, as the waste fat from the kitchen for instance. Trim by about £ an inch of the common wax-wick, sold at the tallow- chandler’s, simply stuck into a thin slice of a wine-bottle cork, upon which place a strip of stout filtering paper, about half the diameter of the cork in breadth, and a diameter and a half in length. It need not be quite so broad, but it must be at least the length stated. The reason for using the bibulous paper is,* that it feeds the wick properly ; without it, or some such contrivance, it will not bum. Remove with the handle of a tea- spoon sufficient of the fat to allow the cork to be a little below the surface, and then place the fat so removed over the cork and paper, neatly spread- ing it to make an even surface. The light is now prepared. (Ann. of Chem.) CHAMOMILE DROPS. Prep. Dissolve 1 oz. of essential oil of chamomile in 1 pint of recti- fied spirit of wine. Use. As a stomachic and stimulant. Dose. 5 to 30 drops ; £ an oz., shaken with about 1 pint of pure water, forms an excel- lent chamomile water. CHAPPED HANDS AND LIPS. The ap- plication of a little cold cream, pomatum, sper- maceti ointment, lard, or any similar article, will generally prevent chaps and chilblains on the lips and hands. Persons employed in oil works, or about oil, and who have consequently their hands continually imbued therewith, never suffer from these things. A little oil or unguent of any kind, well rubbed over the hands on going to rest, (re- moving the superfluous portion with a cloth,) will not only preserve them from cold, but render them beautifully soft and white. It is said that a favorite actress, celebrated for the beauty of her hands, covers them nightly with the flare of a calf or lamb with the fat attached, over which is drawn a glove of leather. (What inconvenience and even pain will not persons suffer to gratify their pride !) CHARCOAL. A peculiar and well-known black substance, obtained from organic matter, by calcination in close vessels. There are two kinds of charcoal met with in commerce, viz., animal (bone) and vegetable, (wood.) 23 I. ( Animal charcoal.) The preparation of this kind of charcoal has been already explained. II. ( Vegetable charcoal.) Prep. This is pre- pared for fuel by cutting pieces of wood, of from 1 to 3 or 4 inches in diameter, into lengths, vary- ing from 1 to 2 or 3 feet, forming them into a conical pile, covering them with turf or clay, to exclude the air, leaving only 2 or 3 small holes at the bottom for lighting the wood, and a few others still smaller at top to admit the escape of the smoke. The wood is now kindled, and the com- bustion allowed to proceed slowly for 8 or 10 days, more or less, until the volatile matter of the wood be driven off, when the air holes are stopped up with clay, and the further combustion of the pile arrested. The whole is then allowed to remain until cold, before it is broken up. In case of very high winds occurring during the carbonization of the wood, the holes to windward are stopped up with clay or earth, to prevent the mass burning too rapidly. The charcoal employed in the manufacture of gunpowder is burnt in close iron cylinders, and has hence received the name of “ cylinder char- coal.” For this and other nice purposes, it is es- sential that the last portion of the tar and vinegar be suffered to escape, and reabsorption of the crude vapors prevented, by cutting off the communica- tion between the cylinders and the condensing ap- paratus, as without this precaution, on the fire being withdrawn, this would certainly take place, and the product be much reduced in quality. The dogwood, alder, and willow are those used for ma- king charcoal at Waltham Abbey. The Dutch white willow, and after that the Huntingdon wil- low, are said to yield the best charcoal for gun- powder. (Lieut.-Col. Moody.) It has been stated, that in charring wood, a portion of it is sometimes converted into a species of pyrophorous. Perhaps this might have been the cause of the late, dreadful explosion at the above works. Uses, tyc. Charcoal is used as a fuel, and in metallurgy for tempering metals. Reduced to powder, it is used to surround vessels and bodies required to retain their heat for some time. A coating of charcoal formed on piles and stakes of wood, by charring them, is frequently adopted to promote their preservation, as it is unchangeable by air and moisture. Powdered fresh-burnt char- coal restores tainted meat and putrid water, decol- ors vegetable solutions, and withdraws lime from sirups filtered through it. For both these purposes animal charcoal is best. Charcoal varies in its qualities according to the substance from which it is prepared ; that of the soft woods, as the willow or alder, is best for crayons, and for making gunpowder ; that of the harder woods is used for fuel, or for a support for substances exposed to the flame of the blowpipe. Charcoal of animal substances ha. 1 ? the greatest clarifying power. That made by a low red heat, not exceeding cherry red, has a dull surface, and is best for clarifying liquids, and probably for ma- king gunpowder, and for fuel. If the heat be carried beyond this point, the charcoal acquires a brilliant surface, and is considerably inferior for clarifying, and probably for every other use. Oak, beech, and hazel charcoal are those coin- CIIA 178 CHE monly sold in London for fuel. Willow charcoal is also occasionally found mixed therewith, and is frequently picked out for crayons, polishing copper- plates, for grinding, to make tooth-powders, poul- tices, &c. Chesnut charcoal is preferred by smiths for forging, as it not only burns slowly, but dead- ens as soon as the blast ceases. Areca-nut char- coal is preferred as a dentifrice, but that from the wil.ow is commonly sold for it. In medicine, charcoal is principally used as an antiseptic or disinfectant, either in the form of powder or made into a poultice. It has been given internally in dyspepsia, diarrhoea, dysentery, and heartburn, with advantage. Dose. 10 grs. to a tablespoonful, ad libitum. An ointment made with lard and charcoal has been employed in some skin diseases. Ant. In cases of asphyxia, produced by respi- ring the fumes of burning charcoal, the treatment is similar to that described under carbonic acid. If the person has been only so much exposed to the vapor as to stagger, on coming into the fresh air it goes off; but the head remains affected. When the exposure has been so long that sleepi- ness comes on, the patient should be immediately bled, cold water thrown upon the head, &c., and stimulating applications to the feet. There have been instances of recovery by these means, even when respiration had ceased, and some part of the animal heat had been lost. If life does not quickly return it will be highly proper to attempt artificial respiration. (See Asphyxia.) The most simple excitant in this species of asphyxia, is the passage into the nasal fossae of a feather dipped in common vinegar. It is the means which has always first caused the muscular contractions indicating revi- val. (Gabriel Pelletan.) Gilders, jewellers, copper-plate printers, brasiers, &c., who use small open fires of burning charcoal, should endeavor to create a draught of air to carry off the fumes, and should, take care to keep to “ windward,” (as sailors call it,)“by which means they will avoid them. Vessels containing milk of lime have been employed to absorb the gas, but their action must necessarily be very limited. The only certain remedy is thorough ventilation. This should be adopted, even at slight personal inconvenience in other respects. CHARCOAL CRAYONS. Prep. Saw the finest-grained, softest, and blackest pieces of char- cdal, into slips of the size required, put them into a pipkin of melted wax, and allow them to mace- rate over a slow fire for half an hour, then take them out and lay them on blotting-paper to dry. Remarks. The above process may also be em- plcfyed for red and black chalk. Drawings made with these crayons are very permanent, and if warmed slightly on the wrong side, the lines will adhere and become as durable as ink. These crayons may also be made by simply shaping the charcoal witlf a knife. Willow charcoal should be used for this purpose. CHARCOAL, LARDNER’S PREPARED. Prep. Mix well together 1 oz. of finely-ground charcoal with 3 oz. of prepared chalk. Use. As n tooth-powder. CIIA RRING, SURFACE. The operation by which the surface of wood is carbonized, to pre- vent its decay on exposure to air and moisture. Stakes and piles arc generally thus treated befors they are driven into the ground. Casks are char- red on the inside by coopers when they are in- tended to hold water. In both these cases the fire is applied directly to the wood. A new method has, however, been lately employed with apparent success. This consists in washing the wood With the strongest oil of vitriol. In this way, not only the outer surface, but the surface of all the cracks aud holes, gets carbonized, which is not the case when heat is employed. CHEESE. The curd of milk compressed intc a solid mass. Qual., tyc. This well-known substance has been objected to as an article of diet, but without suf- ficient reason. That the inferior kinds of cheese are not very digestible must be acknowledged, and when eaten in quantity may overload the stomach ; but when the quality is good, and the digestive organs are in a healthy condition, it must evident- ly prove not only wholesome but very nutritious. Like all other food, cheese digests nore readily when well masticated, and the neglect of this pre- caution is one reason why it frequently disagrees with delicate stomachs. It is rendered more agreeable to most paLtes by toasting, but becomes less digestible by that operation. The basis ol cheese is caseine or coagulated curd, a proteine substance ; it therefore cannot fail to prove nutri- tious, provided it be properly digested. Cheese- curd, carefully freed from water and milk by ex- pression, and the addition of salt, is a mixture of caseine and butter ; it contains all the phosphate of lime, and part of the phosphate of soda, of the milk. (Liebig.) When taken as a condiment, especially when rich and old, it powerfully pro- motes the secretion of the saliva and gastric juice, and thereby aids the stomach in performing its proper functions. Principles of Cheesemaking. When any vegetable or mineral acid is added to milk, ana heat applied, a coagulum is formed, which, when separated from the liquid portion, constitutes cheese Neutral salts, earthy and metallic salts, sugar, and gum Arabic, as well as some other substances, also produce the same effect ; but what answers best is rennet, or the mucous membrane of the last stomach of the calf. Alkalis dissolve this curd at a boiling heat, and acids again precipitate it. The solubility of cheese in mjlk is occasioned by the presence of alkaline phosphates and of free alkalis. In fresh milk these m-ay be readily de- tected by the property it possesses of restoring the color of reddened litmus paper. The addition of an acid neutralizes the alkali, and so precipitates the curd in an ihsoluble state. “ The acid indispensable to the coagulation of milk, is not added to the milk in the preparation of cheese, but it is formed in the milk at the ex- pense of the milk-sugar present. A small quanti- ty of water is left in contact' with a small quantity of a calf’s stomach lor a few hours, or for a night ; the water absorbs so minute a portion of the mu- cous membrane as to be scarcely ponderable ; - this is mixed with milk ; its state of transformation is communicated, (and this is a most important cir- cumstance,) not to the cheese hut to the milk- sugar, the elements of which transpose them selves into lactic acid, which neutralizes the a. 1 CHE 179 CHE kali, and thus causes the separation of the cheese. By means of litmus paper the process may be fol- lowed and observed through all its stages ; the al- kaline reaction of the milk ceases as soon as the coagulation begins. If the cheese is not immedi- ately separated from the whey, the formation of lactic acid continues, the fluid turns acid, and the cheese itself passes into a state of decomposition. “ When cheese-curd is kept in a cool place, a series of transformations take place, in consequence of which it assumes entirely new properties ; it gradually becomes semi-transparent, and more or less soft throughout the whole mass ; it exhibits a teebly acid reaction, and develops the character- istic caseous odor. Fresh cheese is very sparingly soluble in water, but after having been left to itself for two or three years, it becomes (especially if all the fat be previously removed) almost completely soluble in cold water, forming with it a solution, which, like milk, is coagulated by the addition of the acetic or mineral acids. The cheese, which while fresh is insoluble, returns during the matu- ration, or ripening, as it is called, to a state similar to that in which it originally existed in the milk. In those English, Dutch, and Swiss cheeses which are nearly inodorous, and in the superior kinds of French cheese, the caseine of the milk is present in its unaltered state. The odor and flavor of the cheese is owing to the decomposition of the butter ; the non-volatile acids, the margaric and oleic acids, and the volatile butyric acid, capric and caproic acids, are liberated in consequence of the decomposition of glycerine, (the sweet principle of oils, or, as it might be termed, the sugar of oils.) Butyric acid imparts to cheese its characteristic caseous odor, and the differences in its pungency or aromatic flavor depend upon the proportion of free butyric, capric, and caproic acids present. “ The transition of the insoluble into soluble caseine depends upon the decomposition of the phosphate of lime by the margaric acid of the but- ter ; margarite of lime is formed while the phos- phoric acid combines with the caseine, forming a compound soluble in water. “ The bad smell of inferior kinds of cheese, es- pecially those called meager or poor cheeses, is caused by certain fetid products containing sul- phur, and which are formed by the decomposition or putrefaction of the caseine. The alteration which the butter undergoes, (that is, in becoming rancid,) or which occurs in the milk-sugar still present, being transmitted to the caseine, changes both the composition of the latter substance and its nutritive qualities. “ The principal conditions for the preparation of the superior kinds of cheese, (other obvious cir- cumstances being of course duly regarded,) are a careful removal of the whey, which holds the milk-sugar in solution, and a low temperature during the maturation or ripening of the cheese .” (Liebig’s Lectures.) Cheese differs vastly in quality and flavor, ac- cording to the method employed in its manufacture, and the richness of the milk of which it is made. It is thought by some that the pasture, or the food on which the cows feed, exercises considerable in- fluence upon the quality of the cheese ; but this influence, if any, is very slight and subordinate. As the cheese made on the same farm does not vary in any important degree, whether made in winter or summer, while the food must differ con- siderably from the luxuriance of vegetation at the one period, and its scantiness and the absence of flowering plants at the other. So long as the cows receive sufficient food of good quality, the precise description appears of little consequence. Much depends upon the ric.hness of the milk, or the quantity of cream it contains, and consequently, when a superior quality of cheese is desired, cream is frequently added. This plan is adopted in the manufacture of Stilton cheese. The addition of a pound or two of butter to the curd for a middling size cheese, will also vastly improve its quality. To ensure the richness of the milk, it is of course necessary that the cow be not only properly fed, but be of a good breed, such as are commonl) known as good milkers. The breeds cultivated in Alderney, Cheshire, Gloucester, North Wiltshire, Chedder, and Guernsey, deserve notice in this re- spect. The taste and odor of cheese vary in almost every county of England, and even in portions of the same county, where the herbage is similar ; it is therefore evident that the mode of manipu- lating and the quality of the milk must be the chief causes of the difference. Stilton, Chedder, Cheshire, and Gloucester, are among the most celebrated places or districts for its manufacture in England. Cheese is generally made from the milk of cows, but occasionally from that of ewes, and sometimes, though more rarely, from the milk of goats. Process of Cheesemaking. The materials employed in making cheese are milk and rennet. Rennet is the stomach of the calf, and may be used either fresh, or salted and dried. It is gen- erally kept in the latter state, for the sake of pre- serving it good. The stomach is taken from the calf as soon as killed, and after being cleared of the curd always found in it, it is well salted both on the outside and in, and after draining for a suf- ficient time, it is stretched out upon a stick and dried. The milk may be of any kind, from the poorest skimmed-milk to that rich in cream, ac- cording to the quality of the cheese required. The poorest kind of cheese is made from the former, and the finer from the latter, to which cream is frequently added. The materials being ready, the greater portion of the milk is put into a large tub, and the re- mainder sufficiently heated to raise the whole quantity to the temperature of new milk. The whole is then whisked together, the rennet added, and the tub covered over. It is now allowed to stand until completely turned, when the curd is struck down several times with the skimming- dish, after which it is allowed to subside. Tfie vat covered with cheese-cloth is next placed on a “ horse or ladder” over the tub, and filled with curd by means of the skimmer ; the curd is pressed down with the hands, and more added as it sinks This process is repeated until the curd rises to about 2 inches above the edge. The cheese thus partially separated from the whey is now placed in a clean tub, and a proper quantity of salt added, or the salt is added to it without removing it from the vat, after which a board is placed over and under it, and pressure applied for 2 or 3 hours. CHI 180 CHE The cheese is next turned out and surrounded by a fres i cheese-cloth, and pressure again applied for 8 or 10 hours, when it is commonly removed from the press, salted all over, and pressed again for 15 to 20 hours. The quality of the cheese especially depends on this part of the process, as if any of the whey be left in the cheese, it will not keep, but will rapidly become bad-flavored. Beforq^placing it in the press the last time, the edges should be pared smooth and sightly. It now only remains to wash the outside of the cheese in warm whey or water, wipe it dry, and color it with annotto as is usually done. There are several methods of collecting the curd adopted, and as the flavor of the cheese varies accordingly, it is as well to notice them. One way is to break the curd early, and to remove the whey as soon as possible ; another plan is to gather it with the hands very gently towards the sides of the tub, letting the whey run off" through the fin- gers until it becomes cleared, and ladling it oft' as it collects. A third method is to remove it as quickly as possible with the curd-Skimmer. Of these the second plan is said to be the best, as it preserves the oily particles, many of which are lost by the other methods. The cheese being made, it now only remains to place it in a proper situation to mature or ripen. In England a cool, and slightly damp cellar, is commonly regarded as the best to bring it forward. The temperature should on no account exceed 50° at any portion of the year, but an average of about 45° is preferable when it can be procured. A place exposed to sudden changes of temperature is unfit for storing cheque. “ The quality of Roche- fort cheese, which is prepared from sheep’s milk, and is very excellent, depends exclusively upon the places where the cheeses are kept after press- ing and during maturation. These are cellars, communicating with mountain grottoes and cav- erns, which are kept constantly cool, at about 41° to 42° Fahr., by currents of air from clefts in the mountains. The value of these cellars as store- houses varies with their property of maintaining an equable and low temperature. Giron (Ann. de Chim. et Phys. xlv. 371) mentions that a certain cellar, the construction of which had cost 480Z., (12,000 francs,) was sold for 8,600Z., (215,000 francs,) being found to maintain a suitable tem- perature, a convincing proof of the importance at- tached to temperature in the preparation of these superior cheeses.” (Liebig’s Lectures.) It will thus be seen that very slight differences in the materials, the preparation, or the storing of cheese, will materially influence the quality and flavor. The richness of the milk, — the addition to or subtraction of cream from the milk, — the sep- aration of the curd from the whey with or without compression, — the salting of the curd, — the collec- tion of the curd, either whole or broken, before pressing, — the addition of coloring matter, as an- notto or saffron, or of flavoring, — the place and method of storing, — and the length of time allowed for maturation, all tend to alter the taste and odor of the cheese, in some or other particular, and that in a way readily perceptible to the refined palate. The nature of the pasture or the food on which the cows are fed, as well as their particular breed, uo doubt also tends ii< some slight degree to pro- mote the same diversity of flavor and quality. Ns other alimentary substance appears to bo so mate- rially affected by slight variations in the quality of the materials from which it is made, or by such apparently trifling differences in the methods of preparing it. Var. There are several varieties of cheese met with in trade, differing from each other in quality or flavor ; and these are generally distinguished by the names of the places where they have been manufactured, and sometimes, though more rarely, by (heir flavor, or the milk from which they are manufactured. Three divisions may however bo made, depending upon the quality of the materials, each of which is well marked, and to one or the other all kinds of cheese belong. These are skim- mcd-milk, raw-milk, and cream cheeses, the names of which respectively express the materials of which they are made. The following are the principal cheeses met with in Europe. Brickbat c/icese^mado in Wiltshire of new milk and cream. This name is j^iven to it from its be- ing made into forms resembling brickbats. Cheddcr cheese, named after the place where it is made. This is a fine kind of cheese, with a spongy appearance, the eyes or vesicles of which contain a rich oil. It is made up into round thick cheeses of considerable size. Cheshire cheese. The best Cheshire cheese is made of new milk without skimming, the morn- ing’s milk being mixed with that of the preceding evening, previously warmed, so that the whole may be brought to the heat of new milk. To this the rennet is added, in less quantity than is com- monly used for other kinds of cheese. On this point, much of the flavor and mildness of the cheese is said to depend. A piece of dried rennet, of the size of half-a-crown, put into a pint of wa- ter over night, and allowed to stand until the next morning, is sufficient for 18 or 20 gallons of milk. The curd is next broken down and separated from the whey, after which it is put into a cheese vat and pressed very dry. It is next broken very small with the hands, and mixed with a proper quantity of salt, and about half its weight of curd, from yesterday’s batch, kept for the purpose. The mixed curds are now pressed tightly with the hands, into a cheese-vat, previously lined with cheese cloth, pressed for 4 or 5 hours, then taken out, turned, and again put into the press and left for the night. It is taken out next morning, well salted, a ad left until the salt is quite melted, when it is wiped dry, placed in a dry, cool situation, and turned every day until it becomes fit for the mar- ket. “ If the milk be set together very warm, the curd will be firm : in this case, the usual mode is to take a common case-knife, and make incisions across it, to the full depth of the knife’s blade, at the distance of about 1 inch ; and again crosswise in the same manner, the incisions intersecting each other at right angles. The whey rising through these incisions is of a fine pale green color. The cheese-maker and two assistants then proceed to break the curd : this is performed by their repeat- edly putting their hands down into the tub ; the cheese-makers, with the skimming-dish in ono hand, breaking every part of it as they catch it, raising the curd from the bottom, and still ‘weaking CHE 181 CHE it. This part of the business is continued till the whole is broken uniformly small ; it generally takes up about 40 minutes, and the curd is then left covered over with a cloth for about half an hour to subside. If the milk has been set cool together, the curd, as before mentioned, will be much more tender, the whey will not be so green, but rather of a milky appearance.” (Cheshire County Agricultural Report.) Cream cheese. This is either made of the “ strip- pings,” (the last of the milk drawn from the cow at each milking,) or of a mixture of milk v and cream. It is usually made up into small pieces, and a gentle pressure, as that of a 2 or 4 lb. weight, applied to press out the whey. After twelve hours, it is placed upon a board or wooden trencher, and turned every day, until dry. In about three weeks, it will be ripe. Nothing but raw cream, turned with a little rennet, is employed, when a very rich cheese is wanted. A little salt is generally added, and frequently a little powdered lump sugar. The vats employed for cream cheeses are usually square, and of small size. Cottenham cheese, named from the town where it is made, is a species of cream cheese, superior to Stilton, from which it also differs in shape, being flatter and broader than the latter. Its superiority is said to be derived from the rich grasses' growing on the fens of Cambridgeshire. Derbyshire cheese is a small rich variety, of a pale color, very similar to the following : Dunlop cheese, named after a town in Ayr- shire, where it was originally made. It is very rich, white, and buttery, and is made up into round forms, weighing from £ cwt. to \ cwt. It is now made very generally throughout the whole of Scotland. Dutch cheese. This is very commonly met with in England, and is readily distinguished by its globular form. The cheeses made at Edam are very highly salted ; those made at Gouda are less so. The common size of these cheeses is from 5 to 14 lbs. French cheese. The Rochefort and the Neuf- chatel are the most esteemed. German cheese. The only kind made in Ger- many of any celebrity, is the Westphalian, which derives its peculiar flavor from the curd being al- lowed to become partially putrid before being pressed. It is made up into small balls or cylin- ders, of about a pound weight, somewhat resem- bling in shape the pounds of butter in some parts of the west of England. Gloucester cheese. There are two varieties of this cheese : the single, made of milk deprived of part of its cream, and the double, made of milk retaining the whole of the cream. The best kind has a fine mild taste ; a semi-buttery consistence, without being friable, and is made up into large round flatfish forms. Green or sage cheese is made from milk pre- viously mixed with the juice or an infusion or de- coction of sage leaves, to which some marygold flowers and parsley are frequently added. Lincolnshire cheese is made of new milk and cream, and formed into pieces about 2 inches thick. It is very soft, and without great care, will not keep over two months. Some persons sprinkle dry salt over them, when they will keep better. Norfolk cheese. This is remarkable for the curd being dyed yellow, with annotto or saffron. It is of very good but not superior quality, and usually weighs from to ^ cwt. Neufchatel cheese. After Rochefort cheese, this is the best manufactured in France. It is made of cream, and seldom exceeds 5 or 6 oz. in weight. Parmesan cheese. This is made at Parma, and in other parts of Lombardy. Its peculiar flavor is said to arise from the luxuriance of vegetation in that part of Italy, and from the great abundance of aromatic flowers in the pastures. It is more probable, however, that the application of heat to the curd of the milk, to harden it, as is the com- mon practice in Lombardy, is the true cause of its •flavor. The following method is said to produce a cheese equal to the best Parmesan : “ Let the day’s milk ;•? heated to the degree of 120° of Fahrenheit, then removed from the fire until all motion ceases, put in the rennet, allow an hour for the coagulation, after which set the curd on a slow fire until heated to 150°, during which the curd separates in small lumps. A few pinqhes of saffron are then thrown in, together with cold water sufficient to reduce it instantly to a bearable heat, when the curd is collected by passing a cloth beneath it, and gathering it up at the corners. Place the curd in a circle of wood without a bot- tom ; lay it on a table covered by a round piece of wood, pressed down by a heavy stone. The cheese will acquire sufficient consistence in the course of a night to bear turning, when the upper side is to be rubbed with salt, and continued alter- nately for forty days.” “ In Italy, the outer crust is next cut off", and the new surface varnished with linseed oil ; but that may well be omitted, as well as coloring one side of it red.” Polish cheese. This is generally of very inferior quality, and made in imitation of English cheese. Rochefort cheese. This is made of ewe’s milk, and is the best kind prepared in France. It re- sembles Stilton, but is scarcely of equal richness or quality. By kneading the gluten of wheat with a little ^alt, and a small portion of a solution of starch, it acquires the taste, smell, and unctu- osity of cheese ; so that after it has been kept a certain time, it is not to be distinguished from the celebrated Rochefort cheese, of which it has all the pungency. (Roulle.) See the remarks on the Principles of Cheesemaking, above. Russian cheese. This is generally of a very in- feribr kind. The best sort is that made in imita- tion of English cheese ; the commoner kinds merely consist of salted Curd, placed in a bag and wrung dry, by two persons twisting the ends in op- posite directions. It is usually not only bad tasted, but dirty. Slipcoat or soft cheese is a very rich white cheese, somewhat resembling butter, made for present use. Stilton cheese, named after the town where it was originally made, is at once the richest and finest variety of cheese manufactured in England. It is prepared from raw milk, to which cream ta- ken from other milk is added. Its shape is pecu. liar, being generally twice as high as it is broad It is generally twice the price of Cheshire or dou CHE 182 CHI b!e Gloucester. Like wine, this cheese is vastly improved by age, and is therefore seldom eaten before it is two years old. A spurious appcaranco of age is sometimes given to it by placing it in a warm damp cellar, or by surrounding it with masses of fermenting straw, or rotten cow-dung. Suffolk cheese is made from skimmed milk, and is usually shaped into lound flat forms, weighing from 24 lbs. to 30 lbs. each. It much resembles the skimmed or “ scald” milk cheese made in Devonshire. Swiss cheese. The principal cheeses made in Switzerland are the Gruyere, or Jura, and the Schahzieger , or green cheese. The latter is fla- vored with mclilot. Wiltshire cheese resembles poor Cheshire or Glo’ster. The outside is generally covered with red paint, made by mixing up ruddle or red ochre with whey, and laying it in with a brush. Yorkshire cheese is a fine variety of cream cheese, but will not keep. Concluding Remarks. It is uprising that cheese is not more frequently made an article of domestic manufacture, especially by housewives resident in the country. The operations of cheese- making are all exceedingly simple, and not at all laborious, and will, in most cases, amply repay the outlay for the milk. With the peasantry, who can usually procure a few gallons of milk from the houses of the farmers for whom they work, it re- ally appears a want of common foresight, not to provide themselves with a few pounds of this wholesome and nutritious article, which is looked upon by some of those roughly-fed children of the soil, as a luxury beyond their reach. In a family where cheese is generally relished by the majority, of the members, it becomes quite as necessary to have home-made cheese as home-made bread, and there is scarcely a portion of the United Kingdom where milk may not be obtained, during the sum- mer months, at such a price as to render it impor- tant in a pecuniary point of view. Besides, cheese is not unfrequently colored with stains and pig- ments which are injurious, and even poisonous. Several persons have nearly lost their lives, from eating cheese colored with annotto, for instance. This dye is commonly adulterated with red-lead, so that the farmer (cheesemaker) may very inno- cently introduce a dreadful poison, when he only intends to improve the color. By making our own cheeses, the liability to such an accident is avoided. When a whole cheese is cut, and the consump- tion small, it is generally found to become unpleas- antly dry, and tp lose flavor before it is consumed. This is best prevented by cutting a sufficient quan- tity for a few days’ consumption from the cheese, and placing the remainder in a cool place, rather damp than dry, spreading a thin film of butter over the cut surface, and covering it with a cloth to keep off the dirt. This removes the objection existing in small families against purchasing a whole cheese at a time. The common practice of buying small quantities of cheese should bo avoid- ed, as not only a higher price is paid for any given quality, f)ut there is littlo likelihood of obtaining exactly the same flavor twice running. Should cheese become too dry to bo agroeablo, it may be u***d for stewing, or when gruted cheese is wanted. Toasted cheese is much relished by some per- sons, but is seldom met with well prepared. Th« following has been handed to the write- bv tin cook of a certain nobleman who prides himself on his gustful appetite. Cut the cheese into slices of moderate thickness, and put them into a tinned copper saucepan, with a littlo butter and cream, simmer very gently until quite dissolved, then re- move it from the fire, allow it to cool a little, and add some yelk of egg, well beaten ; make it into a shape, and brown it before the fire. CHELTENHAM SALTS. Prep. Glauber salts 1 oz. ; Epsom salts $ oz. ; culinary salt a tea- spoonful ; sulphate of iron 2 grs. ; reduce then) separately to fine powder, then mix them. II. Glauber salts and Epsom salts, of each 28 lbs. ; common salt 7 lbs. ; sulphate of iron 1$ oz. • mix. Remarks. The above salts must be dried in an oven, or over the fire, before reducing them to powder. The Glauber’s should be dried by itself, as it liquefies when slightly heated. Cathartic and tonic. Dose. £ oz. to 1 £ oz. CHELSEA PENSIONER. Prep. Gum gua- iacum \ oz. ; rhubarb £ oz. ; cream of tartar 2 oz. ; flowers of sulphur 4 oz. ; nutmegs 2 in num- ber, (all in powder;) honey IE; make them into a confection by beating them together in a mortar. Remarks. The dose is two tablespoonfuls, night and morning, in rheumatism. The name is said to have been given to it from the circumstance of a Chelsea pensioner having cured Lord Amherst with it. CHILBLAIN. An inflammatory swelling, of a purple or lead color, produced by the action of cold. Children, especially those of a scrofulous habit, and elderly persons, are generally most lia- ble to chilblains. The common cause of chilblains is holding the hands or feet to the fire, after expo* sure to cold. The sudden change of temperature partially destroys the vitality, and prevents the proper flow of blood through the part. The best preventives of chilblains are woollen socks or stockings, good waterproof shoes, woollen gloves, exercise, and friction. When chilblains have once formed, the best treatment is friction, with stimu- lants, as spirits of wine and camphor, turpentine, opodeldoc, dilute spirits, camphorated oil, &.c. Linnaeus recommends bathing the part with dilute muriatic acid, just strong enough to faintly prick the skin. When the inflamed parts have ulcera- ted, they are commonly called kibes. In this stat? they should be dressed with a little resin cerate, oi elemi ointment, and if fungous granulations ap- pear, they must be removed by touching them with nitrate of silver or blue vitriol. CHILBLAINS, LOTIONS FOR, (POPU- LAR.) I. Dissolve white copperas 1 oz. in water 1 pint, and occasionally apply it to the affected parts. II. Dissolve sal ammoniac 1 oz. in vinegar } pint ; as above., III. Mix compound soap liniment 2 oz. with tincture of Spanish flies 1 oz. ; as above. IV. Vinegar and spirit of wine, (or rum,) oi each ^ pint ; sal ammoniac, in powder, I oz. ; mix and shake until the latter dissolves. V. Spirits of salts 1 oz. ; water $ pint ; mix ; ai above. CHI 183 CHL CHILBLAINS, OINTMENT FOR. Prep. Ointment of nitrate of mercury 1 oz. ; camphor 1 dr. ; oil of turpentine 2 drs. ; oil of olives 4 drs. ; mix well together. To be applied, by gentle fric- tion, 2 or 3 times daily. II. Calomel and camphor, of each 1 dr. ; sper- maceti ointment 4 drs. ; oil of turpentine 2 drs. ; as last. * Remarks. All the preceding lotions and oint- ments are intended for chilblains before they CHILBLAINS, RUSSIAN REMEDY FOR. A common remedy for chilblains among the peas- ants in Russia is the rind of perfectly ripe cucum- bers, dried with the soft parts attached, and placed with the inner side, previously soaked in warm water, over the sore parts. Dumitriefsky confirms the efficacy of this remedy» (Med. Zeitung.) CHIMNEYS ON FIRE maybe readily extin- * guished in several ways, without having recourse to throwing water down them from the top, by which much damage is frequently done to the fur- niture in the rooms. One of the simplest methods is, to scatter a handful of flowers of sulphur over the dullest part of the burning coals, the mephitic vapors arising from which will not support com- bustion, and consequently extinguish the flames. Another method is, to shut the doors and windows, and to stop up the bottom of the chimney with a piece of wet f carpet or blanket, throwing a little water or flowers of sulphur, or salt, on the fire im- mediately before doing so. By this means the draught is stopped, and the burning soot must be extinguished for want of air. If the chimney be stopped at top, instead of the bottom, the whole of the smoke must, of course, be driven into the . apartment. If every fireplace were provided with a damper, or shutter of sheet-iron or tin plat#, suf- ficiently large to choke it thoroughly, fires in chim- neys would become of little consequence, as it would only be necessary to apply this damper to put them out. CHINA, (CHOICE OF.) In purchasing chi- na, glass, and earthenware, care should be taken to select those sets that in case of breakage can be readily matched. Peculiar or rare patterns should be avoided, for if any such be broken, it will gen- erally be found very difficult and expensive, and frequently impossible, to replace them. Cleaning. China (when very dirty) is best cleaned with finely-powdered fuller’s earth and warm water, afterwards rinsing it well in clean water. A little clean soft soap may be added to the water instead of fuller’s earth. The same plan is recommended for cleaning glass. Packing. As there is considerable art in pack- ing brittle hollow-ware, in such a way that it will stand exposure to the jolting, blows, and agitation of land-carriage, it is better, where it is of much value, or in quantity, to have it done by a person used to the job. A man, accustomed to packing such articles, may bo readily procured at any glass-works, or china warehouse, for a trifling con- sideration. CHINA-ROOT STARCH. A reddish-colored farina, procured from the smilax china. CHINESE SHEET-LEAD. The Chinese em- ploy large quantities of sheet-lead in packing their tea, which they make in the following way: — Melted lead is pouted from a crucible upon a large flat stone, placed upon the ground, and immedi- ately another stone is dashed upon the fluid lead, which is thus pressed out into a very thin plate or leaf. This is instantly removed, and the operation repeated as rapidly as possible. The rough edges of the plates are afterwards cut off, and then sol- dered together for use. The Chinese employ two men in this process ; one to pour on the melted lead, and the other to work the stone. A similar method has been adopted for some years in Eng- land, to form the plates of zinc for galvanic batte- ries. CHIRAYITINE, SULPHATE OF. The substance sold under this name is sulphate of quina. Chirayita yields no alkaloid, but merely a bitter matter. CHLORAL. A substance prepared by the ac- tion of chlorine on alcohol. Prep. Place anhydrous alcohol in a tubulated retort, and pass dry chlorine gas through it, at first in the cold, but afterwards with the application of a gentle heat. As soon as the chlorine passes un- decomposed through the liquor at the boiling tem- perature, the process is complete. On cooling, -the liquid in the retort solidifies, forming a crystalline mass of hydrated chloral. This must be melted by gentle heat, and agitated with thrice its volume of oil of vitriol, when, on increasing the heat a lit- tle, an oily stratum of impure chloral will rise to the surface. This must be removed, boiled for some time, to drive off some free hydrochloric acid and alcohol, and next distilled with an equal vol- ume of oil of vitriol ; lastly, ' it must be rectified from finely-powdered quicklime, stopping the pro- cess as soon as the surface of the lime becomes dry. Remarks. The chlorine is best introduced by a tube inserted into the tubulature of the retort, and a long tube, bent upwards, should be connected with the beak to convey away the hydrochloric acid gas extricated, and to allow the volatilized alcohol and chlorai to condense and flow back into the retort. Prop. Chloral is an oily liquid, possessing an ethereal smell ; it is soluble in alcohol, ether, and water, but its solution in the latter rapidly changes into a semi-solid crystalline mass of hydrate of chloral, soluble in a larger quantity of water. Chloral boils at 202°, and has a sp. gr. of 1'502. CHLORATE. A compound of chloric acid with a base. The chlorates are very similar to the nitrates, both in their properties and composition. They are all decomposed at a red heat, metallic chlorides being formed, and oxygen gas given off. Like the nitrates, they deflagrate, with inflamma- ble substances, but with greater facility and vio- lence. A mixture of this kind will detonate with a slight blow or friction. All the chlorates are so- luble in water. Tests. Rubbed with sulphur, or phosphorus, they explode violently ; mixed with muriatic acid, and then with water, a liquid is formed, possessing bleaching properties. When, heated, they evolve oxygen. Thrown on red-hot coals, they defla- grate like nitre. Sulphuric acid turns them orange red. The following simple method of testing the commercial chlorates has been proposed by M Choron : 184 CHI. “ The protoxide of lead, heated with chlorate of potassa in a glass tube closed at one end, gives puce oxide of lead, (Pb O 2 ,) mixed with a small quantity of minium. On this new reaction is founded the test which I propose with relation to the chlorates. It consists in slowly heating to fu- sion an intimate mixture of the chlorate and li- tharge in suitable proportion, covering it with a layer of chloride of sodium ; in treating the fused mass with dilute nitric acid ; then in collecting on a filter the puce oxide obtained, by aid of which the quantity of chlorate employed may be ap- proximately calculated. “ This prompt and cheap process appears to me sufficiently accurate to be employed in the arts.” (Comptes Rendus, xiv.) CHLORATE OF BARYTA. ( Wheeler's process.) Digest for a few minutes a concentra- ted solution of chlorate of potassa, with a slight excess of silicated hydro-fluoric acid. A precipi- tate of double fluoride of silicon and potassium will subside, and chloric acid remain in solution. Filter, neutralize with carbonate of baryta ; again filter, when prismatic crystals of chlorate of bary- ta may be obtained by cautious evaporation. Prop., §c. Soluble in 4 parts of cold water. Used to make chloric acid. This salt may also be formed by passing chlorine through a strong milk of hydrate or carbonate of baryta, in the same way as in making chlorate of potassa. CHLORATE OF POTASSA. Syn. Hyper- OXYMURIATE OF POTASH. OxYMURIATE OF DITTO. Prep. I. Transmit chlorine gas through a solution of pure potassa, or its carbonate, untjl the alkali be completely neutralized, then boil for a few min- utes, gently evaporate until a pellicle forms on the surface, and set it aside, where it will cool very slowly. Crystals of the chlorate will form as the liquor cools, and must be collected, carefully washed with a little cold water, and purified by re-solution and crystallization. The mother liquor, by evaporation, will yield more crystals, or it may be saved for a future operation.. Remarks. This operation is best conducted in a Woolf's apparatus, or similarly arranged vessels. When the process is about half completed, as in- dicated by litmus paper, ceasing to be darken.*!, and beginning to be blanched, it is better to inter- rupt the operation, and to remove any chloride of potassium that may have fallen down : this may be washed with a little water, and the washings added to the liquor, when the chlorine should be again passed through the solution. When the bub- bles of gas pass through without any being sensi- bly absorbed, the process is completed. The gas tube should be of lar^e dimensions at the end im- mersed in the saline solution, and care should be taken that it does ncl get stopped up with crystals. In general the pwro chlorate obtained from the second crystallization, amounts to about A of the weight of the potash employed. The smallness of the product arises from a largo portion being converted into chloride of potassium. II. (Graham's process.) This consists in sub- mitting equal equivalents of carbonate of potassa, und hydrate of lime mixed with water, to the ac- tion of chlorine, in a similar way to the above. III. (Liebig's process.) a. The chlorine is nassed into a mixture of one equivalent of chlo- ride of potassium, and 6 equivalents of hydrate of lime, previously stirred with water to the consist- ence of a thin paste, whereby the lime unitea with the chlorine, forming chloride of calcium and the chloride of potassium is converted into chlorate potassa ; the latter is then separated b$ crystallization. (Buchner’s Rcpert.) b. Heat chloride of liino in water until it ccasoa to affect vegqtablo colors, then dissolve it in hot water, concentrate by evaporation, and add chlo- ride of potassium. After cooling, a quantity of crystals of chlorate of potassa are obtained. Chlo- rido of lime, of so bad a quality as to be worthless for other purposes, may be employed ; hence this is a very economical process. IV. ( Vee's process.) Heat a solution of chlo- rido of lime, marking 18 or 20° Baume, it) a leaden or cast-iron vessel, and when hot, dissolve therein enough chloride of potassium, to raise the hydrometer 3 or 4 degrees ; then concentrate • quickly, but cautiously, until the gravity of 30 or 31° Baume be obtained, and set it aside to crys- tallize. The mother water, concenut.ted to 36°, will yield more crystals. By re-solution in water, concentrating to 15 or 16°, filtering and again cooling, pure chlorate of potassa will be obtained This is a good and economical process. V. ( Patent process of M. Romer.) This con- sists in placing pure carbonate of potassa on shelves in an air-tight chamber, communicating with a retort, filled with the materials for generating chlorine, by which the alkali becomes surrounded with an atmosphere of chlorine. The operation is allowed to proceed for 12 hours without interfe- rence, after which, the heat of a water bath is applied to the retort for 6 hours longer. The ap- paratus is now opened, and the chlorate of potassa # thus formed, is purified and freed from muriate by solution and crystallization. The materials for generating the chlorine, are — crystallized peroxide of manganese, in fine powder, 10 lbs. ; plumbago 10 lbs. ; common salt 30 lbs. ; strongest oil of vit- riol 20 l]ps. ; water 16 lbs. ; the weight of the car- bonate of potassa placed upon the shelves is 10 lbs Not being acquainted with the product obtained by this process, I cannot speak as to its value. Prop., Uses, fyc. Crystallizes in four and six sided pearly scales; dissolves in 16 parts of water at 60°, and in 2£ parts at 212°. At about 450°, it undergoes the igneous fusion, and on increasing the heat almost to redness, effervescence ensues, and pure oxygen gas is given off. It yields 39*15$ by weight of this gas, (Ure,) and becomes changed into chloride of potassium. It will bear a heat of 600° Talir. without undergoing any change. When mixed with inflammable substances, and triturated, heated, or subjected to a smart blow*, it explodes with great violence. It also fulminates when thrown into strong acids. As a medicine, it is stimulant and diuretic. Dose. 5 to 15 gr. or more. It is principally used in the manufacture of fireworks, oxygen gas, lucifer matches, &c., and was formerly used to fill percussion caps, but was abandoned for fulminating mercury, as it was found to rust the nipples of the guns, which th« latter doos not do. The following experiments with this salt, which are mentioned in most chemical works, may %muse the young experimentalist. — Rub 2 gr. into powdel CHL 185 CHI in a mortar, add 1 gr. of sulphur, mix them well by gentle trituration, then collect the powder uto a heap, and press upon it suddenly and forcibly with the pestle ; a loud detonation will ensue. If the mixture be wrapped in strong paper, and struck with a hammer, the report will be still louder. 5 gr. of the salt, mixed in the same manner with 2 £ of charcoal, will be inflamed by strong tritura- tion, especially if a grain or two of sulphur be added, but without much noise. If a little sugar he mixed with half its weight of the chlorate, .and a little strong sulphuric acid poured on it, a sudden and vehement inflammation will ensue ; but this experiment requires caution, as well as the follow- ing. To 1 gr. of the powdered salt in a mortar, add £ a gr. of phosphorus ; it will detonate with a loud report, on the gentlest trituration. In this experiment the hand should be defended by a glove, and great care should be taken that none , of the phosphorus get into the eyes. Phosphorus may be inflamed by it under water, by putting into a wine glass 1 part of phosphorus and 2 of the chlorate, nearly filling the glass with water, and then pouring in, through a glass tube reach- ing to the bottom, 3 or 4 parts of sulphuric acid. This experiment, too, is very hazardous to the eyes. If olive or linseed oil be taken instead of phosphorus, it may be inflamed by similar means on the surface of the water. This salt should not be kept mixed with sulphur, qp perhaps any in- flammable substance, as in this state it has been known to detonate spontaneously. The addition of sulphuric acid to such mixtures immediately causes them to inflame and explode ; but this ex- periment does not succeed with diamond powder. (Chenevix.) Pur. The usual impurity is muriate of potash. This is readily detected by adding a few drops of i solution of nitrate of silver, which will give a curdy white precipitate soluble in liquor of ammo- nia, if a muriate be present, whereas the solution will remain clear, if the salt be pure. The tests are the same as those mentioned under chlorate. The salt may be known to contain potash, by the tests described under the article potassa, and may thus be distinguished from chlorate of soda. CHLORATE MATCHES. Prep. Chlorate of potassa 30 grs. ; flowers of sulphur 10 grs. ; powdered lump sugar 8 grs. ; powdered gum ara- bic 5 grs. ; vermilion enough to color. Proc. Re- duce the chlorate to fine powder in a marble or wedgewood-ware mortar, then place it on a stone slab, add^ the other ingredients, and mix them all together with a wooden or bone knife, adding just sufficient water to make a paste. Into this mix- ture the points of matches, made of slips of thin wood or pasteboard, are to be dipped, and after- wards carefully dried in a moderately warm situa- tion. Remarks. These matches, dipped into, a little sulphuric acid, or exposed to smart friction, imme- diately enflame. The risk of spilling the acid may be avoided by placing a little asbestos in the bottle, and pouring thereon only as much sulphuric acid as the asbestos will absorb. It is only the compo- sition on the match that should be touched with the acid, for if the wood be well wetted it will not burn. To ensure success it is best to dip them into melted hrirn*t«>ue to the height of about i of an inch before . applying the composition. These matches once occupied the place that Lucifers did a few years since, and that Congreves do now. CHLORATE, PRIMING, (for Guns.) Prep Pulverize the best gunpowder, and make it into a paste with water ; then add half its weight of chlo- rate of potassa, and, while semi-fluid, drop it into the empty copper caps ; place them aside in a warm situation to dry. Remarks. The same precautions must be ob- served in mixing the ingredients, as directed in the last article. This priming is now superseded by fulminating mercury, which, as before observed, does not rust the nipple and foul the touchhole, like the chlorate mixture. CHLORATES, (PER-.) Salts formed by the union of perchloric acid with the bases. The per chlorate of potassa may be formed by adding well- dried and finely-powdered chlorate of potassa, in small portions at a time, to an equal weight of con- centrated oil of vitriol, gently warmed in an open vessel. The bisulphate of potassa formed must then be washed off with a little cold water, and the residuum of perchlorate dissolved in boiling water and crystallized. Remarks. These salts are distinguished from the chlorates by not turning yel- low w r ith hydrochloric acid. The other perchlorates may be formed by neutralizing the acid with the base. The perchlorate of potassa requires 65 times its weight of cold water for its solution, while the chlorate only requires 16. CHLORIC ACID. An acid composed of chlorine and oxygen. Prep. Dissolve chlorate of baryta in 16 times its weight of water ; then add dilute sulphuric acid until all the baryta be precipitated as sulphate. The clear liquid may then be concentrated by eva- poration until it acquires a thin oily consistence. Props. In this state it has a yellowish tint, emits a smell like nitric acid, and sets fire to pa- per and other dry organic matter thrown into it. By heat it is resolved into chlorine and oxygen. It may be readily detected by its forming chlorate of potassa with that of alkali. CHLORIC ACID, (PER-.) A compound of chlorine and oxygen, containing 2 eq. more of the latter than the last acid. Prep. Put any quantity of powdered perchlorate of potassa into a retort, and pour thereon ^ its weight of strong sulphuric acid, previously diluted with an equal weight of water. Heat must now be applied, and as it rises to 284° F., vapors of this acid will pass over and condense as a color- less liquid in the receiver. Remarks. This is a more stable compound than chloric acid, and does not inflame organic sub- stances. By distilling it from concentrated sul- phuric acid, Serullas obtained it in a solid form. In this state it hisses when thrown into water, like red-hot iron. CHLORIDES. Compounds of chlorine with the bases in definite proportions. The tests for tho chlorides are the same as for chlorine. (See Chlo- rine.) CHLORIDES OF CARBON. Prep. I. (Per- chloride.) Expose the oily compound formed by mixing equal volumes of moist chlorine and ole- fiant gas, to tho direct solar rays in a vessel full of chlorine gas. Hydrochloric acid is given off and CHI 18 G CHI perchloride of carbon formed. Props.* Solid ; smells somewhat like camphor; it is twice as heavy as water, fusible, volatile ; soluble in alcohol, ether, and oils, and slightly so in water ; combustible. II. (Pr otochlori.de .) When tho perchloride of carbon is passed through a glass or porcelain tube filled with fragments of glass or rock crystal heat- ed to redness, chlorine is separated, and a vapor formed, which must be condensed by the applica- tion of cold. This is the protochloride of carbon. Prop. Liquid, limpid, and colorless ; vaporizes at 165° F. CHLORINE. Syn. Oxymuriatic Acid. An elementary substance discovered by Scheelc in 1774, and named by him' dephlogisticated marine acid. It was afterwards called by the French chemists oxygenized and oxymuriatic acid, on the supposition of its being a compound of muriatic acid and oxygen. In 1809, Gay Lussac and Ther- nard suggested that it might be regarded as a sim- ple substance ; but it was reserved for Sir H. Davy to prove the truth of this suggestion. After some researches, in which every method of decomposing it was tried that genius and experience could sug- gest, he declared it to be a simplo body, and gave it its present name, (from x^«<>pds, green,) on account of its color. Prep. J. Mix together in a glass flask or retort strong muriatic acid with half of its weight of finely-powdered peroxide of manganese. Chlorine gas is immediately evolved even in the cold, but much more rapidly on the application of a gent is heat. Remarks. This gas must bo collected in clean dry bottles by displacement. The tube con- ducting the gas must reach to the bottom of the bottle, when tho chlorine, being heavier than the air, will displaco tho latter, without mixing with it. I ho bottle is known to bo full by tho gas over- flowing the mouth, which is easily perceived by its green color. Tho bottle must now be closed up with an accurately-fitting stopper, previously greased, and an empty one put in its place, which must bo subsequently treated in like manner. To free the gas entirely from muriatic acid, it may be passed through water ; and to render it dry, it may bo passed over dry chloride of calcium. Chlorine gas may also be collected , ver a saturated solution of common salt in the pneumatic trough. II. Pour common muriatic acid, diluted with an equal weight of water, upon half its weight of chloride of lime, and proceed as before. III. Pour sulphuric acid, diluted with water upon a mixture of common salt and binoxide of manganese previously placed in a retort. The proportions ordered by different authorities vary ; | the following are the principal : Brand . Liebig . Thernard Graham 4 water ... 5 acid 2 “ ... 2 “ • . 4 “ ... 4 “ as much dilute acid as contains 13 of oil vitriol 3 oxide 8 salt 1 “ 3 “ 2 “ 3 “ 6 “ 8 “ Remarks. The first or second process is the most convenient for small experiments in the la- boratory, and the latter may be adopted where peroxide of manganese cannot be procured. The third is the cheapest method, and that employed on the large scale. Mr- Julius Seybel has lately taken out a patent for improvements in the manu- facture of sulphate of soda and chlorine, which are formed by one operation. This is done by decom- posing common salt by sulphuric acid, in closed vessels of lead, or lined with lead, having heat ap- plied externally ; and in employing the vapor of the muriatic acid thus formed to act on manga- nese immersed in water, such vapor being con- ducted below and permitted to escape upwards through the water and manganese. Prop. Chlorine is a gaseous substance, possess- ing a yellowish green color, a pungent suffocating odor, and an astringent taste.. Its most remarka- ble properties are, its power of destroying almost all vegetable and animal colors, and the putrid odor of decomposing organic matter ; hence its value as a bleaching agent, and as a disinfectant and fumigant. Water absorbs twice its volume of this gas, and acquires a yellowish color. Under a pres- sure of about four atmospheres 'it condenses into a yellow transparent liquid. With the bases, chlorine forms an important series of compounds, called chlorides, chlorurcts, or muriates, of which calomel mid common salt may bo taken as examples, the first being a chloride of mercury, and tho second of sodium. The metallic chlorides aro mostly solid at common temperatures, and all, save two, (mer- cury and silver,) soluble in water. They are fusi- ble, and often crystalline. The chlorides of tin, antimony, arsenic, and mercury, aro volatile and sublime unchanged. The chlorides are general! y colorless, and resemble the salts in appearance. They are mostly decomposed by a strong heat. They are not decomposed by pure anhydrous sul- phuric acid, but readily so by oil of vitriol. The metallic chlorides may generally be formed by the direct action of chlorine on the metals at common temperatures, and in many instances the union is accompanied by. the evolution of light and heat. They may also be frequently formed by dissolving the oxides, carbonates, or hydrates of the bases, in muriatic acid, and crystallizing, or applying heat, until all the water is expelled. Chlorine has such a strong attraction for the metals that it displaces oxygen in nearly all cases at a red heat. Tests. This gas is readily distinguished from other gases by its color, odor, and bleaching prop- erties. It forms a white curdy precipitate with nitrate of silver, (chloride of silver,) which is inso- luble in nitric acid, but readily so in liquid ammo- nia, and is blackened by light. Its aqueous solu- tion dissolves gold leaf, and instantly blackens a piece of silver plunged into it. It rapidly destroys the color of iodide of starch, solution of indigo, lit- mus, and turmeric. The soluble chlorides may be readily detected by acidulating their solutions with nitric acid, and then adding a solution of nitrate of • silver, when chloride of silver will be precipitated, and may be recognised in tho way just mentioned. The insoluble chlorides may be tested by digesting them in a little liquor of potassa, when a solution of chloride of potassium will be formed, which may bo treated as a liquid chloride ; or the chloride may bo dissolved in nitric acid, and tested with nitrate of silver as before. A simple method of detecting free chlorine is to hold a rod, dipped in CIII 187 CHI. water of ammonia, over it, when white fumes of sal ammoniac will be formed ; this, coupled with the property of bleaching colors, may, in most cases, be taken as evidence of the presence of this substance. (See Ciilorometry.) Ant. When the fumes of chlorine are inhaled, it proves an irritative poison. The best antidotes are said to be ammoniacal gas or the vapors of warm water, of wine, or of ether. The writer of this ar- ticle once suffered severely from getting a full in- spiration of this gas, by the bursting of a large Ves- sel employed in its manufacture, and which was full at the time. For a minute or two he was completely overcome ; but, on being removed into the fresh air, he rapidly recovered, and, with the exception of a violent and convulsive cough, which lasted several hours, felt even better than he did before. The gas appeared to have acted both as a mental and bodily stimulant. Every known an- tidote was tried in this case, but without any ap- parent advantage. The effects gradually wore off, after the lapse of seven or eight hours. CHLORINE, LIQUID. Syn. Oxymuriatic Acid Oxymuriatic Water. Solution of Chlo- rine. Chlorine Water. Dephlogisticated Spirit of Salt. Prep. I. ( Aqua Chlorinii, P. D.) Mix 87 parts of sulphuric acid with 124 of water, and pour it upon 100 parts of dried muriate of soda and 30 parts of oxide of manganese, previously mixed together and placed in a retort. Conduct the gas evolved into 200 parts of distilled water. II. ( Aqua Chlorinei, P. E.) Muriate of soda 60 grs. ; red oxide of lead 350 grs. ; triturate to- gether, and put them into viij of distilled water contained in a stoppered bottle ; then add 2 fluid drachms of sulphuric acid, put in the stopper, and agitate occasionally until the oxide of lead turns white. The clear liquid (after subsidence) is to be poured off into another stoppered bottle. III. Pass chlorine gas, procured by any of the methods mentioned under Chlorine, into water, until it will absorb no more. CHLORITES. Salts formed of the chlorous acid with the bases. The alkaline chlorites may be formed by passing a current of chlorous acid gas into a solution of the pure alkalis. They are so- luble and remarkable for their bleaching and ox- idizing properties. CHLORITES, (HYPO-.) These are formed by the action of chlorine gas on the salifiable bases. Chloride of lime, soda, and potash are said by some to be hypochlorites, but this is undecided ; in fact, the very existence of the hypochlorites has been denied. CHLORO-CARBONIC ACID. Syn. Phos- gene. Chloro-carbonous Acid. Prep. Expose equal volumes of caibonic oxide and dry chlorine to the rays of the sun, or diffused daylight. In the first case combination ensues in a few minutes, in j.he second after a few hours. Prep. A colorless gas, having a disagreeable odor ; easily decom- posed, especially by water. CHLOROMETER. Syn. Cjilorimeter. An instrument for testing the strength of chlorides. CHLOROMETRY. Syn. Chlorimetry. Chlo- rimetrie, (JFr.) The process or operation of test- ing the decoloring power of the compounds of chlo- rine. It is principally applied to those met with in commerce, — tho chlorides of lime, potash, and so- da. Among the numerous tests proposed for thil purpose, the following appear to be those most worthy of notice. I. ( Dalton's test.) Weigh exactly 78 grs. of pure proto-sulphate of iron, previously dried b} strong pressure between the folds of cloth, and dis- solve it in 2 oz. of distilled water, to which add a few drops of muriatic or sulphuric acid. Next weigh out exactly 50 grs. of the chloride of lime well mix it in a mortar with 2 oz. of tepid water, and pour the mixture into a graduated tube or al- kalimeter. Then fill the measure up to 0 with the washings of the mortar. The whole should be now well mixed, by placing the thumb over the orifice and shaking it. The solution of chloride of lime is next to be gradually and cautiously added to the solution of sulphate of iron, until the latter be com- pletely peroxidized, which may be known when it ceases to be affected by the red prussiate of potash. The latter test is applied by putting a drop of its solution upon a white plate, and touching it with the point of a glass stirrer or rod, dipped in the liquor under examination. As soon as the test in- dicates that enough of the solution of the chloride has been qdded, the number of measures poured from the alkalimeter must be carefully observed, from whence the richness of the sample may be estimated, as follows: — As 10fl of the alkalimeter divisions contain exactly 50 grs. of the chloride, each measure will contain half a grain, and, con- sequently, any number of* measures consumed, will represent half that number of grains of the chlo- ride under examination ; and the weight of the chloride thus used will have contained 10 grs. of chlorine — the constant quantity of that substance required to peroxide the given solution of sulphate of iron. Thus ; — If 80 measures of the liquor in the alkalimeter be consumed, this quantity will have contained 40 grs. of the chloride and 10 grains of chlorine. By dividing 1000 by this number, the per centage of chlorine will be obtained, thus : ™i° =25 g. 40 0 The above method admits of much greater ac- curacy, if the chloride of lime be dissolved in tepid water, placed in a Schuster’s alkalimeter, previ- ously weighed, and the solution made up to ex- actly 1000 grs. when cold. The quantity con- sumed may here be ascertained with great exact- ness. Every grain of the solution will be only equal to of a grain of the chloride. The quan- tity of the solution consumed is determined by weighing the alkalimeter before and after the op- eration. The difference is the quantity that lias been used. A modification of this plan has been suggested by Mr. Crum. He proposes to make the solution of the sulphate of iron in a stoppered bottle, and to add the chloride in the state of powder from a weighed quantity. II. ( Crum's process .) Mix equal weights ef wa- ter and muriatic acid, and dissolve therein cast- iron borings until saturated. To ensure perfect saturation a large excess of iron is employed, and the liquid kept at the heat of boiling water for some time. One measure of the solution, marking 40° on Twaddle’s scale, (sp. gr. 1200,) is mixed with an equal quantity of acetic acid, (sp. gr. 1-048.) CHL 188 cur. This forms the proof solution, which, if mixed with 6 or 8 parts of water, is quite colorless, but chloride of lime occasions the production of peracetato of iron, which gives it a red color. The above proof-solution is then poured into 12 two-oz. vials, of exactly equal diameters, to the amount of 4 of their capacity ; these are filled up with bleaching liquid of various strengths ; the first at yS> of a degree of Twaddle, the second T 2 -, and so on up to yf or 1°. They are then well corked up, and, after agitation, arranged side by side on a tray, furnished with holes to receive them, in the manner represented in the engraving. A se- nes ot test vials are thus formed, showing the vari- ous shades of color that the solutions of the given strengths are capable of producing. To ascertain the strength of an unknown sample of bleaching liquor, the proof solution of iron is put into a vial, exactly similar to the 12 previously used, and in precisely the same proportion, (1.) The vial is then filled up with the bleaching liquor, well shaken, and placed beside that one of the 12 al- ready prepared which it most resembles in color. The number on that vial expresses the strength of the sample under examination, in -Aths of a de- gree of Twaddle’s hydrometer. Table exhibiting the quantity of Bleaching Liquid, at 6° on Twaddle’s scale, (sp. gr. 1-030,) requi- red to be added to a weaker liquor, to raise it to the given strengths. Adapted from Mr. Crum’s table by Mr. Cooley. Strength of sample In A°. Required Strength. Proportions Given Sample. 5 required. Liquor at 6°. Water. 8 o 1 2 Parts. 8 Part. 1 1 do. H 1 2 do. 11 1 3 do. 13£ 1 4 do. 17 1 5 do. 23 1 6 do. 35 1 7 do. 71 1 Water. 6 O 11 1 1 do. 13 i 1 2 do. 17 1 3 do. 23 1 4 do. 35 1 5 do. 71 1 Water -4.0 17 1 1 do. 23 1 2 do. 35 1 3 do. 71 1 Water. 3 o i 23 J 1 do. 35 1 o do. 71 1 Remarks. The preceding method is admirably suited for weak solutions, such as are employed for bleaching textile fabrics, and is weU adapted (from its simplicity) to the purposes of practical men. It is employed in many of the Scotch bleaching houses. According to Mr. Crum, the range of strength within which cotton is safe, is very limited. A solution at 1° of Twaddle’s scale, (sp. gr. 1-005,) is not more than safe, while one at £° is scarcely sufficiently strong for the first operation on stout cloth, unless it be packed more loosely than usual. (Trans. Glasgow Phil. Soc.) III. ( lire's test.) This consists in adding water of ammonia of a known strength, tinged with litmus, to a solution of a given weight of the chlo- ride, until the whole of the chlorine be neutralized, which is known by the color ceasing to be destroy- ed. From the quantity of ammonia consumed, the strength is estimated. During the above process azote is evolved, and the estimation cf the volume- thus liberated has been proposed as ether easy method of chlorimetry by Dr. Ure. This gentleman recommends the two substances to be mixed in an inverted and graduated syphon tube over mercury. (See Engraving.) “ The shut end a and the open end b, are both graduated to one scale ; for example, to -jAg- of an inch, or to grain or 10 grain measures. The tube is to be filled with mercury, and then 10 measures of it are to be displaced at the open end, by in- serting a wooden plug’. This space being filled with a solution of a given weight of chloride of lime, is to be turn- ed up into the shut end, by covering the open end with the finger and inverting the tube; a few drops of water may be sent through to wash the mercury. The ammonia being now let up will cause a reaction, and evolve a quantity of azote, equivalent to the chlorine pres- ent. The action may be accelerated by holding the sealed end of the tube over the flame of a spirit-lamp. The mercury is protected from the chlorine by the ammonia ; and should any notion be entertained of such an action, the ammonia may be let up first. I have made innumerable researches over mercury, with a detached appa- ratus of this kind, which combines precision with rapidity of result.” (Ure’s Diet. Arts.) IV. ( Process of M. Gay Lussac.) One part of the best indigo is dissolved in 9 parts of strong sulphuric acid, by the aid of a gentle heat. This solution is then mixed with distilled water, in such proportion, that 1 volume of chlorine gas shall ex- actly decolor 10 volumes of this solution. Each measure so decolored is Called a degree, and each degree is divided into fifths. 5 grains of the best chloride of lime, dissolved in 500 grain measures of water, will possess the above power, and indicate 10° or proof, and will decolor 10 times its volume of the indigo solution. The objections to this meth- od of chlorimetry are, that the. indigo solution alters by keeping, and that it is not adapted for testing strong solutions of chloride of lime. “ 1 have tried the indigo test in many ways, but never could confide in it.” (Ure.) CII LORO-NITROUS GAS. A gaseous com- pound, discovered by E. Davy. It is obtained CHO 189 CHO r.y treating fused chloride of sodium, potassium, or calcium, in powder, with as much strong nitric acid as is sufficient to wet it, when this gas is evolved. Prop. It has an orange color,, smells like chlorine, and bleaches. Soluble in water. CHLOROPHYLL. Syn. Chloropiiile. Chlorofhyle. The green coloring matter con- tained in the leaves, stalks, unripe fruit, and juices of most plants. It is extracted by ether, and pu- rified by successive solutions*in alcohol and muriatic acid ; from the last it is precipitated pure by water. Prop. A dark green mass, producing a grass- green powder. It is soluble in ether, alcohol, acids, alkalis, and 'oils. If an earthy or metallic salt be mixed with the alcoholic solution, and an alkaline carbonate be added, the earth or oxide is thrown down in combination with this coloring matter, forming a green lake, possessing consider- able permanency. Pelletier and Caventou, who first discovered chlorophyll, obtained it by simply pressing the leaves, washing in water, and after- wards treating it with alcohol. CHLOROUS ACID. Syn. Peroxide of Chlorine. A compound of oxygen and chlorine. Prep. Chlorate of potassa in fine powder, made into a paste with strong sulphuric acid, is put into a retort and heated in a water-bath, hot but not boiling. A yellowish green gas is given off, which may either be collected in dry bottles, or passed into water, when it will form liquid chlorous acid. Props., $c. I ts aqueous solution undergoes gradual decomposition, yielding chlorine and chlo- ric acid. It possesses powerful oxidizing and bleaching properties, and unites with the bases forming salts called chlorites. These are all solu- ble in water, and possess bleaching powers like the acid. They may be recognised by the evolution of chlorous acid gas when acted on by an acid. CHOCOLATE. Syn. Chocolada. Choco- lat, ( Fr .) The roasted cacao nut made into a paste by triturating it in a heated mortar, with sugar and aromatics, and cast in tin moulds, in which it concretes into cakes on cooling. The term is derived from two Indian words, choco, sound, and atte, water ; because of the noise made in its preparation. (Dr. Alston.) . Qual. Chocolate is nutritive and wholesome, if taken in moderation, but is sometimes apt to disa- gree with weak stomachs, especially those that are easily affected by oily substances or vegetable food. The quantity of aromatics mixed with the richer varieties, improve the flavor, but render them more stimulant and prone to produce nervous symptoms, and complaints of the head. Prep. The nuts are first roasted, (on the small scale this may be done in a frying-pan,) and after being cleared from the husks, reduced to coarse powder ; they are then beaten in an iron mortar, the bottom of yvhich is heated, until they are re- duced to a paste, which is effected by the action of the heat on the oil or butter they contain. This paste or semi-fluid mass is then poured out into moulds, and left until cold, when it forms cake chocolate , or chocolate paste; or it may be re- duced to coarse powder, by grinding, when it is known under the name of chocolate powder. Remarks. Chocolate, prepared as above, with- out the addition of aromatics, is known in the trade as plain chocolate. The Spaniards flavor it with vanilla, cloves, and cinnamon, and frequently scent it with musk and ambergris. In general they add too large a quantity of the last four arti cles. The Parisians, on the contrary, use but lit- tle flavoring, and that principally vanilla. The} employ the best caracca nuts, and add a consider able quantity of refined sugar. The mass of the common chocolate sold in Eng- land, is prepared from the cake left after the ex- pression of the oil, and this is frequently mixed with the roasted seeds of ground peas, and maize or potato flour, to which a sufficient quantity of inferior brown sugar, or treacle and mutton suet is added, to make it adhere together. In this way is made the article commonly marked in the shops at 8 d., 9 d., and 1(M. the pound. I know a person who lately bought a large quantity at 5d., where- as good nuts, in their unprepared state, cost at wholesale more than double the money. To excel in the manufacture of chocolate re- quires some little experience. The roasting of the nuts must be done with great care, and the pro- cess stopped as soon as the aroma is well devel- oped. They should then be turned out, cooled, and fanned from the husks. On the large scale, chocolate is made in mills, worked by steam pow- er, and the machinery employed in the grinding, admirably fulfils its duty. The South American beans are esteemed the best for making chocolate. Like wine, it improves by age, if kept in a dry but not too warm a place. CHOCOLATE CREAM. Prep. Chocolate scraped fine 1 oz. ; thick cream 1 quart ; sugar (best) 6 oz. ; heat it nearly to boiling, then remove it from the fire, and mill it well. When cold, add the whites of 8 or 10 eggs ; whisk rapidly, and take up the froth on a sieve ; serve the cream in glasses, and pile up the' froth on the top of them. CHOCOLATE DROPS. Reduce 1 oz. of chocolate to fine powder by scraping, and add it to 1 lb. of finely-powdered sugar ; moisten the paste with clear water, and heat it over the fire until it runs smooth, and will not spread too much when dropped out ; then drop it regularly on a smooth plate. Avoid heating it a second time. CHOCOLATE FOR ICING. Syn. Sorbet au Chocolat. Prep. Rub 2 oz. of chocolate to a paste with 2 tablespoonfuls of hot milk,' then add cream for icing 1 quart. Ice as wanted for use. CHOCOLATE FOR THE TABLE. Prep. Put the milk and water on to boil ; then scrape the chocolate fine, from one to two squares to a pint, to suit the stomach: when the milk and water boils, take it off the fire, throw in the choc- olate, mill it well, and serve it up with the froth, which process will not take five minutes. The sugar may either be put in with the scraped choc- olate, or added afterwards. It should never be made before it is wanted ; because heating again injures the flavor, destroys the froth, and separates the body of the chocolate ; the oil of the nut being observed, after a few min- utes’ boiling, or even standing long by the fire, to rise to the top, which is the only cause why choc- olate can offend the most delicate stomach. CHOCOLATE, FRENCH. Prep. Finest ca CHR 190 CHR tao nuts 3 lbs. ; best refined sugar 1 lb. ; beans of vanilla 2 in number ; grind together, as before de- scribed. CHOCOLATE MILK. Prep. Dissolve 1 oz. of chocolate in 1 pint of new milk CHOCOLATE POWDER. Cake chocolate scraped or ground. Usually sold in tin canisters. CHOCOLATE, SPANISH. Prep. I. Ca- racca nuts 1 1 lbs. ; sugar (white) 3 lbs. ; vanilla 1 oz. ; cinnamon (cassia) £ oz. ; cloves £ dr. ; as above. II. Caracca nuts 10 lbs.; sweet almonds 1 lb.; sugar 3 lbs. ; vanilla 3 oz. ; as above. III. Caracca nuts 8 lbs. ; island cacao 2 lbs. ; j white sugar 10 lbs. ; aromatics as above. IV. Island cacao 7 lbs. ; farina to absorb the oil ; inferior. CHOCOLATE, VANILLA. Syn. Ciiocolat a la Vanilla. Caracca nuts 7 lbs. ; Mexican va- nilla 1 oz. ; cinnamon £ oz. ; cloves 3 in number ; as before. II. Best chocolate paste 21 lbs. ; vanilla 4 oz. ; cinnamon 2 oz. ; cloves £ dr. ; musk 10 grs. ; as before. CHOLERA. Syn. Cholera Morbus. Eng- lish Cholera. (Prom bile, psw, I Jlow. Celsus.) A disease characterized by bilious vom- iting and purging, accompanied by great pain and debility. It most frequently occurs towards the end of the summer and the beginning of autumn, and appears to be produced by sudden changes of temperature, checked perspiration, and the exces- sive use of indigestible fruit, &c. It is usually ac- companied by fever, thirst, and severe abdominal pains, and sometimes by cold sweats, extreme de- bility, feeble pulse, &c., under which the patient sinks in 24 hours. Treat. In most cases this complaint is not dan- gerous, and yields to proper treatment in a few days. As soon after the commencement of the attack as possible, some mild aperient, as castor oil, should be administered, and its action acceler- ated by drinking copiously of diluents, as barley- water, toast and water, water gruel, &c. Opiates may be employed, both topically and by the mouth. A teaspoonful of laudanum rubbed over the region of the stomach and bowels, is a simple method, and will generally allay the pain. 15 or 20 drops of laudanum, mixed with a tablespoonful of good brandy, may also be taken every hour, if the pain be severe. Should the stomach reject it, or the vomiting be apparently increased by drink- ing copiously, the same treatment should be per- severed in. When the violence of the symptoms has abated, tonics and bitters, as gentian, calom- ba, orange-peel, &.C., may be had recourse to. CHROMATE. A saline compound, formed by the union of the chromic acid with a base. The chromates are characterized by their yellow or red color, the lafter predominating when the acid is in excess. Prep. The insoluble salts of chromic acid, as those of baryta, zinc, lead, mercury, silver, &c., may bo made by mixing a soluble salt of those basen, with neutral chromate of potassa. The first three arc red, the fourth orange, and the fifth deep red or purple. Tests. I. On boiling a chromate in hydrochloric acid, mixed with alcohol, chromic ucid is first set free, and then decomposed, forming a green uolu. tion of chloride of chromium. 2. With acetate of lead, the chromates give a yellow precipitate : 3, with nitrate of silver, a reddish violet ; 4, with nitrate of mercury, a red one. CHROMATE OF POTASH. Syn. Salt op Chrome. Neutral Chromate of Potassa. On the large scale this salt is prepared from chrome ore, a natural octohedral chromate of iron, found in various parts of Europe and America. Prep. I. The ore, freed as much as possible from its gangue, is ground to powder in a mill, and mixed with ^ or £ of its weight of bruised nitre, and in this state exposed to a powerful heat foi several hours, on the hearth of a reverberatory furnace, during which time it & frequently stirred up with iron rods. The calcined matter is next raked out and lixiviated with water. A beautiful yellow-colored solution results, which is evapora- ted briskly over a naked fire, when the chromate of potash falls down under the form of a granular yellow salt, which is removed from time to time with a ladle, and thrown into a wooden vessel, furnished with a bottom full of holes, called the draining box, where it is left to drain and dry. In this state it forms the commercial chromate of potash. By a second solution and crystallization, it may be obtained in larger and more regular crystals. Remarks. As the object to be aimed at in con- ducting this process, is to procure a neutral chro- mate of potassa, it is evident that the quantity of chrome oxide in the ore should be first ascertained, so that the proper quantity of nitre may be added. In every case, the proportion of nitre or alkali should be slightly less than what is absolutely re quired to saturate the ore, as the production of a neutral salt is thereby ensured ; and should not the whole of the chrome oxide be decomposed by the first burning, it may easily be roasted a second time with fresh alkali, should the remaining quan- tity be thought worth saving. These remarks also apply to the following formulae. II. Chrome ore (containing 50§ of protoxide ot chrome) 2 parts ; saltpetre 1 part ; as last. III. Chrome ore of 34§, 4 parts ; potashes 2 parts ; nitre 1 part ; as above. IV. Chrome ore of 34§, 10 parts ; potashes 5 parts ; peroxide of manganese 1 part ; as last. V. ( Process of Mr. Charles Watt, jun.) “ I have tried numerous experiments, with a view to the employment of cheaper salts than the nitrates in this branch of manufacture. I have found that the sulphates of potassa and soda, may be entirely substituted for the nitrates of those bases, by the simultaneous employment of lime, which assists in the decomposition of the sulphate. “ The process is as follows: — The sulphate is to be ground, or otherwise intimately mixed with the pulverized ore, and the lime* is tlieil added, which should also be intimately mixed with the mass. It is then to be subjected, for about 4 hours, to a strong red heat. The nature of the furnace to be employed for the purpose is not of any great im- * “ It is quite immaterial whether the lime he in a state of carbonate, or otherwise; but I think, generally speak- ing, it will lie found quite ns advantageous to employ tha which has been burnt, as it will save trouble and expenw in grinding.” CHR 191 CIIR portance, so long as carbonaceous matters from the fire are entirely excluded, and the required temperature is attainable. Unless strong heat is employed, no decomposition will take place ; the temperature already employed in manufacturing this article from the nitrates, will be sufficient, and the furnaces used in every way suitable. The mass should be well raked about every half hour, to ensure the whole of it being sufficiently heated. “ Proceeding thus, the manufacturer may ascer- tain whether the process is complete by taking out a sample from the furnace, and treating it with a slight preponderance of dilute pure nitric acid, then adding chloride of barium ; if, on this addition, much precipitate of sulphate is formed, the opera- tion is not completed ; but if, on the other hand, only a slight milkiness is produced, the ‘ batch’ may be considered as finished. “ I have found, from numerous analyses, that different samples of the ore vary considerably in the quantity of oxide of chromium which they con- tain, and I therefore advise every manufacturer to analyze a fair average sample before he makes a purchase.” The following is the plan which Mr. Watt has adopted for this purpose : — “ Take a given weight of the ore, say 200 gr., previously reduced to a fine powder, and intimately mix it with twice its weight of the nitrate of po- tassa or soda,* adding a little slaked lime to pre- vent it from fluxing ; place it in an iron crucible, and subject it to a strong red heat for about 3 or 4 hours ; then treat the mass with water to dissolve out the chromate. The insoluble matter having been -washed several times until the water has ceased to come off colored, the washings are to be added together and evaporated to concentrate the solution. This being done, it is to be treated with an excess of dilute sulphuric acid to liberate the chromic acid, and then treated with spirit of wine, by which the chromic acid will be reduced to the state of green oxide, which will remain in solution in the preponderance of sulphuric acid em- ployed. A solution of caustic ammonia in excess is then to be added, which will precipitate the oxide of chromium ; the mass is then boiled to evaporate the superabundance of ammonia. “ It must now be passed through a filter to col- lect the oxide, and a little fresh water poured on it to free it from any saline matter: then gently dry on the filter, when it may be entirely removed with ease, as the oxide, which was previously of a very bulky nature, contracts very considerably. It may then be subjected to a dull red heat in a silver, platinum, or porcelain crucible, and after- wards its weight ascertained, from which the per centage of oxide of chromium which the ore con- tains, and, consequently, the amount of sulphate required to convert it into a chromate, may be cal- culated.” (Chemist, iv. 70.) Prop., Uses, #c. The commercial chromate of potash has a bright yellow color, but in other re- spects, resembles coarse culinary salt. It is used in various processes in the arts, — in dyeing, bleach- ing, the manufacture of chromic acid, bichromate of potassa, and several other chromates. * 11 It will be as well to use a nitrate in the analysis ; the quantity being small, it win of no consequence.’’ Pur. Chromate of potash is very commonly adulterated with sulphate and muriate of potash, it therefore becomes important to the manufacturer to bo able to test its purity. I. (Test of M. Zuber .) Add tartaric acid, dis- solved in 50 parts of water, to a like solution of the sample. As soon as the decomposition is complete, and the color verges towards the green, the super- natant liquor should afford no precipitate with either the nitrate of silver or baryta, whence the absence of muriates and sulphates may be inferred. The proportions are, 8 parts of tartaric acid to x part of the chromate, both in solution. If saltpetre be the adulterating ingredient, the sample will de- flagrate when thrown upon burning coals. Mr. Watt says, “.A short time ago, I was sup- plied with a sample which was nothing but sul- phate of soda and chloride of sodium, colored with a strong solution of the chromate, and which caused a white precipitate in any of the soluble salts of lead. For the benefit of the purchaser, I subjoin the following method of examining the chromates of potassa and soda. “ First ascertain the quantity of moisture con- tained in the sample, by weighing out a certain portion, drying it on a sand-bath, and again weigh- ing ; the loss of weight will give the quantity of water : then dissolve it in distilled water, and add any soluble salt of lead until it ceases to give a precipitate. The mass is then to be boiled, and more distilled water added ; the supernatant liquor is then to be poured off, and if the sample under examination contain any chloride of sodium, small shining crystalline needles of chloride of lead will form in the liquor as it cools. The remaining pre- cipitate is then to be treated with strong nitric acid, which will decompose the chromate ; by adding distilled water, the nitrate of lead, formed by the decomposition of the chromate of lead, will be dissolved, and the remaining sulphate of lead, if any, may be dried, and its' amount ascertained, from which the quantity of sulphate in the chro- mate may be calculated. “ If it be required to ascertain the quantity of chloride, this may be done by redissolving the chloride of lead by means of heat, and operating on it by any of the soluble salts of silver.” (Chem- ist, iii. 388. CHROMATE OF POTASH, (BI- or SU- PER-.) Prep. Acidulate a concentrated solution of the neutral chromate with sulphuric, or, still better, the acetic acid. Then heat the liquid and allow it to cool slowly, when beautiful red crystals of bichromate of potash will be deposited. Its Prop., Uses, and Tests are the same as the neu- tral salt. CHROMATE OF POTASH, SOLUTION OF. Prep. Dissolve neutral chromate of potash 1 oz., in distilled water 1 lb. Use .* As a test li- quor for metals, especially lead. CHROMATE OF SODA. This salt may be prepared in the same way as chromate of potash, by employing a salt of soda instead of potassa in the preceding processes. It may also be made on the small scale for experiment, by neutralizing chromic acid with carbonate of soda. Remarks. This salt has been proposed as a sub- stitute for chromate of potassa, and has the ad- vantage in cheapness. “ Why nitrato of potassa CHR CHR 192 has been so long employed in this manufacture, I am at a loss to discover ; for it must be obvious that chromate of soda would answer all the pur- poses of chromate of potassa, the base being of little consequence, so long as it forms a solublo salt with the chromic acid, as it is merely useful as a vehicle for the chromic acid.” (C. Watt, jun.) CHROME RED. Syn. Diciiromate of Lead. Subchromate of ditto. Red Chromate of dit- to. Prep. I. Boil carbonate of lead with chro- mate of potash, in excess, until it assumes a prop- er color ; wash well with pure water and dry in the tlhade. II. Boil neutral chromate of lead with a little water of ammonia or lime water. III. ( Process of Liebig and Wohler.) Fuse saltpetre at a low red heat in a crucible, and throw in chrome yellow, by small portions at a time, until the nitre be nearly exhausted. A strong ebullition takes place upon each addition of the pigment, and the mass becomes black and remains so while hot. After it has settled for a minute or two, the fluid part should be poured oflf, and the mass remaining in the crucibio washed with water, and dried by a gentle heat. Remarks. Great care must be taken in con- ducting the last process, not to employ too much heat, or to allow the saline matter to stand long over the newly-formed chrome-red, as the color is thus apt to change to a brown or orange. When well managed, the product has a crystalline tex- ture, and so beautiful a red color, that it vies with cinnabar. It has been proposed as a pigment. CHROME YELLOW. Syn. Chromate of Lead. Yellow Chromate of ditto. Prep. I. Add a filtered solution of nitrate or acetate of lead, to a like solution of neutral chromate of pot- ash ; collect the precipitate, wash it well, and dry it out of the reach of sulphureted vapors. II. To the lye of chromate of potash, prepared by roasting the chrome ore with nitre, and lixivia-, tion with water, add a solution of acetate of lead, and proceed as before. Remarks. This substance is the beautiful pig- ment employed by painters. Four shades are usually met with in the shops, viz. : Pale yellow or straw color, yellow, full yellow, and orange. The former are made by adding a little alum or sulphuric acid*to the solution of the chromate be- fore mixing it with the solution of lead ; the latter, by the addition of a little subaeetate of lead. The darker color appears to arise from a little dichro- mate being thrown down intimately mixed with the neutral chromate, and the paler shades from a slight excess of acid. I found a little alumina in some samples of pale chrome yellow, which I lately examined, and in one instance a little sul- phate of lead. CII ROM 1(5 ACID. A compound of the metal chromium and oxygen. Prep. I. Pure chromic acid may bo prepared by transmitting the gaseous fluoride of chromium into water contained in a vessel of platinum or sil- ver, and evaporating the liquid to dryness. 1 1. By conducting gaseous fluoride of chromium tnto a silver or platinum vessel, the sides of which arc just moistened with water, and the aperture revered with a piece of moist paper, the acid will ho deposited under the form of red acicular crys- tals, which will fill the vessel. III. “The principle upon which this is based is, that nitrate of baryta, which results from the decomposition of the chromate of baryta by nitric acid, is quite insoluble in concentrated nitric acid, which I have verified by many experiments, and which fact was, I believe, first observed by Mr. Reuben Phillips. “ The chromic acid may be separated from the nitrate of baryta by decantation, or, which is still better, by filtration through asliestos. Care must be taken not to let it come in contact witn any organic matter, or it will bo decomposed. “ The chromic acid is then to be evaporated to dryness, when the nitric acid will be volatilized, leaving pure chromic acid. “ When the quantity of chromic acid prepared by this plan is considerable, to reduce the expense as much as possible, it will be as well to carry on the evaporation so that the superabundance of ni- tric acid which has been used may be condensed, which may again be used for the same purpose. “ The only precautions necessary to ensure the purity of the chromic acid prepared by this plan, are the following: — to use a sufficient quantity of nitric acid, and to take care that the nitric acid is sufficiently concentrated, and that it is pure, oth- erwise the impurities which it contains will remain in the chromic acid. “ The chromate of baryta may be easily pre- pared by mixing together solutions of the chloride of barium, and any of the soluble chromates ; be- fore it is used for the preparation of pure chromic acid, it should be washed several times.” (Chem- ist, iii, 266.) On the commercial scale, crude chromic is pre- pared by either of the following plans: IV. To a saturated solution of 100 parts of chro- mate of potash in water, add 49 parts of sulphuric acid, (sp. gr. 1-845.) This is the common process, but the product contains sulphate of potash. V. Digest chromate of baryta in an equivalent proportion of sulphuric acid, diluted with water ; after a few hours decant the clear liquid. VI. Digest chromate of lead in sulphuric acid in equivalent proportions. Mr. Charles Watt, jun., recommends chro- mate of lime as a source of chromic acid. This salt he prepares from the oxide of chromium, con- tained in the residual liquor of the process of bleaching with chromic acid, and this he effects by a very inexpensive process. The chromic solution is placed in a wooden vessel, and slaked lime cau- tiously added until the sulphuric or muriatic acid present is saturated, carefully avoiding excess, as oxide of chrome would be then precipitated. After an hour’s repose the clear portion is decanted, and finely-slaked lime added, until all the oxide is thrown down ; which may be known by the liquor becoming clear when allowed to settle. During the addition of the lime, constant agitation must bo employed. The oxide of chromium must now be allowed to settlo, and after the liquid portion is de- canted, washed with a few pailfuls of clean water. After the latter has drained oft', the residual mix- ture of oxide of chromium and lime must then 1 e placed about 2 inches thick upon a laigo flat in i* plate, sot cvonly over a fire, and turned every lu.il CHIi 193 CID hour until the process be completed, which may bo known by tho mass assuming a yellow color, in- stead of the grayish one it previously possessed. Care must be taken not to employ too much heat, as the product of this process (chromate of lime) is readily decomposed, and assumes a green color, in which case it is rendered useless. From the chro- mate of lime the acid is procured by the action of an equivalent proportion of sulphuric acid. This process has the great recommendation of cheap- ness, and Mr. Watt says that he has employed it in the factory of Messrs. Haws, for nearly two years, with perfect success. Prop., Uses, $c. Pure chromic acid forms red crystals, and is soluble in water and alcohol. It is readily decomposed by the action of light and con- tact with organic matter. Hence it should be kept in stoppered glass bottles, and its solution filtered through asbestos. The ease with which it parts with a portion of its oxygen constitutes its value as a bleaching agent. It is largely employed in the arts, in calico-printing, bleaching of textile fabrics, tallow, oils, &c. CHROMIUM, (from xpw/m, color.) A metal discovered by Vauquelin in 1797. Prep. I. Mix dry chloride of chromium with oil, place the paste in a crucible lined with charcoal, lute on the cover, and expose it for an hour to an intense heat. (Vauquelin.) II. Heat the compound of terchloride of chro- mium and ammonia to redness, and expose it to a current of dry ammoniacal gas. (Liebig.) Remarks. The product of the first process has a whitish-yellow color, and a metallic lustre ; that of the second is a black powder. Metallic chro- mium has not been applied to any use in the arts. CHROMIUM, CHLORIDE OF. Syn. Ses- quiciijloride of Chromium. Prep. I. Dissolve the hydrated oxide in muriatic acid, and evaporate to dryness. II. Digest chromate of lead in muriatic acid mixed with a little alcohol, and throw down the excess of lead with sulphureted hydrogen. III. Pass dry chlorine over a mixture of chrome oxide and charcoal heated to redness, in a porce- lain tube. The chloride collects as a sublimate, of a peach or purple color. Remarks. By the first process the product is a green powder, which, when heated to 400°, be- comes purplish red, and then forms pure, dr}* - chlo- ride of chromium. This process should be per- f orined in a tube filled with carbonic acid gas. CHROMIUM, OXIDE OF. Syn. Sesqui- oxide of Ditto Prep. To a solution of chromate of potash, add another of protonitrate of mercury as long as any precipitate falls down. This must be well washed in water, and heated to redness in an earthen crucible. II. Expose bichromate of potash to a strong red heat, then wash out the^potassa with water. III. Expose bichromate of potash, mixed with half its weight of sulphur, as above. Prop. A green powder, insolublo in water. Fused with borax or glass, it imparts a beautiful green color. The emerald owes its color to this oxide. With the acids it forms salts which also nave a green color. These compounds may be mado by adding equal parts of muriatic acid and alcohol to a boiling solution of chromate of potassa, 25 in water, in small portions at a time, until the red tint disappears, and the liquid assumes a greep color. Pure ammonia, in excess, should now b« added, when a hydrated green oxide will subside, which, after being washed with water, may be dissolved in the acids. Oxide of chrome is much used in the manufacture of colored glasses and enamels, and in dyeing. Remarks. The above appears to be the only ox ide of chromium, in opposition to the assertion ol Berzelius, that there is a protoxide and deutoxida CHRYSAMMIC ACID. Prep. Add 1 part of aloes to 8 of nitric acid of sp. gr. P37, and heat it e mixture in an open vessel. When the first violent action is over, introduce the whole into a retort, and distil to two-thirds. Then add 4 parts more of nitric acid, and keep the mixture nearly at the boiling point for some days, or as long as gas is disengaged. Water should next be added, which will throw down impure chrysammic acid, while hlirysolepic acid and oxalic acid will remain in so- lution. The precipitate must be well washed with water combined with potash, and purified by re- crystallization. The crystals are next dissolved in water, and iiitric acid added, when a golden yel- low powder will be deposited, which is chrysammic acid. Prop. Soluble in alcohol, ether, and hot acids ; explodes by heat, and forms salts, called chrysam- mates, with the bases. The salt of potash, pre- pared as above, is a beautiful crystalline carmine red powder, and when slowly produced it forms beautiful small greenish golden crystals. The salts of soda and magnesia are similar. Ammonia forms, with chrysammic acid, a deep purple solution, which deposites dark green crystals. The other salts of this acid are all of great beauty, and mostly of various shades of red, and exhibit a golden lus- tre under the polishing steel. CIDER. Syn. Cyder. Pomatium. Cidre, (FV.) The fermented juice of the apple. Cider and per- ry were known to antiquity, and are mentioned by Pliny, who calls them the wine of apples and pears. Modern Europe is, however, indebted to the Moors of Biscay, who introduced its manufac- ture into Normandy, whence it spread into the other provinces of France, into England, Germa- ny, Russia, and America. The best cider made at the present day is that of Normandy, Hereford- shire, and New Jersey, (U. S.,) and, next, that of Devonshire and Somersetshire. The last is, how- ever, very inferior. Cider is made in all the tem- perate climates of the world, where the heat is insufficient to produce the grape, and the cold not so great as to interfere with the growth of the apple. The process of making cider varies in different parts of England, but in every case essentially consists of — the collection of the fruit ; the expres- sion and fermentation of tho juice ; and the storing and management of the fermented liquor. The apples are crushed or ground in a mill, and the pulp placed in haircloth or coarse canvass bags, and subjected to powerful pressure ; the liquor which runs off is put into casks, and freely ex- posed to the air in the shade, and allowed to fer- ment. This part of tho process is carefully watched, and as soon as the sediment has subsided, the liquor is racked off into clean tasks. Before winter the Cl D 194 CID wsks are stored in a cellar, or other cool place, I where the temperature is low and regular, and by the following spring the liquor is fit for use or bot- tling. Remarks. Much of the excellence of cider de- pends upon the temperature at which the ferment- ation is conducted ; but this is a point utterly over- looked by the manufacturers of this liquor. Instead of the apple-juice, as soon as expressed from the fruit, being placed in a cool situation, where the temperature should not exceed 50° of Fahr., it is i frequently left exposed to the full heat of autumn. In this way much of the alcohol forrtied by the decomposition of the sugar is converted into vine- j gar, by the absorption of atmospheric oxygen, and thus the liquor acquires that peculiar and unwhole- ! some acidity, known in the cider districts by the j name of “ roughness ” On the contrary, if the j fermentation be conducted at a low temperature, nearly the whole of the sugar is converted into alcohol, and this remains in the liquor instead of undergoing the process of acetification. The ace- tous fermentation, or the conversion of alcohol into vinegar, proceeds most rapidly at a temperature of 95° Fahr., and at lower temperatures, the ac- tion becomes slower, until at 46° 50" Fahr., no such change takes place. (Liebig.) 1 1 is therefore quite evident that if the saccharine juice of apples, or any other fruit, be made to undergo the vinous fermentation in a cool situation, less of the spirit resulting from the transformation of the sugar will be converted into acetic acid, and consequently more will.be retained in an unaltered state in the liquor, and tend not only to improve its quality, but by its conservative and chemical action, to precipitate the nitrogenous substances, or exciters of future change. Independently of differences in the quality of the fruit, this is the principal cause of the superiority of the cider made by one person over another, living in the same district. The one lias probably a cooler barn and cellar than the ■other to store his cider in. In practice it has been found that sour and rough-tasted apples produce the best cider. This arises because they contain less sugar and more malic acid, and the presence of the latter impedes the conversion of alcohol into vinegar. But cider made with such apples cqn never equal in quality that prepared at a low tem- perature from fruit abounding in sugar. In De- vonsliire the pressing and fermentation are con- ducted in situations where the temperature varies but little from the external air, and fluctuates with all its ehanges ; the result is that Devonshire cider, of the best class, will rarely keep more than 5 or 6 years, and seldom improves after the second or third year, while the cider of Herefordshire and Worcestershire, where these operations are more carefully attended to, will keep for 20 or 30 years. In the cider counties the culture of the apple engages especial attention. Dry rising ground, « sheltered from the northerly and easterly winds, is best suited for an orchard. The fruit, after be- ing gathered, is usually left for 14 or 15 days, in a bam or loft, to mellow or mature, during which time a considerable portion of the mucilage is de- composed, and alcohol and carbonic acid developed. The spoiled apples should then bo separated from the sound ones, as they not only impart a bad fla- vor to the cidc, but prevent its spontaneous clari- fication. Unripe apples should also be avoided, aa they do not contain sufficient sugar to undergo the vinous fermentation, while they contribute to ren der the liquor rough and acidulous. Sour and rough-tasted apples are usually preferred by farm- ers for making cider, but fruit abounding in sugar would be preferable, provided the same skill were exercised in the manufacture of cider as in the process of brewing malt liquor. As the juice of apples contains less sugar in pro- portion to the amount of acid and nitrogenized matter than that of grapes, the addition of some of this article would render it more (suitable for the production of a vinous liquor. Good West India sugar is the best for this purpose. I have tasted cider made in this way, and that had been stored in fresh emptied rum puncheons, that had all the pungency and vinosity of foreign wine. The best cider yields about 9 or 10$ of real alco- hol. Ordinary cider from 4 to 6§. CIDER, DEVONSHIRE. The ap; **, after being plucked, are left in heaps in the orchard for some time, to complete their ripening, and ren- der them more sacchi' jne. They are then crushed between grooved cylinders, surmounted by a hop- per, or in a circular trough, by two vertical edge- wheels of wood moved by a horse ; after passing through which, they are received into large tubs or cives, and are then called pommage. They are afterwards laid on the vat in alternate layers of the pommage and clean straw, called reeds. They are then pressed, a little water being occa- sionally added. The juice passes through a hair sieve, or similar strainer, and is received in a large vessel, whence it is run into casks or open vats, where every thing held in mechanical suspension is deposited. The fermentation is often slow of being developed ; though the juice be set in No- vember or December, the working sometimes hardly commences till March. Till this time the cider is sweet ; it now becomes pungent and vi- nous, and is ready to be racked for use. If the fermentation continue, it is usual to rack it again into a clean cask that has been well sulphured out, and to leave behind the head and sediment ; or two or three cans of cider are put into a clean cask and a match of brimstone burned in it : it is then agitated, by which the fermentation of that quan- tity is completely stopped. The cask is then nearly filled, the fermentation of the whole is checked, and the cider becomes fine. If, on the first opera- tion, the fermentation is not checked, the process of racking is repeated until it becomes so, and is continued from time to time till the cider is in a quiet state and fit for drinking. A common practice in Devonshire is to add a stuff called “ stu?n ,” sold by the wine-coopers, or an article called “ anti-ferment,” sold by the drug- gists, for the purpose of checking the fermentation, but a much better plan is to rack, as above de- scribed, into a well-sulphured cask, and to add 5 or 6 oz. of mustard-seed, and £ oz. cloves, both well bruised ; racking into a fresh-emptied spirit cask ia also a good plan. About six sacks, or twenty-four bushels of ap- ples, are used for a hogshead of G3 gallons. If the weather bo warm, it will bo necessary to carry on the process in the shade, in the open air, and b 7 every means to keep the juice as cool as possible CID 195 CIN In nine months it will usually be in condition for bottling or drinking ; if it continues thick use some isinglass finings, and if at any time it fer- ments and threatens acidity, the cure is to rack it, and leave the head and sediment behind. CIDER, CHAMPAGNE. Prep. Good pale vinous cider 1 hogshead ; proof spirit (pale) 3 gal- lons ; honey or sugar 14 lbs. ; mix, and let them remain together in a temperate situation for 1 month ; then add orange-flower water 1 quart ; and ftne it down with skimmed milk £ a gallon. Remarks. This will be very pale ; and a simi- lar article, when bottled in champagne bottles, silvered, and labelled, has been often sold to the ignorant for champagne. It opens very brisk, if managed properly. CIDER CHEESE. The residuum or cake Bf pommage or bruised apples, from which the juice lias been expressed. It forms excellent food for pigs, and is very acceptable to them. CIDER, FRENCH. After the fruit is mashed in a mill, between iron cylinders, it is allowed to remain in a large tun or tub for 14 or 1 5 hours, before pressing. The juice is placed in casks, which are kept quite full, and so placed upon gawntrees, or stillions, that small tubs may be put under them, to receive the matter that works over. At the end of 3 or 4 days, for sweet cider, and 9 or 10 days for strong cider, it is racked into sul- phured casks, and then stored in a cool place. CIDER, MANAGEMENT OF. Cider should be stored in a cool place, and should not be drunk before it becomes sufficiently mature. To improve the flavor of a hogshead of cider, 1£ gallons of good brandy or rum are frequently added, with 2 oz. of powdered catechu, (dissolved in water,) 7 lbs. of good moist sugar or honey, \ oz. each of bitter almonds and cloves, and 4 oz. of mustard seed. These must be well rummaged in, and oc- casionally stirred up for a fortnight, after which it must be allowed to repose for 3 or 4 months, when it will usually be found as bright as wine. Should this not be the case, it must be fined with a pint of isinglass finings, or a dozen eggs, and in a fort- night more it will be fit for use. If the cider be preferred pale, omit the catechu, and instead of isinglass fine with a quart of skimmed milk. If wanted of a light reddish, or rose tint, use £ oz. of cochineal, and omit the catechu. Preparatory to bottling cider it should be exam- ined, to see whether it be clear and sparkling. If not it should be clarified in a similar way to beer, and left for a fortnight. The night before it is in- tended to put it into bottles, the bung should be taken out of the cask, and left so until the next day, when it may be bottled, but not corked down until the day after, as, if this be done at once, many of the bottles will burst by keeping. The best corks, and champagne-bottles should be used, and it is usual to wjre and cover the corks with tinfoil, after the manner of champagne. A few bottles may be kept in a warm place to ripen, or a small piece of lump sugar may be put into each bottle before corking, if the cider be wanted for • immediate use, or for consumption during the cooler portion of the year, but for warm weather and for long keeping this is inadmissible. The bottled stock should be stored in a cool cellar, when the quality will be greatly improved by age. Cider for bottling should be of good quality, and at least 18 months old. CIDER, MADE. An article under this r.arm is made in Devonshire, for the supply ot the Lon don market, it having been found that the ordi- nary cider will not stand a voyage to the metrop- olis without some preparation. The finest quality of made cider is only ordinary cider racked into a clean cask, and well sulphured ; but the mass of that which is senUto London, is mixed with water treacle, and alum, and then fined down, aftei which it is racked into well-matched casks. The larger portron of the cider sold in London, profess- ing to be Devonshire cider, would be rejected even by the farmers’ servants in that county. CIDER MOIL. Syn. Water. Moil. A weak cider or liquor, prepared by adding water to the pressed cake, and fermenting. Very inferior. CIDER, RAISIN. This is made in a similar way to raisin wine, but without employing sugar, and with only 2 lbs. of raisins to the gallon, or even more, of water. It is usually fit for bottling in 10 days, and in a week more is ready for use. CIDER-SPIRIT. Syn. Cider Brandy. Ob- tained from cider by distillation. It is largely manufactured in America, where a very decent article may be purchased for about 50 cents per gallon, at proof. An illicit distillation of this spirit is frequently carried on by the farmers in the west of England. CIGARS, MERCURIAL. M. Paul Bernard lately proposed to the Academie de la Medecine the use of cigars impregnated with a weak solu- tion of bichloride of mercury, for persons afflicted with syphilitic affections of the throat and palate, as a mode of conveying mercurial fumij«ation. It has been proposed first to deprive the tobacco of its nicotin by frequent washings. (Lancet, May 13, 1843.) CINCHONA BARK. There are three kinds of cinchona bark employed in medicine ; the cor- tex cinchonas lancifolias, (of the London and Dub- lin Pharmacopoeias,) or the cortex cinchonae con- daminea, (of the Ed. Ph.,) commonly known in commerce as pale, crown, loxa, or quillbark ; the cortex cinchonae cordifoliae, (Lond. and Dub.,) or the cortex cinchonae flavae, (Edin.,) commonly known as yellow or royal yellow bark ; and the cortex cinchonae oblongifoliae, (Lond. and Dub.,) or red cinchona bark, (Edin. ;) medically considered, they are all tonic and febrifuge, and may be given in powder, from 20 grs. to 3ij, every two or four hours, so as to get down an ounce between each fit of intermittent fever ; used also to stop the progress of gangrene ; they are also given in infu- sion and decoction. Since the introduction of the cinchona alkaloids, the employment of bark in substance has considerably lessened. Pur. The officinal species of cinchona bark are frequently imported mixed with other kinds, that contain less of the febrifuge principle. The most common adulteration is, however, the admixture of the same drug that has been exhausted of its active portions. This method consists in employ- ing the bark, but slightly broken, (or fenerally whole, as imported,) for the manufacture of sul- phate of quinine, cinchonine, and tincture, infu- sion, decoction, and extract of bark, after which it is carefully dried, without injury to its color, antf CIN 196 CIN mixed up with fresh bark for sale, or is sent to the mill to be ground into powder. The greater amount of adulteration is generally practised on the powder, on account of the fraud being less easily detected when the drug is in the pulveru- lent state. Not only is the worst description of hark chosen for grinding, frequently largely ad- mixed with exhausted bark, as just mentioned, but “ the roots of bistort, calamus aromaticus, avens, water-avens, and tormentil ; oak bark, that of sev- eral kinds of willow, horse-chesnut, ash, and the sloe bush ; mahogany sawdust, the dried herbs of yellow loosestrife, bugle, water-horehound, and self-heal, are used either as substitutes or to re- duce the price of the ground bark ; as is also the root of Geum montanum. The barks of Pinknea pubescens, Unnona febrifuga, Swietenia febrifuga, Cedrela tuna, Magnolia glauca, M. acuminata, M. tripetala, Acliras sapota, Rubus trivialis, and R. villosus, are also used as substitutes,” (Gray ;) and, in fact, any trash that will possibly produce a powder at all resembling that of bark, or that can be made so by grinding and the addition of coloring. Tests. The simplest and only certain method of ascertaining the quality of cinchona bark, and of detecting fraudulent admixture, is by an assay for the alkaloid. (See Quinometry.) The tannic acid which exists in every species of cinchona bark, may bo recognised by its precipitating the sesquichloride of iron of a green color, gelatine of a whitish color, and a solution of tartar emetic of a dirty white. CINCHONIA. Syn. Cinchonine. Cincho- nina. Cinchonium. An alkaline principle ex- tracted from pale cinchona bark, in the same way as quinine is from yellow cinchona bark. Prep. I. Add ammonia to a dilute solution of sulphate of cinchonine, as long as any precipitate falls. Wash with cold water, dissolve in alcohol and crystallize. II. A pound of bruised bark is boiled in about a gallon of water, to which 3 fluid drachms of sul- phuric acid have been previously added. A simi- lar decoction is repeated with about half the quan- tity of liquid, and so on till all the soluble matter is extracted. The decoctions are then mixed to- gether, and strained ; and powdered slaked lime is added, in a proportion somewhat greater than necessary to saturate the acid ; the precipitate that ensues (a mixture of cinchonina and sulphate of lime) is collected, dried, and boiled for some minutes in strong alcohol, which is then decanted off while still hot, and fresh portions successively added for the repetition of the same operation, un- til it ceases to act on the residuum, which is then merely sulphate of lime. The different alcoholic solutions are then put into a retort or still, and considerably evaporated, during which, and espe- cially on cooling, acicular crystals of cinchonina are deposited. When the whole is thus collected, the crystals, if yellow or discolored, must bo again dissolved in boiling alcohol, and thus, by recrystal- li/ation, they will he obtained colorless. (Brando’s Manuabof Pharm.) ill- Boil Peruvian hark in alcohol until all the bitterness is extracted ; distil to dryness, dissolve the extract in boiling water, rendered very sour, with muriatic acid ; udd calcined magnenia, boil for a few minutes till the liquor is clear; whvii cold, filter, wash the sediment left on the filtoj with cold water, dry it, boil alcohol upon it untit’ all the bitterness is extracted; pour off the alcohol and, as it cools, the cinchonino will crystallize. It may be purified by solution in a very weak acid, and the addition of an alkali. Prop, and Uses. These are similar to quinine It is, however, rather less soluble in water than that alkaloid, as it requires 2500 parts of water, at 00°, for its solution. It forms salts with the acids, all of which may bo made in the same manner as those of quinine. The neutral sul- phate, bisulphate, disulphatc, muriate, nitrate, io- dide, iodate, &c. have been formed and examined. Purity and Tests. (See Quinine.) CINNAMMIC ACID. A substance discovered by Dumas and Peligot in oil of cinnamon. It crys- tallizes out of the oil when long exposed to the at- mosphere. Prep. Dissolve oil of balsam of Peru in potassa water, evaporate to dryness, dissolve the residuum in boiling water, and add an excess of muriatic acid. The cinnammic acid is deposited in crys- tals as the solution cools, and may be purified by re-solution and crystallization. II. By cautious distillation of balsam of Tolu by a gentle heat it fuses, and a little water and vola- tile oil first comes over, followed by cinnammic acid, in the form of a heavy oil, which condenses, on the cool parts of the neck of the retort, as a white crystalline mass. Towards the end of the process, some empyreumatic oil distils over. 7’ he acid must be purified by pressure between the folds of filtering paper and solution in boiling wa- ter. On cooling, minute colorless crystals of cin- nammic acid will be deposited. Pure balsam of Tolu yields about | of its weight of this acid. (Mr. Heaver in the Ann. Chym.) Prop. Colorless transparent scales, or prisms, scarcely soluble in water, but freely so in alcohol. Fuses at 240° ; volatilizes unchanged at 555°. It forms salts with the bases, called cinnammates, which generally resemble the benzoates. CINNAMEINE. Syn. Oil of Balsam of Peru. Prep. Add an alcoholic solution of bal- sam of Peru, to a like solution of potassa. A com- pound of resin and potassa is precipitated, and cinnammate of potassa and cinnameine are left in solution. On adding water, the latter separates and floats upon the surface. II. Add 2 measures of balsam of Peru to 3 of liquor of potassa, (sp. gr. 1-300,) apply a gentle heat, when a yellowish brown oil will separate and float above a heavy black liquid, containing the potash. The former must be collected, and may be purified by cautious distillation. Prep., ij-c. It dissolves in alcohol and ether, and by the action of alkalis is converted into cin- nammic acid. CINNAMON. From the high price of this drug, it has become a general practice to substitute cassia for ft, which so exceedingly resembles it that most persons, unacquainted with the drug, regard them as tho same. Cassia is, however, not only thicker and coarser than cinnamon, but its frac- ture is short and resinous, and its flavor is more biting and hot, wliile it lacks the peculiar sweetish taste of the latter spice. The thickness of cinna CIT 197 cir inon seldom exceeds that of good drawing paper. The same remarks are also applicable to the oil and powder. In pharmacy it is a general practice to employ cassia and its preparations whenever those of cinnamon are ordered. Both these drugs are wholesome aromatics. The principal con- sumers of genuine cinnamon are the chocolate- makers of France, Spain, Italy, and Mexico. The Germans, Turks, and Russians prefer chocolate flavored with cassia. “ Some cinnamon, sent to Constantinople by mistake, proved unsaleable at any price, while cassia, worth about sixpence per pound, was in great request.” (Pereira.) CITRATES. Salts formed of the citric acid and the bases. Prep. Those in general use may be all made by the addition of either the hydrate, oxide, or carbonate of the base, to a solution of the acid in water, until the latter be neutralized, when crys- tals may generally be obtained by evaporation. Prop., cj-c. The citrates are mostly soluble, and when heated, froth, blacken, and are decomposed. When an anhydrous citrate is decomposed by an alcoholic solution of hydrochloric acid, the citric acid is principally transformed into hydrated aconi- tic acid. Char, and Tests. The citrates are character- ized by giving a white precipitate with acetate of lead, soluble in ammonia, and also a white precip- itate with nitrate of silver, which, by the applica- tion of heat, froths up, deflagrates, and leaves an abundant ash, which, on increasing the heat, be- comes pure silver. Remarks. The principal citrates are citrate of ammonia, (soluble and crystallizable ;) citrate of potash , (very soluble and deliquescent ;) citrate of soda, (large crystals, soluble ;) citrate of baryta, (beautiful shining silvery bushes, scarcely soluble ;) citrate of lime, (see Citric Acid ;) magnesia, alumina, and protoxide of manganese, each form 2 salts with citric acid, one soluble, the other insolu- ble ; citrate of protoxide of iron, (scarcely soluble and crystallizable ;) percitrate of iron, (soluble and brown ;) ammonio- citrate of iron, (garnet colored, very soluble :) citrate of zinc, (scarcely soluble ;) citrate of lead, (insoluble white powder ;) citrate of copper, (green powder ;) citrate of silver, (bril- liant white powder ;) potassio-citrate of antimony, (dazzling white prisms.) CITRATE, OR AMMONIO-CITRATE OF IRON. Syn. Ammonio-Citrate op Peroxide op Iron. Ferro-Citrate of Ammonia. Percitrate of Iron and Ammonia. There are three salts generally known under this name — two, having the peroxide for their base, and one, the protoxide. There is also a fourth, formed from the magnetic oxide of iron, which has scarcely been introduced into this country, though commonly employed in France, and highly recommended by B6ral. The salt at present so much advertised as citrate of iron, is a double citrate of iron and ammonia — an ammonio-citrate, and as such I shall describe it. I find that several other double citrates of iron may be prepared, but they are possessed of inferior qualities to those just mentioned. They therefore offer no inducement for their manufacture. I. This salt is most conveniently formed by dis- solving moist hydrated peroxide of iron in liquid citric acid, (pure,) assisting the solution by heat, 1 and then bringing it to a perfectly neutral state b^ the addition of a little sesquicarbonate of ammonia. It must then be filtered, cooled, and spread very thinly on warm sheets of glass f) dry, which it will rapidly do, and may then be easily detached from the glass, in thin scales, or lamellae, of great brilliancy and beauty. Only a gentle heat must be employed, not exceeding that of a water-bath. This is the mystery of producing those beautiful transparent ruby-colored scales which are so much admired. II. Competition in the sale of this article has in- duced the manufacturer to adopt a cheaper for- mula than that originally published by Beral and employed by many houses. It is now generally prepared by placing together, for some days, in a warm situation, a mixture of iron filings, and citrii acid in powder, with barely sufficient water to co- ver them, occasionally stirring and replacing the water as it evaporates. A saturated solution is made in distilled water, there being previously ad ded more citric acid, (about half the weight of tl acid first used,) if required ; it is ther r eutralizei with liq. ammon. fort., (about 1^ oz. of liquor of am monia, sp. gr. ’882, to every gallon of the solutios of sp. gr. 1 , 025,) and concentrated by evaporation the same plan mentioned above is then follower to complete the process. The first part of this pro- cess produces a salt of the protoxide of iron, which is afterwards converted, by exposure to the atmo- sphere, into a citrate of the- magnetic oxide, and lastly into citrate of peroxide of iron. Re?narks. This beautiful salt is of a rich ruby color, and may be obtained under the form of glis- tening transparent scales, very soluble in aqueous menstrua, while its solution is not so easily decom- posed as that of many other salts of iron. It is nearly tasteless, and highly deliquescent. The ab- surd statements put forth in advertisements re- specting this preparation being compatible with the volatile and fixed alkalis and their carbonates, &c., I find to be incorrect ; for on adding some liquor potassae to a solution of this salt, it imme- diately became turbid, exhaled ammonia in large quantities, and deposited oxide of iron. I found the same take place with the carbonate ; and no doubt, had I extended the experiments to the other arti- cles mentioned as compatible, I should have met with another similar result. It is doubtful whether this article has not obtained a larger sale from its pleasing appearance, than from its medicinal vir- tues. I know several parties who have prepared this salt in lumps or powder, by simple evapora- tion of the solution to dryness, who have been un- able to sell it under that form, even at a lower price. M. Beral, in his directions for the preparation of this salt, directs a platina capsule to be used, aa well as attention to other minutiae, which I find quite unessential to the success of the operation. Glass, Wedgewood ware, or even metallic vessels may be employed ; the former, however, are pref- erable. I find that boiling water will dissolve about twice its weight of citric acid, and retain ■i;') of this quantity in solution when cold, and that ii takes rather more than twice the weight of the citric acid, in most hydrated protoxide of iron, to produce saturation. , We may, therefore, with great advantage, cm CIT 198 CIT ploy the following formula, which contains nearly ihe proportions recommended by Bdral, but which lias the advantage of employing the protoxide for the peroxide, and thus saving the nitric acid neces- sary to form the latter. Crystals of citric acid, . 1 part. Boiling distilled water, . . 2 do. Dissolve ; add Moist hydrated protoxide of iron, . 2J do. Continue the heat until the acid is saturated, then add ammonia q. s. Filter, &c. It is better to use more oxide than the acid will dissolve, as the remainder may be employed in a future operation. Less water may be used, or even a larger quantity than that mentioned ; but in the first case, the liquid will become difficult to filter — in the latter, it will require more evap- oration. CITRATE OF IRON. Syn. Citrate of Peroxide of Iron. Percitrate of Iron. Prep. As the last, omitting the ammonia. It resembles the ammonio-citrate, but is only slightly soluble in water. CITRATE OF PROTOXIDE OF IRON. Syn. Protocitrate of Iron. Prep. This salt is easily formed by digesting iron filings or wire in liquid citric acid. It presents the appearance of a white powder, nearly insoluble in water, and rap- idly passing to a higher state of oxidation under the influence of*light, damp, or warmth, or mere exposure to the air under most ordinary circum r stances. Its taste is very metallic, and it is best exhibited under the form of pills, mixed with gum and sirup, or sirup alone, to prevent it from being prematurely decomposed. CITRATE OF MAGNETIC OXIDE OF IRON. Prepared from the magnetic oxide of iron, in the same way as the last. It may be formed into beautiful transparent scales, or la- mellae, in a similar manner to the ammonio- citrate. Its solution is of a lively green color, permanent in the air, but possessing an intensely ferruginous taste. For this reason, this citrate can only be exhibited in pills or sirup. CITRIC ACID. Syn. White Citric Acid. Concrete Acid of Lemons. Crystallized ditto. Acid citrique, ( Fr .) Citronensaure, ( Ger .) An acid peculiar to the vegetable kingdom, and found in the juices of several kinds of fruit, espe- cially those of thf genus citrus. The process of its manufacture consists in sep- arating it from the mucilage, sugar, and other foreign matter with which it is combined. Prep. Each of the British Colleges gives a formula for the preparation of citric acid. I. ( Acidurn ciiricum, P. L.) Take of lemon juice 4 pints; prepared chalk §ivss ; diluted sul- phuric acid f§xxviiss ; distilled water 2 pints. Add the chalk by degrees to the lemon juice, heated, and mix ; set by, that the powder may precipitate ; afterwards pour off the supernatant liquor Wash the citrate of lime frequently with warm water ; then pour upon it the diluted sul- phuric acid and the distilled water, and boil for 15 minutes ; press the liquor strongly through a linen cloth, and filter it. Evaporate the filtered liquor with a gentle heat, and set it aside that crystals may form. To obtain the crystals pure, dissolve them in water a second and a third time ; filter each solution, evaporate, and set it apart to cry* tallize. The process of the Dublin and Edinburgh Colleges is similar, but the latter orders the washed citrate of lime to bo squeezed in a powerful press, and also the filtered solution of citric acid to be tested with nitrate of baryta, and if “ the precipi- tate is not nearly all soluble in nitric acid, add a little citrate of lime to the whole liquor, till it stand this test.” Remarks. The preparation of citric acid has 'be come an important branch of chemical manufac- ture, from the large consumption of this article in various operations in the arts. In conducting this process, some little expertness and care are neces- sary to ensure success. The chalk employed should be dry, and in fine powder, and be added to the juice until it bo perfectly neutralized, ana the quantity consumed must be exactly noted. The precipitated citrate of lime should be well washed, and the sulphuric acid diluted with 6 oi 8 times its weight of water, poured upon it while still warm, and thoroughly mixed with it. The agitation must be occasionally renewed for 8 cr 10 hours, when the dilute citric acid must be poured off, and the residuum of sulphate of lime thorough- ly washed with warm water, and the washings added to the dilute acid. The laiter must then be poured off from the impurities that may have been deposited, and evaporated in a leaden boiler, over the naked fire, until it acquires the gravity of 1T3, when the process must be continued by steam heat until a pellicle appears upon the surface. This part of the process requires great attention and judgment, as, if not properly conducted, the whole batch may be carbonized and spoiled. The proper time for withdrawing the heat is in- dicated by the liquid assuming a sirupy aspect, and by a film or pellicle appearing, first in small patches, and then gradually creeping over the whole surface. At this, point the evaporation must be stopped, and the concentrated solution emptied into warm and clean crystallizing vessels, set in a dry apartment, where the thermometer does not fall below temperate. At the end of 4 days the crystals will be ready to remove from the pans, when they must be well drained, redissolv- ed in as little water as possible, and after being allowed to stand for a few hours to deposite impuri- ties, again evaporated and crystallized. When the process has been well managed, the acid of the second crystallization will usually be suffi- ciently pure ; but if this be not the case, a third, or even a fourth crystallization must be had re- course to. The mother liquors from the several pans are collected together, and, by evaporation, yield a second or third crop of crystals. Citric acid crystallizes with great ease, but in some cases, where all the citrate of fime has not undergone de- composition by the sulphuric acid, a little of that salt is taken up by the free citric acid, and mate- rially obstructs the crystallization. This is best avoided by exactly apportioning the quantity of tho sulphuric acid to that of the chalk used, al- ways remembering that it requires a quantity of liquid sulphuric acid, containing exactly 40 parts of dry acid, to decompose 50 purif? of carbonate of lime. Commercial sulphuric acid is usually of the sp. gr. of 1*845, it will therefore take exactly 49 lbs. of this acid for 50 lbs. of chalk. CIT 199 CLA Sulphuric acid of sp. gr. r84l8 contains exactly 80 per cent, of real acid ; it is, consequently, a very convenient way to use it of this strength, when the quantity of chalk and acid may be ex- actly the same. In practice it is found that a very slight excess of sulphuric acid is better than leaving any citrate of lime undecomposed. This excess must, however, be very trifling. This may be ascertained by nitrate of barytes, which will give a white precipitate, insoluble in nitric acid if oil of vitriol be present. The first crop of crystals is called “ brown citric acid,” and is much used by the calico printers. Sometimes a little nitric acid is added to the solution of the colored crystals, for the purpose of whitening them. Good lemon-juice yields fully 5§ of lemon acid, or 2 gallons yield about 1 lb. of crystals. If the im- ported citrate of lime be used, a given quantity must be heated to redness, and then weighed, when the per centage of lime present will be «<5certained ; every 28 lbs. of which will require 49 lbs. of sulphuric acid of T845 y (or a quantity containing exactly 40 parts of dry acid,) for its complete decomposition. Prop., Uses, c %-c. Form, rhomboidal prisms; clear, colorless, odorless, sour, and deliquescent in a moist atmosphere. It is an agreeable acid, at once cooling and antiseptic. It is much used in medicine as a substitute for lemon juice, and to form effervescing draughts, citrates, &c. 20 grs. commercial citric acid in crystals, v y • are equivalent to !p9 grs. crystals of bicarbonate of potassa ; 24 grs. of commercial carbonate of do. ; 17 “ sesquicarbonate of ammonia ; 41 “ crystals of carbonate of soda ; 24 “ commercial sesquicarbonate of soda. The bicarbonate of potassa is that generally used for making saline draughts with citric acid, and flavored with tincture of orange peel and sim- ple sirup, or sirup of orange peel alone, forms a most delicious effervescing beverage. Pur. and Tests. Citric acid is frequently adul- terated with tartaric acid. This may be easily detected by dissolving a little in- a small quantity of water, and adding cautiously a solution of car- bonate of potash, taking care that the acid be in excess. If any tartaric acid be present, a white precipitate of cream of. tartar will be formed. The London College states that “ it is entirely soluble in water, and what is thrown down by acetate of lead from this solution, is entirely soluble in dilute nitric acid. No salt of potassa, except the tar- trate, yields a precipitate with the aqueous solu- tion. It is entirely destroyed by heat.” (P. L.) “ When a few drops of a solution of citric acid are added to lime water, a clear liquid results, which, when heated, deposites a white powder, soluble in acids without effervescence.” (Liebig.) CITRONELLE. Syn. Eau »e Barbades. Prep. I. Fresh orange peel 2 oz. ; fresh lemon peel 4 oz. ; cloves £ drachm ; corianders and einna- mon, of each 1 drachm; proof spirit 4 pints. Di- gest for 10 days, then add wafer 1 quart, and dis- til i gallon. To the rectified cordial add white sugar 2 lbs. II Add of essence of orange £ drachm ; essence of lemon 1 drachm ; oil of cloves and cassia, of each 10 drops ; oil of coriander 20 drops to 5 pint* of spirit — at 58 o. p. Agitate until dissolved, then add distilled or clear soft water 3 pints ; well mix, and if the liquor be not clear, shake it up with a spoonful of magnesia, and filter it through blotting paper, placed on a funnel ; when it has all run through and is clear, add a sufficient quantity of sugar. Remarks. This last form does not require distil- lation. CITRONS. The fruit of the citron tree (the citrus medica) is acidulous, antiseptic, and antiscor- butic ; it excites the appetite and stops vomiting. Mixed' with cordials, it is used as an antidote to the manchineel poison. The rind of the fruit is odorous, aromatic, and tonic, and yields the es- sence de cedrat, so much esteemed by the liqueur - ist and perfumer. The fragrant essence of the rind may be easily obtained by the following sim- ple process : — After cleaning off any speck in the outer rind of the fruit, break off a large piece of loaf sugar, and rub the citron on it till the yellow rind is completely absorbed. Those parts of the sugar which are impregnated with the essence are, from time to time, to be cut away with a knife, and put into an earthen dish. The whole being thus taken off, the sugared essence is to be closely pressed, and put by in pots, where it is to be squeezed down hard ; have a bladder over the pa- per by which it is covered, and tied tightly up. It is at any time fit for use, and will keep for many years. Exactly in the same manner may be ob- tained and preserved the essences of the rinds of Seville oranges, lemons, bergamots, &c. CITRON PEEL, CANDIED. Prep. Soak the peels in water, which must be frequently changed, until the bitterness is extracted, then drain and place them in sirup, until they become soft and transparent ; the strength of the sirup be- ing kept up by boiling it occasionally with fresh sugar. When they are taken out, they should be drained and placed on a hair sieve to dry, in a dry and warm situation. Use. Stomachic ; much used as a sweetmeat, and by the confectioner and pastry-cook. CIVET. Syn. Zibethum. A perfume, ob- tained from the civet cat, a fierce carnivorous quadruped, somewhat resembling a fox, found in China, and the East and West Indies. “ Several of these animals have been brought into Holland, and afford a considerable branch of commerce, es- pecially at Amsterdam. The civet is squeezed out in summer every other day, in winter twice a week ; the quantity procured at once is from 2 scruples to 1 drachm or more. The juice thus collected is much smoother and finer than that which the an- imal sheds against trees and stones in its native climate.” (Ure.) It is frequently adulterated with spermaceti and butter, and a similar sub- stance to civet, but of a darker color, and obtained from the polecat, is frequently mixed with it. CLAIRET. -Syn. Rossalis des six g&aines. Prep. Aniseed, fennel seed, coriander seed, cara- way seed, dill seed, and seeds of daucus creticus, of each 1 oz. ; bruise them in a clean mortar, then steep them in £ a gallon of proof spirit for I week, strain, and add 1 lb. of loaf sugar. CLARET RAGS. Syn. Tournesol en Dra- CLl, 200 CLO tkaij. Bezetta Ccerulea. Prep. I. Color pieces •>f clean linen with auvergne or ground archel, (lichen parellus.) II. Dip pieces of clean linen into the juice of mulberries, blood-red grapes, lees of red wine, &c. Use. To color jellies and confectionary, and the rind of cheeses. CLARIFICATION. This word (from clarus , clear, and facio, I make) means, properly, any process of freeing a fluid from heterogeneous mat- ter, and thus includes filtration. In its commoner sense, however, it is applied to the process of clear- ing liquids by the addition of some substance that either inviscates the leculous matter, and subsides with it to the bottom, or, that induces such a change in its nature or bulk, that it subsides by its own density, in each case leaving the liquor transparent. Albanum, gelatin, acids, certain salts, blood, lime, plaster of Paris, alum, heat, alcohol, See., serve in many cases for this purpose. The first is used under the form of white of egg, for the clarification of sirups, as it combines with the liquid when cold, but on the application of heat, rapidly coagulates and rises to the surface, carrying the impurities with it, forming a scum which is easily removed with a skimmer. It is also much used for fining wines and liqueurs, particularly the red wines and more limpid cordials. Gelatin, under the form of isinglass, dissolved in water, or weak vinegar, is used to fine white wines, beer, cider, and similar liquors, that contain a sufficient quantity of either spirit or astringency (tannin) to induce its precipi- tation. Sulphuric acid is frequently added to weak liquors for a similar purpose, either alone, or after the addition of white of egg, or gelatin, both of which it rapidly throws down in an insoluble form. A pernicious practice exists among some unprinci- pled parties, of using certain salts of lead and pot- ash to clear their liquors, especially those that are expected to sparkle in the glass, as cordial, gin, &c. For this purpose, a little sugar of lead, dis- solved in water, is first mixed up with the fluid, and afterwards about half its weight of sulphate of potash, also dissolved in water, is added, and the liquor is again roused up. By standing, the sul- phate of lead, formed by this mixture, subsides, and leaves the liquor clear. Blood is used in the same way as isinglass or white of eggs, for fining red wines, beer, and porter. Lime, alum, alcohol, and heat, act by curdling or coagulating the feculen- cies, and thus, by increasing their density, induce their subsidence. Plaster of Paris acts partly like the above, and partly like albumine, or gelatin, by enveloping and forcing down the suspended matter. Sand is often sifted over liquors for the simple purpose of acting by its gravity, but appears to be quite useless. The juices of plants are clari- fied by heat, which coagulates the albumine they contain. Marl, or clay, is frequently used to clear cider and perry. A strip of isinglass is generally employed to clarify coffee. (See Wines, Brew- ing, Cordial, Coffee, Infusion.) CLEANING. The best way to clean a house is to keep it clean by a daily attention to small things, and not allow it to get into such a state of dirtiness and disorder uh to require great and periodical cleanings. Some mistresses, and also some ser- vants, seem to have an idea that a house should undergo “ regular cleanings,” or great washing and scrubbing matches once every three or six months, on which occasions the house is turned almost in- side out, and made most uncomfortable. All thk is bad economy, and indicates general slovenliness of habits. (Chambers.) CLEAR-STARCHING. This is practised at follows: “Rinse the articles in three waters, dry them, and dip them in a thick starch, previously strained through muslin ; squeeze them, shake them gently, and again hang them up to dry ; and when dry, dip them twice or thrice in clear water, squeeze them, spread them on a linen cloth, roll them up in it, and let them lie an hour before iron- ing them. Some persons put sugar into the starch to prevent it sticking while ironing, and others stir the starch with a candle to effect the same end ; we object to these practices as injurious to the ar- ticle starched, or as very nauseous. The best plan to prevent sticking is to make the starch well, and to have the irons quite clean and highly polished ” CLOTH, CLEANING AND SCOURING OF. The common method of cleaning cloth is by beating and brushing, unless when very dirty, when it undergoes the operation of scouring. This is best done on the small scale, as for articles of wearing apparel, &c., by dissolving a little curd soap in water, and, after mixing it with a little ox- gall, to touch over all the spots of grease, dirt, &c., with it, and to rub them well with a stiff’ brush un- til they are removed, after which the article may be well rubbed all over with a brush or sponge dipped into some warm water, to which the pre- vious mixture and a little more ox-gall has been added. When this has been properly done, it only remains to thoroughly rinse the article in clean water until the latter passes off uncolored, when it must be hung up to dry. For dark-colored cloths the common practice is to add some fuller’s earth to the mixture of soap and gall. When nearly dry, the nap should be laid right, and the article carefully pressed, after which a brush, moistened with a drop or two of olive oil, should be several times passed over it, which will give it a superior finish. Cloth may also be cleaned in the dry way as follows: — First, remove the spots as above, and, when the parts have dried, strew clean damp sand over it, and beat.it in with a brush, after which brush the article with a hard brush, when the sand will readily come out, and bring the dirt with it. Black cloth which is very rusty, should receive a coat of reviver after drying, and be hung up until the next day, when it ma^ be pressed and finished off as before. Scarlet cloth requires considerable caution. After being thoroughly rinsed, it should be repeatedly passed through cold spring water, to which a tablespoonful or two of solution of tin has been added. If much faded, it should be dipped in a scarlet dye-bath. Buff cloth is generally cleaned by covering it with a pasto made with pipe-clay and water, which, when dry, is rubbed and brushed off. Fruit spots and similar stains may frequently bo removed by holding the part over a common brimstone match, lighted, or by water acidulated with a littlo salt of lemons, oxalic or muriatic acid ; but care must bo taken not to apply this liquid tc colors that it will injure. The stains of acids may be removed by wash- ing the part with a little spirits of hartshorn 01 CLO 201 COB liquid ammonia ; those of alkalis, by water acidu- lated with lemon juice or tartaric acid. Grease spots may generally be taken out by means of a little soft soap ; or, if the color be deli- cate, or a false dye, a little ox-gall or curd soap will be better. These must be used as above de- scribed Stains of painters' oils , wax, paints, or tarnishes, will not usually yield to the above plan ; m these cases, a simple way is to soak the part in spirits of turpentine, and, when softened, to wash it off with the same fluid. Ether or essential oil of lemons will also quickly remove these spots, but is too expensive for general use. CLOTH, INCOMBUSTIBLE. Ths s made of fibres of asbestos by weaving. It will bear a considerable heat without injury. Cotton and linen fabrics prepared with a solution of sal ammoniac, or phosphate of ammonia, may be placed in contact with ignited bodies without danger. They will carbonize, but not inflame. Solutions of alum, sea salt, &c., have been used for the same pur- pose. It is by a knowledge of this property of culinary salt, that jugglers are enabled to perform the common trick of burning a thread of cotton while supporting a ring or a key, without the lat- ter falling to the ground. The cotton is reduced to a cinder, but, from the action of the salt, its fibres still retain sufficient tenacity to support a light weight. CLOTH, RENOVATION OF. The article undergoes the process of scouring before described, and, after being well rinsed and drained, it is put on a board, and the threadbare parts rubbed with a half-worn hatter’s card, filled with flocks, or with a teazle or a prickly thistle, until a nap is raised. It is next hung up to dry, the nap laid the right way with a hard brush, and finished as be- fore. When the cloth is much faded, it is usual to give it a “ dip,” as it is called, or to pass it through a dye-bath, to freshen up the color. CLOTHES, BRUSHING AND PRESER- VATION OF. If very dusty, hang them on a horse or line, and beat them with a cane ; then lay them on a clean board or table, and well brush them, first with a stiff* brush, to remove the spots of mud and the coarsest of the dirt, and next with a softer one, to remove the dust and to lay the nap properly. If clothes be wet and spotted with dirt, dry them before brushing, and then fub out the spots with the hands. The hard brush should be used as little as possible, and then with a light hand, as it will, if roughly and constantly employed, soon render the cloth threadbare. Should there be spots of tallow-grease on the clothes, take it off* with the nail, or, if that cannot be done, have a hot iron with some thick brown paper, lay the paper on the part where the grease is, then put the iron upon the spot ; if the grease comes through the paper, put on another piece, till it ceases to soil it. After the clothes are brushed, they should be hung up in a clean place, free from dust, if want- ed for immediate use ; but if intended to remain unused for some time, they should be placed away cn the shelves of the clothes’ closet or wardrobe. The latter should always be in the driest situation possible, ns if the clothes be exposed to the least damp, they not only acquire an unpleasant smell, but gradually become rotten. CLOVES. The flower buds of the eugenia caryophyllata, dried and smoked. It is a common practice to adulterate this spice in the same man- ner as cinchona bark. Cloves from which the oil has been distilled are dried and rubbed between the hands, previously moistened with a little sweet oil, to brighten their color, after which they are mixed up with fresh spice for sale. COACH ACCIDENTS. “ Should the horses run off, in defiance of all restraint, while you are in a coach, sit perfectly still, and in anticipation of the possible overturn, keep your legs and armr from straggling. Sit easily and compactly, so that when upset, you will gently roll over in the direc tion you are thrown. We have seen ladies in these circumstances scream wildly, and throw their arms out of the windows, thus exposing themselves to the chance of broken limbs. If run away with in a gig, either sit still collectedly, or drop out at the back, so as to fall on your hands. Never jump from a rapidly-moving vehicle, unless (supposing it impossible to slip down behind) you see a precipice in front, in which case any risk of personal dam age is preferable to remaining still. The Duke o i Orleans lost his life by neglecting these simple pre cautions.” COx\K. ^ yn . Coke. Charred Coal. Mia eral Charcoal. Carbonized coal. The princi pie of its manufacture is similar to that of charcoal There are three varieties of coak, viz. I. ( Kiln-made coak. Stifled coak.) Made by burning the coal in a pile, kiln, or stove. It has a dull black color, and produces an intense heat when used as fuel. The coal is frequently burnt in a series of shallow stoves, with as little access of air as will support the combustion, and the smoke conducted through proper horizontal tun- nels to a capacious brick chamber, 100 yards or more in length, kept as cool as possible by a stream of water passing over its roof, or by a shal- low pond resting on it. Here the bituminous va- pors are condensed in the form of tar, along with a considerable quantity of crude ammoniacal salt. Common coal yields about 3§ of tar when treated in this way, but some strong bituminous coal will give i or g of its weight. This tar, when inspis- sated, gives 75§ of pitch, and 20 to 24§ of a crude species of naphtha, that is excellent for out-door painting. The ammonia is made into sal ammo- niac. The screenings, or dust-coal, separated from the better kinds of bituminous coal, is the sort commonly used for making coak in ovens. II. {Gas coak. Distilled coak.) The cinder left in the retorts after the gas has been distilled off Its color is gray, and it only produces a weak heat in burning, not sufficient to smelt iron. III. ( Slate coak. Carbon mineral.) From bi- tuminous slate, burned in covered iron pots, in a similar way to that adopted for making bone-black Also burnt in piles. It is black and friable. Used to clarify liquids, but vastly inferior to bone-black, and does not abstract the lime from sirups. COBALT. Syn. Regulus of Cobalt. A met- al discovered by Brandt, in 1733. It is found in ores, associated with arsenic and other metals, and is constantly present in meteoric iron. Prep. Dissolve oxide of cobalt in muriatic acid, and pass sulphureted hydrogen gas through the solution, until all the arsenic is thrown down ; filter and boil with a little nitric acid, then add an ex* COB 202 coc teas of carbonate of potassa, and digost the pre- cipitate in a solution of oxalic acid to remove any oxide of iron ; wash and dry the residuum, which is the pure oxalate, and expose it to heat, either in a retort or crucible, from which the air is ex- cluded, when pure metallic cobalt will be ob- tained. II. Mix equal parts of oxide of cobalt and soft soap, and expose them to a violent heat in a cov- ered crucible. III. Roast Cornish cobalt ore, then powder it, and smelt it with twice its weight of soft soap. Remarks. Cobalt is seldom employed in the metallic state, from the great difficulty of reducing its ores, but its oxide is largely used in the arts. It has been said to form three compounde with oxygen, but only one — the black or peroxide — is employed. It forms salts with the acids, which are interesting from the remarkable changes of color which they exhibit. The sulphate is formed by boiling sulphuric acid on the metal, or by dis- solving the oxide in the acid. It forms reddish crystals, soluble in 24 parts of water. The nitrate, made in a similar way, forms deliquescent crystals. The muriate may be made by dissolving the oxide 11 muriatic acid ; the neutral solution is blue when concentrated, and red when diluted ; the addition 'f a little acid turns it green. Dissolved in water, t forms a sympathetic ink, the traces of which be- come blue when heated, but if the salt be contam- inated with iron, they become green. (Klaproth.) The addition of a little nitrate of copper to the above solution, forms a sympathetic ink, which by heat gives a rich greenish-yellow color. (Ure.) The addition of a very little common salt makes the traces disappear with greater rapidity, on the withdrawal of the heat. The acetate forms an ink which turns blue when heated. The oxalate and phosphate may be formed by digesting the oxide in a solution of the acid, or by double decom- position. The latter salt is an insoluble purple powder, which, when heated along with 8 times its weight of gelatinous alumina, produces a blue pig- ment, almost equal in beauty to ultramarine. With sulphur cobalt unites, forming a sulphuret, and with phosphorus a phosphuret. Char, and Tests. The neutral salts of cobalt form red solutions, turning green on the addition of an excess of the acids, and giving a blue-colored precipitate with the alkalis, unless arsenic be pres- ent, when the color will be brown. Their solu- tions are unaffected by sulphureted hydrogen, but hydro-sulphuret of ammonia throws down a black powder, soluble in an excess of the precipitant. If the solution contain arsenic, a yellow powder is first precipitated, after which the filtered fluid will remain unaffected by sulphureted hydrogen gas. Tincture of galls gives a yellowish-white precipi- tate, and the solution of oxalic acid a red ono. COHALT, OXIDE OF. Syn. Black Oxide of Cobalt. Cobalt Black. Prep. To a solution of muriate of cobalt, add another of carbonate of potassa as long as it produces a precipitate ; filter, wash, and dry. II. Boil powdered bright-whito cobalt ore (from Cornwall) in nitric acid,; dilute with a large quantity of water, and add a solution of carbonate of potassa, very gradually, until the /dear liquor, aher the impurities have settled, becomes of a rose color : then add the potash water as long a* a pre cipitate falls ; wash and dry. Use. To make blue colors for pai.iters, enamel- lers, and potters. In medicine it has occasional!* been used as a remedy for rheumatism. COCCULUS INDICUS. The fruit of a shrub (the menispermuin cocculus) which abounds on the sandy shores of Malabar, and other parts of the East Indies. It contains about 2$ of picrotoxin, a peculiar vegetable principle, possessing vory poi- sonous properties. It also contains menispermine and paramenispermine. (Pelletier and Couerbe.) A small portion of this dangerous drug is used by poachers, and a still smaller quantity to destroy vermin, the remaining, and by far the greater part, being used to adulterate beer and wine. It forms a profitable article of trade to the wholesale drug- gist, who is enabled to sell it at a high price to brewers, from its being a contraband article. The use of cocculus indicus in brewing ip no secret, as several writers have openly recommended its use. One of these conscientious gentlemen states, that “ it is impossible with pure malt and L:ps alone, to produce a strong-bodied porter ;” he therefore re- commends the use of “ cocculus indicus, grains of Paradise, and nux vomica.” (Childe, on Brewing.) Another author, with the most unblushing effront- ery, actually gives full directions for its use. He orders 3 lbs. of cocculus to be used for every 10 quarters of malt, and adds, “ it gives an inebriating quality, which passes for strength of liquor ; it pre- vents second fermentation in bottled beer, and consequently, the bursting of the bottles in warm climates.” * (Morrice ; s Treatise on Brewing.) It is really disgusting to find that men can so degrade themselves, as thus publicly to recommend a whole- sale system of slow poisoning. The conscientious brewer, who understands the art which he pro- fesses, finds no difficulty in producing “ a strong- bodied porter” from malt and hops alone. It is only persons whose cupidity induces them to reduce the quantity of malt and hops required for the pro- duction of good liquor, that encounter any difficulty in so doing. There is a penalty of 200/. upon the brewer for purchasing or having in his possession any ingredient for the adulteration of beer, and there is a penalty of 500/. upon the seller of such ingredients. Yet, in defiance of these heavy fines, the trade in these articles is unabated, though car- ried on in a clandestine manner. The general way this is managed, is to pack the drug in com- mon soda barrels, and to place 3 or 4 inches of small crystals of Scotch soda at the bottom and top of the cask. In this way the package readily* passes off as a cask* of common soda, and even should it be opened, the alkali would first present itself to view, and thus satisfy the examiner. An- other way commonly adopted, is to form it into an extract, known by the name of B. E., or black ex- tract, which is ostensibly prepared for tanners, but its real destination is the beer cask. The store of a certain druggist, which came under my ex- amination some short time since, contained an im- mense number of bags of this article ; in fact, it formed at least ono fourth of the entire stock. COCIIENILLIN. Syn. Cochineal Red. Cauminium. Caiiminia. Pure Carmine. Tha coloring principle of cochineal. The carmine of commerce consists of cochenillin, combined with a COD 203 COF little animal matter and an acid, from which it may be nearly purified by solution in liquid am- monia, and precipitations by acetic acid, mixed with alcohol. Cochenillin may also be prepared by evaporating a watery infusion of cochineal to the consistence of sirup, dissolving this in proof spirit, filtering, again evaporating, and dissolving the residuum in liquid ammonia as before. It is turned orange by acids, and violet by alkalis. It has been obtained under the form of reddish-purple crystalline grains. COCKLE POWDER. Cockles pulped through a sieve, made into a paste with flour, and a little salt, and then rolled out into thin pieces and dried. It is next reduced to powder, sifted, and packed in well-corked bottles. Use. To make sauce, (about ^ oz. to £ pint.) COCOA. I. The roasted husks of the cacao, or chocolate bean, reduced to powder by grinding. II. The cake left after expressing the oil from the beans. COCOA, PATENT. The cacao nut roasted and ground, (including the husks.) COCOA, FLAKED. Ground cocoa strongly compressed, and flaked with a sharp knife or ma- chine. COCOA, SOLUBLE. Cocoa ground to a very fine powder, and mixed with sugar. It is thus rendered miscible with boiling water. Remarks. Cocoa forms a very wholesome bev- erage, especially for breakfast. Much of the cheap stuff* sold under this name is very inferior, being made with damaged nuts that have been pressed for the oil, mixed with potato flour, mutton suet, &c. Trash of this kind is frequently ticketed in the shop windows of London at 6 d. to 8 d. a pound. (See Chocolate.) The nut of the palma cocos is commonly confounded with that of the theo- broma cacao. The latter is the small chocolate bean, while the former is the large nut, filled with a refreshing milky juice. COD. This excellent fish is in season from the beginning of October to the end of April. It should be chosen by the redness of the gills, freshness of the eyes, and the whiteness and firmness of the flesh. The best fish are very thick about the neck. It is generally cooked by boiling, but is sometimes baked, or cut into slices and broiled or fried. Cod’s head and shoulders, with oyster sauce, is a favorite dish. Shrimp and anchovy sauce are also good additions. The flesh of the cod is $ften split and dried, (dried cod,) or salted. The fish so largely imported from Newfoundland are cod, beheaded, • split open, gutted and salted. They are caught by millions on the “ Grand Bank.” Cod-sounds are pickled in brine and also made into isinglass. The liver is boiled for its oil, and the spawn made into caviare. CODEIA. Syn. Codeine. An alkaloid dis- covered by Robiquet associated with morphia. Prep. Dissolve commercial hydro-chlorate of morphia in water, precipitate with ammonia, evap- orate and crystallize. The product is a double salt of morphia and codeine, and when digested with warm liquor of potassa gives up its morphia. It may be further purified by solution in ether, and by the addition of a little water and spontaneous evaporation may be obtained quite pure and in a crystilline state Prop. Soluble in alcohol, ether, and water. Its solution in the latter, by slow evaporation, yields large transparent octohedrons. With the acids it forms crystallizable salts. These possess the sin- gular property of producing a general and violent itching of the surface of the body when adminis tered internally. The same symptoms frequenth follow the exhibition of opium and muriate of moi phia, and are referred to the presence of a salt os codeia. (Gregory.) The commercial muriate fre quently contains 3 to 4§ of codeia. Char, and Tests. It is distinguished from mor- phia by not becoming blue on the addition of the sesquichloride of iron, nor turning red with nitric acid, and by not being precipitated by ammonia, when dissolved in muriatic acid and mixed with a large quantity of water. Unlike morphia, it is in- soluble in liquor of potassa and is soluble in ether. The salts of codeia may also be known by tincture of galls throwing down a copious precipitate from their solutions, but this does not occur in the salts of morphia. It may be distinguished from meco- nine by its aqueous solution showing an alkaline reaction with test paper. COFFEE. The berry of the cofFaea Ara- bica. II. A decoction or infusion prepared there- from. Qual. Coffee promotes digestion and exhilarates the spirits, and when strong generally occasions watchfulness, but in some phlegmatic constitutions induces sleep. Drunk in moderation, especially if combined with sugar and milk, it is perhaps the most wholesome beverage known. The various qualities that have been ascribed to it by some per- sons, such as dispelling or causing flatulency, re- moving dizziness of the head, attenuating the blood, causing biliousness, &c., appear to be wholly imaginary. In a medical point of view it has'been regarded as diuretic, sedative, and a corrector of opium. It should be given as medicine in a strong infusion, and is best cold. In spasmodic asthma it has been particularly serviceable ; and it has been recommended in gangrene of the extremities arising from hard drinking. (See Caffein.) Pur. The most common adulteration of ground coffee is chicory, which is added not only to cheap- en the article, but to improve the flavor of dam- aged or inferior berries. This adulteration may be readily detected by shaking a spoonful of the sus- pected coffee with a wine-glassful of water, when, if it be pure, it will swim and scarcely color the liquid, but if chicory be present, it will sink to the bottom, and the water will be tinged of a deep red. Roasted corn is another common adultera- tion. This may be detected by the cold decoctioi: striking a blue color with tincture of iodine. COFFEE CREAM. Prep. Add a teacupful. of very clear strong coffee to 1 pint each of clarified calf’s feet jelly and good cream ; sweeten with lump sugar, give it one boil up, and pour it into shapes or glasses, when nearly cool. The calf’s feet jelly should bo thick enough to render the whole lightly solid but not stiff*. COFFEE DROPS. Prep. Make an infusion with 1 oz. of coffee, clarify it, and moisten 1 lb. of sugar therewith, in the way directed for confec- tionary drops. COFFEE, ESSENCE OF. A concentratec infusion of coffee prepared by percolation, to wince COF 204 COF is added about 5§ of perfectly tasteless rectified spirit of wine. COFFEE FOR ICING. Syn. Siiorbet au Cafe. Cream for icing 1 quart ; strong infusion ox coffee a small teacupful ; sugar 2 oz. ; yelks of 4 eggs. Mix, and ice as wanted. COFFEE FOR THE TABLE. To produce the beverage called coffee, in perfection, it is ne- cessary to employ the best materials in its manu- facture. The finest kind of coffee is that called mocha, and should be used when a very fine flavor is desired ; but for common use, the better sorts of British plantation coffee may be employed. The berries should be carefully roasted by a gradual application of the heat, until the aroma be well developed, and the toughness destroyed. If too much heat be used, the volatile and aromatic prop- erties of the coffee will be injured and the flavor inferior ; while, on the other hand, if the berries be too little roasted, they will produce a beverage with a raw, green taste, very liable to ihduce sick- ness and vomiting. Properly roasted coffee should have a lively chocolate brown color, and should Eot have lost more than 18§ of its weight by the process. If the loss exeeds 20§ the flavor will be materially injured. As soon as roasted, the cof- fee should be placed in a very dry situation, the drier the better, and the sooner it is consumed the finer will be the flavor, as it powerfully absorbs a certain amount of moisture from the atmosphere by reason of its hygrometric power. This arises from the presence of a newly-discovered principle called assamar. (Reichenbach.) The berries should not be grocmd until a few minutes before being made into liquid coffee, for the same reason, and should more be reduced to powder at once than is wanted for immediate use, the surplus p' tion should be kept -in a tin canister or glass bottle. The shape or description of the coffee-pot ap- pears of little consequence, though one furnished with a percolator or strainer, that will permit a moderately rapid filtration, is perhaps preferable. At least 1 oz. of coffee should be used to make 4 common sized coffee-cupfuls, and if wanted strong, this quantity should be doubled. The prevailing fault of the coffee made in England, arises from using too little of the powdered berry. The cof- fee-pot should be heated previously to putting in the coffee, which may be done by means of a little boiling water. The common practice of boiling coffee is quite unnecessary, for all its flavor and aroma is readily extracted by boiling hot water. Should it, however, be placed upon the fire, it should be only just simmered for a minute, as long or violent boiling injures it considerably. Hot water is capable of removing all the soluble aro- matic portioji of coffee, even at a temperature so low as 195° Fahr. I have often proved this by actual experiment with one of Beart’s pneumatic filters, when a fluid, deliciously aromatic and spark- ling, has been produced, and the grounds have only yielded a nauseous bitter flavor and faint co- lor lo lresli water, even when»boiling hot. When coffeo is prepared in a common pot, the latter being first made hot, the boiling water shquld be poured over the powder, and not, as is com- monly the plan, put in first. It should then bo kept stirred for 4 or 5 minutes, when a cup should be poured out and returned again, and this opera- tion repeated 3 or 4 times, after which, if allovoi to repose for a few minutes, it will usually be fine. Coffee is sometimes clarified, which is done by adding a shred of isinglass, a small piece of cleai eel or sole-skin, or a spoonful of while of egg. An excellent plan, conynon in France, is to place the vessel containing the made coffee upon the heartli, and to sprinkle over its surface a cupful of cold Water, which from its greater gravity descends, and carries the foulness with it. Another plan sometimes adopted is to wrap a cloth, previously dipped in cold water, round the coffee-pot. This method is commonly practised by the Arabians in the neighborhood of Yemen and Moka, and is said to rapidly clarify the liquor. The Parisians, who arc remarkable for the su- perior quality of ‘their coffee, generally allow an ounce to each large coffee-cupful of water, and they use the coffee both newly ground and roast- ed. A shred of saffron, or a little vanilla, is fre- quently added. The coffee-pot called d grecque, the cafetiire d la belloy, or coffee-biggin, is com- monly employed. This consists of a urge coffee- pot, with an upper receptacle made to fit close into it, the bottom of which is perforated with small holes, and contains in its interior two moveable metal strainers, over the ‘econd of which the pow- der is placed, and immediately under the third ; upon this upper strainer boiling water is poured un- til it bubbles up through the strainer ; the cover of the machine is then shut close down, and it is placed near the fire ; so soon as the water has drained through the coffee the operation is repeat- ed, until the whole intended quantity be passed through. Thus the fragrance and flavor will be retained, with all the balsamic and stimulating powers, and in a few moments will be obtained — without the aid of hartshorn-shavings, isinglass, or whites of eggs — a perfectly transparent infusion of coffee. When the Parisian uses a common coffee- pot, he generally divides the water into 2 pans. The first portion he pours on boiling hot, and al- lows it to infuse for 4 or 5 minutes, he then pours this off as clear as possible, and boils the grounds for 2 or 3 minutes with the remaining half of the water. After the latter has deposited the sediment it is decanted, and mixed with the infusion. The object of this process is to obtain the whole of the strength, as well as the flavor. The infusion is conceived to contain the latter, and the decoction the former. This plan has been recommended, with some modifications, by Mr. Donovan, and more recently by Dr. Davidson, in L’Exp^rience". * COFFEE, MILK. Boil a dessert-spoonful of ground coffee in about a pint of milk, a quarter of an hour ; then put into it a shaving or two of isinglass, and clear it ; let it boil a few minutes, and set it on the side of the fire to fine. This is a very fine breakfast, and should be sweetened whh real Lisbon sugar. “ Those of a sparo habit, and disposed towards affections of the lungs, would do well to make this their breakfast.” COFFEE, SEARLE’S PATENT. This is prepared by evaporating skimmed milk mixed with ono-fortietli part of sugar, at a low temperature, and, when nearly solid, adding a very concentrated essence of coffee, and continuing the evaporation COI 205 COJ at a very low temperature, (in vacuo if possible,) until the mixture acquires the consistence of a sirup, paste, or candy. (The latter may be pow- dered.) COFFEE, SUBSTITUTES FOR. These are numerous, but the principal are the following : I. ( Rye coffee. Dillenius’s ditto. Hunt’s break- fast-powder.) Rye, roasted along with a little Dutter, and ground to powder. A good substitute. II. ( German coffee. Succory ditto. Chicory ditto.) From succory, as above. Use d either for or mixed with foreign coffee. The most common adulteration of the latter. III. ( Rice coffee.) From rice, as above. A good substitute. IV. ( Currant coffee.) From the seeds washed out of the cake left in making currant wine. V. {Gooseberry coffee.) From gooseberry seeds, as the last.. VI. ( Holly coffee.) From the berries. VII. ( Egyptian coffee.) From chickpeas. VIII. ( Rosetta coffee.) From fenugreek seeds moistened with lemon juice. IX. ( Corsican coffee.) From the seeds of the knee-holly. X. ( Sassafras coffee.) From the fruit or nut of the sassafras tree, or from the wood cut into chips. Very wholesome. Much recommended in skin diseases, &c. XI. (Raspings.) The raspings of the crust of loaves, procured at the baker’s. Equal to rye coffee. XII. (Beech-mast coffee.) From beech-mast or nuts. Very wholesome. XIII. {Acorn coffee.) From acorns, deprived of their shells, husked, dried, and roasted. A good substitute. XIV. (Beet-root coffee.) From the yellow beet- root, sliced, dried in a kiln or oven, and ground with a little foreign coffee. A gQod substitute. XV. (Bean coffee.) Horse-beans roasted along with a little honey or sugar. When removed from the fire, a small quantity of cassia-buds is fre- quently added, and the whole is stirred until cold. Said to be a good substitute. * XVI. {Almond coffee.) Rye or wheat roasted along with a few almonds. A very small quan- tity of cassia-buds improves it. ■ A good substitute. COINS, IMPRESSIONS FROM. A very easy and elegant way of taking the impressions of medals and coins, not generally known, is as fol- lows: Melt a little isinglass glue with brandy, and pour it thinly over the medal, so as to cover its whole surface ; let it remain on for a day or two, till it has thoroughly dried and hardened, and then take it off, when it will be fine, clear, and as hard as a piece of Muscovy glass, and will have a very elegant impression of the coin. It will also resist the effects of damp air, which occasions all other kinds of glue to soften and bend if not prepared in this way. (Shaw.) If the wrong side of the isin- glass be breathed on, and gold-leaf applied, it will adhere, and be seen on the other side, producing a very pleasing effect. Isinglass glue, made with water alone, will do nearly as well as if brandy be used. Remarks. Medals may also be copied by sur- rounding them with a hoop of paper, and pouring on them plaster of Paris (mixed with 'vater to the consistence of cream) to the depth of about £ an inch. Melted wax, stearine, fusible metal, or any similar material, may be used in the same way. If it be desired to copy the metal in copper, a mould should be first formed in the above manner, and the metal deposited on its surface by the agen- cy of electricity. (See Electrotype.) COLCHICINE. Syn. Colchicina. Colchia. A peculiar principle discovered by Gieger and Hesse in the seeds of the colchicum autumnale, or com- mon meadow saffron. It also exists in the cojmi or bulbs. Prep. Macerate the crushed seeds in boiling al- cohol, add hydrate of magnesia to throw down the alkaloid, digest the precipitate in boiling alcohol, and filter. By cautious evaporation colchicine will be deposited. It may be purified by re-solu- tion. Prop., 6fC. Odorless ; tastes bitter ; forms salts with the acids. It s very poisonous. One -tenth of a grain, dissolved in spirit, killed a cat in 12 hours. It differs from veratrine in being soluble in water, crystalline, and the non-production of sneez- ing when applied to the hose. Strong oil of vitriol turns this alkaloid of a yellowish brow:: • nitric acid of a deep violet, passing into indigo bluo ; green, and yellow. COLCHICUM, POWDER OF. I. {Collier.) Seeds of colchicum 2 grs. ; rhubarb 6 grs. ; mag- nesia 10 grs. ; mix for 1 powder, to be taken every six hours in acute rheumatism, inflammatory gout, > to • 1 CjO Muriate of ammonia 5 ii i a a — iy w • Nitrate of potash. 5 “ ' g Snow or pounded ice 12 “ ) g r T . Muriate of soda . 5 “ l to • —25° » Nitrate of ammonia 5 « \ l Snow ..... Diluted sulphuric acidt . 3 2 “ 1 From -f 32° to — 23° 55° Snow Muriatic acid (concentrated) . 8 5 : 1 From +32< 3 to — 27° 59 Snow . . . . » . Concentrated nitrous acid . 7 4 “ 1 From +32< 3 to — 30° 62 Snow ..... Muriate of lime . 4 5 “ 1 From -f 32° to —40° 72 Snow Crystallized muriate of lime . 2 3 “ 1 From +32 ( 3 to —50° 82 Snow Potash .... . 3 4 :•! From +32° to —51° 83 The reason for the omissions in the last column of this table is >, the thermometer sinking in Degree of cold produced. N. B. these mixtures to the degree mentioned in the preceding column, and never lower, whatever may be the temperature of the materials at mixing. Table II. Consisting of Frigorific Mixtures, having the power of generating or creating Cold, with- out the aid of Ice, sufficient for all useful and philosophical purposes, in any part of the world at any season. Mixtures. Thermometer sinks. Degree of cold produced. C Muriate of ammonia . . . 5 parts ] < Nitrate of potash 5 “ > From -f-50° to +10° 40° ( Water . 16 \ . Muriate of ammonia 5 it S Nitrate of potash . j Sulphate of soda . 5 8 it 1 it l > From +50° to -f-4° 46 ' Water. . 16 it 5 Nitrate of ammonia ) Water. 1 . 1 “ 1 “ \ > From -|- 50 o t 0 _j_ 4 Q 46 C Nitrate of ammonia. 1 it ' ) 1 Carbonate of^oda . 1 ft ( > From +50° to —7° 57 ( Water . 1 « ( ) 5 Sulphate of soda . ( Diluted nitrous acidt . 3 2 : 1 | From +50° to —3° 53 . Sulphate of soda . . 6 a S Muriate of ammonia i Nitrate of potash . 4 2 » i > From +50° to —10° 60 ^ Diluted nitrous acid. . * 4 a t Strong ncid 2 parts ; wator or snow 1 part, by weight. J Fuming nitrous acid 2 purts ; wntoi 1 part, by weight. CON 211 CON Table II. continued. Mixtures. C Sulphate of soda . < Nitrate of ammonia . ( Diluted nitrous acid ( Phosphate of soda . ( Diluted nitrous acid C Phosphate of soda . 1 Nitrate of ammonia ( Diluted nitrous acid . ( Sulphate of soda . ^ Muriatic acid . S Sulphate of soda . I Diluted sulphuric acid* . 6 parts 5 “ . 4 “ 9 “ . 4 “ 9 “ . 6 « 4 “ 8 “ 5 “ . 5 “ 4- “ 1 Thermometer sinks. From -j-50° to — 14° From +50° to — 12° From -|-50 o to — 21° From +50° to 0° From 4- 50° to -f3° Degree of cold produced. 64° 62 71 50 47 N. B. If the materials are mixed at a warmer temperature than that expressed in the Table, the effect will be proportionately greater ; thus, if the most powerful of these mixtures be made when the air is 4-85°, it will sink the thermometer to 4-2°. Table III. Consisting of Frigorific Mixtures selected from the foregoing Tables, and combined so as to increase or extend Cold to the extremest Degrees. Mixtures. Thermometer sinks. Degree of cold produced. Phosphate of soda . 5 parts ■] Nitrate of ammonia . 3 66 1 ► From 0° to — 34° 34° Diluted nitrous acid . 4 u y Phosphate of soda . 3 66 ) Nitrate of ammonia . 2 66 < > From —34° to —50° 16 Diluted mixed acids . 4 €€ ^ > Snow ..... Diluted nitrous acid . . 3 2 “ i “ ! | From 0° to — 46° 46 Snow . 8 a | Diluted sulphuric acid 3 tt l > From — 10° to — 56° 46 Diluted nitrous acid . 3 a 1 s Snow Diluted sulphuric acid . 1 . 1 “ i | From — 20° to — 60° 40 Snow ...*.. Muriate of lime . 3 . 4 “ i « i | From 4*20° to — 48° 68 Snow Muriate of lime . 3 4 “ i « ( > From 4“ 10° to — 54° 64 Snow Muriate of lime . 2 . 3 “ i “ i > From —15° to —68° 53 Snow Crystallized muriate of lime . 1 . 2 “ i “ i ► From 0° to — 66° 66 Snow Crystallized muriate of lime . 1 . 3 “ i “ \ | From —40° to —73° 33 Snow Diluted sulphuric acid . 8 . 10 “ i From — 68° to — 91° 23 Remarks. The above artificial processes for the production of cold are more effective when the ingredients are first cooled by immersion in other freezing mixtures. In this way Mr. Walker suc- ceeded in producing a cold equal to 100° below the zero of Fahrenheit, or 132° below the freezing point of water. The materials in the first column are to be cooled, previously to mixing, to the temperature required, By mixturw taken from either of the preceding tables. Equal weights of strong acid and water. CON 212 CON II. (By evaporation.) When heat passes from the sensible to the insensible state, as in the for- mation of vapor, cold is generated. This may be illustrated by pouring a few drops of ether, or highly rectified alcohol, on the palm of the hand, when a strong sensation of cold will bo produced. In like manner, if the bulb of a thermometer be covered with lint, and the latter moistened with ether, the quicksilver will rapidly fall. Even in hot climates water is frozen by the joint operation of evaporation and radiation. The natives of In- dia procure ice when the temperature of the air much exceeds the freezing point. On the open plains, near Calcutta, this is effected by exposing a thin stratum of watdr to the atmosphere, during the fine clear nights of December, January, and February. The pans are made of porous earthen- ware, and water is poured in to the depth of about 1£ inches. A large number of vessels of this kind are arranged in an excavation in the ground, 30 or 40 feet square and 2 feet deep, the bottom of which is covered, to the depth of 10 or 12 inches, with sugar canes or the stalks of Indian corn. At sunrise the pans are visited, the ice separated from the water, and packed as tight as possible in a deep cavity or pit, well screened from the heat. It has been found that evaporation proceeds much more rapidly from the surface of fluids in a vacuum than in the atmosphere. Dr. Cullen was the first person to apply this practically. In 1755 he plunged a vial of ether into a tumbler of water, and on placing it under a receiver and exhausting the air, the ether boiled and the water was speedily frozen. In 1777, Mr. Nairne published his method of rendering the rarefied atmosphere of an exhaust- ed receiver free from aqueous vapor by means of sulphuric acid. By the application of this discov- ery, Professor Leslie in 1810 succeeded in freezing water with great ease. This he effected by intro- ducing a surface of sulphuric acid under the re- ceiver of an air-pump, over which he placed a watch-glass filled with water, so that the vapor arising from the latter was rapidly absorb^ by the former. After a few strokes of the piston the wa- ter was converted into a solid cake of ice, which on being left in the rarefied medium continued to evaporate, and in about an hour totally disappear- ed. Professor Leslie found that when the air was rarefied 250 times, the surface of evaporation was cooled down 120° in winter,, and when only 50 times, a depression of 80° or even 100° took place. A pleasing philosophical toy, illustrative of the evaporative power of a vacuum, is the Cryophorus, or frost-bearer of Dr. Wollaston. This instrument consists of two small glass globes united by a tube, one of which is partly filled with water, but the apparatus is perfectly free from air. The part of the apparatus unoccupied by the water, though apparently empty, is in reality filled with aqueous vapor, and thus checks evaporation by its pressure on the surface of the water. No sooner is the pressure removed, as by plunging tho empty ball into a freezing mixture, (which con- denses tho vapor,) than rapid evaporation com- mences, and the water in the other ball is frozei in two or three minutes. To succeed well in the production of cold in this way, it is necessary that the surfaces of the two fluids shopld bo pretty near together, and that the acid should have tho greater amount of surface of the two. The acid should be poured to the depth of £ an inch into a broad shallow dish or capsule, and the water into another vessel of a similar kind, but having only half the diameter of the former, and proportionally shallow. The smaller capsule may be supported ovei the surface of the larger one by means of 3 slender feet. As soon as the acid has acquired one -tenth of its weight of water, its absorbent power is diminished ; when this di- lution reaches ^ the reduction is Ap and when it reaches £ the cooling power has diminished about 50$. “ Sulphuric acid is capable of congealing more than 20 times its weight of water before it has imbibed nearly its own bulk of that liquid, or has lost about ^ of its refrigerating power.” (Ure.) Sulphuric acid, which has become diluted in this way, may be reconcentrated by heat. It has been discovered that oatmeal, dried near- ly to brownness before a common fire, and cooled in close vessels, may be substituted for sulphuric acid. With a quantity of this substance, one foot diameter, and 1 inch deep, Professor Leslie froze 1 imperial pint of water, contained in a hemispheri- cal porous cup. Ignited chloride of calcium, in porous pieces, has also been successfully used for the same purpose. Dr. Ure has found that a re- quisite vacuum may be produced by the agency of steam, in the following manner, without the use of an air-pump: “ A cast-iron drum of considera- ble dimensions being filled with steam by heating a small quantity of water in it, will sufficiently ex- pel the air. When it is cooled by the affusion of water, a transferrer plate being attached to the stopcock on its upper surface would easily enable us, without any air-pump, to effect congelation by means of sulphuric acid in the attenuated atmo- sphere. Suppose the capacity of the receiver to be one-sixtieth of the iron cylinder, an aeriform rare- faction to this degree would be. effected in a mo- ment by a turn of the stopcock ; and, on its being returned, the moisture below would be cut off, and the acid would speedily condense the small quan- tity of vapor which had ascended.” Many curious experiments may be performed over sulphuric acid, in the receiver of an air-pump, among which one of the most instructive and amu- sing is the congelation of quicksilver, a metal which requires, for this purpose, a temperature of 39° be- low zero, or 71° below the freezing point of water. This is readily effected by suspending the metal in a capsule of ice by means of threads, near to the surface of tho sulphuric acid, and urging the rare- faction as much as possible. Mercury so frozen may be kept in the solid state for several hours. The processes of congelation above detailed ad- mit of being applied to several useful purposes, especially in domestic economy, and the arts of tho cook and confectioner, as in tho making of ices, &c. CONGREVE MATCHES. I. ( Process of M. Joblonouski.) Put phosphorus .40 grammes into a wide-mouthed vial, with enough oil of tur- pontino to cover it, add flowers of sulphur 10 gr., CON 213 CON and put the vial into .hot water, (using great cau- tion,) until the phosphorus is melted. Then cork close and agitate until cold, when any supernatant spirits of turpentine must be poured off. Into this pulpy mass the extremities of the matches are dipped, and when they have become rather dry, they are again dipped into the following mixture : Gum arabic 30 grammes, (dissolved in a little wa- ter ;) chlorate of potassa 20 grammes ; soot, or vermilion, (rubbed up with a few drops of alco- hol,) 10 gr. ; mix, and dip the tips of the matches therein as before, then dry them cautiously in a warm apartment. These matches inflame without fulmination (noise) on being rubbed against any rough surface. II. ( Joblonouski .) Chlorate of potassa 2 parts ; phosphorus 4 parts ; gum arabic 7 parts ; gelatin 2 parts. Proc. The phosphorus is divided in the gum brought to the state of thick mucilage, and warmed ; the gelatin is melted and added to the phosphoreted mucilage. The chlorate of potassa is bruised in a mortar, and at the same time moist- ened with the mucilage. When it is bruised the whole is mixed together, and a paste is obtained, with which matches, tipped with sulphur, may be embued. They are then dried in the air. III. ( Process of Dr. R. Boettger .) Gum ara- bic and vermilion, of each 16 parts; phosphorus 9 parts ; saltpetre 14 parts. Proc. The phospho- rus must be reduced to a state of fine division, by agitating it with fresh urine, or, still better, a solu- tion of pure urea, which, in consequence of the discovery by Liebig, of a process of preparing that substance artificially, may now be easily procured or made. Hot water must be employed to melt the phosphorus, and this part of the process is sim- ilar to that previously detailed. The minutely di- vided phosphorus thus formed, is mixed with the other articles made into a paste, with the gum dissolved in the least quantity of water, and the matches dipped into the mingled ingredients and dried. They are then dipped into a dilute varnish of copal, or a thin solution of gum arabic contain- ing saltpetre, and again dried. (Boettger’s Beitrage.) These matches are very superior, and explode without noise. Remarks. The matches formerly made, explo- ded with a crackling noise, and frequently threw out small sparks of fire, which rendered them dan- gerous. This arose from their containing too large a quantity of chlorate of potassa. An opposite plan is now generally followed, and a less proportion of 'che chlorate is used, or instead thereof saltpetre. The quantity of the igniting ingredients has also been greatly lessened, so as to avoid any danger on that account. This plan answers very well, when the body of the matches, whether of wood or pasteboard, is properly prepared ; but if this be not the case, frequent disappointment will occur, from their going out again immediately after in- flaming. To prevent this, the matches should be dipped into sulphur previously to coating them with the composition, unless intended for cigar fusees, when they should be prepared by soaking them in water holding some saltpetre, bichromate of potash, or acetate of lead in solution, preference being usu- ally given to the first of these articles. Different coloring substances are employed to tint the com- (nooution, according to the fancy of the manufac- turer, as smalts, red lead, vermilion, black oxide of manganese, soot, &c. A very elegant method of reducing phosphorus to a state of minute divi- sion, is to melt it in rectified spirit, and agitate until cold, as above. The manufacture and sale of matches, contain ing sulphur and phosphorus, as in the first formula have been forbidden in Paris, in consequence ol the extreme facility with which they ignite, having led to several accidents. (See Chlorate Matches, and Lucifers.) CONIA. Syn. Coneine. Conicin. Cicutine, &c. A poisonous alkaloid, discovered by Gieseke in hemlock. Prep. Distil the seeds of hemlock, or their al- coholic extract, with water and potassa. During this process, the conia passes over into the receiver and floats upon the top of the water, which also contains a little conia in solution. It must be pu- rified in the way directed for the volatile bases. (See Alkaloid.) If the alcoholic extract be em- ployed, about i its weight of potassa should be used. Remarks. 6 lbs. of fresh and 9 lbs. of dried seeds yielded 1 oz. of conia. (Gieger.) 40 lbs. of the ripe but green seeds yielded 2£ oz. of hydrated co- nia. (Christison.) It is remarkably poisonous. One drop, placed in the eye of a rabbit, killed it in 9 minutes. Five drops, poured into the throat of a dog, killed it in less than a minute. It has been employed in some convulsive and spasmodic dis- eases. “ The plaintive cries, the contortions, and the rigidity of the limbs, which have always pre- ceded death, (caused by conia,) leave no doubt as to the cruel pains which this kind of poisoning brings on.” (Boutron-Chalard and Henry.) CONSERVES. (From conservo, to keep.) In pharmacy, a composition of some recent vegetable matter and sugar, beat together to the consistence of a paste. The object aimed at in the prepara- tion of conserves, is to preserve the properties of the active ingredient, which would otherwise be liable to change. In the last edition of the London Pharmacopoeia, conserves, as well as electuaries, are included under the head of confections. The , term confection appears, however, less appropriate to some of them, than the word conserve or elec- tuary. The word confection has a more general application, and implies any sweetmeat or compo- sition, in which sugar is the principal ingredient. CONSERVE OF ALMONDS. (Conserva Amygdalarum, P. D.) Confection of almonds. CONSERVE, ANTISCORBUTIC. (Con- serva Antiscorbutica. Selle.) Horseradish, wa- ter-cress, water-trefoil, radish juice, and orange juice, of each equal parts ; white sugar enough to make a confection. CONSERVE OF ARUM. (Wakerobin.) Prep. Fresh arum roots £ lb. ; white sugar 1£ lb. ; beat together. Diuretic and attendant. CONSERVE OF LAVENDER. Prep. Lav- ender flow ws 1 part ; lump sugar 3 parts ; beat together. Remarks. In a similar way conserves are made from various other leaves and flowers ; but mostly with only twice their weight of sugar. The above is frequently used to sweeten the breath. CONSERVE OF LEMON-PEEL. Prep Rasp off the external rind of the lemon, and beat COP 214 COP ft in a mortar with three times its weight of pow- dered white sugar. (See Confection of Orange- Peel.) Tonic and stomachic. CONSERVE OF ORANGE-PEEL. (Con- serva Aurantii, P. E.) The same as the confec- tion of orange-peel, P. L. CONSERVE OF RED ROSES. (Conser- va Rosa, P. E. and D.) That of the Dublin Pharmacopoeia is the same as the confection of roses, P. L. ; that of the Edinburgh has only 2 lbs. of sugar to 1 lb. of rose petals. CONSERVE OF ROSEMARY. Prep. 1 part of the leaves or tops, beaten up with 3 parts of sugar. CONSERVE OF SCURVY GRASS. Syn. Conserva Cociile arias Hortensis. Prep. Beat 1 lb. of the leaves with 3 lbs. of lump sugar. Stim- ulant and antiscorbutic. CONSERVE OF SLOES. Syn. Conserva Pruni Svlvestris, (P. L. 1788.) Pulp of sloes 1 nart ; sugar 3 parts ; mix. CONSERVE OF SQUILLS. Syn. Conser- va Scillas, (P. L. 1788.) Fresh squills ; white sugar ^v ; mix. Diuretic ; attenuant. CONSERVE OF TAMARINDS. Syn. Con- serva Tamarindorum. Prep. (P. Cod.) Pulp of tamarinds 4 oz. ; white sugar 6 oz. ; heat by a water-bath in an earthen vessel, until mixed and of a due consistence. CONSERVE OF WORMWOOD. Syn. Con- serva Absintiiii Maritimi, (P. L. 1788.) Prep. Beat fresh-picked leaves of sea wormwood in a marble mortar, with a wooden pestle, first alone, and then with 3 times their weight of refined sugar. CONSTIPATION, (OF THE BOWELS.) Costiveness. When this is merely accidental or occasional, a dose of some cathartic is the only treatment necessary, but when it is habitual, it calls for further attention. The common causes of constipation are — The use of bread containing alum, and water containing lime ; and the want of sufficient exercise. The treatment should con- sist in adopting a diet free from astringents, and consisting of a large portion of green vegetables and ripe fruit. Brown bread is frequently eaten for this purpose, and acts by the laxative nature of the bran it contains. The occasional use of laxative and emollient enemata may be had re- course to, but their habitual administration, as well as that of purgative medicines, by the mouth, is not to be recommended. The bowels, accus- tomed to the continual use of stimulants, act but languidly, or scarcely at all, without their applica- tion. In females, especially of the higher classes, the want of proper exercise is generally the chief cause of constipation. With such persons, a short walk two or three times daily will often do won- ders, particularly if a little ripe fruit, a few raisins or tamarinds, or 2 or 3 drum figs, bo occasionally eaten. COPAIBA. Syn. Capivi. Balsam of Capivi. The best copaiba is that imported from Maracaibo and St. Martha, and is packed in casks containing from 1 to J £ cwt. each, in largo bottles, or in cyl- indrical tin boxes. Considerable variation exists in the color, consistence, and sp. gr., as well as in the proportion of oil and resin yielded by different uamples, scarcely uny two of which exactly agroo. Even the odor, taste, and transparency vary con* siderably. Brazilian capivi is thin, clear, and pale while the West Indian is thick, golden yellow, lesr transparent, and has a less agreeable and some- what terebinthinato smell. Some varieties ure opaque, and continue so, unless filtered. This is a most troublesome operation, unless well managed, and without proper precautions, frequently proves useless. The opacity generally arises from the presence of water, which is frequently found mixed with copaiba when first imported. This it retains with great tenacity. The following is the plan I have found to answer on the large scale. Place the casks upon their ends in a warm situation, and leave them so for a fortnight, or longer, if conve- nient. They may then be tapped a little above the bottom, when some of them will generally be found quite transparent, and may be drawn off and vatted, care being taken to avoid shaking up the bottom. Those that are foul must be filtered through one or more long Canton flannel bags, sunk in the bottom of a tin cistern, placed over a suitable receiver ; a few pounds of coarsely-pow- dered charcoal being mixed up with the first 5 or 6 gallons thrown in. This will rapidly fill up the pores of the bag, and make the balsam flow clear and pa*le. The first runnings should be returned until it becomes perfectly transparent. The bot- toms of the casks, containing the water or impu- rities, may be poured into a large can or jar, and allowed to deposite for a few days, when the co- paiba may be poured off the top, and filtered. A sudden change of temperature will frequently turn a brilliant sample of this article opaque or milky ; it is not, therefore, deemed fit to send out by the wholesale trade, unless it will “ stand ” this test. To ascertain this point, a common practice is to fill a small bottle with the copaiba, and to leave it out of doors all night in an exposed situation. (See also Balsam of Copaiba.) COPAIBA, ALKALINE TINCTURE OF. (Lewis Thompson.) Prep. Dissolve 2 oz. of car- bonate (formerly subcarbonate) of potassa in 1 pint of water, and add to this, balsam of copaiba in a thin stream, constantly stirring the mixture, until this, at first white and milky, becomes clear like jelly or amber, which will generally take place when about a pint of balsam has been added ; set the mixture aside for two or three hours, then pour in two pints of spirit of wine, and mix the whole together ; the solution is then fit for use, and may be flavored with any of the essential oils. Sweet spirit of nitre may be substituted for spirit of wine ; but it is necessary to destroy its acidity by distilla- tion from lime or potassa, otherwise a decomposi- tion will take place. This solution is compatible with iodide of potas- sium and nitrate of potassa, but is decomposed by all earthy, metallic, and ammoniacal salts, such as sulphate of magnesia, chloride of iron, acetate of ammonia, &lc., which must not, therefore, be ad ministered in conjunction with it. (Chemist, iv 510.) COPAIBA AND KALI. Prep. Carbonate of potassa and water, of each equal parts ; dis- solve, and add gradually transparent balsam cf co- paiba until the fluid, at first milky, turns quite clear COPAIBA CAPSULES. Gelatinous capwulei filled with balsam of copaiba. COP 215 COP COPAIBA AND RHATANY, CAPSULES OF. Ricord has recommended capsules of co- paiba, coated with extract of rhatany, as much superior to the common ones of copaiba alone, in the treatment of blenorrhoea. They may be easily prepared by either of the two following meth- ods : 1. By immersing, for an instant, the common capsule in the following composition : or, 2. By forming the bodies of the capsules with the composition, instead of with gelatin, and fol- lowing the same manipulations as for the manu- facture of the common gelatin capsules. The Rhatany Composition. Extract of rhatany, newly prepared from the root, 3 parts ; sirup of moist sugar 1 part ; mucilage of gum arabic 1 part. Melt the extract and reduce it in a water bath until sufficiently stiff, when cold ; do the same with the sirup and gum ; then mix them together while hot, but only in such quantity as may be used at one time. These cdpsules are said to sit well upon the stomach, the tone of which they contribute to improve. COPAIBA, MISCIBLE. Prep. Mix trans- parent balsam of copaiba with half its volume of liquor of potassa of double strength. Remarks. Different samples of balsam often re- quire slightly different quantities of the solution of potassa ; it is therefore best to mix them gradually and cautiously together. Should the mixture' be opaque, a little more, of one or other of the ingredi- ents, as the case may be, will render it clear. No heat should be used. This article is miscible with water, with which it forms a kind of milk ; and from containing all the volatile oil of the copaiba is a very valuable preparation. Its activity is con- sidered equal to the balsam itself, and it is given in similar doses. COPAIBA, MIXTURE OF. (Chofart.) Prep. Copaiba, alcohol, sirup of Tolu, peppermint water, orange-flower water, of each §ij ; sweet spirits of nitre 3ij. Proc. Rub the copaiba with the sirup until perfectly mixed, then add the spirits, and lastlv the waters. ' COPAIBA, SOLUBLE. Prep. I. Heat mis- cible copaiba to the boiling point, pour it while hot into a “ separator ,” and place it in some situation where it will cool slowly. After a few days draw off the clear portion from a cock or hole placed near the bottom of the vessel, observing to stop the stream before any of the floating oil begins to flow through. A very little concentrated liquor of potassa added before applying the heat, will render it more soluble. Prod. Thick, clear, and soluble in pure water. Resembles copaiba in appearance. II. Agitate balsam of copaiba with an equal measure of liquor of potassa, (P. L. ;) boil for a few minutes in a clean tinned copper pan, then pour it ip.to a separator, and proceed as before. Thinner than the last. COPAIBA, SPECIFIC SOLUTION OF. (Frank’s.) Prep. I. Balsam of copaiba 2 parts ; liquor of potassa (P. L.) 3 parts ; water 7 parts ; boil it for 2 or 3 minutes, put it into a separator, and allow it to stand for 5 or 6 days, then draw it off from the bottom, avoiding the upper stratum of oil. To the clear liquid add 1 part of sweet spirits of nitre, perfectly free from acid, to which a few drops of liquor of potassa has been added, until it slightly browns turmeric paper ; should it turn foul or milky, a very little liquor of potassa will usually brighten it ; if not, place it in a clean separator for a few days, and draw it off from the bottom as before, when it will be perfectly brillian' without filtering. Remarks. Some persons add the sweet spirits ol nitre while the solution is still hot, mix it in as rap- idly as possible, and immediately cork or fasten up the vessel. This is a good way when the article is wanted in a hurry, but is objectionable from the loss of spirit thereby occasioned, and the danger, without care, of bursting the separator. A receipt for this article, upon the authority of Battley, has been going the round of the pharma ceutical works for some years, but which producer a preparation not at all resembling “ Frank’s spe- cific solution .” It is as follows: “ Take 12 oz. of balsam of copaiba and 6 oz. of calcined mag- nesia ; rub together, add a pint of proof spirit, fil- ter, and then add ^ oz. of sweet spirits of nitre.” (Gray’s Supplement.) I have tried this formula, and I find the product to be a white tincture, scarcely flavored with copaiba, and perfectly lim- pid. No sooner is balsam of copaiba mixed with half its weight of magnesia, than the two unite, and produce a compound insoluble in spirit of wine. Such is the affinity of this earth for copaiba, (co- paibic acid,) that it will even take it from caustic potassa. Thus I find the solution of this balsam, (containing potassa,) if filtered through blotting- paper, with a little magnesia, becomes so strongly alkaline as to materially injure its quality, while a glutinous mass is deposited upon the sides and bottom of the paper. I have been led to a notice of this subject, from well knowing that many drug- gists have adopted this formula, and have been disappointed with the results, which are, however, only such as might be reasonably anticipated. COPAIBA, SALT OF. Syn. Sal Copaiba. There are two preparations bearing this name, the one, copaibic acid, and the other, copaibate of an alkali. They are both sold at ridiculously high prices. The advertisement of one of these prep- arations is heralded in with the following pseudo- philosophical announcement : “ This preparation of copaiba, in its chemical and medical analogies, may be compared to qui- nine from bark, the former being the tonic of the mucous membranes, and the latter that of the der- moid structures. “ This salt contains all the properties of the balsam of copaiba in a very concentrated form, without its nauseating qualities, and from this cir- cumstance it may be administered to the most deli- cate constitution.” It is the general opinion of medical men, that the active properties of copaiba reside in a volatile or essential oil, of which the above preparation is destitute. It is therefore difficult to conceive how, in this instance, the reverse should be the case. 1 can speak from my own experience, and that of several high authorities to whom I have referred, that both the viscid and acid res'ii, s of copaiba are almost inert, and that all the alkaline preparations of these substances are nearly similar. I have taken the “ sal copaibai” myself, and have watch- ed its action on others, but have not been able to COP COP 2 perceive any good effects to result from its ad- ministration. COPAIBIC ACID. Syn. Capivic Acid. The yellow brittle resin of balsam of copaiba. It is prepared by digesting the resin (loft after distilling the oil from the balsam) in alcohol, which dis- solves the acid resin, but leaves the viscid one. It may be purified by re-solution in alcohol. It forms about 50§ of the balsam. Prop. An amber-colored, brittle, semi-crystal- line, resinous substance, soluble in alcohol, ether, and oils, reddens litmus paper, and forms salts with the bases, called copaivates. These may gene- rally be made by dropping into a solution of the acid in alcohol, an alcoholic solution of a soluble salt of the base. The copaivates of potash, soda, and ammonia are easily prepared, by adding to an al- coholic solution of the acid another of the pfire alkali, until it be neutralized, when the salts may be ob- tained by careful evaporation. Copaivate of silver is formed by neutralizing the acid with nitrate of silver, both being dissolved in alcohol, and then adding a little liquor of ammonia, when a white crystalline precipitate will subside. The copai- vates of lead, lime, and iron, as well as several others, may be made in a similar manner. Copaivate of magnesia may be made by adding copaivate of potassa to a solution of epsom' salts. All these salts are easily decomposed by acids. COPAL. Syn. Gum Copal. A resinous sub- stance, which exudes spontaneously from the Rhus copaiiinum, and the Elaeocarpus copalifer. When of good quality, it is too hard to be scratched by the nail, and has a conchoidal fracture. It dissolves with difficulty, and this, combined with its extreme hardness, renders it very valuable for making var- nishes. Solvents. I. Caoutchoucine ; sparingly. II. Equal parts of caoutchoucine and alcohol , of *825 ; freely soluble in the cold. III. Absolute alcohol, added gradually to the copal, previously rendered gelatinous by water of ammonia, assisting the union with heat. IV. Alcohol added to the co- pal, previously softened with ether. V. Absolute alcohol parts, digested on copal 1 part for 24 hours. (Unverdorben.) VI. Alcohol, to which a little camphor has been added. VII. Ether ; and . this solution maybe diluted with alcohol. VIII. Oils of rosemary and lavender, (spike ;) too ex- , pensive for general use. IX. Copal, heated until it fuses, acquires the property of dissolving in tur- pentine and alcohol. X. Copal, reduced to pow- der and exposed for some time to the air, also be- comes soluble in alcohol and turpentine. XI. Dry- ing linseed oil, at nearly the boiling point, dis- solves copal, and will bear dilution with spirits of turpentine as soon as it has cooled sufficiently. This is the common way of making copal varnish. XII. Ammonia enables oil of turpentine to dissolve ■ copal; hut it requires such nice management of the fire, that it seldom succeeds completely. (Lewis.) XIII. Powdered copal, triturated with u little camphor, softens and becomes a coherent iiiuss ; and camphor, added oither to alcohol or oil of turpentine, renders it a solvent of copal. £ oz. of camphor is sufficient for 1 quart of oil of turpen- tine, which should bo of the best quality ; and the copal, uhoul the size of a large walnut, should bo broken into very small pieces, but not reduced to 16 a fino powder. The mixture should bo set on a fire so brisk as to make it boil almost immediately The vessel should be of tin or other metal, strong, shaped like a wine-bottle with a long neck, and capable of holding 2 quarts. The mouth should bo stopped with a cork, in which a notch is cut to prevent the vessel from bursting. (Sheldrake.) XIV. A good varnish may bo made by pouring upon the purest lumps of copal, reduced to a fino mass in a mortar, colorless spirits of turpentine, to about one third higher than the copal, and tritura- ting the mixture occasionally in the course of the day. Next morning it may be poured offi into a bottle for use. Successive portions of oil of turpen- tine may thus be worked with the same copal mass. (Varley, Tilloch’s Mag. 51.) *** 7u all the above cases the copal should be reduceo u" a coarse powder. A fine powder is apt to stick together and form hard lumps. The solu- tion of copal, even in its most ready solvents, is at- tended with some difficulty, and frequently mis- carries in the hands of the inexperienced. A mix- ture of caoutchoucine and alcohol (as in No. II.) is an exception. COPAL, MELTED. Obtained fcv holding the gum before a good fire, so that as soon as the copal 'melts, it may drop into a pan of water : & kind of oil separates from it, and the copal becomes soluble in spirits of wine, and still more so if the melting is repeated. COPAL, POWDERED. Copal reduced to powder and exposed to the air in a thin stratum, on sieves covered with paper, for 3 or 4 months Soluble in alcohol. COPPER.' (From cuprum, a corruption of Kvirpog, from the island of Cyprus, whence it was formerly brought.) A red-colored metal, too well known to require description. Hist. Copper and its alloys appear to have been known to the most remote ages of antiquity. Brass, an alloy of copper, is mentioned by Moses (Job, xxviii.) upwards of 1600 years before the birth of Christ. (Hales.) This metal is found in the me- tallic state, and in combination with oxygen, sul- phur, acids, and other minerals, and in the organic kingdom, in the ashes of plants, and in the blood of animals. (Sarzeau.) The copper of commerce is principally prepared from copper pyrites, a mixed sulphuret of iron and copper, found in Cornwall, and other parts of the world. Prep. Copper is only prepared from its ores on the large scale. The copper pyrites is first roasted, and then smelted, by which process & coarse metal” is produced ; this is again submitted to calcination and smelting, when “ fine metal ” is obtained. It afterwards undergoes the process of refining and toughening. Prop. This metal is malleable and ductile. It has a specific gravity of 8*8 to 8*9, fuses at about 2000° Fahr., and volatilizes at higher tempera- tures. It forms numerous compounds, all of which are more or less poisonous. Char, and Tests. The solutions of copper pos- sess a blue or green color, and yield a blue precip- itate with soda or potassa. Ammonia produces a bluish-white precipitate, soluble in an excess of the precipitant, forming a deep blue solution. Prussiate of potash gives a reddish-brown precipitate, sub phuroted hydrogen and hydrosulphurets, a black c op 217 COP one. A polished iron plate, immersed in an acidu- lous solution of copper, becomes coated with that metal. Estim. The quantity of copper present in any compound, may be estimated by throwing it down from its solution by pure potassa, after which it must be carefully collected, washed, dried, ignited, and weighed. This will give the quantity of the oxide from which its equivalent of metallic copper may be calculated ; every 5 parts of the former being (as near as possible) equal to 4 of the latter. Copper may also be precipitated at once in the metallic state, by immersing a piece of polished steel into the solution, but this method will not give very accurate results. Copper may be separated from lead by adding sulphuric acid to the nitric solution, and evaporating to dryness, when water digested on the residuum will dissolve out the sul- phate of copper, but leave the sulphate of lead be- hind. From this solution the oxide of copper may be thrown down as before. Copper may be sepa- rated from zinc by sulphureted hydrogen, which will throw down a sulphuret of copper, which may be dissolved in nitric acid, and treated as above. Uses. The applications of copper in the arts are too well known to require notice. In medicine, 3 or 4 grains of the filings were formerly given in rheumatism, and to prevent hydrophobia. Ant. Copper in the metallic state appears to be inert, but most of its compounds are poisonous. The antidotes are, the white of egg, milk, or flour mixed with water. Iron filings (Payen, Chevallier, Dumas) and the prussiate of potash have also been recommended. A drachm or more of the latter may be taken dissolved in water, and ^ oz. or more of the former, ad libitum. Sugar has also been proposed as an antidote. (Duyal, Postel.) COPPER, ALLOYS OF. With zinc copper forms brass ; with tin, bronze, bell, and cannon metal. An alloy made with 100 parts of copper and 50 of tin, forms speculum metal. White cop- per is formed by the addition of metallic arsenic, and German silver is a mixture of nickel, zinc, and copper. See these articles in their alphabetical places. COPPER, ACETATES OF. I. ( Neutral Acetate. Syn. Distilled Verdigris. Binacetate of Copper. Crystallized Verdigris .) Prep. Dis- solve verdigris in vinegar, with the aid of heat, and crystallize. It forms dark green or blue crystals. II. ( Diacetate . Syn. Verdigris. JErugo.) Formed by exposing sheets of copper to the vapor of acetic acid, in a warm situation. (See Verdi- gris.) It forms a green or bluish-green powder. III. ( Sesquibasic Acetate.) The blue portion of verdigris, soluble in water. IV. ( Trisacetate .) The green insoluble portion of verdigris. COPPER, ARSENITE OF. Syn. Scheele’s Green. Prep. Mix a solution of 2 parts of sul- phate of copper in 44 of water, with a solution of 2 parts of potash of commerce, and 1 of pulverized arsenious acid, also in 44 of water. Both solu- tions being warm, the first is to be gradually poured into the second. The grass-green insoluble precipitate is to be washed with water. COPPER, AMMONIURETED. Syn. C u- PRO-RULPIIATE OF AMMONIA. AmMONIATED COPPER, (P. E.) Prep. 1 Ammonio sulphate oj Copper, 38 P. L.) Sulphate of copper ; sesquicarbonate of ammonia §iss. Rub them together until carbonia acid ceases to evolve, then wrap it up in bibulous paper and dry it in tho air. Prop. By heat ammonia is evolved, and oxide of copper remains. Its aqueous solution changes the color of turmeric, and a solution of arsenious acid renders it green. (P. L.) Uses. Employed in pyrotechny. It has been given in doses of £ to 5 grs. in chorea, epilepsy, hysteria, &c., but it is principally employed as ar injection and as a collyrium, in opacity of the cor nea. Remarks. Great care must be taken in drying this article, as it is apt not only to lose a large por- tion of its weight, but become of an inferior color. Both the ingred'ents should be separately reduced to powder before rr.iixing. COPPER, BEAN-SHOT. Prep. Melt ;-p- per, and pour it in a small stream into boiling wa- ter. It is in small lumps like peas or beans, hence its name. COPPER, BLANCHED. Prep. Fuse cop per with y 1 ^ of its weight of neutral arsenical sail under a flux of calcined borax, charcoal, and pow dered glass. COPPER, CARBONATE OF. Syn. Di CARBONATE OF COPPER. MlNERAL GrEEN. Prep Add a solution of carbonate of soda or potassa to a hot solution of protosulphate of copper. Remarks. The beautiful green mineral called malachite, is a hydrated dicarbonate of copper. If the solution of copper in the above formula be em- ployed cold, the precipitate has a bluish-green color. (See Verditer.) COPPER, CHLORIDES OF. Prep. I. ( Sub- chloride . Syn. Dichloride of Copper. Resin of ditto. White muriate of ditto.) Distil a mix- ture of 1 part of copper filings, with two parts of corrosive sublimate. II. ( Chloride . Syn. Muriate of Copper. Hy- drochlorate of ditto. Protochloride of ditto.) Dissolve protoxide of copper in muriatic acid, evapo*rat,e and crystallize. Remarks. This salt forms green needles, is de- liquescent, soluble in alcohol, and when heated, (under 400°,) loses its water, and becomes anhy- drous chloride of copper, and assumes the form of a yellow powder. The first of these preparations is sometimes called the protochloride or muriate ; the second the deutochloride. COPPER, CHROMATE OF. Prep. Pre- cipitate a salt of copper, witli neutral chromate of potash ; or dissolve hydrated peroxide or car- bonate of copper in chromic acid. Caustic ammo- nia dissolves this salt, forming a magnificent dark- green liquid, from which, by the admixture of spirit of wine, ammonio-chromate of copper, or cupro-chromate of ammonia, is disengaged in tho form of a powder of a splendid, rather dark-green appearance. The readiest way of preparing this permanent and beautiful color, is to add solution of chromate of potash to ammoniacal sulphate of copper. COPPER, FEATHER-SHOT. Prep. Melt- ed copper, poured in a small stream into cold water. It forms small pieces, with a feathered edge, hence the name. It is used to make solu- tion of copper. COP 218 COP COPPER GREEN. Syn. Oxy-ciiloride of Copper. Bremen Green. Brunswick ditto. Friezj-and ditto. Prep Pour a saturated so- lution of muriate of ammonia over copper filings or shreds in a close vessel, keeping the mixture in a warm place, and adding more of the solution from time to time, till 3 parts of muriate and 2 of copper have been used. After standing a few weeks, the pigment is to be separated from the unoxidized copper, by washing through a sieve ; and then it is to be well washed, and dried slowly in the shade. This green is almost always adul- terated with ceruse, which improves the color. Remarks. A mixture of cream-tartrate, or car- bonate of copper, with carbonate of lime and mag- nesia, is also sold under the name of Brunswick green. COPPER, IN FINE POWDER. Prep. A solution of sulphate of copper is heated to the boiling-point, and precipitated with distilled zinc. The precipitated copper is then separated from the adherent zinc by diluted sulphuric acid, and dried by exposure to a moderate temperature. From recently precipitated chloride of silver, an exceed- ingly fine silver-dust may also be obtained by boil- ing it with water, acidulated with sulphuric acid and zinc. (Boettger’s Beitrage.) COPPER, IODIDE OF. I. ( Iodide .) When iodide of potassium is added to a solution of a salt of copper, a diniodide of copper falls down, and an iodide remains in solution. It is but little known. II. ( Diniodide .) To a solution of 4 parts of protosulphate of copper, and 5 parts of protosul- phate of iron, add a solution of iodide of potassium, wash and dry the precipitate. Remarks. The last preparation is that common- ly known in trade by the name of iodide of copper. COPPER, OXIDES OF. I. ( Black Oxide. Syn. Protoj ide of Copper.) Prep. This may be formed by calcining metallic copper, nitrate of copper, or the hydrate, thrown down from solu- tions of the salts of copper by means of pure po- tassa. This preparation was formerly called the deutoxide of copper. It is not changed by heat, but readily gives out its oxygen when heated with combustible matter ; hence its general use in or- ganic analysis for supplying oxygen. II. {Red Oxide. Syn. Dioxide of Copper .) Prep. a. Mix 31 - 6 parts of copper filings with 39’6 parts of blaqk oxide of copper, and heat them to- gether in a covered crucible. b. Boil a solution of the acetate of protoxide of copper with sugar ; collect the red powder, wash it with water, and dry it. c. Mix dichloride of copper with an equal weight of carbonate of soda, and fuse it at a low red heat, then well wash the mass with water, and dry the red powder. d. Mix 100 parts of sulphate of copper with 57 parts of carbonate of soda, (both in crystals,) and fuse them at a gentle heat ; cool, pulverize, add 25 parts of fine copper filings, ram the mixture into a crucible, cover it over, and expose it for 20 minutes to u white heat. e. A saturated solution of sugar of milk, con- taining some carbonato of soda, is poured over re- cently prepared moist hydrated oxide of copper, and heated to boiling. A dark orange-colored precipitate of hydrate of protoxide of copper soon appears, from which saccharine mattei is removed by washing in distilled water, and then dried. /. ( Magnificently red anhydrous protoxide of copper .) A solution of 27 parts of cane-sugar, in GO parts of water, is poured over 9 parts of hy- drate of oxide of copper, (weighed in the com- pressed and still moist state;) a solution of 18 parts of caustic potassa, in GO parts of water, is added ; the whole mass well agitated together at the ordinary temperatures, and strained through linen. If the dark-blue liquid, after being passed through the strainer, is heated, continually stirring over the water-bath, anhydrous protoxide of cop- per is disengaged, and the liquid becomes colorless. (Boettger’s Beitrage.) Remarks. Red oxide of copper resembles me- tallic copper in appearance. It is used as a pig- ment and a bronze. By heat it is converted into the black oxide. With ammonia it forms a color- less solution, but rapidly becomes blue :froin the action of the air. This preparation was formerly called protoxide of copper. III. {Peroxide.) Formed by the action of per- oxide of hydrogen water, on the hydrated black oxide. (Thernard.) It is very liable to spontane- ous decomposition. Remarks. According to the opinions of Berze- lius, Thompson, Liebig, Gregory, and others, the eq of copper is 31-6, and consequently the red oxide is a sub- or di-oxide, and the black the oxide oi protoxide. The former containing 63*2 parts of copper and 8 of oxygen, and tire latter 3 l-G of copper and 8 of oxygen. But if the eq. of copper be taken at 63*2, as is done by some persons, the first of these preparations must be regarded as the protoxide, and the second as the deuto- or bin- oxide. The latter terms were generally applied to them in chemical works, until within the last few years. The black oxide has also been called the peroxide. This explanation is called for, to prevent the tyro in chemistry mistaking the one preparation for the other. COPPER, SALTS OF. These are more or less poisonous, and may be recognised in the man- ner as described under the article Copper. COPPER VESSELS. Culinary and pharma- ceutical vessels are very commonly made of cop- per, but too much caution cannot be exercised in their employment. Acid sirups, vegetable juices, aqueous extracts, soups, stews, &c., prepared in copper saucepans, or boilers, receive a metal- lic contamination proportional to the length of time they are exposed to the action of the metal Such vessels are frequently tinned, for the purpose of protecting the copper from contact with their contents, but this film of tin is necessarily very thin, and rubs off by constant use. When acids or acidulous fluids are boiled in vessels of imper fectly tinned copper, a portion of the tin is taken up by the liquid, and deposited upon the abraded or exposed part, thus protecting the copper from the farther action of the menstruum ; but the pro tective power of such a deposite is limited, and it has been proved that when a coating of metal is extremely thin, though appearing quite perfect to the eye, it has a certain porosity, that permits the action of acids on the metal beneath. This has been proved to bo the case, even when the deposite is of silver. (Warrington.) When copper vessel* COR 219 COR are allowed to remain wet or dirty, and especially greasy, a poisonous green matter forms upon their surface, somewhat similar to verdigris, and if ar- ticles prepared in them without their being first properly cleaned, be taken as food, serious conse- quences may ensue. Cases of poisoning from this cause are frequently met with, and instances of vomiting following the use of such articles are still more common. I have known extracts prepared in copper pans deposite a coating of that metal upon the knives used to stir them, and the ashes of the inspissated juices of fresh vegetables, and especially the pulps of fruit, prepared in vessels of the same metal, have exhibited the presence of copper On the application of chemical tests. The most wholesome material for culinary utensils is thin sheet iron or tin plate, which is very durable if kept clean and dry when not in use. Copper vessels of every kind should be cleaned out, im- mediately befoi'e use, even though they may not appear to want it, and on no account should they be employed for any fluids that are the least acidulous, or that are required to remain long in them. COPPERAS. Syn. Green Copperas. Green Vitriol. Vitriol of Iron. Commercial Sul- phate of Iron. Crude sulphate of iron, made by allowing iron pyrites to effloresce in the air, wash- ing out the salt, boiling along with scraps of old iron, evaporating and crystallizing. COPPERAS, CALCINED. Syn. Dried Sulphate of Iron. Calcined ditto. Prep. Heat green vitriol in an unglazed earthen pot, or spread it out in a warm situation, until it becomes white and dry. Use. It is astringent and drying, and is sometimes used in making ink, and in dyeing. CORAL, FACTITIOUS. Prepared chalk dried, colored with a little sesquioxide of iron, or rose pink, and passed through a sieve. This is al- most universally sold by the druggists for powdered coral. It possesses similar properties. CORDIAL, (in Medicine.) Any warm stim- ulant that tends to raise the spirits and promote the circulation. The principal cordial medicines are the aromatized tinctures. CORDIAL, (in the art of the Rectifier.) Aromatized and sweetened spirit, employed as a beverage. Cordials are prepared by either infusing the aro- matics in the spirit, and drawing off the essence by distillation, which is then sweetened, or without distillation, by flavoring the spirit with essential oils, or simple digestion on the ingredients, adding sugar or sirup, as before. Malt or molasses spirit is the kind usually employed, and for this purpose should bo perfectly flavorless ; as, if this be not the case, the quality of the cordial will be inferior. Rectified spirit of wine is generally the most free from flavor, and when reduced to a proper strength with water, forms the best and purest spirit for cordial liquors. Spirit which has been freed from its own essential oil, by careful rectification, is commonly called ‘pure,’ 4 flavorless' 4 plain,’ or 4 silent spirit.' 1 The solid ingredients should be [ coarsely pounded or bruised, before digestion in the I spirit, and this should be done immediately before j putting them into the cask or vat ; as, after they are bruised, they rapidly lose their aromatic prop- j »rties by exposure to the air. The practice of drying the ingredients before pounding them, adopted by some workmen for the mere sake of lessening the labor, cannot be too much avoided, as the least exposure to heat tends to lessen their aromatic properties, which are very volatile. The length of time the ingredients should be digested in the spirit, should never be less than 3 or 4 days, but a longer period is preferable when distil- lation is not employed. In either case, the time allowed for digestion may be advantageously ex- tended to 10 days or a fortnight, and frequent agi- tation should be had recourse to. When essential oils are employed to give the flavor, they should be first dissolved in a little strong alcohol, or recti- fied spirit of wine, so as to make a perfectly trans- parent solution ; and when added to the spirit, they should be mixed up with the whole mass as rapidly and as perfectly as possible, by laborious and long-cojitinued agitation. In managing the still, the fire should be proportioned to the ponder- osity of the oil or flavoring, and the receiver should be changed before the faints come over, as the latter are unfit to be mixed with the cordial. The stronger spirit may be reduced to the desired strength by means of clear soft water, or the clar- ified sirup used for sweetening. The sugar em- ployed should be of the finest quality, and is pref- erably made into capillaire or sirup before adding it to the aromatized spirit ; and this should not be added until the latter has been rendered perfectly fine by filtering or fining. Some spirits, as aniseed, &c., frequently require this treatment, which is best performed by running them through a fine and clean wine-bag, having previously mixed them with a spoonful or two of magnesia. By good management, cordials thus made will be perfectly 44 clear” and transparent ; but should this not be the case, they may be fined with the whites of about 12 or 20 eggs to the hogshead, or by adding a little alum, either alone, or followed by a little carbonate of soda or potassa, both dissolved in wa- ter. In a week or a fortnight the liquor will be clear. (See Clarification.) A most convenient and easy way of manufac- turing cordials, especially where it is wished to avoid keeping a large stock, is always to keep two casks of sweetened spirit ready prepared, at the strength of 60 or 64 u. p. The one should contain 1 lb. of sugar to the gallon, the other 3 lbs. per gallon. From these may be made spirit of any intermediate sweetness, which may be flavored with any essential oil dissolved in alcohol, or any aromatic spirit, prepared either by digestion or dis- tillation. As a general rule, the concentrated es- sences may be made by dissolving 1 oz. of the es- sential oil in 1 pint of the strongest rectified spirit of wine. This solution should be kept in well- corked bottlesy and used by dropping it cautiously into the sweetened spirit, until the desired flavor is produced. During this operation, the cordial should be frequently and violently shaken, to produce a perfect admixture. Should sufficient essence to foul the liquor be added by accident, the transpa- rency may be restored by the addition of a little more spirit, or by clarification. The most frequent cause of failure in the manu- facture of cordials, is the addition of too much fla- voring. Persons unaccustomed to the use of strong aromatics and essential oils, seldom sufficiently es COR 220 COR timate their power, and consequently, generally add too much of them, and thus not only is the liquor rendered disagreeably high flavored, but the quantity of oil present turns it ‘ milky,’ or * foul’ on the addition of the water. This again is an- other source of .annoyance, as from the consist- ence or viscidity of the fluid, it is less readily * fined down ’ thin unsweetened liquor, and often .gives much trouble to clumsy and inexperienced operators. The most certain way to prevent this is to use too little, rather than too much flavoring; for if the quantity prove insufficient, it may readily be ‘ brought up,’ even after the cordial is made. A careful attention to the previous remarks will render this branch of the rectifier’s art far more perfect and easy of performance than it is at pres- ent, and will, in most cases, produce at once a sat- isfactory article, ‘fine, sweet, and pleasant.’ Tt may be observed, before concluding this short notice, that the majority of cordials may be made with the pure essential oils, of nearly equal flavor to those prepared by ' distillation ; and for such as are colored, simple digestion of the ingredients is almost universally employed. Inferior lump, or even good brown sugar is used for some dark and strong-flavored articles. Ingredients that are not volatile, are, of course, always added after distil- lation. Though I have said that very excellent cordials may be made without distillation, yet the still should be always employed to impart the flavor and arema of volatile aromatics to spirits, when the expense, labor, and time are of no im- portance compared to the production of a superior article. The strength at which cordials are usu- ally sent out by permits is 60 or 64 u. p. CORDIAL, ANISEED. Prey. I. Aniseed (bruised) 1 lb. ; proof spirit 6 gallons ; macerate for a week ; then distil 5 gallons ; add 2 gallons of clear soft water, and 1 gallon of clarified sirup. This will make 8 gallons of cordial 24 u. p., which is as weak as “ aniseed” should ever be made. It may be reduced by sweetened water. II. Instead of distilling off* the spirit, merely pass it through a wine-bag, to take off the seed, lower it with clear soft water, and sweeten as before. III. Instead of 1 lb. of aniseed, add enough of the essential oil, dissolved in spirit of wine, to pro- duce the desired flavor ; 2 drachms of the oil is fully equal to 1 lb. of the seeds. CORDIAL, BILIOUS, (CHAMBER- LAIN’S.) An American medicine, prepared from the inner bark of the juglans cinerea, mixed with spices. CORDIAL FOR CALVES. Prep. I. Car- aways, powdered, £ oz. ; ginger and carbonate of soda, of each a spoonful ; gin or brandy, f of a wineglassful ; water 6 oz. II. Brandy £ oz. ; cow’s urine 4 oz. ; mix. (Gray.) Use. As a stimulant for looseness, &c., in calves. CORDIAL, CARAWAY. Prep. Bruised caraway seeds 3 lbs., or, essential oil of caraway 1 4 oz. ; sugar 56 lbs. ; clean spirit, at proof, 40 gallons ; water q. s. Remarks. Tho addition of 30 drops of oil of cas- riu, and 20 drops euch of essence of lemon and orange-peel, to the above quantity, improves the flavor; also a larger quantity of sugar mint l# used, it the cordial is to be much lowered. II. Seeds lb., or oil 1 drachm; proof spirit 1 gallon ; sugar 3 lbs. • water q. s. As last CORDIAL, CEDRAT. Prep. I. Essence of cedrat \ oz. ; dissolve in pure proof spirit 1 gallon ; add water 3 pints, agitate well ; draw off 3 quarts, and add an equal measure of clarified sirup. Remarks. This is-a most delicious cordial. II. Cut 12 lemons in pieces, and digest in spirit of wine 1 gallon ; add water 1 quart ; draw off 1 gallon, and add an equal weight of capillairc. In- ferior to the last. CORDIAL, CINNAMON. This is seldom made with cinnamon, but with either the essential oil, or bark of cassia. It is preferred colored, and therefore may be very well prepared by simple di- gestion. If the oil be used, 1 dr. will be found to be enough for 2 or 3 gallons of spirit. The addi- tion of 2 or 3 drops each of essence of lemon and orange peel, with about a spoonful of essence of cardamoms to each gallon, will improve it. Some persons add to the above quantity 1 drachm of cardamom seeds and 1 oz. each of dried orange and lemon peel. 1 oz. of oil of cassia is considered to be equal to 8 lbs. of the buds, or bark. If wanted dark it may be colored with burnt sugar The quantity of sugar is 1£ lb. to the gallon. CORDIAL, CITRON. Prep. Yellow rind of citrons 3 lbs. : orange peel 1 lb. ; nutmegs bruised 2 oz. ; proof spirit 13 gallons,; distil cl nacerate, add water sufficient, and 2 lbs. of fine lump sugar, for every gallon of the cordial. CORDIAL, CLOVE. Prep. Bruised cloves 1 oz., or essential oil, 1 dr. to every 4 gallons of proof spirit. If distilled it should be drawn over with a pretty quick fire. It is preferred of a very deep color, and is therefore strongly colored with poppy-flow T ers or cochineal, or more commonly with brandy coloring, or red sanders wood. It should have 3 lbs. of sugar to the gallon, and this need not be very fine. The addition of 1 drachm of bruised pimento, or 5 drops of the oil for every ounce of cloves, improves this cordial. CORDIAL, CORIANDER. Prep. 1 lb. of coriander seeds ; 1 oz. of caraways, and the peel and juice of 1 orange to every 3 gallons of proof spirit. CORDIAL, GOLD. Prep. Angelica root, sliced, 1 lb. : raisins £ lb. ; coriander seeds 2 oz. ; caraway seeds and cassia, of each 1£ oz. ; cloves £ oz. ; figs and sliced liquorice root, of each 4 oz. : proof spirit 3 gallons ; water 1 gallon. Digest 2 days, and draw off 3 gallons by a gentle heat ; to this add 8 lbs. of sugar dissolved in 1 quart each of rose-water and clear soft water, and steep I ^ oz. of hay saffron in the liquid until it acquires a proper color. Remarks. The above is the form for a cordial once in much esteem, and which derived its name from a small quantity of gold leaf being added to it. It is now but little drunk, and this addition seldom made. CORDIAL, GODFREY’S Prep. I. Mo- lasses 15 lbs. ; distilled water 2} gallons; dissolve; add oil of sassafras 1 oz. dissolved in rectified spirit of wino £ gallon, bruised ginger J oz. ; cloves £ oz. ; laudanum 8 oz. ; macerate for 14 days, and stiain through flannel. COR COR 22 1 II. Sassafras chips 1 lb. ; ginger bruised 4 oz. ; water 3 gallons ; simmer until reduced to 2 gal- lons; then add treacle 16 lbs., rectified spirits 7 pints, and laudanum 1 pint. III. Opium ^ oz. ; treacle 5 lbs. ; boiling water 1 gallon ; dissolve, and add rectified spirit £ pint ; oil of sassafras ^ dr. ; cloves, mustard seed, of each 4 oz. ; corianders and caraway seeds, of each 1 dr. ; digest for a. week. IV. Caraway, corianders, and aniseed, of each 1 lb. ; water 6 gallons ; distil 5 gallons, and add treacle 28 lbs. ; mix, then add laudanum 1 quart, and oil of sassafras 1 oz. previously dissolved in rectified spirit 1 gallon. Remarks. The above forms are those commonly current in the drug trade. This cordial is anodyne and narcotic, and is commonly given to children troubled with wind or colic. Its frequent and ex- cessive use has sent many infants prematurely to the grave. Gray says, “ It is chiefly used to pre- vent the crying of children.in pain or starving.” The dose is ^ of a teaspoonful and upwards, ac- cording to the age of the child. CORDIAL, GOUT. Prep. Rhubarb, senna, coriander seed, sweet fennel seed, and cochineal, of each 2 oz. ; liquorice root and saffron, of each 1 oz. ; raisins 2^ lbs. ; rectified spirit of wine 2 gal- lons ; digest for 14 days. Used in gout and rheu- matism. Dose. 1 tablespoonful to ^ oz. It is aromatic and slightly laxative. CORDIAL, HORSE. Prep. Compound tinc- ture of benzoin 1 pint ; compound spirit of ammo- nia, and sweet spirits of nitre, of each 8 oz. ; mix ; put it up in Bateman’s bottles, and seal them. CORDIAL LEMON. Prep. Digest 2 oz. each of fresh and dried lemon peel, and 1 oz. of fresh orange peel in 1 gallon of proof spirit for a week ; strain with expression, add clear soft water to reduce it to the desired strength, and lump su- gar, in the proportion of 2^ lbs. to 3 lbs. to the gal- lon. The addition of a little orange-flower or rose- water improves it. CORDIAL, LOVAGE. Prep. Fresh roots of iovage 2 oz. ; fresh roots of celery and sweet fen- nel, of each 1 oz. ; essential oil of caraway \ oz. ; proof spirit 3 gallons ; digest for 7 days, add wa- ter 1 gallon ; distil off 2£ gallons ; add water *to make it of the desired strength, and sweeten with loaf sugar. To the above ingredients some per- sons add, before distillation, f oz. of fresh valerian root, and 1 drachm of oil of savine. CORDIAL, NERVOUS. (Brodum’s.) Prep. Tinctures of gentian, calumba, cardamoms, and cinchona, compound spirits of lavender, and steel wine, of each equal parts. Tonic and stomachic. CORDIAL, ORANGE. Like lemon cordial. $ lb. fresh orange peel to the gallon. CORDIAL, PEPPERMINT. Syn. Sports- man’s Cordial. Eau de Chasseurs. Prep. Add English oil of peppermint 2 oz. to rectified spirit of wine 1 quart, agitate well in a corked bottle, ca- pable of holding 3 pints or more, then pour it into a cask having a capacity of upwards of 100 gal- lons ; add 36 gallons of perfectly white and fla- vorless proof spirit, agitate well for 10 minutes, then add 2 cwt. of the best refined lump sugar, previously dissolved in twice its weight of pure filtered rain water; rummage well, and further add sufficient clear rain water tc make up the whole quantity to exactly 100 gallons ; again rum- mage well ; add 2 oz. alum, dissolved in 1 quart of rain water, and a third time agitate for 15 min- utes, after which put in the bung and let it stand for a fortnight, when it will be fit for sale. Remarks. The above produces a beautiful arti- cle, provided the oil of peppermint be of good quality, the sugar double refined and stove-dried, and the cask one that will not give color. To ensure the first , the oil should be purchased of some known respectable dealer. That prepared at Mitcham, Surrey, and hence called “ Mitcham oil of peppermint ,” is not only the strongest, but best flavored, and though more than double the price of the foreign oil, is, in the. long run, much the cheapest. The sugar should be sufficiently pure to dissolve in a wine glassful of clear soft water, without injuring its transparency , and the cask should be a fresh-emptied gin pipe, or one properly prepared for gin, as if it give color it will spoil the cordial. If these particulars be attended to, the product will be a clear transparent liquor as soon as made, and will not require fining ; but should there be the slightest opacity, some alum may be added as above, which will clear it down. Some persons add more oil of peppermint, others less, than the quantity I have ordered, but this, as well as the weight of sugar, must depend upon the taste of the purchasers, and the price the liquor is to be sold at. The product is 100 gallons of cor- dial at 64 u. p., which is the strongest usually sent out. A similar plan may be followed for the manu- facture of any other cordial liquor, the same prin- ciples and operations being common to all. CORDIAL, Sir WALTER RALEIGH’S. Syn. Sir W. Raleigh’s Confection. Aromatic do. Prep. Fresh summits of rosemary and jun - per berries, of each 1 lb. ; cardamom seeds, zedoa- ry, and saffron, of each ^ lb. ; proof spirit gal- lons ; digest for a fortnight, express and strain ; evaporate to 2^ lbs. and add Gascoigne’s powder 1 lb. ; cinnamon and nutmegs, of each 2 oz. ; cloves 1 oz., white sugar 2 lbs., mix well together. Remarks. The above formula is that for the original aromatic confection. Sir Walter Ra- leigh’s own receipt was far more complicated. CORDIAL, SPORTSMAN’S. Syn. Eau de Chasseurs. Prep. Peppermint water and recti- fied spirits of wine, of each 1 pint ; lump sugar \ lb. Dissolve the sugar in the water and add it to the spirit. CORDIAL, WARNER’S. Prep. Rhubarb ^j'; senna §iss ; saffron 3j ; liquorice root 3iv ; rai-. sins lb. j ; rectified spirit lb. iij : digest for a fort- night. Laxative. CORK. Syn. Corker. The lichen omphalodes made into balls. Used to dye wool. CORKS. The common practice of employing inferior corks for the purpose of stopping the mouths of bottles, is often productive of considera- ble loss, from the air being only partially excluded, and the contents suffering in consequence. I once saw a large “ bin” of valuable wine become, in less than a year, little better than sour Cape, from the parsimony of its owner on this point, and I have frequently had to regret the loss of valuable chem- ical preparations from a similar cause. The best corks are those called “ velvet corks,” and of these the finest qualities are imported from France. COR 222 COR CORNS. Round, horny, cutaneous exuber- ances, with central nuclei, very sensitive at the base, arising from continued pressure over the pro- jection of the bones, from tight or stiff shoes or boots. Corns are of two kinds, hard and soft. The former grow on the exposed portions of the joints, the latter between the toes. Treat. First soak the feet in warm water for a few minutes, then pare the corns as close as possi- ble with a sharp knife, taking care not to make them bleed. They may now be touched over with a little lunar caustic, or nitric acid. The for- mer is used by merely rubbing it on the corns, previously slightly moistened with water ; the lat- ter by moistening them with it, by means of a strip of wood, or preferably a rod of glass. This treat- ment adopted every other day for 10 or 12 days, accompanied by the use of soft, loose shoes, will generally effect a cure. Concentrated acetic acid may be used instead of nitric acid, and is preferred Dy some persons from not staining the skin, but it is less active, and requires to be more frequently applied. It has been recommended to remove large corns by ligatures of silk, applied as close to the base as possible, and tightened daily un- til they drop off; but this plan is tedious, and is not always successful. Another mode of extirpa- tion is the application of a small blister, which will frequently raise them with the skin out of their beds. In this case the exposed surface must be dressed with a little simple ointment. Soft corns may also be easily removed by applying ivy leaf previously soaked in strong vinegar, changing the piece every morning ; or by placing a dressing of eoap cerate, spread on a bit of lint or old rag, be- tween the toes. One of the simplest and best rem- edies for hard corns, and which lias lately received the sanction of high medical authority, is to wear upon the toe or part affected a small circular piece of soft leather, or still better, a piece of amadou, spread with diachylon or other emollient plaster, and having a hole cut in its centre the size of the corn. (Sir B. Brodie.) By this means the pressure of the boot or shoo is equalized, and the corn pro- tected. Prevention. This consists in keeping the feet clean, by frequent ablutions with warm water, and the use of easy, soft shoes or boots. Without the latter precaution, corns will generally return, even after they appear to have been perfectly removed CORNS, POPULAR REMEDIES FOR. I. (Lotion.) Sal ammoniac 1 oz., spirit 4 oz. ; dissolve. Moisten the corn with this lotion every morning and evening. II. (Powder.) Savine leaves 2 oz. ; verdigris 1 oz. ; red precipitate £ oz. ; all in powder. Mix. Ap- plied by means of a piece of rag to the corn nightly. III. (Plaster.) White diachylon and yellow rosin, of each 2 oz. ; melt and add finely-powdered verdigris 1 oz. For use, spread it on paper, linen, or leather, and apply a small piece to the corn. CORN SOLVENT, SIR II. DAVY’S. Prep Potash 2 parts, salt sorrel 1 part; each in fine powder. Mix and lay a small quantity on tho corn for four or five successive nights, binding it on with a rag. CORRECTING PROOFS. (In Typography.) The operation of marking on the proof sheets of a work any errors of orthography, punctuation, ar- rangement, or language, they may contain, and also any alterations that may appear necessary. The following specimen will explain the method generally adopted for this purpose, and with a little attention will enable any person to superintend a work through the press, as far, at least, as de- pends upon the correction of the proofs: V COR 223 COR cfU i> / */ SI 7 ! lam fa" [Proof.] As the vine, which has long twined its graceful foliage about the oak / and been lifted by it into sunshine, will when the hardy plant is rift ed by the thunderOboll, cling round/ it with its and bind round/ it caressing tendrils /its shattered boughs up) so is it /ordered|beautifulty by /rovidence, that woman, 10 12 ' em/ w * 10 * s ^ ie mere depend j^Lt and ornament of man in -tRe- happier hours, should ^ his stay and solace. ) ( When smitten by sudden calamity/ winding herself “ into the rugged recesses of his /.ature, ten- derly supporting the droop- ing IipaR-,, and binding up the broken heart. [ It also is /interesting to notice how some minds seem almost to create themselves, springing 13 hi// 14 s&e/ 15 16 17 18 'Mj -/ I 19 20 21 22 4.C 23 24 up un^r ^ , and working their 25 <2/ solitary butjirresistible way, ^ 26 (2/ A though / a thousand obsta- cles / / Nature seems, &c. 27 &y 28 29 IRWING. ewer^. c//Mar/v&7ifoi The same corrected: As the vine, which has long twined its graceful foliage about the oak, and been lifted by it into sunshine, will, when the hardy plant is rifted by the thunderbolt, cling round it with its caressing tendrils, and bind up its shattered boughs, so is it beautifully ordered by Providence, that WOMAN, who is the mere dependant and ornament of man in his happier hours, should be his stay and solace when smitten by sudden calamity ; winding herself into the rugged recesses of his nature, ten- derly supporting the drooping head, and binding up the broken heart. It also is interesting to notice how some minds seem almost to create themselves, springing up under every disadvantage, and working their “sol- itary but irresistible way,” through a thousand ob- stacles. Nature seems, &c Irving. Explanation of the marks . 1. When a letter or word is to be in italics. 2. When a letter is turned upside down. 3. The substitution of a comma for another point or letter. 4. The insertion of a hyphen ; alsc marked -/ 5. When letters should be close together. 6. When a letter or word is to be omitted. 7. When a word is to be changed to Roman. 8. 9. Two methods of marking a transposition ; when there are several words to be transposed, and they are much intermixed, it is a common plan to number them, and to put the usual mark in the margin. 10. Substitution of a capital for a small letter. 11. When a word is to be changed from small letters to capitals. 12. The transposition of letters in a word. 13. The substitution of one word for another. 14. When a word or letter is to be inserted. 15. When a paragraph occurs improperly. 16. The insertion of a semicolon. 17. When a space or quadrat stands up, and is seen along with the type. 18. When letters of a wrong fount are used. 19. When words crossed off are to remain. 20. The mark for a paragraph, when its com- mencement has been neglected. Sometimes the sign [, or IT, or the word “ break,” is used, instead of the syllables “ New Par.” 21. For the insertion of a space when omitted. 22. To change capitals to small letters. 23. To change small letters to small capitals. 24. When lines or words are not straight. 25. 26. The insertion of inverted commas. The apostrophe is similarly marked. 27. The insertion of a period when omitted, or in place of another point or letter. 28. Substitution of one letter for another. 29. The method of marking an omission or in- sertion when too long for the side margin. cos 224 COU CORROSION, PREVENTION OF. The best means of preventing the corrosion of metals is first to dip the articles into very dilute nitric acid, and afterwards to immerse them in linseed oil, al- lowing the superfluity of oil to drain oflf ; they are by this means very effectively preserved from rust or oxidation. (W. J. Lander.) COSMETICS. ( Cosmetica , from Kea/itu), I adorn.) Any external application used for the purpose of preserving or restoring the beauty. The term is generally understood to refer to sub- stances applied to the cuticle, to improve the color and clearness of the complexion ; but some wri- ters have included under this head, every topical application to promote the personal appearance. Hence cosmetics may be divided into three kinds, viz.: — Cutaneous cosmetics , or those applied to the skin ; hair cosmetics , or such as arc employed to promote the growth and ^beauty of the hair ; and teeth cosmetics, or such as are used to cleanse and beautify the teeth. The present article will be confined to a short notice of the first of these divisions, referring the reader to the separate heads — hair dyes, 'pomatums, pommades, depilatories, dentifrices, tooth powders, tj-c., for information respecting the remainder. Cutaneous Cosmetics. The most simple and universally employed cosmetics are soap and wa- ter, which at once cleanse and soften the skin. Soap containing a full proportion of alkali, exer- cises a solvent power upon the cuticle, a minute portion of which it dissolves ; but when it contains a small preponderance of oily matter, as the prin- cipal part of the milder toilet soaps now do, it mechanically softens the skin and promotes its smoothness. Almond, Naples, and Castile soaps are esteemed for these properties, and milk of roses, cold cream, and almond powder, (paste,) are used for a similar purpose. To produce an opposite effect, and to harden the cuticle, spirits, astringents, acids, and astringent salts are com- monly employed. The frequent use of hard wa- ter has a similar effect. The application of these articles is generally for the purpose of strengthen- ing or preserving any given part against the action of cold, moisture, &c. ; as the lips, or mammae, from chapping, or the hands from contracting chil- blains ; but in this respect, oils, pommades, and other oleaginous bodies, are preferable. Another class of cutaneous cosmetics are em- ployed to remove freckles and eruptions. Among the most innocent and valuable of these, is Gow- land’s lotion, which has long been a popular arti- cle, and deservedly so, for it not only tends to im- part .a delightful softness to the skin, but is a most valuable remedy for many obstinate eruptive dis- eases, which frequently resist the usual methods of treatment. Ritter almonds have been recom- mended to remove freckles, (Celsus,) but moisten- ing them with a lotion made by mixing 1 oz. of rectified spirit of wine, and a teaspoonfid of mu- riatic acid, with 7 or 8 oz. of wuter, is said to do this more effectually. A safe and excellent cos- metic is, an infusion of horseradish in cold milk. (Withering.) Skin paints and stains are employe** no give an artificial bloom, or delicacy to the skin. Rouge mid carmine aro the articles most generally used to communicate a red color. The former is the only cosmetic that can be employed, without in jury, to brighten a lady’s complexion. The latter though possessing unrivalled beauty, is apt to im part a sallowness to the skin by frequent use Starch powder is employed to impart a white tint, and is perfectly harmless. The American ladios who are very fond of painting their necks white, use finely-powdered magnesia, which is another very innocent substance. Several metallic com- pounds, as trisnitrate, subchloride, and oxide of bismuth, (pearl white, Fard’s white, «&,c.,) carbo- nate of lead, (flake white,) white precipitate, &c., are frequently used to revive faded complexions ; but they are not only injurious to the skin, but act as poisons, if taken up by the absorbents. Tris- nitrato of bismuth, (pearl white,) probably the least injurious of these articles, has caused spas- modic tremblings of the muscles of the face, end- ing in paralysis. (Vogt. Pharm.) The employment of liquid preparations, containing sugar of lead, which are commonly sold under the name of milk of roses, cream of roses, &c., is equally injurious. Another disadvantage of these white metallic preparations is, that they readily turn black, when exposed to the action of sulphurated hydrogen gas, or the vapors of sulphur, which frequently escape into the apartment from coal fires. There are many instances recorded, of a whole company being suddenly alarmed, by the pearly complexion of one of its belles being suddenly transformed into a sickly gray or black. A friend of the wri- ter’s was once startled at a Christmas party by observing the one side of a lady’s face and neck, which was exposed to the fire, become discolored in this way, and was so amused on learning the cause, that he has since played two or three jokes of the kind on some petulant old ladies, remark- able for the great attention they pay to their toi- let. In conclusion it may be remarked, that the best purifiers of the skin are soap and water, followed by the use of a coarse cloth, in opposi- tion to the costly and soft diapers that are com- monly employed; and the best beautifiers, are health, exercise, and GOOD TEMPER. COSMETIC, SIMPLE. Prep. Soft soap ^ lb. ; melt over a slow fire with a gill of sweet oil, add half a teacupful of fine sand, and stir the mixture together until cold. The shelly sea-sand, sifted from the shells, has been found better than that which has no shells. Remarks. This simple cosmetic has, for several years past, been used by many 1 ladies who are re- markable for the delicate softness and whiteness of their hands, which they, in a great measure, attribute to the use of it. Its cheapness is a strong recommendation. COUGH. The sudden and violent expulsion of air from the lungs. It is generally sympto- matic of other affections, but is sometimes idiopa- thic. Many cases of cough depend upon the ex- tension of catarrh to the trachea and bronchita, which thus become loaded with mucus or phlegm, which they endeavor to throw off by the convul- sive effort called coughing. In some cases it is caused by a vitiation and inspissation of the secre- tions, arising from the imperfect action of the ab- sorbents ; this is the common cause of the dry cough of old people. Idiopathic cough is not con- sidered dangerous in itself, or while running it* cow 225 COW regular course, but it is often productive of most serious consequences, by superinducing tho inflam- mation of some organ, or laying the foundation of phthisis. Cough is sometimes attended by copious expec- toration, and at other times exists without any ; it has hence been distinguished into moist or mucous cough, and dry cough. Treat. The treatment of common catarrhal cough consists in allaying the irritation as much as possible, \bv demulcents and expectorants, as mucilaginous drinks and lozenges, which act upon the glottis, and sympathetically upon the trachea and bronchiae. Among the first may be men- tioned, almond milk, barley water, refined Spanish juice, gum arabic, and a mixture of the last two made into lozenges ; among the second, the most innocent and convenient is ipecacuanha, in the shape of lozenges, 2 or 3 of which may be sucked whenever the cough is troublesome. A light diet should be adopted, the bowels kept slightly re- laxed by mild aperients, and a mild and equable temperature sought as much as possible. When this plan does not succeed, recourse may be had to an emetic, followed by small doses of Dover’s powders, and extract or tincture of henbane, or squill pill. When a cough is troublesome at night, and unattended with fever, a small dose of lauda- num, or tincture of henbane, taken on going to rest, will generally procure sleep. In the treat- ment of dry cough the more stimulating expecto- rants are useful, as garlic, ammoniacum, styrac, and benzoin, combined with narcotics and seda- tives, as henbane, hemlock, and opium. A dia- phoretic opiate is also very useful, especially in the cough of old people. COUGH, POPULAR REMEDIES FOR. I. {Draughts.) a. Sirup of poppies 1 dessert- spoonful ; antimonial wine 20 drops ; mix for a dose, to be taken in a little warm tea on going to bed. b. Laudanum 30 drops ; vinegar and honey, of each, a dessert-spoonful ; ipecacuanha wine 25 drops ; mix for one dose, as last. II. {Emulsion.) Milk of almonds 4 oz. ; sirup of squills and tolu, of each, 1 oz. ; mix. Dose. A tablespoonful every 2 hours. III. {Mixtures.) a. Tincture of tolu $ oz. ; oaregoric elixir and tincture of squills, of each, i oz. ; sirup of white poppies 1 oz. ; mix. Dose. 1 teaspoonful in barley water, whenever the cough is troublesome, b. Milk of ammoniacum 4 oz. ; sirup of squills 2 oz. ; mix. A tablespoonful 3 or 4 times daily, for the cough of old persons, c. {Dr. Munro's.) Paregoric \ oz. ; sulphuric ether and tincture of tolu, of each, \ oz. ; mix. Dose. A teaspoonful night and morning, or when the cough is troublesome, in a little warm water, d. {Dr. Radcliff' s.) Sirup of poppies, sirup of squills, and paregoric, of each, ^ oz. ; mix. Dose. As last. COUMARINE. The fragrant volatile princi- ple of the tonka bean, the diptera odorata of Wil- denow. It is dissolved out by ether, and purified by alcohol. It crystal .izes in small prisms. COVVHAGE. Syn. Cowitcji. Doliciiis pubes. The down which grows upon the pods of the mu- euna pruriens. (Dolichos pruriens.) It occasions violent itching, when it comes in contact with the Biiin, which can only bo allayed by a solution of 29 given vitriol or oil. It is frequently administered as a vermifuge, made into a confection, by scraping the hair off a pod into treacle, sirup, or honey, for a morning dose, which is repeated for 3 or 4 suc- cessive days, followed by a brisk purge. COWS, MILCH, (CHOICE OF.) As to a choice of breeds for a private family, none in Eng- land, (says Mr. Lawrence,) probably combine so many advantages as the Suffolk dun-cows. They excel both in quantity and quality of milk ; they feed well after they become barren ; they are small- sized, and polled or hornless ; the last a great con- venience. The horns of cows which butt and gore others, should be immediately broad tipped. There is a breed of polled Yorkshire, or Holderness cows, some of them of middling size, great milkers, and well adapted to the use of families, where a great quantity of milk is required, and where price is no object, and food in plenty. If richer milk and a comparison of the two famous breeds be desired, one of each may be selected, namely, the last men- tioned, and the other of the midland county, or long-horned species. Color is so far no object, that neither a good cow nor a good horse can be of a bad color ; nevertheless, in an ornamental view, the sheeted and pied stock of the Yorkshire shorthorns make a picturesque figure in the grounds. The Alderney cows yield rich milk upon less food than larger stock, but are seldom large milk- ers, and are particularly scanty of produce in the winter season. They are, besides, worth little or nothing as barreners, not only on account of their small size, but their inaptitude to take on fat, and the ordinary quality of their beef. Feeding. There is nothing equal to rich pastu- rage for milch cows, but at such seasons, and du- ring such weather that this cannot be procured, good hay, with turnips, carrots, potatoes, or man- gel-wurzel, must be given' instead, £#bng with a sufficient quantity of clean water. The principal cowkeepers of the metropolis have dairy-farms in the suburbs, where the animals are turned out a portion of every day in the year, except during heavy rains, or when the ground is covered with snow. They are &lso well supplied with, brewers’ grains, tares, beet-root, &c., and great care is taken that they get fresh air, and ex^scise suffi- cient for their health. Such cows yield a large quantity of wholesome milk, very different to much that is sold in London, obtained from cows kept in stables, cellars, and other confined situations^ and which are seldom supplied with green food. It has lately been shown by Boussingault, that man- gel-wurzel, so commonly used for feeding cattle, is insufficient as an article of food. He found that a cow fed on this substance ceases to give her usual quantity of milk, and that even when other food was given along with it, the animal yielded less than her ordinary quantity. Before giving turnips to cows, the rotten or bad ones should be picked out, as it is said that even tho presence of a sin- gle damaged one will flavor the milk, and perhapci spoil a whole dairy of cheese or butter. Economy of a cow. The annual consumption of food per cow, if turned to grass, is from an acre to an acre and a half in the summer, and from a'ton to a ton and a half of hay in the win* ter A cow may. bo allowed 2 pecks of currot* CRA 226 CRA per <5ay. The grass being cut and carried, will economize it full The annual product of a good fair dairy v.>ow, during seven months after calving, and either in summer or winter, if duly fed and kept in during the latter season, wJll be an average of 7 lbs. of butter per week, from 3 to 5 gallons of milk per day. Afterwards, a weekly average of 3 or 4 lbs. of butter from barely half the quantity of milk. It depends on the constitution of the cow, and how nearly she may be milked to the time of her calving, some giving good milk until within a week or two of that period, others re- quiring to be dried 8 or 9 weeks previously. I have heard (says Mr. Lawrence) of 20 lbs. of butter, and even 22 lbs., made from the milk of 1 long- horned cow in 7 days ; but I have never been for- tunate enough to obtain one that would produce more than 12 lbs. per week, although I have had a Yorkshire cow which milked 7 gallons per day, yet never made 5 lbs. of butter in one week. On the average, 3 gallons of good milk will make 1 lb. of butter. CRACKNELS. Prep. Mix a pint of flour with a little grated nutmeg, the yelks of 2 eggs, 2 or 3 spoonfuls of rose-water, and cold water suffi- cient to make a paste ; then roll in £ lb. of butter, and make it into shapes. In 1 hour put them into a kettle of boiling water, and boil them until they swim, then throw them into cold water ; take them out, and when dry bake them on tins. CRACKNUTS. Prep. Flour 1 lb. ; sugar f lb. ; melted butter £ lb. ; 6 or 7 eggs, well beaten ; make a paste with a glassful of raisin wine and a little water ; add caraways, roll it out as thin as paper, cut it into shapes with a tumbler, wash the pieces with the white of egg, and dust them over with powdered sugar. CRAMP. Spasmodic or involuntary contrac- tions of the muscles, generally of the extremities, accompani with great pain. The muscles of the legs and feet are those most commonly affected with cramp, especially after great exertion. The best treatment is immediately to stand, upright, and to well rub the part with the hand. The ap- plication of strong stimulants, as spirits of ammo- nia, or of anodynes, as opiate liniments, has been recommended. When cramp occurs in the stom- ach, a tq^spoonful of sal volatile in water, or a dram glassful of good brandy, should be swallowed immediately. When cramp comes on during cold bathing, the limb should be thrown out as sudden- ly and violently as possible, which will generally remove it, care being also taken not to become flurried nor frightened as presence of mind is very essential to personal safety on such an occasion. A common cause of cramp is indigestion, and the use of acescent liquors ; these should be avoided, and bitters and absorbents had recourse to. CRAYONS. Small cylinders or pencils of coloring substances, used for drawing upon paper, &c. Prep. Crayons are commonly prepared by mix- ing up the color with some substance that will dilute it to a proper shade, and give it the neces- sary softness and tenacity to adhere readily to pa- per, when rubbed against it. The cylindrical form is generally given to them by means of a cylinder of 2 or 3 inches diameter, having one end open, and the other firmly secured to a perforated plate, having holes of the same size as the intended cray- ons. The crayon-composition, in the state of » stiff paste, is introduced into the open end, and is driven down and through the holes, by means of n small plug or piston, that exactly fits the inside of the cylinder. To impart an equable motion, which is essential to the formation of well-shaped crayons, a small screw is employed. The pieces that pass through the holes are cut into lengths and dried All tho materials employed in making crayons are previously reduced to tho slate of aft impalpable powder, and those that are gritty are elutriated or washed over. The following are among the best formula for making crayons : I. Spermaceti 3 oz. ; boiling water 1 pint ; agi- tate together till they form a species of emulsion, with which mix up bone ashes 1 lb., (previously reduced to an impalpable pow:*ir.) and coloring matter as much as is required to give the proper tint. When half dry form the mass into crayons. II. Pipeclay, and the finest prepared chalk, equal parts ; or pipeclay alone, q. s. ; coloring a sufficient quantity. Make them into a paste with pale mild ale. III. ( Process of the brothers Joel, of Paris.) Shellac 3 parts ; spirits of wine 2 parts ; oil of turpentine 1 part ; coloring matter and blue clay, of each 6 parts. The shellac is dissolved in the spirit, and well mixed by trituration with the clay, (previously elutriated and dried,) the colored pow- der, and the turpentine ; the mass is then made into crayons, which are dried by a stove heat. IV. White curd or Castile soap, cut into thin shavings, 1 oz. ; boiling water 1 pint ; dissolve, and when cold add gradually as much rectified spirit of wine as will barely render the liquid transparent. With this fluid make the coloring matter into a paste, along with ^ its weight each of the finest elutriated clay and chalk. V. Shellac 5 parts ; wood naphtha 10 parts ; dissolve, and with this fluid mix up the coloring powder, previously stirred up with an equal weight of fine blue clay. Dry the crayons by a stove heat. If this process be well managed, it will produce crayons equal to those of the best Parisian houses. VI. ( Colored crayons .) Crayons may be made of any color or shade, by employing suitable pig- ments, and diluting them with a proper quantity of elutriated or prepared chalk. White crayon «. are' made of this substance, by simply combining it with a suitable quantity of pure clay, or by mix- ing it up in either of the ways just described. Black crayons are made of prepared blacklead, ivory-black, lamp-black, &c. Black chalk is fre- quently made into crayons by simply sawing it into suitably-sized pieces. Red crayons have, as their coloring ingredients, carmine, carminated lakes, vermilion, and any of the earthy or mineral colors commonly used as pigments. General Lo- met lias proposed, as a superior red crayon, the softest hematite, elutriated, dried, and made into a paste with water holding in solution a little gum and soap. Blue crayons are mado of indigo, smalts, Prussian blue, verditer, &c. Green crayons of a mixture of king’s yellow, or yellow ochre, with blues. Yellow crayons of king’s yellow, Naples ditto, yellow ochre, &c. Brown crayons of um- ber, (raw and burnt,) terra di sienna, (raw an«J CRE 227 CRE burnt,) Cullen’s earth, brown ochre, &c. ; and some peculiar shades, of a mixture of black, car- mine, and either of the above colors. Purple cray- ons are made with any of the more brilliant blues, mixed with carmine, lake, or vermilion. Remarks. As crayon colors do not admit of be- ing mixed together at the time of using them, like liquid colors, it is usual to make 3 to 6 different shades of each color, so as to enable the artist at once to produce any effect he chooses. CRAYONS, LITHOGRAPHIC. Prep. I. Tallow soap 7 parts ; white wax 6 parts ; melt by a gentle heat, add lamp-black 1 part, and cast it into moulds. II. White wax 4 parts ; shellac and hard tal- low soap, of each 2 parts ; lamp-black 1 part ; as last. III. Spermaceti, white wax, and hard tallow soap, of each equal parts ; lamp-black to color ; as last. Use. To draw designs on lithographic stones; CREAM. The oleaginous portion of milk, which collects in a thin stratum upon the surface, when that fluid is left undisturbed for some time. By the process of churning, it is converted into butter. When kept for some days, it becomes thicker, and partially coagulated, in consequence of the formation of some lactic acid, which precip- itates the caseous matter contained in the small portion of the milk with which the cream is mixed. If cream in this state be violently shaken, as in the operation* of churning, the oily portion, or but- ter, quickly separates, and leaves a liquid behind, called buttermilk. If instead of churning it, we suspend it in a linen bag, and allow it to drain, it will gradually become drier and harder by the sep- aration of the liquid portion, and will then form what is known by the name of cream cheese. By the application of slight pressure, the separation of the whey is more completely effected, and the product is not only better, but will keep longer. When cream is intended for churning, it should be kept until it turns slightly sour, as then the butter will readily “come;” for if churned while quite sweet, the operation will be tedious, and frequently /ail. When this happens, the dairy maids declare the milk is “charmed,” or “ bewitched ,” and re- luctantly proceed with the operation. The cause of this is the want of acidity, which is not the case when the cream has been kept for a certain time before churning, for then a portion of the sugar contained iri the serum is converted into lactic acid. The addition of a little rennet, or vinegar, is the proper remedy in this case, and will cause the almost immediate appearance of the butter. The term “ Cream ” is also frequently applied to some compound spirits and cordial liquors, because of their cream-like smoothness and flavor. Qual. The cream of milk may be regarded as an article of food in the same light as butter, as it is converted into the latter by the process of diges- tion, especially when violent exercise follows after eating it. On this account much cream should never be taken at once by persons of delicate stomachs. *In eating cream with fruit, persons are hardly aware of the large quantity they consume, until they find it disagree with their stomachs, when the condiment is blamed for the indiscretion of thoso who take it CREAM, ALMOND. Prep. Sweet almonds 2 oz. ; bitter almonds 4 in number ; blanch and beat them in a mortar to a smooth paste, adding a tea- spoonful of water to prevent oiling. Mix this with a pint of cream, the juice of a lemon, and enough powdered lump sugar to sweeten ; whisk up a froth, take it off and lay it on a clean sieve ; then fill glasses with the liquor, and place some of the froth on the top of each. CREAM, BRANDY. Prep. Mix a teacup- ful of almond cream with £ a pint of milk ; boil for 2 minutes, and when cold, add the yelks of 6 eggs and a quart of cream ; heat it gently over the fire until it thickens, keeping it well stirred ; then add 2 or 3 glasses of brandy, and pour it into sffiail caps or shallow glasses. CREAM, BURNT. Prep. Cream 1 quart ; cassia a small stick ; the peel of half a lemon ; boil for 5 minutes ; let it cool a little and take out the spice ; then add the yelks of 9 eggs, and sugar to sweeten ; stir until cold, put it into a dish, strew powdered sugar over it, and bake it until brown. CREAM, COLD. Syn. Galen’s Cerate. Ceratum Galeni. Prep. I. Oil of almonds 1 lb. ; white wax \ lb. ; melt together in a water-bath, strain, if necessary, and add by degrees rose water (made warm) f pint ; stjr assiduously until cold. II. Olive oil and rose water, .of each 1 pint; spermaceti and white wax, of each 4 oz. ; as last. III. White lard 1 lb. ; spermaceti \ lb. ; orange flower water \ pint ; as last. Remarks. The above may be further scented by the addition of any fragrant essence or oil, if de- sired. It is used as a mild unguent to soften the skin, prevent chaps, &c. CREAM, COLD, (HUDSON’S.) Prep. Oil of almonds 4 oz. ; white wax and spermaceti, of each i oz. ; rose water 4 oz. ; orange flower water 1 oz. ; as last. CREAM, COSTOPHIN. Named after a vil- lage near Edinburgh, where it is commonly made. Prep. Put the milk of 3 or 4 consecutive days, to- gether with the cream, into a vessel, and allow it to remain until sour and coagulated. The whey must be now drawn off, and fresh cream added. It is eaten with sugar and ' fruit, especially straw- berries and raspberries. CREAM, DEVONSHIRE RAW. Sour cream mixed with an equal quantity of fresh cream, and sweetened with sugar. Eaten with fruit. CREAM, DEVONSHIRE SCALDED: Syn. 'Clouted Cream. Prep. Set the milk of yester- day in a polished shallow brass pan, over a char- coal or other clear fire, free from smoke, and grad- ually heat it very hot, but be careful not to let it boil. It is readily known to be done enough when thq undulations on the surface look thick, and form a ring round the top of the fluid, the size of the bottom of the pan. Let it cool, and the next day skim off the cream. It is eaten with sugar and fruit, and is made into butter. CREAM, D’lLLOTTE’S VEGETABLE. Syn. Crystallized Cream. Prep. Oil of al- monds 2 oz. ; spermaceti ^ oz. ; melt and add ber- gamotte, neroli, and verbena, of each 5 drops ; huile au jasmin 10 drops. Stir well together, and pour it into small wide-mouthed bottles to crystal • CUE CRE 228 iiao. If preferred harder, 1 drachm more sperma- ceti may be used. CRI^M, FOR ICING. Prep. I. New milk 2 pints ; yelks of 6 eggs ; white sugar 4 oz. ; mix, strwv heat gently, and cool gradually. Ice as warned. Used to mako ice creams. II. Cream 1 pint ; sugar 4 oz. Mix. As above. CREAM, FRUIT. Prep. Pulped or preserved fruit 1 lb. ; cream, or good raw milk, 1 quart ; sugar sufficient ; boil for 1 minute ; cool, and add a glass of brandy. CREAM, FURNITURE. Prep. Pcarlash 2 oz. ; water half a gallon. Dissolve and filter, add white wax 4 oz., and boil until dissolved. II. Soft water 1 gallon ; beeswax 1 lb. ; soap \ lb. ; pearlash 2 oz. Iioil until dissolved. Use. To polish furniture, varnish wood-work, statues, &c. It is diluted with water, and spread upon the surface with a painter’s brush, then pol- ished off with a hard brush, cloth, or leather. CREAM, ICE. Proc. About half fill the icing pot with the mixture which it is desired to freeze, place it in a pail or any suitable wooden vessel, with ice beat small, and mixed with about half its weight of common salt; turn it backwards and forwards as quickly as possible, and as the ice cream sticks to the sides, break it down with an ice spoon, so that the whole may be equally ex- posed to the cold. As the salt and ice in the tub melt, add more, until the process is finished, then put the cream into glasses, and place them in a mixture of salt and ice until wanted for use. Be- fore sending them to table, dip the outside of the glass into lukewarm water, and wipe it dry. Remarks. Flavored ice-creams are made by mixing “ cream for icing'” with half its weight of mashed or preserved fruit, previously rubbed through a clean hair sieve ; or, when the flavor depends on the juice of fruit or on essential oil, by adding a sufficient quantity of such substances. Thus raspberry and strawberry ice-creams are made according to the former method; lemon, orange, noyeau, and almond ice-creams, by the latter method. In the same way any other article besides cream may be frozen. CREAM, IMITATION Syn. Mock Cream. Substitute for ditto, &c. Prep. I. Beat 2 eggs, 1 oz. of sugar, and a small piece of butter, with a pint of warm milk, then put it into hot water and stir it one way, until it acquires the consistence of cream. II. Instead of eggs, as above, use a spoonful, of arrow-root, first well beaten with a little cold milk. CREAM, LEMON. Prep. Cream 1 pint ; yelks of 3 eggs ; powdered sugar G oz. ; the yellow rind of 1 lemon, (grated,) with the juice ; mix, ap- ply heat, and stir until cold. If wanted white, the whites of the eggs should be used instead of the yelks. CREAM, ORANGE. Prep. Similar to lemon cream. CREAM, PAINTER’S. Prep. Palo nut oil 6 oz. ; mastich 1 oz. ; dissolve, add sugar of load oz., previously ground in the least possiblo quantity of oil ; then add water gradually until it acquires tho consistence of cream, working it well all the imo Used by painters to cover their wo ft;, when they are obliged to. leave it for some time. It may be washed off with a sponge and water. CREAM, PISTACHIO. Pup. Beat * lb. o. pistachio nut kernels in a mortar with a spoonful of brandy. ' Put them into a pan with a pint of good cream and tho yelks of 2 eggs, beaten fine. Stir it gently over the firo till it grows thick, and then put it into glasses or a China soup plate. When it is cold, stick it over with small pieces of tho nuts, and send it to table. CREAM, RASPBERRY. Pup. Rub a quart of tho fruit through a hair sieve to extract the seeds, then mix it with the cream, sweeten with sugar, and raise a froth thereon with a chocolate mill. Take this off’, and place it on a hair sieve, then fill your glasses with tho cream, and place some of the froth upon the 'op of each. The ex- pressed juice of raspberries also makes a delicious cream. In winter, raspbe: ry jelly, jam, or sirup, may be used. A glass of good brandy improves this cream. CREAM, STONE. Syn. Cream Blanc- mange. Prep. Dissolve isinglass J an oz. in water a teacupful ; add cream 1 pint, and sugar 4 oz. ; heat it boiling hot and stir until nearly cold, then pour it over some fruit or preserves, placed on tho bottom of glass dishes. CREAM SIRUP. Finely powdered lump sugar mixed with an equal weight of cream. It will keep for a long time if put into bottles and closely corked and sealed over. It is commonly placed in 2 oz. wide-mouthed vials, and taken on long voyages, a fresh vial being opened at every meal. CREAM, SCOTCH SOUR. Prep. Put skimmed milk over night in a wooden tub with a spigot at bottom, and put this tub into another fill- ed with hot water ; in the morning take out tho small tub and draw off the thin part of the milk (wigg) until the thick sour cream begins to come. This process requires practice as to the heat of the water ; when it succeeds, skimmed milk yields nearly one half of this cream, which is eaten with sugar as a delicacy ; it is only distinguishable from cream by its taste, and sells for double the price of fresh milk. (Gray.) CREAM, VANILLA. Prep. I. Boil a stick of vanilla, (grated,) and half an oz. of isinglass, in a pint of milk, until the latter is dissolved ; strain and add sugar 6 oz., and cream 1 pint ; stir till nearly cold, then pour it into moulds like blanc- mange. II. Cream and ' isinglass jelly, of each 1 pint; sugar 6 oz. ; essence of vanilla \ oz ; mix as be • fore. CREAM, VELVET. As the last, but, insteac of vanilla, flavor with the rind and juice of 1 lemon, and about a teacupful of white wine. Mould like blancmango. CREAM, WrilPT. Prep. Whites of 12 eggs cream 1 quart ; pale sherry ^ a pint ; essence of musk and ambergris, of each 10 drops ; essence of lemon and orango peel, of each 3 or 4 drops* whisk to a froth, roinovo tho latter on to a sieve fill tho glasses with tho cream, and then pilo the froth on tho top of them. Very fine. CREME. (Fr.) Cream. This name is applied to several compound spirits and cordial liquors, especially by the French liuueur'stes, who prid« CRE 229 CRE itiemsel.ves on the superior quality and cream-like smootnness of their manufactures. Like the cor- dials of the English, they are mostly dilute spirit, aromatized and sweetened. CREME D’ANISE. The same as aniseed cordial. CREME DES BARBADES. Prep. I Lem- ons sliced 2 dozens ; citrons sliced £ dozen ; fresh balm leaves 8 oz. ; proof spirit 4 gallons ; digest for a fortnight, then express the liquor, strain, and add 2 gallons each of clarified sirup and pure water. II. The fresh peels of three oranges and 3 lem- ons ; cassia bruised 4 oz. ; mace, pimento, and cloves, of each 1 dr. ; rum, at proof, 2£ gallons ; digest as before, distil over 2 gallons, and add clarified sirup 1 gallon. If wanted weaker, lower with clear soft water. CREME DE CACAO. Prep. Infuse roasted caracca cacao nuts (cut small) 1 lb., and vanilla £ oz., in brandy 1 gallon, for 8 days ; strain, and add 3 quarts of thick sirup. CREME D’ORANGE. Prep. Oranges, sliced, 3 dozen ; rectified spirit 2 gallons ; digest for 14 days ; add lump sugar 21 lbs. (previously dissolv- ed in water 4£ gallons ;) tincture of saffron 1£ oz. ; and orange-flower water 2 quarts ; mix well, and strain. CREME DE PORTUGAL. Prep. % Proof spirit 1 quart ; essence of lemon 30 drops ; essen- tial oil of almonds 5 drops ; mix ; then add clari- fied sirup 1£ pint ; and water £ pint. CRENIC ACID. A brown acid, discovered by Berzelius, in certain mineral waters. It is a modification of humus, produced by the decay of vegetable matter. Apocrenic acid is nearly sim- ilar. CREOSOTE. Syn. Creasote. Kreasote. Kreosote. Creasoton, (P. L.) Creazotum, (P. E.) This substance is a product of the dry distillation of organic bodies, and the peculiar preservative principle of smoke and pyroligneous acid. It pre- vents the decomposition of meat, and thence its name from xptag, flesh, and aSi^etv, to preserve. It was discovered by Reichenbach. It is manufac- tured from wood-tar, in which it is sometimes con- tained to the amount of 20 per cent., and from crude pyroligneous acid and pyroxilic oil. Its components are carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, in a proportion not yet precisely ascertained. Prep. ( Process of M. Simon.) A copper still, capable of containing 80 Berlin quarts, is filled to one third with the oil of wood-tar, and distilled. First, the more volatile matters pass over. These do not contain creosote, and are, therefore, to be rejected ; but when, by the gradually increased temperature, there passes over a very acid fluid, which becomes turbid, and at the same time an oces in the hot decoction of the other in- gredients, by which means their volatile principles will be preserved. Some of the preparations in the pharmacopoeias are injudiciously ordered to be boiled, while others that would not suffer by ebul- lition £.x>ng with water, are directed to be infused. As examples of the former, may be mentioned the compound decoctions of aloes, chamomile, and sarsaparilla, and the simple decoctions of mezereon, cinchona bark, &c. ; as examples of the latter, the infusions of quassia and rhatany may be no- ticed. For making decoctions, the substances should be well ‘bruised, or reduced to a very coarse pow- der, or, if fresh and soft, they should be sliced small. In the former case, any very fine powder or adhering dust should be removed with a sieve, as its presence would tend to make the product thick and disagreeable, and also more troublesome to strain. The vessel in which the ebullition is conducted should be furnished with an accurately fitting cover, the better to exclude the air ; and the application of the heat should be so conducted that the fluid may be kept “ simmering ,” or only gently boiling, as violent boiling is not only quite unnecessary, but absolutely injurious. In every case the liquor should be strained while hot, but not boiling, and the best method of doing this is to employ a fine hair Sieve, or a coarse flannel bag. In general it is found, that as decoctions cool, a sediment is formed, in consequence of the boiling water dissolving a larger portion of vege- table matter than it can retain in solution when cold. This deposit© for the most part consists of the active principles of the solution, and should be mingled with the. clear liquid by agitation, when the decoction enters into extemporaneous compo- sitions, or when the dose is taken. It will thus be seen that the common practice of leaving the filtration until the liquid has become cold, and also of rejecting the sediment, is injudicious, and should be scrupulously avoided ; as, however, much decoc- tions so prepared may please the eye, they are not only inferior in strength , but, in many cases, nearly inert. It may be further remarked, that long boiling is in no case necessary, and should be avoided, especially in decoctions prepared from aromatic vegetables, or those abounding in extrac- tive. The colleges, in such cases, direct the in- gredients “ to be boiled for a short time,” (P. D Art. Dec. Chamomeli Co. ;) or “ for 10 minutes,” (P. L. Art. Dec. Cinchonae;) or they limit the period of the ebullition by stating the quantity that must be volatilized, as — “ boil to a pint, and strain,” (P. L. Art. Lee. Cetrariae ;) the latter method being generally employed for those substances tha do not suffer by lengthened boiling. Distilled water, or perfectly clean rain water, should alone be used for decoctrons. Spring and river water, from containing lime, have less solvent powers. The aqueous solutions of organic matter, from the nature of their constituents, rapidly ferment, or putrefy. Vegetable substances, from abounding in sugar and starch, mostly undergo the former change, and this takes place, under common cir- cumstances, after the lapse of only a few hours. At the ordinary temperature of the atmosphere, neither decoctions nor infusions are fit to be used in dispensing, unless made the same day; they should, consequently, be only prepared in small quantities at a time, and any unconsumed portion should be rejected. Some of these preparations will keep for 48 hours, in temperate weather, but as the ingredients are mostly of little value, and the menstruum (water) valueless, it would be im- prudent for the dispenser to risk his own reputation, and the welfare of the patient, by employing ah article of dubious quality. It has of late years become a general practice for the wholesale houses to vend preparations un- der the name of “ concentrated decoctions,” which, with the exception of the compound decoc- tion of aloes, are stated to be of 8 times the phar- macopceial strength ; so that one drachm of these liquids, added to seven drachms of water, form ex- temporaneous decoctions, professedly resembling those of the pharmacopoeia. The detoction of aloes is made of only four times the usual strength, as the nature of its composition would not permit further concentration. I feel it to be, however, a bounden duty to the sick, to state, that such prep- arations are but very imperfect substitutes for the decoctions of the Colleges, and in the usual man- ner. The extreme difficulty of forming concen- trated solutions of vegetablo matter with bulky ingredients, too often leads to the omission of a portion of the materials, or to the practice of con- centrating the liquid by evaporation ; in the first case, the strength is of course less than it should be, and in the second, the quality is injured, and perhaps the preparation is rendered nearly inert by the lengthened exposure to heat, and the con ■ sequent volatilization or decomposition of its active constituents. The common practice of adding a considerable portion of spirit to these preparations, which is absolutely necessary to make them keep, is also objectionable, as, in many cases in which decoctions are prescribed, this article, even in small quantities, would havo a prejudicial effect. Be sides, the object in employing aqueous decoctions or infusions is to avoid the use of spirituous prepa- rations. Some concentrated decoctions have been DEC 238 DEC recently offered for sale which do not contain a particle of alcohol, being preserved by the addition of sulphurous acid, or the sulphite of lime ; but on lately examining a sample of one of these, I foupd it perfectly worthless ; it possessed a strong odor of bark, but it contained barely a trace of cincho- nine. (See Concentration, Infusion, Essence, Extracts, Liquor.) DECOCTION, COOLTNG. Prep. Barley water 1 pint ; muriatic acid 1 drachm ; sirup or lump sugar to sweeten. Use. A common drink in putrid fevers, taken ad libitum. DECOCTION, DIAPHORETIC Prep. De- coction of bark 1 pint ; liquor of acetate of ammo- nia 4 oz. ; aromatic confection 1 oz. Dose. 2 or 3 tablespoonfuls every 3 hours. DECOCTION FOR FOMENTATION. Syn. Decoctum i*ro Fomento, (P. L. 1788.) Prep. Leaves of southernwood, sea wormwood, and chamomile flowers, of each 1 oz. ; laurel leaves £ oz. ; water 5 pints ; boil, and strain. DECOCTION, MERCURIAL. Prep. Cor- rosive sublimate gr. j ; (dissolved in) spirits of wine 30 drops ; extract of sarsaparilla 3iij ; decoction of sarsaparilla f^viij ; mix. Dose. One large Jable- spoonful 3 times a day. DECOCTION OF ALOES. (COMPOUND.) Syn. Decoctum Ai.oes coMrosiTUM, (P. L. & E.) Balsam of Life. Baume de Vie. Prep. I. Ex- tract of liquorice 3vij ; carbonate of potassa 3j ; aloes, myrrh, and saffron, of each 3iss ; compound J tincture of cardamoms f^vij ; water pints. Boil the first five ingredients in the water, until the duid be reduced to a pint, strain, cool, and add the tincture. (P. L.) Remarks. The preceding instructions, which are those of our Pharmacopoeia, appear to be objec- tionable, as there cannot possibly be any advan- tage in boiling the saffron, while by such an opera- tion the whole of its fragrance is dissipated. A better plan is to macerate the saffron in the tinc- ture for a few days, previously to adding the latter to the decoction of the other ingredients. After the tincture has been strained off from the saffron, ihe latter may be washed with a little water, to remove any adhering color and odor, and this may be added to the decoction. The addition of the tincture produces a deposite of mucilaginous and feculent matter, which has been dissolved out of the liquorice, for which reason some houses omit the latter altogether, and supply its place with an equal quantity of lump sugar, and a little coloring. By this method the liquid, after being once ren- dered fine by decanting or filtering, will continue so for any length of time. The full quantity of saffron ordered by the College, is seldom used in making this preparation, a small fraction of it only being employed. The following formula is used by a wholesale London drug house, that does very largely in this article. II. Solazzi juice 1$ lb.; kali (carbonate of pot- assa) 3 oz. ; aloes (hepatic) 4£ oz. ; myrrh (small) 4 oz. ; water gallons; boil to 3 gallons, strain through flannel, cool, and add 10 pints of com- pound tincture of cardamoms, that has been di- gested for 10 days on saffron, 1£ oz •; mix well, and add essential oil of nutmeg 15 drops, oils of cassia and caraway, of et ch 10 drops, and oils of cloves and p'nienfo, of each 5 drops. Agitate well to- gether, and allow it to repose for a week, then de. cant the clear portion from the sediment, and pre- serve it in a cool place. « DECOCTION OF ALOES, (CONCEN- TRATEI) COMPOUND.) In prepa.ir.g this article, there is considerable advantage in substi tilting sugar for the liquorice," as, if the latter lie used, there is a largo deposite from which the last portion of the liquid is separated with difficult) The following form may bo used with advantage. I. Lump sugar 8 oz. ; burnt sugar coloring $ pint ; carbonate of potash 2 oz. ; aloes, myrrh, and saffron, of each 3 oz. ; compound tincture of car- damoms £ a gallon ; water 3 pints ; boil tho first five in the water, until the liquid be nearly re- duced to one half ; cool and add the tincture, pre- viously digested for a week, on the saffron ; then proceed as directed in the last article. Remarks. The proportion of saffron usually employed in the drug trade for the above quantity, is i oz. ; and some fragrant oils are frequently ad- ded to bring up the smell, as before described. The high price of saffron, for some time past, has led many unprincipled persons to omit it altogether. Should it be preferred to use extract of liquorice, 14 oz. of solazzi juice must be added to the above, and the sugar and coloring omitted. The price at which many houses offer this preparation, is abso- lutely less than the bare cost of the ingredients or- dered by the College. I am in the habit of prepa- ring this article by digesting the aloes, myrrh, li- quorice, and potassa, all reduced to powder, along with the saffron, in the tincture, for a fortnight, employing frequent agitation. In this case the proportion of the tincture in the above formula should be 5f pints, and the water should be omit- ted. In this way a very odorous and beautiful preparation, is produced, which has been much admired. DECOCTION OF APOCYNUM. Syn. De- coctum Afocyni. Prep. {Dr. Griscom.) Root of apocynum cannabinum and juniper berries, of each §j ; water 3 pints ; boil to 1 quart and strain. DECOCTION OF ASPARAGUS. Syn. Dec. Asparagi. Prep, asparagus root ^j ; watei lb. ij ; boil for 5 minutes and strain. DECOCTION OF AVENS. Syn. Dec. Gei Urbani. Prep. (Thompson.) Avens root (herb bennet) ^j ; water 1 pint ; boil for 15 minutes. DECOCTION OF BALLOTA LANATA. Prep. Leaves and flowers 2 oz. ; water 2 lbs. ; boil to 1 lb. and strain. Dose. 1 or 2 oz., 3 or 4 times a day ; as a diuretic in dropsy. DECOCTION OF BARK. Syn. Dec. of Cinchona. I. {Dec. of Lanced-leaved Cinchona or Pale Bark. Decoctum Cinchona ?, P. L. 1788, 1809, and 1824. Dec. Cinchona: LaticifolicB , P. L. 1836.) Prep. Lance-leaved cinchona bark, well bruised, §j ; water, sufficient to leave 1 pint when strained; boil for 10 minutes, (P. L.) Be- fore dispensing pr pouring out the dose, the Sedi- ment should be shaken up with the liquid, as it consists of the most active portion of the bark. II. {Decoction of Heart-leaved Cinchona oi Yellow Bark. Syn. Dec. Cinchonce Cordifolia . P. L.) Prep. Ileart-leaved cinchona, or yellow bark, bruised, 3x ; distilled water 1 pint ; boil foi 10 minutes, and strain while hot. TIL {Decoction of Oblong-leaved Cinchona ot DEC 239 DEC Red Bark. Syn. Dec. Cinchona Oblongifolice, P. L.) As the decoction of yellow bark. Dose, $c. Either of the above is given in doses of 1 to 2 oz., 3 or 4 times daily, as a tonic, stomachic, and febrifuge, where the stomach will not bear the administration of bark in powder, in cases of dys- pepsia, convalescences, &c. DECOCTION OF BARLEY. Syn. Barley Water. Plain ditto. Aqua Hordeata. Dec. Hordei, (P. L.) Prep. Pearl barley §iiss ; water 4$ pints. First wash the barley with some water, then boil in ^ pint of the water for a little time, throw this away, pour on the remaining 4 pints, boiling hot, boil down to 1 quart, and strain. DECOCTION OF BARLEY, COMPOUND. Syn. Barley Water. Pectoral Decoction. Ftisana communis. Dec. Hordei compositum, (P. L.) Prep. Barley water 1 quart ; sliced figs and stoned raisins, of each §iiss ; liquorice root, sliced and bruised, 3v ; water 1 pint ; boil down to 1 quart, and strain. - Remarks. Both the above are used as demul- cents in fevers, phthisis, strangury, &c., taken ad libitum. They are slightly laxative, and where this would be an objection to their use, a few drops of laudanum may be added. Mixed with an equal quantity of- decoction of bark, barley water forms an excellent gargle in cynanche maligna, (ulcer- ated sore throat,) and, with a like quantity of milk and a little sugar, a good substitute for the breast in dry-nursing infants. DECOCTION OF THE BLUE CARDI- NAL FLOWER. Syn. Dec. Lobeli® Syphili- tic.®. Dec. Lobeli®. Prep. (P. C.) Root of the lobelia syphilitica 1 handful ; water 12 lbs. ; boil to 7 lbs., and strain. Remarks. This decoction is purgative, and was once thought to possess alterative virtues. It was strongly recommended by Swediaur, in certain com- plaints ; he gave half a pint at first twice daily, and afterwards 4 times a day, unless it acted too strongly on the bowels, when the frequency of the dose was diminished, or it was discontinued for 3 or 4 days, and then had recourse to again, until the cure was effected. It is now seldom employed. DECOCTION OF BROOM TOPS. Syn. Dec. Spartii Cacumnium. Dec. Scoparii. Prep. Tops of broom (cut small) 1 oz. ; water 1 pint ; boil to one half, and strain. As a diuretic in dropsy. DECOCTION OF BROOM, COMPOUND. Syn. Dec. Spartii Cacumnium co. Dec. Sco- parii compositum, (P. L.) Prep. Broom tops, juniper berries, and dandelion root, of each 5jss ; water 1£ pint; boil to 1 pint, and strain. Remarks. The Edinburgh preparation, in addi- tion to the above, contains 2£ drs. of cream of tar- tar, and is hence said to be preferable to that of the London Pharmacopoeia. Both the above are diuretic, and are chiefly administered in dropsy, especially ascites, (dropsy of the belly.) DECOCTION OF BURDOCK. Syn. Dec. Bardan®. Prep. (P. C.) Bardana root §vj ; wa- ter 5 pints ; boil to 3 pints, and strain. Use. As an alterative, a pint to a quart daily, or ad libitum, in all those cases in which sarsaparilla is recommended. DECOCTION OF BURNT SPONGE. Syn. Dec. Spongi®. Dec. Spongi® Ust®. Prep. (Ilufeland.) Burnt sponge (powdered,' §j ; watei 1 pint; boil a little, digest 12 hours, strain, and add of cinnamon water § ij. Remarks. Burnt sponge was once much recom- mended in scrofula, but has fallen into disuse. If it possesses any virtue, -it must depend upon the very small quantity of iodine it generally con- tains. DECOCTION OF CABBAGE TREE BARK. Syn. Dec. Geoffroy®, (P. D.) Bark of the cabbage tree bruised Jj ; water 1 quart ; boi 1 t one half, strain, and add §ij of sirup of orange pee T Uses, c \c. Cathartic, narcotic, and anthelmin tic. Dose. 2 to 4 tablespoonfuls for an adult. DECOCTION OF CALUMBA. Syn. Dec Calumb®. Prep. Calumba root, sliced, §j ; wa ter 1£ pint; boil to 1 pint and strain. Dose. A tablespoonful 2 or 3 times daily. Bitter, tonic stomachic. DECOCTION OF CALUMBA, COM- POUND. Syn. Dec. Calumb® comp. (P. U. S.) Prep. Calumba root and quassia sliced, of each 3ij ; orange peel 3j ; rhubarb Oj ; carbonate of po- tassa 3ss ; water 1 pint. Boil to f^xvj ; strain, and add compound tincture of lavender, f^ss. Dose, This is repeated until the water runs off nearly colorless. The whole of the liquid is now evaporated without delay, until reduced to 8$ gallons, when, after cooling, 2 drachms of es- sential oil of sassafras, dissolved in 2 gallons of rectified spirit of wine, aro added, and afterwards, 1 pint of essence of guaiacum. Tho liquid is then placed in a suitable sized barrel, set upon its head, fitted with a small cock, ( not placed too near tho bottom,) uu(b allowed to repose for a week, by which tiiqe it becomes clear and brilliant. Ro'narks. To conduct this process successfully, several large copper pans aro requiied; one of which, to boil the ingredients in, must bo capable of containing from 120 to 150 gallons at least, and tho remainder suflicicntly large to receive the liquors drawn ofi. Tho evaporation and decoction should also bo conducted by steam-heat. A very excellent plan adopted by some houses is, to em- ploy largo wooden vats, and to apply the heat by means of pipes laid along tho bottom, and supplied with high-pressure steam. This method is less expensive than the use of double steam pans, as above. When essence of guaiacum is not used, 24 lbs. of guaiacum shavings, from which the dust has been sifted, aro boiled with the other ingre- dients instead. (See Sarsaparilla.) DECOCTION OF SENEGA ROOT.. Syn Dec. of American Snakeroot. Dec. Senega, (F. L.) Prep. Seneka root 3x ; water 2 pints ; boil to ore-half, and strain. Dose, f^iss to f^iij, three or four times daily, in humoral asthma, chronic cough, dropsy, &c. It is stimulant, expectorant, and diuretic, and in large doses, emetic and cathartic. It is the anti- dote employed by the Senegaro Indians against tho bite of the rattlesnake. (Dr. Tennant.) DECOCTION OF SQUILLS, COMPOUND. Syn. Dec. Scilla comp. Prep. (P. U. S.) Squills 3iij ; juniper berries §iv ; snakeroot ^iij ; water lb. iv ; boil to one half, strain, and add of sweet spirits of nitre f§iv. DECOCTION OF STARCII. Syn. Muci- lago Amyli, (P. L. 1788-1824.) Dec. Amyli, (P. L. 1836.) Prep. Starch 3iv ; water 1 pint; mix gradually and boil for a short time. Use. As an enema in dysentery, diarrhoea, and excoriations of the rectum. DECOCTION OF STEMLESS MILK VETCH. Syn. Dec. Astragali. Prep. (P. Cod.) Root of the astragalus escapus 3x ; water 3 pints ; boil to 1 quart. Dose. The whole to be taken within the 24 hours. Alterative, &c. DECOCTION, STRENGTHENING. Syn. Tonic Decoction. Prep. I. Peruvian bark, bruised, ^ss ; Virginian snakeroot 3ij ; water 1 pint ; boil to one half, strain, and add spirits of cinnamon §iss ; diluted sulphuric acid §iss. Dose. 2 oz. two or three times a day. II. Decoction of bark §v ; tincture of bark 3vj aromatic confection Oj ; sal volatile 5j. Dose. 1 or 2 tablespoonfuls night and morning. DECOCTION OF SUET. Syn. Artificial Goat’s Milk. Dec. Sevi. Prep. (Dr. Cummin.) Tie some chopped mutton suet in a piece of muslin, and simmer it for a short time in milk. DECOCTION, SYDENHAM’S WHITE. Syn. Hartshorn* Drink. Mistura Cornu Usti Prep. Prepared burnt hartshorn §ij ; gum arabic ; water 3 pints ; boil to 1 quart and strain. Mu- cilaginous ; demulcent. DECOCTION OF TAMARINDS. Syn. Dec. Tamarinoorum. Prep. Tamarinds §iss : water 1 pint ; boil for 5 minutes and strain. A Peasant drink in fevers, asthma, chronic coughs, DECOCTION #OF TAMARINDS AND SENNA. Syn. Dec. Tamarindorum cum Sen- na, (P. E. 1744.) Tamarinds 3vj ; cream of tartar 3ij ; water f^xxiv; boil in a glazed earthen vessel until reduced to fjxiv ; .hen infuse therein for 1 2 DEC 243 DEC hours, senna 3iv ; strain, and add sirup of violets ?j. Purgative. DECOCTION OF TAR. Syn. Tar Water. Dec. Picis liq,uid.e. Prep. Tar 1 c»z. ; water 1£ pints ; boil to 1 pint. DECOCTION OF TORMENTIL. Syn. Dec. Tormentilae, (P. L.) Prep. Torment'd root, bruised, §ij ; water pints; boil to 1 pint and strain. Astringent. Dose. 2 to 4 tablespoonfuls .n diarrhoea, &c. t DECOCTION OF VERBENA. Syn. Dec. Verbenas. Prep. Verbena (vervain) 2 oz.; wa- ter 1^ pints ; boil to 1 pint and strain. Remarks. The verbena officinalis was former- ly highly recommended by Etmuller, Hartman, De Haen, Morley, and others, in scrofula, cepha- lalgia, &c., but afterwards fell into neglect. More recently, a decoction of the plant has been highly extolled by Boshanov as an anti-febrile. DECOCTION, VULNERARY. Syn. Dec. Vulnerarium. Prep. (E. H.) Ground ivy, and broad-leaved plantain, of each § ss ; water 3 pints ; boil to 1 quart, strain, and add sugar fss. DECOCTION OF WALNUT BARK. Syn. Dec. Juglandis. Prep. (P. Gen.) Green bark of walnuts §j j water 1 pint ; boil for 15 minutes and strain. DECOCTION OF WALL-PELLITORY. Syn. Dec. Parietarias. Prdp. (Ratier.) Root of wall -pell itory §j ; water pints ; boil to 1 pint. DECOCTION OF WHORTLEBERRIES. Syn. Dec. Uvle Ursi, (P. L.) Prep. Whortleber- ry leaves, bruised, ; water 1^ pints; boil to 1 pint and strain. Dose. 1 to 4 tablespoonfuls, in phthisis and pu- rulent affections of the urinary organs. DECOCTION OF WILLOW BARK. Syn. Dec. Salicis. Prep. (Wilkinson.) Willow (salix latifolia) bark, bruised, §iss ; macerate in water lb. ij, for 6 hours, then boil for 15 minutes and strain. Tonic, astringent, and febrifuge. DECOCTION OF WOODY NIGHT- SHADE. Syn. Dec. of Bitter-sweet. Dec. Dulcamara, (P. L.) Prep. Stalks of the herb, sliced, 3x ; water 1 \ pints ; boil to 1 pint and strain. Dose. 1 to 3 oz. It is diaphoretic, diuretic, and narcotic, and is given in dropsy, asthma, and sev- eral scaly skin diseases. Its narcotic action may be obviated by the addition of J an oz. of com- pound spirits of lavender. (Collier.) DECOCTION OF WORMSEED. Syn. Dec. Santonici. Prep. Wormseed, bruised, § ij ; water 1 pint ; boil down to xvj, and strain. Stomachic, vermifuge. It is principally used as an injection against ascarides. • DECOCTION OF YELLOW MULLEIN. Syn. Dec. Verbasci Tiiapsi. Prep. (Dr. Home.) Yellow mullein j water 1 pint; boil for a short time. DECOLORATION. The blanching or loss of the natural color of any substance. Sirups, and many animal, vegetable, and saline solutions, are decolored or whitened by agitation with ani- mal charcoal, and subsequent subsidence or filtra- tion. Many fluids rapidly lose their natural color BY exposure to light, especially the direct rays of the sun. In this way, castor, nut, poppy, and several other oils, are whitened. By the joint action of light, air, and moisture, cottons and linens are commonly bleached. The peculia, way in which light produces this effect, has never been satisfactorily explained. That it is not de- pendent on thd absorption of oxygen, appears evident, from the fact, that contact with air is not always necessary. I find that raw castor oil, ex- posed to the sun in a bottle closely corked, will whiten with as much rapidity as that in another similar sized bottle, placed beside it and left un- corked. There is, however, a small quantity of gaseous matter given off, which has an odor re- sembling carbureted hydrogen ; but in the open bottle, oxygen is continually absorbed, certain oily acids formed, and some impure carbonic acid evolved. When this action is permitted to go on for some time, the oil becomes thick and rancid, but may bo partially restored to its former state, by filtration through coarsely-powdered and fresh- ly-burnt animal charcoal. The latter substance is commonly employed to deprive fish oils of their disagreeable odor, as well as to lessen their color. The decoloration of textile fabrics and solid bodies generally, is called bleaching. (See Oils, Tal- low, Sirup, Sugar, &c.) DECOMPOSITION. Syn. Decomposition, ( Fr .) Zersetzung, ( Ger .) In Chemistry. The resolution of compounds into their elements, or the alteration of their chemical constitution in such a manner that new products are formed. — Thus: the gas that illuminates our streets, is the insult of the decomposition of pit-coal ; and vinegar and brandy, the result of the decomposition of the sac- charine matter of grape juice. The 'decomposition of bodies may be either simple or complicated, ac- cordingly as one or more compounds are produced — Thus : when the vapor of water, (steam,) which is*a compound of 8 parts of oxygen and 1 of hy- drogen, is passed over red-hot iron, the latter unites witl^ the oxygen, and the hydrogen is liberated in an uncombined state. This resolution of the ele- ments of one body, and the formation of a new compound, is called by chemists, simple or single decomposition. The above change may be rep- resented by the following diagram : — Materials. Composition. V apor of Water i Hydrogen . I Oxygen . . Iron Iron . . . . Products. Hydrogen gas. Oxide of Iron. When, however, two bodies suffer mutual altera- tion, and an interchange of their elements takes place, producing new compounds, it is called dou- ble decomposition. Thus : when sal ammoniac and chalk are mixed together and distilled, as in the preparation of smelling salts, (sesquicarbonate of ammonia,) the hydrochloric acid of the former unites to the lime of the latter, forming hydrochlo- rate of lime ; while the ammonia of the sal ammo- niac unites with the carbonic acid of the chalk, form- ing sesquicarbonate of ammonia, which passes over and is condensed in the receiver. This mutual de- composition is exhibited in the following diagram : — Materials. Composition. Products Sal Am- ^ HydrochloricAcid } moniac ./ Ammonia . . ) > Hydrochl. of Lime. ^ \ Lime > ) Sesquicarbonate of Chalk, j Carbonic Acid ) Ammonia. For the sake of simplicity, no notice is taken ic DEC 244 DEC the above diagram of the water formed by the hy- drogen of the hydrochloric acid and tho oxygen of the lime, one portion of which is dissipated along with an atom of ammonia, and another is condensed along with the newly-formed carbonate of ammonia. An intimate acquaintance with the order in which decompositions take place among com- pounds, is of vast importance to the chemical man- ufacturer, and, in fact, forms the ground-work of operative chemistry. The tyro in this art is, there- fore, recommended to pay especial attention to the subject. A knowledge “ of the elective affinities of bodies, simple and compound, imparts to its pos- sessor an irresistible power over the unions and dis- unions of the elements, which lie can exercise with certainty in effecting innumerable transforma- tions in the arts.” (Ure.) The following tables will be found to contain much valuable informa- tion on this subject, in a very condensed form, and will enable the -reader to understand the nature of many of the decompositions that take place in the chemical operations detailed in this work, as well as to anticipate the effects resulting from the ad- mixture of numerous substances. I. Table of simple Affinity. The following table, drawn up from the re- searches of Geoffroy, Bergman, Vauquelin, Four- croy, and others, has been arranged in alphabeti- cal order for the convenience ■ of reference. The substance, the attractions of which are to be shown, is placed at the commencement of each paragraph, and the substances to which it has an attraction, follow in the order of the forces of attraction. Acetic Acid. Baryta ; Potassa ; Soda ; Stron- tia ; Lime ; Ammonia ; Magnesia ; Metallic oxides ; Glucina ; Alumina ; Zirconia. Alcohol. Water; Ether ; Volatile oil ; Alkaline sulphurets. » Alumina. Acids — Sulphuric, Nitric, Hydrochlo- ric, Oxalic, Arsenic, Fluoric, Tartaric, Suc- cinic, Mucic, Citric, Phosphoric, Lactic, Benzoic, Acetic, Boracic, Sulphurous, Nitrous, Carbonic, Hydrocyanic. Ammonia. Acids — Sulphuric, Nitric, Hydrochlo- ric, Phosphoric, Fluoric, Oxalic, Tartaric, Ar- senic, Succinic, Citric, Lactic, Benzoic, Sulphur- ous, Acetic, Mucic, Boracic, Nitrous, Carbonic, Hydrocyanic ; Oil ; Water ; Sulphur. Arsenic Acid. The same as Fluoric Acid, omit- ting Silica. Baryta. Acids — Sulphuric, Oxalic, Succinic, Fluoric, Phosphoric, Mucic, Nitric, Hydrochlo- ric, Suberic, Citric, Tartaric, Arsenic, Lactic, Benzoic, Acetic, Boracic, Sulphurous, Nitrous, Carbonic, Hydrocyanic ; Sulphur ; Phosphorus ; Water; Fixed Oils. Benzoic Acid. White oxide of arsenic ; Potassa ; Soda ; Ammonia ; Baryta ; Lime ; Magnesia ; Alumina. Boracic Acid. Tho same as Fluoric Acid, omit- ting Silica, and ^dding Water and Alcohol. Camphoric Acid. 9 Lime; Potassa; Soda; Ba- ryta ; Ammonia ; Alumina ; Magnesia. Carbon. Oxygen; Iron; Hydrogen. Carbonic Acid. Baryta; Strontia : Limo ; Po- tassa ; Soda; Magnesia; Ammonia; Glucina; Zirconia; Metallic oxide*. Citric Acid. Same as Oxalic acid, excepting that Zirconia should be inserted after Alu- mina. Fixed Oils. Limo; Baryta; Potassa; Soda; Magnesia ; Oxide of Mercury ; Metallic oxides ; Alumina. Fluoric Acid. Lime; Baryta; Strontia; Mag- nesia; Potassa; Soda; Ammonia; Glucina; Alumina ; Zirconia ; Silex. Hydrochloric Acid. 'Hie same as Nitric acid, excepting that Ammonia should stand above Magnesia. Hydrocyanic Acid. . Baryta ; Strontia ; Potassa; Soda ; Lime ; Magnpsia ; Ammonia. Hydrogen. Oxygen; Sulphur; Carbon; Phos- phorus ; Nitrogen. Lactic Acid. The same as Acetic acid. Lime. Acids — Oxalic, Sulphuric, Tartaric, Suc- cinic, Phosphoric, Mucic, Nitric, Hydrochloric, Suberic, Fluoric, Arsenic, Lactic, Citric, Malic, Benzoic, Acetic, Boracic, Sulphurous, Nitrous, Carbonic, Hydrocyanic ; Sulphur; Phosphorus; Water; Fixed oil. Magnesia. Acids — Oxalic, Phosphoric, Sulphuric, Fluoric, Arsenic, Mucic, Succinic, Nitric, Hy- drochloric, Tartaric, Citric, Malic, Lactic, Ben- zoic, Acetic, Boracic, Sulphurous, Nitrous, Carbonic, Hydrocyanic ; Sulphur. Nitric Acid. Baryta ; Potassa ; Soda ; Strontia ; Lime ; Magnesia ; Ammonia ; Glucina ; Alu- mina ; Zirconia ; Metallic oxides. Nitrogen. Oxygen ; Sulphur ; Phosphorus ; Hy- drogen. Oxalic Acid. Lime ; Baryta ; Strontia ; Mag- nesia ; Potassa; Soda; Ammonia; Alumina; Metallic oxides ; Water ; Alcohol. Oxide of Antimony. Acids — Gallic, Hydro- chloric, Benzoic, Oxalic, Sulphuric, Nitric, Tar- taric, Mucic, Phosphoric, Citric, Succinic, Fluo- ric, Arsenic, Lactic, Acetic, Boracic, Hydro- cyanic ; Fixed alkalis ; Ammonia. Oxide of Arsenic. Acids — Gallic, Hydrochlo- ric, Oxalic, Sulphuric, Nitric, Tartaric, Phos- phoric, Fluoric, Succinic, Citric, Acetic, Ply- drocyanic ; Fixed alkalis ; Ammonia ; Fixed oils ; Water. Oxide of Copper. Acids — Gallic, Oxalic, Tar- taric, Hydrochloric, Sulphuric, Mucic, Nitric, Arsenic, Phosphoric, Succinic, Fluoric, Citric Lactic, Acetic, Boracic, Hydrocyanic, Carbonic ; Fixed alkalis ; Ammonia ; Fixed oils. Oxide of Gold. Acids — Gallic, Hydrochloric, Nitric, Sulphuric, Arsenic, Fluoric, Tartaric, Phosphoric, Acetic, Hydrocyanic ; Ammonia ; Sulphureted Hydrogen. Oxide of Iron. Acids — Gallic, Oxalic, Tartaric, Camphoric, Sulphuric, Mucic, Hydrochloric, Nitric, Phosphoric, Arsenic, Fluoric, Succinic, Citric, Lactic, Acetic, Boracic, Hydrocyanic, Carbonic. Oxide of Lead. Acids — Gallic, Sulphuric, Mu- cic, Oxalic, Arsenic, Tartaric, Phosphoric, Hy- drochloric, Sulphurous, Suberic, Nitric,, Fluoric, Citric, Malic, Succinic, Lactic, Acetic, Benzoic. Boracic, Hydrocyanic, Carbonic ; Fixed oils ; Ammonia. Oxide of Mercury. Acids — Gallic, Hydrochlo- ric, Oxalic, Succinic, Arsenic, Phosphoric, Sul- phuric, Mucic, Tartaric, Citric, Malic, Sulphur h DEC 245 DEC ous, Nitric, Fluoric, Acetic, Benzoic, Boracic, Hydrocyanic, Carbonic. Oxide of Platina. Acids — Gallic, Hydrochloric, Nitric, Sulphuric, Arsenic, Fluoric, Tartaric, Phosphoric, Oxalic, Citric, Acetic, Succinic, Hydrocyanic, Carbonic ; Ammonia. Oxide of Silver. Acids — Gallic, Hydrochloric, Oxalic, Sulphuric, Mucic, Phosphoric, Sulphur- ous, Nitric, Arsenic, JFluoric, Tartaric, Citric, Lactic, Succinic, Acetic, Hydrocyanic, Carbon- ic ; Ammonia. Oxide of Tin. Acids — Gallic, Hydrochloric, Sulphuric, Oxalic, Tartaric, Arsenic, Phosphor- ic. Nitric, Succinic, Fluoric, Mucic, Citric, Lac- tic, Acetic, Boracic, Hydrocyanic ; Ammonia. Oxide of Zinc. Acids — Gallic, Oxalic, Sulphu- ric, Hydrochloric, Mucic, Nitric, Tartaric, Phosphoric, Citric, Succinic, Fluoric, Arsenic, Lactic, Acetic, Boracic, Hydrocyanic, Carboi ic ; Fixed alkalis ; Ammonia. Oxygen. Carbon ; Charcoal ; Manganese ; Zinc ; Iron ; Tin ; Antimony ; Hydrogen ; Phosphorus ; Sulphur ; Arsenic ; Nitrogen ; Nickel ; Cobalt ; Copper; Bismuth; Caloric? Mercury; Silver; Arsenious acid ; Nitrous oxide ; Gold ; Plati- num ; Carbonic oxide ; Hydrochloric acid ; White oxide of manganese ; White oxide of lead. Oxygen.* Titanium ; Manganese ; Zinc ; Iron ; Tin ; Uranium ; Molybdenum ; Tungsten ; Co- balt ; Antimony ; Nickel ; Arsenic ; Chrome ; Bismuth ; Lead ; Copper ; Tellurium ; Platinum ; Mercury ; Silver ; Gold. Phosphoric Acid. Baryta ; Strontia ; Lime ; Po- tassa ; Soda ; Ammonia ; Magnesia ; Glucina ; Alumina ; Zirconia ; Metallic oxides ; Silica. Phosphorous Acid. Lime ; Baryta ; Strontia ; Potassa ; Soda ; Ammonia ; Glucina ; Alumina ; Zirconia ; Metallic oxides. Phosphorus. The same as Sulphur. Potassa. The same as Ammonia. Silica. Fluoric acid ; Potassa. Soda. The same as Ammonia. Strontia. Acids — Sulphuric, Phosphoric, Oxalic, Tartaric, Fluoric, Nitric, Hydrochloric, Succin- * Vauquelin’s table of the affinity of the metals for oxy- gen, according to the difficulty with which their oxides are decomposed by heat. ic, Acetic, Arsenic, Boracic, Carbonic ; W* ter. Suberic Acid. Baryta ; Potassa ; Soda ; Lime ; Ammonia ; Magnesia ; Alumina. Succinic Acid. Baryta ; Lime ; Potassa ; Soda ; Ammonia ; Magnesia ; Alumina ; Metallic ox- ides. Sulphur. Potassa ; Soda ; Iron ; Copper ; Tin ; Lead ; Silver ; Bismuth ; Antimony ; Mercury ; Arsenic ; Molybdenum. Sulphuric Acid. Baryta ; Strontia ; Potassa ; Soda ; Lime ; Magnesia ; Ammonia ; Glucina : Yttria ; Alumina ; Zirconia ; Metallic oxides. Sulphurous Acid. Baryta ; Lime ; Potassa ; So- da ; Strontia ; Magnesia ; Ammonia ; Glucina ; Alumina ; Zirconia; Metallic oxides. Sulphureted Hydrogen. Baryta ; Potassa ; So- da ; Lime ; Ammonia ; Magnesia ; Zirconia. Tartaric Acid. Same as Oxalic acid. Tungstic Acid. The same as Fluoric acid. II. Table of the order of Decomposition ajnong some of the Metallic Oxides, according to the researches of Prof. Persoz. nitric acid. Oxide of magnesium. “ silver. “ cobalt. “ nickel. Protoxide of cerium. Oxide of zinc. Protoxide of manganese. Oxide of lead. “ cadmium. “ copper. “ glucinum. “ aluminum. “ uranium. “ chromium. Protoxide of mercury. Oxide of mercury. “ iron. “ bismuth. muriatic acid. Oxide of magnesium. “ chromium. “ nickel. Protoxide of mercury. “ cerium. Oxide of zinc. Protoxide of manganese. “ iron. u uranium. copper. “ tin. Oxide of glucinum. “ aluminum. “ uranium. “ chromium. “ iron. “ tin. “ bismuth. “ antimony, *** Oxide of copper separates the oxides of alu- minum, uranium, chromium, titanium, and vana- dium, from all the oxides which are precipitable, as sulphurets by hydrosulphuret of ammonia. III. Table of the Sequences of the Bases with the different Acids , by Dr. Young. [n all mixtures of the aqueous solutions of two salts, each acia remains united to the base which stands nearest to it in this Take. SULPHURIC ACID. Baryta Baryta Ifaryta Baryta Baryta Baryta Potassa Baryta Baryta i.ead Strontia Strontia Potassa Potassa Potassa Potassa Soda Strontia Potassa Mercury Lime Lime Soda Soda Soda Soda Baryta Lime Soda (Iron (Silver ?) Potassa Ammonia Strontia Strontia Strontia Strontia Potassa Ammonia J Potassa (Mercury?) Soda Strontia Ammonia Ammonia? Ammoniall Ammoniall Soda Strontia 1 Soda Potassa (Mercury?) Magnesia* Magnesia Magnesia? Magnesia Lime Magnesia ? Magnesia (Magnesia Soda (Iron ?) Glucina Glucina Glucina Lime Magnesia Ammonia Glucina Zinc I Magnesia Alumina Alumina Alumina Glucina Glucina Glucina Alumina Lead Iron > Ammoniaf Zirconia Zirconia Zirconia Alumina Alumina Alumina Zirconia Zinc Copper 1 Glucina Lime Lime Lime « Zirconia Zirconia Zirconia Lime ? Copper Magnesia • 1 Aluminaf Ammonia* Zirconia Glucina (Copper?) Alumina Zirconia Nitric Miriatic Phosphor o Fluoric Sulphurous Boracic Carbonic Nitrous Phosphorous Acktic * Ammonia stands above magnesia when cold. + A triple salt is formed. I Pennips magnesia ought to stand lower. ? A compound salt is formed, and when hot, magnesia stands above ammonia St- i* 7 ,l . 2 r L y s,l - ys that sulphate of strontia is decomposed by borate of ammonia. 'I With heat, ammonia stands below lime and magnesia. DEM 246 DEN DEFECATION. Syn. Defecation, (Fr.) Klaren, ( Ger .) From Lat. de and fax, dregs. In chemistry, the separation of a liquid from its feces or impurities. This is usually performed by subsidence and decantation, and is commonly ap- plied to the purification of saline solutions, on the largo scale, in preference to filtration ; than which it is both more expeditious and inexpensive. DEFLAGRATION. Syn. Deflagration, (Fr.) Verpuffung, (Ger.> Deflagratio, (Lat., from dejlagro, to burn.) In chemistry, the rapid combustion of any substance, for the purpose of producing some change in its composition, by the joint action of heat and oxygen. The process of oxidizing substances by means of nitre, is common- ly called deflagration, and is performed by project- ing a mixture of equal parts of the nitrate and the inflammable or oxidizable body into a red-hot cru- cible, in small portions at a time. Several articles mentioned in this work are prepared in this way. DELIQUESCENCE. Syn. Zerfliessen, (Ger.) Diliquescentia, (Lat.., from diliquesco, to melt down.) The attraction of the moisture of the atmosphere, and solution therein. The term is applied to certain salts, that by exposure gradu- ally assume the liquid state. Such salts are said to be deliquescent. DELPHINE. Syn. Delphina. Delphinia. Delphinium. An alkaloid, discovered by Las- saigne and Feneulle in the delphinium staphysa- gria, or stavesacre. Prep. I. The husked seeds are ground to pow- der, boiled in a little water, and pressed in a cloth. The filtered decoction is then boiled for a few min- utes with a little pure magnesia, and refiltered, and the residuum, after being well washed, is dis- solved in boiling strong alcohol, which dissolves out the alkali, and gives it up again by gentle evaporation and cooling. II. Digest the bruised but unshelled seeds in di- lute sulphuric acid, strain, precipitate with carbon- ate of potassa, and digest the precipitate in alcohol as before. Prep., Uses, tf-c. A semi-crystalline white odorless powder, having an acid bitter taste. It is scarcely soluble in water, but dissolves in ether, and readily in alcohol. It forms salts with the acids, which are very bitter, and crystallize with difficulty. As commonly procured, it is mixed with an acrid resin called staphysain. (Couerbe.) Its alcoholic solution produces a burning and tin- gling sensation, when rubbed on the skin, and a similar sensation is produced in various parts of the body, when it is taken in doses of a few grains. It has been exhibited in neuralgia and rheumatism, by Dr. Turnbull. DEMULCENTS. (From demulceo, I sooth.) Bland, emollient substances that obviate irritation by covering the exposed part, and protecting it Irorn the action of acrid matter. The principal demulcents are, gum arabic, gum tragacanth, lin- seed, liquorice, arrow-root, pearl barley, isinglass, almonds, spermaceti, almond and olivo oils, and most mucilaginous and oily substances. For in- ternal use these are made into mucilages, decoc- tions, emulsions, or milks, with water, and form kuitable beverages in dysentery, diarrhoea', catarrh, diseases of the urinary organs, and all other dis- eases where diluents are useful. DENSITY* (From densus, thick.) The quan tity of matter contained in a given space. It ii commonly used synonymously with specific grav- ity. Thus, quicksilver is said to have a groatoi density than copper, and alcohol a less density than oil of vitriol. DENTIFRICE. (Dentifricum, Lat., from dens, a tooth, and frico, I rub.) Substances ap- plied to the teeth, to cleanse and beautify them. The most usual form of dentifrices is that of pow- der ; but washes and electuaries are also some- times employed. The ingredients employed in dentifrices should not be loo hard or gritty, lest they injure the enamel of the teeth ; nor should they be too soft or adhesive, for in that case they would adhere to the gums, and be disagreeable Finely-powdered pumice-stone is one of thoso sub- stances that act entirely by mechanical attrition, and is hence an objectionablo iri£ redient in tooth- powder, intended for daily use. It is, however, very generally present in the yarious advertised dentifrices, which are remarkable for their rapid action in whitening the teeth. Finely-powdered Bath brick is another stibstance of a similar nature to pumice, and, like that article, should only be occasionally employed. Cuttle-fish bone, coral, and prepared chalk are also commonly used for the same purpose, but the latter is rather too soft and absorbent, to form the sole ingredient of a tooth-powder. Charcoal, which is so very gener- ally employed as a dentifrice, acts partly mechan- ically, and partly by its chemical properties of destroying foul smells, and arresting putrefaction. For this purpose it should be newly burnt, and kept in w.ell-closed vessels, as by exposure to the air it rapidly loses its antiseptic powers. Powder- ed rhatany, cinchona bark, and catechu are used as astringents, and are very useful in foulness oi sponginess of the gums. Myrrh and mastich are employed on acount of their odor, and also because of their presumed preservative action, and power of fixing loose teeth. Insoluble powders have been objected to on account of their being apt to accumulate between the folds of the gums, and in the cracks of the teeth, and thus impart a disa- greeable appearance. To remedy this defect, a reddish or flesh-colored tinge is commonly given to them with a little rose pink, or similar coloring substance, when any small portion that remains unwashed off will be less conspicuous. Some persons employ soluble substances as tooth-pow- ders, which are free from the above objection. Thus, sulphate of potash and cream of tartar are used for this purpose, because of the grittiness of their powders and their slight solubility in water. Phosphate of soda and contmon salt are also em- ployed as dentifrices, and possess the advantage of being readily removed from the mouth by means of a little water. Among those substances that chemically decolor and remove unpleasant odors, the only ones employed as dentifrices are charcoal and the chlorides of lime and soda. r JJ|ie first I have already noticed ; the others may bo used by brushing the teeth with water, to which a little of their solutions has been added. A very weak solution of chloride of lime is commonly employed by ^mokers to remove the odor and color imparted by tobacco to the teeth. Electuaries made 01 honey dnd astringont substances are frequently DEX 247 DIA employed in diseases of the gums. The juice of the common strawberry has been recommended as an elegant natural dentifrice, as it readily dis- ( solves the tartareous inci^istatious on the teeth, and imparts an agreeable odor to the breath. (See Electuary.) DEPILATORY. Syn. Depilatoire, ( Fr .) Enthaarensmittel, ( Ger .) Depilatorius, (hat., from de , from, and pilus, the hair.) A term ap- plied to any application that removes hair from the human skin. Depilatories act either mechanical- ly or chemically. To the first belong adhesive plasters, that on their removal from the skin bring away the hair with them ; equal parts of pitch and resin, spread on leather, have been used for this purpose. To the second class belong those sub- stances w T hich act upon the bulbous roots of the hairs, and destroy their vitality. The former me- thod is more painful, but less dangerous, than the latter one. The following are the principal depil- atories at present employed in the fashionable world. I. ( Delcroix's Poudre Subtile.) Prep. Orpi- ment 1 part ; finely-powdered quicklime and starch, of each 1 1 parts ; mix. Remarks. It should be kept from the air. For use, make it into a paste with a little warm water, and apply it to the part, previously shaved close. As soon as it has become^ thoroughly dry, it may be washed off with a little warm water. II. ( Oriental Rusma.) Prep. Quicklime 2 oz. ; crrpiment £ oz. ; strong alkaline lye 1 lb. ; boil to- gether until a feather dipped into it loses its flue. It is applied to the skin, previously soaked in warm water, by gentle friction, for a very short time, followed by washing with warm water. This is one of the most certain and powerful depilatories made, but rapidly loses its strength unless kept in a well-stoppered glass bottle. III. ( Chinese Depilatory.) Quicklime 1 lb. ; pearlash and sulphuret of potassium, of each 2 oz. ; reduce them to a fine powder, and keep it in well- corked bottles. Use like Poudre Subtile. IV. ( Planck's Pasta Epilatoria.) Orpiment 1 part; quicklime 12 parts; starch 10 parts. As last. V. ( Rayer's Depilatory.) Lime 1 oz. ; carbon- ate of potash 2 oz. ; charcoal powder 1 drachm. As last. This and No. Ill are preferred by those persons who do not approve of the use of arsenic. VI. ( Roseate Depilatory.) Like IV, but slight- ry colored with rose-pink. VII. ( Turkish Depilatory.) Quicklime 7 oz. ; orpiment 1 oz. ; mix. As above. VIII. ( Depilatory Paste.) Quicklime 1 oz. ; orpiment and orris-root, of each, 3 drachms ; salt- petre and sulphur, of each 1 dr. ; soap-lees £ a pint ; evaporate to a proper consistence. It should be kept from the air. IX. ( Depilatory Soap.) Turkish depilatory and soft soap, equal parts ; mix. DETERGENT, COLLIER’S. Prep. Liquor of potassa f3ij ; rose-water f^vss ; spirits of rose- mary f§ss ; mix. Frees the head from scurf. DEXTRINE. A substance formed by the action of dilute acids at the boiling temperature, and by infusion of malt, at about 150° F. on starch. It resembles gum. Its name is derived from the action of i's solution on polarized light; it causes the plane of polarization to deviate to the right (See Diastase.) DIAMONDS, PARISIAN. These beautiful imitations of the “priceless gem,” which have lately attracted so much attention, are made by a chemist in Paris, and are only the oxide of tin. It is to be regretted that the brilliancy which has rendered this imitation so famous, cannot be de- pended upon, as, after exposure for some time, they become as dull as common glass. (Mining Journal.) DIAPENTE. Prep. Laurel berries and mus- tard, of each 3 lbs. ; gentian root 2 lbs. ; turmeric 4 lbs. ; all in fine powder ; mix well. Used by farriers as a tonic. DIAPHORETICS. (Eiapiioreticus, Lat., from Siatpopiu), I carry through.) Medicines that increase the perspiration. Those that produce this effect it* a powerful degree, are generally called sudorifics. The principal diaphoretics are warm diluents, as gruel, tea, barley-water, &c. ; Salts of the alkalis, as the citrates of potassa and soda, acetate and carbonate of ammonia, sal am- moniac, nitre, &c. ; preparations of antimony, as tartar emetic, antimonial powder, &c. ; also Do- ver’s powder, opium, camphor, ipecacuanha, al- cohol, wine, &lc. The use of diaphoretics is indicated in most diseases accompanied by fever, and a dry 6kin. DIAPHRAGM. (Diapiiragma, Lat., from Siatppaacru), I separate by a partition.) This term has been applied to the porous cell or vessel that separates the fluid containing the positive plate from the fluid that surrounds the negative plate, in constant galvanic batteries. (See Battery.) The most convenient diaphragms for all common purposes, are those composed of thin biscuit-ware • they are also frequently made of plaster of Paris, animal membrane, coarse and tightly-wove can- vass, &c. Those of plaster may be easily formed by surrounding an oiled cylinder of wood with a hoop of paper, and pouring plaster of Paris, mixed up with water, into the space between the two. DIARRHCEA. (From Siapfrcu), I flow through.) A purging or looseness of the bowels. The causes of diarrhoea are various, but among the most com- mon is the presence of irritating matter, worms, or acidity in the stomach* or bowels. In general, it will be proper to administer an aperient, for which purpose rhubarb is usually preferred. The dose may be from 20 to 30 grains, on sugar, or made into a bolus. After the due operation of this med- icine, opium, astringents, and absorbents may be taken with advantage. The first and second are indicated when great irritability exists, and the third, in cases of diarrhoea arising from the pres- ence of acidity. Chalk mixture, to which a few drops of laudanum have been added, or the com- pound powder of chalk and opium, aie excellent medicines, and will generally quiet the bowels. A small piece of catechu, or hard extract of logwood, sucked in the same way as a lozenge, is a pleasant method of taking either of those powerful astrin- gents. • DIASTASE. A peculiar substance, contained in malt, which effects the conversion of starch into dextrine and grape sugar. It may be procured from a cold infusion of malt, by adding alcohol, which precipitates it under -the form of a tastelei? DIE 248 DIJ. white powder. In this state it is freely soluble in water. It appears from experiments, that 1 part of diastase will convert 2000 parts of starch into* grape sugar. Malted barley is said to contain part of this substanco ; yet this small portion is quite sufficient to convert the starch of the malt into sugar during the operation of mashing, provi- ded this bo properly conducted. “ The most favor- able temperature for this conversion is 140° to 149° Fahr. It is also of the utmost importance that the saccharification should take place as speedily as possible, so that the sugar produced may not re- main in contact with much gummy -matter, in which case the diastase will not convert the latter into sugar. In fact, the liquefaction and sacchar- ification should proceed simultaneously.” (M. Gue- rin Varry.) Hence it would appear that the Scotch system of ale-brewing is, in this latter respect, most excel- lent, and if the mashing were conducted at a low- er temperature, would be almost perfect. It has been proved by experience, that the richest and sweetest extracts of malt are obtained by employ- ing water at a heat ranging from 157° to 160° F., beginning at the lowest of these temperatures. Where threo mashings are made, the mean tem- perature of each mash should be respectively, — 145°, — 160°, — 175° F. (See Brewing, and Fer- mentation.) DIET. “ The dittetic part of medicine is no* inconsiderable branch, and deserves a much great- er share of regard than it commonly meets with. A great variety of diseases might be removed by the observance of a proper diet and regimen, with- out the assistance of medicine, were it not for the impatience of the sufferers. On all occasions, it may come in as a proper assistant to the cure, which sometimes cannot be performed without a due observance of the non-naturals.” The follow- ing tables will convey to the reader the meaning i\ terms, low diet, full diet, &c. Low Diet. Breakfast and Tea. — Warm new milk and wa- ter ; weak black tea, its astringent properties cor- rected by a due addition of milk. Gruel, toasted bread, at least one day old, and without butter. Rusks sopped in the above fluids. Dinner. — Gruel, new milk and arrow-root, sago, or tapioca ; chicken and veal broths ; roasted ap- ples ; light bread puddings. Pastry of every de- scription must be avoided. & 'upper. — Gruel, arrow-root. Occasional drinks. — Filtered or spring water ; toast-and-water made with toasted bread or brown- ed biscuit : barley-water ; whey ; lemonade, of subdued acidity. Sweet oranges may be freely taken, if the sense of thirst be oppressive. Middle Diet. Breakfast and Tea. — Simo as in low diet, with the addition of mixed tea. Luncheon, (if required.) — A cup of arrow-root, sago, tapioca, with biscuit, or two or threo bars of toasted (stale) bread ; or these with oranges. Dinner. n addition to “ low diet,” boiled chick- ens ; calves’ and wheep’s feet, stewed ; mutton broth ; beef tea ; boiled soles,- whiting, turbot, &c. ; nrnb; potatoes, asparagus, light bread or rice pud- ring, roasted apple*. After the repast, may bo ta- ken one glass of port, old sherry, or madeira wine diluted with at least twice its quantity of water. Supper. — A cup of gruel, sago, tapioca, or ar row-root. Full Diet. Breakfast and Tea. — Same as in “ middle diet in addition to which may bo taken coffee or chocolate. . Stale or toasted bread, sparingly but- tered. Luncheon — A biscuit and a glass of table-ale or porter. Dinner. — The “ middle diet” bill of fare may he augmented by mutton-chops, rump-steaks, roast or boiled fresh meats, fruit pies, (avoiding the pas- try,) baked or boiled rice or tapioca puddings. At this meal table-beer or porter ~'ay be taken as common drink, and after it, one ur two glasses of port, old sherry, or Madeira. Supper. — Same as in “ middle diet.” An additional glass of wine at dinner or lunch- eon, will convert this “full” into “ generous” diet. Milk, Farinaceous, Vegetable, and Fruit Diet. The articles of food within this range are milk, eggs lightly boiled, gruel, sago, arrow-root, tapio- ca, isinglass, wheaten and barley bread, rice, po- tatoes, carrots, parsnips, turnips, artichokes, peas, cauliflowers, cabbage, spinage, water-cress, cele- ry. Fruit may be regarded rather as a luxury than as nutriment ; however, when taken in mod- eration, .it is wholesome ; when to excess, poison- ous. Stone fruit, as nectarines, apricots, peaches plums, and cherries, are the least digestible, and should never be taken but when ripe ; apples and pears are not so apt to run into the acetous fer- mentation as stone fruit, but, unless ripe and well- masticated, had better be eaten cooked. Oranges, gooseberries, (avoiding the skins,) grapes, without the husks and seeds, currants, ripe strawberries and raspberries, follow consecutively in the order in which they are here enumerated, the first being most easy of digestion. Notwithstanding such an ample store of materials, the selection must of course depend upon season, appetite, and the known effects of each upon individual constitu- tions. DIETETIC COMPOSITION. Prep. Pow- dered, sago and patent cacao, equal parts; mix. It is used like arrow root. DIGITALIN. Syn. Digitalia. Digitalina. An alkali discovered by M. Royer in the digitalis purpurea. Prep. Digest 1 lb. of foxglove in ether, first in the cold and then heated under pressure ; when it has again become cold, filter, and distil off the ether, dissolve in water, and again filter ; treat the solution with hydrated oxide of lead, gently evap- orate the whole to dryness, and again digest in ether. From this solution the alkali may be ob- tained by evaporation. By repeated re-solutions it may be procured in a crystalline state. Remarks. As obtained above, it forms a brown mass, faintly alkaline to test paper. It is power- fully poisonous, and is said to possess the same properties as digitalis, but in a very concentrated degree. DILUENTS. (From diluo, I wash away.) Aqueous liquors, so named because they inci«*as« DIS 249 DIS the fluid portion of the body. Tea, barley-water, water gruel, and similar articles are the most com- mon diluents, after pure water. The copious use of liquids of this class is recommended in all acute inflammatory diseases, and to promote the action of diuretics and sudorifics. DIOSMIN. A bitter extractive matter obtained by Brande, from buchu leaves. It is very soluble in water, but not in alcohol and ether. DISINFECTANTS. Agents which destroy miasmata. The principal of these are chlorine, the chlorides of lime and soda, the fumes of nitric and nitrous acids, heat, and ventilation. The last two are the most efficient and easily applied. The clothing, bedding, Ac. of patients laboring under contagious diseases, may be effectually disinfected by exposure to a temperature of about that of boil- ing water. Neither the texture nor color of textile fabrics is injured even by a heat of 250° Fahr. It is a practice at some of the workhouses to bake the clothes of the paupers who have the itch, or are infested with vermin. Quicklime rapidly ab- sorbs carbonic acid, sulphureted hydrogen, and several other noxious gases, and is therefore com- monly used as a wash for the walls of buildings. Acetic acid, camphor, fragrant pastiles, cascarilla, and other similar substances, are frequently burnt or volatilized by heat, for the purpose of disguising unpleasant odors. The sulphates of iron and lime have the property of rapidly destroying noxious effluvia. A quantity of either of these sulphates thrown into a cesspool, »for instance, will in a few hours remove the fetid smell. DISTILLATION. Syn. Distillation, (jFV.) Branntweinbrennerei, ( Ger .) In Chemistry: — The evaporation and subsequent condensation of fluid, by means of a still and refrigerator, or other similar apparatus. In commercial language, the term is applied to the manufacture of spirituous liquors The discovery of the art of distillation is usu- ally ascribed to the alchemists, but there appears to be good reason to suppose that it was known in more remote ages to the Arabians and other eastern nations, to whom it probably descended from the ancient Babylonians. Certain it is, however, that a rediscovery of the process was made by some of the northern nations of Europe, and that the first notice of it appears in the writings of Arnotdus de Villa Nova, and his pupil Raymond Lully, by whom spirit, or aqua vita, as it was called, was declared to be “ an emanation of the deity ; an element nev/ly revealed to man, and destined to restore the energies of modern decrepitude,” and that the discovery of this fluid indicated the con- summation of all things, and the end of the world. The process of distillation, as carried on in the distilleries of Great Britain, may be di- vided into four general operations, viz . — The mashing or formation of a saccharine infusion, from certain vegetable matters, as malt, barley, oats, rye, Ac . ; — the cooling of this wort or liquor ; the fermentation or process by which the sugar of the coded wort is converted into alcohol ; and the separation of the spirit so formed by means of a still and refrigerator. Bythe/irsZ operation, the materials for the formation of the alcohol are ob- tained ; by the second, they are brought to a tem- perature most favorable to the transformation that 32 takes place in the third, after which it only re- mains to free the product of the last operation from the foreign matter with which it is associated : this is done in the fourth, and, correctly speaking, constitutes the only part of the process which ca® be called distillation. The general principles of the first three of the preceding operations, are noticed in the articles Brewing, Diastase, and Fermentation. It will there be seen, that the amylaceous or starchy mat- ter of the grain is first saccharified and afterwards converted into alchohol, and that certain precau- tions are necessary to render the process success- ful and economical. In many of the distilleries of Great Britain, molasses and analogous saccharine substances are employed, in which case the vege- table principle (sugar) essential to the formation of alcohol, is already present, and merely requires simple solution in water of a proper temperature, to be ready to be subjected to immediate fermen- tation. In general, hov ^ver, the sources of spirit in England are the various kinds of grain ; barley, wheat, and rye, are those commonly employed These are ground and mixed with bruised malt in various proportions, and are mashed in a similar manner to malted grain. The fermentation is car- ried on until the density of the liquor ceases to lessen, or attenuate, which is determined by an instrument called a saccharojneter. When this point is arrived at, it is submitted to distillation, to prevent the access of the acetous fermentation, which would lessen its alcoholic value. During the process of distilling oft’ the spirit of the fermented “ wash” or wort, a hydrometer is employed to ascertain its strength, and as soon as the liquor that passes over acquires a certain de- gree of weakness, the operation is stopped and the spent wash removed. The spirits obtained by the first distillation are generally called “ low wines,” and have a specific gravity of about *975. By rectification or “ doubling,” a crude milky spirit, abounding in oil, at first comes over, followed by clear spirit, which is received in a separate vessel. The process is continued until the alcoholic con- tent of the distilled liquor diminishes to a certain degree, when the remaining weak spirit that comes over, called “faints,” is caught separately and mixed with the low wines, preparatory to another distillation. The strongest spirit passes over first, and the condensed liquor gradually becomes weaker, until it ceases to contain alcohol. It will thus be seen, that by receiving in separate vessels any given portion of the product, spirit of any re- quired strength within certain limits may be ob- tained. It is found from experience, and is readily accounted for by theory, that the lower the tem- perature at which the distillation is conducted, the stronger will be the product, and the less quantity of oil or other volatile matter will come over along with it. To promofe this, it has been proposed to carry on the process in vacuo, but on the large scale this has never been adopted. The distilla- tion of the “ wash ” is usually carried on in a sep- arate set of stills, to those employed for the rec- tification of the low wines. Fo^very strong and tasteless spirit, a third, and even a fourth rectifica- tion takes place, conjointly with other methods to abstract the water, and to remove any foreign matter that vitiate* its odor or flavor. A portion DR A 250 DRA of soap is put into tho still with the wash to pre- vent excessive frothing. The quantity of spirit obtained from various sub- stances, and even from pure sugar, depends upon the skill with which the several operations are con- ducted. By theory, pure sugar should yield 510 of alcohol, but in practice 1 gallon of proof spirit is the utmost obtained from ID lbs. of sugar. Ac- cording to Harmstaedt, 100 His. of starch yield 35 lbs. of alcohol, or 7*8 gallons of proof spirit ; and 100 lbs. of tho following grains, produco the ac- companying quantities by weight of spirit of sp. gr. *9427, or containing 45 per cent, of pure alcohol ; wheat, 40 to 450 ; rye, 36 to 420 ; barley, 400 ; oats, 360 ; buckwheat, 400 ; maize, 400 ; the mean being, 3-47 gallons of proof spirit. It is found that a bushel of good malt yields 2 gallons of proof spirit, and that the maximum quantity of proof spirit obtained from raw grain, mashed with one- fifth or one-sixth of malt, does not exceed 22 gal- lons per quarter. By the excise laws, the distiller is restricted in the density of his worts, to sp. gr. between 1050 and 1090 ; and in Scotland, between 1030 and 1075 ; nor is a distiller allowed to mash and distil at the same time. (See Alcohol, Fermentation, Still, Brandy, Gin, &c.) DIURETICS. (Diuretica, from Siu, through, and oiipov, the urine.) Medicines which promote the secretion of urine. The principal diuretics are aqueous fluids, — which act by increasing the watery portion of the blood, — and certain sub- stances which promote the secretion of urine, by stimulating the kidneys. Among the former may be classed nearly all aqueous liquids, as most of them produce diuresis, if the skin be kept cool. Among the latter, may be mentioned the nitrate, acetate, and bitartrate of potassa ; oils of juniper, turpentine, cajeput, and copaiba ; dilute spirit, and sweet spirits of nitre ; decoction of common broom, &c. DOORS. Much annoyance is sometimes ex- perienced from the creaking of doors. This may be prevented by rubbing a little soap, or a mixture of tallow and blacklead on the hinges. DRACINE. Syn. Draconin. A red vegeto- alkaline body, discovered by M. Melandre in drag- on’s blood. Prep. Dissolve dragon’s blood in alcohol, filter, concentrate, add cold water, and collect the spongy precipitate. Wash this well, neutralize with di- lute sulphuric acid, and again wash well with water. Prop., $c. Dracine has a fine red color ; is tasteless, inodorous, flexible, and fuses at 131° F. The most remarkable property is, that the smallest quantity of carbonate of lime in filtering-paper, may be detected by sulphate of dracine,, the yellow color instantly turning red. DRAGON’S BLOOD, (FACTITIOUS.) Prep. Shellac 4 lbs. ; melt, remove from the fire, and add Canada balsam 5 oz. ; and coarsely-pow- dered gum benzoin 2 oz. ; when well mixed, stir in red sanders wood and Venetian red, (both in fine powder,) of each 1 lb. ; blond well together, and form into sticks. Remarks. The above may bo distinguished from genuine dragon’s blood, by its partial solubility in alcohol. It makes, however, very fine colored powder, but for varnishes is better without the V* netian red. DRAUGHT. Syn. Haustus, ( Lat .) In Pjiaji macy : a single dose of liquid medicine. Draugh® are almost exclusively extemporaneous, and diffbi from mixtures only in quantity. They are gener- ally dispensed in two-ounce vials. DRAUGHT, ANTACID. Syn. Haustub An- tacidus. Prep. I. (Collier.) Compound tincture of cardamoms f3j ; solution of bicarbonate of mag- nesia (fluid magnesia) f3ix ; mix. II. (Thomson.) a. Magnesia 3 j ; peppermint water f^iss ; tincture of orange-peel f3j ; mix. In heartburn, and acidity of the stomach. b. Liquor of ammonia 16 drops ; almond mix- ture f3ij ; laudanum 10 drops. In acidities of the prim® vise, 2 or 3 times daily. III. Carbonate of soda 20 grs. ; compound in- fusion of gentian and water, of each f3vj ; tincture of hops f3j; mix. In dyspepsia, heartburn, &c twice a day. DRAUGHT, ANTI-EMI l’IC. Syn. IIaus- tds Anti-Emeticus Rivieri. (P. Cod.) Prep Bicarbonate of potassa 3ss ; water f^iij ; lemon sirup f^j ; lemon juice f^ss ; mix, and cork secure- ly in a strong bottle. DRAUGHT, ANTISEPTIC. Prep. (Collier.) Decoction of yellow cinchona bark f^j ; laudanum 5 drops ; spirit of pimento f3ij ; mix. In putrid fevers, gangrene, &c. DRAUGHT, ANTISPASMODIC. Prep. I. (Collier.) Tincture of castor f3j ; sulphuric ether 10 drops ; peppermint water fSiss ; mix. In hys- teria, and that species of irregular muscular action dependent on debility. II. (Thomson.) a. Musk mixture x3xiv ; liquor of ammonia 16 drops ; tincture of castor f3j ; sirup of poppies f3ss ; mix. Three or four times daily, in hysteria and convulsive affections, after the bowels have been well cleared out v b. Oil of aniseed 10 drops ; magnesia 20 grs. ; tincture of senna f3ij ; peppermint water f3x ; mix. In flatulence and spasms of the stomach. DRAUGHT, APERIENT. I. ( Haustus ape- riens niger, Paris.) Infusion of senna f§j ; tinc- tures of senna and jalap, of each f3j ; tartrate of potash 3j ; sirup of senna f3j ; mix. II. (Haustus aperiens effervescens, Dr. Young.) Prep. Crystals of carbonate of soda 3iiss ; water 8 oz. ; cream of tartar 3iij ; mix, in a soda-water bottle, and cork instantly. It should be drunk while effervescing. III. ( Seidlitz .) Sesquicarbonate of soda 50 grs. ; potassio-tartrate of soda 2 dr. ; water 6 oz. dissolve, and add tartaric acid 40 grs. DRAUGHT, AROMATIC. Syn. Haustus Aromaticus cum Riieo. Prep. (St. B. II.) Aro- matic confection 3j. ; infusion of rhubarb and cin- namon-water, of each, f3vj ; mix. In diarrhoea, &c. DRAUGHT, ASTRINGENT. Prep. I. (Dr. Paris.) Chalk mixture 3iss ; laudanum 15 drops ; tincture of catechu f3j ; mix. Both this and the last aro excellent in diarrhoea, after the bowels have been first cleared out with a purgative. One may be taken after each motion. II. (Thomson.) Extract of logwood 12 grs. cinnamon water f3xv ; tincture of catechu f3j In diarrhoea, dysentery, &c. ; as last. DRA 251 DRA DRAUGHT, CATHARTIC. Prep. I. (Dr. Thomson.) a. Tartrate of potash ; tincture of aenna f3j ; infusion of senna fSxivas ; sirup of saf- fron f3ss ; mix. In acute diseases, taken early in the morning. b. Epsom salts and manna, of each, 3ij ; infu- sion of roses f3xiv ; dilute sulphuric acid 10 drops ; mix. In inflammatory affections, and to check vomiting in low fevers. c. Carbonate of magnesia 3j ; powdered rhubarb 20 grs. ; peppermint water f3xij ; mix. In dys- pepsia, attended with costiveness and acidity, taken an hour before dinner. d. Castor oil f3v ; powdered gum 20 grs. ; rose- water ffj; compound tincture of lavender 8 drops ; sirup of poppies f3j ; mix. In colic and calculus. DRAUGHT, DIAPHORETIC. • Prep. I. (Collier.) Infusion of serpentary f^iss ; tincture of ditto f3j ; mix. Tonic and diaphoretic. II. (Thomson.) a. Sesquicarbonate of potassa 20 grs. ; fresh lemon juice f3iv ; tartrate of anti- mony one-sixth gr. ; water f3xj ; sirup of poppies f3j ; mix. h. Liquor of acetate of ammonia f3vj ; camphor mixture f3x ; nitrate of potassa 10 grs. ; sirup of tolu f3ss ; mix. In inflammatory* affections. DRAUGHT, DIURETIC. I. (Collier.) Tinc- ture of jalap f3ij ; vinegar of squills f3j ; pepper- mint water f3x ; mix. II. (Copland.) Acetate of potassa 3ss ; infusion of quassia and cinnamon water, of each f5vj ; .vinegar of squills and sweet spirits of nitre, of each, f3ss ; mix. III. (Thomson.) Nitre 8 grs. ; tincture of di- gitalis 16 drops; infusion of roses f 3xiij ; sirup of roses f3j ; mix. In dropsy ; three times daily. DRAUGHT, EFFERVESCING. Prep. (G. H.) Sesquicarbonate of soda 30 grs.; water or peppermint water ffiss ; sirup of orange-peel f3ij ; tincture of calumba f3ss ; tartaric or citric acid 25 grs. ; add the acid last, and drink while efferves- cing. Stomachic, tonic, anti-emetic, &c. DRAUGHT, EMETIC. Prep. I. (Thomson.) a. Ipecacuanha powder 20 grs. ; ipecacuanha wine f3ij ; water f3vj ; mix. For unloading the stomach in ordinary cases. b. Sulphate of zinc 30 grs ; water f3x ; dissolve. In cases of poisoning, and the commencement of an intermittent fever. c. Sulphate of copper 10 grs. ; water ffij ; mix. As an emetic when laudanum has been taken as a poison. DRAUGHT, EXPECTORANT. Prep. (Col- lier.) Mixtures of ammoniacum and almonds, of each, .f3vj ; tincture of squills 10 drops ; mix. DRAUGHT, LAXATIVE. ( Haustus Lax - ans cum Taraxaco, Dr. ’Copland.) Infusion of senna, and compound infusion of gentian, of each, f3vj ; sulphate of potassa 20 to 30 grs. ; extract of taraxacum 30 to 40 grs. ; compound tincture of rardamoms 3iss ; mix. Aperient, stoma chic, and alterative. DRAUGHT, NARCOTIC. Prep. (Thom- son.) a. Camphor mixturo f^iss; laudanum 35 drops ; Bulphuric ether and sirup of saffron, of each f3j ;• mix. In intermittent headache. b. Carbonate of ammonia 15 grs. ; fresh lemon kiice f^ss ; water f^j ; spirit of nutmeg f3j ; sirup of orange-peel f3ss ; tincture of hemlock 10 drope mix. In diseases of increased irritability. c. Carbonate of potassa 20 grs.. ; fresh lemon juice f^ss ; peppermint water f|j ; laudanum 25 drops ; sirup of tolu f3ss ; mix. To procure sleep in the majority of diseases. DRAUGHT OF ACETATE OF AMMO- NIA. Prep. (Paris.) Camphor mixture f^iss, liquor of acetate of ammonia f3iv ; antimonial wine 20 drops ; mix. DRAUGHT OF AMMONIA. Prep (Brande.) Liquor of ammonia 20 to 30 drops ; compound tinctures of cardamoms and gentian, of each f3ss ; camphor mixture f^iss ; mix. DRAUGHT OF BISMUTH. Prep. (Dr. Paris.) Trisnitrate of bismuth 8 grs. ; almond mixture f§j ; tincture of henbane 20 drops ; mix. DRAUGHT OF BALSAM OF PERU. Prep. ( Haustus Balsami Peruviani. St. B. H.) Bal- sam of Peru f3ss ; mucilage of acacia f3iv ; pi- mento water f3iij ; water f3v ; mix. DRAUGHT OF BALSAM OF TOLU. As the last. DRAUGHT OF CAJEPUT. (OIL.) Prep (Paris.) Oil of cajeput 3 drops ; white sugar 10 grs. ; infusion of calumba f3ix ; tincture of ditto f3j ; mix. DRAUGHT OF CAMPHOR. Prep. ( Haus- tus Camphor (B. G. H.) Powdered camphor 6 grs. ; rectified spirit q. s. ; white sugar 3j ; muci- lage of gum acacia 3iij ; water f^iss ; mix. DRAUGHT OF CHLORIDE OF CALCIUM. Prep. (Collier.) Liquor of chloride of calcium 20 drops ; compound infusion of gentian f3x ; mix. DRAUGHT OF CINCHONA. Prep. (Dr. Joy.) Decoction of cinchona f^iss ; extract of cin- chona 1 5 grs, ; tincture of cinchona f3j ; aromatic spirit of ammonia 30 drops ; mix. DRAUGHT OF COLCHICUM. Prep. (Brande.) Wine of colchicum 30 drops ; carbon- ate of magnesia 15 grs ; cinnamon water f^ss ; water f^j ; mix. DRAUGHT OF COPAIBA. (St. B. H.) The same as Draught of Balsam of Peru. DRAUGHT OF HEMLOCK AND HEN- BANE. ( Haustus Conii et Hyosciami, Paris.)* Extracts of Hemlock and henbane, of each, 5 grs. mucilage 3ij ; liquor of acetate of ammonia f3iv ; sirup of red poppies f3j ; water §j ; mix. DRAUGHT OF IODIDE OF POTASSIUM. Prep. (Collier.) Iodide of potassium 10 grs ; compound infusion of orange-peel f3x ; mix. DRAUGHT OF IODIDE OF IRON. Prep. (Thomson.) Iodide of iron 1 to 2 grs. ; tincture of orange-peel f3j ; water f3xi ; mix. Tonic. DRAUGHT OF JALAP AND SQUILLS. Prep. (Copland.) Tincture of jalap f3ij ; vinegar of squills f3j ; peppermint water f^iss ; mix. DRAUGHT OF NITRATE OF POTASSA. Prep. Nitre 15 grs.; powdered gum 10 grs.; al- mond mixture f^iss ; mix. DRAUGHT OF TURPENTINE. The same a. Draught of Balsam of Tolu. DRAUGHT, REFRIGERANT. Prep. J Carbonate of potassa 20 grs. ; sirup of orange-peel f3j ; spirit of nutmeg J’3ss ; water f.^iss ; mix. II. (Thomson.) Nitre 12 grs. ; almond mixture f^iss ; sirup of tolu f3j ; mix. Bom the above, in fevers and inflammatory diseases. DRO 252 DRO DRAUGHT, SALINE. I. (Collier.) Carbon- ate of potassa«20 grs. ; antimonial wine 20 drops ; sirup of orange-peel f3j ; tincture of orange-peel f3ss ; water fjiss ; mix and add a large tablespoon- ful of lemon juice. In inflammatory diseases. DRAUGHT, TONIC. I. (Collier.) Disulphate •*f quinine 2 grs. ; tincture of orange-peel f3j ; diluted sulphuric acid 5 drops ; laudanum 10 drops ; infusion of casciirilla f ^iss ; mix. In pyrosis, &.c., 1 hour before dinner. II. (Thomson.) a. Infusion of yellow bark f3iss ; compound tincture of cinchona f 3j ; powdered cin- chona 40 grs. ; sirup of orange-peel f 3ss ; mix. In intermittents and acute rheumatisms. b. Infusion of cascarilla f §iss ; tinctures pf cas- carilla and ginger, of each f 3j ; mix. In dyspepsia, arising from intemperance. DRAUGHT, VERMIFUGE. Prep. (M. Le- vacher.) Castor oil 00 grammes ; essence of tur- pentine 16 ditto; mint water 64 ditto; sirup 32 ditto ; powdered gum 8 ditto ; mix. For tape- worm. DRAWINGS, CHALK and PENCIL. These may be fixed so as not to suffer from abrasion, by washing them with skimmed milk, or with water holding in solution a little isinglass. When the former is used, great care must he taken to deprive it of the whole of the cream, as, if the latter sub- stance be present, it will grease the drawing. An easy way of applying these fluids, is to pour them into a shallow vessel, and to lay the drawing flat upcA the surface, then to place it on blotting paper in an inclined position to drain and dry. DROP, BLACK. Syn. Biiaithwait’s genuine Black Drop. Lancaster’s do. Quaker’s do. Toustall’s do. Armstrong’s do. Gutta Nigra, ( [Lat .) The following account of the origin and composition of this well-known medicine, is taken from Dr. Armstrong’s Work on Typhus Fever: — “ The black drop was originally prepared up- wards of one hundred years ago, by Edward Toustall, a medical practitioner in the county of Durham, and one of the Society of Friends. The recipe passing into the possession of a near relative, John Walton, of Shildon, was found among his brother’s papers, and, by the permission of Thomas Richardson, of Bishop’s Wearmouth, one of his executors, it is here inserted. “ Prep. Take ^ lb. of opium, sliced ; 3 pints of good verjuice ; oz. of nutmeg ; ^ oz. of saffron ; boil them to a proper thickness, then add \ lb. of sugar and two spoonfuls of yeast. Set the whole in a warm place, near the fire, for 6 or 8 weeks, then place it in the open air until it becomes of the consistence of a sirup ; lastly, decant, filter, and bottle it up, adding a little sugar to each bottle. These ingredients ought to yield, when properly made, about 2 pints of the strained liquor.” The article sold in trade under the name* of Black Drop , is, however, seldom, or scarcely ever, made in the above way. It is generally prepared oy macerating opium £ lb. in distilled vinegar 2 lbs., for about a fortnight. Black drop is considered to be four times the strength of laudanum, and to bo milder and less exciting. DROP, TASTELESS ^GUE. Prep. White arsenic 1 gr. ; water 1 oz. ; dissolve. Dose. 1 ienspoonful night and morning DROPS. Syn. Gutt/e, {Lat.) Tins term is commonly applied to compound medicines that &T 4 only taken in small d<5scs. The plan of directing liquids to bo measured by dropping is objcctionablo because the drops of different fluids vary in size, and are also further influenced by the size of the bottle and the shape of its neck, as well as the quantity of liquid it contains. In Confectionary, lozenges formed by dropping melted sugar on any wnoot.h surface, arc called drops. DROPS, ACIDULATED. Syn. Acidulated Lemon Lozenges. Trochisci Acidi Tartarici, (P. E.) Prep. Tartaric acid \ oz. ; white sugar 8 oz., both in powder; oil of lemon 10 drops; mix thoroughly, then beat them into a mass with mu- cilage, and form into lozenges. Remarks. The above are the instructions of the Edinburgh College, but.acxfcjlatcd drops are seldom prepared by the druggist, being generally pur- chased of the confectioner, who makes them in the way described under Confectionary Drops. They form an agreeable lozenge for coughs, sore throats, &c. DROPS, ABBE ROUSSEAU’S. Syn. Abbe Rousseau’s Laudanum. Wine of OnuAfc pre- pared by Fermentation. Prep. Honey fxij ; boiling water lb. iij ; set it in a warm place, and as soon as fermentation commences, add opium §iv, dissolved in water f ^xij ; let it work for a month ; strain, evaporate to §x ; again strain, and add rec- tified spirit of wine f ^ivss. Remarks. This preparation is similar to tlie Lancaster Black Drop. DROPS, ACOUSTIC. Prep. I. Almond oil 1 oz. ; oil of turpentine and laudanum, of each 1 drachm ; mix. II. (Dr. Hugh Smith.) Ox gall 3iij ; balsam of Peru 3j ; mix. In deafness. DROPS, xETIIER AND TURPENTINE. Prep. ( Gutta JEtheris Terebinthinatce, M. Du- rande.) Sulphuric ether 2 parts ; oil of turpentine 1 part ; mix. For gall-stones. DROPS, ANODYNE. Prep. Acetate of morphia 16 grs. ; acetic acid 8 drops ; rectified spirit of wine 3j ; water ) mix. Anodyne ; dose 6 to 25 drops. The muriate or sulphate of mor- phia may be. used for a change, instead of the aC DROPS, ANTACID. Prep. (U. C. II.) Liquor of potassa f ^iij ; liquor of ammonia ffj myrrh ; triturate together, and strain. DROPS, CONFECTIONARY. Prep. Pound and sift double-refined sugar through a hair sieve, but not too fine ; and then sift it through a gauze sieve, to take out all thfc fine dust, which would destroy the beauty of the drop. Put the sugar into a clean pan, and moisten it with any favorite aro- matic ; if rose-water, pour it in slowly, stirring it with a paddle, which tfie sugar will fall from, as soon as it is moist enough, without sticking Color it with a small quantity of liquid carmine* or any other color, ground fine. Tako a small par. with a lip, fill it three parts with paste, place it on a small stove, the half-hole being of the size cf the pan, and stir the sugar with a little ivory or bone handlo, until it becomes liquid. When ft almost boils, take it from the fire and continue to stir it ; if it be t*;o moist, tako a little of the powdered sugar, and add somo to the paste, and stir it till it is of such a consistence us to run without too much ex* DRO 253 DRO 'tension. Have a tin plate, very clean and smooth ; take the little pan in the leffllhand, and hold in the right a bit of iron, copper, or silver wire, 4 inches long, to take off the drop from the lip of the pan, and let it fall regularly on tho tin plate ; 2 hours .afterwards take off the drops with the blade of a knife. DROPS, DUTCH. Syn. Balsam of Turpen- tine. The imported or genuine Dutch drops are the residue of the rectification of oil of turpentine. It is also prepared by distilling rosin, and collecting the product in different portions. At first a white, then a yellow, and lastly a red oil, comes over. The latter is the balsam. The article commonly sold under this name is prepared as follows: — oil of turpentine, tincture of gum guaiacum, and sweet spirits of nitre, of each 1 oz. ; oil of amber and cloves, of each 15 drops ; mix. Another prepara- tion, made by mixing balsam of sulphur with 5 times its weight of oil of turpentine, is also sold as Dutch drops. Each of the above is diuretic, stimulant, and detergent. DROPS, FIT. Syn. Soot Drops. Tinctura Fuliginis. Prep. Wood-soot §ij ; subcarbonate of potassa lb. ss ; sal ammoniac ; soft water lb. iv ; digest for three days, and strain. Said to be anti- spasmodic. DROPS, GOLDEN, (DE LA MOTTE’S.) Syn. Bestucheff’s Nervous Tincture. Elixir d’ or. Chloride of iron (obtained by distilling iron pyrites with twice its weight of corrosive sublimate) 3 oz. ; alcohol f oz. ; expose for some time to the rays of the sun. These drops have the remarkable property of losing their yellow color in the sun, and recovering it in the shade. They are taken in gout, hypochondriasis, and nervous complaints. DROPS, GINGER. Prep. Add finely-pow- dered Jamaica ginger, or a few drops of the es- sence, or a strong infusion, to the sugar, as in Con- fectionary Drops. DROPS, JESUITS’. Syn. Elixir Antivene- reum. Balsamum Polychrestum. Prep. Gum guaiacum ^vij ; balsam of Peru 3iv ; root of sar- saparilla §v ; spirit of wine lb. iiss ; digest for 14 days. (See also Compound Tincture of Ben- zoin.) DROPS, LAVENDER. (The same as Com- pound Tincture of Lavender.) DROPS, LEMON. Prep. Confectionary drops acidulated with tartaric acid, and flavored with es- sence of lemons. They may be colored with an .infusion of turmeric. DROPS OF LIFE, SALMON’S. Syn. Guttle Vit^e. Prep. Tincture of castor ^viij ; intimonial wine and water, of each lb. j ; opium j£iij ; saffron Sjss ; cochineal, camphor, and nut- megs, of each 3ij ; digest for 10 days. Anodyne and diaphoretic. Dose. 20 to GO drops. DROPS, NORRIS’S. An aqueous solution of tartar 5metic, mixed with spirit of wine, and col- ored.* DROPS, ODONTALGIC. Prep. (Dr. Blake.) Alum, in fine powder, 3j ; sweet spirits of nitre 3vij ; dissolve. DROPS, PECTORAL, (BATEMAN’S.) Prep. Castor 1 oz. ; oil of aniseed 1 dr. ; camphor 5 dr. ; cochineal 1^ dr.; opium £ oz. ; treacle 1 lb. ; proof spirit. 1 gallon ; digest for a week. DROPS, PEPPERMINT. Confectionary drops flavored with essence or oil of peppermint, or pep- permint water. The whitest sugar should be used, and English oil of peppermint. * DROPS, SCOURING. Prep. Spirits of tur pentine and oil of lemons, equal parts ; mix. Used to remove grease and paint from cloth. Both of the ingredients must be pure and newly-distilled. DROPS, SPILBURY’S. Prep. Corrosive sub- limate, gentian root, and dried orange peel, of each 3ij ; crude antimony and red sanders wood, of each 3j ; spirit of wine and water, of each ^viij ; mace- rate for 10 days. Antiscorbutic. DROPS, TONIC. Prep. (Collier.) Elixir of vitriol f 3ij ; tincture of calumba f3vj ; mix. Dose A teaspoonful three times a day in cold water. DROPS, WARD’S WHITE. Prep. Quick, 'silver 4 oz. ; nitric acid 1 lb. ; dissolve, add carbon ate of ammonia 7 oz. ; evaporate and crystallize then dissolve the salt in four times its weight of rose-water. Poisonous. DROPSY. ( From SSu p, ivuter.) An unnatural collection of aqueous fluid in any part c r the body Dropsy has been divided into different kinds, and has received different names, according to the part of the body affected by the disease. When it oc- curs in the cellular membrane it is called anasarca , when in the cavity of the abdomen, ascites ; in the cavity of the cranium, hydrocephalus ; in the scro- tum, hydrocele ; in the uterus, hydrometra ; and in the chest, hydrothorax. Dropsy is mostly a symptom of extreme debility and a broken-down constitution. The treatment of dropsy, perhaps, more than any other disease, depends upon the circumstances with which it is connected, and more especially those which have caused it. The acute inflamma- tory forms of dropsy generally require depletion ; in some other cases tonics are administered, and to promote the absorption of the accumulated flu- ids, diuretics are commonly resorted to. Confirm- ed dropsy, especially hydrocephalus and hydrotho- rax, are seldom cured. DROWNING. The cause of death from sub- mersion in water is but little understood by per- sons generally. It is commonly thought to arise from the introduction of water into the lungs in- stead of air ; and hence the vulgar and dangerous practice adopted by the ignorant, of holding the body of a drowned person in an inverted position, under the idea of allowing the inhaled water to flow out. The actual cause of death is, however, the exclusion of air from the lungs, by which the proper aeration of the venous blood is prevented, and consequently the' latter circulates through the arterial system, while the pulmonary vein ceases to convey oxygenized blood to the heart. The con- sequences are, the rapid extinction of the vital functions, and the loss of animal heat, so that gen- erally, in the course of 4 or 5 minutes after tho access of air has been cut off, life becomes extinct, Many cases have nevertheless occurred, where persons have been submerged for 15 or 20 minutes, and even longer, and where perfect insensibility has existed, and yet recovery has been effected by long and skilful exertion. Prevention. It is a well-established fact that thfe specific gravity of the human body is less than that of water, so long as the lungs are partially filled with air; and that this difieience is sufli- DRO 254 DRO • cient to permit of the body floating with the mouth and nostrils free for respiration, provided the face oe turned upwards, or the head thrown back, so that the greater portion of the latter may be im-* rnersed, and its weight sustained by tho water. It is also a well known fact, that if a person throw himself into the water, the body will rapidly rise to the surface and assume nearly the erect position, and that the upper part of tho head, down to a lit- tle below the eyes, will remain above the surface. This position is occasioned by the greater density of the legs and thighs compared to that of th^ chest, which acts as a species of float or buoy to the rest of the body. In this situation, however, it would of course be found impossible to breathe, but if the head be thrown back, so that the face may become the exposed portion, as before men-' tioned, respiration may be carried on without in- convenience. The truth of the above I have frequently de- monstrated in practice ; I found that at each in- spiration a larger portion of the face became ex- posed, and at each expiration , the water rose very nearly to tho corners of the mouth, but still not sufficiently high to run into it, unless a forced and hurried respiration was purposely had recourse to. Thus a continual rising and sinking of the body takes place, and these motions are synchronous with the inflations and contractions of the lungs. When a hand and part of the forearm is raised above the water, the face becomes instantly im- mersed. From the above it appears evident, that if a person fall into the water, and exercise but common presence of mind, he may readily float for some time, or until assistance can reach him, even though he be not able to swim. Unfortu- nately, however, the state of alarm and agitation into which persons are thrown on falling into the water, and their ignorance of the general means which should be resorted to in such an emergency, as well as want of presence of mind, lead them to neglect those obvious measures that are essential to their preservation. Persons suddenly submerged in the water should endeavor to preserve them- selves as collected as possible, and should avoid splashing and throwing themselves about, as this will naturally increase the danger. They should allow the body to assume its natural position, and if they cannot swim, should patiently wait until assistance be afforded them. Another point which should be remembered by every person under such circumstances is, that there is always a considera- ble amount of residual air in the lungs in a nearly deoxidized state, and that if this be expelled by two or three forced inspirations, and a deep inspira- tion be then taken, a larger quantity of vital air will be introduced to the lungs, and the blood will continue aerated for a proportionally longer time, and consequently a longer period will elapse be- fore another inspiration will be required. It will be found, that if, in tho ordinary course of breathing, we suddenly hold our breath, wo shall only be able to do so for a space of time varying from 20 to 30 seconds ; but if, on tin contrary, wo prepare our- selves by taking two or three forced inspirations, and then take a full inspiration, wo may remain for I 4 or 2 minutes beforo a second attempt at res- irution need be unde. This is tho plan adopted y the pearl fishers, und other divers who uro re- markable for remaining beneath the surface of the water for some time. #A person in danger of ship* wreck, or expecting immediate submersion in any other situation, should have recourse to this meth- od, as it would permit the breath to be held until tho body rises to the surface of tho water, ana would prevent the dreadful effects of attempting respiration while the mouth is covered with that fluid. The writer of this article nearly lost his life a few years since, from not exercising the precau- tions which ho is now recommending to others, lie had been swimming for about a quarter of an hour, as was his daily custom at the period alluded to, and was returning to the bank, when a species of paralysis seized both extremities, and instead of preserving his presence of mind, and patiently waiting until the fit went off, he exhausted him- self in fruitless endeavors to reach the hnd. Tho result was, that after a few vain struggles he sunk, and vividly present to his mind, even at this mo- ment, are the feelings he then experienced. The recollection of a comrade that was drowned a few days before, near the same spot, and the convic- tion of inevitable death, passed across his mind like an electric shock, — life, death, and eternity — the dread of leaving his friends in ignorance of his fate, and a thousand other subjects, were idealized in a moment, and were followed by others in incessant and rapid succession. Space and time seemed an- nihilated, — they presented no visible horizon to the mind’s eye, — all was present, — all the events of life seemed collected and performing at the same moment — as in a day-dream, where individual dis- tinctness is blended with general confusion. A pleasing state of mental serenity ensued ; the pros- pect gradually changed, and surrounding space seemed covered with verdure of the softest green ; and illuminated with green light of the mo3t sub- dued tone, which gradually faded into twilight; and — here consciousness ceased. During the whole of this time, which occupied about 3^ minutes, nc great bodily suffering was experienced; after the first sensations of suffocation were passed, none at all are recollected to have been felt. Many years have now passed over since the occurrence of the accident above alluded to, but though time has erased from the memory of the writer many events of more recent date, and with a busy hand has scattered trials and afflictions in his path, yet tho incidents that occurred on the morning of * still occasionally start up before the mind, as dis- tinctly as the doings of yesterday. Treatment of persons apparently drowned. The first object is the restoration of the animal heat. For this purpose, the wet clothes are to be removed without delay, and the body, after being well dried, is to be surrounded with warm air The he£t should at first be moderate, and gently increased. In the absence of a warm-air* bath,- the body should be laid in a well-heated bed o? blankets, and bottles of hot water laid to the feet and armpits. A warming-pan or heated bricks should be passed over the body, or gentle frictiou exercised with other warm substances. Mean- while, continual though gentle attempts should be made to excito respiration artificially ; and, if the apparatus bo. at hand, slight shocks^ of electricity should be kept up at t o same time. If thero L>» DRIT 255 DRU anv signs of returning life, such as sighing or con- vulsive twitching, a vein may be opened. The throat may be tickled to excite a propensity to vomit, and a teaspoonful of warm water adminis- tered to test the power of swallowing. If it exist, a tablespoonful of warm diluted wine or brandy may De given. Even if no vestige of returning ani- mation be discovered, these means of recovery sJiould be persisted in for three or four hours. In the treatment of this species of asphyxia, nasal stimulants, as ammonia, aromatic vinegar, and similar pungent and volatile . applications, • should be avoided, as well as the injection of to- bacco smoke, which would prove injurious to a healthy person, and, in the present case, would most likely render all attempts at the restoration of animation ineffectual. The practice of holding the body with the head downwards, which is some- times adopted by the vulgar and ignorant, under the idea of allowing the water to run out by the mouth, should be equally avoided. The supposi- tion that water is inhaled by drowning persons, instead of air, though very plausible, is perfectly fallacious. The peculiar mechanism of the glottis, or upper portion of the windpipe, is such as to pre- vent, by the spasmodic closure of the epiglottis, the entrance of more than a very trifling and ac- cidental quantity of water, which is altogether too insignificant to produce any very injurious effects. (See Asphyxia.) DRUNKENNESS. The disordered condition of the intellectual functions and volition, produced by taking excessive quantities of alcoholic or intox- icating liquors. The word is also commonly ap- plied to habitual inebriety. The action of spirituous and fermented liquors on the human body, in all the numerous relations of causes and effects, has been ably and eloquently treated of, in the “ Anatomy of Drunkenness,” and it would afford to the editor and reader much pleasure and instruction, would our space permit us to avail ourselves of the mass of facts and judi- cious remarks collected in that work. As how- ever such is not the case, the present article will be confined to a short notice of the means of re- moving the “ fit of drunkenness,” and the vicious habit that produces its frequent repetition. The pernicious influence of intoxicating liquors upon individuals and society, and the beneficial effects of temperance, cannot bo better illustrated than by reference to the general longevity of the Qua- kers. From the registers of this sect, it may be seen that, as a consequence of their habitual tem- perance and the regularity of their lives, “ one half of those that are born live to the age of 47 years ; whereas, Dr. Price tells us, that of the general population of London, half that are born live only 2£ years !* Among the Quakers, 1 in 10 arrives at 80 years of age ; of the general population of London, only 1 in 40.” Never did a more power- ful argument support the practice of temperance and virtue. Among the . remedies employed to remove the “fit of drunkenness ,” the preparations of ammo- nia, and the vegetable acids, are the most impor- tant. About 2 or 3 drachms of aromatic spirits of * Since the time that this calculation was made, the health of tha metropolis has slightly improved, and, con- Mfjuently, the expectation of life has increased. ammonia, (spirits of sal volatile,) or a like quantity of solution of acetate of ammoiiia, (mindererus spirit,) mixed with a wine-glassful of water, will in general neutralize or greatly lessen the action of intoxicating liquors. In some cases these fluids produce vomiting, which is, however, a good symp- tom, as nothing tends to restore an inebriated person so soon as the removal of the liquor from the stomach. Hence tickling the fauces with the finger or a feather, until sickness be produced, is a method very commonly adopted by drunkards to restore themselves to a sober state, and also by those wretches who are so far sunk in the scale of humanity, as to be eager, like a certain Roman emperor, to free their stomachs of one batch of liquor, that they may gratify their appetites by swallowing another. The use (ft 1 aromatic water of ammonia was first suggested by Mr. Broomley With a like intention, some persons have recourse to soda-water, which acts by the free carbonic acid it contains, as well as a diluent, and from its coldness, as a tonic on the coats of the stomach. The carbonates and bicarbonates of soda and po- tassa are also favorite remedies with habitual drunkards. Among the vegetable acids, the acetic is the one that appears to possess the greatest power of removing intoxication ; and after this follow the tartaric, citric, malic, and carbonic acids. The above property of these substances is well known to habitual drunkards, and they are hence commonly taken by soldiers before going to parade. The usual dose is a small teacupful of vinegar. In the West Indies, where, from the low price of rum, no inconsiderable number of the soldiers are per- petually tipsy when off duty, lime juice, or lemon juice, is had recourse to. Both these juices act from the citric acid they contain. To cure the “ habit of drunkenness ,” various means have been proposed, many of which are more ingenious than useful. Among several that have come under my attention, the following de- serve notice : — I. In a small treatise on Naval Discipline, late- ly published, the following whimsical and inge- nious mode of punishing drunken seamen is re- commended : “ Separate for one month every man who is found drunk from the rest of the crew ; mark their clothes ‘ drunkard give them six- water grog, or, if beer, mixed with one-half water ; let them dine when the crew have finished ; em- ploy them in every dirty and disgraceful work, &c. This had such a salutary effect, that in less than six months not a drunken man was to be found in the ship. The same system was intro- duced by the writer into every ship on board which he subsequently served. When first lieutenant of the Victory and Diomede, the beneficial conse- quences were acknowledged ; tho culprits were heard to say, that they would rather receive six dozen lashes at the gangway, and be done with it, than be put into the ‘ drunken mess’ (for so it was named). for a month.” II. Dr. Pitcairn, in attempting to break the habit in a highland chieftain, one of his patients, exacted a promise that tho latter would every day drop as much sealing-wax into his glass as would receive the impression of his seal. He did so, and as the wax accumulated, the capacity of the glass diminished,- and consequently, the quantity of DRU 250 DYE wniskey it was capable of containing. By this oian he was cured of his bad habit altogether. In mentioning such a whimsical proceeding, I do not mean particularly to recommend it for adoption, al- though I am satisfied that the principle on which its eccentric contriver proceeded was substantially correct. (Coombc.) III. Dr. Kain, an American physician, recom- mends tartar emetic for the cure of habitual drunk- enness. “ Possessing,” he observes, “ no positive taste itself, it communicates a disgusting quality to those fluids in which it is dissolved. I have often seen persons who, from taking a medicine in the form of antirnonial wine, could never after- wards drink wine. Nothing, therefore, seems bet- ter calculated to form our indication of breaking up the associatioifin the patient’s feelings, between his disease and the relief to be obtained from stimu- lating liquors. These liquors, with the addition of a very small quantity of emetic tartar, instead of relieving, increase the sensation of loathing of food, and quickly produce in the patient an indomitable repugnance to .the vehicle of its administration. My method of prescribing it has varied according to the habits, age, and constitution of the patient. I give it only in alterative and slightly nauseating doses. A convenient preparation of the medicine is 8 grains dissolved in 4 oz. of boiling water, £ an oz. of the solution to bo put into a £ pint, pint, or quart of the patient's favorite liquor, and to be taken daily in divided portions. If severe vomit- ing and purging ensue, I should direct laudanum to allay the irritation, and diminish the dose. In every patient it should be varied according to its effects. In one instance, in a patient who lived ten miles from me, severe vomiting was produced, more, I think, from excessive drinking than the use of the remedy. He recovered from it, how- ever, without any bad effects. In some cases, the change suddenly produced in the patient’s habits has brought on considerable lassitude and debility, which were of but short duration. In a majority of cases, no other effect has been perceptible than slight nausea, some diarrhoea, and a gradual but very uniform distaste to the menstruum.” A sim- ilar plan has been proposed by Mr. Chambers. IV. Infuse a little of the star-shoot plant in the liquor, at drinking which disgust will be gradually excited. V. The following singular means of curing habitual drunkenness is employed by a Russian physician, Dr. Schreiber, of Brzese-Litewski : it consists in confining the drunkard in a room, and in furnishing him at discretion with his favorite spirit diluted with two thirds of water; as much wine, beer, and coffee as he desires, but containing one third of spirit ; all the food — the bread, meat, and the legumes, are steeped in spirit and water. The poor devil is continually drunk and ‘ dort .’ On the fifth day of this rogima he has an extreme disgust for spirit ; ho earnestly requests other diet ; but his desire must not bo yielded to, until the poor wretch no lopger desires to eat or drink ; he is then certainly cured of his ’penchant for drunkenness. Ho acquires such a disgust for brandy, or other spirits, that ho is ready to vomit at tho very sight of it. (Bulletin do Thdrapeutique.) Tho same treatment it equally adapted to the wine or beer drunkard, but in such cases the fu- vorite Lquor, whatever it may be, must be the one employed to soak tho victuals in. DRY DISTILLATION. Syn. Destructive Distillation. The distillation of substances with- out tho addition of water or any other fluid matter. Thus, wood is exposed to destructive distillation in tho preparation of pyroligneous acid ; and coal un- dergoes a like process, in tho manufacture of the gas that lights our streets. DRYING 01 L. Syn. Boiled Oil. Linseed oil boiled along with oxide of lead, (litharge,) by which it acquires tho property of drying quickly when exposed in a thin stratum to the air. It it» much used in the preparation of paints and var- nishes. DRY-ROT. A peculiar disease that attacks wood, and renders it brittle and rotten. It prin- cipally occurs among the timbers of ships and of damp and ill-ventilated houses. It has been as- cribed to tho formation of fungi. Various means have been proposed to prevent the attacks of dry- rot, and to arrest its progress when it has com- menced, among which the process called “ Ky ari- sing” (after Kyan, the name of the patentee,) is most generally known, and lias been most exten- sively adopted. It consists in immersing the tim- ber in a bath of corrosive sublimate. A solution of pyrolignite of iron has also b?en used for tha same purpose and in a similar way, with the best effect. It is asserted, however, that “ Ky anise d ” wood, that has been exposed for a considerable time in some unfavorable situations, lias suffered from the dry-rot in nearly an equal degree with unprepared wood. Lately, the process termed “ P uprising ” (after Mr. Payne, the inventor) has been adopted, and appears likely to supersede every other method. This plan consists in first filling the pores with a solution of muriate of lime, and next forcing in a solution of sulphate of iron, by which an insoluble sulphate of lime is formed in the body of the wood, and the latter is rendered nearly as hard as stone. Wood so prepared has already been adopted in several public works. DYEING. Syn. Teinture, (Fr.) Farberei, ( Ger .) The art of fixing coloring matters uni- formly and permanently in the fibres of wool, silk, linen, cotton, and other substances. Dyeing is a chemical process, and the mode of its performance depends upon the substance operated on. Thus, it is found that the process by which wool is dyed black, would only impart a rusty brown to linen. Wool unites with almost all coloring matters with great facility, silk in the next degree, cotton less easily than silk, and linen with even more diffi- culty. Preparatory to the operation of dyeing, each of these substances undergoes a species of preparation to free the fibres from adhering foreign matter, as dirt, grease, &c., which would prevent the absorption of the aqueous fluid to be afterwards applied, as well as impair the brilliancy of the edge. Wool is cleaned or scoured by means of a weak alkaline lye, soap and water, or putrid urino ; the latter being very generally used for this purpose. Silk is cleaned from the natural varnish that covers it, by boiling with white soap and water. Cotton and linen are cleaned with alka- line lyes of moro or less density. The substances so prepared are ready to undergo the various ope- rations of dyeing. DYE 257 DYS Among tho various coloring materials employed by dyers, some impart their tints to different sub- stances by simple immersion in their infusions or decoctions, and have hence been called “ substan- tive colors ;” but by far the greater number only impart a fugitive dye, unless the fibres of the stuff "have been previously filled with some substance, which has a strong affinity for the latter on the one hand, and the coloring material on the other. The substances applied with this intention are called “Mordants,” and generally exercise the double property of “ fixing ” and “ striking” the color. Thus, if calico be dyed with a decoction of madder, it will only receive a fugitive and dirty red tinge, but if it be first run through a solution of acetate of alumina, dried at a high temperature, washed, and then run through a madder bath, it will come out of a permanent and lively red. The principal mordants are the acetates of iron and alumina, sulphate of iron, alum, and some other chemical salts. A perfect knowledge of the beha- vior of mordants, with different coloring substances, is of paramount importance to the dyer. After having received the proper mordants, the goods are dried and rinsed, after which they are passed for a shorter or longer time through an in- fusion, decoction, or solution of the dyeing mate- rials, which constitute the “ dye-bath ;” they are again dried and rinsed. In many cases, the im- mersion in the dye-bath is repeated, either with the same materials or with others to vary or modify the color. After the substances have been proper- ly dyed, they are subjected to a thorough rinsing or washing in soft water, until the latter runs off uncolored. The modification of the art of dyeing called “ calico printing,” consists in the application of the mordants, and sometimes the colors, by means of blocks of wood or engraved copper cylinders, the calico being either subsequently passed through a dye-bath, or a solution of a mordant, as the case may be. It was my intention to have given in this article a concise history of the arts of dyeing and calico printing, and an outline of the scientific principles and mechanical operations employed therein, but from want of space I am compelled to omit the paper I had prepared on the subject. I must therefore conclude with the following con- densed description of the fast dyes employed by the calico printers, for which I am indebted to Dr. Ure. Dye-stuffs used by the calico-printers for pro- ducing fast colors. The mordants are thickened with gum, or calcined starch, when applied with the block, roller, plates, or pencil. 1. Black. The cloth is impregnated with acetate of iron, (iron liquor,) and dyed in a bath of madder and logwood 2. Purple The preceding mordant of iron, di- luted ; with .he same dyeing bath. 3. Crimson. The mordant for purple, united with a portion of acetate of alumina, or red mor- dant, and the above bath. 4. Red. Acetate of alumina is the mordant, (see Alumina,) and madder is the dye-stuff. 5. Pale red of different shades. The preceding mordant diluted with water, and a weak madder bath f» Brown or Pompadour. A mixed mordant, 33 containing a somewhat larger proportion of the rH than of the black ; and the dye of madder. 7. Orange. The red mordant ; and a bath first of madder, and then of quercitron. 8. Yellow. A strong red mordant ; and tht quercitron bath, whose temperature should be con- siderably under the boiling point of water. 9. Blue. Indigo, rendered soluble and greenish- yellow colored, by potash and orpiment. It re- covers its blue color by exposure to air, and there- by also fixes firmly on the cloth. An indigo vat is also made, with that blue substance diffused in water with quicklime and copperas. These sub- stances are supposed to deoxidize indigo, and at the same time to render it soluble. Golden-dye. The cloth is immersed alternately in a solution of copperas and lime water. The protoxide of iron precipitated on the fibre, soon passes, by absorption of atmospherical oxygen, into the golden -colored deutoxide. Buff. The preceding substances, in a more dilute state. Blue vat , in which white spots are left on a blue ground of cloth, is made by applying to those points a paste composed of a solution of sulphate of cop- per and pipeclay ; and after they are dried, im- mersing it, stretched on frames, for a definite number of minutes, in the yellowish-green vat, of 1 part of indigo, 2 of copperas, and 2 of lime, with water. Green. Cloth dyed blue, and well washed, is imbued with the aluminous acetate, dried, and subjected to the quercitron bath. In the above cases, the cloth, after receiving the mordant paste, is dried, and put through a mixture of cow-dung and warm water. It is then put into the dyeing vat or copper. (Ure’s Diet, of Chem. and Min.) DYSPEPSIA. ( From <5uj, with difficulty , and 7rfVrw, I digest .) Indigestion. This com- plaint, of all others, is of the most common occur- rence, and pervades every rank of society. The usual symptoms are want of appetite, sudden and transient distensions of the stomach, frequent eruc- tations, heartburn, stomachic pains, occasional vomiting, and frequently costiveness and diarrhoea. Sometimes the head is affected, and dimness of sight, double vision, muscee volitantes, and slight vertigo, are experienced, along with a multitude of other symptoms, depending on a disarrangement of the functions of the nervous system. The causes of dyspepsia are numerous. In the higher ranks of society, it is a common consequence of over indulgence in the luxuries of the table, or of the want of proper exereise, both bodily and men- tal. In tho studious, and those who lead a seden- tary life, it is usually caused by excessive mental exertion or anxiety, or by the fatigues of business, and the want of sufficient bodily exertion and pure air. In the lower orders of society, it generally results from inebriety, or a deficiency of proper food and clothing. Treat. The treatment of dyspepsia depends less on medicine than on the adoption of regular habits of life. Moderation in eating, drinking, and the indulgence of the passions ; early rising, due ex- ercise and retiring to rest at an early hour, will do much to restore the tone both of the stomacn and nerves Excessive study and mental exertior EAR 258 EAU should be avoided, and recourse should frequently be bad to society, and amusements of a lively and interesting character. If the bowels are confined, mild aperients should bo taken, and if diarrhoea be present, antacids and absorbents may be had re- course to with advantage. The stomach should be strengthened by tho use of mild bitters, tonics, and stimulants, and sea-bathing, or the tepid bath may be taken when convenient. Where dyspepsia is a secondary or symptomatic disease, the cause should bo sought into, and the treatment varied accordingly. Among the aperient medicines most suitable to dyspepsia, may be mentioned — Epsom salts, phosphate of soda, and Seidlitz powders, either of which should be taken largely diluted with water. An occasional dose of the Abcrnethy Medicines, noticed on our first page, has also been recommended. Among antacids, are the bicar- bonates and carbonates of potassa and soda, either of which may be taken in doses of half a teaspoon- ful dissolved in water, or if tho spirits be low, one or two teaspoonfuls of spirits of sal volatile will be more appropriate, and in cases accompanied by diarrhoea, a little prepared chalk. As hitters , compound infusion of orange-peel, or gentian, is excellent. As tonics , small doses of hark, or disulphate of quinine, to which chalybeates may be added, if there be no disposition to fever or headache. EARTHS. Syn. Terr^e, ( Lat .) Terres, ( Fr .) Erdf.n, ( Ger .) In Agriculture : soils wholly or nearly destitute of organic matter. In Chemistry : certain metallic oxides that constitute the principal portion of the various stony and pulverent masses that form our mountains, valleys, and plains, and the whole crust of the globe we inhabit, as far as the researches of man have penetrated. The prim- itive earths are nine in number, viz. baryta, strontia, lime, magnesia, alumina, glucina, zir- conia, yttria, and thorina. The first four have been denominated alkaline earths, from their partial solubility in water, their alkaline taste, and their action on vegetab e colors ; the remainder have been called earths proper, from their insolu- bility in water, and their imperfect neutralization of the acids. Silica and lithia have also been classed with the earths, but the former is more correctly placed among the acids, from its power of neutralizing bases, and the latter with the al- kalis, from its behavior with the acids, and the solubility of its carbonate in water. All the above earths were regarded as elementary substances, until Sir II. Davy, in 1808, proved them to be metallic oxides. In a state of purity they are white and incombustible, but they exist in nature in combination with other substances mostly acids and oxides of the common metals, which alter their appearance. Baryta is tho mineral constituent of rat’s stone and heavy spar ; Lime, combined with carbonic acid, forms chalk, marble, and tho shells of fish, and with phosphoric acid, the eurthy por- tion of the bones of animals ; alumina constitutes cluy, in which state it is usually combined with oxide of iron and carbonato of lime ; tho other earths play u less important part in tho economy of the globe. The metals of which tho earths aro the oxides, uro obtained with difficulty, and possess but an evanescent existence. (Seo Barium. Aur MINIUM, &C.) EATON’S STYPTIC. A spirituous solution of sulphate of iron, disguised by the addition 01 some other ingredients. EAU. (Fr.) Water. Eau douce, fresh or river water. Eau de mcr, sea or salt water. Eau de fontainc, spring water. Eau de source, do. Eau de puits, well water. Eau de riviere, river wa- ter. Eau de rose, eau rose, rase water. Eau de vie, brandy. Eau d' Hongrie, Hungary water. Eau benite, holy water. Eau forte, aquafortis. Tho word eau is applied to numerous substances, differing in their composition, sensible properties, and uses, as will be seen above. In perfumery, it is generally used to c tsignato solutions of the fra- grant essential oils in spirit, as eau de Cologne, eau de bouquet, &c., or to distilled waters, largely charged with tho odorous principles of plants, as eau de rose, eau de jleurs d' oranges, &c. In the art of the liqueuriste, it is frequently applied to aromatized spirits, or cordial liqueurs. (See Water.) EAU D’ANGE DISTILLEE. Prep. Ben- zoin 4 oz. ; storax 2 oz. ; cloves £ oz. ; calamus and cinnamon, of each \ oz. ; coriander seeds 1 dr. ; all bruised ; water 5 pints ; draw off 2 quarts. Fragrant. EAU D’ANGE DISTILLEE ET MUS- QUEE. Prep. Benzoin 4 oz. ; storax 2 oz. ; cin- namon ^ oz. ; cloves and calamus \ oz. ; 2 fresh emptied musk bags ; water 3 pints ; digest in a gentle heat for 2 hours, then draw over 1 quart Fragrant. EAU D’ANGE BOUILLEE. Prep. Rose water and orange-flower water, of each 3 pints ; benzoin 1 lb. ; storax i lb. ; cinnamon 1 oz. ; cloves 1 oz. ; 3 fresh emptied musk bags ; digest in a securely-covered vessel at nearly the boiling heat for 2 hours, then allow it to cool ; strain off the clear, and press the remainder ; lastly filter for use. Fragrant. EAU D’ANSERINE. Distilled from the herb, 2 lbs. to water 5 quarts, drawing off only 1 gallon. It is scentless and tasteless. Used by the French in dressing gauzes. EAU D’ARQUEBUSADE. Syn. Vulne- rary Water. Aqua Vulneraria. Aq. Vul. Spirituosa. Aq. Sclopetaria. Prep. Dried tops of sage, wormwood, fennel, hyssop, marjoram, savory, thyme, rosemary, calamint, balm, pepper- mint, schordium, angelica leaves, (fresh,) basil leaves, and lavender flowers, of each 4 oz. ; proof spirit 2 gallons ; digest for 14 days, and distil over llj gallons. II. Rosemary leaves 1£ lbs.; leaves of thyme and summits of millefoil, of each $ lb. ; proof spirit 2 gallons ; distil over 5 quarts. This water is stimulant and vulnerary, and is used as a cosmetic and cordial. EAU DE BELLOSTE. Prep. Brandy 1 pint; muriatic acid £ pint ; hay saffron and sirup of saf- fron, of each 2 oz. ; digest for 14 days and filter Formerly used as a resolvent. EAU DE BOUQUET. Prep. Rectified spirit of wine 1 quart ; spirits of rosemary and essence of violets, of each 1 oz. : essences of bergamotto and jasmine, of each 1 dr. ; oils of verbena and lavender J dr. ; eau do rose £ pint ; orange-flower EAU 259 EAU water 1 oz. ; mix well and filter. An agreeable perfume. EAU DE COLOGNE. Syn. Cologne Wa- ter. Aqua Coloniensis. Spiritus do. Prep I. (P. Cod.) Oils of bergamotte, lemons, and cedrat, of each ^iij j oils of rosemary, lavender, and neroli, of each §iss ; oil of cinnamon 3vj ; rectified spirit 3 gallons ; spirits of rosemary 1 quart ; compound spirit of balm (eau de melisse des carmes) 3 pints ; digest for 8 days, then distil 3 gallons. II. (Cadet Gassincourt.) N eroli, essences (oils) of cedrat, orange, lemon, bergamotte, and rosema- ry, of each 24 drops ; lesser cardamom seeds \ oz. ; spirit at 32° B. (0*869) 2 quarts ; digest, then dis- til 1£ pint. III. (Farina.) Rectified spirit 5 gallons ; cala- mus aromaticus, sage, and thyme, of each £ dr. ; balm mint and spear mint, of each 1 oz. ; angelica root 10 grs. ; camphor 15 grains ; petals of roses and violets, of each 3 drs. ; lavender flowers 1£ dr. ; orange flowers 1 dr. ; wormwood, nutmeg, cloves, cassia lignea, and mace, of each 20 grs. ; oranges and lemons, sliced, of each 2 in number ; bruise or slice the solids, macerate with agitation for 48 hours, then distil off § , and add to the pro- duct — essences of lemons, cedrat, balm mint, and lavender, of each 1 dr. ; pure neroli and essence of the seeds of anthos, of each 20 drops ; essences of jasmine and bergamotte, of each 1 oz. ; mix well, and filter, if necessary. IV. (Trommsdorff!) Oils of neroli, citron, ber- gamotte, orange, and rosemary, of each 12 drops; Malabar cardamoms, bruised, 1 dr. ; rectified spirit of wine 1 quart ; mix, and after standing 2 or 3 days distil. V. Essence of bergamotte 40 drops ; essence of lemons 45 drops ; oil of rosemary 6 drops ; oil of orange 22 drops ; finest neroli 12 drops ; essence of musk 1 drop ; rectified spirit of wine 6 oz., (fluid ;) mix. Excellent without distillation, if the oils be good. VI. Rectified spirit of wine 1 pint ; oils of ber- gamotte, orange, and rosemary, of each 1 dr. ; car- damom seeds 1 dr. ; orange-flower water 1 pint ; mix, digest for a day, then distil. VII. Neroli, essences of cedrat, orange, citron, bergamotte, and rosemary, of each £ dr. ; oil of verbena 20 drops ; lesser cardamoms 1 dr. ; recti- fied spirit of wine, at 32° B. £ gallon; orange- flower water £ pint ; digest and distil 3 pints. VIII. To the last add, before distillation, es- sences of musk and ambergris, of each 10 drops ; powdered benzoin 15 grs ; otto of roses 8 drops. IX. Essence of bergamotte 3 oz. ; essence of lemon 3 drs. ; essence of cedrat 2 drs. ; neroli 1£ dr. ; oil of, rosemary 1 dr. ; spirit of wine 1£ gal- lon ; rosemary tops 4 oz. ; balm £ dr. ; distil. Remarks. In the preparation of eau de Cologne, it is essential that the spirit be of the purest de- scription, both tasteless and scentless , and that the oils be not only genuine, but recently distilled , as old oils are less odorous and contain a considerable quantity of resin and camphor, which would prove injurious. To produce an article of the finest qual- ity, distillation should be had recourse to, as di- rected above ; but a very excellent eau de Cologne may be produced by simple solution or maceration of the ingredients in the spirit, provided all the es- sences be new, pale-colored, and pure. When pre- pared in the latter way, any article that would im- part a color should be avoided, as eau de Cologne should be both transparent and colorless. The mast of the eau de Cologne prepared in England, some of which possesses the most delicate fragrance, and is nearly equal to the best imported, is made with • out distillation. In the shops two kinds of this ar- ticle are generally kept, viz., French and German. That prepared by Farina of Cologne is esteemed the best, and is preferred in the fashionable world. Eau de Cologne is principally used as a per- fume, but a very large quantity is consumed by fashionable ladies, as a cordial and stimulant to drive away the vapors. For this purpose it is dulcified with sugar. A piece of linen dipped in Cologne water, and laid across the forehead, is a fashiona- ble remedy for headache. EAU DIVINE. Prep. Essences of lemon and bergamotte, of each 1 dr. ; dissolve in rectified spirit of wine 1 gallon ; distil or filter ; then add clarified sirup 3 quarts ; distilled water 5 quarts; mix well and add orange-flower water 6 oz. A pleasant and fragrant cordial. EAU DE FRAMBOISES. Prep. Strawber- ries, bruised, 16 lbs. ; spirits of wine 1 gallon; dis- til to dryness in a salt-water or steam bath. EAU DE HUSSON. Syn. Eau Medicinale. Aqua Medicinalis Hussonii. This is a nostrum which was originally prepared by M. Husson, a French military officer, and which has acquired great reputation for allaying the pain and remo' ing the paroxysms of gout. It was submitted to a chemical investigation by Cadet and Parmentier, in 1782, but without eliciting further information than that it is a purely vegetable solution. Alyon has asserted that it is prepared with gratiola ; Mr. Moore that it is an infusion of hellebore and lauda- num ; and Mr. Want that it is a vinous infusion of colchicum. The general opinion coincides with that of the latter gentleman, and the wine of col- chicum is commonly substituted for it, and pro- duces like effects. Dr. Collier has given the fol- lowing form for the eau medicinale de Husson : — “ Colchicum root, sliced, §ij ; cherry wine f^iv ; macerate.” This preparation is 2^ times as strong as the “ vinum colchici” of the Pharmacopoeia, and the dose should consequently be from 8 to 24 drops. EAU DE LAVANDE. Syn. Lavender Wa- ter. Double Distilled do. Prep. I. Picked flowers 7 lbs. ; rectified spirit 2 gallons ; macerate for a week, then distil. II. Flowers 7 lbs.; rectified spirit gallons; water £ gallon ; as before. III. Mitcham oil of lavender 8 oz. ; essence of bergamot oz. ; essence of musk 4 oz. ; rectified spirit 2 gallons ; mix well. Very fine. IV. To the last add 3 quarts of distilled water, and after well mixing, filter through blotting pa- per, with a few grains of magnesia. Remarks. Both this and the preceding are better for distillation, and in that case, the musk should be added to the distilled spirit. The oils should be of the best quality, and newly distilled, and the spirit should be perfectly scentless. Eau do Lavande is a most agreeable perfume. The article produced by tho third form has been used by her majesty and many of the nobility. EAU DE MARESCHALE. J Prep. I. Musk EAU 260 EGG (grain) and ambergris, of each 20 grs. ; oils of ber- gamot, lavender, and cloves, of each 1 oz. ; oil of sassafras 10 drops; oil of origanum 20 drops; rec- tified spirit 2 quarts ; macerate. II. Rectified spirit 1 pint; essence of violets 1 oz. ; essences of bergamot and oeillets, of each f oz. ; orange-flower water £ pint. As last. EAU 1)E MELISSE DES CARMES. Syn. EaCt des Carmes. Aqua Melissa comp. Sfiritus Melissa co. Prep. (P. Cod.) Fresh balm flow- ers §xxiv; fresh lemon-peel §iv ; cinnamon, cloves, and nutmegs, of each §ij ; coriander seed and dried angelica root, of each |j ; rectified spirit lb. viij ; macerate for 8 days, and distil in a water-bath to dryness. II. Take of spirit of balm 8 pints ; lemon-peel 4 pints ; nutmegs and coriander seeds, of each 2 pints ; rosemary, marjoram, thyme, hyssop, cinna- mon, sage, aniseed, cloves, angelica, (roots,) of each 1 pint. Mix, distil, and keep it for a year in an ice-house. This is the original receipt of the barefooted Car- melites, now in the possession of the Company of Apothecaries of Paris, who sell a vast quantity of this celebrated water. It is much esteemed in France as a stomachic, a cosmetic, and a stimu- lant. EAU DE M I LLE FLEURS. Prep. I. Musk 10 grs.; essence of lemon 1£ oz. ; essence of am- bergris 2 oz. ; oils of cloves, and lavender, (Eng- lish,) of each 1 oz. ; neroli and oil of verbena, of each 15 drops; rectified spirit 2 quarts. Macerate in a close vessel in a warm situation for a fort- night. II. Rectified spirit 1 pint ; essence of bergamot f oz . ; eau lavande and essence of jasmine, of each 1 oz. ; orange-flower water 8 oz. ; mix. III. Grain musk 15 grs. ; essence of ambergris 1 drachm ; eau d’ange 1 quart. As before. EAU DE NAPHRE. Syn. Eau de Naphe. Aqua Naph,e. Double distilled Orange-flow- er Water. Prep. This article is distilled in Lan- guedoc from the leaves of the bigarade or bitter orange-tree, but the preparation sold in England under this name, is commonly prepared as fol- lows : orange-flowers 7 lbs. ; yellow peel of the bigarade or Seville orange £ lb. ; white wine 5 quarts; spirits of wine 1 pint. Macerate in a warm place for three days, then distil. EAU D’CEILLET. Prep. Cloves, bruised, 1 lb. ; water 5 quarts ; macerate for 24 hours, then distil 1 gallon. EAU DE RABEL. Syn. Aqua Rabelii. Prep. Strong oil of vitriol 1 part ; alcohol 3 parts. Used as an astringent. EAU D’ IIONGRIE. Syn. Eau de la Reine d’IIongrie. Aqua Hungarica. Hungary Wa- ver. Prep. I. Rosemary tops, in blossom, 4 lbs. ; fresh sago £ lb. ; bruised ginger 2 oz. ; rectified spirit If gallon ; water £ gallon. Macerate for 10 days, then distil 11 pints. II. Fresh rosemary flowers 2 lbs. ; lavender /lowers 2 oz. ; rectified spirit 3 pints. Distil 3 ibs. Hungary water is fragrant and stimulant, and is much esteemed by some persons as a cosmetic, and, sweetened with sugar, as a liqueur. EAU SANS PA RE I LLE. Prep. 1. Essence of bergamotto 5 drachms ; essence of lemon 8 drachms ; essenco of citron 4 drachms ; Hungary water 1 pint ; rectified spirit G quarts. MaceixU and distil. II. G rain musk 20 grs. ; ambergris 25 grs. ; oik of lavender and cloves, of each 1 oz. ; essence of bergamot £ oz. ; oils of sassafras and origanum, of each 20 drops ; rectified spirit 1 gallon. Macerate for 14 days. A fragrant cosmetic. EAU DE TAIN. Prep. Lemon thyme 1 lb. ; water 5 quarts. Distil 1 gallon. Fragrant. EAU DE VIE D’ANDAYE. Prep. Brandy or proof spirit 1 gallon ; simple sirup 1 lb. ; aniseed water f pint ; mix. EBONY. Pale-colored woods are stained in imitation of ebony, by washing them with or steep ing them in a strong decoction of logwood or galls, allowing them to dry. and then washing them over with a solution of the sulphate or acetate of iron. When dry they are washed with clean water, ana the process repeated if required. They are lastly polished or varnished. EDULCORATE. Sijn. Eicicorer, (Fr.) Aussusen, {Germ.) From edulco, to make sweet (In Chemistry.) The affusion of water on any sub- stance for the purpose of removing the portion so- luble in that fluid. Edulcoration is usually per- formed by agitating or triturating the article with water, and removing the latter after subsidence by decantation or filtration. It is the method com- monly adopted to purify precipitates and othei powders which are insoluble in water. EGGS. Syn. CEufs, (Fr.) Ovum, an egg ; Al- bumen Ovi, white of egg ; Vitellus Ovi, yelk of egg ; ( Lat .) The eggs of birds are nutritious and easily digestible ; and when lightly cooked by boil- ing, and eaten with a little salt, are admirably adapted as an aliment for the sick, and for persons with delicate stomachs. When boiled hard or fried, they are rendered less easily digestible, and have no advantage in this respect over good meat. A new-laid egg, broken into a cup of tea, coffee, oi chocolate, and well beaten up, is an excellent in- gredient in the breakfast of a person having a de- ficient appetite, and will be found very supporting. A glass of wine, beer, or porter, similarly treated, along with a biscuit, has been recommended as a light and nutritious luncheon or supper, well suited to the debilitated and the dyspeptic. The average weight of a new-laid egg is about S£ oz. ; the white generally weighs If oz. ; the yelk If, and the shell and skin £ oz. Choice. The larger end of a new-laid egg fee' cold, when placed against the tongue. New-laie eggs appear semi-transparent when placed be- tween the eye and a strong light, and have a small and perceptible division of the skin from the shell, which is filled with air. When they shake thej are stale. The eggs of the large black fowls called Minorcas or Spanish, and which have a very white and rough shell, are those that possess the most delicate flavor. The eggs of turkeys are much es- teemed for some purposes ; those of ducks anc geese are coarse and inferior. Pres. Eggs may be preserved for any length oi time by excluding them from the air. One of the cleanest and easiest methods of doing this, is to pack them in clean dry salt, in barrels or tubs, and to place them in a cool and dry situation. I have eaten eggs thus preserved that were a twelvemonth old, and that had been somo months aboard sliip, EGG 261 ELA in a tropical climate, and yet retained all the pe- culiar sweetness of new-laid eggs. With a like intention, eggs are placed in vessels containing milk * of lime, or strong brine, or rubbed over with butter, lard, or gum-water ; all of which act by excluding the air. Eggs may be preserved for some weeks in a cold situation, by placing them in a cabbage or potato-net, and hanging them to a nail, observ- ing to hang them up by a fresh mesh of the net every day. Some persons place eggs which they wish to preserve in a netting, or on a sieve or col- ander, and immerse them for an instant in a cal- dron of boiling water, before packing them away. The practice of packing eggs in damp straw, or any thing else that can convey a flavor, should be avoided. The shells of eggs are porous, and readi- ly admit the passage of gaseous substances and fetid odors. It is from inattention to this point that a large portion of the eggs imported from the coast of France have a less delicate flavor than those of our poultry yards. Damp chopped straw, as well as most other organic substances exposed to warmth and moisture, readily ferment, and during fermentation, a considerable increase of tempera- ture takes place, as any one may readily perceive by examining the common hotbeds in our gardens ; which are merely masses of organic matter in a state of decomposition. Eggs, as long as they re- tain the vital principle or embryo of the future chick, in a living state, (if I may be allowed the term,) possess in themselves a certain degree of warmth, which tends materially to promote the decomposition of the substance they are packed in, if moisture be present. The importation of foreign eggs, during the year 1838, amounted to nearly 84,000,000, and the duty paid on them to upwards of £20,000. Since that time the number annually imported has, I believe, immensely increased. EGGS and BACON, ARTIFICIAL. “ Make clear blancmange in a white dish, cut it into rounds with the top of a teacup, and lay them on the dish on which it is to be served ; make yellow Dutch flummery, run it into a small teacup, in the form of the yelk of an egg, and place one on each round of the blancmange. Cut six straight pieces of blancmange, on which lay three streaks of pre- served damsons, and serve all on the same dish.” EGG FLIP. Beer 1 pint ; eggs 3 in no. ; su- gar 2 oz. ; nutmeg and ginger sufficient. Break the eggs into one half of the beer, add the sugar, and beat well together ; then place it in a clean “ warmer,” and heat it over the fire to nearly the boiling point, stirring it all the time, but do not let it boil ; next add the other portion of the beer and the spices, and mix well together. Some persons add a glass of spirits. Care must be taken not to let it boil, as, if it does, the eggs will separate. EGG WINE. Like the last, using equal parts of white wine and water instead of beer. EGGS, GLAIRE OF. Prep. Separate the whites from the yelks, and whisk them to a froth, let them stand 24 hours, and strain them through muslin. Used as a glaze or varnish. EGGS IN SALADS, &c. (Substitute.) Prep. Cream 1 tablespoonful ; unflavored calves’ feet jelly 2 do. ; a piece of salt the size of a bean ; hot water, stained yellow with turmeric, 1 dessert- spoonful ; mix well. ELAIDIC ACID. An acid compound forme* by the action of nitrous acid or nitrate of mercurf on oleic acid. Prep. Pass a current of nitrous gas through pure oleic acid, at a low temperature, for 5 min- utes ; wash the crystalline mass, that shortly af- terwards forms, with hot water ; and then dissolv* it in an equal volume of hot alcohol. On cooling crystals will form, and must be purified by pres sure, re-solution, and crystallization. (Meyer.) Prop., SfC. Elaidic acid, prepared as above, re- sembles sublimed benzoic acid ; melts at 1 13° Fahr., and is soluble in alcohol and ether ; with the alka- lis and their carbonates it forms hydrated salts, which yield strong soapy solutions. ELAIDIN. A compound of elal'dic acid anc glycerine, formed by the action of nitrate of mer cury on olive oil. It is one of the components of citrine ointment. ELATERINE. Syn. Momordicine. The ac- tive principle of elaterium. It was discovered by Dr. Clutterbuck in 1819, but first obtained in a state of purity in 1830, by the late Mr. Hennel. Prep. I. Digest elaterium in hot alcohol, evapo- rate the tincture to the consistence of thin oil, then throw it into boiling distilled water, and allow the whole to cool ; collect the precipitate, and puri- fy by re-solution in alcohol and precipitation by water as before. (Dr. Morries.) II. Digest the alcoholic extract of elaterium in ether, and dissolve the residuum in hot alcohol crystals will form as the solution cools. (HennelJ Remarks. Elaterine forms delicate silky crys tals, having a bitter taste. It is a drastic purga tive. Dose. One-sixteenth gr. ELATERIUM. ( From iXawu, I stimulate or urge forward.) The term iXarrjpiov was applied by the Greeks to any drastic purgative, but prin- cipally to the juice of the wild or squirting cucum- ber. The word elaterium, according to present usage, means the deposite obtained from the juice of the wild cucumber. Prep. I. (Dr. Clutterbuck.) Gather the cucum- bers when as ripe as possible, but without violence that might endanger their bursting. Then wet them by the affusion of cold water, cut them through longitudinally, and allow the juice to strain through a fine sieve into an earthenware vessel. Scoop out the seeds and surrounding pulp, plaee them or* the sieve, and wash them re- peatedly with cold water. The same process may afterwards be applied to the split cucumbers. The several waters being received in the same vessel with the juice, the whole is to be allowed to re- pose for a few hours, when the clear portion must be decanted and the sediment spread thinly on fine linen and exposed to the air to dry. Exposure to sunshine or a bright light should be avoided, but gentle warmth may be employed without injury. Quality very fine, but the product small. Forty fruits yielded Dr. Clutterbuck only 6 grains of elaterium. II. ( Process followed at Apothecaries' Hall.) The fruit cut longitudinally into halves, is placed in hempen or horse-hair bags, and submitted to slight pressure in a tincture press. The juice, as it runs off, passes through a fine hair sieve into a cylindrical glass jug or jar, where it is allowed tu remain for two hours, when the clear supernatant ELE 262 ELE liquor is poured off, and the thick portion contain- ing the sediment is placed on a bibulous paper fil- ter, supported on linen, and allowed to drain, after which it is dried by a gentle heat in a stove. The product has a green color, and constitutes the finest elaterium. A paler and inferior article is obtained from the mother liquor, poured from the first sediment by placing it in shallow pans and al- lowing it to deposite. Remarks. To procure a fine article of elaterium it is necessary to remove it as soon as it is depos- ited, as a heavy mucilage falls down soon after- wards, which materially injures its quality and appearance. Good elaterium yields from 50 to 60§ of its weight to strong alcohol, and from 25 to 44g of elaterin. (See Extract of Elaterium.) ELECTROTYPE. Electrometallurgy. The art of working in metals by means of voltaic electricity. The most simple and easily managed electrotype apparatus, is formed in a similar man- ner to the common constant battery, but instead of employing a plate of copper for the negative element, a mould of the object to bo copied, the face of which has been covered with plumbago, is substituted. An electrograph of this kind may be made of any well-glazed earthen jar or vessel, and the following arrangement will be found conve- nient for most of the purposes to which this art is applied by the amateur ; viz. copying medals, multiplying plates, &c. a. Au oval vessel of salt glazed earthenware or wood, nearly filled with a concentrated solution of sulphate of copper. b, A porous diaphragm, containing the cylinder of zinc c, and filled with dilute sulphuric acid. d, A small bar of brass or copper, fastened to the vessel by the binding screws e, e, and supporting the cylinder of zinc c, by the hook of copper wire /, and the mould g, by the hook h. i, A small shelf or partition to support crystals of sul- phate of copper, to keep up the strength of the solution. Another method is to employ a trough or de- composition cell connected with a constant batte- ry, by which means several moulds may be coated at once. This arrangement will bo understood ty refer- ence to the annexed engraving : a, A constant Imttory. (See Battery.) b, Decomposition coll ; a cubical vessel made of wood, •r earthenware, and filled with n mixture of 1 yurt of di- lute sulphuric acid and 2 parts of concentrated solution « sulphate of copper. c, c, e, Moulds suspended to the brass rod f, nnd con nccted with the copper or negative element of the batter) a, by means of the screw g. (I, d, Pieces of sheet copper suspended on the brass roii h, and connected with the zinc end of the battery, by means of the screw *, employed to keep up the strength ol the cupreous solution in the decomposition cell. When it is desired to copy any object by either of theso apparatuses, an exact mould must bo first procured. Supposing the article to be a medal, for instance, a hoop of paper is commonly placed round it, and white wax, or any similar substance, poured on it in a melted stato, and then allowed to cool, when it is removed, a small piece of cop- per wire to suspend it by is attached, and its faco brushed over with finely-powdered plumbago, by means of a camel-hair pencil ; the excess and loose portion being carefully removed. The mould so prepared is next suspended in the apparatus, to receive a deposite of metal on its surface. Some persons experience considerable difficulty in pro- curing moulds free from air bubbles, but this in- convenience is readily avoided, by removing with a camel-hair pencil any that may be observed on the surface of the medal, after the melted wax is poured on, and while it remains liquid and trans- parent. Stearine, hard tallow, shellac, rosin soft- ened with a little oil, plaster of Paris, sealing wax, fusible metal, and numerous other substances are employed as materials for moulds. When plaster of Paris is used, it is necessary to imbue its surface with melted wax, to enable it to retain the plum- bago. F usible metal requires no preparation. After the mould has received a sufficiently thick deposite, the latter is separated, washed in a little clean water, and bronzed. Any of the methods mentioned under “ Bronzing of Metals,” may be employed for this purpose, but either the first or second will be found the simplest and most con- venient. The length of time required to produce a deposite of any given thickness, depends upon the temperature of the solution and the state of the battery. Other things being equal, this takes place more rapidly the higher the temperature, within given limits. In very cold water, the ope- ration proceeds exceedingly slowly. The tyro in electrotype manipulation, frequently experiences much annoyance from the metal being deposited on the surface of the mould, under the form of a powder, or in a very friable or brittle state. This generally arises from the battery be- ing in too active a condition. It is found that the slower the deposite is formed, the tougher and more perfect it will be. Air-bubbles may be avoided by brushing them off the face of the mould after im- mersion in the decomposition cell, and by properly regulating the action of the battory. The dilute sulphuric acid employed to excite the zinc end ol the battery, should never be stronger than 1 part of concentrated acid, to 8 or 9 parts of water. Iron may be substituted for zinc, and is more econom- ical. In gilding, silvoring, or platinizing the common metals, by electricity, solutions of gold, silver, oi platina, are placed in the decomposition cell, or uround the moulds, and plates of those metals, instead of copper, suspended in the solution. ELECTUARY. Syn. Electuarium, ( Lat * ELE 263 ELE from Vegetable and light earthy pow- ders, mixed up with honey, sirup, or sugar, to the consistence of a thick paste. In the present Phar- macopoeia, electuaries are included under the title Confection, but this arrangement is manifestly improper, as these words are not synonymous. “ In Conserves (or confections) the addition of the sac- charine matter is in much larger proportion, and is designed to preserve the vegetable matter ; in Electuaries the sirup is designed merely to com- municate the required form.” (Dr. Murray.) The preparation of electuaries is similar to that of confections and conserves, and the same pre- cautions must be observed to reduce the dry in- gredients to very fine powder, and vegetable sub- stances to a minutely divided state. Care must also be taken to diffuse the ingredients equally through every portion of the mass, by patient and laborious pounding or stirring. An inattention to this point has often led to disagreeable conse- quences, from some portion of the electuary being nearly inert, while another portion has possessed increased activity. (See Conserves and Confec- tions.) ELECTUARY, AROMATIC. Syn. Elec- tuarium Aromaticum, (P. E.) Prep. Aromatic powder (P. E.) 1 part ; sirup of orange-peel 2 parts ; mix. Remarks. This preparation differs from the aro- matic confection of the other British Colleges, in not containing chalk. It is aromatic and sto- machic, but not antacid or absorbent. ELECTUARY, BLACK. Syn. Elect. Nigrum. Trousseau’s Black Tonic. Prep. Perchloride of iron 3iv ; tannin 3j ; confection of roses §ij ; sirup of orange ; mix. Tonic and astringent. ELECTUARY, CATHARTIC. Syn. E. Catharticum. Confection of senna §iss ; flow- ers of sulphur fss ; sirup of roses or orange peel q s. Pose. A teaspoonful 3 or 4 times a day in piles. A mild and excellent medicine. ELECTUARY, DEMULCENT. Syn. E. Demulcens. Prep. Spermaceti, sirup of poppies, and sirup of tolu, of each 3ij ; powdered gum tragacanth 3j ; confection of roses 3vj ; nitre 3ss ; mix. Dose. A piece the size of a small nutmeg fre- quently. ELECTUARY, EMMENAGOGUE. Syn. E. Emmenagogicum. Prep. Myrrh 1 dr. ; ammo- niated iron 1 scruple ; ginger sirup to mix. Dose. A piece the size of a nutmeg, night and morning. ELECTUARY, FEBRIFUGE. Syn. E. Febrifugum. Prep. (E. II.) Powdered cinchona ; sal ammoniac 3j ; sirup of lemon juice q. s. In fevers. ELECTUARY FOR DYSENTERY. Syn. E. Anti-dysentericum. Prep. (P. E. 1744.) Electuary of catechu, mixed with half its weight of Locatel’s balsam. ELECTUARY FOR EPILEPSY. Syn. E. Anti-epilepticum. Prep. (Dr. Mead.) Powdered cinchona ; valerian and tin (both in powder) of each %sa ; sirup to mix. ELECTUARY FOR THE CHOLERA. Syn. E. Anti-cholericum. Prep. Mix together equal parts of finely-powdered and newly-burnt char coal, lard, and maple sugar. A popular remedy ELECTUARY FOR THE PILES. Syn. E IliEMORRiioiDALE. Prep. (Dr. Copland.) Creanr of tartar ; precipitated sulphur 3iij ; confectior of senna §ij ; sirup of orange or ginger to mix. Remarks. An excellent medicine for pilea Dose. A teaspoonful 3 or 4 times a day. From the difficulty experienced in procuring pure pre- cipitated sulphur, the flowers of sulphur may be advantageously substituted. ELECTUARY FOR THE TEETH. Syn E. Dentifricum. Prep. I. (Coral dentifrice. E. Gingivale.) a. Red coral 4 oz. ; cuttle-fish bone 1 oz. ; cream of tartar 2 oz. ; cochineal 1 dr. ; alum ^ dr. ; (all in fine powder ;) clarified honey 10 oz. ; mix. b. Clarified honey 12 oz. ; tincture of myrrh 3 oz. ; oil of cajeput 10 drops ; oil of cassia or cin- namon 20 drops ; tincture of cochineal 1 dr. ; cream of tartar £ oz. ; mix. II. Myrrh 3 oz. ; cream of tartar and cochineal, of each 1 £ oz. ; powdered cloves 1 oz. ; honey 4 oz. ; mix. III. To the last add 1 dr. of powdered orris rcot and 5 drops of otto of roses. Remarks. All the above are used to whiten and preserve the teeth, but are most serviceable in foul or scorbutic gums. ELECTUARY FOR WORMS. Syn. E. Vermifugum. E. Anthelminticum. Prep. I. (Bresmer.) Worm seed and tansy seed, of each 3iv ; powdered valerian root 3ij ; ditto jalap and sulphate of potash, of each 3iss to 3ij ; oxymel of squills to mix. II. Powdered tin |iij ; confection of red roses ^ss ; orange sirup to mix. Dose. A tablespoonful early in the morning for 3 or 4 successive days, followed by a cathartic. III. (Dr. Cheston.) Powdered tin f iv ; confec- tion of wormwood §iij ; carbonate of iron ^j ; mix. ELECTUARY OF ANTIMONY. Syn. E. Antimonii. Prep. (P. C.) Prepared sulphuret of antimony, gum guaiacum, and black sulphuret of mercury, of each 3j ; confection of senna 3ij ; sirup to mix. Diaphoretic and alterative. Dose. 1 to 2 drachms twice a day in chronic cutaneous diseases, combined with sarsaparilla or decoction of elm bark. ELECTUARY OF CASSIA. Syn. E. Cas- sia. Prep. (P. D.) Fresh cassia pulp and sirup of orange, of each lb. ss ; manna 5-ij ; tamarind pulp §j ; mix and evaporate to a proper consist- ence. Dose. 2 dr. to 1 oz. It is gently laxative, and is chiefly used as a purge for children, or as a vehicle for other cathartics. It is commonly made with equal parts of tamarind and cassia pulps, mixed with | of manna, and flavored with a few drops of tincture of orange peel, without any evap- oration. ELECTUARY OF CATECHU. Syn. E. Catechu. Prep. (P. E.) Powdered catechu, and kino, of each §iv ; cinnamon and nutmegs, of each §j ; opium (dissolved in a little sherry) 3iss ; sirup of red roses (evaporated to the consistence of honey) 1£ pints. ELECTUARY OF CATECHU, COM- ELE 264 ELE POUND. Syn. E. Catechu ccmpositum. Prep. (P. D.) Catechu §iv ; kino §iij j cinnamon ^ij 5 ginger sirup (boiled as above) lb. ij, §iij ; hard re- fined opium (diffused in wine as absve) 3iss ; mix. Remarks. Both the above are astringent and aromatic. Dose. to 3ij in diarrhoea, dysentery, &c. ELECTUARY OF CHARCOAL. Syn. E. Carbonis. Prep. Newly-burnt and finely-pow- dered charcoal and carbonate of sodo , of each 3ij ; confection of senna ^iv ; mix. ELECTUARY OF CINCHONA AND SODA. Syn. E. Cinciionve cum Soda. Prep. (P. C.) Powdered cinchona f j ; carbonate of soda 3ij ; thin mucilage to mix. Dose. 2 dr. 2 or 3 times a day. ELECTUARY OF COPAIBA. Syn. E. Co- paiba. Prep. (Caspar.) Blanched almonds 3vj ; powdered althaea 3j ; catechu 3ss ; balsam of co- paiba 3iij ; mix. ELECTUARY OF COWHAGE. Syn. E. Doliciii. E. MucuNiE. Prep. (Chamberlain.) Dip the pods into treacle, withdraw, and scrape off the hairs, repeating the process with fresh pods till sufficiently thick. Dose. One teaspoonful in the morning fasting, followed by a purgative a day or two afterwards. Vermifuge. (See also E. for Worms.) ELECTUARY OF HELLEBORE. Syn. E. Hellebori Albi. Prep. Bruised white hellebore root lb. j ; water 1 gallon ; boil to one half, strain, add honey lb. iij ; and evaporate to a proper con- SlSt6IlC6. ELECTUARY OF IRON. Syn. E. of Steel. E. Chalybeatum. Prep. (Collier.) a. Potassio- tartrate of iron ^ ss j confection of red roses ; sirup to mix. b. Precipitated sesquioxide of iron ; honey ^ij ; ginger sirup ^ss ; mix. Both the above are tonic. Dose. One tea- spoonful thrice a day. ELECTUARY OF LAUREL BERRIES. Syn. E. b Baccis Lauri. Prep. Leaves of rue, caraway seeds, parsley seed, and laurel berries , of each §j ; gum sagapenum 3ss ; black pepper and Russian castor, of each 3ij ; honey ^xv ; mix. ('See Confection of Rue.) ELECTUARY OF MUSTARD. Syn. E. Sinapis. Prep. (P. C.) Flour of mustard and co l- serve of roses, of each 3iv ; ginger sirup to mix. ELECTUARY OF OLIBANUM. Sijn. E. Olibani. Prep. (P. C.) Powdered olibanum, and balsam of copaiba, of each 3iv ; confection of hip i ?j ; sirup to mix. ELECTUARY OF OPIUM. Syn. E. The- baiacum. E. Opii. E. Opiatum. Prep. (P. E.) Aromatic powder §iv ; senega §iij ; opium (diffused in a little sherry) §ss ; sirup of ginger lb. j ; mix. ELECTUARY OF PEPPER. Syn. E. Pi- peris. Prep. (P. E.) Black pepper and liquorico root, in fine powder, of each lb. j ; fennel lb iij ; honey and white sugar, of each lb ij ; mix. Use, fyc. Same as confection of black pepper. ELECTUARY OF SCAMMONY. Syn. E. Scammonii. Prep. (P. D.) Powdered ecammony %'m ; cloves, bruised, and ginger, in powder, of each 3vj ; oil of caraway 3s, s ; sirup of roses to mix. ft etimulunt cathartic. Dose. 10 grs. to £ dr. ELECTUARY OF SULPHUR. Syn. E. Sulphuris. Prep. Flowers of sulphur 1 ox, am honey or treacle 2 oz ; mix. Gently laxative Dose. A tcaspoonful night and morning in pilot and some skin diseases. ELECTUARY OF SULPHUR, COM- POUND. Syn. E. Sulphuris co. Prep. I. (St B. H.) Precipitated sulphur ; cream of tartar 3j ; honey §j ; mix. An excellent laxative in piles. Flowers of sulphur may be substituted for preoipitated sulphur in the above form. Dose. 3j to 3ij. II. Flowers of sulphur ; cream of tartar Sj : confection of senna ^ij ; confection of black pep- per ^iss ; sirup of ginger f^j ; mix. This is an ex- cellent medicine. Dose and Use. As last. ELECTUARY OF SULPHUR AND BO- RAX. Syn. E. Sulphuris cum Borace. Prep. Flowers of sulphur f j ; cream of tartar ^iss ; borax ^ss ; confection of senna ^iiss ; sirup of orange peel to mix. Dose. 1 to 3 teaspoonfuls in diseases of the uterine organs and lower bow els. ELECTUARY OF TURPENTINE. Syn. E. Terebintiiinje. Prep. (St. B. H.) Common turpentine ^j ; honey ^ij ; mix. Dose. 1 to 2 tea- spoonfuls in complaints of the urinary organs, worms, &c. ELECTUARY, PECTORAL. Syn. E. Pec- torale. Prep. I. (P. E. 1744.) Conserve of roses §ij ; compound tragacanth powder §ss ; benzoic acid 3j ; sirup of tolu q. s. II. Oxymel of squills, sirup of marshmallows, mucilage of gum arabic and sirup of tolu, of each ^ss ; powdered lump sugar §ij ; mix. ELECTUARY, STIMULANT. Syn. E. Stimulans. Prep. Gum ammoniacum (strained) 5 vinegar of squills §ss ; mix with a gentle heat and spread on leather. As an application to the chest or pit of the stomach. ELECTUARY, STOMACHIC. Green pep permint, lump sugar, and confection of orange- peel, of each equal parts ; mix. Dose. A tea- spoonful. ELEMI. This resin is the produce of an unas- certained tree, respecting which there have beer, various conjectures. The London and Dublir, Colleges assign it to the amyris elemifera, but the Edinburgh College, with greater discretion, state it to be the “ concrete resinous exudation from one or more unascertained plants.” Dr. Pereira has suggested, that it may be the produce of the icica icicaribo, the canarium zephyrinum, or the cana- rium balsamiferum, but the question is still unde- cided. The elemi of commerce is of a pale yellow color exteriorly brittle, but soft and tough within ; it has a warm bitter taste, and a fragrant aromatic smell, partaking of fennel and juniper. It is only par- tially transparent even in thin plates, is very fusi- ble, and has a density a little greater than that of water. According to Bonastre, it consists of 84 per cent, of resin, 12’15 of a fragrant essential oil and a little bitter extractive. In medicine it is only employed in the preparation of the elemi ointment of the Pharmacopoeia. The elemi of the shops is often adulterated, but more frequently a factitious kind is sold for the genuine gum. This is formed by adding 1 part of balsam of Canada to 4 parts of yellow resin, in the molted state, bvt removed from the fire, after ELI 265 ELL which about 1£ p. c. of oil of juniper, and half this quantity of oil of fennel are stirred in. This fraud may be detected by exposing the suspected article to heat, along with a little water, when its fra- grance will evaporate, and the coarse terebinthi- nate smell of the resin will become readily distin- guishable. ELIXIR. ( From the Arabic Elekser, quintes- sence.) A name formerly applied to various com- pound tinctures. ELIXIR, ANTISCROFULOUS. Syn. E. Antiscrofulosum. Ammoniated tincture of gen- tian. ELIXIR, ASTHMATIC. Prep. Opium, oil of aniseed and camphor, of each 1 oz. ; proof spirit 1 gallon. Digest a week. ELIXIR, BOERHAAVE’S ANTI-ASTH- MATIC. Syn. Elixir Antiasthmaticum Boer- haavii. A tincture made with aniseed, orris-root, assarabacca, sweet flag, liquorice, and elecampane. Dose. 20 to 40 drops. ELIXIR, DAFFY’S. Syn. E. Salutis. Com- pound Tincture of Senna. Prep. I. Jalap root 5 oz. ; East India senna 1£ lbs. ; coriander seeds and aniseed, of each i lb. ; rhubarb i lb. ; shavings of red sanders wood 2 oz. ; treacle 7 lbs., and sub- carbonate of potash 2 oz., both dissolved in water 3^ gallons ; rectified spirit of wine 2 \ gallons. All the solids must be well bruised, and macerated in the mixed fluids for 14 days, when the whole must be pressed, and strained through a fine flannel bag. It is too glutinous to run through filtering paper. II. (Dicey’s.) Senna lb. j ; guaiacum shavings, elecampane root, (dried,) aniseed, caraway seed, coriander seed, and liquorice root, of each lb. ss ; stoned raisins lbs. ij ; proof spirit or brandy 9 quarts. As last. III. (Swinton’s.) Jalap 3 lbs. ; senna 1 lb. ; coriander seeds, caraway seeds, liquorice root, and elecampane root, of each 4 oz. ; moist sugar 2 lb. ; rectified spirit of wine and water, of each 1 gallon. As last. IV. Jalap and caraways, of each 1 lb. ; senna, rhubarb, and aniseed, of each 2 lbs. ; red sanders wood i lb. ; brown sugar 7 lbs. ; proof spirit 10 gallons. As last. V. Rhubarb (East India) 14 lbs. senna 56 lbs. ; aniseed 7 lbs. ; coriander seeds € bs. ; caraway seeds and red sanders wood, of each 5 lbs. ; cassia bark and jalap, of each 3 lbs. ; proof spirit 100 gal- lons. Digest for 14 days, press, strain, and add molasses 84 lbs. Mix well, and either clarify, or strain through flannel. VI. For proof spirit in the preceding formulae, use equal parts of spirit of wine and water. Remarks. Daffy’s elixir is a favorite purge with drunkards, and is a common and very popular remedy in flatulent colic, dyspepsia, &c. Dose. 1 to 4 tablespoonfuls. ELIXIR, THE DEVIL’S. Prep. Pods of capsicum and cloves, (bruised,) of each ^j 5 ginger and saffron, of each §iij ; cantharides 3v ; proof spirit lbs. vij. Digest for 10 days. Dose. 3ss to 3iij, in mixtures. It is stimulating and aphrodisiac. ELIXIR OF GARLIC. Syn. E. Allii. Prep. Garlic roots 80 in number ; rectified spirit 1 pint. Distil to dryness, and repeat the process with the ■arne spirit from fresh roots a second and a third 34 time, then add camphor 3ij. Diaphoretic. Doss A teaspoonful twice a day. ELIXIR DE GARUS. Prep. Myrrh §ss aloes and saffron, of each 3ij ; cinnamon, cloves and nutmegs, of each 3ss ; proof spirit 1 quart Digest for 7 days, strain, and add sirup of maiden* hair lbs. ij ; orange-flower water ^iss. ELIXIR OF JALAP. Syn. E. Jalap* com- positum. Prep. Jalap §iv ; scammony 3iv ; gam- boge 3ij ; rectified spirit 1 quart. ELIXIR OF LONG LIFE. Syn. E. Long* Vit*. Tincture of rhubarb and aloes. ELIXIR OF MYRRH. Tincture cf savin©, (comp.) P. L. 1788. ELIXIR D’OR. Syn. Elixir of Gold. D* La Motte’s golden drops. ELIXIR, PAREGORIC. Tincture of cam phor (co.) and ammoniated tincture of opium. ELIXIR PROPRIETATIS. Compoun. tincture of aloes. ELIXIR PROPRIETATIS CUM ACIDO The last article acidulated with sulphuric acid. ELIXIR PROPRIETATIS TARTY RIZA- TUM. The elixir proprietatis alkalized with salts of tartar. ELIXIR, PECTORAL. Syn. E. Pectorale. Prep. (P. E. 1744.) Balsam of tolu §ij ; gum benzoin §iss ; saffron ^ss; rectified spirit ffxxxij Digest in a sand heat for 4 days. ELIXIR POLYCHRESTUM. Prep. (P. E 1744.) Gum guaiacum §vj ; balsam of Peru ^ss ; rectified spirit 1 quart. Digest 4 days and strain. ELIXIR SACRUM. Tincture of aloes and rhubarb. ELIXIR SALUTIS. Tincture of senna. ELIXIR, SQUIRE’S. Prep. Opium 2 oz. ; camphor and cochineal, of each £ oz. ; sweet fen- nel 1 drachm ; tincture of serpentary 10 oz. ; spi- rits of aniseed 1 gallon ; water 1 pint ; aurum musivum 3 oz. ; mix. ELIXIR, STOMACHIC. Compound tincture of gentian. ELIXIR OF VITRIOL. Syn. E. Vitrioli. Water strongly acidulated with sulphuric acid. See Aromatic Sulphuric Acid, which is alsc frequently called elixir of vitriol. ELIXIR OF VITRIOL, SWEET. Syn. E. Vitrioli Dulce. Prep. (P. E. 1744.) Spirit of sulphuric ether lbs. ij ; oil of peppermint §ss ; es- sence of lemons and oil of nutmegs, of each 3ij ; mix. See Aromatic Spirit of AStiier, which is also called by this name. ELIXIR OF VITRIOL, MYNSICHT’S. Syn. Acid E. of Vitriol. E. Vitrioli Myn- siciiti. Prep. Cinnamon, ginger, and cloves, of each 3iij ; calamus aromaticus ^j ; smaller galan- gal §iss ; sage and peppermint leaves, (dried,) of each fss ; cubebs and nutmegs, of each 3ij ; aloes wood and lemon-peel, of each 3j ; sugar candy f iv ; rectified spirit lbs. iss ; oil vitriol lb. j. Digest for three weeks. ELIXIR OF VITRIOL, VIGANI’S. Prep. Spirits of sulphuric ether §viij ; aromatic tincture lb. j ; mix. ELLAGIC ACID. (From Galle reversed.) When an aqueous infusion of nut galls is left for some time exposed to the atmosphere, tho tannio acid gradually disappears, and is replaced by gal- lic acid, and an insoluble gray powder, to which EMB 2G6 EME the term cllagic acid was applied by Chevreul. It is soluble in alkalis, forming salts, and is precipi- tated by acids. ELUTRIATION. Syn. Elutriatio, ( Lat ., from elutrio, to cleanse.) In Chemistry, the ope- ration of washing insoluble powders with water, to separate them from foreign matter, or the coars- er portion. It is usually performed by grinding or triturating the mass with a little water, until reduced to a very fine powder, and this paste is suddenly diffused through a large quantity of wa- ter, in a deep vessel, from which, after the subsi- dence of the grosser portion, the liquid is poured into another vessel, and allowed to deposite the fino powder it still holds in suspension. When this has taken place, the clear supernatant liquor is de- canted, and the sediment drained and dried. The coarse sediment deposited in the first vessel is now submitted to a fresh grinding and diffusion through water, and the entire operation is repeated, until the whole of the pulverizable portion is washed over. The proper length of time for the liquid to remain in the first vessel, depends solely on the density of the powder, and the degree of fineness required in the product ; heavy powders subsiding almost immediately, while light ones often take several minutes to deposite their coarser portion. Sometimes three or more vessels are employed, and the muddy liquor, after remaining a short time in the first, is poured into the next one, and this, in a short time longer, into the third, and so on, until the last vessel is filled, by which means, pow- ders of different degrees of fineness are obtained ; that deposited in the last vessel being in the minu- test state of division. (See Chalk, Bistre, De- cantation, Edulcoration, &c.) EMBROCATION. Syn. Embrocatio, (Lat., from ty6pexv, I moisten.) A fluid medicine rubbed on any part of the body. EMBROCATION, COMMON. Syn. Em- brocatio Communis. Prep. (U. C. H.) Sesqui- carbonate of ammonia §iv ; distilled vinegar 6^ pints ; mix, and add proof spirit 3 pints. EMBROCATION, GUESTONIAN. Syn. Emb. Terebinthina. Prep. Oil of turpentine and olive oil, of each ^iss ; dilute sulphuric acid f3iij ; mix well. For rheumatism. EMBROCATION FOR BRUISES. Prep. I. Soap liniment 5 oz. ; liquor of ammonia 1 oz. ; mix. II. Soap liniment 3 oz. ; oil of turpentine 2 oz. ; camphor 1 oz. ; mix. III. T incture of cantharides and rectified spirit, of each 1 oz. ; camphor and oil of origanum, of each £ oz. ; mix. IV. Sal ammoniac 1 oz. ; distilled vinegar £ pint ; dissolve. V. Sugar of lead \ oz. ; distilled vinegar and water, of each ^ pint ; dissolve. EMBROCATION for HOOPING COUGH, UOCIIE’S. Prep. Sweet oil 2 oz. ; oil of amber 1 oz. ; oil of cloves 1 drachm ; mix. EMBROCATION FOR STRAINS. (In Horses.) Prep. I. Soft soap and oil of turpon- tine, of each 4 oz. ; oil of rosemary and camphor, of each 1 drachm ; mix. II Olivo oil, oil of turpontine, and elder-flower ointment, of ouch 2 oz. ; mix, and add oil of origa- num 3 drachms. EMBROCATION, LYNCH’S. Pi tp. Steep alkanct root in sweet oil until the latter become* sufficiently colored, then scent with essential oils. EMBROCATION OF ACETATE OF AM MONIA AND SOAP. Syn, Emb. Ammonia Acetatis cum Sapone. Prep. (P. C.) a. Soap liniment and solution of acetate of ammonia, of each 1 oz. ; mix. b. To tho last add liquor of ammonia f3iij. For sprains, bruises, &c. EMBROCATION OF ALUM. Syn. Emb Aluminis. Alum £ oz. ; distilled vinegar and proof spirit, of each i pint ; mix. For chilblains, dis- eased joints, &c. EMBROCATION OF AMMONIA. Syn. Emb. Ammonite. Prep. "-iquor of ammonia I oz. ; proof spirit and water, of each 5 oz. As last. EMBROCATION OF AMMONIA, CAM- PHORATED. Syn. Emb. Ammonia Acetatis Camtiiorata. Prep. I. Soap liniment and liquor of acetate of ammonia, equal parts ; mix. For sprains, bruises, chilblains, &c. II. To every ounce of the above, add 2 drs. of liquor of ammonia. EMBROCATION OF CAMPHOR. Syn. Emb. Campiiora. Prep. I. Soap liniment and camphorated spirit of wine, equal parts. II. (Collier.) Camphorated spirit of wine, essen- tial oil of amber, and laudanum, equal parts. EMBROCATION OF CANTHARIDES. Syn. Emb. Lytta. Emb. Cantiiaridis. Prep. Tincture of cantharides and camphorated spirit, of each 1 oz. ; mix. Stimulant. It should be used with caution, lest the absorption of the cantharides induce strangury. EMBROCATION OF SOAP. Soap liniment. The following is also a common form : soft soap 3 oz. ; camphor 1 oz. ; soap liniment £ pint ; water and spirit of wine, of each 6 oz. ; spirits of harts- horn 4 oz. ; mix. For sprains, bruises, chilblains, &c. EMBROCATION, STIMULANT. Syn Emb. Stimulans. Prep. (Thompson.) a. Liquor of ammonia f 3ij ; olive oil f3vj ; mix. Used in sore throat, &c. b. Compound camphor liniment f 3ix ; tincture of cantharides f 3j ; laudanum f 3ij ; mix. Rubbed over painful joints, and over the bowels in colic and cramp. It is stimulant and anodyne. EMBROIDERY. Gold and silver fancy work of this description may be easiest cleaned with a little spirit of wine, either alone, or diluted with an equal weight of water. The common prac- tice of using alkaline or acidulous liquors is very injurious, and frequently destroys the beauty of the articles instead of cleaning them. EMERALD. Syn. Emeraude, (Fr.) Smaragd, (Ger.) A precious stone of a beautiful green color, and ranking next to the diamond in value. A fine emerald of 4 or 5 grains is worth as many pounds, one of 10 grs. about 21. per gr. ; one of 15 grs. 31. to 41. per gr., and so on in proportion to the in- crease in size. One of 24 grs. fetched 1 00Z. Ac- cording to Vauquelin, tho emerald consists of 650 of silica, 160 of alumina, 130 of glucina, (about) 30 of oxide of chromium, and a traco of lime. The finest emeralds aro obtained from Peru. EMERALDS, FACTITIOUS. The follow EME 267 EMU ing method of obtaining artificial rubies and emer- alds is exceedingly simple and inexpensive, and offers an ample field for the ingenious experiment- alist. Recently precipitated and well washed hy- drate of alumina is moistened with a few drops of neutral chromate of potassa, and kneaded so that the mass assumes a tinge scarcely perceptible ; it is then rolled out into small sticks, about the thick- ness of a finger, and slowly dried, taking the pre- caution to fill the fissures that form during desicca- tion with fresh hydrate of alumina. When per- fectly dry, one end of these sticks is brought into the termination of the flame of an oxyhydrogen blowpipe, until a portion of the mass is fused into a small globule. After the lapse of a few minutes, several minute balls, of some millimetres diameter, and of such intense hardness, that quartz, glass, to- paz, granite, can be easily and perceptibly scratch- ed therewith, will form. When cut and polished, they appear, however, slightly opaque. By em- ploying nitrate of nickel in lieu of chromate of potassa, green-colored globules resembling the emerald were obtained. (Boettger.) By. the substitution of oxide of chromium for chromate of potassa, the editor of this work has procured factitious gems of considerable hardness and beauty, though slightly opaque in some por- tion of the mass. But this might doubtless be avoided by more careful manipulation. From some experiments in which a little silica was added, there was less opacity, though in other respects the stones were inferior. EMETIC. Syn. Emetique, (Fr.) Emeticus, ( Lat .) E/ien/cos, ( Gr ., from c/uw, I vomit.) A med- icine which excites vomiting. The principal emetics are Ipecacuanha and Tartarized Anti- mony, and their 'preparations ; and the sulphates of zinc and copper. The first of these is commonly employed either in substance or infused in wine, (wine of ipecacuanha,) when it is merely wished to evacuate the contents of the stomach, when that viscus is in a disordered state, or overloaded with food. At the beginning of fevers and other inflammatory disorders, the timely administration of an emetic will frequently induce copious dia- phoresis and produce a cure, or at least greatly mitigate the severity of the symptoms. For this purpose emetic tartar or antimonial wine is pref- erable, either alone or combined with ipecacuanha. When poison has been taken, and the stomach- pump is not at hand, the sulphate of zinc or copper should be administered. \ dr. of either of these substances should be dissolved in 3 or 4 oz. of wa- ter, and a third should bo taken every ten minutes until vomiting is induced. The operation of emet- ics is powerfully promoted by drinking copiously of diluents, especially warm water. The latter, in fact, is itself an emetic, when taken in quantity. Its use will also prevent that dreadful straining and retching, which make emetics so much dread- ed by some persons. Small and repeated doses of emetics are frequently administered to produce nausea, in many diseases of the lungs and stomach. Emetics should be avoided in plethoric habits, in hernia, pregnancy, and whenever an inflamma- tory diathesis exists. They should also be given with great caution to young children, and in such cases, wine or powder of ipecacuanha should alone be employed. Some chronic and obstinate dis- eases, especially rheumatism, are sometimes re< lieved by emetics. EMETINE. Syn. Emetina. Emetin. La Matiere Vomitive. Prep. I. Digest coaisely- powdered ipecacuanha root, first in ether and then in alcohol. Evaporate the latter tincture to dryness, dissolve in water, and precipitate with acetate of lead. Wash the precipitate, diffuse it in distilled water, in a tall glass vessel, and pass sulphureted hydrogen through it, to throw down the lead ; filter and evaporate to dryness. Prod. Brownish red, deliquescent scales. Emetic in dose? of ^ to ^ a gr. (Ann. de Chimie et do Physique.) II. The powder of ipecacuanha is digested in water with calcined magnesia. The deposite is thrown on a filter, washed carefully with very cold water, and dried. The emetin is then taken up by alcohol. It may be afterwards combined with an acid, and the salt may be purified with animal charcoal. When the emetin is once more thrown down by magnesia, alcohol redissolves it in a color- less state. Emetin thus obtained is yellowish- white and pulverulent, but may be obtained per- fectly white, by repeating the latter part of the process. White and pure emetin is emetic in doses of one-sixteenth of a grain. Props. Emetin is pulverent, inodorous, and bit- ter ; fusible at 122° F. ; very soluble in alcohol, but only slightly so in ether, oils, and water. It partially neutralizes the acids, forming scarcely crystallizable salts. Tincture of iodine produces a reddish precipitate in an alcoholic solution of eme- tin. With tincture of galls this solution behaves like morphia ; but, unlike the last substance, the salts of iron produce no change of color in it. EMULSION. Syn. Emulsion, (Fr.) Emulsio, {Lat., from emulgeo, to milk.) A milky fluid, formed by the mechanical admixture of oil and water, by means of some other substance that possesses the power of combining with both. The emulsions of the London Pharmacopoeia, are in- cluded under the same head as mixtures. In tho preparation of emulsions, the oily or resinous in- gredients are usually suspended by means of mu- cilage of gum arabic ; almonds, or new-laid eggs ; 1 drachm of the first, made with equal parts of gum and water ; 1 oz. of the second, (usually 26 in number,) and one in no. of the last, will form two drachms of any oil into an emulsion with about 1 oz. of water. EMULSION, FARRIERS’. Prep. I. (Simple.) Sweet oil 2 oz. ; honey or moist sugar 3 oz. ; salts of tartar \ oz. ; warm soft water 1 pint ; mix and shake till quite cold. II. (Pectoral.) Camphor 2 dr. ; spirit of wine 1 oz. ; oil of aniseed 20 drops ; dissolve, then add of simple emulsion £ pint. EMULSION OF ASAFGETIDA. Syn, Emulsio Assaf(etid;e. Prep. (Duclow.) Asa- foetida ^viij ; powdered gum ^xvj ; oil of almonds 1 i pints ; water 1 quart ; make an emulsion, strain through linen, and keep it in a well-corked bottle. Antispasmodic. EMULSION OF CAMPHOR. Syn. Mjstuea Camphors. E. do. E. Camhjorata. Prep. (P. E. 1839.) Camphor Oj ; lump sugar ^ss ; tritu- rate together, and add blanched almonds ^ss ; beat well, tlien gradually add water 1 pint. Stimulant, antispasmodic, and diaphoretic. ENA 268 ENA EMULSION OF COPAIBA. Syn. E. Co- paibae. Prep. Balsam of copaiba, mucilage of gum, and simple sirup, of each 3ij ; water 5jxij ; mix. Dose. % oz. to an ounce 2 or 3 times a day in certain complaints. EMULSION, CATHARTIC. Sijn. E. Pur- gans cum Resina Jalapae. Prep. (P. Cod.) Resin of jalap 10 grs. ; white sugar ; i tho yelk of an egg ; orange-flower water 3ij ; water f §iv ; mix. EMULSION OF GUM. Syn. E. Acacias. Mistura Acaciae. Prep. (P. E., 1839.) Sweet almonds, blanched, 3x ; white sugar 3v ; mucilage f^iij ; water 1 quart. In coughs, &c. EMULSION OF OIL OF ALMONDS. Syn. E. Olei Amygdalae. Prep. Oil of almonds 3iij ; thick mucilage and simple sirup, of each ^ss ; rose water f'^j ; distilled water §iij or §iv ; mix. Remarks. When well made, this is an elegant and efficient substitute for almond milk. EMULSION OF PERUVIAN BALSAM. Syn. E. Bai.samica. E. Balsami Peruviani. Prep. (Ger. H.) Balsam of Peru 3iv ; oil of almonds 3vj ; powdered gum ; mix, and add cautiously rose water f §vj. EMULSION, PURGATIVE. Syn. E. Pur- gans cum Scammonio. Prep. (P. Cod.) Virgin scammony 10 grs ; milk f ^iv ; sugar 3iv ; cherry- laurel water f3ij ; mix. EMULSION OF SPERMACETI. Syn. E. Cetacei. Prep. (F. H.) as emulsion of wax. De- mulcent. EMULSION OF TURPENTINE. Syn. E. Terebinthin^e. Prep. Chio turpentine 3ij ; white sugar ; yelk of 1 egg; milk of almonds f^iv ; mix. In gleets. EMULSION OF OIL OF TURPENTINE. Syn. E. Olei Terebintiiinae. Prep. Oil of tur- pentine 9j ; white sugar ; yelk of one egg ; mix. For nephritic pains. EMULSION OF WAX. Syn. E. Ceral E. C. Albae. Prep. (Guibourt.) White wax ; pow- dered gum 3iss ; water f ^xxiv ; simple sirup f ^iv ; put th® wax with the sirup and gum into a warm mortar, triturate with a warm pestle until united, then add the water (warm) gradually, and con- tinue the agitation till quite cold. Demulcent. ENAMELS. Syn. Emaux, {Fr.) Schmelzglas, {Ger.) Transparent or opaque substances, usually formed of glass colored with metallic oxides, and applied in a thin stratum to brightly polished me- tallic surfaces, (copper or gold,) on which they are fused by the flame of a lamp urged by the blow- pipe, or by the heat of a small furnace, and in cooling form a sort of vitreous varnish. The art of enamelling acquired the greatest perfection in ancient times, and very beautiful specimens are still preserved, which the moderns are unable to equal, and with tho materials of which they are totally unacquainted. At tho present day, this pleasing and useful application of human industry is carried on with tho greatest success by the Ve- netians, and, after them, by tho French. The limits of this work will not permit 5. description of the various operations of enamelling, which essen- tially depend on skilful manipulation ; a knowledge of which can only bo obtained by long practice. Tho preparation of enamels being, however, en- tirely dependent on chemistry, I deem it proper to present tho following formula) to tho reader. It is nevertheless right to remark, that almost every artist has his own rcceints. (Seo Gems, and Pastes.) The basis of all enamels is a highly transparent and fusible glass, which readily receives a color on the addition of metallic oxides. As this is required in the preparation of many of those that follow, it is placed first. ENAMELS, BASE OR FLUX FOR. Prep. Red lead 16 parts; calcined borax 3 parts ; pow- dered flint glass 12 parts ; powdered flints 4 parts ; fuse in a Hessian crucible for 12 hours, then pour it out into water, and reduce it to & powder in a biscuit-waro mortar. (Wynn. Trans. Soc. Arts , 1817.) II. Powdered flints 10 parts; nitro and white arsenic, of each 1 part; as last. (Wynn.) III. Flint glass 3 oz. ; red lead 1 oz. ; as last. (Wynn.) IV. Red lead 18 parts ; borax (not calcined) 11 parts ; flint glass 16 parts ; as last. (Wynn.) V. Flint glass 6 parts; flux No. II. (above) 4 parts ; red lead 8 parts ; as last. (Wynn.) VI. Tin 2 to 5 parts ; lead 10 parts ; calcine in an iron pot at a dull cherry -red heat, and scrape off the oxide as it forms, observing to obtain it quite free from undecomposed metal : when enough of the dross is obtained, reduce it to fine powder by grinding and elutriation, then mix 4 parts of this powder with an equal weight of pure sand or pow- dered flints, and 1 of sea-salt, or other alkaline matter, fuse the mixture in a Hessian crucible, and proceed as before. The best proportions of the tin and lead, for all ordinary purposes, are about 3 of the former to 10 of the latter. The calcined mixed oxides are commonly called “ calcined VII. Lead and tin, equal parts ; calcine as above ; and take of the mixed oxides, or calcine and ground flints, of each 1 part ; pure subcarbon ate of potash 2 parts ; as before. (Chaptal.) VIII. Lead 30 parts ; tin 33 parts ; calcine as before, then mix 50 parts of the calcine with an equal weight of flints, in powder, and 1 lb. of salts of tartar ; as before. A fine dead whito enamel. (Neri. Kunckel.) Remarks. The precise qualities of the products of the above processes depend greatly upon the duration and degree of heat employed. By in- creasing the quantity of sand, glass, or flux, the enamel is rendered more fusible, and the opacity and whiteness is increased by the addition of oxide of tin. The use of borax should be avoided, or used very sparingly, as it is apt to make the enamel effloresce and lose color. (Tilloch.) ENAMELS, BLACK. Prep. I. Pure clay 3 parts ; protoxide of iron 1 part ; mix and fuse. A fine black. (Clouet.) II. Calcined iron (protoxide) 12 parts ; oxide of cobalt 1 part ; mix and add an equal weight of white flux. III. Peroxide of manganese 3 parts ; zaffre 1 part ; mix and add it as required to white flux. ENAMELS, BLUE. Prep. Either of the fluxes colored with oxide of cobalt. II. Sand, red lead, and nitre, of each 10 paits ; flint glass or ground flints 20 parts ; oxide of cobalt 1 part, more or less, the quantity wholly depend- ing on the depth of color required. ENAMELS, BROWN. Prep. I. Red lead ENA 269 ENE and calcined iron, of each 1 part ; antimony, litharge, and sand, of each 2 parts ; mix and add it in any required proportion to a flux, according to the color desired. A little oxide of cobalt or zaflre is frequently added, and alters the shade of brown. II. Manganese 5 parts ; red lead 16 parts ; flint powder 8 parts ; mix. III. Manganese 9 parts; red lead 34 parts; flint powder 16 parts. (Wynn.) ENAMELS, GREEN. Prep. I. Flux 2 lbs. ; black oxide of copper 1 oz. ; red oxide of iron £ dr. ; mix. II. As above, but use the red oxide of copper. Less decisive. III. Copper dust and litharge, of each 2 oz. ; nitre 1 oz. ; sand 4 oz. ; flux as much as required. IV. Add oxide of chrome to a sufficient quantity of flux to produce the desired shade : when well managed, the color is superb, and will stand a very great heat ; but in common hands, it fre- quently turns on the dead-leaf tinge. V. Transparent flux 5 oz. ; black oxide of cop- per 2 scruples ; oxide of chrome 2 grs. Resem- bles the emerald. VI. Mix blue and yellow enamel in the requir- ed proportions. ENAMELS, OLIVE. Prep. Good blue enamel 2 parts ; black and yellow do., of each 1 part ; mix. (See also Brown Enamels.) ENAMELS, ORANGE. Prep. I. Red lead 12 parts ; red sulphate of iron and oxide of anti- mony, of each 1 part ; flint powder 3 parts ; cal- cine, powder, and melt with flux, 50 parts. IL Red lead 12 parts ; oxide of antimony 4 parts ; flint powder 3 parts ; red sulphate of iron 1 part ; calcine, then add flux 5 parts to every 2 parts of this mixture. (Wynn.) ENAMELS, PURPLE. Prep. I. Flux color- ed with oxide of gold, purple precipitate of cassius, or peroxide of manganese. II. Sulphur, nitre, vitriol, antimony, and oxide of tin, of each 1 lb. ; red lead 60 lbs. ; mix and fuse, cool and powder, add rose copper 19 oz. ; zaflre 1 oz. ; crocus martis 1 J oz. ; borax 3 oz. ; and 1 lb. of a compound formed of gold, silver, and mercury ; fuse, stirring the melted mass with a copper rod all the time, then place it in crucibles, and submit them to the action of a reverberatory furnace for 24 hours. (Phil. Mag.) Remarks. This is said to be the purple enamel used in the mosaic pictures of St. Peter’s at Rome. ENAMELS, RED. Prep. I. Sulphate of iron (calcined dark) 1 part ; a mixture of 6 parts of flux (IV.) and 1 of colcothar, 3 parts ; dark red. (Wynn.) II. Red sulphate of iron 2 parts ; flux (No. I.) 6 parts ; white lead 3 parts ; light red. (Wynn.) III. Paste or flux colored with the red or pro- toxide of copper. Should the color pass into the green or brown, from the partial peroxidizement of the copper, from the heat being raised too high, the red color may be restored by the addition of any carbonaceous matter, as tallow, or charcoal. IV. The most beautiful and costly red, inclining to the purple tinge, is produced by tinging glass or flux with the oxide or salts of gold, or with the purple precipitate of cassius, which consists of gold and tin. In the hands of the skilful artist, any of these substances produce shades of red of the most exquisite hue: when most perfect, the ename, comes from the fire quite colorless, and afterwards receives its rich hue from the flame of a candle or lamp, urged by the blowpipe. ENAMELS, ROSE -COLORED. Prep Purple enamel, or its elements, 3 parts ; flux 90 parts ; mix and add silver-leaf, or oxide of silver, 1 part or less. ENAMELS, TRANSPARENT. Either of the fluxes, except the last three. (See also Pastes.) ENAMELS, VIOLET. Prep. Saline or al- kaline frits or fluxes colored with small quantities of peroxide of mangar ese. As the color depends on the metal being at the maximum of oxidation, contact with all substances that would abstract any of its oxygen should be avoided. The same remarks apply to other metallic oxides. ENAMELS, YELLOW. Prep. I. Red lead 8 oz. ; oxide of antimony and tin, calcined toge- ther, of each 1 oz. ; mix and add flux (No. IV.) 15 oz. ; mix and fuse. (Wynn.) By varying the proportion of the ingredients, various shades may be produced. II. Lead, tin ashes, litharge, antimony, and sand, of each 1 oz. ; nitre 4 oz. ; mix, fuse, and powder ; and add the product to any quantity of flux according to the color required. III. White oxide of antimony, alum, and sal ammoniac, of each 1 part ; pure carbonate of lead 1 to 3 parts, as required ; all in powder ; mix, and expose to a heat sufficiently high to decompose the sal ammoniac. Very bright. IV. Flux fused with oxide of lead, and a little red oxide of iron. V. Pure oxide of silver added to the metallic fluxes. The salts of silver are also used, but are difficult to manage. If a thin film of oxide of silver be spread over the surface of the enamel to be colored, exposed to a moderate heat, then with- drawn, and the film of reduced silver on the sur- face removed, the part under will be found tinged of a fine yellow. Remarks. Superior yellow enamels are less easi- ly produced than most other colors ; they require but little flux, and that mostly of a metallic na- ture. ENAMELS, WHITE. Prep. I. Calcine, (from 2 parts of tin and 1 part of lead calcined together) 1 part ; fine crystal or frit 2 parts ; a very trifling quantity of manganese ; powder, mix, melt, and pour the fused mass into clean water ; dry, powder, and again fuse, and repeat the whole process 3 or 4 times, observing to avoid contami- nation with smoke, dirt, or oxide of iron. A fine dead white. II. Washed diaphoretic antimony 1 part ; fine glass (perfectly free from lead) 3 parts ; mix, and proceed as before. Very fine. Remarks. For white enamel, the articles must be perfectly free from foreign admixture, as this would impart a color. When well managed, either of the above forms will produce a paste that will rival the opal. ENEMA. (From evriixelv, to inject.) A clyster, glyster, lavement, or injection. Medicine usually liquid (sometimes gaseous) thrown into the rectum or lower bowels. The number of substances om • ENE 270 ENE ployed in the preparation of enemata is very great ; the following are some of them, arranged accord- ing to their effects. I. (Aperients or Cathartics.) Aloes, colocynth, senna, various purging salts, gruel, decoction of marshmallows, decoction of linseed, warm water, &c., are commonly employed to promoto the peristaltic action of the bowels, and to destroy worms. II. Tobacco infusion or smoke is employed to relax the powers of the body, to removo spasms, and to produce syncope. III. Demulcents, as decoction of starch, gum, isinglass, glue, &c. either alone or combined with opium, are used to protect the coats of the intes- tines and to allay irritation ; as also to restrain diarrhoea, especially when combined with astrin- gents, as logwood, catechu, or oak bark. IV. Animal jelly, soups, broths, milk, &c. are frequently used as injections to convey nourish- ment to the body. V. Anodynes and narcotics, as opium, henbane, &c., are employed to allay spasms of the bowels, stomach, uterus, bladder, &c. It is generally regarded that the susceptibility of the rectum is only ^ of that of the stomach, and that to exert a like absorbent action, it occu- pies 5 times as long as that viscus ; and that, con- sequently, the dose and the interval between its repetition should be proportionally increased. This has been shown, however, not to be universally correct, for according to Orfila, and some other authorities, narcotics, as opium, tobacco, &c., are more readily absorbed by the rectum than the stomach. Others deny this altogether, and assert that 2 or 3 times tho ordinary dose of opium may be exhibited per anum, without producing any remarkable effect. (Pereira, Christison.) Clysters usually consist of some weak glutinous or mucilaginous fluid, to which the active ingre- dients are added ; or a decoction or infusion is made of the medicaments. In either case the fluid is administered warm. The quantity for an adult may vary from J to f of a pint ; that for an infant within a month old, should be about 1 oz. ; for a chi.J 1 year old, about 2^ oz. ; from 1 to 7 years, from 3 oz. to 4 oz. ; and from that age to 12 or 14, from 6 to 7 oz. ; after that age to puberty, } a pint may bo employed. Clysters are usually administered by means of a syringe, bladder, or elastic bag, furnished with a rectum tube. Great care should be taken to avoid injuring the coats of the rectum by the use of an improperly shaped pipe, or one that is too long. A neglect of this point often produces very serious consequences in young children. The extremity of the pipe or tube should bo perfectly smooth, well rounded, and rather spherical than pointed , and in using it no force should be employed. I once witnessed a case where a young infant lost its life, from an ignorant nurse forcibly thrusting tho tube of a By- ringo through the upper parts of tho rectum, in her attempt to administer a clyster. Tobacco smoko may bo administered by means of a doublo pair of bellows, supplied with air from a small funnel under which tho herb is burning, — and gaseous matter, by connecting tho rectum tube with a small gasometer, exerting a trifling pressure on tho confined gas. Tho injection of large quantities of liquid mat* ter into tho bowels, as well as tho constant use of clysters, (even of warm water,) is deemed by tho highest medical authorities to be injurious. The bowels, continually accustomed to a stimulant, cease to act without one. ENEMA, ANODYNE. Syn. Enf.ma Anodt- num. Prep. Starch jelly $ pint ; laudanum 40 to GO drops ; mix. In dysentery, diarrhoea, cholera, colic, &c. II. ( Forhorses .) Opium dr., (or laudanum 1 i oz. ;) water gruel 2 or 3 pints ; mix. ENEMA, ANTISPASMODIC. Si/n. R ANTisrASMODicuM. Prep. Tincture of asafoetida ^ss ; laudanum 40 drops ; thin gruel half a pint ; mix. For spasmodic affections of the bowels. ENEMA, ASTRINGENT. Syr,. E. Abtrin- gens. Prep. (H.) Electuary of catechu 3ij ; lime water f^v; water 5 or 6 oz. ; mix. In diarrhoea, &c., arising from a relaxed state of the coats of the intestines. II. Any of the astringent decoctions 'as pome- granate, cinchona, oak bark, galls, &c.) 3 oz. ; water or barley water 6 or 8 oz. ; mix. As the last. ENEMA, CATHARTIC. Syn. E. Catiiar- ticum. ( Purging clyster.) Prep. I. (P. D.) Manna §j ; compound decoction of chamomile $ pint ; add olive oil ; Epsom salts fss ; mix. II. (P. E.) Senna ^ ss > water f^xvj; infuse, add Epsom salts fss ; sugar and olive oil, of each ^j ; mix well. Both the above are purgative. III. Epsom salts ^j ; dissolve in water gruel or barley water fxj ; then add sweet oil ^j ; mix well. Purgative. IV. Compound decoction of mallows £ pint ; Epsom salts §j ; sweet oil f §ij ; mix, as above. V. ( For horses .) Common salt 8 oz. ; warm water 1 gallon ; dissolve. VI. ( For cows.) Common salt 12 oz. ; water 10 pints ; dissolve. ENEMA, COMMON. Syn. E. Commune. Prep. (St. B. H.) Barley water 1 pint ; com- mon salt fj ; dissolve. Purgative. Decoction of mallows, linseed tea, or water gruel, may also be used as the solvent. ENEMA, DOMESTIC. Syn. E. Domksts;. cum. Prep. (E. H.) Milk ^ pint ; sugar or ho- ney and olive oil, of each ^j ; mix. Laxative and nutritive. II. Mutton broth and oil, of each 4 oz. ; brown sugar 1 oz. ; dissolve. As last. ENEMA, EMOLLIENT. Syn. E. Emol- liens. Prep. (H.) Decoction of linseed, barley, or starch, 1 pint ; linseed or olive oil 1 oz. ; mix. Emollient ; demulcent. ENEMA FOR COLIC. S7jn. E. Anticoli- cum. Prep . ^Infusion of chamomile f 3.x ; oil of cajeput or peppermint 5 drops ; (dissolved in) sweet spirits of nitre 40 drops ; laudanum 10 drops ; mix. ENEMA FOR FEVER. Syn. E. Febrifu- gum. Prep. (Collier.) Thin gruel f^xij; sugar §j ; mix. In low fevers. ENEMA FOR WORMS. Syn. E. Vermifu- gum. Prep. (Collier.) Oil of turpentine f^j ; olive oil $ pint ; mix. In ascarides. ENEMA, LAXATIVE. Syn. E. Laxativum. Prep. (Richard.) Linseed and senna, of each $ss ; ENE 271 ERU water 1 J pint ; boil to a pint, strain and add glau- ber or Epsom salts 3ij to 3iij. ENEMA, NOURISHING. Syn. E. Nutri- ens. Prep. Strong beef tea 12 oz. ; thicken with hartshorn shavings or arrow-root. To nourish the body when aliments cannot be received by the mouth or retained by the stomach. ENEMA OF ALOES. Syn. E. Aloes. (P. L.) Prep. Aloes Oij ; carbonate of potassa 15 grs. ; barley water ffx; mix. In ascarides, atonic amenorrhoea, &c. It should not be employed when irritability of the rectum, bladder, or genitals ex- ists, nor in piles. ENEMA OF ASAFCETIDA. Syn. E. F , 1° sca b over.) Any substance that destroys the texture of living organic substances, with the production of an eschar (iu^apa) or scab. Escharotics have been divided into eroding eschar- otics; as blue vitriol, red precipitate, burnt alum, &c. ; and into caustic escharotics ; as lunar caus- tic, pure potassa, strong sulphuric acid, nitric acid, &c. All caustics that produce a scab, or eschar, are properly escharotics. (See Caustics.) ESCHAROTIC SOLUTION. (Freyburg’s.) Prep. Camphor 30 grs. ; corrosive sublimate 460 grs. ; strong alcohol 450 grs. ; dissolve. This is employed in the Hospital of Charity at Berlin in syphilitic vegetations, and especially against con- dylomes. It is spread over the diseased surface, either at, once, or after the application of a liga- ture. ESCULENTS. (Esculentus, Lat.) Animal and vegetable substances used for food. ESCULIC ACID. A peculiar acid found by M. Bussy in the bark of the horse-chesnut. It is but little known, and has not been applied to any use. ESENBECKINE. An alkaloid found by Buchner in the esenbeckia febrifuga. ESPRIT. (Fr.) Spirit. This term is applied to alcoholic solutions of the essential oils and to various odorous and aromatic essences. Sold by the perfumers. ESPRIT DE BERGAMOTTE. Syn. Spi- rit of Bergamotte. Prep. Peel of the Berga- motte orange 2 lbs. ; proof spirit 1 gallon ; digest for a week, add water 1 quart, and distil 1 gal- lon. II. Essence of bergamotte (best) 5 oz. ; essence of ambergris (pale) 2 oz. ; essence of musk £ oz. ; oil of verbena \ oz. ; rectified spirit of wine 1 gal- lon ; mix. An elegant perfume. ESPRIT DE LA ROSE. Syn. Spirit of Roses. Prep. I. Fresh petals of roses 8 lbs. ; rectified spirit of wine £ gallon ; macerate for a week, and distil to dryness in a water bath. II. Salted petals 14 lbs. ; spirit of wine 4£ pints ; distil i gallon. III. Attar of roses 2 dr. ; neroli 20 drops ; spirit of wine I gallon ; dissolve, add chloride of cal- cium, well dried and in powder, 1 lb. ; agitate well, and distil 7 pints. Very fine. IV. Spirit of wine 1 quart ; otto J drachm ; mix, place the bottle in hot water so as to warm the spirit, then cork close, shako until cold, and tho next day filter if required. ESPRIT DE SAVON. Syn. Spirit of Soap. Essence of do. Shaving Fluid. Prep. Vene- tian soap \ lb. ; subcarbonato of potash 1 oz. ; ben- zoin ^ oz. ; spirit of wino 1 gallon ; digest for a week, or until the whole is dissolved, then filter. II. Best soft soap ^ lb.; boiling water 1 pint; dissolvo, cool, and add oils of cinnamon, (cassia,) verbena, and neroli, of each, 4 drops ; dissolved in rectified spirit of wino 1 pint ; mix well, and if not perfectly transparent, filter through blotting paper. Remarks. Instead of tho above perfumes, 15 drops of essence of musk or ambergris, or 30 drops of any of the perfumed spirits, or 3 drops of attar of roses, or 6 drops of any of the aromatic essen- tial oils, may be added, when a corresponding name is given to tho preparation, as esprit de sa- von de la rose , &c. This alcoholic solution of soap is used for sha- ving, and is very convenient in travelling, as a good lather may he instantly produced without the trouble of employing a soap-box. ESPRIT DE SUAVE. Prep. Essences of cloves and bergamotte, of each, 1£ dr.; neroli i dr. ; essence of musk 1 oz. ; eau de rose, spirits of tuberose, and the strongest spirits of wino, of each, 1 pint ; spirits of jasmin and cassia, of each, 1 quart ; dissolve the essences in the spirit of wine, then add the other spirits, and when well mixed add the rose-water. A most delicious per- fume. ESPRIT DE TAIN. Syn. Spirits of Lem- on Tiiyme. Spiritus Thymi. Prep. Tops of lemon thyme 1 lb. ; proof spirit 1 gallon ; distil 7 pints. ESPRIT DE VIOLETTES. Syn. Spirit of Violets. Essence of do. Essence of Or- ris. Prep. I. Florentine orris root, reduced to coarse powder, \ lb. ; rectified spirit of wine 1 pint ; digest for 14 days, and strain with expres- sion. II. Orris (as above) 5 lbs. ; rectified spirit 1 gal- lon ; digest as before and submit the root to pow- erful pressure in a tincture press, to extract the last portion of the liquor ; filter. Very fragrant. This may be advantageously prepared by percola- tion. ESSENCE. Syn. Essence. Esprit, (Fr.) Essentia, (Lat., from esse, to be, or exist.) That part of a substance on which its most remarkable properties depend. The term has been very gen- erally applied to preparations of vegetables or organic substances, that contain their active prin- ciples in a concentrated form, but it is more properly restricted to the volatile oils obtained from vegetables by distillation, or to a solution of these oils in alcohol. In Pharmacy the word es- sence is very commonly applied to concentrated preparations that vastly differ from each other. Thus, concentrated infusions, decoctions, liquors, and tinctures are frequently called essences by the druggists, but the term “fluid extracts” would be more appropriate. The present articlo will be confined to a short notice of the principal compound essences, or those that undergo some preparation, beyond being merely extracted from vegetables by distillation along with water. The latter will bo considered under tho article Oils. Prep. The concentrated preparations of the pharmaceutist, termed essences, are mostly pre- pared by digesting the activo ingredient in recti- fied spirit of wine, cither with or without tho addi ESS 273 ESS tion of a certain portion of water : or they are extemporaneously formed by dissolving a certain portion of the essential oil of such substances in the spirit. In this way are made the essences of lavender, of musk, and of ginger. When it is desired only to obtain the aromatic and volatile portion of the ingredients, the latter are usually, first digested in the spirit for a few days, and then submitted to distillation, when the alcohol comes over fragrant, and loaded with aromatic essential oil, or other volatile matter. In this way are pre- pared most of the fragrant essences of the per- fumer and druggist, when simple solution of the essential oils in alcohol is not resorted to. In many cases the active principles of the ingredients are partly volatile, and partly fixed, or at least do not readily volatilize at the temperature at which alcohol distils over. This is the case, for instance, with the active portion of cubebs and Jamaica ginger. In such cases digestion alone should be adopted. When the principles of organic sub- stances, of which it is desired to obtain a concen- trated solution, are resinous, oily, or but little solu- ble in weak spirit, which is mostly the case , the strongest rectified spirit of wine should alone be employed. In the preparation of essences, with- out distillation, the methed by percolation is pref- erable to that of simple maceration and expression, as it is not only more economical, but a more con- centrated solution may thereby be obtained. The ingredients for the preparation of essences must undergo the same operations of bruising, powder- ing, or •slicing, as is directed under Tinctures, previous to digestion in the spirit, or other men- struum; and the length of time they should be allowed to infuse, when this method alone is adopted, should not be less than ten days ; but this time may be advantageously extended to a fortnight, or longer. During the whole of this pe- riod frequent agitation should be employed, and when the ingredients are so bulky as to absorb the whole of the fluid, the vessel which contains the mixture should be securely fastened by a bung covered with bladder, and inverted every alternate day. By this means, the fluid will equally extract the virtue of every portion of the ingredients. In all such cases percolation is preferable. For the essences used as perfumes and flavoring, not only must the spirit be perfectly tasteless and scentless, but it must be also quite devoid of color. (See Concentrated Decoctions, Infusions, Liquors, Spirit, and Percolation.) ESSENCE, ANODYNE. Syn. Essentia Anodyna. Prep. (Germ. Ph.) Aqueous extract of opium ; spirits of cinnamon f^ix ; dissolve. ESSENCE, ANTI-HYSTERIC. Syn. Ess. Anti-iiysterica. Prep. (P. Cod.) The same as fetid spirit of ammonia. ESSENCE, BITTER. S?jn. Ess. Amara. Prep. (Ph. Den.) Wormwood 4 parts; gentian root, bitter orange peel, and blessed thistle, of each 1 part ; alcohol 45 parts ; digest for a week. Dose, h dr. to 2 drs., combined with mixtures. Tonic and stomachic. ESSENCE, CEPHALIC. Syn. E. Cephali- ca. Prep. (Dr Ward.) The same as the comr pound camphor liniment, P. L. ESSENCE D’CEILLETS. Prep. Cinnamon 3 or .. ; cioves 1 £ oz., (both well bruised ;) rectified 35 spirit 2 quarts ; digest for a week. Oil of clove* also boars this name. ESSENCE D’tftllENT. A pearly-looking substance, found at the base of the scales of the blay or bleak, a small fish of the genus cyprinus. It is employed in the arts for the manufacture of factitious pearls. Prep. The scales are scraped from the fish into a tub containing water, and after agitation and re- pose, the fluid is poured off, and its place supplied with fresh water, and this in. its turn, after agita- tion and repose, is also poured off. This part of the operation is repeated till the essence and scales are perfectly freed from impurities, when the whole is thrown on a sieve, which retains the latter, but allows the former to flow through. The essence is then obtained as a deposite at the bottom of the vessel. Remarks. This substance has a bluish white and pearly aspect, and is employed to cover the interior of glass bubbles and beads, in imitation of pearls, or mother of pearl. Its tendency to putre- faction, while in the moist state, may be obviated by the addition of a little water of ammonia. ESSENCE DE MYRTE. Syn. Essence of Myrtle Blossoms. Prep. Myrtle tops (in blos- som) lb.; proof spirit 9 pints; digest 3 days, then distil 1 gallon. A pleasant perfume. ESSENCE DE TUBEROSE. Prep. The flowers are stratified with sheep’s or cotton wool, impregnated with the purest oil of ben or olives, in an earthen vessel, closely covered, and kept for 12 hours in a water bath ; the flowers are then re- moved and fresh ones substituted, and this is re- peated until the oil is sufficiently scented. The wool or cotton is then mixed with the purest spirit of wine, and distilled in a water bath, or else di- gested in a warm situation, and in a well closed vessel, for several days ; during the whole of which time frequent agitation should be had recourse to. In a similar way may be made the essences of jasmine, violets, and other flowers. (See Spirit.) ESSENCE DES VIOLETTES. (See Es- prit T>is Violettes, and Spirit of Violets.) ESSENCE FOR THE HEADACHE. (WARD’S.) Prep. Liquor of ammonia, 4 oz. ; English oil of lavender ^ dr. ; camphor 1 oz. ; spirit of wine 1 pint ; dissolve. Stimulant ; rube- facient ; used for local pains, as headache, colic, &c. Compound camphor liniment is usually sold* for it. ESSENCE OF ALLSPICE. Syn. Ess. of Pimento. Ess. Pimento. Prep. Essential oil of allspice 1 oz. ; spirit of wine 1 quart ; dissolve Used as a flavoring by cooks and confectioners ESSENCE OF ALLSPICE, CONCEN- TRATED. Oil of allspice 1 oz. ; strongest spirit of wine 1 pint ; mix. As last. ESSENCE OF AMBERGRIS. Syn. Ess Ambr^b Griseje. Tinctura do. Prep. I. Am- bergris \ oz. ; rectified spirit of wine 1 pint ; cut the ambergris into small fragments, plpce it in a strong vessel, secure the mouth very firmly, and expose it to the heat of the sun or in an* equally warm situation for 1 or 2 months, frequently sha- king it during the time; lastly decant, and filter through paper. II. To the last add a fresh emptied musk bag and proceed as before. ESS 274 ESS III. Ambergris 2 oz. ; bladder rr.usk 1 oz. ; spirit of ambrette 1 gallon ; before. IV. Ambergris £ oz. ; musk 3 drs. ; lump sugar 2 drs. ; grind together in a smooth Wedgwood- ware mortar, add 10 drops of oil of cloves, 20 drops of true balsam of Peru, and enough essenco of jasmine or tuberose to convert it into a perfectly smooth paste ; then put it into a strong bottle with 1 quart of rectified spirit of wine, observing, before adding the whole of the last, to raise the mortar out well with it, that nothing may be lost ; lastly, digest for 6 or 8 weeks, as above. Remarks. Essenco of ambergris is used as a perfume, and is added in small quantities to sweet- scented spirits and wines, to improve their flavor and aroma. The last two formula? produce re- markably fine products. A very small quantity of either of these added to lavender water, eau de Cologne, tooth-powder, hair-powder, wash-balls, or a hogshead of claret, communicates a delicious fragrance. ESSENCE OF AMMONIACUM. Syn. Ess. Ammoniaci. Prep. I. Ammoniacum in tears 1 lb. ; bruise it in a very cold marble mortar with half its weight of coarse and well-washed silicious sand or powdered glass ; add gradually rectified spirit of wine ^ pint, work the whole to a smooth paste, then place it in a wide-mouthed bottle, and further add spirit of wine 1J pints; cork down close, digest for a week with constant agitation, allow it to repose until quite settled, then pour off the supernatant transparent liquid into another bottle for use. II. Reduce 1 lb. of gum ammoniacum to a cream with f pint of boiling water, cool a little, place it in a strong bottle, and add cautiously 1^ pint of rectified spirits of wine, cork down close, and macerate for a few days ; lastly, place the bottle in a moderately warm situation that the sediment may subside, after which pour off the clearest portion through flannel into another bottle. Remarks. Both the above are used as substi- tutes for the gum in substance, for exten^porane- ously preparing the milk and mixture of ammo- niacum, &c. They are said to possess equal medicinal virtue, with the same weight of solid gum. The product of the first process; when well managed, is a beautiful pale brownish-colored transparent tincture ; that of the second is milky. * ESSENCE OF AMMONIACUM, (CON- CENTRATED.) The preparation usually sold under this name, and represented as twice as strong as the gum in substance, is generally pre- pared with the samo quantity of ingredients as the first of the above. A stronger article may be pre- pared by a similar process by using 1 lb. of ammo- niacum to a pint of the strongest rectified spirit. As, however, a clear liquid at this strength is somewhat difficult to produce, it is very seldom attempted by druggists ; they therefore generally content themselves with sending out the liquid at half the professed strength, leaving the labtl to confer additional concentration. ESSENCE OF ANCHOVIES. Prep. I. An- chovies 7 lbs. ; pulp through a fine hair or brass- wire sieve ; boil the bones and portion that will not pass through in water 5 quarts ; strain, add to the clear liquid the pulped fish, and salt uud flour, of •ach 1 1U, along with red bole, or infusion of co- chineal, sufficient to color, and again pans lit* whole through the sieve. The product will bo about 20 lbs. II. To tho last add Cayenne pepper £ oz. ; the grated peel of a lemon, and mushroom catsup, 4 oz. III. Uso British anchovies (pickled sprats) oi youag pilchards, along with herring liquor, or the drainings of anchovy barrels. Use. As a sauce and condiment ; when well prepared it has a fine flavor. ESSENCE OF BITTER ALMONDS. (See Almond Flavor.) ESSENCE OF BITTER ALMONDS, (CONCENTRATED.) Prep. Essential oil of almonds 2 oz. ; rectified sp.rit of wine 1 pint ; dis- solve. Very powerful. (See page 49.) ESSENCE OF CHAMOMILE. Prep. Es- sential oil of chamomile £ oz. to 1 oz. ; spirit of wine 1 pint ; mix. White. II. Gentian root, slict*.' or bruised, 1 lb. ; dried orango peel 4 lb- > spirit of wine 1 gallon ; essen- tial oil of chamomile 5 oz. ; macerate a week. Slightly colored. Some persons use £ lb. of quas- sia wood, instead of the gentian and orange peel. Both the above are stomachic and tonic. ESSENCE OF CAMPHOR. Syn. Ess. Camphora;. Do. Concentrated. Prep. Cam- phor (clean) 4£ oz. ; rectified spirit of wne 1 gal- lon ; dissolve. Remarks. There is a large quantity of 1 this so- lution of camphor sold by the wholesale druggists, who charge a considerable price for it. It is very convenient for preparing extemporaneous camphor julep or mixture. About £ dr. added to 7£ drs. of distilled water forms 1 oz. of a transparent aque- ous solution of camphor. (See Camphor Julep, p. 156.) ESSENCE OF CAPSICUM. The same as Essence of Cayenne. ESSENCE OF CARAWAY SEEDS. Syn. Ess. Carui. Concentrated Ess. of Caraways. Prep. Essential oil of caraway 1 oz. ; spirit of wine 1 pint. Used in dispensing, and by confectioners and cooks as a flavoring. ESSENCE OF CARAWAY SEEDS, (dou- ble distilled.) Essential oil 2 oz. ; spirit of wine 1 pint. ESSENCE OF CAYENNE. Syn. Ess. Cap- sici. Concentrated Essence of Cayenne Pep- per. Prep. Capsules of capsicum, bruised, 3 lbs. ; rectified spirit 1 gallon ; digest for 14 days, then press and filter. Remarks. This liquid has an intensely burning taste ; one drop is sufficient to deprive a person of the power of speech for several seconds. It is used as a flavoring, and for making soluble cayenne pepper ; also in dispensing. ESSENCE OF CASSIA. Syn. Ess. Cassia Prep. Oil of. cassia 1 oz. ; spirit of wine 1 pint, mix. Used as a flavoring, &c. ESSENCE OF CARDAMOMS. Syn. Ess. Carda^iomi. Do. do. concent. Prep. Lesser cardamom seeds 5£ lbs. ; spirit of wine 1 gallon; digest for a fortnight ; press and filter. Remarks. This preparation is very convenient for flavoring cordials, pastry, &c. It is very pow- erful. In the druggist’s laboratory it is frequently substituted for powdered cardamoms in making ESS 275 ESS compound extract of colocynth, and for this pur- pose has the advantage of adding no inert matter, while it imparts the characteristic odor of the seeds in a remarkable degree. When used in this way, it is added to the Extract when nearly cold and about to be taken from the pan. Cardamom seeds are very difficult to bruise in a mortar, and seldom get perfectly crushed, even after long beating. It will be found much the best plan to grind them in a pepper-mill. The testae should be separated from the kernels, as the for- mer are quite inert, and if used occasion a loss of spirit for no purpose. ESSENCE OF CELERY SEED. Syn. Con- centrated Ess. of Celery. Prep. Celery seeds, bruised, 4 oz. ; proof spirit 1 pint ; digest 10 days or more. Use. As a flavoring. It is better if pre- pared with rectified spirit, when double the weight of seed may be used. ESSENCE OF CINNAMON. Syn. Ess. Cinnamomi. As Essence of Cassia. Used in con- fectionery and cookery. ESSENCE OF CIVETTE. Syn. Ess. Zi- bethi. Prep. I. Civette 1 oz. ; spirit of wine 1 pint ; as essence of musk. II. Instead of spirit of wine use spirit of am- brette. Used as a perfume. ESSENCE OF COLTSFOOT. Prep. I. Bal- sam of tolu 1 oz. ; compound tincture of benzoin and rectified spirit of wine, of each 2 oz. ; dissolve. II. Tincture of tolu, compound tincture of ben- zoin, and spirit of wine, of each, equal parts. Remarks. This balsam is pectoral and stimu- lant. It is a quack remedy for consumption and most diseases of the lungs, but is more likely to kill than cure in these complaints. ESSENCE OF CUBEBS. Syn. Ess. Cube- bas. Prep. Cubebs 4 lbs., (bruised, or preferably ground in a pepper-mill ;) rectified spirit 1 gallon ; digest 14 days, press and filter. This essence has a very large sale, and if carefully prepared from a good sample of the drug, is a most excellent prep- aration. It is generally called “ Concentrated Es- sence of CubebsP II. (Dublanc.) Oleo-resinous extract of cubebs fj ; rectified spirit f iij ; dissolve. This, is a very active and Concentrated form of administering cu- bebs, but must not be confounded with the pre- ceding. The former is the one always meant when “ Essence of Cubebs” is ordered. ESSENCE OF DILL. Syn. Ess. Anethi. Prep. I. Oil of dill (anethum) f ; spirit of wine fSjxix ; mix ; white. II. Oil of dill, extract of dill, and salt of tartar, of each f ss ; spirit of wine | pint ; digest and strain. Remarks Both the above are aromatic and flatulent. The first is commonly used as an ad- iunct to other medicines, especially purgatives for children. ESSENCE OF ERGOT. Syn. Ess. Ergots Ess. SeCALI CoRNUTi. CONCENTRATED Ess. OF Ergot of Rye. Prep. Ergot, reduced to coarse powder by pounding, or preferably by grinding in a pepper-mill, 1 lb. ; boiling distilled water 4 lbs. ; mix in a close vessel, and digest with agitation until cold, then put it into a wide-mouthed bottle, and add rectified spirit 2 lbs. ; macerate for a week, Dress and filter. Remarks. 4 dr. of this essence are equal to 1 dr. of ergot in substance. It is 8 times the strength of the infusion, (as usually prepared according to the formula Df Pereira and others,) and 2£ times the strength of the tincture of ergot of the London Apothecary’s Hall. ESSENCE OF GINGER. Syn. Ess. Zingi- beris. Concentrated Ess. of Ginger. Prep I. IJnbleached Jamaica ginger 4 oz., (well bruised ;) rectified spirit of wine 1 pint ; digest for a fortnight, press, and filter. II. ( Oxley's concentrated Essence of Jamaica Ginger .) The same as the preceding, with the addition of a very small quantity of essence of cayenne. III. Bruised unbleached Jamaica ginger 12 lbs. ; rectified spirit of wine 2£ gallons ; digest 14 days, press, strain, and reduce the essence by distilla- tion to 1 gallon ; cool and filter. Remarks. This produces a most beautiful article. A certain me- tropolitan drug-house that does very extensively in this preparation, employs this form. It is at once inexpensive and easily performed, as the spi- rit distilled off may be used with advantage for preparing the common tincture of ginger, and sev- eral other articles ; 2 oz. of this essence are re- garded as equivalent to 3 oz. of the finest ginger. A single drop swallowed will almost produce suf- focation. IV. Digest 12 lbs. of ginger in 3 galls, of spirit of wine, as last, and reduce the tincture’by distil- lation to 4 pints, then cool as quickly as possible out of contact with the air, and add, of the strong- est rectified spirit of wine £ a gallon ; lastly, filter if required. Quality remarkably fine. V. Ginger and animal charcoal, both in coarse powder, equal parts ; add enough rectified spirits of wine to perfectly moisten them, and after 24 hours put the mass into a “ percolator,” return the first runnings 2 or 3 times, then change the re- ceiver, and pour on spirit gradually as required, and at intervals, until as much essence is obtained as there was ginger employed. Remarks. Quality excellent. The mass remaining in the percolator may be treated with fresh spirit until exhausted, and the tincture so obtained may be advantageous- ly employed, instead of spkit, in making more es- sence with fresh ginger. The last portion of spirit in the mass may be obtained by adding a little water. (See Percolation.) ESSENCE OF GUAIACUM. Syn. Ess. Guaiaci. Concentrated Ess. of Guaiacum. Fluid Extract of do. Prep. Guaiacum shavings, from which the dust has been sifted, 3 cwt. Exhaust the wood by boiling with water, as in preparing an extract, using as little of that fluid as is absolutely necessary ; evaporate to exactly If gallons; let it stand until cold, stirring it all the time to prevent tho deposite of resinous matter ; put tho whole into a bottle, add spirit of wine 5 pints ; agitate repeat- edly for a week, then allow it to settle for 7 or 8 days, and decant the clear into another bottle. Remarks. This preparation is frequently substi- tuted for guaiacum shavings in the preparation of compound decoction of sarsaparilla. 1 pint of this essence is considered equivalent to 19 lbs. of guaia- cum in substance. ESSENCE OF LEMON-PEEL. Syn. Ebr. Corticis Limonib. Quintessence of Lemon-rind ESS 276 ESS Prep. 1. Yellow peel of fresh lemons £ lb. ; spirit of wine 1 pint. Digest for a week, press, and filter. Very fragrant. II. Yellow peel of fresh lemons 1 lb. ; boiling water £ gallon. Infuse 1 hour, express the liquor, boil down to £ a pint, cool, and add essence of lemon ^ oz., dissolved in spirit of wino pints; mix well, and filter. . Remarks. The above are used by cooler and confectioners as jf pleasant flavoring. Essence of orange-peel is made in the same way. ESSENCE OF MUSK. Syn. Ess. Moscm. Tinctura do. Prep. I. Grain musk 2 oz. ; boil- ing water 1 pint. Digest in a close vessel until cold, then add rectified spirit of wine 7 pints ; car- bonate of potassa ^ dr. Cork close, and digest in a matrass, in the sunshine, for 2 months, if in sum- mer, or in winter in an equally warm situation. A water-bath may be employed to facilitate the pro- cess. IT. Substitute 1 oz. of liquor of ammonia for the carbonate of potassa in the last formula. III. Grain musk 2 drs. ; spirit of wine 2 pints ; essence of ambergris 1 oz. As above. IV. Musk from the bladder) cut small, 5 oz. ; civet 1 oz. ; essence of ambergris 1 pint ; spirit of ambrette 1 gallon. As before. Remarks. All the preceding formulae yield fine essences, but the product of the last is of the very finest quality, and such as is seldom sold except by the most' celebrated houses, when it fetches a very nigh price. It is powerfully and deliciously odorous. ESSENCE OF MUSTARD, (WHITE- HEAD’S.) Prep. Oil of turpentine 1 pint ; cam- phor, oil of rosemary, and flower of mustard, of each ^ oz. ; mix. ESSENCE OF NEROLI. Prep. I. Neroli 2 dr. ; spirit of wine 1 pint ; mix. A pleasing per- fume. II. Oil of orange 2 drs. ; orris root, bruised, ^ oz. ; ambergris 10 grs. ; neroli 15 drops; spirit of wine 1 pint ; digest 14 davs. Very fragrant. ESSENCE OF NUTMEG. Syn. Ess. Mv- ristic.e. Ess. Nucis Moschat^e. Prep. Essen- tial oil 1 oz. ; rectified spirit 1 pint ; dissolve. Use. As a flavoring in the arts of the cook, liqueurist, and confectioner. # ESSENCE OF ORANGE, YELLOW. Prep. Fresh orange-peel, spirit of wine, and water, of each \ pint. Digest for 1 week, press, filter, and add sherry wine 2 or 3 pints. A pleasant liqueur. ESSENCE OF ORANGE PEEL, (SAC- CHARINE.) Syn. Oleo-sacciiarum of Orange. The yellow rind rubbed off with hard white sugar. In a similar way may be prepared essences or oleo- sacchara of every variety of lemons, citrons, oranges, &c. (See Citrons, p. 199.) ESSENCE OF PATCHOULI. Syn. Spirit of Patchouli. Prep. Indian patchouli leaves 2 lbs. ; rectified spirit of wine 9 pints ; water 1 gal- lon. Macerate for 1 week, frequently shaking the vessel, then distil over exactly 1 gallon. A very fashionable perfume. ESSENCE OF PENNYROYAL. Syn. Ess. Pulegii. Spiritus Pulegii. SriRiT of Penny- royal. Prep. Oil of pcpnyroyal 3 oz. ; green spinage or parsley 1 oz. ; spirit of wino 1 quart ; mix. Digest until sufficiently colored, and strain. Aromatic, sliroulai t, emmenagoguo. ESSENCE OF PEPPERMINT. Syn. Es« Mentil* PiPERiTiE. Prep. Oil of peppermint 1 oz ; herb peppermint $ oz. ; spirit of wino 1 pint Digest for a week, or until sufficiently colored Palish-green, and very strong of the peppermint. Remarks. Essence of peppermint is not con* ceived to be good by the ignorant unless it has a pale tint of green, which they presume is a proof of its being genuine. The most harmless way is to steep a little of the green peppermint in the spirit for this purpose, (as above,) or if this is not at hand, a little parsley will do equally as well, and in fact improve the flavor. Some persons use spinage for the same purpose, and others add a few grains of sap green, dissolved in a spoonful of hot water. All these are quite innocent. The practice of using cupreous salts, adopted by some lazy and unprin- cipled makers, is unpardonable, and admits of no excuse, even a lame one, .J& not the least advan- tage, cither of convenience, or cost, or appearance, results from such a practice, while the coloring matter, though small in quantity, is nevertheless sufficient to impart a noxious quality to the liquor. This fraud may be detected by the addition of liquor of ammonia in excess. * Essence of peppermint is cordial, si. inulant, and stomachic. A few drops on sugar, or mixed with water, or wine, is an excellent remedy in flatu- lence, colic, sickness, &c. It is also used as a fla- voring. Dose. 10 drops to a teaspoonful. ESSENCE OF . QUININE. Syn. Alkaline Ess. of Quinine. Prep. Diluted sulphuric acid 1 dr. ; alcohol 1 oz. ; add sulphate of quinine to saturation. ESSENCE OF RATIFIA. Prep. Essential oil of almonds 1 oz. ; spirit of wine 1 pint ; mix. Used to make noyeau, &c. (See Almond Fla- vor, and Essence of Litter Almonds.) ESSENCE OF ROSES, (ODOROUS.) Prep. I. Attar of roses 1 oz. ; spirit of wine 1 gallon. Mix in a close vessel, and assist the solution by placing it in a bath of hot water. As soon as the spirit gets warm, take it from the water and shake till quite cold. The next day filter. Unless the spirit of wine be of more than the common strength, it will not retain the whole of the otto in solution in very cold weather (See Esprit de la Rose.) II. Petals of roses 3 lbs. ; digest in spirit of wine 5 quarts for 24 hours ; distil to dryness in a water- bath ; digest the distilled spirit on 2 lbs. of fresh rose petals, as before, and repeat the -whole pro- cess of maceration and distillation a third, fourth, fifth, and sixth time, or oftener, the last time only ' drawing over 1 gallon, which is the essence. Very fine. ESSENCE OF ROSES, (RED.) Syn. Sp^it of Red Roses. Tincture of do. Prep. Rose leaves 1 lb. ; spirit of wine and water, of each 2 quarts. Digest for 14 days, press, strain, add di- luted sulphuric acid 2 drs. ; mix well, and the next day filter. Use. To make extemporaneous sirup and honey of roses, &c. Smells, colors, and tastes strongly. ESSENCE ROYALE. Syn. Royal Essence. Ess. Regalis. Prep. (Soubeiran.) Ambergris Qij ; musk 9j ; civet and subcarbonate of po- tassa, of each 10 grs. ; oil of cinnamon G drops ; oil of rhodium and otto of roses, of each 4 drops ; rectified spirit of wine 4 fluid ounces. Macerate ESS 277 ETC for 10 days, or longer. Antispasmodic and aphro- disiac. A few drops on sugar, or in sirup of capil- laire. ESSENCE ROYALE POUR FAIRE LA BARBE. Prep. Castile soap, in shavings, 4 oz. ; proof spirit 1 pint ; dissolve. As Esprit de Savon. ESSENCE OF SAVORY SPICES. Prep. Black pepper 2 oz. ; allspice 1 oz. ; nutmegs ^ oz. ; cloves, cassia, coriander and caraway seeds, of each 1 drachm, (all bruised ;) rectified spirit of wine 1 pint. Digest for 14 days, press, and filter. Used as a flavoring. When made with proof spirit, and only ^ the above weight of spice, it is called “ Tincture of Savory Spices.” ESSENCE OF SOUP HERBS, (KITCH- INER’S.) Syn. Spirit of Soup Herbs. Con- centrated Tincture of do. Prep. Lemon thyme, winter savory, sweet marjoram, and sweet basil, of each 1 oz. ; lemon-peel, grated, and shalotes, of each £ oz. ; bruised celery seed £ oz. ; proof spirit 1 pint. Digest for 10 days, or a fort- night. A superior flavoring essence for soups, gravies, &c. ESSENCE OF SOAP. Syn. Ess. Saponis. Prep. (P. Cod.) White soap §iij ; carbonate of potassa 3j ; proof spirit ^xij. Dissolve and filter. ESSENCE OF SMOKE. Syn. Ess. Fuli- ginis. Smoking Fluid, &c. Rough pyroligneous acid. Used to impart a smoky flavor to meat and fish, by washing it over them, or immersing them in it for 2 or 3 minutes. ESSENCE OF SPEARMINT. Syn. Ess. Menth.e Viridis. Ess. Mentile Sativ^e. Prep. 1 oz. of essential oil to 1 pint of spirit of wine, tinged green. Process, use, and dose, the same as Essence of Peppermint. ESSENCE OF SPRATS. Syn. Solid Es- sence of Sprats. Extract of do. Prep. Es- sence of anchovies (made with sprats) 7 lbs. ; add wheat flour to thicken to th6 consistence of cream, then gently evaporate to a stiff paste. Sold for solid essence of anchovies. ESSENCE OF SPRUCE. Syn. Ess. Abie- tis. This is prepared by boiling the twigs of the spruce or Scotch fir in water, and evaporating the decoction. It is stimulant and tonic. Used to make spruce beer. ESSENCE OF TURTLE. Prep. Essence of anchovies and shallot wine, of each 3 oz. ; basil wine i pint ; mushroom ketchup \ pint ; the juice of 2 lemons ; the yellow peel of 1 lemon ; curry powder \ oz. Digest for 1 week. Use. To im- part the flavor of turtle to soups and gravies. ESSENCE OF VANILLA. Prep. I. Va- nilla, cut small, 1 lb. ; spirit of wine £ gallon. As Essence of Musk. II. Vanilla (best) £ lb. ; spirit of ambrette 1 quart ; cloves 30 grs. ; grain musk 7 grs. As last. Very superior. Used as a perfume and flavoring. ESSENCE OF WORMWOOD. Syn. Ess. Abbinthii. Prep. (Van Mons.) Salt of worm- wood 3v ; extract of wormwood 3j ; tincture of wormwood 1 pint. Digest and filter. ESSENCES FOR KITCHEN USE. Syn. Culinary Essences. Flavoring do. Spice do. Essences for the Table. The principal of these are the Essences of Allspice, Cassia , Celery, Cinnamon, Cloves, Mace, Marjoram, Nutmegs, Ginger, Cayenne, Garlic, Lemon-peel, Orange- peel, Peppermint, Spearmint, Caraway seeds Cardamom seeds, Coriander seeds, tyc.,nd dig- ging ; the shovel, for removing earth and other loose substances, as in carting, clearing, &c ; the drill, a machine for sqjving seed ; and the culti- vator, a similar machine employed for weeding, harrowing, &c. Most of tho preceding are used in tho clearing and tilling of land, and preserving it in a proper state ; the following are principally used in the immediate collection of the produce or harvest, and its preparation for the markei. The scythe and rake are employed in hay-mak'^jr. the sickle and cradle in harvesting corn ; the AW foi thrashing, anC die fan for winnowing grail ' Vj FAR 299 FAR hcrse-rake and mowing, reaping, winnowing, and thrashing machines, are mostly worked by horse- power, and are intended as substitutes for manual labor. II. The preparation of the land for tillage consists principally in clearing it of superfluous trees ; in fencing and hedging it into convenient portions., or, when this has already been done, in keeping the fences and hedges in a state of repair ; in draining it of water when too wet ; and in* irri- gating it when too dry, and water is accessible for that purpose. Clearing forms the first and one of the most important operations of the farmer in newly-settled and thickly-wooded countries, but in those that have been long under cultivation is sel- dom required : it is intended to permit the free ac- cess of air and sunlight to the soil. The object of fencing and hedging is either to prevent the en- croachment of the larger animals, or to confine them within given limits ; and boundary fences and hedges are also intended to prevent trespassing, and to preserve the land to the use of the owner or occupier. The object of draining is the removal vf superfluous water, which lessens the fertility of the soil ; and of irrigation to supply plants and vegetables with sufficient water to promote their growth. The draining of marshy or wet land is commonly effected by blind drains, or such as are beneath the soil, and filled with loose stones ; or box drains, which are covered drains, having a free passage, and surrounded with permeable ma- terials ; or by open drains, or mere troughs or trenches, ploughed or dug along the surface of the ground. On sloping lands, drains should run obliquely along the sides, that their descent may not be too rapid. III. The fertilization of soils is suggested partly by chemical analysis, practical experience, and geological observations. The soil is the up- permost stratum of the earth’s surface, and con- sists principally of pulverulent earthy matter, re- sulting from the decomposition of the under strata, mingled with organic substances chiefly derived from the vegetable kingdom. Gravel, sand, clay, silica, chalk, and oxide of iron, are the principal mineral constituents of soils. The most fertile soils are those which consist of an admixture of clay and sand, with a due proportion of chalk and other mineral ingredients, along with a large supply of decomposed animal and vegetable matter. Such soils are commonly termed “ loamy Soils are classified by agriculturists according to their chief ingredients ; as loamy, clayey, sandy, chalky, and peaty soils. Of these the first is the best, but the others may be improved by the addi- tion of the mineral constituents of which they are deficient. Sand and lime, or chalk, are the proper additions to clayey soils, and clay, gypsum, or loam, to sandy and gravelly ones. Clayey soils are expensive to bring into a fertile state, but when this is once effected, and they are well manured, they yield immense crops of wheat, oats, beans, clover, most kinds’ of fruits and flowers of the rosaceous kinds. The most fertile soils in Great Britain and on the Continent, especially for wheat, are calcareous clays. The fertility of the soil is also powerfully promoted by comminution and Jabor, and by the addition of manure. Among the first may be mentioned ploughing, rolling, hcHroiving , &c., all of which render the soil more porous, and easily permeable to the roots of plants, and more susceptible of the action of the atmo- sphere. Of manures it may be remarked that their nature varies with the constitution of the soil Lime and sand are the best manures for clayey soils, gypsum and marl for sandy ones. Besides every kind of soil requires a proper quantity ol vegetable or animal manure, without which it will soon become exhausted and infertile. Among manures of this class the principal are rotten dung and other organic matter, bone dust, nitrate of soda, and sulphate of ammonia. •The first is ap- plicable to all soils, the second is especially valua- ble for wheat, and the third and fourth have been used in various cases with apparent advantage, fiut require further experiments to establish their pre- cise value. In the application of manures, refer- ence must be always had to the intended crop, as certain plants are found to require nourishment of a different description to what is fitted for others, and will grow feebly or not at all, when this is absent. Wheat, for example, will not produce a full kernel on soils destitute of lime. IV. The cultivation of vegetables consists in sowing or planting the seed in properly prepared ground, and in fostering its growth, and that of the resulting young plants, hy hoeing , weeding, &c. ; and finally, in the collection and preservation of the mature plants, seeds, or fruits. The plants mostly 7 cultivated by farmers, are the cereal grasses, or such as produce bread corn, esculent roots, grasses for the food of domestic animals, and flax, hemp, and other plants employed in the arts, or used as food, or in pharmacy. Wheat, rye, bar- ley, and oats, which constitute the most important of the cereals, are cultivated by ploughing, mow- ing, and harrowing the land ; then scattering the seed over the whole surface, and lightly covering it with the soil by harrowing. When lipe it is harvested by cutting with the sickle, tying in bun- dles, drying, and storing in barns or stacks. Among the esculent roots the potato and turnip the most useful and generally cultivated. The rormer is cultivated by setting the buds or eyes of the tu- bers, a short distance apart in rows, in holes made by a small stick, or in furrows. The seed of the turnip is commonly set by merely scattering it over the surface of well-tilled ground, and cover- ing it over. In the cultivation of grasses, the sort chosen must be adapted to the nature of the soil and its situation. Grass is harvested by mowing with a scythe, drying by spreading it out so as to expose it to the joint action of the sun and air, and storing it in ricks or barns. In this state it is called “ Hay.” Flax and hemp are generally sown “ broadcast,” and without further tillage are left to mature, when the plants are pulled up by the roots, and allowed to undergo a species of rot- ting, previously to being handed over to the man- ufacturer. V. The rearing of live-stock, or domestic ani- mals, is chiefly confined to horses, cattle, sheep, and swine. Among the first, the Arabian may be mentioned as the fleetest, and the Dutch and Scotch as the hardiest and most suited to c; rught Among cattle, the Dutch, or short-horned, the 9 Lancashire, or long-horned, the Galloway . or hornless, and the Highland breed, may be named FEB 300 V ER as the most useful. Among horned cattle thoso should be preferred that produce tho most milk, and that fatten well and produce tho best beef, and that are suited to the climate and situation of the land. Among sheep tho two grand divisions are short-wooled and long-wooled, both of which include numerous other breeds. The Merino breed, introduced into England from Spain in 1 787, have tho finest wool and are most valued. Sheep are sheared in tho spring when *he weather is settled and warm. Both sheep and 'attic do best and fatten quickest when well sheltered from the weather, provided there be a proper amount of ventilation. Of swine a preference should be given to those breeds which fatten best, and pro- duce tho finest flavored pork. The common prac- tice of confining pigs in dirty sties cannot bo too much avoided ; they should bo kept clean, and permitted to take sufficient exercise to promote their health, without allowing them to run at large, as in tho latter case they are difficult to fatten. In some farms the rearing of poultry constitutes a most profitable object of attention. The Spanish fowls, commonly called Minorcas, are the largest and hardiest, and are good layers. To promote their power in this respect, they should be supplied with a proper quantity of azotized food, as grain, &c., and should be kept dry and well sheltered from the weather. The management of cows has been already noticed. VI. The rotation or succession of crops is abso- lutely necessary for the successful and economical cultivation of the soil. Crops have been divided by agriculturists into exhausting crops — restoring crops — and cleaning crops. The most exhaust- ing crops are usually considered to be those of corn, but all those that are allowed to ripen their seed, and which are carried off the ground, are alsq exhausting, but in different degrees. Even clover, tares, and grass cut green, are considered as ex- hausting, but in a less degree than those that are allowed to ripen. Restoring crops are such as are allowed to decay upon the ground, or are con- sumed upon it by domestic animals. Cleaning crops are such as are grown in drills, and undergo the usual operations of weeding, hoeing, &c. ; the majority of these may also be regarded as exhaust- ing crops. An exhausting crop should always be followed by a restoring or a cleaning crop ; or where possible, by both combined. Crops should also succeed each other in such a way that the soil may not be exhausted of any one particular kind of nutriment. This is best effected by so ro- tating the crops that plants which are nearly allied should not succeed each other, as the same or similar kinds of plants cultivated successively on the samo soil, soon become sickly. This may, however, be obviated by supplying such plants with a proper quantity of the substances which enter into their composition, by applying it to the soil in the shape of manure ; but the expense of so doing so greatly exceeds that of tho ordinary method of manuring with tho proper rotation of crops, as to preclude tho introduction of this plan on the largo scale. See Agriculture, Cows, Dmry, Butter, Cheese, Cream, Manures, &c. • F AT, CURRIERS’. Fat or tallow boiled until v.' is very hard and blackish when cold. FEBRIFUGE. Syn. Fkiirifugus. (Lat., from febris, a fever, and fug o, I drive away.) 'I ha; which possesses the power of curing or alleviating fever. Tho term is principally applied to medi- cines used against the aguo, as bark, arsenioua acid, and their preparations. FEET, the. To preserve tho feet in a propo. condition, they should bo frequently soaked, ana well washed in warm or tepid water. The nails of the toes should be pared to prevent their be- coming inconveniently long, and from growing into the flesh. Many persons suffer severely from tender feet. This generally arises from tho use of thin cotton or silk stockings, and tight boots or shoes, that are not sufficiently porous to permit of the escape of tho perspiration. The best treat- ment is tho immediate adoption of worsted stock- ings or socks, and light easy shoes of buckskin, goatskin, or some other equally soft kind of leather. It is highly necessary, for the preservation of health, to preserve the feet dry ; persons who are, there- fore, exposed to the wet, or who are frequently passengers through the public streets in bad weather, should regard sound and good boots and shoes as tho most essential portion of their clothing. In fact, in a hygienic point of view, a wet back should be less shunned than wet feet. Many per- sons frequently experience extreme coldness and numbness of the feet ; tho best remedies for such are exerciso and friction. In these cases stockings of flannel or worsted alone should be worn, and should be kept on throughout the night if required. The peculiar and disagreeable odor which is evolved by the feet of some individuals in hot weather, may be removed by the observance of ex- treme cleanliness, and by occasionally soaking tho feet in warm water, to which a small quantity of chloride of lime has been added. FERMENTATION. Syn. Fermentation (Fr . ) Gahrung, ( Ger .) Fermentatio, {Lat., from fermento, to ferment.) The spontaneous decom- position of the proximate principles of organic sub- stances, under the joint influence of warmth, air, and moisture, and the reunion of their elements forming new compounds. Fermentation, accord- ing to Liebig, is nothing else but the putrefaction of a substance containing no nitrogen ; or a meta- morphosis, by which the elements of a complex molecule group themselves so as to* form more in- timate and stable compounds. It is ekeited by the contact of all bodies, the elements of which are in a state of active decomposition or fermentation. “ In nitrogenized substances of a very complex constitution, putrefaction or fermentation is spon- taneously established when water is present, and the temperature sufficiently high, and it continues till the original compounds are wholly destroyed. Substances destitute of nitrogen, on the contrary, require, in order to their undergoing this metamor- phosis, the presence of a nitrogenized substance, already in a state of putrefaction, (fermentation.”) The substances which promote this change are termed ferments ; and among these, the principal are gliadine, gluten, vegetable albumen, and ali substances in a state of spontaneous decomposition or fermentation. Yeast, tho ferment most com- monly employed for inducing tho vinous fermenta- tion, is such a substance in an active state of pu- trefaction, and whose atoms are in continual mo- tion. Putrefying animal substances are equally FER FER 301 . capable ol exciting the same action. It is only in complex organic molecules of a higher order that fermentation or putrefaction takes place. The immediate cause of fermentation in such bodies as are not sufficiently complicated to undergo this change by the mere action of water and caloric, is most rationally presumed to arise fr^m immediate contact with the atoms of these bodies, which are undergoing this change. Thus, the motion, or conflict of tl\e elements of the body in a state of decomposition, as those of yeast, when employed to excite the vinous fermentation, destroys the equilibrium of the atoms .of the sugar, and these, grouping themselves according to their special at- tractions, enter into new combinations, and form new compounds. The charcoal (carbon) of the sugar partly unites itself to the oxygen, forming carbonic acid, and partly to the hydrogen, forming alcohol. A similar kind of decomposition and in- terchange of elements takes place in all organic substances during the state of fermentation ; the uroportions of the elements liberated, and the com- pounds formed by their reunion, varying, of course, according to the precise composition of such sub- stances. Chemists have distinguished fermentation into five kinds, viz. : 1. The saccharine fermentation, by which starch and gum are converted into sugar. 2. The alcoholic or vinous fermentation, by which sugar is converted into alcohol. 3. The viscous or mucilaginous fermentation, which converts sugar into slime or mucilage, instead of alcohol. 4. The acetous fermentation, by which alcohol is convert- ed into vinegar. 5. The putrid fermentation, or putrefaction, which is exhibited in its most marked form in the putrefaction of animal substances. 1. The saccharine fermentation occurs during the germination and kiln-drying of grain in the operations of malting, and in the mashing of malt in brewing, and the sweetening of bread during its exposure to* heat in th ? oven. The substance which most powerfully exciter the sugar fermentation has been discovered by Payen and Persoz to be a pe- culiar principle, to which they have given the name of diastase. It forms about one per cent, of good barley malt, and possesses the singular property of converting starch into gum (dextrine) or sugar, at the temperature of from 149° to 168° Fahr. When in a state of absolute purity, 1 part of diastase will, in a few hours, effect the conversion of 2000 parts of starch into sugar, provided the temperature be not higher than 158° F. During the action of this sulfetan a, Bottom of cistern. ’ b, Filtering bag. c, Screw of the conical nozzle fitting into the cistern. d , Binding cord connecting the bag and nozzle. e, Binding cord connecting bag and lower nozzle. /, Bayonet-catch, connecting the lower portion of the nozzle fastened to the bag with the upper and fixed part, g. i, The thick hern at the top of the bag, (purposely made large by enclosing a piece of thick cord therein,) resting on the shoulders, k. I , A metallic cylinder, loosely fitting the hole in the cis- tern, and over which the top of the bag is drawn, before being put into its place ; when fitted, as in the engraving, it retains the hem i securely in its place above the shoul- der k. The second is the least expensive, and certainly the most convenient method, and when the cylin- der l fits the hole closely, (allowing for the bag,) e as safe, or safer, than an ordinary screw. The bags are surrounded by a wooden scr?-en furnished with doors for the purpose of keeping eff the dust, and the bottom of the apartment is fur- nished with large steam-pipes, by which a proper temperature may be kept up in cold weather. In practice it is more convenient to have a number of small cisterns at w r ork, (say 50 or 100 gallons each,) than one or two larger ones ; as any acci- dent that may occur is more easily remedied, anc that without stopping the whole operation. When cotton cloth bags are employed withom being creased, or enclosed in others of canvass they should not be longer than about 3 or 4 feet and not wider than about 5 or 6 inches when filled When larger they are dangerous. A convenient method of filtering a single casl of oil is to insert the pipe of one of Beart’s patent filters into the cork-hole, by which means the whole will be fil- tered as drawn off, without any trouble on the part of the operator. The filter consists of a porous bag stretched over a perforated metallic vessel, nearly the shape and size of the exterior casing, and its edge is tightly screwed bo- tween tho sides and bottom of the latter, so as to be quite water-tight. The cock communicates with the interior of tho perforated plate and filter, and the supply-pipe and tho exterior. By this means the interior chamber, which occupies five- sixths of tho vessel, rapidly fills with filtered oil, and continues full as long as any liquor remains in FIT. 311 FIL me ca?K. This arrangement is also well adapted Lo the filtration of wines, beer, cordials, porter, and various other liquors. It is unequalled in sim- plicity « The filtration of sirups is now generally effect- ed on the large scale by passing them through the creased bag filter” just described. On the small scale, as by confectioners and druggists, they are usually passed through conical flannel bags. The filtration of thick sirups is, however, attended with some difficulty, and it is therefore a good plan to filter them in a somewhat dilute state, and after- wards to reduce them to a proper consistence by evaporation in clean vessels of tinned copper, by steam heat. Sirups, when filtered in a heated state, run well for a time, but the pores of the bag rapidly get choked, from the thickening of the sirup and partial crystallization of the sugar, occa- sioned by the evaporation of the aqueous portion from the surface of the bag. This may be par- tially prevented by enclosing the bag in a metallic casing. On the whole, clarification is preferable for sirups to filtration, on the small scale. They need only to be well beaten up while cold with a little white of egg, and then heated ; a scum rises which must be removed as soon as it becomes con- sistent, and the skimming continued until the liquid becomes clear. Any floating portions of scum that may have escaped notice are easily re- moved by running the sirup through a coarse flan- nel strainer, while hot. The most extensive ap- plication of the process of filtration in the arts is in the refining of sugars. Tinctures and dilute spirits are usually filtered through bibulous paper placed on a funnel, or through thin and fine cotton bags. In general, tinctures clarify themselves by the subsidence of the suspended matter, when allowed to repose for a few days. Hence it is the bottoms alone that require filtering; the supernatant clear portion need only be run through a small hair sieve, a piece of tow or cotton placed in the throat of a funnel, or some other coarse medium, to remove any floating substances, as pieces of straw, &c. Spirits largely loaded with essential oil, as those of niiseed, &c., run rapidly through paper or cali- co but usually require the addition of a spoonful or Hvo J. magnesia before they will flow quite clear. When possible, tinctures, spirits, and all similar volatile fluids, are better cleared by subsidence or clarification than by filtration, as, in the latter way, a portion is lost by evaporation. Vegetable juices should be allowed to deposite their feculous portion before filtration. The su- pernatant liquid will then be often quite clear, but if not so, may be readily filtered. If the quantity be small, paper supported on a piece of coarse cali- co placed on a funnel is the best medium ; if large, one of the conical bags before described. The bottoms from which the clear portion has been decanted, should bo placed on a separate filter, or else added after the whole of the latter has drain- ed through. Vegetable juices are often rendered clear by simply heating them to about 180° or 200° Fahr., bv which their albumen is coagulated ; they are also frequently clarified by the addition of a little white of egg and heat, in the same way as rirups ; but many of them (as those of hemlock, henbane, aconite, &c.) are injured by heat, and must consequently bo filtered. In all cases they should be exposed to the air as little as possible, a* they rapidly suffer decomposition. Vegetable infusions and decoctions may ba cleared by defecation followed by filtration. The conical bags of flannel before described are usually employed for this purpose. When the liquid is to be evaporated to an extract, they are commonly suspended by a hook over the evaporating pan. A convenient method of straining these fluids is to stretch the square of flannel on a frame or * horse,’ securing it at the comers by pieces of string, (see eng.) Such a frame may be laid across the mouth of a pan, and is more easily fed with fresh liquid than a bag, whose mouth is 30 or 40 inches higher. The same purpose is effected by laying the flannel across the mouth of a coarse hair sieve. The con- centrated infusions and decoctions, being usually weak tinctures, m ay be filtered in the same way as the latter. (See tinctures, above.) Many vegetable solutions, that from the viscidity of the suspended matter can scarcely be filtered, may bo readily clarified with white of egg in the cold, or pass the filter rapidly, if a very small quantity of sulphuric, or other strong acid, be previously add- ed. (See the latter part of the article Brewing.) Corrosive liquids, as strong acids, are filtered through powdered glass, or silicious sand, sup- ported on pebbles in the throat of a glass funnel, or through asbestos placed in the same manner. Charcoal has also been employed for the same purpose, but is not fit for some acids. Strong caustic alkaline lyes are also filtered through pow- dered glass or sand. Weak alkaline lyes may bo filtered through fine calico, stretched across the mouth of a funnel. Many corrosive ilquifts, as liquor of potassa, &c., require to be excluded from the air during filtration. The simplest apparatus that can be employed for this purpose is that figured in the margin : a is a globular bottle fitted with the ground stopper d, and hav- ing a perforated neck / ground to the bottle b ; c is a small tube, wrapped round with as- much asbestos, linen, or calico as is required to make it fit the under-neck of the bottle through which it passes. The tube c may also be fixed by placing pebbles and powdered glass or sand round it, as before described. For use, the solu- tion to be filtered is poured into the bottle a nearly as high as the top of the tube c, and the stopper placed in. The liquid then descends into b, and a similar quantity, of air passes up the tubb into a. The liquor potassae P. L. may bo always obtained fine by depuration and filtering the sediment of lime through calico fixed across the mouth of a funnel. When precipitates, or the suspended matter, is the object of the filtration, the filter should be of such a nature that the powder may be easily separ- ated from it when dry, and that without much loss. Linen filters are for this reason preferable for large quantities, and smooth bibulous paper for small ones. The powder should be washed down i ho sides of the filter, and collected, by means of a email stream of water, in one spot at the bottom, and, when dry, should be swept oiF the paper or clothr with a camel-hair brush, and not removed by a knife, as is commonly done, unless it bo of a very adherent kind. The first portion of liquid that runs through a filter is commonly foul, and should be pumped baek or returned until it runs clear, when it may be caught in a proper receiver. In many cases, the liquid will not readily become transparent by simply passing through the filter ; hence has arisen the use of filtering powders, substances which rap- idly choke up the pores of the media in a suffi- cient degree to make the fluid pass clear. See Powder. These powders should not be in too fine a state of division, nor used in large quantities, as they then wholly choke up the filter, and absorb a large quantity of the liquid. For some liquids, these substances are employed for the purpose of decoloring or whitening them. In such cases, it is preferable, first to pass the fluid through a layer of the substance in coarse powder, from which it will run but slightly contaminated into the filters ; or, if the substance be mixed with the whole body of the liquid, to pass it through some coarser me- dium, to remove the cruder portion before allowing it to run into the filter. Granulated animal char- coal is used, according to the first method, to de- color sirups, oils, &c. ; and filtering powder by the second, to remove a portion of the color, and to clarify castor oil. The common plan of mixing large quantities of filtering powder with this oil, and throwing the whole -into the filter, as adopted by the druggists, is injudicious. When simple filtration is required, it is better to use but little or no powder, and to continue returning the oil that runs through until it filters quite clear. By this plan the same filters may be used for a long period of time, and will continue to work well ; but by the usual method, they rapidly decline in power, and soon scarcely deliver their contents at all. It is often of great advantage to render a filter self-acting, or to construct it in such a way that it may feed itself, so that it may continue full and at work withoitf the constant attention of the oper- ator. On the small scale, this may be readily effected on the principle of the common fountain lamp, (see eng. ;) and on the large scale, by placing the ves- sel containing the unfiltered li- quid on a higher level than the filter, and by having the end of the supply-pipe fitted with a ballcock, to keep the liquid in the filter constantly at the same height. The rapidity of filtration depends upon the po- rosity of the filtering medium — the extent of fil- tering surface — the relative viscidity or limpid- ness of the filtering liquid, and the porosity and fineness of the substances it holds in suspension. The most efficient filter is produced, when the first two are so graduated to the latter, that the liquid filters rapidly, and is rendered perfectly transparent. To the preceding causes that influence filtfut’: i may bo added the pressure or forco by which the liquid is impelled through tho pores of tin) filt**' In the common method of filtration r.o pressure exerted beyond that of tho weight of the column of tho liquid resting on tho filtering medium, jut in same cases additional pressure is employed. This is done for the purpose of producing more rapid filtration, or for filtering liquids that, from their viscidity, will scarcely pass through the pores of substances sufficiently fine to remove their foul- ness in the ordinary way. One of the easiest means of employing pressurb in filtration is to in- crease the height of the column of the filtering liquid. From the peculiar properties of fluids, by which they transmit pressure in all directions, this column need not ^e of equal diameter throughout, but may be coimniently contracted to the size of a small pipe, as in the accompanying engraving, which represents a small filter on this construction at work, a is the funnel or reservoir of foul liquid ; b a small pipe conveying the liquid to the filter \ c c a chamber, of which the upper portion d is filled with the descending liquid, and tho lower por- tion e with the filtering media ; i i are screws by which the bottom plate is fastened on ; which plate is re- moved to clean out or renew the fil- ter. For use, the cocks k and l are closed, and the liquid poured into the funnel a; the cock k is next opened, and, in a few minutes after, the cock l, when an uninterrupted flow of filtered liquor will be obtained as long as any fluid remains in the fun- nel a, and the tube b. The length of the latter determines the degree of pressure. Care must be taken to pass the foul liquid through a hair sieve, or some other strainer, to remove any sub- stance that might choke up the pipe b. Another mode of employing pressure in filtration is the with- drawal of the air from the receiving vessel, as in the vacuum filter, by which a pressure of about 14J lbs. to the inch becomes exerted on the surface of the liquid by the atmosphere. The vacuum in the receiving vessel may be produced by the air- pump or by steam. (See Congelation.) A com- moner method of applying pressure than the last is to condense the air over the surface of tho liquid by means of a forcing-pump, or by steam. On the small scale, pressure may be applied to filtra- tion, by employing a syphon, whose shorter leg has its mouth blown into the shape of a bell or funnel, over which filterirg paper or fine calico may be stretched. The application of pressure to filtration is not always advantageous, and beyond a certain limit, becomes objectionable. It is found in practice that fluids under pressure take a longer period to run clear than without pressure, and that ruptures of tho media more frequently take place with the former than the latter. Great pressure is in no case advantageous. Tho filters already noticed are those that act by tho fluid descending through the media ; but in some cases, the reverse method is employed, ana the liquid filters upwards, instead of downwards These are called ascending filters, and are often FIR 313 FIR preferable to thoso on the descending principle, because the suspended matters that require removal by filtration usually sink, and thus a portion es- capes being forced into the pores of the filter. They are also more convenient, when pressure, is employed. Their construction depends upon the same principles as the common filter, and merely requires that the feeding vessel should be higher than the upper surface of the filtering media. Oils are conveniently filtered in this way, because of their little specific gravity. By fixing a small filter on this principle into the head of a cask, and pouring in water through a funnel, whose neck reaches nearly to the bottom of the cask, the oil will float up and pass the filter, leaving the sediment behind. In cold weather, hot wa- ter may be employed. a, Cask of oil. b, Stand, c, Funnel for water, d, Filter. In some cases, the upward and downward sys- tems of filtration are united in the same apparatus, and this method is advantageous where room is an ,object. For this purpose, it is merely necessa- ry to connect the bottom of an ascending filter with the top of a descending one, or the reverse ; the proper pressure being in either case applied. (See Clarification, Defecation, &c.) FININGS. A solution of gelatin, used to clar- ify beer, wine, &c. Prep. Isinglass (ordinary) 1 lb. ; stale beer, cider, or vinegar, 3 or 4 pints. Mix, and macerate until the former becomes gelatinous, then reduce it to a proper consistence with weak, mild beer, cider, or any other liquid that the finings are in- tended for. Remarks. A pint, or more, is the usual dose for a barrel of beer or porter, and a quart for a hogshead of wine. (See the latter part of the article Brewing.) FIRE EATING. The power of resisting the action of fire is given to the skin, by frequently washing it with diluted sulphuric acid, until the part becomes sufficiently callous. It is said that the following mixture is very efficacious : — dilute sulphuric acid 3 parts ; sal ammoniac 1 part ; juice of onions 2 parts ; mix. It is the acid, how- ever, that produces the effect FIREPROOF STUCCO. Prep. Moist grav- elly earth, (previously washed,) made into stucco with the following composition: — pearlashes 2 parts ; water 5 parts ; common clay 1 part ; mix. Remarks. This is said to cost about Is. 6d. per hundred square feet. It has been tried on a large scale and found to answer well. It is used for wood, &c FIRES. Our notice of this subject must ne- cessarily be limited, for want of space. Fires are but toe frequently said to arise by accident, which is merely a condensed phrase, equivalent to care- lessmss and recklessness. There are few fires that might not have been prevented -by the exer- cise of common prudence, and a vast number that iavo been caused by negligence, arising from sheer laziness. As familiar instances may be men- tioned, the permitting of sparks to fall on tho ground and remain there, without extinguishing them ; carrying a naked candle into rooms con- taining inflammable substances, &c. Prev. 1. Avoid leaving your candle burning at the side of your bed, but place it on a table or the floor, at a respectable distance from any article of linen, or other equally inflammable substances. Rush, wax , or floating lights are the safest ‘or night burning. The practice of reading in bed cannot be too much censured ; it is a common cause of fires. 2. Never set aside a bucket or box containing hot ashes, or cinders, in a closet 3. Never throw a piece of lighted paper, cigar, or other ignited substance, on the floor ; and should such fall by accident, immediately extinguish then, by treading on them. 4. Never blow gas-lightd out, but always extinguish them by turning off' the supply. 5. Should the smell of gas be strong- ly perceived, immediately turn off the cock at the meter, and avoid carrying a lighted candle into the part where the escape has taken place, before the gas has been removed by thorough ventilation ; attention to this point will prevent the possibility of an explosion. 6. Have your chimneys kept in a clean state by frequent sweeping. Fires might often he readily extinguished when first discovered by the timely application of a few buckets of water. When an apartment is discovered on fire, the door, chimney, and win- dows should be immediately closed, if possible, and only opened for the purpose of projecting wa- ter on the flames. By this means the supply of air will be cut off, and rapid combustion prevent- ed. The neglect of this precaution has often caused a mere smouldering fire, that might have been easily put out, to b«>rst into an inextinguish- able mass of flame. It has been proposed to add common salt or pearlash to the water thrown on fires, as even a weak solution of those substances speedily stops combustion. Such a plan is very plausible, and may easily be applied, by adding the saline matter to the buckets of water used to feed the engine for the first few minutes of its working ; but when a fire has acquired any ex- tent, the action of such substances becomes scarce- ly perceptible. Fires on board ships. The extinction of fires at sea, by means of carbonic acid , gas, has been suggested to the Admiralty by Mr. J. R. Han- corn, surgeon. He says — “ The antidotal effects of carbonic acid gas upon combustion are well known to every experienced chemist ; and I am convinced, by practical experiments, that a simple and economical apparatus might be attached with- out inconvenience to every decked vessel. Car- bonic acid gas is a well-known non-supporter of combustion, and will extinguish fire at the very instant of coming in contact with burning mat- ter. Chalk will yield, with sulphuric acid, (vine- gar, or any other acid will do,) 44 per cent, of the gas : hence, a ton of chalk, and a fourth part of that quantity of sulphuric acid, will be found suf- ficient to extinguish any fire on board a ship The plan is peculiarly adapted to a ship, be- cause she can be battened down so as to exclude , the atmosphere. A small leaden gasometer is all tho apparatus required, having a curved tube, and which, being portable, may bo placed over the burning part, while a hole may be cut in the deck sufficiently largo to admit the tube. Carbonia FIR 314 acid gas expands with heat , and being heavier than the , atmosphere or smoke, immediately de- scends, by its oion gravity, upon the burning mass. I may further mention the utility of the apparatus in destroying vermin in ships, such as rats and cockroaches, being more easily applied, and more effectual, than the usual method.” (Chemist, iii. 279.) This plan has been rejected by the Admiralty because of the destructive ac- tion of the gas on human life, as well as on fire. But “ it surely is possible by mechanical means to expel the gas before again entering the ship’s hold. At any rato, the grand point would be obtained of extinguishing the fire — though the crew might have only the deck to stand on. The frequency of these disasters has become distressing.” (Ed.' of the Chem.) Escape from apartments on fire may generally be readily effected by creeping on the hands and knees. In this way the window or door may be reached. It is found that the atmosphere of a room so full of smoke as to produce suffocation to a person standing upright, may generally be safe- ly breathed, on nearly a level with the floor. Should descent by the staircase be found impos- sible, then the window should be immediately sought. Here presence of mind is of the utmost importance. If a ladder or fire-escape be not pro- vided by those without, a rope should be made by tying the sheets and blankets of the bed together, one end of which should be firmly secured to a chair, table, or preferably one of the bedposts, and with this apparatus descent should be cautiously attempted. Jumping out of the window should be avoided, as persons who have not been brought up as clowns or harlequins, run just as much danger in performing such an exploit at* they do by re- maining in the burning building. Persons have frequently lost their lives by hastily throwing themselves out of window, under the dread of being burnt alive, who would have been rescued by those without, had they waited but a few mo- ments longer. When it is impossible to escape from a burning building by the stairs or windows, retreat may be sometimes secured by a trapdoor opening on to the roof, or by a skylight, when, unless it be an isolated house, the roof of one of the adjoining buildings may probably be gained with safety, provided common caution be ob- served. Fire-escapes of various kinds have been in- vented of late years, and employed with indiffer- ent success at many fires in the metropolis. Of these, the one that has been most generally ap- proved of, is that invented by Captain Manby, consisting of a stout rope furnished with nooses, distended by flat rests for the feet, at convenient distances for stepping from one to the other. The one end of this rope is provided with a stout hook, or grappling-iron, by which it may be fastened to the sill of a window, post of the bedstead, or any other convenient object. By means of this ap- paratus a descent may bo safely made from a considerable height. To avoid the risk of this escape catching fire, it has been proposed to make it of iron chain ; but it thus becomes heavy and inconvenient. The best plan is to imbtie the ropo with some substance that will render it incombus- tible ; more water would be sufficient. FI IS It is said that there is no instance on record of a person being burnt to death in dwelling-house* in Edinburgh, where the houses are usually high . yet in London, where fire-engines and fire-escape* are provided in greater numbers, deaths are ire* quent from this cause. The reason of th'is differ- ence is, that in the former city, the stairs are all of stone, by which means a road of escape is *o- cured. The clothes of females and children , when on fire, may bo most readily extinguished by rolling the sufferer in the carpet, hearth-rug, table-cover, a great-coat, cloak, or any other woollen articlo at hand. If this be expertly done, the flames will be rapidly put out. Should assistance not be at hand, the person whose clothes are on fire should throw herself on the ground, and roll the carpet round her, as before described ; or if such a thing is not in the room, she should endeavor to extin- guish the flames with her hands, and by rapidly rolling round and round on the floor. In this way the fire will be stifled, or at least the combustion will proceed so slowly that less personal injury will be experienced before assistance arrives. But if, on the contrary, the party whose clothes are on fire remains in an upright position, the flames will naturally ascend, and scorch the face, and other unprotected parts of the body. The advantage of assuming the horizontal position is also mani- fest from the fact, that nine times out of ten it is the lower parts of the dresses of females that first catch fire. A lady’s muslin dress taking fire at the skirt would burn from bottom to top, and pro- duce a fatal density of flame in half a minute, while she is standing upright ; but when lying down, even though she took no pains leisurely to extinguish the flames, ten minutes would probably elapse before it would be consumed, and the flame might at any instant be extinguished by the thumb and fingers. It merely requires the exercise of ordinary presence of mind. (See Accidents.) T^he addition of £ oz. or 1 oz. of alum or sal ammoniac to the last water used to rinse a lady’s dress, or a less quantity added to the starch used to stiffen it, would render it uninflammable, or *t least so little combustible that it would not readily take fire ; and if it did, would be slowly consumed without flame. Had this precaution been adopt- ed, the late lamentable accident at one of our national theatres might have been avoided. (See Cloth, incombustible.) It is often difficult to get horses out of build- ings on fire, but it is said that they will readily come out if the saddle and bridle, or harness to which they are accustomed, be thrown over them as usual. FISH. Syn. Piscis, ( Lat .) Poisson, (Fr.) Fish are a wholesome species of food, but are less nutritious than the flesh of animals, or the grains of the cereals. Of all the various substances used as aliments by man, fish are the most liable to run into a state of putrefaction, and should therefore be only eaten when perfectly fresh. Those that are the whitest and most flaky when cooked, as whi- ting, cod, flounders, soles, haddock, turbot, hake, &,c., aro the most easily digestible : and those abounding in oily matter, as salmon, eels, herrings, &c., aro most nutritious, though more likely to of- fend the stomach. Salt-wa^r fish has been said FIS 315 FIS to bo more wholesome than river fish, but without sufficient reason. Salted fish is very hard of di- gestion, unless well cooked. The frequent use of fish as an aliment is said to promote the sexual feelings, but not the increase of population, unless a sufficiency of other food (animal) be taken at the same time. Skin diseases are also said to be more common among those who live continually on fish, but this probably arises from their use not being accompanied by a proper quantity of fresh vegeta- bles. Fish consist of about 80g of water, 14§ of albumen and fibrine, and 6§ of gelatin, making about 20§ of nutritive matter. (Brande.) Acid sauces and pickles are the proper additions to fish, from their power of retarding the progress of putre- faction, and of correcting the relaxing tendency of large quantities of oil and butter. Caution. It sometimes happens that a fish-bone accidentally swallowed will remain in the oesopha- gus, and occasion serious inconvenience ; in fact, instances have been known where so much irrita- tion has arisen that death has followed. In such cases it is advisable, as soon as possible, to take four grains of tartar emetic, dissolved in ^ pint of warm water, and immediately afterwards the white of six eggs. The coagulated mass will not remain in the stomach more than two or three minuted?, and the remedy has been known to “re- move no less than 24 pins at once.” Choice, dressing, tj-c. “ The flesh of any fish is always in the highest perfection, or in season, as it is called, during the period of the ripening of the milt and roe. After the fish has deposited the 6pawn, the flesh becomes soft, and loses a great deal of its peculiar flavor. This is owing to the disappearance of the oil or fat from the flesh, it having been expended in the function of reproduc- tion.” (Fleming’s Phil, of Zoology.) Fish should be dressed as soon after being caught as possible, as much of their peculiar delicacy and flavor is lost by keeping, even for a few'hours. Turbot and salmon are said by the fishmongers to be improved in fla- vor when two or three dqys old, but this is surely a mistake, as the former, when dressed immedi- ately after being caught, possesses a fine creamy taste which it afterwards loses ; while the latter, by the loss of a single tide, loses a portion of the fine white curd which intervenes between -the flakes, and by longer keeping, this curd and the larger flakes disappear altogether. In the eyes of some epicures, the richness is, however, increased by this change. Mackerel and some other fish suffer so much from keeping only a few hours, that they become quite unwholesome. On this account the former are permitted to be publicly vended on Sundays. Herrings offer a remarkable example of the advantage of dressing fish as fresh as possible. When cooked soon after being caught, they possess considerable delicacy and flavor, but by keeping for only a few hours, the oil separates from the flesh, and they become soft, greasy, and strong-flavored. In the choice of every kind offish, stiffness, Drightness of the eyes, and redness of the gills may bo regarded as invariable signs of freshness. A peculiar elasticity will also be perceived in fish re- cently caught ; little or no permanent impression being made by the ordinary pressure of the fingers, r rom the flesh immediately rising when the pres- sure is withdrawn. Fresh fish also lie in a pnrt.y curled position, and never quite straight, as is the case when they have been kept for some lime Thickness and fleshiness are deemed marks of the good condition of all fish. On the proper cleaning of fish preparatory to dressing it, depends much of its delicacy and fla- vor. Ordinary cooks seldom do this well, from not slitting the fish sufficiently open to permit the inside to be thoroughly washed, and seldom using sufficient water. The superior flavor of fish cleanet by the fishmongers arises from their performing the operation more completely, and from the large, quantity of water they employ about them. The flavor of all fish is improved by adding a little salt or vinegar to the last water in which they are washed. The sound, milt, and roe should be care fully cleaned and preserved. Fish is preferably cooked by simple boiling, broiling, or frying ; in fact, the finer kinds of fisi are often injured by the excessive interference of the cook. When boiled, the fish should be put on the fire in cold water, and as soon as a scum rises from boiling, it should be removed by the skimmer The addition of a little salt or vinegar to the water improves the flavor of most fish, and renders the flesh firmer. Fish is known to be sufficiently dressed by the flesh in the thicker parts separating easily from the bone. When this is the case, it should be removed from the kettle, as by soaking in the water it loses its firmness. Sole, skate, and mackerel are usually put into boiling water. Fish for broiling should be well washed in strong vine- gar, wiped dry with a towel, and floured before placing them on the gridiron ; and the bars of th» latter should be hot, and well buttered. Fish for frying should be prepared as for broiling ; and the butter, oil, or lard should be allowed to boil for a minute or two before putting them into the frying- pan. The latter should be perfectly smooth and bright, and the butter or oil in abundance, ta pre- vent the fish sticking to it and burning. When removed from the pan, the superfluous fa', should be drained from them, preparatory to serving. When fish is divided into fillets or cutlets before being cooked, it is usual to take out the bones, and to dress it with forced meat, &c. In serving fish of the finer kinds, no other ad- ditions are required than melted butter and the or- dinary fish sauces and pickles. The dish should be garnished with raw parsley for the sake of ap- pearance, but boiled parsley, cl .opped small, should accompany it. All kinds of (ish should be served on a napkin. Pres. Fish may be preserve in several ways : — I. By either wet or dry salting. II. By simply drying after cleaning them. III By salting them ar.ri then drying them. IV By placing them in jars, pouring galad oil over them, and tying them over air-tight. V. By dipping them into, or brushing them ove? with pyroligneous acid, and then drying them This gives a smoky flavor, but if pure acotic acid (P. L.) be used, no taste will be imparted. It may bo applied by means of a clean painter’s brush, oi even a stiff feather. A tablespoonful is sufficient to brush over a large surface. Fish and flesh eo prepared will bear a voyage to the Fiast Indies and back uninjured. FLA 316 FLA VI. Fish may be preserved in a living state for , I duys or longer without water, by stopping their » ouths with crumb of bread steeped in brandy, } airing a little brandy into them, and then placing tl em in straw in a moderately cool situation. ( *rechtl. Encycl. Techn.) VII. Immersion of the cleaned fish in water lidding in solution or part of creosote, and than drying them. VII. Fish may be preserved in a dry state, and perfectly fresh, by means of sugar alone. Fresh fish may be thus kept for some days, so as to bo as good when boiled as if just caught. If dried and kept free from mouldiness, thefo seems no limit to their preservation ; and they are much better in fhts way than when salted. The sugar gives no disagreeable taste. This process is par- ticularly valuable in making what is called kip- pered scclnon ; and the fish preserved in this man- ner are far superior in quality and flavor to those which are called or smoked. A few tablespoonfuls of brown sugar are sufficient for a salmon of five or six pounds weight ; and if salt bo desired, a tea- spoonful may be added. Saltpetre may be used instead, in the same proportion, if it be wished to make the kipper hard. (See Animal Substances used as Food.) FIXATEUR. Syn. Bandoline. Prep. Soak Iceland moss in cold water for an hour or two, drain and dissolve in boiling water. Remarks. A solution of gum arabic in water is also commonly culled by the same name. It is used by ladies to make their hair curl firmly, and remain in any required position. It is applied by moistening the fingers, and passing the hair through them. Beer has a similar effect. FLANNEL. It has been shown by the ex- periments of Count Rumford that the conducting power c.l the different materials employed for clothing ^arie3 considerably. A thermometer, surrounded with cotton-wool, and heated by im- mersion in boiling water, took 1046 seconds to lose 135°, when plunged into a bath of melting ice ; but, under the same circumstances, when sheeps’ wool was employed, 1118 seconds elapsed before a like sinking of the thermometer took place, (Phil. Trans. 1792 ;) thus showing the greater conducting power of the former, and consequently the superiority of the latter substance for the man- ufacture of warm clothing. But the chief advan- tage of wool as an article for under-clothing de- pends less upon its actual power of conducting heat than its peculiar texture. Flannel acts as a gentle stimulus on the skin, and exercises the most bene- ficial action, by keeping the pores clean, and in a state most favorable to perspiration. It has also * the advantage of absorbing the perspiration as soon as emitted, and allowing its watery portion to pass off into the atmosphere almost as soon as formed, but this is not the case with cotton and linen fabrics. The different effects of flannel and linen arc particularly perceptible during brisk ex- ercise. When the body is covered with the for- mer, though perspiration bo necessarily increased, the perspired matter freely passes ofl’ through the flannel, and the skin remains dry and warm. If the same exercise lie taken in linen shirts, perspi- ration, as in the former case, is indeed also iu- treased, but the perspired matter, instead of being dispersed into the atmosphere, remains upon th* linen, and not only clogs the pores of the skin, but gives a disagreeablo sensation. From this property of flannel, persons who wear it next the skin sel- dom catch cold from changes of temperature, even though perspiring profusely ; but in similar cases, when linen or calico^hirts are worn, chilliness im- mediately comes on, followed by “ sniflling, sneez- ing, and cough ,” and all the other symptoms of severe catarrh. The common objections raised against the uso of flannel are founded on vulgar prejudices, arising from ignorance, obstinacy, or bravado, and are undeserving of the notice of sensible people. In a fickle and moist climate like that of England, eve- ry person should woar a robe of flannel next the skin, or at all events a wa&vcoat of flannel reach- ing below the loins ; and this should not be dis- carded as soon as the cold weather has passed, but its use should be continued all the year round ; for in reality, flannel is, if possible, even more required in summer than in winter, because persons p***- spire more freely in hot than in cold weather, and are consequently more susceptible of cold, while at that period of the year their clothing is less capa- ble of protecting them from the effects of sudden changes of temperature, and draughts of cold air, moisture, &c. Females, children, persons of deli- cate constitutions, and all others, who, from their habits of body or life, perspire freely, or are much exposed, should wear flannel. In washing flannels, it is said they should be always put into scalding hot water, by which meth- od their color will be preserved, and they will b6 prevented from shrinking. FLASH. Prep. Burnt-sugar coloring 1 gall. ; fluid extract of capsicum, or essence of cayenne, £ pint, or enough to give a strong fiery taste. Use. It is employed to color spirits, and to give them a false strength. It is made by the brewers* druggists, and vended undbr the name of “ isin- glass and burnt sugar.” FLATULENCY. (From flatus, a blast.) A morbid collection of gas in the stomach and bow- els. The most common cause of flatulency is indigestion. When the natural fluids of the stom- ach are secreted in a healthy state, they exercise an antiseptic and digestive action on the food, by which it is speedily reduced to a magma that is little liable to spontaneous change while in the body; but when the reverse is the case, fermentation rap- idly commences, and the stomach and associated viscera become distended with gas, giving rise to frequent eructation and crepitation. The quantity of gas thus accumulated is often enormous. It is asserted that an ordinary apple during fermenta- tion yields about 600 times its bulk of gas, and many vegetables much more. (Dr. Hales.) It is, therefore, not at all surprising that so much incon- venience should be felt from flatulency. Treat. The treatment of flatulency consists mainly in the selection of proper articles of food. Oloraceous vegetables, peas, beans, and indigestible fruits, should be especially avoided, as well as the use of largo quantities of washy liquids. The diet should consist principally of animal food, well cook- ed, with a sufficient quantity of good potatoes and wheaten bread, moderately seasoned with spices ; and the most suitable beverages are toast and wa- FLO 317 FLO ter, and good brandy largely dilated with water. The healthy tone of the stomach may be re-estab- lished by the proper use of tonics, bitters, and mild aperients. (See Dyspepsia.) To relieve the fit of flatulency, carminatives and aromatics, as peppermint, ginger, cinnamon, lav- ender, and the peppers, may be had recourse to. A glass of peppermint cordial, or brandy strongly flavored with essence of peppermint, or mixed with a spoonful of powdered ginger, is a popular and efficient remedy. FLIES often cause considerable annoyance to the person in hot weather, and frequently do con- siderable damage to handsome furniture, especially picture-frames, gilding, &c., by alighting on them. The best way to remove them is to expose in a plate a mixture of 1 teaspoonful of black pepper, 2 teaspoonfuls of brown sugar, and 1 tablespoonful of cream ; or a solution of sugar in a strong decoc- tion of quassia, may be used instead. It is said that either of these mixtures will cause them rap- idly to disappear. Flies and other insects may be kept from at- tacking meat by dusting it over with pepper, pow- dered ginger, or any other spice, or by skewering a piece of paper to it on which a drop of creosote has been poured. The spices may be readily wash- ed off with water before dressing the meat. FLOUNDERS are a wholesome species of fish. They are both a sea and river fish ; the latter are, however, preferred. They should be chosen by their thickness and firmness, and the brightness of their eyes. They are in season from January to March, and from July to September. They are nicest when dressed by frying in oil. FLOUR. Syn. Fleur de Farine, ( Fr .) Fa- rina, (Lat.) The meal of bread corn. Of farinas the principal is wheat flour, or the ground seed of the Triticum hybernum vel vulgare, of which there are several varieties, chiefly depending on the amount of bran they contain, and the fineness of the sieves through which they are passed. Fine wheat flour. ( Ador , Farina, F. tritici, F. seminis tritici.) . The finest flour obtained by sifting the meal produced in the first grinding of wheat between sharp stones, by a sieve of 64 wires to the inch ; used for pastry. — Middlings. The remainder of the flour of the first grinding that will pass through a coarser sieve ; used for making household bread, but is mostly reground. — Seconds. The finest part of the flour, obtained by grinding middlings over again, between blunt stones ; used for making bakers’ fine wheaten bread. — Pollard. The coarse flour, from whence the seconds has been sifted ; used for making sea biscuits and gin- gerbread, and to fatten poultry and hogs. — Coun- try household flour. Is usually ground only once, and sifted to four-fifths of the weight of the wheat. — Ammunit ion flour. Is required to be ground and sifted to or very nearly five-sixths the weight of the wheat. Thirty-two pecks of wheat in the London mills yield 38£ of flour, 8 of pollard, and 12 of bran, ( furfur tritici ;) the bulk of the wheat being doubled by grinding. (Accum.) Pur. This article of food is very fr< quently adul-* terated both by the miller and the l aker, as has Deen befofe alluded to in the article on Bread. This fraud may, however, be readily detected by the following tests, which refer to wheat flour. 1. Wheat flour is distinguished by its cohesive, ness, which is so great, that on being squeezed in the hand, the lump will be some time before it loses its shape. 2. Plaster of Paris, ground bones , chalk, tnd potato flour, when added to wheaten flour, may be detected by the specific gravity of the sample being considerably greater than that of pure flour This may be readily ascertained by any person, by filling a small vessel with some pure flour, and then with the given sample. “ A vessel which will contain 1 lb. of wheat flour will contain lbs. of fecula,” (potato flour ;) and hence “ the propor- tion of this adulteration may be easily estimated.” (Ure.) . 3. Liquid ammonia (aqua ammoniaB purae) turns wheat flour yellow ; and if any other corn has been ground with it, pale brown ; or if peas or beans have been ground with it, a darker brown. 4. Nitric acid turns wheat flour of an orange yellow color, but forms a stiff and tenacious jelly with potato fecula, the color of which it does not alter. (See Arrow-root, British.) 5. Pure muriatic acid, when poured on potato flour, develops a smell of rushes ; it also dissolves starch, but changes the color of wheat flotir to a deep violet. 6. Bean and pea flour may be detected by pouring boiling water on the sample, or by making it into bread and toasting it, when the peculiar odor of those substances will be evolved. 7. The value of wheat flour as an ajiment de- pends upon the quantity of gluten, sugar, starch; and phosphate of lime it contains ; and its superi- ority over the flour of the grains of the other ce- reals, depends on its containing a larger proportion of the first and last of these substances. The qualitative analysis of flour is very simple, and may be easily made by persons unacquainted with chemistry. The following plan will be found to be a ready method of determining the proportion of the principal ingredients just named : — • a. Make 1000 grs. of flour into a dough with a little water, let it rest an hour, and then gently Knead it in successive waters, until the starchy particles are perfectly removed. Collect the por- tion (gluten) left in the hqnd, drain off the water, place it on a piece of filtering or blotting paper, several times doubled, and set it aside. b. Mix the several waters employed in the pre- ceding process, and set them aside in a tall vessel, to deposite the suspended portion, (starch.) After a sufficient time, pour off the clear liquid, and throw the whole of the sediment on a weighed paper fil- ter, placed in a funnel, observing to remove the portion adhering to the bottom of the vessel by means of a little clean water, that none maybe lost. c. Evaporate the decanted .liquid, as well as what runs from the filter, until it becomes curdy, then filter through a piece of weighed blotting pa- per, and preserve the sediment, (albumen ;) next evaporate to the consistence of a sirup, agitate with 10 times its weight of alcohol, and filter, observing to wash the paper clean with a little alcohol, after the solution has passed through it. The substance on the paper is phosphate of lime and gum.* and must be set aside. * By digestion in water, filtration, and evaporation, the two may be obtained separately. FLO 318 FLO d. Evaporate or distil off the spirit from the so- lution and washings as above ; the residuum is uigar. e. Dry the substances educed by the preceding operations by a gentle heat, and weigh them. The weight of the albumen may be taken with that of the gluten, as it possesses about the same nutritive value, and also because it has been asserted by some persons that the former substance is in reality gluten, and not albumen. By dividing the given weights by 10, tho percentage value of the sample will be obtained. Tho pieces of filtering paper, employed should be dried and weighed bofore using them ; and the same degree of heat should be em- ployed for this purpose, as that to which they will be afterwards exposed in the drying of the sub- stances resulting from the operation. Remarks. This method of ascertaining tho actual value of any sample of flour as an article of food, though not strictly accurate, approximates suffi- ciently to the truth for all practical purposes, and is well adapted to tho wants of the baker and large purchaser. In many .cases it will only be neces- sary to perform the first part of the process, a, which will give the amount of the most important constituent of the flour ; the rest being of minor consequence. According to Vauquelin, French wheat flour contains about 10§ of water, 11§ of gluten, 71$ of starch, 5$ of sugar, and 3$ of gum ; and the water of the dough amounts to 5Q’3§. FLOUJi, BAKED. Syn. Farina tosta. F. Tritici Tosta. Astringent ; used to make food for infants troubled with diarrhoea. FLOWERS. Syn. Flores, ( Lat .) Fleurs, (Fr.) Bi.umen, (Ger.) These beautiful and fra- grant ornaments of our gardens, our sitting-rooms, and our chambers, are too well known to require description ; but some remarks on their preserva- tion, &c., may not be out of place here. Flowers may be preserved in a fresh state for a considerable time, by keeping them in a moist atmosphere. When growing on the parent stem, the large amount of evaporation from the surface of their leaves, is compensated for by an equivalent proportion of moisture supplied by the roots ; but when they are plucked, the evaporation from the surface continues, while the supply of moisture is cut off. Hence t'^ey fade, and that with a degree of rapidity exactly proportionate to the dryness of the air that surrounds them. It is on this account that recently-plucked flowers fade more rapidly in- doors than in the open garden ; for the air of a sitting-room is considerably drier and warmer than the external atmosphere. This is perfectly natu- ral ; for with diminished sources of nourishment, they are exposed to an augmented perspiration, and the water which forms the larger portion of their bodies is lost. In fact, they fade from the volatilization of one of their component parts, which an essential constituent of every living flower. The flowers of plants also feed on the viewless oxygen of the air, and form carbonic acid with great rapidity. Thus those of the passiflora ser- rati folia consume of oxygen in this way 18^ times their bulk in fi t hours, when sheltered from the direct rays of the sun, at a temporaturo between 18° and 25° C. ; the male flowers of tho cucum- 3er, 12 times their bulk ; tho fernulo only 34 ; the single red gilliflower ( cheiranthus incanus) 11 , the single tuberose 3 ; and the typha lati folia 9-8 (T. do Saussurc, Ann. do Chim. xxi. 279.) To supply in part tho loss of moisture by evaporation^ has arisen tho universal practice of placing them in water; but tho mutilated stems possess a far inferior power of sucking up fluids to that of tho roots, and though their decay may thus be slightly impeded, yet, as tho balance of gain on the ono hand by the roots, and loss on the other hand by evaporation from their whole surface, cannot bo maintained, they fade as a natural consequence. To preserve them, or at least to render their exist- ence less ephemeral, we have therefore only to restore this balance- *o surround them with a me- dium that will rob them of no water ; or, in other werrfs, to place them in a moist atmosphere. “ It is now eighteen years ago since wo first saw, in the drawing-room of a gentleman, in the hot dry weather of the dog-days, flowers preserved day after day in all their freshness by the following simple contrivance : — A flat dish of porcelain had water poured into it. In the water a vase of flowers was set ; over the whole a bell-glass.was placed with its rim in the water. This was a ‘ Ward’s case’ in principle, although different in its construction. The air that surrounded the flowers being confined beneath the bell-glass, was con- stantly moist with tho water that rose into it in the form of vapor. As fast as the water was con- densed, it ran down the sides of the bell-glass back into the dish ; and if means had been taken to en- close the water on the outside of the bell-glass, so as to prevent its evaporating into the air of the sitting-room, the atmosphere around the flowers would have remained continually damn. The only difference between plants in. a ‘ Ward’s case’ and flowers in the little apparatus just described is this — that the former is intended for plants to grow in for a considerable space of time, while the latter is merely for their preservation for a few days ; and that the air which surrounds the flowers is always charged with the same quantity of vapor, and will not vary with the circumstances, and at the will of him who has the management of it. We recommend those who love to see plenty of fresh flowers in their sitting-rooms in dry weather, to procure it. The experiment can be tried by invert- ing a tumbler over a rose-bud in a saucer of water.” (Gardener’s Chronicle.) Faded flowers may bo generally restored by immersing them half-way up their stems in very hot water, and allowing them to remain in it until it cools, or they have recovered. They must then be removed, the ‘ coddled' portion of the stems cut off, and placed in clean cold water. In this way a great number of faded flowers may be restored, but there are some of the more fugacious kinds on which it proves useless. To hasten the bloiving of flowers the following liquid h*s been used with great advantage : — Sul- phate or nitrate of ammonia 4 oz. ; nitrate of pot- ash 2 oz. ; sugar 1 oz. ; hot water 1 pint ; dissolve and keep it in a well-corked bottle. For use, put ,8 or 10 drops of this liquid into tho water of a hya- cinth-glass or jar for bulbous-rooted plants, chang- ing tho water every 10 or 12 days. For flowering plants in pots a few drops must be added to tha water employed to moisten them. The preference FLO 319 FLU /should be given lo rain water for this purpose. A similar fluid, sold by Mr. Potter under the name of “ liquid guano,” is an excellent article to promote the growth and early flowering of plants. Flowers may be produced m winter by taking up the plants, trees, or shrubs in the spring, at the time when they are about to bud, with some of their own soil carefully preserved among the roots, placing them upright in a cellar till Michaelmas ; when, with the addition of fresh earth, they are to be put into proper tubs or vessels, and placed in a stove or hothouse, where they must every morning be moistened or refreshed with rain-water, to which a little of the solution above mentioned has been added.- Tlius in the month of February, fruits or roses will appear, and with respect to flowers in general, if they are sown in pots, at or before Michaelmas, and watered in a similar manner, they will blow at Christmas. Flowers for medicinal purposes should be ga- thered as soon as unfolded, and dried as speedily as possible, at a gentle heat, the calices, claws, &c., being previously taken off ; when the flowers are small the calix may be left on, or even the whole flowering spike dried without mutilation. Labiate flowers are usually dried in the latter state. Blue flowers, as those of violets, bugloss, *&c., should be dipped for a moment into boiling wa- ter, before drying them, to prevent their becoming yellow or discolored. The color of the petals of red roses is best preserved by quick drying, after which the yellow anthers may be removed by sift- ing. The odor of roses and pinks .is improved by this treatment. Compound flowers, with pappous seeds, ought to be gathered before they are entirely opened, and should be dried very high, to prevent the moisture developing the pappi, which by keep- ing would unfit them for medical use. The best method of drying flowers is to spread them thinly on paper trays and place them in a stove-room, or a current of dry air, (preferably the latter,) or in the sun. For odorless flowers the temperature may b9 between 75° and 120° F., observing, however, not to employ sufficient heat to destroy their color. For fragrant and aromatic flowers the heat should not exceed 75°. The flowering tops of plants, as those of lavender, wormwood, melilot, &c., are usually tied in small parcels or bundles, loosely wrapped in paper,- and then hung up, that they may not get discolored or broken. The succulent petals of some plants, whose odor is very fugacious, as some of the lilia- ceous kinds, cannot be well dried, as .their fra- grance is lost, and at the same time they rot and become discolored. (See Vegetables.) FLOWERS, ARTIFICIAL. The beauty and v'alue of these pleasing imitations of the vegetable kingdom mainly depend upon the taste and inge- nuity of the maker. The delicate fingers of woman and her ready powers of imitation and invention, combined with her natural affection for the floral world, and her ready perception of the true and beautiful in nature and art, have enabled her es- pecially to excel in this manufacture. At the pres- ent time, this art is carried to the greatest perfec- tion by the female artificial florists of the French capital. The French employ velvet, kid, and fine cam- bric for the petals, and taffeta for the leaves. Very recently thin plates of bleached whalebone have been used with great success for some portions of artificial flowers. As colors and stains, the following are employ- ed in Paris : — Red, carmine dissolved in a solution of salts of tartar, or in spirits of hartshorn ; yellow , tincture of turmeric ; green, a solution of distilled verdigris ; blue, indigo dissolved in oil of vitriol, and the acid partly neutralized with* salt of tartar or whiting ; violet, liquid archil, mixed w)th a little salts of tartar ; lilac, liquid archil. These colors are usually applied to the petals with the finger. FLOWERS, (In Chemistry.) Pulverulent or flower-like substances obtained by sublimation, as flowers of benzoin, zinc, sulphur, &c. The term has been discarded from modern chemical nomen- clature, but is still commonly employed in familiar language. FLOWERS OF CALOMEL. Calomel re- sublimed from a retort, with a very short, wide neck, kept too hot for it to condense on, into a re- ceiver half filled with water, and sufficiently hot to steam. A fine white powder, possessing the same properties as ordinary calomel. FLOWERS OF ZINC. Syn. Flores Zinc*. Zincum Calcinatum. Zinci Oxidum. (P. L. be- fore 1824.) Oxide of zinc obtained by the rapid combustion of metallic zinc in a deep crucible, placed sideways in a furnace, so that the flowers may be collected as they form. Antispasmodic. Dose. 5 to 10 grs. in epilepsy, &c. Al$o used as a white pigment, but dries badly. FLUID, ETCHING. I. (For copper.) Prep a. Aquafortis 2 oz. ; water 5 oz. ; mix. b. To the last add verdigris 1 oz., and water 3 oz. ; dissolve. c. Verdigris, common salt, and sal ammoniac, of each 4 oz. ; alum 1 oz., (all in powder ;) strong vinegar 8 oz. ; water 1 lb. ; dissolve by boiling for a moment, cool, and decant the clear. This is the eau forte of Callot and Piranesi. II. (For steel.) a. Iodine 1 oz. ; iron filings £ dr. ; water 4 oz. ; mix and dissolve. b. Pyroligneous acid 4 oz. ; alcohol 1 oz. ; mix and add nitric acid 1 oz. ; all by measure. This menstruum was employed and recommended by Mr. Turrel. For the method of using the above fluids, see Etching. FLUID MAGNESIA. Prep. Place recently precipitated carbonate of magnesia in a bottle or other suitable vessel, and fill it by means of a so- da-water apparatus with water fully charged with carbonic acid gas. With slight and cautious agita- tion the aerated water will become saturated with magnesia. A scruple of carbonate of magnesia put into a bottle, and thus treated, will be all taken up in from 20 minutes to half an hour, and th* beverage left beautifully clear. (Geo. Raistrick Chem. v. 42.) FLUMMERY, (In Cookery.) A species of thick hasty-pudding, made with oatmeal or rice, flavored with milk, cream, almonds, orange- flowers, lemons, &c., according to fancy. French flum~ mery is made with equal parts of blanc-mange and cream, sweetened and flavored. Dutch flummery is blanc-mange and eggs, flavored with lemon and sweetened. All these are poured into forms and served cold, to eat with wine, spirits, cider, &c. FLU 320 FOI FLUOBORATES. Syn. Fluoborides Boko- flu*' hides. IIydrofluorborates. Compounds of flunboric acid, with the salifiable bases. See the next article. FLUOBORIC ACID. Syn. Terfluoride of Boron. A peculiar gaseous compound of fluorine and boron, discovered by Gay Lussac and The- nard. Prep. Vitrified boracic acid 1 part ; fluor spar 2 parts ; mix, and expose the mixture to heat in a leaden retort. A colorless gas is evolved, which is rapidly absorbed by water, forming liquid fluo- boric acid, (Gay Lussac, Thdnard, Dr. Davy,) or boro-hydrofluoric acid, (Berzelius.) It docs not attack glass, but rapidly destroys organic sub- stances. Water absorbs 700 times its volume of this gas. (Davy.) See Borofluoride of Hy- drogen. FLUORIDES. Compounds of fluorine with the metals. (See Fluorine.) . FLUORIDES OF CHROMIUM. I. {Sesqui- jluoride.) Prep. Dissolve hydrated oxide of chro- mium in hydrofluoric acid and evaporate. A crystalline green mass. IT. (I i er fluoride. Fluochromic Acid.) Fluor spar 3 parts ; chromate of lead 4 parts ; fuming (or the strongest) sulphuric acid 5 parts ; mix cau- tiously in a silver or leaden retort. A red colored gas is evolved, which acts rapidly on gas, forming fluosilicic acid gas, and upon water, forming hy- drofluoric acid and chromic acid. The moisture of the atrjiosphere is sufficient to effect this decom- position, the former substance escaping under the form of gas, and the latter being deposited in small crystals. (See Chromic Acid.) FLUORINE. The electro-negative elements of hydrofluoric acid and the fluorides. This sub- stance, though long known in combination, has only been lately obtained in a separate / state. The hoilor of haviiig first obtained it in an insulated form is due to Baudrimont, who procured it by passing fluoride of boron over minium heated to redness, and receiving the gas in a dry vessel. As thus obtained, it is not. absolutely pure, being con- taminated with small quantities of hydrofluoric and silico-fluoric acids. It has a yellowish color, and an odor between that of chlorine and burnt sugar. In this state it does not act on glass, but combines directly with gold. With hydrogen it forms hydro- fluoric acid, and with the metals fluorides. The word fluorine was given to this substance from its existing in fluor or Derbyshire spar. The adjecti- tious term fluor, (from fluo, I flow,) was applied to this spar or mineral from its ready fusibility, and being sometimes used as a flux to promote the fu- sion of certain refractory minerals. FLUOSILICIC ACID. Prep. Powdered fluor spar and silicious sand, or powdered glass, 1 part ; concentrated sulphuric acid 2 parts ; mix in a glass retort, apply a gentle heat, and collect the evolved gas over mercury. Remarks. A colorless incombustible gas, highly corrosive, and poisonous, but docs not act on glass vessels, when they are quite dry. Water absorbs 3 fifi times its volume of this gas, (Dr. Davy ;) but decomposition ensues, pure hydrated silicic acid being deposited in a gelatinous state, and a solu- tion of hydrofluoric acid, containing only two-thirds of the silicic acid originally presout in the gas, bo- ing formed. (Berzelius.) This solution is called si Healed, fluoric acid, or silico -hydrofluoric acid. It is acid and corrosive. By the action of water of ammonia fluosilicic acid gas is completely de- composed, depositing its silica. In this way Dr. Davy obtained of its weight of tho latter substance. FLUX. Syn. Flubs, {Gcr.) Flux, {Fr.) Fluor ( Lat ., from fluo, I flow.) In Pathology, this term is occasionally applied to diarrhoea, cholera, and dysentery, but is nearly obsolete. In Chemistry, fluxes are substances of easy fusibility, which aro added to others more refractory, to promote their fusion. Tho principal fluxes are tho following: — 1. {Black flux.) Cream of tartar 2 parts ; nitre 1 part ; powder, mix, and deflagrate, by small quantities at a time, in a red hot crucible. This is merely carbonate of potash, mixed with char- coal in a finely-divided state. It is used for smelt- ing metallic ores, and exercises a reducing action, as well as promoting the fusion. 2. (White flux. Cornish refining flux.) Cream of tartar and nitre, equal parts ; deflagrate as last. 3. {Morvcau's reducing flux.) Powdered glass (containing no lead) 1 lb. ; calcined borax 2 oz. ; pow’dered charcoal 1 oz. ; mix. Used for the same purposes as black flux. 4. {Cornish reducing flux.) Cream of tartar 10 oz. ; nitre 4 oz. ; borax 3 oz. ; mix. 5. {Crude flux.) Nitre mixed with twice its weight of tartar, without deflagration. Reducing. G. Borax, tartar, nitre, sal ammoniac, common salt, limestone,' glass, fluorspar, and several other substances are used as fluxes in metallurgy. Remarks. On the large scale crude tartar is employed. FOILS. (From feuille, Fr., or folium, Lat., a leaf.) Thin leaves of polished metal, put under stones or pastes, to heighten the effect. Foils were formerly made of copper, tinned copper, tin, and silvered copper, but the latter is that wholly used for superior work at the present day. There are two descriptions of foils employed, viz., white, for diamonds and mock diamonds, and colored, for the colored gems. The latter are prepared by varnishing the former. By their judicious use the color of a stone may be often modified. Thus, by placing a yellow foil under a green stone that turns too much on the blue, or a red one turning too much on the crimson, the hues will be bright- ened. Prep. I. {White or common foil.) This is made by coating a plate of copper with a layer of silver, and then rolling it into sheets in the flatting mill. The foil is then highly polished or varnished. II. {Colored foils.) These are made by color- ing the preceding foil, highly polished, with certain transparent solutions or varnishes. The following produce beautiful colored effects, when judiciously employed : — a. {Blue.) Prussian blue, (preferably Turnbull’s,) ground with pale, quick-drying oil. Used to deep- en the color of sapphires. It may be diluted with oil. b. {Green.) 1. Palo shellac, dissolved in alco- hol, (lacker,) and tinged green by dissolving verdi- gris or acetate of copper in it. 2. “ Sesquiferro- cyanuret of iron” and bichromate of potassa. of each £ oz. ; grind them with a stone and uiuller to FOI 321 a fine powder, add gum mastich (clean and also in fine powder) 2 oz. ; grind again, add a little pyrox- ilic spirit, and again grind until the mass becomes homogeneous and of a fine transparent green ; the beauty increases with the length of the grinding. The predominance of the bichromate turns it on the yellowish green ; that of the salt of iron, on the bluish green. For use it is to be thinned with pyroxilic spirit.” (Chemist, iii. 238.) This is used for emeralds. It may be brightened by adding a little yellow varnish. c. (Yellow.) 1. Various shades of yellow may bo produced by tinging a weak alcoholic solution of shellac or mastich, by digesting turmeric, an- natto, saffron, or socotrine aloes therein. The former is the brightest and most fit for topazes. 2. Digest hay saffron in 5 or 6 times its weight of boiling water, until the latter becomes sufficiently colored, filter, and add a little solution of gum or isinglass. When dry, a coating of spirit varnish should be applied. d. (Red.) Carmine dissolved in spirits of harts- horn, or a weak solution of salt of tartar, and gum added as above. e. (Garnet.) Dr^on’s blood dissolved in recti- fied spirit of wine. /. (Vinegar garnet .) Orange lake finely tem- pered with shellac varnish. g. (Amethyst.) Lake and prussian blue, finely ground in pale drying oil. k. (Eagle marine.) Verdigris tempered in shel- lac varnish, (alcoholic,) with a little prussian blue. i. (Ruby.) 1. Lake or carmine, ground in isin- glass. 2. Lake ground in shellac varnish. Used when the color turns on the purple. 3. Bright lake ground in oil ; used when the color turns on the scarlet or orange. k. (Diamond.) 1 . Cover the inside of the socket in which the stone or paste is to be set with tin foil, by means of a little stiff gum or size ; when dry, polish the surface, heat the socket, fill it with warm quicksilver, let it rest for two or three min- utes, then pour it out and gently fit in the stone ; lastly, well close the work round the stone, to pre- vent the alloy being shaken out. 2. Coat the bot- tom of the stone with a film of real silver, by precipitating it from a solution of the nitrate in spirits of ammonia, by means of the oils of cassia and cloves. (See Silvering.) Both these meth- ods vastly increase the brilliancy both of real and factitious gems. Remarks. By the skilful use of the above var- nishes, good imitations of the gems may be cheap- ly made from transparent white glass or paste, and when applied to foils set under colored pastes, (factitious gems,) a superior effect may bo produ- ced. The colors must be reduced to the finest state possible by 'patient grinding, as without this precaution, transparent and beautiful shades can- not be formed. The palest and cleanest mastich, and lac dissolved in alcohol, and alsa the palest and quickest drying oil should alone be employed, when these substances are ordered. In every case Xhe colors must be laid on the foils with a broad joft brush, and the operation should be performed, if possible, at once, as no part should be crossed , or tw ice gone over while wet. If the oolor be not ileeo enough, a second coat may be given when 41 FOR the first one has become quite dry, but this prac- tice is not to be recommended. FOMENTATION. Syn. Fomentum Fcmkn- tatio, Fotus, (Lat.) Fomentation, (Ft ) I. Lo- cal bathing, with heated water, simple tr medi- cated. II. The liquid used for the above purpose. Fo- mentations are chiefly employed to allay pain ant irritation, and to promote suppuration and th* healthy action of the parts. FOMENTATION. Syn. Common Fomenta- tion. Fotus communis, (P. L. 1746.) Compound decoctiop of mallows. FOMENTATION, ANODYNE. Syn. Fotus anodynus. Prep. (E. H.) Poppies 1 oz. ; elder flowers ^ oz. ; water 2£ pints ; boil to 1^ pints. To relieve pain. FOMENTATION, ANTISEPTIC. Syn. Fotus antisepticus. Prep. (Ger. H.) Decoction of bark lb. ij ; infusion of chamomile lb.j ; spirits of camphor .f^ij ; muriatic acid f3j ; mix. FOMENTATION, AROMATIC. Syn. Fo tus aromaticus. Prep. Sea wormwood, abrota- num and chamomiles, of each 1 oz. ; laurel leaves ^ oz. ; water 5 pints ; boil to £ gallon. FOMENTATION, ASTRINGENT. Syn. Fotus astringens. F. roborans. Prep. (P. H.) Bistort and pomegranate peel, of each 2 oz. ; sal ammoniac ^ oz. ; red wine 1 pint ; infuse at a gentle heat. FOMENTATION FOR WORMS. Syn. Fo- tus anthelminticus. Prep. (P. Cod.) Leaves and flowers of tansy, wormwood, and chamomile, of each ^iij ; water lb. iij ; boil to lb. ij. FOMENTATION OF DIGITALIS. Syn. Fomentum Digitalis. Prep. (Guy’s H.) I/iave# of deadly nightshade, ; boiling water lb. ij ; in fuse. FOMENTATION OF HEMLOCK Syn Fomentum Cicut^e. F. Conii. Prep. (St B. H.;‘ Fresh hemlock leaves, §ij ; (or dried leaves, ^j water pints ; boil to a pint. FOMENTATION OF ELDER FLOWERS Syn. Fotus sambuci. Prep. (P. Cod.) Elde> flowers 3iij ; boiling water 1 quart ; macerate 1 hour. FOMENTATION OF SAL AMMONIAC Syn. Fomentum Ammonias Muriatis. Prep. (P C.) Compound decoction ^f mallows ^xxxij ; sal ammoniac ^j ; dissolve, and add spirit of camphoi Iij- FOMENTATION, RESOLVENT. Syn Fotus resolvens. Prep. (Richard.) Fomenta- tion of elder flowers ^viij ; liquor of diacetate of lead 3ss ; mix. FOMENTATION, VINOUS- Syn. Fotub Vinosus. Prep. (P. Cod.) Red wine 1 quart ; honey §ivss ; dissolve. FORCEMEAT. Syn. Farce. (In Cooke- ry.) A species of sausage meat, either served up alone, or employed as an ingredient in other dishes Our notice of this article must be confined to the following extracts from a popular System of Cook- ery : — “ According to \,hat ft is wanted for should be the selection from the following list, observing that of the most pungent articles, least must be used No one flavor should predominate greatly ; yet if several dishes be served the same day, there) ihould FOR 322 FOR be a marked variety in the tastes of the force- meats, as well as of the gravies. A general fault is, that the tastes of lemon-peel and thyme over- come all others ; therefore they should only be used n small quantities. They should bo consistent enough fo cut with a knife, but not dry and heavy. Herbs are a very essential ingredient ; and it is the copious and judicious use of them that chiefly gives the cookery of the French its supe- rior flavor. To force fowls, meat, &c., is to stuff* them.” (Mrs. Rundel.) “ Forcemeat ingredients. Cold fowl, veal, or mutton ; scraped ham or gammon ; fat bacon, or the fat of ham ; beef-suet ; veal-suet ; butter ; marrow ; crumbs of bread ; parsley ; white pep- per ; salt ; nutmeg ; yelk and white of eggs, well beaten to bind the mixture. “ Cold sole ; oysters ; anchovy ' lobsters ; tar- ragon ; savory ; pennyroyal ; knotted marjoram ; thyme and lemon-thyme ; basil ; sage ; lemon- peel ; yelks of hard eggs ; mace and cloves ; cayenne ; garlic ; shalot ; onion ; chives ; chervil ; Jamaica pepper in fine powder, or two or three cloves.” The first paragraph contains the articles of which the forcemeat may be made, without any striking flavor ; and to these may be added some of the different ingredients in the second paragraph, to vary the taste. I. ( For fowls or meat.) Shred a little ham or gammon, some cold veal or fowl, some beef-suet, a small quantity of onion, some parsley, very little lemon-peel, salt, nutmeg, or pounded mace, and either white pepper or cayenne, and bread-crumbs : pound it in a mortar, and bind it with one or two eggs, beaten or strained. For forcemeat patties, the mixture as above. II. ( For hare, or any thing in imitation of it.) The scalded liver, an anchovy, some fat bacon, a little suet, some-parsley, thyme, knotted marjoram, a little shalot, and either onion or chives, all chop- ped fine ; crumbs of bread, pepper, and nutmeg, beat in a mortar with an egg. III. (For fish soups, or fish stewed on maigre days.) Beat the flesh and soft parts of a middling lobster, half an anchovy, a large piece of boiled celery, the yelk of a hard egg, a little cayenne, mace, salt, and white pepper, with two table- spoonfuls cf bread-crumbs, one ditto of oyster li- quor, two ounces of butter, warmed, and two eggs long beaten : make into balls, and fry of a fine brown in butter IV. (For fish.) Chop, and afterwards pound in a mortar, any kind of fish, adding an anchovy or two, or a tcaspoonful of the essence of anchovies, (but do not allow the taste to prevail,) and the yelk of a hard-boiled egg : if for the maigre, pound butter with it ; but otherwise, tho fat of bacon pounded separately, and then mixed : add a third portion of bread, prepared by previously pounding and soaking, and mix the whole up with raw eggs. V. (Common veal-stuffing.) Take equal quan- tities of beef-suet and crumbs of bread, chop the suet very finely : chop together a bundle of Bweet herbs ; add to them a tea or salt spoonful of grated lemon-peel, and pepper and salt. Udo, who is good authority, observes that “ it would not be amiHH to add a piece of butter, and pound the whole in a mortar;” mix it up with eggs. Ohs. Grated ham or tongue may b>‘ added u this stuffing. By mixing with any potted meat or game an equal proportion of soaked bread, (which will al- ways bo lighter than bread-crumbs,) the cook wil have at once a very fine species of furce, to be em- ployed in stuffing olives, fillets of fowl, &c. Bacon or butter must always be substituted for suet when the forcemeat is to be eaten cold. At many tables, whero every thing else is well done, it is common to find very bad stuffing. FORMIC ACID. (From Formica, an ant.) The sour liquid ejected by ants when irritated. It was formerly solely obtained from these insects by distilling them along with water. This acid was discovered by Gehlcn, but first prepared artificially by Dpcbcrciner. Prep. I. (Doebcreiner.) Tartaric acid 2 parts, peroxide of manganese and concentrated sulphuric acid, of each 3 parts ; water 5 parts ; distil in a capacious retort into a well-cooled receiver. II. (Ure.) Tartaric acid 10 parts ; concentrated sulphuric acid 15 parts ; black oxide of manganese 14 parts ; water 20 to 30 parts ; distil as last. III. (Mr. C. Watt, jun.) Coal naphtha (or py- roxilic spirit) 1 part ; bichromate of potassa and sulphuric acid, of each 3 parts ; place the naphtha in a flask fitted with a funnel tube ; the bichro- mate of potassa is then to be added, and the sul- phuric acid, diluted with an equal weight of water, gradually poured down the funnel ; while the acid is being added, heat is to be applied, when the formic acid will distil over, and may be condensed in a vessel kept cool. A portion of naphtha will distil over with the formic acid, which may be again treated with bichromate of potassa and sul- phuric acid, when a fresh portion of formic acid will be produced. If this acid be required perfectly pure, it must be saturated with pure carbonate of soda or potassa, and subjected to a gentle heat to volatilize any small portion of naphtha with which it may be contaminated. The formic acid is then to be liberated from the salt by means of dilute sulphuric acid, and subjected to distillation, when the acid will be obtained perfectly pure. This process yields a large product. (Chemist, iii. 233.) IV. (Liebig.) a. Starch 1 part ; peroxide of manganese, in fine powder, 4 parts ; water 4* parts ; mix in an alembic, or retort; heat to- 104° F. ; then add 4 parts of oil of vitriol, by degrees, and after the frothing is over, apply heat and distil off 4^ parts of liquid. The retort should have a capa- city equal to 10 times the bulk of the ingredients. h. (On the small scale.) Starch 10 parts ; per- oxide of manganese 37 parts ; oil of vitriol and water, of each, 30 parts ; as last. Product. 3-35 parts of an acid capable of neutralizing 15$ of dry carbonate of soda. c. (Pure hydrated formic acid.) I. Introduce formiato of lead, in fine powder, into a long glass tube, connect one end with an apparatus evolving sulphureted hydrogen, and the other with a re- ceiver. When tho salt is entirely decomposed (blackened) apply a very gentle heat, and collect tho distilled liquid ; lastly, boil the product for a minute or less, to expel any adhering sulphuretec gas. This hydrate contains 1 atom or 20$ of wa- * ter. 2. Dry formiato of lead, 18 parts ; oil of vitriol G parts ; water 1 part ; distil in a muriate of FRE 323 FRI lime bath.. This h) T drate contains 2 atoms of water. d. Formiate of lime 10 parts ; oil of vitriol 8 paits ; water 4 parts ; distil. Product. Nine parts of pure but dilute acid ; sp. gr. 1-075. Remarks. The processes c. 1 ami 2, yield per- fectly pure hydrated formic acid, tne others, mere solutions of this acid in water. They are all limpid and colorless. The first hydrate (IV, c,) boils at 212°, crystallizes in brilliant scales below 32°, and has the sp. gr. 1-2353. The second hydrate (IV, c, 2,) boils at 223°, does not solidify at — 5°, and has the sp. gr. 1*11. Both the above are extreme- ly corrosive, and rapidly destroy the texture of liv- ing organic substances. The products of the other processes are very dilute. Formic acid reduces the salts of mercury and silver, and forms salts with the bases termed for- . miates. Most of these may be formed by either saturating the acid with the hydrate, carbonate, or oxide of the base, or by double decomposition, by adding a solution of a soluble salt of the base to another of an alkaline formiate. They are all soluble in water. FORMIC ETHER. Syn. Formiate of Ox- ide of Etiiule. Prep. Dry formiate of soda 7 parts ; oil of vitriol 10 parts ; alcohol of 90$, 6 parts ; mix in a retort connected with a well-cool- ed receiver. The greater part will distil over by the heat spontaneously developed. Purify by agitation, first with milk of lime, and afterwards with chloride of calcium. It is limpid, smells aromatic, is lighter than water, soluble in 10 parts of that fluid, and boils at 128° F. (See Etiier, and Ethers, organic.) FORMO-BENZOIC ACID. Syn. Formiate ob Hvdruret of Benzule. A peculiar acid dis- covered by Winkler, and obtained by dissolving oil of bitter almonds in water, adding muriatic acid, evaporating, and treating the dry mass with £ther, which dissolves out the new acid : it may be de- colored by animal charcoal, and obtained in crys- tals by evaporation. It readily combines with the bases, forming salts called formobenz oates. FORMOMETHYLAL. Syn. Formiate of Methule, ( tribasic .) A very volatile liquid, ob- tained by Kane, by distilling a mixture of 2 parts each of pyroxilfc spirit and peroxide of manganese, and 3 parts each of oil of vifriol and water. Sev- eral products first distil over, and after the boiling point of the distilled liquor reaches 177°, the for- miate of methule begins to collect in the receiver. FORMULE. A hypothetical organic radical, supposed to consist of 2 eq. of carbon and 1 eq. of hydrogen, of which formic acid is the oxide. Its existence is inferred from the constitution of cer- tain known compounds. (Liebig.) Iodide, bro- mide, chloride, and sulphuret of formule, have been obtained, but, are only interestog in a scientific point of view. FOXING. The spontaneous souring of worts or beer during fermentation or ripening. It is gen- erally occasioned ;'y want of proper attention or skill on the pr/.i of the brewer. (See Brewing.) FRAXININE. A peculiar, soiuble, bitter, neu- tral, and crystallizable substance, extracted from the bark of fraxinus excelsior. FRECKLES may bo removed by the frequent application of dilute spirits, acids, or alkaline solu- tions ; the latter two just strong enough to prick the tongue. (See Cosmetics.) FREEMAN’S BATHING SPIRITS. Opo deldoc, colored with Daffy’s elixir. FREEZING. Syn. Congelation, (jFY.) Con- gelatio, ( Lat .) Gefrierung, ( Ger .) The con- version of a liquid into the solid state, by the ab- straction of a portion of its caloric. (See Conge- lation.) FRENCH BERRIES. Syn. Persian Ber- ries. Avignon do. Graines d’ Avignon. The berries or fruit of the rhamnus infectorius. They are imported from France and Persia ; those from the latter country being esteemed the best. Their decoction dyes cloth, mordanted with alum, tartar, or protomuriate of tin, of a yellow color ; with syl- phate of copper, an olive, and with red sulphate of iron, an olive-green color. FRENCH POLISH. Prep. I. A solution of shellac in wood naphtha, (pyroxilic spirit.) II. Pale shellac 3 lbs. ; mastich 6 oz. ; alcohol of 90$, 3 quarts. III. Shellac 2 lbs. ; mastich and sandaric, (both in powder,) of each 1 oz. ; copal varnish 12 oz. ; alcohol 1 gallon. Remarks. All the above are made in the cold by frequently stirring or shaking the ingredients together in a well-closed bottle or other vessel. French polish is used without filtering. (See the next article.) FRENCH POLISH, (TO.) The varnish be- ing prepared, (shellac,) the article to be polished being finished off' as smoothly as possible with glass paper, and your rubber being made as directed be- low, proceed to the operation as follows : — The varnish, in a narrow-necked bottle, is to be applied to the middle of the flat face of the rubber, by laying the rubber on the mouth of the bottle and shaking up the varnish once, as by this means the rubber will imbibe the proper quantity to varnish a considerable extent of surface. The rubber is then to be enclosed in a soft linen cloth, doubled, the rest of the cloth being gathered up at the back oi the rubber to form a handle. Moisten the face of the linen with a little raw linseed oil, applied with the finger to the middle of it. Place your work opposite the light, pass your rubber quickly and lightly over its surface until the varnish becomes dry, or nearly so ; again charge your rubber as before with varnish, (omitting the oil,) and repeat the rubbing, until three coats are laid on, when a little oil may *6 applied to the rubber, and two coats more given to it. Proceed in this way until the varnish has acquired some thickness ; then wet the inside of the linen cloth, before applying the varnish, with alcohol, or wood naphtha, and rub quickly, lightly, and uniformly the whole sur- face. Lastly, wet the linen cloth with a little oil and alcohol without varnish, and rub a.s before till dry. To make the rubber, roll up a strip of thick • woollen cloth which has been torn off’, so as to form a soft elastic edge. It should form a coil, from 1 to 3 inches in diameter, according to the size of the work FRICTION. (From frico , I rub.) In Me- chanics, the resistance produced by the rubbing together of the surfaces of solid bodies. The amount of friction is proportionate to the rough* FRU 324 FRU ueoo of the surfaces. Bodies absolutely smooth ' offer no resistance to each other of this kind ; but perfect smoothness is unattainable by the most careful polishing. Even the brilliant surface of - the diamond possesses asperities which exercise a similar effect, but in an immensely less degree to the rougher surfaces of the metals employed for machinery. To lessen the amount of resistance, various unctuous substances, as oil, tallow, soap, blacklead, &c., aro used by engineers. Each of these acts by imparting smoothness to the points of contact, and thus lessens the amount of friction. (See Anti-Attrition.) FRICANDEAU. (Fr.) In Cookery, a ragoht, or fricassee of veal. The same term is sometimes (improperly) applied by cooks to stewed beef, high- ly seasoned. , FRICASSEE. (Fr.) In Cookery, a ragoht, or fricassee. Any stew, highly flavored with herbs, spices, or sauce. Small things, as chickens, lamb, &c., and cold meat, are usually formed into fri- cassees. FRITT. The pulvercnt materials of glass, heated until they coalesce without melting. (See Enamels, Glass, and Pastes.) FRITTERS. (In Cookery.) Fried batter. A species of pancake containing fruit or sweetmeats. Spanish fritters are made of slices of French rolls soaked in a mixture of cream, eggs, sugar, and spices, and fried brown. French fritters are made by beating up common pancakes with eggs, almonds, and flavoring, (sugar, orange-flower wa- ter, and nutmeg,) and dropping the paste into a stew or frying-pan half full of boiling lard, so as to form cakes the size of large nuts, which are cooked till brown. Curd fritters are made of dried curd, beaten with yelk of egg and a little flour, and fla- vored with nutmeg. Souffle fritters are nothing but rich pancakes, flavored with lemon. Apple and other fruit fritters are made by mixing up the sliced fruits with rich batter, and frying. Buck- wheat fritters, or bookings,. are made by beating up buckwheat flour to a batter with some warm milk, adding a little yeast, letting it rise before the fire for 30 or 40 minutes, then beating in some eggs and milk or warm water, as required, and frying them like pancakes. Buckwheat fritters, when well prepared, are excellent. FROST-BITES. When those parts .of the body in which the circulation of the blood is most languid are exposed to extreme cold, they become frozen, or as it is called, frost-bitten. The fingers, toes, ears, and nose are most liable to this attack. The remedy is long-continued friction with the hands or cold flannel, avoiding the fire, or even a heated apartment. FRUIT. Syn. Fluctvs, ( Lat .) Fruit, (Fr.) In Botany, the ovarium or the pistillum arrived at a stale of maturity. In common language the term fruit is applied to any product of a plant con- 9 tabling the seed, more especially those that are eaten. Tho fruits of some plants aro improperly called seeds, us those of tho cereals, caraway, parsley, fun. J ruitu are extensively employed as articles of die . yf man, both as luxuries and nutritives. The acidulous fruits ure antiseptic, aperient, atlenu- unt, diuretic, and refrigerant. As articles of diet, tiiev afford ut little nourishment, and promote di- arrhoea and flatulency. They are, however, occa. sionally exhibited medicinally, in putrid affection*, and are often advantageous in bilious and dyspep- tic complaints. The saccharine fruits , or those abounding in sugar, are nutritious and laxative, but are apt to ferment and disagree with delicate stomachs when eaten in quantity Stone fruits aro the most difficult of digestion, and aro apt to disorder the stomach and bowels. Fruit should never be eaten in large quantities at a time, and only when quite ripe. It then appears to be wholesomo, and to be a suitable corrective t; the grossness of animal food ; and to exercise a power- ful action on the skin. Many cutaneous diseases may be removed by the daily use of a moderate quantity of fruit, or other fresh vegetable food. It is said to bo a specific in scurvy. Fruits shc,\ld be gathered in dry weather, and preferably about noon, because the dew and mois-. ture deposited on them during the night and earlier part of the morning will have evaporated. They should be quite ripe when gathered, but the sooner they aro removed from the tree, after this point is arrived at, the better. Immature fruit never keeps so well as that which has ripened on the tree ; and over-ripe fruit is liable to be bruised and to lose fla- vor. Plums may be known to be ripe, by parting readily from the twigs, — Apricots when the side next the sun feels soft to the finger, — Peaches and nectarines by readily parting from the twig when lifted up and allowed to descend with a slight jerk, — Figs when the small end of the fruit acquires the same color as the larger one, — Grapes by their transparency, and — Apples and pears when they begin to fall from the trees. The less fruit is handled in gathering the better. Peaches and nec- tarines should be received as they fall, in a small tin funnel lined with velvet, held beneath them, to avoid their being rubbed or bruised, or even touch- ed by the fingers. Plums should also be handled as little as possible, to avoid rubbing off the bloom on them. Ripe fruits are preserved in the fresh state by placing them in a cool, dry situation on shelves, so that they do not touch each other ; or by pack- ing them in clean dry sand, sawdust, straw, bran, or any similar substance, so as to prevent them touching, and to preserve them from the action of air and moisture. (See Apples and Pears, page 71.) Green fruits are usually preserved by salting or pickling, or by bottling them. The latter is performed by filling bottles with them, either alone, or with the addition of a little sugar. The bottles are placed on some straw, in a kettle of cold wa- ter, and heat applied until the water boils, when, after about 5 minutes, they are taken out one by one, and immediately corked down, perfectly air- tight, and tied over with wet bladdej, and, as soon as they are sufficiently cool, sealed over, by dip- ping their mouths into bottlo wax or cement, melt- ed in an iron ladle. They are next stowed away in a cool place. The confectioners commonly em- ploy the heat of the oven, instead of that of boiling water. Fruits arc jweserved in sugar by simply pack- ing them in it, previously reduced to a state of powder, and keeping them in a very cool situation. Tho more succulent varieties are commonly first FUE 325 FUI. soaked in weak alum-water for a few hours to harden them, then drained, and dried. Fruits are preserved in sirup, by pouring sirup, boiled to a weak candy height, upon them, so as just to cover them. The next day the sirup is soured off, re boiled to a weak candy height, and egain poured on the fruit ; and this operation is repeated ft fcird and a fourth time, if the fruit be very jutey, and continue to weaken the sirup. When the sirup does not appear to become sensibly weakened, the fruit must be taken out, and placed in a* sieve to drain and dry. Such fruit is said to be candied. It may be left in the sirup if prefer- red, when the vessel must be stored in a cool place. The beautiful white efflorescent appearance of the candied fruits and peels of the confectioners, is given by sifting over them finely -powdered loaf sugar, after they have drained and become almost dry, or have acquired such a state that the powder will adhere to them without running. (See Su- gar.) Fr uits are preserved in brandy or other spirits by simply placing them in bottles, and pouring it over them. It is advantageous to dissolve about ^ lb. of sugar in every quart of spirit employed. The latter should not be under proof, (sp. gr. -920,) as the juice of the fruit contributes to weaken it : spirit 40 u. p. will, however, preserve some varie- ties. Juicy fruits, as plums, apricots, peaches, cherries, &c., are usually soaked for some hours in weak alum-water before immersion in the spirit. Fruits are also preserved by drying them in the sun or in a stove, either without preparation, * or by first dipping them into a lye of wood ashes, oil, and water, or a weak solution of common salt. The imported prunes, plums, raisins, and currants, a:e all sun-dried. FRUMENTY. Wheat boiled in water until', quite soft, then taken out, drained, thinned with milk, sweetened with sugar, and flavored with nutmeg. When currants and eggs are added, it is called “ Somersetshire frumenty^ FUEL. (From fuayl, N.Fr .) Syn. Combus- tible, (Fr.) Brennstoff, ( Ger .) Any substance used for the production of heat by burning. The following table by Dr. Ure presents at one view the relative heating powers of different fuels : — SPECIES OF COMBUSTIBLE. Pounds of water which a pound can heat from 0 to 212 deg. Pounds of boiling water | evaporated by 1 pound. Least weight of atmospheric air at 32 deg. to burn 1 pound. Perfectly dry wood 35-00 6-36 5-96 Ordinary wood . 26-00 4-72 4-47 Wood charcoal . 7300 13-27 11-46 Pit coal .... 60-00 10-90 9-26 Coke .... 65-00 .11-81 11-46 Turf .... 30-00 5-45 4-60 Turf charcoal 64-00 11-63 14-58 Oil, wax, and tallow 78-00 14-18 15-00 Alcohol of the shops 52-60 9-56 11-60 1 he above results can never be obtained in prac- tice, as a large portion of the heat (probably \ to 4 ) passes up the chimney, and is wasted. 1 2;. of coal is usually reckoned sufficient to convert 7$ lbs. (9 lbs. Watt.) of boiling water into steam, or to heat 414 lbs. of water from 32° to 212°. 1 h. of fir wood will evaporate 4 lbs. of water, or heat 22 lbs. to 212°. FUEL, ECONOMICAL. Prep. I. Mix coal, charcoal, or sawdust, 1 part ; sand, of any kind, 2 parts ; marl or clay, 1 part, in quantity as thought proper. Make the mass up wet into balls of a con- venient size ; and when the fire is sufficiently strong, place these balls according to its size a lit- tle above the top bar, and they will produce a heat considerably more intense than common fuel, and ensure a saving of one-half the quantity of coals. A fire thus made up will require no stirring, nor fresh fuel for ten hours. II. In places where coal is scarce and dear, a tolerably good fuel may be made by mixing the culm or refuse dross of coal with c fc.y, and moist- ening the whole with water ; masses in the form of bricks or balls may be made, which, when dry, will burn with an intense heat. Where peat pre- vails, that article may be easify charred by burn- ing in a covered pit or stove ; and this charred peat will be found to give a great heat when used in an open fire ; the Dutch make much use of their turf in this manner. Another economical fuel, easily procurable where there are woods of Scotch firs, consists of fir cones or tops, which contain a great quantity of solid woody matter, in addition to the resinous, and are excellently adapted for domestic fires. FUEL. (Dominic Frick Albert’^ Patent.) Materials : — bituminous schist, which is a slate or dark-colored stone, partaking of the nature of both coal and charcoal ; aluminous clay — a refuse, or the bottoms of the acetate of alumina, in red- liquor works ; ground coal — a refuse from coal- pits, which should be .quite free from sulphur; vegetable gelatin, or tar — a refuse from pyroligne- ous acid works, or wood distilleries ; mineral gela- tin or tar — a refuse from coal-tar distillation ; and mineral oil — a refuse from haphtha distillation. In manufacturing fuels from these materials, the patentee proceeds as follows : — 5 parts of the vege- table gelatin, and the like quantity of mineral gel- atin, are heated in a pan until they are brought to a proper consistence ; and then 10 parts of schist, ground to a powder ; 10 parts of ground coal, and 5 parts of aluminous clay, well dried, and mixed with 4 per cent, of mineral oil, are added to the gelatin. The ingredients are worked into a paste, which is deposited in a hole in the ground, near the pan, and, when cold, forms a cake or flag, without the employment of a press or mould. (Lon- don Journ. & Repert. of Arts, April, 1843.) FULIGOKALI. A preparation of soot and potassa, invented by Dr. Polya. Prep. Caustic potassa 20 grammes ; soot 100 grammes ; boil with a little water for 1 hour, di- lute with more water, filter, evaporate to dryness, and put the product into w-arm, dry bottles. FULIGOKALI, SULPIIURETEI) Prep Fuligokali 60 grammes; caustic potassa 14 grammes ; sulphur 4 grammes ; heat the last two with a little water, and when combined, add the fuligokali, evaporate to dryness* and preserve it in dry, well-corked bottles. Remarks. M. Gibert has tried fuligfltali oa hi* FUM 32G FUN patients at the nispital Saint-Louis, both internal- ly and externally. lie made a pommade of 30 grammes of lead ointment, and 1 or 2 grammes of fujgokali, in which ho recognised resolutive, de- tersive, and stimulant properties. (Gaz. des H6- pitaux, June, 1842.) Sec Antiirakokali. FULMINATING POWDER. Prep. Nitre 3 parts ; carbonate of potash 2 parts ; flowers of sulphur 1 part ; dry, and reduce them separately to fine powder, then carefully mix them. About 20 or 25 grs., slowly heated on a shovel over the fire, first fuses and becomes brown, and then ex- plodes with a deafening report. FULMINATION. Syn. Fulminatio, (Lat.) Fulmination, (Fr., from fulmen, a thunderbolt.) Detonation. The term is applied in chemistry to the violent explosion of a fulminate. FLUMIN1C ACID. A peculiar acid known only in a state of Combination, composed of 2 eq. or 52 parts of cyanogen, and 2 eq. or 1G parts of oxygen ; thus having exactly the same ultimate composition as cyanic acid. Its existence was first pointed out by Gay-Lussac and Liebig. Its salts are the metallic fulminates. (See Gold, Silver, Mercury, and Zinc.) FULMINATE OF COPPER. Prep. Digest fulminate of mercury or silver with metallic cop- per. It forms soluble green crystals, that ex- plode with a green flame. FULTON’S DECORTICATED PEPPER. Black pepper deprived of its husks by mechanical trituration, or bleached with chlorine. FUMA^IC ACID. A peculiar acid produced by the action of heat on malic acid. It was dis- covered by Lassaigne. Malic acid is kept heated a little higher than its melting point for some time until it forms a crystalline mass, which is then powdered, and washed with cold water, to remove any undecomposed, malic acid. It forms salts with the bases termed fumarates. FUMIGATION. Syn. Fumigation, (Fr.) Suffumigatio; Fumigatio, (Lat., from fumigo, I smoke.) 1. The difFifcion of gaseous matter or vapors through the atmosphere, for Hie purpose of destroying contagion and infection. 2. The ex- posure of solid bodies to such fumes or vapors to remove the miasm of contagion from their pores. 3. The substances employed for fumigation. Chlo- rine is the most powerful and certain agent for the destruction of miasmata, both in the atmo- sphere and the pores of solid bodies, and admits of ready and easy* application. The hypochlorites (chlorides of lime, soda, and potassa) are the most convenient forms of employing it in in- habited apartments, as they evolve the gas slowly, and in quantity insufficient to affect the organs of respiration, unless large quantities of them are employed. Chloride of lime is the most com- monly used of the hypochlorites, and is either sprinkled about the floor, or exposed in shallow vessels, as earthen dishes or plates, in various parts o( the apartment.* It is used both in the state of powder and solution in water. Gaseous chlorine, evolved from a vessel containing the materials for its production, is generally formed too fast to admit of its application to inlmbitod apuftmonts, but is the most efficient fumigation that can be employed, either for disinfecting the atmosphere, walls, and floors of rooms, or goods and furniture placed in them. It will also doatioj every species of vermin contained therein. For this purpose, the chimney, door, and window! should be closed up, to prevent the escape of the gas. The vapors of nitric acid and muriatic acid, and the fumes of burning sulphur, are also em- ployed as disinfectants in the same way as chlorine, but are less to be depended on. The smoke of gunpowder, and the fumes of vinegar, camphor, benzoin, &c., arc popular disinfectants, but do- serve little confidence. Of all common diseases, scarlet fever appears to be the one most requiring fumigation. For this purpose, chlorine gas or heat should be employed. The infectious matters of certain diseases, especially scarlet fever, are cither dissipated, or destroyed, at a heat about that of boiling water. (Dr. Ilenry.) Contagious dis- eases are very commonly propagated in the me- tropolis by persons having their linen washed by laundresses who perform their operations in the same sinks of dirt and misery in which they live. (See Chlorine, Disinfectants, Muriatic and Nitric Acids, Pastilles, and the following ar- ticles :) FUMIGATION, BALSAMIC. Syn. Fumi- gatio Balsamica. Prep. (Dr. Dohrn.) Gum olibanum lb. ij ; gum benzoin and storax, of each lb. ss ; flowers of roses and lavender, of each ^vj ; mix. Used in hooping-cough. FUMIGATION, CHLORINE. Syn. Disin- fecting Fumigation. Guytonmorveau’s do. Fu- 3IIGATIO OXYMURIATICA. SUFFUMIGATIO GuYTON- iana. Prep. (P. Cod.) Common salt 3 parts; water and oil of vitriol, of each 2 parts ; black oxide of manganese 1 part ; mix in a shallow vessel, placed in the centre of the apartment This must only be used for unoccupied rooms. FUMIGATION, NITROUS. Syn. Nitric Fumigation. Nitric Acid do. Fumigatio Ni trosa. Suffumigatio cum Acido Nitrico. Prep (P. Cod.) Put sulphuric acid diluted with ar equal weight of water into a porcelain cup, (any shallow vessel of glass or earthenware will do,} and add to it from time to time small quantities ol powdered nitre. Remarks. Heat causes the gas to be evolved more rapidly, and thus renders the fumes more offensive, without increasing their efficacy. ^ oz. of nitre is said to be sufficient for a small room. (Dr. Bateman.) The vessel containing the in- gredients should be placed in the centre of the apartment. * FUMIGATION, TAR. Syn. Suffumigatio Pice a. Prep. (Sir A. Crichton.) Norway tar 1 lb. ; powdered carbonate of potash % oz. or 1 oz. ; mix, and heat it by a spirit lamp. The potash is added to neutralize the acid. (See Inhalation.) FUNGIC AOID. A peculiar acid obtained by Braconnot from certain fungi — the boletus juglan- dis, boletus pseudoigniarius, phallus impudicus merulius cantharellus, peziza nigra. It may be prepared by boiling the expressed juice, filtering, evaporating to the consistence of sirup, and di- gesting in alcohol. The residuum must be dis- solved in water, and precipitated with acetate of lead ; and the precipitato, after being washed; must bo decomposed with dilute sulphuric acid at a gentle heat ; the remaining solution must be filtered and evaporated. It is a sour deliquescent FUS 327 GAL mass, forming salts with the bases, termed fun- gates. The fungate of ammonia crystallizes in prisms. FUNGIN. (From fungus, a mushroom.) The fleshy portion of mushrooms, deprived of soluble matter by digestion in both water and alcohol. FURNISHING. “ When you design to furnish a house, take care to set out on a right principle in the selection of articles. It is essential, for the sake of neatness, and for a pleasing effect to the eye, that there should be a harmony of colors, and also a similarity of style in the main articles of furniture. Therefore, if you do not exercise a little taste and judgment in your first selections, you may find that you have committed a blunder which will cost you much subsequent annoyance. For example, let the tints of the carpet, of the paper or paint of the walls, and of the window curtains, be all in harmony in each room, that is, either possess a general resemblance of color, or various colors in pleasing contrast and harmony with each other. If the color of your curtains be scarlet, and the color of your walls or carpet blue, a most inharmonious and unpleasing effect will be produced ; but brown and green, or green and gold, will be in harmony, and may therefore be placed together. Carpets being the most ex- pensive articles, it is safest to buy them first, and then to let their color lead the tone and style of curtains, paper-hangings, chair-covers, hearth- rugs, and all other articles. It is also a good economical plan to buy carpets of the same pat- tern for several rooms, because, in the event of removal to a house with different sized apart- ments, a piece of one carpet may be taken to eke out another.” FURNITURE, VARNISHED. This may be finished off so as to look equal to the best French polisued wood, in the following manner, which is also suitable to other varnished surfaces. — Take two ounces of tripoli powdered, put it into an earthen pot, with just enough water to cover it ; then take a piece of white flannel, lay it over a piece of cork or rubber, and proceed to polish the varnish, always wetting it with the tripoli and water. It will be known when the process is finished by wiping a part of the work with a sponge, and observing whether there is a fair even gloss. When this is the case, take a bit of mutton suet and fine flour, and clean the work. FURS may be preserved from moths and in- sects by placing a little colocynth pulp, (bitter apples,) or spices, as cloves, pimento, &c., wrapped in muslin among them ; or they may be washed in a very weak solution of corrosive sublimate in warm water, (10 'or 15 grs. to the pint,) and after- wards carefully dried. Furs, as well as every other species of clothing, should be kept in a clean, dxy place. FUSIBLE METAL. Prep. I. Bismuth 8 parts ; lead 5 parts ; tin 3 parts ; melt together. Melts below 212° Fahr. II. Bismuth 2 parts ; lead 5 parts ; tin 3 parts. Melts in boiling water. Ill {Onion’s.) Lead 3 parts ; tin 2 parts ; bis- muth 5 parts ; mix. Melts at 197° F. Remarks. The above are used to make toy- spoons, to surprise children by their melting in hot liquors ; and to form pencils for writing on asses’ skin, or paper prepared by rubbing burnt hartshorn into it. FUSION. Syn. Fusion, {Fr.) Fusio, {Lai from fundo, I pour out.) In Ciiemistrv, the lique- faction of solid bodies by the action of heat. The term aqueous fusion has been applied to the melt- ing of salts in their combined water when heated * and the term igneous fusion to the liquefaction of bodies by heat alone. The vessels in which substances are fused are formed of various materials and shapes, according to the properties of the solid operated on, and prin- cipally with reference to the heat required for its fusion. In every case the containing vessel should be capable of sustaining the proper degree of heat without melting or cracking, and should also be capable of resisting the action of the substances melted in them. Crucibles, madq of very refrac- tory clay, are employed for high temperatures, and metallic or earthenware vessels for lower ones. FUSTIC. Syn. Old Fustic. Lignum Mori tinctori^e, {Lat.) Gelbholz, ( Ger .) • INoia jaune, {Fr.) The wood of the f^-oi'us tinctoria. Its decoction dyes woollens yellow of different shades, according to the mordant. Alum, tartar, and spirits of tin brighten the tint ; acetate and sulphate of iron and common salt darken it ; with sulphate of iron il gives olives and browns ; with the indigo vat and sulphate of indigo green. These colors are very permanent. Its yellow turns on the lemon when pale, and orange when darker. 1 lb. of fustic will dye 3 to 5 lbs. of wool. The fustet, or yellow fustic of the dyers, does not give permanent colors. GALL. Syn. Bile. Bilis ; Fel ; {Lat.) Fiel ; Bile ; {Fr.) A bitter fluid secreted by the liver ; in part flowing into the intestines, and in part regurgitating into the gall-bladder. Ox Ltall {fel bovis) is largely employed in the arts. White Bear Gall {fell ursi) has been occasionally ex- hibited as an anti-epileptic ; Hare’s Gall, {fel leporis,) and the Gall of the Siluris, have been used as collyria in cataract ; the Gall of Eels {fel anguillarum) has been given to facilitate labor. The virtues ascribed to the above are chief- ly imaginative. Crude ox-gall is largely employed by the scourers of cloth, &c. GALL, REFINED, (OX-.) Syn. Fel Bovis purificatum. Prep. I. Allow fresh ox-gall to repose for 12 or 15 hours, decant the clear, and evaporate to the consistence of a thick sirup, in a water-bath ; then spread it thinly on a dish, and expose it before the fire, or to a current of dry air, until nearly dry. It will then keep for years in wide-mouthed bottles or pots, covered over with bladder. For use, a little is dissolved in water. II. Fresh gall 1 pint ; boil, skim, add pounded alum 1 oz. ; boil agai? until the alum is dissolved, and when sufficientl,/ cool, pour it into a bottle, and loosely cork it down ; in a similar manner boil and skim another pint of gall, and add to it 1 oz. of common salt, boil till dissolved, and cool and bottle as above. In three months decant the clear from both bottles, and mix them in equal quanti- ties ; the clear portion must then be separated from the coagulum by subsidence or filtration. Use. It is employed by artists to fix chalk and pencil draw- ings before tinting them, and to remove the greasi GA1 328 GAR \* so from ivory, tracing paper, &c. It is also used to extract grease and oil from clothes : for the latter purpose it answers admirably. GALLATES. Salts formed of the gallic acid with the bases. GALLIC ACID. Syn. Acidum Gallicum. 'Lat., from gallce, galls.) Prep. I. Bruised galls 1 of.. ; water 1 lb. ; boil to 8 oz. and strain ; dis- « r lve 2 oz. of alum in water, precipitate the alumina with carbonate of potassa, and after edulcoration, mix it with the decoction, frequently agitate with (. glass rod, and the next day filter ; then wash the precipitate with water, until the latter ceases to blacken sulphate of iron ; mix the washings with the filtered liquor and evaporate, when gallic acid, in fine needles, will be obtained. II. Expose a filtered decoction of galls in an open vessel ; it- will grow mouldy, and become covered with a thick glutinous pellicle, and glutin- ous flocks will fall down. In two or three months, the sides of the vessel and the under portion of the pellicle will be covered with small yellow crystals of gallic acid. III. Add a strong aqueous solution of tannic acid (tannin) to sulphuric acid, as long as a pre- cipitate falls ; collect the powder, wash, and dis- solve it by the aid of heat in diluted sulphuric acid ; boil for a few minutes, cool, and collect the crystals of gallic acid which will form in consid- erable quantity.- (Liebig.) Remarks. Gallic acid, as obtained by either of the above forms, is never quite pure ; but it may be purified by combining it with oxide of lead, and decomposing the compound ( gallate of lead ) by sulphureted hydrogen. The sulphuret of lead acts like animal charcoal in removing the color. (Liebig.) The principal use of pure gallic acid is in the art of photography. Props., tyc. Brilliant prismatic crystals, of a pale yellow color, soluble in fyoth water and alco- hol. Its aqueous solution decomposes by exposure to the air. It blackens the salts of iron. Dis- solved in hot oil of vitriol, it forms a deep, rich, red solution, which when thrown into water, drops the gallic acid, deprived of some of its water. (C 7 II 2 O i , Robiquet.) This substance is soluble in the alkalis, and dyes cloth like madder. When strongly heated, gallic acid is converted into meta- gallic acid, pyrogallic acid, cj-c. With the bases, gallic acid forms salts, called gallates : — Super-gallate of Ammonia is made by neutralizing 1 part of gallic acid with ammonia, then adding 1 part of acid more, and crystallizing; Gallate of Lead is obtained by either adding acetate of lead to a warm solution of gallic acid in excess, or by adding the former to the latter at the boiling point. The first is a supergallate, the latter a basic salt. The alkaline gallates, and those of cobalt, iron, manganese, nickle, and zinc, are soluble, the rest insoluble. . The following summary of some recent and valuable researches on gallic acid may prove in- teresting to the reader : — “ 1. Tannin may be converted into gallic acid ander several influences ; first, as M. Pelouzo ob- served, under that of oxygen, and under that of a ferment. “ 2. Certain chemical bodies prevent, for a cer- tain time, the converse. n of tannin into gallic acid. “ 3. It is not to the phenomenon of ertmacausis that this conversion must bo attributed. “ 4. The fermont of nutgalls converts sugar into alcohol and carbonic acid, as does that of beer. “ 5. Beer, yeast, muscular flesh, and caseouf matter, change tannin into gallic acid. “ fi. Finally, in the conversion of tannin into gallic acid, the quantity of gas disengaged is scarcely perceptible.” (M. Antoine Larocque, Chem. ii. 195.) GALLS. Syn. Gallnuts. Gall*:, (Lat.) Gallapfel, (Ger.) Noix de Galle, (Fr.) The best galls are those impeded from Aleppo, known in commerce as black or ilue galls, (Gallrc ni- gra j seu ccerulece,) and after them Green Galls, (Gallcevirides.) Both these are gathered before the insect has escaped, are styptic and powerfully astringent. White Galls (Gallon alba i) are lighter, less astringent, and inferior. Galls are ex- tensively used in the art of dyeing, as they consti- tute one of the principal ingredients in all the shades of blacks, and are also employed to fix or improve several other colors. A decoction of galls, to which a little green copperas and gum arabic has been added, forms common writing ink. GALLSTONE. Syn. Calculus cysticus bo- vinus. Formed in the gall-bladder of neat cattle in winter, when they are fed upon dry food. Used as a yellow pigment, and in medicine. Dose, 1 gr. in dyspepsia and flatulency. GAMBOGE. Syn. Cambogia. Gambogia, (Lat.) Gomme Gutte, (Fr.) Gutti, (Ger.) This drug is a drastic purgative, and in quantity a vio- lent poison. “ The deaths which have occurred from the use of enormous quantities of Morrison’s pills, are mainly ascribable to the gamboge con- tained in those medicines.” (Pereira.) It is hence of much importance, in medico-legal researches, to be able readily to recognise the presence of this drug. This may be done in the way described under the head, Extract of Colocyntii, (comp.) GAMBOGIC ACID. Syn. Gambodic Acid. Gamboge Resin. Prep. Digest gamboge in ether and evaporate. An orange or red-colored resin, very soluble in ether and alcohol, giving an ap- preciable yellowness to 10,000 times its weight of the latter. With the caustic alkalis it forms dark red solutions, which are alkaline gambogi - ales, from which the acid is precipitated unchanged by alkalis. Added to a solution of acetate of lead, it throws down a yellow gambogiate of lead, and from solutions of the salts of iron and copper, gam- bogiates of those metals. GARGLE. Syn. Gargarism. Gargarisme, (Fr.) Gargarisma, Gargarismus 4 Gargarismum, (Lat., from yapyapi^tiv , to gargle.) A gargle, or wash for the throat. Gargles are applied by allowing a small mouthful to run as much as possible over the affected parts, by holding the head backwards, and breathing through it, by which means the liquid is agitated and its action promoted. They should not be swallowed. GARGLE, ANTISCORBUTIC. Syn. Gar- garisma Antiscorbuticum. Prep. (P. Cod.) Bit- ter species 3j ; boiling water 3-viij ; ihacerate 1 hour, strain, and add sirup of honey §ij ; antiscor- butic tincture §j. GARGLE, ANTISEPTIC. Syn. G. Antisep- GAR 329 GAS ricUM. Prep. (Fr. H.) Decoction of bark ^vj ; camphor 20 grs. ; sal ammoniac 5 to 15 grs. ; mix. For putrid sore throat, &c. GARGLE, ASTRINGENT Syn. G. As- tringens. Prep. I. (Collier.) a. Tincture of galls f 3ij ; honey ^ss; water f^vj ; mix. In re- laxation of the uvula and fauces. b. Honey 3iv ; tincture of myrrh 3iij ; powder- ed alum 9ij ; injusion of roses (co.) ffvss ; mix. Antiseptic and astringent. As last. II. (Dr. A. T. Thomson.) Infusion of roses f vij ; dilute sulphuric acid f 3j-; tincture of catechu f 3vj ; laudanum f3iss ; mix. For relaxation of the uvula. III. (Sir A. Cooper.) Alum 3ij ; decoction of bark fxij ; honey of roses §iss ; mix. IV. (U. C. H.) To the last add alum 3j GARGLE, COMMON. Syn. G. commune. Prep. I. (E. H.) Water fvj ; nitre 3j ; honey of roses ; mix. For ordinary sore throat. II. Instead of nitre use borax 3ij. GARGLE, DETERGENT. Syn. G. J)eter- gens. Prep. (Dr. A. T. Thomson.) Nitre 3ij ; honey of roses f 3iv ; infusion of roses f^vss; mix. In inflammatory sore throat. GARGLE, EMOLLIENT. Syn. G. emol- liens. Prep. (Buchan.) Althaea root 1 oz. ; figs 2 oz. ; water 1 quart ; boil to a pint and strain. Demulcent ; soothing. GARGLE, MERCURIAL. Syn. G. HY- DRARGYRI. G. HYDRARGYRI BlCHLORIDI. G. SuB- limati Corrosive Prep. (P. C.) Corrosive sub- limate 2 grs. ; barley water 1 pint ; honey of roses §ij ; mix. For syphilitic ulcers in the throat. GARGLE OF ALUM. Syn. G. Aluminis. Prep. I. (P. C.) Alum 3ij ; infusion of roses §vj ; noney of roses ; mix. II. (Grant.) Alum ; tincture of myrrh fss ; peppermint water ffvij ; mix. Both the above are astringent, and used in relaxation of the uvula, &c. GARGLE OF BOR^X. Syn. G. Boracis. Prep. (Fr. H.) Borax 3ij; rose water f^vij ; ho- ney §j. In thrush, &c. GARGLE OF CAPSICUM. Syn. G. Cap- sici. Prep. I. (St. B. H.) Capsicum 3iij ; com- mon salt ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate for 12 hours, strain, and add distilled vinegar 1 pint. II. (U. C. H.) Tincture of capsicum f 3j ; wa- tbrffvj; vinegar f^j ; mix. Used in ulcerated sore throat and scarlet fever. GARGLE OF CHLORIDE OF SODA. Syn. G. Sod.® Chlorinatve. Prep. (Copland.) Liquor of chloride of soda f 3xij ; honey |ss ; water f ^vj ; mix. In putrid sore throat and scarlet fever. GARGLE OF CHLORINE. Syn. G. Ciilo- rinii. Prep. (Fr. H.) Chlorine water §ss; sirup ; v T ater f ^iv to f ^vj ; mix. Used as the last. GARGLE OF CINCHONA BARK. Syn. G. Cinciion as. (For. H.) Decoction of cinchona f§vij ; simple oxymel ; mix. Antiseptic and astringent. GARGLE OF CYANURET OF MERCU- RY. Syn. G. Hydrargyri Cyanureti. Prep. (Cullerier.) Cyanuret of mercury 10 grs. ; linseed tea f^xx ; mix. In the same cases as mercurial gargls, above. GARGLE OF HORSERADISH. Syn. G. Armoraci,® Piep. (Collier.) Compound spirit 42 of horseradish f^j ; honey 31 } ; water f^iv ; mix A good gargle for scurvy of the fauces and pha- rynx, vulgarly called the inward scurvy. GARGLE OF MURIATIC ACID. Syn. G Acidi Muriatici. G. Acidi Hydrociilorici. G. Spiritus Salis. Prep. I. (Guy’s H.) Muriatic acid 30 drops ; honey of roses §ij ; barley watei f^vj ; mix. II. (St. B. H.) Red rose leaves 3ij ; boiling wa- ter 1 pint ; muriatic acid f3iss ; digest for 1 hour. In inflammatory sore throat GARGLE OF MYRRH Syn. G Myrrhs Prep. (P. C.) Tincture of myrrh ^ss ; honey of roses 3-iss ; lime water f^vj ; mix. GARGLE OF NITRE. Sijn. G. Salis Ni- tri. G. Nitri. G. Potassas Nitratis. Prep Nitre 3ij ; honey or sirup 3iv or 3v ; rose-watei f^vj ; mix. In inflammatory sore throat. GARGLE OF OAK BARK. Syn. G. Quer- cus. G. Corticis Quercus. Prep. I. Oak bark 3ij ; boiling water f ^vj ; m; cerate 1 hour and strain. II. To the last add alum 9ss, and oil of vitriol 15 to 30 drops. Both are used in relaxation of the uvula. GARGLE OF PELLITORY OF SPAIN. Syn. G. Pyrethrt. Prep. I. (P. C.) Pellitory root 3iv ; water fxvj ; boil to ffviij, and add liquor of ammonia 3ij. II. (Swediaur.) Infusion of pellitory 1 pint ; vinegar Sjiij ; sal ammoniac Sjiij ; mix. GARGLE OF ROSES. Syn. G. Rosas. G. Rosarum. Prep. (Kendrick.) Conserve of roses ^iij ; boiling water fxvj ; infuse 1 hour ; add di- lute sulphuric acid 3ij, and strain. Antiseptic ; astringent. GARGLE OF VERDIGRIS. Syn. G. JEru- ginis. Prep. (Guy’s H.) Oxymel of verdigris 3iv ; honey of roses §ij ; barley water f^iiiss ; mix. Used as a detergent for ulcers in the throat. If swallowed it will produce violent vomiting. The addition of 2£ oz. of water to the above, forms a gargle sufficiently strong for most cases. GARGLE OF VINEGAR. Syn. Oxymel Gargle. G. Aceti. G. Acidi acetici. Prep. (St. B. H.) Barley water f^xij ; acetic acid f^iss; honey 3vj ; mix. Antiseptic. For ordinary sore throat. GASCOIGNE’S POWDER. Syn. Pulvis Gascoigni. Prep. Powdered crabs’ claws 1 lb. ; oriental bezoar 1 oz. ; mix.- When made into balls it forms Gascoigne’s Balls. This powder was once held in great repute as an absorbent, &c. ; it is, however, no better than the less costly prepared chalk of modern pharmacy. GARNET. Syn. Granat, ( Ger .) Grenat (Fr.) The finest specimens of noble garnet are brought from Pegu, and according to chemical analysis consist of 42§ of silica, 20-§ of alumina, 34§ of lime, and 4§ of protoxide of iron. GARNET, FACTITIOUS. Prep. Purest white glass or paste 2 oz. ; glass of antimony 1 oz. ; powder of cassius and black oxide of manganese, of each 1 gr. ; mix and fuse. (See Gems, Fac- titious ; Paste, Enamels, and Foils.) GAS. Syn. Gas ; Gaz, (Fr.) Gaz, ( Ger ., from Geist, Teutonic, air or spirit.) Any afiriform or permanently elastic fluid, excepting the compound of oxygen and nitrogen, constituting atmospheric GEL GEI :i30 »ir The principal gases are oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen, carbonic acid, carbonic oxide, carbureted hydrogen, ammonia, and sulphureted hydrogen. All of these are noticed in their alphabetical order, as well as several others of less importance. (See Index.) GAS, C DAL. Syn. Light Gas. Obtained from coal by distillation in iron cylinders or retorts. This gas is a compound of carbureted and bicarburet- ed hydrogen, more or less pure ; its value for the production of light depending on the latter. Good coal gas ought to contain 13# by measure of bicar- buieted hydrogen, and havo a sp. grav. of ’650, air being 1 ; but, as prepared at the gasworks, it vaiies from about *550 to -420. The poorest gas made in England is that of the metropolis, which has the sp. grav. -412, and the best is that made by the “ Liverpool New Gas Company,” which has the sp. grav. *580 . (Hedley.) It has been pro- posed to increase the illuminating power of ordi- nary coal gas, by passing it through sponges, or over trays containing mineral naphtha ; and a pat- ent has been taken out for this purpose. It thus imbibes a portion of the liquid, and burns with in- creased brilliancy. The method of saturating the gas with the liquid hydrocarbon is as follows : — “ The apparatus consists of a brass reservoir or chamber attached to the end of the gas-pipe, near the burner. This reservoir may be in the shape of an oil-flask, made air-tight, with a screw-joint, or other means of supplying any highly volatile oil, turpentine, or mineral naphtha, and should*be kept about half full. Into this reservoir the gas- pipe ascends a little above the surface of the oil ; a very small jet-pipe of gas, regulated by a stopcock, is branched off below this chamber, to supply a mi- nute flame, so as to cause a sufficient evaporation from the oil to unite with the gas in the flask re- ceiver. The whole is of course surmounted wifh the usuai burner and lamp glass.” (W. T. Nay- lor.) GELATIN. Syn. Gelatina, ( Lat .) Gal- lert, Leim, ( Ger .) Gelatine, (Fr.) Animal jelly or gelly. When the organic tissue qf the bones, tendons, and ligaments, the cellular tissue, the skin, and the serous membranes are boiled in water, they are converted into gelatin. Glue and size are coarse varieties of this sub- stance, prepared from hoofs, hides, skins, &c. ; and isinglass is a purer kind, prepared from the air- bladders and some other membranes of fish. Gel- atin is soluble in water, and its solution, on cooling, forms a tremulous and transparent jelly ; hence the name, from gelu, ice. With tannin it forms leather, and when acted on by sulphuric acid, it yields glycicoll, or gelatin sugar, and when treated with alkalis it yields glycicoll and leu- cine. As an article of diet, gelatin is highly nutritious when combined with other food abounding in pro- f'-ine matter, but alone, it appears that, notwith- standing the opinion of ages to the contrary, it is incapable of supporting life. The commenda- ,ion of it as an alimentary substance lias been too genera! and lavish, and has led to its employment «s an article of diet for the sick, in cases in which it is manifestly improper. “Gelatin may bo con- sidered as I lie least perfect kind of albuminous (?) mailer existing in animal bodies; intermediate, as it were, between the saccharine principles ol plants, and thoroughly developed albumen. In* deed, gelatin in animals may be said to be tin counterpart of the saccharine principle of plant.-. , it being distinguished from all other animal sub- stances by its ready conversion into a sort of su- gar, by a process similar to that by which starch may be so converted.” (Front.) The ultimate composition of gelatin is 47-88# of carbon, 7*9 1 J of hydrogen, 27-21 g of oxygen, and 16-90# of ni tregen, (Gay Lussac and Thenard ;) that of sngai is 43"265# of carbon, 6-875# hydrogen, and 49-856# of oxygen, (Berzelius;) that of albumen 51*61# of carbon, 7*530# of hydrogen, 25"8l# of oxygen and 15.05# of nitrogen, (Brande.) The similarity of composition between the first and third of the above substances, will be readily recognised by the reader, but this similarity does not convey like properties ; gelatin, in reality, more nearly resem- bling sugar than albumen. It has none of tho properties of a compound of protcine. It neither yields proteine, when actod on by potassa, nor docs it ‘produce a purple color with hydrochloric acid. It therefore does not contain proteine. (Lie- big.) Animals fed exclusively on gelatin die of starvation. For as gelatin contains no protc-ine, it cannot yield albumen, fibrine, or caseine, sub- stances necessary to tho composition and support of animal bodies. Blood cannot be produced from gelatin alone ; for it docs not contain its most es- sential ingredient. But when mixed with other food, especially compounds of proteine, or sub- stances abdunding in albumen, caseine, or fibrine, gelatin may be useful as an aliment, and servo directly to nourish the gelatinous tissues. (Liebig, Animal Chem.) Hence gelatin is a fitting sub- stance to form part of the diet of convalescents, as it conveys nutrition directly to these tissues, without tasking the diminished powers of life for its conversion ; but its use should be accompanied by a proper quantity of azotized animal food, to supply the elements to the blood, for the support and increase of the muscular tissue, or fleshy por- tion of the body. In Franc*' the gelatin of bones is extracted and employed as a part of the diet in hospitals with the best effect, materially abridg- ing the period of convalescence ; but when given alone all animals soon become disgusted with it, and die if not supplied with other food. (D’Ar- cet.) * Tests. Gelatin is easily recognised by its solu- tion when moderately strong, gelatinizing as it cools, and by tannin (infusion or decoction of galls) precipitating it from its dilute solutions in an insoluble form, which, when dried, assumes the appearance of over-tanned leather. GELATIN, ANIMAL. The substance sold under this name is made of the inferior kinds of isinglass, the gelatin of bones, or that obtained from the skins of animals. GELATIN, BONE. Obtained from bones by coction with water, under pressure ; or from crushed bones, by macerating them in muriatic acid to extract the phosphate of lime, washing tho remaining gelatinous mass in cold water, and solution in water by boiling. Very excellent. “ Gelatin has even been extracted from fossil bones. A soup was prepared from one of the bones of the great mastodon, by tho prdfet of one GEM 331 GEM of the departments of France.” (Pereira, Mat. Med., ii. 1863.) GELATIN, FRENCH. Syn. Cake Gela- tin. Gelatin done up into small thin cakes, like the finer sorts of glue. The red is colored with the juice of beet-root, the green with the juice of spinage, and the blue with sulphate of indigo or the juice of blue berries. GELATIN, PATENT, (NELSON’S.) Ac- cording to Mr. Nelson’s specification, this article is obtained from glue-pieces, freed from hair, wool, flesh, and fat ; but from the large quantities of inferior isinglass which that gentleman buys, it is a natural conclusion that it is principally, if not wholly formed of the latter substance. There are two qualities of this article manufactured by Mr. Nelson, viz., first quality , or opaque gelatin, and a second quality, or transparent gelatin. GELATIN BRUT. From the skulls of oxen, the spongy insides of the horns and ribs, and from several other soft bony parts, by washing them in water, digesting in an equal weight of muriatic acid of 6° Baume, in cold weather, and *4 or 5° in summer, for 10 days, then in acid of only 1° B. for 24 hours longer ; afterwards soaking and wash- ing in successive portions of cold water until all the acid is washed out, adding an ounce of carbon- ate of soda to the last water. Product. 25 to 27§ of gelatin brut. Used to make glue, and when prepared by solution in water, clarification, and skimming, for soup. Any kind of bones may be treated in the same way. GELATIN BRUT FIN. From the skulls, blade-bones, and shank-bones of sheep, (the ends being cut off, and the bones cut down the middle to remove the fat,) by steeping them in muriatic acid, as above, (see Gelatin Brut,) then in boiling water for a few minutes, wiping them carefully, drying them, shaking them together in a bag to remove the internal pellicle, cutting them across or into dice to disguise them, and finally dipping them in a hot solution of gelatin to varnish them. Used to make soup, keeps better than the cakes of portable soup ; and when less carefully pre- pared, used also to make carpenters’ glue for fine work. The muriatic acid obtained by distilling Balt with oil of vitriol in iron cylinders is less fit for this purpose than that of the manufacturers of carbonate of soda, as being apt to give it a bad taste. GEMS. Syn. Jewels. Gemmes, {Fr.) Gem- mas, {hat.) “ Gems are precious stones, which, by their color, limpidity, lustre, brilliant polish, purity, and rarity, are sought after as objects of dress and decoration. They form the principal part of the crown jewels of kings, not only from their beauty, but because they are supposed to comprise the greatest value in the smallest bulk ; for a diamond, no larger than a nut, or an acorn, may bo the representative sign of the territorial value of a whole country, the equivalent in com- mercial exchange for a hundred fortunes, acquired by severe toils and privations. Among these beau- tiful minerals mankind have agreed in forming a select class, to which the title of gems or jewels has been appropriated ; while the term precious stone is more particularly given to substances which often occur under a more considerable vol- ume than fine stones ever do. Diamonds, sap- phires, emeralds, rubies, topazes, hyacinths - one chrysoberyls, are reckoned the most valuable gems; crystalline quartz, pellucid, opalescent, c* of various hues, amethyst, lapis lazuli, malachite jasper, agate, tyc., are ranked in the much mor, numerous and inferior class of ornamental stones.’ (Ure's Diet, of Arts, &c.) Tests. 1. {By electricity.) The diamond, when rubbed either in the rough or polished state, ex- hibits positive electricity ; quartz, the only sub- stitute that possesses much hardness, on the con- trary, becomes negative. When exposed to the sun or the electric spark, the diamond becomes phosphorescent. The topat ejso acquires positive electricity by friction. II. {By the hardness.) From the difficulty of applying this test it is of less value to ordinary persons than appears at first sight. Paste or fac- titious gems may however be readily distinguished in this way. (See Jhe table below.) III. {By the specific gravity.) This is the only simple method of testing gems that may be termed accurate, but it is inapplicable to them when mounted. As, however, most of them are dis- mounted when offered for sale, or are so set that they may be readily dismounted, it should be al- ways had recourse to before making a :onsiderable purchase. For this purpose, it is only necessary to take the weight, first in air and then in water, by means of a small and accurate hydrostatic balance. (See Specific Gravity.) Table of the relative Hardness and Sp. Gr. of the principal Gems and Precious Stones, as well aa some other Minerals. Substances. Hard- ness. Specifie gravity. Diamond from Orinus “ (pink) (b’uMi) 20 3‘7 19 |3'4 19 3*3 “ (yellowish) 19 3*3 “ (cubic) 18 3*2 Ruby “ (pale, from Brazil) 17 4*2 16 3*5 Sapphire (deep blue) (paler) 16 3*8 17 3*8 Topaz “ (whitish) 15 4*2 14 3*5 “ (Bohemian) 11 2*8 Ruby (spinelle) 13 3*4 Emerald 12 2*8 Garnet 12 4*4 Agate 12 2*6 Onyx 12 2*6 Sardonyx 12 2*6 Amethyst (occidental) 11 2*7 Crystal 11 2*6 Cornelian 11 2*7 Jasper (green) “ (reddish yellow) 11 2*7 9 2*6 Schoerl 10 3*6 Tourmaline 10 3*0 Quartz 10 O*’? Opal 10 2*6 Chrysolite 10 3*7 Zeolite 8 2*1 Fluor 7 3'5 Calcareous spar 6 2*7 Gypsum 5 2*3 Chalk Glass “ (plate) “ (crystal or flint) 3 2*7 2*3:3*62 2*5 : 2*6 3*0 : 3 616 This table is taken from Dr. Ure’s ‘ Dictionary of Arts, Manufactures, and Mines.’ The relatir® GIL 332 Gil ’:nrdnesa of the different substances is measured by 1 . 1.0 power they possess of cutting or scratching other substances. GEMS, FACTITIOUS. These are made of very pure, fusible, transparent and dense glass, usually termed paste or slrass, which is mostly formed of oxide of lead, potassa and silica, with small quantities of other ingredients to increase the brilliancy and clearness. The tints are im- parted by the addition of metallic oxides. The beauty of artificial stones and gems, depends upon the tint of the real stones being exactly imitated, and upon proper care and skill being exercised in the cutting, polishing, and setting of them in their cases. All the colored glasses, and enamels, may be worked up into artificial gems. (See Enamels, Foils, Pastes, &c.) GENEVA. (From genievre juniper.) Hol- lands gin. (See Hollands.) GENTIANINE. A peculiar substance ob- tained by MM. Henry and Caventou from the root of the common officinal gentian, (gentiana lutea.) Prt j). I. Digest powdered gentian root in ether for 2 or 3 days with agitation, filter, evaporate, dissolve in alcohol, filter, and again evaporate ; re- dissolve in alcohol or ether, filter, and crystallize. II. Digest gentian root (in powder) in ether for two days and nights, filter, evaporate nearly to dryness ; add alcohol to the yellow crystalline mass thus obtained until it no longer becomes colored ; evaporate to dryness, redissolve in weak alcohol, filter, evaporate again to dryness dissolve in water, add some calcined magnesia, boil, filter, digest the sediment in ether, and evaporate. Remarks. Gentianine forms golden yellow crys- tals, scarcely soluble in water, very soluble in al- cohol and ether. It is a strong aromatic bitter, in doses of gr. ij ; the tincture is mostly used. Ac- cording to the researches of Trommsdorff and Le- conte, the above substance is composed of gentisin , gcr.tianite , and sugar. GENTIANITE. The bitter principle of Gentian. It has not been obtained in a state of purity. It may be procured combined with a por- tion of sugar, by digesting the alcoholic extract of gentian in water, throwing down the gentisin with lead, passing sulphureted hydrogen through the liquid to remove any traces of lead, filtering and evaporating. It may be further purified by diges- tion in ether. GENTISIN. Syn. Gentisic Acid. This is obtained from the alcoholic extract of gentian by digestion in water, and in alcohol, evaporating the tincture, and treating the residuum with ether. By repeated re-solutions in alcohol it may be ob- tained under the form of pale yellow needles. It forms salts with the bases. GILDING. Syn. Dorure, ( Fr .) Vergoldung, {Germ.) The art of covering the surfaces of bodies with a thin film of gold, for the purpoee of increasing their durability or improving their ap- pearance. GILDING, BOOK. The gilt letters and figures on the leather , cloth , and silk covers of hooks , arc formed by sprinkling or dusting finely powdered gum muslich over the surface to bo gild- ed ; an iron or brass tool bearing tho design upon its face is then heated to a proper temperature, an 1 pressed upon a piece of leaf gold, which slight- ly adheres to it ; the two are then transferred to tho cover, and the tool is gently pressed on it, by which means the mastich softens, and retains the gold. The loose gold and powdered mastich are then dusted off with a brush. Tho gold will ad- here to leather without tho use of mastich, but the gilding is conceived to be more durable when it is employed. The edges of the leaves of hooks and reams of paper are first cut perfectly smooth in tho cutting press, and then thinly washed with a solution of isinglass in weak spirit, or with a varnish made of 4 parts of Armenian bole and 1 part of powdered sugar-candy, mixed up to a ' proper consistence with white of egg. Tho coating is allowed to dry, and is then smoothed with a wet rag, after which the gold leaf is applied and polished with the bur- nisher. GILDING, BUTTON. This species of gild- ing has been already noticed. (See p. 149.) I shall, therefore, only remark here, that when the process is properly conducted, 12 dozen (1 grot*, of buttons, of one inch in diameter, may be per- fectly gilded on both sides with only 5 grains of gold. By an Act of Parliament, which I believe is still unrepcaled, this is the smallest portion of gold permitted to bo used for a gross of buttons of the above size, but a less quantity than 5 grains is frequently employed. The mass of the finest kind of buttons, and other small articles, have, however, during the last few years been gilded by means of a solution of chloride of gold in bicarbonate of po- tassa. (See Elkington’s Patent Gilding.) GILDING, BURNISHED. This is princi- pally applied to the frames of pictures and mirrors, and to similar objects. It is performed by giving the wood, first, a coating of good size, and next, several successive coats of size thickened with finely-powdered whiting, Spanish white, or plaster of Paris, until a good face is produced ; observing to let each coat become quite dry, and to rub it perfectly smooth with fine glass-paper, before the application of the following one. When the proper ‘ face’ is obtained, the surface is thinly and evenly gone over with gold size, and when this is nearly dry, the gold leaf is applied and afterwards bur- nished. GILDING, CHEMICAL. .This term is ap plied to those methods of gilding in which the gold adheres to the surface from chemical affinity, and not from the intervention of some glutinous sub- stance. The latter method is called, by way of distinction, “ mechanical gilding.” GILDING, COLD. This is performed b$ softening, annealing, and polishing the articles (copper or brass) to be gilded, and then applying the following powder by friction with a piece of cork moistened with a solution of salt in water ; after which the work is burnished with a piece of hematite or polished steel. — Powder : Pure gold 5 drs. ; pure copper 1 dr. ; nitro-muriatic acid 10 oz. ; dissolve, imbue clean linen rags with the solution, dry, burn them and carefully collect the ashes, which contain tho gold in a state of minute division. GILDING, DISTEMPER. This is a method practised by the French, that resembles Burnished Gilding, excepting in being vastly more compli- cated. This, as well as Burnished Gilding, is ap- plied to wood, plaster, und marble. GIL 333 GIL GILDING, ELKINGTON’S PATENT. Syn. Bonnet’s Process. Anglo-German Gilding. Proc. 1. K The Gilding liquid.) Fine gold 5 oz. (troy ;) nitro-muriatic acid 52 oz. (avoirdupois ;) dissolve by heat, and continue the heat until red or yellow vapors cease to be evolved ; decant the clear liquid into a suitable vessel ; add distilled water 4 gallons ; pure bicarbonate of potassa 20 • lbs. ; and boil for two hours. *** The nitro-mu- riatic acid is made with pure nitric acid (sp. gr. 1-45) 21 oz. ; pure muriatic acid (sp. gr. 1T5) 17 oz. ; and distilled water 14 oz. 2. (The Gilding.) The articles, after being per- fectly cleaned from scale or grease, and receiving a proper face, are to be suspended on wires, dipped into the liquid boiling hot and moved about there- in, when, in from a few seconds to a minute, de- pending on the newness and strength of the liquid, the requisite coating of gold will b # e deposited on them. By a little practice the time to withdraw the articles is readily known ; the duration of the immersion required to produce any given effect gradually increases as the liquid weakens by use. When properly gilded, the articles are withdrawn from the solution of gold, washed in clean water, and dried ; after which they undergo the usual operation of coloring, &c. (See Gilding, wash.) A dead appearance is produced by the application to the articles of a weak solution of nitrate of mer- cury previously to the immersion ; or the deaden- ing may be given by applying a solution of the nitrate to the gilded surface and then expelling the mercury by heat. (This process, though pat- ented by Mr. Elkington in England, and claimed as his own invention, was in reality discovered and first practised by M. Bonnet, a foreigner.) .Articles thus gilded do not bear friction and the operations of being put in color, (mise en couleur,) so well as those gilded by the mercurial process, or even by electricity. GILDING, FRICTION. This consists in the application, by friction, of gold in a minutely di- vided state, to the 'surface of the copper or brass, previously cleaned and brightened. (See Gilding, Cold.) GILDING, GRECIAN. Proc. Sal ammoniac and corrosive sublimate, equal parts, are dissolved in nitric acid, and a solution of gold made with this menstruum ; after slight concentration the liquid is applied to the surface of silver, which im- mediately becomes black, but on being heated ex- hibits a gilded surface. GILDING, JAPANNER’S. This is done by covering the surface with oil size thinned with spirits of turpentine, and then gently daubing on gold powder with a puff of wash-leather. This gives the appearance of frosted gold. (See Gild- ing Powder.) GILDING, LEAF. This term is applied to the gilding of paper, vellum, &c., by applying leaf gold to the surface, previously prepared with a coating of gum-water, sipe, or white of egg. It is usually finished with an agate burnisher. GILDING, LETTER. The letters of sign- boards and similar ornamental gilding for outdoor work, is done by first covering the design with yel- low or gold-color paint, then with oil gold size, and when tnis is nearly dry applying the leaf-gold, observing to shield it properly from the wind, lest it be blown away or become crumpled before be- ing properly attached. This gilding is usually .varnished. GILDING LIQUOR. Syn. Gilder’s Pickle Pr-op. Alum and common salt, of each 1 oz. ; purified nitre 2 oz. ; water ^ pint ; used to impart a rich color to gold surfaces, principally trinkets. Its application should not be too long continued, as it dissolves a small portion of the gold. For common purposes it is best used diluted with water GILDING METAL. The metal employed for gilding is usually brass, or a mixture of brass and copper. The following alloys have been re- commended : — I. Copper 6 parts ; brass 1 part. II. Copper 4 parts ; Bristol brass 1 part. III. Copper 13 parts ; old Bristol brass 3 parts ; tin 14 parts. GILDING OF LEATHER. The finer class of leather gilding has been already noticed under Book Gilding. For common work, silver leaf is usually applied to the surface, previously covered with size or white of egg, and after being burnish- ed down and dried is covered with gold-colored lacquer. Tinfoil is frequently employed for in- ferior work, or such as is not required to be elastic. GILDING, OIL. This species of gilding may be divided into several operations. — 1. The surface is prepared by a coating of whitelead in drying oil. — 2. Another coat is given, made with calcined whitelead or masiscot ground in linseed oil and tur- pentine ; 3 or 4 coats of this mixture are often given, observing to carefully smooth off each coat with pumice or shave grass before the application of the following ones. — 3. The Gold Color , or paint, is next applied. It is usually very adhesive gold size, or the bottom of the pot or dish in which painters wash their brushes. For this purpose it is thoroughly ground and strained. — 4. When the gold color becomes partially dry and sufficiently tenacious, the gold-leaf is applied and pressed on with a wad of cotton, wood, or a soft brush. — 5. A thin coat of spirit varnish is now given, and the object is cautiously passed over a chafing dish cl charcoal, observing to avoid stopping the motion of the piece while doing so, as it would then be- come discolored and blistered. The work is usual- ly finished off with a coat of pale oil varnish. For outdoor gilding, the whole of the varnishing pro- cess is generally Qmitted. This species of gilding is applied to woodwork, plaster, metal, &c. GILDING OF POLISHED METALS. I. Polished iron and steel may be readily gilded by applying an ethereal solution of gold to the surface with a camel-hair pencil. The ether flies off and leaves the surface coated witty gold ; it must then be polished with a burnisher. In this way, any fancy device or writing may be executed on steel or iron. This species of gilding is not, however, so durable as the following : — II. Apply gold leaf to the surface of polished iron, steel, or copper, heated to a bluish tint, press it on gently with the burnisher, avoiding breaking or injuring the gold ; again expose it to a gentle heat, and repeat the process with fresh leaves of gold, until the gilding has acquired a proper thick- ness ; then let it cool and polish it with the bur nisher. (See Gold, Liquid.) GILDING OF PORCELAIN, GLASS, &c GIL Gil This is performed by blending powdered gold with gum water and a little borax, and applying it by means of a camel-hair pencil ; the article is then boated sufficiently hot in an oven or furnace, by which means the gum is burnt, and the borax vitrifying cements tho gold to the surface. When cold it is polished off with a burnisher. Names, dates, or any fancy dcvico may thus be perma- nently and easily fixed on glass, china, earthen- ware, &c. GILDING OF SILK, &c. Silks, satins, woollens, ivory, bone, $c., may be readily gilded by immersing them in a solution of nitro-muriate (terchloride) of gold, (1 of the salt to 3 or 4 of wa- ter,) and then exposing them to the action of hydro- gen gas. The latter part of the process may read- ily be performed by pouring some diluted sul- phuric acid, or zinc or iron filings, in a bottle, and placing it under a jar or similar vessel, inverted, at the top cf which the articles to bo gilded are to be suspended. The foregoing experiment may be very prettily and advantageously varied as follows: — Paint lowers or other ornaments with a very fine camel- hair pencil, dipped in the above-mentioned solution of gold, on pieces of silk, satin, &c., and hold them over a Florence flask, from which hydrogen gas is evolved, during the decomposition of the water by sulphuric acid and iron filings. The painted flow- ers, &c. in a few minutes will shine with all the splendor of the purest gold. A coating of this kind will not tarnish on exposure to the air, or in washing. GILDING OF SILVER. Silver is usually gilded by brushing it evenly over with an amalgam of gold, submitting it to heat and burnishing. (See Gilding, Wash.) GILDING POWDER. Syn. Gold Powder Gold Bronze. Prep. I. Heat an amalgam of gold until the mercury be all volatilized. If the quantity be considerable, the process should be so conducted as to save the mercury. II. Dissolve gold in nitro-muriatic acid, then precipitate it with a solution of pure protosulphate of iron ; wash and dry the powder. A good pro- cess. III. Grind gold leaf with honey by means of a stone and m idler, until reduced to an impalpable powder, then wash away the honey and dry the goffi. Uses, ij-c. Powdered gold is employed in gilding by the japanners and by artists. It is either sold in powder or made up into shells. (See Gold Powder.) GOLD SHELLS. The previous article ground up with gum water, and spread upon the insides of shells. Used by artists. GILDING SIZE. Syn. Gilder’s Size. Gold Size. Gold Color. Prep. I. (Oil. size.) Drying or boiled oil thickened with yellow ochre, or calcined red ochre, and carefully reduced to tho utmost smoothness by grinding. It may bo thinned with oil of turpentine. Improves by age. Used for oil gilding II. (Water size.) Parchment or isinglass size, mixed with finely-ground yellow ochre. Used in burnished or distemper gilding. GILDING, TALBOT’S PATENT. By ibis process, gilding, silvering, and platinizing are per- 34 formed by adding a solution of gallic acid in water ether, or alcohol, to a solution of gold, silver f platina, and immersing therein the metallic sub* stances to be gilded, which must bo allov?ed to re- main immersed until sufficiently coated. The ar- ticles must bo well cleaned and polished befors being placed in the solution. GILDING, THREAD. Gold thread is mere- ly a thread of yellow silk covered with a very thin * flatted wire of gold, by means of a properly a?' ranged revolving wheel. GILDING, VARNISH. This is oil gilding applied to equipages, picture-frames, furniture, & c., the surface being highly varnished and polished before it receives the size or gold color ; and after tho gilding has become quite dry, a coat of spirit varnish, fumed with the chafing-dish as above, is ap- plied, followed by 2 or 3 coats of the best* copal var- nish, after which the work is carefully polished with tripoli and water. (See Furniture, Varnished.) GILDING VARNISH. Syn. Gilder’s Var- nish. Gilder’s Wax. Prep. Beeswax 4 oz. ; verdigris and sulphate of copper, ci each 1 oz. ; mix II. Beeswax 4 oz. ; verdigris, red ochre, and alum, of each 1 oz. ; mix. Used to give a red gold color to water-gilding. GILDING, VOLTAIC. Gilding by the moist way ; or by communicating a negative electric state, by means of a feeble hydro-electric current to the metal which is sought to be gilded, and which is immersed in a dilute solution of gold. Proc. I. Pour a neutral solution of chloride cf gold, containing not more than fropi £ to 1$ of gold into a glass cylinder, whose lower extremity is hermetically closed with moistened gut-skin, and introduce the cylinder into a vessel which contains some water very slightly acidulated with a few drops of sulphuric acid. The cylinder should be supported so as to prevent its lower surface from resting immediately on the bottom of the larger vessel. It is necessary to carefully clean, or even polish, the surface of the metal, whether of silver or brass, that we desire to gild, lest a portion of it should be left ungilt. To attain this end, it is sometimes advisable to place the metal for a few moments in contact with zinc, in dilute sulphuric acid, so that hydrogen may be disengaged on its surface ; after which it must be well washed. Ill order to gild an object, it must be fixed or suspend- ed by a platina wire, to the other extremity of which is attached a plate of zinc ; this done, plunge the article to be gilt in the solution of gold, and the zinc plate into the acidulated water. The power of the electric current may be moderated at will by immersing more or less of the zinc plate, s* that no hydrogen may bo disengaged, and in this case the chloride of gold is alone decomposed. After a minute, the article to be gilt is withdrawn, wiped dry with a fine linen cloth, rubbed a little, and again immersed. After two or three immer- sions tho metal will be found to be sufficiently gilded. (M. do la Rive.) II. ( Process of M. Louyet.) This consists in employing a strong solution of bisulphuret of gold in cyanuret of potassium and a powerful electric current. The bisulphuret is prepared by either passing sulphureted hydrogen through a solution of bfchloride of gold, or by adding to a solution of the latter anoft i?r of hydrosulphuret of ammonia GIL 335 GIT Tie precipitate is collected in a filter, washed seveml times with warm water, and is then dis- solved in a concentrated solution of cyanuret of potassium, by passing the solution through it, sprinkled on a paper fijter, until the whole is dis- solved, w hich is known by the paper becoming de- colored. The filter should then be washed with water to extract the adhering solution of gold, and this water may be kept for a future operation. The solution of gold should be kept in a well-closed vessel! when not intended for immediate use. This solution is not decomposed by silver, copper, or brass, by simple contact. The eleptric current is produced by the use of voltaic couples, varying in dimensions according to the surface to be gilded. A plate of copper, 12 to 16 centimetres square, is bent into the form of one of the double plates of Wollaston’s pile, in the central space of which is placed a plate of amalgamated zinc df only half the size of the copper plate, and entirely covered with a piece of coarse cloth, to prevent contact between the two metals. Two copper wires are soldered to the two superior angles of the zinc plate, and two similar wires are also soldered to the middle of each of the faces of the copper plate. The wires from the negative element (which are rather long) are connected with the copper, brass, bronze, or silver article, which it is desired to gild, placed in a glass or porcelain decomposition cell, in a sim- ilar manner to the connection at the other end, and the extremities of the positive wires are so ar- ranged as to make them alternate with the pre- ceding. The decomposition cell is then nearly filled with the solution of gold, and the battery ex- cited by water strongly acidulated with equal parts of nitric and sulphuric acids. At the end of 5, 10, 20, or 30 minutes, the article is withdrawn, washed in pure water, and dried. It is then again im- mersed, and the withdrawal, washing, and reim- mersion repeated, until it has received a sufficiently thick coating of gold. To increase the solidity of the gilding, the article when withdrawn the first time, and after being "Washed and dried, may be submitted to a heat of 250° to 300° C., and after having again become cold, reimmersed in the de- composition cell as before. According to M. Louyet, articles are more beau- tifully gilded in this way, when the electricity is equally distributed over their surface. This he ef- fects by terminating the poles of the voltaic couple by several reophori, of which all those from the negative clement are placed in contact with differ- ent points of the perimeter of the object to be gild- ed ; the positive reophori being equal in number, are at the same time arranged to correspond with th9 negative ones ; but a small interval is preserved between them. After the pieces are gilded they are “ put in color,” by which their lustre and beauty are brought out. This is done by either steeping them in the gilding liquor or pickle, before de- scribed, or by covering them with a layer of gild- er s wax and heating them. In the above way, copper, brass, bronze, silver, iron, lead, tin, steel, tiid platinum may be gilded. Ill ( Process of M. Ruolz.) This process con- nate in decomposing, by means of a constant bat- tery, a solution of cyanide, chloride, or potassio- rhloride of gold in cyanide of potassium, or red or jc'.low prussiate of potash, a solution of soda-chlo- ride of gold in carbonate of soda, or of sulphuret of gold in neutral cyanide or sulphuret of potassium. M. Ruolz also silvers in the same way. IV. ( Process of Mr. Elkington.) 31 grammes and 25 centigrammes of gold converted into oxide ; 5 hectogrammes of cyanuret of potassium ; water 4 litres ; boil for half an hour in glass or porcelain. This solution is used with a constant battery. It gilds very quickly, especially when boiling. (M. Dumas) V. ( Process of Mr. Walker.) (Aiding and sil- vering have been hitherto accomplished by the use of a single cell, and, therefore, at the expense of a salt of gold or silver. These salts are troublesome to prepare, an$l are expensive ; and therefore if the anions would combine with gold and silver anodes, the operations of plating and gilding might be ren- dered more simple, more sure, and more economi cal. This may be effected by dissolving the neu- tral oxides of silver and of gold, or the chloride of gold, each in a solution of cyafiide of potassium, and electrolyzing the solutions respectively with a silver and a gold anode. After a few seconds of action deposites are obtained ; the articles are re- moved and polished, and reimmersed, according to the thickness required. The cyanogen, released at the anode, combines with it, whether it be silver or gold, and destroys a portion, equivalent to that deposited at the cathode ; aim .bus the strength of the solution is maintained, and the expense of the operation is reduced to a minimum. The deposi- tion is effected in glass cells, and thus the eye can detect the regularity of the process. The anodes are gold and silver wire, or plate, which are sus- pended in the decomposition cell, and connected with the positive element of the battery, like the pieces of copper, d d, in the engraving at p. 262 (Proceedings of the Lond. Elect. Soc., Sept. 21, 1841.) The solution of gold mentioned in the other processes, may also be employed with gold anodes, and will thus be rendered more constant and convenient. Remarks. It is necessary to carefully scour the surfaces of the articles to be gilded, as the slightest layer of oxide or grease would prevent the adhe- sion and equal distribution of the gold over the sur- face. M. Becquerel amalgamates the pieces for this purpose, by which the best effects of gilding, with respect to durability and solidity, are produced. The objects are simply immersed in a solution of protonitrate of mercury, and washed with a large quantity of water, then rubbed with leather, in or- der to diffuse the mercury ; and the immersions are repeated until the metal is equally diffused over the surface. If it be slightly spread without rub- bing, the surface remains tarnished ; but if it be brushed it assumes a brilliant appearance. If the pieces thus prepared be steeped in the bath of cya- nide of gold and potassium, at a temperature of 77° to 86° F., and connected with a constant bat- tery in operation, in less than a quarter of an hour they will be gilded, either dead (matt) or shining, but of a matt equal to that of clocks, a quality dif- ficult to obtain by the ordinary process. If it bo wished to give value to electro-chemical gilding, we must jointly employ both methods, and tako mercury as a medium, but not in so great a quan- tity as in gilding by mercury. The temperature of the operation for bringing up the color s suffi- cient to drive off the mereary, so that the advan* GIL 336- GIL iages aro united of tho combination of the gold with the copper, and of an almost unlimited thick- ness of gold. (Comptes Rendus, July, 1843.) The decomposition cell should be made of glass or porcelain, and preferably of tho former, be- cause it admits more easily of the inspection of the process. It should also, for economy’s sake, bo of such a form as to permit the objects to be gilded, to be covered with the smallest possible quantity of the solution of gold. In reference to the battery it may be remarked, that the feebler and more constant its action, the greater is the solidity of the gilding, and its degree of adhesion to tho gilded surface. In many cases, however, comparatively powerful electro-cuft-ents are em- ployed, for the sake of expedition ; but the process thereby becomes more difficult to manage with success. (See Electrotype, &c.) GILDING, WASH. Syn. Water Gilding. Mercurial do. Amalgam do. This consists in the application of a thin coating of amalgam of gold to the metallic surface to be gilded, and in the volatilization of the mercury by heat. It is the usual method of gilding articles of copper and its alloys, and possesses great beauty and durabili- ty, when properly executed. The process consists of several operations ; viz. — 1. (The amalgam .) Put 1 part of fine gold into an iron crucible, apply heat, and when faintly red add 8 parts of mercury, agitate with an iron rod, and when ' the whole of the gold is dissolved, pour it (cautiously) into an earthen vessel, con- taining water. The amalgam must be next squeezed in chamois leather to separate the run- ning mercury, and the latter must be preserved for a future operation, as it contains a portion of gold. The solid or semi-solid amalgam is then preserved for use. 2. (The mercurial solution.) Dissolve 10 parts of mercury in 11 parts of aquafortis, (sp. gr. 1-33,) and dilute the solution with 25 times its weight of water. 3. (Annealing.) The article of bronze, copper, or brass is prepared by setting it among burning charcoal or peat, observing to heat it equally until it acquires a cherry red color in the dark, when it is allowed to cool slowly in the air. 4. ( The decapage or scouring.) The article is next soaked in water, strongly soured with oil of vitriol, and to which a little salt has been added, until the film of oxide is dissolved off or loosened ; it is then rubbed bright with a stiff brush, washed in clear water, and rubbed dry with clean sawdust or bran, when a very smooth dull surface is ob- tained, if tho process has been well conducted. 5. (Application of the amalgam.) A fine brass wire brush (scratch-brush) is now dipped into the mercurial solution, next drawn slopingly over a lump of amalgam of gold, and then over the sur- face of tho article to be gilded, and this process is repeated until a sufficient coating of the amalgam has been thus given to the alloy. G. (The firing.) Tho article is now gradu- ally heated by exposing it to burning charcoal, during which time it is kept turning about to distribute tho heat equally. When tho amalgam is properly fused on tho surface, the piece is with- drawn from the fire and rapidly brushed and rub- bed over in every direction with a stiff long-haired brush, to equalize tho surface ; it is then again slowly heated as before, until the whole of tho mercury is volatilized. During this time should any defects bo observed in the gilding, it is re- paired by additional applications of tho amalgam to such parts, without removing tho piece from the fire. When tho whole of the mercury is driven off, the piece is washed in vinegar and water, and then in puro water. , 7. (Epargner.) The parts of the piece that are to be burnished are protected with a mixture of Spanish white, sugar-candy, and gum, mixed up with water ; it is next dried and heated to expel any remaining particles of mercury, and then plunged while h6t into water, acidulated with sulphuric acid, washed, and dried. 8. (Burnishing.) This is done with burnishers of bloodstone or hematite, dipped into vinegar and water, and skilfully rubbed backwards and for- wards, until a sufficient polish is produced. Tho piece is then washed in pure water, wiped with soft linen, and dried over a chafing-dish of charcoal. 9. (Deadening.) The parts to bo burnished are covered or protected as above, and then heat- ed until the protection becomes partially carbonized and brown ; the remaining surface is then covered over with a mixture of alum, salt, and nitre, and the piece is again heated until the latter mixture runs and becomes glassy ; it is then withdrawn, plunged into water, and the coating cleaned off , it is next washed in very weak nitric acid, then in puro water, and lastly wiped, and dried in a stove 10. (Coloring.) a. (Red gold color.) The article to be gilded, after being coated with the amalgam, as in the 5th operation, is to be gently heated, and while hot, covered with gilder's wax ; it is then “ flamed” over a wood fire and strongly heated, during all which time it is kept in a state of continual motion, to equalize the action of the fire on the surface. When all the compo- sition has burned away the piece is plunged into water, next cleaned with the scratch -brush and vinegar, and then washed and burnished. To bring up the beauty of the color, the piece is some- times washed with a strong solution of verdigris in vinegar, next gently heated, plunged while ho* into water, and then washed, first in vinegar, or water soured "with nitric acid, and then in pure water ; it is lastly burnished, and again washed and dried. — b. (Or molu color.) This is given by covering the parts with a mixture of powdered hematite, alum, common salt, and vinegar, and applying heat until the coating blackens, when the piece is plunged into cold water, rubbed witu a brush dipped in vinegar, or water stronglv soured with nitric acid, again washed in pure water, and drbd. During this process the part* not to be in “ or molu color” should be protected Remarks. Great care should be taken by thf» workmen at mercurial gilding to avoid the fumes, as they exercise a most pernicious effect upon the health. I3y the adoption of the furnace invented by M. D’Arcet this evil is obviated, as the whole of tho volatilized mercury is carried off, and agnin condensed for further use. In this way the occu- pation of the water-gilder is rendered as healthy as most other trades. It is to be regretted, how- ever, that owing to tho prejudices of the workmen against these furnaces, and the indifference of tiie GIN 337 GIN masters on the subject, but few are employed, 1 though their adoption offers considerable advan- tages as regards oconomy and health. GILDING, WIRE. Rods of silver are covered with gold leaf, of a thickness proportionate to the quality of the intended wire, and the compound bar is then drawn into wire in the usual way. One hundred grains of gold was formerly the lowest legal quantity that could be employed for ) lb. (troy) of silver. The silver employed for gilding in this country is Usually alloyed with 10 to 12 pennyweights, and that in France with from 5 to 6 pennyweights of copper. GIN. (From Genievre, juniper.) Gin is flavored corn spirit. This liquor was originally wholly im- ported from Holland, and hence* received the name of Hollands, or Hollands Gin, and was a •rich, smooth spirit, chiefly flavored with juniper berries: hence the term Geneva, frequently ap- plied to it, of which the English monosyllable gin appears to be a corruption or diminutive. The liquor at present known by this name, of British manufacture, is, however, a very different article to that imported, and consists of plain spirit, flavored with turpentine, and very small quantities of cer- tain aromatics. The thousand and one receipts for this article, which have from time to time been printed in books, produce a flavored spirit, bearing no resemblance to the most esteemed samples of English gin, and if possible, even more unlike genuine Hollands. Any person may easily satisfy himself of the truth of this assertion by actual experiment. The cause of this incongruity has arisen, chiefly from the writers not being prac- tically acquainted with the subject, and from the disinclination of well-informed practical men to divulge, gratuitously, what they conceived to be valuable secrets. Hence the utter failure of any attempts to produce either gin or Hollands from the receipts usually published. The authors ap- pear to have all imbibed a juniper-berry mania, probably from the imbibition of their favorite bev- erage. Oil of juniper, in the hands of these gentlemen, appears to be a perfect aqua mira- bilis; it readily converts whiskey into gin, and imparts the rich creamy flavor of Hollands to corn or molasses sp : t. But theory and experi- ment sometimes disag :ee. In practice, it is found that the true flavor of foreign Geneva cannot be imparted to spirit by juniper alone, and that Eng- lish gin depends for its flavor on no such a sub- stance. The following formulae may be regarded as good specimens, but it is proper to remark, that every distiller has his own receipt ; hence the slightly different flavor of the gin of different dis- tillers. This arises from the use of more or less flavoring, or the addition of a small quantity of some aronratic, which exercises a modifying influ- ence on the chief flavoring ingredient. One point must be particularly observed, and that is, to avoid an excess of any flavoring. The most esteemed samples of gin are those that consist of very pure spirit, lightly flavored. A creaminess and smoothness is given to gin by age, or the addition of a little sugar; and a small quantity of caustic potassa is sometimes added to it, to render it bitin® UPON THE PALATL'. Prep. I. Clean corn spirit, at proof, 80 gallons ; newly rectified oil of turpentine 1 pint ; mix well 43 by violent agitation, add Culinary salt 7 or 8 lbs., dissolved in water, 30 or 40 gallogs ; again well agitato and distil over 100 gallons, or until the “feints ,, begin to rise. Product, — 100 gallons- 22 u. p., besides 2 gallons contained in the feints If 100 gallons, 17 u. p., be required, 85 gallons of proof spirit, or its equivalent at any other strength; should be employed. II. Proof spirit, as above, 8 gallons; oil of tur* pentino 1 to 1£- oz. ; salt 1 lb., dissolved in water 3 or 4 gallons ; draw 10 gallons, as before. 22 u. p. III. Clean corn spirit 80 gallons ; oil of turpen- tino % | to 1 pint ; pure oil 6f juniper 1 oz. to 3 oz. ; salt 7 lbs. ; water 35 gallons ; draw 1 00 gallons, as above. 22 u. p. IV. To the last adefoil of caraway \ oz. ; oil of sweet fennel oz. ; distil as before. V. To No. III. add essential oil of almonds 1 drachm, or less ; essence of lemon 3 or 4 drachms ; distil as before. VI. To No. I. add creosote 1 to 2 drachms be- fore distillation. VII. To No. III. add creosote 1 to- 2 drachms before distillation. VIII. Proof spirit 80 gallons ; oil of turpentine ^ pint ; oil of juniper 3 oz. ; creosote 2 drachms ; oranges and lemons, sliced, of each 9 in number ; macerate for a week, and distil 100 gallons. 22 u. p. Remarks. The oil of turpentine for this purpose should be of the best quality, and not that usually vended for painting, which contains resin and fixed oil. Juniper berries, bitter almondJ| and the aro- matic seeds, may be used instead of the essential oils ; but the latter are most convenient. Tur- pentine conveys a plain gin flavor, — creosote im- parts a certain degree of smokiness, — lemon, and other aromatics, a creaminess, fulness, and rich- ness. Gin may also be prepared by simple solu- tion of the flavoring in the spirit, but is of course better for distillation. If made in the former way, no salt must be emplpyed. The gin produced by the above formulae is that denominated in the trade unsweetened gin, grog gin, &c. ; but the gin as usually sold in the metropolis is a sweetened spirit, and hence is technically distinguished by the terms sweetened, or made up. In fact, the generality of gin-drinkers prefer the latter article, even though it be weaker and inferior, which it usually is ; as the addition of sugar permits adulteration and wa- tering with greater ease. Sweetened spirit can- not be easily tested for its strength, and is taken by the Excise at the strength which it is declared to possess by the dealer. To ascertain whether gin be sweetened or not, a little maybe evaporated in a spoon, over a hot coal or a candle, when, if it be pure, it will fly off, and leave the spoon but littlo soiled ; but if, on the contrary, it has been sioeet- ened, a small quantity of sirupy liquid, or sugar, will bo obtained, the .sweetness of which will be easily recognised by tasting it. The whole of the casks and utensils employed for gin should be perfectly clean, and properly pre- pared, so as not to give color; as if this sp’!i:t merely acquires the palest colored tint, its value' is lessened, and if much colored, it is rendered un- saleable. (See Casks.) When gin has -mee be- come much stained, the only remedy is to redistii GIN 338 GIN It ; when it is only slightly stained, the addition of a few ids. of acetic acid (P. L.) to a pipe, a spoon- ful or two to a gallon, or a few drops to a decan- terful, will usually decolor it, either at once, or as soon as it is mixed with water to make grog. (See Alcoholometry, Distillation, Hollands.) GIN, CORDIAL. This is gin sweetened with sugar, and slightly aromatizod. Prep. Gjod gin (22 u. p.) 90 gallons; oil of ! almonds 1 drachm ; oils of cassia, nutmeg, and j lemons, of each 2 drachms ; oils of junipor, cara- way, and coriander, of each 3 drachms ; essence of orris root 3 or 4 «z. ; orange-flower water 3 pints ; lump sugar 56 to 60 lbs. ; dissolved in' wa- ter 3 or 4 gallons. The essences must ‘bo dissolved in a quart of spirit of wine,*and added gradually to the gin, until the requisite flavor is produced, when the dissolved sugar must bo mixed in, along with a sufficient quantity of soft water holding 4 oz. of alum in solution, to make up 100 gallons. When the whole is perfectly mixed, 2 oz. of salt of tartar, dissolved in 2 or 3 quarts of watei, must be added, and the liquor again well rummaged up, after which it must be bunged down, and allowed to re- pose. In a week or 10 days it will have become brilliant, and may be racked if required. Product. 100 gallons, about 30 u. p. It is usually permitted in the trade as 22 or 24 u. p. GIN; SWEETENED. Prep. Unsweetened gin (22 u. p.) 95 gallons ; lump sugar 40 to 45 lbs., dissolved in clear water 3 gallons ; mix well ; add alum $ lb., dissolved in water 3. or 4 quarts ; rum- mage well fdfr 15 minutes, then add salt of tartar 2 oz., dissolved in water, 1 or 2 quarts: again rum- mage well, and bung down close. In a day or two it will be fine, and ready for sale or racking. Pro- duct. 100 gallons, at 26 u. p. This is usually “ permitted” at 22 or 24 u. p., and this is also commonly done when the gin has been further lowered with water to 30 or 35 u. p. (See pp. 36 and 37.) GINGER BEER. Prep. I. Lump sugar 1 lb. ; bruised ginger (from which the dust has been sift- ed) | to 1 oz. ; cream of tartar \ oz. ; 1 lemon, sliced ; pour on them boiling water 1 gallon ; cover up, and macerate until barely lukewarm, then strain, add yeast 2 oz. ; work for 2 to 4 days, ac- cording to the weather ; skim, strain through clean flannel, bottle, and wire down the corks. Excel- lent ; will keep well. II. As last ; but use moist instead of lump sugar. III. “ For the following excellent formula for ginger beer I am indebted to Mr. Pollock, of Fen- church-street : — white sugar lb. xx ; lemon or lime juice f ^xviij ; honey lb. j ; bruised ginger ^xvij ; water 18 gallons. Boil the ginger in 3 gallons of the water for half an hour ; then add the sugar, the juice, and the honey, with the remainder of the water, and strain through a cloth. When cold, add the white of 1 egg, and f^ss of essence of lemon ; after standing 4 days, bottle. This yields a very superior beverage, and one which will keep tor many months.” (Pereira’s Elcin. Mat. Med., 2d Ed., ii 1018.) Used as a refreshing drink in warm weather. GINGERBREAD. Prep. I. (Dr. Colquhoun.) Flour 1 lb. ; carbonate of magnesia £ oz. ; mix ; add treacle i lb. ; moist sugar \ lb. ; melted butter 2 oz. ; tartaric acid, dissolved in a little water, 1 drachm ; make a stiff dough, then add powdered ginger and cinnamon, (cassia,) of each 1 drachm ; grated nutmeg 1 oz. ; set it asido for half an hour or an hour, and p it it in the oven. It should not be kept longer than two or three hours at the ut- most, before being baked. This receipt produces superior thin gingerbread. II. Flour and treacle, of each 1 lb.; butter 1 I oz. ; carbonate of magnesia 1 oz. to 1 £ oz. ; add spices, (ginger, cinnamon, nutmeg, allspice, Cay- enne, coriandors, &c., to taste ;) mix as last. Fit for baking in from four to six hours. III. flour 2 lbs. ; carbonate of magnesia £ oz. ; mix ; treacle. 1£ lb. ; butter 2 oz. ; spice to palate ; tartaric acid J oz. ; mix as above. Ripe for the oven in half an hour to one hour. IV. Instead of tartaric acid in the last form, use cream of tartar dissolved in water, 2 oz. ; mix as last. Ripens in 40 or 50 minutes. V. Flour or fine pollard 1 lb. ; treacle J lb. potash, dissolved in a little water, £ oz. ; butter * oz. ; spice to palate ; mix as before. Takes sev- eral days io ripen ; sometimes a fortnight. VI. To the last, after it has stood 1 or 2 days, add volatile salt, (carbonate of ammonia,) dissolved in a little water, £ oz. May be baked at once. VII. Flour 6 lbs. ; powdered ginger 2 oz. or 3 oz. ; caraway seeds 1 oz. ; (and other spices to palate ;) candied lemon and orange peels, of. each 1 to 2 oz. ; moist sugar and melted butter, of each £ lb. ; treacle 4 lbs. ; volatile salt, dissolved in a little water, 1£ oz. to 2 oz. ; mix as above. May be baked at once. The upper surface of this bread is very dark and glossy. Remarks. The preceding may be either rolled out into thin sheets and cut into cakes or nuts (gingerbread nuts) with the top of a wine-glass or canister, or may be formed into thick cakes. They require a pretty brisk oven ; the thin varieties (nuts, &c.) must be baked crisp, without being burnt. The varieties called lemon gingerbread, caraway do., &c., have a perceptible predominance of those flavoring ingredients. The addition of a little alum, dissolved in water, makes the bread both lighter and crisper, as well as ripen quicker. This should not, however, be added until the whole of the other ingredients are made into a dough, when it may be well kneaded into the mass. GINGER CANDY. Prep. Coarsely powder- ed ginger 2 oz. ; boiling water 1£ pints ; macerate in a warm place for 2 hours, strain, and add it to lump and brown sugar, of each 7 lbs. Remarks. Ginger Drops are made in the same way, only using all lump sugar. GINGER, MOCK, (Preserved.) Pre }. £ut off the stalks of lettuces just going to seed, and peel off the strings. Cut them in pieces 2 or 3 inches long, and throw them into water. After washing them, put them into sugar and water, mixed in the proportion of 1 lb. of sugar to 5 pints of water ; add to this quantity 2 large spoonfuls of pounded ginger. Boil the whole together for 20 minutes, and set it by for 2 days. Then boil it again for half an hour, and renew this 5 or 6 times ‘in the same sirup. Then drain the stalks upon a sieve and wipe them dry ; have ready a thick sirup boiled, and made strong with whole ginger. Pour it upon the st*..ks boiling hot ; boil thorn in it twica GLA 339 GLA or thrice, or until they look clear and taste like th^ West India ginger. GLASS. Syn. Vitrum, ( Lat .) Verre, ( Fr .) Glas, ( Ger .) A transparent, insoluble, and brittle substance, formed by the union of the silicic acid with a metallic oxide. Hist. The date of the invention and the early nistory of the manufacture of glass are involved in considerable obscurity. According to Pliny, it originated from the following accident : A mer- chant ship, laden with natron, being driven upon the coast of the mouth of the river Beius, in tem- pestuous weather, the crew were compelled to cook their victuals ashore ; and having placed mmps of the natron on the sand, as supports to the kettles, found, to their surprise, masses of transpa- rent stone among the cinders. Considering the trifles that have led to the most important discov- eries, this anecdote is very probably founded in truth. The Phoenicians were the earliest manu- facturers of glass, and long held an exclusive com- merce of this article ; afterwards Alexandria and Sidon became celebrated for the same manufac- ture. (Pliny, Strabo.) Glass was employed by the Romans for windows, and for various other purposes, as specimens discovered among the ruins of Herculaneum amply testify. “ The Phoenician processes seemed to have been learned by the Crusaders, and transferred to Venice in the 13th century, where they were long held secret, and formed a lucrative commercial monopoly.” (Ure’s Diet, of Arts, &c.) The manufacture of window glass was not introduced into England until the middle of the 16th century, and was soon followed by that of Flint Glass. During the ensuing 80 or 90 years, this art acquired great perfection in this country ; and at the present day, the different varieties of glass of English manufacture are equal to any in the world. Even plate glass is now made in England that is fully equal to the best foreign. GLASS, BOTTLE. Prep. I. ( Dark green.) Fused glauber salts 11 lbs.; Soaper’s salts 12 lbs. ; waste soap ashes £ bushel ; silicious sand ^ cwt. ; glass skimmings 22 lbs. ; broken green glass 1 cwt. to 1^ cwt. ; basalt 25 lbs. to ^ cwt. II. ( Pale green.) a. Pale sand 100 lbs. ; kelp 35 lbs. ; lixiviated wood ashes 1£ cwt. ; fresh do. 40 lbs. ; pipeclay £ cwt. ; cullet or broken glass 1 cwt. b. Yellow or white sand 120 parts ; wood ashes 80 parts ; pearlashes 20 parts ; common salt 15 parts ; white arsenic 1 part. Very pale. GLASS, CROWN. Syn. White Window Glass. Prep. I. Sand 300 parts ; soda ash 200 parts ; lime 30 to 35 parts ; 200 to 300 parts of broken glass. II. {Bohemian.) Pure silicious sand 63 parts ; potash 22 parts ; lime 12 parts ; oxide of manga- nese 1 part. III. (Professor Schweigger.) Pure sand 100 parts ; dry sulphate of soda 50 parts ; dry quick- lime in powder 17 to 20 parts ; charcoal 4 parts. Product. White and good. IV. White sand 60 lbs. ; good pearlashes 30 lbs. ; raltpetre 15 lbs. ; borax 1 lb. ; white arsenic £ lb. ; if it is tinged at all, add a little manganese. GLASS, CRYSTAL. Prep. I. Refined pot- ashes 60 lbs. ; sand 120 lbs. ; chalk 24 lbs. ; nitre and white arsenic, of each 2 lbs. ; oxide of manga nese 1 to 2 oz. II. Pure white sand 120 parts ; refined ashes 7G parts ; saltpetre 10 parts ; white arsenic £ part ; oxide of manganese ^ part. III. Sand 120 parts ; red lead 50 parts ; puri- fied pearlash 40 parts ; nitre 20 parts ; manganess 1 part. IV. White sand 15 parts ; red lead 10 parts ; refined ashes 4 parts ; nitre 1 part ; arsenious acid and manganese, of each a very little. GLASS, FLASK. (Of St. Etienne.) Pure silicious sand 61 parts ; potash 3£ parts ; lime 21 parts ; heavy spar 2 parts ; oxide of manganese q. s. GLASS, FLINT. Syn. Crystal Glass. Prep. I. (Korner.) Quartz (first treated with muriatic acid) 100 parts ; litharge, or red lead, 80 parts ; cream of tartar 30 parts. Excellent. II. White sand 120 parts ; purified pearlash 40 parts ; litharge, or red lead, 35 parts ; nitre 13 parts ; oxide of manganese, a little, if required. III. Good Lynn sand 100 parts ; oxide of lead 60 parts ; purified pearlashes 30 parts ; manganese, as before. IV. (Geddes.) White sand 300 parts ; red lead, or litharge, 200 parts ; refined pearlashes 80 parts ; nitre 20 parts ; arsenic and manganese, of each a little. V. (M. Payen.) Silicious sand 3 parts ; red lead 2 to 2£ parts ; carbonate of potash 1^ to If parts. Both this and the last contain too much lead. VI. (Guinand’s,) Ground quartz and pure red lead, of each 100 parts ; refined potash 35 lbs. ; nitre 2 to 3 lbs. Heavy ; used by opticians. GLASS, PLATE. Prep. I. Pure sand 40 parts ; dry carbonate of soda 26^ parts ; lime 4 parts ; nitre 1£ part; broken plate-glass 25 parts. II. (Vienna.) Sand 100 parts ; calcined sul- phate of soda 50 parts ; lime 20 parts ; charcoal 2 1 parts. III. (Kim.) Sand 61 parts ; calcined sulphate of soda 27 parts ; lime 10J parts ; charcoal 2£ parts. IV. (Ure.) Quartz sand 100 parts ; calcined sulphate of soda 24 parts ; lime 20 parts ; cullet of soda glass 12 parts. V. (Kirn.) Quartz sand 60 to 65 parts ; calcined carbonate of potash 18 parts ; common salt 9 parts ; lime 13 to 13^ parts. VI. (French.) White quartz sand and cullet, of each 300 parts ; dry carbonate of soda 100 parts ; staked lime 43 parts. VII. Pure sand- 72 parts ; refined soda 45 parts • quicklime 8 parts ; nitre 2£ parts ; cullet 45 parts. GLASS, WINDOW. Syn. Broad Glass. Prep. I. Dried sulphate of soda 11 lbs. ; Soaper salts 10 lbs. ; lixiviated soap waste £ bushel ; sand 50 to 56 lbs. ; glass pot skimmings 22 lbs. ; broken pale green glass 1 cwt. II. (Paler.) White sand 60 lbs. ; pearlashes 30 lbs. ; common salt 10 lbs. ; arsenic 2 lbs. ; oxide ot manganese 2 to 4 oz. III. (Very pale.) White sand 60 lbs. ; good pot • ashes 25 lbs. ; common salt 10 lbs. ; nitre 5 lbs. ; arsenic 2 lbs. ; manganese 2 to 4 oz., as required ; broken pale window glass 14 lbs. ^ Remarks. The limits of this work will not per- mit of the operations of glags-making being enter GLA ■140 31; ed into The method of employing the preceding formulas will, however, bo evident to every person practically acquainted with this branch of the manufactures ; and by such alone is information of this kind required. The quality of glass is denoted by its trans- parency, strength, and power of resisting the action of water, air, light, and the strong acids and alka- lis. Those glasses which contain a predominance of alkali are acted on by water, and when this is in great excess, are perfectly soluble in tliat fluid. Hence ordinary crystal glass is affected by long coction in water, while crown glass, which con- tains less alkali, is unaltered by that trial. Glasses that contain any considerable quantity of lead, are acted on by sulphureted hydrogen ; this is the cause of the surface of flint glass, under certain circumstances, becoming opaque and iridescent. It is also said that glasses made of siliea and alkalis alone., are incapable of resisting the action of wa- ter, but that the addition of lime or oxide of lead is necessary for that purpose. The power of glass to resist the action of menstrua is readily tried by exposing it to boiling oil of vitriol, and hot, but di- lute solution of caustic potassa. Neither of these tests should cause the glass to lose its transparency, or to become dim. Glasses that have a slight greenish or bluish tint, may be often whitened, or rendered colorless, by exposure to light and air ; “ in consequence, undoubtedly, of the peroxidize- ment of the iron, to whose protoxide they owe their Lint ; other glasses become purpled from the pe- -oxidizement of the manganese.” (Ure.) The extreme brittleness of glass arises from its not having been annealed. This defect may be remedied on the small scale, by immersing such glass in a bath of oil, or a concentrated solution of chloride of calcium, or common salt, and heating the whole gradually and cautiously to the boil- ing point, and letting it cool very gradually ; the slower the better. By this treatment, the glass will be enabled to bear any alternations of tem- perature between the two extremes to which it has been exposed. GLASS-CLEANING. Glass Windows, Look- ing-Glasses, &c., may be cleaned as follows : — Dip a moistened rag or flannel into indigo, fuller’s earth, ashes, or rotten-stone, in impalpable powder, with which smear the glass, and wipe it off with a dry soft cloth. Powder-blue or whitening, tied up in muslin and dusted upon the glass, and cleaned off with chamois-leather, also gives glass a fine polish. The spots in the silvering of old looking- glasses are caused by damp at the barck. The Vauxhall plates are no longer prized, for the glass made in the present day is whiter and better. Window-paifbs may be made to resemble ground glass by daubing them with putty, or a brush with a little thin paste. GLASS-CUTTING, &c. A description of the various operations of glass-cutting and grinding belongs entirely to a work on the mechanical arts ; but it may not bo out of place hero to mention, that glass may bo easily cut with a common well- ' hardened steel file, provided it bo moistened with turpentine, or plunged under water. It may also ( wo perforated with a common steel brad-awl in the •ame way. Glass vessels, us bottles and tubes, uiay be readily cut or shortened, by placing a heated iron ring over the spot, or a piece of loos* string or cotton dipped in turpentine and set o« fire, and immediately on the withdrawal of either, applying cold water to the part. Glass vessel* oi tubes thus treated will crack round, and may be readily divided into two parts. GLASS, GROUND. The frosted appearance of ground glass may be vory nearly imitated by gently dabbing tho glass over with a piece of gla- zier’s putty, stuc s on the ends of the fingers. When applied with a light and even touch, the rcsemblanco is considerable. Another method i.> to dab the glass over with thin white paint, or floui paste, by means of a brush ; but this is much infe- rior to the former. Used for windows. , GLASS, POWDERED. Syn, Vitrum ruL- verisatum. Prep. Heat the glass red hot, throw it into cold water, dry and powder. Used to filter acids ; also g^ued upon paper as a polishing pow- der, and to wear down corns upon the feet, after the feet have been well soaked and dried ; like- wise to blow into the eyes to w T ear down excres- cences. GLASS. (In Chemistry.) This term was for- merly very commonly applied to preparations to which a vitreous appearance is given by heat. It is now obsolete. GLASS OF ANTIMONY. Syn. Vitrum Antimonii. Antimonium vitrificatum. Oxydum Antimonii vitrificatum. Oxydum Antimonii cum Sulphure vitrificatum. Prep. Roast powdered common antimony in a shallow vessel over a gen- tle fire, until it turns whitish gray, and ceases to emit fumes at a red heat ; then heat it in a cruci- ble until it fuses into a clean brownish red glass If calcined too much, a little more common anti- mony must be added to make it run well. It is a crude oxysulphuret, (Liebig,) and violently emetic in doses of 1 to 2 grs. : it is now but seldom used. GLASS, STORM. Prep. Camphor 3ij ; ni tre 3iss ; sal ammoniac 3ss ; rectified spirit of wine §ij ; dissolve, and keep it in a long bottle or glass tube covered with bladder. Used to foretell changes of the weather. GLAUCIC ACID. A peculiar acid discovered by Dr. Runge in several species of dipsacus and scabiosa. It is obtained by adding ether to the tincture of the dry plant, dissolving the precipitated floceuli in water, treating the solution with acetate of lead, decomposing the precipitated glaucate of lead with sulphureted hydrogen, and evaporating to expel the water and acetic acid. A brittle yel- low mass, forming salts with the bases. GLAUCINE. Syn. A peculiar substance forming pearly scales, soluble in hot water, alco- hol, and ether ; discovered by Probst in glauceum luteum. It forms neutral salts with the acids. GLAUCOPICRINE. White scales, soluble in hot water, alcohol, and ether, and having a bitter taste ; also discovered by Probst in glauceum lu- teum. It forms neutral crystallizable salts with the acids. GLAZE. (In Cooking.) Gravy or soup boiled until it becomes gelatinous on cooling. It is used as a species of varnish to cover various dishes for the table. It may bo spiced and flavored accord- ing to the fancy of tho cook. (See Soup, Porta- ble.) GLIADINE, (from yAui, glut) A peculiar GLU 341 GLU substance contained in the gluten of wheat, and so named by M. Taddei, an Italian chemist. Prep. Rub fresh-made gluten of wheat flour with alcohol, and evaporate to dryness ; the gliadine thus ob- tained may be purified by extracting the coloring matter by means of sulphuric ether, which does not dissolve the gliadine. Used to form a test liquor. • GLOBULINE. A species of albumen consti- tuting the principal portion of the blood-globules. It exists in the clot, in combination with hcemato- sine. GLUCIC ACID. Prep. Saturate grape sugar with lime or baryta, and set it aside. After some weeks, precipitate the solution with acetate of lead, filter, wash the precipitate with water, diffuse it in water, and decompose it by sulphureted hydro- gen. GLOVES, TO CLEAN. I. (Dry cleaning.) Lay them out flat ; then rub into them a mixture of finely-powdered fuller’s earth and alum ; sweep it off* with a brush, sprinkle them with dry bran and whiting ; lastly, dust them well. This will not do if they are very dirty. II. Wash them with soap and water ; then stretch them on wooden hands, or pull them into shape without wringing them ; next rub them with pipe-clay, or yellow ochre, or a mixture of the two in any required shade, made into a paste with beer ; let them dry gradually, and when about half dry, rub them well, so as to smooth them and put them into shape ; then dry them, brush out the superfluous color, cover them with paper, and smooth them with a warm iron. Other colors may be employed to mix with the pipe-clay beside yel- low .ochre. GLOVES, TO DYE.' Leather gloves, if not greasy, may be dyed with any of the ordinary dyes by brushing the latter over the gloves stretched out smooth. The surface alone should be wetted, and a second or third coat may be given after the for- mer one has become dry. When the last coat has become thoroughly dry, the superfluous color should be well rubbed out, a smooth surface given them by rubbing with a polished stick or piece of ivory, and the whole gone over with a sponge dipped in white of egg. GLUCINA. Syn. Glucine, ( Fr .) Beryll- erde, ( Ger .) Oxide of Glucinum. (From yXvKvi, sweet, because the salts it forms with the acids have a sweet taste.) A pulverulent white substance, discovered by M. Vauquelin in 1798, in the aqua marina and the emerald. It is classed with the earths. Prep. Finely pulverize the beryl, and expose it to a strong red heat for half an hour along with 3 times its weight of carbonate of potassa, dissolve in muriatic acid, evaporate to dryness, redissolve in very dilute muriatic acid, and precipitate with pure ammonia ; wash the precipitate well, digest with a large quantity of carbonate of ammonia, fil- ter, and boil ; carbonate of glucina subsides. By exposure to a red heat the carbonic acid may be expelled. Prep., <£c. 1. It forms salts with the acids. 2. Caustic potassa and soda precipitate it from the solutions of its salts, and redis’solve it when added in excess. 3. Pure ammonia throws it down as a hydrate, and the carbonates of potassa and soda as a carbonate ; neither of which redissolvo in ex* cess of the precipitant. 4. Carbonate of ammonia water dissolves it when cold , and from this solu- tion it is precipitated by boiling. In this respect it differs from alumina, and hence these earths may be readily separated. The beryl contains 14 per cent, of glucina, combined with silicic acid and alumina. GLUCINIUM. The metallic base of the earth glucina. It was first obtained by Wohler in 1828. by a similar process to that adopted for Aluminium. It forms a grayish black powder, which acquires a metallic gloss under the burnisher. It is but little known. Its oxide is Glucina. See Aluminium. GLUE. Syn. Colle forte, (Fr.) Leim ; Tischlerleim, (Ger.) Gluten; Glutinum, (Lat., from yXia, glue.) Inspissated animal jelly or gela- tin. Glue is principally prepared from the parings and waste-pieces of hides and skins, the refuse of tanneries, and the tendons and other offal of slaugh- ter-houses. All these should be preferably obtain- ed and kept in the dry state, to prevent decomposi- tion. For use, they are first steeped for 14 or 15 days in milk of lime, then drained and dried ; this constitutes the “ cleaning ,” or the “preparation.” Before conversion into glue, they are usually again steeped in weak milk of lime, well washed in wa- ter, and exposed to the air for 24 hours. They are then placed in a copper boiler § filled with water, and furnished with a perforated false bottom, to prevent them from burning, and as much is t 'led on as will fill the vessel and rest on the top of it. Heat is next applied, and gentle boiling continued until the liquor on cooling forms a firm gelatinous mass. The clear portion is then run off^into an- other vessel, where it is kept hot by a water-bath, and allowed to repose for some hours to deposite, when it is run into the congealing boxes, and placed in a cool situation. The next morning the cold gelatinous masses are turned out upon boards wetted with water, and are cut horizontally into thin cakes with a stretched piece of brass wire, and then into smaller cakes with a moistened flat knife. These cakes are next placed upon nettings to dry, after which they are dipped one by one in- to hot water, and slightly rubbed with a brush wetted with baling water, to give them a gloss ; they are lastly stove-dried for sale. During this time the undissolved portion of skins, &c., left in the copper is treated with fresh water, and .the whole operation is repeated again and again, as long as any gelatinous matter is extracted. The first runnings produce the palest and best^lue. The refuse matter from the tanners and lather dressers yields on the average, when driea, 50§ of its weight of glue. The following are varieties : — 1. (Cake glue, Colle forte, Gluten commune.) Prepared from the skins of animals, by soaking them for two or three weeks in lime water, boiling them with water (sometimes adding a little alum) down to a thick jelly, as before described. Used as a cement by carpenters. &c. 2. (Flemish glue, Dutch glue.) The skins are rinsed in several waters, and left to soak for somo time, the# they may require less boiling to be dis- solved ; cakes very thin, transparent ; used by cab inet-makers for fine work. 3. (French glue.) Simmered for a long time with a small fire, until the skins are dissolved ; then GLY 342 Qi&do to boil, and alum, gr. ij to tho pint added, to clear it for moulding ; transparent and very brittle. 4. (Hatmaker’s glue.) From tho tendons of tho legs of neat cattle and horses ; brown, opaque, soft ; grows moist in damp weather, but it does not render the felt brittle. 5. ( Fish glue, Colic de poisson.) Is made in like manner from various membranous and solid parts of cetaceous animals. 6. ( Parchment glue.) Shreds or shavings of parchment, vellum, white leather, &c., dissolved by boiling in water, forming a nearly colorless glue. GLUE, PORTABLE. Prep. Best glue 1 lb. ; water sufficient ; boil it in a double glucpot, and strain ^ add fine brown sugar £ lb., and boil it pretty thick ; then pour it into moulds ; when cold cut into small pieces and dry them. This glue is very useful to draughtsmen, architects, &c., as it immediately dilutes in warm water, and fastens the paper, without the process of damping, and may be softened for many purposes with the tongue. GLUTEN. Syn. Colle Vegetable, ( Fr .) Kleber, (Ger.) Vegetable Gluten. (From gelo, to congeal* and gluten, glue.) A peculiar sub- stance found in bread corn ; and principally in wheat. M. Taddei has divided this substance into two others, differing from each other in their prop- erties. One of these is Gliadine, ■which has been already noticed ; the other, Zimome, will be found in its alphabetical situation. By more re- cent analysis it appears that wheat gluten consists of albumen, mucin, (a substance soluble in alcohol while boiljng,) and gluten. Gluten is believed to be highly nutritive, and to impart to wheat its superiority as an aliment over the grains of the other cereals. “ It is the pres- ence of gluten in wheaten flour that renders it pre- eminently nutritious, and its viscidity or tenacity confers upon that species of flour its peculiar ex- cellence for the manufacture of macaroni, vermi- celli, and similar pastes, which are made by a kind of wire-drawing, and for which the wheat of the south of Europe (more abundant in gluten than our own) is particularly adapted. The superiority of wheaten over other bread depends upon the greater tenacity of its dough, which in panary fer- mentation is puffed up by the evolved carbonic acid, and retained in its vesicular texture, so as to form a very light loaf.” (Brande.) Prep. Mix flour with a little water into a stiff past^as for pastry, and knead this paste in water, untiHhe gtarch and saccharine matter are washed out. Gray, extensible while fresh and moist, like elastic gum : turns blue when mixed with guaia- cum. GLYCERINE. (From sweet.) A sweet substance formed in the process of saponify- ing oils and fats. It is the hydrated oxide of the theoretical organic radical glycerule. (Liebig.) Prep. Digest equal parts of ground litharge and olive oil, along with a little water at tho boiling temperature, constantly stirring and replacing the water as it evaporates. When tho compound has acquired the consistence of a plaster, wash it well with hot water, decant the latter and filter ; then pass sulphurated hydrogen through it, to throw down the lead ; again filter and evaporate to a si- GOL rup, in a water-bath. It may be decolored with animal charcoal. The product much resembles sirup in taste and appearance. Remarks. This substance may now bo procure^ in solution, by hogsheads at a time, from the stearine makers, who obtain it by the saponification of tallow. It is evaporated and largely employed to adulterate moist sugar. • GLYCYRRHIZIN. Syn. Glycion. Licop- ice Sugars. An uncrystallizablc sugar, unsuscep- tible of vinous fermentation, contained in liquorice root. (Glycyrrhiza glabra.) It is soluble both in water and alcohol, and possesses basic properties. GOLD. Syn. Aurum, ( Lat .) Or, (Fr.) Gold, (Ger.) This metal appears to have been known to the remotest ages of antiquity, and to have been then as much esteemed as at the present day. According to tho writings of Moses, the art of work- ing both in gold and silver must have reached a considerable degree of advancement at that peri- od ; for these metals were commonly worked up into ornaments to decorate the person. “ Speak now in the ears of the people, and let every man borrow of his neighbor, and every woman borrow of her neighbor, jewels of silver and jewels of gold.” (Exodus, xi. 2.) The date of this injunction, ac- cording to the best authorities, must have been about 1500 years before Christ, or fully 3300 years ago. A description of the uses of gold in the arts, and its influence on society in all ages, as a sym- bol of wealth arid an article of ornament and utili- ty, would embrace the whole history .of mankind. At the present day it alike contributes to the con- veniences, comforts, and luxuries of life ; — as often exciting the baser passions of the human heart as promoting the cause of benevolence and virtue. Prep. The preparation of gold consists merely in its purification. It is usually found alloyed with silver. The latter metal is removed by the pro- cess termed “ parting ,” either in the dry way, by fusion along with sulphur or sulphuret of antimo- ny, or in the wet way, by quartation. (See As- saying and Ores.) Prop. The most marked properties of gold are its ductility, malleability, and insolubility in ali menstrua, except aqua regia and aqueous chlorine, and its slight affinity for oxygen. It is the only simple metal that possesses a yellow color. Its sp. gr. is 19-2 to 19-4. Tests. Gold is characterized by its yellow color, its insolubility in nitric acid, and ready solution in nitromuriatic acid, forming a yellow liquid that stains the skin purple. Protosulphate of iron throws down metallic gold from this solution, and pro- tochloride of tin and protonitrate of mercury, dark or black precipitates. Uses. In medicine, has been given in the form of powder, in scrofula and syphilis, by Chrestien, Niel, and others, with apparent advantage, ^ gr. to 1 gr., 3 or 4 times a day, in pills. An ointment made, of 1 gr. of powdered gold' and 30 grs. of lard, has been applied by Niel to the skin deprived of tho epidermis, (endermically.) GOLD-BEATER’S SKIN, is prepared from , the peritoneal membrane of the caecum, which, as soon as it is detached, is pulled out to the extent of 2 feet or upwards, then driod. The dried mem- brane, which has the appearance of a piece of packthread, is then soaked in a very weak solu* GOL 343 GOL tion of potash, and spread out flat on a frame ; another membrane is then taken and applied to the other, so that the two surfaces which adhered to the muscular membrane of the intestine may adhere together ; they unite perfectly, and soon dry. The skins are then glued on a hollow frame, washed with alum water, dried, washed with a solution of isinglass in white wine, to which spices, such as cloves, nutmegs, ginger, (Jr camphire, have been added, and varnished with white of egg. Used to separate the leaves of gold while being beat thinner, and as a defensive for cuts: GOLD, CHLORIDE OF. Syn. Terchloride of Gold. Muriate of Gold. Chloride d’Or. Auri Chloridum. Auri Terciiloridum. Auri CHLORURETUM. AURI MURIAS, &C. Prep. (P. Cod.) Gold 1 part ; nitromuriatic acid 3 parts ; dissolve ; evaporate till vapors of chlorine begin to be disengaged, then set the solution aside to crystallize. Prop., Uses, §c. Orange red crystalline nee- dles, or ruby red prismatic crystals ; deliquescent, soluble in water, ether, and alcohol ; at the heat of 400° it is decomposed. Protosulphate of iron, oxalic, sulphurous, and phosphorous acids, and most of the metals, decompose its solution with the precipitation of metallic gold. It has been employed by Duportal, Chrestien, Niel, Cullerier, Legrand, and others, as a substitute for mercury, in scrofula, bronchocele, chronic skin diseases, &c. It has also been employed as a caustic. Dose. one-twentieth gr., dissolved in distilled water, or made into a pill with starch. There is also a yellow insoluble protochloride of gold, which is formed by heating the terchlo- ride to about 600° F. At a red heat, both these chlorides give up their chlorine, and pure gold re- mains behind. GOLD, CHLORINE OF, (SOLUTION.) Syn. Solution of Muriate of Gold. Hydro- chlorate d’Or en Solution. A weak solution of chloride of gold in distilled, water. Used to dis- cover the presence of oils in distilled waters and alcohol. GOLD, CYANIDE OF. Syn. Tercyanide of Gold. Cyanuret of Gold. Tercyanuret of Gold. Auri tercyanidum. Auri cyanure- tum, &c. Prep. (P. Cod.) Add a solution of pure cyanide of potassium to a neutral solution of pure chloride of gold, as long as a precipitate forms ; carefully wash and dry. A yellow, inso- luble pov»dcr. It has been used in medicine in the same cases as the last. Dose. One-fifteenth to one-tenth of a gr., made into a pill. GOLD DETERGENT, PARISIAN, (UP- TON and CO’S.) Prep. Quicklime 1 oz. ; sprinkle with a little water to slake it, then gradu- ally add water 1 pint, so as to form a milk ; dis- solve pearlash 2 oz. in water 1 quart ; mix the two solutions, cover up, agitate occasionally for an hour, allow it to settle, decant the clear, put it into flat half-pint bottles, and well cork them down. Use. To clean gilding, &c., either alone or diluted with water. It is applied with a soft sponge, and then washed off with cfean water. (See Gilding Liquor.) GOLD, FACTITIOUS. Prep. Zinc 1 part ; platinum 7 parts; copper 16 parts ; fuse together. Remarks. This alloy resembles gold of 16 car- ats fine, or §, and will resist the action of nicnc acid, unless very concentrated and boiling. GOLD, FULMINATING. Syn. Aurate oi Ammonia. Ammoniuret of teroxide of Gold. Aurum fulminans. Auri Oxidum ammoNiatum. Prep. I. Digest recently precipitated peroxide of gold in strong liquor of ammonia for 24 hours ; dry in the open air or at a low temperature, (below 212°,) and avoid the slightest friction lest it should explode. A deep olive-colored powder. II. Digest terchloride of gold, in ammonia in excess. Brownish yellow. III. Dissolve gold in aqua regia, (made by dis- solving 4 oz. of sal ammoniac in 12 or 16 oz. of nitric acid,) and precipitate with a solution of car- bonate of potassa. Remarks. Fulminating gold should be made in very small quantities at a time, to avoid risk, as without great care it explodes with extreme vio- lence. This is caused by the slightest friction or sudden increase of heat. Its fulminating property may be destroyed by boiling it in pearlash lye, or oil of vitriol ; and by heating the powder after washing it I* water, pure gold will be obtained. Fulminating gold is said to be sedative, antispas- modic, and carminative. It has been given in doses of 1 to 5 grs., in fevers, nervous diseases, colic, and in similar cases to those mentioned un- der Chloride of Gold. Its use has, however, “ in some cases produced very serious, and even fatal results.” (Pereira.) fiOLD, GRAIN. Syn. Aurum granulatum. Cupelled gold 1 part, silver 3 parts, melt and pour in a small stream into water, dissolve out the silver with nitric acid, and heat the grains to redness. Used to make preparations of gold. GOLD, IODIDE OF. Syn. Auri Iodidum. Prep. (P. tod.) To a solution of terchloride of gold, add another of iodide of potassium, (in excess ; Johnston ;) wash the precipitate in alcohol, and dry it. Remarks. This is the protiodide of gold. (Johnston, Liebig.) It is a greenish yellow pow- der, soluble in dilute hot solution of iodide of potas- sium, from which it crystallizes on cooling in golden yellow scales. M. Meillet recommends the use of hydriodate of ammonia as the precipitant, in preference to the iodide of potass, .im, as thereby the whole of the chloride of gold is decomposed, which is not the case when the latter is used. Iodide of gold loses iodine at common temperatures, and should therefore be kept in a cold place, and in well-stopped vials. Dose. One-fifteenth to one- tenth of a grain in pills. It is also made into an ointment. The teriodide of gold is formed when the previous process is reversed, and the terchloride of gold is added to a solution of iodide of potassium. (Johnston.) It is a dark-green powder, soluble in solutions of hydriodic acid, and the iodides of po- tassium and sodium. From ‘the latter, dark-brown- ish red crystals of auroiodide of potassium are deposited by standing. GOLD LEAF. Syn. Aurum foliatum. Ab- rum in libellis. Gold reduced to leaves by ham- mering between goldbeaters’ skin. These leaves are only 1 -282,000th of an inch thick. Gilt silver is hammered in the same way, but the leaves are thicker. The latter is called ‘ party gold.’ Used GO I. GOU 3 in gilding by artists and gilders, and by druggists to gild pills, &c. GOLD, LIQUID. Syn. Potable Gold. Aurum potabile. Prep . Agitato ether with a solution of terchloride of gold for some time, allow it to repose, and decant the supernatant portion. Remarks. Naphtha and essential oils possess the same property as ether of taking gold from its solutions. This liquid was formerly held in great esteem as a cordial medicine. It is now only em- ployed for writing on steel, gilding, . not climates. HANDS. Dirty and, coarse hands are no less HAR 349 HEA the marks of slothfulness and low breeding, than clean and delicate hands are those of cleanliness and gentility. To promote the softness and white- ness of the skin, mild emollient soaps, or those abounding in oil, should alone be used, by which means chaps and chilblains will generally be avoided. The coarse, strong kinds of soap, or those abounding in alkali, should for a like reason be rejected, as they tend to render the skin rough, dry, and brittle. The immersion of the hands in alkaline lyes, or strongly acidulated water, has a like effect. When the hands are very dirty, a lit- tle good soft soap may be used with warm water, which will rapidly remove oily and greasy matter. Fruit and ink stains may be taken out by im- mersing the hands in water slightly acidulated with oxalic acid, or a few drops of oil of vitriol, or to which a little pearlash or chloride of lime has been added, observing afterwards to well rinse them in clean water, and not to touch them with soap for some hours, as any alkaline matter will bring back the stains, after their apparent removal by all the above substances, except the last. The use of a little chloride of lime and warm water, or Gow- land’s Lotion, will impart a delicate whiteness to the skin ; but the former should be only occasion- ally used, and should be well washed off with a little clean water to remove its odor. The use of a little sand, or powdered pumice-stone, with the soap, will generally remove the roughness of the skin, frequently induced by exposure to cold. The hands may be preserved dry -for delicate work, by rubbing a little club moss, (lycopodium,) in fine powder, over them. A small quantity of this sub- stance sprinkled over the surface of a basin of wa- ter, will permit the hand to be plunged to the. bot- tom of the basin without becoming wet. (See Cosmetic, simple.) HANNAY’S LOTION. Syn. Hannay’s pre- ventive Wash. A solution of potash in water. ' fsed to prevent infection. HARDNESS. Syn. Durete, (Fr.) Harte ; Festigkeit, ( Ger .) Duritia ; Durities, ( Lat .) In Physics, the power possessed by bodies of re- sisting abrasion. In Mineralogy, mineral sub- stances are frequently distinguished and identified by their relative hardness. This is ascertained by their power to scratch or be scratched by one an- other. A valuable table on this subject will be found under the article Gem, p. 331. HARM ALINE. A basic substance, forming yellow-brown crystals, discovered by Gobel in the seeds of peganum harmala. It has a bitter astrin- gent and acrid taste, and forms yellow soluble salts with the acids. It has been proposed as a yellow dye. By oxidation it yields a magnificent- ly red dye-stuff’, which is easily prepared and ap- plied. (Gobel.) The seeds are produced abundantly in Russia, so that it appears probable that, ere long, they may become an article of commerce. HARTSHORN, BURNT. Syn. Cornu Us- tum, (P. L.) Pulvis Cornu Cervini Ustum, iP. D.) Cornu Ustum Album. Prep. (P. L.) Burn pieces of harts’ horns until perfectly white, then grind and prepare them in the same way as directed for Prepared Chalk. Remarks. Finely-powdered bone-ash is usually sold for burnt hartshorn, and possesses exactly the same properties. Dose. 10 grs. to 3ss 2 or 3 times a day, in rickets, &c. (See Phosphate o< Lime.) HARTSHORN SHAVINGS. Syn. Harts iiorn Raspings. Rasura Cornu Cervi. Rament a Cornu Cervi. Obtained from the turners. By boiling in water they yield a nutritive jelly. Used by straw-plait workers to stiffen bonnets, &c.. HATS. In purchasing a hat, choose one pos- sessing a short, smooth, fine nap, and a good black color ; and that is light and sufficiently elastic Id resist ordinary wear and tear, without breaking or giving way. The hat brush for daily use should be made of long soft hairs, but a stiffer one should be employed occasionally, to lay the nap smooth and close. HEADACHE. Syn. Cephalalgia, {Lat.) The symptoms of this very general complaint are too well known to require any description. According to pathologists, headache arises, either from a sym- pathy with the stomach and chylopoietic (chyle- forming) viscera, or from a weakness or exhaus- tion of the power of the encephalon. The former may be called sympathetic, and the latter nervous headache. The treatment of the first should con- sist in restoring the healthy action of the stomach by the administration of aperients, and the use of proper food and exercise, or when that viscus is overloaded with undigested food, by the exhibition of an emetic. For this purpose ^ to*^ an oz. of ipecacuanha wine may be taken in a cupful of warm water, which will generally relievo the stomach, especially if its action be assisted by drinking copiously of warm water. (See Emet- ics.) Headache is a common accompaniment of indigestion and stomach diseases, and in general it will be found that whatever will remove the lat- ter will also cure the former. (See Dyspepsia.) Nervous headaches are relieved by nervous tonics and stimulants ; as bark, cascarilla, calumba, gen- tian, camphor, ammonia, ether, and wine ; the latter in a state of considerable dilution. A cup of strong coffee or strong green tea often acts like a charm in removing this species of headache. Small doses of tincture of henbane will also have a like effect. 20 or 30 drops of laudanum, or preferably, half that number of liquor opii seda- tivus, may be taken with advantage as an ano- dyne, and to induce sleep. Among popular' rem- edies may be mentioned “ nasal stimulants,” as snuff, (cephalic,) smelling salts, and aromatic vinegar, the use of which is familiar to every one ; and local applications, as very cold water, ether, vinegar, strong spirits, Cologne water, &c., all of which are rubbed over the part of the head af- fected, with the fingers ; or a linen rag dipped in them is laid thereon instead. Pressure on the head has also been used with advantage. Silence, darkness, and repose, are also powerful remedies, alike suitable to every variety of headache ; and change of air, scene, and occupation, are espe- cially beneficial to those resulting from excessive mental anxiety or exertion. Blisters are some- times applied behind the ears in cases of violent headache. Headache is often symptomatic of other diseases, especially those of the inflammatory and ncrvoun kind, rheumatism, &c. In all these cases, the primary disease should be sought out and attempt- ed to be cured. Headache in pregnancy rnay HEM 350 HIE generally be removed by proper attention to the bowels ; observing to assist their action, should they require it, by the use of some mild aperient, as castor oil, lenitive electuary, seidlitz powders, &c. Where the constitution is very robust, blood may be taken. Headache in bed may frequently be relieved by washing the head with cold water, nnd discontinuing the use of a nightcap ; at the same time preserving the feet warm by wearing worsted socks or stockings. HEADING. Syn Beer Heading. Cauli- flower do. Prep. I. Alum and green copperas equal parts, both in fine powder ; mix. II. Alum, copperas, and common salt, of each equal parts ; mix. Used by brewers to make their beer keep its head. HEARTBURN. Syn. Cardialgia ; Cordo- lium, ( Lat .) Anxiety and pain about the region of the stomach, generally attended by a sense of gnawing and heat ; hence called heartburn. Faint- ness, nausea, and eructation of a thin, acidulous, watery liquid, especially in the morning, are com- mon symptoms of this complaint. The usual causes of heartburn are excess in eating or drink- ing, the use of improper food, and sedentary habits. A good remedy is a teaspoonful of carbonate of magnesia, or carbonate of soda, in a glass of pep- permint or cinnamon water, to which a little pow- dered ginger may be added with advantage. This dose may be taken 2 or 3 times daily until the disease is removed. Articles of food that easily undergo fermentation should at the same time be avoided, and e. dry diet had recourse to as much as possible. Soda-water, toast and water, and weak spirits and water, are the most suitable bev- erages in this complaint. HELENINE. Syn. Elecampane Camphor. A peculiar substance obtained from the fresh root of inula Helenium, by digestion in hot alcohol or distillation along with water. It is crystalline, so- luble in alcohol, ether, and essential oils, melts at 162°, and boils about 530° F. HEMATINE. Syn. Hematine. Hematox- ylin. A peculiar principle obtained by Chevreul from common logwood, (Haematoxylon campechi- anum,) and on which its color appears to depend. Prep. I. Infuse logwood chips in water, at a temperature of about 130° F., for 12 hours, filter, evaporate to dryness in a water-bath, digest in al- cohol of 0835 for 24 hours, again filter and evapo- rate ; then add a little water, again gently evapo- rate and set aside the solution in a cold place that crystals may form ; these must be washed in alco- hol and dried. II. Digest powdered hard extract of logwood in alcohol of 0 - 835 and proceed as last. Prop., $c. It forms brilliant reddish-white crys- tals, soluble in boiling water, forming an orange- red soli uon which turns yellow as it cools, but re- sumes /ts former color on being heated. Alkalis in excess change its color successively into purple, violet, and brown ; with the metallic oxides it forms compounds, having a blue, purple, or violet color. IIEMIDESMIC ACID. Syn. Smilasperic Acid. A volatile and crystullizablo substance ob- tained by Mr. Garden from the root of hemidesmus mdiciis It possesses the taste and odor of the root. HE PAR, (Lot,., from 'Hirap, the liver.) A name given by the older chemists to various combina- tions of sulphur, from their brown color ; us hepat sulphuris, (sulphuret of potassium,) hepar antivuh nii, (crude oxysulphuret of antimony,) &c. HERBS for medical purposes should be col- lected as soon as they begin to flower, and on a dry day, after the dew and moisture deposited on them during the night have evaporated. The bien- nial narcotic planls should not bo collected untH. the second year of their growth, as, during the first year, they are mucilaginous and nearly inert. Tho younger plants possess, however, the brightest green color, and make the most showy extracts, for W’hich reason they are frequently purchased by tho druggists of the herb collectors, without an ex- amination being made into their value as remedies. This is one of the causes of the general inferiority of the extracts of the shops which are prepared from the expressed juices of narcotic plants. Color alona is cared for. Chlorophyle, which constitutes tho green portion of vegetables, is a resinous substance, which has been fully proved to bo wholly destituto of medicinal virtue. Herbs are dried by spreading them thinly on trays, and exposing them to the heat of the sun, or a current of dry air, or by placing them in a stove-room ; observing in either case to turn them repeatedly. When dried in the sun they should be covered with thin paper to prevent their color being injured by the light. The quicker they are dried the better, as “heating” or “fermentation” will be thereby prevented. When sufficiently dried, they should be shaken in a coarse sieve to remove any sand or the eggs of insects that may be mixed with them. Aromatic herbs should be dried very quickly, and by a gentle heat, that their odor may be preserved. Tops and leaves are dried in the same way as whole plants. In every case discol- ored and rotten leaves and branches should be re- jected, and earth and dirt should be screened off" before proceeding to dry them. HESPERIDIN. A peculiar substance obtained from the white portion of the rind of oranges, lem- ons, &c. It forms crystalline silky needles, is odorless, tasteless, fusible, soluble in alcohol, and reddened by oil of vitriol. HICCOUGH. Syn. Hiccup. Singultus, (Lat.) A convulsive motion of the diaphragm and parts adjacent. The common causes are flatulency, indigestion, acidity, and worms. It may usually be removed by the exhibition of warm carmina- tives, cordials, cold water, weak spirits, camphor julep, or spirits of sal volatile. A sudden fright or surprise wiil often produce the like effect. An in- stance is recorded of a delicate young lady that was troubled with hiccough for some months, and who was reduced to a state of extreme debility from the loss of sleep occasioned thereby, who was cured by a fright, after medicines and topical ap- plications had failed. A pinch of snuff', a glass of cold % soda-water, or an ice-cream, will also fre- quently remove this complaint. I1IERA PICRA. Syn. Powder op aloes AND CANELLA. PuLVIS ALOES CUM CANELLA. (From lepos, holy, and Trucpos, bitter.) Holy bitter. This name was formerly applied to an aloctic electuary made of honey. It is now kept in the form of a dry powder. HOL 351 HOL Prep Hepatic aloes 4 lbs. : white canella 1 lb. ; reduce to fine powder. Remarks. Inferior aloes are commonly used for this preparation. It is cathartic in doses of 10 to 20 grs. HIPPOCRAS. Prep. Lisbon and canary wine, of each 12 pints ; cinnamon 2 oz. ; white canella, $ oz. ; cloves, mace, nutmeg, ginger, and galgan- gal, of each 1 dr. ; bruise the spices, and digest them in the wine for 3 or 4 days ; straii^, and add lump sugar 2£ lbs. An aromatic wine formerly much used in England. HIPPURIC ACID. (From hrv os, a horse, and •vpov, urine.) A new acid, discovered by Liebig, in the urine of the horse, cow, and other gramini- vora. Prep. Concentrate the urine by a gentle heat, acidulate with muriatic acid, and set it aside to crystallize. It may be decolored by re-solution in boiling water, and treating it with animal charcoal, or chloride of lime, along with a little muriatic acid, and recrystallizing. Remarks. This acid is soluble in 400 parts of cold water, but is easily dissolved by boiling water. When strongly heated, benzoic acid and benzoate of ammonia distil over in a liquid state, accompa- nied by a strong odor of Tonka beans, and after- wards by hydrocyanic acid. “ The urine of horses or cows, left to itself for some time, or evaporated at a boiling temperature, yields not a trace of hip- puric acid, but only benzoic acid.” Nitric acid converts hippuric into benzoic acid. (See Ben- zoic Acid.) HIRCIC ACID. A name given by Chevreul to an oily liquid, obtained by saponifying the fat of goats. It is prepared in the same way from goat fat, as capric, caproic, and butyric acids are from butter. It is soluble in alcohol, and possesses a mixed smell of vinegar and goats. With the bases, it forms salts called hircates. HIRCINE. (From hircus, a he-goat.) An oily fluid extracted by Chevreul from goat-fat, and which may also be obtained from mutton suet. It smells strongly of the male goat. By saponifica- tion it yields Hircic Acid. HOLLANDS. Syn. Hollands Gin. Geneva. Jennever Brand ewyn, ( Ger .) Spirit of Juni- per. Spiritus Juniperi. Prep. I. The following description of the manufacture of hollands comes on the authority of Robert Mere, Esq., formerly of Underwood, distiller, “ who, after studying the art at Schiedam, tried to introduce that spirit into general consumption in this country, but found the palates of our gin-drinkers too much corrupted to relish so pure a beverage.” “ The materials employed in the distilleries of Schiedam are, two parts of unmalted rye from Riga, weighing about 54 lbs. per bushel, and one part of malted bigg, weighing about 37 pounds per bushel. The mash tun, which serves also as the fermenting tun, has a capacity of nearly 700 gal- lons, being about 5 feet in diameter at the mouth, rather narrower at the bottom, and 4£ feet deep ; the stirring apparatus is an oblong rectangular iron grid, made fast to the end of a wooden pole. About a barrel (36 gallons) of water, at a temperature of from 162° to 168°, (the former being the best heat for the most highly-dried rye,) is put into the mash tun for every 1^ cwt. of meal, after which the malt is introduced and stirred, and lastly 1 je rye ia added. Powerful agitation is given to the magma till it becomes quite uniform ; a process which a vigorous workman piques himself upon executing in the course of a few minutes. The mouth of the tun is immediately covered over with canvass, and further secured with a coarse wooden lid, to con- fine the heat ; it is left in this state for two hours The contents being then stirred up once more, tho transparent spent wash of a preceding mashing is first added, and next as much cold water as will reduce the temperature of the whole to about 85° F. The best Flanders yeast, which had been brought, for the sake of carriage, to a doughy con- sistence by pressure, is now introduced to the amount of 1 lb. to every 100 gallons of the mashed materials. The gravity of the wort is usually from 33 to 38 lbs. per Dicas’ hydrometer ; and the fer- mentation is carried on for from 48 to 60 hours, at the end of which time the attenuation is from 7 to 4 lbs. ; that is, the sp. gr. of the supernatant wash is from 1-007 to 1-004. On the third day after the fermenting tun is set, the wash containing the grains is transferred to the still, and converted into low wines. To every 100 gallons of this liquor, 2 lbs. of juniper berries, from 3 tc 5 years old, being added, along with \ 1’#. of salt, the whole are put into the low-wine still, and tho fine hollands spirit is drawn off by a gentle and well-regulated heat till the magma becomes exhausted ; the first and last products being mixed together, whereby a spirit 2 to 3 per cent, above our hydrometer proof is obtained, possessing the peculiar fine aroma of gin. , The product varies from 18 to 21 gallons per quarter of grain ; this large quantity being partly due to the employment of the spent wash of the preceding fermentation ; an addition which contributes at the same time to improve the fla- vor.” (Ure’s Diet, of Arts, &c., pp. 571-2.) To the preceding it may be added that the yeast is skimmed ofx tl|p fermenting tuns and sold to the bakers ; which is said to lessen the production of spirit, but to improve its quality. The ingredients are also reduced to the state of coarse meal before mashing them. Remarks. It will be seen from the preceding statement, to the accuracy of which the writer of this article boars willing testimony, that the supe- rior flavor of hollands spirit depends more on the peculiar mode of its manufacture than on the quantity of juniper berries employed'; 2 lbs. of that substance, when new, being equivalent to less than 5 drachms of the essential oil, and when old, only to about 2 drachms ; a quantity wholly insuf- ficient to flavor 100 gallons of spirit. Besides, as already noticed, the flavor of hollands differs con- siderably from that of. juniper ; the latter being merely employed as a modifying ingredient. Most of the Dutch distillers add a little pure Strasburgh turpentine, and a handful or two of hops to the spirit, along with the juniper berries, before rectifi- cation. The former substance has a pale yellow- ish brown color, and a very fragrant and agreeable smell, and tends materially to impart that fine aroma for which the best Geneva is so much dis- tinguished. The principal part of the secret lies however, in the careful management of the process. The numerous published receipts for hollands gin, in which 2 or 3 oz. of oil of juniper, and as many HON 352 pounds of juniper berries, are ordered to only 20 or 25 gallons of proof spirit, tend only to deceive those who adopt them. At Rotterdam sweet fen- nel seeds are occasionally added as a flavoring ; and at "YVecsoppe, Strasburgh turpentine, fennel seeds, or the essentiaj oil, are frequently wholly substituted for juniper berries. Schiedam hollands is considered tho best ; the next quality is that of Rotterdam ; and afterwards, that of Weesoppe. Hollands spirit pays a duty of 22s. Gd. per proof gallon, which is the same as that on French brandy. See Gin. II. (Best hollands. Brandewyn von Koorn voorloof drie quart.) Hollands rectified to the strength of 24° Baume, (sp. gr. 0-9125.) The strength of this spirit alone is no proof of its supe- rior quality. III. Digest 2 or 3 lbs. of good old juniper berries in 1 or 2 gallons of rectified spirit of wine for a week or 10 days, then express tho liquor, filter it through blotting paper, add it to 90 or 100 gallons of good corn spirit at 2 or 3$ over proof, and mix them by thorough agitation. IV. Juniper berries 2 to 4 lbs. ; sweet fennel seeds 4 or 5 oz. ; caraway seeds 3 or 4 oz. ; spirit of wine 1 or 2 gallons ; corn spirit 90 or 100 gal- lons. As last. V. Juniper berries, fennel seeds, caraways, and spirit, as last ; Strasburgh turpentine, a little. Pro- ceed as in No. III. Remarks. The last three forms produce very pleasant spirits, if kept for some time to mellow ; age is one of the reasons of the creaminess of for- eign gin, which usually lies in bond for some time before being consumed. The product is, however, much superior if the ingredients are gut into a still along with 20 gallons of water, and the spirit drawn over by a moderate heat. In this case, it will be an improvement to employ some good plain- flavored English gin, instead of plain corn spirit, if the expense is ho object. I have mentioned cer- tain quantities of the flavoring ingredients to be employed, as a guide to the reader ; but the actual quantities required in practice depend on their quality, and the taste of the consumer. The same remark also applies to the following. The imita- tion of hollands, like that of brandy, chiefly de- pends on the experience and discretion of the work- man. VI. Oil of juniper 4 oz. ; oil of turpentine 5 oz. ; oils of caraways and sweet fennel, of each 1 oz., (all quite pure ;) rectified spirit of wine 1 gal- lon ; dissolve by occasionally agitating them well together in a corked bottle for 2 or 3 days, then add it gradually to clean corn spirit or plain gin until the required flavor is produced, observing not to use too much. Product. Good, if kept for some time. HONEY. Syn. Mel, (Lat. and Fr.) IIonig, (Ger.) The sweet substance elaborated by the bee from the juices of the nectaries of flowers, and deposited in the cells of wax forming tho honey- comb. l'li re honey consists of a sirup of uncrys- tallizable sugar and crystalline saccharino grains, resembling grape sugar. Virgin honcij is that which, flows spontaneously from tho comb ; ordi- nary honey, that obtained by heat and pressure. The former is pale and fragrant ; the latter darker, ami possessing a less agreeable taste and smell. HON English honey (Mel Anglican) is chiefly collected from furze and broom flowers, and is more waxy than that from the South of Europe ; — Nurbonnc honey, (Mel Narbonense,) chiefly from rosemary, and other labiate flowers, very fine ; — Minorca honey, (Mel Minorccnse ;) — East country honey, inferior and bad tasted ; — Poisonous honey, found near Trebisond, in Asia, narcotic and poisonous. Uses, $c. Honey is nutritive and laxative, but very apt to gripe. It is employed in the prepara- tion of oaymels and gargles, and also to cover tho tasto of nauseous medicines, which it does better than sugar. Clarified honey is alone ordered to bo used in medicine. Pur. Honey is frequently adulterated with trea- cle, starch, and wheat flour. Tho first may be detected by the color and odor, and tho others by the honey not forming a nearly clear solution with cold water, and striking a blue color with iodine. IIONEY, CLARIFIED. Syn. Mel despu- matum. Prep. I. (P. L. and D.) Melt tho honey in a water-bath, remove the scum, and pour off the clear. Less agreeable than raw honey, but not so apt to ferment and gripe. II. (Siller.) Any quantity of honey is dissolved in an equal part by weight of water. The liquid is allowed to boil up 4 or 6 times without skim- ming ; it is then removed from the fire, and after being cooled, brought on several strong linen strain- ers, stretched horizontally, and covered with a layer of clean and well-washed sand an inch in depth. When the solution has passed through the strainers, it is found to be of the color of clear white wine ; the sand being allowed to remain on tho strainers, is rinsed with cold water, and the whole of the liquor is finally evaporated to the thickness of sirup. III. Dissolve the honey in water, clarify with the white of egg, and evaporate to a proper con- sistence.’ IV. Dissolve in water, add lb. of animal charcoal to every \ cwt. of honey, gently simmer for 15 minutes, add a little chalk to saturate excess of acid, if required ; strain or clarify, and evaporate. Remarks. Honey acquires a darker color if heated in copper or iron vessels ; the above pro- cesses should therefore be conducted in earthen or well-tinned copper pans. HONEY, HELLEBORE. Syn. Mel Helle- boratum. Prep. (P. L. 1746.) Hellebore root, bruised, lb. j ; water 4 pints ; digest for 3 days ; boil, strain, and add honey lb. ij ; boil to a sirup. Cathartic, in mania. HONEY, LIQUORICE. Syn. MelGlycyr- rhizatum. Prep. (Hamb. Ph.) Honey and a strong infusion of liquorice boiled to a proper con- sistence. HONEY, MERCURIAL. Syn. Mel mer curiale. Prep. (P. L. 1746.) Juice of the her: mercury and honey, of each equal parts ; boil to i proper consistence. HONEY OF BORAX. Syn. Mel Boracis (P. L.) Mel Subboracis. Prep. (P. L.) Pow dered borax 3j ; clarified honey ^j ; mix. Astrin- gent, detersive, and cooling. It is employed in aphtha) of tho mouth and excessive salivation. It is incompatible with acids, and is decomposed by compound infusion of roses, with which it is com- monly ordered. HOR 353 HUI HONEY OF MERCURY. Syn. Mel IIy- drargyri. Prep. (Bell.) Quicksilver 3j ; honey ; triturate till the globules disappear. Proper- ties similar to mercurial pill. HONEY OF MERCURY, COMPOUND. Syn. Mel Hydrargyri comtositum. Prep. (P. C.) Quicksilver 3ij ; clarified honey §ij ; oil of cloves 3ij ; as last. HONEY OF ROSES. Syn. Mel Ros^e. Prep. (P. L.) Dried petals of the red rose §iv ; boiling water 2£ pints ; macerate for 6 hours, strain, add honey lb. v ; and evaporate in a water- bath to a due consistence. Used to make astrin- gent gargles. It must not be boiled in a copper or iron vessel, as they will spoil the color. HONEY OF SQUILLS. Syn. Mel Scillje. Prep. Clarified honey lb. iij ; tincture of squills lb. ij ; mix well. Properties and uses the salhe as oxymel of squills. HOP. Syn. Houblon, (Fr.) Hopfen, ( Ger .) Huaiulus Lupulus, ( Lat .) The hop or hops of commerce, are the strobiles or catkins of the hop :«lant. In the choice of hops, care should be taken to select those that have large cones or strobiles, that are the most powerfully odorous, and most free from leaves, stems, scaly fragments, and sticks, and which, when rubbed between the hands, impart a yellowish tint and glutinous feel- ing to the skin. The tightness with which they are packed should also be noticed ; as without be- ing very firmly pressed together, and quite solid, they soon spoil by keeping. The finest flavored hops are those grown in East Kent, and termed the “ golden bine these possess a lively golden yellow color, and are principally employed for the finer class of ales. Mid Kent and Sussex hops are also used for ale, but have an inferior color and flavor. Countrys and Farnham hops have a greenish yellow color, and are more expensive than any other variety; but are only used for malt liquor that it is intended to keep for , a long time, as they do not impart their flavor to the beer be- fore it has been kept at least a year. They are chiefly used for ale. The best hops are packed in sacks of fine canvass, termed “pockets,” weighing from 1\ cwt. to If cwt. each ; and the inferior qualities in coarse “bags,” of about double the size. The former are mostly purchased by the ale, and the latter by the porter brewers. When hops are older than of the last season’s growth, they are termed “ yearlings,” — when of the sec- ond season’s growth, “olds,” — and when three years, or older, “ old olds.” (See Extract of Hops, and BrewIng.) HORDEINE. (From hordeum , barley.) This name was given by Proust to the peculiar starchy matter of barley meal ; but according to Raspuil, .t is merely bran more minutely divided than that which remains in the sieve. HOREHOUND. Syn. White Horehound. Marrubium vulgare. This herb is a popular rem- edy in chronic pulmonary complaints, especially catarrh, and in uterine and liver affections, llore- hound lea (thea vel infusum murubii) is prepared by infusing 1 oz. of the herb in boiling water for an hour ; sirup of horehound, (syrupus marubii,) by thickening the infusion or tea with §ugar ; can- died horehound, (marrubium condition,) by mix- ing horehound juice 1 pint, with white sugar 4 lbs., 45 and mojst sugar 6 lbs., or white sugar alone .10 lbs.) boiling to a candy height, and pouring it, while warm, into moulds or small paper cases, well dust- ed with finely-powdered lump sugar ; <)r it ia poured out on a dusted slab, and cut; into squares. HORN is dyed with the same dyes, and in a similar manner to bones and ivory. (See page 125.) Horn is softened, bent, and moulded by means cf heat and pressure. IIUILE ACOUSTIQUE. Prep. Bullock’s garlic and bay leaves, of each 3iv ; olive oil lb. ss ; boil for 15 minutes, and strain. Used for earache and deafness ; a little dropped on cotton wool and placed in the ear. HUILE D’ANIS. Aniseed, bruised, f lb.; spirit of wine 1 gallon ; digest a week, strain, and add sugar 1£ lb. It may be made of star anise seed, and p*oof spirit may be substituted for spirit of wine. Cordial and pectoral. HUILE ANTIQUE. Prep. I. (Plain.) a. Ol- ive oil 1 pint ; oil of vitriol f oz. ; mix, agitate well in a. corked bottle for 1 hour, then allow it to repose in the sun, or a moderately warm situation, for 12 or 14 days, after which time decant the clear portion from the sediment, b. Oil of ben nuts filtered ; this never gets rank. c. Olive oil filtered. All the above keep the hair moist, and may be scented at pleasure. II. ( Huile antique a la rose.) a. Either of the above scented with otto of roses, b. Rose leaves and blanched sweet almonds, equal parts ; grind them together, then express the oil, and either filter it through blotting paper, or allow it to de- posite in a closely-corked bottle, c. Use blanched bitter almonds instead of sweet ones Remarks. The first two keep the hair moist ; the last one dries it The same is the case with all those that follow where bitter almonds are used. III. ( Huile antique d la tuberose.) As the last. IV. (Huile antique d la fleur d’orange.) Plain IIuile antique scented with Neroli, or orange flowers and almonds pressed together, as in No. II. V. ( Huile antique au jasmin.) From oil of jasmin, or jasmin flowers, as the last. V I. (Huile antique a la violette.) Plain huile antique, scented with powdered orris root, by keep- ing them together at a gentle heat in a covered 1 vessel for 24 hours, and filtering when cold. VII. (Huile antique aux mille jleurs.) Plain: huile antique, scented with several perfumes, so< that none may predominate. VIII. (IIuile antique verte.) Plain huile an- tique 1 pint ; gum guaiacum, bruised, £ oz. ; dis- solve by placing the bottle in a water-bath ; when, cold, filter through paper, and scent to your pleas- ure. IX. (Huile antique rouge a la rose.) Plain, huile antique 1 pint ; alkanet root 1' dr. ; digest in a gentle heat until sufficiently colored, then strain, and add otto of roses 20 drops, oil of rosemary and oil of neroli, of each 5 drops. HUILE LIQUEREUSE DE LA ROSE Prep. Rose water and simple sirup, equul p‘arts> A pleasant and fragrant sweetening for grog,, liqueurs, &c. IIUILE LIQUEREUSE DFS FLEURS HYD 354 HYD D’ORANGES. Prep ' Orange-flower water and simple sirup, equal parts. More fragrant and agreeable than the last. Gives a delicious fla- vor to grog, liqueur, &c., and to perfume the breath. HUILE DE VANILLE. Prep. Spirit of wine and simple sirup, of each 1 quart ; esscnco or tincture of vanilla, a sufficient quantity to fla- vor ; mix. This should bo kept in a decanter. Used to flavor liqueurs, &c. HUILE DE VENUS. Prep. I. Flowers of the wild carrot 5 oz. ; spirit of wine 1 gallon ; water 1 pint ; macerate 24 hours, then distil 1 gal- lon, and add an equal measure of capillairo or sim- ple sirup. II. Wild carrot flowers 4 oz. ; spirit of wine 1 gallon ; macerate for 1 week, strain, and add cap- illaire 1 gallon. If preferred colored, steep \ oz. of cochineal in it. A pleasant cordial 1 . HUMUS. When wood, or woody fibre, is ex- posed to the joint action of air and moisture, it suffers decay or eremacausis, and moulders down into a dark-brown or black powder, commonly •called Mould, and to which chemists have given the name Humus. By the action of alkalis, it is •converted into humic acid, which is soluble, and forms salts called humates. HUSBANDRY. This term is applied to the joint operations of farming and gardening on the small scale, and it is also sometimes used synony- mously with agriculture. (See Agriculture, Farming, Manures, and Soil.) HYDRARGYRO-CHLORIDES. Salts in which the bichloride of mercury plays the part of an acid. The only one that has been applied to any useful purpose, is the hydrargyro-chloride of ammonia, or the sal alembroth of pharmacy. Per- haps white precipitate may also belong to the same class. Similar salts have been formed with the chlorides of other metals, to which the names auro-chlorides . cupro- chlorides, ferro-chlorides, cobalto-chlorides, &c. &c., have been applied. HYDRARGYRO-IODO-CYANIDE OF POTASSIUM. Prep. Add a concentrated solu- tion of bicyanide of mercury to a solution of iodide of potassium, as long as a white, pearly, crystal- line precipitate is formed. Used to ascertain the purity of prussic acid ; if a small portion be put into this acid, in a dilute state, red biniodide of mercury will immediately be formed, if any foreign acid be present. IIYDRARSINE. An ethereal, volatile sub- stance, having an intolerably fetid odfir, formed by the action of air on alJcarsine. HYDRATE. (From ISup, water.) In Chem- istry ; a compound containing water, in definite proportion. Thus, slaked lime is a hydrate of lime; caustic potassa, a hydrate of potassa ; and oil of vitriol, a hydrate of sulphuric acid. HYDRATED. (In Chemistry.) Chemically combined with water. Thus, the crystallized ve- getable acids, (citric, tartaric, oxalic,) •and salts 'epsom salts, carbonate of soda, & c.) that contain combined water, aro called hydrated acids and hydrated Halts. The term hydrated is used as •mi adjective, in the same way as hydrate is as a substantive. The former is, however, usually ap- plied to compound names, us hydrated acetic acid, hydrated oxide of iron, &c., and the latter. for the sake of euphony, to simple names, as hy dratc of lime, hydrate of potassa, &c. HYDRIODATE. Syn. IIydkiodab, ( Lat .) A compound formed of the hydriodic acid with a base. The hydriodates may be easily formed by saturating the acid with the oxides or hydrates of the bases, or more economically, by acting on the bases in water, with iodiife. (See Iodine, Iodides, and Hydriodic Acid.) IIYDRIODIC ACID. Syn. Acidum Hydrio- dicum. Prep. Pour a little water over some per- iodidi of phosphorus, previously put into a small glass retort, and apply a gentle heat, when hy- driodic acid will bo evolved, and phosphoric acid remain behind. The gas may be either collected over mercury or passed into water, when liquid hydriodic acid will be formed. II* (F. D’Arcet.) Evaporate hypophosphoKc acid until it begins to yield phosphoreted hydro- gen, then mix it with an equal weight of iodine placed in a retort ; apply a gentle heat as before, and collect the evolved gas. The products of both this and the former process possess great purity. III. (Dr. Glover.) Place iodide of barium in a retort, and decompose it with sulphuric acid, when pure hydriodic acid will be evolved. IV. {Liquid.) Pass sulphureted hydrogen through a mixture of iodine and water, in a Woolf’s bottle, until saturated, then gently heat the liquid until the excess of sulphur flies off. An economical process, but does not yield the pure acid. V. {Dr. Buchanan’s medicinal hydriodic acid.) Tartaric acid 264 grs. ; pure iodide of potassium 330 grs. ; dissolve each separately in water f ?iss, mix the solutions, and when settled, decant the clear liquid and add water to make up fSjvj 3ij. This liquid acid retains a little bitartrate of potassa in solution, but which does not interfere with its medicinal properties. (See Iodine and Hydrio- date.) HYDRO. (In Chemistry.) 'A prefix employed to designate the compounds of hydrogen ; as hy- drochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, acids formed of chlorine, bromine, and hydrogen. It is some- times, though improperly, used synonymously with the word hydrated. (See Hydrate and Hy- drated.) HYDROBENZAMIDE. A substance discov- ered by Laurent, and prepared by mixing pure hydruret of benzule with 20 times its volume of concentrated water of ammonia, in a stoppered bottle, a?.:i keeping the mixture for some hours at a heat oi :00 to 120°. The crystalline mass thus formed is washed with cold ether, when pure hy- drobenzamide is left, and may be obtained in crys- tals by re-solution in alcohol, and spontaneous evaporation. HYDROBROMATE. Syn. Hydrobromas. A compound of hydrobromic acid and a base HYDROBROMIC ACID. Syn. Acidum Hy- drobromicum. An acid compound of hydrogen and bromine. It may be prepared from the bro- mide of phosphorus in a similar way to that for forming hydriodic acid from periodido of phospho rus. It may also be prepared by decomposing bromido of barium with sulphuric acid, when pure hydrobromic acid will bo evolved. (Dr. Glover.) li, should either bo collected in dry glass bottles, in the manner directed for chlorine, or over mercury. HYD 355 HYD in the pneumatic trough. When passed into wa- ter it forms liquid hydrobromic acid. The pure liquid acid cannot bo made by passing sulphureted hydrogen through water mixed with bromine, as is commonly practised. Prop., t j’C. A colorless, acidulous, and pungent gas, or a limpid fluid. With the bases it forms salts called hydrobromates. These are formed in a similar way to the hydriodates. (See Bro- mine.) HYDROCARBURETS. Syn. Hydrocarbons. Compounds of hydrogen and carbon. The princi- pal of these are — 1 . Light carbureted hydrogen, or the fire-damp of miners, consisting of two equiv- alents of hydrogen, and one equivalent of carbon, and burning with a pale blue flame. 2. Olefiant gas, consisting of two equivalents of hydrogen and two equivalents of carbon. It burns with a very white and luminous flame. 3. Light gas or coal gas, consisting of a mixture of the preceding in no definite proportions. 4. Quadricarbureted hy- drogen, quadrihydrocarbon, or etherin, consisting of 4 equivalents each of carbon and hydrogen, and produced during the destructive distillation of oil. It burns with a dull fuliginous flame. 5. Bi- carbureted hydrogen, also obtained by the de- structive distillation of oil, and consisting of 3 eq. of hydrogen and 6 eq. of carbon. (See Hydro- gen, Carbureted Hydrogen, Etherin, Naph- tha, &c.) HYDRO-COBALTO-CYANIC ACID. Prep. Pass sulphureted hydrogen through a solu- tion of cobalto-cyanide of lead, separate the lead by filtration, evaporate and crystallize. White, fibrous, acidulous, deliquescent crystals, soluble in water. With the metalo it forms compounds termed cobalto-cyanides. The cobalto-cyanide of potassium is formed by gently heating the carbonate, or pure protoxide of cobalt, in a solu- tion of caustic potassa, which has been treated with an excess of hydrocyanic acid, until dissolved, evaporating and crystallizing. It forms soluble, reddish yellow crystals, which are rendered color- less, or only slightly yellow, by recrystallization. The cobalto-cyanide of lead is made by treating a solution of acetate of lead with cobalto-cyanide of potassium, and adding ammonia, when a white granular precipitate is fermed. Cobalto-cyanide of silver is prepared by mixing* a solution of ni- trate of silver with another of cobalto-cyanide of potassium ; a white granular precipitate subsides. In a similar way several other cobalto-cyanides may be formed. HYDRO FERRIC ACID. (See Ferric Acid.) HYDR O-FERRIDC Y ANIC ACID. Pre- pared by decomposing recently precipitated ferrid- eyanide of lead by sulphureted hydrogen, or by sulphuric acid carefully added. A yellow solution is thus obtained, which yields a deep brown pow- der when evaporated by heat, or yellow crystals by spontaneous evaporation. With the oxides of the metals it forms ferrideyanides. These may be made by adding a solution of the ferrideyanide of potassium to another of a soluble salt of the base. (See the Ferridcyanide of Potassium and Iron.) HYDROFLUORIC ACID. Syn. Fi.uoric Acid. Stygian Water. Acjdum fluoiucum. Acidum HYDROFLr. oricum. Aqua Stygjs. An acid compound of hydrogen and fluorine. It was first procured in a pure state by Gay Lussac and Thenard in 1810. Prep. Pour concentrated sulphuric acid on half its weight of fluor spar, carefully separated from silicious earth, and reduced to fine powder. The mixture must be made in a capacious leaden re- tort, and a gentle j^eat applied, when hydrofluoric acid gas will be evolved, and must be collected in a leaden receiver, surrounded with ice. Props., Uses, tyc. A colorless fluid below 59° Fahr., when preserved from the air, but speedily evaporating in dense white fumes when exposed. Its affinity for water exceeds that of sulphuric acid, and its combination with that fluid is accom- panied with a hissing noise, and a considerable increase of its sp. gr. up to a certain point. It readily dissolves glass and silica, forming fiuosili- cic acid, for which reason it cannot be preserved in glass vessels. Bottles of lead are hence gener- ally used for this purpose, but silver and platinum are more suitable materials. It is highly corro- sive, instantaneously destroying the skin on con- tact, and producing deep and serious ulcerations ; its vapor is pungent, irritating, and irrespirable. With the metals it unites to form hydrofiuorates, fiuorates, or metallic fluorides. Hydrofiuorate of ammonia is obtained by heating together, over a lamp, 1 part of dry sal ammoniac, with a little more than 2 parts of hydrofiuorate of soda, in a platinum crucible, with its lid turned upward, and filled with cold water. The hydrofiuorate sublimes and adheres to the lid, forming a mass of small prismatic crystals. It readily acts on glass. The hydrofiuorates of the alkalis, earths, and metals may mostly be prepared by saturating hydrofluoric acid with the recently precipitated oxide, or car- bonate of the base. • In the arts, hydrofluoric acid is used for etching on glass. HYDROGEN. Syn. Hydrogenium, ( Lat .) WassI:rstoff, (Ger.) Hydrogen, (Fn) Inflam- mable air. (From KSwp, water, and ytwau>, 1 generate.) A chemical element, first correctly described by Cavendish in 1766, having previously been confounded with other gases, and by some called phlogiston, from being supposed to be the matter of heat. The term hydrogen was first ap- plied to it by Lavoisier, because it is the radical or base of water. In the pure state it only exists as a gas, and is the lightest substance known. New opinions have lately been promulgated by one of the most celebrated continental chemists respect- ing hydrogen. At the termination of his fourth lecture at the Sorbonne, M. Dumas announced the following striking views : — “ Whatever it may cost me, gentlemen, in thus giving my opinion, I ought to express it fully. Wo ought no longer # to con- sider hydrogen as a metalloid, or as merely ap- proaching to a metal in any form — it ought to be classed by the side of metals, or among metals. It is a gaseous metal, even as mercury is a liquid metal. If we suppose that it is impossible, to liquefy the vapor of mercury — that it is colorless, inodorous, and transparent ’as hydrogen — we shall have a correct idea of the views I wish to estab- lish. By degrees you will learn to appreciate the correctness of this new theory — when, for instance, HY'D 356 IIYD you study tho different compound bodies of which hydrogen is a constituent. Tho ensemble of its properties approaches, in fact, to mercury and potassium.” (Echo du Monde Savant, Nov. 20, 1842.) Prep . I. Place iron wire in a gun-barrel, or a porcelain tube, open at both ends, to one of which attach a retort containing water* and to the other a bent tube, connected with a pneumatic trough. The gun-barrel must now be heated to redness, and the water in the retort brought into a state of brisk ebullition, when the vapor will be decom- posed, the oxygen being absorbed by the iron, and the hydrogen escaping into the gas receiver. II. Oil of vitriol 1 part; water 5 parts; mix, and pour the dilute acid on iron or zinc wire, or filings placed in a retort or gas bottle. Hydrogen will be evolved as before. This is tho more con- venient method of the two, and the one usually adopted in practice. . Remarks. To render the gas quite pure, distilled zinc should be employed, and the . gas should be passed, first through alcohol, and then through a concentrated solution of pure potassa. Prop., Uses, c ^c. A colorless, tasteless, odorless (when pure) combustible gas, having the sp. gr. 0‘0694 ; being 16 times lighter than oxygen gas, * and nearly 14£ times lighter than atmospheric air. Combined with oxygen it forms water ; with chlo- rine, muriatic acid ; with iodine, hydriodic acid ; with bromine, hydrobromic acid; with fluorine, hydrofluoric acid ; with cyanogen, prussic acid ; with carbon, several hydrocarburets or hydrocar- bons ; with nitrogen, ammonia; w r ith phosphorus, phosphoreted hydrogen ; with sulphur, sulphur et- ed hydrogen; and with arsenic, tellurium, and potassium, arseniureted, tellur eted, and potas- siureted hydrogens. It also enters into the com- position of all compounds containing water, (hy- drates, &c.,) numerous acids and salts, and the various proximate organic principles both of the anima' ?.nd vegetable kingdoms. It forms one of the ingredients of coal gas, and of all bodies that possess the power of turning with flame. From its extreme lightness if Is used to fill balloons, but its carburet, (coal gas 5/ from being cheaper and more easily procured in large quantities, is general- ly employed for this purpose. 100 cubic inches, at 60° F., and 30 inches of the barometer, weigh 2‘1371 grs. Mixed with atmospheric air or oxygen it explodes with extreme violence on the approach of flame, or sudden compression. (Biot.) When brought into contact with spongy platinum, the latter instantly becomes red hot, and the gas is kindled A small apparatus, arranged upon this principle, constitutes the popular little instrument for tho instantaneous production of light, sold by the philosophical instrument makers. One meas- ure of hydrogen and 5 or 6 of air, or 2 of hydro- gen and 1 of oxygen, are tho proportions that ex- plode with tho greatest violence. (Doebereiner.) . A mixture of 1 volumo of hydrogen and 9 volumes of air explodes feebly, and one of 4 volumes of hydrogen and 1 volumo of air does not oxplodo at all. (Cavendish.) The electric spark, spongy platinum, the black powder of platinum, (Garden,) clean platinum foil, (Furaday,) and somo other substances, produce combination, and generally explosion, o ( the mixed gases. A jet of hydrogen, burnt in oxygen gas, or a jet of these gases (mixed', burnt in the air, with proper precautions, produce* the most intense heat known. On this property is formed the oxy-hydrogen blowpipe. This instru- ment can only bo used with safety when furnished with Hemming’s safety jet, or other arrangement to prevent an explosion. (See Blowpipe.) Prof Daniell's method of fixing a jet of oxygen within another jet of hydrogen, or coal-gas, so that a cur- rent of oxygen may bo introduced into the middle of tho flame, is very safo and convenient. (The figures 1 and 6, at page 122, are wrongly number- ed ; they should be reversed.) HYDROGEN, BINOXIDE. Syn. Deutoxide of Hydrogen. Peroxide of do. This singular fluid was discovered by M. Thdnard in 1818. Prep. 1. Mix deutoxide of barium, with about twice its weight of water, then gradually add sul- phuric acid until all the deutoxide is converted into sulphate of baryta, observing to avoid excess of acid. II. Water G or 7 oz. ; deutoxide of barium 230 grs.; mix, and add gradually as much pure •con- centrated hydrochloric acid as is required to ren- der the deutoxide soluble ; then place the contain- ing vessel, which should be of glass, in a freezing mixture, or vessel of ice, and add gradually and cautiously 185 grs. of powdered deutoxide of ba- rium, stirring with a glass rod, aTter each addition ; as soon as dissolved, add sulphuric acid to precipi- tate the whole of the baryta, and then a second portion of 185 grs. of deutoxide of barium, as be- fore. This must also be precipitated with sulphuric acid, the solution filtered, and the same process re- peated, until about 3 oz. of deutoxide of barium have been employed. The hydrochloric acid must then be separated by means of sulphate of silver, cautiously added, and the sulphuric acid after- wards separated by pure solid baryta. (Ann. de Chim. et de Phys. and M. Thenard’s Traite de Chimie.) Remarks. The liquid prepared by the last for- mula contains 25 to 30 times its volume of oxygen, and also much simple water. To remove the lat- ter it must be placed over sulphuric acid, under the exhausted receiver of an air-pump, where it must’ be kept until the sp. gr. becomes T452, beyond which it cannot be concentrated ; as at this point it begins itself to volatilize slowly. In this state it is a colorless and limpid fluid, having a metallic taste, and is stable at low temperatures, but re- solved into oxygen and water, at 59° F. It mixes with water in all proportions, and becomes more permanent. The same may also be said of the acids. It bleaches organic substances. All the metals, except iron* tin, antimony, and tellurium, decompose it with more or less facility, and this action is promoted by the substances being in a state of minute division. A similar decomposition is produced by many of tho metallic oxides. The peroxides of lead, mercury, gold, platinum, man- ganese, and cobalt, effect this change instantane- ously, and accompanied with extreme violence, during which the glass tube holding the liquid be- comes red hot. Its action on oxido of silver is also exceedingly violent. Every drop of the liquid let fall on the dry oxido produces a real explosion ; and so much heat is evolved, that if the experi- ment bo made in a dark place, there is a very sen- f RYD 357 HYD sible disengagement of light. Gold, in a state of extreme division, acts with great force on pure oxygenated water ; yet it has no action on that liquid if it be mixed with a little sulphuric acid. Fibrin, (recently extracted from the blood,) the tissue of the lungs, kidneys, and spleen, and the skin and veins, also deoxydize the liquid. Peroxide of hydrogen has been applied in the arts to restore the blackened lights of paintings, which have become darkened, from the lead they contain being acted on by the sulphureted hydro- gen frequently present in the atmosphere. It has been lately proposed by M. de Sondala, as a means of supplying oxygen to the confined air of diving bells and other limited places ; the carbonic acid formed by the lungs being at the same time ab- sorbed by passing the air through hydrate of lime. HYDROLEIC ACID. A peculiar compound obtained by evaporating the alcohol used in the preparation of hydromargaritic acid. HYDROMARGARIC ACID. A compound- formed by melting together one equivalent each of meta-margaric and hydromargaritic acids, and crystallizing the mass from alcohol. HYDROMARGARITIC ACID. Obtained by boiling the mother liquor of meta-margaric and met oleic acids, when a mixture of hydromargaritic and hydroleic acids rises to the surface, which, af- ter being washed with cold alcohol, leaves the former pure. By heat it is converted into meta- margaric acid and water. Soluble in alcohol and ether. HYDROMELLONIC ACID. Prepared by dissolving mellonide of potassium in boiling water, adding muriatic, sulphuric, or nitric acid, and col- lecting and drying the precipitate. A yellow powder, soluble in water. It forms mellonides with the metallic oxides. 1IYDROMEL. Prep. (P. Cod.) Honey 2 oz, ; boiling water 32 oz. ; dissolve and strain. HYDROMETER. (From SSwp, water, and fiirpov, a measure .) An instrument for ascertain- ing the specific gravities of liquids, and hence their strengths ; these being either in inverse or direct proportion to their specific gravities. Spirituous liquors and ammonia water are examples of the former, and malt wort, and sirups of the latter. The hydrometer employed by the revenue officers for levying the duties on spirits has been already described at pages 35 and 36. Baume’s hydrometer or areometer is very gen- erally employed on the continent for ascertaining the specific gravities of various liquids. As now made, it either consists of a single spindle about 18 inches long, graduated from — 80° to +80°> or of two spindles of about half that length ; the one for light liquids ranging from 10° to 80°, and the other for heavy liquids ranging from 0° to 80°. These are employed with a long glass tube, in a similar way to Sike’s hydrometer before noticed, but the thermometer for ascertaining the temper- ature must be covered with a glass case, or ar- ranged with a folding scale to allow of its immer- sion in corrosive liquids. In Baume’s hydrometer for liquids lighter than water, the instrument is poised, so that the 0 of the scale is at the bottom of the stem, when it is float- ing in a solution of 1 oz. of common salt in 9 oz. of water, and the depth to which it sinks in distil- led water shows the 10th° ; the space between these fixed points being equally divided. His grad- uation was continued upwards to the 50th°, but is now continued further. Corresponding Degrees of Baume’s Hydrometer and real Specific Gravities. — I. Hydrometer for Light Fluids, or Pese-Esprit. Temperature 56 to 60° Fahr. Baume. Spec. Gra. Baume. Spec. Gra. 50 . . 0-782 29 . . 0-884 49 . . 0-787 28 . . 0-889 48 . 0-792 27 . . 0-895 47 . 0-796 26 . . 0-900 46 . . 0-800 25 . . 0-906 45 . . 0-805 24 . . 0-911 44 . . 0-810 23 . . 0-917 43 . . 0-814 22 . . 0-923 42 . 0-819 ,2i . . 0-929 41 . . 0-823 20 . . 0-935 40 . . 0-828 19 . . 0-941 39 . . i-832 18 . . 0-948 38 . . 0-837 17 . . 0-954 37 . . 0-842 16 . . 0-961 36 . . 0-847 15 . . 0-967 35 . . 0-852 14 . . 0-974 34 . . 0-858 13 . . 0-980 33 . . 0-863 12 . . 0-987 32 . . 0-868 11 . . 0-993 31 . . 0-873 10 . . 1-000 30 . . 0-878 0 . . 1-075 In the hydrometer for liquids heavier than wa- ter, the position of the fixed points is reversed ; for the 0 is at the top of the stem, and denotes the level to which the hydrometer sinks in distilled water: the I0th° is lower down, and shows the level to which it sinks in the saline solution, and the graduation was continued downwards to the 75th°, but is now continued further. Corresponding Degrees of Baume’s Hydrometer and real Specific Gravities. — II. Hydrometer for Heavy Fluids, or Pese-Acid. Temperature 56 to 60° Fahr. Baume Spec. Gra. Baume. Spec. Gra. 1 . . 1-007 23 . • 1-190 2 . . 1-014 24 . . 1-199 3 . . 1-022 25 . . 1-210 4 . . 1-029 . 26 . . 1-221 5 • . 1-036 27 . . 1-231 6 . . 1-044 ' 28 . . 1-242 7 . . 1-052 29 . . 1-252 8 . . 1-060 30 . . 1-261 9 . . 1-067 31 . . 1-275 10 . . 1-075 32 . . 1-286 11 . . 1-083 33 . . 1-298 12 . . 1-091 34 . . 1-309 13’. . 1-100 35 . . 1-321 14 • , 1-108 36 . . 1-334 15 . . 1-116 37 . 1-346 16 • . 1-125 38 1-359 17 . . 1-134 39 . . 1-372 18 • . 1-143 40 . . 1-384 19 • . 1-152 41 . . 1-398 20 • . 1-161 42 . . 1-412 21 • . 1-171 43 . . 1-426 22 . . 1-180 ! 44 . . 1-440 HYD 358 HYD Bnume. Spec. Gra. Baume. Spec. Gra. 45 . . 1-454 61 . 1-736 46 . . 1-470 62 . . 1*358 47 . . 1.485 63 . . 1-779 48 . . 1.501 64 . . 1-801 49 . . 1.516 65 . . 1-823 50 . . 1.532 66 . . 1-847 51 . . 1.549 67 • . 1-872 . 52 . . 1-566 68 - . 1-897 53 . . 1-583 69 • . 1-921 54 . . 1-601 70 - . 1-946 55 . . 1-618 71 • 1-974 56 . . 1-637 72 • 2-002 57 . . 1-656 73 2-031 58 . . 1-676 74 . 2-059 59 . . 1-695 75 . 2-087 60 . . 1-714 The areometers and alcoholometers of Gay Lussac, Tralles, and Richter, at once indicate on their stems the strength of the liquid, which mere- ly requires correction as to terrtporature. (See page 37.) The hydrometer of Fahrenheit consists of a hollow ball, with a counterpoise below, and a very slender stem above, terminating in a small dish. The middle, or half length of the stem, is distin- guished by a fine line across. In this instrument every division of the stem is rejected, and it is im- mersed in all experiments to the middle of the stem, by placing proper weights in the little dish abeve. Then as the part immersed is constantly of the same magnitude, and the whole weight of the hydrometer is known, this last weight, added to the weights in the dish, will be equal to the weight of fluid displaced by the instrument, as all writers on hydrostatics prove. And accordingly, the sp. gravities for the common form of the tables will be had by the proportion : — As the whole weight of the hydrometer and its load, when adjusted in distilled water : is to the number 1000, &c. : : so is the whole weight when adjusted in any other fluid : to the number ex- pressing its specific gravity. Nicholson’s hydrometer for taking the sp. gr. of minerals, is a very convenient instrument. TwaddelVs hydrometer is much used in the bleaching establishments of Scotland and some parts of England. According to this scale 0 is equal to 1000, or the sp. gr. of distilled water, and each degree is equal to -005, so that by multiplying this number by the number of degrees marked on the scale, and adding 1* the real specific gravity is obtained. Table of Specific Gravities indicated by Twad- dell’s Scale. Twaddell. Sp. Gr. Twaddell. Sp. Gr. • 0 1000 100 1500 10 1050 110 1550 20 1100 120 1600 30 1 150 130 1650 40 1 200 140 1700 50 1 250 150 1750 60 1300 160 1800 70 1350 170 1850 80 1400 L80 1900 90 1450 190 1950 Hydromc b-rs, unless manufactured with „B.re and skill, merely ullbrd approximate results, but which are nevertheless sufficiently correct ftr all ordinary purposes. They also requiro severa, ounces of liquor to float them, and hence cannot bo used for small quantities of liquid. (See Spe* cific Gravity.) HYDRO-PERSULPHOCYANIC ACID. A yellow reddish crystalline mass, obtained by fusing sulphocyanido of potassium in a stream of dry muriatic acid gas, in a vessel connected with a suitable receiver. It is purified by a solution in hot alcohol, which deposites it on cooling in a semi- crystalline fojm. HYDROPHOBIA, CURE FOR. At Udina, in Friule, a poor man lying under the frightful tortures of hydrophobia was cured with some draughts of vinegar, given him by mistake, in- stead of another potion. A physician at Padua got intelligence of this event at Udina, and tried the same remedy upon the patient in the hospital, administering to him a pound of vinegar in the 4norning, another at noon, and a third at sunset, and the man was speedily and perfectly cured. IIYDRO-SULPIIOC YANIC ACID. A pe- culiar acid occurring in the seeds and blossoms of the cruciferap, and in the saliva of man and- sheep. It may bo obtained by decomposing sulphocyanide of lead by dilute sulphuric acid, avoiding excess, and throwing down the last portion of lead by sul- phureted hydrogen. It may also bo prepared by decomposing a mixture of 1 part of sulphocyanide of silver and 100 of water, by sulphureted hydro- gen. It forms a colorless fluid, readily undergoing decomposition by the action of air and heat. With the bases it forms compounds termed sulphocya- nides, most of which may be formed by saturating the acid with the oxide, or hydrate of the base, or from the sulphocyanide of potassium, and a soluble salt of the base, by double decomposition. — Sul- phocyanide of potassium is formed by drying prussiate of potash to expel its water, powdering, adding £ its weight of sulphur, and fusing in an iron vessel at a low red heat, until the escaping bubbles of gas inflame in the air, and burn with a red light ; the mass must be then cooled, dissolved in boiling water, treated with a solution of carbon- ate of potassa until it ceases to become turbid, next boiled for a quarter of an hour, filtered, evap- orated, and crystallized. The crystals must be redissolved in alcohol, and the solution refiltered and recrystallized. Forms colorless, deliquescent, prismatic crystals, soluble in alcohol and water. — Sulphocyanide of lead is prepared by mixing con- centrated solutions of acetate of lead and sulpho- cyanide o| potassium. Lustrous yellow opaque crystals, decomposed by boiling water, into hydro- sulphocyanic acid and a basic salt. If subacetate of lead be used instead of the acetate in the above formula, a basic sulphocyanide of lead will be formed. — Sulphocyanide of copper is prepared by precipitating a mixture of sulphate of copper and sulphocyanide of potassium with a solution of pro- tosulphate of iron. An insoluble granular powder. — Sulphocyanide of silver is formed by precipita- ting neutral nitrate of silver by sulphocyanide of potassium. White, insoluble. By solution in am- monia it may bo obtained in brilliant crystalline white plates. IIYDROTELLURIC ACID. A peculiar gaseous body discovered by Davy in 1809, and HYP 359 HYP rormed in a similar maimer to hydrogen by digest- ing muriatic acid on an alloy of tellurium with zinc or iron. It possesses feeble acid properties, and precipitates tellurets from metallic solutions. It is absorbed by water, and then forms liquid hy- drotelluric acid, or tellureted hydrogen. HYDROUS. Containing chemically combined water. (See Hydrate.) IIYDROXANTHIC ACID. The name ori- ginally given by Zeise to xanthic acid. IIYDRURET. Syn. Hydroguret. Hydru- retum, (Lat.) A compound of hydrogen with a metal. HYGRUSIN. A name given by Bizio to the ^leoptene of Berzelius, or the liquid and more vol- atile portion of essential oils. HYOSCYAMIA. Syn. Hyoscyaminum. Hy- oscyamine. Hyoscyama. Hyoscyamina. An al- kaloid discovered by Brande in common henbane, (hyoscyamus nigra.) It is powerfully narcotic. Chevallier, Brault, and Poggiale, eminent and skil- ful chemists, have failed to procure it. (Jour, de Pharm.) It may be obtained in prisms, and with the acids forms salts. HYPNOTICS. (From trvos, sleep.) Medi- cines that induce sleep. Opium, morphia, and henbane, are the principal hypnotics. (See Ano- dyne.) HYPOCHLOROUS ACID. Syn . Euchlo- rine. A gaseous compound, discovered by Davy in 1811. It is most conveniently prepared by agi- tating together a mixture of 1 part of peroxide of mercury and 2 parts of water, in a bottle filled with chlorine gas. The filtered liquid is fluid hy- pochlorous acid. It may be purified by distillation at a temperature considerably below 212°, as at that heat it suffers rapid decomposition. It bleaches powerfully, and is readily decomposed by light and contact with various substances, especially pow- dered glass or angular bodies. The compounds popularly called chloride of lime, soda, and pot- ash, are supposed by some to be hypochlorites, but the point is undetermined. HYPOCHONDRIASIS. (From Uo X ovbpiaKog, one who is hipped.) The vapors, lowness of spir- its, blue devils. This disease chiefly affects per- sons of the melancholic temperament, and is com- monly induced by hard study, irregular habits of life, want of proper social intercourse, and exercise. The treatment may in most cases be similar to that mentioned under dyspepsia, observing, however, that success depends more on amusing and enga- ging the mind, and in gradually weaning it from old conceits, than in the mere administration of medicine. When the patient is tormented with a visionary or exaggerated sense of pain, or of some concealed disease, or a whimsical dislike of certain persons, places, or things, or groundless apprehen- sions of personal danger or poverty, or the convic- tion of having experienced some dreadful accident or misfortune, the better way is to avoid any direct attempts to alter his opinions, but to endeavor to inspire confidence in some method of relief. Gre- cungmentions the case of a medical man who con- ceived that his stomach was full of frogs, which had been successively spawning ever since he had bathed, when a boy, in a'pool in which he had per- ceived some tadpoles ; and he had spent his life in •ndeavoring to g«t them removed. Another pa- tient perhaps conceives himself to be a giant ; a second as heavy as lead ; a third a feather, in con- tinual danger of being blown away by the wind , and a fourth a piece of glass, and is hourly fearful of being broken. Marcellus Dentatus mentions a baker of Ferrara, who thought himself a lump of butter, and durst not sit in the, sun, or come neai the fire, for fear of being melted. The writer of this article once knew a man who always put oa his coat the wrong side in front, because he con- ceived his face looked behind him. In such cases it is useless to argue with the patient, as it only causes irritation, and increases the malady. HYPONITROUS ACID. A highly volatile liquid, gaseous at common temperatures, first ob- tained by Gay Lussac, by confining a mixture of binoxide of nitrogen in excess and oxygen gas, in a glass tube over a concentrated solution of pure potassa, in the mercurial pneumatic trough. It may also be obtained from a mixture of 200 meas- ures of binoxide of nitrogen and 50 measures of oxygen, both quite dry, by exposing the resulting orange fumes to intense cold, which condenses them into a liquid. When 10 parts of nitric acid sp. gr. 1-3 are poured on 1 part of starch in a ca- pacious retort, and a gentle heat applied by means of a water-bath, “ pure hyponitrous acid is disen- gaged.” (Liebig and Gregory, Turner’s Chem., 7th ed. p. 848.) At 0° F., hyponitrous acid is a color- less liquid, but green at higher temperatures, rap- idly volatilizing in orange -colored vapors. It is decomposed by contact with water and the bases, but the earthy and alkaline hyponitrates may be indirectly formed by exposing the corresponding nitrates to a gentle red heat. HYPO-PHOSPHOROUS ACID. A peculiar viscid liquid discovered by Dulong in 1816, and obtained by treating phosphuret of barium with water, and as soon as the phosphureted hydrogen has escaped, filtering, throwing down the baryta with dilute sulphuric acid, again filtering and evaporating. It is a powerful deoxidizing agent, and forms salts with the bases called hypophos- phites. The hypophosphites of the alkalis may be prepared by precipitating an earthy hypophos- pliite by an alkaline carbonate, or by directly neu- tralizing the acid with those carbonates. The earthy hypophosphites may be formed by boiling the earths in a caustic state along with water and a few fragments of phosphorus, filtering, and evap orating. All the hypophosphites are soluble in water, and those of the alkalis, both in alcohol and water ; they are all decomposed by heat. HYPOSULPHOBENZIDIC ACID. A sour liquid, or crystals, obtained by decomposing hypo- sulphobenzidate of copper by sulphureted hydrogen. It forms salts with the bases termed hyposulpho- henzidates. The salt of baryta may be formed by saturating fuming oil of vitriol with benzole, adding water, filtering, neutralizing the liquid with carbonate of baryta, again filtering, evaporating, and crystallizing. Hyposulphohenzidatc of cop- per may be obtained by precipitating the last salt with sulphate of copper, filtering, evaporating, and crystallizing. IIYPOSULPHOBENZOIC ACID. Syn. SuLPiioufeNzoic Acid. Prep. Accurately precipi- tate a solution of acid hyposulphobenzoate of ba- ryta with sulphuric acid, filter, evaporate first ovei HYP 360 INI.) the open fire, and then in vacuo over sulphuric acid. Crystalline, deliquescent, sour ; forming salts called hyposulphobenzatcs or sulphobenzatcs. The acid salt of baryta may be made by conduct- ing the vapors of anhydrous*sulphuric acid into a dry receiver, containing crystals of benzoic acid, and placed in a freezing mixture. As soon as a translucent mass is formed, dissolve it in water, decant the clear, neutralize with carbonate of ba- ryta, evaporate, and add some muriatic acid, when crystals will form as the solution cools. It maybe decolored by animal charcoal, and purified from muriatic acid by repeated rc -solutions. HYPOSULPIIO-INDIGOIC ACID. A name given by Berzelius to .one of the acids obtained by precipitating sulphate of indigo with carbonate of potassa. HYPOSULPHURIC ACID. An acid com- pound of sulphur and oxygen, discovered by Welter and Gay Lussac. It is prepared by pass- ing sulphurous acid gas through water, holding in suspension black oxide of manganese, in fine pow- der. The manganese is then precipitated by baryta in excess, and a current of carbonic acid is passed through the liquid, which is next filtered and evapo- rated, when crystals of hyposulphate of baryta will be obtained. These, when dissolved, and carefully neutralized with sulphuric acid, will yield a solu- tion of hyposulphuric acid. It may be concen- trated until its sp. gr. becomes 1*35. It neutral- izes the alkalis and earths, forming salts called hy- posulphates , which are soluble. HYPOSULPHITE OF SODA. Prep. ( Ca - pawn’s process .) Boil a dilute solution of caustic soda with sulphur until saturated. Then pass sul- phurous acid gas into the solution until there re- mains but a very small portion of Na S 5 undecom- posed. This may be ascertained by filtering a small portion of the solution, which ought to have a very pale yellow color. If this is found to be the case, the whole of the solution is filtered and evapo- rated by boiling to a sirupy consistence. The am- bient air, during evaporation, acts upon the Na S 5 which remains in the liquor, and converts it into hyposulphite 1 soda. This last-mentioned salt crys- tallizes from the sirupy solution. When the salt is dry, it is unalterable in the air. If there still re- mains some sulphuret of soda in the sirup, with a view to its removal, it is simply necessary to mix it with one half of its weight of alcohol, and shake it well. The alcohol takes up the sulphuret of soda, and swims on the surface of the aqueous solution, which latter is set aside to crystallize, without re- moving the supernatant alcoholic layer. “ It appears to me that it would be more advan- tageous to modify this operation in such a manner as to procure the bisulphite by saturating a solu- tion of carbonate of soda with sulphufous acid gas, disengaged from bruised charcoal by sulphuric acid. Then mix with this solution (of bisulphite soda) the sulphuret of sodium, prepared in the moist way above mentioned, in slight excess ; fil- ter, evuporate, and set aside to crystallize.” (Ber- zelius.) H Y POSULPHUROUS ACID. The hyposul- phites, or salts formed by the union of this ucid with the bases, may either bo obtained by digest- ing sulphur in solutions of the sulphites, or by pass- big the sulphurous ucid gas into ulkulino solutions. The hyposulphites of potassa and soda posses* the remarkable property of dissolving a large quan- tity of chloride of silver, and some other metallio compounds, hence their use in the art of photo- graphy. HYSTERICS. Syn. Hysteria, (from Ivrepa, tile womb.) The treatment of this disease varies with the causes and the symptoms. Bleeding and depletives are generally had recourse to in robust and plethoric habits, and stimulants and tonics in those of a weakly or relaxed constitution. Affu- sion of cold water, and nasal stimulants, will fre- quently remove the fit, in mild cases. Exercise, proper amusements, and regular hours and diet, are the best preventives. (See Anti hysteric Draught.) IGASURIC ACID. Syn. Acidum Igasuri- cum. An acid discovered by Pelletier and Caven- tou, associated with strychnine in the faba santa ignatii and nux vomica. It may be obtained by digesting the rasped or ground beans first in ether, and then in boiling alcohol, evaporating the latter decoction to dryness, diffusing the residuum through water, adding a little carbonate of magnesia, again boiling for some minutes, filtering, washing the powder with cold water, again digesting it in alco- hol, and filtering. The igasurate of magnesia thus obtained is then dissolved in boiling water, the solution decomposed by acetate of lead, and the precipitate, ( igasurate of lead,) after being wash- ed and diffused through distilled water, is decom- posed by sulphureted hydrogen. The solution thus obtained yields crystals on being evaporated. IMPERATORINE. A neutral, fusible, and acrid-tasted substance, extracted by means of ether from the roots of imperatoria ostrutfum. It is insoluble in water. IMPERIAL. Syn. Imperial Drink. Potur imperialis. Prep. I. Cream of tartar ^ oz. ; fresh orange or lemon-peel 3 oz. ; lump sugar 4 oz. ; boil- ing water 3 pints; digest in a close vessel' until cold, then pour off the clear. II. (Collier.) To the last add cream of tartar ^ oz., and sweeten to palate. Refrigerant ; a com- mon drink in fevers, and in hot weather. INDIAN RUBBER BLACKING. Prep. I. (Bryant and James’s paste.) Ivory black 60 lbs. ; treacle 45 lbs. ; good vinegar and oil of vitriol, of each 12 lbs. ; Indian rubber oil 9 lbs. ; mix. II. ( Bryant and James’s liquid.) Ivory black 60 lbs. ; treacle 45 lbs. ; gum (dissolved) 1 lb. ; vin- egar (No. 24) 20 gallons; oil of vitriol 24 lbs.; Indian rubber oil 9 lbs. ; mix. Remarks. The Indian rubber oil is made of caoutchouc 18 oz., dissolved in rape oil 9 lbs. by means of heat. The ingredients are mixed together in the same order and manner as common blacking. INDIGESTION, (POPULAR REMEDIES FOR.) Prep. I. ( Abernethy’s pills.) Calomel and oxysulphuret of antimony, of each 20 grs. ; powdered gum guaiacum 40 grs. ; Castile soap q. s., (about 25 grs. ;) beat into a mass, and divide in- to 20 pills. Dose. 1 or 2 night and morning oc- casionally. II. (Dr. Babington’s tnixture.) Infusion of calumba 6 oz. ; carbonate 'of potassa 1 dr. ; com- pound tincture of gentian 3 dr ; mix. Dose. 2 oj 3 tublcspoonfuls daily at noon. IND 361 INI) III. ( Dr . Bailey’s mixture .) Epsom salts 3 dr. ; infusion of roses £ pint ; tincture of cascarilla * oz. Dose. 2 or 3 tablespoonfuls at noon and in the evening. IV. (Dr. Gregory’s mixture .) Carbonate of potassa i oz. ; cinnamon water and distilled water, of each 6 oz. ; compound tincture of gentian 1 oz. ; mix. Dose. As last. V. (Dr. J. Hutchinson.) Quicklime £ oz., slaked, by sprinkling on it a little water, and when it has fallen to powder, add water 1£ pint, and bruised cinchona bark 1 oz. ; macerate with occasional agitation for 3 hours, in a covered vessel, then de- cant the clear liquor, and further add tincture of cinchona bark 2 oz. ; sweet spirits of nitre 3 drs. ; sirup of orange-peel 1 oz. ; mix well, and keep it in a corked bottle. Dose. A wineglassful 2 or 3 times a day, accompanying its use with an occa- sional dose of a saline aperient. “ Such were the renovating effects of this medicine on me, that it may with truth be denominated the true aqua vitae ; for it laid the foundation of a state of health and strength which has seldom been surpassed.” (Sir J. Jervis, Bart.) VI. (Dr. Reece’s mixture.) Carbonate of soda 1 dr. ; compound tincture of rhatany 1 oz. ; tinc- tures of ginger and chamomiles, of each 3 dr. ; camphor julep 7 oz. ; mix. Dose. 3 tablespoonfuls twice a day. (See Dyspepsia.) INDIGO. Syn. Anil. Bleu d’Inde ; Indigo, (Fr.) Indicum ; Pigmentum Indicum, (Lat.) I vSucov, (Gr.) A blue substance obtained from the leaves and young shoots of several species of indigofera and nerium, "by soaking them either in cold water, or, gtill better, in water kept warm, and at about 106° Fahr., till the liquor becomes deep green ; it is then drawn off, and beat or churned till blue flakes appear, lime-water is next added, the yel- low liquor drawn off, the blue sediment dried, and formed into small lumps. Used as a blue dye and pigment, and occasionally in medicine for epilepsy. Indigo, though apparently a very simple sub- stance, is composed of several distinct principles, and by the action of acids, alkalis, oxygen, chlo- rine, &c., yields other substances possessing consid- erable interest. The following are the chief of these compounds, of which the word indigo consti- tutes a portion of the name : — Pure indigo, or indigo blue. I. Powdered in- digo 5 parts ; green vitriol 10 parts ; hydrate of lime 15 parts ; water 60 piftts ; mix, agitate oc- casionally until the color is destroyed, then decant the clear portion, precipitate with hydrochloric acid, and Wash the powder, first with water, and then with boiling alcohol, until the latter ceases to acquire a yellow color. II. Caustic soda and grape sugar, of each 1 part ; water 20 parts ; powdered indigo 5 parts ; mix, and proceed as above. III. (Thos. Taylor.) Powdered indigo 2 parts ; plaster of Paris 1 part ; water, sufficient to reduce the mixture to a thin paste ; spread the mass evenly upon an oblong iron plate to the depth of £ inch, and dry it by a gentle heat. It must then bo held over the flame of a spirit lamp, when a disgusting odor will be evolved, the mass will begin to smoke, and in a few minutes will' be eovered with a dense purple vapor, which will condense into brilliant flattened prisms or plate3 of 46 an intense copper color, forming a thick velvet} coating over the surface immediately exposed ta the heat ; should the mass catch fire, it may in- stantly be extinguished by a drop of water let fall upon it. Prod. 15 to 18§. IV. (Fritsche.) Indigo and grape sugar, of each 1 part ; put them into a bottle capable oi holding 40 parts of liquid ; half fill the bottle with boiling alcohol, and the other half with alcohol holding part of a very concentrated lye of caustic soda in solution, agitate well, and, after repose, decant the clear. The liquid thus obtain- ed possesses an intense yellowish red color, but quickly passes, by exposure to the air, through the various shades of red, violet, and blue, at the same time depositing indigo blue, in scales. These must be well washed, first in alcohol, and lastly in water. Product. More than 50§ of the indi- go employed. This offers the easiest and most correct means of testing commercial indigo, and is Well calculated, from its simplicity, for the use of dyers. Indigogen, indigotine, indigo white, or re- duced indigo. Prep. The yellow alkaline solu- tion obtained by one of the above processes is carefully protected from the air, both before and after precipitation with muriatic acid ; and the precipitate, after being rapidly washed with re- cently boiled distilled water, or with dilute sul- phurous acid, is drained on a filter, and dried in vacuo. The product consists of a grayish mass of minute crystals, generally light-blue on the surface, and rapidly turning blue on exposure to the air. White indigo is soluble in alkalis, alco- hol, and ether, to which it imparts a yellow color. These solutions deposite indigo blue on exposure to the air. Indigo gluten is obtained by the action of dilute acids on indigo. It possesses little interest. Indigo brown is obtained from powdered in- digo by treating it first with dilute acid, and then with a hot strong caustic lye, which must after- wards be neutralized with acetic acid, evaporated to drjmess, and treated with alcohol, to dissolve out acetate of potassa. A dark brown substance resembling humic acid. Indigo red is obtained by boiling alcohol on powdered indigo exhausted of the two previous substances, by dilute acids and strong alkaline lyes. When heated, indigo red is converted into a white sublimate, (deoxydized indigo red,) but re- covers its color by the action of nitric acid. This substance has also been called the Red Resin of Indigo. Indigo purple or phenecine, the purple pre- cipitate obtained by filtration from a solution of indigo in fuming sulphuric acid, when largely di- luted with water. INDIQO DYES. There are two methods of preparing solutions of indigo for dyeing. 1. By .deoxydizing it and dissolving it in alkaline men- strua. 2. By dissolving it in sulphuric acid. The former constitutes the ordinary indigo vat of the dyers. Prep. I. a. (Cold, vat.) Finely-powdered in digo 1 lb. ; green copperas (as free as possible from red oxide) 2£ to 3 lbs. ; newly-slaked quick- lime 3$ to 4 lbs. ; triturate the powdered indigo with a little water or an alkaline lye, then mix il IND 362 INF with some hot water, add the lime, again well mix, after which pour in the solution of copperas, and agitato thoroughly. A little potash or soda is frequently added, and a corresponding portion of lime omitted. For use,, a portion of this 'prepara- tion vat is ladled into the dyeing vat, as wanted. After using for some time the vat must be re- freshed with a little copperas and fresh-slaked lirae, when the sediment must be well stirred up, and the whole mixed together. b. ( Potash vat.) Indigo, in fine powder, 12 lbs. ; madder 8 lbs. ; bran 9 lbs. ; potash 24 lbs. ; water at 125° F. 120 cubic feet; mix well; at the end of .‘36 hours add 14 lbs. more potash, and after 10 or 12 hours longer, further add 10 lbs. of potash, rouse well, and as soon as the fermentation and reduction of the indigo are well developed, which generally takes place in about 72 hours, add a little freshly-slaked quicklime. This vat dyes very quickly, and the goods lose less of their color in alkaline and soapy solutions than when dyed in the common vat. Remarks. Wool, silk, linen, and cotton, may all be dyed in the indigo vat by passing them through a weak alkaline solution, and then through the indigo vat for about fifteen minutes ; the stuff should be exposed to the air, and -the immersion in the vat and exposure repeated till the color be- comes sufficiently deep. The addition of a little woad and madder to the vat improves the dye. Other deoxydizing substances, beside those above mentioned, may be used to effect the deoxydation of the indigo ; thus a mixture of caustic soda, grape sugar, indigo, and water, is often employed on the Continent for this purpose, and orpiment, lime, and pearlash are also occasionally used. When properly prepared, the indigo vat may be kept in action for several months by the addition of one or other of its constituents, as required. An excess of either copperas or lime should be avoided. II. Dissolve indigo 1 lb. in smoking sulphuric acid 4£ lbs., or oil of vitriol 7 or 8 lbs., fn the way directed under liquid blue, page 122, and, after standing 48 hours, add water 2 gallons. This liquid is added to water as required, and the cloth, previously boiled with alum, is immersed jn it, and the boiling and immersion are repeated until the wool becomes sufficiently dyed. Remarks. With the above dye every shade of blue may be dyed, but it is most commonly em- ployed to give a ground to logwood blues ; in which case tire stuff is usually prepared by a boil with a mixed mordant of alum, tartar, the sul- phates of copper and iron, and the blue solution, and then dyed in a logwood bath, to which a little potash has been added. When the above sul- phuric solution of indigo is diffused through water, at a boiling temperature, and wool plunged there- in, and allowed to remain as it cools for 24 hours, and then taken out, drained, washed in water until the latter ceases to bo colored, and then boiled for about 15 minhtes in water containing 1 or 23 of carbonate of potassa, soda, or ammonia, or a weight equal to about $ of the indigo em- ployed, the bluo color will forsake the wool, and become dissolved in the water. This liquid, when flight ly acidulated with sulphuric acid, imparts a line, blue to cloth. The names soluble blue, dis- tilled blue, blue carmine , &.c., &c., have been ap. plied to it ; it is in reality a cGcruleo-sulphute of potassa, or a double sulphate of indigo and potassa It may be purified by evaporation to a sirup, and agitation, first with alcohol, and then with a mixture of alcohol and acetic acid ; it may then bo evaporated to dryness, when it forms a dark blue powder. INDIGOIC ACID. Syn. Aniljc Acid. An acid obtained by Chevreul by the action of dilute boiling nitric acid on indigo. It is prepared by gradually adding indigo in powder to boiling nitric acid, previously diluted with 12 or 15 parts of water, as long as effervescence ensues ; a little water being dropped in from time to time to pre- vent the formation of carbazotic acid. The clear yellow iiquid is then decanted while hot, and the crystals deposited as it cools, redissolved in boiling water, and acetate of lead added as long as it causes a brown precipitate. The filtered liquor deposites crystals of anilate of lead on cooling, which by resolution in boiling water, and decom- position with sulphuric acid, yield crysta* of anilic acid. Colorless, fusible, yellowish white needles, scarcely soluble in cold water, but freely soluble in boiling water. It forms soluble and crystalliza- ble salts, called Anilates or Indigotates, with some of the bases. INFANT’S PRESERVATIVE, (ATKIN- SON’S.) Prep. Bicarbonate of magnesia 3vj ; white sugar §ij ; oil of aniseed 20 drops ; com- pound spirit of ammonia 3iiss ; laudanum 3j ; sirup of saffron ; caraway water q. s. to make the whole measure 1 pint. (Haggard.) * INFUSION. Syn. Infusion, ( Fr .) Infusum ; Infusio, (Lat . , from infundo, to pour in.) In Pharmacy, a liquid preparation obtained by pour- ing water of gny required temperature upon vegetable or animal substances, and suffering it to stand a certain time. Shavings, leaves, and flowers, require no previous preparation ; but roots, woods, and other solid substances must be bruised or sliced, if in the green or recent state, or bruised, or coarsely pulverized, if dry, for the purpose of ex- posing as large a surface as possible to the action of the menstruum. The substances extracted by water from vegeta- bles by infusion are chiefly gum, mucus, ex- tractive, tannin, certain vegetable acids, the bitter and narcotic principles, gum-resin, essential oil, and alkalis. Some of these substances are only sparingly soluble in water at ordinary tempera- tures ; but more readily so in hot water, and freely soluble in boiling water. The temperature of the water should be. therefore proportioned to the nature of the vegetable matter operated on. For mere demulcent infusions, in which fecula and gum are the chief substances sought to be dissolved out, and when the active principle is scarcely soluble in water, unless nearly at the boiling temperature, boiling water alone should be employed ; but when the medicinal virtues of vegetables are soluble in water at lower tem- peratures, it is better to employ hot water, and <0 allow a little longer period for the digestion. In many cases temperate water, (from GO to 70°,) or tepid water, (from 80 to 90°,) may be used with advantage, especially in the preparation of aro- matic bitter infusions, and in most cases, yrhere it INF 363 INF is wished that the product should contain as little inert matter as possible ; but when water at low temperatures is employed, the period of the macera- tion must be proportionately increased. By adopt- ing the method of maceration in vacuo, the men- struum may be allowed to lie in contact with the vegetable matter for an unlimited period, without decomposition taking place. Infusion^, like decoctions, are liable to undergo spontaneous decomposition by keeping, especially hi warm weather, when a few hours are often suf- ficient for their passage into a state of active fer- mentation ; they should therefore b% prepared for use daily, as beyond 24 hours they cannot be de- pended on. The London College directs a pint only to be made at a time, thus very properly re- garding them as extemporaneous preparations. See Decoctions. As many infusions which are occasionally employed in medicine must necessarily escape no- tice in the following list, it may be as well to re- mark, that the Infusions of all vegetables that do not exert a very powerful action on the human frame, may be made by pouring 1 pint of boiling water on 1 oz. of the vegetable matter, and allow- ing it to macerate for half an hour to an hour ; and the Decoctions of the same vegetables may be made by boiling the above ingredients in the same proportions for 10 or 15 minutes, instead of opera- ting by mere infusion. The ordinary dose of such infusions and decoctions is 1 to 2 oz. three or four times a day. INFUSION, ANTISCORBUTIC. Syn. In- fusum antiscorbuticum. Prep. (E. H.) Water trefoil (menyanthes aquaticum) §ij ; orange ^ss ; boiling water 4 pints ; infuse for a night, strain, and add compound spirits of horseradish half a pint. • INFUSIONS, ASTRINGENT. Syn. Inf. astringens. Prep. I. Oak bark §ss ; boiling wa- ter £ pint ; infuse 1 hour, and to each fisc of the strained liquor add powdered galls 10 grs. ; tincture of catechu, compound tincture of cardamoms, and sirup of orange peel, of each 3ss, for a dose. II. Infusion of cusparia fj ; tincture of catechu or kino 3j ; powdered ipecacuanha 3 grs. ; powder- ed opium i a gr. ; mix for a dose. In diarrhoea, &c. INFUSION, BITTER PURGING. Syn. Inf. amarum purgans (P. L. 1746.) The same as compound gentian mixture. INFUSION, CATHARTIC. Syn. Inf. ca- tharticum. Prep. I. Infusion of senna f j ; tinc- tures of senna and jalap, tartrate of potassa, and sirup of senna, of each 3j ; mix, for a dose. II. Infusion of senna fiss; Epsom salts 3vj ; tinctures of jalap and castor, of each 3j ; lauda- num and tincture of ginger, of each 10 drops ; mix, for 1 dose. III. Infusion of senna fij ; potassio-tartrate of soda 3vj ; cinnamon water ^ss ; mix, for 2 doses. IV. Senna leaves £ oz. ; Glauber salts 2 oz. ; boiling water £ pint ; macerate for 2 hours, strain, and add tincture of ginger \ oz. ; compound tinc- ture of cardamoms 1 oz. ; for 4 doses. INFUSION, CEPHALIC. Syn. Inf. ce- phai.icum. Vrep. (E. H.) Valerian root § ij ; rose- mary 3iv ; boiling water 1 quart ; infuse 12 hours, strain, and add aromatic water §i v.'Dose. A wine- glassful 3 or 4 times a day, as antispasmcdic, and n varioui affections of the head. INFUSION, DIURETIC. Syn. Ink. hiuret icum. Pre y). I. Broom tops §ij ; boiling watei ^xvj ; infuse 1 hour, strain, cool, and add sweet spirits of nitre 3iv. Dose. §j every other hour. II. Infusion of foxglove §iv ; tincture of fox glove 3ss ; acetate of potassa 3j ; laudanum 10 drops. Dose. 1 tablespoonful twice or thrice a day. III. Juniper berries ^ij ; aniseed 3ij ; boiling water Ib.j ; infuse 1 hour; strain, and when cold, add compound spirit of juniper §ij ; tincture of squills and nitre, of each 3j. Dose. Jj a teacupful frequently. All the above are common diuretics in dropsies. INFUSION OF ALOES. Syn. Inf. Aloes. Prep. Socotrine or hepatic aloes, bruised, 3iv ; boiling water 1 pint ; digest with agitation for 1 hour, and when cold pour off the clear. Dose. f oz. tq 1 oz., alone or combined with £ oz. of tincture of rhubarb ; laxative. INFUSION OF ALOES, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Inf. Aloes comfositum. Prep. (Dr. Foth- ergill.) Aloes 3j ; rhubarb and calumba, of each 3iv ; lime water f fviij ; spirit of horseradish f3iv ; infuse for 12 hours. An excellent stomachic pur- gative. INFUSION OF ANGELICA. Syn. Inf Angelica. Angelica root 3vj ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate 2 hours and strain. Aromatic and stomachic. INFUSION OF ARNICA. Syn. Inf. Arni- ca. Prep. I. (Dr. Joy.) Flowers of leopard’s bane (arnica montana) 3j ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate half an hour. II. (A. T. Thomson.) Leaves or flowers 3iss oi root 3ij ; boiling water f ^xij. III. (Pereira.) Arnica (flowers or leaves ?) §ss ; boiling water 1 pint. Stimulant, diaphoretic, and diuretic. Dose, ffss to f^j. The operation of arnica appears to resemble that of senega. (Sun- delin.) INFUSION OF BARBERRY. Syn. Inf. Ber- beris. Prep. (Dr. Copland.^Bark of the barberry shrub ^ss ; boiling water pint ; macerate two hours, and strain. Dose. 1 to 2 oz. either alone or combined with a little carbonate of soda or potassa and tincture of calumba ; in jaundice, biliary fluxes, and other cases where heat and acrimony prevail. INFUSION OF BARK. Syn. Inf. Cincho- na, (P. L. E. and D.) Inf. Corticis Cinchona. Infusion de Quinquina, (Fr.) Infuso di China, ( Ital .) Ciiinainfusum, ( Ger .) Prep. I. (P. L.) Lanceleaved (pale) cinchona, bruised, §j ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate for 6 hours in a lightly cov- ered vessel, and strain. II. {Inf. cinchona} sine calore.) Prep. (P. D.) Triturate the bark with a little of the water, and add the remainder (cold) during the trituration ; macerate for 24 hours, and decant the clear liquor III. (P. E.) From any species of cinchona, in a similar way to the infusion of cinchona, P. L. Remarks. The addition of f3j of diluted sul- phuric acid to the water before pouring on the bark increases its solvent power, and, consequently, the strength of the infusion. Dose, f^j to f §ij three or four times daily, as a tonic in dyspepsia and con valescencos. (See Dkcoction of Bark.) INFUSION OF BARK AND MAGNESIA INF 364 INF £$.*,. Inf. Cinchona cum Magnesia. Prep. (P. U. S.) Bruised bark ; calcined magnesia 3j ; boiling water f §xij ; boil, digest 1 hour, and strain. INFUSION OF BARK WITH LIME WA- TER. Syn. Inf. Cinchona cum Aqua Calcis. Prep. (P. U. S.) Bruised cinchona bark ; lime water (cold) 1 pint; macerate 12 hours in a cov- ered vessel. INFUSION OF BARK, COMPOUND. Syn. Inf. Cinchona compositum. Prep. (St. B. H.) Cinchona bark ; red roso leaves 3iij ; orange peel (dried) 3ij ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate 2 hours in a covered vessel, strain, and add diluted sulphuric acid 3iss. INFUSION OF BARK, CONCENTRATED. Prep. I. Coarsely-powdered bark 4 lbs. ; boiling water 8 lbs ; macerato for 10 or 12 hours, express the liquor, add rectified spirit of wine 2 lbs. ; mix well, let it repose for 24 hours, and filter the clear portion: II. To the water employed in the last portion, add diluted sulphuric acid 2 or 3 fluid ounces, and proceed as before. III. Coarsely-powdered bark 4 lbs. ; cold water 8 lbs. ; rectified spirit 2 lbs. ; diluted sulphuric acid 3 or 4 oz. ; mix the fluids, and either macerate the bark in them for a week in a closed vessel, or pro- ceed by the method of displacement. Product very superior. Remarks. One fluid drachm of either of the above, added to 7 fluid drachms of water, produces an extemporaneous infusion of cinchona resem- bling that of the pharmacopoeia. INFUSION OF BLUE FLAG. Prep. Blue flag flowers 1 to 2 oz. ; boiling water 1 pint ; ma- cerate. Used for the color. INFUSION OF BRAZIL WOOD. Prep. From ground Brazil wood as the last. When wanted to keep, 3 oz. of rectified spirit are added to e»3iy pint. Used as coloring. INFUSION OF BROOM. Syn. Inf. Sco- par.ii. Prep. (P. L.) Fresh broom tops §j ; boil- ing distilled water 1 pjnt ; macerate for 4 hours in a lightly-covered vessel, and strain. Diuretic or purgative. Dose. 1 to 4 oz. INFUSION OF BUCHU. Syn. Inf. Buciiu, (P. D.) Inf. Bucku, (P. E.) Inf. DiosMiE, (P. L.) Prep. (P. L.) Buchu leaves §j ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate 2 hours. Tonic, stimu- lant, and diuretic. Dose. 1^ oz. to 2 oz. INFUSION OF CALUMBA. Syn. Inf. Radicis Calumbie. Inf. Calumbje, (P. L. & E.) Inf. Colombo, (P. D.) Prep. 1. (P. L.) Calum- ba root, sliced, 3v ; boiling distilled water 1 pint ; macerate for 2 hours in a lightly-covered vessel, and strain. The Dublin form is similar, but orders only 3ij of calumba root. II. ( Jnfusum calumba} cum aqua frigida.) Prep. (P. E.) Calumba, in coarse powder, §ss ; cold water 1 pint ; triturate with a little of the water so as to moisten it thoroughly, then put it into a percolator, and pass cold water through it until f^xvj of infusion have been obtained. Remarks. The infusion prepared by the first of the above formulae soon spoils, but that prepared by the second will keep for some days. Infusion of calumba is a good tonic and stomachic bitter. Dose. 1 to 3 ounces in dyspepsia, &c., and for re- claming vomiting and diarrhoea during pregnancy or dentition. It is preferably joined with smull doses of carbonate of soda or potussa. INFUSION OF CALUMBA, (CONCEN. 1 RATED.) Prep. I. Calumba, in coarse pow- der, ; boiling water £xvj ; macerats 2 hours ; strain, add rectified spirit %\v ; and the next day filter. I I. Coarsely-powdered calumba root 5 lbs. ; rcc tified spirit of wine pints ; cold water 11 pints ; macerate in a closed vessel with frequent agitation for 5 days ; express the liquor, add the whiles of 4 or 5 eggs, previously mixed with \ pint of cold water, agitate^vcll for 10 minutes, allow it to re- pose for 1 week, and decant tho cleai. Should it not be perfectly transparent, it may be filtered through blotting paper. Product. 20 lbs. III. F rom the samo ingredients as the last, but by the method of displacement. Remarks. The concentrated infusion produced by the last two formula? is of very superior quali- ty, and has acquired a gret.t sale in the wholesale trade. f3j added to f3vij of water makes a per- fectly transparent liquid, possessing exactly similar virtues to tho infusion of calumba, P. L. INFUSION OF CAPSICUM. Syn. Inf. Capsici. Prep. (Pereira.) Powdered capsicum 3iv ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate in a covered vessel for 2 hours. Dose. £ oz. and upwards in malignant sore throat arrd scarlatina. INFUSION OF CASCARILLA. Syn. Inf Corticis Cascarillie. Inf. Cascarili.je, (P. L. E. &, D.) Prep. (P. L.) Cascarilla bark, bruised, §iss ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate 2 hours, and strain. A light and aromatic bitter tonic. Dose. 1 to 3 oz., usually combined with carbonate of soda and tincture of cascarilla. It is an excellent medi cine in various stomach complaints, debility, diar- rhoea, &c. INFUSION OF CASCARILLA, (CONCEN- TRATED.) Prep. Cascarilla, (good and fra- grant,) bruised, 6 lbs. ; rectified spirit of wine 3 pints ; cold water 6 pints ; macerate in a close vessel for 14 days, express the liquor, and filter. Remarks. The product, if the preceding process be well managed, resembles brandy in color and transparency, and is delightfully fragrant. Should it, however, prove slightly opaque, it may be ren- dered brilliant by shaking it up, first with about a drachm of dilute sulphuric acid, and afterwards with the whites of 3 or 4 eggs, previously mixed with a few ounces of water ; it will then either become fine by repose or by filtration. Concen- trated infusion of cascarilla may also be advan- tageously made from the same ingredients by the method of displacement. (See Infusion of Ca- lumba, concentrated.) f 3 j of this infusion, mixed with f 3vij of water, makes a preparation exactly resembling the infusioji of calumba, P. L. INFUSION OF CATECHU. Syn. Com- pound Infusion of Catechu. Inf. Catechu, (P- E.) Inf. Catechu compositum, (P. L. & D.) Infusion de Caciiou, (Fr.) Kateci-iu-Infusum, ( Gcr .) Prep. (P. L.) Catechu 3vj ; bruised cin- namon 3j ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate 1 hour. Remarks. The Edinburgh college orders f ^xvij of water, and the addition of f ^iij of sirup to the strained liquid. Astringent. Dose. 1 to 3 cz. in diarrhoea, 3 or 4 times a day, cr after every liquid dejection. INF 365 INF INFUSION OF CENTAURY. Syn. Inf. Oentaurii. Prep. I. (A. T. Thomson.) Sum- mits of (common or lesser) centaury 3vj ; boiling water £ pint. II. (P. Cod.) Leaves 3j ; water f^xvj. Bitter, stomachic ; has been proposed as a substitute for infusion of gentian. INFUSION OF CHAMOMILES. Syn. Ciiamomii.e Tea. Inf. Antiiemidis, (P. L. & E.) Inf. Cilvmameli, (P. D.) Infusion de Camo- 6iille Romaine, ( Fr . ) . Prep. (P. L.) Chamo- mile flowers 3v ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate 10 minutes, (20 minutes, P. E.,) and strain. Tonic, bitter, and stomachic. Dose. 1 to 2 oz. two or three times a day. It should be drunk cold, as it is emetic when warm. INFUSION OF CHAMOMILES, (CON- CENTRATED.) Prep. Chamomiles 5 oz. ; jvater 1 pint ; boil till the mixture weighs exactly 21 oz. ; express the liquor by means of a tincture- press, cool, and add essential oil of chamomile 15 drops, dissolved in rectified spirit of wine 5 oz. ; agitate well, let it repose until the next day, then decant the clear, and filter. Product. Strongly bitter and odorous, and beautifully transparent. 8 times as strong as the infusion, P. L. INFUSION OF CHERRY-LAUREL. Syn. Inf. Lauro-cerasi. Prep. (Dr. Cheston.) Fresh eherry-laurel leaves ^iv ; boiling water ffxxxij ; infuse an hour, strain, and add clarified honey §iv. This infusion is employed externally ; in large doses it is poisonous. INFUSION OF CHIRETTA. Syn. Inf. Chirayta. Inf. Chiretta. Prep. (P. E.) Chi- retta §iv ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate 2 hours. A tonic bitter. Dose. 1 to 2 oz. combined with carbonate of soda or tincture of sesquichloride of iron in dyspepsia and debility. INFUSION OF CLOVES. Syn. Inf. Cary- ophillorum. Inf. Caryophilli, (P. *L. E. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Bruised cloves 3iij, (3i, P. D. ;) boiling water 1 pint ; macerate for 2 hours, and strain. A grateful stomachic. Dose. 1 to 2 oz. three or four times a day. INFUSION OF CLOVES, (CONCENTRA- TED.) Prep. I. Bruised cloves §iij ; boiling wa- ter f fxv ; infuse as above and strain ; when cold add rectified spirit \ pint, z, :.d filter. II. Bruised cloves 1£ lbs. ; rectified spirit 1 quart; cold* water 3 quarts ; macerate for 7 days, express the liquid, and filter. Product. Very fine. Remarks. The above is 8 times the strength of the infusion of cloves, P. L. INFUSION OF CUSPARIA. Syn. Infusion of Angostura. Inf. Cusparia, (P. L. & E.) Inf. Angustura, (P. D.) Prep. (P. L.) Angustura , bark 3v ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate 2 hours. Stimulant and tonic. Dose. 1 to 3 oz. three or four times a day, in typhus fever, bilious diarrhoea, dysentery, (See'. INFUSION OF DAHLIA PETALS. From the volet blue variety, 1 oz. to a pint of boiling water. INFUSION OF DEADLY NIGHTSHADE. Syn. Inf. Belladonna. Prep. I. (Dr. Paris.) Dried belladonna leaves 4 grs. ; boiling water f §ij ; for a dose. II. (Dr. Saunders.) Leaves 3ss ; boilirjg water f^xij ; infuse, strain, and to every f^vij of the in. fusion add compound tincture of cardamoms §j. INFUSION OF DIGITALIS. Syn. In* of Foxglove. Inf. Digitalis. (P. L. E. & D., Infusion de Digitale Purpurine, (Fr.) Finger- hut Aufguss, ( Ger .) Prep. (P. L.) Dried fox- glove leaves 3j ; spirit of cinnamon f^j ; boiling distilled water 1 pint ; macerate the leaves in the water for 4 hours ; strain, and add the spirit. Remarks. The Dublin form is similar, but the Edinburgh college orders 3ij of the dried leaves. Diuretic and narcotic. Dose. £ oz. to 1 oz. every 8 or 10 hours, till it exerts a sensible effect upon the body. INFUSION OF ERGOT. Syn. Inf. Ergo- ta. Inf. Secalis Cornuti. Prep. (Pereira.) Ergot 3j ; boiling water f Jiv ; infuse till cold. Dose. One third every half hour until the whole is taken ; in labor. INFUSION OF EUPAICRIUM. Syn. Inf. Eupatorii. Prep. (P. U. S.) Eupatorium (per- foliata) §j ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate 2 hours. INFUSION OF FUMATORY. .Syn. Inf. of Fumaria. Inf. Fumaria. Prep. Fumaria (officinalis) 1 handful ; boiling water 1 quart ; in- fuse one hour. For skin diseases. INFUSION OF GALLS. Syn. Inf. Galla. Prep. (Pereira.) Bruised galls 3iv ; boiling water f^vj ; infuse. Dose. ^ oz. to 2 oz. in intermit- tents, or 3 to 4 oz. in cases of poisoning by the al- kaloids. It is also used in gargles, injections, and embrocations. INFUSION OF GENTIAN, COMPOUND. Srjn. Inf. Gentiana, (P. E.) Inf. Gentiana compositum, (P. L. & D.) Prep. I. (P. L.) Gen- tian root, sliced, and dried orange-peel, of each, 3ij ; fresh lemon-peel 3iv ; boiling distilled water 1 pint ; infuse for one hour, and strain. II. (P. E.) Sliced gentian root §ss ; bitter or- ange-peel, dried and bruised, and coriander seeds, of each 3j ; proof spirit f ^iv ; digest 3 hours, then add of cold water f^xvj, and in 12 hours more, strain. III. (P. D.) Gentian 3ij ; fresh lemon-peel jss ; dried orange-peel 3iss ; proof spirit f §iv ; macerate 3 hours, then add of boiling w T ater f^xvj, and di- gest for 2 days in a closed vessel. Remarks. The jibove are elegant tonics and stomachics. The dose of the infusion (P. L. and D.) is 1 to 2 oz., that of the infusion (P. E.) 4 oz. to 1 oz. The first speedily spoils, but the infusions of the Edinburgh and Dublin colleges will keep for some time in close vessels. INFUSION OF GENTIAN, COMPOUND, (CONCENTRATED.) Prep. I. Bruised gentian root 4 lbs. ; boiling water sufficient to cover it ; in- fuse with occasional agitation for 2 hours, express the liquor, wash the root with a little boiling wa- ter, and evaporate to 13 quarts ; when cold, strain through flannel, add rectified spirit of wine 1 gallon, and pour the mixed fluids on dried or- ange-peel 4 lbs., and fresh lemon-peel 8 lbs. ; macerate for 1 week, then express the liquor, anil filter through paper. II. Bruised gentian and dried orange-peel, of each 4 lbs. ; fresh lemon-peel 8 lbs. ; cold distilled water 13 quarts ; rectified spirit of wine 1 gallon ; pour the mixed fluids on the other ingredient! INF 366 INF placed in a stoneware jar, bung close, Ik over the vessel with bladder and canvass, and maoorate for 14 or 15 days, observing to let the vessel remain upright during the night, but inverted during the day. At the end of the time express the liquid, add 1 drachm each of the essences of lemon and orange, agitate well, and filter ; it runs rapidly through paper. Product of very superior qual- ity. III. Bruised gentian 4£ lbs. ; essence of lemon £ oz. ; essence of orange £ oz. ; essence of cedrat 1 dr. ; rectified spirit of wine 1 gallon ; cold water 3 gallons ; infuse with agitation for a fortnight, press, and filter. Product. Very fine and odor- ous. Remarks. The above formulae are actually em- ployed at the present time by houses who do largely in concentrated infusion of gentian, and with proper management the products, especially of the last two, possess all the brilliancy of brandy, and are powerfully bitter, odorous, and aromatic ; they also keep well : f 3j added to f 3vij of water, produce a liquid resembling the infusion of the Pharmacopoeia in every particular. INFUSION OF GINGER. Syn. Inf. Zin- giberis. Prep. (Pereira.) Ginger, bruised, 3ij to 3iij ; boiling water ffvj; macerate for 2 hours. Dose. 1 or 2 tablespoonfuls in flatulence and indi- gestion. INFUSION OF GRATIOLA. Syn. Inf. Gratiola. Prep. (A. T. Thomson.) Gratiola, dried, 3ij ; boiling water f §viij. INFUSION of GUAIACUM, COMPOUND. Syn. Compound Lime-water. Aqua Calcis com- posita, (P. D.) Inf. Guaiaci comp. Prep. (P. D.) Guaiacum shavings lb. ss ; bruised liquorice root gj ; sassafras fss ; coriander seeds 3iij ; lime-water 3 quarts ; infuse for 2 days, and strain. Dose. 3 to 4 oz. twice or thrice a day, in scrofula, rheuma- tism, eruptions, & c. INFUSION OF GUM. Syn. Inf. Acacia. Prep. Gum acacia and lump sugar, of each 2 oz. ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate until dissolved, then cool, and add orange-flower water £ oz. A pleasanLdemulcent in coughs, hoarseness, &c. INFUSION OF (STINKING) HELLE- BORE. - Syn. Inf. of Bearsfoot. Inf. Helle- bori fcetidi. Prep. (Woodville.) Fresh leaves of stinking hellebore 3ij, or dried* leaves 3ss ; boiling water f^viij ; infuse 1 hour. Cathartic, emetic. INFUSION OF HEMEDESMUS. Syn. Inf. Hemedesmi. Prep. (Ashburner.) Root of hemedesmus indicus §ij ; lime-water 1 pint ; in- fuse 12 hours. INFUSION OF HEMLOCK. Syn. Inf. Conti. Inf. Conii maculati. Prep. (Guy’s H.) Dried leaves of hemlock and coriander seeds, of each 3ij ; boiling water ^viij 5 infuse for 2 hours. Combined with acetate of ammonia, tincture of henbane, and sirup of poppies, in pulmonary com- plaints. INFUSION OF HOLY THISTLE. Syn. Inf. Cardui Benedicti. Prep. (P. Cod.) Holy thistle 3j ; boiling water ffviij ; macerato 2 hours. Bitter, tonic, and astringent ; in stomach dis- eases. • INFUSION OF HOP. Syn. Inf. Lupuli, (P. L.) Inf. IIumuli. Prep. (P. L.) Hops 3vj ; Soiling water ) pint ; infuse for 4 hours. Tonic and anodyne. Dose, f^j to f£ij. Well-hoppeo mild ale in a good substitute. INFUSION OF IIOREHOUND. Syn. Inf Marubii. Prep. (Pereira.) Horehound leaves $j boiling water 1 pint ; infuse for an hour. Dose. £ to a whole tcacupful in coughs, colds, &c. INFUSION OF HORSERADISH. Syn. Inf. Armoracle. Prep. Horseradish, sliced, boiling water 1 pint ; infuse one hour. Diuretic and stomachic. Dose. 3 or 4 tablespoonfuls every 3 or 4 hours. INFUSION OF HORSERADISH, COM- POUND. Syn. Inf. Armoracia; compositum. Prep. (P. L.) Sliced horseradish and bruised mus- tard seed, of each §j ; compound spirit of horse- radish fgj ; boiling water 1 pint; infuse the root and seeds in the water for 2 hours, strain, cool, and add the spirit. 'Stimulant and diuretic. Dose. 1 to 3 oz. every second or third hour, in paralysis, dropsies, &c. INFUSION OF JUNIPER BERRIES. Syn. Inf. Juniperi. Inf. Bacc,e Juniperi. Prep. (Pe- reira.) Juniper berries §j ; boiling water 1 pint; infuse 1 hour. Diuretic. Dose. £ to a "hole tea- cupful, ad libitum. INFUSION OF LINSEED, (CATHARTIC.) Syn. Inf. Lini cathartici. Prep. (A. T. Thom- son.) Cathartic linseed (purging flax) 3ij ; boiling water f^xvj ; infuse 1 hour, and strain. INFUSION OF LINSEED, COMPOUND. Syn. Linseed Tea. Inf. Lini, (P. E.) Inf. Lini compositum, (P. L. and D.) Infusion de Semence de Lin, ( Fr .) Leinsamen Aufguss, ( Ger .) In- fuso di Semi di Lino, ( Ital .) Prep. (P. L.) Lin- seed 3vj ; bruised liquorice root 3ij ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate for 4 hours near the fire, and strain. A cheap and useful demulcent. Dose. f§ij ad libitum. In pulmonary and urinary irrita- tion. INFUSION OF LIQUORICE. Syn. Inf. GLYCYRRHiZi®. Prep. (St. B. H.) Fresh liquorice root §j ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate 2 hours. Demulcent ; taken ad libitum. INFUSION OF LITMUS. See Infusion of Archil, page 72. INFUSION OF LOBELIA. Syn. Inf. Lo- belia. Inf. Lobelle inflates. Prep. (Collier.) Lobelia (Indian tobacco) ; boiling water £ a pint ; infuse half an hour, and strain. Dose, ffss every half hour until it nauseates. In asthma. INFUSION OF LOGWOOD. Syn. Inf. H^ematoxyli. Prep. Logwood 1 oz. ; boiling wa- ter 1 pint ; infuse 1 hour. Used as a color and test. INFUSION OF MALLOW FLOWERS. As the last. INFUSION OF NARCISSUS. Syn. Inf. Narcissi. Prep. (Dufresnoy.) Flowers 3 to 16 in number ; boiling water 1 pint ; infuse. INFUSION OF ORANGE-PEEL, COM- POUND. Syn. Inf. Aurantii. Inf. Aurantii compositum, (P. L.) Prep. (P. L ) Dried orange- peel §ss ; fresh lemon-peel 3ij ; bruised cloves 3j , boiling water 1 pint; infuse for 15 minutes, and strain. A ploasant stomachic. Dose. 1 or 2 oz. twice or thrico a day. INFUSION OF ORANGE-PEEL, COM- POUND, (CONCENTRATED.) Prep. I. Dried orange-peel 3 lbs. ; fresh lemon-peel 1 £ lbs. : INF 367 INF bruised cloves £ lb. ; boiling water 9 pints ; infuse for 20 minutes, press out tho liquor, and when cold, add rectified spirits 1 quart ; filter. II. Dried orange-peel 3 lbs.; fresh lemon-peel 1 J lb. ; bruised cloves £ lb. ; rectified spirit 3 pints ; cold water 9 pints ; macerate for 1 week, press, ind filter. Product very superior. Remarks. f3j of either of the above, added to f 3vij of water, makes a similar (preferable) prepar- ation to the compound infusion of orange-peel, P. L. INFUSION OF PEACH LEAVES. Syn. Inf. PersicjE. Prep. (Pereira.) Dried peach leaves ^ss ; boiling water 1 pint. Dose. % oz. 2 or 3 times a day. As a vermifuge, and to allay irrita- tion of the bladder and urethra. INFUSION OF PEPPERMINT. Syn. Inf. Menth^e Piperita. Prep. 1 oz. of the herb to 1 pint of boiling water. Dose. A teacupful ad libi- tum, as a stomachic. INFUSION OF PAREIRA. Syn. Inf. Pa- reiras. Prep. (P. L.) Pareira brava 3vj ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate 2 hours. Dose. 1 to 2 oz., in irritation of the urinary organs. INFUSION OF PERIWINKLE. Prep. Pe- tals 1 oz. to boiling water 1 pint. INFUSION OF PYROLA. Syn. Inf. of Winter Green. Inf. Chimaphilas. Inf. Pyrol^e. Prep. (Collier.) Pyrola leaves ; boiling water 1 pint ; infuse. Astringent, diuretic. Dose. 1 to 2 oz. It blackens the urine, like uva ursi. INFUSION OF QUASSIA. Syn. Inf. Quassias. Prep. (P. L.) Quassia wood chips Oij ; boiling distilled water 1 pint ; macerate for 2 hours, and strain. Dose. 1 to 3 oz. twice or thrice a day, in dyspepsia, &c. It is«not turned black by cha- lybeates. INFUSION OF QUASSIA AND ZINC. Syn. Inf. Quassia cum Zinci Sulphate. Prep. (P. U. S.) Quassia 3j ; sulphate of zinc 8 grs. ; boiling water £ pint. INFUSION OF RED CABBAGE. 1 oz. of the dried leaves to boiling water 1 pint. Use. As a color and test. It will not keep without the ad- dition of 1^ to 2 oz. of spirit to the above quantity. INFUSION OF RHATANY. Syn. Inf. RiiATANiiE. Inf. Kramerias. Prep. (P. L.) Rha- tany root ; boiling water 1 pint ; infuse 2 hours. Astringent. Dose. £ oz. to 2 oz. in chronic diarrhoea. INFUSION OF RHUBARB. Syn. Inf. Rhei. (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Sliced rhubarb 3iij ; distilled water 1 pint ; macerate 2 hours, and strain. II. (P. E.) Rhubarb, in coarse powder, ; boil- ing water f xviij ; infuse for 12 hours, add spirit of cinnamon f §ij, and strain through linen or calico. Stomachic and purgative. Dose. Of the infusion P. L. f §j to f 5 ii j , and that of the P. E. about half that quantity, along with neutral salts or aro- matics. INFUSION OF RHUBARB, ALKALINE. Syn. Inf. Rhei alkalinum. Prep. (Dr. Copland.) Rhubarb 3ij ; carbonate oT potassa 3j ; boiling Wa- ter £ a pint ; infuse for 4 hours, strain, and add tincture of cinnamon INFUSION OF RHUBARB AND BORAX. Syn. Inf. Rhei Boraxatum. Prep. (P. Pol.) Rhubarb 3vj ; borax 3j ; boiling water ^vj ; infuse, train, and add of cinnamort water §j. INFUSION OF RHUBARB, CONCEN- TRATED. Prep. Rhubarb reduced to coarse powder 3 lbs. ; cold distilled water 11 pints; rec- tified spirit of wine pints ; mix, let it stand for 8 days, employing frequent agitation, then press out the liquor, and filter. Remarks. The product of the above process is 8 times as strong as the infusion of rhubarb, P. L. This is the only way a fine, rich-colored, and transparent concentrat’ed preparation can be made, that will keep. Should it not prove perfectly lim- pid it may be clarified with a little white of egg, as directed under Infusion of Calumba, Concen- trated. • INFUSION OF ROSES. Syn. Inf. Rosas 1 oz. of petals to a pint of boiling water. INFUSION OF ROSES, COMPOUND Syn. Inf. Ros,e, (P, E.) Inf. Ros^e compositum, (P. L.) Inf. Rosas acidum, (P. D.) Inf. Rosarum. Inf. Rosarum comp. Tinctura Rosarum, (P. L. 1746.) Infusion des Roses, (jFV.) Rosen Auf- guss, ( Ger .) Infuso di Rose, (It.) Prep. (P. L.) Dried petals of the red rose 3iij ; diluted sulphuric acidf3iss; (^ss, P. D. ;) boiling distilled water 1 pint, (lb. iij by measure, P. D. ;) white sugar 3yj ; (^iss, P. D.) Pour the water on the petals, placed in a vessel of glass or earthenware, stir in the acid, and infuse for 6 hours, strain, and add the sugar. Remarks. The Edinburgh College orders the acid not to be added until after the infusion is strained from the leaves, and the period of the maceration to be only 1 hour. Infusion of roses is principally used as a vehicle for sulphate of quinine, saline purgatives, and other medicines. It is astringent and refrigerant, and, when diluted with water, forms a pleasant drink in febrile dis- orders, phthisical sweats, hemorrhages, diarrhoea, &c. Dose. f§j to f^iv, either alone or diluted with water. It is incompatible with the alkalis and earths. INFUSION OF ROSES, CONCENTRA- TED. Prep. I. Rose petals or leaves 3 lbs. ; boil- ing water 2 gallons ; infuse 2 hours, with constant agitation, then press out the liquor in a very clean tincture press, strain through flannel or a hair sieve, add diluted sulphuric acid 24 oz., (by meas- ure,) agitate well, and filter through paper sup- ported on coarse calico ; lastly, add 6 lbs. of the finest white sugar broken up into small lumps, but perfectly free from dust and dirt. When dissolved, put the infusion into clean, stoppered green glass bottles, and keep it from the light in a cool place. Product very superior. II. Take rose leaves, acid, and cold water, as last, mix, and infuse for 48 hours in a clean, cov- ered, earthenware vessel, then press out the liquid with the hands, filter, and add' the sugar, as be- fore. Product very fine, and keeps well. Remarks. The above infusion is 8 times as strong as that of the London Pharmacopoeia. In employing the first formula, care should be taken that the utensils be perfectly clean, especially the press, and earthenware glazed with lead should bo avoided. The “ pressing ” should also be conduct- ed as rapidly as possible, to avoid the color being injured by the iron, though I find that clean iron does not readily injure infusion of roses before the addition of the acid. Should not the infusion filte* INF 368 INF quite clear through paper, the addition of the I whites of 2 or 3 eggs, diluted with 2 or 3 ounces of water, followed by v : olent agitation of the liquid for a few minutes, and repose for an hour or two, will usually render it fine, when it may either bo decanted or filtered should it require it. It will now pass rapidly' through ordinary filtering paper, and at onco run clear. INFUSION OF SAGE. Syn. Inf. Salvia. Prep. (A. T. Thomson.) Sago leaves, dried, ; boiling water 1 pint ; infuse £ an hour. Aromatic. INFUSION OF SARSAPARILLA. Syn. Inf. Sarza. Inf. Sarsaparilla. Prep. Sarsa- parilla, sliced, ; bailing water 1 pint ; macerate 2 hours, and strain. INFUSION OF SARSAPARILLA, COM- POUND. Syn. Inf. Sarza comp. Inf. Sarsa- parilla compositum, (P. D.) Prep. Sarsaparilla washed in cold water, and sliced, §j ; lime water 1 pint ; macerate in a close vessel for 12 hours, with frequent agitation. Alterative, in skin diseases, or with or after a course of mercurials. Lime •water extracts less from sarsaparilla than cold distilled water. (Battley.) INFUSION OF SENNA. Syn. Inf. Senna. Prep. Senna leaves Sjiss ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate 2 hours. Purgative. Dose. 1 oz. com- bined with 3 to 6 drs. of Epsom salts, or other sa- line purgative. INFUSION OF SENNA, COMPOUND. Syn. Senna Tea. Inf. Senna compositum, (P. L. & D.) Inf. Senna, (P. E.) Infusion de Sene, (Fr.) Senna Aufguss, ( Ger .) Infuso di Senna, {it.) Prep. (P. L.) Senna leaves 3xv ; bruised ginger 3iv ; boiling water 1 pint; macerate 1 hour, and strain. Purgative. Dose. 2 to 4 oz., usually combined with some aperient salt. INFUSION OF SENNA, COMPOUND. (CONCENTRATED.) Prep. I. Alexandria senna (Opt.) 6 lbs. ; bruised unbleached Jamaica ginger 2f lbs. ; rectified spirit, and water, of each 1 gallon ; macerate for 14 days, press out the fluid, filter, and set it aside in a well-corked bottle ; then taKo 24 lbs. of good East India senna, and the pressings from the tincture, (above,) and mace- rate in the least possible quantity (10 or 12 gallons) of cold water, for 12 or 14 hours, employing fre- quent agitation ; press out the liquid, and again macerate the residue in cold water (5 or 6 gallons) for 2 hours ; press, mix the two liquors, strain, heat gradually to the boiling point, carefully separate the coagulated albumen, and evaporate as quickly rs possiblo to exactly 9 quarts ; put the liquid into vi vessel capable of holding 5 gallons, bung close to txclude the air, and when cold add the “ tincture ” obtained from the Alexandria senna and ginger ; mix well, allow it to stand for a week, and decant the clear portion. This process, ;f skilfully man- aged, yields a beautiful article. 1 1. The same as the last, but employ hot water, and limit the period of the infusions to 2 hours and 1 hour. Prod. Good, but there is a large deposite, from which the lust portion of the infusion cannot be readily procured ill. Take 8 times the pharmacopoeia quantity of senna and ginger, put them into a percolator, either alone, or mixed with clean washed sand, and pass water, mixed v ith ^th rectified spirit, ifixough 1 he mass, un ;, l t! propor quantity of in- I fusion is obtained. Product very superior, but IIh process requires considerable address to manage H satisfactorily. Remarks. All the preceding forms arc ut pres- ent actually employed in the wholesale trade, and with proper management cannot possibly fail of producing superior products. They each give an infusion possessing 8 times the strength of that cf the pharmacopoeia. From the extreme bulkiness of senna, it has be- come a practice with some unprincipled persons to employ only £ or } of the proper quantity of that drug, and to add burnt sugar or treacle to bring up the consistence and color, and an alkaline so- lution of gamboge to impart the necessary purga- tive quality ; but this fraudulent practice may bt detected in the way described at p. 292, (Art. Ex- tract of Colocyntii, comp.) Pure infusion of senna reddens litmus paper. Concentrated infu- sion of senna, as generally met with, is next to worthless. This arises either from the employ- ment of inferior senna, or the destruction of its active principle, by lengthened exposure to heat and atmospheric oxygen, during its manufacture. INFUSION OF SENNA AND TAMA- RINDS. Syn. Inf. Senna compositum, (P. E.) Inf. Senna cum Tamarindis, (P. D.) Prep. (P. E.) Senna 3iij ; tamarinds ; coriander seeds 3j ; sugar §ss, (if brown ;) boiling water f^viij ; in- fuse for 4 hours, with agitation, then strain through calico. Pleasanter than the ordinary infusions of senna. INFUSION OF SENNA AND CREAM OF TARTAR. Syn. Inf. Senna Tartariza- tum. Prep. (P. L. 1788.) Senna §iss ; coriander seeds ^ss ; cream of tartar 3ij ; boiling water lb. j ; infuse 1 hour. Purgative. INFUSION OF SENNA, LEMONATED. Syn. Inf. Senna Limoniatum. Prep. (P. L. 1746.) Senna §iss; fresh lemon peel ; lemon juice f^j ; boiling water ffxvj ; as last. INFUSION OF SENEGA. Syn. Inf. Se- nega. Prep. (P. E.) Senega (rattlesnake) root 3ij ; boiling water 1 pint ; infuse for 4 hours. INFUSION OF SERPENTARY. Syn. Inf Serpentaria. Prep. (P. L. & E.) Serpentary (Virginian snake) root 3iv ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate for 4 hours. Tonic, stimulant, and dia- phoretic. Dose. £ oz. to 2 oz., in low fevers. INFUSION OF SIMAROUBA. Syn. Ink. Simarouba, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Si- marouba bark 3iij ; boiling water 1 pint ; mace- rate 2 hours. Dose. 1 to 2 oz., as a tonic ; emetic in larger doses. INFUSION OF SPIGELIA. Syn. Worm Tea. Inf. of Pink Root. Inf. Spigelia. Prep (P. U. S.) Pink root Sjss; boiling water ffxv ; in- fuse for 2 hours. Vermifuge, Dose. ^oz. to 1 oz., for a child 3 years of age ; for an adult 4 to 8 oz., morning and evening. It is usually combined with an equal quantity of infusion of senna, and, in America, with manna and savine as well. INFUSION OF SPIGELIA AND SENNA. Syn. Inf. Spigelia cum Senna. Prep. Pink root and senna, of each, 3iv ; boiling water 1 pint ; as last. INFUSION OF SPIGELIA, COMPOUND Syn. Inf. Spigelia compositum. Prep. (Sprague.) Pink root 3SS ; senna 3ij ; orange peel, worm seed, INF 369 INH .\nd sweet fennel seed, of each, 3j ; boiling water, f^xij ; infuse 2 hours. Vermifuge. Dose. A wine- glassful or more every morning, fasting. ° INFUSION OF SPEARMINT. Syn. Inf. Mentha simplex. Prep. (P. D.) Dried leaves 3ij ; boiling water f^viij ; infuse half an hour. Stomachic. Dose. A wine-glassful ad libitum. INFUSION OF SPEARMINT, COM- POUND. Syn. Inf. Mentile comp. Prep. (P. D.) To the last, as soon as cold, add oil of mint 3 drops, and lump sugar 3ij, previously rubbed to- gether, and dissolved in compound tincture of car- damoms ffss. Dose. As last. A grateful sto- machic, in flatulency, &c. INFUSION OF SWEETFLAG. Syn. Inf. Acori Calami. Prep. I. (Brande.) Calamus aromaticus ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate 4 hours. II. (Paris.) Dried root 3vj, to water ffxij. III. (Pereira.) • fj to fjpdj of water. Stoma- chic, tonic, febrifuge. , ) INFUSION OF TANSY. Syn. Tansy Tea. Inf. Tanaceti. Prep. I. (Pereira.) Green herb ^ij ; boiling water 1 pint ; infuse. II. (Nieman.) Tansy ; boiling water 1 pint. Aromatic, bitter, tonic, and vermifuge. Dose. 2* to 4 oz. INFUSION OF TOBACCO. Syn. Inf. Ta- baci. Prep. (P. D.) Tobacco leaves 3j ; water 1 pint; infuse for half an hour. (See Enema of Tobacco.) INFUSION OF TREFOIL. Syn. Inf. Me- nyanthis. Prep. (Pereira.) Marsh trefoil leaves ^ss ; boiling water f fxvj ; infuse 1 hour. INFUSION OF TURMERIC. Syn. Inf. CuRCUMiE. Prep. Turmeric fiss; boiling water 1 pint ; infuse 1 hour. Used as a test, and to prepare a test-paper. Alkalis turn it brown. If wanted to keep, add spirit of wine f^iij, to the cold infusion. INFUSION OF VALERIAN. Syn. Inf. Valerian.e, (P. L. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Vale- rian root §ss j boiling water 1 pint ; macerate half an hour, in a covered vessel. Dose. 1^ oz. to 2 oz., two or three times a day, in nervous and hys- terical complaints. INFUSION OF WHORTLEBERRY. Syn. Inf. Uv^e Ursi. Prep. Leaves 3iv ; boiling wa- ter 1 pint ; macerate 3 hours. With alkalis, hen- bane or opium, in diseases of the urinary organs ; and with sulphuric acid and foxglove, in affections of the lungs. INFUSION OF WORMWOOD. Syn Inf. Absinthii. Prep. (Brande.) Fresh leaver of wormwood ^ij ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerat 4 hours. Bitter, stomachic. INFUSION, PECTORAL. Syn. Inf. i*ec- torale. Prep. (E. H.) Linseed §iss; liquorice 3iv ; coltsfoot leaves ; boiling water 3 pints ; di- gest 4 hours, and strain. INFUSION, STIMULANT. Syn. Inf. sti- m'jlans. Prep. (Dr. Paris.) Flack mustard seed, bruised, and dittander, of each, ^ss ; boiling water §xvj ; macerate for 1 hour, strain, and when cold add spirits of sal volatile 3j ; spirit of pimento §ss. Dose. 2 tablespoonfuls 3 times a day in palsy. INFUSIONS, TONIC. Syn. Strengthen- ing Infusions. Prep. I. Compound infusion of gentian 1 oz ; bicarbonate of potassa ir soda 47 20 grs.. ; tincture of cascarilla f 3j ; mix for dose. II. Infusion of cascarilla 1 £ oz. ; tinctures of cascarilla and ginger, of each, 1 dr. ; mix for a dose. III. Infusion of calumba 1 oz. ; bicarbonate or carbonate of soda 25 grs. ; tincture of ginger and compound tincture of cardamoms, of each, 3j ; mix for a dose. The above are all taken in dys- pepsia, and in loss of appetite arising from hard drinking. INFUSIONS, (CONCENTRATED.) These are now very generally met with in trade, and are made of 8 times the pharmacopceial strength. They are mostly prepared by employing 8 times the usual quantity of ingredients, and only fths of the proper quantity of water, and adding to the strained liquor, when cold, sufficient spirit of wine to bring the liquid up to the proper strength, (about ^ of the weight of the strained infusion.) A still better plan is to treat 8 times the usual quantity of the ingredients with a mixture of rec- tified spirit 1 part, and eels water 3 parts ; in the> usual way for making tinctures, either by mace- ration for 7 to 14 days, or by percolation. Con- centrated infusions made in this way keep well, and deposite scarcely any sediment. Many houses that are remarkable for the brilliancy and beauty of these preparations, employ ^ spirit of wine and § water as the menstruum. It may, however, be taken as a general rule, that for vegetable sub- . stances that abound in woody fibre, and contain but little extractive matter soluble in water, (as quassia for instance,) to part of spirit is suffi- cient for their preservation ; while for those abound- ing in mucilage or fecula, or that readily soften and become pulpy and glutinous in weak spirit (as rhubarb) j to ^ is required. By macerating in the infusion as much bruised mustard seed as can be added without flavoring the liquor, along with a little bruised cloves, I find that most vegetable infusions may be preserved without either ferment- ing or becoming mouldy with vefy little spirit, (^ or j o j) in fact, I have now by me infusions of quassia and orange-peel, and compound decoction of sarsaparilla, which were prepared without any spirit 18 months ago, and which are now as trans- parent and full-flavored as when first made. (See Concentrated Decoctions.) INHALATION. Inhalatio, ( Lat ., from in • halo, to breathe in.) In Medicine, the drawing .in of vapors or gases along with the breath, for the purpose of their acting on the mucoift mem- brane of the air-passages. The substances that are to furnish the vapors or fumes are put into a vessel called an ‘ inhaler ,’ which is merely a small covered pot or mug of metal or glass, furnished with a short flexible tube, terminating in a small mouth-piece. The following are the principal sub- stances that are employed for the above purpose at the present day: — 1. The steam of hot water , in bronchitis, and to allay the cough in phthisis , small quantities of the seeds of henbane, opium, poppy-heads, Sec., are frequently added to produce an anodyne effect. 2. Tar vapor, obtained by heating tar, mixed with a little carfionate of p 4- ash, over a spirit lamp. Occasionally employed iu bronchitis, and recommended by Sir A. Crightcn in phthisis, but is useless in the latter. 3. ChUu t INJ 370 INJ rine gas , exhibited by adding 5 or G drops of aqueous chlorine to the water (tepid) of the in- haler, which should be 0 / glass. Employed in France for phthisis, but seldom used in England. 4. Vapor of iodine, administered as the last, and occasionally used in phthisis. 5. Oxygen and hy- drogen gases, alone or diluted with air, employed in asthma and phthisis, by means of a bladder and mouth-piece. 6. Carbonic acid gas and ni- trous oxide, occasionally used as the last in phthisis. INJECTION. Syn. Injectio, (Lat, from injicio, to cast into.) Liquid medicines thrown into the cavities of the body by means of a syringe or elastic bag. Those thrown into the rectum are commonly called clysters, or encmata. (See Enema.) The following are the principal injec- tions employed in medical practice at the present day : — INJECTION FOR DEAFNESS. Syn. In- jectio acoustica. Prep. I. Ox gall 3 dr., ; bal- sam of Peru 1 dr . ) mix. II. Oil of almonds or olives 2 oz. ; oil of amber 20 drops ; tincture of castor I dr. ; spirit of cam- phor i dr. ; laudanum 3 drops ; mix. INJECTION, LITHONTRIPTIC. Syn. Inj. lithontriptica. Prep. (Chevallier.) Car- bonate of soda 3j ; Castile soap ^ij ; water f 5 X U 1 dissolve. For calculus. INJECTION OF ACETATE OF AMMO- NIA. Syn. Inj. Ammonite acetatis. Prep. (P. C.) Liquor of acetate of ammonia ^j ; water §iij ; mix. INJECTION OF ALUM. Syn. Inj. Alu- minis. Prep. I. (Collier) a. Alum 18 grs. ; rose-, water ffvj ; for the urethra. — b. Alum 3iij ; wa- ter 1 quart ; for the vagina. II. (Braude.) Compound liquor of alum 3vj ; water f ^viss ; mucilage ^ss. III. (P. C.) Alum 4 grs. ; rose-water ^iv. All the above are astringent. INJECTION OF AMMONIA. Syn. Inj. Ammonias. Prep. (Lavagna.) Liquor of ammonia 8 to 12 drops; milk §ij ; mix. Stimulant and emollient. INJECTION OF BICHLORIDE OF MER- CURY. Syn. Inj. Hydrargyri Bichloridi. Inj. Corrosivi Surlimati. Prep. I. (P.'C.) Corrosive sulimate 8 to 12 grs. ; water 1 quart. II. (P. M.) To the last add wine of opium f^j. III. Corrosive sublimate 5 grs. ; rose-water 2 oz. Used to promote a healthy action, and to prevent infection. INJECTION OF CALOMEL. Syn. Inj. Calomelanos. Prep. (P. C.) Calomel 3ss ; quince mucilage §iv. INJECTION OF CHLORINE. Syn. Inj. Cjilorinata. Prep. Liquor of chloride of soda 3j ; water §ij. As above. INJECTION OF COPAIBA. Syn. Inj Copaibas. Prep. (P. C.) Balsam of copaiba 3ij ; rmicijage 3 HS > lime water ^iv ; make an emulsion. Used in diseases of the mucous membranes of the urethra and vagina. INJ ECTION OF ACETATE OF COPPER. Syn. Inj. Cupri acetatis. Prep. (P. C.) Ver- digris 10 grs.; oil of almonds ; triturate until dissolved, then strain. INJECTION OF ACETATE OF LEAD • Syn. Inj. Plumbi acetatis. Prep. (Collier) Sugar of lead 40 grs. ; rose-water 5viij. INJECTION OF AMMONIATED COP PER. Syn. Inj. Ccpri ammoniati. Inj. Cupiu AMM0NI0-SULPHATI9 P'fp. I. (P. C.) Liquor ol ammonio-siihjhate of copper 20 drops; rose-water 5iv- II. (SwedirTOr.) Ammonio-sulphate of copper 5 grs. ; rose-water ^viij. INJECTION OF SULPHATE OF COP- PER. Syn. Inj. Cupri sulpiiatis. Prep. Sul- phate of copper 5 grs. ; roso-water ^iv. INJECTION OF SULPHATE OF COP- PER, (COMPOUND.) Prep. To the last add solution of diacetate of lead 20 drops. The above cupreous injections are all nildly detergent and escharotic. INJECTION OF CUBEBS-. Syn. Inj. Cu- beb/E. Prep. Cubcbs, in powder, §j ; extract of belladonna 3j ; boilin g 1 water f^xvj ; infuse in a covered vessel, and^Main. In diseases of the mucous membranes. Irritant and narcotic. INJECTION OF LEAD. Syn. Inj. Plumbi. Prep. Liquor of diacetate of lead 3ss ; rose-water l']- INJECTION OF LEAD AND OPIUM. Syn. Inj. Plumbi opiata. Prep. (Wendt.) Aqueous extract of opium 1 i gr. ; mucilage 3ij ; solution of diacetate of lead 4 drops; water §ij The above are cooling, sedative, and anodyne. INJECTION OF MERCURY. Syn. Inj Hydrargyri. Prep. I. (P. C.) Quicksilver 3j ; gum §iss ; rub till combined, then add water §iss. II. (E. H.) Quicksilver and balsam of copaiba, of each 3iv ; yelk of 1 egg ; rose-water £ a pint INJECTION OF MORPHIA. Syn. Inj. Morphias. Prep. (Brera.) Morphia 2 grs. ; oil of almonds ^j ; dissolve. Anodyne and emollient. INJECTION OF MURIATIC ACID. Syn. Inj. Acidi muriatici. Prep. (P. C.) Muriatic acid 8 drops.; water fiv. INJECTION OF NITRATE OF SILVER. Syn. Inj. Argenti nitratis. Prep. I. (Collier.) Nitrate of silver 2 grs. ; rose-water 1 oz. ; dissolve. II. (Jewell.) Nitrate of silver 12 grs. ; distilled water f ^vj. For fistulous sores. INJECTION OF OIL OF ALMONDS. Syn. Inj. Oleosa. Prep. (P. C.) Oil of almonds 3iv 5 solution of diacetate of lead 8 drops ; mix. Emol- lient and sedative. INJECTION OF OPIUM. Syn. Inj. Opiata Prep. I. (P. C.) Laudanum 40 drops ; water §iv II. (Fr. H.) Wine of opium 3j ; barley water' 1 pint. Anodyne. INJECTION OF TANNIN. Syn. Inj. . Tannini. Inj. Acidi Tannici. Prep. (Richard.; Tannin 9j ; water fviij ; dissolve. Astringent: INJECTION OF TEA. Syn. Inj. Tiie.e. Prep (P. C.) Green tea 3j ; boiling water §viij ; infuse. Astringent; frequently used in fltior aibus.* INJECTION OF TURPENTINE. Syn. Inj. Terebintiiinje. Prep. (St. B. II.) Clive oil f^xij ; oil of turpentine f^iss. Vermifuge. ‘ INJECTION OF WINE. Syn. Inj. Vini Prep. (Earle.) Red wino §xij ; water §iv ; mix Astringent ; in hydrocele. INJECTION OF WIIITELEAD. Syn. Inj. Cerussas comp. Prep. (P C.) Compounc INK 371 INK powder of carbonate of lead 9j ; sulphate of zinc 6 errs. ; rose-water §iv. INJECTION OF ACETATE OF ZINC. Syn. Inj. Zinci acetatis. Prep. Sulphate of zinc 3j ; acetate of lead 9iv ; water 1 pint ; mix, and filter. INJECTION OF SULPHATE OF ZINC. Syn. Inj. Zinci sulpiiatis. Prep. (P. C.) Sul- phate of zinc 4 to 10 grs. ; water ff iv. INK. Syn. Writing Fluid. Atramentum, (Lat.) Encre, ( Fr .) Tinte, ( Ger .) Colored liquid employed for writing with a. pen. Ink is made of various substances and colors, of which the follow-, • ing are the principal : — INK, BLACK. Prep. I. Bruised Aleppo nut- galls 12 lbs. ; water 6 galls. ; boil in a copper ves- sel for 1 hour, adding water to make up for the portion lost by evaporation ; strain and again boil the galls with water 4 gallons, for ^ an hour, strain off the liquor and boil a third time with water 2^ gallons, and strain > mix the several liquors, and while still hot add green copperas, coarsely pow- dered, 4 lbs.; gum arabic bruised small 3^ lbs.; agitate until dissolved, and after defecation, strain through a hair sieve, and keep it in a bunged-up cask for use. Product. 12 gallons, very fine and durable; II. Campeachy logwood chips 3 lbs. ; bruised galls 9 lbs. ; boil in w r ater as above, and to the mixed liquors add gum arabic and green copperas, of each 4 lbs. ; to produce 16£ galls, of ink. Qual- ity. Very good. III. ^Lewis.) Bruised galls, 3 lbs. ; gum and sulphate of iron, of each 1 lb. ; vinegar 1 gall. ; water 2 galls. ; macerate with frequent agitation for 14 days. To produce 3 galls. Fine quality. IV. (M. Ribaucourt.) Bruised galls 1 lb. ; log- wood, in thin chips, and sulphate of iron, of each £ lb. ; gum 6 oz. ; sulphate of copper and sugar candy, of each 1 oz. Boil the galls and logwood in 2£ galls, of water for 1 hour, or until reduced to one half, strain, add the other ingredients, and stir until dissolved, then decant and preserve in stone or glass bottles, well corked. Full colored. V. (M. Desormeaux, jun.) Logwood chips 4 oz. ; water 6 quarts ; boil 1 hour and strain 5 quarts ; add bruised galls 1 lb. ; sulphate of iron calcined to whiteness 4 oz. ; brown sugar 3 oz. ; gum 6 oz. ; acetate of copper ^ oz. ; agitate twice a day for a fortnight, then decant the clear, bottle and cork up for use. VI: Bruised galls 2 lbs. ; logwood, green cop- peras, and gum, of each 1 lb. ; water 6 gallons ; boil tile whole of the ingredients in the water for 1^ hours, and strain 5 galls. Good, but not fine. VII. Bruised galls 1 lb. ; logwood 2 lbs. ; com- mon gum | lb. ; green copperas \ lb. ; water 5 gallons ; boil. Common, but fit for ordinary pur- poses. VII. (Patent.) Logwood shavings and powdered ’ galls, of each 2 lbs. ; green vitriol 1 lb. ; gum £ lb. ; pomegranate bark ^ lb. ; water 1 gallon ; infuse 14 days, with frequent agitation. VIII. (Asiatic.) The same as the last. Both write pale, but turn very black by keeping, and flow well from the pen. IX. (Used in the Prerogative Office.) Bruised galls 1 lb. ; gum arabic G oz. ; alum 2 oz. ; green vitriol 1 oz. ; kino 3 oz. ; logwood raspings or saw- dust 4 oz. ; water 1 gallon ; macerate as last. Saia to write well on parchment. X. (Japan.) This is a black and glossy kind of ink, which may. be prepared from either of the above receipts by calcining the copperas until whits or yellow, or by sprinkling it (in powder) with a little nitric acid before adding it to the decoction . (preferably the former,) by which the ink is ren- dered of a full black as soon as made. The glossi- ness is given by using more gum. Flows less easily from the pen, and is less durable than ink that writes paler and afterwards turns black.' XI. (Exchequer.) Bruised galls 40 lbs. ; gum 10 lbs. ; green sulphate of iron 9 lbs. ; soft water 45 gallons ; macerate for 3 weeks, employing fre- quent agitation. “ This ink will endure for centu- ries.” Remarks. The ink prepared by the first formula is the most durable, and will bear dilution with nearly its own weight of water, and still be equal to the ordinary ink of the shops. I have writing by me that was executed with this kind of ink up- wards of 50 years ago, which still possesses a good color. The respective qualities of the others are noticed at the foot of each. According to the most accurate experiments on the preparation of black ink, it appears that the quantity of sulphate of iron should not exceed one- third part of that of the galls, by which an excess of coloring matter, which is necessary for the du- rability of the black, is preserved in the liquid. Gum, by shielding the writing from the action of the air, tends to preserve the color, but if much is employed, the ink flows languidly from quill pens, and scarcely at all from steel pens. The latter require a very limpid ink. The addition of sugar increases the flowing property of ink, but makes it dry more slowly, and frequently passes into vine- gar, when it acts injuriously on the pen. Vinegar, for a like reason, is not calculated for the men- struum. The addition of a fewi5ruised cloves, or a little 011 of cloves ; or still better, a few drops of creo- sote, will effectually prevent any tendency to mouldiness in ink. The best blue galls should alone be employed in making ink. Sumach, logwood, and oak bark, are frequently substituted for galls in the preparation of common ink. When such is the case, only about one-sixth or one-seventh of their weight of copperas should be employed. The most permanent (tanno-gallate) inks are those which contain the proper quantity of oxide of iron, at the minimum of oxidizement, in a state of solution or minute suspension, by which means, not only does a larger quantity of the fluid flow from the pen on to a given space, but it also sinks into the substance of the paper, by which the stain is rendered more permanent and less easily re- moved by attrition. Such inks are uniformly pale until exposed to the air for some days, when they acquire their full color. When the iron is at the maximum of oxidizement, as is the case when cal- cined copperas is employed, the ink writes of a full black at first, but from its coloring matter being merely a suspended precipitate, it rests upon tin* surface of the paper without sinking into it, and may consequently be more easily erased than the former. Its black color is also more liable to fade INK 372 INK Tho very general use of steel pens has caused a corresponding demand for easy flowing inks, many of which have been of late years' introduced under the title of “ writing fluids ,” or “ steel-pen inky These are mostly prepared from galls in the prece- ding manner, but a less quantity of ‘gum is em- ployed. The blue writing fluids which either main- tain their color or turn black by exposure, are pre- pared from the ferrocyanido of potassium, or from indigo. (See Writing Fluids.) INKS, BLUE. Syn. Blue Whiting Fluids. Prep. I. Indigo dissolved in oil of vitriol, and added to water until a proper shade of color is produced, as much potash or soda being also added as the liquid will bear without dropping its color. II. Powdered Prussian blue 1 oz. ; concentrated muriatic acid to 2 oz. ; mix in a matrass or glass bottle, and after 24 or 30 hours, dilute the mass with a sufficient quantity of water. III. (Mohr.) Pure Prussian blue 6 parts ; oxalic acid 1 part ; triturate with a little water to a per- fectly smooth paste, then dilute with a proper quantity of soft water. Both this and the last pro- duce a superb liquid blue, admirably calculated for writing with, when the process is properly man- aged and the Prussian blue pure ; but it will not succeed with every sample of that pigment. A lit- tle gum may be added, if required, to prevent the fluid spreading on the paper. INKS, COLORED. Inks of various colors may be made from a strong decoction of the ingre- dients used in dyeing, mixed with a little alum and gum arabic. Any of the ordinary water-color cakes employed in drawing, diffused through wa- ter, may also be used for colored inks. INK, COPYING. This is prepared by adding a little sugar to ordinary black ink. Writing exe- cuted with this ink may be copied within the space of 5 or 6 hours, by passing it through a press in contact with thin unsized paper, when a reversed copy will be obtained, but which will read in proper order by holding the back of the copy towards you. Writing executed with this ink may be co- pied after any lapse of time, by employing damp copying paper. A warm flat-iron passed over the latter laid upon the writing, may be substituted for the use of the copying press. INK, GOLD. Prep. Honey and gold leaf equal parts ; grind together upon a painter’s por- phyry slab with a muller, until the gold is reduced to the finest possible state of division, and the mass becomes perfectly homogeneous, when it must be agitated with 20 or 30 times its weight of hot wa- ter, and then allowed to settle and the water poured off; this process must be repeated with fresh water 2 or 3 times, when the gold must be dried and then mixed up with a little weak gum water for use. Tho brilliancy of writing performed with this ink is considerable, and may be increased by burnish- ing. Gold ink may also bo made by mixing pre- tated "old powder with a little gum water. INK, GREEN. Prep. I. (Klaproth.) Ver- digris 2 oz. ; cream of tartar 1 oz. ; water ^ a pint ; boil to one half and filter. J I. Make a strong solution of binacetate of cop- per in water, or of verdigris in vinogar. INK, INDELIBLE. Syn. Marking Ink. Permanent Ink. Prep. I. Nitrate of silver \ oz. ; hot distilled water £ iz. ; when cooled a little, add mucilage \ oz., and sap green or sirup of buck thorn to color ; mix well. The linen must be firs* moistened with “ liquid pounce ,” or “ the prepar- ation ,” as it is commonly called, dried, and then written on with a clean quill pen. This ink will bear dilution if not wanted very black. The pounce or preparation. Carbonate of ooda 1 oz. to li oz., water 1 pint ; color with a little sap green or sirup of buckthorn. IT. ( Without preparation.) Nitrate of silver 1 to 2 dr. ; water \ oz. ; dissolve, add as much of the strongest ammonia water as will dissolve the pre- cipitate formed on its first addition, then further add mucilage 1 or 2 drachms, and a little sap green to color. Writing executed with this ink turns black on being passed over a hot Italian iron. ' III. Tcrchloride of gold drachms; water 7 drs. ; mucilage 1 dr. ; sap green to color ; mix. To be written with on a ground prepared with a weak solution of protomuriate of tin, and dried. Remarks. The products of the first two of the above forms constitute the marking inks of the shops. They have, however, no claim to the title of “indelible ink” — “ which no art can extract without injuring the fabric''' — as is generally rep- resented. On the contrary, they may .« dis- , charged with almost as much facility as common iron-moulds. This may bo easily and cheaply effected with either chlorine or ammonia, without in the least injuring the texture of the fabric to which it may be applied. From a great number of experiments which I have lately made on the subject, I find that this kind of ink may be dis- charged from even the finest muslins, without im- pairing their quality. The only precaution re- quired, is that of rinsing them in clean water immediately after the operation. (See Chem., ii. 210.) The “ marking ink without preparation is also more easily extracted than that “ with prep- aration;" and the former has also the disadvantage of not keeping so well as the latter, and of deposit- ing a portion of fulminating silver, under some circumstances, which renders its use dangerous. The best marking ink made at the present day is the heraldic ink. This ink is either applied with a stamp or pen, and by the former linen may be marked with great facility and neatness. INK, INCORRODIBLE. Prep. I. (Mr Close.) a. Powdered copal 25 grs. ; oil of laven- der 200 grs. ; dissolve by a gentle heat, add lamp- black 3 grs., indigo 1 gr. — b. Powdered copal 1 part ; oil of lavender 7 parts ; vermilion 4 parts ; as last. II. (Mr. Hausman.) Genuine asphaltum 1 part ; oil of turpentine 4 parts ; dissolve, and add lamp- black or blacklead to bring it to a proper consist- ence. Resists the action of iodine, chlorine, alka- lis, and acids. III. (Sheldrake.) Asphaltum dissolved in am- ber varnish and oil of turpentine, and colored with lampblack. IV. (Cooley.) Asphaltum 1 part ; oil of turpen- tino 4 parts ; dissolve, and color with printer’s ink. Very permanent. Remarks. Tho abovo are frequently called “ In- delible inks." They nro employed for writing la- bels on bottles containing strong acids and alka- line solutions. The second and last are very per« inanent, and are capable of resisting all the opera INK 373 INO tions of dyeing and bleaching, and at once offer a cheap and excellent material for marking linen, &,c., as they cannot be dissolved off by any men- strua that will not destroy the fabric. They must bo employed with stamps or types, which is a neater method than that with a brush or pen. V. (M. Bozanger.) This patent ink consists of lampblack and caustic soda, mixed with gelatin and caustic soda. It is said to be indelible, and to resemble China ink. (Moniteur Industriel.) VI. Indian ink, ground up with ordinary black writing ink, forms a cheap indelible ink for common purposes. It will resist the action of chlorine, most acids, and even ablution with a brush or sponge. INK, INDIAN. Syn. China Ink. Indicum. Atramentum Indicum. Prep. I. (Proust.) Purify real lampblack by washing it with potash lye, dry, make it into a thick paste with a solution of glue, mould and dry. II. (M. Merimde.) Dissolve glue in water, add a strong solution of nutgalls, and wash the precipi- tate in hot water ; then dissolve it in a spare solu- tion of glue, filter, evaporate to a proper thickness, and form it into a paste as before, with purified lampblack. III. * (Cooley.) Boil a weak solution of glue at a high temperature in a Papin’s digester for 2 hours, then boil it in an open vessel for 1 hour more, filter and evaporate to a proper consistence, then make a paste as before with purified lampblack, adding a few drops of essence of musk and about half as much essence of ambergris to perfume ; lastly, mould into cakes, and when dry, ornament them with Chinese characters and devices. Quality very superior ; does not gelatinize in cold weather like ordinary imitations. IV. (Gray.) Pure lampblack made up with asses’ skin glue, and scented with musk. V. Seed lac £ oz. ; borax 1 dr. ; water £ pint ; boil to' 8 oz., filter, and make a paste with pure lampblack, as before. Good ; when dry it resists the action of water. Remarks. The Chinese do not use glue in the preparation of their ink, but a glutinous vegetable juice or solution, which at once imparts brilliancy and durability. Starch converted into gum by means of sulphuric acid, or British gum, has been recommended as a substitute, (M. Merimee.) But from information afforded me by a gentleman who has resided some years in China, I am led to believe that the liquid employed by the Chinese to convert their black pigment into a paste, is either an infusion or decoction of somo seeds abounding in mucilage, and not the juice of a plant as usually supposed. Indian ink is chiefly employed by art- ists, but it has been occasionally given as a medi- cine, dissolved in water or wine, in hemorrhages and stomach complaints. Dose. 1 to 2 dr. INK, MARKING. Ink bottoms. Used by packers for marking bales, boxes, &c. INK, PERPETUAL. Prep. Pitch 3 lbs. ; melt over the fire, then add lampblack 1 lb. ; mix well. Used in a melted state to fill the letters on tomb- stones, marbles, &c. Without actual violence it will endure as long as the stone itself. INK, RED. Prep. I. Ground Brazil wood 8 oz. ; vinegar 10 pints ; macerate for 4 or 5 days ; boil in a tinned-copper vessel to one half, then add roach alum 8 oz., and gum 3 oz. ; dissolve. II. As the last, but use water or beer insteid ol vinegar. III. Stale beer 1 pint ; cochineal, bruised, 1 dr. ; gum arabic 1 oz. ; ground Brazil and alum, of each 2 oz. ; boil or macerate with agitation for 14 days, and strain. IV. Pure carmine 12 grs. ; water of ammonia 3 oz. ; dissolve, then add powdered gum 18 grs Half a drachm of powdered drop lake may be sub- stituted for the carmine where expense is an ob- ject. Color superb. (Buchner’s Repert.) V. Cochineal, in powder, 1 oz. ; hot water £ pint; digest, and when quite cold, add spirit of hartshorn £ pint, or liquor of ammonia 1 oz. ; di- lute with 3 or 4 oz. of water ; macerate for a few days longer, then decant the clear. Color, very fine. INK, SILVER. This is prepared like gold ink. INKS, SYMPATHETIC. Fluids which, when employed for writing on paper, do not ren- der the marks visible till acted on by some re- agent. Sympathetic inks are commonly employed as the instruments of secret correspondence, and frequently escape detection, but by heating the paper before the fire until it is nearly scoivlied, the whole of them may be rendered visible. The following are the most common and amu- sing sympathetic inks : — 1. Sulphate of copper and sal ammoniac, equal parts, dissolved in water ; writes colorless but turns yellow when heated. — 2. Onion juice, like the last. — 3. A weak infusion of galls ; turns black when moistened with weak cop- peras water. — 4. A weak solution of sulphate of iron ; turns blue when moistened with a weak so- lution of prussiate of potash, and black with infu- sion of galls. — 5. The diluted solutions of nitrate of silver and terchloride of gold ; darkens when ex- posed' to the sunlight. — 6. Aquafortis, spirits of salts, oil of vitriol, common salt or saltpetre dis- solved in a large quantity of water ; turns yellow or brown when heated. — 7. Solution of nitromu- riate of cobalt ; turns green when heated, and dis- appears again on cooling.' — 8. Solution of acetate of cobalt, to which a little nitre has been add^H : becomes rose-colored when heated, and disappears on cooling. INK, YELLOW. Prep. I. Boil French ber- ries £ lb., and alum 1 oz., in water 1 quart, for half an hour or longer, then strain and dissolve in the hot liquor, gum arabic 1 pz. II. Gamboge in coarse powder 1 oz. ; hot water 5 oz. ; dissolve, and when cold, add spiVit £ oz. or 1 oz. INK, TO RESTORE FADED. Writing ren- dered illegible by age may be restored by moisten- ing it by means of a feather with an infusion of galls, or a solution of prussiate of potash slightly acidulated with muriatic acid, observing so to ap- ply the liquid as to prevent the ink spreading. INK STAINS may bo readily removed from white articles by means of a little salt of lemons, diluted muriatic acid, oxalic acid, or tartaric acid, and hot water ; or by means of a little solution of chlorine or chloride of lime. The spots should be afterwards thoroughly rinsed in warm water, be- fore touching them with soap. Marking ink may be removed by ammonia water, solution of chlo- ride of lime, liquid chlorine, or iodine. INOCULATION. (In Surgery.) The inser- IOD 374 IOD lion of poisonous or infectious matter into any part of the body for the purpose of propagating a mild form of disease, and thus preventing or lessening the virulence of future attacks. The word is gener- ally applied to the insertion of the virus of tho common smallpox, by which, a milder form of the disease is produced, than when it is caught in tho natural way. Vaccination has now very generally superseded inoculation. Opei'. Inoculation is performed by inserting the point of a lancet wetted with smallpox matter un- der the cuticle, and afterwards gently rubbing the moistened point over the scratch. INULIN. Syn. Alantin. Menyantiiin. Ele- campin. Dahlin. Datiscin. A peculiar ^tarch- like substance first obtained by Rose from the inula helenium or elecampane.. It may bo obtained by boiling elecampane in 4 times its weight of water, and allowing the decoction to repose for a short time. It is distinguished from starch by the pre- cipitate formed in the cold decoction by an infu- sion of gall nuts* not disappearing until the liquid is heated to above 212°, while tho precipitate from starch redissolves at 122° F. Inulin is solu- ble in boiling water, but separates as the liquid cools. IODATE. Syn. Iodas, ( Lat .) A compound formed of iodic acid and a base in definite pro- portion. The iodates resemble tho chlorates of the corresponding bases. They may be easily recognised by the development of free iodine when treated with sulphurous, phosphorous, and hydrochloric acids, and other deoxydizing agents, and by their solutions being converted into iodides when treated with sulphureted hydrogen. They are all of sparing solubility, and many are quite in- soluble in water. All the insoluble iodates may be obtained from the iodate of potassa, by decom- posing it in solution by a solution of a soluble salt of the base. IODATE OF MERCURY. Syn. Hydrargyri Iodas. Prep. Precipitate a solution of mercury in nitric acid with another of iodate of potassa. A v^llow po\tfder resembling Turpeth’s mineral. IODATE OF POTASSA. Syn. Potassa Iodas. Prep. I. Neutralize a hot solution of potassa with iodine, evaporate to dryness by a gentle heat, powder, and digest in alcohol, to dis- solve out the iodide of potassium, then dissolve the residue in hot water and crystallize. II. (M. Henry, jun.) Iodide of potassium 2 parts ; chlbrate of potassa 3 do. ; fuse the iodide of potassium in a large Hessian crucible ; remove it from the fire, and add, while still fluid, successive portions of the powdered chlorate of potassa, stir- ring well after each addition. When the matter ceases to froth up, cool, powder, and digest in tepid water to dissolve out the chloride of potas- sium, when tho residue may be dissolved in hot water and crystallized. Remarks. Iodate of potassa has been recom- mended in bronchocelc. A biniodato and teriodate of potassa may also be formed, but possess little interest. IODATE OF SILVER. Syn. Argrnti Iodas. Prep. From a solution of nitrato of silver, iis Iodate of Mercury. A whito powder, soluble in ammonia. IODIC ACID. Syn. Oxiodine Acidum Iodicum. An acid compound of iodine and oxygen discovered by Gay Lussac and Davy. Prep. I. Dissolve iodato of soda in sulphuric acid in considerable excess, boil for 15 minutes, und set the solution aside to crystallize. Pure. II. (M. Iloursen.) Iodine 1 part; strongest (monohydrated) nitric acid 4 parts ; mix, and apply a gentle heat until the color of the iodine disappears, then evaporate to dryness and leave the residuum in the open air at a temperature of about 15° C. When by attracting moisture it has acquired tho consistence of a sirup, put it into a place where the temporal ure is higher and tho air drier, when in a few days very fmo white crys- tals of rhomboidal shape will form. (Compt Rend, xxiv.) Pure. III. (J. L. Lassaigne.) Treat a solution of nitrate of silver with an excess' of iodine, filter, evaporate to dryness, and proceed as last. Pure. IV. Diffuse iodine in powder through distilled water, then pass a current of chlorine through the liquid ; evaporate. Remarks. Iodic acid is decomposed into oxygen and iodine by a heat of about 450 to 500° F. It is very soluble in water and deliquescent ; it deto- nates with inflammable bodies like the nitrates and chlorates ; with the bases it forms salts called Iodates. The Iodate of soda above alluded to may be mado in the same way as the iodate of potassa. Iodic acid is used as a test for morphia and sulphurous acid. (See Iodate.) IODIDE. Syn. Iodure. Ioduret. Hy- DRIODATE. IODIDUM J IODURETUM ; HYDRIODAS, {Lat.) A compound of iodine and a base. IODIDE OF ARSENIC. Syn. Arsenici Iodidum. Prep. (Waekenroder.) Sublimed me- tallic arsenic 1 gr. ; pure iodine 6 grs. ; water 2 drachms ; digest together, evaporate by a gentle heat, and as soon as the mass begins to solidify, the temperature must not exceed 86° F. A red crystalline mass is obtained. (See p. 74.) . . IODIDE OF ARSENIC, SOLUTION OF Prep. (Waekenroder.) Dissolve the product of the above prodess in water 6 oz. ; every drachm of which will contain one-forty-eighth gr. of metallic arsenic, and one-tenth gr. (nearly) of iodine. IODIDE OF CYANOGEN. Prep. (Mits- cherlich.) Gently heat a mixture of bicyanide of mercury, iodine, and water, in a retort, when iodide of cyanogen will sublime and collect in the neck of the retort, under the form of a crystalline snow or needles. It volatilizes at 100° F., and is soluble in water, ether, and alcohol. IODIDE OF NITROGEN. Syn. T£riodide of Nitrogen. A dark powder, which subsides when iodine is put into liquor of ammonia. It may be more safely and conveniently made by saturating alcohol of sp. gr. ‘852 with iodine, ad- ding a large quantity of ammonia, and agitating the mixture ; water must now be added, when the iodide will bo precipitated, and must be care- fully washed with cold distilled water. *** It detonates violently as soon as it becomes dry, and by slight pressure, or friction, even when moist. It should only be prepared in very small quantities at a time. IODIDES OF PHOSPHORUS. Prep. I. ( Prot iodide .) Phosphorus 1 part ; iodine 7 parts I mix in a closo vessel, placed in a freezing mixture IOD 375 IOD Orange colored ; melts at 212° ; volatile, and de- composed by water. II. ( Sesquiodide .) Phosphorus 1 part ; iodine 12 parts ; as last. A dark gray semi-crystalline mass, liquid at 84° F. III. ( Periodide .) Phosphorus 1 part ; iodine 20 parts ; as last. A black mass, fusible at about 115° F. All the above yield hydriodic acid and phosphorous or phosphoric acid, by contact with water. IODIDE OF SULPHUR. Syn. Sulphuris Iodidum. Prep. Iodine 4 parts ; sulphur 1 part ; place the mixture in a loose-corked flask, immerse it in a water bath, and, as soon as it melts, stir it with a glass rod, then place in the cork, remove the bath from the fire, and let the two cool together. When cold, break the iodide into pieces, and place it in a wide-mouthed stoppered bottle. In this way & beautiful semi-crystalline, dark gray mass, resembling antimony, is obtained. Remarks. An ointment made with 5 parts of iodide of sulphur, and 96 of lard, or 8 of the iodide and 144 of iard, has been recommended by Biett in tuberculous affections of the skin. Iodide of sulphur stains the skin like iodine, and is readily decomposed by contact with organic sub- stances. IODIDE OF STARCH. Syn. Amyli Io- didum. Prep. (Dr. Buchanan.) Iodine 24 grs. ; water q. s. ; triturate ; then add starch f j ; again triturate, until the mass assumes a uniform color. One of the most worthless of the preparations of iodine. IODIDES, DOUBLE. Several of these com- pounds have been described by Bonsdorff, Boullay, and Liebig, many of which are formed by dis- solving the iodides in a solution of iodide of potas- sium, when crystals of the double salt are de- posited as the liquid cools, or on evaporation. They possess but little interest in a practical point of view. IODINE. Syn. Iode, (Fr.) Iod, ( Ger .) Iodium ; Iodinium ; Iodina, ( Lat ., from iu6es, violet colored, on account of the color of its vapor.) A chemical element, accid^itally discovered in 1812, by De Courtois, a saltpetre manufacturer at Paris, but was first described by Clement, in 1813, and its precise nature was soon afterwards determined by Sir H. Davy and M. Gay Lussac. It is found both in the animal, vegetable, and mineral king- doms, but exists in greatest abundance in the vegetable family algie. It is principally manu- factured in the neighborhood of Glasgow, from the mother waters of kelp. Prep. I. Extract all the soluble part of kelp by water, and crystallize the soda by evaporation ; to the mother lye add oil of vitriol in excess and boil the liquid, then strain it to separate some sulphur, and mix the filtered liquor with as much manganese as there was oil of vitriol used : on applying heat, the iodine sublimes in the form of grayish black scales, with a metallic lustre. The boiling is con- ducted in a leaden vessel ; and a cylindrical leaden still, with* a very short head, and connected with 2 or 3 large globular glass receivers, is used for the subliming apparatus. Care must be taken to watch the process, and prevent trie neck of the still becoming choked with condensed iodine. IJ. (Ure.) Saturate the residual liquor of the manufacture of soap from kelp, of the sp. gr. u T374, heated to 230° F., with sulphuric acid diluted with half its weight of water, cool, decant the clear, strain, and to every 12 fluid ounces add 1000 grs. of black oxide of manganese, in powder ; put the mixture into a glass globe, or matrass with a wide neck, over which invert another glass globe, and apply heat with . a charcoal chauffer ; iodine will sublime very copiously, and condense in the upper vessel, which as soon as warm should be replaced by another; and the two globes thus applied in succession, as long as violet vapor arises. It may be washed out of th6 globes with a little cold water. A thin disc of wood, having a hole in its centre, should be placed over the shoulder of the matrass, to pre- vent the heat from actipg on the globular re- ceiver. On the large scale, a leaden still, as be- fore described, may be employed, and receivers ot stoneware economically substituted for glass ones. The addition of the sulphuric acid should be made in a wooden or stoneware basin or trough. Prod. 12 oz. yield 80 to 100 grs. III. (Soubeir&n.) Add a mixed solution of 1 part of sulphate of copper and 2^ parts of proto- sulphate of iron to the mother liquors of the soda works, as long as a white precipitate is thrown down; the precipitate (diniodide of cooper) must be then collected, dried, mixed with its own weight of finely-powdered black oxide of manganese, and distilled by a strong heat in a retort ; dry iodine will pass over. By the addition of sulphuric acid with the manganese, a less heat is required. Remarks. The top of the leaden still employed for the preparation of iodine, is usually furnished with a moveable stopper, by which the process may be watched, and additions of%ianganese or sulphuric acid made, if required. To render it pure, it should be dried as much as possible, and then resublimed in glass or stoneware. Prop. Iodine is usually met with under the form of semicrystalline lumps, having a metallic lustre, or in micaceous, friable scales, somewhat resem- bling gunpowder. It has a grayish-black color, a hot acrid taste, and a disagreeable odor, not much unlike that of chlorine. It fuses at 225° F., vo- latilizes slowly at ordinary temperatures, boils at 347°, and when mixed with water rapidly rises along with its vapor at 212°. It dissolves in 7000 parts of water, and freely in alcohol and ether. It may be crystallized in large rhomboidal plates, by exposing to the air a solution of it in hydiodic acid. Iodine, like chlorine, has an extensive range of affinity ; with the salifiable bases, it forms com- pounds termev Iodides, Iodurets, or Hydriodates , and it destroys vegetable colors. Many of the iodides are used in medicine. Pur. The iodine of commerce is usually that of the first sublimation, and commonly contains 12 to 20$ of water. Some of the foreign iodine, ob- tained by precipitation with chlorine, without sub- sequent sublimation, frequently contains ^th water, has a leaden-gray color, and a sensible odor of chlorine. Coal, plumbago, oxide of manganese, crude antimony, and charcoal, are also frequently mixed with it. Water may tc detected by the loss of weight it suffers when exposed to strong pressure between the folds of bibulous paper, — chlorine , by the odor, and the other substances IOD 376 mi mentioned above, by digestion in spirits of wine, when the iodine will dissolve, leaving the impuri- ties behind. Before use as a medicine, “ it mutt be dried, by being placed in a shallow basin of earthenware, in a small confined space of air, with 10 or 12 times its weight of fresh-burnt lime, till it scarcely adheres to the side of a dry bottle.” Pure iodine “ is entirely vaporizable ; 39 grs., with 9 grs. of quicklime, and ^iij of water, when heated short of ebullition, slowly form a perfect solution, which is yellowish or brownish, if the iodine be pure, but colorless, if it contains more than 2$ of water, or other impurity.” (P. E) Uses, Dose, tj-c. Iodine is chiefly used as a med- icine, and a chemical test. Its physiological ac- tion, when applied externally, is that of an irritant, and, when swallowed iu large doses, it produces powerful gastric irritation. In small doses, it ap- pears to be both alterative and tonic, rapidly diffu- sing itself through the body, and exerting a stimu- lating action on the organs of secretion. It is also said to be diuretic, and in some cases to have pro- duced diaphoresis arftl salivation. It exerts a pow- erful anti-aphrodisiac action, and instances are recorded where absorption of the mammae and testae have followed its exhibition. (Hufeland’s Journal.) Dose. \ gr. dissolved in spirit, or in wa- ter, by means of an equal weight of iodide of po- tassium. It is seldom exhibited alone, being usu- ally combined with the latter substance, and in fact this salt is now generally preferred by practi- tioners. Iodine, in medicinal doses, has been exhibited in the following diseases, as well as in most others depending on an imperfect action of the absorbents, or accompanied by induration or enlargement of individual glands or organs : — In- ternally, in Pronchocele, goitre, Derbyshire neck, scrofula, ovarian tumors, enlargement or indu- ration of the lymphatic, prostate, and parotid glands, amenorrhoea, leucorrhoea, diseases of the muco-genital tissues, phthisis, chronic nervous diseases, lepra, psoriasis, chronic rheumatism, dropsies, hydrocele, tyc. : — Externally, in scrof- ula, numerous skin diseases, ( especially the scaly,) erysipelas, diseased joints, chilblains, burns, scalds, various wounds, to check ulceration, to promote absorption, c f-c. It is applied externally in the form of ointment, solution, or tincture. Tests. Free iodine may be recognised by — 1. The violet color of its vapor. — 2. Striking a blue color with starch : this test is so delicate that wa- ter containing only part of iodine, acquires a perceptible blue tinge on the addition of starch. (Stromeyer.) — 3. Nitrate of silver causes a white precipitate in solutions containing iodine. — 4. Chlo- ride of palladium causes a black, flaky precipitate ; equal in sensibility to starch. (M. Bauman.) — 5. It strikes a blue color with opium and nar- ceine. Iodine in combination, as it exists in iodic acid and the iodates, does not strike a blue color with starch, without the addition of some deoxydizing agent, as sulphurous acid or morphia; and as it exists in the iodides, not until the base is saturated with an ucid, (as tho sulphuric or nitric,) when iodine being set freo, immediately reacts upon the starch An excess of either acid or alkali destroys tho action of the test. By mixing the liquid con- taining tin iodine with tho starch and sulphuric acid, and lightly pouring thereon a small quantity of aqueous chlorine, a very visible blue zone will bo developed at the line of contact. (Balard.) Solutions containing iodates yield, with nit. ate of silver, a white precipitate soluble in ammonii J tho iodides, under tho same circumstances, give a pale yellowish precipitate with nitrate of silver, scarcely soluble in ammonia ; a bright yellow ono with acetate of lead ; and a scarlet one with bi- chloride of mercury. The iodates deflagrate when thrown on burning coals, but the iodides do not. The iodates may also bo tested as iodides, by first heating them to redness, by which they lose their oxygen, and are converted into iodides. IODINE, CHLORIDES OF. When dry chlorine is passed ovor dry iodine, at common tem- peratures, heat is evolved, and a solid chloride re- sults. It is orange-yellow when the iodine is fully saturated, and reddish orange when the iodine is in excess. It deliquesces in the air, is volatile, and very soluble in water, forming a colorless solution, which exhibits acid properties. It is the chloriodic acid of Sir II. Davy. The protochloride of iodine is formed when chlorine is passed into water hold- ing iodine in suspension, and the perchloride by repeatedly distilling the protochloride, or by adding to a solution of the latter a strong solution of cor- rosive sublimate. The latter is also called the tcrchloride. IODOSALICULIC ACID. A dark brown fusible mass, obtained by distilling a mixture of iodide of potassium and chloro-saliculic acid ; or by dissolving iodine in saliculic acid. IODO-SULPHURIC ACID. Prep. Drop sulphuric acid into a hot concentrated aqueous so- lution of iodic acid, as long as a precipitate falls. When strongly heated, it sublimes, and is decom- posed, but by means of a gentle heat, gradually applied, it melts, and crystallizes in yellow rhom- boids as it cools. In a similar manner may be formed iodo -phosphoric and iodonitric acids. All these act with great energy on the' metals, and dissolve gold and platinum. IODO US ACID. Prep. (Sementini.) Chlo- rate of potassa and iodine, equaPparts; triturate together, until reduced to a homogeneous yellow mass ; then heat the mixture over a spirit-lamp, in a glass retort connected with a spacious receiver, until vapors cease to arise. The oily liquid in the receiver is the iodous acid. II. (Pleischl.) Chlorate of potash 3 parts iodine 1 part ; as last. Remarks. Iodous acid, or oxide of iodine, red- dens test papers, is volatile at 112° F., and freely dissolves iodine. Little is known respecting its precise composition. (See Iodic Acid.) IODURETED IODIDE OF POTASSIUM. Iodine dissolved in a solution of iodide of potassium. Various strengths are employed by different au- thorities. (See Solutions.) IRIDIUM. (From Iris, the rainbow, because of the variety of colors exhibited by its solutions.) A rare metal, discovered by Descotils in 1803, and by Tennant in 1804, in tho black powder left in dissolving platina. It is obtained in combination with osmium. Prep. (Wollaston.) Reduce tho pulverulent residue of the ores of platina to fine p »wder, along with i of its weight of nitre, and hea*- the mixture IRO 377 IRO to redness in a silver crucible, until reduced to a pasty state, and the odor of oxide of osmium be- comes perceptible; cool, powder, agitate with the smallest possible quantity, of water, place the solu- tion in a retort, acidulate with oil of vitriol diluted with an equal weight of water, and distil rapidly into a clean receiver, as long as fumes of osmic acid pass over and condense as a white crust on the sides of the vessel, afterwards liquefying, and •sinking beneath the water, forming a flattened globule. By solution in water, agitation with mer- cury, and the addition of muriatic acid, osmium is obtained as a black porous powder, which exhibits a metallic lustre when rubbed. The undissolved portion must now be digested in muriatic acid, and the solution treated with any metal but gold or platinum, w-hen the iridium will be precipitated. Prop., (frc. Brittle, pulverulent, and when pol- ished, resembling platihum. It is the heaviest, hardest, most infusible, indestructive, and least af- fected by acids, of all the metals. With chlorine, iridium forms four compounds : — the proto chloride, formed by transmitting chlorine over powdered iridium, heated to a dull red, or by digesting the hydrated protoxide in muriatic acid ; — the sesqui- chloride, by calcining iridium with nitre, digesting in nitric acid, washing with water, and solution in hydrochloric acid ; — the bichloride, by digesting the sesquichloride in hot nitro-muriatic acid ; — the terchloride, obtained as a double chloride of potas- sium. With oxygen, iridium forms a protoxide, sesquioxide, and teroxide, each of which may be obtained by precipitating a solution of the corre- sponding chloride with an alkali. IRIDIO-CHLORIDES. Double salts, formed of the chlorides of iridium with other chlorides. Some of them are crystallizable and soluble. IRON - . Syn. Ferrum, (Lat.) Fer ,(Fr.) Eisen, ( Ger .) Ferro, (It.) Ferro , (Port.) Hierro,’ (Sp.) Jern, (Dan. <£ Swed .) Ijzen, ( Dut .) Mars, (Alch.) The early history of iron is lost in its an- tiquity. It is said to have been employed as a medicine upwards of 3200 years ago. As a reme- dial agent, when properly exhibited, it acts as a genial stimulant and tonic, and generally proves beneficial in cases of chronic debility, unaccompa- nied with organic congestion or inflammation. For this purpose, the protoxide or its salts should alone be employed, as the peroxide and its salts act, al- most universally, as irritant stimulants, occasioning heartburn, febrile symptoms, and accelerated pulse. The powers of the protocarbonate, as it exists in mineral wajters, held in solution by carbonic acid in excess, appears to be the form. most congenial to the human body ; and from its state of dilution, “ is' rapidly absorbed by the lacteals, and speedily imparts a ruddy hue to the wan countenance.” Iron is undoubtedly one of the most valuable arti- cles of the materia medica, and appears, from the antiquity of its introduction into medicine, and the number of its preparations, to have been deserved- ly appreciated. It bears the recommendation of upwards of 3000 years upon its brow, and surely a medicine that hath withstood such vicissitudes, cannot bo destitute of virtue. Prep. Iron is only prepared on the large scale. In Sweden it is extracted from magnetic iron, and micaceous iron ore ; and in England, principally from clay iron ore. It is obtained by smelting the 48 ore along with coke and a flux, (either limestone or clay.) The crude iron thus obtained is run into moulds, and then constitutes cast iron or pig iron, (ferrum fusum .) By the subsequent pro- cess of refining, (puddling, welding,) it is convert- ed into soft iron or wrought iron, (ferrum cu- sum.) Prop. Uses. The properties and uses of iron are too well known to require description. Its ap- plications in almost every branch of human indus- try, are almost infinite. It is remarkably ductile, and possesses great tenacity, but it is less mallea- ble than many of the other metals. Its sp. gr. is 7-788. It is the hardest of all of the malleable and ductile metals, and when combined with carbon or silica, (steel,) admits of being tempered to al most any degree of hardness or elasticity. Iron- filings, (ferri limaturce,) iron-turnings, (ferri r amenta, ferri scobs,) and iron- wire, (ferri filum,) are the forms under whic'n. ->on is ordered in the pharmacopoeias. The last is only used in preparations, but the others are also taken. Dose. Of the filings 5 to 10 grs., in chlorosis, &c. For medical purposes, iron-filings and turnings should be purified by washing, drying, and separating them from particles of copper and other metals, by laying a sieve over them, and drawing them through it with a magnet. Tests. 1 . Metallic iron is attract^ by the mag- net. 2. It dissolves in muriatic and sulphuric acids, with the evolution of hydrogen gas. 3. Its oxides are also soluble in the acids. 4. The solu - tions of iron (ferruginous salts) yield a greenish white precipitate, subsequently turning red or brown, when treated with alkalis. 5. Aurochlo- ride of sodium gives a purple precipitate with solu tions of the protosalts of iron, and red prussiate of potash a blue one. 6. Prussiate of potash, under like circumstances, gives a pale blue one, or a full blue, if a little nitric acid has been previously add- ed. The protosalts may thus be all converted into persalts, and tested accordingly. 7. The persalts of iron yield a blue precipitate with yellow prus- siate of potash, but are unaffected by the red prus- siate ; sulphocyanic and meconic acids strike a red color ; gallic acid, tannic acid, and infusion or tincture of galls, a bluish black ; succinate and benzoate of ammonia, a yellowish one ; citric acid or a citrate, a pale red color, (transparent.) 8. Cochineal freed from fat by ether, and then di- gested in water, (or very weak spirit,) gives a so- lution which is colored violet by the protosalts of iron. (Kastner.) 9. Hydrosulplniret of ammonia gives a black precipitate. 10. Phosphate of soda precipitates the persalts white, and the protosalts blue. IRON, ACETATE OF. Acetate he fer, (Fr.) Acetato di Ferro, (Ital.) Feriw ace- tas, (Lat.) Prep. I. (P. D.) Sesquioxide of iron 1 part ; acetic acid 6 parts ; digest 3 days and filter. Tonic. Dose. 10 to 25 drops in water or wine. This preparation is a mixture of the proto- and per-acetate of iron. II. (Pyrolignite of iron. Iron liquor. Dyer's acetate of iron.) Prep. a. (Prof. Runge.) Eight suitable vessels are arranged one above another, like a staircase, so that the top of the upper one may rest over the one immediately below it, and so on of the others to the bottom one. ^The eiglfl IRQ 378 IRO vessels are now filled with old scraps of iron, and I the upper one with pyroligneous acid ; after half an hour this is drawn oft’ into the vessel next be- low it, and this again, after the lapse of another half hour, into the third, and so on until the last is emptied. The acid is now passed a second time through the vessels in the same way as before, and thus becomes more strongly impregnated with iron in a less time than by any other means, except the following: — h. (Dr. YV interfield.) This consists in employ- ing several wooden cylinders, resembling those used in the quick process of making vinegar; the space between the two perforated bottoms, usually filled with wood shavings, being occupied with scraps of iron. Pyroligneous acid is then passed through them, and the same system of ventilation observed as in tho manufacture of vinegar. (Ge- werbe-Blatt f. Sachsen.) c. Leave old scraps of iron in a cask of vinegar, ct pyroligneous acid, and employ occasional agi- tation, until a sufficiently strong solution is ob- tained. When th% deposite of tar on the iron hinders the solution, it may be burnt off. d. Add a solution of acetate of lime to another of green copperas, as long as a precipitate is formed ; decant. III. ( Protacetate .) Dissolve freshly precipita- ted protoxide or carbonate of iron in acetic acid, or add a solution of acetate of lime to another of protosulphate of iron, and evaporate out of con- tact with the air. Small green prismatic crys- tals. IV. ( Sesquiacetate . Peracetate.) Dissolve hy- drated peroxide of iron in acetic acid, or precipi- tate a solution of acetate of baryta by another of persulphate of iron. Uncrystallizable. Remarks. All the above, prepared with crude materials, are used as mordants by the dyers. IRON, ARSENITE OF. Prep. I. ( Protar - senite. Ferri arsenias .) Precipitate a solution of protosulphate of iron with another of arsenite of soda or ammonia ; wash and dry. A yellowish brown powder, used in medicine as a tonic, alter- ative, and febrifuge. II. ( Perarsenite . Sesquiar senite.) Prepared by precipitating peracetate of iron with arsenite of ammonia, or by boiling nitric acid on the prot- arsenite. Remarks. The arseniates of the iron may be formed in a similar way, from the arseniate of soda or ammonia. IRON, ALBUMINATE. Prep. I. (Las- saigne.) Precipitate a filtered solution of white of egg with another of persulphate of iron, wash the deposite in water, and dissolve it in alcohol, hold- ing caustic potassa in solution. II. (Cooley.) Dissolve well washed hydrated protoxide or peroxide of iron iq white of egg, di- luted with twice its weight of water, and filtered. Remarks. As a therapeutic agent, tho albumi- nate of iron is highly spoken of by M. Lassaigne and other high authorities, who recommend it as a preparation especially adapted by its nature, on theoretical grounds, for combining with tho tissues of the body. It will no doubt, ere long, tako a prominent situation among tho most esteemed of *ur chalybeatcs. J K( A M MONIO-CIILORIDE OF. Syn. Fkrro-chloride of Ammonia. Ammoniatkd Iron Kns V kn icris Boylei. Enb Marti*, (P. I 1780.) Flores martialks, (P. L. 1775.) Ferrum ammo niacale, (P. L. 1788.) Ferrum ammoniatlm, (F L. 1809 and 1824.) Ferri ammomo-culoridum, (P. L. 183G.) Flores Salis Ammon, aci Marti a* lis. Murias Ferri et Ammonia?. Prep. I. (P L.) Sesquioxide of iron ^iij j muriatic acid £ pint; digest in a proper vessel in a sand-bath for 2 hours, then add sal ammonia lb. iiss, dissolved in water 3 pints ; filter, evaporate to dryness, and reduce the mass to coarse ppwder. Orange-colored crystal- line grains. II. Rub sal ammoniac with twice its weight ot colcother or rust of iron, sublime with a quick sudden heat, and repeat the sublimation with fresh sal ammoniac as long as the flowers are well col- ored. Difficult to manage. Remarks. Ammonio-chtoride of iron “ is totally soluble in proof spirit and in water. Potassa add- ed to the solution thrdws down sesquic.xido of iron, and when added in excess, evolves a.nmonia.” (P. L.) Tonic. Emmenagogue and aperient. Dose. 5 to 15 grs. in glandular swellings, obstruc- tions, &-C. IRON, AMMONIO-TARTRATE OF. Syn Aikin’s Ammonio-tartrate of Iron. Tartrate of Iron and Ammonia. Ferro-tartrate of Am- monia. Ammonite Ferro-tartras, &c. Prep. Tartaric acid 1 part ; iron filings 3 parts ; digest in a sufficient quantity of hot water to barely cover the mixture for 2 or 3 days, observing to stir it frequently, and to add just enough water to allow the evolved gas to escape freely ; then add some liquor of ammonia, and continue the stirring ; dilute with water, decant, wash the undissolved portion of iron, filter the mixed liquors, and evapo- rate to dryness ; redissolve in water, add a little more ammonia, filter, and again gently evaporate to dryness, or to the consistence of a thick sirup, when it may be spread upon hot plates of glass, or on earthenware dishes, and dried in a stove- room, as directed for citrate of iron. Remarks. Glossy, brittle lamellae, or irregular pieces, deep garnet-colored, almost black, very soluble in water, and possessing a sweetish and slightly ferruginous taste. By repeated re-solution and evaporation its sweetness is increased, prob- ably from the conversion of a part of its acid into sugar. It contains more iron than a given weight of the sulphate of the same base. It is the most pleasant-tasted of all the preparations of iron, ex- cept the ammonio-citrate. (Aikin, Lond. Med. Gaz.) IRON, BENZOATES OF. Prepared by di- gesting the hydrated oxides in a hot solution of the acid, or from the benzoate of an alkali and a salt of iron by double decomposition. IRON, BRONZING OF. (See Browning of Gun Barrels, and Bronzing.) IRON, CARBONATE OF. Syn. Ferri Carbonas. This preparation is found in a crys- tallized state in tho mineral called Spathose iron, and in some chalybeate waters. Prep. Precipitate protosulphate of iron by add- ing a solution of carbonate of soda, well wash the green powder with water and dry it out of contact with the air. On tho slightest exposure it is con- verted into sesqi/ii ^idc of iron iro 379 IRO IRON, CARBONATE, (SACCHARINE.) Syn. Klauer’s Ferrum carbonicum sacchara- tum. Ferri Carbonas sacciiaratum. Prep. (P. E.) Sulphate of iron fiv ; carbonate of soda ; dissolve each separately in water 1 quart, mix the solutions, collect the precipitate, well wash it with cold water, drain on a cloth, squeeze out as much of the water as possible, and add powdered lump sugar §ij ; mix and dry at a temperature not much above 120° F. The whole operation should be performed as quickly as possible. A sweet-tasted greenish mass or powder, consisting chiefly of car- bonate of iron. It is one of the best of the cha- lybeates. Dose. 5 to 10 grs. When pure it should be “ easily soluble in muriatic acid with brisk ef- fervescence.” (P. E.) IRON, CHLORIDE OF. Syn. Ferri Chlo- ridu.m. Prep. I. (Proto chloride.) Dissolve iron filings or scales in muriatic acid, evaporate and crystallize. Soluble, green crystals. II. (Perchloride. Sesquichloride.) Dissolve sesquioxide or rust of iron in muriatic acid, evapo- rate to the consistence of a sirup, and crystallize. Red crystals. Remarks. Neither of the preceding is abso- lutely pure ; but by transmitting dry hydrochloric acid gas over iron heated to redness, a pure white crystalline protociiloride of iron is obtained ; and by the combustion of iron wire in chlorine gas, or by passing chlorine over heated iron, the pure perchloride of iron is formed. The proto- chloride is volatile at high temperatures, and the perchloride is dissipated by a heat a little above 212° F. The latter is soluble in water, alcohol,’ and ether, and is deliquescent. (See Tinct. of Sesquichloride of Iron.) IRON, IODIDES OF. Prep. I. (Protiodide of Iron. Iodide of do. Ioduret of do. Ferri Iodidum, P. L. Ferri Ioduretum.) a. (P. L.) Iodine ^vj ; iron filings ^ij ; water 4\ pints ; mix, boil in a sand-bath until the liquid turns to a pale green, filter, wash the residue with a little water, and evaporate the mixed liquors in an iron vessel, at 212°, to dryness. h. (P. E.) The Scotch college orders the solu- tion not to be filtered until evaporated to with- out removing the excess of iron, and then to be filtered as quickly as possible and put into a basin, which must be surrounded with 12 times its weight of quicklime, and placed in some convenient ap- paratus in which it may be accurately shut in a small space not communicating with the general atmosphere.. The whole must then be heated in a hot-air press, in a stove or otherwise, until the water be entirely evaporated, when the iodide of iron must be put into small dry-stoppered vials. Product excellent. Remarks. A great deal has been written and said about the preparation of iodide of iron, much of which is more amusing than instructive. There is in reality very little difficulty in the process. As soon as iodine and iron are mixed together un- der water, much heat is evolved, and if too much water be not used the combination is soon com- pleted, and the liquor merely requires to bo evapo- rated to dryness, out of contact with the air, at a heat not exceeding 212°. This is most cheaply and easily performed by employing a glass flask, with ? thin broad bottom and a narrow mouth, by whicl^means the evolved steam will exclude aii from The vessel. I have adopted the following formula with excellent results : — Iodine 18 oz. ; iron wire or filings 6 or 7 oz. ; water about 1 quart ; mix in a glass or stoneware jug, agitate with an iron rod, (cautiously ;) when the temper- ature of the liquid will rise considerably, and the combination be completed in 20 or 30 ihinutes, without the application of external heat. When the liquor assumes a pale green color, decant il into a glass flask with a thin bottom, wash the remaining iron with a little water, filter, and add it to that already in the flask. Apply the heat of a sand-bath, or a rose gas jet, (preferably the former,) and evaporate to the consistence of a sirup as quickly as possible, then remove the flask into a water-bath containing ^ salt and evaporate to dryness, observing not to stir the mass during the latter part of the process. The whole of the uncombined water may be known to be evapo- rated when vapor ceases to condense on a piece of cold glass held over the mouth of the flask ; a piece of moistened starch paper occasionally ap- plied in the same way, will indicate whether free iodine be evolved ; should such be the case, the heat should be immediately lessened. When the evaporation is completed, the mouth of the flask should be stopped up by laying a piece of sheet Indian rubber on it, and over that ^ flat weight ; the flask must be then removed, and when cold broken to pieces, the iodide weighed, and put into dry and warm stoppered wide-mouth glass vials, which must be immediately closed, tied over with bladder, and the stoppers dipped into melted wax. Iodide of iron “evolves violet vapors by heat, and sesquioxide of iron remains. When freshly made it is totally soluble in water, and from this solution when kept in a badly stoppered vessel, sesquioxide of iron is very soon precipitated ; but with iron wire immersed in it, it may be kept clear in a well-stoppered vessel.”- (P. L.) “ En- tirely soluble in water, or nearly so, forming a greenish solution.” (P. E.) Its dilute solution should be colorless. (A. J. C.) Dose. 1 to 3 grs. or more. It is tonic, stimu- lant, and resolvent, and has been given with ad- vantage in debility, scrofula, and various glandular affections. II. (’ Periodide .) Freely expose a solution of protiodide of iron to the air ; or digest iodine in ex- cess on iron under water, gently evaporate, and sublime. A deliquescent, volatile red compound, soluble in water and alcohol. IRON, LACTATE. Syn. Protolactate of Iron. Ferri lactas. Prep. I. (Rassman.) Boil iron filings in lactic acid diluted with water till gas ceases to be evolved, filter while hot into a suitable vessel, which must then bo closely stopped ; as the solution cools, crystals will be deposited, and these must be washed with a little cold water, then with alcohol, and lastly dried. The mother-liquor di- gested as before with fresh iron will yield more crystals. (Buchner’s Rep.) II. (Pagcnstecher.) Lactate of lime prepared from sour milk is dissolved in water, and carbonate of ammonia added till it ceases to produce a pre- cipitate ; the liquid is now filtered, and concen- trated by heat till it acquires the consistence of a sirup ; it is then mixed with 6 times its weight ol 1RO 380 JRO alcohol of sp. gr. *879, and a concentrated solution of protochloride of iron added, containing a quan- tity of the salt equal to 38§ of the lactate of lime employed. In about 36 hours the mixed liquid will have deposited all its lactate of iron in minute crystals, which may bo obtained by strairting and pressure between the folds of bibulous paper. It is a mild chalybeate, nearly insoluble in cold water. IRON, OXIDES OF. Prep. I. ( Protoxide .) This oxide is precipitated from solutions of the pro- tosalts of iron, as a white hydrate by pure alkalis, and as a white carbonate by the alkaline carbon- ates ; both of which turn first green and then red by exposure to the air. It readily dissolves in the acids forming protosalts of iron. II. ( Sesquioxidc . Peroxide. Red oxide .) — 1. By precipitation. ( Carbonate of iron. Sub- carbonate of do. Precipitated carbonate of do. Ferri sesquioxidum, P. L. Ferri oxy- dum rubrum , P. E. Ferri carbonas, P. 1). Oxydc dc Fer rouge; Carbonate de Fer, Fr Kohlensaurcs eisen Rost, Ger.) By precipi- tating a solution of sulphate of iron with another of carbonate of soda, washing thoroughly the pre- cipitate with water, and drying it. The London College orders of sulphate of iron lb. iv ; carbonate of soda lb. iv ^ij ; boiling water 6 i'&done ; — the Edinburgh, sulphate of iron ^iv ;• carbonate of soda £v ; wat^er 4 pints ; — the Dublin, sulphate of iron 25 parts ; carbonate of soda 26 parts ; water 800 parts. A greenish brown powder, reddening by exposure to air and to heat. 2. By calcination. ( Crocus . Crocus martis. Colcothar. Trip. Brown red. Indian red. Rouge. Jewellers’ do. Caput mortuum vitrioli. Crocus martis astringens. Do. do. sulphuratus. Portee d'acier. Terra dulcis vitrioli. Ferrum oxydum rubrum, P. D. Rouge d'Angleterre ; Oxyde de Fer rouge, Fr. Rothes eisenoxyd, Ger.) a. (P. D.) Calcine sulphate of iron, then roast it with a strong fire until acid vapors cease to rise, cool, wash with water till the latter ceases to affect litmus, and dry. b. (Berzelius.) Green sulphate of iron 100 parts • common salt 42 parts ; calcine, wash well with water, dry, and levigate the residuum. This pro- cess yields a cheap and beautiful product, which is frequently sold for the sesquioxide, P. L., but is less soluble. 3. From metallic iron. ( Rust of iron. Crude carbonate, or hydrated sesquioxide of iron. Ferri rubigo, P. D.) Moisten iron wire cut into pieces with water, and expose it to the air until corroded into rust, then grind, elutriate, and dry. Iron filings may be used for wire. It is usually made ip into small conical loaves. Remarks. Sesquioxide of iron, prepared by pre- cipitation, is an impalpable powder, of a brownish red color, odorless, insoluble in water, and possess- ing a slightly styptic taste, especially when recently prepared. When exposed to heat, its color is brightened, its sp. gr. increased, and it is rendered less easily soluble in acids. The sesquioxido pre- pared by calcination is darker and brighter colored, less soluble, and quite tasteless. It has either a scarlet or purplish cast, according to the heat to which it lias been exposed. The finest Indian red or crocus usually undergoes a second calcimtion, In which it is exposed to a very intenso heat. The best jewellers' rouge is prepared by calcining th« precipitated oxide until it becomes scarlet. The rust of iron contains some combined water, and is moro solublo than the oxide prepared by calcina tion. Uses, c J’C. Tho precipitated oxide is employed in medicine as a tonic and emmenagoguc in doses of 10 to 30 grs. ; and in tic douloureux, in doses et 3j to 3iv, mixed up with honey. It is also em- ployed to make somo preparations of iron. Rust of iron is likewise used in the same way. The calcined oxido is employed as a pigment, as an in- gredient in a plaster, &c. III. ( Black oxide. Magnetic oxide. Martial Ethiops. AZthiops martialis. Ferri oxidum nigrum, P. E. Oxydum ferroso-f crricum, Ber- zelius. L' Oxide noir de fer, Fr. Schwarzcsges auertes eisen, Ger.) Prep. I. (P. E.) Sulphate of iron §vj ; oil of vitriol f 3ij f 3ij ; nitric acid f3iv ; liquor of ammonia (fort.) fivss ; boiling wa- ter 3 pints ; dissolve half the sulphate in half of the water, add the oil of vitriol, boil, add the nitric acid gradually, boiling after each addition for a few minutes ; dissolve the remaining half of the sul- phate of iron in the rest of the boiling water ; mix the two solutions and add the ammonia, stirring well all the time ; collect the precipitate on a cal- ico filter, wash with water till the latter ceases to affect nitrate of baryta water, and dry at a heat not exceeding 180° F. The formula? of Gregory and Dr. Jephson are similar. II. The Dublin College orders it to be prepared by washing the black scales of iron (Ferri oxydi •squamee) that fall around the smith’s anvils, drying, detaching them from impurities by means of a magnet, then grinding, elutriating, and drying. This process is the cheaper of the two, but the product is inferior as a medicine, being less easily soluble. Remarks. When pure it is attracted by the mag- net, and entirely soluble in muriatic acid ; and ammonia added to the solution throws down a black precipitate, (P. E.) Dose. 5 to 20 grains two or three times a day. IV. Hydrated peroxide. Do. Sesquioxide Ferrugo, P. E. Hydrate de peroxide de Fer , Fr. Eisen oxydhydrat, Ger. Prep. (P. E.) Sulphate of iron §iv ; oil of vitriol f^iiiss ; water 1 quart ; mix, dissolve, and boil, then gradually add nitric acid f3ix ; stirring well and boiling for a minute or two after each addition, until the liquor yields a yellowish-brown precipitate with ammo- nia, when it must be filtered and precipitated with liquor of ammonia (fort.) ^iiiss, rapidly added and well mixed in ; collect, wash well with water, drain on a calico filter, and dry at a heat not ex- ceeding 180° F. ; when intended as an antidote for arsenic it should not be dried, but kept in the moist or gelatinous state. Remarks. Very soluble in acids. As an antidote for arsenic 1 tablespoonful of the moist oxide may bo given every 5 or 10 minutes, or as often as the patient can swallow it. (Pereira.) When this preparation cannot be obtained, rust of iron , or even the dry carbonate, (sesquioxide,) may be given along with water insteac^ 12 parts of the hydrated oxide of iron aro required to neutralize 1 part of ursonious acid. (Dr Maclagan.) We are indebted to Messrs. Bunsen and Be^thold for Uia ]R0 381 ISA introduction of this substance as an antidote to arsenic. Dose. As a tonic, 5 to 20 grs. The rust of iron is also a hydrated oxide, but is less soluble than that recently precipitated from its solution in an acid. IRON, PERNITRATE. Syn. Ferri perni- tras. Ferri persesquinitras. Prep. Digest iron in nitric acid diluted with water, until saturated. It has been given in diarrhoea. IRON, PERSULPHATE. Syn. Tritosul- fate de fer. Persesqui-sulpiiate of Iron. Ferri persulphas. Prep. The liquor, before the addition of the ammonia in the last article but one, is a solution of persulphate of iron , which may be evaporated. This salt is also formed when proto- sulphate of iron is calcined with free exposure to the air. Dissolved in water it is used as a test for prussic, gallic, tannic, and boletic acids. IRON, PHOSPHATE. Syn. Ferri phosphas. Frep. Precipitate a solution of sulphate of iron by another of phosphate of soda ; wash and dry. A blue powder, frequently called the Proto-phos- phate of iron. The Perphosphate of Iron, ( Ses - qui-phosphate of iron, Oxyphosphate of iron, Ferri phosphas tritoxydi, Ferri sesquiphosphas ,) is a white powder, obtained by precipitating sesqui- chloride of iron by phosphate of soda. Both the above are given in scrofula and cancer. Dose, 10 to 15 grs. IRON, POTASSIO-TARTRATE OF. Syn. Tartrate of Potash and Iron. Tartrate of Iron. Ferro-tartrate of Potassa. Cremo- tartrate of Iron. Ferri potassio-tartras, (P. L.) Ferrum tartarizatum, (P. E.) Ferri tar- tarum, (P. D.) Tartrate de Fer et de Potasse, ( Fr .) Eisenweinstein, ( Ger .) Prep. I. (P. L.) Boil freshly precipitated sesquioxide of iron with a solution of cream of tartar, till it ceases to be dis- solved ; then filter, and if the liquor reddens litmus paper, add a solution of sesquicarbonate of ammo- nia to saturation ; again strain, and evaporate to dryness. II. (P. D.) Iron wire (filings) 1 part; bitartrate of potash, in fine powder, 4 parts ; distilled water 8 parts, or q. s. ; mix, expose the mass to the air in a shallow vessel for 15 days, occasionally stir- ring, and adding enough water to keep the mass moist ; lastly, boil the magma in water, filter, and evaporate. Remarks. This preparation is a double salt of iron and potassa ; it is therefore wrongly called tartrate of iron. It should be “ totally soluble in water, neutral to litmus, unaffected by yellow prussiate of potash, and not precipitated by acids nor alkalis, . nor acted on by the magnet.” (P. L.) “ Entirely soluble in cold water ; taste, feebly chalybeate.” (P. E.) An excellent ferruginous tonic. Dose. 10 to 30 grs. made into a bolus with aromatics. IRON, SULPHATE OF. Syn. Copperas. Green Vitriol. Protosulphate of Iron. Vit- riol of Mars. Salt of Mars. Vitriolated Iron. Vitriolum viride. Vitriolum Maiitis. Sal Martis. Ferrum vitriolatum. Vitriolum vuloare Anglicanum. Vitriolum Ferri. Vit- riolum Ferratu.v^ Ferri Sulphas, (P. L. E. and I).) Couperose verte ; Sulphate de Fer, (Fr.) SCHWEFELSAURES ElSEN-OXYDUL, ElSEN VITRIOL, 'Ger.) Chalcantiium, (Pliny.) Prep. ( Ferri sulphas, P. L., medicinal sulphate of iron.) Iron filings §viij ; sulphuric acid ^xiv ; water 4 pints ; dissolvo,by heat, filter, set aside tc crystallize, and evaporate for more crystals. The Dublin College orders iron wire to be employed, and the Edinburgh College directs the transparent green crystals of* the copperas of commerce, to be dissolved in their own weight of boiling water, acidulated with sulphuric acid, and recrystallized. Remarks. It should be perfectly soluble in wa> ter, and a piece of iron put into the solution should not precipitate metallic copper. (P. L.) Sulphate of iron prepared by dissolving iron wire or filings in the acid, should alone be used in medicine. It is very astringent. Dose. From £ gr. to 5 grs., in pills or solution. Commercial sulphate of iron (copperas) is used in dyeing, and for various other purposes in the arts. (See Copperas.) IRON, SULPHATE OF, (DRIED.) Syn. Ferri Sulphas exsiccatum, (P. E.) Prep See Copperas, calcined, p. 219. It is used to make pills. 5 parts of the crystallized sulphate lose very nearly 2 parts by drying. IRON, SULPHURET OF. Syn. Chalybs cum Sulphure. Sulphuretum Ferri, (P. E. and D.) Prep. Expose a bar of iron to a full white heat, and instantly apply a srs.id mass of sulphur to it, observing to let the melted product fall into water ; separate the sulphuret from the sulphur, dry, and preserve it in closed vessels. (P. E. & D.) It may also be made for pharmaceutical purposes, by heating a mixture of 1 part of sublimed sulphur and 3 parts of iron filings in a common fire, till the mixture begins to glow, and then removing the crucible and covering it, until the action shall come to an end. (P. E.) Remarks. Several other sulphurets of iron are prepared by chemists The tetrasulpiiuret is made by transmitting hydrogen gas over dry disul- phate of peroxide of iron ; — the disulphur et by a like treatment of the dry protosulphate of iron. (Arfwedson.) — The protosulphuret of iron is made by heating 28 parts of iron filings with 16 parts of sulphur in a crucible, in the way above described ; or by precipitating a solution of proto- sulphate of iron by hydrosulphate of ammonia. — The sesquisulphuret is made by dropping a solu- tion of perchloride of iron into another of hydro- sulphate of ammonia, when this compound falls as a black precipitate. — The bisulphuret of iron (iron pyrites) is found in large quantities in' the mineral kingdom. — Magnetic iron pyrites is a mix- ed sulphuret of iron found in nature. All the com- pounds of iron and sulphur, except the bisulphuret, yield sulphureted hydrogen, when treated with sulphuric or muriatic acid ; hence their frequent employment in chemistry for that purpose. Equal parts of sulphur and iron filings melted together in a covered crucible, form a compound frequently used for copying medals, &c. It melts easily, and takes sharp casts, and may be colored red with vermilion. Native iron pyrites is also called Brass- balls, Horse gold, Copperas-balls, Pyrites Ferri, &c. ISATIC ACID. Prepared from isatine by so- lution in caustic potassa, the application of heat till the purple color passes into yellow, evaporation, and crystallization. The Isatate of Potassa thus obtained is then dissolved in alcohol, recrystallized, ITC 382 JAL the crystals dissolved in water, the solution pre- cipitated with acetate oflead, and the white pow- der (Isatate of lead) diffused through water, and sulphureted hydrogen passed through the liquid, when a solution of isatic acid is obtained, which by spontaneous evaporation yields a whito semi-crystalline powder. Isatic acid is soluble in cold water, but is decomposed when the solution is heated. It forms salts with'the bases called Isatatf.s. ISATINE. A product of tho oxidation of indi- go, discovered by Erdman and Laurent. It is ob- tained by heating finely-powdered indigo with a mixture of equal parts of sulphuric acid and bichro- mate of potash in 25 parts of water ; a deep brown liquid is formed, which, on cooling, deposites crys- tals of isatine. These are purified by recrystalliza- tion, first, in water, and then in alcohol. It forms lustrous orange red crystals, soluble in water and alcohol. Alkalis convert it into isatic acid , and chlorine into Cijlorisatine and Bichlorisatine. IS AT YD E. This name has been given by Erd- man to a yellowish powder obtained by dissolving isatine in hydrosulphuret of ammonia : it is deposit- ed as tho liqubr cools. ISETHIONIC ACID, AND ETHIONIC ACID. Two new acids obtained by Magnus, by treating alcohol with a hydrous sulphuric acid in the cold, diluting with water, neutralizing with carbonate of baryta, filtering, evaporating to a sirup, adding alcohol, and cautiously decomposing the whole precipitate (ethionate of baryta) with sulphuric acid, when a solution of ethionic acid is formed ; when this solution is boiled, it is convert- ed into sulphuric acid and isethionic acid. The latter acid may also be formed by saturating pure ether with dry sulphuric acid, adding water, sep- arating the fctratum below the ether, neutralizing with baryta, evaporating (below 212°) till crystals begin to appear, adding absolute alcohol, dissolving in water, again precipitating by alcohol, dissolving a third time in water, and then precipitating the baryta with sulphuric acid. The first acid forms salts termed Isethionates with the^bases ; the lat- ter Ethionates. By cautious evaporation, isethi- onic acid forms a viscid oily liquid. ITACONIC ACID. Pyrocitric acid, obtained by the action of heat on aconitic acid. ITCH. Syn. Scabies, Psora, ( Lat .) Gale, ( Fr .) There are four varieties of itch, distinguish- ed by nosologists by the names scabies papulifor- inis, or rank itch ; scabies lymphatica, or watery itch ; scabies purulenta, or pocky itch ; scabies cachectica, a species exhibiting appearances resem- bling each of the previous varieties. Our space will not permit moro than a general notice of the common symptoms, and the mode of cure which is equally applicable to each species, and will not prove injurious to other skin-diseases simulating the itch. Tho common itch consists of an eruption of minute vesicles, principally between tho fingers, bend of the wrist, &c., accompanied by intense itching of the parts, which is only aggravated by scratching. It is most readily cured by the re- peated application of sulphur ointment, (simple or compound,) which should bo well rubbed in, once or twice a day, until a euro is effected ; accompa- nying its use by the internal exhibition of a spoon- ful or more of flowers of sulphur, mixed with trea- cle or milk, night and morning. Where tho ex- ternal use of sulphur is objectionable, on account of its smell, a lotion or bath of sulphuret of potas- sium, or of chlorido of lime, may be employed in- stead. (See Baths, Lotions, arid Ointments.) JAGGERIES. 1. Cocoa jaggery, T6i\n6 vdl lum.) Raw sugar made from cocoanut toddy by evaporation. — 2. Palmyra jaggery , (Pannay val- lum,) from Palmyra toddy, as last ; G pints yield 1 lb. — 3. Malabar jaggery, (Koondee panei v6I- lum,) from Malabar toddy.— 4. Mysore jaggery , from Mysore toddy ; 17 gallons yield 4G lbs. All are used as raw sugar. JALAP. The jalap ipomma ( ipomaia purga vel jalapa) contains the following substances, which have been proposed as remedies: — JALAPIC ACID. Prep. Add an alcoholic solution of acetate of lead to a similar solution of* jalap resin, collect the precipitate, and throw down the lead by means of sulphureted hydrogen. Solu- ble in alcohol and alkalis, and slightly so in ether. Jalap root contains 13-g of jalapic acid. JALAPIN. Syn. Jalapina. Prep. I. Add an alcoholic solution of acetate of lead to an alco- holic solution of jalap resin as long as a precipitate (jalapate of lead) is formed ; filter ; the liquid is a solution of acetate of jalapine, which, after the removal of the acetic acid and excess ol lead, and evaporation to dryness, yields jalapin. A trans- parent, colorless resin, very soluble in alcohol. Purgative. II. (Hume.) Digest coarsely-powdered jalap in strong acetic acid for 14 days, add ammonia in excess, agitate strongly, filter, wash the deposite in cold water, redissolve in acetic acid, reprecipitate by ammonia, wash, and dry. JALAP RESIN. Prep. I. (M. Planche) Digest bruised or coarsely-powdered jalap in alco- hol or rectified spirit of wine for some days, then express the tincture, add water, wash the precipi- tated resin with warm water, dry in a water-bath, dissolve the resin in alcohol, add a little animal charcoal, agitate, filter, and evaporate to dryness. II. (M. A. Nativelle.) Digest jalap root in boiling water for 24 hours, then reduce it to thin slices, add more water, and boil for 10 minutes, agitating the mixture occasionally ; express the liquid in a tincture press, and repeat the boiling and pressing a second and a third time. These decoctions by evaporation yield aqueous extract of jalap. The pressed root is now placed in an alem- bic, and alcohol at 65° C. added, the whole boiled for 10 minutes, and then allowed to cool ; the tincture is next pressed out, and the boiling with fresh alcohol and expression is repeated twice ; a little animal charcoal is then added to the mixed tinctures, and, after thorough agitation, the latter are filtered ; the spirit is then distilled until nothing passes over, the supernatant liquor is next poured off the fluid resin, and the latter dried by spreading it over tho surface of the capsule, and continuing the heat. Tho product is a friable and nearly colorless resin, winch forms a white powder re- sembling starcli. 1 kilogramme of jalap root yields 100 grammes of pure resin. „ Earthenware, or well-tinned copper vessels must alone bo used in the above process, as con tact with copper or iron turns the resin black anc JAM 383 JEL uus tinge can only be removed by re-solution in alcohol, the addition of animal charcoal, and ro- e vapor at ion. Remarks. Jalap resin is soluble in alcohol. It is a Jalapate of Jalapin (Buchner and Herber- ger.) The jalap resin of commerce is generally adulterated with scammony, gum guaiacum, or rosin. When in a state of purity, it does not form an emulsion with milk, but runs into a solid mass, which is not the case with scammony resin. It is also insoluble in fixed oils and turpentine ; whereas the corrimon resins are freely soluble in those men- strua. Its alcoholic solution dropped on a piece of absorbent white paper, and exposed to the ac- tion of nitrous gas, does not acquire a green or blue color ; if it does, guaiacum resin is present. 2§ of this adulteration may be thus detected. (M. Gobley.) Jalap resin is insoluble in ether ; but » guaiacum resin, common resin, and some others are so ; the decanted ether should not become ^Dalescent when mixed with water, and should evaporate without leaving any residuum. Powder- ed jalap resin placed in cold water does not dis- solve, but forms a semi-fluid, transparent mass, as if it had been melted ; this characteristic distin- guishes it from other resins. An energetic cathar- tic. Dose. 1 to 5 grs. JALAP RESIN, (FACTITIOUS.) A sub- stance frequently sold for jalap resin is made by fusing a mixture of pale yellow rosin ( white rosin ) and scammony resin, and adding, when cooled a little, but still semi-fluid, a few drops of balsam of Peru or tolu ; the mixture is then poured into small paper capsules or tin moulds. Its effects resemble those of jalap resin, but it inflames less. (X. Lan- derer.) JAMAICINE. Syn. Jamacina. A peculiar alkaloid obtained by Huttenschmidt from cabbage- bark, ( cortex ardiraz inermis .) It is a brownish yellow, crystalline substance soluble in water and alcohol ; fusible, and very bitter tasted. It forms salts with the acids, which, in small doses, produce restlessness and trembling ; and in larger ones, purging. It is said to be vermifuge. JAMS. (In Confectionary.) Conserves of fruit and sugar. They are all made by boiling either the pulped or bruised fruit over the fire along with £ its weight to an equal weight of loaf sugar, until the mixture jellies, when a little is placed on a cold plate. When sufficiently thick, the semi- fluid mass should be passed through a coarse hair- sieve while hot, to remove the stones and skins of the fruit, and then poured into pots or glasses. It is usual to tie paper over the latter dipped in brandy. The following are the principal jams : — Apricot jam. 6 dozen apricots, stoned and pared, or flesh of apricots, 2 \ lbs. ; white sugar 2 to 3 lbs. ; yields about lbs. of jam. Cherry jam. Stoned'eherries 4 lbs. ; white sugar 2 lbs. ; about 2 lbs. of red currants, or a pint of currant juice improves it. Gooseberry jam. Picked and stalked gooseberries (red or yellow) 22 lbs. ; white sugar 12 lbs. Pro- duct. 26 lbs. Orleans plum jam. Equal weight of fruit and sugar ; the addition of a few ripe gooseberries and raspberries improves it. Raspberry jam. Picked raspberries and white sugar, of each 14 lbs. Product. 26 lbs. A littla white or red currant juice improves this jam. Strawberry jam. As the last, either with oi without the addition of currant juice. JAPAN, BLACK. Prep. I. Burnt umber 8 oz. ; true asphaltum 3 or 4 oz. ; boiled linseed oil 1 gallon ; grind the umber with a little of the oil ; add it to the asphaltum, previously dissolved in a small quantity of the oil by heat ; mix, add the re- mainder of the oil, boil, cool, and thin with a suffi- cient quantity of oil of turpentine. Flexible. II. Shellac 1 oz. ; wood naphtha 4 oz. ; lamp- black to color ; dissolve. Inflexible. Both are used for leather. JAPAN, TRANSPARENT. Prep. Oil of turpentine 8 oz. ; oil of lavender 6 oz. ; camphor 1 dr. ; bruised copal 2 oz*; dissolve. Used for ja- panning tin ; quick-drying copal varnish is usually substituted. JAPANNING. (From Japan, the country where this art originated.) The art of covering paper, wood, or metal -with a coating of hard, bril- liant, and durable varnish. Proc. The material is colored or painted with various devices, as may be desired, next covered with a highly transparent varnish, (copal,) dried at a high temperature, and then polished. Wood and paper are first sized, polished, and var- nished. JAPONIC ACID. When catechine is exposed to the air in contact with caustic alkalis, black solutions ( alkaline japonates ) are formed ; with carbonated alkalis, red solutions, ( alkaline rubi- nates ;) the acid of the former may be separated, and forms a black powder. (See Catechine.) JATROPHIC ACID. Syn. Crotonic Acid. * A peculiar fatty acid, constituting the cathartic and poisonous ingredient of croton oil and seeds. It is volatile, very acid, has a nauseous odor, solid at 23° F., and vaporizes at 35° F. It forms salts called Jatropates, or Crotonates with the bases. JAUMANGE. Prep. Isinglass I oz. ; boiling water 10 or 12 oz. ; dissolve ; add any white sweet wine ^ pint, the yelks of 2 eggs beaten to a froth, and the grated yellow peel of 2 lemons ; mix well, and boil over the fire to thicken, stirring all the time. JAUNDICE. Syn. Icterus. In Pathology, a disease characterized by a yellow color of the eyes and skin, deep-colored urine, and pale alvine evacuations. It appears to arise from a disordered action of the biliary organs. Saline aperients, and small doses of blue-pill, followed by tonics, are the best remedies. Their action should be promoted by the copious use of diluents, (as saline waters,) and exercise in the open air. When there is much pain and vomiting, anodynes (as opium, morphia, &c.) may be administered. JELLIES. (See Gelatin, and the following articles.) *** Jellies may be colored in the same way as cakes, (see page 153,) and rendered transparent by clarification with white of egg. See Calves' feet Jelly. JELLY, ALMOND. Syn. Gelatina amyo- d aim rum. Prep. Blanched sweet almonds and white sugar, of each 1 oz. ; water 4 oz. ; make an emulsion, strain, and add melted hartshorn jelly / JEL 384 JEL lb. ; orange-flower water 1 dr. ; and essence of lemon 2 or 3 drops ; mix well. • JELLY, ARROW ROOT. Syn. Made Ar- row Root. Gelatina marantas. Prep. Arrow root 1 oz. ; rub to a smooth paste with a spoonful or two of cold water, then gradually add of boiling water half a pint, stirring all the while. It may be thinned with more water, if required, and fla- vored with milk, wine, sugar, and spices, accord- ing to the palate of the consumer. Tous lks mojs jelly is made in the same way. JELLY, BISCUIT. Prep. White biscuit, crushed beneath the rolling-pin, 4 oz. ; cold water 2 quarts ; soak for some hours, boil to one half, strain, evaporate to 1 pint, add white sugar 1 lb. ; red wine 4 oz., and cinnamon. 1 oz. Given in weakness of the stomach, and in dysentery and diarrhoea. JELLY, BREAD. Syn. Panada. Gelatina Ranis. Prep. Cut a French roll into slices, toast them on each side, and boil in one quart of water, until the whole forms a jelly, adding more water if required; strain, and flavor as above. Very nu- tritious. It may be made with broth from which the fat has been skimmed, instead of water. JELLY, BROTH. Syn. Soup Jelly. Broth, or soup from which the fat lias been skimmed, evaporated until it becomes gelatinous on cooling See Soup, portable. JELLY, CALVES’ FEET. (See p. 15G.) • JELLY, CEYLON MOSS. Syn. Gelatina Fuci Amylacei. Prep. (Dr. Sigmond.) Boil Ceylon moss gss in water one quart, for 25 minutes, or till the liquid jellies on cooling ; strain and flavor. JELLY, CORSICAN MOSS. Syn. Gela- tina Helmintiiocorti. Prep. (P. Cod.) Corsican wormweed or moss §j ; water q. s. to yield ^Viij ; boil for one hour ; strain, add isinglass previously soaked in a little water, 5j ; refined sugar §ij ; white wine ffij. Vermifuge. JELLY, GRAVY. By evaporating meat gra- vies. JELLY, HARTSHORN. Syn. Gelatina Cornu Cervi. Prep. (P. Cod.) Hartshorn sha- vings ^viij ; wash in water, then boil in clean water 3 pints, till reduced to one half ; strain, press, add sugar §iv, the juice of one lemon, and the white of an egg beat up with a little cold water ; mix well, clarify by heat, evaporate till it jellies on cooling, then add the peel of the lemon, and set in a cool place. It may be flavored with wine, and any of the spices. Very nutritious. JELLY, ICELAND MOSS. Syn. Gelatina Liciienis. Prep. (P. Cod.) Iceland moss §ij ; soak for 1 or 2 days in cold water, then boil for one hour in water q. s. to yield a strong solution ; strain, decant the clear after repose, apply heat, dissolve therein isinglass 3j, evaporate to a proper consistence, put it into pots, and set them in a cool place. Nutritious. Recommended in phthisis. The jflly of Iceland moss and cinchona (Gelatina lichcnis cum cinchona, P. Cod.) is made by adding Jvj of sirup of cinchona to the above. JELLY, IRISH MOSS. Syn. Gelatina Ciiondri. Prep. Soak Irish moss (carrageen) in cold water, then boil in water ono quart to a proper consistence ; strain, and flavor. Nutritious. JELLY, ISINGLASS. Syn. Confection- er's Jelly. Gelatina Ictiiyocollas. Prep. Isinglass dissolved in water by boiling, and cvudo* rated till it jellies on cooling. To render it quite transparent, it should be clarified with white of egg. (See Calves’ Feet Jelly.) Milk, wine, and spices may bo added, according to taste. 1 $ oz. of good isinglass makes a pint of very strong jelly. (See Blancmange.) JELLY, RESTORATIVE. (Dr. Radcliffe.) Prep. Boil a leg of pork in water 3 gallons, till reduced to 1 gallon, pour off the liquid, when cold remove tho fat, add £ oz. each of mace and nut- megs, again boil, and strain. * JELLY, RICE. Syn. Creme de Riz. Rice 3 spoonfuls ; boil in water, add 10 sweet and 5 bit- ter almonds, and enough sugar ; make an emul- sion, and flavor with cinnamon or orange-flowe{ water. JELLY, SAGO. Soak sago in cold water ono hour, strain, and boil in fresh water till it becomes « transparent ; then add Wine, sugar, clear broth, milk, or spices, to flavor. 1 oz. of sago makes a pint of jelly. JELLY, TAPIOCA. As the last. It may be flavored with lemon juice and peel, wine, or spices at pleasure. 1 oz. of tapioca makes a pint of jelly. JELLIES, FRUIT. These are all prepared by boiling the strained juice of the fruit mixed with about half its weight of refined sugar, until it jel- lies on cooling, observing to carefully remove the * scum as it rises. The process should be conducted by a gentle heat, and it is preferable not to add the sugar until the juice is somewhat concentrated, as by lengthened boiling the quality of the sugar is injured. Jellies are placed in pots or glasses, like jams The following are the principal frui t jellies : — Apple jelly. Strained apple juice 1 quart; su- gar 1 lb. ; boil to a jelly. When apple juice can- not be obtained, the fruit may be boiled with suffi- cient water to cover it, and the liquor pressed out and used as juice. Barberry jelly. (Gelatina berberorum, P. E. 1744. Rob de berberis.) Barberries and refined sugar equal parts ; as last. One pint of the strained juice to sugar 6 or 8 oz. makes a better jelly. Cherry jelly. 1. Cornelian cherry jelly, ( Rob dr cornis .) Cornelian cherries 1 lb. ; water ^ pint ; bruise, boil, strain ; add sugar 6 oz., and boil till the liquid jellies. — 2. Kentish cherry jelly, (Rob de cerasis .) Strained juice 1 pint ; refined sugar 6 oz. ; boil down as before. Currant jelly, (Rob de ribes.) 1. Juice of any variety of currants 1 pint ; white sugar 6 to 8 oz. ; as before. Black currant juice requires the most sugar ; some add twice the above quantity of sugar to either sort. — 2. Strained juice and powdered re- fined sugar equal parts ; mix, stir for 3 or 4 hours, and put it into glasses ; in about 3 days it will con- crete into a jelly. Other fruit juice may be treated in tho same way, especially gooseberry juice. Elderberry jelly, (Rob of elderberries with su- gar. Rob baccarum sambuci cum saccharo.) 1. Juice of elderborries 4 lbs.; sugar 1 to 2 lbs. — 2. Juice 1 gallon ; sugar 5£ lbs. ; produces about one half tho weight of jelly. Gooseberry jelly. Dissolvo sugar in one third of its weight of water, by boiling ; it will be nearly solid when cold ; add an equal weight of goose- JUJL • 385 KAD bony juice, and boil as before. Much boiling pre- vents it gelatinizing. (See Currant Jelly.) lhjbiscus jelly. Juice and sugar equal parts. Lemon jelly. Isinglass 2 pz. ; water 1 quart, boil, add sugar 1 lb.; clarify, and when nearly cold, add the juice of 5 lemons, and the grated yel- low rinds of 2 oranges and 2 lemons ; mix well, strain off the peel, and put it into glasses. Orange jelly. Orange juice 1 pint ; let it stand over the grated yellow rind of 3 or 4 of the oranges for a few hours, then strain, and add loaf sugar £ lb. or more ; isinglass 2 oz., dissolved in water 1 pint ; mix, and put it into glasses before it cools. Plum jelly, (Rob prunorum acidorum.) Unripe plums 8 lbs. ; sugar G or 7 lbs. Ripe plums take less sugar. Punch jelly. Isinglass 2 oz. ; sugar If lbs. ; wa- ter 1 pint ; dissolve, add lemon juice ^ pint ; the peels of 2 lemons and 2 oranges, and f pint each of rum and brandy ; keep it in a covered vessel until cold, then liquefy it by a very gentle heat, strain, and pour it into moulds. A pleasant and deceptive way of swallowing alcohol. Quince jelly, (Gelatina cydoniorum. Rob cy- doniorum, P. E. 1744.) Quince jelly 3 lbs.; re- fined sugar 1 lb. ; boil to a jelly. Raspberry jelly. Juice 2 lbs. ; sugar 1 lb. ; boil down. Strawberry jelly is made the same way. *** The preceding fruit jams and jellies are re- frigerant and laxative ; they are mostly employed as relishes, &c. JERVIN. A peculiar alkaloid, found by Simon, associated with barytin, in the rhizomes of white hellebore. It forms salts with the acids. JUICE. Syn. Succu^, ( Lat .) Sue ; Jus, ( Fr .) The reader is referred to the article Vege- table Juices for the method of obtaining and pre- serving these liquids, especially the expressed juices employed in medicine, and termed alcoola- tures by the French. The principal juices of com- merce are — Citron Juice, ( succus citri, acetositas citras,) chiefly imported from Italy in large casks; — Lemon Juice, ( succus limonis ,) from lemons that spoil before they can be sold ; also imported ; — Orange Juice, ( succus aurantii,) obtained from the same sources as that of lemons. — Concentra- ted Orange Juice, ( succus spissatus aurantii, vel aurantiorum ,) and Concentrated Lemon Juice, ( succus spissatus limonum,) are prepared by evaporating the fresh juices of oranges and lemons, either alone or mixed with sugar, and are employed as substitutes for the fruit, where the latter cannot be obtained. JUICE, REFINED. Prep. Italian juice 4 lbs. ; gum arabic 1 lb. ; water q. s. ; dissolve, strain, gently evaporate to a pilular consistence, then roll into small cylinders, cut into lengths, and after- wards polish them by rubbing them together in a box. An inferior kind is made of equal parts of liquorice and common glue, but may readily be discovered by its less grateful taste. Expectorant ; used as a lozenge to allay coughs. (See Extract cf Liquorice.) JULEP. Syn. Julap. Julapium; Julepus, [Lat.) Julep, (Fr.) This term was formerly applied to those preparations at jyesent called mix- tures. (See Mixtures, and the following.) JULEP, ACID. Sijn. Julapium acidu.vi. Prep. 49 * (Fr. H.) Muriatic acid 3j ; simple sirup Jj ; wr ter £ pint ; mix. Dose. I or 2 tablespoon fuls 3 oi 4 times a day, after a course of mercury. JULEP, ANODYNE. Syn. Jul. Calmanb Potio anodyna. Prep. (P. Cod.) _ Lettuce wa- ter ^iv ; sirup of opium 3ij ; orange-flower water 3vj ; to lull pain. JULEP, CAMPHOR. Syn. Jul. Camphors. Prep. (Collier.) Camphor 25 grs. ; powdered gum fss ; simple or spearmint water §viij ; make an emulsion. Anodyne, sedative. Dose. 2 or 3 ta- blespoonfuls or more, in hysteria, chorea, stran- gury, &c. JULEP, DIAPHORETIC. Syn. Jul. dia- phoreticum. Prep. (E. H.) Compound mint wa- ter ^iv ; solution of acetate of ammonia §ij ; ses- quicarbonate of ammonia Oij ; white sugar 3vj to f j. Dose. 1 tablespoonful in fevers, &c. JULEP, GUM. Syn. Jul. Gummosum. Potio gummosa. Prep. (P. Cod.) Gum 3ij ; sirup of al- thea Jj ; orange-flower water fss ; water fiij ;' mix. Demulcent. Dose. A tablespoonful ad li- * bitum. JULEP, LEMON. Syn. Jul. Limonum. Prep. (Germ. H.) Barley-water 1^ pints; lemon sirup §ij ; sweet spirits of nitre 20 drops ; mix. Demul- cent and diaphoretic. JULEP, ROSE. Syn. Jul. Rosatum. Prep.. (P. Cod.) Sugar lb. ij ; rose-water lb. j ; dissolve and filter. A pleasant demulcent, especially if mucilage ^\v be added. Violet, Elder, and* Orange-flower Juleps, as well as several others from demulcent or odorous flowers, may be pre- pared in the same way, regulating the flavor by properly apportioning the quantity of distilled wa- ter ; simple water being added, if required, to make up the deficiency. JULEP, SQUILL. Syn. Jul. Scillas. Jul. SciLliticum. Prep> Sirup of squills ^ij ; swe^et fennel, aniseed, or pennyroyal-water §iv ; mix. In coughs and hoarseness. Dose. 1 or 2 tablespoon fuls every 3 or 4 hours. JULEP, SEDATIVE. Syn. Jul. Sedati vum. Prep. (Pierquin.) Camphor 6 grs. ; com pound spirit of sulphuric ether 3iss ; n‘itre 1 2 grs. ; orange-flower water fiij ; sirup of altnea 3iij ; si- rup of poppies 3ij ; mix. . „ JULEP, TONIC. Syn. Jul. Tonicuji. Prep. (Fr. H.) Sulphate of quinine 12 grs. ; water §iv ; add a few drops of dilute sulphuric to effect solu- tion ; when dissolved, further add compound tinc- ture of gentian f j ; and sirup of orange-peel or roses q. s. to make a six-ounce mixture. Dose. A tablespoonful 2 or 3 times a day. JUNKET, DEVONSHIRE. Prep. Put warm milk into a bowl ; turn it with a little rennet ; then add some scalded cream, sugar, and cinnamon on the top, without breaking the curd. KADODULE. (From kuk^s, bad, and iSuSr,, smell.) The theoretical radical of a series of com pounds, the best known of which is Cadet’s fuming liqiMr. The following is a brief notice of the prin- cipal of these substances : — Oxide of Kadodule. (Alfcarsine. Cadets fuming liquor.) Acetate of potassa and arsenioua acid, equal parts ; mix ; slowly heat to redness in a glass retort, placed in a sand-bath, and connect- ed with a receiver placed in a freezing mixture KAL 386 KET Separate the heavier liquid that distils over, agi- tate it with water, and rectify it along with caustic potassa, in an atmosphere of carbonic acid. By a second rectification over lime or baryta it may be obtained anhydrous. A colorless liquid, boiling at 300°, congealing at — 10° F., and evolving a very offensive odor, resembling arseniureted hydrogen. “ It is highly poisonous in every shape.” It pos- sesses feeble basic properties, is soluble in alcohol and ether, sparingly soluble in water, and inflames spontaneously by exposure to the air. — Sulpiiuret or Kadodule is formed by distilling a mixture of chloride of kadodule and hydrosulphuret of sulphu- iet of barium ; a colorless fetid liquid, heavier than water, and very poisonous. — Cyanide of Kadodule is obtained by distilling a concentrated solution of bicyanide of mercury, along with alkarsine ; fusible, volatile cfystals. — Chloride of Kadodule is pre- pared by distilling alkarsine and bichloride of mer- cury ; a colorless liquid, depositing crystals of oxy- m ■ chloride of kadodule , when exposed to the atmo- sphere. — Iodide, Bromide, and Fluoride of Ka- dodule resemble the last, and are prepared in a similar manner. — Kadodylic Acid ( AlJcargen ) is obtained when alkarsine is gradually exposed to the air, in the cold. As soon as a semi-solid mass is formed, it must be treated with cold, water, the solution evaporated till it solidifies, and then press- ed in bibulous paper, to remove hydrarsinc ; the residuum is dissolved in boiling absolute alcohol, and is again obtained in crystals as the liquid cools ; by repeating the process several times with alcohol, or by evaporating the aqueous solution in a water-bath, and subsequent treatment with hy- drated peroxide of iron, and a final crystallization from alcohol, pure kadodylic acid is obtained. Brittle, glossy, prismatic crystals, deliquescent, inodorous, tasteless, and soluble in water and al- cohol. * ** All the preparations of kadodule are exceed- ingly poisonous, and therefore great caution should be exercised in experimenting on them. Even very small quantities of their vapors cause vomit- ing, numbness of the extremities, fainting, and other alarming symptoms. They all evolve a most offensive odor, and this property has led Bunsen to propose the following test for arsenic and the acetates : — A metallic sublimate boiled with water containing air until dissolved, the solution mixed with potash and acetic acid, evaporated to dryness, and the residuum heated in a test tube, wi( evolve the horrible odors of alkarsine, if arsenic oe present. This odor is rendered even more offensive by the addition of protochloride of tin to the ignited mass. As a test for the acetates, the addition of potassa and arsenic must be added. (Vide Turner’s Chem., 7th ed., and also the Researches of Berzelius, and the more recent ones of Bunsen.) K ALEIDOSCOP E. (From Ka\o S , pretty ; ttios, form ; and , I view.) A pleasing, ohilosophical toy, invented by Sir David Brewster, which presents to the eye a series of symmetrical changing views It is formed as follows i—^l’wo slips of silvered glass, from G to 10 inches long, and from an inch to an inch and a half wide, and rather narrower at one end than the other, are joined together lengthwise, by ono of their edges, by means of a piece of silk or cloth, glued on their bucks ; they uro then placed in a tubo (tin or pasteboard) blackened inside, and a little longei than is noceswuy to contain them, and are fixed, by means of small pieces of cork, with their faces at any anglo to eaeh other, that is an even aliquot part of 4 right angles, (as the one-sixth, ono* eighth, one-tenth, &c.) The one end of the tubo is then closed with an opaque screen, or cover, through which a small eyehole is made in the cen- tre, and the other end fitted, first with a plate of common glass, and at the distance of about £ of an inch, with a plain piece of slightly ground glass, parallel to* the former ; in the intermediate space or cell are placed the objects to form the images. These consist of colored pieces of glass, glass beads, or any other colored diaphonous bodies, sufficiently small to move freely in the cell, and to assume now positions when the tube is shaken or turned round. A tube so prepared presents an infinite number of changing and symmetrical pic- tures, no one of which can be exactly reproduced. This toy is easily constructed, and is very inex- pensive ; as any common tube of tin or pasteboard may bo used, and strips of glass smoked on one side will answer for mirrors. Kaleidoscopes are commonly called flower-glasses. KERMES MINERAL. Syn. Kermes Miner- als. Prep. I. Black sesquisulphuret of antimo- ny 4 lbs. ; carbonate of potash 1 lb. ; boil in water 2 gallons, for half an hour, filter, and cool slowly ; the kermes will be deposited as the solution cools, and must be washed with water and dried. The undissolved portion of sesquisulphuret of antimony may be boiled again several times with fresh pot- ash and water. The liquor decanted off* the kermes will yield tire Golden Sulpiiuret of Antimony, on the addition of an acid ; the acetic being gener- ally used for this purpose. II. Sesquisulphuret of antimony 1 lb. ; carbon- ate of potash £ lb. ; flowers of sulphur 1 oz. ; mix, melt, cool, powder, boil in water q. s. ; filter while hot ; the kermes is deposited as the liquid cools, and must be well washed \vith water. III. ( CluzelVs kermes .) Sulphuret of antimony 4 parts ; crystallized carbonate of soda 90 parts ; water 1000 parts ; boil for 30 to 45 minutes, filter while hot into a warm vessel, and cool very slow- ly ; in 24 hours collect the kermes, moderately wash with cold water, and dry at 70 or 80° F., folded up in paper, to exclude the air and light. Remarks. The first two formulae yield an or- ange-red powder ; the third a very dark crimson powder, of a smooth velvety appearance. It is a hydrated oxysulphuret of antimony, (Gay Lus- sac ;) a hydrated sesquisulphuret, (Berzelius.) Dose. ^ gr. to 4 grs. as a diaphoretic, cathartic, or emetic. It occupies in foreign practice the place of our James’s Powder. KETCHUP. Syn. Catsup. Katciiup. Prep. I. ( Camp ketchup.) Old strong beer 2 quarts ; white wine 1 quart ; anchovies 4 oz. ; mix, boil for 10 minutes, remove it from the fire, and add of peeled shalotes 3 oz. ; mace, nutmegs, ginger, and black pepper, of each £ oz. ; macerate for 14 days and bottle. II. ( Cucumber ketchup.) From ripe cucum- bers, in the same way as mushroom ketchup Mixed with cream, or melted butter, it forms ar excellent white sauce for fowls, &c. III. ( For sea stores.) Stale strong beer 1 gal- KET 387 LAB ioa ; anchovies 1 £ lbs. ; peeled shalotes 1 lb. ; bruised mace, mustard seed, and cloves, of each } oz. ; bruised pepper and ginger, of each \ oz. ; mushroom ketchup and vinegar, of each 1 quart ; heat to the boiling point, put it into a bottle, cork, and macerate for 14 days, frequently shaking; then strain through flannel, and bottle for use. This, like the last, makes good white sauce, and keeps well. IV. ( Mushroom ketchup.) — a. Sprinkle mush- room flaps, gathered in September, with common salt, stir therfl occasionally for 2 or 3 days, then lightly squeeze out the juice, and add to each gal- lon, bruised cloves and mustard seed, of each ^ oz. ; bruised allspice, black pepper, and ginger, of each 1 oz. ; gently heat to the boiling point in a covered vessel, macerate for 14 days, and strain ; should it exhibit any indications of change in a few weeks, bring it again to the boiling point, with a little more spice. — b. Mushroom juice 2 gallons ; pimento 2 oz. ; cloves, black pepper, mustard seed, and ginger, of each, bruised, 1 oz. ; salt 1 lb., or to taste ; shalotes 3 oz. ; gently simmer for 1 hour in a covered vessel, cool, strain, and bottle. — c. Juice 100 gallons ; black pepper 9 lbs. ; allspice 7 lbs.; ginger 5 lbs. ; cloves 1 lb. ; salt as required ; all kruised ; gently simmer in a covered tin boiler for 1 hour. *** A glazed earthenware, or well-tin- ned copper pan, should alone be used for heating this or any other ketchup in, as the salt and juice rapidly corrode the copper, and render the ketchup poisonous. V. ( Oyster ketchup.) Pulp the fish, and to each pint add sherry wine, or very strong old ale, 1 pint ; salt 1 oz. ; mace ^ oz. ; black pepper 1 dr.; boil 10 minutes, strain, cool, bottle, and to each bottle add a spoonful or two of brandy. Cockle Ketchup and Mussel Ketchup are made in the same way. Used to flavor sauces when the fish are out of season. VI. ( Pontac ketchup.) Elderberry juice and strong vinegar, of each 1 pint ; anchovies £ lb. ; shalote and spice to flavor ; boil for 5 minutes, cool, strain, and bottle. Used to make fish sauce. VII. ( Tomato ketchup.) Prepared like mush- room ketchup, except that a little Chili vinegar is commonly added. VIII. ( Walnut ketchup.) — a. Expressed juice of young walnuts, when tender, 1 gallon ; boil, skim, add anchovies 2 lbs. ; shalotes 1 lb. ; cloves andl mace, of each 1 oz. ; 1 clove of garlic, sliced ; simmer in a covered vessel for 15 minutes, strain, cool, and bottle, adding a little fresh spice to each bottle, and salt as required. Will keep in a cool place for 20 years. — b. Green walnut shells 16 gal- lons ; salt 4 lbs. ; mix, and beat together for a week, press out the liquor, and to every gallon add all- spice 4 oz. ; ginger 3 oz. ; pepper and cloves, of each 2 oz. ; all bruised ; simmer for half an hour. — c. Walnut-juice 1 gallon ; vinegar 1 quart ; Brit- ish anchovies (sprats) 3 or 4 lbs. ; pimento 3 oz. ; ginger ^ oz. ; long pepper £ oz ; cloves 1 oz. ; shalotes 2 oz. ; boil and bottle. — d. Juice, of walnut shells 30 gallons ; salt 1 bushel ; allspice and sha- lotes, of each 6 lbs. ; ginger, garlic, and horse- radish, of each 3 lbs. ; essence of anchovies 3 gal- lons ; simmer as before. IX. ( Wine ketchup.) Mushroom or walnut ketchup 1 quart ; chopped anchovies J lb. ; 20 shalotes ; scraped horseradish 2 oz ; spice as usual simmer for 15 minutes; cool, add white and red wine, of each 1 pint ; macerate for 1 weex, strain and bottle. KINIC ACID. Discovered by .Hoffman in cinchona bark, in 1790. It may be obtained from kinate of lime , by the action of dilute sulphuric acid, filtration, and evaporation, to the consistence of a Sirup, when crystals will be gradually deposit- ed. It is soluble in water and alcohol, and forms salts called Kinates. Kinate of lime is obtained from an acidulated infusion of cinchona bark, by adding an excess of lime, filtering, evaporating to a sirup, and setting the liquid aside, when crystals will form. KING’S YELLOW. Syn. Hartal. Sesqui- sulphuret of Arsenic. A beautiful golden yel- low pigment, prepared from orpiment by sublima- tion. The finest kind is imported from China, Japan, and Burmah. See Arsenic. KINO, FACTITIOUS. Logwood 48 lbs. ; tor- mentil root 16 lbs. ; madder root 12 lbs. ; water q. s. ; make a decoction ; add catechu 16 lbs. ; dissolve, strain, and evaporate to dryness. Prod. 24 lbs. Extract of mahogany is also commonly sold for kino. KlRCHWASSER. Syn. Kirschenwasser. A spirituous liquor distilled ih Germany from bruised cherries. From the rude manner in which it is obtained, and from the distillation of the cher- ry-stones (which contain prussic acid) with the liquor, it usually has a very nauseous taste, and is frequently poisonous. KGECHLIN’S LIQUID. Prep. Copper filings 96 grs. ; liquor of ammonia §ij ; digest till the li- quor turns of a full blue, filter, add muriatic acid 3v 12 grs. ; distilled water 5 lbs. ;. mix. Dose. 1 to 2 teaspoonfuls daily in scrofula. KOMENIC ALlD. A peculiar acid discov- ered by Robiquet, and most easily obtained by boiling meconic acid with strong muriatic acid. It forms crystalline grains, and strikes a blood-red color with the persalts of iron. With the basis it forms salts called Komenates. KOUMISS. A liquor prepared by the Calmucs, by fermenting mare’s milk, preyiously kept till sour, and then skimmed. By distillation it yields a spirit called rack, racky, or araka ; 21 lbs. of fermented milk yield about f of a pint of low wines, and this, by rectification, fully ^ of a pint of strong alcohol. KRAMERIC ACID. A peculiar substance found by M. Peschier, of Geneva, in rhatany root, (Krameria triandria,) and to which he ascribes its stypticity. KUSTITIEN’S METAL. Prep. Malleable iron 1 lb. ; heat to whiteness, and add of antimo- ny 5 oz. ; Molucca 'tin 24 lbs. ; mix under char- coal, and cool. Used to tin iron and other metals ; it polishes without a blue tint, is hard, and is free from lead and arsenic. LABDANUM, FACTITIOUS. Prep. I Gums anime, copal, lac, and mastich, of each 2 lbs. ; gum arabic 3 lbs. ; catechu and common Spanish juice, of each 1 lb. ; sirup of tolu 8 oz. ; essences of ambergris aud musk, of each 2 oz. melt together. LAC 388 LAC II. Yellow wax, rosin, and lard, equal parts ; melt, and color with powdered ivory black. LABELS, INSOLUBLE. Lay a coat of strained white of egg over the label, and imme- diately put the vessel into the upper portion of a common steampan, or otherwise expose it to a gentle heat till the albumen coagulates and turns opaque, then take it out and dry it in an oven, at a heat of about 212° ; the opaque white filfh will then become hard and transparent,, and resist tho action of oils, spirits, and water. (Chem., iii. 158.) The labels on bottles containing acids or alkaline solutions, dliould be either etched upon the glass by fluoric acid, or be written with incorrodible ink. (See Inks and Etching.) LABORATORY. Syn. Elaboratory. La- boratoIre, ( Fr .) Laboratorium, ( Lat ., from laboro, I labor.) A place fitted up for the per- formance of chemical operations. It was our in- tention to have described the, best mode of fitting up a chemical and a pharmaceutical laboratory, both on the small and large scale, and.also to have presented the reader with a copper-plate engraving of the laboratory of Giessen, but from want of room we are compelled to withdraw the article and illustrations. We must therefore content our- selves with recommending the reader to consult the last edition of Faraday’s “ Chemical Manip- ulation, ” a work replete with correct and valuable information. Among Portable Laboratories, the cheapest and best arranged are those of Mr. Robert Best Ede, of Dorking, which may be pur- chased at prices varying from 16s. to £6 or ^C8. That at the former price contains more than 40 chemical preparations and appropriate apparatus, and is well adapted to amuse the juvenile experi- mentalise , and at the same time to afford him a ready introduction to chemical knowledge. The chemical laboratory, ox portable chemical cabinet, at the higher price, contains upwards of 130 select chemical preparations and newly-invented appa- ratus, and is calculated for performing experiments both of demonstration and research, with perfect readiness and safety, either in the drawing-room or class-room. It is also very elegantly and com- pactly got up, and forms a suitable object for the side-table of every student. This cabinet has re- ceived the approval of Prof. Graham, which is no ordinary recommendation. LAC. Syn. Laque, (Fr.) Lack , (Ger.) Lac- ca, ( Lat .) Stick lac, ( lacca in ramulis, lacca in baculis ;') seed lac, ( lacca in granis, lacca in seminis ;) lump lac, ( lacca in massis ;) shell lac, ( lacca in tubulis.) All the preceding differ only in color and form. Shell lac is most generally used ; the palest is the best. They are all said to be calefacient, attenuant, aperient, diaphoretic, and diuretic. Lac is used in dentifrices, in var- nishes, lacquers, and sealing-wax, and to make toys and trinkets. LAC DYE. A coloring substance used to dye scarlet, imported from the East Indies in small cubical cakes. It is prepared by digesting ground stick lac in water, and evaporating tho colored in- fusion to dryness. LAC LAKE. Syn. Lac Color. East In- dian Cochineal. A superior kind of lac dye, also imported, and prepared by dissolving out the eolo:* of gr nmd miuk lac by means of a. weak al- kaline solution, and then precipitating it ulonj with alumina by adding a solution of alum. Ei ther of the above dissolved in an equal weight oi muriatic acid, (sp. gr. 1*19, and holding in solu tion about ^ of grain tin,) by digestion for about 6 hours, and then added to hot water, along with about as much tartar as lac dye, £ that quantity of ground sumach, and about £ of solution of tin, dyes cloth of a brilliant scarlet color ; 1 lb. of good lac dye is sufficient for 10 lbs. of cloth. In some cases the stuff* is first yellowed with quercitron. LAC VARNISH, (AQUEOUS'.) Prep. Pale shellac 5 oz. ; borax 1 oz. ; water 1 pint ; digest at nearly tho boiling point until dissolved ; then strain. Equal to the more costly spirit varnish for many purposes ; it is an excellent vehicle for wa- ter colors, inks, &c. ; when dry it is waterproof. LAC, WHITE. Dissolve shellac in a lye of pearlash or caustic potassa by boiling ; filter, pass chlorine through it in excess, wash the precipitate and digest. Forms an excellent pale varnish with alcohol. LAC FERRATUM. Prep. (P. E. 1744.) Re- peatedly quench red hot iron in fresh milk. LACCIC ACID. A crystalline, wine-yellow colored, sour substance, soluble in water, alcohol, and ether, extracted by Dr. John from stick lac. It forms salts called Laccates with the bases. LACCINE. A substance discovered in shellac by Unverdorben. It is the portion left after all the matters soluble in water, ether, and alcohol, have been dissolved out. Brittle, yellow, translu- cent, soluble in caustic potassa and in sulphuric acid. LACQUER. Syn. Lacker. Laque, (Fr.) A solution chiefly of shellac in alcohol, tinged with saffron, annotto, aloes, and other coloring matters. It is applied to wood and metals to im- part a golden color. (See Varnish.) LACTIC ACID. (From lac, milk.) Syn. Acid of Milk. Nanceic Acid, (Braconnot.) Acid Lactique, (Fr.) Milciisaure, ( Ger .) Aci- dum Lacticuai, (Lat.) A sour sirupy liquid dis- covered by Scheele in whey. Also found in some other animal fluids, and in several vegetable juices, especially in that of beet-root. Prep. I. Dissolve lactate of baryta in water, and precipitate the baryta with dilute sulphuric acid, carefully avoiding excess ; evaporate. II. (Scheele.) Evaporate sour whey to |, satu- rate with slaked lime, filter, add 3 or 4 times the quantity of water, cautiously precipitate the lime with oxalic acid, filter, and evaporate to dryness in a water-bath ; digest the residuum in strong alcohol, filter, and again evaporate. It may be then further purified by saturation with baryta, evaporation, crystallization, re-solution in water, and the careful addition of dilute sulphuric acid as before ; lastly evaporate. III. (Boutron and Fremy.) Milk 3 or 4 quarts; sugar of milk 200 to 300 grs. ; mix, and exposo for 2 or 3 days in an open vessel at 20 to 25° C. ; saturate with bicarbonate of soda, again expose at a moderate temperature, saturate with more bi- carbonate of soda, and repeat the process until the whole of the sugar of milk bo decomposed ; then coagulate tho cascino by heat, filter, evapo- rate, extract the acid lactate of soda by alcohol of sjx gr. 0*810, and decompose it by the cautious LAC 389 LAK addition of dilute sulphuric acid ; again filter, dis- til off the alcohol, and evaporate. The acid may be further purified as last, if required. Remarks. The evaporation should be conducted at a very gentle heat, and finished over sulphuric acid, or in vacuo. When required very pure, the product of this evaporation may be dissolved in ether, filtered, and the ether removed by a very gentle heat. Prop. The sirupy fluid obtained as above, is hydrated lactic acid ; it is a little heavier than water, tastes strongly acid, attracts moisture from the air, and is decomposed at a heat of 480°, with the production of concrete or sublimed lactic acid, which consists of small shining white crys- tals, possessing different properties to lactic acid. This new acid may be purified by pressure be- tween bibulous paper and solution in boiling alco- hol, from which it separates in dazzling white crystals on cooling. By solution in hot water and evaporation to a sirup, it becomes converted into pure hydrated lactic acid. With the bases lactic acid forms salts called Lactates, most of which may be directly formed by the solution of the hy- drates, hydrated oifides, or carbonates of thd bases in the dilute acid. Lactates of ammonia potas- sa, soda, lime, baryta, alumina, zinc, nickel, lead, mercury, magnesia, iron, copper, silver, and of some other bases, have been formed, but only those of iron and zinc have been used in medicine. Uses. Lactic acid has been given in dyspepsia, in gout, phosphatic urinary deposites, &c. &c. From its being one of the natural constituents of the gastric juice, and !*om its power of dissolving a considerable quantity of phosphate of lime, it appears very probable that it may prove beneficial in the above complaints. It is usually exhibited in tho form of lozenges or solution in sweetened water. LACTOMETER. Syn. Galactometer. (From lac or ya\a, milk, and meirum or furpov, a measure.) An instrument for ascertaining the quality of milk. The best way of testing milk is to place it in a tng graduated tube, and to allow it to remain until all the cream has separated, then to decant off the clear whey, and to take its specific gravity ; the result of the two opera- tions, when compared with the known quantity of cream and density of the whey of an average sample of milk, will give the value of the sample tested. LACTUCARIUM. Syn. Lettuce Opium. Thridace. The inspissated milky juice of tho lactuca sativa or common garden lettuce, obtained by incision from the flowering stems. It was in- troduced into medical use by Dr. Duncan of Edin- burgh as a substitute for opium, as it exercises the anodyne power without producing the injurious effects of the latter drug. Various methods have been recommended for obtaining lactucarium from i the plant. M. Auberger has proposed the cultiva- tion of the lactuca altissima for this purpose. This variety grows to the height of upwards of 9 feet, with a stalk inches in diameter, and af- fords plenty of juice, which yields 28 or 29$ of dry matter, (lactucarium.) M. Arnaud of Nancy recommends cabbage or Batavian lettuce* for tho production of lactucarium. He adopts the follow- ing method, which appears to be the most produc* tive and simple of any yet published : — Before the development of the lateral branches, the stems of twelve plants must be cut a little below the com- mencement of these branches ; the twelve plants being cut, and returning to the first, a milky exu- dation is found on the cut portion, and on that which remains fixed in the earth ; this milky exu- dation must be adroitly collected with the end of the finger, which is afterwards scraped on the edge of a small glass ; the same operation is per- formed on twelve other heads, and so on. On the third day it is repeated on every portion of plant remaining in the ground, a thin slice being first cut off* the top: this is done e/ery day until the root is reached. As soon as the lactucarium is collected, it coagulates ; the harvest of each day should be divided into small pieces, which should be placed on plates, very near each other, but without touching, and allowed to dry for two days, after which they may be set aside in a bottle. In this way 15 or 20 times the ordinary product is obtained. (Jour, de Pharm. et de Chim., and Chem., iii. 360.) Dose. 2 to 5 grs. and upwards, as an anodyne, hypnotic, antispasmodic, and sedative, in chronic rheumatism, colic, diarrhoea, asthma, troublesome coughs, &c. LACTUCIC ACID. Obtained from the strong- scented lettuce, (Lactuca virosa.) It resembles oxalic acid, but differs from it in precipitating the protosalts of iron green, and sulphate of copper brown. LACTUCIN. The active principle of lactuca- rium. It exists in the juice of several species of lettuce. It is dissolved out of lactucarium b^ al- cohol. It is scarcely soluble in water, has a saffron- yellow color, is almost odorless, very bitter, and combustible. LA EN NEC’S CONTRA-STIMULANT DRAUGHT. Prep. Potassio-tartrate of anti- mony 2 grs. ; orange water f ^iss ; sirup of pop- pies f 3ij ; mix. Every two hours in pneumonia, &c. LAKE. Animal or vegetable coloring matter, precipitated in combination with oxide of tin or alumina ; usually the latter. The term was for- merly restricted to red preparations of this kind, but is now indiscriminately applied to all com- pounds of alumina and coloring matter. Lakes are made — 1, By adding a solution of alum, either alone or saturated with potash, to an infusion or decoction of the coloring substance, and after agi- tation, precipitating the mixture with a solution of carbonate of potash. — 2, By precipitating a decoc- tion or infusion of the coloring substance made with a weak alkaline lye, by adding a solution of alum. — 3, By agitating recently-precipitated alu- mina with a solution of the coloring matter, untii the liquid becomes nearly decolored, or the alumi- na acquires a sufficiently dark tint. The first method is usually omployed for acidulous solutions of coloring matter, or for those whose tint is injured by alkalis ; the second, for those that are bright- ened, or at least uninjured by alkalis ; the thirds for those coloring matters that have a great affinity for gelatinous alumina, and readily combine with it by mere agitation. By attention to these gen- eral rules, lakes may be prepared from almost all animal and vegetable coloring substances that yield LAK 390 LAK their color to watei ; many of which will bo found to possess great beauty and permanence. Tho precise process adapted to each particular substance may be easily ascertained, by taking a few drops of its infusion or decoction, and observing the ef- fects of alkalis and acids on the color. The quan- tity of alum or alumina employed, should bo nearly sufficient to decolor tho dye liquor, and the potash should be so proportioned to the alum as exactly to precipitate it, without leaving free or carbonated alkali in the liquid. The first portion of the pre- cipitate has the deepest color, and the shade gradu- ally becomes paler. A beautiful tone of violet, red, and even purple, may be communicated to the coloring matter of cochineal by the addition of nitro-muriate or permuriate of tin ; tho addition of arseniate of potash (neutral arsenical salt) in like manner, gives shades which may be sought for in vain with alum or alumina. Lake should bo care- fully dried, and when intended for # sale, made up into conical or pyramidal drops, which is done by dropping the moist lake through a small funnel on a clean board. LAKE, BLUE. Prepared from somo of the blue-colored flowers ; fugitive. The name is also applied fo lump archel, ( lacca ccerulea,) to moist alumina colored with indigo, and to mixed solu- tions of pearlash and prussiate of potash,- precipi- tated with another solution of sulphate of iron and alum ; permanent and beautiful. (See Blue, Saxon.) LAKE, BRAZIL WOOD. Syn. Drop Lake. Lacca in Globulis. Prep. I. Ground Brazil wood I lb. ; water 4 gals. ; boil for 20 minutes ; add 1 £ lbs. of alum dissolved in water ; mix well, decant, strain, add £ lb. of solution of tin to brighten the color, and then precipitate with a solution of pot- * ash or carbonate of soda, carefully avoiding excess. Product. Deep red. An excess of alkali, turns it on the violet, and the addition of cream of tartar, on the brownish red. The tint turns more on the mellow violet red when the solution of tin is omit- ted. Some persons use less, some more alum. The first portion of the precipitated lake has the bright- est color. II. Add washed and recently-precipitated alu- mina to a strong and filtered decoction of Brazil wood. Both the above must be carefully collected, dried* and made up into drops. LAKE, CARMINATED. Syn. Florence Lake. Florentine do. Paris do. Vienna do. Lacca Florentina. Prep. I. Boil the residuum of cochineal, left in making carmine, with repeat- ed portions of water till it ceases to yield color ; filter ; mix it with the liquor decanted oflf the car- mine ; filter ; add some recently-precipitated alu- mina, apply a gentle heat, and agitato well. As soon as the alumina has absorbed sufficient color, allow the mixture to settle ; decant the clear liquid, collect the lake on a filter, and carefully dry it. The decanted liquor, if still colored, may now bo treated with fresh alumina until exhausted, and thus u lake of a seed'd quality may bo obtained. Very fine. II. 'I’o the colored liquor obtained from tho car- mine and cochineal as abovo, add a solution of alum, mix well, filter, and precipitate with a solution of potash ; collect tho lake and dry it us beforo. Not |uite so good us tho lust. Remarks. Some makers add a little solution of tin to the colored liquor before adding the alum oi alumina ; this brightens tho color. The above lake is a good glazing color with oil, but has little body. LAKE, GREEN. Made by mixing blue and yellow lakes together. Seldom used. LAKE, MADDER. Syn. Lacca Columbina. Prep. I. (Sir H. C. Inglcfield.) Dutch grappe or crop madder 2 ci. ; tie it up in a cloth, beat it well in a pint of water in a stone mortar, and re- peat tho process with fresh water (about 5 pints) till it ceases to yield color ; boil the mixed liquors in an earthen vessel, j^Mir it into a largo basin ; add alum 1 oz. ; dissolve in boiling water 1 pint ; stir well, and while stirring pour in gradually of saturated solution of carbonate of potash (oil of tartar) about 1 £ oz. ; let it stand to settle until cold, then pour off the supernatant yellow liquor, drain, agitate tho residue with boiling water 1 quart ; decant, drain, and dry. Product , £ oz. The Society of Arts voted their gold medal to the author of the above formula. II. (Ure.) Ground madder 2 lbs. ; water 1 gallon ; mix, macerate with agitation for 10 min- utes, strain off the water, and press the remainder quite dry ; repeat the same process a second and a third time ; then add water 3 qts., and alum £ lb., and heat in a water-bath for 3 or 4 hours, add- ing water as the liquor evaporates ; filter, first through a flannel, and when sufficiently cold, through paper ; then add a solution pf carbonate of potash as long as a precipitate falls, which must be washed, till the water comes off colorless, and then dried. If the alkali be added in 3 successive doses, 3 different lakes will be obtained, successively diminishing in beauty. III. Add acetate of lead to a decoction of mad- der, to throw down the brown coloring matter, fil- ter, then add a solution of tin or alum, and pre- cipitate with a solution of carbonate of soda or potash. LAKE, ORANGE. Prep. Best Spanish an notto 4 oz. ; pearlash lib. or less ; water 1 gallon , boil for half an hour, strain, precipitate with alum 1J lbs., dissolved in water 1 gallon, observing not to add the latter solution when it ceases to pro- duce an effervescence or a precipitate ; strain, and dry the sediment in small squares or lozenges. The addition of solution of tin turns this lake on the lemon yellow ; acids redden it. LAKE, RED. Prep. I. Coarsely-powdered cochineal 1 oz. ; water and rectified spirit of wine, of each 2 oz. ; digest for a week, filter, and pre- cipitate with a few drops of solution of tin, added every 2 hours, till the whole of tho color is thrown down ; wash in distilled water, and dry. Very fine. II. Coarsely-powdered cochineal 1 lb. ; water 2 gallons ; boil I hour, decant, strain, add a solution of pearlash 1 lb. or more, and precipitate with a solution of alum. If the alum be added first, and the lake precipitated with tho alkali, the color will bo slightly varied. Some persons use a solution of cuttlefish-bone in muriatic or nitric acid ; but this increases tho expense, and yields an inferior pro- duct. III. fioarlash 1 lb. ; clean shreds of scarlet cloth 3 or 4 lbs. ; water 4 or 5 gallons *, boil tiL LAU J91 LEA the cloth is decolored, filter, and precipitate with a i solution of alum. LAKE, YELLOW. Prep. Boil French ber- ries, quercitron, or turmeric 1 lb. and potash 1 oz. ; in water 1 gallon, till reduced to one half, strain, and precipitate with a solution of alum. — Or bod 1 lb. of the dye-stuff with alum ^ lb. ; water 1 gallon, as before, and precipitate with a solution of carbonate of potash. (See Lake, Orange.) LAMPIC ACID. When the wick of a spirit- lamp is surrounded with a spiral coil of platinum wire, and after burning for a short time, is blown out, combustion still goes on, and a peculiar acid product results, which has been called lampic acid. It was first examined by Prof. Daniell. It may be more easily collected by placing a small bottomless retort over a heated platinum capsule, and gradually dropping in, from time to time, a little alcohol or ether. (R. F. Marchand.) It consists of a mixture of acetic, formic, and alde- hydic acids, in variable proportions. (MM. Stass and Marchand.) Its most remarkable property is its power of reducing certain metallic solutions. With the bases it forms salts called lampates, which may be prepared by saturating the acid with the hydrated oxides or carbonates. (See Aldeiivdic Acid.) LAMPS. To prevent or lessen the smoking of lamps, the wicks should be well soaked, either in djlute muriatic acid, well washed in water, and dried, or in strong vinegar, when they will merely require drying. Large lamps, that emit much smoke, should be burnt under a funnel, to carry it off*; or a large sponge, dipped in water, may be suspended over them ; in all cases, the wicks should not be put up too high. LANTANIUM, (from XavOavu, I lurk.) A rare metal, recently discovered by Mosander, associated with the oxide of cerium. (See Cerium.) LAPIS DIVINUS. Syn. Lapis ophthalmi- cus. Prep. Blue vitriol, nitre, alum, and cam- phor, equal parts, melted together, adding the camphor last. (Woolfuss.) Verdigris, nitre, and alum, equal parts, melted together. (Beer.) Alum, nitre, and blue vitriol 3 oz. ; camphor 1 dr. ; as last. (P. Cod.) Used to make an eyewater ; 1 oz. to water 1 pint. LAPIS MEDIC AMFNTOSUS. Prep. (P. L. 1746.) Alum, litharge, Armenian bole, and colcothar, of each 3 oz. ; vinegar 4 oz. ; mix and evaporate. Used to make a lotion : 1 oz. to water 1 pint. Astringent, detergent ; once a popular application to ulcers. LARD. Syn . Hogs’ Lard. Auxunge. Aux- ungia. Adeps. Adeps Suillus. Adeps Porci. Adeps PRiEPA ratus. The fat of the pig, melted by a geiffle heat, and strained through a hair sieve or flannel. The fat about the loins yields the whitest and hardest lard. Used to make oint- ments, and in cookery. LARD, OXYGENATED. See Nitric Acid Ointment. LAUDANUM, QUINCE. Syn. Extractum Opii seu Laudanum Cydoniatum. Prep. Opium i lb. ; quince juice 6 lbs. ; digest, filter, evaporate to an extract, and add. 7 /hile warm, oils of cinna- mon, cloves, and mace, of each 10 drops. Milder than crude opium ; seldom used. LAUDANUM, FORD’S. Prep. Opium fj ; cinnamon and cloves, of each 3j ; rectified spirit of wine and water, of each, fviij ; digest for a week, and filter. This is merely an aromatized tincture of opium. Dose. 10 to 80 drops. LAUDANUM, LIQUID. Prep. 1. ( Liquid quince laudanum, laudanum liquidum cydo- niatum. Laudanum liquidum cydoniatum para - turn fermentatione.) Opium §iv ; saffron ^ij ; quince juice 1 quart ; yeast 4 spoonfuls ; ferment, express the liquor, filter, and add cinnamon ^ij ; cloves, aloes wood, and yellow sandal wood, oi. each, 3ij ; digest for 14 days, filter, and evaporate to one half. Narcotic, anodyne ; similar to black drop. Dose. 10 to 30 drops. Seldom used. 2. (Neuman’s.) Opium fermented with water, and evaporated to the consistence of honey. Similar to the aqueous extract of opium. 3. (Sydenham’s. Laudanum liquidum Syden- hami.) Opium ^ij ; saffron §j ; cinnamon and cloves, of each, 3j ; white wine ffxvj ; digest. Contains J of opium. See Wine of Opium, P. L., which is always substituted. 4. {Laudanum tar tarized. Laudanum liquidum tartarizatum.) Opium ^ij ; saffron §j ; cinnamon, cloves, mace, nutmegs, and aloes wood, of each, 3j ; tincture of salt of tartar f^xxxij ; digest, strain, and evaporate to one half. Seldom used. LAVENDER, SMITHS BRITISH. Syn. Smith’s Lavender Water. Prep. English oil of lavender 2 oz. ; essence of ambergris 1 oz. ; eau de Cologne 1 pint ; rectified spirit 1 quart ; mix. Very fragrant. LEAD. Syn. Plomb, ( Fr .) Blei, ( Ger .) Plumbum, ( Lat .) ix 6 \ i ( 35 os , { Gr .) Saturn, {Ale.) This metal, like gold, silver, and iron, appears to have been known in the most remote ages of an- tiquity : “Oh that my words were now written! Oh that they were printed in a book ; that they were graven with an iron pen and lead in tho rock for ever !” (Job, xix. 23-4.) Prep. Lead is only prepared on the large scale. It is usually extracted from galena, a natural sul- phuret of lead, by roasting the ore in a reverbera- tory furnace, and afterwards smelting it along with coal and lime. Prop. The common properties of lead are too well known to require notice. Its sp. gr., in a state of absolute purity, is 11-38 to 11-44, but or- dinary lead seldom exceeds 11-352 to 11-353. It melts at 612° Fahr., (Crighton, 634° Kupfer,) and when very slowly cooled, crystallizes in octohe- drons. It is malleable and ductile, but devoid of elasticity. Lead is not dissolved by muriatic, sul- phuric, or the vegetable acids, unless by free con- tact with air, and then very slowly ; but nitric acid rapidly oxidizes it, forming a solution of nitrate of lead. Pure .water, put into a leaden vessel, and exposed to the air, soon corrodes it, and dis- solves the newly-formed oxide ; but river and spring water exerts no such influence, the carbon- ates and sulphates in such water destroying its solvent power. Many other neutral salts act ir the same way. Among these, the most powerful preservatives are tho phosphates, sulphates, chlo rides, and iodides ; their power being in proportion to the relative insolubility of the compound which their acid is capable of forming with lead. It has been found that 1 -30,000th part of phosphate of soda or iodide of potassium, dissolved in die LEA 392 LEA tilled water, prevents its corrosive action. (Chris- tison.) The lead in contact with such water, gradually becomes covered with a superficial film of an insoluble salt of lead, which adheres te- naciously, and all further ctarp’e ceases. Thus ordinary water, which abodes in mineral salts, may be safely kept in leaden cisterns ; but dis- tilled and rain water, and water that contains scarcely any saline matter, speedily corrode, and dissolve a portion of lead, when kept in vessels of that metal. When, however, leaden cisterns have iron or zinc fastenings or braces, a galvanic action is set up, the preservative power of saline matter ceases, and the water speedily becomes contaminated with lead. Water containing free carbonic acid also acts on lead ; andi this is the reason why the water of some springs, kept in leaden cisterns, or raised by leaden pumps, pos- sesses unwholesome properties. Free carbonic acid is evolved during the fermentation or decay of vegetable matter, and hence the propriety of preventing the leaves of trees falling into water- cisterns formed of lead.' The neglect of this pre- caution gave rise to the violent ravages of colic that are recorded to have visited Amsterdam about the middle of the last century. (Dr. Frouchin.) The eau de rose and the can d’orange of com- merce, which are pure distilled water, holding in solution small quantities of essential oil, and are imported in leaden canisters, always contain a small quantity of lead, and deposite a sediment, which is not the case when they are kept in glass or incorrodible vessels. Lead and all its prepara- , tions are poisonous. Uses. The uses of lead in the arts are well Known. Some of its preparations are employed in medicine, generally externally. Ant. Administer an emetic, of sulphate of zinc or copper, and tickle the fauces with the finger or a feather to induce vomiting. Epsom or glauber sa'ts, or alum, dissolved in water, tea, water gruel, 01 barley water, are the proper antidotes, and should be taken as soon after the poison has been swallowed as possible. When the symptoms are those of lead colic, the treatment recommended at page 206 should be adopted. In paralysis arising from lead, small doses of strychnia, brucia, and their preparations, should be cautiously ad- ministered. A symptom of poisoning by lead is the formation of a narrow leaden blue line, about one-twentieth of an inch thick, bordering .the edges of the gums, attached to the neck of two or more teeth of either jaw. (Dr. Burton.) Tests. 1. The salts of lead placed on charcoal all yield, by the blowpipe, a butter of lead. — 2. So- lutions of the salts of lead may be recognised by the color of the precipitates produced by the following tests: — a. Alkalis, alkaline carbonates, sulphates, prussiato of potash, infusion of galls, gallic acid, and sulphuric acid, produce while precipitates. — I). Chromate of potash, and iodide of potassium, yellow precipitates. — c. Ifydrosulphates, sulphu- »*ets, and sulphurcted hydrogen, black procipitates. — d. A piece of polished zinc precipitates metajjic lead in an arborescent form, hence called .the “ leaden tree ” # # # A solid supposed to contain lead should bo dissolved in, or treated with nitric acid, evaporated to dryness, and redissolvod in water, when it may bo tested us above. The susceptibility of sulphurcted hydrogen as a tent for lead coases when the dilution reaches 500, 00C times, — chromate of potash at 100,000 times. — • carbonates of soda and polassa at 60,000 timea ~potassa at 20,000 times, — prussiate of potash at 18,000 times, — iodide of potassium at 10,000 times, — and sulphate of soda at 5000 times. (Devergie, M6d. L6g. ii. 779.) (See Ores.) LEAD, ACETATE. Syn. Neutral Ace tatf. of Lead. Sugar of Lead. Acetated Ceruse. Superacetate of Lead. Acetate df Plomb ; Sel df. Saturnk, (Fr.) Esbigsaures Bleioxyd ; Bleizucker, (Gcr.) Sacciiarum Sa- turni* (P. L. 1720.) Cerussa Acetata, (P. L. 1788.) Plumbi Superacetas, (P. L. 1809.) Plum- bi Sacciiarum. Plumbi Acetis. Plumbi Ace- tas, (P. L. E. and D.) Prep. (P. L.) Oxide of lead in powder (litharge) lb. iv ^ij » acetic acid and distilled water, of each 4 pints ; mix the fluids, add the oxide, dissolve by a gentle heat, strain, evapo- rate, and crystallize. The Edinburgh form is similar. II. (P. D.) Carbonate of lead 1 part ; distilled vinegar 10 parts; as last. Prop., Use, ij'C. Acetate of lead should be completely soluble in distilled .water, and when the lead is exactly precipitated with dilute sul- phuric acid, or by sulphureted hydrogen, the clear supematidit liquid should be wholly volatilized by heat without residue. Sulphuric acid poured on acetate of lead evolves acetic vapors. (P. L.) Its tests have been already noticed. Acetate of lead is powerfully astringent. Dose, i gr. to 2 grs., (Collier;) 1 or 2 grs. to 8 or 10 grs., twice or thrice a day, (Pereira ;) 3 grs. to 10 grs. every 6 or 8 hours. (A. T. Thomson.) In pulmonary, uterine, and intestinal haemorrhage, colliquative diarrhoea, and phthisical sweats. It is usually combined with morphia or opium, or with acetic acid, to prevent it passing into the state of the poisonous carbonate in the stomach. Externally, as a collyrium, 10 grs. to water 8 oz., (A. T. Thomson,) as a lotion 20 grs., (A. T. Thomson,) 3j (Collier) to water 8 oz. ; as an injection 40 grs. to rose water 8 oz. The lotion is cooling, and is commonly used in excoriations, &c. Acetate • of lead is employed in calico printing. Remarks. Acetate of lead is usually prepared on the large scale by gradually sprinkling oxide of lead into strong vinegar, heated in a eppper boiler rendered negative-electric by having a large flat piece of lead soldered within it, constant stir- ring being employed until the acid is saturated, when the mother liquors of a former process may be added, the whole heated to the boiling point, allowed to settle till cold, decanted, evaporated to about the sp. gr. 1*266 or 1*267, and then run into salt-glazed stoneware vessels to crystallize. The best proportions are, finely powdered litharge 13 parts, and acetic acid sp. gr. 1*0482 to 1*0484, 23 parts. These ingredients should produce about 38£ parts of crystallized sugar of lead. A very slight excess of acid should be preserved in the liquid during the boiling and crystallization, to prevent the formation of any basic acetate, which would impede the formation of regular crystals. Subacetate of Lead, (Trisacelate of Lead, Tersubacetate of Lead, Diacetate of Lead,) is formed when a cold saturated solution of neutral LEA 393 LEA acetate of lead is mixed with one-tenth of its volume of liquor of ammonia, and set aside ; anhy- drous crystalline needles are deposited. A solution of this salt is formed when a solution of the neutral acetate is digested on finely powdered litharge, till the undissolved oxide turns white. By evapora- tion out of contact with air, small crystals may be obtained. Goulard’s extract, and the liquor of diacetate of lead of the pharmacopoeia, are solu- tions of this salt. Sesquibasic Acetate of Lead is prepared by gently fusing the neutral acetate of lead till it spontaneously forms a white porous mass. By solution in water, evaporation to a sirup, and cool- ing slowly, crystals may be obtained. Sexbasic Acetate of Lead {sex subacetate of lead) is a white crystalline precipitate, which forms when a solution of subacetate of lead is treated with liquor of ammonia. A hot saturated solution in water crystallizes on cooling. All the prece- ding acetates are soluble in water. The last two are neither employed in the arts nor in medicine. LEAD, ARSENIATE OF. Syn. Triarse- niate of Lead. Plumbi Arsenias. Prep. Grad- ually add a solution .of acetate of lead to another of arseniate of soda. A white insoluble powder. LEAD, BROMIDE. Syn. Plumbi Bromidum. A white crystalline powder, sparingly soluble in water, formed by precipitating a solution of neutral acetate or nitrate of lead, with a solution of bro- mide of potassium. It fuses by heat into a red liquid, which turns yellow when cold. LEAD, CHLORIDE OF. Syn. Muriate of Lead. Patent Yellow. Horn Lead. Plumbi Corneum. Plumbi Murias. Plumbi Chloridum, (P. L.) Prep. Precipitate a solution of ^xix of acetate of lead in 3 pints of boiling distilled water, with a solution of Sjvj of chloride of sodium in 1 pint of boiling water ; when cold wash and dry the precipitate, (P. L.) Remarks. Employed in the preparation of muriate of morphia. It is totally dissolved by boil- ing water, the chloride concreting almost entirely into crystals as the solution cools. (P. L.) LEAD, CHROMATE OF. In addition to the remarks on this article at page 192, it may be in- teresting to add that Anthon has found that when hot solutions of equal equivalents of acetate of lead (190 parts) and chromate of potash (100 parts, both neutral and in crystals) ar.e mixed, the yellow precipitate when dried is anhydrous ; but when the mixture is made at ordinary temperatures, the precipitate has a paler yellow, and when dried con- tains 1 eq., or nearly 5^ per cent, of water. (Buch. Kept.) It thus appears that the shades of color of chrome yellow may be varied without any for- eign addition. LEAD DUST. Syn. Pulvis Plumbi. By melting new lead, adding bruised charcoal, and diffusing the lead among it, then pounding and washing away the charcoal ; used by potters. LEAD, FLUORIDE. A white powder form- ed by precipitating a solution of neutral acetate of lead with hydrofluoiic acid. It is very sparingly soluble in water. LEAD, GRANULATED. By melting new lead, pouring it in small stream, from an iron ladle with a hole drilled in its bottom, into a pail of wa- ter. Usea to make solutions and allovs. 50 LEAD, IODIDE OF. Syn. Ioduret or Lead. Plumbi Iodidum, (P. L.) Plumbi Iodu* retum. Prep. I. (P. L.) Acetate of lead ^ix water 6 pints ; dissolve ; iodide of potassium (pure) % vij ; water 2 pints, dissolve. Add the latter solu- tion to the former, wash and dry the precipitate II. (P. E.) Iodide of potassium and nitrate of lead, of each fj ; dissolve each separately in £ pint of water, mix, collect the precipitate in a calico or linen filter, and wash it with water ; then boil it in 3 gallons of water, soured with pyroligneous (acetic) acid ff iij, let the solution settle (still keep- ing the liquid near the boiling point,) and decant the clear ; as the water cools, the iodide will sub- side in brilliant golden yellow lamellae, or minute crystals. Remarks. The latter is the best process, as any adhering oxide of lead is dissolved out by the acid. “ It is totally dissolved by boiling water, and, as it cools, separates in shining yellow scales. It melts by heat, and the greater part is first dissipated in yellow, and afterwards in violet vapors.” (P. L.) The residuum is quite soluble in nitric acid. “ 5 grs. of iodide of lead are entirely soluble (by boil- ing) in f3j of pyroligneous acid, diluted with f §iss of water ; and golden crystals are abundantly de- posited as the solution cools.” (P. E.) Dose. \ gr. to 4 grs. or. more, made into a pill, in enlargements of the cervical, axillary, and mesenteric glands, and in scrofulous affections and scirrhous tumors, as a deobstruent and resolvent. (See Ointment, Iodide of Lead.) LEAD, NITRATE OF. Syn. Plumbi ni- tras. Prep. (P. E.) Litharge §ivss ; diluted ni- • trie acid 1 pint ; dissolve by a gentle heat, and set the solution aside to crystallize. Used to make' the iodide of lead, P. E. LEAD, OXIDES OF. Prep. I. {Dioxide. Suboxide. Gray oxide.) Prepared by heating dry oxalate of lead to a low red in a glass tube out of contact with the air. Dark-gray, nearly black. It is also formed on the surface of metallic lead long exposed to the air. II. {Oxide. Protoxide. Yellow oxide.) This oxide is prepared on the commercial scale by heat- ing the gray film or dross that forms on the surface of melted lead exposed to the air, until it acquires a uniform yellow color, when it is called “ massi- cot when the heat is still further increased until it fuses or partially vitrifies, the term “ litharge ” is applied to it. It is obtained perfectly pure by expelling the acid from nitrate of lead, by exposing it to heat in a platinum crucible ; or, still better, by adding ammonia to a cold solution of nitrate of lead until the liquid becomes faintly alkaline, washing the precipitate with cold water, drying, and heating it to moderate redness for one hour, as above. Pure protoxide of lead has a lemon- yellow color, and is the base of all the salts of lead. It may be obtained in a crystalline state by expo- sing a concentrated solution of it in caustic soda to the air for some months, (M. Ilouton Labadilliere or, still easier, by mixing an aqueous solution of neutral acetate of lead with a great excess of liquor of ammonia, filtering, and exposing the liquid for a few hours in a well-corked bottle to the sun’s rays. If the same solution be kept in the dark for some days, stellated crystals of basic ace- tate of lead, with fivfe atoms of base are deposited LEE 394 LEM instead of oxide. (W. Behrens.) See Litharge and Massicot. III. ( Red oxide. Plumbeous suroxide. Red lead. Minium.) See Minium. IV. ( Sesquioxide .) An insoluble reddish-yellow powder, formed by adding a solution of hypochlo- rite of soda to another of protoxide of lead in liquor of potassa. (Winkelblech.) V. ( Peroxide . Puce oxide. Plumbic suroxide .) Obtained by putting red lead into chlorine, or di- lute nitric acid ; or by fusing a mixture of protox- ide of lead and chlorate of potassa, at a heat a lit- tle below redness, and washing the powdered mass in water ; or by transmitting a current of chlorine gas through a solution of neutral acetate of lead. LEAD, OXIDE, (HYDRATED.) Syn. Plumbi oxy jum riYDRATUivi. Prep. (P. L.) Solu- tion of diacetate of lead 6 pints ; distilled water 3 gallons ; mix, and add liquor of potassa as long as a precipitate forms, avoiding excess ; wash well with water. Remarks. This is dihydrated oxide of lead. (Mitscherlich.) It is used in preparing disulphatc of quinine. It is totally soluble in dilute nitric acid, (P. L.,) and in an excess of liquor of potassa. LEAD, OXY-IODIDE. Prepared by precip- itating subacetate of lead by iodide of potassium. LEAD, TANNATE. Syn. Plumbi tannas. Prep. Precipitate a solution of acetate of lead with an infusion of galls ; wash and dry the precipitate. Astringent. Dose. 1 gr. and upwards made into a pill. Besides the preceding, various other prepara- tions of lead have been formed by chemists, but possess little importance in a practical point of view. (See Salts.) LEECHES. App. Leeches are most conveni- ently applied by means of a common pill box or a wine-glass. The part should be previously washed perfectly clean, and if covered with hair should be closely shaved. Sometimes leeches will not readily bite : in such cases, allowing them to crawl over a piece of . dry linen or calico, rolling them in porter, moistening the part with a little milk or sweetened milk, or drawing a little blood by a slight puncture or scratch, will usually make them bite freely. To stop the bleeding from leech- bites, various plans are adopted, among which cauterizing with nitrate of silver, the application of creosote, and gentle pressure for some hours, are most successful. (See Mattico.) Pres. Leeches are best preserved in water ob- tained from a pond, and occasionally changed ; when kept in spring water they soon die. The in- troduction of a hand, to which an ill-flavored med- icine or odor adheres, into the water in which they are kept, is often sufficient to poison them. The application of saline matter to the skin of leeches, even in very small quantities, immediately occa- sions the expulsion of the contents of the stomach : hence, a few grains of common salt aro frequently sprinkled over them to make them disgorge the blood they have swallowed. According to Dr. Wagner, the taste of blood is necessary to render them lit for the purposes of reproduction. Ho re- commends the employment of two tanks, with the bottom of loam, clay, or turf, surrounded by an in- ner border of a similar substance, and un outer ono „f s md. Two such tanks should bo kept — the one for leeches fit for medical use, — and the othei for breeding , or for such leeches as havo been ap- plied. No leeches are to be taken from the breed- ing tank until a year has elapsed after their having been applied and fed with human blood ; and their removal to the first tank should take place in .Sep- tember or October, as by this time the breeding season is over. By this plan all leeches that have been applied aro to bo carefully restored to the breeding tank, without making them disgorge the blood they havo swallowed. Leeches, to be able to grow and propagate, must, at least once a year, receive a plentiful supply of living blood. These conditions can only be fulfilled by restoring thoso that have' been already employed. All artificial methods of feeding by bladders or sponges of blood have been found to fail. (Allgemeinc Anzeiger der Deutschen.) II. (J. R. Kenworthy.) Make pure clay, ren- dered plastic with water, into balls, or preferably, irregularly-shaped lumps, about 2\ inches in di- ameter; place them in a deep, square, wooden box, or a clean five-gallon keg. The leeches on being put in will creep down the sides of the balls, and there remain. No cover is necessary. Chang# the balls once a week. This method is simple and successful. (Ann. of Chym. and Pract. Phar.) III. (Fee.) Lay 7 inches of a mixture of moss, turf, and charcoal in a marble or stone trough, over which place some small pebbles. At one end of the trough, and about half way up, place a thin shelf of stone or marble, pierced with small holes, on which put first some moss, or portions of the equisetum palustre, or horse tail, and on this a layer of pebbles to keep it down ; then pour in water sufficiently high just to moisten the moss and pebbles, put in the leeches, and tie over the mouth of the trough with a cloth. *** The frequent changing of the water in which leeches are kept is injudicious. Once a month in winter, and once a week in summer, is deemed sufficiently often by the large dealers, un- less the water becomes discolored or bloody, when it should be changed every day, or every other day. Clean pond water is preferable ; but where this cannot be got, clean rain water, that has been well exposed to the air, should alone be employed. LEMON JUICE, ARTIFICIAL. Syn. Suc- cus Limonum factitius. Prep. I. Citric or tar- taric acid 2k oz. ; gum ^ oz. ; pieces of fresh l^mon peel | oz. ; loaf sugar 2 oz. ; boiling water 1 quart ; macerate with occasional agitation till cold, and strain. Excellent. II. Water 1 pint ; sugar 1 oz. ; essence of lemon 30 drops; pure acetic acid to acidulate. Inferior. Both are used to make lemonade. (See Ginger Beer.) LEMONADE. Syn. Lemon Sherbet. King’s Cup. Prep. I. 2 lemons, sliced sugar 2 oz. ; boil- ing water 1 pint. Very fine. II. White sugar 5 oz. ; yellow peel of 1 lemon : water 1 quart ; squeeze in the juice of 3 lemons, macerate 2 hours, and strain. Used as a pleasant cooling beverage and astringent drink in fevers and putrid diseases. III. ( Lemonade for icing. Lemon Sherbet.) Yellow peel of 3 or 4 lemons, rubbed off with hard sugar, as described at p. 109, (art. Citrons;) loaf sugar 4 oz. ; juice of 3 or 4 lemons ; water 1 quart Li G 395 LIM ice as wanted. Orangeade, or Orangq Sherbet for icing, is made in the same way with oranges. LEMONADE, AERATED. Syn. Lemon- ade gazeuse. Limonadum aeratum. Prep. (P. Cod.) Water, charged with 5 times its volume of carbonic acid gas, 1 pint ; sirup of lemon ^ij ; mix. Delicious. LEMONADE, LACTIC. Syn. Limonadum lacticum. Prep. (Magendie.) Lactic acid 3j to 3iv ; sirup §ij ; water 1 pint ; mix. LEMONADE, PORTABLE. Prep. I. Tar- taric or citric acid 1 oz. ; finely-powdered loaf su- gar \ lb. ; essence of lemon 20 drops ; mix ; 2 or 3 teaspoonfuls make a very pleasant glass of extem- poraneous lemonade. II. Powdered sugar 4 lbs. ; citric or tartaric acid 1 oz. ; essence of lemon 2 dr. ; mix well. As last. Very sweet and agreeable. LENSES. A description of these articles be- longs to a work on optics. It may, however, be useful to the chemical student to remark, that the Coddington or Stanhope lenses, which may now be bought at any of the opticians, neatly mounted and of great power, for a few shillings, will be found of the greatest service in examining minute crystals, precipitates, &c. ; and for all ordinary pur- poses offer a cheap and efficient substitute for more complicated microscopes. LEROY’S VOMITIF-PURGATIF. Prep. Tartar emetic, in fine powder, 3j ; white wine ^ pint ; sugar candy to color ; dissolve, and label the bottle “ Vomitif.” Next dissolve 3vij of resin of jalap, in alcohol £ pint ; and label the bottle “ Purga- tif.” A popular nostrum in France, but its use requires caution. LEUCIN. (From Xvkos, white.) M. Bracon- Siot has given this name to a white pulverulent substance, obtained by the action of dilute sulphuric acid on muscular fibre. It combines with nitric acid, forming nitro-leucic acid. LEVIGATION. Syn. Levigatio, ( Lat ., from Icevigo, to make smooth.) The process of redu- cing substances to fine powder, by making them into a paste with water, and grinding the mass up- on a hard smooth stone or slab, with a conical piece of stone having a flat, smooth under-surface, called a “ muller .” Levigation is resorted to in the preparation of paints on the small scale, and in the elutriation of powders. LICHENIC ACID. A variety of malic acid found in some species of lichens. LICHEN IN. A species of starch extracted from Iceland moss. ( Citraria Islandica.) LICHEN GUM. A strained infusion or de- coction of several species of lichen, evaporated to dryness. It resembles gum arabic : 1 cwt. of lichen coralloides yields 14 lbs. ; lichen esculentus, about 13 lbs. (Gray.) LIGHT, INSTANTANEOUS. (See Chlo- rate Matches, Congreves, Lucifers, &c.) LIGNINE. Pure woody fibre. It forms about 95§ of baked wood, and constitutes the woody por- tion of all vegetables ; its composition resembles starch, and by the action of oil of vitriol it is con- verted into dextrine, or sugar, and a new acid, (ligno-sulphuric acid.) Strong nitric acid dis- solves sawdust, and when the solution is diluted with water, a white insoluble powder is deposited, jrhich explodes when heated. (Robiquct.) LIGNONE. A light inflammable flciV., ed with other products during the destructive dis- tillation of wood. It is a mixture of pyroxilic spirit and acetate of methule. (Berzelius.) LILACINE. Prep. (M. Meillet.) The leaves or, preferably, the seed vessels, of syringa vulgarisi are bruised, boiled twice with water, the decoction is e,vap*orated to one half, basic acetate of lead ad- ded, the liquor evaporated to a sirup, and treated with calcined magnesia in excess ; the whole is then dried, pulverized along with a little carbonate of magnesia, digested in water at from 86° to 104°, and the undissolved portion treated with boiling alcohol, sp. gr. 0*8295. The solution thus obtained is decolored with animal charcoal, filtered, evapo- rated to one half, and placed aside ; the lilacine crystallizes out as the spirit cools. Lilacine forms white fasciculi of acicular crystals, or prisms ; it has a bitter taste, and is insoluble in water and many acids. (Jour, de Pharm., 1842, p. 25.) LIME. Syn. Oxide of Calcium. Calx, Calx viva, Calx recens usta, {Lat., from kalah, Ara- bic, to burn.) An oxide of calcium, obtained by exposing limestone or chalk, which are carbonates of lime, to a red heat. The substance thus obtained is called “ quicklime ,” or “ stone lime.” When water is sprinkled on quicklime it becomes very hot, and crumbles down into a dry white powder, which is “ hydrate of lime,” popularly known as “ slaked” or “ slacked lime.” Oyster-shells, and other fish shells, are also converted into quick- lime by burning, which is then called “ shell-lime,” (calx e testis.) Milk of lime is slaked lime mixed up with water. Prop. Pure lime has a sp. gr. of about 2*3, and is soluble in 635 parts of water at 32°, but requires 778 parts at 60°, 972 parts at 130, and 1270 parts at 212°, for its solution. (Wollaston.) A pint of water at 32° dissolves 13*25 grs. ; at 60°, 11*6 grs ; and at 212°, 6*7 grs. (Phillips.) Hence will be seen the propriety of employing cold water for the solution of lime. Its aqueous solution is caus- tic and alkaline. When strongly heated, lime be- comes phosphorescent, and emits a brilliant light ; and on this account is sometimes employed for il- lumination, as in the Gurney, or Lime Light. Lime readily unites with the acids, and forms salts, nearly all of which may be made by directly neutralizing the acid with the hydrate or carbon- ate (chalk) of lime. They may also be made by double decomposition. • Tests. 1. The alkaline carbonates, phosphates, oxalates, and sulphates, occasion white precipi- tates in solutions of lime. The precipitates occa- sioned by the first three tests are soluble in dilute nitric or muriatic acid ; that by the last is insolu- ble in those menstrua, but soluble in solution of salt, and not reprecipitated by dilute sulphuric acid. (Wackenroder.) Oxalate of ammonia or potassa is the most delicate test of lime. If the substance under examination be a solid, dissolve it in muriatic acid, filter, evaporate to dryness, re- dissolve in water, and test as above. All the solu- ble salts of lime tinge the flame of alcohol of an orange color. Uses. Lime is corrosive, antacid, and depilato- ry. It is employed to make lime water ; to ren- der the alkalis caustic, and to make several cal- careous salts. It is largely used to make mortars LIN LIN 396 and cements, in farming, &c. In large doses it is poisonous. The London College orders the lime of commerce in its Materia Medica, (calx rccens usta,) but under the head of preparations of calci- um, ( Prcparata e calcio ,) directs it to bo prepared by burning chalk broken into pieces for 1 hour. LIME, CHLORIDE OF. Syn. Oxymuriate of Lime. Chloruret of Lime. CiiLoifmi^ or Chlorurkt of Oxide of Calcium. Ciilorite of Lime. Chlorinated Lime. Hypochlorite of Lime. Tennants’ bleaching Powder. Calx Chlorinata, (P. L. and E.) Calcis Hypocitloris. Prep. (P. L.) Hydrate of lime lb. j ; spread it in a proper vessel and expose it to an atmosphere of chlorine gas until it is saturated'. Remarks. The above are the instructions of the London College ; but chloride of lime is never made on the small scale, as it can be purchased of the large manufacturer of better quality and cheaper than it could possibly be made by the druggist. On the large scale the chlorine is gener- ated in leaden vessels, heated by steam, and the gas, after passing through water, is conveyed by a leaden tube into an apartment built of silicious sandstone, and arranged with shelves or trays, con- taining fresh-slaked lime, placed one above an- other, about an inch asunder. The process must be continued for 4 days to produce a good article of chloride of lime. During this time the lime is occasionally agitated by means of iron rakes, the handles of which pass through boxes of lime placed in the walls of the chamber, which act as valves. Tennants, of Glasgow, are the largest manufac- turers of this article in the United Kingdom. The exact chemical constitution of chloride of lime is undetermined. Qual. “ Pale grayish white ; dry ; 50 grains are nearly all soluble in f^ij of water, forming a solution of the density 1;027, and of which 100 measures, treated with an excess of oxalic acid, give off much chlorine, and if then boiled, and al- lowed to rest for 24 hours, yield a precipitate which occupies 19 measures of the liqtiid.” (P. E.) Good chloride of lime should contain 25 to 30§ by weight of chlorine. Uses. It is principally employed as an antisep- tic and disinfectant. An ointment of chloride of lime has been used in scrofula, (Cima,) and a lo- tion or bath, moderately dilute, is one of the clean- est and readiest ways of removing the itch, and several other skin diseases. (See Chlorine, Dis- infectants, Fumigation, &c.) LIME, SULPHUItET OF. (See Calcium, SULPIIURET OF.) LINEN. Fruit stains, iron-moulds, and other spots on linen, may be removed by applying to the part, previously washed clean, a weak solution of chlorine, chloride of lime, spirits of salts, oxalic acid, or salts of lemons, in warm water, and fre- quently by merely using a little lemon juice. The part should be again thoroughly rinsed in clear warm water (without soap) and dried. Linen that Ukh acquired a yellow or bad color by careless washing, may he restored to its former whiteness by working it well in water to which some strained notation of chloride of lime has been added, ob- serving to well, rinse it in clean water, both before and after the immersion in the bleaching liquor. Never attempt to bleach unwashed linen, and avoid using the liquor too strong, as in that caw the linen will be rendered rotten. (See Chloro- metry.) The presence of cotton in linen fabrics may easily bo ascertained by immersing for 2 or 3 minutes a small strip (a square inch, for instance) of the suspected cloth in a mixture of equal par »3 of hydrato of potassa and water, when strongly boiling, after which it must bo taken out and pressed between the folds of blotting paper. By separating 8 or 10 threads in each direction, their color* may be readily seen. The dark yellow threads arc linen, the white or bright yellow ones arc cotton. A vessel of silver, porcelain, or hard glass, must be employed to contain the alkali. This process is simple and certain. (Dr. Boettger.) LINCTUS. (From lingo, I lick.) Syn. Loon. Lohoch. Lambative. Eclegma. Elegma. Elexib. Eclectos. Ecleitos. Illinctub. (In Pharmacy.) A medicine of the consistence of honey, intended to be licked off a spoon. This form of medicine is well adapted to females and children, but is not much used in England (See Loiioch.) LINCTUS, ACID. Syn. Linctus Acidus. L. Acidi Muriatici. Prep. (Dr. Copland.) Honey of roses 3x ; sirup of red poppies 3ij ; muriatic acid 20 drops ; mix. Refrigerant. In putrid fever, sore throat, &c. LINCTUS, DEMULCENT. Syn. L. De- mulcens. Prep. Spermaceti and powdered traga- canth, of each fss ; sirup of poppies, q. s. Dose. As last. LINCTUS, EXPECTORANT. Syn. L. Ex- pectorans. Prep. Oxymel of squills, sirup of al- thea, and mucilage of gum arabic, (thick,) of each, fss. In coughs, &c. Dose. A spoonful occasion- ally. LINCTUS OF BORAX. Syn. L. Boracicus Prep. (Dr. Copland.) Spermaceti 3iiss ; com- pound powder of tragacanth 3iij ; sirup of tola ; borax, in fine powder, 3iiss ; conserve of roses 3v ; sirup of althea, to mix. In sore throat. Dose. As last. LINCTUS OF CACAO. Syn. Creme de Tronchin. Prep. Cocoa-nut butter §ij ; white sugar and sirups of capillaire and tolu, of each, $j. Mix. LINCTUS OF IPECACUANHA. Syn. L. Ipecacuanhas. Prep. (Dr. Copland.) Oil of almonds and sirup of lemons, of each, f^j ; pow- dered ipecacuanha 6 grs. ; confection of hips compound powder of tragacanth 3iij ; make a linctus. Expectorant. In irritating coughs, &c. LINCTUS OF NITRE. Syn. L. Potassas Nitratis. Prep. (Dr. Copland.) Powdered nitre 3iss ; honey of roses f ; oxymel f^iss. Mix. LINCTUS, OILY. Syn. L. Oleosus. Prep. Oil of almonds or olives, oxymel of squills, and sirup of poppies, equal parts. Demulcent. Dose. A teaspoonful ad libitum, in troublesome coughs, iS&c . LINCTUS OF OPIUM. Syn. L. Opiatus Prep. Sirup of poppies f§ij ; thick mucilage f§j; confection of hips §iss ; laudanum 30 drops ; dilu- ted sulphuric acid 3j. Mix. To allay irritation. LINCTUS OF ROSES. Syn. L. Rosae. Prep. Confection of red roses §i ij ; diluted sulphuric acid 3j ;■ compound tincture of camphor ^iss. Mix A nodyne and refrigerant. A spoonful occasionally LIN 397 LIN LINCTUS OF SQUILLS. Syn. .L. Scilljk. Prep. Oil of almonds §ij ; oxymel of squills and honey, of each ; mix. Expectorant. As last. LINCTUS OF TURPENTINE. Syn. L. Stimulans. L. Terebintiiinae. Prep. (Recam- bier.) Oil of turpentine 3ij ; honey of roses f j to Sjiv ; mix. Dose. A teaspoonful night and morn- ing, followed by a draught of any weak drink. In worms. LINIMENT. Syn. Linimentum. ( Lat ., from lino, I anoint.) A semifluid ointment, or soapy application to painful joints, swellings, burns, &c. The term is also extended to various spirituous and stimulating external applications. A medicine of a. thinner consistence, but similarly employed, is called an “ embrocation.” These terms are, how- ever, frequently confounded together, and are offen misapplied. Liniments are applied by fric- tion with the fingers, or by laying a piece of linen rag dipped in them on the part. LINIMENT, ANODYNE. Syn. Linimentum Anodynum. Prep. (P. D.) Soap liniment f §iv ; tincture of opium f fiij. (See Liniment of Opium.) LINIMENT, ACID. Syn. Lin. Acidum. Lin Acidi Muriatici. Prep. (P. C.) Honey of roses §j ; muriatic acid 20 drops ; mix. LINIMENT, ALKALINE. Syn. Lin. Al- kalinum. Prep. (Plenck.) Liquor of carbonate of potassa §ij ; olive oil ^iv ; yelks of 2 eggs ; make a liniment. LINIMENT, DIURETIC. Syn. Lin. Diu- reticum. Prep. I. (Dr. Guibert.) Tinctures of squills, digitalis, and colchicum seeds, of each fss ; liquor of ammonia fss ; camphorated oil ; mix. II. (Dr. Calfiii.) Powdered squills 3j ; gastric juice of a calf §ij ; vinegar of squills ^ss ; mix. LINIMENT, ESCHAROTIC. Prep. Honey 4 oz. ; spirit of salt and verdigris, of each 1 oz. ; mix. Used by farriers. LINIMENT for AMAUROSIS, (WARE’S.) Prep. Camphor liniment §j ; solution of carbonate of potassa 3j ; mix. LINIMENT FOR BURNS. Syn. Liniment of Lime. Carron Oil. Lin. Calcis. Prep. (P. E.) Linseed (olive P. D.) oil and lime water, equal parts ; mix, and agitate well. For severe burns. LINIMENT FOR INFLAMED GLANDS. Prep. Spermaceti ointment 8 oz. ; camphor 1 oz. ; oil of origanum £ oz. ; mix. Used by farriers to promote the suppuration of inflamed glands. LINIMENT FOR THRUSHES AND CAN- KER. Prep. Tar 4 oz. ; melt, and add verdigris £ oz. ; dissolved in spirits of salts £ oz. Used by far- riers. LiNIMENT, HUNGARIAN. Syn Lin. Hungaricum. Prep. (Soubeiran.) Powdered cantharides and sliced garlic, of each 3j ; camphor, bruised mustard seed, and black pepper, of each 3iv ; strong vinegar f vj ; rectified spirit gxij •; macerate a week, and filter. Stimulant ; irritant. LINIMENT OF AMBER, (OPIATE.) Syn. Lin. Succini Opiatum. Prep. (P. C.) Rectified oil of amber and tincture of opium, of each |ij ; lard ; mix. Anodyne and stimulant. LINIMENT OF AMMONIA. Syn. Ammo- niated Oil. Ammoniacal Liniment. Volatile Liniment. Oil and Hartshorn. Lin. Ammonite, L. E. & D.) L:n. Ammonite Fortius. Oleum Ammoniatum. Prep. (P. L.) Liquor of ammonia f (f 3ij, P. D. ;) oil of olives f^ij ; mix and agitate well. Stimulant and rubefacient. Used in rheu- matism, lumbago, neuralgia, sore throat, spasmsj bruises, &c. When the skin is irritable, more oi\ should bo added, or it should be diluted with a little water. (See Liniment of Sesquicarbonate of Ammonia.) LINIMENT OF AMMONIA, (CAMPHOR. ATED.) Lin. Ammonite Campiioratum. Prep (P. C.) Camphorated oil §ix ; liquor of ammonia §iij ; mix well. Used as the last. LINIMENT OF AMMONIA, (COMP.) Syn. Dr. Granville’s Counter-Irritant or Antidy- nous Lotion. Lin. Ammonite compositum. Prep (P. E.) Liquor of ammonia (sp. gr. 0*880) f ^v ; tincture of camphor f §ij ; spirits of rosemary f»§j mix well. Counter-irritant, rubefacient, vesicant and cauterizing, according to the length of its ap plication ; in rheumatism, cramp, neuralgia, dis eased joints, headache, &c. A powerful and speedy remedy. It may be diluted with a mixture of equal parts of the spirits of camphor and rose- mary. LINIMENT OF AMMONIA AND TUR PENTINE. Syn. Lin. Ammonite cum Terebin- thina. Prep. (Dr. Copland.) Liniment of am- monia (P. L.) §iss ; oil of turpentine §ss ; mix. LINIMENT OF SESQUICARBONATE AMMONIA. Syn. Lin. Ammonle sesquicar- bonatis. Lin. Ammon, carbonatis. Prep. Solu- tion of the sesquicarbonate of ammonia, P. L. f §j ; olive oil ^iij ; mix, and agitate well. This resem- bles the liniment of ammonia, P. L., in its general properties, but it is much less active, owing to the alkali being carbonated. It is the “ oil and harts- horn ” and the “ volatile liniment ” of the she os. LINIMENT OF ARCEUS. Syn. Lin.‘ Ar- c^ei. Compound elemi ointment. LINIMENT OF BELLADONNA. Syn. Lin. Belladonnas. Prep. I. (Guy’s H.) Soap liniment f ^viij ; extract of belladonna §j ; mix. II. (Lin. belladonna cum calce. Cazenave.) Lime-water §viij ; oil of almonds §iv ; extract of belladonna 3ij ; mix. Both the above are excel-, lent narcotics, stimulants, and resolvents, in vari ous rheumatic complaints, affections of the skin and joints, tumors, &c. LINIMENT OF BITUMEN. Syn. Tar Liniment. Lin. Bituminis. Prep. (P. C.) Barba- does tar §iss ; melt, and add liquor of ammonia ^ss ; mix well. Stimulant, irritant, and dispersive. LINIMENT OF CAJEPUT OIL. Syn. Lin. Cajeputi. Lin. Cajeputi stimulans. Prep. (Dr.^ Copland.) Soap and compound camphor liniment, of each f ^iss ; oil of cajeput f^j ; mix. Stimu- lant. LINIMENT OF CAJEPUT, (ETHERE- AL.) Syn. Lin. Cajefuti etiiereum. Prep. (Tortuel.) Camphor 3j ; oil of cajeput 3ij ; sul- phuric ether ; mix, and keep it in a stoppered bottle in the cold. Very volatile. LINIMENT OF CAMPHOR. Syn. Cam- phor Liniment. Camphorated Oil. Oleum CAMPIIORATUM, (P. D.) LlN. CAMPHORS, (P. L. & E.) Prep. (P. L.) Camphor 3j ; olive oil f§iv, gently heat the oil, add the camphor, cut small, and agitato until dissolved. The Dublin College orders only £ the above camphor Stimulant, an* LIN 398 LIN odyne, and resolvent ; in sprains, bruises, and rheumatic pains, glandular enlargement, Ac. LINIMENT OF CAMPHOR, (COM- POUND.) Ward’s Essence for the Headache. Lin. Camphor.® compositum, (P. L. A D.) Prep. I. (P. L.) Liquor of ammonia f ^viiss ; spirits of lavender 1 pint ; distil off 1 pint, add camphor ^iiss, and dissolve. On the largo scale this prep- aration is more conveniently made as follows : — II. Camphor (clean) 21 oz. ; English oil of lav- ender 3| oz. ; liquor of ammonia 2f lbs. ; mix, close the vessel, and agitate occasionally until the camphor is dissolved. Powerfully stimulant and rubefacient. LINIMENT OF CANTIIARIDES. Syn. Lin. Lytt®. Lin. Cantharidis. Prep. I. (P. TJ. S.) Powdered Spanish flies 3j ; oil of turpen- tine f^j ; digest 2 horn's, and filter. II. (Collier.) Tincture of cantharides and soap liniment, equal parts ; mix. Both the above are irritant and stimulant, but should be used cau- tiously, lest they produce strangury. LINIMENT OF COD-LIVER OIL. Syn. Lin. Olei aselli. Prep. (Dr. Erach.) Cod-liver oil 5 liquor of ammonia jss ; mix. Resolvent, dispersive ; applied to glandular tumors. LINIMENT OF CROTON OIL. Syn. Lin. Crotonis. Prep. I. (Pereira.) Croton oil 1 part ; olive oil 5 parts ; mix. II. (Collier.) Croton oil 3j ; olive oil 3ij ; mix. Both the above are used as counter-irritants ; re- peatedly rubbed on the skin, redness and a pustu- lar eruption ensue. LINIMENT, GREEN. Syn. Lin. of Hem- lock. Lin. Viride. Lent. Conii. Prep. (Dr. Campbell.) Powdered camphor and extract of hemlock, of each, Jj ; compound spirit of ammo- nia ^ij ; oiive oil and liquor of ammonia, of each, §vj ; mix. LINIMENT OF IODINE. Syn. Lin. Iodi- nii. Prep. I. (Dr. Manson.) Tincture of opium f^j ; tincture of iodine f3j. II. (Dr. Copland.) Soap liniment ; iodine 8 to 10 grs. ; dissolve. In scrofula, glandular en- largements, rheumatism, Ac. LINIMENT OF LEAD. Syn. Lin. Plumbi. Prep. (Gaozey.) Acetate of lead 40 grs. ; soft water lb.j ; olive oil lb. ss; mix, and agitate well. Astringent, refrigerant. Useful in excoriations, especially when accompanied with inflammation. LINIMENT OF LIME. Syn. Lin. Calcis camphoratum. Prep. (W. Cooley.) Camphorated oil §ij ; lime water ; mix, and agitate well. For burns, chilblains, Ac. LINIMENT OF LIME AND OPIUM. Syn. Lin. Calcis Opiatum. Prep. (W. Cooley.) Lime-water and camphorated oil, of each, §j ; ex- tract of opium 5 grs. ; mix. For severe burns, to allay pain, See. LINIMENT OF MERCURY. Syn. Mer- curial Liniment. Compound do. Lin. IIydrar- gyri, (P. L. 1809.) Lin. IIydrargyri composi- tum, (P. L. 1824, and since.) Prep. (P. L.) Cumphor §j ; spirit of wine 3j ; sprinkle the latter on the former, powder, add lard and stronger mer- curial ointment, of each, §iv ; rub well together, then further add liquor of ammonia f^iv ; mix well. Excitant; resembles mercurial ointment, but It quicker in its one, rations. LINIMENT OF MURIATIC ACID. Syn Lin. Muriaticitm. Lin. Acidi Muiiiatici. Prep I. (Fr. II.) Olivo oil |ij ; white wax 3ij ; dissolve by heat, cool, add balsam of Peru 3j ; muriatic acid 3ij ; mix well. An excellent application to chilblains before they break. II. (W. Cooley.) Olivo oil ^iij ; white wax and camphor, of each, 3ij ; mix as last, then add mu- riatic acid f 3iij ; mix well. Quite’ equal to the last and cheaper. LINIMENT OF MUSTARD. Syn. Lin. Sinapis. Whitehead's Essence of Mustard. Prep. I. (P. C.) Bruised mustard seed lb. ss ; oil of turpentine lb. j ; camphor ^iv ; digest. Stimu- lant. A popular application in rheumatisms, chil- blains, Ac. II. Flour of mustard 2 oz. ; liquor of ammonia 1 oz. ; mix, and add enough water to reduce if to a cream. Used by farriers to rub on the bellies of horses, Ac., in inflammation of the bowels. LINIMENT OF NUX VOMICA. Syn. Lin. Nucis Vomic®. Prep. (Majendic.) ‘Tinc- ture of nux vomica f^j} liquor of ammonia f 3ij ; mix. LINIMENT OF OPIUM. Syn. Anodyne Liniment. Lin. Opii, (P. L. A E.) Lin. Saponis cum Ono, vel Lin. Anodynum, (P. D.) Prep. (P L.) Soap liniment f^vj ; tincture of opium f^ij ; mix. An excellent anodyne in local pains, rheu- matism, neuralgia, sprains, Ac. LINIMENT OF PHOSPHORUS. Syn. Lin. Piiosphoratum. Prep. (Hamb. Ph.) Camphor 10 grs. ; phosphorus 6 grs. ; oil of almonds §j ; dis- solve with a gentle heat, cool, and add liquor of ammonia 10 drops; mix. LINIMENT OF SOAP. Syn. Soap Lini- ment. Opodeldoc. Balsam of Soap. Compound Tincture of Soap. Balsamum Saponis. Tinc- tura Saponis composita. Tinctura Saponis cam- phorata. Lin. Saponaceum, (P. L. 1745.) Lin. Saponis compositum, (P. L. 1788 to 1824.) Lin. Saponis, (P. L. 1836, P. E. A D.) Prep. I. (P. L.) Castile soap ^iij ; camphor ; spirit of rose- mary ffxvj ; mix and digest till dissolved. II. (P. E.) Castile soap ^iv; camphor %ij ; oil of rosemary f3v; rectified spirit of wine 1 pint, and f^xij ; mix and dissolve. Remarks. When Castile soap is employed, the liniment is apt to become gelatinous in cold wea-* ther, it is therefore a general plan with the drug- gists to substitute soft soap. The following for- mula is adopted by some wholesale druggists, and produces a very good article, though weaker than that of the pharmacopoeia : — Camphor, cut small, 1| lb.; soft soap 6 lbs.; oil of rosemary 2 oz. ; rectified spirit of wine and water, of each, 3£ gal- lons ; digest with occasional agitation for a week and filter. Soap liniment is stimulant, disculient, and lubri- oating, and is used in rheumatism, local pains, swellings, bruises, sprains, Ac. LINIMENT OF SOAP AND LEAD. Syn. Lin. Saponis cum Plumbo, (P. C.) Soap liniment ^ij ; liquor of diacetate of lead 3j ; mix. LINIMENT OF SOAP, (IODURETED.) Syn. Lin. Ioduretum Saponaceum. Prep. (Gui- bourt.) White soap 3x ; oil of almonds 3v ; melt together and add iodide of potassium 3j, dissolved in water 3j. 399 LIQ UQ LINIMENT OF SOA1P, (STIMULANT.) Syn Lin. SaponIs Stimulans. Prep. Soap lini- ment Sjiiss ; tincture of lytta ; mfx. LINIMENT OF SOAP, (SULPHURET- ED.) Syn. Lin. Sulfhuro-safonaceum. Prep. (Jadelot.) Sulphuret of potassium ^iij ; soap lb.j; water q. s. ; melt together, and add, olive oil lb.j ; oil of thyme f3j ; mix well. An excellent remedy for the itch and some allied skin diseases. LINIMENT OF SULPHUR AND SOAP. Syn. Lin. Sulphuris cum Sapone. Prep. (Lu- gol.) Soap ^iij ; water f vj ; dissolve by heat, and add flowers of sulphur ^iij. (See Lin. of Soap, SuLPHURETED.) LINIMENT OF TURPENTINE. Syn. Lin. Terebinthinas. Prep. (P. L.) Soft soap §ij ; camphor ^j : oil of turpentine f^xvj ; shake them together until mixed. Stimulant in lumbago and cholera. II. (P. L. 1824.) Resin cerate lb.ss; oil of tur- pentine f^iv ; mix An excellent application to burns. LINIMENT OF TURPENTINE, (VITRI- OLIC.) Syn. Lin. Terebinthinae Vitriolicum. Prep. (P. C.) Olive oil f x ; oil of turpentine f ^iv ; oil of vitriol 3iij ; mix well. In chronic affections of the joints and old sprains and bruises. LINIMENT OF VERATRINE. Syn. Lin. Veratri^e. Prep. (Brande.) Veratria 8 grs. ; al- cohol f^ss; dissolve and add, soap liniment f^ss. In neuralgic and rheumatic pains, gout, &c. LINIMENT OF VERDIGRIS. Syn.- Mel JEgyptiacum, (P. L. 1746.) Unguentum .ZEgyp- ti^cum, (P. L. 1720.) Oxymel JEruginis. (P. L. 1788.) Oxymel Cupri Subacetatis, (P. D.) Li- nimentum ^Eruginis, (P. L. 1809, and since.) Prep. (P. L.) Powdered verdigris §j ; vinegar f^vij ; dissolve, strain, add clarified honey ^xiv, and boil to a proper consistence. Stimulant, de- tergent, and escharotic. Applied to indolent ul- cers, especially of the throat, by means of a camel hair pencil, and diluted with water used as a gargle. *#* Avoid swallowing it, as it will induce vomit- ing and excessive purging. LINIMENT, SIMPLE. Syn. Lin. Simplex. Prep. (P. E.) White wax ^j ; olive oil f^iv; melt together and stir till col; Emollient ; resembles «permaceti ointment in all except its consistence. LINIMENT, VERMIFUGE. Syn. Lin. An- thelminticum. Prep. Castor oil 32 grammes ; essential oils of wormwood and tansy, of each 15 grammes ; Dr. Peschier’s ethereal tincture of pen- nyroyal buds 20 drops ; mix. Employed in fric- tions on the abdomen in cases of worms in chil- dren. Its activity may be still further increased by macerating a little bruised garlic in the oil of tansy (Jour, de Mddecine.) An excellent medi- cine. LINIMENT, WHITE. Syn. Lin. Album. LINIMENTUM TRIPHARMACUM. Prep. (P. L. 1746.) Lead- plaster and olive oil, of each $iv ; melt, and add vinegar ^j ; stir till cold. Cool- ing ; desiccative. LIPIC ACID One of a new series of acids, discovered by Laurent, and obtained by the action of nitric acid on oleic acid. See Adipic Acid. LIQUEUR DE PRESSAVIN. Prep. Oxide ef mercury freshly precipitated from a solution of nitrate of mercury, and cream cf tarta?, of each 1 oz. ; hot water 1 quart ; dissolve. For use add 2 spoonfuls of this liquor to 1 quart of watei; and tal^e a wine-glassful (2 oz.) 3 or 4 times a day avoiding the use of common salt at the same time This is simply a solution of potassio-tartrate of mercury, and may be taken where the use of mer- cury is indicated. . LIQUEURS, (Fr.) Dilute alcohol, aromatized and sweetened. The French liqueuristes are pro- verbial for the superior quality, creamlike smooth- ness, and delicate flavor of their cordials. This chiefly arises from the employment of very pure spirit and sugar, and the judicious application of the flavoring ingredients. The French liqueuristes distinguish their cordials into twe classes, viz. — • waters, or liqueurs which, though sweetened, are perfectly devoid of viscidity — and creams, oils, and balms, which contain sufficient sugar to impart to them a considerable degree of consistence. The first part of the process is the preparation of the aromatized or flavoring essences. These are usu- ally prepared by infusion or maceration in very pure spirit, at about 2 to 4 u. p., (sp. gr. 0-922 to 0-925,) placed in well-corked glass carboys, or stoneware bottles. The maceration is continued, with occasional agitation, for 4 or 5 weeks, when the aromatized spirit is drawn off, and either dis- tilled or filtered ; usually the former. These spirits are called, by the French, “ infusions .” The outer peel of cedrats, lemons, oranges, limettes, bergamottes, &c., is alone used, and is obtained either by carefully peeling the fruit with a knife, or by rubbing it off with a lump of hard white sugar. (See Citrons.) Aromatic seeds and woods are bruised by pounding before being submitted to infusion. The substances employed by the French to color their liqueurs are, — for blue, sulphate cf indigo nearly neutralized with chalk, or the juice of blue flowers or berries ; — fawn and brandy color, burnt sugar ; — green, spinage or parsley leaves digested in spirit ; also by mixing blue and yellow ; — red, powdered cochineal, either alone or mixed with a little alum ; — violet, blue violet pe- tals, or litmus ; — yellow, an aqueous infusion of safflowers or French berries, or a spirituous tincture of turmeric. See Cordials. LIQUID COLORS, (JLacca fluida.) Prep. I. (Blue.) a. Dissolve. litmus in water, and add ^ of spirit of wine. — b. Dilute Saxon blue or sulphate of indigo with water. If required for delicate Work, neutralize the acid with chalk. — c. To an aqueous infusion of litmus add a few drops of vine- gar, till it turns full blue. II. (Purple.) a. Steep litmus in water and strain. — b. Add a little alum to a strained decoc- tion of logwood. — c. Add a solution of carmine (red) to a little blue solution of litmus or Saxon blue. III. (Green.) a. Dissolve crystallized verdigris in water. — b. Dissolve sap green in wateT, and add a little alum. — c. Add a little salt of tartar to a blue or purple solution of litmus, till it turns green. — d. Dissolve equal parts of crystallized verdigris and cream of tartar in water, and add a little gum arabic. Used as an ink for writing. IV. (Yellow.) a. Dissolve gamboge in water, and add a little gum arabic and alum. Used for ink, to stain paper, color maps, &c. — b. Dissolve gamboge in equal parts of proof spirit and water. Golden colored. — c. Steep French berries in hot water, strain, and add a little gum and alum. — d. Steep turmeric, round zedoary, gamboge, or an- notto, in spirits of wine. — e. Dissolve annotto in a weak lye of subcar.bonate of soda or potash. All the above arc used by artificial florists. V. (Red.) a. Macerate ground Brazil in vine- gar, boil a few minutes, strain, and add a little alum and gum. — b. Add vinegar to an infusion of litmus till it turns red. — c. Boil or infuse powdered cochineal in water ; strain, and add a little alum and gum. — d. Dissolve carmine in liquor of am- monia, or in weak carbonate of potash water; the former is superb. Remarks. All the preceding, thickened with a little gum, are used as inks for writing, as colors to tint maps, foils, paper, artificial flowers, &c., and to paint on velvet. Some of them are very beau- tiful. It must be observed, however, that those made with strong spirit do not mix well with gum, unless diluted with water. LIQUID COLORS, (for druggists' show- bottles.) Prep. I. (Blue.) a. Blue vitriol 1 lb. ; water 1 gallon ; dissolve. — b. To the last add alum 1 lb., and oil of vitriol to strike the' color. Very dark. — c. Dissolve indigo in sulphuric acid, and dilute with water. — d. Dissolve pure Prussian blue in oxalic or muriatic acid, and dilute with water. (See Blue Inks and Writing-Fluids.) II. (Purple.) a. Verdigris 1 oz. ; spirits of harts- horn 1 lb. ; water 6 lbs. ; dissolve. — b , Infusion of logwood 1 gallon ; spirits of hartshorn q. s. — c. Sugar of lead 3 oz. ; powdered cochineal 1 dr. ; water q. s. — d. Add sulphate of indigo, nearly neutralized with chalk, to an infusion of cochineal, till it turns purple. III. (Green.) a. Verdigris 4 oz. ; water 2 quarts ; mix, and add oil of vitriol or nitric acid q. s. — b. Crystallised verdigris 4 oz. ; strong vinegar i pint ; dissolve, and dilute with water. — c. Add distilled verdigris and blue vitriol to a strong decoc- tion of turmeric. — d. Dissolve blue vitriol in water, and add nitric acid till it turns green. IV. (Red.) a. Dissolve carmine in liquor of ammonia, and dilute with water. — b, Digest pow- dered cochineal in spirits of hartshorn or solution of sal ammoniac ; and when colored, dilute with water. V. (Yellow.) a. Sesquioxide or rust of iron \ lb. ; muriatic acid 1 quart ; dissolve and dilute with water.— b, To a strong decoction of French berries add a little alum. — c. Dissolve gamboge or annotto in liquor of potassa ; dilute with water, and add a little spirit. Orange or deep orange, depending on the quantity of alkali present. Remarks. All the above require filtering through paper placed in a glass funnel, and usually need a second filtration after being exposed to the light for some weeks. LIQUID, SHAVING. Syn. Liquid Soap. Prep. Best soft soap 1 lb. ; rectified spirit of wine 1 j pint ; mix. Used to raise a lather in shaving, by merely rubbing a few drops on tiie beard, and applying a little hot water with the finger or sha- ving-brush. Stronger than the esprit dc savon and esse nee royal pour la barbe,n old for the same purpose. Some persons substitute proof spirit for spirit of wine, and others use equal parts of water and spirit of wine as the menstruum. All answer well. LIQUODILLA. Prep. Yellow peel of C oranges and 6 lemons ; brandy or plain spirit 1 gallon ; digest a week, filter, and add loaf sugar 4 lbs., dissolved in water 1 gallon, and the juice of the oranges and lemons which were peeled. Let it stand a month, and then bottle. A pleasant and refreshing cordial. LIQUOR. Syn. Liqueur, (Fr) Liquor, (Lat., from lique 6, I become liquid.) This tsrm is applied in the London Pharmacopoeia to th#se aqueous solutions commonly, though improperly, called w’atcrs ; as, iiquor of ammonia, (liquor am- monia;,) liquor of potassa, (liquor potassa;,) &c., which are simple solutions of pure potassa and gaseous ammonia, and would therefore be more correctly and intelligibly called “solutions.” (Seo Solution.) The term “ liquor ” has also been applied of late years to some concentrated preparations, more cor- rectly termed “ fluid extracts ,” as they merely differ from good extracts in their less consistence, and from ordinary extracts in containing less starchy matter, albumen, and gum. There is also usually a little spirit added to them, to prevent de- composition. Liquors of this kind may be made of the finest quality, by the same processes that are required for the preparation of good soluble ex- tracts ; observing to stop the evaporation as soon as the consistence of treacle is acquired, and when cold, to add l-4th or l-5fli part of their then weight in rectified spirit of wine. The addition of 3 or 4 drops of the oils of cloves and mustard seed, dis- solved in the spirit, will secure them from any Tisk of moulding or fermentation ; in fact, with this addi- tion many of them will keep well without spirit, provided they be evaporated sufficiently, and kept in a cool place. The liquors which are merely concentrated infusions or decoctions, and which in their consistence do not even approximate to ex- tracts, may be made in the same manner as thoso preparations. (See Infusions and Decoctions, concentrated, and Essences.) The following formulae are introduced to illustrate the preparation of this class of medicines : — LIQUOR OF PALE CINCHONA. Syn Liquor Cinchona pallid^e. Prep. I. Pale cin- chona bark, bruised, 56 lbs. ; boiling water, holding in solution I lb. of sulphuric acid, q. s. ; macerate, with occasional agitation in a covered earthen vessel for 48 hours ; press out the liquid, wash the residue with water, mix the liquors, strain, evapo- rate as rapidly as possible in earthenware, to ex- actly 6 lbs. ; add rectified spirit 1 lb. ; set it aside for a week, and decant the clear. Very rich in cinchona. It is 96 times as strong as the decoc- tion of cinchona, P. L., and 12 times as strong as the concentrated infusion or decoction of cinchona. This preparation resembles tfio liquor cinchonaa pallidce sold by Battley, at 24s. per lb., whole- sale. II. Exhaust the bark as above, by maceration in 3 successive waters without acid, filter, evapo- rate the mixed liquors to 7 lbs., and proceed as be- fore. Inferior to the last, and loss rich in cin- chona. Very thick ; scarcely liquid. LIQUOR OF ERGOT OF RYE. Syn. Es- sence of Ergot. Liquor Ergot.e. Liquor LIT 401 LIT Secalis cornuti. Concentrated Infusion of Ergot of Rye. Prep. Ergot 3 lbs. ; grind in a pepper-mill, add water 8 lbs. ; macerate for 12 hours, add rectified spirit 2 quarts ; macerate for a week in a corked bottle, press out the liquor, and filter. Contains ^th ergot, is 8. times as strong as the ordinary infusion, and 2% times as strong as the tincture of ergot of Apothecaries’ Hall. *** In the formula given at Ergot, the quantity of ergot is wrongly stated. LIQUOR OF SARSAPARILLA. Syn Fluid Extract of Sarsaparilla. Liquor Sar- z.«, &c. Either the simple or the compound li- quor of sarsaparilla maybe prepared by evapo- rating the corresponding decoction, carefully pre- pared, to a proper consistence, straining through fiannel, and adding a little spirit. Jamaica sarza should be alone employed, as the other varieties, especially the Honduras, not only possess less virtue, and yield less extract, but are very liable to ferment, and get mouldy. LIQUOR OF TARAXACUM. Syn. Fluid Extract of Taraxacum. Do. do. of Dandelion. Liquor Taraxaci. Prep. I. Dried dandelion roots 28 lbs. ; rinse them in clean cold water, to remove dirt, slice them small, macerate in enough cold water to cover them, for 24 hours, press out the liquid, allow the fecula to subside, decant the clear, heat it to 180° or 190°, to coagulate the al- bumen, filter while hot, and evaporate by steam, or preferably by a current of warm air, or in vacuo, till the liquid be reduced to 22 lbs. ; to this add rectified spirit of wine 6 lbs. ; mix well, set it aside in a corked bottle for a week or a fortnight, and decant the clear from any sediment that may have formed. A very fine article. It represents an equal weight of the roots. II. Heat the expressed juice of dandelion to near the boiling point, strain, evaporate as last, to a proper consistence, then add \ or ^ of spirit of wine, and proceed as before. Very odorous, and pale colored ; stronger, and preferable to the pre- ceding. (See Extract of Dandelion.) LIRIODENDRINE. A white crystalline substance, resembling boracic acid, found in the bark of the root of liriodendron tulipifera. It has a bitter taste, and is soluble in alcohol, and slightly so in water. LISBON DIET DRINK. Prep. Sliced sar- saparilla and china roots, of each j the dried peels of 20 walnuts coarsely powdered ; antimony fij ; powdered pumice stone ; water 10 pints; the antimony and pumice are to be tied in a cloth and boiled with the other ingredients, till the liquid be reduced to one half, when it must be strained. The above is said to be the original receipt for the Lisbon diet drink, but compouncT decoction of sarsaparilla is now universally used instead. LITHARGE. Syn. Lytiiarge. Oxide of Lead. Protoxide of Lead. Semi-vitrified Oxide of Lead. Litharge, (Fr.) Glatte, Bleiglatte, ( Ger .) Litargiro, ( Ital .) Litar- gireo, (Span.) Lithargyrum, (P. E.) Plumbi Oxydum, (P. L.) PlumiH Oxydum Semi-vitreum, (T. Dj Litiiargyrus. Molybdena, (Pliny.) Ai$d()yvpov, (Hippocrates.) Litharge is prepared by scraping o(F the dross that forms on the surface of melted lead exposed to a current of air, ( dross of lead, plumbum ustum,) and heating it /o a full red 51 to melt out any undecomposed metal. The fused oxide in cooling forms a yellow or reddish semi- crystalline mass, which readily separates into scales ; these when ground constitute the powder- ed litharge of the shops. Litharge is also prepared by exposing red lead to a heat sufficiently high tc fuse it, and English litharge is obtained as a sec- ondary product by liquefaction, from argentiferous lead ore. The litharge of commerce is distinguish- ed by its color into Litharge of Gold, ( Lithar- gyrum Auri ,) which is dark colored and impure., and Litharge of Silver, ( Lithargyrum Argenti,) which is purer, and paler-colored. The dark co- lor of the former is chiefly owing to the presence of red lead. In grinding litharge about 1 lb. ot olive oil is usually added to each 1 cwt., to prevent dust. Use. Litharge is employed in pharmacy , to make plasters and several other preparations ol lead ; by painters as a ‘ drier ’ for oils, and for various other purposes in the arts. Pur. “ Almost entirely soluble in dilute nitric acid. The matter thrown down from this solution by liquor of potassa is white, and is redissoived by excess of it.” (P. L.) “ 50 grs. dissolve entirely, and without effervescence, in f^iss of pyroligneous acid ; and the solution precipitated by 53 grs. of phosphate of soda, remains precipitable by more of the test.” (P. E.) Both of the above solutions should be colorless. It is of great importance to the pharmaceutist to obtain pure litharge, as the slightest impurity will often color and spoil his lead, plaster, ( emp . plumbi,) and solution of diacetate of lead, (liq. plumbi diacetatis.) LITHIA, (from \i9t7os, lapideus.) Syn Oxids of Lithium. An alkali or alkaline earth, discov- ered in 1818, by M. Arfwedson, in a mineral called petalite It has since been found in a few other minerals. Prep. (Berzelius.) Finely powdered petalite oi spondumene 1 part ; fluor spar 2 parts ; mix, add oil of vitriol 10 parts, and heat the mixture as long as acid vapors are evolved. The residuum must be dissolved in pure water of ammonia, boiled, fil- tered, the solution evaporated to dryness, and the dry ma.ss heated to redness. The matter left is pure sulphate of lithia, from which pure lithia may be obtained by decomposing it by acetate ol baryta, and by expelling the acetic acid from the filtered solution by heat. Prop., ifc. Lithia is caustic, alkaline, and spa- ringly soluble in water It is distinguished from potassa and soda by its phosphate and carbonate being scarcely soluble in water, — from baryta, strontia, and lime, by forming soluble salts with sulphuric and oxalic acids, — and from magnesia, by the solution of its carbonate exhibiting an al- kaline reaction. Heated on platinum it tinges the flame of the blowpipe red. With the acids, lithia forms salts, most of which may be made by Its direct solution in the former. LITIIIC ACID. (See Uric Acid.) LITHIUM. The metallic base of lithia, obtained by Sir II. Davy by exposing lithia, oi oxide of lithium, to galvanic action. Its existence as a metal w r as so transient, that its properties could not be examined. It is white colored, like Sodium. LITHOCHOLIC ACID \ new acid dia- 402 LOB LIT covered by Wohler in a biliary concretion. It possesses no practical interest. LITHOFELLIC ACID. An acid recently discovered by Gobel, in a biliary concretion. It forms the chief portion of the substances called hf.zoar stones. It was obtained by digesting the calculus in boiling alcohol of 98$, evaporatings and redigesting tho residue first in cold and then in boiling alcohol ; from tho latter solution the acid was obtained by slow evaporation. Colorless and crystalline when pure, forming salts with the bases. LITHOGRAPHIC INK. Prep. I. Mastich in tears 8 oz. ; shellac ‘12 oz. ; Venice turpentine 1 oz. ; melt together, add wax 1 lb., tallow 6 oz. ; when dissolved, further add hard tallow soap, in shavings, G oz. ; when the whole is combined, add lampblack 4 oz. ; mix well, cool a little, and* then pour it into moulds or on a slab, and when cold cut it into square pieces. II. (M. Lasteyrie.) Dry tallow soap, mastich in tears, and common soda in fine powder, of each 30 parts; shellac 150 parts; lampblack 12 parts; mix as last. Both the above are used for writing on lithographic stones. III. ( Autographic .) a. White wax 8 oz., and white soap 2 to 3 oz. ; melt, when well combined add lampblack 1 oz. ; mix well, and heat it strong- ly ; then add shellac 2 oz. ; again heat it strongly ; stir well together, cool a little, and pour it out as before. With this ink lines may be drawn of the finest to the fullest class, without danger of its spreading, and the copy may be kept for years be- fore being transferred. b. White soap and white wax, of each 10 oz. ; mutton suet 3 oz. ; shellac and mastich, of each 5 oz. ; lampblack 3^ oz. ; mix as above. Both the above are used for writing on lithographic paper. When the last one is employed, the transfer must be made within a week. Remarks. The above inks are rubbed down with a little water jn a cup or saucer for use, in the same way as common water-color cakes, or Indian ink. In winter, the operation should be performed near the fire, or the saucer should be placed over a basin containing a little warm or tepid water. Either a steel-pen or oamel’s hair pencil may be employed with the ink. (See Lith- ography.) LITHOGRAPHIC PAPER. Prep. I. Starch G oz. ; gum arabic 2 oz. ; alum 1 oz. ; make a strong solution of each separately, in hot water, mix, and apply it while still warm to one side of leaves of paper, with a clean painting-brush. When dry, a second and a third coat may be given ; lastly, press it, to make it smooth. II. Give the paper three coats of thin size, one coat of good white starch, and one coat of a solu- tion of gamboge in water ; the whole to bo applied with a sponge, and each coat to bo allowed to dry before the other is applied. Tho whole of the so- lutions should lie fresh made. Remarks. Lithographic papor is used to write on with lithographic ink. The writing maybe trans- ferred by simply moistening tho back of tho paper, and evenly pressing it on tho stone, when a re- versed copy is obtained, which may bo used to print from, and will yield corrected copies, resem- bling the original writing or drawing. LITHOGRAPHY ('From a stone, and ypu-pttv, to write or drain.) The art of engraving on stone. Want of space must limit our notice of this beautiful art to the following remarks, which are inserted to explain tho method of using litho- graphic crayons, ink, and paper. There are two modes of lithography in general use. For tho one a drawing is made on the litho- graphic stone, with a lithographio crayon, (see Crayons, Lithographic,) or with lithographic ink, and when tho design is dry, a vory weak so- lution of oil of vitriol, or muriatic acid, is poured upon the stone, which acts by removing tho alkali from the chalk or ink used lef draw the design, and thus leaves them in a permanent and insoluble form. The acid also removes a very small portion of tho surface of tho stone occupied by tho lights of tho drawing, and renders it more absorbent. In the other method, the design is made on litho- graphic paper, (see the last article,) which paper, on being moistened, laid on tho stone, and passed through the press, leaves its design on the stone, which is then acted on by acid as before described. To print from stones so prepared, water is thrown on them, and the roller, charged with printing ink, passed over them, when the paper, is applied, and a copy is obtained by the action of the press. The same process must be had recourse to for each copy. The nature of the stone & such that it re- tains with great tenacity the resinous and oily sub- stances contained in the ink or crayon employed to form the design, and also absorbs water freely ; this, combined with the peculiar affinity between resinous and oily substances, and their mutual power of repelling water, occasions the ink on the printing roller to adhere to the design, or resinous portion, and to leave untouched the lights or wa- tered parts of the stone. The stones are prepared by polishing in the ordinary way ; the style of work for which they are intended determining the de- gree of labor bestowed upon them. For crayon drawings, the surface should have a fine grain, but the finish of the stone must depend upon the de- sired softness of the intended drawing ; for writing or drawing on in ink, the surface must receive a higher polish, and must be finished off with pum- ice stone and water. The best lithographic stones are obtained from Solenhofen, near Munich, and from Pappenheim, on the banks of the Danube. The white lias which lies immediately under the blue, near Bath, also yields good lithographic stones. LIVER OF ANTIMONY. Syn. IIepar An- timonii. A crude oxysulphuret of antimony, pre- pared by roasting crude antimony to a dull gray, and then melting it. Another preparation, made by mixing and melting common antimony with twice its weight of potash, is also called liver of antimony, and is used by farriers as a strong purge for grease in horses’ heels. LIVER OF SULPHUR. Fused sulphuret of potassium. LOBELIANIN. This name has been given by Dr. Pereira to tho butyraceous volatilo oil ob- tained by distilling Indian tobacco ( lobelia injlata ) along with water. LOBELIC ACID. This name has been given to tho acid existing in decoction of lobelia. Tl. decoction reddens litmus, and is precipitateu several metallic suits. LOH 403 LOT LOBELINA. Syn. Lobelia A soft brown- substance, found by Colhoun in lobelia inflata. It is soluble in alcohol, and forms salts with the acids, and is said to resemble the nicotin of Berzelius. It may bo obtained by the action of alcohol, evapora- tion, digestion of the residue in an acid, and subse- quent precipitation. LOBSTERS. The heavier fish are the best. When fresh, they have a lively color and pleasant smell. When boiled, the tail will be stiff, and pull up with a spring, if fresh. The cock lobster is pre- ferred, though smaller than the hen, and may be known by the narrow back part of his tail, and the two uppermost fins within it being stiff and hard ; those of the hen are softer and broader. LOCKSOY. Rice boiled to a paste and drawn into threads. Used to thicken soups. It is im- ported from China. LOCOFOCOS, (from loco foci, instead of a fire.) The Arperican name for Congreve matches. From the following accident, these matches have given their name to the ultra-democratical party of America : — During a meeting of some of that party in 1834, at Tammany Hall, New York, the lamps suddenly became extinguished, when several per- sons present drew boxes of locofocos from their pockets and relighted them ; since which time the word has been equally applied to matches and ultra-democrats. LOG WOOD. Syn. Bois de Campeche ; Bois Bleu, (Fr.) Blauholz, ( Ger .) Hasmatoxyli lignum ; Lignum Campechense ; Lignum Campe- chianum ; Lignum Campescanum ; Lignum Indi- cum ; Lignum Sappan, (Lot.) The wood of hcema- toxylon campechianum, (Linnaeus.) Logwood is largely employed in dyeing and calico printing for the production of reds, violets, purples, blacks, drabs, &c. It readily yields its color both to spirit and boiling water. The color of its infusion is a fine red, turning on the purple or violet; acids turn it yellow, and alkalis deepen it. It dyes stuff pre- 'iously mordanted with alum, of various shades of violet and purple, according to the proportions of the materials. By using solution of tin as the mor- dant, various shades of red, lilac, and violet, may be obtained. The addition of a little Brazil wood is commonly made to brighten the red. With a mordant of sulphate or acetate of iron, it dyes black ; and with the addition of a little •sulphate of copper, grays of various shades. It is, however, chiefly employed in conjunction with gall nuts for dyeing black, to which it imparts a lustre and vel- vety appearance. Silk is usually turned through the cold decoction, but for wool the decoction is used either hot or boiling. Logwood is one of the cheapest and most easily managed of the dye- stuffs. LOIIOCH, (ARAB.) Syn. Lohock. Loocii. Loch. Lin<5tus. A medicine licked off a spoon. (See Linctus.) LOIIOCH, COMMON. Syn. Loiiocii com- mune. Prep. (P. E. 1744.) Oil of almonds and sirup of tolu, of each, ^j ; powdered white sugar 3ij ; mix. Demulcent ; in coughs and hoarse- ness. LOIIOCH, DEMULCENT. Syn. L. De- mulcent. Prep. I. ( L . Tronchin.) Oil of almonds, sirup of capillaire, manna, and cassia pulp, of each lij ; powdered gum tragaceftith 16 grs. ; orange - flower water f fij ; mix. For coughs, &c. The above is the quantity for 2 days, which is as long as it will keep. II. Yelk of one egg ; oil of almonds 2 oz. ; sirup of althaea 1 oz. ; rose water 3 oz. ; mix. In cough? and hoarseness. LOHOCH, EXPECTORANT. Syn. L. Ex- pectorals. Prep. (Zanetii.) Kermes mineral 4 grs. ; manna ^vj ; oil of almonds, sirup of squill.-, and sirup of senega, of each 3ij ; mix. Laxative, demulcent, and expectorant ; in coughs, &c. LOHOCH, GREEN. Syn. L. Viride. White lohoch, colored with the sirups of saffron and violets. LOHOCH OF LINSEED. Syn. L. de Lino. Prep. (P. E. 1744.) Fresh linseed oil, and sirup of tolu, of each ; sulphur and white sugar, of each 3ij ; mix. LOHOCH OF MANNA. Syn. L. de Man- na. Linctus demulcens et aperiens. Prep. (P. E. 1744.) Manna, oil of alnruids, and sirup of violets, equal parts;. mix. Lax:-ive and de- mulcent. A good medicine in the coughs of chil- dren. LOHOCH OF OIL OF ALMONDS. Syn. L. Oleosum. Prep. I. (P. Cod.) Oil of almonds, powdered gum, and orange-flower water, of each 3iv ; sirup of althaea ; mix. II. Oil of almonds, powdered gum, sirup of al- thaea, and rose water, of each 1 oz. ; mix. Both are demulcent ; in coughs, &c. LOHOCH OF SOAP. Syn. L. Saponis. Prep. (P. E. 1744.) Castile soap 3j ; oil of almonds §j ; sirup of tolu f iss ; mix. Demulcent. In coughs and hoarseness attended by indigestion. LOHOCH OF SPERMACETI. Syn. L. Ce- tacei. Prep. (P. E. 1744.)* Spermaceti 3ij ; yelk of one egg ; triturate together, then add oil of almonds §ss ; sirup of tolu §j. A bland demul- cent. LOHOCH, PECTORAL. Syn. Fox lungs. Loh. e pulmone Vulpium. L. Pectorale. Prep Spermaceti and Spanish juice, of each 8 oz. ; wa- ter q. s. to soften the liquorice ; make a thin elec- tuary, and add honey 3 lbs. ; oil of aniseed 1 oz. ; mix well. A popular and excellent demulcent is coughs. It formerly contained fox lungs, but spermaceti is now substituted. LOHOCH, WHITE. Syn. L. Album. Prep. (P. Cod.) Jordan almonds 3ivss ; bitter almonds 3ss ; blanch by steeping in hot water and removing the skins, add white sugar ^ ss 5 g um tragacanlh 15 grs. ; beat to a smooth paste, and further add, oil of almonds and orange-flower water, of each 3iv ; pure water f^iv; make a lohoch. A very pleasant demulcent in coughs, &c. Remarks. A spoonful of any one of the prece- ding lohochs may be taken ad libitum. LOTION. Syn. Lotion, (Fr.)' Lotio, ( Lat ., from lavo, I wash.) In Medicine, a solution of medicinal substances in water, emplbyed as an external application. Lotions may bo made 'of anysoluble medicaments that are capable of exert- ing their action by contact with the skin. Lotions have been divided into classes, as sedative, ano- dyne, stimulant, &c. Sedative and refrigerant lotions are commonly employed to allay inflamma- tion, — anodyne and narcotic lotions to relieve pain, — stimulant lotiofis to induce the maturation LOT 404 LOT of tumors, Ac., — detergent lotions, to clean foul], ulcers, Ac., — repellent and resolvent lotions, to discuss tumors, remove eruptions, Ac. Lotions are usually applied by wetting a piece of linen with them, and keeping it on tho part affected, or by moistening the part with tho fingers previously dipped into them. Lotions are more agreeable if made with rose water. LOTION, ACID. Syn. Lotio Acida. Prep. I. (Collier.) Strong nitric acid f^ss ; water 1 pint ; mix. Dr. Collier says that he has cured lepra of 14 years’ standing by the use of this lotion, ac- companied by proper doses of the solution of cor- rosive sublimate, P. L . II. (Guy’s II.) Nitric acid 38 drops ; water 1 pint. Used in mortification. III. (Copland.) Nitromuriatic acid 3j ; water f £xvj ; mix. In mortification and liver complaints. LOTION, ALKALINE. Syn. L. Alcalina. Prep. (P. Cod.) Carbonate of potash §ij ; rose water 1 quart j mix. Detergent, stimulant. LOTION, ANTIPHLOGISTIC. Syn. L. Antipiilogistica. Prep. (Copland.) Solution of diacetate of lead (P. L.) 3vj ; liquor of acetate of ammonia ^iv ; water 1 quart ; mix. Refrigerant, sedative, repellent. Used to allay inflammation. LOTION, ANTIPSORIC. Syn. L. Anti- psorica. Prep. (Cazenave.) Sulphuret of potas- sium 3j ; soap (soft) 3ij ; water §viij ; dissolve. An excellent remedy for the itch. It leaves but little smell behind, and does not soil the linen. LOTION, ASTRINGENT. Syn. L. astrin- gens. Prep. I. Alum 4 oz. ; water 1 pint ; dis- solve. II. Muriate of iron, or blue vitriol, 1 oz. ; water £ pint. Some use less water. The last is used for horses and cattle. LOTION, CAMPHORATED. Syn. L. Cam- rilORATA L. Plumbi diacetatis camphorata. Prep. L luted solution of diacetate of lead, P. L., §viij ; spirit of camphor 3ij ; mix, and shake well. Refrigerant and anodyne, employed in erysipela- tous inflammations, burns, contusions, sprains, ex- coriations, Ac. LOTION, DISINFECTING. L. Disinfec- tant L. Chlorinii. Prep. (Majendie.) Liquor of chloride of soda f ; water 4 pint. II. Chloride of lime 3iij ; water 1 pint ; dis- solve. Both are good washes for foul ulcers, the itch, the teeth, to sweeten the breath, and remove the smell of tobacco smoke, and for various similar purposes. LOTION, EVAPORATING. Syn. L. Evap- orans. Prep. (Copland.) Sulphuric ether, rec- tified spirit of wine, and solution of acetate of ammonia, of eachf^iss; rose water f^iiiss; mix. Some add solution of diacetate of lead (diluted) 3vj. Refrigerant, if allowed to evaporate by free exposure ; stimulant, if the evaporation is prevent- ed by covering the part with tho hand. Useful in hervous headache, Ac. LOTION FOR TENDER-MOUTHED HORSES. Prep. Powdered alum or borax 1 oz. ; honey \ lb. ; infusion of roses 1 lb. To bo used with a syringe. LOTION FOR GREASE. Prep. 1. Sugar of lead } lb.; vinegar 4 pint; water 14 pints; mix. — 2. Alum fi oz. ; blue vitriol 1 oz. ; water 1 ■juart — 3. Alum 1 oz. ; oil of vitriol 1 dr. ; water ,1 pint. — 4. Corrosivo sublimate 4 oz. ; spirits o! salts 1 oz. ; water I quart. Tho first three arn used when tho horses’ heels are inflamed and irritable; tho last, when tho discharge is vsry fetid. LOTION FOR INFLAMMATORY TU- MORS, Ac. Prep. (A. T. Thomson.) Sal am- monia 3j ; rectified spirit f^j ; soft water f^v ; mix, and dissolve. LOTION FOR SWELLED JOINTS, Ac. Prep. (A. T. Thomson.) Opium 3ij ; distilled vinegar f^vj ; triturate together. To allay pain. LOTION FOR OPHTHALMIA. Prep. (A. T. Thomson.) a. Sulphate of zinc and acetate of lead, of each 10 grs. ; rose and elder-flower water, of each f 5'iij ; mix. To be applied either alone or diluted with water, after local bleeding. — b. Sugar of lead 0 grs. ; distilled vinegar f 3iij ; rectified spirit f 3j ; rose water f ^vss ; mix. Used in tho acute stages. • 4 LOTION FOR GALLS, Ac. Prep. 1. Vin- egar and spirit of wine, of each 4 oz. ; sugar of lead 4 oz. ‘, water 4 pint ; mix. — 2. Soap liniment, and solution of acetate of ammonia, equal parts. — 3. Sal ammoniac 1 oz. ; muriatic acid 3 dr. ; wa- ter 1 pint. Used by farriers for saddle galls or warbles. LOTION FOR MANGE.. Prep. 1. Corro- sive sublimate \ oz. ; spirits of salt 4 oz. ; water 1 quart. — 2. Corrosivo sublimate 1 dr. ; sal ammo- niac 4 oz. ; water 1 pint. — 3. To the last add strong decoction of white hellebore 4 pint. Used for mange in horses, cattle, and dogs, when sulphur ointment fails. LOTION FOR STRAINS. Sugar of lead 1 oz. ; vinegar and water, of each 4 pint ; cam- phorated spirit i oz. ; mix. Used by farriers. LOTION, GOWLAND’S. Prep. Blanched bitter almonds 1 oz. ; blanched sweet almonds 4 oz. ; beat to a paste, add pure water 1 pint, mix well, strain through a piece of coarse muslin, put ] it into a bottle, add corrosive sublimate in powder 10 to 12 grs., dissolved in a teaspoonful or two of spirit of wine, and shake well. Used as a cosmetic to improve the complexion ; also as a wash for obstinate eruptions. For the latter purpose, the quantity of corrosive sublimate may be doubled ; 1 but the weight given above should not be exceeded when the lotion is intended for a cosmetic. As a beautifier of the complexion, it is employed by wetting the skin with it, either by means of the corner of a napkin, or the fingers dipped into it, and it is then gently wiped off with a dry cloth. I (See Cosmetics, and Lotion of Bichloride of I Mercury.) LOTION, MERCURIAL. Prep. I. ( Black j wash. Black lotion. Lotio nigra. Aqua mer- curialis nigra. L. hydrargyri nigra. Mild pliagedwnic lotion. Aqua phagedeenica mitis.) 1. Calomel 3j ; lime water 1 pint ; mix, and shako well., These are tho usual proportions.— 2. (Guy’s II.) Calomel 3j ; lime water gviij ; mix as last. Tho bottle should bo well shaken before tho lotion is applied. Black wash is a favorite ap- plication to all kinds of syphilitic sores. II. ( Yellow ivash or lotion. Red do. Phi- gedanic do. Lotio jlava. Lotio or aqua phi • gedecnica. L. hydrargyri Jlava.) 1. Corrosive sublimate in powder 3ss ; lime water 1 pint ; mix LOT 405 LOT and shake well. 2. (Guy’s H.) Corrosive sub- limate 15 grs. ; water 1 pint. As last. It should be well shaken before use. A common applica- tion to syphilitic and scrofulous sores. LOTION OF ALUM. Syn. L. Aluminis. Prep. I. (St. B. H.) Alum 3ss ; water 1 pint ; dissolve. Astringent. Used for sore gums, nip- ples, &c. II. Alum and white vitriol, of each 3ij ; vine- gar f ; water 1 pint ; mix, and dissolve. Used for chilblains. LOTION OF AMMONIA, (ACETATE.) Syn. L. Ammonia acetatis Prep. (P. C.) Liquor of acetate of ammonia, rectified spirit of wine, and water, equal parts. Used in phlegmo- nous inflammation. LOTION OF AMMONIA, (MURIATE.) Syn. L. Salis ammoniaci. L. Ammonite muriatis. Prep. I. (Pereira.) a. Sal ammoniac to §ij ; water f^xij ; dissolve. Spirit of wine f §iv is sometimes added. Used in contusions, ecchy- mosis, and cirsoeele, when the skin is sound ; in chronic tumors of the breast, white swellings, chronic affections of the joints, hydrocele, chil- blains, &c. — b. Sal ammoniac 3j to 3iv ; water 1 pint ; dissolve. In itch, ulcers, &c., and as an in- jection and eye -water. II. (Justamond.) Sal ammoniac 3 j ; spirit of rosemary 1 pint. As above. III. (St. B. H.) Sal ammoniac ^ss ; water and spirit of wine, of each 1 pint. As above. LOTION OF AMMONIA, (OPIATED.) Syn. L. Ammonite opiata. Prep. (Dr. Kirkland.) Compound spirit of ammonia Sjiiiss ; tincture of opium §ss ; water §iv ; mix. Anodyne and stimulant. LOTION OF BELLADONNA. Syn. L. Belladonna. Prep. (Graefe.) Extract of deadly nightshade 3j ; diluted solution of diacetate of lead (P. L.) l.pint ; dissolve. Applied to tui~s;??s, and glandular enlargements. LOTION OF BORAX. Syn. L. Boracic*. Prep. (Copland.) Powdered borax 3j ; rose and orange-flower waters, of each §iij ; dissolve. A fragrant and effective application to sore gums, sore nipples, excoriations, &c. LOTION OF BICHLORIDE OF MER- CURY. Syn. L. Hydrargyri Bichloride L. Hydrargyri muriatis. Prep. I. (P. C.) Cor- rosive sublimate 16 grs. ; muriatic acid 8 drops ; water f fxvj ; mix. II. (St. B. II.) Corrosive sublimate 2£ grs. ; water 1 pint ; gum acacia fss ; mix. III. ( Lotio hydrargyri amygdalina, St. B. H.) Corrosive sublimate 10 grs.; blanched bitter al- monds §j ; water 1 pint. All the above are used in obstinate eruptions. This resembles Gowland's lotion, and may be used for it. The ingredients are mixed in Ihe same way. LOTION OF CYANIDE OF POTASSIUM.- L. Potassii Cyanidi. Prep. (Cazenave.) Cy- anide of potassium Qss : emulsion of bitter al- monds §vj ; dissolve. (See Lotion of Prussic Acid.) , LOTION OF ELDER-FLOWERS. Syn. L. Sambuci. Prep. (Ryan.) Infusion of elder- flowers 1 pint ; spirit of camphor 5 mix. I Emollient and anodyne. LOTION OF GALLS. Syn. L. Gall.e. Prep. (St. B. H.) Bruised galls 3ij ; boiling water 1 pint ; infuse an hour, and strain. As- tringent. An excellent application to sore nip- ples, or to strengthen them before suckling spirit of wine ^iij may be advantageously added, and a like portion of water omitted. LOTION OF LIME. Syn. L. Calcis spirit- uosa. Prep. (P. C.) Spirit of wine %lv ; lime water §viij ; mix LOTION OF LEAD, (ACETATE.) Syn. L. Plumbi acetatis. Prep. (Collier.) Sugar ol lead 3j ; pure water, or rose water §viij ; dissolve. Astringent, refrigerant. Applied to excoriations, burns, sprains, contusions, &c. (See Solution oj; Diacetate of Lead.) LOTION OF MYRRH. Syn. L. Myrrha. Prep. (Dr. Kirkland.) Tincture of myrrh and lime water, equal parts ; mix. Applied to scor- butic ulcers and gums. LOTION OF MYRRH, (COMPOUND.; Syn. L. Myrrha composita. Prep. (P. C.; Honey of roses and tincture of myrrh ; of each 3ij ; lime water ^iiss ; mix. As last ; also used as * dentifrice. LOTION OF PRUSSIC ACID. Sy?i. I. Acidi hydrocyanici. Prep. I. (Majendie.) Med icinal prussic acid 3j to 3iv ; lettuce water f §xxxvj ; mix. II. (A. T. Thomson.) Medicinal prussic acid and rectified spirit, of each f 3ij ; distilled water f ^viiss : sugar of lead 16 grs. ; mix. III. (Sneider.) Medicinal prussic acid 3iss : rectified spirit and water, of each f^vj ; mix. Lotions of prussic acid have been employed to allay pain and irritation in various chronic skin diseases, especially scaly and itchy eruptions, and in cancer, with variable success. LOTION OF OPIUM. Syn. L. Opii. Prep. (St. B. H.) Opium 3iss ; boiling water 1 pint ; triturate and strain. Used for painful and irritable ulcers. LOTION OF SOAP. Syn. Liquid Soap. L. Safonis. L. Saponacea. Prep. (P. L. 1746.) Liquor of carbonate of potash ^ss ; olive oil ^iv : rose water ^xij ; mix, and agitate well. Emollient. Chiefly used as a cosmetic. LOTION OF SPIRIT, (CAMPHORATED.) Syn. L. Spirituosa camphorata. Prep. (Ware.) Elder-flowers §ss ; camphor 3ss ; rectified spirit f iv ; macerate 24 hours, then press out the liquor. Stimulant and fragrant. LOTION OF SULPHATE OF COPPER. Syn. L. Cupri suLphatis. Prep. Blue vitriol 5j ; powdered camphor %j ; boiling water 2 quarts ; in- fuse in a close vessel 1 hour. For phagedaenic ulcers. LOTION OF SULPHATE OF ZINC. Syn. L. Zinci. L. Zinci sulphatis. Prep. I. (P. C.) Sulphate of zinc 3ss ; water §viij ; dissolve. A.' tringent. Used in some chronic skin diseases, as a wash for loose flabby granulations, and for ulcers that discharge profusely, &c. II. (Collieri) Sulphate of zinc 3ij ; water 1 pint ; dissolve. As a counter-irritant in pains oi the joints, periosteum, old sprains, &c. LOTION, RUBEFACIENT. Syn. L. Rube- faciens. L. Antimonii Potassio-tartratis. Prep. I. (Pereira.) Emetic tartar 3j ; boiling watei ^iss ; dissolve. Employed as a local irritant in- stead of the ointmei t I.OZ 406 LOZ II. (Sir Win. Blizard.) Emetic tartar 20 grs. ; boiling water ; dissolve. Used to cleanse foul ulcers, to repress fungous growths and warts, in ringworm, &c. III. (Ger. H.) Emetic tartar 3j ; water 1 pint ; tincture of camphor §ss ; mix. All tho above are rubefacient and irritant. The last one, diluted with twice or thrice its weight of water, is employed as a collyrium in chronic ophthalmia, and in specks on tho cornea. LOTION, TAR. Syn. L. Picis liquids. Prep. (Saunders.) Quicklime ^vj ; water f^xlviij ; slake, add tar giv, and boil to one half. This i liquid consists of a solution of pyrolignite of lime, and pyrogenous oil and resin. It may be ad- vantageously employed in various chronic skin diseases, especially those affecting the heads of children. LOZENGE. Syn. Tabi.ette, (Fr.) Tno- ciiiscus, (Lai.) In Pharmacy and Confection- ary, a small roufid tablet, or flattened cylinder, chiefly composed of sugar, starch, or gum, and employed either as a simple demulcent or sweet- meat, or for the commodious exhibition of certain medicines. In the preparation of lozenges, the ingredients are first mixed, and well beaten into a stiff* paste, which is next rolled out to a proper thickness, and cut into pieces of the desired shape by means of a small cylinder or punch of steel or tin. The newly-formed lozenges are then dried by placing them on an inverted sieve in a dry and airy situation, and frequently turning them, untili they become hard and brittle ; observing carefully to preserve them from the dust. To prevent the mass from sticking either to the fingers or utensils, a little powdered starch, or a very little olive oil scented with the same aro- matic as that contained in. the lozenges, may be used. Mucilage of gum arabic, or gum tragacanth, or the strained white of eggs, are the substances usually employed to make the pulverulent materials adhere together. All the ingredients should be re- duced to a fine powder before mixing. Lozenges made by melting one half of the sugar in a brass or iron pan, lipped to the right, with a little flavored w r ater, then adding the other half of the powdered sugar, previously warmed, and dragging small portions of the grouty mass out by a wire, so as to fall on a stone or metal slab or plate, rubbed with a little powdered starch or sweet oil, are called “ drops ” by the con- fectioners, and “ pastilles ” (pastilli) by the French. (See Drops, Confectionary.) Ambergris is the most suitable perfume for lozen- ges and tablettes for the mouth. LOZEN(?ES, ANTIMONY. Syn. Morsuli Stibii Kunkelii. Trociiisci Antimonii. Prep. (P. Cod.) Prepared sulphuret of antimony and powdered cardamom seeds, of each ; blanched almonds §ij ; powdered white sugar fxiij ; powder- ed cinnamon 3iv ; mucilage of tragacanth q. s. ; mix as above, and divide into lozenges of 15 grs. each. One of tho best modes of exhibiting sul- phuret of antimony as an alterative. LOZENGES, DARK. Syn. Tito. Cinchona. Prep. (P. Cod.) Powdered cinchona fp ] ; do. cin- namon 3ij ; do. white sugar ^xiv ; mucilage of gum tragucanlh q. s. ; mix as above, and divide into 1G gr. lozenges. Tonic. LOZENGES, BISMUTH. Syn. Tro. Bibmu titi. Prep (Trousseau.) Trisnitrato of bismuth 3ij ; white sugar 5i' ss 5 mucilage to mix. For 12fl lozenges. Tonic and antispasmodic. 1 to 3, sucked 2 or 3 times daily, in dyspepsia, &c. LOZENGES, BORAX. Syn. Tro. Boracis. Powdered borax ^ss ; do. white sugar ; mucilage of gum tragacanth to mix. For GO lozenges. LOZENGES, CALOMEL. Syn. Tro. Calo- mei.anos. Prep. (P. Cod.) Calomel 3j ; powdered sugar 3xj ; mucilage of tragacanth to mix ; divide into 12 gr. lozenges. Alterative. A simple way of introducing mercury into the system. During their use, salt food and acid liquors should bo avoided. LOZENGES, CATECHU. Syn. Tro. Cate- chu. Prep. I. (Tro. de terra Japonica, P. E. 1744.) Powdered catechu §ij ; do. tragacanth ; do. white sugar §xij ; rose water to mix. II. (Tro. Catechu ct Magnesia, P. Cod.) Mag- nesia §ij ; powdered catechu 5 do. sugar gxiij : mucilage of gum tragacanth made with cinnamon w T ater, q. s. to mix. III. (Cachou Lozenges.) — a. Powdered catechu 3 oz. ; sugar 12 oz. ; mucilage of gum tragacanth to mix. — b. (Cachou a VAmbre gris.) To the last add ambergris 8 grs., or a sufficient quantity of the essence or tincture. — c. (Cachou Musque.) The same, with musk 8 grs. ; or essence q. s. — d. (Cachou a la flour d’ Oranges) The same, with essence of neroli 8 drops. — c. (Cachou d la Rose.) The same, with otto of roses 6 drops. — f. (Cachou a la Violette.) The same, with powdered orris root (best) \ oz. ; or essence of violets 1 oz. ; — g. (Cachou a la reglisse.) Catechu 2 oz. ; pure ex- tract of liquorice 1 oz. ; sugar 10 oz. ; mucilage of tragacanth to mix. — h. (Cachou a la Canelle.) Catechu 3 oz. ; powdered cinnamon £ oz. ; §ugar 1 lb. ; mucilage of tragacanth to mix. — i. (Cachou Aromatique. Cachou Aromatise.) Powdered catechu 3 oz. ; oil of cinnamon 15 drops ; oil of cloves 2 drops ; essence of ambergris £ dr. ; pow- dered sugar 1 lb. ; mucilage of tragacanth made with rose or orange-flower water, q. s. to mix. Remarks. All the above are taken in diarrhoea, in relaxation of the uvula, in irritation of the larynx, and as cosmetics to fasten the teeth, and disguise a stinking breath. The one containing magnesia. (No. II.) is also sucked in dyspepsia and heartburn. LOZENGES, CAYENNE. Syn. Tro. Cap- sici. Prep. I. Powdered sugar 1 lb. ; mucilage of j tragacanth q. s. to mix ; add essence, tincture, or vinegar of cayenne, or a little soluble cayenne j pepper dissolved in water to flavor. II. ( Acidulated.) To the last add tartaric acid || ^ oz. Both are used in dyspepsia, and to promote | digestion and create an appetite. LOZENGES, CHALK. Syn. Heartburn I 'Lozenges. Tro. Cret*:. Tro. Cardialgici. Prep. (P. E.) Powdered prepared chalk ^iv ; do. gum j arabic gj ; do. nutmeg 3j ; do. white sugar %\j ; j beat to a mass with water (roso or orange flower) and cut into lozenges. Antacid, absorbent, and astringent. 3 or 4 sucked ad libitum in heartburn, dyspepsia, diarrhoea, acidity of the stomach and I bowels, &c. A simple and excellent remedy. LOZENGES, CHARCOAL. Syn. Tro. Car* bonis. Prep. I. (P. Cod.) Finely powdered pre- LOZ 407 LOZ pared charcoal ^iv ; do. white sugar f xij ; mucilage to mix. Have been given with advantage in diar- rhoea, cholera, and dyspepsia. II. (Tro. Carbonis cum Chocolata. M. Cheval- lier.) Charcoal as above, and white sugar, of each 3-j ; chocolate ^iij ; mucilage of gum tragacanth to mix. Nutritious. LOZENGES OF CHLORIDE OF LIME. Syn. ^ro. Calcjs ciiloridi. Tro. Calcip chlo- rinate. Prep. Chloride of lime, dry and m fine powder, \ 07.. ; white sugar £ lb. ; mucilage of tra- gacanth to mix. Used to sweeten the breath and whiten the teeth. They will not keep long. LOZENGES, CHING’S. Prep. I. (Yellow.) Saffron £ oz. ; boiling water 1 pint ; infuse, strain, add calomel 1 lb. ; powdered white sugar 28 lbs. ; mix well, then make a mass with tragacanth mu- cilage, and divide into 7000 lozenges. Too much care cannot be taken to thoroughly incor- porate the ingredients, so that the calomel may be equally diffused through the mass. Dose. 1 to G overnight, as a vermifuge, followed by an equal number of the brown lozenges (see below) next morning, fasting. Each lozenge contains 1 gr. of calomel. II. (Brown.) Calomel 7 oz. ; resinous extract of jalap lbs. ; white sugar 10 lbs. ; mix as last, with mucilage of tragacanth, and divide into 6125 lozenges. Each lozenge contains £ gr. of calomel. LOZENGES, CINNAMON. Syn. Tro. cin- namoni. Prep. I. Finely powdered cinnamon 4 oz. ; do. sugar 12 oz. ; mucilage of gum tragacanth to mix. II. Finely powdered lump sugar 7 lbs. ; oil of cinnamon (cassia) £ oz. ; mucilage of gum traga- c&nth q. s. Stomachic. Cassia lozenges are made in the same way. • LOZENGES, CITRATE OF IRON. Syn. Tro. Ferri citratis. Prep. (Beral.) Ammonio- eitrate of iron 3j ; water §ss ; dissolve, add sugar £iiss ; evaporate to dryness, powder, make a mass with mucilage q. s., and divide into 15-gr. lozen- ges. Tonic. LOZENGES, CLOVE. Syn. Tro. Caryo- Piiylli. Prep. I. Powdered cloves 2 oz. ; sugar 3 lbs. ; mucilage of gum tragacanth to mix. Divide into 150 lozenges. II. Powdered white sugar 7 lbs . ; do. gum tra- gacanth 2 oz. ; oil of cloves ^ oz. ; mix with rose water. Stomachic. Both are used as restoratives after fatigue, added to chocolate to improve its fla- vor or render it stomachic, and sucked to sweeten the breath. LOZENGES, COPAIBA. Syn. Tro. Co- paiba. Prep. Lump sugar 1 lb. ; balsam of co- paiba 1 oz. ; oil of peppermint 20 drops ; mix with mucilage. LOZENGES, COUGH. Syn. Tro. Anti- catarriiales. Tablettes de Tronciiin. Prep. (P. Cod.) Powdered gum arabic ^viij ; oil of ani- seed 6 drops ; extract of opium 12 grs. ; Kerme’s mineral 3j ; pure extract of liquorice j white sugar fxxxij ; mix with water, and divide into small lozenges. LOZENGES, CROTON OIL. Srjn. Tro. Crotonis. Prep. (Soubeiran.) Croton oil 5 drops ; powdered starch 9j ; do. white sugar 3j ; Choco- late'S^ ; mix and divide into 30 lozenges ; 5 or mere generally prove cathartic. LOZENGES, EMETIC. Syn. Tro. Em-etin^ emetici. Prep. (Majendie.) Impure or colored emetina 32 grs. ; or pure emetina 8 grs. ; whitfc sugar §'j 5 mucilage to mix ; divide into 64 loz- enges, 1 for a child, and 4 for an adult, as aa emetic. LOZENGES, GINGER. Syn. Tro. Zingi- beris. Prep. I. Finely powdered Jamaica ginger 1 oz. ; white sugar 1 lb. ; mucilage of tragacanih to mix. II. (Soubeiran.) Powdered ginger 5 white sugar §vij ; mucilage to mix; divide into 15-gr lozenges. Both the above are stomachic. Useful in flatulency and dyspepsia, and to iireate an ap- petite. LOZENGES, GOLD. Syn. Tro. Auri. Tro Sodii auro- ciiloridi. Prep. (Chrestien.) Soda muriate of gold 4 grs. ; white sugar ; mucilage of tragacanth to mix. For 60 lozenges. In scrofula, cancer, &c., 1, or at mpst 2 lozenges for a dose. LOZENGES, GUM. Syn. Tro. Acacle, (P. E.) Tro. Gummost. Prep. (P. E.) Powdered gum arabic ^iv ; do. starch fj ; do. white sugar lb. j ; mix with rose water, and divide into lozen- ges. The Paris Codex substitutes orange flower for rose water. Pectoral ; demulcent. Useful to allay tickling coughs. LOZENGES, GUM TRAGACANTH. Syn. Tro. Gummi Tragacanth^:. Prep. (P. E. 1744.) Sugar lb. j f compound tragacanth powder f iij ; rose water §iv ; mix. Similar to the last. LOZENGES, HEARTBURN. Syn. Tablet- tes cardialgie. See Lozenges, Chalk and Mag- nesia. LOZENGES, ICELAND MOSS. Syn. Tro. Lichenis. Prep. Iceland moss gelatin, dried and powdered, §ij ; sugar §iv; gum acacia 3iss ; water q. s. to mix. Resemble gum lozenges. LOZENGES, INDIAN HEMP. Syn. Tro. Cannabis. Prep. (M. Ebriard.) Extract of In- dian- hemp 12 grs. ; sugar §iij ; mucilage of traga- canth to mix ; divide into 144 lozenges. (See Ex- tract of Indian Hemp.) LOZENGES, IPECACUANHA. Prep. I. (Tro. Ipecacuanha , P. Cod.) Powdered ipecacu- anha ; white sugar lb. iv. ; mucilage of gum tragacanth to mix ; divide it into 12-gr. lozenges. Each lozenge contains £ gr. of ipecacuanha. Produces, if properly made, 1920 lozenges. II. (T. Ipecac, cum chocolata, P. Cod.) Choc- olate (k la vanille) ^xij ; liquefy by a gentle heat, add powdered ipecacuanha fj ; mix perfectly, and form it into 12-gr. lozenges, while warm. Both the above are pectoral and expectorant, and useful to allay tickling coughs, hoarseness, &c. LOZENGES, KERMES. 'Syn. Tro. Ker- metis. Prep. (P. Cod.) Kermes mineral 3ij ; pow- dered white sugar § x 7 ij ; do. gum acacia §j ; or- ange-flower water ffj ; mix, and divide into 12-gr lozenges. Each* lozenge contains one-sixth of a gr. of Kermes mineral. Diaphoretic and expec- torant. LOZENGES, LACTATE OF IRON. Syn Tro. Ferri La ctatis. Prep. (M. Cap.) Lactate of iron 3ss ; white sugar 3vj ; mucilage of gum tragacanth q. s. ; mix, and divide into 30 lozenges. Tonic. Useful in debility accompanied with a diseased state of the organs of digestion. LOZ 408 LOZ LOZENGES, LACTIC ACID. Siyn. Tro. Acidi Lactici. Prep. (Majendie.) Lactic acid 3ij ; powdered sugar 5 oil of vanilla 4 drops, (or essence 3ss ;) mucilage of tragacanth q. s. ; mix, and divide into 3ss lozenges. (See Lactic Acid.) LOZENGES, LACTUCARIUM. Syn. Tro. Lactucarii, (P. E.) Prepared with lactucarium in the same manner as the opium lozenges, P. E. Each of these lozenges contains one-sixth to one- •seventh of a grain of lactucarium. Anodyne. Used to allay tickling coughs. ' LOZENGES, LEMON. Syn. Tro. Limonis. Prep. I. (P. Cod.) Essence of lemon 3j ; white sugar ^xij ; mako them into drops, (pastilles,) as before directed, or into lozenges with mucilage of gum tragacanth. II. Acidulated, a. (Tro. A cidi Citri, P. Cod.) Citric acid 3iij ; white sugar f xvj ; essence of lem- on drops; mucilage of tragacanth q. s. ; mix, and divide into 12-gr. lozenges, b. {Tro. Acidi Tartarici, P. E.) Tartaric acid 3ij ; white sugar §viij ; essence of lemon 10 drops ; mucilage to mix. The last two may be made into drops in- stead of lozenges, when they will form ‘ acidula- ted lemon drops.’ Lemon lozenges and drops are agreeable sweetmeats, and those that are acidu- lated, very useful to promote expectoration, (“ cut the phlegm ,” as it is commonly called,) in coughs, &c. LOZENGES, LIQUORICE. Syn. Black Lozenges. Tro. Glycyrriiiza, (P. E.) Tro. Glycyrrh. Glabra. Tro. Bechici Nigri. Prep. (P. E.) Extract of liquorice and gum acacia, of each, ^vj ; white sugar lb.j ; dissolve in water, evaporate to a paste, and form into lozenges. Pectoral ; demulcent. « Useful to allay tickling coughs, and remove hoarseness. LOZENGES, MAGNESIA. Syn. Tro. Magnesia, (P. E.) Prep. Carbonate of rnagne- sia gvj ; powdered white sugar §iij ; oil of nutmeg 20 drops ; mucilage of tragacanth to mix. Useful in heartburn and indigestion. The confectioners generally omit the nutmeg, and use only half the above quantity of magnesia, and make their mu- cilage with rose or orange -flower water. It is also an improvement to use calcined magnesia, which is about twice as strong as the carbonate, and consequently less need be employed. LOZENGES, MANNA. Syn. Tro. Mannas. Prep. (Van Mons.) Powdered tragacanth 3j ; do. white sugar 5jxij ; manna ^iij ; orange-flower wa- ter to mix. LOZENGES, MARSHMALLOW. Syn. Tablettes de Guimauve. Tro. Althaea:. Prep. (P. Cod.) Powdered marshmallow root ^ij ; do. sugar ^xiv ; mucilage of tragacanth made with orange-flower water q. s. ; mix, and divide into lozenges. Demulcent and expectorant. Useful to allay the irritation in cough, &c. LOZENGES, MORPHIA. Syn. Tro. Mor- phia:. Prep. (P. E.) Muriuto «of morphia 3j ; tincture of tolu f^ss; powdered white sugar ^xxv; dissolve the muriate in a little warm water, mix it with the tincture and the sugar, make a mass with mucilage of gum tragacanth, and divide into 15-gr. lozenges, each of which will contain about one-fortieth of a grain of muriate of morphia. Used as opium lozenges, but are pleasanter. The jtorphia lozenges of the shops generally contain one twenty-fourth of a gr. of muriate of morphia (Pereira.) LOZENGES, MORPHIA AND IPECAC- UANHA. Syn. Tro. Morphia et Ipecacuan- ha:. Prep (P. E.) To the last, add ipecacuanha 3j ; each lozenge contains about one-fortieth of a gr. of muriate of morphia, and one-thirteenth of a gr. of ipecacuanha. Very useful to allaj tickling coughs. LOZENGES, NITRE. Syn. Tro. Nitiu Tro. e Nitro, (P. E. 1783.) Prep. Nitre 3'ij white sugar $ix ; mucilage of tragacanth to mix Diuretic. Commonly sucked without swallowing, to remove incipient sore throat. LOZENGES, NUTMEG. Syn. Tro. My- ristica. As Cinnamon Lozenges. LOZENGES, OPIUM. Syn. Tro. Opii. Prep. (P. E.) Opium (strained) 3ij ; tincture of tolu ; triturate together, add powdered sugar ^vj ; extract of liquorice (soft) and powdered gum acacia, of each, ; mix, and divide into 10-gr. lozenges ; each of which will contain one-sixth or one-seventh of a gr. of opium. Used to allay tickling cough, and irritation of the fauces. LOZENGES, ORANGE. Syn. Tro. Au- rantii. Prep. I. As lemon lozenges, substituting essence of orange for essence of lemon. II. (P. Cod.) Powdered sugar lb. j ; neroli 3j orange -flower water q. s. ; make it into drops, ( pastilli ,) or omit the water and make it into lozenges with mucilage of tragacanth made with orange-flower water. Very agreeable. LOZENGES, ORRIS. Syn. Tro. Iridis Prep. Powdered orris 1 oz. ; powdered sugar 1 lb. : mucilage of tragacanth to mix. Used to perfume the breath. LOZENGES, PECTORAL. Syn. Tro. Pec- torales. Prep. I. (Dr. Grunn.) Powdered squills 4 parts ; do. ipecacuanha 18 parts ; extract of let- tuce 8 parts ; manna 125 parts; sugar 250 parts; mucilage of tragacanth to mix. II. (Majendie.) Pure emetine 8 grs., or impure do. 32 grs. ; powdered sugar §iv ; mucilage q. s. ; mix, and divide into 256 lozenges. III. ( Yellow . Tro. Bechici Flavi.) Powdered orris root 3vj ; starch 3iv ; liquorice powder 3iij ; saffron 3ij ; sugar fviij ; mucilage of tragacanth to mix. Each of the above is used in coughs, LOZENGES, PEPPERMINT. Syn. Tro Mentha Piperita. Prep. I. (Best.) Lump su- gar, in fine powder, 14 lbs. ; Mitcham oil of pep- permint (best) 1 oz. ; mucilage of gum tragacanth to mix. Very fine. II. (2 d Quality.) Sugar 12 lbs. ; starch 2 lbs. ; oil of peppermint $ oz. ; mucilage to mix. III. (3d Quality.) Sugar 7 lbs. ; powdered starch 4 lbs. ; oil of peppermint £ oz. ; mucilage to mix. IV. {Common.) Sugar 8 lbs. ; starch 4 lbs. ; plaster of Paris 2 lbs. ; oil of peppermint to flavor ; mix. V {Trochisci. menthol piperita;, P. Cod.) Pow- der^ sugar §xvj ; oil of peppermint 3j ; mix, and divide into 12-gr. lozenges. The peppermint drops (pastilles) of the French Pharmacopoeia are made with sugar ?xij ; oil of peppermint 3j ; and pep- permint water q. s. * Remarks. The best peppermint lozenges are LOZ 409 LUT made of the very finest double refined sugar, and of English oil of peppermint, carefully mixed np with very clean mucilage. The commoner qualities are made by employing inferior lump su- gar and foreign oil of peppermint, or what is bet- ter, English oil of peppermint, but in a less pro- portion than for the better sorts. The addition of a very small quantity of blue smalts, reduced to an impalpable powder, is commonly made to the sugar, to increase its whiteness. Transparent peppermint lozenges are made from the same materials as the opaque ones, but the sugar is not reduced to quite so fine a powder, and the cake is rolled thinner before cutting it. A little oil of almonds or olives is also occasionally mixed with the ingredients, to promote the transparency, but tends to render the lozenges less white. Pepper- mint lozenges and drops are useful in flatulency. LOZENGES, PONTEFRACT. (See Ex- tract of Liquorice.) LOZENGES, POPPY. Syn. Tro. Papave- ris. Prep. Extract of poppies 3 oz. ; sugar 15 oz. ; powdered gum tragacanth 2 oz. ; rose water to mix. Used in coughs. LOZENGES, QUININE. Syn. Tro. Qui- nle sulpiiatis. Prep. (Soubeiran.) Sulphate of quinine 32 grs. ; white sugar 1 lb. ; mucilage of pim tragacanth q. s. ; divide into 15-gr. lozenges. Tonic, febrifuge, and stomachic. LOZENGES, RHUBARB. Syn. Tro. Rhei. Prep. (P. Cod.) Powdered rhubarb f j ; do. sugar ^xj ; mucilage of tragacanth q. s. ; mix, and di- vide into 12-gr. lozenges. Stomachic and laxa- tive. Sucked before dinner they excite the appe- tite. LOZENGES, ROSE. Syn Tro. Rosas. Prep. I. (P. L. 1746.) Powdered red rose leaves ; su- gar lb. j ; mix with weak mucilage. II. ( Pate de rose lozenges. Pati-rosa lozenges .) Sugar 2 lbs. ; otto of roses 10 drops ; mix with mucilage. Very fine. Some add starch 4 oz., substitute oil of rhodium for otto of roses, and use mucilage made with rose water. If 'wanted red, make the mucilage with an infusion of cochineal, or red rose leaves. LOZENGES, SAFFRON. Syn. Tro. Croci. Powdered hay saffron 1 oz. ; do. white sugar 1 lb. ; mucilage of gum tragacanth to nix. Anodyne, pectoral, and emmenagogue. LOZENGES, SODA. Syn. Tro. gome bi- carbonatis. Prep. (P. E4 Bicarbonate of soda §j ; powdered sugar § iij ; do. gum arabic 3;ss ; mix with mucilage. Antacid. Useful in heartburn, &c. (See Chalk Lozenges.) II. ( Pastilles dk Vichy, P. Cod.) Bicarbonate of soda ; powdered sugar § xix ; mucilage of gum tragacanth q. s. ; mix, and divide into 20-gr. loz- enges. LOZENGES, SPONGE. Syn. Tro. Spongle. Tro. Spongiae ustae. Prep. (P. Cod.) Powdered burnt sponge §*v ; sugar f xij ; mucilage of traga- canth q. s. ; mix, and divide into 12-gr. lozenges. Taken in scrofula, Ac. LOZENGES, STARCH. Syn. Tro. Amyli. Tro. Beciiici albi. Prep. (P. L. 1788.) Pow- dered starch ^iss ; do. liquorice 3vj ; do. orris root 3iv ; do. sugar lb. iss ; mucilage of tragacanth to Uiix Demulcent. LOZENGES, STEEL. Syn. Tro. Feriu. 52 Prep. I. (P. Cod.) Finely powdered iron filings ; do. sugar %x ; do. cinnamon 3ij ; mucilage of tragacanth q. s. ; mix, and divide into 480 lozen- ges. Tonic. II. {Aromatic.) Sulphate of iron 3iij ; sugar ^xvj ; tincture of cantharidis ; essence of orange 30 drops ; mucilage of tragacanth q. s. ; mix, and divide into 280 lozenges. LOZENGES, SULPHUR. Syn. Tro. Sul- phuris. Prep. (P. Cod.) Sulphur (pure precipi- tated) ^ij ; sugar §xvj ; mucilage of tragacanth made with rose water to mix. Useful in piles and some skin diseases. LOZENGES, TOLU. Syn. Tro. Tolutani. Prep. (P. Cod.) Dissolve balsam of tolu^j, in rec- tified spirit Sj j ; add water §ij ; mix and filter, make a mucilage with the filtered liquid, and gum tragacanth Qiv; add sugar §xvj ; make a paste and cut it into lozenges. Pectoral. The confec- tioners usually employ only half the above propor- tion of balsam of tolu. LOZENGES, VANILLA. Syn. Tro. Vanil- las. Prep. (Guibourt.) Sugar ^vij ; vanilla ^j ; mix, powder together, and make it up with muci- lage of gum tragacanth. Odorous ; stomachic. Used to sweeten the breath, to flavor choco- late, &c. LOZENGES, VIOLET. Syn. Tro. Viola*. (See Lozenges, Orris.) LOZENGES, ZINC. Syn. Tro. Zinci. Prep. Sulphate of zinc 3iv ; powdered sugar lb. ij ; mu- cilage of tragacanth q. s. ; mix, and divide into 12-gr. lozenges. Tonic, and in quantity emetic. LUPIN1N. A gummy substance, obtained by M. Cassola from lupines. LUPULINE. Syn. Lupulite. The aromatic bitter principle of hops, (humulus lupulus.) It may be obtained by treating the aqueous extract of the yellow powder, or lupulinic grains of the strobiles, along with a little lime, with alcohol, evaporating the filtered tincture to dryness, redissolving in wa- ter, filtering, again evapoK-ting to dryness, and di- gesting in ether. It is a yellowish-white, bitter, uncrystallizable substance, soluble .in 20 parts of water, very soluble in alcohol, and slightly so in ether. The yellow powder above alluded to is also, though improperly, called lupulin. LUCIFERS. Matches tipped with a mixture of sulphuret of antimony and chlorate of potash, (both in fine powder,) made into a paste with a solution of gum. They are inflamed by friction against a piece of emery, sand, or glass paper. (See Chlorate Matches and Congreve.) * LUTE. Syn. Lut, (FV.) Kitte ; Besciilage, { Ger .) Lutum ; C^e'mentum, ( Lat .) A composi- tion employed to secure the joints of chemical ves- sels, or as a covering to protect them from the vio- lence of the fire. For the joints of vessels, as stills, &c., not exposed to a heat much higher than 212° F., linseed meal, either alone or mixed with an equal weight of whiting, and made into a stiff paste with water, may bo employed. Ground almond cake, from which the oil has been pressed, may also be used for the sanfb purpose. For the joints of small vessels, as tubes, &c., especially of glass or earthenware, small rings of Indian rub- ber slipped over and tied above and below the joint, are very convenient substitutes for lutes, and have the advantage of lasting a long time, aivd MAD 410 MAC bearing uninjured tho heat at which oil of vitriol boils. For joining crucibles to be exposed to a strong heat, a mixture of fine clay and ground bricks, mixod up with water, or preferably with a solution of borax, answers well for most purposes. As a coating for vessels , to preserve them from in- jury from exposure to the fire, nothing is better than a mixture of ordinary pipeclay and horse dung, made into a paste with water. This compo- sition is used by the pipe-makers, and will stand unharmed the extremest heat of their kiln for 24 hours. It is applied by spreading it*on paper. LUTEOLINE. This name has been given to a yellow coloring matter, discovered by Chevreul in weld. It is crystalline and volatile. MACARONI. This only differs from vermi- celli in the size of the pipes, which are about as large as a goose quill. A pleasant dish may be made by boiling macaroni in water until soft, either with or without salt, draining off the water, and then stewing it with a little butter, cream, and grated cheese, adding spice to palate. It may be made into a form and browned before the fire. ^lACARONS, CREME DE. Prep. Clean spirit at 24 u. p. (about 0-945) 2 gallons ; bitter al- monds, blanched and bruised, 1 lb. ; cloves, cinna- mon, and mace, in coarse powder, of each 1 £ dr. ; infuse for 10 days, filter, and add white sugar 8 lbs. ; dissolved in pure water 1 gallon Color violet, with infusion or tincture of litmus and cochineal. An agreeable nutty flavored cordial, but from con- taining so much bitter almonds, should bo drunk with caution. The English use only half the above quantity of almonds. MACxiROONS, ENGLISH. Prep. Sweet almonds 1 lb. ; blanch, beat to a paste, add lump sugar 1^ lb. ; whites of 6 eggs ; the grated yellow peel of 2 lemons ; mix well, make into forms, cover with wafer paper, and bake in a moderate heat. MACERATION. Syn. Einweichen, ( Ger .) Maceration, ( Fr .) Maceratio, ( Lat ., from ma- cero, to soften by water.) In Chemistry and Pharmacy, the infusion of a substance in water, for the purpose of extracting the portion soluble in that menstruum. The word is also frequently applied to the infusion of organic substances in alcohol, ether, or water, either alkalized or acidu- lated. MACKEREL. This fish is very apt to disa- gree with tlie stomach, and occasionally induces symptoms resembling those of poisoning. It keeps worse than any other fish. It is in season in May, June, and July. (See Fish.) MADDEN’S VEGETABLE ESSENCE, ^CONCENTRATED.) Compound infusion of roses, made strongly acidulous by tho addition of more acid, ft is astringent and refrigerant. MADDER. Syn. Dyer’s Madder. Radix R uniA. Radix Ruble Tinctorum, {Lat.) Gar- anck, {Gr.) Farbeiirothe, {Ger.) Tho root of the rubia tinctorum, (Linn.) Tho best madder has the size of.a common goose quill, a reddish ap- pearance, and a strong odor. As soon as tho roots are taken from tho ground they are picked und dried ; and before use, they aro ground in a mill. Levant, Turkey, and Smyrna madder, is imported whole , — French, Dutch, and Zealand madder ground. The finest quality of ground madder u called “ crop" or “ grappe “ ombro" and “ gu* menc" aro inferior sorts, and “ mull" the worst. Madder contains several distinct principles ; as madder red , (see Alizarine,) madder purple, {sco Purpurin,) madder orange, a substance very soluble in other and in hot alcohol ; madder yel- low, very soluble in water and alcohol ; madder brown, a substance but little known. Uses. Madder has been given in jaundico and rickets, and as an emmenagogue. Dose. £ dr. to 2 dr. twice or thrice a day. It is principally em- ployed as a dye stuff. (See Red Dyes.) MAGISTERY. Syn. Magisterium, {Lat., from magister, a master.) A term formerly ap- plied to precipitates obtained by diluting certain solutions with water; as magistery of bismuth , trisnitrato of bismuth, which is prepared by adding water to a solution of bismuth in nitric acid The following are the principal substances to which this term has been applied: — Magisterium marcasitw, trisnitrato of bismuth. — Ludolph's magistery of opium, (magisterium opii Ludovici,) prepared by precipitating an acetic solution of opium with sub- carbonate of potash, filtering, and drying the pre- cipitate ; — magistery of alum, hydrate of alumi- na ; — magistery of diaphoretic antimony, (mate- ria perlata,) the precipitate obtained by adding an acid to the water used to wash diaphoretic anti- mony ; — magistery of lapis calaminaris, hydrated oxide of zinc, o MAGNES ARSENICALIS. Arsenical mag- net. Prep. Common antimony, sulphur, and white arsenic, equal parts ; mix and fuse together till they form a kind of glass. Corrosive. Once used as a caustic. MAGNESIA. Syn. Oxide of Magnesium Calcined Magnesia. Burnt do. Caustic do. Talc earth. Bitter do. Magnesie ; Magne- sie caustique, {Fr.) Talkerde ; Bitter erde : Gebrannte Magnesia, {Ger.) Magnesia calci- nata. Do. usta. (P. L. 1788.) Magnesia. (P. L. E. &, D.) A light, white substance, classed with the earths. It occurs both in the organic and inorganic kingdoms. It was discovered, or at least first chemically distinguished from lime, by Dr. Black, in 1755. The ancient chemists applied the term magnesia to substances that they con- ceived tp have the power of abstracting any prin- ciple from the air. Thus an earth, which on ex- posure to the air inc«ased in weight and yielded vitriol, they called magnesia vitriolata. For a similar reason, because nitrous acid was separated during the old process for obtaining magnesia, it was called magnesia nitri, and afterwards from its color, magnesia alba. Pure magnesia (calci- ned) is properly the oxide of the metal magnesium, — carbonate of magnesia, the same oxide combi- ned with carbonic acid, and sulphate of magnesia, (Epsom salts,) the same oxide combined with sul- phuric acid or oil of vitriol. Prep. (P. L. E. & D.) Expose carbonate of magnesia in a crucible to % full red heat for 2 hours, or till the powder suspended in water does not cfiervesce on tho addition of muriatic acid. Remarks. On the large scale, covered crucibles mado of porous earthenware, aro employed as the containing vessels; and the heat is applied by pla- cing them in a sort of furnace, or ’•uther oven MAG 411 MAG heated with coke. The process is known to be complete when the magnesia presents a peculiar 'uminous appearance. Product . About 50§. Prop., Uses, fyc. A very light, white, odorless, tasteless powder ; sp. gr. 2*3 ; when moistened it slightly acts on turmeric paper ; soluble in 5,142 parts of cold water, and in 36,000 parts of hot wa- ter. It slowly absorbs carbonic acid from the at- mosphere. With the acids it forms salts, most of which may be made by the direct solution of the earth, or its hydrate or carbonate. As a medicine it is antacid and laxative, and is exhibited in heart- burn, diarrhoea, constipation of children, &c. Its continued use is not unaccompanied with danger, as instances are recorded in which it has accumu- lated in the intestines, and produced serious incon- venience. Dose. As an antacid, a teaspoonful ; a? a purgative, £ dr. to 2 dr. or more. Combined v ith rhubarb it is a favorite purge for infants. Pur. “ It dissolves in hydrochloric acid without effervescence. Neither bicarbonate of potassa, nor chloride of barium, throws down any thing from the solution. It turns turmeric paper brown” (P. L.) when moistened. “ Fifty grains are entirely soluble in muriatic acid f§j ; an excess of ammo- nia occasions in the solution only a scanty precip- itate of alumina : the filtered liquid is not precip- itated by oxalate of ammonia.” (P. E.) Tests. Magnesia is precipitated — 1. As a bulky white hydrate, by pure alkalis. — 2. As a bulky white carbonate, by the carbonftes of potassa and soda. Both the above precipitates dissolve in nitric and muriatic acid, forming salts which are very deliquescent, and soluble in alcohol. — 3. So- lutions of magnesian salts are not precipitated by the alkaline sulphates or sulphuric acid, and when dilute by oxalate of ammonia. By these tests it may be distinguished, and separated from lime. MAGNESIA, CARBONATE OF. Syn. Subcarbonate of Magnesia. Magnesia Alba, (P. L. 1788.) Magnesle Subcarbonas, (P. L. 1824.) Magnesite Carbonas, (P. L. E. & D.) Comitiss.e Palm^e Pulvis. Carbonate de Mag- nesie, ( Fr .) Koiilensaure Magnesia, ( Ger .) Prep. I. (P. L.) Epsom salts lb. iv ; carbonate of soda lb. iv, ^viij ; water 4 gallons ; dissolve the salts and soda, each separately in one half the wa- ter, strain, mix and boil the Ifquors, constantly stirring for 15 minutes ; after subsidence decant the clear, wash the precipitate with boiling water, and dry it. The formula of the P. E. is essential- ly the same, but the P. D. orders carbonate of potash instead of soda. II. Add a solution of carbonate of potassa or soda to the bittern of the sea salt works, and well wash and dry the precipitate as before. Beth the preceding processes yield the light carbonate of magnesia of commerce. III. ( Heavy carbonate of magnesia. Magne- sia ponderosa .) — a. Saturated solution of Epsom salts 1 part ; water 3 parts ; heat to the boiling poii:';, then add cold saturated solution of carbonate of soda 1 part, (all by measure ;) boil, with constant agitation, till effervescence ceases, then add boiling watsr 100 parts, agitate well, decant off the clear liquid, drain and wash the precipitate with hot water, in a linen cloth, and finish the drying by heating t in an iron pot Product, very superior. b. Epsom salts 12 parts ; crystallized carbonate of soda 13 parts ; dissolve each separately in as little cold water as possible, then heat separately each solution to the boiling point, mix and boil till effervescence ceases ; wash and dry, as before Product, superior. Remarks. The carbonate of magnesia of com- merce is usually made up into cakes or dice, while drying, or is permitted to drain and dry in masses, which are then cut into shapes with a thin knife. It is powdered by rubbing it through a wire sieve. Prop., Uses, fyc. Carbonate of magnesia is a white, inodorous, tasteless powder, possessing similai properties to calcined magnesia. Dose. As an antacid, £ to a whole teaspoonful 3 or 4 times daily ; as a laxative, £ dr. to 2 dr. It is common- ly taken in milk. It is apt to produce flatulence, but in other respects is preferable to calcined mag- nesia. An ounce measure is filled by 48 grs. of the light, and 160 grs. of the heavy carbonate, lightly placed in it. Pur. “ The distilled water it has been boiled in should not discolor turmeric paper. The addition of chloride of barium, or nitrate fif silver, effects no precipitation. By solution in dilute sulphuric acid, 100 parts lose 36-6 parts, by weight. When the effervescence has ceased, bicarbonate of potassa produces no precipitate.” (P. L.) * MAGNESIA, CITRATE OF. Syn. Mag- nesia Citras. Prep. Saturate a solution of citric acid with carbonate of magnesia, (about 20 grs. of acid to 14 grs. of the base.) It is usually drunk while effervescing. A pleasant saline draught. Remarks. The dry white powder sold as citrate of magnesia in the shops, is quite a different prep- aration to the above, and does not contain 1 par- ticle of citric acid. The following formula is that of a wholesale London drug house that does large- ly in this article : — Calcined magnesia 14 lbs., (or carbonate 2 lbs. ;) powdered tartaric acid lbs. ; bicarbonate of soda 1 lb. ; dry each article by a gentle heat, then mix, pass the mixture through a sieve, and keep it in w;ell-corked bottles. Some persons add a few drops of essence of lemon, and 3 lbs. of finely-pow- dered sugar to the above quantity. This addition renders it more agreeable. MAGNESIA, HENRY’S. This is ordinary carbonate of magnesia, the washing of which has been finished with a little rose water. MAGNESIA, SULPHATE OF. Syn. Phy- sical Salt. Ersoivi Salts. Vitriolated Mag- nesia. Bitter purging Salt. Sal Epsomensis. Sal Catharticus amarus. Sal Anglicum. Sal Seidlitzense. Sal Catharticum. Magnesia VITRIOLATA. MaGNESLE SULPHAS, (P. L. E. & D.) Sulphate de Magnesie, (Fr.) Bittersalz ; El- SAMERSALZ J SCHWEFELSAURE MAGNESIA, (Ger.) This salt is only prepared on the large scale, either from magnesian limestone or bittern. Prep. I. (From Dolomite or magnesian lime- stone .) — a. Heat the mineral with sufficient dilute sulphuric acid to convert all its carbonate into sul- phate of lime, wash out all the sulphate of mag- nesia with hot water, and, after defecation, evapo- rate and crystallize. — b. Dissolve out all the car- bonate of limo with muriatic acid, then well wash with water, and dissolve the remaining carbonate of magnesia in dilute sulphuric adid, and proceed MAG 412 MAL an before. This method is very economical where muriatic acid can bo obtained almost gratuitously, as in the neighborhood of soda works. — c. Instead of sulphuric acid employ sulphate of iron to neutral- ize the magnesia. II. ( From bittern.) a. Boil the residual liquor, or' mother-water of sea salt, for some hours, skim, and decant the clear, then concentrate by evapo- ration, and run the solution into wooden coolers ; in 1 or 2 days £ part of Epsom salts will have crystallized out. This is called “ singles.” By ic-solution in water, and recrystallization, “ dou- bles,” or Epsom salts, fit for the market, are ob- tained. Bittern yields about 5 parts of sulphate of magnesia for every 100 parts of common salt that have been previously obtained from it. b. Boil a sufficient quantity of calcined magne- sian limestone in bittern, to displace the muriatic acid from the magnesia ; evaporate as before. This is the most economical process. Prop., Uses, c Sulphate of magnesia is an excellent cooling purgative, and sometimes proves diuretic and diaphoretic. Dose. $ oz. to 1^ oz. as a purgative or antidote in poisoning by lead. Large doses should be avoided. Dr. Christison mentions the case of a boy 10 years old, who swallowed 2 oz. of salts, and died within 10 minutes. (Treatise on Poisons.) A small quantity of Epsom salts, largely diluted with water, (as a drachm to ^ pint or | pint,) will usually purge as much as the com- mon dose. This increase of power has been re- cently shown by Liebig to result rather from the quantity of water than the salt. Pure water is greedily taken up by the absorbents ; but water holding in solution saline matter is rejected by those vessels, and consequently passes off by the intestines Pur. Pure Epsom salts are soluble in their own weight of water at 60° F., by which they may. be distinguished from Glauber salts, which are much less soluble. Shaken in the cold with water and carbonate of baryta or lime, an alkaline solution of carbonate of soda will be obtained if Glauber salts be present in the sample. When digested in alcohol, the filtered liquid should not yield a pre- cipitate with nitrate of silver, and should evaporate without residue. “ Sulphuric acid dropped into the solution should not expel any fumes of hydrochlo- ric acid. 100 grs. dissolved in water, and mixed with a boiling solution of carbonate of soda, yield 34 grs. of carbonate of magnesia when dried.” (P. L.) Caution. Epsom salts and oxalic acid may be readily distinguished from each other by the fol- lowing properties : — EPSOM SALTS. Taste bitter. Odorless. 7 urn opaque and white when dissolved and mixed with carbonate of soda or potassa. Do not alter vegetable blues Have no action on ink spots or iron-moulds. OXALIC ACID. Tastes sour. Smells slightly nitrous, (generally.) Effervesces when mixed with carbonate of soda or potassa, and the li- quid afterwards be- comes transparent. Turns vegetable blues red. Removes ink spots and iron-moulds. MAGNESIAN APERIENT. Prep. Epsom salts 2 lbs. ; dry by a gradually increased heat, powder, add tartaric acid (also dried) 1 \ lb. ; cal- cined magnesia i lb. ; finely-powdered white sugar 3 lbs. ; bicarbonate of soda (dried without heat) 1 lb.; essence of lemon 1 dr.; mix well, rub it through a sieve, in a dry situation, put it into bot ties, and cork down immediately. Dose. $ to 2 dessert-spoonfuls thrown into a tumbler 3 parta filled with water, rapidly stirred, and drunk while effervescing, early in the morning fasting, or be- tween breakfast and dinner. An excellent medi- cino for habitual constipation and stomach com- plaints. MAGNESIUM. The metallic base of the earth magnesia. The existence of this metal was demonstrated by Sir H. Davy in 1808, but was first obtained in sufficient quantity to examine its properties, by Bussy in 1830. Prep. Introduce 5 or G pieces of potassium about the size of peas, into a glass tube retort, and over the potassium lay a sufficient number of small fragments of chloride of magnesium to cover it. The latter must then be heated to near its point of fusion, when the flame of the lamp must bo applied to the potassium, so that its vapor may pass through the stratum of heated chloride. As soon as the vivid incandescence that follows is over, throw the mass into water, and collect the insoluble metallic portion. Prop., 6pc. Celor and lustre resemble silver, malleable and fusible at a red heat, unaffected -by dry air and water ; burns with brilliancy in oxygen gas, yielding oxide or protoxide of magnesium, or magnesia, and inflames spontaneously in chlo- rine, yielding chloride of magnesium. It dissolves in the acids with the evolution of hydrogen gas. and pure salts of magnesia result. Chloride of magnesium is best prepared by dissolving magnesia in muriatic acid, evaporating to dryness, adding an equal weight of muriate of ammonia, project- ing the mixture into a red-hot platinum crucible, and continuing the heat till a state of tranquil fu- sion be attained. (Liebig.) On cooling it forms a transparent, colorless, and very deliquescent mass. Iodide, fluoride, and bromide of magnesium may be prepared by dissolving magnesia in hydriodic, hydrofluoric, and hydrobromic acids. MAHOGANY STAIN. Prep. I. Pure So- cotrine aloes 1 oz. ; dragon’s blood ^ oz. ; rectified spirit 1 pint ; dissolve, and apply 2 or 3 coats to the surface of the wood ; finish off with w 7 ax or oil tinged with alkanet. II. Wash over the wood with strong aquafortis, and when dry, apply a coat of the above varnish ; polish as last. Ill# Logwood 2 oz. ; madder 8 oz. ; fustic 1 oz. ; water 1 gallon ; boil 2 hours, and apply it several times to the wood boiling hot ; when dry, slightly brush it over with a solution of pearlash 1 oz., in water 1 quart ; dry and polish as before. MAHOGANY FURNITURE. Stains and spots may be takes out of mahogany furniture by the use of a little aquafortis, or oxalic acid and water, by rubbing the part with the liquid, by means of a cork, till the color is restored ; observ ing afterwards to well wash the wood with water and to dry and polish as usual. MALEIC ACID A peculiar acid obtained MAI. 413 MAL by distilling' malic acid with a quick fire ; a solu- tion of maleic acid passes over into the receiver, from which crystals may be obtained by evapora- tion. It is soluble in water, alcohol, and ether, and possesses a sour taste. Heat resolves it into water and anhydrous maleic acid. If kept long fused at a low temperature, it passes into a crys- talline mass of fumaric acid. It forms salts with the bases termed maleates, which are mostly insoluble. MALIC ACID. Syn. Acide malique, (j Fr.) Aepfelsaure, ( Ger .) Acidum malicum, ( hat .) Prep. (Winkler.) Juice of the fruit of the moun- tain ash, (sorbus aucuparia,) immediately after it has turned red, but still unripe, q. s. ; heat it to the boiling point, skim, filter, nearly neutralize with ammonia, and precipitate with a solution of 5 part of acetate of lead to every 72 parts of juice ; filter, and again precipitate with nitrate of lead ; allow the whole to stand until it forms a mass of crystals, then well wash, dry, powder, suspend in water, and decompose by a current of sulphureted hydrogen ; again filter, neutralize with ammonia, decolor with animal charcoal, a second time pre- cipitate with nitrate of lead, and decompose the resulting nitrate of lead by sulphureted hydrogen ; lastly, filter, evaporate, and crystallize. Product. 6 oz. of crystallized malic acid from 296 oz. of juice. Remarks. Liebig first converts the impure solu- tion of the acid into acid malate of ammonia by neutralizing one half, and mixing it with the other half unneutralized. This salt forms larger crys- tals than the neutral malate, and is easier decol- ored . Mr Everett has lately proposed the juice of the leaf-stalks of garden rhubarb as a source of malic acid. One imperial gallon of this juice con- tains 11,139^ grs. of dry malic acid. The stalks should be peeled before pressing out the juice, as the cuticle contains much color. 20,000 grs. of the peeled stalks yield 12,500 grs. of juice. Mr. Everett’s process is as follows : — neutralize with hydrate of lime, boil, filter, precipitate with nitrate of lead, allow it to stand for a few hours, boil, cool, filter, decompose the precipitate with sul- phuric acid, avoiding excess, throw down the ex- cess of lead from the supernatant portion with sulphureted hydrogen, evaporate, and crystallize. (Proc. of the Chem. Soc.) Prop., $-c. Malic acid is very soluble in water, has a pleasant acidulous taste, and, when neutral- ized with the bases, forms salts called malates. When kept fused for some time at a low heat, it 13 converted into paramalic or fumaric acid ; and when quickly distilled, it yields malic acid, while ftimaric acid is left in the retort. Malic acid may also bo obtained from the juice of apples, and sev- eral other sorts of fruit. MALT. Syn. MaLt, (Fr.) Malz, (Ger.) Byne. Boasium ; Maltum, (Lat.) (Gr.) Grain which has become sweet in consequence of incipient germination. Barley is the grain usually malted, and the process consists in exposure to warmth and moisture. The grain is steeped in water contained in large wooden or stone cisterns, for a period of from 40 to GO hours, depending on the temperature of the weather, or until it becomes sufficiently swollen and soft enough to bo easily pierced with a needle, or crushed between the thumb and fingei without yielding a milky juice. As soon as the grain has been sufficiently soaked, the water is drawn off, and the swollen barley n laid upon the stone floor of a suitable apartment called the couch, to the depth of 12 to 16 inches, where it is allowed to remain till the acrospire, or rudiments of the plumula, shoot forth. During the period the grain remains in the couch, it is at first turned every 24 hours, and afterwards 2 or*3 times a day, and at each turning the layer is spread out more and more till it is reduced to the depth of about 3 or 4 inches. The sprouted grain is next removed to the malt kiln, and dried in a thin layer, at a temperature of from 90 to 100° F., until quite hard. It now constitutes pale malt ; when all the moisture has exhaled, and the heat is raised to from 120 to 125°, yellow, or amber malt, is formed ; and when the heat is further raised to from 145 to 165°, amber brown, or pale brown malt, is obtained. When the grain is dried at a still higher temperature, it forms brown malt ; and when the heat is sufficient to blacken or dis- color it, it is known as patent malt. In the prep- aration of the last variety, the heat is sometimes pushed as high as 430 to 435° F. By the process of drying, the vitality of the seed is destroyed. Both brown and patent malts are merely employed to color the worts produced from pale malt. 1 lb. of patent malt, mashed with 79 lbs. of pale malt, will impart to the liquor the color and flavor of porter. The paler varieties of malt contain the largest quantity of saccharine matter. After the malt has been kiln-dried, the acrospire and roots may be removed by means of a sieve. Before malt is mashed for beer, it is ground in a mill. Product. Good barley yields 80§ by weight, and 109§ by measure, of dried and sifted Tnalt. Choice. Good malt should have an agreeable smell, and a sweet taste, should be round and full in the grain, and should be moderately brittle be- tween the teeth. The admixture of unmalted with malted grain may bo discovered by throwing a little into water ; — malt floats on water, but raw barley sinks. Uses, <£-c. Malt is chiefly employed in the arte of brewing and distillation. An infusion or decoc- tion of malt (sweet wort) is laxative, and has been recommended as an antiscorbutic and tonic. It has been given with advantage in scurvy. (See Brewing, Distillation, Fermentation, &c.) MALT LIQUORS. The qualities of ale, beer, and porter, as beverages, and the methods of preparing them, have been already described, (see Ale, Beer, Brewing, Mum, Porter, &c. ;) the present article will therefore be confined to a short notice of the cellar management, and the diseases of malt liquors generally. Bottling. Clean, sweet, and dry bottles, and sound and good corks, should be had in readiness. The liquor to be bottled should be perfectly clear ; and if it be not so, it must be submitted to the operation of “fining.” When quite fine, and in good condition, the bung of the cask should be left out all/night, and next day the liquor should be put into bottles, which, after remaining 24 hours mere- ly covered with sheets of paper to keep out flies and dust, must bo securely corked down. Porter is generally wired over. If the liquor is intended for exportation to a hot climate, the bottles should remain filled for three days or more before corking them. The stock of bottled liquor should he stored MAL 414 MAN in a cool situation, and a small quantity to moot present demands should also bo set on their sides in a warmer place to ripon. October beer should not be bottled before midsummer, nor March beer till Christmas. Ripening. The addition of a small lump of white sugar to each bottle of ale or beer, and a teaspoonful of moist sugar to each bottle of porter at the time of corking, will render it fit for drink- ing in a few days in ordinary weather. A raisin or lump of sugar candy is often added to each bot- tle with a like intention. The Parisians bottle their beer one day, and sell it the next. For this purpose, in addition to the sugar as above, they add 2 or 3 drops of yeast. Such bottled liquor must, however, be drunk within a week, or else stored in a very cold place, as it will otherwise burst the bottles, or blow out the corks. Age. Tho addition of a very little diluted sul- phuric acid to new beer will give it the appearance of being 1 or 2 years old. Copperas, alum, sliced lemons, Seville oranges, and cucumbers, are also frequently employed by brewers for the same pur- pose. These additions subject the public brewer and seller to a fine, but private persons may em- ploy them at pleasure. Heading.. This is added to thin and vapid beer to make it bear a frothy head. (See Heading, p. 350.) Preservation. See the end of the article Brew- ng. Improving. Cut half a quartern loaf into slices, t »a&* them brown, place them in a coarse linen bag, along with 2 oz. of hops, and 1 oz. each of bruised ginger, cloves, •and mustard seed, suspend the bag by means of a string a few inches below the surface of the beer, and bung close. For a hogshead. Cloudiness. Add a handful of hops, boiled in 1 gallon of the beer, and in a fortnight fine it down. Sourness. Add a little powdered chalk or car- bonate of soda to the beer, until the acidity is nearly removed, then rummage in 4 or 5 lbs. of moist sugar or treacle to every hogshead. Such beer should be soon put on draught, as it is apt to get flat by keepings Oyster and egg shells are also frequently used by brewers for the same pur- pose. Vamping. Half fill casks with the old liquor, fill them up with some newly brewed, and bung close for 3 weeks or a month. Mustiness. To each hogshead add 1 lb. of new hops boiled in a gallon of the liquor, along with 7 lbs. of newly-burnt charcoal coarsely bruised, and a 4 lb. loaf of bread cut into slices and toasted rather black ; rouse well every day for one week, then rummage in moist sugar 3 or 4 lbs., and bung down for a fortnight. Flatness. Rummage a few pounds of moist sugar or treacle (foots) into each hogshead ; fer- nentation will ensue in a few days, and tho liquor become brisk. On the small scale, the addition of a few grains of carbonate of soda or prepared chalk to each glass will make the liquor brisk and carry u head ; but it must be drunk within a few minutes, ciee it becomes again flat. This is an excellent method when home-brewed beer becomes sour and vapid Recovering. This is said of unsaleable beer when rendered saleable, by giving it “ head ” or removing its “ tartness.” Frosted beer is best recovered by the addition of a few hops boiled in a little sweet wort ; or by adding a little moist sugar or treacle to induce ? fresh fermentation. Foxing or bucking. Add some fresh hops, along with some bruised mustard seed, to tho beer. Some persons add a little made mustard , or solution of alum or catechu, or a little diluted sulphuric acid, and rummage well ; and in a week or 10 days afterwards, further add some bean-flour, treacle, or moist sugar. Ropiness. Add a little infusion of catechu and some fresh hops to the beer, and in a fortnight rummage well, and the next day fine it down. MANDARINS, THE DELIGHT OF THE. Prep. Spirit, 22 u. p., 1 gallon ; wat.- £ gallon ; white sugar 4 lbs. ; anisum chime and arnbrette or musk seed, (hibiscus abelmoschus,) of each, bruised, i oz. ; safflower ^ oz. ; place the whole in a car- boy or stone bottle capable of holding double, cork closo, and agitate well every day for a fortnight, then decant and strain. A pleasant cordial li- queur. MANGANESE. Syn. Manganium ; Manga- nesium, ( Lat .) Manganese, (Fr.) Mangan : Braunsteinmetal, (Ger.) A hard, brittle, gray- ish-white metal, having the sp. gr. 8-013, discover- ed by Gahn in the black oxide of manganese of commerce. Prep. Reduce oxide of manganese to fine pow- der, make it into a paste with oil, place the mix- ture in a Hessian crucible lined with charcoal, lute on the cover, and expose it to the strongest heat of a smith’s forge for 2 hours. Prop., Uses, fyc. Manganesium unites with oxygen, forming 5 oxides and 2 acids, and with chlorine, fluorine, and sulphur, forming chlorides, fluorides, and sulphurets. The protoxide or green oxide (Mn -j- O) is formed when either of the other oxides of manganese is mixed with char- coal, and exposed in a covered crucible to a white heat for some time. It possesses strong basic prop- erties, and readily dissolves in the liquid acids, forming salts. The sesquioxide, or second oxide, (2 Mn -j- 30,) is brown or brownish-black, and is found ready formed in the mineral kingdom. It is the residuum left in the retort when the black oxide is heated to moderate redness in the process of making oxygen gas. The peroxide, or third oxide, (Mn -f- 20,) is the well-known black oxide, or binoxide of commerce, and is also found in tho mineral kingdom. (See Manganese, Black Ox- ide of.) The red, or fourth oxide, (oxidumman- ganoso-manganicum, 3 Mn -j- 40,) is another natural oxide of manganese. It may be prepared artificially, by exposing the peroxide or sesquioxide to a white heat. Varvacite (4 Mn -f- 70) is an- other oxide which occurs as a mineral production. Manganic, or Manganescous acid, (Mn -j- 30,) is formed when nitre, potassa, or carbonate of po- tassa, is heated to redness along with black oxido of manganese, either in closo or open vessels. It has never been isolated. Manganesic, or perman- ganic acid, (2 Mn -f- 70,) may bo obtained by mixing 8 parts of peroxide of manganese with 7 parts of chlorate of potassa, both in fine powder, MAN 415 MAN adding 10 parts of hydrate of potassa, dissolved in a small quantity of water, evaporating to dryness, powdering, exposing the powder to a low red heat in a platinum crucible, dissolving the mass in a large quantity of water, decanting, evaporating, and crystallizing. These crystals are permanga- nate of potassa, from which the acid may be ob- tained byconversion into permanganate of baryta, and by careful decomposition by dilute sulphuric acid, (Gregory.) It has a fine red color, bleaches, and is rapidly decomposed by organic matter. — Protochloride of manganese is made by heating the chloride to redness in a glass tube, surrounded by an atmosphere of muriatic acid. — Per chloride may be obtained by mixing permanganic and mu- riatic acid, and conducting the evolved gas through a tube cooled to — 4° F. It is gaseous at a higher temperature, and is decomposed by moisture. — Sulphuret of manganese is a natural mineral pro- duction, but may also be procured by igniting a mixture of 1 part of sulphate of manganese and 1 part of charcoal. — Fluoride of manganese has been formed by Dumas and Wohler. The salts of manganese may all be prepared from the black oxide of commerce by dissolving the latter in muriatic acid, evaporating the solu- tion to dryness, redissolving in water, adding car- bonate of soda sufficient to precipitate the iron present, digesting the mixed precipitate in the re- mainder of the liquid, filtering, adding hydrosul- phuret of ammonia till it produces a flesh-colored precipitate, and then precipitating the solution with carbonate of soda. The carbonate of manga- nese thus obtained, after being well washed in water, may be redissolved in the acids to form salts, most of which are soluble, and many crys- tallizajjle. MANGANESE, BLACK OXIDE OF. Syn. Manganese. Binoxide of Manganese. Tritox- ide of do. Peroxide of do. Oxide of do. Magnesia nigra. Manganesii binoxydum, (P. L.) Do. oxidum, (P. E. & D.) Oxide de Manganese, (Fr.) Braunstein, ( Ger .) This is the only oxide of manganese that is directly employed in the arts. It is a very plentiful mineral production, and is found in great abundance in some parts of the West of England. The manganese of the shops is prepared by washing, to remove the earthy matter, and grinding in mills. The blackest samples are esteemed the best. It is chiefly used to supply oxygen gas, and in the manufacture of glass and chlorine ; in dyeing, and to form the salts of manganese. It has been occasionally employed in medicine, chiefly externally, in itch and porrigo, made into an ointment with lard. It has recently been highly recommended by Dr. Erigeler in scrofula. Pur. and tests. Heat disengages oxygen. It is almost entirely soluble in muriatic acid. The per centage value of commercial manganese may bo readily found by digesting 50 grs. of the sam- ple in muriatic acid oz., diluted with ^ oz. of water, adding portions of protosulphate of iron from a weighed sample, at first in excess, and afterwards in smaller doses, till the liquid ceases to produce a blue precipitate with red prussiate of potash, and to evolve the odor of chlorine. Heat should be employed towards the end. The quanti- ty of protosulphate used must now be ascertained by weighing the unoonsurned port.on. If the binoxide be pure, 317 grs. will have been con- sumed, but if otherwise, the per centage of pure oxide may be obtained by the rule of three ; as, suppose only 298 grs. of the sulphate were con- sumed, then — as 317 : 100 : : 298 : 94, and the richness of the sample in pure black oxide would be 94§. The per centage value of the oxide for evolving chlorine may be obtained by multiplying the weight of the consumed sulphate of iron by 0-2588, which, in the above case, would give 76§ of chlorine. Both for this purpose and chlorimetry the sulphate of iron is best prepared by precipitation from its solution with alcohol, and drying it till it loses its alcoholic odor. (Prof. Otto.) See Oxygen and Chlorimetry. MANHEIM GOLD. Syn. Similor. Prep Copper 7 oz. ; brass 3 oz. ; melt together. Some add tin ^ dr. (See Brass.) MANNA. A factitious article of manna, made of a mixture of sugar, starch, and honey, with a very small quantity of scammony to give it odor and flavor, and to render it purgative, has been lately very extensively offered in trade. MANNITE. Syn. Manna Sugar. Grena- dine. Prep. Digest manna in boiling alcohol ; as the solution cools, crystals of mannite will form. White, odorless, sweet, soluble in water and alcohol. It is laxative. Dose. 1 to 2 drs. for a .child ; £ oz. to 1 oz. for an adult. It is found in several other vegetable productions besides manna. Mannite differs from the other sugars in being in- capable of undergoing the vinous fermentation. MANURES. (In Agriculture.) Substances added to soils to increase their fertility. “ The food of vegetables, as far as their organic structure is concerned, consists entirely of inorganic com- pounds ; and no organized body can serve for the nutrition of vegetables, until it has been, by the process of decay, resolved into certain inorganic substances. These are carbonic acid, water, and ammonia, which are well known to be the final products of putrefaction. But, even when tlies.- are supplied to vegetables, their growth will not proceed unless certain mineral substances are likewise furnished in small quantities, either by the soil, or the water used to moisten it. Almost every plant, when burned, leaves ashes, which commonly contain silica, potash, and phosphate of lime ; often, also, magnesia, soda, sulphates, and oxide of iron. These mineral bodies appear to be essential to the existence of the vegetable tissues ; so that plants will not grow in soils destitute of them, however abundantly supplied with carbonic acid, ammonia, and water.” According to Liebig, the carbon of plants is wholly derived from car- bonic acid, which is either absorbed from the atmosphere and rain water, by the leaves, or from the moisture and air in the soil by the roots. Its carbon is retained and assimilated with the body of the plant, while its oxygen is given out in the gaseous form ; this decomposition being al- ways effected under the action of light at or- dinary temperatures. The hydrogen and oxygen of vegetables, which, when combined with carbon, constitute the ligneous, starchy, gummy, sac- charine, oily, and resinous matters of plants, are derived from water chiefly absorbed by the roots MAN MAR 416 from the soil. The nitrogen of vegetables is de- rived chiefly, if not exclusively, from ammonia, which is supplied to them in rain, and in manures, and which remains in tho soil till absorbed by the roots. Ordinary manures may be regarded moro valuable according to the quantity of azotized matter which they contain ; and also in proportion as the decomposition of quaternary substances acts gradually, and agrees with the progress of vegetation. Thus, it is the azote in combination contained in manures which is especially useful ; and the proportion of this, when ascertained, in- dicates the richness of such substances as fer- tilizing agents. In reference to the mineral con- stituents of soils, it appears that a soil is fertile or Darren for any given plant according as it con- tains those mineral substances that enter into its composition. “ Thus the ashes of wheat-straw contain much silica and potash, while the ashes of the seeds contain phosphate of ammonia and mag- nesia. Hence, if a soil be deficient in any one of these, it will not yield wheat. On the other hand, a good crop of wheat will exhaust the soil of these substances, and it will not yield a second crop till they have been restored, cither by manure or by the gradual action of the weather in disintegrating the subsoil. Hence the benefit derived from fal- lows and from the rotation of crops. “ When, by an extraordinary supply of any one mineral ingredient, or of ammonia, a large crop has been obtained, it is not to be expected that a repetition of the same individual manure next year will produce the same effect. It must be remembered, that the unusual crop has ex- hausted the soil probably of all the other mineral ingredients, and that they also must be restored before a second crop can be obtained. “ The salt most essential to the growth of the potato' is the double phosphate of ammonia and magnesia ; that chiefly required for hay is phos- phate of lime ; while for almost all plants potash and ammonia are highly beneficial. “ From the principles above mentioned we may deduce a few valuable conclusions in regard to the chemistry of agriculture. First, by examining the ashes of a thriving plant, we discover the mineral ingredients which must exist in a soil to render it fertile for that plant. Secondly, by examining a soil, we can say at once whether it is fertile in re- gard to any plants the ashes of which have been examined. Thirdly, when we know the defects of a soil, the deficient matters may be easily ob- tained and added to it, unmixed with such as are not required. Fourthly, the straw, leaves, &c., of any plant, must be the best manure for that plant, since every vegetable extracts from tho soil such matters alone as are essential to it. This important principle has been amply verified by the success attending the use of wheat-straw, or its ashes, as manure for wheat, and of the clippings of the vines as a manure for the vineyard. Where theso are used, no other manure is required. Fifthly, in tho rotation of crops, those should be made to follow which require different materials ; or a crop which extracts little or no mineral matter, such as peas, should come after one which exhausts tho soil of Its phosphate's and potash. “ Of tho chemical manures now so much used, bout-dust supplies the phosplmtos which have beon extracted by successive crons of grass and corn, tho whole of tho bones of the cattle fed on these crops having been derived from the soil ; its gelatin also yields ammonia by putrefaction. Guano acts as a source of ammonia, containing much oxalate and urate of ammonia, with some phosphates. Nightsoil and urine, especially the latter, are most valuable for tho ammonia they yield, as well as for phosphates and potash ; but are very much neglected in this country, although their impor- tance is fully appreciated in Belgium and China. Bran is a very valuable manure, especially for po- tatoes, as it contains much of the ainmoniaco-mag- nesian phosphate. “ Nitrate+of soda probably acts by its alkali re- placing potash, but it is possible that its acid may also yield nitrogen to plants, although we possess at present no evidence of this, and, indeed, no evi- dence that plants can derive their nitrogen from any other source than from ammonia.” Manures may be made of all organic substan- ces, preference being, however, given to those abounding in nitrogen, and which readily decay. The analysis of manures, soils, and tho ashes of plants, for the purpose of ascertaining their com- position and comparative -value, is not easily per- formed by the inexperienced chemist ; but a rude approximation to their contents, sufficiently accu- rate for all practical purposes, may be generally made with proper care and attention. See Liebig’s Agricultural Chemistry ; 7th Edit, of Turner’s Chem. ; the Memoirs of MM. Boussingault and Payen ; and the articles Soils, Agriculture, Farming. MANUS CHRISTI. Prep. 1. (Manus christi perlatae.) Drops, or pastilles, made of pearls, sugar, and rose water. — 2. (Manus christi simplices.) Rose drops, or pastilles, made into flat cakes. MAPLE SUGAR. Prepared from the juice of the sugar maple, like birch sugar. Average pro- duct from each tree about 6 lbs. per season. MAPS may be tinted with any of the simple liquid colors mentioned at page 400. To prevent the colors sinking and spreading, which they will usually do on common paper, the latter should be wetted 2 or 3 times with a sponge dipped in alum water, (3 or 4 oz. to the pint,) or a solution of white size ; observing to dry it carefully after each coat. This will tend to give lustre and beauty to the colors. The colors themselves should also be thick- ened with gum. Before varnishing maps after coloring them, 2 or 3 coats of clean size should be applied with a brush. (See Card Work and Paper.) MARASQUIN DE GROSEILLES. Prep. Ripe gooseberries 1 cwt. ; black cherry leaves 14 lbs. ; bruise, ferment, distil, and rectify the spirit ; and to each pint of the product add sugar 1 lb. ; dissolved in water 1 pint. A pleasant liqueur. MARBLE. Si/n. Limestone. Hard Carbon- ate of Lime. Marmor; CarboNas Calcis durus, (P. L.) White Marble, (P. E.) Marmor album, (P. D.) Marbre ; Pierre a ciiaux ; Ciiaux car- bonated, (Fr.) Kalstein; Weisse Marmor, (O'er.) White marble is employed for tho preparation of carbonic acid, and some of tho salts of lime. Marble is best cleaned with a little clean soap and water, to which some ox-gall may be added. Acids should be avoided. Oil and greaso cnav be MAR 417 MAR generally removed by following a similar plan to that- mentioned at art. Boards. • Marble may be stained or dyed of various colors by applying their solutions to the stone made suffi- ciently hot to make the liquid just simmer on the surface. The following are the substances usually employed for this purpose : — Blue. Tincture or solution of litmus, or an alka- line solution of indigo ; — Brown , Tincture of log- wood ; — Crimson, A solution of alkanet root in oil of turpentine ; — Flesh color, Wax tinged with al- kanet root, and applied to the marble hot enough to melt it ; — Gold color, A mixture of equal parts of white vitriol, sal ammoniac, and verdigris, all in fine powder, carefully applied ; — Green, An alka- line solution or tincture of sap green, or wax strong- ly colored with verdigris, or stain the stone first blue, and then yellow ; — Red, Tincture of dragon’s blood, alkanet root, or cochineal ; — Yellow, Tinc- ture of gamboge, turmeric, or saffron. Remarks. Success in the application of the above colors re- quires considerable experience. By their skilful use a pleasing effect, both of color and grain, may be produced. MARBLING OF BOOKS. This is performed by laying the color on the covers or edges with a brush, or by means of a wooden trough and gum water as follows: — Provide a wooden trough, 2 inches deep, 6 inches wide, and the length of a super-royal sheet ; boil in a brass or copper pan any quantity of linseed and water until a thick mucilags is formed ; strain it into the trough, and let it cool ; then grind on a marble slab any of the following colors in small beer. For blue, Prussian blue or indigo ; — red, rose-pink, vermilion, or drop lake ; — yellow, king’s yellow, yellow ochre, &c. ; — white, flake white ; — black, ivory or burnt lampblack; brown, umber, burnt do., terra di sienna, burnt do. ; black, mixed with yellow or red, also makes brown ; — green, blue and yel- low mixed ; — orange, red and yellow mixed ; — purple, red and blue mixed. For each color you must have two cups, one for the color after grind- ing, the other to mix it with ox-gall, which must be used to thin the colors at discretion. If too much gall is used, the colors will spread ; when they keep their place on the surface of the trough, when moved with a quill, they are fit for use. All things being in readiness, the colors are successive- ly sprinkled on the surface of the mucilage in the trough with a brush, and are waved or drawn about with a quill or stick, according to taste. When the design is thus formed, the book, tied tightly between cutting boards of the same size, is lightly pressed with its edge on the surface of the liquid pattern, and then withdrawn and dried. The covers may be marbled in the same way, only letting the liquid colors run over them. The film of color in the trough may be as thin as possible, and if any remains after the marbling, it may be taken off by applying paper to it before you pre- pare for marbling again. This process lias been called French Marbling. To diversify the effect, colors are often mixed with a little sweet oil before sprinkling them on, by which means a light halo or circle appears round each spot. Iji like manner, spirits of turpentine, sprinkled on the surface of the trough, will make white spots. By staining the book covers with any 53 of the liquid dyes, and then dropping on them, oi running over them, drops of liquid mordants, a very pleasing effect may bo produced. Thus, vinegar black, or a solution of green copperas, let fall or run over common leather, produces black spots or streaks, and gives a similar effect with most of the light dyes. A solution of alum o-r tin in like manner produce^ bright spots or streaks, and soda and potash water dark ones. This style has been called Egyptian marble. — Soap marbling is done by throwing on the colors, ground with f; little white soap to a pliable consistence, by means of a brush. It is much used for book edges, sta- tionary, sheets of paper, ladies’ fancy work, &c. — Thread marble is given by first covering the edge uniformly of one color, then laying pieces of thick thread irregularly on different parts of it, and giv- ing it a fine dark sprinkle. When well managed the effect is very pleasing. — Rice marble is given in a similar way to the last by using rice. — Tree marble is done on leather, book covers, &c., by bending the board a little in the centre, and run- ning the marbling liquid over it in the form of vege- tation. The knots- are given by rubbing the end of a candle on those parts of the cover. — Wax marble is given in a similar way to thread marble, but using melted wax, which is removed after the book is sprinkled and dried, or a sponge charged with blue, green, or red, may be passed over. This is much used for stationary work, especially folios and quartos. The vinegar black of the bookbind- ers is merely a solution of acetate of iron, made by steeping rusty nails or iron filings in vinegar. All the ordinary liquid colors that do not contain strong acids or alkalis may be used, either alone or thick- ened with a little gum, for marbling or sprinkling books. — Sprinkling is performed by dipping a stiff* haired painter’s brush into the color, and suddenly striking it against a small stick held in the left hand over the work. By this means the color is evenly scattered without blotting. (See Bookbind- ing, Inks, Liquid Colors, and the various dyes.) MARGARIC ACID. Syn. Margarulic Acid, (from [mpyapirr], a pearl.) A fatty acid obtained by the saponification of oils. Prep. I. Dissolve olive oil soap in water, precipitate with a solution of neutral acetate of lead, filter, wash, and dry the precipitate, (margarate of lead.) digest in ether, and decompose the residuum by boiling-hot muri- atic acid ; lastly, wash the acid, dissolve in boiling alcohol, and evaporate. II. Heat hydrated stearic acid with its own* weight of nitric acid for some minutes ; press the fatty acid which separates between folds of paper, and purify by repeated crystallizations from alco- hol, till its melting point becomes 140° F. Remarks. Margaric acid forms pearly scale*, soluble in ether and alcohol. With the bases, it forms salts called margarates. MARGARINE. Syn. Margarate of Oxid-e of Glycerule. The solid fatty matter of certain vegetable oils, and the principal ingredient of hu- man and goose fat. A hot alcoholic solution of either of these fats, or of the concrete portion of olive oil, deposites, as it cools, a mixture of marga rate and oleale of glycerule. MARGARITIG ACID. Obtained by the sa ponification of castor oil, along with another oih acid. The former melts at 2 ;if!° cv ; forms soap] MAR 418 MEA salts with the alkalis, {margaritates ;) the latter is an oily liquid at ordinary temperatures. MARGARONE. A peculiar fatty substance obtained by distilling a mixture of quicklime and margaric acid. It forms pearly crystalline scales. MARRIAGE. Dr. Casper, of Berlin, has cal- culated that the mortality among bachelors, from the age of 30 to 45 years, is 27 per cent., while among married men of tho same age it is only 18 per cent. For forty-one bachelors who attain the age of 40 years, there are seventy-eight married men who attain tho same age. The advantage in favor of married life is still more striking in persons of advanced age. At 60 years there remain but twenty-two bachelors for forty-eight married men ; at 70 years, eleven bachelors for twenty-seven married ; and at 80 years, three bachelors against nine married men. (Jour, de Chimie Med.) MARMALADES. (From marmcllo, Portu- guese, fl quince .) Properly a conserve made of quinces and sugar. The term is now, however, commonly applied to othor fruit conserves made by cooks and confectioners. Marmalades are either made by pounding the pulped fruit in a mortar with an equal or a larger quantity of powdered white sugar, or by mixing them together by heat and passing them through a hair sieve while hot, and then putting them into pots or glasses. The fruit pulps are obtained by rubbing the fruit through a fine hair sieve either at once, or after it has been softened by boiling. When heat is employed in mixing the ingredients, the evaporation should be continued until the marmalade jellies on cooling. (See Conserves, Confections, Electuaries, Jams, and Jellies.) The following are the chief marmalades met with in the shops :• — Apricot marmalade, from equal parts of pulp and sugar. Barberry marmalade, from equal parts of pulp «uid sugar Citron marmalade, made as orange do. Marmalade of hips, from the pulp of the hips of rosa systyla or arvensis, and sugar, in the same way as the confection. Mixed marmalade, from plums, pears, and ap- ples, variously flavored to palate, Orange marmalade, from oranges, (either Se- ville or St. Michael’s,) by boiling the peels in sirup until soft, then pulping them through a sieve, add- ing as much white sugar, and boiling them with the former sirup and the juice of the fruit to a proper consistence. A still finer marmalade is made by melting the confection of orange peel, P. L., either with or without the addition of orange juice, and passing it through a sieve. Candied orange marmalade, from candied or- ange peel, boiled in an equal weight each of sugar and water, and then passed through a sieve. Quince marmalade, (diacydonium,) from quince flesh, or pulp and sugar equal parts; or from the juice, ( miva cydoniorum, gclatina do.,) by boiling it to one-half, adding an equal quantity of white wine, and two-thirds of sugar, and gently evapo- rating. Scotch marmalade. 1. Sevillo orange juice 1 quart ; yellow peel of the fruit, grated ; honey 2 lbs. ; boil to a proper consistence. — 2. Sevillo or- nngoB 8 lbs. ; peel them as thinly as possible, then aqueoze out the juice, and boil it on tho yellow peels for 1 hour, strain, add white sugar 7 lbs. and boil to a proper consistence. Transparent marmalade. Orange marmalade, well strained or clarified while hot. Marmalade of sloes. Conserve of sloes. As. tringent. Tomato marmalade. Like apricot marmalade, adding a few slices of onions and a little parsley. Wood sorrel marmalade. (Conserva foliorutn lujelfE.) Wood sorrel leaves 1 lb.; powdered white sugar 3 lbs. ; beat together in a mortar. Pleasant, cooling, and acidulous; has a fine red color. MARSHALL’S CERATE. Prep. (Collier.) Palm oil ^v; calomel ^j 5 sugar of lead ; oint- ment of nitrate of mercury §ij ; mix. MASSICOT. Syn. Masticot. Protoxide of Lead. Ochra Plumbaria factitia. The dross that forms on melted lead exposed to a current of air, roasted until it acquires a uniform yellow color Used as a pigment. (See Lead, Oxides of.) MASTIC ATORIES. Syn. Piljk Mastica- tors. Medicines taken by chewing. They are chiefly used as cosmetics or stimulants. Prep. 1. {Indian.) A mixture of betel leaf, areka nut, and lime. — 2. (Hartman.) Mastich and pellitory of Spain, equal parts. — 3. (Augustin.) Mastich, white wax, and ginger, equal parts. — X. (Quincy.) Mastich §iij ; pellitory of Spain and stavesacre seeds, of each 3ij ; angelica root 3ss ; cubebs and nutmegs, of each 3j ; make into small balls with white wax q. s. — 5. Opium, ginger, rhu- barb, mastich, pellitory of Spain, and orris root, of each 3j ; musk and ambergris, of each I gr. ; melted white wax or spermaceti to mix. MASTICHIC ACID. Syn. Soluble Mas- tich Resin. The portion of mastich soluble in al- cohol. It forms about 90§of the resin. According to Johnstone, it forms salts with the acids. MASTICINE. Syn. Neutral or Insoluble Mastich Resin. The insoluble portion left from preparing the last article. It is soluble in the alco- holic solution of the preceding resin. MATTHEW’S PILLS. Prep. Extract of black hellebore, powdered myrrh, Castile soap, opium, saffron, and oil of turpentine, equal parts ; beat into a mass with sirup of buckthorn. Ano- dyne ; alterative. Dose. 3 to 10 grs. MATHIEU’S VERMIFUGE. This consists of two electuaries ; the one for killing the worms, and the other for expelling them. Prep. 1. Tin filings §j ; fern root 3vj ; -worm seed 3iv ; resinous extract of jalap and sulphate of potash, of each 3j ; honey to mix. Dose. A tea* spoonful every 3 hours, for 2 days. 2. Jalap and sulphate of potash, of each Qij ; scammony 9j ; gamboge 10 grs. ; honey to mix. Dose. A teaspoonful every three hours, until it op- erates well ; the preceding electuary having been previously taken as directed. MATTICO. The leaves have been employed ] with considerable success as an external styptic ; j applied to leech-bites, and pressed on with the fingers, they seldom fail to arrest the bleeding. (Prov. Med. and Surg. Jour., June, 1842.) * MAYDEW. Syn. ltos Majalis. Collected by sponges off* the grass. Used as a cosmetic. MEAD. Syn. Vinum Hydr^meli. (From meede, Dut.) An old English liquor, made from the combs from which tho honey lias been drained MEA 419 MEA jui, by boiling in water and fermenting, ii. Is commonly confounded with metheglin. (See Me- theglin.) Some persons add 1 oz. of hops to each gallon ; and, after fermenting, a little brandy. It is then called Sack Mead. MEALS, RESOLVENT. (Quatuor Fari- ng resolventes, of old pharmacy.) Barley, bean, linseed, and rye meals. MEASLES, THE. Syn. Rubeola. Mor- billi. Symp. Feverishness, chilliness, shivering, head-pains, swelling and inflammation of the eyes, defluxion of sharp tears, with painful sensibility to light, oppressive cough, difficulty of breathing, and sometimes vomiting or diarrhoea. These are followed about the fourth day by an eruption of small red points or spots, perceptible to the touch, and which, after four or five days, goes off with desquamation of the cuticle ; but the fever, cough, &c., continue for some time. Remarks. The unit of the above table is the metre, which has been determined to be 39*37079, at 32° F., (Capt. Kater ;) the English foot is ta- ken at 62° F. It may be observed that all the divisions and multiples are decimals, and hence the term decirpal system has been given to these Treed. When there are no urgent local symp toms, mild aperients, antimonial diaphoretics ana diluents should be had recourse to ; but when the inflammatory symptoms are emergent, and the lungs are weak, especially in plethoric habits, blood may be taken. The cough may be re- lieved by expectorants, demulcents, and small doses of opium ; and the diarrhoea by the ad- ministration of the compound powder of chalk and opium ; the looseness of the bowels, however, had better not be interfered with, unless it be ex- treme. MEASURE. Syn. Mensura, ( Lat .) The unit or standard by which we estimate extension, whether of length, superficies, or volume. Our notice must be confined to the imperial measure of England, and the usual French measures that are mentioned in works on the arts and sciences, or are used in prescribing. measures, as well as to those of a similar descrip- tion below. It will be perceived that the principle of nomenclature adopted in applying the names, was to prefix the Greek numerals to the decimal multiples, and the Latin numerals to the decimal subdivisions. I. French Decimal Measures of Length. Names. Eq. in Metres. Inches. Eq. in English Measures. Millimetre 0-001 •03937 Centimetre 0*01 •39371 Decimetre 0-1 3-93708 Metrs 1* 39-37079 Miles. Fur. Yds. Feet. Inches. Decametre 10- 393-70790 0 0 10 2 9-7 Hectometre 100- 3937-07900 0 0 109 1 1-078 Kilometre 1000* 39370-79300 0 4 213 1 10-3 Myriametre 10000* 393707-90000 6 1 156 0 9-17 II. Measures of Volume. — 1. Imperial Standard, and the relative value of its Divisions, including those used in Medicine. •n Minims or drops. f'3 Fluid Drachms. Fluid Ounces. 0 . PiDts. Oij. , Quarts. c. Gallons. Pecks. Bushels. Quarters. 1 0- 71666666 0-00208333 0-00010416 0-00005208 0-00001302 0 0 0 60 1 0-125 0-00625 0-003125 0-00078125 0 0 0 480 8* 1- 0-05 0-025 0-00625 0 0 0 9000 160- 20- 1* 0-5 0-125 0-0625 0-015625 0*001953125 19200 320* 40* 2* 1- 0-25 0-125 0-03125 0-00390625 76800 1280* 160- 8- 4- 1* 0-5 0-125 0-015625 0 2560* 320- 16- 8* 2* 1* 0-25 0-03125 0 0 1280* 64- 32- 8* 4* 1- 0-125 0 0 0 512- 256- 64* 32- 8- 1* 1 Remarks. The standard unit of the above table 'id the gallon, which has a capacity equal to ■277*274 cubic inches, and is capable of holding exactly 10 lbs. (avoird.) of distilled water at 60° F., and 30 inches of the barometer. It is one- fifth larger than the old wine gallon, and one- sixtieth smaller than the old beer gallon. *** A tea or coffee-spoonful ( cochlearium paiwum) of sirup contains 3j to 3ij ; •'rdinary aqueous fluids 3iss to 3ij ; spirits or tinctures 3j to 3iss ; light powders (as magnesia) 3ss to 3j ; heavy do. (as sulphur) 3iss to 3ij ; metallic oxides 3j to 3iiij. A dessert-spoonful ( cochlearium mediocre ) of water 3ij. A tablespoonful {cochlearium magnum vel am - plum ) of sirup fss ; ordinary aqueous fluids 3iij to 3iiij ; spirits or tinctures 3ij to 3iij. A teacupfui. ( vasculum pro thea) ^iij to 5*v. MEC 420 MED A. wine-glassful (scyphus vel cyathus pro vino) §iss to §ij. A thimbleful ( clypcola metalUca pro digitis) a teaspoonful. A cubic inch of water woighs 252*456 grs. A cubic foot of water weighs G2-3206 lbs. (av ) A fluid ounce water contains 1*73298 cubic inches A TROY ounce .... 1*9013214 do. 2. French Decimal Measures of Volume. Names Eq. in Litros. Eq. in Cubic In. Measure. Millilitre 0*001 0*06112 Centilitre 0*01 0*61120 1 Decilitre 0-1 6-11208 Gallons. Pints. Litre 1* 61-12070 = 0 1-76377 Decalitre 10- 611-20702 = 2 1-4464 Hectolitre 100* 6112-07020 = 22 0-2640 Kilolitre... 1000* 61120-70208 = 220-47 Myriolitre 10000- 611207 02080 — 2204*71 Remarks. The standard unit in the above table is the litre, or the cube of the one-tenth of a metre. The cubic inch is calculated at 252*5 grs. of water at 62° F. The French centiare contains 1 square metre ; the are, 100 do. ; the hectare, 10,000 do. +.J.+ The capacity of solids and aeriform fluids is taken in cubic inches, or feet, in England. In France, the stere, or metre cube, equal to 35*31658 English cubic feet, is the standard unit. MECHLOIC ACID. This name has been given by Couerbe to the crystalline mass obtained by passing chlorine gas over fused meconine. It is purified by removing the chlorine by oxide of silver. Before being purified, blood red ; when pure, white crystals, strongly acid. MECONIC ACID. Syn. Acidum meconi- ~um, ( Lat ., from a poppy.) A peculiar a id discovered in opium. Prep. Dissolve pure meconiate of'potassa 1 part, in 21 parts of hot water, add 3 parts of strong muriatic acid, and mix well. Acid meconate of potassa is deposited as the solution cools, which being treated a second time in the same way, yields pure meconic acid. Meconate of lime may be substituted 'or the pot- ash salt. Its purity may be ascertained by its leaving no residue when heated in a platinum or glass capsule. Remarks. Meconic acid forms beautiful pearly scales, possessing a sour astringent taste, and ii soluble in water and alcohol. Its solution is de- composed by boiling, and by animal charcoal. At a heat of 248° it is decomposed, and pyromeconic acid formed along with other products. It is characterized by — 1. Precipitating the sesquisalts of iron red, and the color not being destroyed by the action of corrosive sublimate. — 2. Precipitating a weak solution of ammonio-sulphate of copper green. — 3. With ucetate of lead, nitrate of silver, and chloride of barium, it gives white precipitates. — 4. It is not reddened by chloride of gold. The above precipitates arc all meconates of the given bases. Mkconatk of Lime is obtained by heating a solution of chloride of calcium with an infusion of opium made with cold water, and collecting the precipitate. By dissolving 1 part of this impure salt in a mixture of 20 parts of water, and 3 parts of strong muriatic acid at near 212°, silvery crys- tals of monobasic meconate of limo will be depos- ited as the liquid cools. (Gregory.) The meco- nate of potassa may bo prepared by direct solution of the base in the impure acid obtained from me- conate of lime till the liquor turns green, heat be- ing applied, when the salt crystallizes out as the liquid cools ; it may be purified by pressure, and recrystallization. MECONINE, (from nvxuv, a poppy.) A white crystalline, odorless solid, discovered by Couerbe in opium. It remains in solution when an aqueous infusion of opium is precipitated by ammonia. It may be obtained by evaporation, and may be puri- fied by alternate solution in alcohol, water, and ether. It forms white prisms. It is distinguished from codeia and morphia by the absence of alka- line properties, and also from the latter by its fusi- bility, its greater solubility in water, and not being turned blue by the sesquisalts of iron. Chlorine gas passed over fused meconine tutns it blood red. Neither meconine nor meconic acid appears to ex- ercise any important physiological action on the human frame. MEDALS, and similar objects are very conve- niently and accurately copied by electricity, (see Electrotype,) but still more quickly by the fol- lcwing means : — Reduce recently-precipitated and well-washed oxide of copper by means of hydrogen passed over it at a gentle heat ; the operation be- ing conducted in a glass tube, the one end being left partially open to permit of the escape of the newly-formed water. The process should be con- tinued till the oxide be wholly decomposed, and the powder assumes a fine copper-red color, when it must be immediately removed, and kept in a well- stoppered bottle. For use, the medal is placed on a layer of smooth sand, at the bottom a small white iron cylinder, and the sifted copper powder poured on to the depth of about 10 or 12 lines, and then gently compressed with a massive iron cylin- der, after which the whole must be placed on an anvil, and struck with a heavy hammer till the powder is no farther compressible. The ucwly- lormed cast is then removed from cylinder, and heated to a red-white heat in a small copper box, well luted with clay to exclude the air, after which the whole is left to cool. A solid coppei medal is thus vary quickly obtained. The re* ccntly reduced o*. 2 ities of other metals may be sub- stituted for copper G. Osai/u, tho dissxivorer of MEL 42 i A[ER this method, succeeded well with copper, silver, and lead, which were the only ones he tried. (Bib- lioth&que Universelle de Genbve, No. 82.) MEDECINE NOIR. A celebrated French nostrum, consisting of a mixture of tamarinds, man- na, glauber salts, and senna. MEDULLIN. The porous pith of the sun- flower. It is soluble in nitric acid. (Dr. John.) MEERSCHAUM, (Ger.,foam of the sea.) Syn. Ecume de Mer ; Magnesie carbonatee silici- fere, (Fr.) A silicated magnesia mineral. The fittest qualities are found in Greece and Turkey. It is used by the Tartars for washing linen. Its principal consumption is, however, in the manu- facture of tobacco-pipes. The Germans prepare their pipes for sale by first soaking them in tallow, then in white wax, and finally polishing them with shavegrass. Genuine meerschaum pipes are dis- tinguished from mock ones by the beautiful brown color which they assume after being smoked for some time. MEGGELLUP. Syn. Magilp. Prep. Mastich varnish 1 lb. ; pale drying oil 2 lbs. ; mix. Used by painters to apply their glazings with. It may be thinned by adding turpentine. Artists often va?y the proportions according to their work. MELAM. A white insoluble powder discover- ed by Liebig. It is prepared by fusing sulpho- cyanide of ammonia, or a mixture of 2 parts of sal ammoniac, and 1 part of sulphocyanide of po- tassium. The residuum in the retort, after b,eing washed with water, is melam. MELAMINE. A basic substance discovered by Liebig. It is prepared by dissolving melam in a mixture of hydrate of potassa 1 part, and water 20 parts, evaporating till crystalline scales begin to form, and slowly cooling. The resulting crys- tals must be purified by re-solution and recrystal- lization. Yellow transparent crystals, soluble in hot water. It combines with the acids, and forms crystallizable acidulous salts. MELAMPYRINE. A tasteless, neutral, crys- tallizable substance, extracted by Htinefeldt from ihe melampyrum nemorosum. MELANGALLIC ACID. Syn. Metagallic Acid. Obtained by distilling tannic acid by a quick fire till it froths, melts, and becomes black and solid, then dissolving in an alkali, filtering, and precipitating by an acid. A black powder. MELANIC ACID. A black powder discover- ed by Piria, and formed when saliculite of potassa is exposed to the air till it turns black. In this state the mass consists of acetic and melanic ucids. MELASSIC ACID. Prep. Pour a hot satu- rated solution of baryta, or caustic potassa or soda, an melted grape sugar, dissolve, and continue the neat till the mixture turns deep brown, fiien precip- itate with an excess of muriatic acid, and wash ;he resulting black powder, first with dilute muri- atic acid, and then with water. MELLITIC ACID. Discovered by Klaproth in melilite or honey stone. It may be obtained by boiling the powdered stone in 70 times its weight of water, filtering, evaporating, and crystallizing. It forms salts with the bases termed mclilates. MELLON. A compound of carbon and nitro- gen, discovered by Liebig. It remains at the bot- tom of the retort, under the form of a yellow pow- der, when bisulphocyan de of mercury is exposed to heat. It may in like manner be obtained by exposing melam, ammeline, ammelido, or dry sul- phocyanogen to a red heat. It is insoluble in al- cohol, water, and dilute acids. It is decomposed by concentrated acids, alkalis, and a strong red heat. MELTING-BAG. (Dr. Breslau.) Prep. Iodide of potassium 10 grammes ; sal ammoniac 80’gram- mes ; dry, reduce each separately to fine powder ; mix by trituration, and enclose them in a small bag. As a resolvent to indolent tumors. It should be worn on the part for some time. MENISPERMIC ACID. Boullay has applied this name to a crystalline substance found in coc- culus indicus. MENISPERMINE. Syn. Menispermia, Me- nispermina. A neutral basic substance discovered by Pelletier and Couerbe in cocculus indicus. It may be obtained by the action of alcohol. It is insoluble in water. P aramenispermine is another similar substance, but differs from the preceding by not forming salts witn the acids. Neither of the above exercise any marked physiological ac- tion. MERCAPTAN, (from its energetic action on mercury.) Syn. Hydrosulphuret of Sulphuret of Ethule. An ethereal liquid, smelling strongly of garlic, discovered' by Zeise. Prep. Saturate liquor of potassa, sp. gr. 1-28, with sulphureted hy- drogen, then mix it with a solution of the same density of sulphovinate of lime. The distilled liquid must be digested, first on a little chloride of cal- cium, and then agitated and rectified with a little red oxide of mercury. MERCURY. Syn. Quicksilver. Quik. Hy- drargyrus. Mercurius. Argentum vivum. Aqua Argentea. Aqua Metallorum. Hydrargyrum, (P. L. E. and D.) Mercure, Mercure c^jlant, Vif-argent, (Pr.) Quecksilber, ( Ger .) 'Ydodp yvpos, v Apy»po$ (Gr.) A liquid metal having a tin white color. Mercury was known to the an- cients. It is mentioned by Aristotle, Theophras- tus, Pliny, and Dioscorides, but it is not alluded to, either in the Old Testament or in the writings of Herodotus. Tha principal sources of this metal at the present time are the mines of Idria, in Car- nioli, and Almaden, in Spain, where it exists un- der the form of cinnabar, from which the pure metal is obtained by distilling that ore with lime or iron filings in iron retorts, by which the sulphur it contains is seized and retained, while the mercury rises in the state of vapor, and is condensed in suitable receivers. Quicksilver is imported in cy- lindrical iron bottles, containing from £ cwt. to 1 cwt. each. An importation of quicksilver was re- cently made from China. Prep. Mercury, as imported, is usually very pure. The Dublin College orders it to be pre pared for medical purposes by putting 6 parts in- to a retort and distilling off four parts. The whole of the mercury may, however, be safely drawn over. A strong earthenware or iron retort, with a low neck or tube dipping into a basin of water, may be used for this purpose. One of the quickest and best means of purifying mercury is to agitate it with a concentrated solution of nitrate of mercury, at a heat of 104° F. Prop. Sp. gr about 13*6 ; freezes and ervs- MER 422 MER tallizes at — 39° Falir. ; when solid it is ductile, malleable, and tenacious ; boils at 662° Fahr. ; but volatilizes slowly at the ordinary temperature of the atmosphere, and when mixed with water at from 140° to 1G0°, it is volatilized in considerable quantities. (Stromeyer.) It unites with oxygen, forming two oxides ; and with chlorine, forming calomel and corrosive sublimate ; with the metals it forms amalgams. Its oxides form salts with the acids. The only acids that act on metallic mercury are the sulphuric and nitric ; but for this purposo the former must bo heated. Uses. Mercury is applied to various purposes in the arts ; as the amalgamation of gold and silver, wash gilding, the silvering of looking-glasses, the manufacture of barometers and thermometers, and in the preparation of several valuable medi- cines. In its metallic state it appears to be inert when swallowed, unless there be much acidity in the alimentary canal ; its salts are, however, all of them more or less poisonous. Pur. It is totally dissipated by heat, and dis- solved by diluted nitric acid, but is insoluble in boiling muriatic acid. The acid poured off, and allowed to cool, is neither colored, nor yields a precipitate with sulphureted hydrogen ; sp. gr. 13’ 5. (P. L.) “ A globule moved about on a sheet of paper yields no trail ; pure sulphuric acid agitated with it (in the oold) evaporates when heated, without leaving any residuum.” (P. E.) Tests. 1. Metallic mercury may be detected by its volatility, and when in a finely-divided or pulverulent state, by the microscope, or by stain- ing a piece of copper white when rubbed on it, or when heated beneath it. — 2. Solutions of the persalts of mercury yield — with caustic alkalis, yellowish or red precipitates — with alkaline car- bonates, a brick-red one — with iodide of potassium, a sca#et one. — 3. The protosalts of mercury yield a gray or black precipitate with alkalis, — a yellowish or greenish-yellow one with iodide of potassium, — a white one with muriate of soda. — 4. The salts of mercury are all volatilized at a dull red heat — give a white precipitate with prussiate of potash, — a black one with sulphureted hydrogen and hydrosulphurets, — an orange yellow one with gallic acid, and — with a plate of polished copper, a white coat of metallic mercury. Solid bodies may be tested by treating them with nitric acid, evaporating, redissolving in water, and then pro- ceeding as above. MERCURY, ACETATE. Syn. Hydrargyri Acetas, (P. D.) Do. Acetis. Prep • I. (P. D.) Mercury 9 parts; diluted nitric acid 11 parts; dissolve, then add it to a boiling solution of acetate of potash 9 parts, dissolved in water 100 parts, and acidulated with distilled vinegar ; filter while hot, let it co, a metal. In Chemistry, metals are electro-positive bodies, which are distinguished by their weight, lustre, fusibility, and power of conducting electricity. All the metals are chemical elements. Their individ- ual or distinctive characters will be found described in their alphabetical places. METAMARGAIIIC ACID. A new acid form- ed along with metoleic acid by the action of sul- phuric acid on twice its weight of olive oil. METAPHOSPHORIC ACID. Prepared by burning phosphorus in dry air or oxygen gas, or heating to redness a concentrated solution of phos- phoric, or pyrophosphoric acid. The latter mode of preparation yields a hydrated acid. It produ- ces precipitates in solutions of most of the bases, which are metaphosphates. The metaphosphate of soda is formed when pyrophosphate of soda is heated to low redness. It is deliquescent. METHEGLIN. (From meth, Ger., mead.) Syn. Hydromel vinosum. Prep. Honey 1 cwt. ; water 24 gallons ; mix in a cask, and stir daily until dissolved, then add yeast 1 pint, and hops 1 lb., previously boiled in water 1 gallon, along with water sufficient to make the whole 1 barrel ; mix well, and ferment. Contains on the average about 7 to 8§ of alcohol. Mead and metheglin are fre- quently confounded together. METHIONIC ACID. A sour liquid, obtained from methionate of baryta, in the same way as isethionic acid is from isethionate of baryta. METHIONATE OF BARYTA. Prep. Satu- rate ether with anhydrous sulphuric acid, at the ordinary temperature of the atmosphere, dilute with water, neutralize with carbonate of baryta, and when nearly about to crystallize add an equal bulk of alcohol ; methionate of baryta will be pre- cipitated, and may be purified by re-solution and crystallization. Resembles chlorate of potash, and is soluble in water. METHULE. The hypothetical radical of py- roxilic spirit. Iodide, chloride, bromide, fluoride, and sulphuret of methule have been formed. (See Tyroxilic Spirit.) METHULE, OXIDE OF. Syn. Hydrate of Metiiyline. Metiiylic Ether. Prep. Distil a mixturo of equal volumes of pyroxilie spirit and oil of vitriol, and pass the evolved vapors first through milk of lime, and then through a series of Woolfs bottles, containing water. The *ater MIL 427 MIN * must then be gently heated, and the gas collected over mercury. It may be dried and deprived of undecomposed pyroxilic spirit by pure potassa. Water absorbs 37 times its volume of this gas. When this gas Is brought into contact with the va- lor of anhydrous sulphuric acid, it unites with the latter, forming sulphate of methule. METHYL AL. A peculiar ethereal liquid ob- tained along with other products by distilling a mixture of pyroxilic spirit, water, oil of vitriol, and manganese. METHYLENE. A peculiar liquid hydrocar- bon, obtained from pyroxilic spirit. MICROCOSMIC SALT. Prep. Mix equal parts of phosphate of soda, and phosphate of am- monia in solution, evaporate and crystallize. A slight excess of phosphate of ammonia aids the crystallization. Used in blowpipe assays. MICROSCOPE. The use of a brilliant port- fire has been lately adopted with considerable suc- cess as a substitute for the lime-light of the oxy- hydrogen microscope. A clear and powerful light may be thus prodiaced at very little expense and trouble. A single microscope may be very easily obtained by piercing a small round hole in a slip of metal, and introducing into it a drop of water, which will immediately assume a globular form on each side of the metal, and possess considerable magnifying power. The crystalline lens of the eye of a minnow may also be used. MILK. Syn. Lac, ( Lat .) Lait, {Fr.) Milch, (Get.) The value of milk as an article of food is suffi- ciently evident from its being alone sufficient to sup- port and increase the growth of the young of every species of mammalia ; at once supplying materials for the formation of the osseous, fleshy, and liquid portions of the body. Cow’s milk, of average quality, contains from 10 to 12§ of solid matter when evaporated to dryness by steam heat, and lias the mean sp. gr. 1-030 ; while that of the skimmed milk is about 1-035 ; and of the cream 1-0244. (Ure.) The average cream of cow’s milk contains 4-5$ of butter, 3-5§ of curd, and 92§ of whey. (Berzelius.) The skimmed milk consists of water 92-9g, curd 2-8$, sugar of milk 35g, lac- tic acid, lactate of potash, and a trace of lactate of iron 0-6§, muriate and phosphate of potash and earthy phosphates (lime) 0-2§. (Berzelius.) Milk may be preserved in stout well-corked and wired bottles by heating them to the boiling point in a water-bath, by which the small quantity of enclosed air becomes decomposed. Milk, or green gooseberries, or peas, thus treated, will keep for 2 years. Some persons add a few grains of calcined mhgnesia to each bottle of milk before corking it. (See Cows, Cream, Dairy, Cheese, &c.) *#* Milk should not be kept in lead or zinc ves- sels, as it speedily dissolves a portion of those metals. MILK, ELEPHANT’S. Syn. Urine d’Ele- piiant. Prep. Gum benzoin 2 oz. ; rectified spir- its of wine 1 pint ; dissolve ; add boiling water 2£ pints, agitate for 5 minutes in a strong corked bot- tle, and when cold, strain, and add lump sugar 1£ lh MILK OF ROSES. Syn. Lac Ros^. Prep. I {English.) a. Liquor of potassa, oil of almonds, and hot water, of each 1 oz. ; agitate till perfectly mixed ; then add rose water 3 oz. ; and again agi- tate well. — h. To the last add orange-flower watei £ oz. — c. To either the first or second add essence of bergamot 1 dr. — d. Blanched Jordan almonds J oz. ; oil of almonds, Castile soap, and white wax of each ^ oz. ; spermaceti 1 dr. ; make an emul- sion with rose water 1^ lb.; strain, and add oil of lavender 15 drops, dissolved in rectified spirit 8 oz. : mix. This keeps well. — e. Either of the last may be diversified by adding a little tincture of benzoin or bitter almonds, or by substituting elder-flower water for rose water. II. {French.) Rose water 1 quart ; tinctures of benzoin and storax, of each 1 oz. ; spirit of roses ^ oz. ; rectified spirit 2 oz. ; mix. III. {German.) Solution of diacetate of lead (P. L.) and spirits of lavender, of each 1 oz. ; rose water 6 oz. ; soft water 1 pint ; mix. Remarks All the above are used as cosmetic washes. MINCE MEAT. (In Cookery.) Prep. Stoned raisins, currants, sugar, and suet, of each 2 lbs. ; sultana raisins, boiled beef, (lean and tender,) of each 1 lb. ; apples 4 lbs. ; juice of 2 lemons ; the rind of one lemon chopped very fine ; mixed spice $ lb. ; candied citron and lemon peel, of each 2 oz. ; brandy a glass or two ; chop the whole very fine. It may be varied by adding other spice or flavor- ing, and the addition of eggs, or the substitution of chopped fowl or veal for beef, according to fancy MINERAL MARMORATUM. I. Anhy- drous phosphoric acid 48 grs. ; pure caustic lime 52 grs. ; both finely pulverized ; mix rapidly in a mortar. This powder soon becomes moist ; it must therefore be brought as quicklf as possible into the cavity of the tooth, which has been cleaned and dried ; the powder is to be well pressed into the cavity, smoothed off, and moistened on its surface. It is white and durable, and soon acquires great hardness. In its composition it resembles the nat- ural earthy matter of the teeth. (Lancet.) II. Mix a little finely -powdered glass with some mineral succedaneum. (No. II.) Inferior to the last, and dark colored. MINERAL METALLIC CEMENT. Prep. Add finely-levigated steel filings to some mineral succedaneum. (No. II.) Used to fill hollow teeth. Dark colored ; inferior to the mineral marmora- tum. MINERAL SUCCEDANEUM. Prep. I. Heat gold in a bright iron ladle, and add enough pure mercury to render it of a doughy consistence at the heat of hot water. For use, a little must be kneaded as hot as possible in the hand and wedged into the cavities of the teeth. Keeps its color well. II. A mixture of tinfoil and quicksilver. As last. Turns dark. All the above are used by dentists. MINIUM. Syn. Red Lead. Red Oxide o.v Lead. Minium, {Fr.) Mennage, {Ger.) Plumb, oxydum Rubrum, {Lat.) Prep. The best red lead is prepared by exposing ground and elutriated mas- sacot, or dross of lead, in shallow iron trays, (about 12 inches square, and about 4 or 5 inches deep,) piled up on the hearth of a reverberatory furnace, to a heat of about 600 to 650°, and occasionally stirring about till it acquires the proper color. Tho furnace employed for tho preparation of massicot during the ds.y, usually possesses sufficient residu- ary heat during the night for this process, by which MIX 428 vi : v fuel is saved. Lead for the above purpose should be as pure as possible. Used as a pigment, and to make plasters. MITflRIDATIUM Syn. Confectio Damo- cratis, (P. L. 1746.) This consisted of no fewer than for ty -Jive ingredients, and contained 1 gr. of opium in each ^ss. MIXTURE. Sijn. Mistura, ( Lat .) (In Pharmacy.) A compound liquid medicine, taken in divided doses. Mixtures are usually extempo- raneous preparations, and in prescribing them, care should be taken not to bring together substances that decompose each other, nor to order heavy powders that speedily separate by subsidence. Emulsions, juleps, and mucilages, are included un- der this head in the last edition of the London Pharmacopoeia. Mixtures are usually dispensed in flat octagonal G or 8 oz. bottles, with long necks, or in regular octagons, with short necks, having the doses marked on the glass, to which the strength af the medicine ‘is made to correspond. (See Draughts, Emulsions, Juleps.) MIXTURE, ALKALINE. Syn. Mistura Alkalina. Prep* Liquor of potassa 3iss ; tincture of opium 3j ; spirit of nutmeg 3ij ; water ^vss j mix. Anodyne and antacid. Dose. 1 to 2 table- spoonfuls 2 or 3 times a day in flatulence, dyspep- sia, heartburn, &c. MIXTURE, ALMOND. Syn. Milk of Al- monds ; Emulsion of do. M. Amygdala, (P. L.) M. Amygdalarum, (P. E. and D.) Lac Amyg- dalae. Prep. I. (P. L.) Confection of almonds f iiss ; distilled water 1 pint ; gradually mix, tritu- rating all the time iA a mortar, then strain through linen. . II. (P. E.) Sweet almonds ^ij 3ij ; blanch, add white sugar ,5V ; beat to a smooth paste, further add mucilage f ^ss, (or powdered gum 3iij ;) mix well, then triturate with water 1 quart, gradually added, and strain. III. (P. D.) Blanched sweet almonds 3iss ; do. bitter almonds 3ij ; sugar fss ; water f xxxij. IV. (Pereira.) Blanched sweet almonds 3iv ; powdered gum 3j ; white sugar 3ij ; water f §viss. Remarks The last formula produces the article usually employed in dispensing in the shops. The addition of a little more sugar renders it pleasanter ; and a small quantity of bitter almonds, as in the Dublin form, or a drachm or two of rose or orange- flower water, may occasionally be added to diver- sify the flavor. Dose. 2 or 3 tablespoonfuls ad li- bitum, as a demulcent and emollient in coughs and colds, or as a vehicle for more active medicines. MIXTURE, AMMONIA. Syn. M. Ammo- nite carbonatis. Prep. (St. B. H.) Carbonate of ammonia Qij ; pimento water f ^iv ; pure water f 5 vj ; mix. Dose. 1 or 2 tablespoonfuls 3 or 4 times a day, in heartburn, dyspepsia, headache, &c., accompanied by lowness of spirits. MIXTURE, ACETATE OF AMMONIA. Syn. M. Ammonias Acetatis. Prep. A solution of acetate of ammonia §iss ; nitre 5)ij ; camphor mixture ^vj ; rose sirup j mix* Dose. 1 to 3 lablespoonfuls every third or fourth hour, as a dia- phoretic in inflammatory fevers, &c. MIXTURE, AMMONIACUM. Syn. Milk uf Ammoniacum. Emulsion of do. Lac Ammo- niaci. M. Ammoniaci, (P. L. and D.) Prep. (P. L.) Ammoniacum 3v ; water 1 pint; gradually mix, oy trituration, and strain through linen. Dost f ^ss to f^j, either alone or combined with squill or ipecacuanha, as an expectorant and demulcen in chronic coughs, humoral asthma, &c. MIXTURE, ANODYNE. Syn. M. Anody- na. Julep Calmans. Prep. I. (P. Cod.) Sirup of opium 3ij ; sirup of orange flowers 3vj ; lettuce water $iv ; mix. To allay pain, induce sleep, &e II. Prepared chalk 3ij ; sirup of poppies §j ; fetid spirit of ammonia 3iss ; oils of dill and ani- seed, of each 3 drops ; water ^ivss ; mix. Dose A teaspoonful 3 or 4 times a day, in the diarrhoea of infants accompanied with pain. MIXTURE, ANTACID. Syn. M. Antaci- da. Prep. I. (Ryan.) Solution of potassa f 3ij ; lime water f ^viij ; calcined magnesia 3j ; oil of peppermint 5 drops; tinct. of opium f 3 j ; mix. Dose. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls 3 or 4 times daily in dyspepsia, heartburn, acidity, &c. II. (Collier.) — a. Prepared chalk 3ij ; compound tincture of cardamoms §iss ; tincture of ginger f 3ij ; pimento water %vj ; mix. Stimulant, antacid. Dose. 2 tablespoonfuls every se«ond or third hour, in diarrhoea accompanied with acidity, after sur- feits, &c. — b. Chalk mixture ffv; tinctures of <.„ techu and cinnamon, of each §ss ; mix. Dose. 1 or 2 tablespoonfuls after every liquid dejection in diarrhoea. MIXTURE, ANTICROUPAL. Syn. M. Se- negas. Prep. (Jadelot.) Infusion of senega §iv ; sirup of ipecacuanha 3j ; oxymel of squills 3iij ; tartarized antimony grs. ; mix. Dose. By spoonfuls in croup. MIXTURE, ANTI-EPILEPTIC. Syn. M. Anti-epileptica. Prep. (M. Lemoine.) Liquor of ammonia 12 drops ; sirup of orange flowers ^j ; distilled water of Linden flowers §ij ; do. of cherry laurel ^ss ; mix. According to M. Lemoine, this is a specific in epilepsy. MIXTURE, ANTIHYSTERIC. Syn. M Antihysterica. Prep. I. (P. Cod.) Sirup of wormwood ^j ; tincture of castor 3ss ; valerian water and orange-flower water, of each §ij ; ether 3j ; mix. II. Asafoetida 3j ; peppermint water ^vj ; tritu- rate together, then add ammoniated tincture of valerian 3ij ; tincture of castor 3iij ; sulphuric ether 3iss ; mix. Dose. §ss, 3 or 4 times daily. MIXTURE, ANTISCROFULOUS. Syn. M. Antiscrofulosa. Prep. Tincture of bichloride of gold 30 drops ; tincture of iodine 40 drops : tincture of gentian 3j ; simple sirup 3vij ; rose water §v ; mix. Dose. A dessert-spoonful 2 or 3 times daily, observing to shake the bottle before pouring out the liquid. *** The writer of this article has seen repeated instances of the excellent effects of this medicine in scrofula, syphilis, and various glandu'xr diseases. MIXTURE, ANTISPASMODIC. Syn. M. antispasmodica. Prep. I. (Collier.) a. Asafoetida and camphor mixtures, of each f^iiss ; tincture of valerian f § j ; mix. Dose. 1 tablespoonful every third or fourth hour. b. Fetid spirit of ammonia, sirup of saffron, and tincture of valerian, of each f 3iij ; camphor mixture f^viss; mix. Dose. 2 01 3 tablespoonfuls as above. II. Tincture of castor 3j sulphuric ether and laudanum, of each 10 drops ; cinnamon water f|iss ; mix for a dose, to bo taken thiioe a day. MIX 429 MIX OI. Volatile tincture of valerian, and tincture of castor, of each 3v ; tincture of henbane 3ij ; peppermint water and camphor mixture, of each jjiiss ; mix. Dose 1 tablespoonful 3 or 4 times a Fixture, aperient. s yn . m. ape- mens. Prep. I (Abernethy.) Epsom salts 3iv ; manna 3ij ; infusion of senna f3vj ; tincture of senna f3ij ; spearmint water f§j ; pure water ffij ; mix. Dose. A wine-glassful or more. (See Black Draught.) II. (Collier.) Sulphate of iron 3j ; Epsom salts 3j ; pennyroyal water 1 pint ; dissolve. Dose. A wine-glassful twice a day in atonic amenorrhoea. MIXTURE, AROMATIC. Syn. M. Aro- matica. Potion aromatique, ( Fr .) Prep. I. (P. Cod.) Sirup of clove-gillyflower ; spirits of cinnamon 3iv ; confection of hyacinth 3ij ; pep- permint and orange-flower water, of each §ij ; mix. II. (St B. H.) Aromatic confection 3iiss ; pure water P$v ; pimento water f ^iij ; mix. An ex- cellent aromatic in diarrhoea, heartburn, flatulence, acidity, &,c. Dose. A tablespoonful or two every 2 or 3 hours. MIXTURE, ARSENICAL. Syn. M. arse- nicalis. Prep. Liquor of arsenite of potassa, P. L. 3iij ; compound tincture of cardamoms 3v ; cin- namon water §iij ; pure water §iv ; mix. Dose. ^ss twice a day after a full meal, in agues, peri- odic headaches, lepra, p^briasis, chronic rheuma- tism, &c. *** It should be exhibited with cau- tion, and its effects watched'. MIXTURE, ASAFCETIDA. Syn. Milk of Asafcetida. M. Asafcetida, (P. L. & D.) Lac do. Prep. (P. L.) Asafcetida 3v ; water 1 pint ; mix gradually, triturating all the while. The Dublin College orders only half the above quantity of asafcetida, and pennyroyal instead of pure wa- ter. Stimulant and antispasmodic. Dose. % to li oz., chiefly in hysteria. It is also used as an enema in flatulent colic, worms, hooping-cough, and convulsions of children. MIXTURE, ASTRINGENT. Syn. M. as- tringens. Prep. I. (Thomson.) Extract of ca- techu 3ij, (or tincture §j ;) cinnamon water ^viij ; dissolve. Dose. 1 to 3 tablespoonfuls after every liquid dejection, in diarrhoea or dysentery. II. (Pradel.) Tannin 12 grs. ; tincture of rha- tany 3j ; simple sirup 3vij ; mucilage §j ; camphor mixture §iv ; mix. As last. MIXTURE, ATROPHIC. Syn. M. atro- phica. Prep. (Majendie.) Iodide of potassium 3iv ; lettuce water ^viij ; peppermint water 3ij ; sirup of marshmallow §j ; mix. MIXTURE, BALSAM OF PERU. Syn. M. Balsami Peruvian!. Prep. Strained honey and balsam of Peru, of each 3ij ; mix by tritura- tion, and add gradually decoction of liquorice §vj, aromatic sulphuric acid 20. drops, tincture of orange-peel §ss ; mix well. Dose. 1 to 2 table- spoonfuls 2 or 3 times a day in debility. MIXTURE, BARLEY. Syn. M. Hordei, (P. E.) The same as the compound decoction of barley, P. L. ^Seo Decoctions.) MIXTURE, BRANDY. Syn. M. Spiritus Vjni Gallici, (P. L.) Egg Flip, (vulgo.) Prep. Brandy and cinnamon water, of each f^iv ; yelks 2 e gg s 5 white sugar § s s j oil of cinnamon 2 drops ; mix. A valuable stimulant and restorative in low fevers, and extreme exhaustion from hemor rhages, &c. Dose 1 to 3 tablespoonfuls occa- sionally. “ Did the College practically test the quality of their ‘ egg-hot ’ before deciding on tin formula ?” MIXTURE, BRUCINE. Syn. M. Brucine Potio stimulants. Prep. (Majendie.) Pure brucia 5 grs.; white sugar 3ij ; water f^ij ; mix carefully. Dose. £ to a whole tablespoonful night and morning. MIXTURE, CAMPHOR. Syn. Camphor Julep. Do, Water. M. Camphors, (P. L. E. & D. ) Prep. (P. L.) Camphor 3ss ; rectified spirit 10 drops ; triturate together, then gradually add wa- ter 1 pint ; triturate and strain. The Edinburgh College orders camphor 9j ; sugar and sweet al- monds, of each f ss ; water 1 pint. Dose. 2 to 4 tablespoonfuls. It is chiefly used as a vehicle for other medicines. MIXTURE, CAMPHOR AND MAGNE- SIA. Syn. M. Camphors cum Magnesia. Prep. (P. E. ) Camphor 10 grs., (12 grs. P. D. ;) carbonate of magnesia 25 grs., (3ss P. D. ;) triturate together, then add gradually water f ^vj, still continuing the trituration. Antacid, antispasmodic, and anodyne. Dose. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls. Used without strain- U1 MIXTURE, CAPSICUM. Syn. M. Capsici. Prep. (Collier.) Tincture of capsicum f3ij ; infu- sion of roses ffvj ; mix. Stimulant in dyspepsia, &c. Dose. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls half an hour be- fore dinner. MIXTURE, CARMINATIVE. Syn. M. Carminativa. Prep. (Dr. Paris.) Calcined mag- nesia 3ss; peppermint water f3iiss; compound tincture of lavender f 3ss ; spirit of caraway f 3iv ; sirup of ginger f3ij ; mix for 1 or 2 doses. An- tacid and carminative. MIXTURE, CASCARILLA. Syn. M. Cas- carilla composita, (P. L.) Prep. Infusion of cascarilla ffxvij ; vinegar of squills f ^j ; com- pound tincture of camphor f fij ; mix. Dose, f^j to f§iss 2 or 3 times a day in chronic cough and asthma, and in the catarrh of elderly people. MIXTURE, CASTOR OIL. Syn. M. Ri- cini. Emulsio purgans. Prep. (P. Cod.) Castor oil § j ; yelk of 1 egg ; peppermint water ^ss ; sirup §j ; pure water §ij ; make an emulsion. One of the best ways of exhibiting castor oil to persons who dislike it. MIXTURE, CATHARTIC. Syn. M. Ca- thartica. ‘ Prep. (A. T. Thomson.) Sulphate of potash 3ij ; water f^vss; tincture of jalap f 3iv ; mix. Dose. 2 tablespoonfuls every 2 hours. MIXTURE, CHALK. Syn. Cretaceous Mixture. M. Creta, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Prepared chalk fss ; sugar 3iij ; gum mix- ture (mucilage) f ^iss ; triturate, then add cinna- mon water f ^xviij ; mix. The Ed. Ph. orders spirit of cinnamon f §j to the above quantity. An- tacid, absorbent. Dose. 1 to 3 tablespoonfuls, either alone or combined with aromatic confection, in heartburn, and in diarrhoea after every liquid motion. MIXTURE, CINCHONA Syn. Bark Mix- ture. M. Cinchona. Prep. I. (Copland.) Con- fection of red roses §ss ; boiling decoction of bark f^viij ; triturate, in 10 minutes strain, and add di MIX 430 MIX luted sulphuric acid 3iss ; spirit of nutmeg 3iv ; shake well. Febrifuge, tonic, and stomachic. Dose. 1 to 3 tablespoonfuls, 2 or 3 timos a day. II. To the last add Epsom salts ^ss ; Dose and uses as last. Slightly aperient. MIXTURE, COPAIBA. Syn. M. Copaiba. Prep. I. (Guy’s H.) Balsam of copaiba 3iij ; li- quor of potassa 3iss ; triturate together, and grad- ually add barley-water, §viij. One of the best ways of exhibiting this drug. II. (St. B. H.) Balsam of copaiba f 3iij ; muci- lage ffiij ; triturate together, and make an emul- sion with pimento water f^ij; pure water f^iv. Dose. Of either of the above, 1 to 3 tablespoonfuls 3 or 4 times a day, in diseases of the urinary or- gans, &c. MIXTURE, COPAIBA AND OLIBANUM. Syn. M. Copaibas cum Olibano. Prep. (P. C.) Balsam of copaiba Sjss ; olibanum 3ij ; mucilage §iss ; honey ; cinnamon water fv. As last. mixture, Copaiba, (vinous.) Syn. M. Copaibas vinosa. Prep. (Fuller.) Copaiba 5jij ; yelks of 2 eggs ; triturate together, add sirup of tolu §ij ; again mix well, then further add white vine f^iv. Dose. A dessert-spoonful 3 or 4 times i day. MIXTURE, COSMETIC. Syn. M. Cos- hetica. Prep. Oil of almonds, and oil of tartar, of each ^ij, (or liquor of potassa §iij ;) rose water ^v ; mix well. Used to clear the complexion. MIXTURE, CREOSOTE. Syn. M. Cre- asoti. M. Creazoti, (P. E.) Prep. Creosote and acetic acid, of each 16 drops; mix, then add compound spirit of juniper and sirup, of each f %} ; water f ^xiv ; agitate well together. Dose, f 5 j to f § ij in vomiting, especially to relieve or prevent sea-sickness. MIXTURE, CREOSOTE, (ALKALINE.) Syn. M. Creasoti alkalina. Prep. (Allnatt.) Creosote and solution of potassa, of each 3j ; white sugar 3ij ; triturate together, then add camphor mixture f^vj ; mix well. MIXTURE, CUBEBS. Syn. M. Cubebas. Prep. (Fr. H.) Powdered cubebs §j, (or essence ^ss ;) sirup and mucilage, of each §iss ; triturate, then add cinnamon water f§vj. Dose. 2 table- spoonfuls in certain diseases of the urinary organs. MIXTURE, CYANIDE OF POTASSIUM. Syn. M. P otassii Iodidi. Prep. Cyanide of potassium 1 gr. ; sirup ; water §v ; mix. Dose. 1 dessert-spoonful. MIXTURE, DEMULCENT. Syn. M. De- mulcens. Prey. I. (Collier.) Mucilage ; oil of almonds and sirup of tolu, of each fss ; triturate, and add water f fvj ; mix well. II. (Thomson.) Decoction of marshmallow f^vj ; sirup f fj ; mix. III. Spermaceti 3ij ; yelk of 1 egg; triturate, add sirup %j ; mucilage Sjss ; cinnamon water §ij ; pure water §iv ; mix well. Dose. Of each of the above 1 to 2 tablcspoonfuls ad libitum ; in coughs, hoarseness, calculus, irritation of the urinary organs, &c. MIXTURE, DIAPHORETIC. Syn. M. Diapiiorktica. Prep. Solution of acetate of am- monia §iij ; antimonial wine 3ij ; laudanum 3j ; camphor mixture §iij ; jnix. Dose. 1 to 2 table- upooufuls, in fevers, &c. II. To the last add sweet spirits of nitre * MIXTURE, DIARRIKEA. Syn. M. pru Diarrhcea. Prep. Aromatic confection ^ss ; tincture of opium 3iss ; tincture of cardamom* (comp.) 3iiss ; peppermint or cinnamon water £v ; mix. Dose. 1 tablcspoonful dter every liquid stool. MIXTURE, DIURETIC. Syn. M. Diuretica. Prep. I. (Guy’s H.) Nitre 3iij ; peppermint water §xss ; sweet spirits of nitre f3iij; lemon sirup ; mix. II. Infusion of digitalis ^vss ; tincture of di- gitalis 3ss ; acetate of potassa 3ij ; spirit of juniper ^ss ; laudanum 3j ; mix. Dose. 1 to 2 table- spoonfuls ; in dropsy. MIXTURE, ELATERIUM. Syn. M. Elaterii. Prep. (Collier.) Elateriurh 1 gr. ; soft extract of liquorice 3j ; triturate, and add gradually water (warm) f^vj. Dose. 1 to 2 tablcspoonfuls every 2 hours ; in dropsy, &c. MIXTURE, EMETIC. Syn. M. Emetica. Prep. I. — a. (Thomson.) Tartarized antimony 8 grs. , sirup of mulberries 3j ; water f fvj ; raix, and dissolve. — b. Ipecacuanha 3ss ; tartarized antimony 1 gr. ; tincture of squills f3j ; water ffvj ; mix. Dose. 1 to 2 tablcspoonfuls, repeated every \ of an hour till vomiting bo induced ; in dropsy, before exhibiting fox-glove. II. (Copland.) Sulphate of zinc 3ij ; ipe- cacuanha wine and tincture of serpentary, of each f 3iv ; tincture of capsicum 40 drops; oil of chamomile 12 drops; peppermint water f^ivss; mix. An excitant emetic. MIXTURE, EMETJINE. Syn. M. Eme- . TIN.®. Melange Vomitif. Prep. (Majendie.) Pure emetine 1 gr., (or colored 4 grs. ;) acetic acid 8 drops; sirup of marshmallow and orange- flower water, of each f^j ; pure water f §iss ; mix. Emetic. Dose. A dessert-spoonful, repeated at short intervals, till it operates. MIXTURE, EMMENAGOGUE. Syn. M. Emmenagoga. Prep. I. Compound steel mixture ^iij ; cinnamon water ^vj ; mix. Dose. 2 table- spoonfuls 2 or 3 times a day. II. Tinctures of sesquichloride of iron and aloes, (comp.,) of each ^ss ; tincture of castor 3ij ; spirit of pimento 3ij ; chamomile infusion §v ; mix. Dose. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls. MIXTURE, ETHER AND TURPENTINE. Syn. M. .ZE'theris cum Terebinthina. Prep. (Orfila.) Sulphuric ether 3j ; oil of turpentine 3ij ; white sugar 3iv ; triturate and add gradually water jij. Dose. f3ij every 15 minutes ; in poisoning by nux vomica. MIXTURE, EXPECTORANT. Syn. M. Expectorans. Prep. I. (Thomson.) Almond mixture f^v; ipecacuanha and tincture of squills, of each f 3j ; sirup of tolu f3vj ; mix. Dose. 1 tablespoonful ; in humoral asthma, catarrh, &.C., when the cough is urgent. II. (Collier.) Oxymel of squills and mucilage, of each §j ; sirup of marshmallows jij, (camphor julep §iij ;) mix. Dose. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls 2 or 3 times a day ; in coughs, hoarseness, asth- ma, &c. MIXTURE, FEBRIFUGE. Syn. M. Feb- rifuga. (See Mixture, Diaphoretic.) MIXTURE, GENTIAN, (compound.) Syn. M. Gentian/e CoMrosiTA. Prep. (P. L.) Ci m- pound infusion of gentian f$xij; compound in MIX 431 MIX fusion of senna f ^vj ; compound tincture of carda- moms f 5'j 5 mix. Tonic, stomachic, and aperient. Dose. 2 to 3 tablespoonfuls, in dyspepsia ac- companied with constipation. MIXTURE, GUAIACUM. Syn. M.Guaiaci. (P L. & E.) Prep. I. (P. L.) Gum guaiacum 3iij ; sugar §ss ; triturate together, add mucilage f^ss, again triturate and further add cinnamon water ffxix; mix well. Dose. 1 to 3 table- spoonfuls, 2 or 3 times a day ; in chronic rheu- matism, gout, &c. II. (Alkaline.) Guaiacum and quicklime, of each 1 oz. ; triturate together, and add water 1 pint. III. ( Ammoniated .) Guaiacum 3ij ; carbonate of ammonia 3iiss ; barley water §viij. Dose. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls 2 or 3 times a day. MIXTURE, GUM. Syn. Mucilage. Mu- cilage de Gomme Arabique, ( Fr .) Schlieim de Arabiche Gummi, ( Ger .) Mucilago, (P. E.) Mistura Acacle, (P. L.) M. Gummi Arabici, (P. D.) Prep. I. (P. L.) Powdered gum acacia f x ; boiling water 1 pint ; rub together till dis- solved. The P. E. & D. order the gum un- powdered. Used to render oily and resinous sub- stances miscible with water. “ Oils require f their weight ; balsams and spermaceti, equal parts ; resins 2 parts ; and musk, 5 times its weight,” for this purpose. (Montgomery.) II. (M. Acacia. P. E.) Mucilage f 3iij ; sweet almonds (blanched) Sjj 3ij ; white sugar 3v ; water a quart ; make an emulsion or mixture, and strain through calico. Dose. 2 to 3 table- spoonfuls, as a demulcent and emollient, ad libitum, in coughs, &c. See Almond Mixture. MIXTURE, HARTSHORN. Syn. Harts- horn Drink. M. Cornu usti. Prep. Burnt hartshorn ^ij ; gum 5 water 2^ pints ; boil to ^xxxij, and strain. Demulcent. Dose. 2 to 3 tablespoonfuls ad libitum, in coughs, hoarseness, &c. MIXTURE, HEMLOCK. Syn. M. Conii Comp. Prep. (Copland.) Extract of hemlock 3ss ; carbonate of soda 45 grs. ; decoction of li- quorice f^vss ; spirit of pimento f3iij;mix. Dose. 1 to 3 tablespoonfuls, in hooping-cough and pul- monary irritations. t MIXTURE, HOOPING-COUGH. Syn. M. Cupri Sulpiiatis. Prep. (Chevasse.) Sulphate of copper 1 gr. ; aniseed water §iij ; sirup of pop- pies f ,) ; mix. Dose. 40 drops to 3ij. MIXTURE, IODINE Syn. M. Iodinii. Cum Decoct. Graminis. Iodureted Dog's Grass.) Prep. I. (Majendie.) Decoction of dog’s grass fxxxij j iodide of potassium 3j ; orange e taken in doses of 2 to 4 tablespoonfuls 3 or 4 limes a day, in the usual cases in which iodine is administered. MIXTURE, MAGNESIA, (BICARBON- ATE.) Syn. M. Magnesias Bicarbonatis. Prep Liquid magnesia (Dinneford’s or Mur- ray’ 8 ) §vj ; orange sirup, siiup $f ginger, and compound tincture of cardamoms, of each 3ij ; vomatic spirit of ammonia f 3vj ; mix. Dose. 1 io 3 tablesnoord’uls every 2 or 3 hours in acidity, dyspepsia, heartburn, lowness of spirits, &c. An excellent medicine. MIXTURE, MARSHMALLOW. Syn. M. ALTiiiE/E. Prep. (P. E.) Marshmallow root §iv ; stoned raisins §ij ; water 5 pints ; boil to 3 pints, and strain through linen. Demulcent. Dose. A few spoonfuls ad libitum, so as to take 1 to 3 pints in the 24 hours ; in strangury, calculus, coughs, &c. MIXTURE, MUSK. Syn. M. Moscii: Prep. (P. L.) Musk, powdered gum, and sugar, of each 3iij ; triturate well together, then add gradually, rose water 1 pint, still continuing tho trituration. Each fluid ounce contains 9 grains of musk. Dose. 2 to 4 tablespoonfuls, as a stimu- lant, antispasmodic, and anodyne ; in hysteria, epilepsy, chorea, tetanus, low fevers, &c. MIXTURE, MYRRH. Syn. M. Myrrile. Prep. (Copland.) Myrrh 3iss ; add gradually, triturating all the time, decoction ^of liquorice f fvj ; strain. Dose. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls twice or thrice a day, combined with carbonate of soda, dilute muriatic acid, or paregoric, in debility, and diseases of the digestive organs. MIXTURE, NARCOTIC. Syn. M. Nar- cotica. Prep. (W. Cooley.) Laudanum 3iss ; sirup of poppies, sulphuric ether, and spirits of cin- namon, of each f j ; tincture of henbane, 3iiss ; water Sjiiss ; mix. Dose. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls at the commencement of the hot fit of ague. MIXTURE, OIL. Syn. M. Olei Amygdalae. Prep. (St. B. H.) Oil of almonds and mucilage, of each §iss ; triturate, and add gradually water §v. Demulcent, emollient. Dose. 2 or 3 table- spoonfuls occasionally. The M. Olei cum Man- na is made by substituting manna §iss, for the gum. MIXTURE, OPIATE. Syn. M. Opiata. Prep. Laudanum f 3ij ; solution of acetate of am- monia and water, of each §iij ; mix. Dose. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls to relieve pain, and procure sleep in fevers, &c. MIXTURE, PHOSPHORUS. Syn. M. Phosphori. Prep. (Soubeiran.) Phosphorized oil 3ij ; mucilage 3iv ; triturate together, adding gradually sirup ^ij ; and peppermint water §iij. MIXTURE, PRUSSIC ACID. Syn. M. Acidi Hydrocyanici. Prep. Medicinal prussic acid 15 minims ; simple sirup ; water ^v ; mix. Dose. 1 tablespoonful 2 or 3 times daily. Each dose contains 1\ drops of medicinal prussic acid. — ■ Shake the bottle before pouring out the dose. MIXTURE, PURGING. Syn. M. Purgans. Prep. Any of the purging salts §ij ; infusion of senna f v ; sirup of orange-peel §j ; tincture of ginger §ss ; spirit of pimento 3ij ; mix. Dose. 1 to 3 tablespoonfuls early in the morning ; in stom- ach complaints, &c. MIXTURE, REFRIGERANT. Syn. M. Refrigerans. Prep. Borax 3ij ; solution of ace- tate of ammonia §j ; lemon-juice §ivss ; sweet spirits of nitre 3iij ; mix and dissolve. Diuretic, diaphoretic, and cooling, in colds accompanied with fever, &c. Dose. 1 or 2 tablespoonfuls 2 or 3 times a day. MIXTURE, RHUBARB. Syn. M. Rile. Prep. I. (M. Rhcei Comp. Gregory's Mixture.) Compound powder of rhubarb (P. E.) 3iij ; oepper- mint water f ^xvj ; mix. MIX 432 MIX II. (Sprague.) Powdered rhubarb and carbon- ate of soda, of each 3iss ; decoction of liquorice f ^viss ; tincture of orange peel (or orange sirup) ovj ; mix. Both the above are excellent stomach- ics and mild aperients. Dose. 1 to 3 tablespoon- fuls 2 or 3 times a day. MIXTURE, SALINE. (Febrifuge.) Syn. M. Salina febrifuga. Prep. Bicarbonate of po- tassa 3ij ; nitre Qij ; sirup 3iij ; lemon-juice f §ij ; sweet spirits of nitre 3iss ; water §iiiss ; mix. Dose. 1 to 3 tablespoonfuls in fevers, &,c. MIXTURE, SCAM MON Y. Syn. M. Scam- monii. Prep. I. (P. E.) Resin of scammony 7 grs. ; unskimmed milk f §iij ; gradually mix, tritu- rating all the time, so as to form an emulsion. Purgative. Dose. One half. II. ( Planclie's Purgative Potion .) To the last add white sugar 3ij, and cherry laurel (or bitter almond) water 4 drops. This is the most tasteless and pleasant purgative that can be taken. MIXTURE, SEDATIVE. Syn. M. Seda- tiva. Prep. Aromatic confection 3iij ; mucilage and spirit of sal volatile, of each 3ij ; tincture of asafoetida and sirup of poppies, of each ^ss ; lauda- num and tincture of henbane, of each 3iss ; water f ^iiiss ; mix. Dose. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls 2 or 3 times a day. MIXTURE, SENNA. Syn. Black Draught. M. Senjle. M. Sennne Composita. Prep. (Guy’s II.) Senna and mint, of each 3jj ; boiling water ^xxxij ; infuse for 2 hours, strain, and add Epsom salts ^vj ; shake till dissolved. Dose. 1 to 2 oz. Purgative. See Black Draught. MIXTURE, SQUILL. Syn. M. Scill^. Potion Scillitique. Prep. (P. Cod.) Oxymel of squills 3iv ; hyssop water §iij ; peppermint wa- ter §j ; sweet spirits of nitre §ss. Expectorant. Dose. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls 3 or 4 times a day, in coughs, asthma, &c. MIXTURE, STEEL. Syn. Griffith’s Mix- ture. Compound Iron Mixture. M. Ferri Composita, (P. L. E. and D.) M. Ferri Protox- ydi. Prep. I. (P. L.) Carbonate of potash 3j ; powdered myrrh 3ij ; spirit of nutmeg ; triturate together, and while rubbing, add gradually sugar 3ij ; rose water f ^xviij ; mix well ; then add sul- phate of iron (powdered) Qiiss, and place it at once in a bottle, which must be kept closely cork- ed. Dose. 1 to 2 oz., 3 or 4 times a day, as a mild and genial tonic and stimulant, when there is no determination of blood to the head. II. (Donovan.) Sulphate of iron 3iv ; calcined magnesia 0ij \ water ^vj ; tincture of quassia f 3ij ; mix in a bottle, cork close, and agitate. It must be Kept from the air. Dose. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls, as last. III. (M. Ferri Aromatica, P. D. Heberden’s Ink. Atramentum IIeberdii.) Powdered cin- chona ; bruised calumba root 3iij ; bruised cloves 3ij ; iron filings §ss ; peppermint water ^xvj; di- gest in a close vessel for 3 days, agitating frequent- ly, then strain, and add tincture of cardamoms (comp.) §iij ; tincture of orunge-pcel 3iij. Bitter, stomachic, and aromatic. Dose. 1 or 2 table- spoonfuls, or more, 3 or 4 times a day. MIXTURE, STIMULANT. Syn. M. Stim- ijla.ns. Prep. I. Carbonate of ammonia 3ss ; pep- permint water ; orange sirup 3vj ; tincture of eurdamoms (comp.) 3ij ; mix. Dose. 1 .anle- spoonful for lowness of spirits, vapors, and wherf the patient is faint. 1 1. Camphor julep §iv ; ether, spirit of aniseed, and tincture of cardamoms, (comp.,) of each 3iij ; siri1 P 3j 5 tinctures of tolu and ginger, of each 3j ; peppermint water §iss ; mix. Dose. As last. In lowness of spirits, &lc., accompanied with heart- burn/ colic, or flatulence. MIXTURE, STRYCHNINE. Syn. M. Stryciinle. Prep. (Majendie.) Pure strychnine 1 gr. ; white sugar 3ij ; acetic acid 3 drops ; wa- ter f§ij; mix. Dose. A teaspoonful night and morning: in palsy. Each f3 contains one-Six- teenth gr. of strychnine. MIXTURE, TARTAR EMETIC. Syn. M. Antimonii Potassio-tartratis. Prep. Antimo- nial wine and simple sirup, of each ^ss ; nitre 9ij ; camphor julep ; mix. Diaphoretic. Dose. 1 dessert-spoonful every 2 hours. MIXTURE, TONIC. Syn. Strengthening Mixture. M. Tonica. Prep. I. (Collier.) De- coction of bark f^vss; tincture of do. f^iij ; aro- matic confection 9j ; aromatic spirit of ammonia f 3 j ; mix. II. (Thomson.) Infusion of calumba f^vss; compound, tincture of cinnamon and orange sirup, of each f 3ij ; mix. III. Infusion of cascarilla §v ; tincture of or- ange peel 3vij ; aromatic sulphuric acid 3ij ; mix. Dose. 1 to 3 tablespoonfuls 2 or 3 times a day ; in debility of the digestive organs, to check severe vomiting, &c. MIXTURE, TURPENTINE. Syn. M. Ter- 'ebinthinjE. Prep. (Carmichael.) Oil of turpen- tine §j ; yelk of one egg ; triturate together ; add confection of almonds ^j ; again triturate, and fur- ther add, gradually, orange sirup §ij ; compound tincture of lavender f3iv ; oil of cinnamon 4 drops : water f §iv. In iritis. MIXTURE, VALERIAN. Syn. M. Vale- rians. Prep. (St. B. H.) Bruised valerian root 3ij ; boiling water £ pint ; macerate 2 hours ; strain, and add, powdered valerian 3iv. Anti- spasmodic. MIXTURE, WHORTLEBERRY. Syn. M. Uvs Ursi. Prep. I. Infusion of whortleberry leaves §viiss ; carbonate of potash 3ij ; extract of hemlock 20 grs. ; sirup of poppies §j ; tincture of ginger 3iij ; mix. Dose. 2 to 3 tablespoonfuls in chronic diseases of the urinary organs. II. Infusion of whortleberry leaves §viiss ; dilute sulphuric acid 3ij ; tincture of digitalis 3j ; sirup of poppies 5iij ; mix. Dose. As last. In chronic inflammation of the larynx, trachea, and mucou3 membranes of the urinary organs. MIXTURE, WORM. Syn. M. Vermifuga Prep. I. (Collier.) Sulphate of iron Oj ; infusion of quassia f^viij ; mix. Dose. Two tablespoon- fuls every morning fasting. II. (Richard.) Root of male fern fj ; water §ix ; boil to ^vj, Strain, and add sulphuric ether 3j ; sirup of tansy §j. III. (Copland.) Valerian 3ij ; wormseed 3iv ; boiling water fviij ; macerate 1 hour ; strain, and add, asafoetida 3j, previously triturated with the yelk of one egff. MIXTURE, ZINC. Syn. M. Zinci Sulpha tis. Prep. (Collier.) Sulphate of zinc 5 grs. $ sulphato of quinine 10 grs. ; compound infusion MOL 433 MOR of roses f^ij; mix. Tonic. “ I have found this mixture very efficacious in the cure of bark- ing (gastric ?) coughs manifestly of a spasmodic character.” (Collier’s Pharm., p. 178.) Dose. A teaspoonful 2 or 3 times a day in a glass of water. MOCHLIQUE DES FRERES DE LA CHARITE. Prep. Finely-powdered glass of an- timony 1 oz. ; white sugar 2 oz. ; triturate together. Dose. 20 to 30 grs. ; said to be a specific in lead colic. MOIREE METALLIQUE. Syn. Crystal- lized Tin. This is produced by the action, for a few seconds, of dilute nitro-muriatic acid on tin gently heated, then washing in hot water, drying, and lacquering. The degree of heat and the strength of the acid modify the appearance. The following is the most approved method of produ- cing this effect: — The plate iron to be tinned is dipped into a tin-bath, composed of 200 parts of pure tin, 3 parts of copper, and 1 part of arsenic. Thus tinned, the sheet iron is then submitted to the seven following operations: — 1. Immersing in lye of caustic potassa, and washing. — 2. Immersing in diluted aqua regia, and washing. — 3. Immersing in lye of caustic potassa, and washing. — 4. Quick- ly passing through nitric acid, and washing. — 5. Immersing in a lye of caustic potassa, and washing. — 6. Immersing in aqua regia, and wash- ing. — 7. Immersing in a lye of caustic potassa, and washing. The coat of oxide must be entirely removed at each washing, and the last washing should be in hot water. The varnish recommend- ed is copal in spirit. (Herberger.) MOLUCCA, BALM OF. Prep. Clean spirit (22 u. p.) 1 gallon ; bruised cloves £ oz. ; bruised mace £ dr. ; infuse for a fortnight in a corked bot- tle or carboy, then filter, color with burnt sugar, and add lump sugar 4^ lbs., dissolved in pure water J gallon ; mix well and bottle. A pleasant cordial. MOLYBDENUM. Syn. Molybdena. Mo- LYBDENE, (FV.) MoLYBDAN, ( Ger .) MOLYBDENUM, ( Lat ., from //oAu&Joj, lead, because its ore was first supposed to be plumbago.) A very rare metal, having a white color, and the sp. gr. of about 8’625. It is brittle and very infusible. It was discovered by Hielm in 1782. It is obtained by exposing mo- lybdic acid, mixed with charcoal and placed in a covered crucible, to the strongest heat of a smith’s forge. With oxygen it forms a protoxide and binoxide, and molybdic acid. With chlorine it forms a protochloride and bichloride. With sul- phur it unites to form 2 or more sulphurets. The only one of the above that possesses any practical interest is molybdic acid. MOLYBDIC ACID. Syn. Acidum Molybdi- cum. Prep. I. Digest finely-powdered sulphuret of molybdenum ore in nitromuriatic acid until completely decomposed, then briskly heat the residue. A white heavy powder. II. Well roast native sulphuret of molybdena ; powder, dissolve in water of ammonia, and precip- itate with nitric acid. Small white scales. Prop ., Soluble in 570 parts of water, and ihe solution reddens litmus paper ; dissolves in the alkalis forming alkaline molybdates, from which i. is again precipitated by strong acids. It is used In the preparation of molybdenum blue. 55 MONOCHROMATIC LAMP. A lamp fed with a mixture of a solution of common salt and spirit of wine. It gives a yellow light, and makes every object illuminated by it, appear eithor yel- low or black. (Brewster.) MONTANIN. The bitter principle of St. Lu- cia bark. MORDANTS, (IN DYEING.) Substances employed to fix the coloring matters of dye-stuffs on organic fibres. The principal mordants are alumina, and the oxides of iron and tin. See Dye- ing and Calico Printing. MOROXYLIC ACID. A sour principle ob- tained by Klaproth from the bark of the white mulberry, (morus alba.) It is found under the form of moroxylate of lime. MORPHIA. Syn. Morpiiina. Morpiiium. Mor- phine, ( Fr .) Morphin, {Ger.) Morphia, {Lat., from Morpheus, the god of sleep.) The hypnotic principle of opium. It was discovered by Ludwig in 1688, but it was first obtained pure, and its pre- cise nature pointed out by Sertuerner in 1804. Morphia is peculiar to the poppy tribe. Prep. I. (P. L.) Muriate of morphia § j ; water 1 pint ; dissolve and precipitate with liquor of am- monia f3v, (or q. s.,) previously diluted with water §j, employing agitation ; wash the precipitate in distilled water, and dry at a gentle heat. Remarks. By a similar process morphiate may be obtained from its other salts. Good opium yields from 10 to 13§ of morphia. II. (Merck.) Precipitate a cold aqueous infusion of opium by carbonate of soda in excess, wash the precipitate first with cold water and then with cold alcohol of 0*85 ; dissolve in weak acetic acid, filter through animal charcoal, precipitate with ammonia, again wash with cold water, dissolve in alcohol, and crystallize. A good process where al- cohol is cheap. (See Opium.) Prop. As prepared above, it is a snow-white crystalline powder ; but when crystallized in alco- hol, it forms brilliant prismatic crystals of ada- mantine lustre. It exerts an alkaline reaction on test paper, and imparts a perceptible bitter taste to water. It is scarcely soluble in water and ether, but freely so in alcohol ; it also dissolves in the fixed and volatile oils, and in solutions of the alka- lis. With the acids it forms salts, which are most- ly soluble. These may be made by the direct so- lution of the alkaloid in the dilute acid. The only ones of importance are the acetate, sulphate, and muriate. Uses. Morphia and its salts are exhibited either in substancp, made into pills, or in solution ; or ex- ternally, in fine powder applied to the dermis, de- nuded of the cuticle. They are principally em- ployed as anodynes and hypnotics in cases in which opium is inadmissible. Dose. J to \ gr. ; externally £ to grs. Pure morphia is chiefly used to make the acetate and its other salts. Pur. Pure morphia is scarcely soluble in cold water, sparingly so in boiling water, and readily so in alcohol. This solution is alkaline to test paper, and by evaporation leaves crystals, which aro wholly dissipated by heat. It is soluble in pure potassa. (P. L.) Tests. Morphia and its salts are, — 1. Reddened by nitric acid, and form orange red solutions, darkened by ammonia in excess, and ultimately MO ft MOR 134 turning yellow, with the production of oxalic acid. — 2. They are turned blue by sesquichlorido of iron, either at once, or on the addition of an alkali, and this color is destroyed by water, and by alka- lis, or acids in excess. — 3. Iodic acid added to their solutions, turns them yellowish brown, by setting iodine free, and the liquid forms a blue compound with starch. — 4. Alkalino carbonates produce a white precipitato soluble in acetic acid. — 5. The pure alkalis also produce a white precipitato solu- ble in acetic and in excess of the precipitant. MORPHIA, ACETATE OF. Syn. Mori , hia ) : Acetas, (P. L. and E.) Prep. (P. L.) Morphia 3vj ; acetic acid f 3iij ; distilled water f^iv; dis- solve the morphia in the mixed fluids, filter, gently evaporate, and crystallize. Remarks. The acetate of morphia of commerce is usually in the form of a whitish powder, and is prepared by tho mere evaporation of the solution to dryness by a gentle heat. During tho process a portion of the acetic acid is dissipated, and hence this preparation is seldom perfectly soluble in wa- ter, unless it be slightly acidulated with acetic acid. Anodyne, and hypnotic. Dose. ^ to ^ gr., in fevers and other inflammatory disorders where opium is inadmissible. Pur. “ 100 measures of a solution of 10 grs. in f fss of water, and 5 minims of acetic acid, heated to 212° and decomposed by a very slight excess of ammonia, yield by agitation a precipitate which, in 24 hours, occupies 154 measures of the liquid.” (P.E.) MORPHIA, HYDROCHLORATE OF. Syn. Muriate of Morphia. Morphias Hydrociiloras, (P. L.) Morphine Murias, (P. E.) Prep. (P. L.) Macerate sliced opium lb. j, in water 4 pints for 30 hours, then bruise it, digest for 20 hours more, and press it ; macerate what remains a second and a third time in water until exhausted ; mix the liquors, evaporate at 140° to the consistence of a sirup, add water 3 pints, and after defecation de- cant the clear ; gradually add to this liquid crys- tallized chloride of lead ^ij, (or q. s.,) dissolved in boiling water 4 pints, till it ceases to produce a pre- cipitate ; decant the clear, wash the residuum with water, and evaporate the mixed liquids as before, that crystals may form. Press the crystals thus obtained in a cloth, then dissolve them in water 1 pint, add freshly-burnt animal charcoal ^iss, digest at 120°, filter, wash the residue of charcoal, and cautiously evaporate the mixed liquors, that pure crystals may form. To the decanted liquor, from which the crystals were first separated, add water 1 pint, and drop in solution of ammonia, frequent- ly shaking, till all tho morphia is precipitated ; wash the precipitato with distilled water, saturate it with muriatic acid, digest with animal charcoal §ij, filter, wash tho filter as before, and evaporate the mixed liquors, cautiously, as above, that pure crystals may bo produced II. (P. E.) Exhaust opium fxx, with water 1 gallon, in tho quantity of a quart at a time, as above ; evaporate the mixed liquors over tho vapor bath to I pint, add muriate of lirno ^j» dissolved in water f ^iv, mix, and set tho liquid aside to settle ; then decant tho clear, wash tho sediment with wa- ter, add the washings to tho other liquid, and evap- orate sufficiently as before, that it may solidify on cooling ; subject tho cooled mass to very strong pressure in a cloth, rodisoolvo tho cake in worm water, add a little powdered white marble, filter, acidulate with muriatic acid, and again concen- trate in the vapor bath for crystallization ; subject the crystals as before to powerful pressure, redis* solve, and clarify with powdered inurblo and muri- atic acid, and concentrate and crystallize until a snow-white mass bo obtained. The above is tho process of Gregory and Robertson, and is ono of the easiest and most productive on the large scale. To procure the salt quite white, 2 to 4 crystalliza- tions are required, according to the power of the press employed. The Edinburgh College recom- mends, on the small scale, tho solution after 2 crystallizations to be decolored by means of ani- mal charcoal, but, on tho large scalo, to purify tho salt by repeated crystallizations alone. III. (Mohr.) Quicklime 1 part ; reduce it to a milk with water, and add it to a concentrated in- fusion of opium made with opium 4 to 6 parts ; boil for a short time, filter while hot through linen, gently evaporate till tho solution becomes of only double the weight of the opium «mpIoyed, and while still hot, add powdered sal unmoniac in slight excess, (about 1 oz. to each povnid of opium ;) on cooling, colored crystals of muriate of morphia will be deposited, and must be purified by a second solution in lime and precipitation by sal ammoniac. This process is remarkably simple, and in many points is preferable to either of the preceding, es- pecially on the small scale. Pur., Uses, fyc. Pure muriate of morphia is “ snowy white ; entirely soluble ; solution color- less ; loss of weight at 212° not above 13§; 100 measures of a solution of 10 grs., in water f §ss, heated to 212°, and decomposed with agitation by a faint excess of ammonia, yield a precipitate which, in 24 hours, occupies 12 J measures of the liquid.” (P. E.) Dose. One-sixth to one-half gr., as an anodyne and narcotic. Remarks. The opium which yields the largest quantity of precipitate by carbonate of soda, yields muriate of morphia, not only in the greatest pro- portion, but also with the fewest crystallizations. Smyrna opium contains most morphia. The mu- riate of morphia of the shops is usually, like the acetate, under the form of powder. Of all the salts of morphia, the muriate appears to be the most suitable for medical purposes. MORPHIA, MECONIATE OF. Prep. I (Neutral.) Saturate meconic acid with morphia, evaporate, and crystallize. II. ( Bimeconate .) Dissolve 288^ grs. of morphia in an aqueous solution of 202 grs. of meconic acid, evaporate and crystallize ; or merely gently evap- orate to dryness. Remarks. The meconic acid for this purpose may be obtained by precipitating a cold and filter- ed infusion of opium by acetate of lead, washing the precipitate with water, suspending in pure wa- ter, decomposing it by sulpjiuretcd hydrogen, fil- tering, evaporating, and crystallizing. Morphia exists in opium under tho form of bimeconate, and hence this preparation has been preferred by some practitioners. A solution of this salt for medical purposes may be directly prepared from opium, by treating its infusion in cold water with a little ani- mal charcoal, filtering, gently evaporating to dry- ness, redissolving in cold water, filtering, and re MUC 435 MUR peating the treatment with animal charcoal. The dose of the dry bimeconate is ^ gr. or more ; and of the meconate rather less. MORPHIA, SULPHATE OF. Syn. Mor- phine Sulphas. Prep. Saturate very dilute sul- phuric acid with morphia, evaporate to one half, add a little animal charcoal, continue the evaporation for a short time longer at a gentle heat, niter while hot, and abandon it to spontaneous evaporation. It is decomposed by driving off the water of crystal- lization. Anodyne and narcotic. Dose, i to ^ gr. MORSULI ACETI. Prep. White sugar 1 lb. ; form into lozenges with acetic acid 2 oz. MORSULI AROMATICI. Prep. White su- gar 1 lb. ; dissolve in a little water, boil to a full candy height, and when half cold, add blanched sweet almonds and orange peel, of each 1 oz. ; cinnamon £ oz. ; ginger 3j ; all cut into small pieces ; form into drops or lozenges. MORSULI CITRI. Prep. White sugar 1 lb. ; lemon juice 2 £ oz. ; eleosaccharum of lemons 4 oz. ; mix, divide, and dry. Remarks. The above morsuli are used as loz- enges or masticatories. The word morsulus signi- fies a little mouthful. MOSAIC GOLD. Syn. Or Molu. Prep. ( Parker and Hamilton’s patent.) Copper and zinc equal parts ; melt together at the lowest pos- sible temperature at which copper will fuse, and stir so as to produce a perfect admixture of the metals ; then add gradually, small portions of zinc at a time, until the alloy acquires the proper color, which is perfectly white, while in the melted state. It must then be at once cast into figured moulds. This alloy should contain from 52 to 55§ of zinc. MOUTH GLUE. Syn. Indian Glue. Colle a Bouche. Prep. Best cake glue q. s. ; dissolve in a little water, add brown sugar a small quantity, and some essence or juice of lemons, pour it into greased moulds, and dry it. When used, it is wetted with the tongue, and rubbed on the paper to be joined. (See Glue, Portable.) MOXAS. Substances burnt upon the body, for the purpose of acting as counter-irritants, and al- laying deep-seated pains, and inflammation. They have been used in gout, rheumatism, &c. The small cone constituting the moxa, is placed upon the part, lighted, and allowed to burn to its base. The Chinese moxas are made of the downy por- tion of the leaves of a species of wormwood, (arte- misia sinensis ;) but various other substances, as the pith of the sunflower, cotton, or paper, soaked in a weak solution of nitrate, chlorate, or chro- mate of potash, will answer as well. The actual cautery is said to be preferable. MUCIC ACID. Syn. Sacciiolactic Acid. An acid discovered by Scheele, and obtained in a state of purity by digesting 1 part of sugar of milk in 4 parts of nitric acid, (sp. gr. 1*42,) diluted with 1 part of water, and applying heat till the effer- vescence ceases ; on cooling, the acid is deposited. Gum may be substituted for sugar of milk, but yields a less pure acid. Mucic acid is a white., crystalline powder, soluble in boiling water and in oil of vitriol, to which it imparts a crimson color. By dry distillation it yields pyromucic acid, and other products ; with the bases it forms salts called mucates. The alkaline mucates are soluble, — the earthy and metallic mucates insoluble. MUCILAGE. Syn. Mucilago, ( Lat .) Au aqueous solution of gum, or any similar sub- stance. MUCILAGE, GUM. (See Gum Mixture.) MUCILAGE, QUINCE. (See Decoction op Quince Seeds.) MUCILAGE, STARCH. (See Decoction of Starch.) MUCILAGE OF TRAGACANTH. Syn. Mucilago tragacantiias. Prep. (P. E.) Traga- canth 3ij ; boiling water f ^ix ; macerate 24 hours, triturate, and press through linen. Used to make up pills, to suspend heavy powders in liquids, as an application to burns, &c. MUDARINE. A peculiar substance possess- ing powerful emetic properties, found in the bark of the root of calotropis mudarii, (Mudar.) It is soluble in water and alcohol, and its aqueous so- lution gelatinizes when heated. MUFFINS. Prep. Flour 1 quartern ; warm milk and water 1^ pint ; yeast £ pint ; salt 2 oz. ; mix for 15 minutes, then further add flour ^ peck, make a dough, let it rise 1 hour, roll it up, pull it into pieces, make them into balls, put them in a warm place, and when the whole dough is made into balls, shape them into muffins, and bake them on tins ; turn them when half done, dip them inta warm milk, and bake to a pale brown. MULTUM. A mixture of extract of quassia and liquorice used by fraudulent brewers instead of malt and hops. MUM. A beverage prepared from wheat malt, in a similar way to ordinary beer from barley malt. It was formerly much drunk in England ; but its use at the present day is chiefly confined to Germany. MUMMY. The mixed resinous mass with which the Egyptian corpses have been preserved, reduced to powder. Used by artists ; a good glazing color, but dries slowly. Burnt Prussian blue, or a mixture of asphaltum and burnt sienna melted together, are good substitutes. MUREXIDE. Syn. Purpurate of Ammonia. Prep. Hydrated alloxan 7 grs. ; alloxantine 4 grs. ; water 240 grs. ; dissolve by boiling, and add the solution to 80 grs. measure of a cold and strong solution of carbonate of ammonia ; crystals of mu- rexide will deposite as the liquid cools. It forms iridescent crystals, having a metallic lustre. It is soluble in boiling water, (Gregory and Liebig.) When murexide is dissolved in a solution of caustic potassa, heat applied till the blue color disappears, and dilute sulphuric acid added in excess, silky crystalline scales are deposited, which are called Murexan or Purpuric Acid. It is soluble in am- monia and the fixed alkalis, and its solution in the former by exposure to the air becomes purple, and deposites brilliant crystals of murexide. MURIATE. Syn. Hydrociilorate. Mu- rias ; Hydrociiloras, {Lat.) A compound of a base and muriatic acid. From the discoveries of Davy, and the more recent researches of various continental chemists, it appears probable that the muriates or hydrochlorates are direct compounds of the bases and chlorine, or are in reality chlo rides, of which hydrogen or water is not an esseii • tial part. Most of the Muriates may be made by directly saturating the acid with the base, or with its hydrate, oxide, or carbcnate, and evaporating MUR 436 MUR and crystallizing. (See Chlorides, Chlorine, and Muriatic Acid.) MURIATIC ACID. Syn. Hydrochloric Acid. Chlorohydric do. Marine Acid. Acid of Salt. Spirit of Salt. Acidum IIydrociilo- ricum, (P. L.) Do. Muriaticum, (P. E. & D.) Spiritus Salis. Acide muriatique ; Acide iiy- drociilorique ; Acide ciiloroiiydriq,ue, (Fr.) Salzsaure, ( Ger .) An acid compound of chlorine and hydrogen, long known in the state of solution, under the name of marine acid or spirit of salt ; but first obtained in the pure or gaseous form by Priestley, in 1772. Prep. I. (P. L.) Sulphuric acid ^xx ; water ^xij ; mix in a retort, and when cold add to it dried chloride of sodium lb. ij ; and gradually distil in a sand-bath into a receiver containing water f?xii. Sp. gr. IT GO. II. (P. E.) Dried purified muriate of soda and pure sulphuric acid, of each 3 parts ; water 1 part ; mix as last, and distil with a gentle heat into a well-cooled receiver containing water 2 parts, as long as any liquid passes over. Sp. gr. 1 170. III. (P. D.) Sp. gr. 1-160. IV. (Winckler.) Dry and pure chloride of so- dium 24 parts ; pure oil of vitriol 44 parts ; diluted with water 7 parts, and allowed to cool ; mix in a large retort, and connect it by a rectangular bent glass tube, at least 3 feet long, with a capacious receiver, containing 20 parts of water, and well cooled. Distil 44 oz. of 30§ by weight. V. (Gregory.) Dry and pure salt 60 parts ; pure sulphuric acid 98 parts, diluted with water to the sp. gr. 1*6 ; mix in an alembic furnished with a double-bent tube, the end of which is plunged about § of an inch beneath the surface of the water in the receiver, (about 35 parts ;) the latter must be well cooled. Prod. The first § is a fuming acid, sp. gr. 1*21 — the last ^ about sp. gr. 1 * 12 . Remarks. The muriatic acid of commerce is now chiefly obtained from the manufacturers of carbonate of soda, who procure it as a secondary product. When, however, it is directly prepared from sea-salt, an iron or stoneware boiler, set in brickwork over an open fire, furnished with a stoneware head, and connected with a series of capacious double-necked stoneware bottles, usu- ally constitutes the distillatory and condensing ap- paratus. The arrangement resembles that em- ployed in the preparation of liquor of ammonia, (see page 58.) The formula of the London Col- lege is defective in ordering too little acid, by which means the product becomes contaminated with a portion of sulphuric acid, and the residue of the process rendered so hard and insoluble as to pre- vent its removal from the retort by ordinary means. The products of the other formula! (II, IV, and V) are pure liquid hydrochloric acid, provided the ma- terials employed be quite free from foreign admix- ture. Commercial muriatic acid may bo purified by diluting it with an equal weight of water, gently beating it in a retort, and receiving the evolved gas into a fresh quantity of pure water. Iodine and arsenic may be removed by agitating it for a few minutes with some small pieces of bright cop per foil previously to rectification. Commercia. muriatic acid of the ordinary strength may t* bought for 0|d. per lb. in quantity. Prop. Pure muriatic acid is a colorless invisible gas, having a pungent odor and an acid taste, and fuming on coming into contact with air. It is irre- spirablo and uninflammable. Its sp. gr. is 1-2695, (Berzelius. — T2847 Thomson.) Under a pressure of 40 atmospheres it is liquid. Water at 40° F absorbs 480 times its volume of this gas, and ac- quires the sp. gr. 1-2109, (Davy.) One cubic inch of water at 69° F. absorbs 418 cubic inches, and the sp. gr. becomes 1-1958, (Thomson.) The gas is obtained by gently heating the liquid acid. It must be collected over mercury. Pure liquid muriatic acid is colorless, fumes in the air, evolves a strong odor of muriatic acid gas, is intensely sour, reddens vegetable blues, and erodes organic substances. It is entirely separated by heat from the water that holds it in solution. It dissolves many of the metals with the evolution of hydrogen gas ; it also dissolves metallic oxides, and the majority of the bases, their hydrates, and carbonates ; in each case forming the compounds termed chlorides , muriates , chlorohydrates, or hydrochlorates. The acid of the L. Ph. has tho sp. gr. 1-160, and consists of 3232$ of real muriatic acid, and 67'68-g of water. 100 grs. of it should exactly saturate 132 grs. of crystallized carbonate of soda. The muriatic acid of commerce has gen- erally a straw yellow color. Uses. Muriatic acid is used for various purposes in the arts, in chemistry, and in medicine. It is refrigerant, tonic, and antiseptic, in small doses diluted with water ; but corrosive and poisonous in larger doses, or undiluted. Dose. 10 to 20 drops in a sufficient quantity of any bland diluent, in stomach complaints, typhus fever, syphilitic affec- tions, worms, scrofula, & c. It is also used in gar- gles and lotions. Ant. Chalk, whiting, or magnesia, mixed with water, or milk, white of eggs, and demulcents. Pur. Pure muriatic acid is “ colorless, and to- tally dissipated by heat. Largely diluted with dis- tilled water, the solution is unaffected by chloride of barium, (or calcium,) ammonia, or its sesqui- carbonate. It does not dissolve gold leaf even when heated. It does not bleach the solution of sulphate of indigo.” (P. L.) Commercial muriatic acid usually contains iron and sulphuric acid, and frequently chlorine, nitrous acid, bromine, and sometimes selenious acid. The first may be de- tected by the precipitate it forms when the acid is supersaturated by ammonia, — the second, by giv- ing a white precipitate with chloride of calcium or barium, or with the nitrate of lime or baryta, — the third, fourth, and fifth, by the power the acid possesses of dissolving gold leaf, and decoloring solution of indigo, — and the last, by the acid de- positing a reddish powder (selenium) when long kept. Estim. Tho strength of muriatic acid is usually estimated from its specific gravity ; but it may be more correctly ascertained by the power it pos sesscs to saturate tho bases. See Acidimetry. MUS 437 MUS Table of Muriatic Acid, by Dr. Urf. Acid of 1*20 in 100. Specific gravity. Chlorine. Muriatic Gas. Acid of 1*20 in 100. Specific gravity. Chlorine. Muriatic Gas . Acid of 1*20 in 100. Specific gravity. Chlorine. Muriatic Gas. 100 1*2000 39*675 40*777 66 1*1328 26*186 26*913 32 1*0637 12*697 13*049 99 1*1982 39*278 40*369 65 1*1308 25*789 26*505 31 1*0617 12*300 12*641 98 1*1964 38*882 39*961 64 1*1287 25*392 26*098 30 1*0597 11*903 12*233 97 1*1946 38*485 39*554 63 1*1267 24*996 25*690 29 1*0577 11*506 11-825 96 1*1928 38*089 39*146 62 1*1247 24*599 25*282 28 1*0557 11*109 11*418 95 1*1910 37*692 38*738 61 1*1226 24*202 24*874 27 1*0537 10*712 11*010 94 1*1893 37*296 38*330 60 1*1206 23*805 24*466 26 1*0517 10*316 10*602 93 1*1875 36*900 37*923 59 1*1185 23*408 24*058 25 1*0497 9*919 10*194 92 1*1857 36*503 37*516 58 1*1164 23*012 23*650 24 1*0477 9*522 9*786 91 1*1846 36*107 37*108 57 1*1143 22*615 23*242 23 1*0457 9*126 9*379 90 1*1822 35*707 36*700 56 1*1123 22*218 22*834 22 1*0437 8*729 8*971 89 1*1802 35*310 36*292 55 1*1102 21*822 22*426 21 1*0417 8*332 8*563 88 1*1782 34*913 35*884 54 1*1082 21*425 22*019 20 1*0397 7*935 8*155 87 1*1762 34*517 35*476 53 1*1061 21*028 21-611 19 1*0377 7*538 7*747 86 1*1741 34*121 35*068 52 1*1041 20*632 21*203 18 1*0357 7*141 7*340 85 1*1721 33*724 34*660 51 1*1020 20*235 20*796 17 1*0337 6*745 6*932 84 1*1701 33*328 34*252 50 1*1000 19*837 20*388 16 1*0318 6*348 6*524 83 1*1681 32*931 33*845 49 1*0980 19*440 19*980 15 1*0298 5*951 6*116 82 1*1661 32*535 33*437 48 1*0960 19*044 19*572 14 1*0279 5*554 5*709 81 1*1641 32*136 33*029 47 1*0939 18*647 19*165 13 1*0259 5*158 5*301 80 1*1620 31*746 32*621 46 1*0919 18*250 18*757 12 1*0239 4*762 4*893 79 1*1599 31*343 32*213 45 1*0899 17*854 18*349 11 1*0220 4*365 4*486 78 1*1578 30*946 31*805 44 1*0879 17*457 17*941 10 1*0200 3*968 4*078 77 1*1557 30*550 31*398 43 1 * 085.9 17*060 17*534 9 1*0180 3*571 3*670 76 1*1536 30*153 30*990 42 1*0838 16*664 17*126 8 1*0160 3*174 3*262 75 1*1515 29*757 30*582 41 1*0818 16*267 16*718 7 1*0140 2*778 2*854 74 1*1494 29*361 30*174 40 1*0798 15*870 16*310 6 1*0120 2*381 2*447 73 1*1473 28*964 29*767 39 1*0778 15*474 15*902 5 1*0100 1*984 2*039 72 1*1452 28*567 29*359 38 1*0758 15*077 15*494 4 1*0080 1*588 1*631 71 1*1431 28*171 28*951 37 1*0738 14*680 15*087 3 1*0060 1*191 1*224 70 1*1410 27*772 28*544 36 1*0718 14*284 14*679 2 1*0040 0*795 0*816 69 1*1389 27*376 28*136 35 1*0697 13*887 14*271 1 1*0020 0*397 0*408 68 1*1369 26*979 27*728 34 1*0677 13*490 13*863 67 1*1349 26*583 27*321 33 1*0657 13*094 13*456 MURIATIC ACID, DILUTE. Syn. Acidum Hydrochloricum dilutum, (P. L.) Acidum Muriaticum dilutum, (P. E.) Prop. Muriatic acid f^iv; distilled water f^xij ; mix. Used for convenience in dispensing. Dose. 30 to 60 drops in simple infusion of roses or water. “ The den- sity of this preparation is 1*050.” (P. E.) MURIATIC ACID, HENRY’S. Prep. Mu- riatic acid diluted to sp. gr. 1*074. One measure will exactly saturate an equal quantity of his car- bonate of potash-water, or pure ammonia-water, or two measures of pure potash-water, pure soda- water, or carbonate of ammonia-water. Used in assaying mineral water, &c. MUSCLE POWDER. Oyster do. Made like cockle powder. Used to make sauces. MUSHROOMS. Edible fungi. The species commonly eaten in England are the agaricus cam- pestris, (common field or garden mushroom,) used to make ketchup, and eaten either raw, stewed, or broiled ; — the morchella esculenta, (common mo- re!,) uwed to flavor soups and gravies ; — and the tuber cibarium, (common truffle,) also used as a seasoning. The following are said to be tests of the wholesomeness of mushrooms : — 1. Sprinkle a little salt on the spongy part oi gills of the sample to be tried : if they turn yellow, they are poisonous ; if black, they are wholesome. — 2. False mushrooms hav.e a warty cap, or else fragments of membrane adhering to the upper surface, are heavy, and emerge from a vulva or bag; they grow in tufts or clusters in woods, on the stumps of trees, &c. ; whereas the true mush- rooms grow in pastures. — 3. False mushrooms have an astringent, styptic, and disagreeable taste. — 4. When cut they turn blue. — 5. They are moist on the surface, and are generally of a rose or orange color. — G. The gills of the true mushroom are a pinky red, changing to a liver color. — 7. The flesh is white. — 8. The stem is white, solid, and cylin- drical. — 9. “ Introduce a silver spoon, or a new shilling or sixpence, or an onion, into a vessel in which mushrooms are seething ; if, on taking either of them out, they assume a dark discolored ap- pearance, the circumstance denotes the presence of poison existing among them ; if, on the other hand, the metal or onion on being withdrawn from the liquor wears its natural appearance, the fruit may be regarded as genuine, and of the right sort.” The best antidote to poisonous mushrooms ia MUS 438 MY K tannin, or an infusion or decoction of galls. A strong emetic should also bo given to remove them from the stomach. MUSK. Syn. Muse, (Fr.) Mosenus, {hat. and Gcr.) An odorous substance obtained from the musk deer, (moscb.ua moschiferus,) an animal inhabiting the mountains of eastern Asia. It is imported from China, Bengal, and Russia. The Tonquin musk is most esteemed. Pod musk (Moschus In vesicis, Tonquin pods, China do., Moschos Chinensis, Do. Tonquinensis ) is the bag in its natural state containing the musk. Grain music ( Moschus in granis ) is the matter contained in the pods, and which constitutes true musk. The average weight of ono of the pods is about 3vj ; that of the grain musk it contains about 3ij 3ij. Musk is said to be antispasmodic in doses of 3 grains and upwards. Pur. The musk of the shops is generally adul- terated. Dried bullock’s blood, or chocolate, is commonly employed for this purpose. The blood is rendered dry by heat, then reduced to coarse powder, and triturated with the genuine musk in a mortar along with a few drops of liquor of am- monia ; it is then placed in the empty pods, or put into bottles, and sold as grain musk. The writer of this- article has seen many pounds of dry blood thus employed, and sold for musk. There are only two ways of detecting this fraud, viz. — by the inferiority of the odor, or by an assay for the iron contained in the blood. Genuine musk often becomes nearly inodorous by keeping, but recovers its smell on being exposed to the fumes of ammo- nia, or by being moistened with ammonia water. The perfumers sometimes expose it to the fetid ammoniacal effluvia of privies for the same pur- pose. The following forms are current in trade for reducing musk, ( moschus reductus :) — 1. Musk 3 oz. ; chocolate 2 oz . ; ivory black 1 dr. ; gently rub together in a mortar with a few drops of liquid ammonia. — 2. Musk and dried goats’ or bullocks’ blood, equal p^rts ; mix as last. — 3. To the last add an equal part of angelica root. — 4. Storax and aloes wood, of each 4 oz. ; musk and civette, of each 4 dr. ; mix as last. — 5. Nutmegs, mace, cas- sia, cloves, and Indian nard or spikenard, of each 1 oz. ; dried blood or chocolate 4 oz. ; make a paste, dry, bruise to a proper fineness, and triturate it gently with ^th of its weight of musk, adding a few drops of essence of musk, and ammonia wa- ter. — 6. Hard toasted bread, dried blood, chocolate, and musk, equal parts ; as last. *** The Chinese are said to be the most skilful adulterators of musk. MUSK, FACTITIOUS. Syn. Moschus fac- TITIUS. Do. ARTIFICIALIS. RESIN OF AmEER. Resina Succini. Prey. Pour f 3iiiss of the strong- est nitric adid upon f 3j of oil of amber placed in a glass tumbler ; digest ; an orange yellow resin remains, which is to bo washed in water, and care- fully dried. Remarks. Eisner recommends the addition of 1 part of rectified oil of amber to 3 parts of fuming nitric acid, in a glass or porcelain vessel, kept cold to prevent tho oil being carbonized. It smells strongly of musk, and is said to be antispasmodic and nervine. A tincture is made by dissolving 3j in rectified spirit f3x. Dose. f3j, in hooping- cough, low fevers, &,c. *** Dr. Collier mcntiouR An artificial musk, pro pared by digesting for 10 days nitric acid 5ss, “ fetid animal oil, obtained by distillation, 3fj ; and by then adding rectified spirit 1 pint, and digesting tho whole for a month.” (Collier’s Phar., p. 184.) MUST. The expressed juice of grapes before fermentation. MUST, FACTITIOUS. Prep. While sugar 2 £ lbs. ; cream of tartar 1 oz. ; raisins chopped small, b lb. ; boiling water 1 gallon ; mix, and di- gest for 2 hours, and strain. MUSTARD. Syn. Flour of Mustard. Si- nafis Farina. Tho powdered mustard of tho shops is very frequently adulterated with wheat flour. When this is the case, it does not readily make a smooth paste with water, but exhibits con- siderable toughness, and somewhat of a stringy appearance. The common proportions employed by some grocers are, — dried common salt, wheat flour, and superfine mustard, equal parts, colored with turmeric, and sharpened with cayenne. Pure flour of mustard is used in medicine, to make poultices, &c. MUSTARD for tho table, ( ready made mus- tard,) is prepared as follows : 1. (M. Soyds.) Steep mustard seed in twice its bulk of distilled vinegar for 8 days, then grind the whole to a paste in a mill ; put it into pots, and thrust a red-hot poker into each of them. Pat- ented. 2. (M. Lenormand.) Best flour of mustard 2 lbs. ; fresh parsley, chervil, celery, and tarragon, of each £ oz. ; garlic, 1 clove ; 12 salt anchovies ; (all well chopped ;) grind well together, add salt 1 oz. ; grape juice or sugar to sweeten, and sufficient water to form the mass into a thinnish paste by trituration in a mortar. When put into pots, a red- hot poker must be thrust in as above, and after- wards a little vinegar poured upon the surface. 3. ( Moutarde a Vestragon.) Black mustard seed dried till friable, and then finely powdered, 1 lb. ; salt 2 oz. ; tarragon vinegar to mix. In a similar way the French prepare several other mus- tards, by employing different vinegars. 4. (Patent.) Black ginger, bruised, 12 lbs. ; common salt 18 lbs, ; water 15 gallons ; boil, strain, and add to each gallon, flour of mustard 5 lbs. 5. (Moutarde superbe.) Salt 1J lb.; scraped horseradish 1 lb. ; garlic 2 cloves ; boiling vinegar 2 gallons; macerate in a covered vessel for 24 hours, strain, and add flour of mustard q. s. 6. To the last add a little soluble cayenne pep- per, or essence of cayenne. 7. Mustard 3 lbs. ; salt 1 lb. ; vinegar, grape juice, or white wine to mix. MYKOMELINIC ACID. A new acid discov- ered by Wohler and Liebig, and obtained by heat- ing to 212° a solution of alloxan with an excess of ammonia, adding dilute sulphuric acid, also in ex- cess, and boiling for a few minutes. The new acid falls as a yellow gelatinous precipitate, which dries to a yellow porous powder. MYRICINE. The portion of wax which is in- soluble in alcohol. MYRISTICINE. Tho stdaroptdno deposited by oil of nutmegs by keeping. MYRONIC ACID. Bussy has given this name to an inodorous, bitter, non-crystallizable acid found NAP 439 NAR by him in black mustard. It is soluble in water and alcohol. MYROSYNE. Syn. Emulsion of Black Mustard. A name given by Bussy to a peculiar substance soluble in water, and which possesses the power of converting myronic acid into the volatile oil of mustard. MYROSPERMINE. The portion of the oil of balsam of Peru which is soluble in alcohol. MYROXILINE. The portion of the oil of bal- sam of Peru insoluble in alcohol. MYRRH. Syn. Myrriia, ( Lat .) The gum resin of balsamodendron myrrha. To ascertain the purity of myrrh, triturate a small quantity of the powder of the suspected myrrh with an equal amount of muriate of ammonia, adding water grad- ually ; if the whole is readily dissolved, the myrrh is true; otherwise it is sophisticated with some other substance. (Giovanni Righini.) MYRRHIC ACID. The hard resin of myrrh. Tt is soluble in the caustic alkalis, forming alkaline myrrhates NAILS (THE) should be kept clean by the daily use of the nail brush and soap and water. After wiping the hands, but while they are still soft from the action of the water, gently push back the skin which is apt to grow over the nails, which will not only preserve them neatly rounded, but will prevent the skin cracking around their roots, {nail- springs,) and becoming sore. The points of the nails should be pared at least once a week ; biting them should be avoided. NANKEEN DYE. Prep. Annotto and pot- ash, equal parts ; water q. s. ; boil till dissolved. The proportion of potash is varied according to the shade required; the alkali darkens it. Used to dye nankeen color, but chiefly to restore the color of faded nankeen clothing. NAPHTHA. Syn. Mineral Naphtha. Rock Oil. Huile Petrole, (Fr.) Steinol, ( Ger .) Naphtha, {Lat., from N atpOa,) A limpid bitumen which exudes from the surface of the earth in va- rious parts of the world. It possesses a penetrating odor and a yellow color, but may be rendered col- orless by distillation ; it boils at about 160°, and is very inflammable. Sp. gr. 0-753 to 0-836. It does not mix with water, but imparts to that fluid its pe- culiar taste and smell. It mixes with alcohol and oils, and dissolves sulphur, phosphorus, camphor, iodine, most of the resins, wax, fats, spermaceti, and forms with caoutchouc a gelatinous varnish. It is frequently adulterated with oil of turpentine, but this fraud may be detected by the addition of some oil of vitriol, which will in that case thicken and darken it. Naphtha is chiefly employed for the purposes of illumination, as a solvent for Indian rubber, and in the preparation of a very superior black pigment. Remarks. According to the researches of Lau- rent, Pelletier, Walter, and others, mineral naph- tha is a compound of several hydro-carbons, to which the names paraffine, naphtha, naphthene, naphthoic, &c., have been given. A similar fluid to mineral naphtha is obtained by the distillation of coal tar, {coal naphtha,) and is largely employed in the arts, in the preparation of coarse paints and Tarnishes, and for the solution of Indian rubber. The term has also been very improperly extended to the pyroxilic spirit of commerce, ( wood naphtha,) and also occasionally to pyroacetic spirit ; but these liquids differ from naphtha, both in their com position, odor, and boiling points, and in being mis- cible with water, and incapable of dissolving Indian rubber. The confusion arising from the above misapplication of names, may be readily imagined, when the reader is informed, that a certain physi- cian who lately made himself conspicuous by the assertion that he had cured consumption with wood naphtha, and publicly stated that the kind he em- ployed was pure pyroacetic spirit, was in reality dosing his patients with commercial pyroxilic spirit, which is quite a different article. Thus the doctor was using one compound, and from want of a practical knowledge of lie matter, was directing the profession to use a noiher. NAPHTHALAMIDE. A compound obtained by the distillation of naphthalate of ammonia. NAPHTHALIC ACID. A crystalline sub- stance resembling benzoic acid, i btained by Laurent from naphthaline. NAPHTHALINE. A white, crystallizable, odorous, volatile substance, obtained by redistilling coal tar. It melts at 180° F., is soluble in alcohol and ether, and forms with sulphuric acid sulpho- naphthalic acid. N ARC El A. Syn. Narceina. Narceine. (From vdpsfi) stupor.) A peculiar vegeto-alkaline base discovered by Pelletier in opium. It is ob- tained from the aqueous solution of opium, after it has been freed from morphia and narcotine by am- monia, and from the resulting meconate of ammo- nia by baryta. On boiling the filtered solution to expel the ammonia, and evaporating, crystals of narceia are gradually deposited. It may be puri- fied by solution in hot alcohol and crystallization. *** White acicular prisms, inodorous, bitter, pun- gent ; soluble in 375 parts of water at 60°, and 230 parts at 212° ; insoluble in ether ; imperfectly neutralizes the acids. It is distinguished from mor- phia by its easier fusibility, (198°,) and by its salts in a certain degree of concentration being blue, but on gradual dilution changing to violet, and rose- red, and ultimately becoming colorless. It does not strike a blue color with sesquichloride of iron, like morphia, but forms a blue compound with starch. In opposition to its name, it appears to be nearly inert. NARCOTIC. Syn. Narcoticus. {Lat., from vapKoo), to stupify.) A medicine that produces drowsiness, sleep, and stupor. In small doses, narcotics mostly act as stimulants, but in large ones they produce calmness of mind, torpor, and even coma and death. Opium, henbane, hem- lock, tobacco, camphor, alcohol, ether, &c., are narcotics. NARCOTINA. Syn. Narcotine. Sel d’opi- um ; Matiere de Derosne, (Fr.) (From vaptcun- xbs, narcotic.) A peculiar crystalline substance found by Derosne in opium, and on which its stim- ulant property was at first supposed to depend. It may be easily obtained from opium exhausted of soluble matter by cold water, by treating it with water acidulated with acetic or hydrochloric acid, filtering, neutralizing with ammonia, and dissolv- ing the washed precipitate in boiling alcohol, which will again deposite it as it cools. It may be fur NIC 440 NIG ther purified by solution in ether. Narcotine may likewise be directly obtained by the action of ether on opium, previously exhausted by cold water. With the acids it forms salts. Narcotine is spa- ringly soluble in boiling water, but freely soluble in boiling alcohol, and in ether. It is distinguished fron* .morphia by its insipidity, solubility in ether, insolubility in alkalis, and by giving an orange tint to nitric acid, and a greasy stain to paper, when heated on it over a candle. The physiological ac- tion of narcotine is differently stated by different authorities. 1 gr. dissolved in olive oil , killed a dog in 24 hours ; but 24 grs. dissolved in acetic acid were given with impunity. (Majendie.) In the 6olid state it is inert ; 129 grs. at a dose scarcely produce any obvious effects. (Bally.) Scruple doses have been given without injury. (Dr. Roots.) It has been recently proposed as a substitute for quinine in the cure of agues. For this purpose the sulphate is preferable. 200 cases of intermittent ar-ci remittent fevers have been thus successfully treated in India. (Dr. O’Shaughnessy.) N ECTAR. Prep. I. Chopped raisins 2 lbs. ; loaf sugar 4 lbs ; boiling water 2 gallons ; mix ; when cold, add 2 lemons, sliced ; proof spirit (brandy or rum) 3 pints; macerate in a covered vessel for 4 or 5 days, occasionally shaking, strain, let it stand in a cold place for a week to clear, and then bottle. In ten days, or less, if kept in a very cold place, it will be excellent. II. Red ratifia 3 gallons ; oils of cassia and caraway, of each, 25 drops ; previously dissolved in brandy ^ pint ; orange wine 1 gallon ; sliced oranges 6 in no. ; lump sugar 2 lbs. ; macerate for a week, decant and bottle. Both are used as pleasant cordials. NEGUS. Prep. I. (Red.) Port wine 1 bottle, (1^ pints;) £ nutmeg, grated; the juice of two lemons, and the yellow peel of one ; lump sugar i lb. ; put the whole into a bottle, add boiling wa- ter 3 pints, cork down close, and macerate with agitation. *** Very excellent. The addition of a single drop of essence of ambergris, and 6 or 7 drops of essence of vanilla, improves it. II. (White.) From white wine, as the last. *** A single glass of the above may be made by observing the same proportions. NERVOUSNESS. The cure of nervousness is best effected by restoring the healthy action of the stomach and bowels, and by the use of proper exercise, especially in the open air. The stomach should not be overloaded with indigestible food, and the bowels should be occasionally relieved by the use of some mild aperient. Abernethy’s in- junction to a nervous and dyspeptic lady, “ Dis- miss your servants, madam, and make your own beds,” should bo recollected by all as a proof of the importance that eminent surgeon attached to exercise. (Seo Dyspepsia, Flatulency, Hypo- chondriasis, Hysterics, See.) NEUTRALIZATION. Syn. Neutralisatio, (hat.) The admixture of an acid and alkali in such proportions that neither shall predominate. A neutral compound neither turns turmeric paper brown , nor litmus paper red. NICKEL. A white, hard, malleable metal, capable of receiving the lustre o ? silver. Its sp. gr. when hammered is about 8*82. It is chiefly employed in the manufacture of German silvor. Prep. Roast powdered spe.ise first by itself and then with charcoal powder, till all the arsenic is expelled, and a garlic odor ceases to be evolved mix the residuum with 3 parts of sulphur and 1 part of potash, melt in a crucible with a gentle heat, cool, edulcorate with water, dissolve in sul- phuric acid mixed with a little nitric acid, precipi- tate with carbonate of potash, wash, dry, mix the precipitate with powdered charcoal, and reduce it by heat. For chemical purposes pure nickel is best obtained by moderately heating its oxalate in a covered crucible. Props., c J-c. Nickel is very infusible. Muria- tic and sulphuric acid act on it with difficulty un- less mixed with nitric acid. It is freely soluble in the latter menstruum. With oxygen it forms two oxides. The protoxide (gray oxide) may be ob- tained by heating the nitrate, carbonate, or oxa- late to recness in open vessels. This oxide forms salts with the acids, most of which have a green color. The peroxide (black oxide) is formed when chlorine is transmitted through water holding the hydrated protoxide in suspension. Chloride cf nickel is formed by the direct solution cf the metal or its oxide in muriatic acid, from which h may be obtained in green crystals by evaporation. The salts of nickel are characterized by being precipi- tated white by prussiate of potash ; grayish white by infusion of galls ; black by hydrosulphurets and sulphureted hydrogen ; pale green by pure alkalis and alkaline carbonates, but redissolved by ammonia or its carbonate in excess. NICOTINE. Syn. Nicotina. A volatile base discovered by Reiman and Posselt in tobacco. Prep. (Ortigosa.) Infuse tobacco leaves for 24 hours in water acidulated with sulphuric acid, strain, evaporate to a sirup, add one-sixth of its volume of strong solution of potassa, and distil in an oil bath at 288°, occasionally adding a little water to assist the process. Saturate the distilled product with oxalic acid, evaporate to dryness, di- gest in boiling absolute alcohol, evaporate to a sirup, decompose the oxalate of nicotine thus ob tained, by adding caustic potassa to it in a close vessel, and agitate the mass with ether, .repeating the process with more ether till all the nicotine is dissolved out. Distil the mixed ethereal solutions in a water-bath. At first ether comes over, then water, and lastly nicotine, which towards the end of the process assumes a yellowish tint Remarks. Nicotine is a colorless volatile liquid, smelling of tobacco, boiling at 375°, soluble in water, ether, alcohol, and oils, and combining with the acids forming salts, many of which are crystallizable. It is a frightful poison ; -Jth of a drop will kill a rabbit, and a single drop a laige dog. Good Virginia tobacco yields 1§ of nicotine. (Thomson, Org. Chem.) NIGELLIN. A yellowish liquid obtained by Rensch from the seeds of the nigella sativa. It is obtained by digestion in alcohol at 80°, distilling the tincture, separating the reddish brown from tho lighter portion of the product, agitating the latter with ether, and then with water, adding to the liquid when decanted, a little subacetato of lead, filtering and treating it with sulphureted hy- drogen. Tho aqueous liquid is then filtered and evaporated. NIGHTMARE Syn. Ehiialteb, (La/, from NIT 441 NIT HpaWopai, to leap upon; because it was thought a domon leaped upon the chest.) The prevention of nightmare consists in the selection of proper food, and in duly attending to the state of the stomach and bowels. Heavy and late suppers should be particularly avoided, as well as all arti- cles of diet that are of difficult digestion, or apt to induce flatulency. A spoonful of spirits of sal volatile, magnesia, or bicarbonate of soda, taken in a glass of cold water on going to bed, is a good and simple preventive. NIPPLES, SORE. Prep. Moisten them 2 or 3 times a day for some weeks before suckling, with brandy or spirit, gently acidulated with di- lute sulphuric acid ; or instead thereof employ tincture of balsam of tolu, or compound tincture of benzoin. Cure. Chapped nipples are most quickly and safely cured by moistening them 2 or 3 times a day with tincture of catechu, by means of a camel hair pencil. *** All applications of an active or poisonous nature should be carefully avoided, as even though the part be washed, yet a portion will still remain concealed within the pores of the skin and be sucked off by the infant. NITRATE. Syn. Nitras, ( Prat .) A salt of nitric acid. The nitrates are very easily made by the direct solution of the base, or its oxide or car- bonate in nitric acid, which in most cases should be previously diluted with water ; by evaporation they may be obtained either in the pulverulent or crystalline state. The nitrates are characterized by deflagrating when thrown on red-hot coal, or when heated in contact with inflammable sub- stances. (See Nitric Acid.) NITRATE OF CAMPHOR. Syn. Oil of Camphor. Prepared by dissolving camphor in ni- tric acid. NITRATE OF POTASH. Syn. Saltpetre. Nitre. Nitrum. Sal Petrie. Sal Nitri. Ka- li Nitratum. Potass^ Nitras, (P. L. E. and D.) Nitrate de potasse, ( Fr .) SalpeterseLures Ka- li, ( Ger .) This, salt is spontaneously generated in the soil, owing to the action of the atmosphere, and crystallizes upon its surface in various parts of the world, especially in the East Indies. It is also produced artificially by exposing a mixture of calcareous soil and animal matter to the at- mosphere, when nitrate of lime is slowly formed, and is extracted by lixiviation. The liquid is then decomposed by adding carbonate of potash, by which carbonate of lime is precipitated and nitrate of potash remains in solution. The British mar- ket is wholly supplied from India. The crude nitre {rough saltpetre ) is extracted by lixiviation in the way above mentioned, but the alkaline base is supplied under the form of wood ashes, which, as is well known, contain a large quantity of pot- ash. It is purified by solution in boiling water, skimming, and after a short time being allowed for defecation, straining (while still hot) into crys- tallizing vessels. The crystals thus obtained are commonly called single refined nitre; and when the process is repeated, double refined nitre. Use, tf-c. Nitre is chiefly employed in the man- ufzcture of gunpowder and nitric acid. It is also used in medicine as a refrigerant, diaphoretic, and cooling diuretic. Dose. 5 to 15 grains, every 2 hours. A small piece dissolved slowly in the 56 mouth, frequently stops a sore throat at the com- mencement. In large doses, it is poisonous. The best antidotal treatment is a powerful emetic, fol- lowed by opiates. Pur. The Dublin College orders purified nitrate of potash {potasses nitras purificala ) to be made by dissolving nitre in twice its weight of hot wa- ter, filtering, and setting the liquor aside that crystals may form. Nitre occasionally contain? muriates, sulphates, or calcareous salts. The firsi may be detected by its solution giving a cloudy white precipitate with nitrate of silver, — the sec- ond, by the muriate or nitrate of baryta or lime giving a white precipitate, — and the third, by ox- alate of ammonia, which also gives a white pre- cipitate. NITRATE OF SODA. Syn. Cubic Nitre. Sod^e Nitras. This salt is obtained :m a similar way to the last, and is chiefly imported into Eng- land from America. It is largely employed as a manure, and in the preparation of nitric acid. NITRIC ACID. Syn. Solutive Water. Aquafortis. Spirit of Nitre. Acidum Nitri- cum, (P. L. E. & D.'' Acide Nitrique, (Fr.) SALPETERsauRE, {Ger.) An acid compound of nitrogen and oxygen. Nitric acid was known to Geber in the 7th century, but its constituents were first shown by Cavendish in 1785, and subsequent- ly their proportions by Davy and Gay-Lussac. Prep. (P. L. & E.) Dry purified nitrate of pot- ash and sulphuric acid, equal parts ; mix in a glass retort, and distil with a moderate heat into a cool receiver, so long as the fused materials con- tinue to evolve vapor. “ The pale-yellow acid thus obtained may be rendered colorless, should it be thought necessary, by heating it gently in a re- tort.” (P. E ) Remarks. On the large scale nitric acid is com- monly made by distilling a mixture of 168 lbs. of nitre and 93 lbs. of sulphuric acid, sp. gr. 1-845, in an iron cylinder, connected with a series of 5 or 6 double-necked stoneware bottles, about one-sixth part filled with water. The arrangement of the apparatus resembles that figured at page 57. The product of this process is the brown and fuming nitrous acid of commerce, {aquafortis, fuming nitric acid ; acidum nitrosum ; acidum nitricum fumans ,) and has usually the sp. gr. 1*45. It is converted into colorless nitric acid by gently heat- ing it in a glass retort, when it forms commercial nitric acid, (sp. gr. 1*37 to 1-4.) The residuum of this process {sal enixum) is employed as a flux by the glass-houses, and in the manufacture of alum. Nitrate of soda is frequently used instead of nitrate of potash, and is more convenient in some respects, as the residuum is more easily dis- solved out of the retort or cylinder. The formula of the London or Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia is the best process for obtaining a pure acid. By proper management nitre yields more than two-thirds of its weight of pure nitric acid, sp. gr. 1*500 ; and nitrate of soda its own weight of acid, sp. gr. 1*4. The nitric acid of commerce frequently contains chlorine, muriatic and sulphuric acids, and some- times iodine, from which it may be purified by the addition of a little nitrate of silver, as long as il produces any cloudiness, and after repose, decant- ing the clear acid, and rectifying it at a heat un der 212°. A perfectly colorless product cannot b« NIT NIT 442 obtained, unless a small portion of pure black ox- ide of manganese be put into the retort. (Murray.) Nitric acid may also be purified by rectification at a gentle heat, rejecting the first liquid that comes over, receiving tho middlo portion as genuine acid, and leaving a residuum in the retort. (Ure.) An- other method is to agitate it with a little red-lead before rectification. Props. Pure nitric acid is a colorless, corrosive liquid, and possesses powerful acid properties. At the sp.gr. 1-50, it contains 25$ of water, (Phillips ; — 20*3$, Ure.) The sp. gr. of the strongest liquid acid is variously stated by different authorities. According to some, it may be obtained as high as 155, (Davy, Kirwin, &c.,) or 1*62, (Proust;), while, according to others, 1*503 to 1*510 is the greatest density at which it can be procured. (Phillips, Gay-Lussac, &c.) At 248° F. it boils, and when of less density than 1*42, parts with water and becomes stronger at lower tempera- tures ; but acid of higher sp. gr. is weakened by exposure to heat. It freezes when exposed to ex- treme cold. It rapidly oxidizes the metals, and unites with them and the other bases, forming salts called Nitrates. Uses. Nitric acid is employed in assaying, to dye silk and woollens yellow, and to form various salts. In medicine, it is used as a caustic to corns and warts; and in doses of 1 to 10 drops in a tumbler of water, in liver complaints, fevers, dys- pepsia, syphilis, to remove the effects of mercury, or as a substitute for that drug in certain com- plaints, &c. Pur. Pure nitric acid is “ totally dissipated by heat. When diluted with distilled water, neither nitrate of silver, nor chlorido of barium, (or cal cium,) produces a procipitato ; sp.gr. 1 * 50 . 10(1 grs. of this acid will saturate about 217 grs. of crystallized carbonato of soda.” (P. L.) The dou • ble aquafortis of tho shops (aquafortis duplex) has usually the sp. gr. 1-36 ; and the single aqua • fortis, (aquafortis simplex,) the sp. gn 1-22. Tests. 1. It stains the skin yellow. 2. Whoa mixed with a little muriatic acid or sal ammoniac, it acquires tho power of dissolving gold leaf. 3. When mixed with dilute sulphuric acid, and poured on a few fragments of zinc or iron in a tube, the evolved gas burns with a greenish white flame. (Balmain.) 4. Substitute alcohol for zinc in the last test. (Maitland.) 5. Morphia, brucia, and strychnia give it a red color, which is height- ened by ammonia in excess. G. When placed in a tube, and a solution of protosulphate of iron cau- tiously added, a dark color is developed at the lino of junction, which is distinctly visible when only -mitto part of nitric acid is present. (Derbanius de Richemont.) 7. When mixed with a weak solu- tion of sulphate of indigo, and heated, the color is destroyed. 8. When saturated with carbonate of potash or soda, and evaporated to dryness, the re- siduum deflagrates when thrown on burning coals. 9. The nitrates may all be tested as above, by first adding a small quantity of pure sulphuric acid, which will liberate the nitric acid of the salt. Estim. The strength of nitric acid is usually es- timated by its sp. gr. ; but where very great accu- racy is required, it may be more correctly ascer- tained by the amount of carbonate of soda, or other salt of known composition, which is required to neutralize it. See Acidimetry. Table of Nitric Acid, by Dr. Ure. Specific Gravity. Liq. Acid in 100. Dry Acid in 100. Specific Gravity. Liq. Acid in 100. Dry Acid in 100. Specific Gravity. Liq. Acid in 100. Dry Acid in 100. Specific Gravity. in 100. Dry Acid in 100. 1.5000 100 79.700 1.4189 75 59.755 1.2947 50 39.850 1.1403 25 19.925 1.4980 99 78.903 1.4147 74 58.978 1.2887 49 39.053 1.1345 24 19.128 1 .4900 98 78.106 1.4107 73 58.181 1.2826 48 38.250 1.1286 23 18.331 1.4940 97 77.309 1.4065 72 57.384 1.2765 47 37.459 1.1227 22 17.534 1.4910 96 76.512 1.4023 71 50.587 1.2705 46 30.662 1.1168 21 16.737 1.4880 95 75.715 1.3978 70 55.790 1.2644 45 35.865 1.1109 20 15.940 1.4850 94 74.918 1.3945 69 54.993 1.2583 44 35.068 1.1051 19 15.143 1.4820 93 74.121 1.3882 68 54.190 1.2523 43 34.271 1.0993 18 14.346 1.4790 92 73.324 1.3833 67 53.399 1.2462 42 33.474 1.0935 17 13.549 1.4700 91 72.527 1.3783 66 52.602 1.2402 41 32.077 1.0878 16 12.752 3.4730 90 71.730 1.3732 65 51.805 1.2341 40 31.880 1.0821 15 11.955 1.4700 89 70.933 1.3G81 G4 51.068 1.2277 39 31.083 1.0764 14 11.158 1.4070 83 70.136 1.3630 63 50.211 1.2212 38 30.286 1.0708 13 10.361 1.4640 87 69.339 1.3579 62 49.414 1.2148 37 29.489 1.065.1 12 9.564 1.4600 86 68.542 1.3529 61 48.617 1.2084 36 28.692 1.0595 11 8.767 1.4570 85 67.745 1.3477 60 47.820 1.2019 35 27.895 1.0540 10 7.970 1.4530 84 66.948 1.3427 59 47.023 1.1958 34 27.098 1.0485 9 7.173 1.4500 83 66.155 1.3370 58 40.226 1.1895 33 20.301 1.0430 8 6.376 1.4460 82 65.354 1.3323 57 45.429 1.1833 32 25.504 1.0375 7 5.579 1.4424 81 04.557 1.3270 50 44.032 1.1770 31 24.707 1.0320 6 4.782 1.4385 80 63.760 1.3210 55 43.835 1.1709 30 23.900 1.0267 5 3.935 1.4346 79 62.903 1.3103 54 43.038 1.1648 29 23.113 1.0212 4 3.188 1.4300 78 62.160 1.3H0 53 42.241 1.1587 23 22.310 1.0159 3 2.391 1.4269 77 61.309 1.3056 52 41.444 1.1526 27 21.519 1.0106 2 1.594 1 .4228 70 60.572 1.3001 51 40.647 1.1465 26 20.722 1.0053 1 0.797 NITRIC ACID, (DILUTED.) Syn. Acidum nitricum dilutum, (P. L.) Prep. Nitric acid (P. L.) f 5j 5 water f ^ix ; mix. Kept for convenience at dispensing. Dose. 20 drops to f3ij. NITRIC ACID, (HENRY’S.) Nitric acid dilu- ted to the sp. gr. 1*14.3 ; equal in saturating power to muriatic acid at 1*074, and sulphuric acid 1*135. Used for assaying. See Henry’s Muriatic Acid. NITRO-MECONIC ACID is formed by tilt action of strong nitric acid on mcconine at a gen- tle heat. By solution in hot water, it is obtained in yellow crystals as tho liquid cools. NITROGEN. Syn. Azote, (Fr. and Eng.) Mepiiitic Air. Piilogisticated do. Stickstoff- gas, ( Ger .) Nitrogenium ; azotum, (Lat., thi first from vlrpov, nitre , and ytwdu), I generate ; tt NIT 443 NIT second from a privative, and r\, life .) A gaseous substance discovered by Rutherford in 1772, and found to be a constituent of the atmo- sphere by Lavoisier and Scheele in 1775. It has hitherto resisted all attempts at decomposition, and must therefore be considered as a chemical element. (See Chem. V. 3.) It is found both in the organic and inorganic kingdoms ; it forms about 79§ of the bulk of the atmosphere, and en- ters largely into the composition of most animal substances, and is a constituent of gluten, the al- kaloids, and other vegetable principles. Prep. I. Burn phosphorus in a jar filled with air, and standing over water in the pneumatic trough, and after the fumes have subsided, agitate the residual gas with water, or a solution of pure potassa. II. Expose nitrite of ammonia to heat in a re- tort, and collect the evolved gas. III. Transmit chlorine through pure ammonia water. IV. Digest lean flesh in nitric acid, gently heated. Remarks . Pure nitrogen is a colorless, odorless, tasteless gas, neither combustible nor capable of supporting combustion or respiration. It is neutral to test paper, does not affect lime water, and is only slightly absorbed by pure water. Its sp. gr. is 0-9722, (Liebig ; 0-976 Berzelius.) In analysis it is recognised by its purely negative qualities, and by its forming nitric acid when mixed with oxy- gen, and exposed to the electric spark ; or when a jet of hydrogen is burnt in the mixed gases. The nitric acid thus formed may be tested in the way described under that article. NITROGEN, CHLORIDE OF. Syn. Quad- rochloride of Nitrogen. A compound of nitro- gen and chlorine, remarkable for the feeble affinity by which its elements are united. It was discov- ered by Dulong in 1811, but its nature was first accurately determined by Sir H. Davy. Prep. Dissolve muriate of ammonia 1 oz. in hot water 12 or 14 oz., and as soon as the temperature has fallen to 90° F., invert a wide-mouthed glass bottle full of chlorine over it. The gas is gradual- ly absorbed, and the solution acquires a yellow color, and in the course of 15 to 20 minutes, yel- low oil-like globules form upon the surface qf the liquid, and ultimately sink to the bottom. The globules as they descend should be received in a small leaden saucer, placed under the mouth of the bottle for the purpose. (Liebig.) Remarks. Chloride of azote is one of the most explosive Compounds known, and should conse- quently be only prepared in very small quantities at a time. Both its discoverer and Sir II. Davy met with severe injuries while experimenting on it. Its sp. gr. is 1-653 ; it volatilizes at 160° F., and at 200° explodes violently. Contact with combus- tible bodies at ordinary temperatures immediately causes detonation. The explosive power of this compound seems to exceed that of every known substance, not even excepting fulminating silver. A minute globule no larger than a grain of mus- tard-seed, placed on a platina spoon, and touched with a piece of phosphorus stuck on the point of a penknife, immediately explodes, and shivers the blade into fragments, at the same time that the weasel that contained it is broken to pieces. Olive oil, naphtha, and oil of turpentine, have a similar effect. It has been suggested that this compound is the substance employed by Captain Warner in his destructive machines, but such a supposition must necessarily be incorrect, from the uncontrol- lable nature of the chloride, and the impractica- bility of safely procuring it in sufficient quantity by any known process. I conceive that Captaii Warner employs fulminating antimony, eitho alone, or as an instrument for the ignition of com- mon gunpowder. At all events, if this is not the Captain’s secret, it is capable of producing exactly the same effects. (See Iodide of Nitrogen, for another dangerous explosive compound.) NITROGEN, OXIDES 01’. Prep. I. ( Ni- trous oxide. Protoxide of nitrogen. Dephlo- gisticated nitrous air. Laughing gas. Protox- ide d’azote, Fr. S tickstojfoxydul, Ger.) Evap- orate a solution of nitrate of ammonia until a drop of the fused mass placed on a cold plate instantly solidifies ; cool, break the lump into pieces, and place it in a stoppered bottle. For use, a portion is introduced into a glass retort, and heat applied by means of a spirit lamp or charcoal chauffer. As soon as the heat reaches 480°, protoxide of azote is evolved, and may be collected in bladders, gas bags, a gasometer, or in the pneumatic trough. *** Should white fumes appear within the retort after the evolution of the gas has commenced, the heat should be lowered, as when heated to about 600°, nitrate of ammonia explodes with violence. Nitrous oxide may also be made in the same way from crystallized nitrate of ammonia, or by ex- posing nitric oxide for some days over Iron filings. Remarks. The above compound, familiarly known as laughing gas, is colorless, possesses an agreeable odor, and a sweetish taste. At 45°, and under a pressure of 50 atmospheres, it is liquid. Its sp. gr. is 1-5241, it supports combustion, and is absorbed by water. Its most remarkable property is its action on the system when inspired. A few deep inspirations are usually succeeded by a pleas- ing state of excitement, and a strong propensity to laughter and muscular exertion, which soon sub- side, without being followed by languor or depres- sion. Its effects, however, vary with different con- stitutions. A sailor that lately took this gas at a public exhibition immediately drew his knife, and stabbed one of the company. From 4 to 12 quarts may be breathed with safety. II. ( Binoxide of nitrogen. Deutoxide of do. Nitric oxide. Nitrous gas. Deutoxide d'azote, Fr. Stickstoffoxyd, Ger.) This is most conve- niently prepared by pouring nitric acid, sp. gr. 1-2, on metallic copper. Effervescence ensues, and nitrous gas is evolved, and may be collected over water or mercury in the pneumatic trough- The residual liquid yields crystals of nitrate of copper on evaporation. Remarks. A colorless, tasteless, inodorous, ir- respirable, and incombustible gas. In contact with free oxygen, it produces dense orange or red va- pors of nitrous acid, which are freely absorbed by water. Its sp. gr is about 1*04. NITROGEN, PIIOSPIIORET. A snow- white powder formed by heating chlorido of phos- phorus, previously saturated with dry nmmoniaca gas. (Rose.) NOY 444 OIL NITROGEN, SULPHURET. A greenish yellow mass, obtained by the action of water on a compound of chloride of sulphur and ammonia. (Soubeiran.) NITROMURIATIC ACID. Sijn. Nitroiiy- drociiloric Acid. Aqua regia. Acidumnitro- MURIATICUM, (P. D.) EaU REGALE ; AciDE NITRO- muriatique, ( Fr .) Salpeter-salzsrures ; Ko- nigswasser, ( Gcr .) Prep. I. Nitric acid f ; mu- riatic acid f 5'j j m ' x * Used to dissolve gold and platinum, and in medicine, in liver complaints, syphilis, exanthemata, &c., either internally, in doses of 5 to 15 drops in water, or externally, as a foot or knee-bath. See Batii. II. ( Aqua regia with sal ammoniac .) Nitric acid (sp. gr. 1-2) f ^xvj ; sal ammoniac 5£iv ; dis- solve Occasionally used by dyers ; does not keep well. Nitre is sometimes substituted for sal am- moniac Dissolves gold and platina. III. ( Dyer's aquafortis.) Colorless nitric acid (sp. gr. 1*17) 100 lbs. ; muriatic acid (sp. gr. 1*19) 5 lbs. ; mix. Used by dyers. “ It dissolves tin without oxidizing it.” (?) NITROUS ACID. Syn. Acidum nitrosum, (Lat.) Acide nitreux, (Fr.) Salpetrige Sal- PETERsiiuRE, ( Ger .) Prep. Distil perfectly dry .litrate of lead in a coated glass retort, connected with a glass receiver placed in a freezing mixture, and furnished with a safety tube. A pungent, acid, corrosive liquid, colorless below zero, but yellow, or orange-colored at higher temperatures ; sp. gr. 1'42 ; boiling point 82° F. It is a powerful oxidi- zing agent. When mixed with water, it is decom- posed. A mixture of nitrous and nitric acids forms the fuming nitric acid (aquafortis) of commerce. Its compounds with the bases are called Nitrites. Nitrite of potassa may be obtained by heating nitre to redness, and removing it from the fire be- fore the decomposition is complete. Both nitrous and hyponitrous acids contain no water, and are therefore dry liquids. (Ure.) NITROSALICULIC ACID. Small golden- colored crystals, obtained by gently heating sali- culous acid with moderately strong nitric acid, washing the mass with water, dissolving in alco- hol, and crystallizing. It forms crystallizable ni- trosaliculates with the alkalis. NITROSACCHARIC ACID. A peculiar crystallized acid, formed by the union of nitric acid with the saccharine matter obtained by the action of sulphuric acid on gelatin. NORFOLK FLUID. Prep. Linseed oil 3 pints ; yellow rosin 4 oz. ; fir rosin 2 oz. ; yellow wax 12 oz. ; melt, add neat’s foot oil 1 quart ; oil of turpentine 1 pint. Used to preserve and soften leather. NOVARGENT. Freshly-precipitated muriate of silver dissolved in a solution of hydrosulphite of soda. Used to silver metals, especially to re- store old plated goods. NOVAURUM. A solution of neutral terchlo- ride of gold. (See Gold, liquid.) NOY EAU. Syn. Creme de Noyeau, (Fr.) Prep. I. Blanched bitter almonds 1 oz. ; proof spirit 1 quart ; lump sugar 1 lb. ; dissolved in wa- ter i pint ; digest and filter. II. Bitter almonds, blanched, 3 oz. ; coriander seed \ oz. ; cinnamon, ginger, and mace, of each, 1 dr.; proof spirit o;- plain gin 2 quarts; white su- gar 2 lbs. ; dissolved in water 1£ pints ; maccroU for a week, and fine down with alum (dissolved! \ oz. III. (Creme de noyeau de Martinique.) Loaf sugar 24 lbs.; water 2J gallons; dissolve, ad*! proof spirit 5 gallons ; or orange-flower water 3 pints ; bitter almonds 1 lb. ; essence of lemons 2 dr. ; as above. A pleasant nutty-tasted liqueur, but should not be taken in largo quantities. (See Cordials.) OATS. A large portion of the oats given to horses passes off undigested. It has been pro- posed to prevent this loss, by either coarsely bruising them in a mill, or by pouring boiling water over them, and allowing them to macerate till cold, when they are to be given to the horses without straining off the water. It is stated on good authority, that oats thus treated will not only fatten quicker, but go twice as far as without preparation. ODORS. (See Disinfectants and Fumiga- tion.) CENANTHIC ACID. This acid passes over, in small quantity, towards the end of the process when wine is distilled. By digestion with potash and decomposition with sulphuric acid, it may be obtained under the form of an oily liquid. (See Ether, CEnanthic.) (ENANTHYLIC ACID. A peculiar sub- stance obtained by Mr. Tilley, by the action of nitric acid on castor oil. CENOTHIONIC ACID. (From oivof, wine , and Saov, sulphur.) Sulphovinic acid. OIL COLOR CAKES. Prep. Grind the col- ors with oil of turpentine, in which has been dis- solved in the cold, about one-sixth of its weight of powdered mastich ; let them dry, then place the stone over a slow charcoal fire, so as to soften the color, and add of a warm solution of spermaceti in half its weight of poppy oil, q. s. to make the mass into a proper paste ; remove the heat, work till it begins to harden, then form the mass into pieces and mould them into cakes. Used by ar- tists, rubbed down with poppy, nut,, or linseed oil, and turpentine as required. OIL COLORS, (in bottles or bladders.) Pre- pared with the same mixture as the last, but thinned sufficiently with any pale drying oil be- fore putting them into the cases. Used by ar tists. OIL GAS. A mixture of several gaseous hy- drocarbons obtained by passing oil through red hot tubes, or dropping it on red hot stones or bricks 1 gallon of whale oil yields 90 to 100 cubical feet of gas, which gives a more brilliant light than coal gas, and burns about 3 times as long. OILS. Syn. Huiles, (Fr.) Oele, (Gcr.) Olea, (Lat., from olea, the olive.) Oils are com- pounds of carbon and hydrogen, (hydrocarbons,) or of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen, (oxyhydro- carbons,) derived from the animal and vegetable kingdoms, and chiefly distinguished by a certain degree of consistence, (unctuosity,) insolubility in water, and power of supporting combustion with flamo. Oils are divided into two great classes; viz.: fixed or fat oils, and volatile or essential oils. Olive, rape, almond, and castor oils, are ex- amples of the former; and the oils of lavender OIL 445 OIL lemons, bergamolte, and turpentine, of the latter. The term oil is also applied to various empyreu- matic products of the distillation of organic bod- ies, and to several unctuous mixtures in perfumery and pharmacy, as well as by liqueuristes to their richer cordials. OILS, CORDIAL. (In the art of the liqueur- iste .) Dilute aromatized alcohol, holding in solu- tion a sufficient quantity of sugar to impart an oily consistence. The following is an example of this class of liqueurs : — Oil of Cedrat. (Creme de Cedrat.) Spirit of cedrat 1 quart ; spirit of citron 1 pint ; proof spirit S pints ; lump sugar 5 lbs. ; dissolved in water 6 pints ; mix, allow it to stand together for a week, then filter if required. (See Cordials, Cremes, Liqueurs, & c.) OILS, COMPOUND. Syn. Mixed Oils. This term is commonly applied to various mix- tures of oils or other ingredients that possess an unctuous appearance. Where not otherwise di- rected, they are prepared by simply agitating the ingredients together, and after a sufficient time decanting the clear, and filtering if necessary. The following are some of the principal compound oils : — Oil, Acoustic. (Oleum terebinthince acousti- cum. Mr. Maule.) Almond oil 3iv; oil of tur- pentine Oij ; mix. Used for deafness. Oil, Black. Oil of turpentine 4 lbs. ; rape oil 1 gallon ; oil of vitriol ^ lb. ; British oil \ lb. ; mix well, and in 14 days decant the clear. Oil, British. (Common oil of petre. 01. pe- tree vulgare.) Oil of turpentine 2 lbs. ; Barba- does tar 1 lb. ; oil of rosemary 2 oz. ; mix well. Oil of Camphor. (01. camphor ce nitricum, Fee.) Nitric acid 460 grs. ; camphor 200 grs. ; dissolve without heat and decant the oil. Oil, Camphorated. (Camphor liniment, lini- mentum camphorce, P. L. and E. 01. campho- ratum, P. D.) Camphor fj ? olive oil f iv ; dis- solve by a gentle heat. Anodyne ; discutient ; used for sprains, bruises, &c. Oil, Ciiabert’s. Oil of turpentine 3 parts ; Dippel’s oil 1 part ; mix and distil 3 parts. Used in tapeworm. Oil, Darby’s. Oil of amber, balsam of sulphur, and Barbadoes tar, equal parts. Oil, Exeter. (01. excestrense .) Green oil 2 gallons ; euphorbium, mustard seed, castor, and pellitory, of each bruised, fj ; macerate with occa- sional agitation for 10 days, and strain. Oil, Furniture. (Oil stain. Mahogany do.) Linseed oil 1 gallon ; black rosin 1 lb. ; alkanet root 12 oz., or less ; heat together until sufficiently colored. Some persons use boiled oil, and others add a little beeswax, and rose pink. Oil, Macassar. Olive oil 1 lb. ; oils of origa- num and rosemary, of each, 1 dr. ; mix. Used to make the hair grow and curl. Oils, Mixed. (01. mixta.) Essences of berga- motte and lemons, of each, ; oils of lavender and pimento, of each, Sjss ; used to scent sal vola- tile drops, smelling bottles, &c. Oil, Neat’s foot. (Nerve oil. Trotter's do. 01. ncrvinum. Auxungia pedum tauri.) From neat’s feet and tripe by boiling ; does not harden by age ; used to soften leather and to fry frit- ters. Oil, Newmarket. Oils of linseed, turpentine, and St. John’s wort, of each, 3 lbs.; oil of vitrio* 1 oz. ; mix. For sprains in horses. Oils, Nine. (Mixed oils. 01 . ex omnibus. Train oil 1 gallon ; oil of turpentine 1 quart ; oil of bricks and amber, of each, 5 oz. ; camphorated spirit of wine 10 oz. ; Barbadoes tar 2£ lbs.; oil of vitriol 1 oz. ; mix. Used by farriers. Oil, Phosphorated. (Ol. phosphor at um.) — 1. (Ph. Bor.) Phosphorus 12 grs. ; almond oil ; dis- solve by a gentle heat. Dose. 5 to 10 drops made into an emulsion. — 2. (Majendie.) Phosphorus 3j ; almond oil § ij ; macerate in the dark for 14 days, and scent with bergamotte. Stronger than the former. *** A bottle partly filled with oil satu- rated with phosphorus, will emit enough light in the dark, on the cork being taken out, to see the time by a watch. Oil for Quitters. Aquafortis 1 oz. ; spirit of wine, and oil of turpentine, of each, 3 oz. ; red precipitate ^ oz. ; mix. Used by farriers. Oil of Roses. 1. Olive oil 3 pint ; otto of roses £ to 1 dr. ; mix. — 2. To the last add oil of rosemary ^ dr. Either may be colored red by steeping a little alkanet root in the oil (with heat) before scenting it. Used for the hair. Oil, Shaving. Soft soap 6 lbs. ; rectified spirit of wine 1 gallon. Oil, Sheldrake’s. Nut oil 1 pint ; ceruse 2 oz. ; boil ; when dissolved, add copal varnish 1 pint, and stir till the oil of turpentine has evapo- rated. Used to grind colors in, to brighten them. Oil of Spike. (Factitious.) 1. Oil of turpen- tine 3 pints ; oil of lavender 1 pint ; mix. Used by enamellers to mix their colors in. — 2. Oil of tur- pentine 1 gallon ; Barbadoes tar 4 oz. ; alkanet root 2 oz. ; digest a week. Used as a liniment for horses. Oil, Sulphurated. (Ol. Sulphuratum.) (See Balsam of Sulphur.) Oil, Toothache. (Toothache Drops.) 1. Oils of origanum and cloves, of each f3iij; camphor 3j ; dissolve. — 2. To the last add creosote 3j. — 3. Tinctures of pellitory of Spain and colchicum, of each ; creosote and oil of cloves, of each 3j ; mix. Dropped on a piece of lint and stuffed in the tooth, previously wetted with the drops by a camel- hair pencil. Oil, Wedel’s. (Ol. Bezoardicum.) Almond oil ^ij ; camphor 3ij ; essence of bergamot 3ss ; alka net root to color ; mix. Oil, Worm. (Ol. Vermifugum.) — 1. (Chabert.) Rectified oil of turpentine 3iv ; do. animal oil 3j ; mix. To be followed by a purgative. — 2. (For dogs.) Turpentine 3 to 4 dr. ; castor oil 1 oz. ; for 1 dose. Oil, Watchmaker’s. Prepared by placing a clean strip of lead in a small white glass bottle filled with olive oil, and exposing it to the sun’s rays at a window for some time, till a curdy matter ceases to deposite, and the oil has become quite limpid and colorless. Used for fine work ; does not get thick by age. (See Olein.) OILS, EMPYREUMATIC. Oily fluids ob- tained by the dry distillation of various animal and vegetable substances. If the ingredients are of a liquid or pasty nature, or become so when heated, they are usually mixed with about twice their weight of sand, to divide them, and thus expose OIL 446 OIL them more effectually lo the action of tho fire. They are purified by rectification, cither alone or along with water. The following are the principal empyreumatic oils : — Animal Oil. ( Empyreumatic animal oil. Dip- pel's do. 01. Animale. Rectified oil of harts- horn. O. Dippelii. O. cornu ccrvi Rcctificatum.) Chiefly obtained as a secondary product in the manufacture of boneblack ; fetid black. A finer kind is made by slowly distilling oil of hartshorn and collecting only the first portion that comes over ; pale and thin ; discolored by light. Anti- spasmodic, anodyne, and diaphoretic. Dose. 10 to 30 drops in water. Oil of Benjamin. (01. Benzoini.) From the residuum of the process of preparing benzoic acid. Used to make mock Russia leather. Birch Oil. (01. Bctulce.) From birch-bark, by heating it in an earthen pot with a hole in the bottom to allow the oil to flow through into another jar sunk in the ground and luted to it. Thick, balsamic, odorous ; chiefly used to dress Russia leather. Oil of Bones. (01. Ossium .) Black, fetid ; pro- cured from the makers of boneblack : used to make lampblack. Oil of Box. (01. Buxi .) From boxwood with- out addition. Resolvent. Oil of Bricks. (01. Latcritium.) From olive oil mixed with brickdust, and distilled ; resolvent, in palsy and gout. — Factitious oil of Bricks. Lin- seed oil 1 lb. ; oil of turpentine ^ lb. ; oil of harts- horn, or bones, and Barbadoes tar, of each 1 oz. ; mix. Oil, Coal. (See Naphtha.) Oil of Hartshorn. (01. Cornu Cervi.) From harts’ horns, by distillation. Oil of Hemlock. ( Pyroconia .) By the destruc- tive distillation of hemlock. Oil of Lettuce. ( Empyrciimatic .) From gar- den lettuce. Oil of Soot. (01. Fuliginis .) From wood soot ; fetid. Used in epilepsy. Oil of Tar. (Jeran. 01. Pini. O. Pini Ru- hrum. O. Toeda. O. Picis liquids.) From tar; reddish ; colorless when rectified ; soon gets thick. Used as an application to ringworm ; contains cre- osote. OILS, FIXED. Syn. Fat Oils. Unctuous po. Huiles grasses, (Fr.) Fette Oele, ( Ger .) Olea expressa, (Lat.) Compounds of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen, (hydrocarbons,) obtained from the organic kingdom, and chiefly distinguish- ed by their insipidity, unctuosity, insolubility in water, and being lighter than that fluid. Olive oil, obtained from the vegetable, and spermaceti oil, from the animal kingdom, may be taken as types of the rest. The fixed oils are chiefly found in the fruit and seeds of plants, and in thin membranous cells, in various parts of the bodies of animals. Some of these oils are solid at ordinary tempera- tures ; as palm oil, cocoa-nut oil, &c. ; but the majority are fluid, except when considerably cool- ed, when they separato into two portions ; tho one solid, consisting mostly of stcarine, and tho other liquid, consisting chiefly of oleine. Nearly all the fixed oils, when freely exposed to tho air, absorb oxygen, and either gradually harden, or bocomo rancid The former are termed drying oils, and are used by painters ; tho latter aro used in cook* ciy, for machinery, lamps, &c. Tho whole of these oils suffer decomposition at high temperatures, yielding various hydrocarbons ; when suddenly exposed to a red heat, they yield a gaseous product (oil gas,) which is used for illumination. It is on this property that candles and lamps furnish their light. Tho tallow or oil is first converted into gas in tho pores of the wick, and this gas, immediately on its formation, enters into combustion, with tho production of heat and light. With daustic al- kalis and water tho fixed oils form soap. When some of these oils aro absorbed by porous bodies, and thus expose a vastly increased surface to tho air, they absorb oxygen with such rapidity as to generate a considerable degree of heat. Paper, tow, cotton, wool, straw, shavings, &c., slightly imbued with oil, and left in a heap, freely exposed to the air or sun, will often spontaneously inflame. In this way many extensive fires have arisen. The above is especially the case with linseed, u pe, and olive oils. The former made into a paste with man- ganese, rapidly becomes hot, and ultimately takes fire. Purification. Several fat oils, especially when recently expressed, are purified by violent agitation with 1 to 2§ of concentrated sulphuric acid, when they assume a greenish color, and after about a fortnight, deposite a coloring matter and become paler, and burn with greater brilliancy, particu- larly if well washed with steam or hot water, and clarified by repose or filtration. — Another method is to mix the acid with hot water, and to blow steam through the mixture for some time. The above are generally employed for the glutinous vegetable oils. — Whale, seal, or other fish oil, is best purified by violent agitation with hot water or steam, by placing it in a deep vessel, and blowing steam into it at the bottom for some time. — Another method is to agitate it with a hot infusion of oak bark to remove the albumen and gelatin, next with steam and hot water, and then to filter it through animal charcoal. — Davidson treats whale oil, first with a solution of tan, next with water and chlo- ride of lime, and then with dilute sulphuric acid and warm water. — A very good method is to agi- tate the oil with a solution of blue vitriol and com- mon salt, and then to filter it through charcoal. — Olive , almond, castor, rape, nut, linseed, and some other oils, are readily bleached by exposure to the sun’s rays in glass bottles, or by heating them in a wood or tin vessel along with filtering powder, 1 to 2 lbs. to the gallon, (see Powders,) agitating for some time, and then filtering them. Animal char- coal is also used in the same way. The first method is commonly employed by the druggists and colormen to whiten their castor and linseed oils ; and the second , by the perfumers for the preparation of their White Almond and Olive Oils, (01. amygdala album. 01. oliva album.) 14 to 21 days’ exposure to the sun in fine weather, is usually sufficient for castor oil, when placed in 2 to 4 quart palo green glass bottles, and covered by gallipots inverted over them. The oil should bo filtered before exposing it to tho light, as, if only slightly opaque, it does not bleach well. Almond and olive oils aro apt to acquire a slight sulphurous smell when treated as above ; but this may ks readily removed by filtration through a little aidmftl 447 Oil OIL charcoal, or by washing it with warm water. Not only the above, but all other oils, may be rendered perfectly colorless by the use of a little chromic acid, or by a mixture of a solution of bichromate of potash and sufficient sulphuric, muriatic, or ni- tric acid, to seize on all the alkali. — Mr. Watt’s method for purifying fats and oils answers admira- bly for those intended for illumination. He em- ploys a mixture of dilute sulphuric acid with a lit- tle nitric acid and bichromate of potash, and some oxalic acid, which are added to the oil or fat in the steaming tub; and after thorough admix- ture, by blowing steam through the mass, 1 lb. of strong nitric acid mixed with 1 quart of water, is added for every ton of fat," and the boiling contin- ued for half an hour ; when a small quantity of naphtha or spirits of turpentine is mixed in, and the whole is finally well washed with water. — Rancid oil is easily purified by boiling it for 15 minutes with a little water and calcined magnesia, or by filtering it through charcoal. Purity. The purity of the fixed oils is best as- certained from the sp. gr., and by the odor and taste. If pure olive oil be shaken in a vial only half filled, the “ bead,” or bubbles, rapidly disap- pear ; but if adulterated with poppy or other oil, they continue longer before they burst. — Olive oil is also completely solidified when cooled by ice ; but poppy oil remains partly liquid, even when it forms less than one-fourth of the mass. — One part of nitrate of mercury (prepared by dissolving 12 parts of mercury in 15 parts of nitric acid, sp. gr. T36) mixed with 12 parts of pure olive oil, and well agitated for some time, will form a solid masi in 24 hours, or less ; and the degree of hardnesP thus assumed may be taken as a measure of the purity of the oil — When olive oil is “carefully mixed with one-twelfth part of its volume of a so- lution of §iv of mercury in f ^viij, 3vj of nitric acid sp. gr. 1-500, it becomes in 3 or 4 hours like a firm fat, without any separation of liquid oil.” (P. E.) — Almond oil is frequently adulterated with poppy, or nut oil, when its density is increased ; or by rape oil, when its density is lessened. — Pure castor oil is wholly soluble in strong alcohol. Prep. The fixed oils, except where otherwise directed, are obtained from the bruised or ground fruit or seed, by means of powerful pressure, in screw or hydraulic presses, and are either allowed to clarify themselves by subsidence, or are filtered. The following are the principal fixed oils met with in commerce, or which are objects of interest or utility : — Oil of Almonds. ( Oleum Amygdala, P. L. O. Amygdalarum, P. D.) By expression from either bitter or sweet almonds, usually the for- mer ; sp. gr. 0-916 to 0*918. Prod. 45§. De- mulcent ; emollient. Oil of Bays. (01. Laurinum. O. Lauri .) — 1. By expression from bay berries ; fluid, insipid. — 2. (Boiled Oil of Bays. Butter of do. 01. Lauri Nobilis. Do. do. Verum .) From bay berries by boiling ; green, buttery ; from Italy. Oil, Beech. (01. fagi .) From the nuts of fagus silvatica ; sp. gr. 0-9225 ; clear, keeps well ; used for salads. Oil of Belladonna Seeds. Bland ; used for lamps in Swabia and Wurtemberg. Oil of Ben. 'Oil of Behen.) of Moringa aptera ; scentless, colorless ; keepr long without growing rank. By standing, it sepa- rates into two parts, one of which freezes with dif- ficulty. The latter is used in perfumery. Boiled Oil. (Drying Oil. 01. Desiccativum .) — 1. Nut or linseed oil 1 gallon ; litharge 12 oz. ; sugar of lead and white vitriol, of each 1 oz. ; sim- mer and skim until a pellicle forms, cool, and when settled decant the clear. — 2. Oil 1 gallon ; litharge 12 to 16 oz. ; as lust. — 3. Old nut or linseed oil 1 pint ; litharge 3 oz. ; mix, agitate occasionally for 10 days, then decant the clear. — 4. Nut oil and water, of each 2 lbs. ; white vitriol 2 oz. ; boil to dryness. — 5. Mix oil with powdered snow or ice, and keep it for 2 months without thawing. Used for paints when wanted to dry quickly. Oil, Castor. (01. Castorei. O. Ricini, P. L. E. D.) The best (cold drawn) is prepared by pressing the shelled and crushed fruit (seeds) in hemp bags, in a hydraulic press, and heating the 011 thus obtained with water in well-tinned vessels till the water boils, and the albumen and gum separate as a scum, which is removed, the oil fil- tered through flannel, and put into canisters. The commoner kinds are prepared by gently heating the shelled seeds, and pressing them while hot. Another method is to put them into bags, and to boil them in water, when the floating oil is skimmed off. Sp. gr. 0-9611 to 0-969. Prod. 25 to 30g. Chiefly used as a purgative. The best is imported from the East Indies in square tin canisters. It is frequently adulterated with rape oil ; but this may be detected by its not dissolving in strong alcohol, and also by its less density. Pure castor oil is soluble in an equal weight of alcohol, sp. gr. 0-820. Oil, Cod’s Liver. (Ol. Aselli. O. Jecoris Aselli. O. Morrhua. Huile de Morue.) Drains from the livers of codfish, when exposed to the sun, and beginning to putrefy. Imported from Newfoundland. Mr. Donovan recommends the fresh livers to be heated to 192°, and then pressed, and the oil separated from the water, and filtered. Brownish yellow. Dose. 1 or 2 tablespoonfuls 2 or 3 times a day, in gout, rheumatism, scrofula, &c. It contains a small quantity of iodine and bromine. Oil of Colza, from the seeds of brassica cam- pestris oleifera. Sp. gr. 0-9136. Prod. 39g ; burns well in lamps. Oil, Croton. (Ol. Crotonis, P. E. O. Tiglii, P. L.) From the shelled seed of croton tiglium, (Molucca grains ;) chiefly imported from the East Indies. Yellow or brownish ; strongly cathartic. Dose. 1 drop. Oil, Cucumber. From the seeds of cucurbita pepo and melapepo, sp. gr. 0-9231 ; used in lamps. Oil, Garden Spurge. (Ol. Lathyris.) From the seeds of euphorbia lathyris ; cathartic. Dose. 4 to 8 drops. Prod. 42§. Croton oil, mixed with 5 or 6 times its weight of nut oil, is usually sold for it. Oil, Gingilie. (Benne Oil. Ol. Sesami.) From the seeds of sesamurn oricntale ; used in salads, and in painting. Oil, Hemp. (Ol. Cannabis.) From hemp seed, ^cannabis sativa.) Mawkish ; used for frying, mixing paints, making soap, &.c. Sp. gr. 0-9276. Oil, Lard. (Ol. Adipis.) By separating the oleine from the steanno of lard by means of hot From the nuts OIL 448 OIL alcohol. Largely made in America, where alco- hol is cheap. Oil, Linseed. (Ol. Lini, P. L. E. D.) — 1. (Cold- drawn Linseed Oil. 01. Lini sine igne.) From the seeds of linum usitatissum et perenne, bruised or crushed, and then ground and pressed without heat. Pale, insipid, viscous ; sp. gr. 0-9347 ; does not keep so well as the next. Prod. 18 to 20§. — 2. As last, but at a steam heat of 200° F. Am- ber-colored. Prod. 22 to 27§. Both are drying and cathartic. Used for painting, in varnishes, &c. Oil of Mace, expressed. (Myristica Adeps, P. E. 01. My r is tic a Expressum, P. L.) From nutmegs beaten to a paste, exposed to the steam of water, and pressed between heated plates. Orange- colored, fragrant, spicy ; buttery or solid. Prod. 18 to 20§. When the last has grown discolored and hard by age, it is called Banda soap, (ol. macis in massis.) Oil, Mustard. (Ol. Sinapis .) From the hulls of black mustard seed ; viscid, stimulant. Used in rheumatism. The oils from sinapis dichotoma, ramosa, linensis, glauca, and tori, are sweet, and used for the table ; sp. gr. 0-9160. Prod. Black mustard 18§, — white or yellow do. 36§. Oil of Myrtle. (Myrteum.) From the berries. Butyraceous, odorous. Oil, Nettle-tree. From the seeds of celtis Australis. Used in lamps. Oil, Nickar. From guilandina bonducella. Irri- tant ; used in convulsions and palsy. Oil, Nut. (Ol. Nucis .) From hazel nuts, (conglus avellana.) Pale, drying ; superior to linseed oil ; sold for oils of ben and almonds ; sp. gr. 0-9260. | Oil, Olive. (Sweet Oil. Salad Oil. Ol. Oliva. Ol. Olivarum.) — 1. From olives by cold pressure, (virgin oil.)- — 2. With the heat of boiling water. — 3. By boiling the residuum or marc in water. — 4. By allowing the bruised fruit to ferment be- fore pressing. The former are used for salads, but the last two for lamps, making soap, &c. — Prov- ence Oil (ol. Provinciale) is the most esteemed ; Florence and Lucca Oils are also of very fine quality ; Genoa Oil comes next, and then Galli- poli Oil, which forms the mass of what is used in England ; Sicily Oil is inferior, and Spanish Oil the worst imported ; sp. gr. 0.9176. Prod. 32§. Sweet Oil droppings are the foots or deposites, and the drippings ; it is used for soap and ma- chinery. (.See Oils, Fixed.) Oil, Palm. (Ol. Palma. Palm Batter.) Sp. gr. 0-968. Orange or red ; butyraceous ; smells of violets ; unchanged by alkalis ; bleached by the solar rays, ago, exposure, sulphuric acid, chlorine, and chromic acid. Demulcent ; used to make soap, candles, and ointments ; for the latter chiefly because of its fine color. Oil of Pine Nuts. (Ol. Nucis Pini.) From stone-pine kernels, (pinus pinea ;) inferior. Prod. 303- Oil, Pista ciiia Nut. Sweet ; used for salads. Oil of Plum Stones. From prunus domesti- cus ; sp. gr. 0-9127. Burned in lamps in Wurtem- burg. Oil, Poi’i’Y. (Olietc. Ol. Papavcris.) From the woeds of papaver somniforum ; sp. gr. 0-9243. Used for salads, in painting, and for inuking soap ; dries snd keeps well ; sold for almond oil. Oil, Rape. (Ol. Rapa.) From brassica napris and campestris ; sp. gr. 0 9128 to 0-9136. Dries slowly, makes soft soaps, good ointments, but bad plasters ; smokes in burning. — Summer Rapeseed Oil, from brassica proecox ; sp. gr. 0-9139. Oil, Pale Rape. (Refined Rape Oil.) From common rape oil, by violent agitation with 2$ of oil of vitriol, and 4 or 5g of water, and after 8 or 10 days’ repose, decanting the oil, and filtering through flannel or felt. Used for lamps and black- ing. Oil, Seal. (Ol. Phoca.) Used in lamps. Oil, Spermaceti. (Ol. Cetacei.) From the head matter of the fish ; smells little, and burns well ; other pale fish oils, filtered through char- coal, are commonly mixed with it, or sold for it. Oil, Walnut. (Ol. Nucis Juglandis.) From Juglans regia ; soon gets rank. Used to make plasters and paints ; dries well ; sp. gr. 0-9260. Prod. 50§; when cold drawn, it is eaten with salads. Oil, Whale. (Train Oil. Ol. Cetaceum.) From several varieties of the fish ; coarse, stink- ing ; sp. gr. 0-9231. Used for machines, in lamps, &c. The southern whale oil is the best. Oil of Wine Stones. From the seeds of grapes ; sp. gr. 0-9202 ; bland, emollient, pale yellow. Prod. 10 to llg. Oil of Yelk of Eggs. (Ol. Ovi.) From yelks of eggs, boiled or fried hard, and then pressed ; or broken up, digested in hot alcohol, the tincture fil- tered, and the spirit distilled off. Commonly used to “ kill” quicksilver on the Continent. OILS. (By infusion.) Syn. Olea infusa. |>Ol. cocta. These are generally prepared by either digesting or gently boiling the ingredients in 3 or 4 times their weight of olive oil till they become dry and crisp, when they are either press- ed or drained dry, and the oil either filtered or al- lowed to clarify by subsidence. The following are the principal oils that are prepared by in- fusion : — Oil of Belladonna. (Ol. Belladonna, P. Cod.) Fresh leaves 1 lb. ; olive oil lb. ij. Oil of Chamomile. (Ol. Anthemidis, P. Cod.) Leaves and flowers 1 lb. ; olive oil 3 lbs. ; as last. Oil of Cantharides. (Ol. cum Cantharidibus, P. Cod.) Powdered flies %i v ; olive oil fxxxij ; digest 6 hours in a water-bath, and strain with pressure. Stimulant. Oil of Earthworms. (Ol. Lumbricorum.) From earthworms. Oil, Green. (Green Elder Oil. Ol. Viridc. O. Sambuci viride.) — 1. Green elder leaves 1 lb. ; olive oil 1 quart ; boil till the leaves are crisp, press out the oil, and again heat it till it turns green. — 2. As last, but by maceration under 212°. — 3. Elder leaves 1 cwt.; linseed oil 3 cwt. The last is the form usually employed on the large scale. It is generally colored with verdigris £ lb. to the cwt., the last thing before putting it into casks ; as, without great skill and the full quantity of leaves, a very dee’p green color can- not bo obtained. The oil is got from the leaves by allowing them to drain in the pan or boiler, (with a cock at the bottom,) and well heated. Emollient ; used as a liniment. Oil of Hemlock. (Ol. Conii, P. Cod.) Asol of bclludonna. OIL 449 OIL Oil of Henbane. (Ol. Hyoscyami, P. Cod.) As oil of belladonna. Oil of Mucilages. ( 01 . Mucilaginum .) — 1. (P. L. 1746.) Marshmallow root lb. ss ; linseed and fenugreek seed, of each §iij ; water 1 quart ; boil 1 hour, add olive oil 2 quarts, and boil till the water is consumed. — 2. Fenugreek seeds 8 oz. ; linseed oil 1 quart ; infuse a week, and strain. Emollient. Oil of Opium. ( 01 . Opiatum .) Olive oil fvj ; opium 3j ; digest at a moderate heat for 2 hours. Oil of Roses. (Ol. Rosa. 01 . Rosaceum .) Rose petals, beat to a pulp, 4 or 5 oz. ; olive oil 1 pint ; macerate in the sun or a warm place, in a covered vessel for a week, and press out the oil ; repeat the process with fresh roses till the oil smells sufficiently strong, then filter. For the hair. Oil of St. John’s Wort. (Ol. Hyperici. Bals. do.) Flowers 4 oz. ; sweet oil 2 lbs. ; infuse till weli colored. A mixture of equal parts of rape and green oils is usually sold for it. Oil of Rue. ( Ol . Ruta, P. Cod.) From the leaves, as oil of chamomile. Oil of Scorpions. (Ol. Scorpionum .) Live scorpions 30 in No. ; almond oil 2 lbs. ; expose to the sun or warmth for 40 days, and strain. Cen- tipedes are usually substituted for scorpions. Emol- lient, diaphoretic, and stimulant. Oil of Stramonium. (Ol. Stramonii, P. Cod.) As oil of belladonna. Oil of Tobacco. (Ol. T abaci, P. Cod.) As the last. Oil of White Lilies. (Ol. Liliorum, P. Cod.) As oil of chamomiles. Emollient. Olive oil is usually sold for it. OILS, VOLATILE. Syn. Essential Oils. Distilled do. Olea Distillata. Olea vola- tile, (Lat.) Huiles volatiles, (Fr.) Fluch- tige ; Aetiierische oele, ( Ger .) Volatile oils are chiefly obtained from the flowers, leaves, fruit, seeds, bark, and roots of plants, by distilling them with water. They are usually more limpid and less unctuous than the fixed oils ; but some of them are butyraceous or crystalline. The ma- jority, when perfectly pure, are colorless, though before rectification nearly the whole of them have a pale yellow tint, and some of them are brown, blue, or green. Their density fluctuates a little on either side of water, and they are sparingly soluble in that fluid, forming perfumed or medica- ted waters. The lightest oil is that of citrons, (sp. gr. 0-847,) and the heaviest that of sassafras, (sp. gr. 1-096.) They possess various degrees of volatility, and evolve the odor of the plants from which they are distilled. By exposure to the air they rapidly absorb oxygen, and become partially converted into resin. This is the cause of the deposite that usually forms in tliem, especially in the expressed oil of orange when kept in an ill- corked vessel. The essential oils are often called essences, and the same term is commonly applied to their alcoholic solutions. (See Essences.) Some volatile oils, as those of turpentine, lemons, and copaiba, are compounds of hydrogen and car- bon only, (hydrocarbons;) but the majority con- tain oxygen as one of their constituents. They are chiefly used by perfumers and rectifiers, and in medicine ; and some of the cheaper kinds are 57 largely employed as vehicles fo.; colors, and ia the manufacture of varnishes. The dose of the aromatic and carminative oils, is from 1 to 1G drops, on sugar. Purity. The essential oils of commerce are often adulterated with fat oils, resins, spermaceti, balsam of copaiba, alcohol, or cheaper essential oils. Any of these, except the last two, may be detected by placing a drop of the. suspected oil on a piece of paper, and exposing it to heat. If pure, the oil will be entirely evaporated ; but if adulterated, a greasy or translucent stain will be left on the paper. These substances will also re- main undissolved when the oil is agitated with thrice its volume of rectified spirit of wine. The presence of alcohol may be detected by agitating the oil with a few small pieces of dry chloride of calcium, which will remain unaltered in a pure essential oil, but will mix with one containing alcohol, and separating the latter, dissolve in it,, forming a liquid stratum at the bottom of the vessel. When only a very little alcohol is present,, the pieces change at least their form. (Bor- sarelli.) Another test is the milkiness occasioned by the addition of a little water, as well as the loss of volume of the oil when it separates. This species of adulteration is very common, especially in cold weather, when it is a general practice of the druggists to add spirit to their oils to render them transparent. Oil of cassia is very commonly treated in this way. The admixture of an in- ferior essential oil with one more costly, may be best detected by pouring a drop or two on a piece of porous paper or cloth, and shaking it in the air, w T hen, if occasionally smelled to, the dif- ference of the odor at the beginning and the end, will show the adulteration, especially if it be turpentine. The latter may also be detected by agitating the oil with spirit of wine as above, when it will remain undissolved. The purity of essential oils may likewise be determined by taking their sp. gr. ; or, still more accurately, by measuring their index of refraction, as suggested by Dr. Wollaston. The adulteration of a heavy oil with a light one, or the reverse, may be de- tected by agitating the suspected oil with water, when the one will sink, and the other float. Prep. The volatile oils are generally obtained by distilling the articles along with an equal weight of water ; but some substances that give out their oil with difficulty, are first soaked for 24 hours in twice their weight of water, to each gallon of which 1 lb. of common salt has been added, by which its boiling point is raised, and consequently the oil comes over more easily. In * such cases a quick fire is used, and when one half the water has come over, it is returned into the still, and this cohobation is repeated until the distilled water ceases to come over mixed with oil. The heat of steam or a salt water-bath should be preferably employed ; but if a naked fire be used, the still should be deep and narrow, by which means the bottom will be more per- fectly covered with a small quantity of water, and empyreuma prevented. When the distilled water is to be repeatedly cohobated on the ingredient, a very convenient plan is to so arrange the ap- paratus that, after the water has separated fretn the oil, it shall flow back again into the still, by OIL 450 OIL which much time and trouble will be saved. The separation of the oil and water is effected by al- lowing the mixed liquids to drop into a Florentine receiver, (see engr.,) when the oil is the lighter of the two, by which means the latter accumulates at a, and the water flows over by the spout b. The same receiver may be employed for oils heavier than water, by reversing the arrange- ment ; but a glass separator (see engr.) will be foand more convenient. In this case the oil accumulates at the bottom of the vessel, and may be drawn off by the cock. The essential oils of lemons, oranges, and some other fruits, are chiefly obtained by submitting the yellow rind to powerful pressure ; Hit in this way they are not bo white* nor do they keep so well as when dis- tilled. The rectification of volatile oils is performed without water, by the careful application of a heat just sufficient to make them flow over pretty rap- idly, so that they may be kept heated for as short a time as possible. One-half, or at most, two- thirds only, is drawn off ; that left in the retort being usually mixed with raw oil, intended to be • «iold in that state. The following are the principal volatile oils that are articles of commerce, or objects of in- terest : — • Oil of Acokus. ( Oleum Acori. O. Calami Aromatici.) From the fresh rhizomes or roots ; yellow ; used to scent snuffs, aromatic vinegar, ■ Ac. Product. \ to£ of 1§. Oil of Amber. (01. Succini. P. L. & D.) From coarse pieces of amber in an iron retort, ■either alone, or powdered and mixed with sand. The oil is separated from the succinic add and fetid liquor that passes over, and rectified by a gentle heat. Prod. 20# ; sp. gr. 0-758 at 75° ; pale yellow ; stimulant, anlispasmodic, and rube- facient. Used in rheumatism, hooping-cough, Ac. Scrapings of copal and cammar resin uro frequently substituted for amber, and it is com- monly adulterated with mincrul naphtha. Oil of Anisf.eu. (01. Anisi, I*. L. E. & D.) From the fruit, (seeds;) nearly colorless; when pure it congeals at 50°, and does not melt again below 63° ; sp. gr., English, 0-9768 — foreign, 0 9903 ; alcohol of 0*84 dissolves 0-42 of its weight. Prod. Less than 2g. Carminative, much used in coughs, colds, Ac. It is frequently adulterated with oil of almonds, when spermaceti or camphor is added to make it candy. (See above.) The water in the refrigerator should not bo colder than 65° F. Oil of Star-anise. (Ol. Badiani. Ol. Anisi stellati .) From the capsules. Used to adulterato the last. Dose of both the above, 6 to 15 drops. Oil of Balm. (Ol. Melissa.) From the herb ; pale yellow ; odorous ; sp. gr. 0-975. Prod, ,-g of lg Oil of lemons is usually sold for it. Oil of Bf.rgamotte. (Essenoe of Bcrgamottc. Ol. Bcrgamii. Ol. Bergamotta.) By expression from the yellow rind of the bergamotte orange. Pale greenish yellow ; fragrant ; sp. gr. 0*885. From Italy. It may be obtained purer by distil- lation. Used as a perfume. Oil of Bitter Almonds. (Essential Oil of Almonds. Ol. Amygdala Aviara.) From ground bitter almond cake, from which the oil has been pressed out, soaked for 24 hours with twice its weight of water, and £ or £ its weight of salt, and the whole distilled, allowing the first half of the water that comes over to deposite its oil, and then run back into the still. Or by exposing the bruised almond cake on a sieve or frame over the water in the still, when the steam passes through it and carries off the volatile oil, which condenses along with the water in the refrigerator. Pale golden yellow ; colorless when rectified ; tastes powerfully nutty ; sp. gr. 1-0836 ; mixed with oil of vitriol, it strikes a fine red color. Prod. Less than £ of lg. Poisonous. Used instead of prussic acid in some diseases, and dissolved in spirit, by cooks, confectioners, and perfumers, to impart a nutty taste or flavor. Dose. \ to drops. It is 4 times as strong as ordinary prussic acid. Oil of Cajeput. (Ol. Cajeputi. Kyapootie oil.) From the dried leaves of the melaleuca leucadron. Usually green, but white when pure ; odorous ; aromatic ; sp. gr. 0-925 ; when rectified, two oils come over, — the first colorless, sp. gr. 0-897 ; the second green, sp. gr. 0*920. Its green color is de- rived from chloride of copper, which may be recog- nised by the red precipitate occasioned by agita- ting the oil with a solution of prussiate of potash (Guibourt.) Dose. 3 to 5 drops on sugar, in rheu- matism and cholera. A spurious kind is made of oil of rosemary, flavored with camphor, and the oils of peppermint and cardamoms, and colored with verdigris. From the East Indies. Oil of Camphor. (Ol. Camphora Volatile.) From the wood of tlie camphor tree of Borneo and Sumatra. Colorless when rectified; sp. gr. 0-91. Oil of Caraway. (Of. Carui, 1*. L. L. D.) From caraway seeds. Nearly coIoiJess ; aromat- ic ; carminative ; sp. gr. 0-950. Prod. 5g. Fre- quently adulterated with oil of cumin. . Oil of Cardamoms. (Ol. Cardamomi Essent .) From the seed ; sp. gr. 0*943. Prod. 5g. Colcdee* : fragrant ; carminative. Oil of Cabsia (Ol. Cassia , P E.) From OIL 451 OIL cassia buds or bark ; golden yellow ; aromatic ; odorous ; sp. gr. 1*071 to 1*095. Prod. Buds, less than 1$. Nitric acid converts it into a crystalline mass. Frequently sold for oil of cinnamon. Chief- ly imported. Oil of Cedrat. ( Essence of Cedra. Do. of Cedrat. Oglio del Cedro. 01. Citri finum. 01. Cedri.) From the external yellow rind of citrons, either by expression or distillation ; preferably the latter. The first portion of oil that comes over is colorless ; the latter greenish. 100 citrons yield 1 oz. of white and £ oz. of green oil. Very fra- grant. Oil of Chamomile. (OZ. Anthemidis , P. L.*E. O. Chamcemeli. Do. do. Romani.) From the flow- ers ; blue, turning yellow and brown by exposure ; fragrant ; sp. gr., English, from the flowers, 0*9083 ; foreign, 0*9289. Prod. 1 to 2$. Stimu- lant and antispasmodic. Oil of Cherry-laurel. (OZ. Lauro-cerasi.) From cherry-laurel leaves. Resembles oil of bit- ter almonds. Poisonous. Oil of Cinnamon. (OZ. Cinnamoni, P. L. E. D.) From the bark macerated for several days in salt water. Yellow or reddish ; sp. gr. 1*035. Prod. 1§. Very aromatic. It is chiefly imported from Ceylon, where it is distilled from bark that is unfit for exportation. The dark is usually rectified when two pale oils are obtained ; one lighter, and the other heavier than water; but 10§ is lost by the process. “ Odor purely cinnamic ; nitric acid converts it into a nearly uniform crystalline mass.” (P. E.) Oil of Citrons. ( Essence of Citrons. Ol. Citri.) From the lees of citron juice ; or from the whole peels, either by distillation or expression. The latter does not keep well. Fragrant. Oil of Cloves. (Essence d'oeilettes. Ol. Ca- ryophylli, P. L. & E. O. Eugenics Caryophyl- latce, P. D. OZ. Caryophyllorum.) From cloves well soaked in and distilled with salt water ; the distilled water, after depositing its oil, being re- turned 3 or 4 times into the still on the same cloves. Colorless or pale yellowish ; strongly odorous and aromatic ; sp. gr. 1*055 to 1*061. Prod. 16 to 23§. A heavy oil, sp. gr. 1*079, ( Clo - vie acid, Eugenic acid, Caryophyllic acid,) comes over first, followed by a light oil, sp. gr. 0*918, (clove *hy dr ocarbon ;) by rectification, much of the light oil is lost, and the product becomes denser. (1*361, Ronastre.) Oil of cloves is fre- quently adulterated with inferior essences, espe- cially those of pinks and clove-gillyflowers, and often with castor oil. Oil of Copaiba. (OZ. Copaibce.) Copaiba fj ; water Oiss ; distil, returning the water into the still, until oil ceases to come over. (P. E.) On the large scale the oil is usually obtained by distilling the crude oil that separates during the manufac- ture of the specific solution of copaiba. Colorless ; ep. gr., when free from water, 0*878. Prod. 50 to 55g. Dose. 10 to 20 drops, on sugar, in the usual cases where copaiba is ordered. Oil of Coriander. (Ol. Coriandri.) From the •eeds ; fragrant ; aromatic ; yellowish. Oil of Cumin. (Ol. Cumini. O. Cymini.) From the fresh fruit, (seed ;) pale yellow ; smells of the •eeds. Prod. 2^ to 3$. Oil of Cubebs. (OZ. Cubebce, P. E.) From coarsely ground cul/ebs ; nearly colorless ; hot ; aromatic; sp. gr. 0*929. Prod. 10 to 11$. Dose 10 to 20 drops or more, where the use of cubebs is indicated. Oil of Dill. (OZ. Anethi, P. E.) From the bruised fruit or seed. Pale yellow ; sp. gr. 0*881 ; odorous ; carminative. Prod. 4§. Oil of Elder. (Otto of Elder Flowers. Ol Sambuci, P. L.) From elder flowers ; buttery ; odorous. Oil of Ergot. (OZ Ergotce.) Prepared by evaporating the ethereal tincturo at a very gentle heat. Brownish yellow ; lighter than water. Dose. 10 to 50 drops, where the use of ergot is indi- cated. Oil of Fennel. (Ol. Foeniculi vulgare.) From the fruit or seeds of the common or wild fennel. Pale yellow ; sp. gr. 0*997 ; congeals by cold. ' Oil of Grape Spirit. (Brandy oil.) Obtained after the spirit has passed over, during the distilla- tion of the fermented residuum of expressed grapes. Odorous ; acrid ; soon turns yellow in the air ; 6 or 7 drops will spoil a hogshead of spirit. Oil of Grain Spirit. Butyraceous. (See Fer- mentation.) Oil of Hops. (Ol.Lupuli.) From hops by dis- tillation ; also collected during the brewing of beer. Odorous ; acrid ; narcotic ; soluble in water ; sp. gr. 0*910; chiefly used to increase the flavor of poor hops. Oil of Hyssop. (OZ. Hyssopi.) From hyssop leaves. Prod. ^ to ^ of 1§. Oil of Jasmin. (Ol. Jasmini.) By placing al- ternate layers of the flowers and cotton wadding, imbued with olive oil, in any suitable vessel, and renewing the flowers till the fixed oil becomes strongly odorous, and then distilling the wadding along with water. The oils of violets, tuberose, hyacinths, c^c., are also obtained in the same way. Used in perfumery. Oil of Juniper. (Ol. Juniperi, P. L. E. D.) From either the wood, tops, or berries ; the latter should be chosen fully grown, but still green, and should be bruised. Colorless, or nearly so ; sp. gr. 0*875 to 0*911. Prod. German berries J to lg. Diuretic. It is frequently adulterated with oil of turpentine, but then its density is lessened. Oil, Krumiiolz. (Ol.Templinum.) From Hun- garian balsam. Fragrant ; golden yellow ; tastes oily acidulous. Oil of Lavender. (Essence of Lavender. Ol. Lavandula z, P. L. E. D. O. Lav. Spicce.) From the flowers ; pale yellow ; very fragrant ; sp. gr. 0*877 to 0*905 ; the lightest is the best. Prod. 1£ to 2§. English oil of lavender is the best ; the ♦ foreign oil (O. Lav. latifolce) is inferior. When .rectified by drawing oft’ only -§, its sp. gr. is 0*877 ; very fine. Oil of • Lemons. (Essence of Lemons. Ol. Limonis, P. L. E.) Obtained by exposing the yellow rinds to powerful pressure in hair bags. It may lalso be prepared by distillation. Nearly color- less ; very fragrant ; sp. gr. 0*878 ; or 0*847 at 72° Carminative and diaphoretic. Chiefly from Italy Oil of Ls*ion Grass. From Andropogon Schaenanthus. Very fragrant. The grass oil oj Namur is obtained from Andropogon Calamus Aromaticus. Both are used in perfumery. Oil of Lemon Thyme. (Huile de Tain. Ol OIL 452 OIL Serpylli.) Very odorous. Used to scent soaps. Product. £ to J of ]§. Oil of Mace, Essential. (Ol. Macidis. O. Macis Stillatitium .) Nearly colorless ;* lighter than water ; very odorous. Oil of Marjoram. (01. Marjorance.) From sweet marjoram ; pale yellow ; odorous. Prod, h to i of 1§. Oil of Mustard, Volatile. (01. Sinapis Es- scnt.) As oil of bitter almonds ; nearly colorless ; very pungent and acrid; sp. gr. at 68°, 1-015. Rubefacient ; vesicant ; in palsy, &c. The dis- tilled water is a good cure for the itch. Oil of Narcissus. (Essence of Jonquil. 01. Narcissi .) As oil of jasmine. Odorous. Oil of Nutmeg. (01. Myristica , P. L. E. O. Nucis moschatce.) From nutmegs. Nearly color- less ; odorous ; sp. gr. 0-948 ; by agitation with water it is separated into 2 oils ; one lighter, the other heavier than water ; the last is butyraceous. Imported. Oil of Orange. (Essence of Orange. Of. Aurantii.) From the yellow rind of the sweet orange, (Citrus Aurantium.) Oil of Orange Flowers. (01. Neroli. O. Na- phee.) From the flowers of the sweet orange tree. Very fragrant. 6 cwt. only yield 1 oz. A similar oil is obtained from the flowers of the bigarade, or bitter orange. Oil of Bitter Orange. (Essence of Bitter Or- ange.) From the rind of the bigarade orange. Slightly differs from the oil of the peel of the sweet orange. Oil of Orris. (Essence of Violets. 01. Iridis.) From Florentine orris root. Fragrant. Oil of Pennyroyal. (Ol. Pulegii. O. Menthce Pulegii. P. L. E. D.) From the herb : pale ; car- minative ; sp. gr. 0-925 to 0-930. Prod, £ to 1§. Oil of Pepper. (01. Piperis.) From black pepper. Colorless ; odorous ; not so hot as pepper, sp, gr. 0-9932. Oil of Peppermint. (01. Menthce Piperitce, P. L. E. D.) From the fresh herb. Nearly color- less ; odorous ; carminative ; cooling ; sp. gr. 0-902 to 0-907. Prod. ^ to l£-g. English oil of pepper- mint is the best ; and that distilled at Mitcham, Surrey, is most esteemed : it has usually a very pale greenish color ; foreign oil of peppermint is very inferior. It is improved by “ redrawing” it. The oil of the shops is usually reduced with ^ spirit of wine. Oil of Pimento. (Oil of Allspice. Ol. Pi- mentce, P. L. E. D.) From bruised allspice, pale yellowish ; has a mixed odor of cloves and cassia ; sp. gr. 1-021. Prod. 5 to 8§. It contains 2 oils ; r *ne (light) which distils over first, and another (Pi- mentic Acid) which comes over afterwards. Oil of Potato Spirit. Obtained by continuing the distillation after most of the spirits has passed over. Colorless ; sp. gr. 0-823 ; burns well. (See F E It M ENTATION.) Oil of Rhodium. (Ol. Rhodii.) From the wood of convolvulus scoparius ; fluid ; yellow ; fragrant. Prod, fa to ^ of 1 g ; chiefly used to adulterate otto of roses; oil of sandal wood is frequently sold for it; from tho Levant. Oil of Roses. (OL Rosa:.) — 1. From tho flow- ers of the musk rose, as oil of cloves. Prod. *\) to iV J o- Oil of sandal wood is commonly sold for it. — 2. (Otto of Roses. Attar of do. Ol Rosa, P. E.) From tho petals of rosa centifolia and sompervirens, by saturating the water, by re- turning it repeatedly on fresh flowers, ana then oxposing it to a low temperature. In tho East it is obtained by stratifying gingilio seeds in alternate layers with rose leaves, for some days, and repeat- ing the arrangement with fresh roses till tho seeds are saturated, when the oil is expressed and distilled along with water. In tho neighborhood of Mecca the rose leaves are macerated in salt and water for 2 or 3 days, and then distilled, tho water being received in separato receivers at different parts of the process. The water is afterwards exposed in porous earthenware vessels, tied over with linen, in trenches dug in the earth, and over which moist- ened straw is thrown, when in a short time the otto separates and floats on the surface. Pure otto congeals below 80°, and melts again at 85°«F. ; sp. gr. at 90°, 0-832 to water TO at 60° F. ; alco- hol at 0-806 dissolves less than 1§ ; imported. Otto of roses is frequently adulterated fith the oils of rhodium and sandalwood, both;f which render its taste biting, and with camphor am spermaceti. Oil of Rosemary. (Ol. Rorismarini, P. L. E. D. O. Anthos.) From rosemary tops ; colorless ; sp. gr. 0-897 to 0-910 ; odorous. Prod. About lg. It is frequently adulterated with oil of turpentine, but is then only partially soluble in alcohol. Oil of Rue. (Ol. Rutce, P. E. D.) From the herb; pale yellow; acrid; bitter; sp. gr. 0-911. Prod. £ to 1§. Oil of Sandal Wood. (Ol. Santali albi.) 4 lbs. yield 1 oz. ; sold for oil of rhodium and otto of roses. Oil of Sassafras. (Ol. Sassafras P. D.) From the wood of the lauras sassafras, as oil of olives ; pale yellow ; hot ; odorous ; sp. gr. 1-094 to 1-096. Prod. 2 to 2£ § ; nitric acid turns it orange red, and water separates it into a light and heavy oil. Imported. Oil of Savin. (Ol. Sabina, P. E. D) From the fresh tops or leaves ; nearly colorless ; acrid ; sp. gr. 0-915 ; yields much oil ; emmenagogue ; rube- facient. Oil of Spearmint. (Oil of Green-mint. Ol Menthce Vulgaris. O. Menthce Sativce. O. Men- thce Viridis, P. L. E. D.) From the hert) ; pale yellow ; odorous ; carminative ; stimulant : sp. gr. 0-914, (0-9394 Brande.) Prod. JL to £ of 1§. Oil of Spike, True. (Ol. Lavandulce stcecha dis. O. Spicce Verum. Huile d' aspic.) From the flowers and seeds of Lavendula ^tsechas, (French lavender,) inferior to English lavender. From France. Used by artists, and to make varnishes. Oil of Sweet Fennel. (Ol. Fceniculi, P. E. D. O. Fceniculi Dulcis.) From the bruised seeds ; odorous ; carminative ; sp. gr. 0-997. Prod. 3 to 4$. Oil of Tanf ". (Ol. Tanaccti.) From the herb; pale greenish yellow ; odorous ; aromatic ; sp. gr 0-946 to 0-952 ; bitter. Oil of Tiiyme. (Ol. Thymi. Ol. Origani , P. L. E. D.) From the herb origanum vulgare, (common marjoram ;) reddish ; colorless when rectified ; fragrant ; sp. gr. 0-867 to 0*877, (0-940 Baume.) Prod. \ to £ of 1$. Used to relieve toothache, to make the hair grow, and as a stimu- OIN 453 OIN \4 lating liniment. The oil of the shops is usually mixed with ^ oil of turpentine. Oil of Tobacco. {Ol.Tabaci. Nicotianin. To- bacco Camphor.) From tobacco leaves ; 6 lbs. yield 11 grs. ; concrete. Oil of Turpentine. . ( Spirits of Turpentine. Essence of do. Turps. Camphene, Camphogene. Spiritus Terebinthinw. 01. do., P. L. E. D. 6. pini volatile.) From a mixture of strained Amer- ican turpentine and water. The residuum in the still is rosin. Prod. 14 to 16§. The colleges or- der it to be rectified along with 3 or 4 times as much water, and not to draw over quite the whole ; but a better way is to agitate with an equal meas- ure of liquor of potassa, and then to distil the mix- ture. Dr. Nimmo recommends it to be purified by agitation with gth part of alcohol, to decant the spirit, and to repeat the process 3 or 4 times. Pure oil of turpentine is neutral to test paper ; dissolves one-fifth of alcohol, sp. gr. 0-830, and is Soluble in 8 parts of alcohol of 0*840 ; sp. gr. 0-872 at 60°, or 0*86 at 70° F. Used to make varnishes and paints ; under the name of Camphene, to burn in lamps ; and in medicine as a vermifuge, diuretic, in rheumatism, &c. Dose. 6 to 60 drops ; or for tapeworm, f ^ss to f ^iss. Gives a violet odor to the urine. Oil of Wax. From butter of wax. Oil of Wine. ( Ethereal Oil. Sweet Oil of Wine. Do. do. of Vitriol. Sulphatic Ether. Sul- phate of Hydrocarbon. Sulphate of Oxide of Ethule and Ether ole. Ol. Vini. Ol. Mthereum. P. L. Liquor JEthereus Oleosus, P. D.) Recti- fied spirit, lb. ij ; sulphuric acid, lb. iv ; mix (cau- tiously) and distil till a black froth arises ; then remove the heat, collect the light . supernatant li- quor, expose it to the air for 24 hours, agitate it with a mixture of f^j each of distilled water and liquor of potassa, and after subsidence separate the ethereal oil. (P. L.) The Dublin College orders it to be prepared from the residuum of the distillation of ether, which must be distilled to one half, and the oil next be collected as before. 33 lbs. of rec- tified spirit, and 64 lbs. of oil of vitriol, only yield 17 oz. of this oil. (Hennel.) An oily liquid ; nearly colorless ; aromatic ; neutral ; sp. gr. 1-05, (Hen- nel,) l'-13, (Serullas ;) boiling at 540° ; soluble in alcohol and ether. Anodyne. Oil. of Wormwood. (OZ. Absinthii.) From the herb ; green, or brownish green ; odorous ; acrid ; bitter ; sp. gr. 0-9703, (Brisson ;) 0-97^5, (Brandes.) Prod. 4 to ^ of 1$. Nitric acid sp. gr. 1-25, colors it first green, then blue, and lastly brown. OINTMENT. Syn. Unguentum, ( Lat ., from Ungo, I anoint.) Ointments are unctuous prepar- ations, that merely differ from cerates in consist- ence, being made and used in a similar manner. Their solidity should not exceed that of good but- ter, at the ordinary temperature of the atmosphere. When the active ingredients are pulverent sub- stances, nothing can be more suitable to form the mass of the ointment than good lard, free from salt ; but when they are fluid, or semifluid, pre- pared suet, or a mixture of suet and lard, will be ne- cessary to give a proper consistence to the com- pound ; in some few instances, wax is ordered fbr this purpose. Unctuous preparations may be pre- vented from getting rancid, by dissolving in the fat a little gum-benzoin or benzoic acid. ySoe Cfc* RATES.) OINTMENT, ACETATE’ OF LEAD. Syn O. of Sugar of Lead. Ung. Saturninum.' Ung. Plumbi Acetatis, (P. E. & D.) Prep. (P. E.) Finely-powdered sugar of lead §j ; simple ointment ^xx ; triturate together. (See Cerates.) OINTMENT, ACONITINA. Syn. Ung Aconitine. Prep. (Paris.) Aconitina 1 gr. ; lard ; mix. (See page 25.) OINTMENT, ALKALINE. Syn. Ung. Al- kalinum. Prep. (Cazenave.) Subcarbonate of pot- ash 1 part ; lard 8 pasts ; mix. Used in some skin diseases. Soubeiran adds wine of opium, £ to 1 part. *** In the same way is made the ointment of balsam of Peru. ( Ung . Peruviani.) OINTMENT, ALTHAEA. Syn. Marshmal- low Ointment. Dialthae^e. Ung. Alth.®.®. Prep. I. (P. L. 1746.) Oil of mucilages lb. ij ; beeswax lb. ss ; yellow rosin ^iij ; Venice turpen- tine ^ss ; melt together, and stir till cold. II. Linseed oil 8 lbs. ; beesvvax 2 lbs. ; yellow rosin 1 lb. ; palm oil £ lb. ; as last. Emollient anr stimulant. OINTMENT, AMMON I AC AL. Syn. Pom MADE DE GONDRET. LlPAROLE d’AmMONIQUE. UnG. Ammonite. Prep. (P. Cod.) Prepared suet and lard, of each ; melt in a wide-mouthed bottle, add liquor of ammonia ^ij, cork close, and agitate till cold. Rubefacient, vesicant, and counter-irri- tant. Rubbed on the skin and covered so as to prevent evaporation, it speedily raises a blister. OINTMENT, AMMONIA. Syn. IJng. Am- monias Sesquicarbonatis. Prep. Sesqmicarbonat.e of ammonia 3ss ; simple cerate fss ; mix. For scrofulous sores. OINTMENT, ANTIMONIAL. Syn. Tar- tar Emetic Ointment. Ung. Antimoniale, (P. E.) Ung. Tartari Emetici, (P. D.) Ung. An- timonii Potassio-Tartratis, (P. L.) Prep. (P. L. & E.) Finely-powdered potassio-tartrate of anti- mony 1 part ; lard 4 parts ; mix. The Dublin ointment is only half as strong ; counter-irritant, in phthisis, chronic rheumatism, &c. A portion the size of a nut i^ rubbed on the skin night and morning, until a crop of pustules is produced. OINTMENT, ANTI-HERPETIC. Syn. Ung. Anti-herpeticum. Prep. I. (Chevallier.) Chloride of lime 3iij ; subsulphate -of mercury 3ij ; almond oil 3vj ; lard §ij ; mix. II. (Alibert.) Red sulphuret of mercury 3iss ; powdered camphor 3ss ; lard §iss ; mix. For herpes or tetters. OINTMENT, ANTI-PERIODIC. Prep. Lard 95 grammes; sulphate of quinine 15 grammes: sesquioxide of iron 60 centigrammes ; powdered opium 15 centigrammes ; mix. Well rubbed on the vertebral regions every two hours for 3 or 4 days, in periodic fevers, especially those accompanied with vomiting. (Jour, de Chimie Med.) OINTMENT, ANTIPSORIC. Syn. Ung. Antipsoricum. Prep. (P. E. 1744.) Elecampane root and sharp-pointed wild dock leaves, of each §iij ; water 2£ pints ; vinegar §xvj ; boil to press, add liquor of water-cresses %x ; lard lb. iv ; boil to dryness, and further add, beeswax and oil of laurel berries, of each ^iv ; mix well. For itch, the ung. antivnoricum comp, was made by adding OIN 454 OIN ^viij of strong mercurial ointment to the above. ''See Itcii Ointment.) OINTMENT, ARSENICAL. Syn. Ung. Arsenici. Prep. I. (P. U. S.) Arsenious acid in fine powder 3j ; simple cerate §j ; mix. Used for dressing cancerous sores. Poisonous. II. (Carmichael.) Arsenito of iron 3ss ; phos- phate of iron 3ij ; spermaceti ointment 3vj ; mix. III. (Sir A. Cooper.) White arsenic and sulphur, of each 3j ; spermaceti ointment All the above must bo used with caution. OINTMENT, ASTRINGENT. Syn. Ung. Astringens.’ Prep. Lard 6 oz. ; finely-powdered alum 1 oz. ; mix. (See also the several lead oint- ments, and ointment of galls.) OINTMENT, BALSAM OF PERU. Syn. Ung. Peruviani comp. Prep. (Copland.) Lard §ij ; white wax §ss ; melt in a water-bath, add balsam of Peru 3ij, and oil of lavender 12 drops, and stir till stiff Both this, and the simple oint- ment, arc used to restore the hair. OINTMENT, BASILICON. (Green.) Syn. Ung. Basilicum Viride. Prep. (P. L. 1746.) Powdered verdigris 1 oz. ; olive oil §iij ; resin oint- ment ^viij ; mix. Detergent ; used to keep down fungous flesh. OINTMENT, BELLADONNA. Syn. Ung. Belladonna. Prep. (Pereira.) Extract of deadly nightshade 3j to 3ij ; lard ; mix. To allay pain and nervous irritation. OINTMENT, BELLADONNA. (Comp.) Io- dine ointment (comp.) 3vij ; extract of belladonna 5j ; mix. Dispersive. A most excellent applica- tion to all glandular swellings, especially when ac- companied *with pain. The mixture of chloride of gold should also be taken at the same time. See Mixture, Antiscrofulous. OINTMENT, BICHLORIDE OF MER- CURY. Syn. Ung. Hydrargyri Muriatis. Prep. I. (P. C.) Corrosive sublimate 10 grs. ; yelk of 1 3gg ; lard ; mix. II. Corrosive sublimate 3j to 3ss ; lard. ; mix. OINTMENT, BINIODIDE OF MERCU- RY. Syn. Pommade de Deuto-Iodure de Mer- ci;re. Ung. Hydrargyri Biniodide Prep. (P. L.) Biniodide of mercury ; white wax §ij ; lard §vj ; mix well. Applied to ill-conditioned sores, scrofu- lous ulcers, &c. ; and when diluted with lard or almond oil, to the eyes in like cases. OINTMENT, BINOXIDE OF MERCU- RY. Syn. Ung. Hydrargyri Binoxydi. Prep. (Cazenave.) Binoxide of mercury 3ss ; camphor 4 grs. ; lard §j. (See Ointment, Nitric Oxide of Mercury.) OINTMENT, BORAX. Syn. Ung. Boracis. Prep. Borax 3j ; spermaceti ointment 3vij. For excoriations, chaps, &c. OINTMENT, BLISTERING. Syn. Ung. Epipasticum Eguinum. Prep. 1. Lard or tallow lbs.; powdered ouphorbium £ lb.; powdered cantharides 1 £ lb. ; finely- powdered corrosive sub- limate 6 oz. ; linseed oil l| lb. ; oil of origanum 3 oz. ; mix well. 1 1. Cantharidos 1 oz. ; oil of turpentine 2 oz. ; lard 8 oz. ; mix. IN. Lard 6 oz. ; oil of origanum 2 dr. ; corrosivo sublimate 1 dr., (dissolved in spirits of salt 2 dr. ;) powdered flies 1 oz. ; mix. IV. Yellow basilicon | lb. ; oil of origanum £ oz. strong vinegar and linseed oil, of each 2 oz. ; pow* dcred flies 4 oz. ; mix. All the above are used by farriers. OINTMENT, BISMUTH. Syn. Ung. Bis. mutiii. Prep. (Pereira.) Trisnitrate of bismuth 3j ; simple ointment 3iv ; mix. Used in some cliro- nic skin diseases. OINTMENT, BROMIDE OF POTASSI- UM. Syn. Ung. Potassii Bromide Prep. (Ma* jendie.) Bromide of potassium 3ss ; lard i mix. OINTMENT, BROMINE. Syn. Ung. Po- tassii Bromidi cum Brominio. Prep. (Majendie.) Bromide of potassium 3j ; lard §j ; bromine 6 to 12 drops ; mix well. Both the above are resolvent. Used in bronchocele, scrofula, &,c. OINTMENT, BROWN. Syn. Ung. Fus- cum. Prep. (P. Cod.) Resin ointment ^ij ; levi- gated red precipitate 3j ; mix. An excellent ap- plication in ophthalmia after the inflammatory stage is over, and to sore legs, &c. OINTMENT, CADMIUM. Syn. Ung.Cad- mii. Prep. (Rudius.) Sulphate of cadmium 1 tc 2 grs. ; lard 3j ; mix. For removing specks from the cornea, &c. OINTMENT, CALAMINE. Syn. Turner^ Cerate. Ung. Calamina, (P. D.) Ung. Zinci Carbonatis Impure Prep. (P. D.) Prepared cal- amine lb. j ; ointment of yellow wax lb. v; mix. (See Cerate, Calamine.) OINTMENT, CALOMEL. Syn. Ung. Ca- lomelanus. Ung. Hydrargyri Chloride Prep. (Guy’s H.) Calomel 3j ; lard ; mix. Dr. Un- derwood uses elder-flower ointment. “ Were I required to name a local agent pre-eminently use- ful in skin diseases generally, I should fix on this. It is well deserving a place in the Pharmacopoeia.” (Pereira.) OINTMENT, CAMPHOR. Syn. Ung. Cam- piiora. Ceratum do. Prep. Spermaceti oint- ment ; camphor 3ij ; dissolve by a gentle heai, and stir till cold. Used in psoriasis, &c. OINTMENT, CANTHARTDES. Prep. I. (Ung. Cantharidis, P. E.) Resinous ointment §vij ; cantharides in fine powder ; mix.. (See Cerate, Blistering.) II. (Ung. Cantharidis, P. L. Ung. Infusi Cantharidis , P. E.) Powdered cantharides ; water §iv; boil to one-half, strain, add resin ce- rate fiv, and evaporate to a proper consistence. This ointment is milder, and usually preferred to the preceding. Both are used to keep blisters open, and to stimulate indolent ulcers. III. (Dupuytren.) Tincture of cantharides (made with flies 1, to proof spirit 8) 3j ; lard 3ix ; mix well. Used as a pommade to make the hair grow, for which purpose it may be colored or scented at pleasure. IV. (M. Cap.) Beef marrow §ij ; alcoholic ex- tract of cantharides 8 grs. ; rose oil 3j ; essence of lemons 40 drops ; mix. For the hair. OINTMENT, CARBONATE OF LEAD. Syn. White Ointment. Ung. Album. Ung. Plumbi Carbonatis, (P. E. & D.) Prep (P. E.) Carbonate of lead § j ; simple ointment §v ; mix. Used in excoriations. The ung. album cainpho • ratum , P. L. 1745, (Ung. plumbi carnph.,) is inad« by adding to the above camphor 3j. OIN 455 OIN OINTMENT, CATECHU. Syn. Uno. Ca- techu. Prep. Finely powdered catechu and yel- low rosin, of each ^iv ; alum Six ; olive oil ^x ; water q. s. ; mix. An excellent application to ul- cers in hot climates, where the ordinary fat oint- ments are found objectionable. OINTMENT, CHLORIDE OF CALCIUM. Syn. Ung. Calcis Muriatis. Prep. (Sundelin.) Muriate of lime (dry) 3j ; powdered digitalis 3ij ; distilled vinegar Qij ; lard ; mix. In broncho- celo, scrofula, &c. OINTMENT, CHLORIDE OF LIME. Syn. Ung. Calcis Hypochloritis. Prep. (Ci- ma.) Chloride of zinc 3j ; lard fj ; mix. For itch, putrid sores, &.c. OINTMENT, CHLORIDE OF GOLD AND SODA. Syn. Pommade de Muriate d’Or et de Soude. Ung. Auri Sodio-Chlorit di. Prep. (Majendie.) Sodio-chloride of gold 10 grs. ; lard 3iv ; mix. In scrofulous and syphilitic swellings, ulcers, &c. OINTMENT, CHLORINE. Syn. Ung. Chlorinatum. Prep. Chlorine water ; lard §iv ; mix. Used for itch, fetid ulcers, & c. OINTMENT, COCCULUS INDICUS. Syn. Ung. Cocculi. Prep. (P. E.) Kernels of coccu- lus indicus 1 part ; beat to a paste, then add lard 5 parts. Used to destroy insects in children’s hair, and in porrigo. OINTMENT, COD’S OIL. Syn. Ung. Olei Aselli. Prep. (M. Carron.) Cod’s liver oil and extract of smoke, of each, 3ij ; nitrated ointment of mercury 3j ; beef marrow fvj ; mix. In tinea favosa, impetigo, and chronic eczema and oph- thalmia. OINTMENT, COLOCYNTH. Syn. Ung. Colocynthidis. Prep. (Chrestien.) Powdered col- ocynth 3j ; lard fj ; mix. Used in frictions on the abdomen, and insides of the thighs, in mania, &c. Diuretic. OINTMENT, COSMETIC. Syn. Ung. Cos- meticum. Pommade de la Jeunesse. Prep. ■ \ Quincey.) Almond oil ^ij ; spermaceti 3iij ; tris- nitrate of bismuth 3j ; oil of rhodium 6 drops. Turns the hair black. OINTMENT, CREOSOTE. Syn. Ung. Creasoti, (P. L.) Ung. Creazoti, (P I’,) Prep. (P. L.) Creosote f 3ss ; lard §j ; mix. In skin diseases, especially ringworm ; also a good appli- ration to burns and chilblains. OINTMENT, .CROTON. Syn. Ung. Cro- tonis. Prep. (Ainslie.) Croton oil 10 drops ; lard fss ; mix. Counter-irritant ; rubbed repeatedly on the skin, it produces redness and a pustular eruption. OINTMENT, CYANIDE OF MERCURY. Syn. Ung. Hydrargyri Cyanidi. Prep. 1. (Ray- er.) Cyanide of mercury (bicyanide) 30 grs. ; lard §j ; mix. — 2. (Pereira and Biett.) 10 to 12 grs. to the oz. In scrofula, &c. OINTMENT, CYANIDE OF POTASSI- UM. Syn. Ung. Potassii Cyanidi. Prep. (Lom- bard ) Cyanide of potassium 2 to 4 grs. ; lard f j ; mix. OINTMENT, DELPIIINE. Syn. Ung. Del- phinine. Prep. (Turnbull.) Delphine 10 to 30 grs. ; olive oil 3j ; rub together, then add lard ; mix well. In neuralgia, rheumatic affections, in- veterate itch, &c. OINTMENT, DEPILATORY. Syn. Lun. mentum Depilatorium. Prep. Finely powderec quicklime ; do. orpiment 3j ; white of egg tr mix. OINTMENT, DESICCATIVE. Syn. Ung Desiccativum. Prep. (Jondelotte.) Simple oint- ment f xvj ; colcothar, lapis calaminaris, and white lead, of each, ; camphor 5ij ; mix. Drying, cicatrizing. OINTMENT, DETERGENT. Syn. Ung. Detergens. Prep. Yellow basilicon 2 lbs. ; Ve- nice turpentine 4 oz. ; red precipitate, verdigris, and euphorbium, of each, ^ oz. ; mix well. OINTMENT, DIGESTIVE. Syn. Ung. Di- gestivum. Prep. I. (P. Cod.) Venice turpentine ^ij ; yelks of 2 eggs ; oil of St. John’s wort §ss ; mix. With an equal quantity of mercurial oint- ment, the above forms digestif mercuriel; and with liquid storax, digestif anime. II. (Ur.g. Digest. Viride, Kirkland.) Yellow resip, beeswax, and elemi, of each, ; green oil ^vj ; melt together, and when nearly cold, add oil of turpentine 3ij. III. ( For horses .) — a. Lard, yellow basilicon, and Venice turpentine, of each, 5 oz. ; finely pow- dered verdigris 2 oz. ; mix. — b. Yellow basilicon 15 oz. ; red precipitate 1 oz. ; mix. OINTMENT, DIGITALIS. Syn. Ung. Di- gitalis. Prep. Foxglove leaves lb. ij ; lard lb.iiss ; boil till crisp, and strain with pressure. OINTMENT, EDINBURGH. Prep. Black basilicon 3 lbs. ; milk of sulphur 2 lbs. ; mix. Used for itch. Collier says that this ointment is the same as the ung. veratri of the P. L., with the addition of a little sal ammoniac. OINTMENT, ELDER, (FLOWERS.) Syn. Ung. Sambuci. Prep. (P. L.) Elder flowers and # lard, of each, lb. ij; boil until crisp, then strain through a cloth. Emollient. A much better oint- ment may with proper care be prepared from the distilled water, and this is generally done on the large scale. The following formula is commonly used : — Lard, (hard, white, and sweet,) 25 lbs. ; prepared mutton suet 5 lbs. ; melt in a well-tinned or earthen vessel, add e.der-flower water 3 gal- lons ; agitate for half an hour, and set it aside ; the next day gently pour off the water, remelt the ointment, add benzoic acid 3 dr. ; otto of roses 20 drops ; *68861106 of bergamotte and oil of rosemary, of each, 30 drops ; again agitate well, let it settle for 10 minutes, and then pour off the clear into pots. Very fine, and keeps well. OINTMENT, ELDER, (LEAVES.) Syn. Green Ointment. Ung. Viride. Ung. Sambuci. Ung. Samb. Viride. Prep. 1. (P. L. 1746.) Green oil lb. iij ; wax Sjx ; melt, and stir till cold. Does not grain. II. Lard 1 cwt. ; prepared suet 14 lbs. ; fresh elder leaves 56 lbs. ; boil till crisp, strain off the oil, put it over a slow fire, and gently stir it till it acqiiires a bright green color. III. Leaves lb. iij ; lard lb. iiij ; suet lb. ij. Both the above are emollient and cooling. The last two formulae are those employed in the whole- sale trade. The ointment should be allowed to cool slowly, with very little stirring, that it may “ grain ” well, as & granular appearance is much admired. It is a common practice to add pow» OIN 456 OIN de red verdigris to deepen the color, but then the ointment does not keep well. OINTMENT, ELEMI. Syn. Ung. Elemi, (P. L.) Linimentum Arc,ei. Ung. do. Do. do. comp. Prep. (P. L.) Gum elemi lb.j; suet lb. ij ; melt together, then add common turpentine %x ; olive oil f^i.j ; mix, and strain. Stimulant and di- gestive. Used to old and ill-conditioned sores. The ung. elemi cum rcrugine of St. George’s Hospital is made by adding finely powdered ver- digris 3j, to every lb. ss of the above. OINTMENT, ESCHAROTIC. Syn. Ung. Escjiaroticum. Prep. -(Sir B. Brodie.) Finely levigated verdigris, sulphate of copper, and nitric oxide of mercury, of each 3ij ; corrosive sublimate 3j ; lard q. s. OINTMENT, EYE. Syn. Eye-salve. Ung. Ophthalmicum. Prep. I. (Dupuytrcn’s.) Red oxide of mercury 10 grs. ; sulphate of zinc 20 grs. ; lard §ij ; mix. F®r chronic inflammation of the eyelids, &c. II. (Dessault’s.) Red precipitate, carbonate of zinc, acetate of lead, and dried alum, of each 3j ; bichloride of mercury 3j ; rose ointment ; mix. Mostly used diluted with some lard. In chronic ophthalmia, profuse discharges, &c. III. (Spielmann’s.) Acetate of lead 3j ; sper- maceti cerate 3v ; tincture of benzoin (comp.) 3ij ; mix. Cooling. In inflammation, excoriations, &lc. IV. (St. Yve’s.) Red precipitate 3ss ; oxide of zinc 3j ; fresh butter ; wax 0iv ; camphor 15 grs. As No. I. V. (Pellier’s.) Red precipitate, and carbonate of zinc, of each 3iss ; tutty 3ss ; red sulphuret of mercury 3j ; balsam of Peru 15 drops; lard %ij. In speck of the eye, arising from small ulcers that 4 have healed up. VI. (Janin’s.) Tutty, and levigated bole, of each 3ij ; white precipitate 3j ; lard fss. In chronic inflammation, with excessive secretion, &c. VII. (Fricke’s.) Nitrate of silver 10 grs. ; bal- sam of Peru 3ss ; zinc ointment 3ij. In ulcers of the cornea, acute, purulent, and chronic ophthal- mia, &c. VIII. (Guthrie’s.) Spermaceti ointment 3j ; so- lution of diacetate of lead 15 drops ; nitrate of sil- ver 2 to 10 grs. ; mix. As last. Both this and the preceding often occasion great pain. IX. (Singleton’s Golden.) Orpiment 3j ; lard q. s. X. (Smellome’s.) Verdigris 3ss ; olive oil 30 drops ; yellow basilicon ; mix. In inflamma- tion of the eyelids, &c. XI. (Collier’s.) Dried alum 3ss ; powdered opium 3j ; olive oil f 3j ; spermaceti ointment 3ij ; mix. For inflammation of the eyelids, purulent ophthalmia, &c. Remarks. All the above ointments should be used in very small quantities at a time, and care- fully applied with a camel hair pencil or a feather, and not till acute inflammation has subsided. The ingredients entering into their composition should be reduced to the state of very fine powder before mixing, and the incorporation should bo made by long trituration in a Wedgowood-waro mortar, or preferably, for those that contain substances that uro very gritly, by levigation on a porphyry slab, with a muller. OINTMENTS, FLOWER OF. Syn. Flos Unguentorum. Prep. Resin, tluiris,. wax, an4 suet, of each lb. ss ; olibanuin, and Venice tur. penline, of each ^liss 5 myrrh Sj 5 wine £ pint boil together, and add camphor 3ij. Suppurative, warm. OINTMENT OF GALLS. Syn. Ung. Gal larum. Ung. Gall.*. Prep . (P. D.) Galls in very fine powder 3j ; lard £iv ; mix. An excel- lent application to piles, cither alone or mixed wit) an equal quantity of zinc ointment. OINTMENT OF GALLS, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Ung. Gall.* comcositum, (P. L.) Ung. Gallab et Opii, (P. E.) Prep . (P. L.) Galls finely powdered 3ij ; powdered opium 3ss, (3j, IV E. ;) lard ^ij, (§j, P. E. ;) mix. Anodyne, astrin- gent. An excellent application to blind piles, airt! prolapsus ani. Some persons add camphor 3j. OINTMENT, GALLS AND MORPHIA. Sun. Ung. Gall^e cum Morphia. Prep . (Paris.) lYfc-phia 2 grs.; olive oil f 3ij ; triturate, and add finely powdered galls 3j ; zinc ointment ^j- In piles, to allay pain. OINTMENT, GOLD. Syn. Pommade d’Or. Ung. Auri. Prep. I. (Legrand.) Powdered gold 12 grs. ; lard 5 mix. For frictions. II. (Majendie.) Amalgam of gold 3j ; lard 3.i For endermic use. (See Gold.) OINTMENT, HELLEBORE. Syn. Ung. Veratiu, (P. L. & D.) Ung. Hellebori albi. Prep. (P. L.) Powdered white hellebore §ij ; lard ^viij ; oil of lemons 20 drops ; mix. • In itch, lepra, ringworm, &c. ; and to destroy insects in the hair of children. It should be used with caution. OINTMENT, HELLEBORE, (COM- POUND.) Prep. (Rayer.) White hellebore ; sal ammoniac 3iv ; lard ^viij ; mix. OINTMENT, HEMLOCK. Syn. Ung. Co- nii. Prep. (P. D.) Fresh leaves of hemlock, and lard, equal parts ; boil till crisp, and straih with pressure through linen. For glandular and scir- rhous swellings, painful piles, cancerous sores, &c. OINTMENT, HENBANE. Syn. Ung. Hyoscyami. Prep. As the last. As a sedative and anodyne application to painful swellings and piles, and irritable ulcers ; and in neuralgic pains, &c. OINTMENT FOR HORSES. Prep. I. ( For canker.) Tar 8 oz. ; lard 4 oz. ; oil of vitriol, or verdigris, 1 oz. II. {For fistula.) — a. Yellow basilicon 8 oz. ; oil of turpentine and verdigris, of each 1 oz. ; mix. — ‘ b . Ointment of nitrate of mercury 4 oz. ; oil of turpentine, and lard, of each 1 oz. ; mix. III. {For grease.) Lard 4 oz. ; white lead 1 oz. ; mix. IV. {For cracked hoofs.) Tar and tallow equal parts, melted together. V. {Heel ointment.) To the last add verdigris 2 oz. to each pound. VI. {For foot rot.) Lard and Venice turpentine, of each 4 oz. ; melt, and add blue vitriol 1 oz. For horses, cows, or sheep. VII. {For mange.) — a. Lard and sulphur vivum, of each 4 oz. ; yellow basilicon, and oil of turpentine, of each 3 oz. ; mix. — b. To the last add tar and suet, of each 4 oz. — c. Soft soap, oil of turpentine, lard, and flowers of sulphur, oi each 4 oz. ; mix. OINTMENT, IIYPOCIILORIDE OF SUL- 457 OIN OiN PHUR. Syn. Ung. Sulpiiuris Hypociiloridi. Prep. (Copland.) Hypoohloride of sulphur 3j ; 'ard ^j. OINTMENT, IIYDRIODATE OF AM- MONIA. Syn. Ung. Ammonite Hydriodatis. Prep. (Ellis.) Hydriodate of ammonia Oj ; lard 5i ; mix. OINTMENT, IODATE OF ZINC. Syn. Ung. Zinci Iodatis. Pommade avec l’Iodate de Zinc. Prep. Iodate of zinc 3j ; lard ; mix. Used in scrofula, &c. OINTMENT, IODIDE 0¥ BARIUM. Syn. Ung. Barii Iodidi. Prep. (Majendie.) Iodide of barium 4 grs. ; lard ^j. OINTMENT, IODIDE OF LEAD. Syn: Ung. Plumbi Iodidi. Prep. (P. L.) Iodide of lead ; lard ^viij ; mix. Applied by friction to scrofu- lous and other indolent glandular swellings. OINTMENT, IODIDE OF MERCURY. Syn. Pommade de proto-iodure de Mercure. Ung. Hydrargyri Iodidi. Prep. (P. L.) White wax f ij ; lard §vj ; melt, and when nearly cold triturate with iodide of mercury ^j. Used in tuber- cular skin diseases, and as a dressing for ill-condi- tioned sores, scrofulous ulcers, &c. ; it should be used with caution. OINTMENT, IODIDE OF POTASSIUM. Syn. Pommade avec l’Hydriodate de Potasse. Ung. Potass,® Hydriodatis. Prep. (Majendie.) Iodide of potassium 3j ; lard 3xij ; mix. In scro- fula, bronchocele, glandular swellings, &c. OINTMENT, IODIDE. Syn. Ung. Iodinii. Prep. (P. D.) Iodine 3j ; lard §j ; mix. For scrofulous sores, glandular swellings, &c. ; either alone, or mixed with lard. OINTMENT, IODINE, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Pcmmade d’Hydriodate Iodure de Po- tasse. Nntment of Iodureted Iodide of Po- tassiu.H. Ung. Iodinii compositum, (P. L.) Ung. Iodinei, (P. E.) Prep. (P. L.) Iodine ‘3ss; iodide of potassium 3j ; rectified spirit f3j ; triturate to- gether, then add lard ^ij. In glandular enlarge- ments, &c. : stronger than the simple ointment. OINTMENT, IODOHYDRARGYRATE OF IODIDE OF POTASSIUM. Syn. Ung. IODOIIYDRARGYRATS PoTASSII IoDIDI. Prep. (Puche.) BinioditL of mercury, and iodide of po- tassium, of each : grs. ; lard §j. OINTMENT ITCH. Syn. Ung. Antipso- hicum. Prep I. (De La Plarpe.) Flowers of sul- phur ^ij ; sulphate of zinc 3ij ; powdered helle- bore 3iv ; soft soap §iv ; lard fviij ; mix. II. (Bateman’s.) See page 100. III. (Bailey’s.) See page 88. IV. (Jackson’s.) Lard, palm oil, flowers of sul- phur, and white hellebore, equal parts. V. (Common.) Palm oil 1 lb. ; lard 5 lbs. ; white lead ^ lb. ; corrosive sublimate 4 oz. ; mix well. OINTMBNT, LARD. Syn. Ung. Adii-is. Lard washed with rose water. OINTMENT, LAUREL. Syn. Ung. Lari- NUM VULGARE. COMMON OlL OF BAYS. Prep. Laurel leaves 1 lb. ; laurel berries £ lb. ; cabbage leaves 4 oz. ; neats’ foot oil 5 lbs. ; suet 2 lips. ; boil, express, and cool slowly, to let it “grain.” OINTMENT, LEAD. Syn. Ung. Lytiiar- gyri Acetati. Prep. (P. C.) Wax ointment ; solution of diacetate of lead 3ss. OINTMENT, LEAD, .COMPOUND.) Syn. 58 Higgin’s Neutral Ointment. Kirkland’s Neu tral Cerate. Ung. Plumbi compositum. Prep (P. L.) Prepared chalk ^viij ; distilled vinegar f fvj ; mix, and when the effervescence ceases, add lead plaster lb. iij, previously melted with olive oil 1 pint, and stir till cold. Used as a dressing to indolent ulcers. See Cerate, Kirkland’s. OINTMENT, LEAD AND MORPHIA Syn. Ung. Plumui cum Morphia. Prep. (Gcd- dings.) Carbonate of lead ^ss ; sulphate of mor- phia 15 grs. ; stramonium ointment §j ; olive oil q OINTMENT, LE MORT’S. Lard 7 oz.^ Venice turpentine, litharge, corrosive sublimate, and carbonate of lead, of each 1 oz. ; alum 3 dr. vermilion to color. OINTMENT, LUPULINE. Syn. Ung.Lupu- lin®. Prep. (Freake.) Lupulina 3j ; lard 5iij To relieve cancerous pains. The Ointment of Hops (Ung. Lupuli, Van Mons) is made with hops f ij ; lard %x ; in the same way as ointment of belladonna. OINTMENT, MANGANESE. Syn. Ung. Manganesii Binoxydi. Prep. Btack oxide of manganese 3j ; lard ^j. For scrofulous swellings, itch, scaldhead, &c. OINTMENT, MERCURIAL. Syn. Unction. Blue Ointment. Neapolitan do. Strong Mer- curial do. Ung. C®ruleum. Ung. Hydrargyri, (P. E. & D.) Ung. Hyd. Fortius, (P. L.) Prep. I. (P. L. & E.) Suet §j ; mercury lb. ij ; lard ^xxiij ; triturate the metal with the suet and a little of the lard, till the globules are extinguished, then mix in the remainder of the lard. Remarks. The Dublin College orders eaual parts of mercury and lard. The stronger mercurial ointment of the shops is usually made with less mercury, and the color is brought up with finely- ground blue black, or wood charcoal. This fraud may be detected by the decrease in the sp. gr., and by a portion being left undissolved when a little of the ointment is treated, first with ether to remove the fat, and then with dilute nitric acid to remove the mercury. The following is the form which is very generally substituted for that of the pharma- copoeia: — mercury 12 lbs.; suet 1^ lb.; lard 16£ lbs. The Ung. Hydrargyri partes ®q,uales of the shops is usually made of mercury and lard, of each 12 lbs. ; suet 1£ lb. *** Mercurial ointment “ is not well prepared so long as metallic globules may be seen in it with a magnifier of 4 powers.” (P. E.) Its sp. gr. should not be less than 1*781 at 60°. When rubbed on a piece of bright cop- per or gold, it should immediately give it a coating of metallic mercury. This . ointment is chiefly used to introduce mercury into the system, when the stomach will not bear it. ^ to 1 dr. is com- monly rubbed into the inside of the thigh night and morning. (See Sevum.) II. (Mild Mercurial Ointment. Ung. Hyd. Mitius, P. L. & D.) Stronger mercurial ointment lb. j ; lard lb. ij ; mix. Used in cutaneous diseases, ag a dressing to ulcers, and to kill insects on the body The ointment of the shops usually contains only half the above quantity of mercury. III. (Donovan.) Gray oxide of mercury 9j ; lard » heat them to 350° for 2 hours, constantly stirring. Gray colored. It may also be made from the red oxide in the same way, by keeping the GIN 458 01 N .t. ointment heated to about 300° for some hours. Cleaner and stronger than Ung. Hyd. Fort. IV. (Tyson.) Black oxido of mercury (prepared by decomposing precipitated calomel with liquors of potassa and ammonia) ^ij ; lard lb. j; mix. About as active as the last. OINTMENT,* MACE. Syn. Ung. Macis. Common Oil of Mace. Prep. Mace and palm oil, of each 1 lb. ; bdat to a paste, and add melted beef marrow 3 lbs. OINTMENT, MEZEREON. Syn. Ung. Mezerei. Prep. (P. Cod.) Mezereon bark %\v, (bruised and moistened with spirit ;) white wax fiss ; lard ^xivss ; digest at 212° for 12 hours, press and strain. OINTMENT, NERVINE. Syn. Ung. Ner- vinum. Balsamum do. Baume’s Nerval. Prep. (P. Cod.) Expressed oil of mace, and ox-marrow, of each §iv ; melt, and add oil of rosemary 3ij ; camphor and oil of cloves 3j ; balsam of tolu 3ij, dissolved in rectified spirit 3iv. OINTMENT, NITRATE OF MERCURY. Syn. Citrine Ointment. Yellow do. Mercu- rial Balsam. Ung. Citrinum, (P. E. A D.) Ung. IIydrargyri nitratis, (P. L.) Prep. Dis- solve mercury in nitric acid sp. gr. To f3xj ; and add the solution to lard %vj and olive oil f §iv, melted in a capacious Wedgewood-ware, or well-glazed earthen vessel, placed in a water-bath, at a temperature of from 180 to 200° Falir. ; mix well, remove the heat, and stir till the mixture ceases to evolve gas, and acquires a considerable degree of consistence. Remarks. The above are the proportions of the P. L. ; — the P. E. orders nitric acid (1*5) ffviij, f3vj ; mercury §iv ; lard fxv ; olive oil f ^xxxij ; — the P. D. orders mercury ; acid 3xj ; lard §iv ; olive oil 1 wine pint ; — the P. U. S. orders mercury ; acid 3xj ; lard ^iij ; neats’ foot oil f ^ix ; — the P. Cod. orders mercury 30 parts ; acid (sp. gr. 1-321) 60 parts ; lard and olive oil, of each 240 parts. Good citrine ointment may be procured from any of the above formulae by proper management. The great art consists in employing pure ingredients, and mixing them at the proper temperature. The acid should be of the full strength, or if weaker, an equivalent quantity should be employed. This may be ascertained from the table of the sp. gr. of nitric acid, page 442. If the mixture do not froth up, the heat should be increased a little, as with- out a violent frothing and reaction take place, the ointment will not turn out of good quality, but will rapidly harden. This is the whole difficulty of the process, and it is surprising that the preparation of this ointment, which is not at all difficult, should have so long engaged the attention of the pharma- ceutical periodicals. The London form produces a most beautiful golden colored ointment, having a buttery consistence, and keeps well, but more acid may be used with advantage. Use. In ringworm, and various chronic skin dis- eases ; as a dressing to ulcers, and in various dis- eases of the eyes, especially chronic inflammation of the eyelids, Ac. For most purposes, particu- larly the latter, it must bo largely diluted with lard or oil. This ointment, rriado with 3 times the abovo weights of lard and oil, forms the milder citrine ointment , (Ung. IIydrargyri Nitratis mitiua ., I he best substance to dilute the stronger ointmenti is fresh butter, <>r palm, poppy, or almond oil OINTMENT, NITRATE OF SILVER. Syn Ung. Argenti nitratis. Prep. 1. (Velpeau.) Ni trato of silver 1 gr. ; lard 3j. — 2. (Mackenzie.) Nitrate of silver 5 grs. ; lard §j. In purulent and chronic ophthalmia, ulcers on the cornea, Ac. It should be used with great caution. ()INTMENT, NITRIC OXIDE OF MER- CURY. Syn. Red precipitate Ointment. Uno. IIydrargyri nitrico-oxydi, (P. L.) Uno. Hyd. oxydi, (P. E.) Do. do. do. nitiuci, (P. D.) Do. do. do. rubri. Ung. IIyd subnitratis. Prep. (P. L.) Finely-powdered nit. c oxide of mercury Ej ; white wax ^ij ; lard ^vj ; melt., and stir in the oxide. The P. E. orders Sjviij of lard instead of the wax and lard above. As a stimulant applica- tion to indolent sores and ulcers, to R flamed eyes, Ac. OINTMENT, NITRIC ACID. Sryn. Oxy- - genized Lard. Pommade d’Alyon. Ung. acidi nitrici. Do. do. nitrosi. Prep. (P. D.) Olive oil lb. j; lard §iv ; melt together, and add nitric acid (sp.gr. 1*5) f3vss; stir till stiff. This oint ment has a yellow color, and is frequently sold for ointment of nitrate of mercury, but the fraud may be detected by its not turning gray when kept heated for some time. Stimulant ; used to dress foul ulcers. OINTMENT, OBSTETRIC. Syn. Ung. OBSTETRICUM. POMMADE OBSTETRICALE. Prep. (Chaussier.) — 1. Extract of belladonna 3ij ; water and lard, of each ^ij ; mix. For dilating the ute- rus. — 2. (Pommade pour le toucher .) Yellow wax, and spermaceti, of each ; olive oil Sjxvj ; melt, strain, add solution of pure soda f ^j, and stir till cold. OINTMENT, OPIUM. Syn. Ung. Opiatum Ung. opii. ' Prep. — 1. Powdered opium 3j ; sper- maceti ointment §iij ; mix. To allay pain. — 2. (Augustin.) Opium 3ij ; ox gall 3-ij ; digest 2 days, strain, and add lard §ij ; essence of bergamot 10 drops — 3. (Brera.) Opium 3j ; gastric juice of a calf q. s. ; digest 24 hours, and add lard §j, or q. s, OINTMENT, OXIDE OF LEAD. Syn. Ung. Lythargyri. Ung. nutritum. Prep. (P. Cod.) Litharge ^iij ; vinegar ^iv; olive oil §ix ; heat gently, and stir till they combine. OINTMENT, OXIDE OF MERCURY. Syn . Ung. Hydrargyri oxidi. Do. do. do. cin- erei. Prep. Protoxide of mercury ; lard Sjiij ; mix. Substituted for mercurial ointment. (Seo Donovan’s and Tyson’s Mercurial Ointments.) OINTMENT, OXIDE OF SILVER. Syn. Ung. Argenti oxydi. Prep. (Serre.) Oxide of silver 16 grs. ; lard ; mix. For scrofulous and syphilitic sores, Ac. OINTMENT, OXIDE OF ZINC. Syn Ung. Zinci, (P. L. A E.) Ung. Zinci oxydi, (P. D.) Prep. (P. L.) Oxide of zinc ; lard 3 vj ; mix. Desiccative ; in various skin diseases at- tended with profuse discharges, in burns, blisters, excoriations, Ac., and in chronic inflammations of the eye. The ointment of crude oxide of zinc (Ung. Tutice, Ung. Zinci Oxydi impuri) is made of prepared tutty l part ; lard 5 parts. OINTMENT, PHOSPHORUS. Syn. Un» Piiospiioratum. Prep. (P. Cod.) Phosphorus 3j OIN 459 OIN lard §vj 3iij ; mix in a bottle, melt in a water- bath, and shake till cold. OINTMENT, PHOSPHORIC ACID. Syn. Ung. Acid-i Phospiiorici. Prep. (Soubeiran.) Phosphoric acid 3j ; lard f j ; Inix. In caries of the bones, &c. OINTMENT, PEPPER. Syn. Pepper Salve. Ung. Piperis nigri. Prep. (P. D.) Finely-pow- dered black pepper §iv ; lard lb. j ; mix. Stimu- lant ; irritant ; used in ringworm, &c. OINTMENT, PITCH. Syn. Black Basili- con. Ung. Tetrafhakmacum. Ung. Basilicum nigrum. Ung. Picis nigr*, (P. L.) Prep. Black pitch, wax, and resin, of each, §ix ; olive oil f^xvj ; melt together, and stir till cold. Stimulant and digestive ; used in eruptions, scald-head, &c» OINTMENT, PITCH, (COMPOUND.) Prep. — 1. (Ung. Picis compositum , St. B. H.) Pitch ointment and ointment of acetate of lead, equal parts. Stimulant and desiccant. — 2. (Ung. Picis cum Sulphure, Guy’s H.) Tar lb. ss ; wax 3 SS > (5j j) flowers of sulphur f ij ; mix. In itch, pso- riasis, and other scaly skin diseases, ringworm, &c. OINTMENT, PICROTOXINE. Syn. Ung. Ficrotoxin*. Prep. (Jager.) Picrotoxine 10 grs. ; lard ; mix- In obstinate porrigo, (ringworm ;) and diluted with olive oil, to destroy vermin on the bodv. OINTMENT FOR PILES. Syn. Ung. H*- morrhoidale. Prep. I. (Dr. Gedding.) Carbon- ate of lead 3iv ; sulphate of morphia 15 grs. ; stra- monium ointment ; olive oil q. s. To allay pain and inflammation. II. Spermaceti ointment 8 oz. ; powdered galls l oz. ; do. opium 1 dr. ; solution of diacetate of ead i\ oz. (See Piles.) OINTMENT, PLATINUM. Syn. Ung. Pla- ini. Prep. (Haefer.) Perchloride of platinum 3j ; xtract of belladonna 3ij ; lard §iv ; mix. OINTMENT, POMATUM. Syn. Ung. Po- iatum, (P. L. 1746.) White Lip Salve. Lard vashed with rose water. OINTMENT, POPLAR BUDS. Syn. Ung. Populeum. Prep. Bruised poplar buds 1 part ; lard .3 parts ; boil and strain. The old Ung. Po- nuleum consisted of a number of green herbs aoiled as above. Emollient and stimulant. OINTMENT, POPLAR BUDS, (COM- POUND.) Prep. (P. Cod.) Bruised poplar buds fxij ; fresh leaves of poppies, henbane, belladon- na, and common nightshade, of each, fviij ; lard lb. ivss. As last. OINTMENT, PLUNKET’S. Prep. Crows- foot 1 handful ; dog’s fennel 3 sprigs ; pound well, add flowers of sulphur and white arsenic, of each, 3 thimblefuls ; beat well together, form into bo- luses, and dry in the sun ; then powder them ; and for use mix with yelk of egg, spread a little on a small piece of pig’s bladder, (size of half a crown,) and apply to the sore, and allow it to re- main till it falls off by itself. In cancer: poison- ous ; requires great caution. OINTMENT, QUININE. Syn. Ung. Qui- nine fortius. Prep. Sulphate of quinine 3j ; lard 3ij ; mix. Rubbed into the axilla, to cure the igue of children. OINTMENT, RED SULPHURET OF MERCURY. Syn. Ung. IIydrargyri bisulpiiu- eeti. Prep. (Collier.) Bisulphuret of mercury 3iss ; sal ammoniac 3ss ; rose water f 3j ; lard §ss ; mix. In several skin diseases. OINTMENT, RESIN. Syn. Yellow Basi- licon. Ung. Resinosum, (P. E) Ung. Resin.* alb*, (P. D.) Prep. — 1. (P. E.) Yellow resin §v ; beeswax ^.ij ; lard ^viij ; melt, and stir till cold. — 2. (P. D.) Yellow wax lb. j ; white (yel- low) resin lb. ij ; lard lb. iv ; as abflve. OINTMENT, RINGWORM. Syn. Ung. Contra-tineam. Prep. 1. — Soda 6 parts ; slaked lime 40 parts ; lard 1200 parts ; mix. — 2. Lard and ointment, of black pitch, of each, §ij ; oint- ment of nitrate of mercury ; mix. The hair must be cut off* close, and the part washed clean before each application. OINTMENT, ROSE. Syn. Rose Lip-salve Ung. Rosatum. Ung. Adipis, (P. L. 1788.) Prep. (P. Cod.) W ashed lard lb. ij ; roses (centif.) lb. ij ; bruise the leaves, melt with the lard, and in 2 days again melt, and press ; add roses lb. ij, ana repeat the process ; lastly strain, press, and color with alkanet root, if required red. OINTMENT, RUBEFACIENT. Syn. Ung. Rubefaciens. Prep. (Richard.) Finfely-powdered cantharides and camphor, of each, 3j ; lard §j ; mix. OINTMENT,’ RUE. Syn. Ung. Rut*. Prep. (Sp. Ph.) Leaves of rue, wormwood, and pepper- mint, of each, ^ij ; lard fxvj ; boil and strain. OINTMENT, SAVINE. Syn. Ung. Sabi- n*. Prep. (P. D.) Fresh savine leaves lb. ss ; lard lb. ij ; boil till crisp, strain, and add beeswax lb. ss. OINTMENT, SCROPHULARIA. Syn. Ung. Scropiiulari*. Prep. (P. D.) Green leaves of knotted-rooted fig-wort and lard, of each, lb. ij ; prepared suet lb. j ; boil till crisp, and strain with pressure. In ringworm, “ burnt holes,” and some other cutaneous affections. OINTMENT, SIMPLE. Syn. Ointment of White Wax, simple Dressing. Ung. Simplex, (P. E.) Ung. Cer* alb*, (P. D.) Prep . — 1. (P. D.) Lard lb. iv ; white wax lb. j ; melt togeth- er, and stir till cold. — 2. (P. E.) Olive oil f fvss ; white wax fij ; as last. A simple unguent. The Ung. Simplex, P. L. 1746, was lard washed with rose water. (See Cerate, Simple.) OINTMENT, SPERMACETI. Syn. White Ointment. Ung. Album, (P. L. 1746.)* Ung. Spermatis ceti. Ung. Cetacei, (P. L.) Prep. (P. L.) White wax 3ij ; spermaceti 3vj ; olive oil f fiij ; melt together. The Ung. cetacei ot the Dublin Pharmacopoeia is made with white wax lb. ss ; spermaceti lb. j ; lard lb. iij ; and in consis- tence resembles the spermaceti cerate, P. L. In trade, the Dublin form, with double the amount of lard, is commonly adopted. (See Cerates.) OINTMENT, STAVESACRE. Syn. Ung. Stapiiisagri*. Prep. (Swediaur.) Powdered stavesacre §j j lard f( ll J j melt together, digest 3 hours, and strain. In itch, and to destroy ver- min on the body, (pediculi.) A similar ointmeiff is used by farriers. OINTMENT, STRAMONIUM. Syn. Ung. Stramonii. Prep. — 1. (P. U. S.) Fresh thorn- apple leaves 5‘j ? lard o v 5 digest as last, and strain. — 2. (Pereira.) Powdered leaves ^j ; la T d ^iv ; mix. Anodyne. Used to dress irritable ub cers, and as an application to painful piles. OIN OLE 4(30 OINTMENT, SUBS ULPII ATE OE MER- CURY. Syn. Ung. Hydrargyri subsulpiiatis. Prep . — 1. (Alibert.) Turpeth’s mineral 3ij ; lard Sjiv ; mix. — 2. (Biett.) Turpeth’s mineral 3j ; sul- phur 3ij ; lard ^ij ; essence of lemon 15 drops. Used in some scaly skin diseases, &,c. OINTMENT, SULPHURIC ACID. Syn. Ung. Acidi Sulphuric i. Prep. (P. D.) Sulphu- ric acid 3j, (f3ss ;) lard §j ; mix. Stimulant ; used in paralysis, hemorrhages, itch, &c. ; more cleanly than the sulphur ointment. For children it is mads with only ^ or J as much acid. OINTMENT, SULPHATE OF ZINC. Syn. Ung. Zinci Sulpiiatis. Prep. (Scarpa.) Sulphate of zinc 3j ; lard ?j ; mix. Astringent. In some ihronic skin diseases. OINTMENT, SULPHUR. Syn Ung. Sul- piiuris, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Sublimed sulphur ^iij ; lard ^vj ; essence of bergamotte 20 drops ; mix. The P. E. and D. order 1 to 4, and omit the bergamotte. In itch, scald-head, and several other skin diseases. OINTMENT, SULPHUR, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Itch Ointment. Ung. Sulpiiuris composi- tum. Prep. (P. L.) Sulphur and soft soap, of each, fvj ; white hellebore ^ij ; nitre 3j ; lard lb. iss; essence of bergamotte 3ss; mix. As the last, but stronger, and more irritating, though more efficacious. OINTMENT, SULPHURET OF POTAS- SIUM. Syn. Ung. Potassii Sulpiiureti. Prep. (Alibert.) Subcarbonate of' 1 soda and sulphuret of potassium, of each, 3iij ; lard §ij ; mix. In chro- nic skin diseases, especially itch, psoriasis, lepra, eczema, &c. OINTMENT, TANNIN. Syn. Ung. Tan- nini. Prep. (Richard.) Tannin 3ij ; water f 3ij ; triturate together, and add lard §iss. Astringent. An excellent application to piles. OINTMENT, TAR. Syn. Ung. Picis liquids. (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Tar and mutton suet equal parts ; melt together, and stir till cold. As an application to scald-head, ringworm, foul ulcers, &c. OINTMENT, TOBACCO. Syn. Ung. Tabaci. Prep. (P. U. S.) Fresh tobacco leaves chopped small ; lard lb. j ; boil till crisp, and strain through linen. Used for irritable ulcers, ringworm, and other diseases of the skin. It should be used with caution. OINTMENT, TRIPHARMIC. Syn. Ung. Tripharmacum. Prep. (P. L. 1745) Lead plaster ^iv ; olive oil ffiv; vinegar f § j ; melt, and stir till they combine. Cooling and desic- cativo. OINTMENT, MOP ATRINE. Syn. Ung. Veratrin.s. Pommaije de Vicratrine. Prep. — 1. (Turnbull.) Vcratrina 10 to 20 grs. ; olivo oil a few drops ; triturate and add lard §j- — 2. (Majen- die.) 4 grs. to the ounce. — 3. (Pereira.) 20 to 40 grs. to the ounce. In neuralgia, neurulgic rheuma- tism, gout, &c. OINTMENT, VERDIGRIS. Syn. Ung. jEruoinis, (P. E ) Ung. Cupri Subacetatis, (P. D.) Prep. — 1. (P. E.) Resinous ointment 5xv ; verdigris in fine powder ; mix. — 2. (P. D.) Verdigris ?ss ; olivo oil Jj ; triturate and add rosin ointment lb. j. — 3 . Verdigris ; lard 5 XV > m * x - All the above are cscharotic and detergent, and are used as occasional dressings to foul and flabbj ulcers, to keep down fungous flesh, and diluted with oil or lard in scrofulous ulceration and in flammation of the eyelids. O I N T MEN T , VINEGAR. Syn. Uno Aceti. Prep. (Dr. Chcston.) Olive oil lb. j white wax §iv ; melt, cool a little, add vinegal §ij, and stir till cold. A cooling astringent dres- sing, and as a salve in chronic ophthalmia. OINTMENT, WAX, (YELLOW.) Syru Ung. Cer.e flav^e. Prep. (P. D.) Beeswax lb. j ; lard lb. iv ; melt together. A mild aud cooling dressing. (See Cerate, Simple.) OINTMENT, WHITE, (CAMPHORA- TED.) Syn. Ung. Album Camimioratum. Prep. (P. L. before 1745.) Simple ointment §v ; camphor 3ij ; dissolve by a gentle heat, add finely-powdered carbonate of lead §j, and stir till cold. OINTMENT, WHITE PRECIPITATE,. Syn. Ointment of Ammonio-ciiloride of Mer- cury. Ung. Hydrargyri Ammonio-ciiloridi, (P. L.) * Ung. Pr^ecipitati Albi, (P. E.) Ung. Hydrargyri Submuriatis Ammoniati, (P. D.) Prep. (P. L.) White precipitate 3j ; lard §jss ; mix. Stimulant, alterative, and detergent ; in the itch, scald-head, and various other skin diseases ; in inflammation of the eyes, and to destroy vermin on the body. OINTMENT, WORM. Syn. Ung. Vermi- fugum. Prep. (Bat. Ph.) Aloes 3j ; dried ox- gall 3iss ; lard §iss ; mix. OINTMENT, YELK OF EGG. Syn. Ung. Ovorum. Prep. (Soubeiran.) Oil of almonds 5jiss ; yellow wax Sjss ; melt together, and when nearly cold, add the yelk of one egg and mix well. Applied to sore nipples. OINTMENT, ZINC, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Ung. Zinci cum Lycopodio. Prep. (Hufeland.) Oxide of zinc and lycopodium, of each 3j ; simple cerate §ss ; mix. In excoriations and ulcerations, especially of the eyes, either alone or diluted with almond oil. OLEFIANT GAS. Syn. Heavy inflammable Air. Carbureted Hydrogen. Hyduret of Acetule. It may be obtained by heating a mix- ture of 1 part of alcohol and 6 parts of oil of vitriol, and as soon as sulphurous gas begins to come over, passing the product first through milk of lime and then through oil of vitriol. This gas is a little lighter than atmospheric air, and burns with a bright white flame. When mixed with an equal volume of chlorine over water, it soon con- denses into an oily looking liquid ; hence the name olefiant gas was given it by the Dutch chemists. It smells like oil of caraway. It is the presence of olefiant gas in coal gas that principally gives to the latter its illuminating properties. This gas was formerly called per- or bi-carbureted hy- drogen. OLEIC ACID. An oily acid, discovered by Chovreul in fat. Prep. Saponify the pure oil of almonds, decom- pose the soap with a dilute acid, and digest the resulting oily acid in a water-bath with half its weight of oxido of lead for somo hours, constantly stirring ; then agitato the mixture with twice its volume of ether in a closo vessel, and in 24 hours decant the clear ethereal solution ; decompose with dilute muriatic acid, collect the acid that OPH 461 OPI separates, and remove the ether by evaporation. To render it still purer it must bo again saponified with caustic soda, and the soap repeatedly dis- solved in a solution of soda, and as often separated by adding common salt, until it becomes nearly colorless, when it must be decomposed by dilute muriatic acid as before. Props., $c. An oily acid, insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol, ether, and oil, and forming salts with the bases called oleates. OLEIN. Syn. Elain. Huile absolue. (From eXaiov, oil.) The liquid portion of oil and fat ; by saponification it yields oleic acid. Prep. I. Digest the oil with a quantity of caustic soda in solution, only sufficient to saponify half the oil, and separate the undecomposed oily portion from the soap and alkaline solution. Suc- ceeds well with recently expressed and fresh oils. II. Almond or olive oil 1 part ; strong alcohol 8 parts ; *mix in a flask, heat nearly to boiling, agitate, decant the clear upper stratum, and allow it to cool ; filter, and gently distil off the spirit. Both the above are used by watchmakers for fine work, as they will not freeze nor thicken at or- dinary temperatures. Some years ago the last was sold, by a certain metropolitan house, as watchmaker’s oil, at Is. 6(2. a drachm. / OLEOMETER. (From oleum, oil ; and me- i trum, a measure.) An instrument for ascertain- , ing the specific gravity of oil. (See Hydrometer and Oil.) OLEON. A peculiar liquid obtained by the distillation of oleic acid and lime. OLEO-PHOSPHORIC ACID. A peculiar acid found by Fremy in the brain and nervous matter. OLEO-SACCIIARUM. Syn. El^eo-Sac- criARUM. A mixture of sugar and essential oil. The oleo-sacchara of aniseed, caraway, pepper- mint, pennyroyal , cinnamon, and other essential oils, are made by rubbing 15 or 16 drops of the respective oils with white sugar 1 oz. ; and when intended for making extemporaneous distilled waters, 1 oz. of magnesia is also added. The oleo-sacchara of lemons, oranges, See., are made from the peels, as described at page 199. OLIVILE. A white crystalline substance, obtained by Pelletier from the gum of the olive tree, (Olea E.uropaja.) It is soluble in hot water and alcohol. OLIVINE. A white, crystalline, bitter sub- stance, obtained by Landerer from the leaves of the olive tree* It dissolves in acids. OMELETTE. A pancake or fritter made of eggs ; much used on the Continent. OMYCHILE A brown, resinous substance, obtained by Scharling from inspissated urine. OPHTHALMIA. Syn. Ophthalmitis. (From o, / generate.) An ele- mentary gaseous body, discovered by Priestley in 1774. Prcp< I. Place chlorate of potash in a green glass retort, and heat it nearly to redness over a spirit-lamp. Pure. Prod. 100 grs. yield nearly 100 cubic inches. (Brande.) 100 grs. yield 115 cubic inches. (Ure.) II. Expose red oxide of mercury to heat as above. Pure. III. (Faraday.) Coarsely-powdered chlorate of potash 3 parts ; powdered binoxidc of manga- nese 1 part ; (both by measure ;) mix, put them into a flask or retort, and place it over the flame of a spirit-lamp, or a few pieces of ignited charcoal, when in a few minutes oxygen will be evolved with a rapidity entirely at the command of the opera- tor, by either increasing or lessening the heat. The residue in the retort may be kept for another operation, if not exhausted, or may at once be ■washed out with a little warm water, and the man- ganese reserved for another time, as it is uninjured by the process. Red lead, black oxide of copper, and several other substances, will answer nearly as well as oxide of manganese. “ 100 grs. of the mixture yield 110 cubic inches of pure oxygen.” (G. F. Fisher.) This is a very convenient and simple process. IV. (Balmain,) Bichromate of potash 3 parts ; oil of vitriol 4 parts ; mix, and heat as above. Yields pure oxygen with a rapidity entirely at the command of the operator. V. Expose nitre to a red heat in an iron retort. 1 lb. yields 1200 cubic inches slightly contaminated . with nitrogen. VI. Expose black oxide of manganese to a red heat as last. Prod. 1 oz. of pure binoxide of man- ganese yields 44 grains or 128 cubic inches of gas. (Liebig.) 1 lb. of common oxide of manganese yields from 30 to 40 pints, and fine samples from 40 to 50 pints of gas sufficiently pure for ordinary purposes. This is the most economical process on the large scale. VII. Binoxide of manganese and oil of vitriol, equal parts ; mix them well together in a glass retort, and apply heat. Prod. Every 44 grs. of * pure binoxide of manganese yield 8 grs. or 24 cubic inches of oxygen. 1 oz. yields 88 grs., or 250 cubic inches. (Liebig.) Remarks.' The gas procured by any of the above processes must bo collected in the usual way, either over water, mercury, or in bags. The gas procured from manganese or nitre may bo pu- rified by passing it through milk of lime, or a solu- tion of caustic potassa. Props., Uses, tj-c. Colorless, odorless, tasteless, and incombustible ; sp. gr. 1*111, (1*020 Berzelius, Dulong, Ac. ;) 100 cubic inches weigh 33*6 grs. ; it is a powerful supporter of combustion, and its presence is essential to the existence of both ani- mal and vegetable life ; it forms 2lg by volume of the atmosphere. It is distinguished from other gases by yielding nothing but pure water when mixed with twice its volume of hydrogen and ex- ploded, or when a jet of hydrogen is burned in it. A recently-extinguished taper, with the wick still red hot, instantly inflames when plunged into thie gas.* A small spiral piece of iron wire ignited at the point, and suddenly plunged into a jar of oxy- gen, burns with great brilliancy and rapidity Water dissolves about 5$ by volume of oxygen, but by pressure a much larger quantity. It is said to be a valuable remedial agent in asphyxia arising from the inhalation of carbonic acid or carbonic oxide. OSMAZOME. A brownish yellow substance, having the smell of soup, obtained by digesting raw muscular fibre in cold water, filtering, evapo- rating, treating the residue with alcohol, and again filtering and evaporating. OXYMEL. (From o{vs, acid, and honey.) An acidulous sirup made of honey and vinegar. (See Filtration, Clarification, and Sirup.) OXYMEL OF COLCI1ICUM. Syn. Oxymel (cormi) Colchici. Prep. (P. D.) Fresh corms (roots) of meadow saffron *? distilled vinegar 1 pint, (wine measure ;) macerate for 2 days, press out the liquor, filter, add clarified honey lb. ij, and boil down to the consistence of a sirup, fre- quently stirring. Dose. 1 to 3 dr. twice a day, in gout, rheumatisrft, dropsy, Ac. OXYMEL OF CREAM OF TARTAR. Syn. Oxymel Potass,® bitartratis. Prep. Powdered cream of tartar §ij ; hot water i pint ; honey lb. ij ; boil for 10 minutes, and strain. Cooling ; laxa- tive ; used to.“ cut the phlegm,” Ac. OXYMEL OF GARLIC. Syn. Oxymel Alii. Prep. (P. L. 1746.) Sliced garlic ^iss ; caraway seed, and sweet fennel seed, of each 3ij ; boiling vinegar ffviij ; infuse*, strain, and add clarified honey %x. OXYMEL, PECTORAL. Syn. Oxymel pec- torale. Prep. (Brun’s Ph.) Bruised elecampane §j ; do. orris root fss ; water f fxxxvj ; boil to §xxiv ; strain, add honey f xvj, ammoniacum $j, (dissolved in) vinegar f^viij ; boil to an oxymel. In coughs, Ac. OXYMEL OF SQUILLS. Syn. Honey of .Squills. Oxymel Scill^e. (P. L. A D.) Do. scilliticum. Prep. (P. L.) Clarified honey lb. iij ; vinegar of squills 1£ pints; boil to a proper consistence. Expectorant. Dose f3j to f 3ij, in chronic coughs and asthma. OXYMEL, SIMPLE. Syn. Oxymel, (P. L. AD.) Do. simplex. Vinegar Smur. Mel ace - tatuM. Syrupus aceti. Syr. acidi acetici. Prep. (P. L.) Clarified honey lb. x ; acetic acid (P. L.) 1£ pints; mix with heat. Expectorant and refri- gerant. Dose. 3j to fss, diluted with water, in coughs, Ac. ; diffused through some demulcent li- quid, it is used as a drink in fevers, and added to gargles in sore throat. *** The following are the proportions I have seen used in trade: — Honey 12 lbs. ; distilled vinegar (of 5$) 2 quarts ; evaporate if required. PA1 465 PAL OXYMEL OF VERDIGRIS. (See Liniment of Verdigris.) OXYSACCHARA. Sirups acidulated with vinegar. OYSTERS are nutritious, and easy of diges- tion. They are in season in each month of the year, the name of which contains the letter R. The best British oysters are found at Purfleet ; the worst near Liverpool. OZONE. This term has been applied to the odor perceived in the immediate vicinity of elec- trical machines in good action. PAINTINGS. Pres, and Restor. Many valua- ble paintings suffer premature decay, from the at- tacks of a microscopic insect of the mite class. This is especially the case with “ Christ's Pas- sion,” by Northcote, in the Hanover chapel, Re- gent-street, — the “ Raising of Lazarus ,” in the National Gallery, and several pictures in the Louvre. The best method of preventing this spe- cies of decay, is to add a few drops of creosote to the paste and glue used to line the picture, as well as to make a similar addition to the varnish. If it has already commenced, the painting should be at once carefully cleaned and relined, observing to employ a little creosote in the way just mentioned. Paintings should be kept in as pure an atmosphere as possible, and in a moderately dry situation ; as it is the presence of sulphureted hydrogen in the air that blackens the “ lights,” and causes most of the middle tints and shades to fade ; and it is ex- posure to damp that produces mouldiness and de- cay of the canvass. For this reason valuable paint- ings should not be kept in churches, nor suspended against heavy walls of masonry, especially in bad- ly-ventilated buildings. Excess oflight, particularly the direct rays of the sun, also acts injuriously on paintings. The blackened lights of old pictures may be instantly restored to their original hue, by touching them with deutoxide of hydrogen, diluted with 6 or 8 times its weight of water. The part must be afterwards washed with a cleaz sponge and water. PAINTS, FISH OIL. Prep. Dissolve white vitriol and litharge, of each 14 lbs., in vinegar 32 gallons ; add whale, seal, or cod oil 1 ton, and boil to dryness, continually stirring during the ebulli- tion. The next day decant the clear portion, add boiled linseed oil 12 gallons, oil of turpentine 3 gal- lons, and mix well together. The sediment left is well agitated with half its quantity of lime water, used for some inferior paints, under the name of “ prepated residue oil.” This oil is used for vari- ous common purposes, as a substitute for linseed oil, of which the following paints are exam- ples : — 1. {Green.) — a. Lime water 6 galls.; whiting and road dust, of each 1 cwt. ; blue black 30 lbs.°; yellow ochre 28 lbs. ; wet blue (previously ground in prepared residue oil) 20 lbs. ; grind well to- gether. For use, thin with equal parts of prepared residue oil and linseed oil. Pale. — b. Yellow ochre and wet blue, of each 1 cwt. ; road dust 1£ cwt. ; blue black 10 lbs. ; lime water 6 gallons ; prepared fish oil 4 gallons ; prepared residue and linseed oils, of each 7^ gallons. Bright green. 2. {Lead color.) Whiting 1 cwt. ; blue black 7 59 lbs. ; whitclead (ground in oil) 28 lbs. ; road dust 56 lbs. ; lime water 5 gallons ; prepared residue oil 2$ gallons. 3. ( Reddish brown.) Lime water 8 gallons ; Spanish brown 1 cwt. ; road dust 2 cwt. ; pre- pared fish, prepared residue, and linseed oils, of each 4 gallons. 4. (Yellow.) Substitute yellow ochre for Span- ish brown in the last receipt. 5. {Black.) Substitute lamp or blue black fas Spanish brown in No. 3. 6. {Stone color.) Lime water 4 gallons ; whit- ing 1 cwt. ; whitelead (ground in oil) 28 lbs. ; road dust 56 lbs. ; prepared fish, linseed, and prepared residue oils, of each 3 gallons. 7. {Chocolate.) No. 3 and No. 5 mixed to- gether so as to form a chocolate color. Remarks. All the above paints require a little “ driers.” They are well fitted by their cheap- ness, hardness, and durability, for common out- door work. PAINTS, FLEXIBLE. Prep. Yellow soap cut into slices 1£ lbs.; boiling water 1 gall.; dis- solve and mix while hot with oil paint cwt. Used to paint canvass. PAINTS, TO MIX. In mixing paints, ob- serve, that for out-door work you must use princi- pally or wholly boiled oil, unless it be for the deco- rative parts of houses, &c., then mix as for in- door work. — For in-door work use linseed oil, tur- pentine, and a little “ driers,” observing, that the less oil, the less will be the gloss, and that for “ flatted white,” &c., the color being ground in oil, will scarcely require any further addition of that article, as the object is to have it dull. The best “ driers” are, ground litharge and sugar of lead ; — the former for dark and middle tints, and the latter for light ones. PALLADIUM. A metal resembling platinum, discovered by Wollaston in 1803. It is obtained by adding a solution of bicyanide of mercury to a neutral solution of the ore of platinum in nitromu- riatic acid, and exposing the precipitate to a red heat. It resembles platinum in appearance. Sp. gr. 11*3 to 11*8. It forms compounds with oxygen, chlorine, and sulphur. — Protoxide of palladium is precipitated as a brown hydrate by adding an alkaline carbonate in excess to any of its 6alts ; and this precipitate, when heated to redness, forms the anhydrous black protoxide. It forms salts with the acids. — Binoxide of palladium is best ob- tained by treating solid bichloride of palladium and potassium with a solution of potassa in excess, and heating the mixture to 212°. Black. — Protochlo- ride of palladium is a brown crystalline mass, ob- tained by evaporating the nitromuriatic solution to dryness. By heat it loses its water and turns black. Oxide of palladium forms red salts with the acids. The neutral solutions of palladium are precipitated in the metallic state by sulphate a>f iron, — dark brown by sulphureted hydrogen, olivo by prussiate of potash, and yellowish white by prussiate of mercury. By the last test it is easily distinguished from platinum. PALMIC ACID. Prep. Decompose soap pro- pared from palmino and potassa, by tartaric acid, dissolve the fatty acid thet separates in cold alco- hol, and evaporate. Crystal lizable ; soluble in al- cohol and ether ; melts at 122°. It may also b« PAP 4bt> PAH made from the solid mass obtained by passing sul- phurous acid through castor oil. PALM IN E. A new fatty substance obtained by treating castor oil witli nitrous acid. It melts at 143°, and when saponified yields palmic acid and oxide of glyceride. PALMITIC ACID. Prepared from palm oil in a similar way to palmic acid from pahnine. It is purified by pressure between paper, washing with hot alcohol, and crystallization from hot ether. It forms pearly scales, and melts at 140°, like mar- gaiic acid. PALMITINE. The chief ingredient of palm oil or butter. It is purified in the same way as the last. PANACEA. (From itav, all, and antonat , I cure.) A term applied by the ancients to those remedies supposed to be capable of curing all dis- eases. Unfortunately for mankind, no such a medicine exists. The name is still applied to some quack medicines. — Panacea of Antimony (Pan. Antimonii ) is prepared by deflagrating in a red- hot. crucible a mixture of sulphuret of antimony §vj, nitre %x, common salt §iss, and charcoal dust §j. The uppermost spongy scoria is rejected, and the remainder powdered and well washed. Golden- colored. The active ingredient in Lockycr’s Pills. — Panacea of Mercury, (Pan. Mercurialis.) Mercurius dulcis (calomel) sublimed 9 times. PAPER, COPYING. Prep. Make a stiff ointment with butter or lard and lampblack, and 6mear it thinly and evenly over soft writing paper, by means of a piece of flannel, then wipe off the redundant portion with a piece of soft rag. Placed on paper and written on with a style or solid pen. By repeating the arrangement, two or three copies of a letter may be obtained at once. This paper, set up in a case, forms the ordinary “ Manifold writer.” PAPER DYES. Paper and parchment may be stained by any of the simple dyes or liquid colors. PAPER, FIREPROOF. This is prepared in a similar way to fireproof cloth. (See Incombusti- ble Cloth, and Fires.) PAPER OF SAFETY. Syn. Papier de Surf.te. White paper pulp mixed with an equal quart ‘-sty of pulp tinged with any stain easily af- fected by chlorine, acids, alkalis, &c., and made into sheets as usual. PAPER, OILED. Prep. Brush sheets of pa- per over with “ boiled” oil, and suspend them on a line till dry. Waterproof. Extensively employed to tie over pots and jars, and to wrap up paste blacking, ground whitelead, &c. PAPER, TRACING. Prep. I. Lay open a quire of paper, of large size, and apply with a clean sash tool a coat of varnish, made of equal parts of Canada balsam and oil of turpentine, to the upper surface of the first sheet, then hang it on a line, and repeat the operation on fresh sheets until the proper quantity is finished. If not sufficiently transparent, a second coat of varnish may be applied as soon us the first has become quite dry. 1 1. Rub the paper with a mixture of equal parts of nut oil and oil of turpentine, and dry it immedi- ately by rubbing it with wheat flour, then hung it ou a line for ill hours. Both the ubovo arc used to copy drawings, writings, See. If washed over with ox gall and dried, they may bo written on with ink or water colors. The paper prepared from the refuse of the flax mill, and of which bank notes are made, is also called tracing paper and sometimes vegetable paper. PAPER, WAXED. Prep. Placo cartridge paper on a hot iron pluto and rub it with beeswax Used to form extemporaneous steam or gas pipes, and to cover the joinings of vessels. PAPERS, TEST. Litmus , Turmeric, Cher - ry-juicc, Mallow flower, Elderberry, Brazil wood, Buckthorn , Dahlia petal , Acetate of Lead, Diacetatc of Lead, Protosulphate of Iron, Starch, <$-c., papers, arc made by wetting sheets of unsized writing paper with an infusion or solution of tho respective substances. They are all used as tests to discover acids, alkalis, sulphurated hydrogen, iodine, &c. PAPIER-MACHE. Pulped paper moulded into forms. It possesses great strength and light- ness. It may be rendered partially waterproof by the addition of sulphate of iron, quicklime, and glue, or white of egg, to the pulp ; and incombusti- ble by the addition of borax and phosphate of soda. The papier-mache tea- trays, waiters, snuff-boxes, &c., are prepared by pasting or gluing sheets of paper together, and submitting them to powerful pressure, by which the composition acquires the hardness of board when dry. Such articles are af- terwards japanned, and are then perfectly water- proof. PARABANIC ACID. A new acid, obtained by Wohler and Liebig by treating 1 part of uric acid or alloxan with 8 parts of strong nitric acid, and evaporating to a sirup, when crystals form after standing some time, which are purified by resolution and crystallization. Soluble in water. PARACYANOGEN. The brown solid matter left in the retort, when cyanide of mercury is de- composed by heat. Cyanogen and paracyanogen are isomeric compounds : hence the name. Inso- luble in water. PARAFFINE. (From parum, little, and a finis, akin.) Prep. Distil beech tar to dryness, rectify the heavy oily portion of the product till a thick matter begins to rise, then change the receiver, and moderately urge the heat as long as any thing passes over. Next digest the product in the second receiver, in an equal measure of alcohol of 0*833, and gradually add 6 or 7 parts more of alcohol Crystals of paraffine will gradually fall down, which, after being washed in cold alcohol, must be dissolved in boiling alcohol, which will deposits crystals of pure paraffiue as it cools. White ; odor- less; tasteless; sp. gr. 0*87; melts at 112°, and dissolves in boiling alcohol and in oils. It burns entirely away with a clear white flame, without smoke. PARANAPIITH ALINE. Syn. Anthracene. A substanco found in coal tar. Naphthaline, and paranaphthaline, are isomeric compounds ; nenco tho name, from -irapa, near to. PARAPIIOSPIIORIC ACID. (See Meta phosphoric Acid.) PARFAIT AMOUR. Prep. The pools of 13 lemons; rectified spirit of wine 2 gallons , digest 1 week ; add water 1 quart, distil 2 gallons, and add an equal weight of simple sirup, and a littlo ?ohis« PAS 4G7 PAS ly-powdered cochineal to color. A pleasant cor- dial liqueur. PARFUM. ( Pour parf umer les autres pou- dres.) Poudro d’Ambrette 12 lbs. ; civet 1£ oz. ; musk 1 dr. ; reduce the last two to powder by grinding litem with some dry lump sugar ; then mix the whole together and pass it through a s:eve. (See Poudrks.) PASTE, ALMOND. Syn. Pasta Amygdali- na. Pasta Regia. Prep. I. Liquid. — a. { Ho- ney Paste.) Clarified honey and white bitter paste, of each 1 lb.; knead together, and when well mixed, add, in alternate portions, oil of almonds 2 lbs., and the yelks of 5 eggs. Much esteemed. — b. {Orange.) Blanched sweet almonds and white 6ugar, of each 1 lb. ; blanched bitter almonds £ oz. ; beat to a perfectly smooth paste, with orange-flow- er water q. s., so that it may be sufficiently stiff not to stick to the fingers. In a similar way are made rose, vanilla, nosegay , and other almond pastes. II. Pulverulent, a. {Gray.) Prepared from the cake of bitter almonds, from which the oil has been thoroughly expressed, by drying, grinding, and sifting. — b. {Bitter White.) As the last, but the almonds are blanched before being pressed. — c. {Sweet White.) As the last, but using sweet almonds. *** All the above are employed as cos- metics. The honey, and the sweet and bitter white pastes are those most esteemed. PASTE, CHINESE. Prep. Bullock’s blood 10 lbs.; finely-powdered quicklime 1 lb.; mix well. For use, it is beat up with water. This paste will seldom keep good longer than three weeks. t PASTE, FLOUR. Syn. Colle df. PatS? Wheat flour made into a thin batter with cold water, and then boiled. *** It must be stirred all the time it is on the fire, to prevent its getting lumpy. Paper-hangers, shoemakers, &c., usually add to the flour one-sixth to one-fourth of its weight of finely-powdered rosin. The latter is sometimes called “ hard paste." The addition of a few drops of oil of cloves or creosote, or a little powdered camphor or colocynth, (especially the first and second,) will prevent insects from attacking it, and preserve it in covered vessels for years. Should it get too hard it. mav be softened with water. PASTE, FURNITURE. Prep. I. Turpen- tine 1 pint; alkanet root $ oz. ; digest until suffi- ciently colored, then add beeswax, scraped small, 4 oz. ; put the vessel into hot water, and stir until dissolved. If wanted pale, the alkanet should be omitted. II. {White.) White wax 1 lb.; liquor of po- tassa ^ gallon ; boil to a proper consistence. III. Beeswax 1 lb.; soap \ lb.; pearlash 3 oz., (d'ssolved in water £ gallon, and strained ;) boil as last. PASTE, GERMAN. Prep. Pea meal 2 lbs. ; blanched sweet almonds 1 lb. ; fresh butter or lard ^ lb. ; moist sugar 5 oz. ; a shred or two of hay saffron ; beat to a smooth paste, and granulate it by passing it through a colander. The addition of the yelks of 2 or 3 eggs improves it. Used to feed larks, nightingales, and other insectivorous birds. It will keep good for fi months in a dry place. PASTE, ORANGE. Prep. Blanched bitter almonds 7 lbs. ; orange flowers 2£ lbs. ; beat to a parlo Used as a cosmetic. PASTE, ORGEAT. Prep. Blanched Jordan almonds 1 lb. ; do. bitter almonds \ lb. ; beat to a paste with orange-flower water q. s., and put it into pots. For use mix an ounce with half a pint of water, and strain through a piece of flannel. PASTE, RAZOR. Prep. I. Levigated oxido of tin (prepared putty powder) 1 oz. ; powdered oxalic acid \ oz. ; powdered gum 20 grs. ; make it into a stiff paste with water, and evenly and thinly spread it over the strop. With very little friction this paste gives a fine edge to the razor, and its efficiency is still further increased by moist-; ening it. II. (Mechi’s.) Emery reduced to an impalpable powder 2 parts; spermaceti ointment 1 part; mix. together, and rub it over the strop. III. Jewellers’ rouge, blacklead, and suet, equal parts ; mix. PASTE, SHAVING. Prep. White wax, spermaceti, and almond oil, of each 4 oz. ? melt, and while warm, beat in 2 squares of Windsor soap previously reduced to a paste with rose water. PASTES. Syn . Factitious Gems. Pierres PRECIEUSES ARTIFICIELLES, ( Fr .) GlASPASTEN, {Ger.) Vitreous compounds made to imitate the gems. In addition to the remarks at page 331, it may be observed that the beauty of pastes, or fac- titious gems, especially the brilliancy of mock dia- monds, is mainly dependent upon the setting up and the skilful arrangement of the foil or tinsel behind them. The following are the most approv- ed formulae for producing exact imitations of sev- eral of the gems : — 1 I. Amethyst. — 1. (M. Lan^on.) Strass 921G grs. ; oxide of manganese 15 to 24 grs. ; oxide of cobalt 1 gr. — 2. (M. Douault-Wieland.) Strass 4(508 grs. ; oxide of manganese 36 grs. ; oxide of cobalt 24 grs. ; purple of cassius 1 gr. II. Beryl, or aqua marina. (M. Douault- Wieland.) Strass 3456 grs. ; glass of antimony 24 grs. ; oxide of cobalt 1 $ grs. III. Chrysolite. Strass 5 lbs. ; calcined per- oxide of iron 3 to 4 drs. IV. Cornelian. — 1. {Red.) Strass 2 lbs. ; glass of antimony 1 lb. ; calcined peroxide of iron (rouge) 2 oz. ; manganese 1 dr. — 2. (White.) Strass 2 lbs. ; washed yellow ochre 2 dr. ; calcined 1)01163 1 oz. V. Diamond. Syn. Strass . Paste. 1. (M. Fon- tanier.) — a. Litharge 20 parts ; silica 12 parts ; nitre and borax, of each 4 parts ; white arsenic 2 parts ; powder, mix, fuse in a crucible, pour the melted mass into water, separate any reduced lead, and again powder and remelt. — b. {Mayenci base.) Silica 8 oz. ; salt of tartar 24 oz. ; mix bake, cool, wash with dilute nitric acid, and after- wards with water ; dry, powder, add 12 oz. of pure carbonate of lead, and to every 12 oz. of the mixture add borax 1 oz. ; triturate in a porcelain mortar, melt in a clean crucible, and pour the fused compound into cold water ; dry, powder, and repeat the process a second and a third time in a clean crucible, observing to separate any re- vived lead. To the third fritt add nitre 5 drachms, and again melt. Very brilliant. — c. Carbonate of lead 8 oz. ; powdered borax 2 oz. ; rock crystal 3 oz. ; manganese £ gr. ; mix, and proceed as last. — 2. (Loysel.) Pure silex 100 parts; red oxide of lead (minium) 150 parts; calcined potash 30 to PAS 468 PA' 35 parts; calcined borax 10 parts; oxide of arse- nic 1 part. This produces a paste which has great brilliancy and refractive and dispersive pow- ers, and also a similar specific gravity to the orien- tal diamond. It fuses at a moderate heat, and acquires the greatest brilliancy when remelted, and kept for 2 or 3 days in a fused state, in order to expel the superabundant alkali, and perfect the refining. (Polytech. Journ.) — 3. (M. Douault- Wieland.) — a. Rock crystal 4056 grs. ; minium 6300 grs.; potash 2154 grs.; borax 276 grs.; arsenic 12 grs. ; — b. Sand 3600 grs. ; pure car- bonate of lead 8508 grs. ; potash 1260 grs. ; borax 360 grs. ; arsenic 12 grs.— 4. (M. Lan^on.) Li- tharge 100 grs. ; silex 75 grs. ; white tartar or potash 10 grs. VI. Eagle Marine. Paste or strass 10 lbs.; copper highly calcined with sulphur (copper-stain) 3 oz. ; zafFre 1 scruple. VII. Emerald. — 1. (M. Lan^on.) Paste 9612 grs. ; acetate of copper 72 grs. ; peroxide of iron li grs. — 2. (M. Douault-Wieland.) Paste 4608 grs. ; green oxide of copper 42 grs. ; oxide of chrome 2 grs. — 3. Paste 1 oz. ; glass of antimony 20 grs.; oxide of cobalt 3 grs. — 4. Paste 15 oz. ; carbonate of copper 1 dr. ; glass of antimony 6 grs. VIII. Lapis Lazuli. Paste 10 lbs. ; calcined horn or bones 12 oz. ; oxides of cobalt and manga- nese, of each £ oz. ; mix. The golden veins are produced by painting them on with a mixture of gold powder, borax, and gum water, and gently heating till the borax fluxes. IX. Oriental Garnet. Syn. Syrian Do. Ancient Carbuncle. — 1. (M. Douault-Wieland.) Paste 512 grs. ; glass of antimony 256 grs. ; purple of cassius and oxide of manganese, of each 2 grs. — 2. Paste 359 grs. ; glass of antimony 178 grs. ; oxide of manganese 2 grs. — 3. ( Vinegar Garnet.) Paste 2 lbs ; glass antimony 1 lb. ; calcined per- oxide of iron £ oz. X. Opal. — 1. (Fontanier.) Paste 1 oz. ; horn silver 10 grs. ; calcined magnetic ore 2 grs. ; ab- sorbent earth (calcined bones) 26 grs. — 2. Paste 10 lbs. ; calcined bones £ lb. XI. Ruby. — 1. (M. Douault-Wieland.) — a. Paste 2880 parts ; oxide of manganese 72 parts. — b. Topaz-paste that has turned out opaque, 1 part ; strass 8 parts ; fuse for 30 hours, cool, and fuse small pieces before the blowpipe. Very fine. — 2. Strass 16 oz. ; precipitate of cassius, peroxide of iron, golden sulphuret of antimony, and manga- nese calcined with nitre, of each 168 grs. ; rock crystal 2 oz., or more. — 3. Paste 1 lb. ; purple of cassius 3 drs. — 4. Paste and glass of antimony, of each 8 oz. ; purple of cassius 1£ dr. ; turns on the orange. XII. Sapphire. — 1. (M. Douault-Widland.) Paste 4608 grs. ; oxide of cobalt 68 grs.; fuse in a luted Ilessian crucible for 30 hours. — 2. Paste 8 oz. ; oxide of cobalt 49 grs. — 3. To the last add a little manganese. XIII. Topaz. (Douault-Widland.) — a. Paste 3456 grs. ; calcined peroxide of iron 36 grs. — b. Paste 1008 grs. ; glass of antimony 43 grs. ; purple of cassius 1 gr. XIV. Turquois. Blue paste 10 lbs.; calcined joncs £ lb. , XV Y Kl.LOw Diamond. — 1. StrasB 1 oz. ; glass of antimony 10 grs. — 2. Strass 1 oz. ; chloride ol silver 24 grs. Remarks. In the preparation of pastes tho in- gredients should be separately reduced to Ihe state of fine powder, then well mixed and sifted, and next carefully fused in a clean Ilessian crucible, and cooled very slowly, after having been left in the fire for from 24 to 30 hours. The more tran- quil and continuous the fusion tho greater is tho density and beauty of tho product. For the finer kinds of mock diamonds, rock crystal should alone be employed ; and when sand is used, the purest white variety should be selected, and it should bo first digested, and well washed with muriatic acid, and then with water, to remove any traces of earthy matter. The precise minutire of the various processes can only be learned by a little experience. See Enamels. PASTILLES, FUMIGATING. Syn. Pas- tilli odorati. Prep. I. (Henry and Guibourt.) Powdered gum benzoin 16 parts; balsam of tolu and powdered sandal wood, of each 4 parts ; a light charcoal (Linden) 48 parts ; powdered traga- canth and true labdanum, of each 1 part ; pow- dered nitre and gum arabic, of each 2 parts ; cin- namon water 12 parts ; heat to a smooth ductile mass, form into small cones with a flat tripod base, and dry in the air. II. (P. Cod.) Benzoin §ij ; balsam of tolu and yellow sandal wood, of eaoh ^ ss 5 labdanum 3j ; nitre 3ij ; charcoal ^vj ; mix with a solution of gum tragacanth and divide into pastilles as above. III. (A la rose.) Gum benzoin, olibanum in tears, storax in tears, of each 12 oz. ; nitre 9 oz. ; charcoal 4 lbs. ; powder of pale roses 1 lb. ; essence of roses 1 oz. ; mix with 2 oz. of gum tragacanth dissolved in rose-water 1 quart. IV. ( A la jleurs d' oranges.) For powdered roses in the last formula substitute pure orange powder, and for the essence of roses use pure neroli. V. ( A la Vanille.) Gum benzoin, storax, and olibanum, (as last,) of each 12 oz. ; nitre 10 oz. ; cloves 8 oz. ; powdered vanilla 1 lb. ; charcoal 4 lbs. ; oil of cloves £ oz. ; essence of vanilla 7 or 8 oz. VI. Benzoin ^ij ; cascarilla 3ij ; nitre 3iss ; myrrh 3ss ; oils of nutmeg and cloves, of each 15 drops ; charcoal §iij. Remarks. The above are all of excellent quality, and may be varied to please the fancy of the artist, by the addition or substitution of other perfumes or aromatics. Cheaper pastilles are made by the same formulse, by increasing tho weight of the charcoal and saltpetre. The whole of tho ingre- dients should be reduced to fine powder before mixing them. Musk and civet, so often used in pastilles, should be avoided, as they yield a disa- greeable odor when burned. The addition of a little camphor renders them more suitable for a sick chamber. Pastilles are either burned to dif- fuse a pleasant odor, or to cover disagreeable smells. PASTILLES, EXPLOSIVE. Fumigating pastilles, containing a little gunpowder. Used to produce diversion. PATE DE DATTES. Syn. Paste of Dates Prep. Dates 1£ lbs. ; water 30 pints ; boil, clarify, add washed gum senega! 6 lbs., dissolve ; add PAT 469 PEP white sugar 5 lbs. ; evaporate without boiling to the consistence of thick honey, stir in orange-flower water 9 oz. ; and again gently evaporate ; pour it into moulds, finish the drying by a gentle heat in a stove, and then divide it. Prod. 9^ lbs. Pec- toral. Pttte de gomme Senegal is usually 6old for it. PATE DE GUIMAUVE. Syn. Pasta Al- tfiiAEif.- Marshmallow Paste. Prep. (P. Cod.) Decorticated marshmallow root (French) §iv ; water £ gal. ; macerate 12 hours, strain, add white sugar and gum arabic, of each 1 lb. ; dissolve, strain, evaporate without boiling to the thickness of honey, constantly stirring, and add gradually the whites of 12 eggs, well beaten with orange- flower water, ^iv, and strained ; continue the evap- oration and constant stirring till the mass is so firm as not to adhere to the fingers, then proceed as last. It should be very white, light, and spongy. The P. Codex of 1836 omits the marshmallow root, and calls the compound Pate de Gomme. The latter is usually sold in the shops for Pate de Cuimauve. Both are pectoral. PATE DE GOMME ARABIQUE. Syn. Gum Arabic Paste. Prep. As the last. *** Many persons use, however, twice the above quantity of gum and sugar, but this renders the product less white. PATE DE GOMME SENEGAL. Syn. Paste of Gum Senegal. Prep. As Pate de ‘dattes, omit- ting the fruit. It is frequently acidulated with citric or tartaric acid, and flavored with essence of lemons. Pectoral. Sold in the shops for p&te de dattes and pate de jujubes. PATE DE JUJUBES. Syn. Jujubes. Ju- jube Paste. Prep. (P. Cod.) Jujubes lb. j ; water lb. iv ; boil ^ hour, strain with expression, settle, decant the clear, and clarify with white of eggs ; add a strained solution of gum arabic lb. vj, in water lb. viij, and to the mixture add white sugar lb. vj ; gently evaporate, at first constantly stir- ring, and afterwards without stirring, till reduced to the consistence of a soft extract, add orange- flower water ^vj, and place the pan in a vessel of boiling water. In 12 hours carefully remove the scum, pour the matter into slightly oiled tin moulds, and proceed as before. Expectorant ; in coughs, &c. Pate de gomme Senegal is usually sold for it. PATE DE REGLISSE BLANCHE. Syn. White Liquorice Paste. Pasta Glycyrriiiz*: Alba. Prep. As pate de guimauve, substituting liquorice root for marshmallow root. PATE DE REGLISSE NOIRE. Syn. Black Liquorice Paste. Liquorice Jujubes. Pasta Glycyrriiizas Nigra. Prep. (P. Cod.) Refined juice and white sugar, of each 1 lb. ; gum arabic 2 lbs. ; water 3 quarts ; dissolve, strain, evaporate considerably, add finely-powdered orris root $ oz., oil of aniseed or essence of cedrat a few drops, and pour into moulds as before. Pectoral. *** When made with \ the above weight of refined juice it forms brown liquorice paste, (pasta glvcyrrhiza? fusca,) and by the addition of 15 grs. of extract of opium, the opiated liquorice paste ( pasta glycyr- rhizar npiafa) of the P. Codex. PATE DE TUSSILAGE A L’ANIS. Prep. Strong decoction of coltsfoot flowers 1 quart ; Bpanish juice £ lb. ; dissolve, strain, ovaporate as before, and towards the end add oil of aniseed 1 dr. Pectoral ; in coughs, &c. PEARLS, ROSE. Syn. Rose Bead9. Prep Beat the petals of red roses in an iron mortar foj some hours, till they form a black paste, then roll into beads and dry. Hard ; take a fine polish ; very fragrant. PEAS, ISSUE. Syn. Pisa pro Fonticulis. Prep. — 1. Orange berries, or the small unripe fruit of the orange tree, dried, and smoothed by a lathe. — 2. Beeswax 1 lb. ; turmeric 8 oz. ; orris powder 4 oz. ; Venice turpentine 3 oz. ; mix, and form into peas. Used to keep issues open. — 3. Beeswax 6 oz. ; verdigris, and powdered white hellebore, of each 2 oz. ; cantharides 1 oz. ; orris powder 1 J oz. ; Venice turpentine, q. s. ; mix as last. Used to open issues. PECTIC ACID. (From irnsns, a coagulum, because of its jellying property.) A peculiar ge- latinous acid substance obtained from carrot roots, from which the juice has been pressed out, by boil- ing them with one-twenty-fifth part of their weight of carbonate of potash, and 6 times their weight of water, till the liquid becomes gelatinous when neutralized with an acid. A pectate of potassa is formed, from which the acid may be obtained by N exactly neutralizing the alkali with a stronger acid ; it forms compounds with the bases called Pectat.es. PECTINE. Vegetable jelly, obtained by add- ing alcohol to the juice of ripe currants or other fruit, till a gelatinous precipitate forms, which must be drained, washed with a little weak alco- hol, and dried. PEPPER, BLACK. Syn. Piper Nigrum. This is the dried berries of a tree of the same name. The ground black pepper of the shops is universally adulterated. In fact, I am informed by a most extensive and respectable spice and tea house, that the public taste and judgment are so vitiated, that pure ground pepper is unsaleable. The parties alluded to, originally supplied their customers with unadulterated ground pepper, but in 3 cases out of every 4, it was returned and ob- jected to, on account of its dark color and pun- gency, which had induced the belief that it was sophisticated. The house alluded to, was there- fore compelled by its customers to supply them with an inferior, but milder and paler article. The substances employed to lower black pepper are known in the trade as P. D., H. P. D., and W. P. D. Th e first is the faded leaves of autumn, dried and powdered, — the second is the ground husks of black mustard obtained from the mustard mills, and the third is common rice finely powdered. The letters are the initials of pepper dust, hot do., and white do. I am assured that equal parts of black pepper corns, H. P. D., and W. P. D., form the very best ground pepper sold, and that the or- dinary pepper of the shops docs not contain more than §th of genuine pepper, or 2 oz. in the pound — Prepared black pepper is made by steeping the berries for 3 days in 3 times their weight of vine- gar, and then drying and grinding them. It is milder than common pepper. PEPPER, CAYENNE. Syn. Red Pepper. Piper Cayenne. Prep . — 1. Capsicums ground to powder. — 2. Capsicum and dry salt, of each 1 lb.; grind together. *** The cayenne of the shops i» PER 470 PER commonly a spurious article made by grinding a mixture of any of the reddish woods or sawdust, and enough capsicum to flavor. — Prepared Cay- enne pepper is the residuum of Cayenne vinegar, essence, or tincture, dried and ground. PEPPER, CAYENNE, (SOLUBLE.) Syn. Crystallized Soluble Cayenne Pepper. Prep. 1. Essence of Cayenne 6 pints, (see page 274 ;) distil ofF3 pints by the heat of a water bath ; add dry salt 12 lbs. to the residual liquor, mix well, dry by a gentle heat, color with a little vermilion or jeweller’s rouge, and rub it through a sieve. — 2. Capsicums 3 lb?. ; red sanders wood in shavings 1 lb. ; rectified spirits of wine 1 gallon ; macerate for 14 days, then express the tincture, filter, distil off one half, add dry salt 15 lbs., mix wed, gently evaporate to dryness, and pass it through a coarse sieve as be 'ore. — 3. For red sanders in the last formula, use Brazil wood. The last two are very superior. — 4. As the first form, but color with a strong decoction of saffron instead of vermilion. Very fine, but expensive. Gives a beautiful color to soups, &c. *** The spirit distilled off forms a most suitable menstruum for making essence of cayenne. PEPPER, KITCHEN. Prep. Ginger 1 lb.; cinnamon, black pepper, allspice, and nutmegs, of each 8 oz. ; cloves 1 oz. ; dry salt 6 lbs. ; grind to- gether. Useful to flavor gravies, &c. PEPSIN. Prep. (M. Vogel.) Digest the glan- dular skin of a hog’s stomach, cut into pieces, in cold water for 24 hours, strain and repeat the maceration with fresh water, mix the liquors, pre- cipitate by acetate of lead, diffuse the precipitate through water, decompose by sulphureted hydro- gen, again filter, gently evaporate to a sirupy con- sistence, add absolute alcohol, collect the bulky precipitate that gradually forms, and carefully dry it by exposure to dry air. By the heat of a salt- water bath it forms a white powder, but in this state it loses some of its power of assisting diges- tion. A very small quantity of muriatic acid added to its weak aqueous solution, renders it ca- pable of artificial digestion. (Jour, de Pharm. et de Chim.) PERCHLORIC ETHER. Syn. Perchlo- rate of Oxide of Ethule. Prep. (Hare and Boye.) Triturate a mixture of sulphovinate and perchlorate of baryta, in equivalent proportions, place the powder in a retort connected with a re- frigerator aud receiver surrounded with ice, and distil by the heat of an oii-bath, gradually raised to from 300° to 340°. *** To prevent an ex- plosion, the ether should be received into a little absolute alcohol ; about twice the weight of the sulphovinate employed. It is heavier than water, and explodes by heat, friction, and percussion, and often without any assignable cause. Its explosive power appears to be fully equal to that of the chlo- ride or iodide of azote ; but this property is de- stroyed by solution in alcohol as above. The ad- dition of an equal volunveof water to the latter so- lution immediately separates the ether, which •ink* to tho bottom of Iho mixed liquids. It has beet* suggested that this is the material used by Cap!. Warner. Certain it is that an alcoholic so- lution of u Huflicie t quantity of this substance to bl#w up a line-of-battle ship, might safely bo car- ried in the pocket, which is not tho case with tho chloride or iodide of azote ; and this might at any time be exploded by the add.tionof water, and the slightest friction or percussion. t|t Not morn than 1 to 1$ dr. of the sulphovinate should ever be distilled at a time, and even then the operator should be well protected with a mask and gloves. PERCOLATION. Syn. Meteode de De- placement, (Fr.) Percoi.atio, (Lot., from per - eolo, to filter.) A method of extracting the solu- ble portion of any substance, by passing the men- struum through it, previously reduced to powder, and packed into a cylinder or other suitable vessel. The “ sparging” of the Scotch brewers is an ex- ample of this process on the large scale. ]n phar- macy, the “ method of d splacemont” is frequently adopted for the preparation of tinctures, infusions, &c., and is in some respects superior to digestion or maceration. “ Tho solid materials, usually in coarse, or moderately fine powder, are moistened with a sufficiency of the solvent to form a thick pu'p. In twelve hours, or frequently without de- lay, the mass is put into a cylinder of glass, por- celain, or tinned iron, open at both ends, but ob- structed at the lower end by a piece of calico or linen, tied tightly over it as a filter ; and the pulp being packed by pressure, rang'ng as 1o degree with d.fl’erent articles, the remainder of the solvent is poured into the upper porlion of tho cylinder, and allowed gradually to percolate. In order to obtain the portion of the fluid which is absorbed by the residuum, an additional quantity of the solvent is poured into the cylinder, until the tincture which has passed through, equals in amount the spirit originally prescribed ; and the spirit employed for this purpose is then recovered for the most part, by pouring over the residuum as much water as there is spirit retained in it, which may be easily known by an obvious calculation in each case. The method of percolation is now preferred by all who have made sufficient trial of it to apply it correct- ly.” (P. E.) A simple and useful form of perco- lator is represented in the engraving. The meth- a. Percolator. b. Stand. c. Receiver. d. Menstruum. e. Substance operated cn. f. Calico strainer. od of displacement has the advantage of expedi- tion, economy, and yielding products possessing uniformity of strength ; but it requires considerable experience to adapt it to all substances. The art rests in properly packing the ingredients in the cylinder, some substances requiring consideral le pressure to be used, while others, when even light- ly packed, scarcely permit tho fluid to pass through them. An excellent plan, applicable tc ull substances, but especially those of a glutinous or mucilaginous nature, is to mix the powder \v : U» PHL 471 PHO an equal bulk of well-washed silicious sand, be- fore rubbing it up with the menstruum. The coarseness of the powder must also be attended to. Substances that readily become soft and pappy when wetted by the menstruum, should not be used so fine as those that are more woody and fibrous. Tho method of displacement answers well for the preparation of all tinctures that are not of a res nous nature, and for most infusions of woody and fibrous substances, as roots, woods, barks, leaves, seeds, insects, &c. It is especially adapted for the preparation of concentrated infu- sions and essences, as they may thus be obtained of any required strength, without loss, or requiring concentration by heat, which is so destructive to their virtues. PERIODIC ACID. A new acid, resembling perchloric acid, discovered by Ammermuller and Magnus. It is obtained by mixing pure soda with a solution of iodate of soda, saturating the solution with chlorine gas, collecting the puiverulent white salt that falls, either at once or after concentra- tion, dissolving in dilute nitric acid, and precipita- ting with nitrate of silver, when a periodate of sil- ver is formed, from which the acid may be obtained. Its salts arc called periodates. PERRY. Syn. Pyraceum. A fermented li- quor, prepared from pears in the same way as cider is from apples. The red rough-tasted sorts are principally used for this purpose. The best perry contains about 9§ of absolute alcohol ; ordi- nary perry from 5 to 7§. It is a very pleasant tasted liquor, especially when bottled a la cham- pagne. PERUVINE. A light, colorless, oily liquid, produced along with cinnamate of potash, by boil- ing cinnameine with alkalis. PEUCEDANINE. A white crystalline sub- stance, discovered by Schlatter in the root of peu- cedanum officinale. It is obtained by the action of alcohol. PEW’S CEMENT. Prep. Powdered quick- lime I part ; powdered baked clay 2 parts ; mix, then add 1 part of freshly-baked and powdered gypsum to 2 parts of powdered baked clay, and after well mixing, add them to the former pow- der, and thoroughly incorporate the two. Used to cover buildings. It is mixed up with water, and applied like mortar. It acquires great hard- ness, and is very durable. PEWTER. Prep. I. (Aiken.) Tin 100 parts; antimony 8 parts ; copper 4 parts ; bismuth 1 part ; fuse together. Very fine. II. ( Platt pewter.) Tin 100 parts; antimony 8 parts ; bismuth and copper, of each 2 parts. Very fine. Used to make plates, 6cc. III. (Trifle.) Tin 83 parts; antimony 17 parts; Borne lead is generally added. IV. (Ley.) Tiu 4 parts; lead 1 part Used for beer pots, &c. Remarks. According to the report of the French commission, pewter containing more than 18 parts of lead to 82 parts of tin, is unsafe for measures for wine and similar liquors. The legal sp. gr. of pew- ter in France is 7'764 ; if it be greater, it contains an excess of lead. PHLf'P.IDZIN E. Obtained by the action of boiling alcohol of 80§ on the fresh bark of the roots of the apple, pear, and plum tree. The alcohol is distilled off, and the phloridzine crystallizes out of the residual liquid. It forms white colorless nee. dies. It may also be obtained by cooling the aqueous decoction of the above barks, but it has then a red color. It is said to be a more powerful febrifuge than quinine (M. Lebandy.) When its solution is boiled with a little dilute sulphuric or muriatic acid, it is converted into grape sugar and phloretinc. PHOCENIC ACID. An oily acid, prepared from whale oil, in the same way as the volatile acids from butter. It dissolves in 18 parts of wa- ter. Its salts are called phocenates. PHOSPHATE OF LIME, (PRECIPITA- TED.) Syn. Calc is Phosphas preciimtatum. Prep. (P. D.) Bones calcined to whiteness and reduced to powder, 1 part ; diluted muriatic acid, and water, of each 2 parts ; digest for 12 hours, filter, and precipitate by liquor of ammonia ; well wash the precipitate, and dry it. A white, taste- less, odorless powder. Dose 10 to 30 grs., in rickets, either alone, or joined with sesquioxide of iron. It is preferable to calcined bones or harts- horn, from being more soluble. PHOSPHATIC ACID. Obtained by the slow oxidation or combustion of cylinders of phosphorus when exposed to the air. According to Davy it is a mixture of phosphoric and phosphorous acids. PHOSPHO-MESITYLIC ACID Glacial phosphoric acid dissolved in . cetono It forms soluble salts. PHOSPHORIC ACID. Sijn. Acidum Pkos- piioricum. Prep. Bones calcined to whiteness 3 lbs. ; oil of vitriol 2 lbs., diluted with 3 times its weight of water ; mix, and digest with heat for 2 or 3 days, adding water to supply the loss by evapo- ration ; then add a iarge quantity of water, mix well, and strain ; wash the residual matter with hot water, mix the liquors, add ammonia in slight excess, filter, evaporate, and ignite the dry mass in a platinum crucible. Remarks. Phosphoric acid properly exists only in solution, for by the heat applied as above, it is converted into meta phosphoric acid. , but by solu- tion in water and ebullition for a few minutes, it is reconverted into phosphoric acid. In the dry or glacial state it is a colorless, glassy-looking sub- stance, soluble in water, yielding a solution which exhibits strong acid properties. It is remarkablo for its proneness to form subsalts with the alkalis and earths, in which 1 atom of acid is united with 3 at. of base. Its salts are called phosphates. Phosphoric acid, when neutralized with an alkali, is characterized by giving with the soluble salts of lead, lime, and baryta, white precipitates soluble in nitric acid, and with solution of nitrate of silver a yellow precipitate. It is distinguished from ar- senious acid by not being affected by sulphurcted hydrogen. The insoluble phosphates may be tested by first treating them with sulphuric acid, filter- ing, and neutralizing the solution with an alkali before applying the reagents. If a soluble phos- phate be heated to redness, it is converted into a pyrophosphate, and will then give a white precipi- tate with nitrate of silver. PHOSPHORIC ACID, (DILUTE.) Syn. Acidum Piiospiioricum dilutum. Prep. (P. I>) Nitric acid f§ iv ; water f§* ; mix, add phosphoruM ^j, place the retort in a sand-bath, and apply heat PIIO 472 PIC till f 5' iij are distilled, which are to bo rejected. Eva])orate the remaining liquid in a platinum cru- cible to ^ij 3vj ; cool, and add as much distilled water as will make the whole quantity measure f^xxviij. Remarks. This is a colorless, sour liquid, hav- ing the sp. gr. 1*064. By heat it yields glacial phosphoric acid. Dose. 10 drops to 3j ; largely diluted with wa- ter, in phosphalic urinary deposites, ossification of the arteries, caries, &c. PHOSPHOROUS ACID. Syn. Acidum Piiospiiorosum. Prep. Sublime phosphorus through powdered bichloride of mercury, contained in a glass tube. Chloride of phosphorus comes over, which, on being mixed with water and evaporated to a sirup, forms a crystalline mass of hydrated phosphorous acid on cooling. It is a powerful dc- oxydizing agent. With the bases it forms salts called phosphites. PHOSPHORUS. (From rn6 inflammatory affections ; if continued, they induoo salivation. PILLS, CALOMEL, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Plummer’s Pills. Red Pill. Pil. iiydrargyri Ciilori in comi*., (P. L.) Pil. Calomelanos comp., (P. E. & D.) Pil. iiydrargyri submuriatis, (P. L. 1809.) Pil. Plummeri. Prep. (P. L.) Calo- mel, oxysulphuret of antimony, and treacle, of each 3ij ; powdered guaiacum resin 3ss ; mix. An excellent alterative pill in chronic skin diseases and liver affections ; in dyspepsia, syphilis, &c. Dose. 5 to 10 grs. PILLS, CATHARTIC. Prep. 1. (Thomson.) — a. Scammony 4 grs. : extract of taraxacum 1G grs. ; divide into G pills. Dose. 3 twice a day, m hypochondriasis, and chronic inflammation of the liver. — b. Calomel 3 grs. ; powdered jalap 9 grs. ; mucilage to mix ; for 3 pil’s. Dose. 2 or 3 at night to empty the bowels, in bilious affections. — 2. (Collier.) Calomel 10 grs. ; powdered jalap and rosepink, of each 3iv ; oil of caraway 10 drops; sirup of buckthorn to mix ; divide into 5-gr. pills. Dose. 1 to 3, as a purgative. — 3. Compound ex- tract of colocynth 3j ; powdered opium 3 grs. ; pow- dered scammony 15 grs. ; oil of nutmeg 8 drops ; divide into 18 pills. Dose. 2 to 4, as a purge.— 4. Socotrine aloes 3j ; rhubarb 3;j ; scammony 3ss ; capsicum 10 grs ; oil of cloves 10 drops ; mix, and divide into 48 pills. Dose. 2 to 4 at bedtime. PILLS, CATHARTIC, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Pil. cathartics composite. Prep. (P. U. S.) Compound extract of colocynth ^ss ; powdered ex- tract of jalap and calomel, of each 3iij ; powdered gamboge 3ij ; mix, and divide into 180 pills. An excellent purgative pill, especially in bilious affec- tions. Dose. 1 to 3 pills. PILLS, COLOCYNTH. Syn. Pil. colocyn- tiiidis, (P. E. & D.) Pil. cociii.k. Pil. cocci as. Pil. cocni/E minores. Prep. (P. E.) Socotrine or East Indian aloes and scammony, of each 8 parts ; colocynth 4 parts; sulphate of potash and oil of cloves, of each 1 part ; rectified spirit (mu- cilage, P. D.) q. s. to form a mass ; divide into 5-gr pills. An excellent purgative pill. Dose. 5 tc 1« PIL 475 PIL grs. 4 grs. of this pill, combined with 2 or 3 grs. of mercurial pill, and taken over night, is an ex- cellent remedy in bilious attacks. *** The pil. cochiae of Apothecaries’ Hall is the above pill, without the sulphate of potash, and beaten up with Birup or treacle, instead of mucilage. The com- mon pil. cochiae of the shops is generally made as follows: — Powdered aloes l£ lb.; do. colocynth $ lb. ; do. jalap 6 oz. ; oil of cloves 1 £ oz. ; sirup or treacle to mix. Prod. About 4|- lbs. The more conscientious sometimes add to the above scam- mony 6 oz. PILLS, COLOCYNTH AND HENBANE. Syn. Pil. colocyntiiidis f,t iiyoscyami. Prep. (P. E.) Compound colocynth pill mass 3ij ; ex- tract of henbane 3j ; mix, and divide into 36 pills. Doie. 5 to 15 grs., as an anodyne purgative. PILLS, COPAIBA. Syn. Pil. copaiba: cum Magnesia. Prep. (Mialhe.) Pure balsam of co- paiba ; calcined magnesia 3ss ; mix, and stir for some days till sufficiently thick. For present use copaiba requires its own weight of magnesia ; Dr. Pereira orders copaiba ; magnesia 3vj or 3vij. Dose. 10 to 30 grs., frequently in diseases of the mucous membranes of the urinary organs. PILLS, DIAPHORETIC. Prep. 1. Anti- monial powder 3ss ; opium 3ss ; calomel 5 grs. ; confection of opium to mix; divide into 10 pills. Dose. 1 at bedtime. — 2. Guaiacum 10 grs. ; emet- ic tartar and opium, of each 1 gr. ; simple sirup to mix ; divide into 3 pills. Dose. 1 or 2. — 3. Camphor and antimonial powder, of each 3ss ; opium 10 grs. ; aromatic confection q. s. to mix ; divide into 12 pills. Dose. I piil. — 4. Powdered guaiacum 10 grs. ; compound powder of ipecacu- anha 5 grs. ; confection of roses to mix ; for a dose. All the above are taken as diaphoretics in inflammatory affections. PILLS, DINNER. Prep. 1. {Lady Cres- pi guy's Pills. Lady Webster's Pills. Grains de vie. Grains de mcsue. Slomachic Pills. Pil. Aloes cum mastiche.) Aloes 3vj ; maslich and red roses, of each 3ij ; sirup of wormwood to mix : divide into 3-gr. pills. They produce a bulky and copious evacuation. — 2. Substitute rhubarb for the roses in the last. — 3. {Pil. stomachics mesucs. Pil. diets antecibum, P. Cod.) Aloes 3vj ; extract of bark 3iij ; cinnamon 3j ; sirup of wormwood to mix. Dose. Of either of the above 5 grs., 1 hour before, dinner, to promote the appetite ; as a purge, 10 to 15 grs. PILLS, DIURETIC. Prep. (Thomson.)— a. Powdered digitalis 12 grs.; calomel and opium, of each 4 grs. ; confection of roses q. s. for 12 pills. — b. Mercurial pill 3j ; powdered squills 3j ; confec- tion of roses q. s. for 20 pills. Dose. 1 of either of the above twice a day in dropsy. PILLS, DIXON S ANTIBILIOUS. Prep. Aloes, scammony, rhubarb, and u little tartar emetic, beat up with s : rup. PILLS, EXPECTORANT. Prep.— 1. Myrrh 3lss ; powdered squills 3ss ; extract of henbane 3ij ; sirup q. s. ; divide into 30 pills. Dose. 2 night and morning. — 2. (Thomson.) Powdered squills and extract of hemlock, of each 3:-:s ; ammoniaemn oiss ; divide into 30 pills. Dose. 2 twice a day. In chronic coughs, asthma, &c. PILLS, FAMILY. Syn. Aloe Pills. An- TMii 'ous no. Aloe Rosata. Prep. Socotrine or hepatic aloes 4 oz. ; juice of loses 1 pint ; dis- solve by heat, strain through a piece of coarse flannel, evaporate, and form into pills. Purgative, in doses of 5 to 15 grs. PILLS, FOTH ERG ILL’S. Aloes, scaimno- ny, colocynth, and diaphoretic antimony. PILLS, FOXGLOVE AND SQUILLS. Syn. Pil. Digitalis et Sc ill as. Prep. (P. E.) Pow- dered foxglove and squills, of each 1 part ; aro- matic electuary (P. E.) 2 parts ; conserve of red roses q. s. ; divide into 4-gr. pills. A valuable diuretic in dropsies. Dose. 1 to 2 pills. PILLS, FULLER’S. Prep. Aloes 3ss ; sen- na and myrrh, of each 3j ; asafeetida and galba- num, of each 10 grs.; saffron and mace, of each 5 grs. ; sulphate of iron 3ij ; sirup q. s. Dose. 5 to 20 grs. ; as an untispasmodic and aperient. PILLS, GALBANUM, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Pil. Gummosa:. Pil. Galbanj comp., (P. L. &, D.) Prep. (P. L.) Galbanum §j ; myrrh and sagape- num, of each ^iss ; asafeetida ^ss ; sirup (treacle, P. D.) q. s. ; beat to a mass. Stimulant and an- tispasmodic. Dose. 10 to 20 grs. ; in hysteria, amenorrhoea, &c. PILLS, GAMBOGE. Syn. Pil. Cameogia:, (P. E.) Pil. Cambogia: comp. (P. L. &. I).) Fou- dyce’s Pills. Prep. (P. L.) Gamboge 3j ; aloes 3iss ; ginger 3ss ; Castile soap 3ij ; beat to a mass. An active cathartic. Dose. 10 to 15 grs. in ob- stinate constipation. PILLS, HEMLOCK, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Pil. Conii comp. Prep. (P. L.) Extract of hem- lock 3v ; ipecacuanha 3j ; mix. Antispasmodic, expectorant, and narcotic. Dose. 5 to 10 grs. twice or thrice a day, in spasmodic coughs, bron- chitis, incipient consumption, &c. PILLS, HOFFMAN’S, (MAJOR.) Syn. Pil. II YDRARGYRI BlClILORIDI. PlL. HoFFMANII Majorf.s. Prep. (Paris.) Corrosive sublimate and muriate of ammonia, of each 5 grs. ; water f 3ss ; triturate till dissolved, add honey 3ss, liquor- ice powder 3vj ; mix, and divide into 40 pills. Each pill contains ^ gr. of corrosive sublimate. PILLS, HOOPER’S. Prep. Sulphate of iron, and water, of each 8 oz. ; dissolve, add Barbadoea aloes 2^ lbs. ; white canella 6 oz. ; myrrh 2 oz. ; opopanax \ oz. ; make a mass ; divide each drachm into 18 pills, and put 40 into each box. PILLS, IIYDRAGOGUE. Syn. Bontius’ Pills. Pil. Hydragog.e. Prep. (P. Cod.) Aloes, gamboge, and ammoniacum, of each ^j ; vinegar Jvj ; dissolve, strain, evaporate, and divide into 4 gr. pills. Strongly cathartic. Used in dropsy. PILLS, IODIDE OF MERCURY. ’ Syn. Pil. Hydrargyri Iodidi. Prep. Protiodide of mercury, and ginger, of ea<' , r 3j ; confection of hips 3iij ; mix. Dose. 5 to 15 grs., in scrofula, PILLS, IPECACUANHA, COMPOUND.) Syn. Pil. Ipecacuanha: comp., (P. L.) Pil. Ipe- cac. et Opii, (P. E.) Prep. (P. L.) Compound powder of ipecacuanha 3iij ; powdered squills and ammoniacum, of each 3j ; mucilage q. s. to mix. Narcotic, sudorific, and expectorant. Dose. 5 to 15 grs., in chronic coughs, asthma &c. PILLS, JAMES’S ANALEPTIC. Prep. Antimonial powder, guaiacum, and pills of aloes and myrrh, equal parts ; sirup q. s. ; mix, und di vide into 4-gr. pills. A diaphoretic purgative. PI I 47 G PIL PILLS, IRON, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Fe- male Pills. Pil Ferri comp., (P. L.) Pil. Ferri Carbonatis, (P. E.) Pil Ferri cum Myrriia. Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Myrrh 3ij ; carbon- ato of soda 3j ; triturate, add sulphate of iron 3j ; again triturate, then add treacle 3j ; and beat to- gether in a warm mortar. — 2. (P. E.) Saccharine carbonate of iron 4 parts ; conserve of red roses 1 part ; mix, and divide into 5-gr. pills. Both the above are mild chalybeate tonics. Dose. 10 to 20 grs. PILLS, IRON, (SULPHATE.) Syn. Til. Ferri Sulphatis. Prep. (P. E.) Dried sulphate of iron 2 parts ; extract of dandelion 5 parts ; con- serve of red roses 2 parts ; liquorice powder 3 parts ; mix, and divide into 5-gr. pills. Tonic. Dose. 1 to 3 pills. PILLS, KEYSER’S. Prep. Acetate of mer- cury 12 grs. ; manna 3iss ; starch 0 grs. ; mucil- ego of gum tragacanth to mix ; divide into 6-gr. pills. Alterative. Dose. 2 night and morning, gradually increased, in syphilis, &,c. PILLS, KITCHENER’S. Syn. Pil. Riiei et Carui. Kitchener’s Peristaltic Persuaders. Prep. Turkey rhubarb 3ij ; sirup 3j ; oil of cara- way 10 drops : mix, and divide into 40 pills. Sto- machic, aperient. Dose. 3 to 6. PILLS, LOCKYER’S. Prep. Panacea of antimony 10 grs. ; white sugar fj ; mucilage to mix ; divide into 100 pills. Cathartic and emetic. Dose. 1 to 3 pills. PILLS, MERCURIAL. I. {Blue Pill. Pil. Ccerulece. Pil. Hydrargyri, P. L. E. and D. Pil. Mercuriales, P. L. 1745.) Prep. (P. L.) Mer- cury 3ij ; confection of red roses 3iij ; triturate till the globules are perfectly extinguished, then add liquorice powder, 3j, and beat into a pill mass. The Edinburgh and Dublin forms are similar ; the forme- orders it to be divided into 5-gj\ pills. *#* This pill, if well prepared, presents no globules of mercury when moderately rubbed on a piece of white paper, but immediately communicates a white stain to gold. It should possess considerable density, and have a dark blue or slate color. It should contain ^ mercury, which may be ascer- tained from its sp. gr., or more exactly by an assay for the metal. (See SevUm.) Dose. As an altera- tive, 1 to 3 grs., combined with opium ; as a pur- gative, 5 to 15 grs. A blue-pill over night, and a biack draught in the morning, is a popular remedy in b.lious complaints. (See Abernetiiy Medi- cine.) II. (Collier.) Mercury and sesquioxide of iron, of each 3j ; confection of red roses 3iij ; triturate as before. This has been proposed as an excellent substitute for the common mercurial pill. The addition of only a few grs. of the above oxide of iron to 1 oz. of conserve, renders it capable of rap- idly killing a large quantity of mercury. III. (Tyson.) Blue oxide of mercury (prepared by decomposing calomel with liquor of potassa, to which a little liquor of ammonia has been added) 3ii : confection of roses 3vj ; powdered chamomiles 3j ; mix. Also proposed as a substitute for the College pill. (Pharm. Jour.) IV. Stearind 3j ; rub in a warm mortar till it assumes the consistence of thick cream, then add mercury 3iv ; rub till “ killed,” and further add confection of roses and wheut flour, of each 3iij ; powdered gum 3j. (Pharm. Jour.) Another pro* posed substitute for the College pill. V. {Pil. llydrargyrosa P. Cod.) Mercury and honey, of each 3vj ; triturate till the globule! are extinguished, then add aloes 3vj ; rhubarb 3iij, scaminony 3ij ; black pepper 3j ; make a pill mass. Contains ^ mercury. Alterative and aperient. Dose. 5 to 10 grains. Bellosle's , Barberousse's, and Morclot's pills, and the P/7. Hydrargyri laxantes , (P. E. 1744,) and the Pil. Mercuriales, (P. L 1740,) are similar. PILLS, MORRISON’S. Prep.— 1. ( Morri- son's Pills, No. 1.) Aloes and cream of tartar, equal parts ; mucilage q. s. to form a pill mass. — 2. {Morrison's Pills, No. 2.) Gamboge 3;j ; aloes 3iij ; colocynth 3j ; cream of tartar 3iv ; sirup to mix. Both the above are purgative ; the latter strongly so. Dose of either, 5 to 15 grs. PILLS, NAPOLEON’S PECTORAL. Prep. Ipecacuanha 30 grs. ; powdered squills and am- moniacum, of each 40 grs. ; mucilage to mix ; di- vide into 24 pills. It is said that the above was a favorite remedy with the late emperor of Franco for difficulty of breathing, bronchitis, and various affections of the organs of respiration. Dose. 2 pills night and morning. PILLS, OPIUM. Syn. Night Pills. Ano- dyne do. Opiate no. Pil. Opii sive Tiiebaicae, (P. E.) Opium and conserve of red r^s, of each 1 part ; sulphate of potash 3 parts ; mix, and di- vide into 5-gr. pills. Dose. 1 or 2 pills, as an anodyne or soporific. Each pill contains 1 gr. of opium. PILLS, OPIUM AND SOAP. Syn. Com pound Soap Pills. Laudanum, (P. L. 1720.) Pil Saponace^e, (P. L. 1745.) P. Opii, (P. L. 1788., P. Saponis cum Opio, (P. L. 1809, 1824, &, P. D.) Pilule Saionis composite, (P. L. 1836.) Prep. (P. L.) Powdered opium §ss ; Castile soap ^ij ; beat together. An excellent anodyne and sopo- rific. Dose. 3 to 10 grs. Contains one-fifth dry opium. PILLS, PECTORAL. Prep. (Haggart.) Powdered ipecacuanha, and squills, of each ;aiv ; acetate of morphia 16 grs. ; Castile soap ; mix, and divide into 192 piils. A most excellent pec- toral. Dose. 1 to 3, twice or thrice duilv. PILLS, PETER’S. Prep. Aloes, jalap, scam- mony, and gamboge, of each 3ij ; calomel 3j ; beat into a mass with rectified spirit of wine. A pow- erful cathartic. FILLS, RHUBARB. Syn. Pil. Rh.®i. Prep. (P. E.) Powdered rhubarb 9 parts acetate of potash 1 part ; conserve of red roses 5 parts ; mix, and divide into 5-gr. pills. Stomachic ; purgative. Dose. 2 to 4 pills. PILLS, RHUBARB, (COMPOUND.) Syn Pil. Riiei comp., (P. L. and E.) Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Powdered rhubarb 5 powdered aloes 3vj ; pow- dered myrrh 3iv ; Castile soap 3j ; oil of caraway f3ss; sirup q. s. to make a pill mass. — 2. (P. E. 1839.) Rhubarb 12 parts; aloes 9 parts; myrrh and soap, of each 6 parts; confection wf .red rose? 5 parts ; oil of peppermint 1 part ; mix, and di- vide into 5-gr. pills. — 3. (P. E. 1817. Edinburgh Pills.) As the last, bat beaten up with sirup of orango peel instead of conserve of roses. %* All the above are tonic, stomachic, and mildly purga- tive Dose. 10 to 20 grs. PIL 477 PIN PILLS OF RHUBARB AND IRON. Syn. Pil. Rir^i et Ferri. Prep. (P. E.) Dried sul- phate of iron 4 parts ; extractor rhubarb 10 parts ; conserve of roses 5 parts ; divide into 5 gr. pills. Tonic ; stomachic. Dose. 2 to 4 pills. PILLS, RUDIUS’S. Prep. Colocynth pulp 3vj ; agaric, black hellebore, and turpethum root, of each ^ss ; cinnamon, mace, and cloves, of each 9ij ; rectified spirit %x ; digest 4 days, express the tincture, and evaporate to a proper consistence. Formerly esteemed as one of the most certain ca- thartics, in troublesome constipation. Dose. 5 to 30 grs. PILLS, SADILLOT’S FEBRIFUGE. Prep. Disulphate of quinine 12 grs. ; powdered opium 3 grs. ; confection of opium 10 grs., or q. s. for 12 pills. Dose. 1 pill every hour or two, in the inter- mission of an ague. PILLS, SAGAPENUM, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Pil. Sagapeni co.vip. Prep. (P. L.) Saga- penum §j ; aloes 3ss ; sirup of ginger q. s. Dose. 5 to 20 grs., as a stimulant purgative in dyspepsia, with flatulence. PILLS, SCOT’S. Prep. 1. Aloes 9 lbs.; jalap 3 lbs. ; ginger ^ lb. ; oil of aniseed 1 oz. ; treacle 21 oz. ; mix. — 2. Aloes 1 lb. ; colocynth 4 oz. ; scammony and gamboge,*of each ^ oz. ; oil of aniseed 2 dr. ; mix with sirup, and divide into 5 gr. pills. A good purgative pill. PILLS, SCOT’S. ( Anderson's .) Prep. 1. (Pil. Andersonis, P. Cod.) Aloes and gamboge, of each 3vj ; oil of aniseed 3j ; sirup to mix. — 2. Bar- badoes aloes 1 lb. ; jalap 4 oz. ; black hellebore 2 oz. ; subcarbonate of potash 1 oz. ; oil of aniseed ^ oz. ; sirup q. s. The last is a good purge, but the first is the most powerful. PILLS, SPEEDIMAN’S. Prep. Aloes 1 lb.; myrrh, rhubarb, and extract of chamomile, of each 4 oz. ; oil of chamomile \ oz. ; mix. An ex- cellent tonic and stomachic purge. PILLS, SQfUILL. Syn. Pil. SciLLiE, (P. E.) Pil. ScilljE Comp. (P. L. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Powdered squills 3j ; ginger and ammoniacum, of each 3ij ; soap 3iij ; sirup q. s. ; mix. An excel- lent expectorant and diuretic. Dose. 5 to 20 grs., in coughs, chronic bronchial affections, &c. It soon spoils. PILLS, STARKEY’S. Prep. Extract of opium %iv ; mineral bezoar and nutmeg, of each ^ij ; saffron and Virginian snake root, of each §j ; Starkey’s soap lb. ss ; oil of sassafras ^ss ; tincture of antimony (old) f §ij ; mix. Anodyne. Dose. 3 to 10 grs. PILLS, STOERCK’S. Prep. Extract of hemlock 3j ; powdered hemlock q. s. to make a pill mass ; divide into 2-gr. pills. Dose. 1 to 4 twice a day, in various glandular and visceral en- largements, pulmonary affections, cancer, scrofula, neuralgia, &c. PILLS, STORAX. Syn. Pil. Styracis, (P. E.) Pil. Styracis Comp., (P. L.) Prep. (P. L.) Strained storax 3iij ; powdered opium and saffron, of each 3j ; mix. Anodyne. Dose. 5 to 10 grs., in chronic coughs, &c. PILLS, STRYCHNINE. Syn. Pil. S.trycii- nia?. Prep. (Majendie.) Strychnia 2 grs. ; con- serve of roses 3ss ; mix, divide into 24 pills and silver them. °JLLS, TANJORE. Syn. East India Pills. Carnatic Snake do. Asiatic do. Pil. Arsenici Prep. (P. Cod.) White arsenic 1 gr. ; black pep- per 12 grs. ; triturate well, add powdered gum 2 grs., and water q. s. to make a pill mass ; divide into 15 pills. Dose. 1 or 2 after a meal. Com- monly employed in the East Indies in syphilis, elephantiasis, the bite of poisonous snakes, and as a preventive of canine madness. PILLS, TONIC. Prep. 1. (Thomson.)— a. Rhubarb and ginger, of each 3ss ; extract of chamomile 3j ; divide into 30 pills. Dose. 2 or 3 twice a day in dyspepsia and chlorosis. — b. Ses- quioxide of iron, and extract of hemlock, of each 3j ; divide into 20 pills. Dose. 1 or 2 twice a day in fluor albus and scrofula. — 2. (Collier.) a. Tar- trate of iron and extract of gentian, of each 3j ; oil of cinnamon 2 drops ; for 30 pills. Dose. 3 to 6, 3 or 4 times a day. A good stomachic tonic. — b. Oxide of zinc 3ss, (or sulphate 3j ;) myrrh 3ij ; camphor 3j ; confection of hips to mix ; for 40 pills. Dose. 1 or 2 pills 3 times a day, in epilepsy, chorea, and other nervous disorders, debility, &c. — 3. Sulphate of iron, ginger, and myrrh, equal parts ; conserve of roses to mix. Divide into 4 gr. pills. Dose. 1 twice a day ; in debility, &c. — 4. Powdered myrrh and sulphate of iron, of each 3j ; sulphate of quinine 3ss ; powdered capsicum 15 grs.; conserve to mix; divide into GO pills. Dose. 1 or 2 twice or thrice a day in debility, dys- pepsia, ague, &c. — 5. (Pil. Tonicce Bacheri. P Cod.) Alkaline extract of hellebore, and extract of myrrh, of each 3ij ; powdered holy thistle 3j ; mix and divide into 4-gr. pills. — 6. (Pil. Tonicce Stahlii.) Powdered iron filings, gum ammoniacum, and extract of lesser centaury, (chironia centau- rium,) of each 3j ; sirup of fumitory q. s. to mix. PILLS, VERATRIA. Syn. Pil. Veratria;. Prep. (Turnbull.) Veratria 1 gr. ; extract of hen- bane and liquorice powder, of each 12 grs. ; mix, and divide into 12 pills. . Dose. 1 every 3 hours ; in dropsy, epilepsy, hysteria, paralysis, nervous palpitations, &c. PILLS, WARD’S ANTIMONIAL. Prep. Glass of antimony, finely levigated, 4 oz. ; dragon's blood 1 oz. ; mountain wine q. s. to make a mass ; divide into 1^-gr. pills. Emetic. PILLS, WORM. Syn. Pil. Vermifuge vel Antiielminticas. Prep. 1. (Peschier.) Ethereal extract of malefern 30 drops ; extract of dandelion 3j ; powdered gum q. s. for 30 pills. Dose. 6 to 20 or more, followed in half an hour by a strong dose of castor oil. — 2. Calomel §j ; sugar ^iss ; mucilage to mix ; divide into 240 pills. Dose. 1 . or 2 over night followed by a strong dose of castor oil early the next morning. — 3. Gamboge 8 grs. ; calomel 5 grs. ; mucilage to mix. For a morning’s dose. PIMARIC ACID, obtained by Laurent from the turpentine of pinus marilima, by the action of hot alcohol. By distillation in vacuo it yields py- romaric acid, and under ordinary pressure pima- rone. By the action of nitric acid it yields azo - marie acid. PIMENTIC ACID. Heavy oil of pimento. PINIC ACID. The portion of common white resin soluble in cold alcohol of sp. gr. *883. PINK, BROWN. Prep. French berries and pearlash, of each 1 lb. ; fustic chips £ lb. ; water gallons; boil in a tin or pewter vessel, and PIT 478 PLA ■train through flannel while hot; then dissolve alum 1£ lbs., in hot water 2£ gallons, and add tho solution to the strained decoction as long as a sedi- ment falls ; wash the latter, drain und dry. Some persons omit the fustic. Used as a yellow pigment Is a fine glazing color when ground in linseed and used with drying oil. PINK, DUTCH. Prep. French berries 1 lb.; turmeric ^ lb. ; alum ^ lb. ; water gallon ; boil ^ an hour, strain, evaporate to 2 quarts, add whit- ing 3 lb3., and dry by a gentle heat. Starch or white lead is sometimes employed instead of whit- ing, to give it a body. Golden yellow. Used us n pigment. PINK DYE. Prep. Washed safflowers 2 oz. ; subcarbonate of potash 3 dr. ; spirit of wine 7 oz. ; digest 2 hours, add water 1 lb. ; digest for 3 hours more, and add lemon juice q. s. to strike a rose color. Used as a cosmetic and to dye silk stockings. PINK, ENGLISH. Syn. Light Pink. Pre- pared like Dutch pink, but with more whiting. PINK, ROSE. Whiting colored with a decoc- tion of Brazil wood and peurlush. A very pretty color, but does not stand. It is always kept in the damp state. The color may be varied by substi- tuting alum for pearlush, or by the addition of a little spirits of tin. PINK SAUCERS. Prep. Well washed saf- flower 8 oz. ; carbonate of soda 2 oz. ; water 2 gallons; infuse, strain, add French chalk, scraped fine with Dutch rushes, 4 lbs. ; mix well, and pre- cipitate the color on it by adding a solution of tar- taric acid ; collect the red powder, drain, add a very small quantity of gum, and apply the paste to the saucers. Less chalk may be used for a very fine article. PIPF.RINE. Syn. Pipf.rina. Prep. (P. Cod.) Treat alcoholic extract of black pepper with a so- lution of potash, (1 to 100 ;) wash the residue with water, dissolve in alcohol, filter, and let it evapo- rate spontaneously. White, tasteless, inodorous, fusible, and crystalline ; reddened by oil of vitriol. It has been given in doses of 6 to 12 grs. in inter- mittent fevers. PITCH, BURGUNDY. Syn. Pix Burgun- dica. Pix Abietina, (P. L.) “The true Burgun- dy pitch, so often prescribed for plasters, intended to produce a mild counter-irritation, is the resin of the pinu s abies. It appears that the importation of this substance has for some years past been giadually lessening in amount, in consequence of the substitution for it of a factitious pitch, made by melting common resin together with linseed-oil, and coloring the mass with annotto. Mr. Cooley, in ‘ The Chemist,’ July, 1844, says, this is well known among manufacturing druggists, the small- est difference of price inducing those gentlemen to substitute the spurious for the genuine article. — ‘ The physiological action of the two articles is considerably different, since Burgundy pitch acts upon the skin as a powerful local irritant, exciting a slight degree of inflammation, and not unfre- queully producing a pimply eruption, and an ex- udation of purulent matter from the cuticle on which it is ..pplied. It is celebrated for its effects when employed as a plaster in all cases where* warmth, support, and long adhesion to tho skin are desirable, und in the latter quality no substance equals it. I have worn a pure Burgundy pitch- piaster on iny chest from November until the foN lowing April, und it was still adhesive. Tho fac- titious Burgundy pitch has similar properties, but in an immensely less degree.' We cannot soft* ciently express our abhorrence of such practices a# tho manufacture und sale of spurious drugs.” (Lancet.) The article above alluded to is made by melting good yellow resin 1 cwt., with linseed oil 1 gallon, and palm oil (bright) q. s. to color. The mass is next allowed to cool considerably, and then pulled with the hands in the same way us lead plaster is treated, after which it is placed in bladders or “ stands” for use. The pulling or working destroys the translucency of the resin, and imparts tho opacity of foreign Burgundy pitch. Water may be employed to cool it down. Annotto is often substituted for palm oil as a coloring. The addi- tion of some of the droppings or bottoms of Can- ada balsam, Chio turpentine, oil of juniper, &c., will render this article equal to foreign pitch ; but in commerce this is never attempted, the aim bo ing only the production of a Lively color with moderate toughness. A common melting-pan and fire (if clean and carefully managed) will succeed sufficiently ; but, of course, both for safety und convenience, steam is preferable, and, on the largo scale, almost indispensable. A good workman will pull and put into stands or casks about 5 cwt daily, or from 1 cwt. to 3 cwt. in bladders, the latter quantity depending on the size of the blad* ders ; the small bladders occupying much longer, from the greater loss of time in tying, cutting, &,c. PITTACALL. (From mnu, pitch, and xaXos, beautiful.) A substance resembling indigo, ob- tained by Reichenbach from a certain portion of oil of tar, by the action of baryta. It gives a fast blue dye to cotton mordanted with tin and alum. PLASTER. Syn. Emplastrum, {hat., from e/iicXaffcu), to spread upon.) Plasters are external applications that possess sufficient consistence not to adhere to the fingers when cold, but which be- come soft and adhesive at the temperature of the human body. They are chiefly composed of unc- tuous substances united to metallic oxides, or pow- ders, or to wax, or resin. Plasters are usually formed while warm into £ lb. rolls, about 8 or 9 inches long, and wrapped in paper. When want- ed for use, a little is melted off the roll by means of a heated iron spatula, and spread upon leather, linen, or silk. The less adhesive plasters, when spread, are usually surrounded with a margin of resin plaster to make them adhere. In the prep- aration of plasters, the heat of a water-bath or steam should alone be employed. On the largo scale, well cleaned and polished copper, or tinned copper pans, surrounded with iron jackets, supplied with high-pressure steam, are used for this pur- pose. The resins and gum resins that enter into their composition, should be previously purified by straining. After the ingredients are mixed and the mass has acquired sufficient consistence by cooling, portions of it are taken in the hands anointed with a little olive oil, and well pulled or worked till it becomes solid enough to form into rolls. To promote the cooling of the plaster it is usual to plunge it into cold water, and to expose it to tho action of the fluid by working it about after which it must be well pulled in the hands t« PLA 479 PLA remove the water. Many plasters, as those of lead and resin, derive much of their whiteness and beauty from this treatment. White plasters arc not, however, always the best, but they are those which are most admired and sought after. PLASTER, AMMONIACUM. Syn. E.u- fla strum Ammoniaci, (P. L. E. & D ) Prep. (P. L) Ammoniacum (strained) 5 distilled vinegar §viij ; dissolve and evaporate. The P. D. orders vinegar of squills £ pint. Adhesive, stimulant, and resolvent. In scrofula, indolent swellings, &>c. PLASTER, AMMONIACUM AND MER- CURY. Syn. Emp. Ammoniaci cum Hydrargy- ro, (P. L. & D.) E. Ammon, et Hydrargyri, (P. E.) Prep. (P. L.) Olive oil 3j ; heat it in a mortar, add flowers of sulphur 8 grs. ; triturate, add mercury ^iij ; again triturate till the globules are extinguished, then add it to ammoniacum (strained) lb. j, melted by a gentle heat, and mix well. As the last, but more powerful. *** This plaster cannot be rolled till considerably cooled, and must not be put into water. II. ( Wholesale .) Mercury 38 oz. ; prepared se- rum $ lb. ; triturate as last, and add the mixture to strained ammoniacum 10 lbs. Fine blue color and quickly made. PLASTER, AROMATIC. Syn. Stomach Plaster. Emp. Aromaticum. Prep. (P. D.) Strained frankincense (thus) §iij ; beeswax ^ss ; melt, and when considerably cooled, add powdered cinnamon 3vj ; oils of allspice and lemons, of each 3ij. *** Must not be put into water. Stimu- lant ; applied over the stomach in dyspepsia, pain, nausea, flatulence, &c. Some add camphor 3j. PLASTER, ASAFCETIDA. Syn. Emp. As- SAFfF.TiDAS. Prep. (P. E.) Lead plaster and strained asafoetidu, of each, ^ij ; strained galbanum and beeswax, of each, §j ; melt together. *** Must not be put into water. Antispasmodic. Applied to the stomach or abdomen in hysteria, or to the chest in hooping-cough. PLASTER, BELLADONNA. Syn. Emp. Belladonna, (P. L. E. &, D.) Prep. (P. L.) Ex- tract of deadly nightshade 3-iss ; resin plaster, melted by a gentle heat, ^iij ; mix. A powerful anodyne and antispasmodic ; in neuralgia and rheumatic pains, and as an application to painful tumors. The plaster of the shops is usually defi- cient in extract. The following is a form I have 6een used in the wholesale trade : — Lead plaster and resin plaster, of each, 2£ lbs. ; extract of bel- ladonna 1| lbs. This plaster must not be pulled in water. PLASTER, BURGUNDY PITCH. Syn. Cephalic plaster. Emp. cepiialicum, (P. L. 1745.) Emp. Picis Burgundica, (P. L. 1788.) Emp. Picis comp., (P. L. 1809, 1824.) Emp. Pi- cis, (P. L. 1836, & P. E.) Prep. (P. L.) Bur- gundy pitch lb. ij ; resin of the spruce fir (thus) lb. j; yellow rosin and beeswax, of each, %iv ; melt, add olive oil and water, of each, §ij ; ex- pressed oil of mace ; and boil to a proper con- sistence. Stimulant and counter-irritant. Applied to the chest in pulmonary affections, to the joints in rheumatism, and to the loins in lumbago. It is a good warm plaster to wear on the chest during winter. *** The pitch plaster of the shops is made as follows : Factitious Burgundy pitch, bright colored, 42 lbs. ; pal*n oil (bright) f lb. ; beeswax (bright) 5 lbs. ; melt, and when nearly cold, add oil of mace 6 oz. ; oil of nutmeg 1 oz. PLASTER, CANTHARIDES. Syn. Bus- tering Plaster. Emp. Lytta, (P. L. 1809.) Emp. Cantiiaridis, (P. L. E. & D.j Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Wax plaster lb. iss ; lard lb. ss ; melt, and when considerably cooled, add finely powdered Spanish flies lb. j, and efir till stiff. — 2. (P. E.) Cantharides, resin, beeswax, and suet, of each, ^ j ; mix as last. Used to raise blisters. It should be spread on lea- ther with a cold knife, and surrounded with a margin of resin plaster. A piece of thin muslin or tissue paper is usually placed between the plaster and the skin to prevent absorption. — 3. ( Whole- sale.) Flies and yellow rosin, of each, 6 lbs. ; suet 10 lbs.; beeswax and lard, of each, 4 lbs. *** The above should be rolled in starch powder, and not with oil. PLASTER, CANTHARIDES, (COM- POUND.) Syn. Emp. Cantiiaridis comp. Prep. (P. E.) Venice turpentine ^ivss ; Burgundy pitch and cantharides, of each, §iij ; beeswax 3j ; ver- digris ^ss ; black pepper and powder mustard, of each, 3ij ; mix. Stronger than the last. PLASTER, COURT. Syn. Sticking Plas- ter. Emp. adiiesivum Anglicum, (Ph. Bor.) Prep. 1. (Paris.) Black silk or sarsenet is strained and brushed over 10 or 12 limes with the follow- ing composition: — Balsam (gum) of benzoin ^ oz. ; rectified spirit 6 oz. ; dissolve. In a separate ves- sel dissolve 1 oz. of isinglass in as little water as possible ; strain each solution, mix, and decant the clear. It is applied warm. When the last coat is quite dry, a finishing coat must be given with a solution of 4 oz. of Chio turpentine in 6 oz. of tincture of benzoin. — 2. Isinglass 1 oz. ; dissolve in proof spirit 12 oz. ; add tincture of benzoin 2 oz. ; give 5 or 6 coats, and finish olF as last. — 3. Isinglass 1 oz. ; water 3 oz. : dissolve, add tincture of benzoin 1 oz. ; apply as above, and finish off with a coat of tincture of benzoin or tincture of balsam of Peru. *** Goldbeate.s' skin is now fre- quently substituted for sarsenet. PLASTER, CUMIN. Syn. Emp. cymini. E. cumini. Prep. (P. L. 1824.) Burgundy pitch Ib.iij ; beeswax ^iij ; melt, and add cumin seeds, caraway do., and laurel berries, (all in fine powder,) of each ^iij ; water and olive oil, of each f 3 ss. — 2. Yellow rosin 7 lbs.; beeswax and linseed oil, of each, ^ lb. ; powdered cumin and caraway seeds, of each, 7 oz. ; mix. Discutient ; applied to the stomach and belly in dyspepsia and flatulence, and also to indolent tumors. PLASTER, GALBANUM. Syn. Yellow Diachylon. Gum do. Emp. Galsani comp., (P. L. 1824.) Emp. Galbani, (P. L. 1836 & P. D.) E. Gummosum, (P. E.) Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Lead plaster Ib.iij; resin of spruce fir §iij ; ' melt, add common turpentine (Venice) 3x ; strained galba- num fviij- — 2. ( Wholesale .) Lead plaster 42 lbs. ; yellow rosin 12 lbs.; strained galbanum 2 lbs.; strained asafoctida 1 oz. Stimulant and resol- vent. PLASTERS, ISSUE. Syn. Sparadrapum pro Fonticulis. Prep. Beeswax lb. ss ; Bur- gundy pitch and Chio turpentine, of each ^iv; vermilion and orris powder, of each %j ; musk 4 grs. ; melt, spread upon linen, polish with a smooth PLA 480 PLA piece of glass moistened witfc water, and cut into pieces. PLASTER, KENNEDY’S CORN. Prep. Wax lb. j ; Venice turpentine %\v ; verdigris §iss ; spread on cloth, cut, polish, and put 12 bits into each box. PLASTER, LEAD. Syn. Diachylon. White do. Simple do. Diapalme. Diachylon simplex, (P. L. 1720.) Emp. commune, (P. L. 1745.) E. Lythargyri, (P. L. 1788, P. E. & D.) Emp. Plumbi, (P. L. 1809, and since.) Prep. I. (P. L.) Finely-powdered litharge lb. vj ; olive oil 1 gallon ; water 1 quart ; boil to the consistence of a plaster, adding more water if required. II. (P. E.) Litharge §v ; olive oil f ^xij ; water f 5 i i j • As last. III. (Otto Kohnke.) For each pound of litharge employed, add \ pint of ‘colorless vinegar, (each ounce of which is capable of saturating 3ss of carbonate of potash ;) boil until all moisture is evaporated, and until only a few striae of litharge rise to the surface, then remove the heat, add gradually § to ^ as much vinegar as before, and boil to a {'roper consistence. IV. ( Wholesale .) — a. Genoa oil GO lbs. ; litharge 30 lbs. ; water 2 or 3 gallons. — b. Oil 70 lbs. ; litharge 30 lbs. ; water 2 or 3 gallons. Remarks. The London Collego orders too little oil. The second, fourth, and fifth forms produce beautiful plasters, and so does the third, provided enough oil be used. The proper proportion of litharge is I lb. to every 2£ lbs. of oil, (C. Watt,) and without this is used, the plaster speedily gets hard and brittle, and loses its adhesiveness. The process consists in putting the water and litharge into a clean and polished tinned-copper or copper pan, mixing them well together with a spatula, adding the oil, and boiling with constant stirring till the plaster is brittle, when thoroughly cold. This process usually occupies from 4 to 5 hours, but by adopting the third formula, an excellent plaster may be made in 15 or 20 minutes. To render this plaster very white , it is usual to sub- mit it to laborious pulling. Use. As a simple strapping, but principally as a basis for other plasters. PLASTER, MELILOT. Syn. Emp. Meli- loti. Prep. (P. E. 1744.) Fresh melilot, chop- ped small, lb. vj ; suet lb. iij ; boil till crisp, strain with pressure, and add yellow rosin lb. viij ; bees- wax lb. iv. Stimulant. Used to dress blisters, &c. The greater portion of this plaster in the shops is colored with verdigris, and is frequently made without the herb. I have seen the follow- ing form used in the wholesale trade : — Yellow rosin 18 lbs. ; green ointment 4£ lbs. ; yellow wax 3 lbs. ; finely-powdered verdigris to give a deep-green color. PLASTER, MERCURIAL. Syn. Emp. Hydrargyri, (P. L. &. E.) Prep. (P. L.) Lead plaster lb. j; melt, add mercury §iij, previously “ killed” by trituration with balsam of sulphur f 3j. — 2. ( Wholesale.) Mercury 7 lbs. ; prepared novum £ lb. ; triturate till the globules disappear, und add it to lead plaster, melted by a gentle heat 3G lbs. ; stir well together. Very fine blue or .eurt color. Used us a discutient in glandular en- largements, and other swellings ; and also applied over tho hepatic regions in liver complaints. PLASTER, OPIUM. Syn. Emp. Opii, (P. L. E. Se D.) Prep. I. (P. I*) Lead plaster lb. j ; melt, add powdered thus §iij ; mix, and further add powdered opium %hh ; water f^viij, and boil to a proper consistence. The other Colleges omit the water, and uso Burgundy pitch for thua Used as an anodyne. II. ( Wholesale .) Lead plaster 10 lbs.; yellow resin 30 oz. ; powdered opium 4 oz. PLASTER, OXIDE OF IRON. Syn . Iron Plaster. Frankincense do. Strengthening do. Emp. Roborans. E. Ferri Oxydi. E. Ferri, (P. E.) E. Tiiuris, (P. D.) Prep. I. (P. E.) Lead plaster ^iij ; yellow resin 3vj ; bees- wax 3iij ; melt together, then add red oxide of iron 3j, previously triturated with olive oil f3iiiss. II. (P. L. 1788.) Thus lb. ss ; dragon’s blood §iij ; lead plaster lb. ij. III. ( Wholesale .) Lead plaster (dry) 72 lbs. ; powdered yellow resin 12 lbs. ; crocus martis (lively colored) 14 lbs.; olive oil 1 quart. Iron plaster is strengthening and stimulant, and em- ployed as a mechanical support in muscular re- laxation, weakness of tho joints, &c., especially by public dancers. PLASTER, OXYCROCEUM. Syn. Emp, Oxycroceum. Prep. — 1. (P. E. 1744.) Bees- wax lb. j ; black pitch and strained galbanum, of each lb. ss ; melt, and add Venice turpentine, powdered myrrh, and olibanum, of each §iij ; powdered saflron ^ij. — 2. ( Wholesale .) Black pitch 9 lbs. ; black rosin 10^ lbs. ; beeswax and lard, of each 2£ lbs. ; melt together. Warm ; discutient. PLASTER, PARACELSUS. Syn. Emp. Stypticum. Prep. Lead plaster 28 lbs. ; galbanum plaster 2 lbs. ; powdered white canella, and gum thus, of each 1^ lb. ; melt together. PLASTER, RED LEAD. S?jn. Emp. e Minio. Made as lead plaster, but with red lead instead of litharge. If boiled to perfect dryness i> forms the Emp. e minio fuscum. Lead plaster colored with red lead, is usually sold for it. PLASTER, RESIN. Syn. Adhesive Plaster Baynton’s do. Emp. Resinae, (P. L.) E. Resin- osum, (P. E.) E. Lythargyri cum Resina, (P D.) E. Adhesivum. Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Leao plaster (dry) lb. iij ; melt, and add yellow resin (powdered) lb. ss. Principally used as a strap- ping for dressing ulcers, retaining the lips of cuts and wounds in contact, &c. — 2. ( Wholesale .) Lead plaster (dry) 60 lbs. ; pale yellow resin (powdered) 10 lbs.. PLASTER, SOAP. Syn. Emp. Saponis, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Litharge plaster lb. iij ; soap (white) sliced lb. ss ; melt together, and boil to a proper consistence. If it contains water it will crumble. Discutient ; in abrasions, Sec. PLASTER, SOAP, (COMPOUND.) Syn Emp. SAroNis comp, vel adiiasrens. Prep. (P. D.) Soap plaster §ij ; resin plaster §iij ; molt together Used in abrasions, See. *** Neither of the above must bo put into water. PLASTER, VE RDIGRIS. Syn. Corn Plaster. Emp. TEruginis. Prep. (P. Cod.) Wax 4 oz. ; Burgundy pitch 2 oz. ; melt, add Venice turpentino and powdered verdigris, of each 1 oz. PLASTER, WARMING. Syn. Emp. Calk- PLA 481 P01 facjens. Prep. CP. D.) Burgundy pilch 7 parts ; melt, and add plaster of cantharides 1 part. Some add a little camphor. Stimulant and rubefacient. Used in chest complaints, local pains, &c. PLASTER, WAX. Sijn. Simple Plaster. Emp. Attrahens. E. Simplex, (P. E.) E. Cerae, (P. L.) Prep. (P.L.) Yellow wax and suet, of each lb. iij ; yellow resin lb. j ; melt and strain. A simple dressing. PLATINIZING. Proc. I. (In the moist way.) Solid chloride of platinum 1 part, is dis- solved in water 100 parts, and to this solution is added common salt 8 parts ; or still better, 1 part 'f platino-chloride of ammonia and 8 parts of hy- ochlorate of ammonia are placed in a flat porce- lain vessel. 32 to 40 parts of water poured over it, the whole heated to boiling, and the vessels of coppe* or brass, perfectly bright, are placed there- in. Tn*>y will be covered in a few seconds with a brilliant and firmly-adhering layer of platina. II. (By the Electrotype .) — a. Proceed as di- rected under Voltaic Gilding, but make use of a dilute solution of the double chloride of soda and platinum. Three immersions suffice ; between each immersion it is necessary to dry the surface with fine linen, rubbing rather briskly, after which it must be thoroughly cleaned with levigated chalk. When copper has been gilded' in the moist way, the gilt surface has not always a beautiful tint ; but if the copper be previously covered with a pellicle of platina, a very beauti- ful golden surface may be produced. (M. Bo- ettger.) b. (M. Ruolz.) As the third process of voltaic gilding, (p. 335,) but using double chloride of pla- tinum and potassium, dissolved in caustic potassa. This solution allows of platinizing with the same facility and promptitude as in gilding or silvering. *** Manufacturing and operative chemists will find, in this process, a means of procuring large capsules of platinized brass, which combine cheap- ness with the necessary resistance to saline or acid solutions. 1 millegramme of platinum is capable of perfectly covering 50 square millimetres, which corresponds to a thickness of 1- 100,000th mi a millimetre. Platinum, thus applied, may be obtained from the crude solution of platinum ore, as the metals which accompany it do not injure the effect. (Dumas.) PLATINUM. Syn. Platina, (from plain , Span, silver.) A heavy, white-colored metal, chiefly imported from South America, where it is found in a granular form, associated with some other rare metals. It has the sp. gr. 21-25 to 21-5 after forging, being tho heaviest metal known, and is remarkable for its hardness, and power of resisting heat, and acid menstrua. Crude platinum is purified by solution in nitro- muriatic acid, somewhat dilute, precipitation by muriate of ammonia, and exposing the precipitate to a violent heat. Tho metal reduced in an ag- glutinated state, may be rendered more compact by pressure while red hot. Platinum undergoes no change by exposure to air and moisture, or tho strongest heat of a smith’s forge, and is not at- tacked by any of the pure acids, but is dissolved oy chlorine and nitromuriatic acid, though with more difficulty than gold. Spongy and powdered platinum possesses the remarkable property of caas* ing the union of oxygen and hydrogen gase* Platinum is precipitated from its solutions by de- oxidizing substances under the form of a black powder, which has the power of absorbing oxygen, and again imparting it to combustible substances, and thus causing their oxidation. In this way alcohol and pyroxilic spirit may be converted into the acetic and formic acids, &c. (See Acetic Acid.) — Oxide or Protoxide of Platinum is ob- tained by digesting protochloride of platinum in a solution of pure potassa in very slight excess. It dissolves slowly in the acids, forming salts of platinum. — The Binoxide, Deutoxide, or Per- oxide, by exactly decomposing the sulphate of the binoxide with nitrate of baryta, and adding pure soda to the filtered solution, so as to precipi- tate only half the oxide. (Berzelius.) — The Sesquioxide, by heating fulminating platinum in nitrous acid. (E. Davy.) — The Protochloride, by heating the bichloride to about 450° ; greenish gray. — The Bichloride, by evaporating the nitro- muriatic solution to dryness, at a gentle heat : red. — The Protiodide, by digesting the proto- chloride in a solution of iodide of potassium ; black. (Lassaigne.) — The Periodide, by the action of iodide of potassium on a weak solution of the bichloride ; black. (Lassaigne.) — The Pro- tosulphuret, by heating the yellow ammoniacal chloride with ^ its weight of sulphur in a retort. — The Bisulfhuret, by dropping a solution of the bichloride into a solution of sulphuret of potas- sium. — Fulminating Platinum, by acting on sul- phate of platinum with ammonia in slight ex- cess. — The Platino-bichloride of Potassium, by mixing solutions of bichloride of platinum and chloride of potassium, and evaporating ; a yellow powder, or small octohedrons. — The Platino- bichloride of Sodium, as the last. — The Platino- bichloride of Ammonia, by precipitating a strong solution of the bichloride by a solution of sal am- moniac ; an insoluble yellow powder. — The Pla- tino-protochlorides are prepared in a similai way. — Platina-moiir is obtained by melting pla- tina ore with twice its weight of zinc, powdering, digesting first in dilute sulphuric acid, and next in dilute nitric acid, to remove the zinc, assisting the action of the menstruum by heat ; it is then di- gested in potash lye, and lastly in pure water. (Descotils.) An insoluble grayish black powder, consisting of crude platinum. It acts like pla- tinum black, converting alcohol into vinegar, &c It explodes by heat. *** The salts of platinum are said to be alterative. The bichloride and the sodio-chloride have been employed both internally and endermically in syphilis, &c. They are poisonous. PLUMBAGINE. A crystalline substance, ex- tracted by M. Dulong from the roots of plumbago europea. It is soluble in alcohol, ether, and water. POISON. When you have reason to suppose that you have accidentally swallowed a poisonous substance, and proper medical advice is not at hand, take an emetic. This may be done almost instantaneously, by swallowing a cupful of warm water mixed with a teasnoonful of mustard. If you have not dry mustard in tho house, you are almost sure to have a mustard-pot, and a quantity from that put into the water will very quickl) POM POP 482 quantity to the sirnpio iiom.Tiailo of lard dial unci empty the stomach. As mustard may thus prove of so much use, it should never be wanting in any house ; but even should there be no mustard at hand, warm water by itself forms a tolerably effi- cacious emetic. (See the various Poisons for their antidotes.) POLYCHROME. A peculiar substance ob- tained from the bark of the horse-chesnut. and from quassia wood, by precipitating the infusion by acetate of lead, decomposing the precipitate by sulphureted hydrogen, filtering, and evaporating to a sirup, when crystals of polychrome form after some lime. It is purified by repeated solutions in a mixture of alcohol and ether. The solution ap- pears colorless by transmitted light, but blue by re- flected 1'ght, and exhibits a beautiful play of colors, visible when dissolved in 1,500,000 parts of water. POLYCHROMIC ACID. Syn. Artificial bitter ok Aloes. Prep. Aloes 1 part; nitric acid (sp. gr. 1*25) 8 parts ; mix, and when the action is over, evaporate to a sirup, and add cold water to throw down the polychromic acid ; purify by wash- ing with water till the -liquid passes ofi* of a blue color. A yellowish brown powder forming a pur- ple solution ; it explodes when heated. It is a mix- ture of Aloctic and Aloeresinic Adda. (Schunck.) POM MADE, (Fr. Pomatum.) Pommades are divided by the French perfumers into three class- es ; viz. — Pommades by in fusion — Pommades by contact, and — Pommades by addition. 'I’ll c firsl are made by gently melting in a clean pan, 2 parts of hog’s lard and 1 part of beef suet, both of the finest quality and carefully “ rendered and adding 1 part of flowers, carefully picked, or if a solid substance, coarsely bruised, and macerating for 24 hours, occasionally stirring, and observing to keep the vessel covered as much as possible. The next day the mixture is remelted, and again well stirred for a short time, after which it is pour- ed into canvass bags, and these being next secure- ly tied, are submitted to powerful pressure, grad- ually increased, in a barrel press. This operation is repeated with the same fat several times, until the pommade is sufficiently perfumed. A good pommade aux fleurs, requires twice to six times its weight of flowers to be thus consumed, and pommades of the aromatic barks and seeds a cor- responding proportion. *** In the same way are made the pommades of Cassia, orange flowers, and several others kept by the French perfumers. Pommades by contact are made by spreading with a palette knife simple pommade (made with lard and suet as above) on panes of glass or pewter plates, to the thickness of a finger, and sticking the surface all over with sweet-scented flowers, which must be renewed daily for 2 or 3 months, or till the pommade has acquired sufficient perfume. On the large scale, the panes are placed in small shal- low frames made of 4 pieces of wood nicely fitted together, and are then closely piled one upon an- other. On the small scale pewter plates are most- ly used, and one is inverted over the other. In Borne of the perfumeries of France, many thou- sands of frames are employed at once. %* In this way are, made the Pommades Jasmin, Jon- quil, Orange-flowers, Narcissus, Tuberose , Vio- let, &c. Pommades by addition are made by merely adding the fragrant essences or oils in sufficient 10 produce the proper odor ; or by mixing logethei oilier pommades. %* In this way are made the Pommades of Bergamolte , Cedrat, Cinnamon , Lemons, Lemon thyme, Lavcadei, Lunettes, Marjoram, Portugal, White Rose, Rosemary, Thyme, Verbena, and about 30 others, distinguish- ed by the Parisian perfumers. Mixed Pommades. Of these a great number arc prepared by the French, by the jud cions com bination of the most esteemed perfumes or Pom- mades, of which the following aro a few exam- ples : — Pommade a la Vanjlle, or Roman pommade. Pommade k la rose 12 lbs. ; ]., -. 'dered vanilla 1 lb.* melt in a water bath, stir constantly for 1 hour, lei it settle for another hour, decant the clear, and add 011 a la rose 2^ lbs. ; bergamolte 4 oz. — P ommadk de Casse. Simple pommade 1 lb. ; palm oil £ oz. ; melt, pour oil’ the clear, and add oil of cassia and huile an jasmin, of each 1 dr. ; neroli, 20 drops ; oil of verbena, or lemon grass, 15 drops; otto of roses, 5 drops; stir till nearly cold. — Pommade di- vine. Plain pommade, 1 lb. ; essences of lemon and bergamolte, of each 2 dr. ; oils of lavender antT origanum, of each 1 dr. ; oils ''f verbena, cassia, cloves, and neroli, of each 12 drops; huile an jas- min, 3 dr. ; essence of violets, £ oz. %* Pom- mades are colored — Yellow, by palm oil or annot- to — Red, by alkanet root — and Green, by guaia- cum, or the green leaves of spinage or parsley White pommades are made with mutton instead of beef suet. POMATUM. (From pomum, an apple.) A fragrant' unguent used in dressing the hair ; so named because it was formerly made with lard and apples. (See Pommades.) — Simple Pomatum. 1. Lard 2 lbs.; beef suet 1 lb. — 2. Lard 3 lbs.; mutton suet 1$ lb. — Common Pomatum. Simple pomatum 1 lb. ; essence of lemon 1 dr. — East India Pomatum. Suet 3 lbs. ; lard 2 lbs. ; beeswax (bright) ^ lb. ; palm oil 2 oz. ; powdered gum ben- zoin 3 oz. : musk 20 grs. ; melt, and digest two hours, decant, add essence of lemon 1 oz. ; oil of lavender ^ oz. ; oils of cloves, cassia, and verbena, of each 1 dr. — Rose Pomatum-. Lard or simple po- matum washed with rose water, or scented with otto. It may be reddened with alkanet. — Soft Pomatum. Hard lard, scented like East India po- rriatum. — Millefleur Pomatum. Simple pomatum, scented so that no one perfume shall predominate. — Roll Pomatum. (Hard do.) Mutton suet 6 lbs.; white wax £ lb. ; spermaceti £ lb. ; powdered ben- zoin 1 oz. ; melt, and add scent at pleasure. — Maresciial Pomatum. (Hard.) To the last add marescluil powder G to 8 oz. PORPII YROXINE. A neutral crystalline sub- stance, discovered by Merck in Bengal opium. It is soluble in alcohol and ether. PORTER. A fermented liquor, brewed from pale malt, mixed with a sufficient portion of high- dried malt to impart the necessary color and fla- vor. In many cases, i(» color is imparted by parched malt or burnt sugar, subsequently to tho boiling. (See Brewing.) Porter originated with a London brewer named Ilarwood, in J 722, and was first called “ entire,’' or “ entire butt," from being drawn from one cask. Previously to that date, ale, beer, and two-penny were tho common POT 483 POT beverages, either alone or mixed, under the names of half-and-half , or “ three threads ,” for which the publican was compelled to have recourse to 2 or 3 casks. The term porter was given from its general consumption among porters and laborers. Ordinary porter contains 4 to 5§ of alcohol. Prep. I. (Draught.) a. Pale malt 3£ quarters ; amber malt 3 quarters ; brown malt 1£ quarters ; mash at twice with 28 and 24 barrels of water, boil with brown Kent hops 56 lbs. ; set with yeast 40 lbs. Prod. 28 barrels, or 3£ times the malt, besides 20 barrels of table-beer from a third mash- ing. II. ( Bottling Porter. Broun Stout.) Pale malt 2 quarters ; amber and brown malt, of each do. ; mash at 3 times with 12, 7, and 6 bar- rels of water, boil with hops 50 lbs. ; set with yeast 26 lbs. Prod. 1 7 barrels, or 1 £ times the malt. III. F or either of the above use pale malt mixed with one-seventv-ninth part of patent malt for porter, and one-seventieth part for brown stout. IV. (Brown Stout.) To a butt of good porter add 4 galions of treacle, 1 gallon of coloring, and 1 quart of finings ; rummage up well, and in a week rack it into another cask. POlSOLOGICAL TABLE for proportioning the doses of medicines to the age of the patient, originally drawn up by Gaubius. Under £ year 1-1 6th of a full dose. “ 1 “ 1-3 2th “ 2 yrs. 1 -8th “ 3 “ 1.6th “ “ 4 “ 1 -5th “ 7 “ 1 -3d “ 14 “ 1-half “ “ 20 “ 2-3ds Above 21 “ the full dose. “ 63 “ ll-12ths “ s; 77 “ 5-6lhs “ “ 100 “ 2-3ds “ Dr. Young gives the following simple formula: —For children under 12 years, the doses of most medicines must be diminished in the proportion of the age to the age increased by 12. Thus, at 2 years, the dose will be 1 -7th of that for an adult, viz: drT2 =1 - 7Ui - *#* Sex, temperament, constitutional strength, and the habits and idiosyncrasies of individuals, must be taken into account. Nor docs the same rule apply to all medicines. Calomel, for instance, is generally borne better by children than by adults ; while opium affects them more powerfully, and requires the dose to be diminished considerably below that indicated above. POTASII. Syn. Oxide or Protoxide of Po- tassium. Potassa, (Lai.) Potasse, (Fr.) Kali, (Gcr.) The potash of commerce is a carbonate of potassa, or oxide of potassium, and has been already noticed at page 221. Pure anhydrous potassa is a white solid substance, highly caustic and corrosive, fusible, and possessing a powerful affinity for wa- ter, intense heat being evolved during its combina- tion with that fluid. The hydrate of potassa is the potassa fusa of the shops. Both these substances exhibit alkaline and basic properties in the most marked degree, turning vegetable yellows brown, and blues green, and forming salts with the acids. Most of the salts of potassa may be made by di- rectly saturating a solution of the acid with a si». lution of the carbonate or hydrate of potassa, and, in some instances advantageously, by double de- composition. In either case, the filtered solution will generally yield crystals on evaporation. (See Potassa, hydrate of.) Tests, cr. Dose. 4 to 10 grs. in pills or solution, 2 or 3 limes daily ; in scrofulu, bronchocclo, &c. It is also made into ointment. POTASSIUM, IODIDE OF. Syn. IIydrio* date of Potash. Potassii iodidum, v P. L. and E.) PoTASSv® HYDRIODAS, (P. D.) Prep. I. (P L.) Iron filings ^ij ; water 2 quarts; iodine Jvj; mix, heat till The solution turns green, then udd carbonate of potash ^iv, dissolved in water 1 quart ; filter, wash the residue with water, evaporate the filtered mixed liquors, and crystallize. The Edin- burgh form is similar. Prod. 4 oz. of iodine yield 4 oz. 3 dr. II. (P. D.) By saturating with carbonate of pot- ash an aqueous solution of hydriodic acid, formed by transmitting chlorine through water in which iodine is suspended. Prod. 4 oz. of iodine yield 4 oz. 7 dr. 20 grs. III. (Turner.) Add to a !'-ot solution of caustic potassa, sp. gr. 1*19, as much iodine as it will dis- solve, then pass sulphurcted hydrogen through the liquid until it becomes colorless, apply a gentle heat to expel excess of acid, filter, exav.s.'y neutral- ize with potassa, evaporate, and crystallize. Prod. 4 oz. of iodine yield 4 oz. 4 dr. 24 grs. IV. (Gregory.) Add iodine to a hot solution of pure potassa until the alkali is neutralized, evapo- rate to dryness, and expose the dry mass to a gen- tle red heat in a platinum or iron crucible, then dissolve out the salt, evaporate, and crystallize An excellent process. V. (Scanlan.) As the last, but mix a portion of powdered charcoal with the mass before ignition. An excellent process. VI. (Duflos.) Iodine and granulated zinc, of each 4 oz. ; water 8 oz. ; after the action has ceased, neutralize with a solution of carbonate of potash in slight excess, filter, neutralize with a lit- tle hydriodic acid, treat it with sulphureted hy- drogen for the sake of security, evaporate, and crystallize. Prod. 4 oz. of iodine yield 5 oz. 17 gr. Remarks. According to theory 4 oz. of iodine should yield 5 oz. 1 dr. 55 grs. of pure iodide of po- tassium ; but such a product is never obtained in practice, as will be seen by reference to the above formulae, which are those most generally approved of for the preparation of a pure salt. The old method of acting on iodine with potash, or carbon- ate of potash water, yields a very impure product. *** Pure iodide of potassium in pow’dcr is “ to- tally soluble in water and in alcohol. It alters the color of turmeric either not at all, or but very slightly. It does not discolor litmus. Subjected to heat, it loses no weight. Sulphuric acid and starch added together, turn it blue. 10 grs. of thk salt should decompose 10-24 grs. of (pure) nitrate of silver ; the precipitate is partly dissolved by ni trie acid, and partly altered in appearance, which is not the case when ammonia is added.” (P. L.) “ Its solution is not affected, or only rendered hazy by solution of nitrate of baryta. A solution of t grs. in f §j of distilled water, precipitated by an ex- cess of solution of nitrate of silver, and then agita- ted in a bottle with a little water of ammonia, yields quickly., by subsidence, a clear supernatant liquor, which is not altered by an excess of nitric acid, or is merely rendered hazy.” (P. E.) Dose 2 to 20 grs. or more, 2 or 3 times a day, in pills oi solution, either alono or combined with iodine ; in bronchocele, scrofula, chronic rheumatism, dropsy, syphilis, and various glandular diseases. It is alsc used externally, made into a lotion or ointfient. POU 485 POW POTASSIUM, PHOSPHURET. Obtained by gently heating phosphorus with potassium. POTASSIUM, SULPHURET OF. Syn. Liver of Sulphur. Sulpiiuret of Potash. II e- par Sulphuris. Kali Sulphuretum, (P. L. 1788.) Potass,® Sulphuretum, (P. L. 1809, 1824, and P. D.)* Potassii Sulphuretum, (P. L. and E.) Prep. (P. L.) Sulphur j carbonate of potash jjiv ; mix, and heat them in a covered crucible till they unite. *** It dissolves in water, yielding a fetid yellow solution, and in acids evolving strong fumes of sulphureted hydrogen. Dose. 2 to 4 grs. in solution, or made into pills with soap ; in obsti- nate skin diseases. It is chiefly used externally made into a lotion, (1 to 2 drs. to the pint,) or an ointment, (30 grs. to the oz.) It is poisonous in large doses. *#* Besides the above, there are other compounds of sulphur and potassium distin- guished by chemists. POTESTATES SUCCINI. Prep. Oil of am- ber 5 sesquicarbonate of ammonia ^ss ; alcohol 4 pint ; digest 4 days, and decant. Dose. 10 to 40 drops, externally, in hooping cough. POTION. Potus. POUDRE A LA MARESCHALLE. Prep. 1. Oak moss 2 lbs. ; starch 1 lb. ; cloves and cala- mus aromaticus, of each 1 oz. ; Cyprus and rotten oak wood, of each 2 oz. ; all in fine powder ; mix, and pass through a sieve. — 2. Starch powder 28 lbs. ; powdered cloves £ lb. ; mix as last. POUDRE CLARIFICANTE. Powdered al- bumen. POUDRE DE CHIPRE. Prep. 1. Wash oak moss for 3 days in running water ; dry, powder, and perfume it once or twice with jasmine or musk rose flowers, then add other scent. — 2. ( Pou - dre de Chipre de Montpellier.) Poudre de chipre, as last, 2 lbs. ; musk 30 grs. ; civet 18 grs. ; the last two ground with a little sugar. POUDRE DE FLEURS D'ORANGES. Prep. Starch powder 25 lbs. ; orange flowers 1 lb. ; mix in a covered chest ; stir 2 or 3 times a day, and repeat the process with fresh flowers a second and a third time. POUDRE DE FRANGIPANE. Prep. Pbu- dre de fleurs d’oranges and poudre de chipre, of each G lbs. ; essence of ambergris 1 oz. ; civet powdered with sugar 4 dr. ; mix well. Ash gray. POUDRE DE JASMINE. As poudre de fleurs d’oranges, using jasmine flowers. POUDRE DE JONQUILLE. As the last, using jonquilles. POUDRE KUSIQUE. Prep. Nitre and sul- phur, of each 50 parts ; powdered charcoal and antimony, of each 1 part ; mix and divide into doses of 2 grammes, and put three doses in each packet. Given to logs in a ball of butter, to pre- vent the disorders to which they are liable. A pop- ular French nostrum. POUDRE DE ROSES. Prep. 1. ( Poudre de Roses communes.) As poudre de fleurs d’or- anges, but leaving the box open, and changing the flowers in 24 hours. — 2. ( Poudre de Roses Mus- quees.) As the last, but using musk roses and ■hutting the chest. *** All the above perfumed powders are used as cosmetics for the hair. POULTICE. Syn. Cataplasm. Cataplas- I ■a. ( Lat ., from Kurax\a Freres Cobme ou de Rousselot. Prep. (P. Cod.) Fim ly powdered cinnabar and dragon’s olood, of each 1G grs. ; do. arsenious acid 8 grs.; mix Used to cauterize cancerous wounds, but should be applied with great caution, and only to a small surface. It is made into a paste with the saliva when used, and is lienee called Arsenical Paste, ( Pasta Arsenicalis.) t POWDERS, GINGER BEER. Prep. Pow- dered white sugar 2 dr. ; powdered ginger 5 grs. ; carbonate of soda 2G grs. ; mix, and wrap in bln* paper ; tartaric acid 30 grs. ; wrap in whito paper For use dissolve each separately in half a glass ol water, mix, and drink while effervescing. POWDER, HAIR. Starch powdered and sifted very flue, and scented at pleasure. (See Poudre.) POWDERS, INK. Prep. Aleppo galls 3 lbs.; copperas (dry but not calcined) 1 lb. ; gum arabic G oz. ; white sugar 2 oz. ; all in powder; mix. *#* 1 pint of boiling water poured on 1 £ or 2 oz., makes a pint of iak. PO W D E R, IPECACUANHA, (COM- POUND.) Syn. Dover’s Powder. Pulv. Do- ver!. P. Ipecacuanhas Comp., (P. L. E. &, D.) Prep. 1. (P. L.) Powdered ipecacuanha and hard opium, of each 3j ; do. sulphate of potash J mix. — 2. ( Wholesale .) Powdered ipecacuanh 1 and opium, of each 1 lb. ; do. sulphate of potash 8 lbs. ; mix. A powerful and valuable sudorific. Dose 5 to 15 grs.; in inflammatory affections, rhem. atisms, colds, &c. POWDER, JALAP, (COMP.) Syn. Pulv Jalapas Comp. (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Jalap ^iij ; cream of tartar ^vj ; ginger 3ij ; all in powder ; mix. Dose. 20 to GO grs. as a purgative in habitual costiveness, dropsies, &c. * POWDER, KINO, (COMP.) Syn. Pur.v. Kino Comp. Prep. (P. L.) Kino 3xv ; cinna- mon ? hard opium 3j ; powder and mix well. Dose. 5 to 20 grs. in diarrhoea, &c. POWDER, MERCURIAL. Syn. Quick- silver WITH CHALK. HYDRARGYRUM CUM CRETA, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. I. (P. L.) Mercury ^iij ; prepared chalk ; triturate till the globules dis- appear. Dose. 5 to 30 grs. as a mild mercurial. *** “ When pure, part is evaporated by heat ; what rema ns is colorless, and totally soluble in acetic acid with effervescence ; this solution is not colored by sulphureted hydrogen. These sub- stances can scarcely be so diligently triturated that no globules shall be visible.” (P. L.) As common- ly met with, this powder contains too little mercu- ry. When properly prepared, it effervesces when digested in cold dilute acetic acid, and the dark undissolved portion when dried should be equal to about § of the weight of the powder employed ; it should also be totally dissipated by heat, without incandescence, and readily and 'entirely soluble in nitric acid ; when examined by the microscope it should exhibit minute globules of mercury unjnixed with foreign matter. The Dublin Pli. orders pre- cipitated chalk. II. (T yson.) Calomel §iv ; liquor of potassa f ^yj or q. s. ; rub together, add liquor of ammonia ^ss, and again triturate ; decant the clear, well wash and gently dry the bluish powder, and mix it with twice its weight of prepared chalk. Stronger than the former. III. ( Mercury with Magnesia, Hydrargyrum cum Magnesia, P. I).) Mercury and manna, of each 8 parts ; triturate together (adding enough water to make a paste) till the globules disappear, then add carbonate of magnesia 1 part, mix, and further add warn^water G4 parts ; again well mix, and after repose decant the clear; repeat the washing with fresh water a second and third time, then add 3 parts more of carbonate of magnesia, mix well, and dry on bibulous paper. Urns and dose the same as of mercury and chalk. POW 487 POW IV. ( Quicksilver and Sugar. Mercurius Sac- charatus.) Quicksilver and white sugar, of each §j ; oil of tansy 3ss ; triturate till the globules dis- appear. D 3j, as a vermifuge. POWDER, PEARL, (COSMETIC.) Prep. Pure pearl white, ( trisnitrate of bismuth,) and French chalk scraped fine by Dutch rushes, equal parts , mix. Some add more French chalk. A skin cosmetic. This is preferable to pearl white alone, from being more adhesive. POWDER, PLATE. Prep.— 1. Quicksilver with chalk 1 oz. ; prepared chalk 7 oz. ; mix. — 2. Polisher's putty, and burnt hartshorn, of each i lb. ; prepared chalk 1 lb. Used to clean and polish plate. POWDER, PLATE BOILING. Prep. Cream of tartar, common salt, and alum, equal parts; mix. A little of this powder, added to the water in which plate is boiled, gives it a silvery whiteness. POWDER, PLUMMER’S. Syn. jEnnors Plummerl Prep. Calomel, and sulphuret of an- timony, equal parts. * Alterative. POWDER, PORTLAND, (DUKE OF.) Syn. Pulv. Ducis Portlandi.®. Prep. Roots of gen- tian and birthwort ; tops and leaves of germander, ground pine, and lesser centaury, of each equal parts ; powder and mix. For gout. POWDER, RHUBARB, (COMP.) Syn. Grf.gorv’s Powder. Pulv. Rii,ei Comp. Prep. (P. E.) Magnesia lb. j ; rhubarb §iv ; gingcr^ij ; all in fine powder; mix, and preserve it in a cork- ed bottle. An excellent antacid, stomachic, and mild purgative. Dose. 20 to 30 grs. POWDER, SCAMMONY, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Basilic Powder. Royal do. Pulv. Ba- silicus. P. Scammonii Comp., (P. L. E. and D.) Prep. 1. (P. L.) Scammony, and hard extract of jalap, of each ; ginger ^ss ; powder and mix. Dose. 10 to 20 grs. — 2. (P. E.) Scammony, ar.d bitarlrate of potash, equal parts; triturate together to a very fine powder. Dose. 15 to 30 grs Both are used as cathartics in worms, especially for children. POWDERS, SCENT. Prep. 1. Corianders, orris root, rose leaves, and calamus aromaticus, of each 4 oz. ; lavender flowers 8 oz. ; rhodium wood 1 dr. ; musk 20 grs. ; mix, and reduce to coarse powder. — 2. Corianders, orris, calamus aromaticus, and red roses, of each 1 oz. ; lavender flowers 2 oz.‘; mace and c!ove3, of each 1 dr. ; essential oil of almonds 10 drops ; mix as last. — 3. As last, but substitute musk 3 grs. for oil of almonds. Used to fill scent bags, and for boxes, &c. POWDERS, SEIDLITZ. Prep. 1. Tartrate of soda 3:j ; carbonate of do. Oij ; mix, and put it in a blue paper ; tartaric acid 35 grs., to be put in white paper. For ^ pint of water, as ginger-beer powders. Laxative. — 2. (In one loll le) Tartrate of sod i 12 oz. ; carbonate of do. 4 oz. ; tartaric ucid 3£ oz. ; white sugar 1 lb. ; all in fine powder ; dry each separately by a gentle heat, add essence of lemon 2(1 drops ; mix well, pa s it through a sieve, and put it at once into clean dry bottles. Dose. A dessert-spoonful lo a glass of water. POWDER, SENNA. (Boil ley's Green.) Sen- na leaves uried and heated till they turn yellow, then powdered along with (blue) charcoal, q. s. to give a green color. POWDER, SILVERING. Prep. 1. Silver dust (fine) 23 gra. ; alum 30 grs. ; cream of tartar and common salt, of each \ oz. ; powder and mix. — 2. Silver dust 1 oz. ; common salt and sal am- moniac, of each 4 oz. ; corrosivo sublimale ^ oz. ; mix as last. Used to silver copper previously well cleaned, by friction, adding a little water to form a paste. POWDERS, SODA. Syn. Effervescing Powders. Saline do. Aerated Soda do. Prep. Carbonate of soda 30 grs. in each blue paper ; tar- taric acid 25 grs. in each white paper ; dissolve each separutv'y in ^ of a glass of water, mix, and drink immediately. A cooling, wholesome sum- mer beverage. *** Midgeley's Soda Powders are made by adding g of a grain oftartarized anti- mony lo each paper of acid. Refrigerant and dia- phoretic. POWDERS, SPRUCE BEER. As ginger- beer powders, substituting essence of spruce 3 or 4 drops, for the powdered ginger. POWDER, TIN. Syn. Tin Filings. Grain Tin. Pulvis Stanni, (P. E. and D.) Prep. 1. (P. E.) Mei«. t : u in an iron vessel, pour it into an earthenware mortar heated a little above its melt- ing point, and triturate briskly as the metal cools, then sift the product and repeat the process. — 2. Pour melted tin into a wooden box, the inside of which is rubbed with chalk, and shako ’olently till the metal is reduced to powder, then sift as be- fore. Dose. 2 to 4 drs., as a vermifuge. *** Pol- ishers’ putty, colored with ivory black, is frequently substituted for this powder, ,and hence arise the ill effects that sometimes follow its use. POWDERS, TOOTH. Prep. 1. Red bark, and Armenian bole, of each 1 oz. ; powdered cin- namon, and bicarbonate of soda, of each ^ oz. ; oil of cinnamon 2 or 3 drops ; all in fine powder ; mix. (Lancet.) — 2. Substitute cassia for cinna- mon, and cream of tartar, carbonate of magnesia, or prepared chalk, for bicarbonate of soda. — 3. (Grosvenor's.) Rosepink 3 lbs.; orris powder ^ lb. ; oyster shells 2^ lbs. ; oil of rhodium 25 drops ; as above. — 4. (Asiatic dentifrice.) Prepared red coral 8^- lbs. ; Venetian red f lb. ; ochre and pum- ice-stone, of each \\ lb. ; China musk 30 grs. ; all in fine powder; mix. — 5. (Hemet's dentifrice.) Cuttlefish bones G oz. ; cream of tartar 1 oz. ; or- ris root ^ oz. ; as last.— 6. (Ruspini's dentifrice.) Cuttlefish bones 8 oz. ; roach alum and orris root, of each 1 oz. ; cream of tartar 2 oz. ; oil of rho- dium G drops ; as before. (See Cosmetics.) POWDER, TRAGACANTII, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Pulv. Tragacantiias Come., (P. L. and E.) Prep. (P. L.) Tragacanth, gum arable, and s!arch, of ej°h 3* ss > white sugar ^iij ; powder and mix. Derm .cent, and as a vehicle. POWDER, VERMIFUGE. Prep. 1. (Col- lier.) Powdered jalap and scammony, of each 3j; cream of tartar 3ij ; Ethiop’s mineral 3iij ; mix. Dose. 10 to 20 grs., for children. — 2. (E. II.) Scammony and calomel, of each 3j ; rhubarb 3iij ; all in fine powder ; mix.* Dose 15 to 30 grs. or more. POWDER, VIOLET. Prep. 1. Powdered starch 23 lb3. ; do. orris root 1 lb. ; essonco of ber- gamolte ^ oz. ; oil of rhodium ^ dr. ; mix and past through a.sieve. — 2. Powdered starch scented witl a little bergamotte. Used as a dusting powder i) crcoriations, and for children. PRA 488 PR POWDER, WARWICK, (EARL OF.) Syn. Pulv. Comitis Warwicensis. Prep. Scummony 4 oz. ; diaphoretic antimony 2 oz. ; cream of tar- tar 1 oz. ; all in fine powder ; mix. POX, CHICKEN. Syn. Waterpox. Vari- cella. (Dim. of Variola.) An eruptive skin disease, consisting of smooth vesicles of various sizes, which afterwards -become white and straw colored, and about tho fourth day break and scale off. In hot weather the discharge sometimes be- comes purulent, and at others the eruption is at- tended with considerable fever. The treatment consists in the adoption of a light vegetable diet, and in the administration of mild aperients and cooling drinks. POX, COW. Syn. Vaccinia. Variola Vac- cina. This disease was proposed as a substitute and preventive of smallpox, by Dr. Jcnner in 1798. The success which has followed its artificial pro- duction has nearly led to the extinction of small- pox in England. The process of vaccination is similar to that of inoculation for the smallpox, be- fore noticed. About the third day the puncture usually becomes red and elevated, and continues to enlarge and become vesicular, until at about the 8th or 9th day, it is at its height, and the vesicle is surrounded with a florid areola. About the elev- enth or twelfth day these symptoms decline ; the centre of the pustule becomes brown, and a dark scale gradually forms and separates, leaving the arm as heretofore. This disease seldom requires medical treatment ; but should febrile symptoms come on, an aperient may be given. POX, SMALL. Syn. Variola. (From va- rius, changing color, because of its action on the skin ) This disease comes on with the usual symp- toms of inflammatory fever. About the third day, red spots, resembling flea bites, make their appear- ance on the face and head, and gradually extend over the whole body. About the fifth day small circular vesicles, depressed in the centre, surround- ed by an areola, and containing a colorless fluid, begin to form, when the feverish symptoms abate ; about the sixth day the throat becomes sore ; about the eighth day the face is swollen, and about the eleventh day the pustules acquire the size of a pea, and cease to enlarge, the matter which they con- tain becomes opaque and yellow, a dark central 6pot forms on each, the swelling of the face sub- sides, and secondary symptoms of fever come on ; the pustules become rough, break and scab over, and a dark spot remains for some days, often fol- lowed by permanent indentation. At the end of the sixteenth or eighteenth day, the symptoms usually disappear. In the confluent smallpox, the pustules' coalesce, the eruption is irregular in its progress, and the inflammatory symptoms are more severe. Tho treatment of ordinary cases of small- pox resembles that mentioned above for chicken- pox. When great irritability exists, small doses of morphia, opium, or camphor, may bo administered, and obstinate vomiting arrested by effervescing sa- line draughts. The application on tho third day of a mask formed of thick muslin, covered with mercurial ointment, and having holes cut out for tho nostrils, eyes, and mouth, will effectually pre- vent “ pitting.” (Dr. Stewardson.) Gold leaf is also applied for the same purpose. PRADIEII’S CATAPLASM. Prep. Balm of Mecca 3vj ; rectified spirit of wine 3-xvj ; dis- solve ; red cinchona bark, sarsaparilla, and sage, of each ! saffron 5 s8 5 rectified spirit of wine ^xxxij ; digest for 48 hours, filter, mix the two li quors, and add twice their weight of lime water. Ii gout, f^ij sprinkled on the surface of a hot linseed- meal poultice sufficiently large to surround the af- fected part. *#* The Emperor Napoleon gave •C2500 for this receipt. PRECIPITATE, GREEN. Syn. Mkrcu- RIUS PlliECiriTATUS VlRIDIS. LaCERTA VlRIDIS. Prep. Quicksilver^; nitric acidf^iss; dissolve; copper ; nitric acid f^j ; water f jfiss ; dissolve ; mix the solutions, evaporate to dryness, and cal cine till red fumes cease to arise. Caustic. PRECIPITATE, WHITE. Syn. Cosmetic Mercury. Ammoniated Mercury. Muriate of Ammonia and Mercury. Ammoniated Submuri- ate of Mercury. Ammoniacal Oxyciiloruret OF DO. CilLORAMIDE OF DO. ClILORO-AMIDIDE OF do. Mercurius PiiiEciriTATUs Albus, (P. L 1745.) Calx IIydrargyri Alba, (P. L. 1788 .) IIydrargyrus Pkjecipitatus Albus, (P. L. 1809 .) Hydrargyrum Pr/Eciimtatum Album, (P. L. 1824, &, P. E.) IIydrargyri Ammonio Ciiloridum, (P L. 1836.) IIydrargyri Submurias Ammoniatum, (P. D.) Prep. I. (P. L.) Bichloride of mercury §vj ; distilled water 3 quarts; dissolve, and add liquor of ammonia f^viij ; wash and dry the pre- cipitate. II. Corrosive sublimate and sal ammoniac, of each § vij ; dissolve in water 3 quarts, and precipi- tate with liquor of potassa. Some use only 4 oz. of sal ammoniac. Remarks. A white, inodorous solid or powder, insoluble in alcohol, partially soluble in boiling wa- ter, and wholly dissolved by sulphuric, nitric, and muriatic acids, without effervescence. It is “ to- tally dissipated by heat. Digested with acetic acid, it yields no yellow or blue precipitate with iodide of potassium. Its powder triturated with lime wa- ter does not become black. When heated with so- lution of potash it exhales ammonia, and assumes a yellow color.” (P. L.) Used to make an oint- ment, in various skin diseases, &c. PRESERVES AND PRESERVING. (See Fruits, Jellies, Jams, Marmalades, Conserves, See.) PRINTING INK. Syn. Encre d’Imprimerie, (Fr.) Buchdruckerfarbe, ( Ger .) Prep. — 1. The varnish. 10 or 12 gallons of linseed oil are set over the fire in an iron pot, capable of contain- ing at least as much more, to allow of its swelling up without running over. When it boils it is kept stirred with an iron ladle, and if it does not take fire of itself soon after the smoke begins to rise, it is kindled by means of a piece of burning paper, stuck in the cleft end of a long stick. The pot is then shortly afterwards removed from the fire, and the oil is suffered to burn for about half an hour, or till a sample of the varnish cooled upon a pallet knife, may be drawn into strings of about half an inch long, between the fingers. The flume is now ex- tinguished by the application of a closely-fitting tin cover, and as soon as the froth of the ebullition has subsided, black ros : n is added, in tho proportion of 6 lbs. to every 6 quarts of oil thus treated ; the mixture is next stirred until tho rosin is dissolved when 1 j lbs. of brown soup, cut into slices, i? fun PRO 489 PRU iJier ridded, (cautiously,) and the ingredients are again stirred with the spatula until united, the pot being once more placed over the fire to promote the combination. When this is effected, the var- nish is removed from the heat, and after thorough stirring, covered over and set aside. *#* It is ne- cessary to prepare two kinds of this varnish, vary- ing in consistence, from more or less boiling, to be occasionally mixed together as circumstances may require ; that which answers well in hot weather being too thick in cold, and vice versa. Large characters also require a thinner ink than small ones. A good varnish may be drawn into threads like glue, and is very thick aud tenacious. The oil loses from 10 to 13§ by boiling. — 2. Making the Ink. a. (Black.) Finely-powdered indigo and Prussian blue, of each 2 ^ oz. ; best mineral lamp- black 4 lbs. ; do. vegetable lampblack 3£ lbs. ; put them into any suitable vessel, and mix in gradually the warm varnish. The mixture must now be submitted to careful grinding, either in a mill or with a slab and muller. On the large scale steam power is employed for this purpose. — b. (An ex- temporaneous superfine ink.) Balsam of copaiba (pure) 9 oz. ; lampblack 3 oz. ; indigo and Prus- sian blue, of each 5 dr. ; Indian red \ oz. ; yellow soap (dry) 3 oz. ; grind to an impalpable smooth- ness. Canada balsam may be substituted for bal- sam of copaiba where the smell of the latter is ob- jectionable, but it dries quicker. Remarks. Old linseed oil is preferable to new. Yellow rosin soap is preferred for black and dark colored inks, and white curd soap for light ones. Vegetable lampblack takes the most varnish. The addition of indigo and Prussian blue is to correct the brown color of the black. The Indian red is added to increase the body and richness of the co- lor. Some persons find much trouble in grinding up the indigo, from its running into a mass and clogging the mill ; but this may be avoided by mixing it as above, or by first grinding it with a sufficient quantity of Canada balsam or copaiba, and using a proportionate quantity of varnish, and that of a little thicker consistence. The French employ nut oil instead of linseed. Mr. Savage ob- tained the large medal of the Society of Arts for his black ink made as above. It is unrivalled. Colored inks are made in a similar way. The pigments used are — Carmine, lakes, vermilion, chrome red, red lead, orange red, Indian red, Ve- netian red, orange chrome, chrome yellow, burnt terra di sienna, gall stone, Roman ochre, yellow do., verdigris, Scheele’s green, Schweinfurth’s do., blues and yellows mixed for greens, indigo, Prus- sian blue, Antwerp do., cobalt do., charcoal do., lustre, umber, sepia, & c. &c. (See Savage’s “ Prep- aration of Printing Ink,” and the “ Encyclo- pedia Biutannica.”) PRINTS, ACKERMAN’S LIQUOR FOR. Prep. Best pale glue and white curd soap, of each 4 oz. ; hot water 3 pints : dissolve, then add pow- dered alum 2 oz. Used to size prints and pictures before coloring them. PROMETHEANS. Prep. Uhlorate of potash ana loaf sugar, equal parts ; vermilion to color ; powder each separately, mix, and make a stiff* paste with a weak solution of gum arabic. This paste is divided into small pieces. A number of •mull oval glass beads are now made from a small 62 thin glass tube by means of a candle, one end of which is closed while soft. These are dipped while still hot into sulphuric acid, and the open end is then closed by having the flame directed upon it by a blowpipe. A slip of paper 2 inches long and 1 wide is next taken, and one of the corners cut off*. A little gum arabic is applied, and the paper is rolled into a small cylinder, leaving a hollow at the gummed end. Into this hollow, one of the glass beads, surrounded with a little of the red mix- ture, is then gently squeezed with the fingers, and finished off* by smoothing the external surface with the finger fnoistened with gum water. The whole is now dried. Used to procure a light. The bead containing tl. * oil of vitriol at the loaded end is broken by a smart blow, and on coming into con- tact with the chlorate mixture, causes it to rnirst into flame. *** The bead and red paste together should not be larger than a barley corn. (See Chlorate Matches.) PROTEINE, (from rpiortwa, I take the first place, because it is the original matter from which albumen, caseine, and fibrine are derived.) A compound of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, and oxy- gen, discovered by Mulder. It is obtained when albumen, caseine, or fibrine is dissolved in L'^der- ately strong liquor of potassa, the solution he.. ted for some time to 120°, and acetic acid added ; a gelatinous precipitate forms, which, after being washed and dried, is proteine. It is insoluble in water and alcohol. With sulphuric acid it forms sulphoproteic acid, and with chlorine, chloropro- teic acid. When digested in nitric acid xantho- proteic acid is formed along with ammonia and oxalic acid. *** Proteine is produced by vegeta- bles alone, and cannot be formed by animals, al- though the animal organism possesses the power of converting one modi&cation of proteine into an- other, fibrine into albumen, or vice versa, or both into caseine. Vegetable albumen, caseine, and fibrine, are therefore the only sources of proteine for ani- mal life, and consequently of nutrition, strictly so called, or the growth in mass of the body. (Lie- big, Animal Chem. p. 106.) PRUSSIAN BLUE. Syn. Berlin Blue. Prussiate of Iron. Ferro-trussiatf. of do. Cyanuret of do. Ferro-cyanide of do. Per- CYANIDE OF DO. SESQUIFERROC YANI DE OF DO. Cyanure ferroso-ferrique, (Berzelius.) Eisen- BLAUsiiuRF.s eisenoxyd ; Berlinerblau, (Ger.) Bleu de Prusse ; Prussiate de Fer, ( Fr .) Fer- RI PERCYANIDIJM, (P. L.) Do. CYANURETUM, (P. D.) Do. FERRO-SESQUiCYANiDUM. Prep. I. Pre- cipitate the crude but clear solution of prussiate of potash (blood lye) by a mixed solution of 2 parts of alum, and 1 part of green sulphate of iron. The dingy green precipitate that falls, gradually becomes blue by absorption of atmospheric oxy- gen, which is promoted by exposure and agitation of the liquor. As soon as it has acquired its full color, the whole must be allowed to repose, the clear portion decanted, and the sediment repeated- ly washed with water, drained, and dried, at first in a stove, but afterwards on chalk stones. II. Partly saturate the free alkali in the crude lye, with dilute sulphuric acid, before precipitation. Very superior. III. Repeatedly digest and wash the precipitate obtained by cither of the above processes, in very PRU 49C PRU dilute muriatic acid, and then in puro water; drain and dry. Superior. IV. {Paris Blue.) Neutralize the solution of prussiatc of potash above, with dilute sulphuric acid, and precipitate with a solution of any persalt of iron, (as the persulphate, nitrate, sesquichloride, or pet acetate ;) well wash, and dry the precipi- tate. A very rich and intense color. V. (Hoe list litter.) Crystallized prussiatc of pot- ash and green vitriol, of each G parts; dissolve each separately in water 15 parts; then add oil of vitriol l part ; fuming muriatic acid 24 parts : agitate well. After some hours, treat? the whole with chloride of lime 1 part, dissolved in water 80 parts, and strained, observing to stop the addition of the latter solution as soon as an effervescence from the escape of chlorine gas is observed ; after standing some hours, thoroughly wash the preep- itate, and dry it ; or. instead of the above, at once wash the precipitate i;i dilute nitric acid, till it ac- quires a deep-blue color. Product. Of the finest quality. Remarks. The object of employing alum is to prevent or lessen the precipitation of oxide of iron by the free alkali in the blood lye, but a portion of alumina is in consequence thrown down with the blue, and tends to render it paler, and increase the product. The same purpose is effected by neutralizing the alkali with dilute sulphuric acid, and omitting the alum from the precipitating solu- tion ; hut in this case, if green copperas is em- ployed, it will be necessary to treat it with very dilute muriatic acid, to remove the excess of per- oxide of iron, before the precipitate acquires its full richness of color. The quantity of alum em- ployed may be varied according to the shades of the intended blue. The quality of Prussian blue may be estimated by its color, and by the quanti- ty of potash or soda required to destroy its blue color. If it effervesces with acids, it contains chalk ; and if it forms a paste with boiling water, it is adulterated with starch. It is pure, if, “ af- ter being boiled with dilute muriatic acid, ammo- nia throws down nothing from the filtered liquid.'’ (P. L.) It has been occasionally used in medi- cine, but is principally employed as a pigment. It is purgative, and not poisonous. Prussian blue is distinguished from indigo by exhibiting a coppery tint when broken, but which is removed by rubbing with the nail. PRUSJSIATE OF POTASH. Syn Ferro- PRUS81ATF. OK PoTASII. Tltll’LE DO. DO. FerRU- IlETED IIVDROCYANATE OK DO. FerROCYANATE OF do. Fkiirooyanide of Potassium. Cyanure fer- jtoso - pot a ssiq.uk, (Berzelius.) Ferrocyaxure de Potagsium ; Prussiate jaune de Potasse, (Fr.) Kaj.ium eisencvaxur ; Cyaneisen Kalium, ( Ger .) Potasri i ferrocyanidum, (P. L. &, H.) Prep. I. Dried blood, horns, or hoofs, 5 parts ; good pearl- ash 2 parts ; both reduced to coarse powder, mix, and inject into an egg-shaped iron pot in a state of moderate ignition ; stir well with an iron spatu- la, so as to prevent it running together, and con- tinue the calcination till fetid vapors cease to bo evolved. During tho latter part of the process, the pots should remain covered, and only occasion- ally stirred. The calcination is known to be fin- ished when (huno is no longer seen on stirring tho mixture. When this is tho cuao, removo the pasty inass with an iron ladle, and when cold, dissolve in water; filter or defecate, and evaporate, that crystals may form on cooling ; redissolv© in hoi water, and cool very slowly, when large and beuu* tiful yellow crystals will be deposited. The greaves obtained from the tallow-chandlers are employed U3 an economical substitute for horns or blood, by one of the largest Scotch manufactur- ers ; but blood is the best where it can bo pro- cured, and after that, horns and hootk H. (L. Thompson y Potash or pearlash, and coke, cinders, or coal, of each 10 parts ; iron turn- ings 5 parts ; all in coarse powder ; mix, and ex- pose for half an hour to a full red heat in an open crucible, stirring occasionally till small jets c-f pur- ple flame arc no longer seen, then cool, d ssolvn out the soluble matter, and proceed us above. If this solution be precipitated by sulphate of iron, and the precipitate brightened by muriatic acid, as before described, 25§ of the weight of the puro potash employed, will be obtained in Prussian blue. III. {Pure.) Fuse effloresced commercial prus- siale of potash in a glass vessel, dissolve in water, neutralize with acetic acid, precipitate with strong alcohol, wash the precipilate with a little weak al- cohol, redissolve in wute r . and crystallize. Remarks. 'Pile yellow . -usswte of potash is chiefly used in dyeing and calico printing, and in chemistry, as a lest and a source of prussic acid. When pure, it is totally dissolved' by water; loses 12*b'§ of its weight by a gentle heat; scarcely, if at all, alters the color of turmeric ; is precipitated deep blue by the sesquisalts of iron, and white by zinc ; its ashes dissolved by muriatic acid, are again thrown down by ammonia ; it yields 18’7§ of' sesquioxide of iron. (P. L.) Feruocya- m de of Iron precipitates solutions of antimony, bismuth, protoxide of mercury, and zinc, white— Cadmium, pale yellowish white — Protoxide of ce- rium, white, soluble in acids — Protoxide of copper, white, changing to red — Protoxide of iron, white, rapidly turning blue — Lend, white, with a pale yellowish cast — Protoxide of manganese, white, rapidly passing into peach or blood-red — Peroxide of mercury, white, turning blue — Oxide of nickel, white, turning green — Silver, white, turning brown in the light — Protoxide of tin, white, (gelatinous) Cobalt, green, turning reddish gray — Peroxide of copper, brown-red — Peroxide of iron, dark blue — Deuioxide of manganese, greenish gray — Molyb- denum, dark brown — Protoxide of palladium, green, (gelatinous) — Tantalum, burnt yellow— Peroxide of tin, yellow, (gelatinous) — Uranium , reddish brown. +.j.t Red Prussiate of Potash {ferrideyanide of potassium) is distinguished by precipitating solutions of bismuth, (pale.) cad- mium, peroxide of mercury, and zinc, (deep.) of a yellow color — Protoxide of mercury — Cobalt, (dark) — Protoxide of copper , molybdenum, silver, and uranium, reddish brown — Peroxide of copper , greenish yellow — Protoxide of iron, blur — Man- ganese, brown — Nickel, yellowish and green— and protoxide of tin, white. It does not affect so- lut'ons of peroxide cf iron. PRUSSIC ACID. Hydrocyanic Acid. Aci- DUM IIYDROCYANIOUM. P)Cp. I. ANHYDROUS. (U (Liebig.) Pure crystallized IVrrocynnide of potas- sium 15 parts; water and sulphuric acid of eaclt pru 49 PRU 0 parts; distil in a glass retort into a well-cooled receiver, containing chloride of calcium in coarse fragments, 5 parts, stop the process as soon as the chloride in the receiver is perfectly covered by the distilled fluid, and decant the ac d into a bottle furnished with a good stopper. Keep it in the dark, with the bottle inverted, b. (Gay-Lussac.) Treat b’cyanide of mercury with strong hydro- chloric acid, and pass the vapor first over carbon- ate of lime, and then over chloride of calcium. IT. Dilute, a. ( A-Hum Hydrocyanicum di- lutum.) Sulphuric acid jiss ; water f^iv ; mix in a glass retort, cool, add ferrocyanide of potas- sium ^ij ; dissolved in water £ pint, and d stil f^vj into a well-cooled receiver, containing f^viij of water ; lastly, add f§vi of water more, or us much as may be sufficient, so that a solution of 12-7 grs. of nitrate of silver may be accurately saturated by 100 grs. of the acid. Contains 2§ of real acid. b. (Everitt.) Cyanide of silver 48^ grs.; distilled water f 3 j : mix, add 39£ grs. of muriatic acid, agitate, and decant the clear into another vial. (P. L.) Contains 2§- of pure acid. c. (P. D.) Bi- cyanide of mercury f ,] ; muriatic acid f'3vij ; wa- ter f^viij; distil f|v j. Sp. gr. 0-998. Contains l-6§ of pure acid. •«. (Laming.) Cyanide of po- tassium 22 grs. ; water fovj ; dissolve, add crys- tallized tartaric acid 50 grs., dissolved in rectified spirit foilj ; shake well together, and decant the clear: f 3j contains 1 gr. of pure acid. e. (P. E.) Similar to the P. L., but contains 3-233 of pure acid. /. (Dr. Clark.) Tartaric acid 1 part; wa- ter 40 parts ; dissolve, add 2§ parts of pure cya- nide of potassium, agitate, and decant. Contains 3§ of pure acid, and a little bitartrate of potash. g. (Majendie.) Pure anhydrous acid f^j ; water fjvj, (or I to 8£ by weight.) Contains 12§ of pure acid, or 6 t mcs as strong as that of the P. L. h. (Winckler.) Powdered crystals of prus- siatc cf potash (pure) 120 grs.; solution of pure phosphor c acid (sp. gr. 1-25) 240 grs. ; alcohol of 8O3, 480 grs. ; mix in a retort connected with a receiver containing 120 grs. of rectified spirit of wine, infuse for 24 hours, with occasional agita- tion, and then distil, adding to the distilled liquid sufficient alcohol to make it up to exactly 1^ or Contains 2$of pure acid. i. (Dr. R. D. Thomson.) Dilute sulphuric acid (P. L.) f 3 j ; distilled water f3vj ; mix, cool, add pure cyanide of lead 43-36 grs.; agitate well, and decant the clear. Con- tains 2§ of pure acid. k. (Scheele.) Prussian blue (pure) ^ij ; red oxide of mercury %vj; distilled water f^vj ; boil till the blue turns green, wash the sediment with hot water fSjx ; pour the liquid upon clean iron filings 3i;j ; add oil of vitriol 3j ; pour the liquid from the quicksilver that has sepa- rated, and distil ^th. The strength of the product varies. An acid of 4§ is usually sold under this name ; but the acid prepared as above is generally much stronger. Remarks. Pure anhydrous prussic acid is a most deadly poison ; 1 or 2 drops, either swallowed or applied to the skin, being sufficient to cause speedy death : even its vapor has a like effect. Dilute prussic aci*’ has been taken with apparent advantage in chronic coughs, phthisis, and some Other diseases. The dose of the acid (P. L.) may In* from 2 to 5 minims 3 or 4 times a day, made into a mixture with water flavored with gum or sirup. It is also used externally in som* skin diseases. *#* Prussic acid, even when dilute, is very liable to spontaneous decomposition, and this speedily occurs when it is exposed to the light. To promote its preservation, it is usual to sur- round the bottles containing it with thick purple paper, and to keep them inverted in an obscure situation. The addition of a very small quant it) of muriatic acid renders it much less liable to change, and is generally made by manufacturers for that purpose. But in testing the strength of such acid by nitrate of silver, it is necessary to deduct the weight of the chloride of silver from that of the mixed precipitate. The cyanide of silver is soluble in a concentrated solution of nitrate of silver, and also in boiling nitric acid ; but the chloride is insoluble in either of those menstrua. For estimating the strength of the commercial acid the following plan, proposed by Dr. Ure, will be found very exact and convenient, and may be used as a check to the above : — To 100 grains, or any other convenient quantity of the acid, contained in a small vial, add in suc- cession, small quantities of the peroxide of mer- cury in fine powder, tiil it ceases to be dissolved on agitation. The weight of the red precipitate taken up being divided by four, gives a quotient representing the quantity of real prussic acid present. By weighing out beforehand, on a piece of paper or a watch-glass, 40 or 50 grains of the peroxide, the residual weight of it shows at once the quantity expended. The operation may bo always completed in five minutes, for the red pre- cipitate dissolves as rapidly in the dilute prussic acid, with the aid of slight agitation, as sugar dis- solves in water. Should the presence of muriatic acid be suspected, then the difference in the vola- tility of prussiate and muriate of ammonia may be ’had recourse to with advantage ; the former exhaling at a very gentle heat, the latter re- quiring a subliming temperature of about 300° F. After adding ammonia in slight excess to the prussic acid, if we evaporate to dryness at a heat of 212°, we may infer from the residuary sal ammoniac the quantity of muriatic acid present. Tests. — 1. It is distinguished by a strong odo; of bitter almonds. — 2. Neutralized by potash, and tested with a solution of sulphate or tincture of iron, it gives a blue precipitate, or one turning blue on the addition of dilute sulphuric or muriatic acid. — 3. Nitrate of silver gives a white precipi- tate, soluble in boiling nitric acid. — 4. Super- saturated with potash, it gives a greenish bluo prcc'p’tate with sulphate of copper, which is turn- ed white by the cautions addition of muriati-s acid. — 5. Tincture of guaiacum gives a- white precipitate, and when a lew drops of solution of sulphate of copper are added, a blue color is pro- duced, which is heightened by adding alcohol. (Pagenslecher.) — 6. In cases of poisoning, if the above tests cannot be applied, the contents of the stomach may be introduced along with a littlo sulphuric acid into a retort, and distilled, and the reagents applied to the distilled liquor. Ant. — 1. Chlorine water, or solution of chloride of lime or soda, in doses of 2 or 3 spoonfuls diluted with water, frequently ; also apply it externally. — i) PUN 492 PUT Small quantities of ammonia water diluted with 10 or 12 parts of water ; also the fumes inhaled. — 3. The joint administration of carbonate of potash and sulphate of iron. This has been lately very strongly recommended. *** Cold affusion should be adopted in all cases, and is almost of itself a certain cure, if employed before the convulsive stage is over ; and it is often successful even during the stage of insensibility and paralysis. (Herbst.) Artificial respiration should also be at- tempted. Unfortunately the poisonous action of prussic acid is so rapid that life is usually extinct before antidotes can be applied. PUFF PASTE. Take a quarter of a peck of flour, and rub into it a pound of butter very fine. Make it up into a light paste with cold water, just stiff enough to work well. Next Sy it out about as thick as a crown-piece ; put a layer of butter all over, then sprinkle on a little flour, double it up, and roll it out again. Double and roll it with layers of butter three times or more, and it will be fit for use. By repeating this pro- cess 10 or 12 times, a very light paste will be formed. Bake in a moderately quick oven. PULVERIZATION OF SALTS. Many salts wfiich are pulverized with difficulty, tnd do not dissolve in spirit of wine, are easily transform- ed into a fine powder, by agitating their concen- trated aqueous solution with a considerable quan- tity of spirit of wine ; the disengaged fine crys- tallized powder may then be dried, and further divided by trituration. (Du Menil.) A large number of salts may also be reduced to coarse powder by keeping their solutions in a state of constant agitation during the evaporation. PUNCH. Prep. — 1. Juice of 3 or 4 lemons ; yellow peel of 1 or 2 lemons ; lump sugar $ lb. ; boiling water 3$ pints ; infuse \ an hour, strain, add porter £ pint ; rum and brandy, of each f to 1 pint, (or either alone 1^ to 2 pints,) and add more warm water and sugar, if desired weaker or sweeter. — 2. ( Cold Punch.) Arrack, port wine, and water, of each 1 pint ; juice of 4 lemons ; white sugar 1 lb. ; mix. — 3. ( Gin Punch.) Yel- low peel and juice of 1 lemon ; gin £ pint ; water 1£ pints; sherry 1 glass; mix. — ( Iced, Punch.) Champagne or Rhenish wine 1 quart ; arrack 1 pint ; juice and yellow peels of G lemons ; white 6ugar 1 lb. ; soda water 1 or 2 bottles ; ice as cream. — 4. (Milk Punch or Verder.) Yellow rinds of 2 dozen lemons ; steep for 2 days in rum or brandy 2 quarts ; then add spirit 3 quarts more; hot water 3 quarts ; lemon juice 1 quart ; loaf sugar 4 lbs ; 2 nutmegs, grated ; boiling milk 2 quarts ; mix, and in 2 hours strain through a jelly bag. — 5. (Norfolk Punch.) French brandy 20 quarts ; yellow peels of 30 oranges and 30 lemons; infuse for 12 hours; add 30 quarts of cold water, 15 lbs. of lump sugar, and the juice of the oranges and lemons ; mix well, strain through a hair-sieve, add new milk 2 quarts, and in G weeks bottle. Keeps well. — G. (Orange Punch.) As No. 1, using oranges, and adding a little orange wine. A little Cura^oa, Noyeau, or Muroschino, improves it. — 7. (Raspberry Punch.) As lust, but using raspberry juice or vinegar for oranges or lemons. — 8. (Regent's Punch.) Strong hot green tea, lemon juice, and capillaire, of each <2 pints ; rum, bruiwly, arrack, and Curacoa, of each 1 pint ; Champagne 1 bottle ; mix, and slice a pine-apple into it. — 0. (Tea Punch.) Hot tea 1 quart ; arrack ^ bottle ; white sugar G oz. juice of 8 lemons; yellow rinds of 4 lemons; mix. — 10. (Wine Punch.) Sugar 1 lb.; yellow peel of 3 lemons ; juice oi 9 lemons ; arrack 1 pint ; port or sherry wine (hot) 1 gallon ; cinna- mon \ oz. ; nutmeg 1 dr. ; mix. %* All the above are pleasant intoxicating beverages. (Seo Shrub.) PURL. Prep. To warm ale or beer add bitters 1 wine-glassful, or q. s. Some add spirit. PURPLE OF CASSIUS. Syn. Purple Pre- cipitate. Cassius’ no. Gold Purple. Pourpre de Cassius, (Fr.) Gold-purpur, (Ger.) Aurum STANNO TARATUM, (P. Cod.) PURPURA MINERALS Cassii. Prep. I. Crystallized protochlorido of tin 1 part ; crystallized perchloride of tin 2 parts ; dis- solve each separately, mix, and add it to a solution of crystallized tcrchloride of gold 1 part; wash, and dry the precipitate. Very fine. II. (Frick.) Dissolve tin in cold dilute aqua re- gia, till the fluid becomes faintly opalescent, then take the metal out and weigh it ; dilute largely with water, and add simultaneously a dilute solu- tion of gold and dilute sulphuric acid, in such pro- portion, that the tin in the one shall be to the gold in the other, in the ratio of 10 to 36. III. Silver 150 parts; gold 20 parts; tin 35-1 parts ; fuse together under charcoal and borax, cool, laminate, and dissolve out the silver with ni- tric acid. Used as a purple in porcelain painting, and to communicate a ruby red color to glass, when melted in open vessels. PURPURINE. A coloring principle found by Robiquet and Colin in madder. It dissolves in al- cohol, ether, and water, and solutions of alum and alkalis. It is also called madder purple. PUTREFACTION. Syn. Putrefactio .(Lat., from putrefacio, I make rotten.) The spontane- ous decomposition of animal and azotized vegeta- ble substances, under the joint influence of warmth, air, and moisture. The solid and fluid matters are resolved into gaseous compounds and vapors, which escape, and earthy matters which remain. The most striking characteristic of this species of fer- mentation or decay, is, the ammoniacal or fetid exhalations that accompany it. We have already noticed some of the most useful antiseptic process- es, (see p. 62,) and shall therefore merely observe here, that putrefaction may be prevented by the abstraction or exclusion of any of the conditions essential to its occurrence. This may be effected by — reduction of temperature , — exclusion of at- mospheric air , or — the abstraction of moisture. Frozen meat may be preserved for an unlimited period, while the same substance will scarcely keep for more than a few days at the ordinary heat of summer. Animal substances will also re- main uninjured for a long period if kept in vessels from which the air is entirely excluded, as in the process which is described below. The third con- dition is fulfilled when azotized matter is -reserved in alcohol or in any similar fluid, or is dried. In either case water is abstracted from the surface, which then loses its propensity to putrefy, and forms an impervious layer, which excludes atmo- spheric oxygen from the interior and softer portion of the substance. Creosote, alcohol, ll £ acid*, and PYR 493 PYR *ome of the salts, act in the latter way. One of the commonest methods of effecting this purpose, is to jmmerse the substance in alcohol of 60 to 70$. to which some camphor, ammonia, or common salt may be added ; but a cheaper and equally efficient plan, is to employ a weak spirit holding a little creosote in solution ; a solution of sulphurous acid may bo substituted for alcohol. Meat im- mersed for 1 hour in water holding T i_th part of creosote in solution, may be preserved unchanged, even during summer. In Messrs. Donkin and Gamble's patent process , the substances, previous- ly parboiled, are placed in small’ tin cylinders, which are then filled up with rich soup ; the lids are next soldered on quite air-tight, and a small hole afterwards made in the centre ; the cylinders are then placed in a bath of brine, and heated to the boiling point, to complete the cooking process, when the hole in the lid is hermetically sealed, by soldeiing while the vessel still remains boiling hot. The ends of the tins on cooling assume a concave form from the pressure of the atmosphere, without which they cannot be air-tight. The patentees expose the canisters prepared as above for at least a month to a heat of 100 to 110°, when if the pro- cess has failed, putrefaction commences, and the ends, instead of remaining concave , bulge and be- come convex. This is called the “ test.” This process was invented by M. Appert in France. Fish, flesh, and poultry may be thus preserved for years in any climate. (See Fermentation, Ani- mal Substances, Anatomical Preparations, &c.) PUTTY, GLAZIER’S. Whiting worked up with drying oil. PUTTY, POLISHER’S. Syn. Potee d’Etain. Calcine. Cineres Stanni. Prep. — 1. Melt tin, rake off the dross as it is formed, and calcine this dross till it becomes whitish. — 2. Melt tin 1 oz. with an equal weight, or 1£ oz. of lead, and then raise the heat so as to render the mixed metal red hot, when the tin will be immediately flung out in the state of putty. Both are very hard, used for polishing glass and japan work, and to color opaque white enamel. PUZZOLANA. A volcanic ash found at Pom- peii, Vesuvius, &c. Mixed with lime it forms an excellent hydraulic cement. A good artificial puz- zolene may be made by heating a mixture of 3 bushels of clay and 1 bushel of slaked lime, for some hours, to redness. (M. Bruyere.) PYRETHRIN. An acrid resinous principle extracted by alcohol and ether from the bark and root of pellitory of Spain, (anthemis pyrethrum.) It is also soluble in acetic acid. PYRO ACIDS. (From nvp, fire.) This term is applied to several acids that are obtained by the action of heat on other acids. — Pyrocitric Acid, ( Citricic do. Itaconic do.) — Pyrogallic do. — Py- ROLITIIIC DO. PYROMALIC DO. PYROMECONIC DO. — Pyromucic do. — Pyrophospiioric do., (formed by exposing a concentrated solution of phosphoric acid for some time to a heat of 415°.) — Pyrotar- taric and Pyruvic do., (obtained together from tartaric acid,) are examples of the pyroacids. The salts of the pyroacids are also distinguished by the i prefix pyro. „PYRODIGITALINA. A semi-solid, poison- ous empyreumatic oil, obtained by Dr. Morries by i the ■destructive distillation of the dried leaves of foxglove. Pyroconia is obtained in the sam» way. PYROLIGNEOUS ACID. Srjn. Vinegar or Wood. Spirit of do. Smoking Liquor. Essence of Smoke. Acidum Fyrolignosum. (From xvp , fire , and lignum, wood.) Impure acetic acid ob- tained by the destructive distillation of wood in close vessels. It comes over along with tar and gaseous matter. In this state it is very impure, and contains much empyreumatic matter in solu- tion ; but by separation from the tar, saturation with slaked lime or chalk, defecation, and evapo- ration, an impure acetate of lime is obtained, which, after being gently heated, to destroy part of its empyreumatic matter without injuring its acetic acid, is again dissolved and defecated, and then precipitated by a solution of sulphate of soda, when a solution of acetate of soda and a precipitate of sulphate of lime are formed by double decomposi- tion. The solution is next evaporated to dryness, the dry mass dissolved in water, and the new solu- tion filtered and recrystallized. The crystals of acetate of soda obtained by the last process yield pure acetic acid by distillation along with sulphuric acid. (See Acetic Acid and Animal Sub- stances.) PYROPHORUS. (From irvp, fire, and 0£pu, I bear.) Syn. Luft-zunder, ( Gfer .) A substance that inflames spontaneously when exposed to the air. Prep. — 1. (Homberg’s.) Alum and brown sugar, equal parts ; stir the mixture in an iron ladle over the fire till dry, then put it into an earthen or coated glass vial, and keep it at a red heat so long as flame is emitted ; it must then be carefully stopped up and cooled. — 2. (Dr. Hare.) Lamp- black 3 parts ; burnt alum 4 parts ; carbonate of potash 8 parts ; as above. — 3. (Gay Lussac.) Sul- phate of potash, 9 parts ; calcined lampblack 5 parts ; as last. — 4. (Gobel.) Heat tartrate of lead red hot in a glass tube, and then hermetically seal it. — 5. Alum 3 parts ; wheat flour 1 part ; as No 1. *** When the above are properly prepared, a little of the powder becomes glowing hot and in- flames on exposure to the air. The accession of the combustion is prorpoted by moisture, as a damp atmosphere or the breath. They all (except the fourth) owe their combustibility to the presence of sulphuret of potassium. (Gay Lussac.) PYROTECHNY. (From xvp, fire, and re^vij, art.) The art of making fireworks. “ The three prime materials of this art are, nitre, sulphur, and charcoal, along with filings of iron, steel, copper, zinc, resin, camphor, lycopodium, &.c. Gunpow- der is used either in grain, half -crushed, or finely ground, for different purposes. The longer the iron filings, the brighter red and white spots they give ; those being preferred which are made with a coarse file, and quite free from rust. Steel fil- ings and cast-iron borings contain carbon, and afford a more brilliant fire, with wavy radiations. Copper filings give a greenish tint to flame ; those of zinc, a fine blue color ; the sulphuret of anti- mony gives a less greenish blue than zinc, but with much smoke ; amber affords a yellow fire, as well as colophony, (rosin,) and common salt; but the last must be very dry. Lampblack produces a very red color with gunpowder, and a pink one with nitre in excess ; it serves for making golden showers.” When lightly mixed with gunpowder PYR 494 PYR tnd put into oases, it throws out small stars re- sembling the rowel of a spur; this composition has hence been called “ spur tire.” “ The yellow sand, or glistening mica , communicates to fireworks golden radiations. Verdigris imparts a pale green; sulphale'of copper and sal ammoniac give a palm-tree green. Camphor yields a very white Jlams and aromatic fumes, which masks the bad smell of other substances. Benzoin and storax are use4 also on account of their agreeable odor. Lycopodium burns with a rose color aild a mag- nificent flame ; but it is principally employed in theatres to represent lightning, or to charge the torch of a fury.” (Diet, of Arts, Manuf., and Mines.) — Our space will only permit a brief notice of the process of making gunpowder, and the com- position for rockets and colored fires. Gunpowder is composed of saltpetre, charcoal, and sulphur. (Sec page 3 17.) The saltpetre hav- ing been trebly refined, is melted into cakes, which are then brushed to remove any adhering grit or dirt, broken into pieces with a mallet, ground to a fine powder in a mill, and sifted through a fine bolting sieve of brass wire. The charcoal is that of the dogwood, alder, or willow, and is carefully burnt, us described at p. 177, at\d te then reduced to powder as above. The sulphur is refined and ground to the same fineness as the charcoal and saltpetre. The ingredients are then weighed out in the proper proportions, and mixed by placing them gradually in a wooden vessel, in alternate and equal layers, after which the whole is tho- roughly and perfectly mixed together. The mix- ture is then sifted, and carefully ground to a paste with water, and pressed into a hard cake, which is next broken into pieces, granulated by agitation in parchment sieves, and after being glazed by fric- tion, and the dust separated, is dried with proper precaution in a stove heated to utfout 100°. Colored Fires. I. (Blue.) Prep. — 1. Saltpe- tre 5 parts ; sulphur 2 parts ; metallic antimony 1 part ; mix. — 2. (Ruggieri.) Gunpowder 4 parts ; sulphur and zinc, of each 3 parts; saltpetre 2 parts. — 3. Nitrate of baryta 77 parts; sulphur 13 parts ; chlorate of potash 5 parts ; charcoal 3 parts ; realgar 2 parts; mix. — 4. (Marsh.) Chlorate of potash CD grs. ; sulphur 24 grs. ; sulphate of cop- per 7 grs. — 5. (Bird.) Black sulphuret of antimony ^iv ; nitre ^xij ; sulphur ^xvj ; charcoal and orpi- inent, of each 3 j. II. (Crimson.) Prep. (Marsh.) — a. Chlorate of potash 4 $ parts ; nitrate of strontia G7^ do. ; char- coal (alder or willow) 5f do. ; sulphur 22£ do. ; mix, lightly press it into teacups or small pots, and prime with a quick-match. — b. Chlorate of potash 17$ parts; sulphur 18 parts; nitrate of strontia 55 parts; charcoal 4$ parts; sulphuret of antimony 5 £ parts; mix, load pill-boxes with it, and prime with a quick-match. For stars. III. (Green.) Prep . — 1. Nitrate, of baryta and charcoal, equal parts. Used in ghost scenes. — 2. Sulphur 13 parts; nitrate of baryta 77 do. ; chlo- rate of potash 5 do.; charcoal 3 do.; metallic arsenic 2 do. Very beautiful. It shows best when burnt before a reflector. — 3. (A. Bird.) Nitrate of baryta ^xx ; su'phur 3‘ ss 5 black sulphuret of an- timony ^ss; chlorate ot potash §j 3ij ; charcoal 3ij to 3iv. — 1. (Marsh.) Nitrate of baryta G2$ parts; sulphur !(.’£ do. chloruto of potash 23 ^ do. ; charcoal end sulphuret of arsenic, of each 1| do. But it into small pill-boxes for stars. IV. (Lilac.) Prep. (Marsh.) — a. Chloruto of potash 411 parts ; sulphur 25 do. ; dry chalk 20 do.} black oxide of copper G do. For pans. — /;. Chlo- rate of potash 5tJ parts ; sulphur 25 do. ; dried chalk 22 do. ; black oxide of copper 3 do. For st are. V. (Purple.) Prep. — I. Lampnlack, realgar, and nitre, of each 1 part; sulphur 2 parts; chlo- rate of potash 5 do. ; fused nitrate of strontia 1G parts ; — 2. (Marsh.) a. Chlorate of potash 42 parts ; niirrfte of potash and sublimed sulphur, of each 22$ do.; black < , : do of copper 10 do.; sulphuret of mercury 2| do. For pans. — b. Chlo- rate of potash 77 i parts ; sulphur 13 do. ; sulphate of copper l)| do. For stars. VI. (Red.) Prep. — 1. (Ruggieri.) Fused nitrate of strontia 40 parts ; sulphur 13 do.; chlorate of potash 5 do. ; sulphuret of antimony 4 do. A lit- tle charcoal or lampblack will make it burn quick- er. — 2. (Marsh.) Dried nitrate of strontia 72 parts; sulphur 20 do. ; gunpowder G do. ; coal dust 2 do — 3. (Bird.) Dried nitrate of strontia %xx ; sul- phur ijviss; chlorate of potash 5 i :ss ; black sul- phuret of antimony 5 ij ; charcoal ^-s. — 4. Sulphur, sulphuret of antimony, and nitre, of each 1 oz. ; dried nitrate of strontia 5 oz. VII. (Yellow.) Prep. (Marsh.) Nitre.!, of soda (pure and dry) 74^ parts; sulphur 10^ do. ; char- coal G do. For pans. VIII. (White.) Prep. — 1. (Ruggieri.) — a. Ni- tre 48 parts ; sulphur 13$ do. ; sulphuret of anti- mony 17$ do. — b. Nitre 24 parts; sulphur 7 do.; realgar 2 do. — c. Nitre 75 parts; sulphur 24 do. ; charcoal 1 do. — d. Gunpowder 100 parts; iron or zinc borings 25 do. — 2. (Bird.) Black antimony §i v ; nitre §xij ; sulphur fxvj ; white arsenic 3ij ; charcoal 3ij ; or more. — 3. (Marsh.) — a. Saltpe- tre 4G$ parts ; sulphur 23 do. ; gunpowder 12$ do. ; zinc filings 18 do. For pans.— b. Saltpetre 57 parts; sulphur 28 do.; zinc filings 15 do. For stars. Remarks. In preparing colored fires, the ingre- dients should be separately reduced to fine powder, and sifted through lawn ; and should be kept in well-corked wide-mouthed bottles till the time of mixing them, when the requisite quantity of each should be weighed out, and thoroughly but care- fuliy mixed, with a bone or wooden knife, on a sheet of clean white paper. The mixed ingredi- ents are then lightly packed in small cups or pans for illuminations, or into small pill-boxes for stars; in either case affixing a piece of qniek-malch. *** The process should be conducted with great care to prevent explosion. They sometimes in- flame spontaneously by keeping. Colored fires should not be kept long before being used. (Set> Chlorate of Potasii.) Rockets. The cases are made of stout cartridge paper rolled on a mould and pasted, and then throttled a little below the mouth, like the neck of a vial. The (external ?) diameter of a rocket should be exactly equal to that of a leaden ball of the same weight, and the length should be equal to 34 times the internal diameter. (Marsh.) They are filled with the following mixtures tightly driven in, and then “ garnished,” and affixed to willow rods I to direct their flight. — I. (Marsh.) — a. (For 2 01 . QUE 495 Qtfl rockets.) Nitre 54$ parts; sulphur 18 do.; char- coal 27$ do. ; all in fine powder, and passed through lawn. — b. (For 4 oz. do.) Nitre 64 parts ; sulphur i6do. ; charcoal 20 do. ; as last. — c. ( For £ II). to 1 11). do.) Nitre G2$ parts; sulphur 15$ do.; charcoal 21$ do.; as latt. — II. (Ruggieri.) a. For rockets of $ inch diameter use nitre 16 parts ; charcoal 7 do. ; sulphur 4 do. — b. For $ to 1$ inch, use 1 part more nitre. — For 1$ inch, use 2 parts more mire. — d. By us'ng 1 part less charcoal, and adding respectively 3, 4, and 5 parts of fine steel filings, the above are converted into brilliant fires. — s. By the substitution of coarse cast-iron borings for filings, and a further omission of 2 parts of charcoal from each, the latter are converted into Chinese fire . — Hand or ground rockets are usually loaded w th nothing but meal gunpowder and filings or borings. After sky- rockets are charged, a p'ece of clay is driven in, through which a ho’e is pierced, and the head or gar.nturc filled with stars, and a little cornpowder is then applied. Stars rot Rockets. 1. Brilliant. (Marsh.) Nitre 52$ parts; sulphur and black antimony, of each )3 parts; powder, mix, and make a stiff paste with idnglass 1$ parts, dissolved in vinegar G$ parts, spirits of wine 13 parts ; form into small pieces, and while moist roll them in meal gunpow- der. — 2. White. (Ruggieri.) Nitre 1G parts; sul- phur 7 do.; gunpowder 4 do.; make a paste as last. — 3. G alien Rain. a. (Ruggieri.) Nitre and gunpowder, of each 1G parts; sulphur 10 do.; charcoal 4 do. ; lampblack 2 do. ; mix and pack it into small paper tubes. — b. (Ruggieri.) Nitre 16 parts ; sulphur and gunpowder, of each 8 do. ; charcoal and lampblack, of each 2 do. ; as last. — c. (Marsh.) Mealed gunpowder 66$ parts; sul- phur 11 do. ; charcoal 22$ do. ; as last. PYROTHONIDE. (From -vp,fire, and 6Q6vr), linen.) A popular remedy for the tooth-ache and skin d senses, obtained by distilling rags, ( rag oil,) or by burning a small cone 6i paper on a cold plain, (paper oil.) 1* YROKILENE. Syn. Pyp.oxantitjne. Eb- mm\. An orange red crystalline substance ob- tained by Scan Ian from raw pyroxilic spirit by add n r potash water, pressing the precipitate, washing with cold alcohol of sp. gr. 0 84U, and crystallizing from boding alcohol. With oil of vit- riol it gl\es a rich crimson, and with muriatic acid a deep purple. QUASS. Syn. Posca. Prep. Mix rye flour and warm water together, and keep it by the fire- side till it has turned sour. Used as vinegar in Russ'a. QUASSIA, ROASTED. Used when reduced to powder, (o embitter beer and give it color, but the lipsorsion grows turbid. QU ASSllNE. A white crystalline substance, intensely bitter, extracted by alcohol from quassia wood, (quassia amara ) QUEEN’S METAL. A species of pewter used to make teapols, &c., made by fusing under charcoal a mixture of tin 9 parts; antimony, bis- muth, and lead, of each, 1 part; or tin 100 parts; antimony 8 do. ; copper 4 do. ; bismuth 1 do. QUERCITRINE. The yellow coloring prin- ciple of quercitron bark. It is crystallizable. QUILLS. Prep. Suspend the quills in a cop* per, over water sufficiently high to touch the nibs; then close it steam-tight, and apply four hours hard boiling ; next withdraw and dry them, and in 24 hours cut the nibs and draw out the pith ; lastly, rub them with a piece of cloth and expose them to a moderate heat in an oven or stove The quills prepared in this way are as hard as bone, without being brittle, and as transparent as glass. QUININE. Syn. Cm nine. Quina. Quinina. Quinia. Quixinum. A white, odorless, bitter, fu- s.ble and crystallizable alkaloid, discovered by Pel- letier and Caventou in cinchona bark. It is most readily obtained by precipitating a solution of tho sulphate or disulphate by ammonia, and washing and drying the precipitate. By solution in alcohol sp. gr. 0-815, and spontaneous evaporation, it may be procured in crystals. Crystals may also be ob- tained from its solution in hot water with a littlo ammonia, (Liebig.) Quinine is not used in medi- cine, but several of its salts are largely employed on account of their tonic and febrifuge powers. They may all be made by saturating the dilute acids with the base, evaporating and crystalli- zing. QUININE, FERRO-CITRA 1 E OF. Syn. Quince Ff.rko-Citras. Prep. To a solution cf pure citrate of peroxide of iron add as much pure quinine as it will dissolve ; filter, evaporate, and spread it on hot plates, as directed under Ammo- nio-Citrate of Iron. QUININE, FERRO-SULPHATE. Syn Quina Ff.ruo-Sulimias. From a mixed solution of the sulphates of iron and quinine in atomic proportions ; as last. QUININE, SULPHATE OF. Syn. Sub- sulphate OF DO. DlSULPIIATF. OF DO. QuiNA Sulphas. Quince Disulphas, (P. L.) Prep. I. (P. L.) Heartleaved (yellow) cinchona bark, bruised, lb. vij ; sulphuric acid ^iv 3ij ; diluted with water G gallons; boil 1 hour and strain ; repeat the boil- ing a second time for I hour, with a like quantity of acid and water, and again strain ; next boil the bark in water 8 gallons, and strain ; to tho mixed liquors, add moist hydrated oxide of lead nearly to saturation, decant the supernatant fluid, and wash the sediment with distilled water; boil down the liquor for 15 minute's and strain, then precipitate the quina by solution of ammonia, and wash the precipitate (with cold water) until noth- ing alkaline is perceptible ; saturate what remains with sulphuric acid ^ss diluted with water, digest with animal charcoal § ij, and strain ; lastly, the charcoal being well washed, evaporate the mixed liquors that crystals may form. II. (P. E.) This process varies from the former in first boiling the bark (lb. j) in water, (4 pints,) along with carbonate of soda, (^iv.) pressing, and moistening the residuum with fresh water and pressing it a second and a third time, for the pur- pose of removing the acids, coloring matter, gum, and extractive, before proceeding to extract tho alkaloid. Lime (Stolze) and caustic DOtash (Ba- dollier and Scharlau) have been proposed for the same purpose. An excellent process III. ( Wholesale .) Boil coarsely-powdered cali- saya, or yellow bark, in water acidulated with sulphuric or muriatic acid, strain with pressure, QTII 49G RAT and repeat tho process with fresh water, a second, third, and fourth time ; filter the mixed liquors, and when cold, add finely-powdered slaked lime or milk of lime till the fluid becomes distinctly al- kaline and acquires a dark color ; collect the pre- cipitato, drain on a linen filter, and then submit the mass to a powerful hydraulic press ; dry the cake, powder, and digest in rectified spirit ; filter, distil off* the spirit till the liquor acquires tho con- sistence of sirup or honey, carefully saturate with very dilute sulphuric acid, filter, and set it aside to crystallize ; drain the crystals on a linen filter, submit them to pressure, dissolve in boiling water, decolor with animal charcoal, recrystallize, and dry the resulting salt. In some laboratories, the sulphuric acid is added before distilling off the spirit. Remarks. The use of spirit of wine docs not increase the expense above £ to Id. per oz., which is more than counterbalanced by the saving of time and the superiority of the product. Disul- phate of quinine is extensively employed as a sto- machic in doses of £ to 1 gr. ; as a tonic 1 to 3 grs. ; and as a febrifuge 2 to 20 grs. When pure it forms light, delicate, white needles. “ It is en- tirely soluble in water, (hot.) and more readily so when an acid is present. Precipitated by ammo- nia, the residuary liquid after evaporation should not taste of sugar. By a gentle heat it loses 8 or 10§ of water. It is wholly consumed by heat. If chlorine be first added, and then ammonia, it becomes green.” (P. L.) “A solution of 10 grs. in f of distilled water, and 2 or 3 drops of sul- phuric acid, if decomposed by a solution of ^ss of carbonate of soda, in two waters, and heated till the precipitate shrinks and fuses, yields on cooling a solid mass, which, when dry, weighs 7*4 grs., and in powder, dissolves entirely in a solution of oxalic acid.” (P E.) It is often adulterated with starch, magnesia, gum, sugar, cinchonine, &c. The first three remain undissolved when the salt is digested in spirit ; the fourth is dissolved out by cold water, and the last may be detected by pre- cipitating the quinine by liquor of potassa, and dissolving the precipitate in boiling alcohol ; cin- chona crystallizes out as the solution cools, but the quinine remains in the mother liquor. (Perei- ra.) *%* The Neutral Sulphate of Quinine is formed by dissolving disulphate of quinine §j, in water acidulated with sulphuric acid f3ss, and crystallizing. QUINOMETRY. The art of estimating the quantity of quinine in cinchona bark. Proc. (P. E.) “ A filtered decoction of 100 grs. in f 5'j of distilled water, gives with f^j of a con- centrated solution of carbonate of soda, a precipi- tate, which when heated in tho fluid, becomes a fused mass, weighing, when cold, 2 grs. or more, and is easily soluble in solution of oxalic acid.” Quinine may be separated from cinchonine by di- gestion in ether. (Scharlau.) QUINOVINE. Syn. Cjnciiovink. An alka- loid obtained from the bark of quina ovata by a like process to that by which quinine is obtained from yellow bark. QUINTESSENCE. A term used by tho al- chemists synonymously with essence. RACEMIC ACID. Syn. Paratartaiuc Acia An acid found in the juice of the grape, replacing tartaric acid. It is distinguished from tartaric acio by being loss soluble in water, and by not giving indications of electricity when one of its crystals, held by a pair of platinum tongs, and gently heated in the flame of a spirit lamp, is brought into con- tact with the plate of an electroscope, whereas a crystal of tartaric acid causes electrical excite- ment. (Boettger’s Beitriige.) By tho action of heat it yields paratartralic , paratartrelic, and an- hydrous racemic acids. It is principally found in the grape juice of the district of the Vosges. Ra- cemic and tartaric acids are isomeric compounds. RADCLIFFE’S ELIXIR. Prep. Socotrin© aloes 3vj ; cinnamon, cochineal, and zedoary root, of each, 3ss; rhubarb 3j ; sirup of buckthorn f 3ij ; proof spirit 1 pint ; water f^v ; digest a week. Aromatic, stomachic, and purgative. Dose. 1 to 4 dr. RATAFIA. A liquor prepared by imparting to sweetened spirit the flavor of various kinds of fruit The following are examples : — 1. (Ratafia de Cassis.) Prep. — a. Black cur- rants, stoned and crushed, 3 lbs. ; cloves 1 dr. ; cinnamon 2 drs. ; spirit at 18° B. 4 quarts ; white sugar 2£ lbs. ; digest in a corked bottle for a fort- night, occasionally shaking, then strain through a cloth and filter through paper. — b. Black currants G lbs. ; cloves £ dr. ; cinnamon 1 dr. ; proof spirit 2£ gallons ; sugar 4 lbs. ; as last. A delicious liquor. 2. (Cura$oa. Ratafia de Curayoa.) Spirit of 18° B. 5 quarts ; yellow peels of 5 or G smooth Portugal oranges ; infuse for 14 days, add white sugar 4 lbs., dissolved in pure water ^ a gallon ; cinnamon and mace, of each, well bruised, 48 grs. ; ground Brazil wood 1 oz. ; infuse with frequent agitation for 10 days longer, bring up the color with burnt sugar, and filter. Very fine. — b. Proof spirit 1 gallon ; Seville orange peel cut thin, dried, and coarsely powdered, or cut small, \ to £ lb. ; digest 14 days, press out the liquor, filter, and add an equal measure of simple sirup or capillaire, and coloring q. s. Stomachic. 3. (Ratafia d' Ange- lique .) Angelica seeds 1 dr. ; do. stalks 4 oz. ; blanched bitter almonds, bruised, f to 1 oz. ; proof spirit 6 quarts ; white sugar 2 to 3 lbs. ; digest for 10 days, and filter. 4. (Ratafia d’Anis.) Bruised aniseeds 2 oz. ; proof spirits 2 quarts ; sugar £ lb., dissolved in water 1 pint ; as last. 5. (Ratafia de Caffe.) Coffee, ground and roasted, 1 lb. ; proof spirit 1 gallon; sugar 1^ lbs., dissolved in water 1 quart ; as last. 6. (Ratafia de Cerises.) Morello cherries, with their kernels bruised, 7 or 8 lbs. ; proof spirit 1 gallon; sugar 1£ lbs.; as last. 7. (Ratafia de Grenoble.) Small wild black cherries, with their kernels bruised, 2 lbs. ; proof spirit 1 gallon ; white sugar 2^ lbs. ; citron peel a few grains ; as last. 8. (Ratafia de Cacao. R. d» Chocolat.) Caracca cacao nuts 1 lb. ; West In- dian do. ^ lb. ; both roasted and bruised ; proof spirit 1 gallon ; digest for 14 days, filter, and add white sugar 2^ lbs. ; tincture of vanilla ^ dr. ; or a shred of vanilla may bo infused with the nuts in the spirit instead. 9. (Ratafia de Coings.) Quince juice G pints ; bitter almonds 4 drs. ; cinnamon 3 drs. ; coriander seeds 2 drs. ; mace £ dr. ; cloves 15 grs. ; all bruised ; rectified spirit 3 pints ; digest for a week, filter, and add sugar 2£ to 3 lbs 10 RED 497 RES Ratafia de framboises.) — a. Raspberries 8 lbs. ; proof spirit 2 quarts ; sugar 1 lb. ; digest, press, and filter. — b. Raspberry juice and proof spirit, of each 2 quarts ; sugar 3 lbs.; as last. 11. ( Ratafia de genievre.) Juniper berries (whole) 1 oz. ; proof spirit 1 quart ; sugar 5 oz. ; digest. 12. ( Ratafia de Brou de noix.) Young walnuts with soft shells 60 in no. ; brandy 2 quarts ; sugar f to 1 lb. ; mace, cinnamon, and cloves, of each 15 grs. ; di- gest for 8 weeks ; press, filter, and keep for some months before use. Stomachic. 13. (. Ratafia de Noyeau .) — a. Peach or apricot kernels, bruised, 120 in no. ; proof spirit 2 quarts ; white sugar f lb. ; digest for a week, press and filter. — b. For proof spirit use juice of apricots or peaches 3£ pints ; rectified spirit of wine do. 14. ( Ratafia de ceillets.) Clovepinks without the white buds, 4 lbs. ; cinnamon and cloves, of each 15 grs. ; proof spirit 1 gall.; white sugar 1 to 1^ lbs. ; digest for 10 days, press and filter. 15. ( Ratafia a la Pro- vengale.) Striped pinks 1 lb. ; proof spirit 1 quart ; sugar 7 or 8 oz. ; juice of strawberries | lb. ; saf- fron 15 grs. ; as last. 16. ( Ratafia d’ecorces V Oranges.) Fresh yellow peel of Seville oranges 4 oz. ; proof spirit 1 gallon ; white sugar 1 lb. ; digest for 6 hours. 17. ( Ratafia de fieurs d'or- anges .) — a. Fresh orange flowers 2 lbs. ; proof spirit 1 gallon ; sugar 1 J to 2 lbs. ; as last. — b. In- stead of orange flowers use neroli 1 dr. 18. ( Rat- afia d la Violettes.) Orris powder 1^ oz. ; archil 4 oz. ; rectified spirits of wine 2 gallons ; digest for 10 days, strain, and add white sugar 9 lbs., dis- solved in water 1 gallon. 19. ( Ratafia de baume de Tolu.) Balsam of Tolu 1 oz. ; rectified spirit 1 quart ; dissolve, add water 3 pints ; filter, and fur- ther add sugar 1£ lbs. Pectoral. 20. ( Red Rat- afia.) Juice of black cherries 3 quarts ; do. strawberries and raspberries, of each 1 quart ; cin- namon 1 dr. ; mace and cloves, of each 15 grs. ; proof spirit 2 gallons ; sugar 6 lbs. ; macerate. 21. ( Pry Ratafia.) Juice of gooseberries 5 pints ; do. of cherries, strawberries, and raspberries, of each 1 pint ; proof spirit 6 quarts ; sugar 6 lbs. ; as last. 22. (Cream Ratafia.) Noyeau, sherry wine, capil- laire, of each \ pint ; cream 1 pint ; beat together. 23. ( Ratafia des quatre fruits.) Cherries 30 lbs. ; gooseberries 15 lbs. ; raspberries 8 lbs. ; black cur- rants 7 lbs. ; express the juice, and to each pint add white sugar 4 to 6 oz. ; cinnamon 6 grs. ; cloves and mace, of each 3 grs. *** The addi- tion of a few drops of essence of ambergris, or a grain of ambergris infused in the spirit, imparts a delightful flavor and boquet which is much ad- mired. RATS AND MICE may be most easily and safely exterminated by mixing powdered nux vom- ica with oatmeal, and laying it in their haunts, observing to use the proper precautions to prevent accidents. White arsenic is also employed in a similar manner. Dr. Ure has recommended the use of oatmeal mixed with a little powdered phos- phorus for this purpose. RECTIFICATION. Syn. Rectificatjo, ( hat .) (From rectus, right, and fiio, to be made.) A second distillation of a fluid for the purpose of rendering it purer. RED DYES. — 1. Give the goods a mordant of alum, rinse, dry, and boil them in a bath of mad- j ini. If acetate of iron be used instead of alum, 63 the color will be purple, and by combining the twc any intermediate shade may be produced. — 2. ( Adrianople or Turkey' red.) This is given by many distinct operations. The first consists in cleansing or scouring the goods by alkaline baths, after which they are steeped 4n oily liquors brought to a creamy state by a little carbonate of soda solu- tion. Infusion of sheep’s dung is often used as an intermediate or secondary steep. The operation of oiling, with much manual labor, and then re- moving the superfluous or loosely-adhering oil with an alkaline bath, is repeated two or three times, taking care to dry hard after each process. Then follows the galling, aluming, rnaddering, and brightening, for removing the dun-colored princi- ple, by boiling at an elevated temperature with alkaline liquids and soap. The whole is often con- cluded with a rosing by salt of tin. — 3. The yarn or cloth is put into a very v eak alkaline bath at the boiling temperature, then washed, dried, and gajled ; or, when the calico is to be printed, for this bath may be substituted one of cow-dung, subse- quent exposure to the air for a day or two, and immersion in very dilute sulphuric acid. In this way the stuff* gets opened, takes and retains the color better. After the galling, the goods are dried, and alumed twice ; then dried, rinsed, and passed through the madder bath. This is com- posed of three-fourths of a pound of good madder for every pound weight of the goods. The bath is slowly raised to the boiling point in the course of fifty or sixty minutes, more or less, according t® the shade of color wished for. When the boiling has continued a few minutes, the stuff* is taken out, washed slightly, and dyed a second time in the same manner, and w T ith as much madder. It is then washed and dried, or passed through a hot soap bath, which carries off* the fawn-colored par- ticles. Other dyes likewise are added to the mad- der bath, to obtain other shades of color ; for in- stance, a decoction of fustic, weld, logwood, quer- citron, or knoppern, the mordants being modified accordingly. When bran is added to the madder bath, the color becomes much lighter, and of a more agreeable tint. *** Red dyes are also given by archil, carthamus, cochineal, Brazil wood, &c RED LIQUOR. The crude aceta! s o* alumi- na, used by dyers. (See Alumina ) RED PIGMENTS. The principal of these are brown red, Indian do., light do., (burnt light ochre — makes a flesh color with white-lead and oil,) orange red, (sandix — made by calcining white-lead,) stone do., Venetian do., red ochre, chrome red, vermilion, red lake, Qc. REGULUS, (dimin. of rex, a king.) A term applied by the alchemists to various metallic mat- ters obtained by fusion ; as Regulus of antimony, arsenic, (frc. The former was often distinguished by the simple term Regulus. Martial Regulus of Antimonv is sulphuret of antimony reduced by fusion with times its weight of old nails or iron filings, and some nitre and tartar. Regulus Jovis is made by melting a mixture of equal parts of martial regulus of antimony and tin. Both are cast into cups. Wine kept in them for a night becomes emetic. RESINS. Syn. Resines, (Fr.) Haime, ( Ger .) Resinas, (Fat., from frcto, I flow.) Proximate vegetable principles, the ultimate composition of RLIO 498 UIN which is carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen. They are distinguished by their solubility in alcohol, in- solubility in water, fusing by a moderate heat, and not being volatile without decomposition. Their sp. gr. varies from 0-9 to 1*2. According to Liebig, they are oxidized essential oils. Common resin, and the shellac of which sealing-wax is made, are familiar examples of these substances. RELISH, KITCIIINER’S. Prep. Ground black pepper, and salt, of each 1 oz. ; ground all- spice, scraped horseradish, and minced shalotes, of each ^ oz. ; walnut pickle, or mushroom ketchup, 1 pint ; infuse 14 days, and strain. Used as a sauce, Ac. RENNET. Syn. Calves’ Maw. Coagulum. The stomach of calves, washed, and preserved either in brine or dry salt. Used to curdle milk. Two square inches from the bottom are sufficient for a cheese of GO lbs. (See Cheese.) RESINEONE. An oily liquid obtained along with resinonc when resin and lime are distilled to- gether. (Fremy.) RIIABARBERIN. Syn. Rheumin. Rhein. Riiararberic Acid. Riieumic Acid. The yel- low coloring principle of rhubarb. It is obtained by digesting powdered rhubarb in ether, distilling off greater part of the ether, and submitting the remainder to spontaneous evaporation. The crys- tals thus procured are purified by repeated solu- tions and crystallizations in alcohol. Orasge yel- low. Gripes, but does not purge. (Brandes.) RHAMNINE. Prep. Express the juice from buckthorn berries scarcely ripe, boil the residue with water, strain, and press ; crude rhamnine will be obtained as the liquid cools, which, by solution in boiling alcohol and filtration, may be procured in crystals.- RHAPONTICIN. A peculiar, yellow, odor- less, tasteless, and crystallizable substance, obtain- ed from the root of English rhubarb. It is extracted by boiling absolute alcohol. RHEUMATISM. Syn. Rheumatismus, ( Lat . .) ^cw/tarttr/iof, (Gr., from fret nari^u, to be. afflicted with defluxions.) A painful affection of the joints, attended by swelling and stiffness, an: also attack- ing the muscular, tendinous, and fibrous textures. Acute Rheumatism, or rheumatic fever — Ar- thritis, inflammation of the synovial membrane, or rheumatic gout — Sciatica, or rheumatism of the cellular envelope of the great sciatic nerve, affect- ing the hip — and Lumbago, or rheumatism of the loins, are all varieties of the same disease. The treatment consists in the administration of purga- tives and sudorifics, accompanied by a course of bark, quinine, or other tonics. Calomel and opi- uan, and iodide of potassium, have also been large- ly and successfully administered in this complaint. When the inflammatory symptoms are severe, iccasional venesection should be had recourse to. The compound powder of ipecacuanha taken at night, will generally promote the ease and sleep of the patient, and, by its sudorific action, tend con- siderably to promote a cure. Where possible, a dry atmosphere and regular temperature should be sought. Stimulating embrocations, blisters, fric- tions, and the hot or vapor bath, are frequently very serviceable in rheumatism, especially in lum- bago , and casual attacks arising from cold. RHODIZON 1C ACID. Prep. When dry car- bonic acid gas is passed over fused potassium, a black porous mass is obtained, and this substance exposed to moist air, deliquesces into a solution of rhqdizonatc of pofassa of a scarlet color, from which the excess of alkali may bo taken by alco- hol. By treatment with sulphuric acid and alco- hol, the rhodizonic acid may he separated. When its solution is heated, it is converted into croconic acid. The latter acid is obtained by adding fluo- silicic acid to a solution of croconate of potash, evaporating to dryness, and dissolving out the cro- conic acid with water. This acid, as well as its salts, is yellow, hence its name, (from crocus. saffron.) RHODIUM, (from l>°&ov, a. rose, because of the color of the solutions of its sails.) A whitish metal discovered hy Wollaston in 1803, associated with palladium, in the ore of platinum. It is obtained from the nitromu) atic solution of platinum ore, previously saturated with soda, by precipitating the palladium by bicyanide of mercury, filtering, add ing muriatic acid, evaporating to dryness, powder- ing, and digesting in alcohol of sp. gr. 0-837 ; the undissolved portion ( double chloride of rhodium and sodium ) is then washed with alcohol, and either exposed to a very strong heat, or gently heated in a stream of hydrogen gas, and after wards well washed with water. Another metb.d is to dissolve in water the portion left after the ac- tion of the alcohol, and to precipitate by a plate of zinc. In this state it is a black powder. This powder exposed to heat continues black ; but with borax it acquires a white metallic lustre, though it remains infusible. Sulphur or arsenic, however, renders it fusible, and may afterwards be expelled by continuing the heat. The button is not malle- able. Oxide of Rhodium ( peroxide ) is prepared by heating pulverulent rhodium mixed w>tb hy- drate of potassa, and a little nitre, in a silver cruci- ble, and well washing the resulting powder, first with water, then with muriatic acid, and again with water. A greenish gray powder. In this state it is insoluble in acids. An impure soluble oxide is precipitated when carbonate of potash, or soda, is added in excess to the double chloride of rhodium and potassium. — Chloride of Rhodium (perchloride) is obtained by adding to a solution of the double chloride of rhodium and potassium, silico-hydrofluoric acid, as long as the double fluo- ride of potassium and silicon is generated, then filtering, evaporating, and redissolving in water. (Berzelius.) *** Pure rhodium is insoluble in acids, but dissolves in aqua regia when alloyed with other metals. Its sp.gr. is about 11. It is employed for making the points of the “ rhodium pens.” RINGWORM. Syn. Scald-Head. Porrigo. A disease that appears in circular patches of little pustules that afterwards form scabs, leaving a red pimply surface, and destroying the bulbs of the hair in its progress. It spreads rapidly, and is very infectious, often running through a whole school. It chiefly affects the neck, forehead, and scalp, of weakly children. The proper treatment consists in shaving the part, and keeping it clean with soap and water. When the scabbing com- mences, dressings of tar ointment, or the ointment of nitrate or nitric oxide of mercury of the London Ph., or a mixture of equal parts of the first, and either the second or third, should be applied i» RUM 499 SAC s»ach case, diluting - the mixture with lard to suit it to the state of irritability of the part. (See Acetic Acid.) ROB. {Arab., dense.) A term formerly ap- plied to an inspissated vegetable juice. ROCELLINE. Syn. Rocellic Acid. A fat- ty crystallizable substance, obtained from rocella tintoria, or dyer’s orchil. ROLL, WINE. Prep. Soak a French roll, or sponge-biscuit, in raisin or sherry wine, surround it by a custard or cream thickened with eggs, and add some spice and ornaments. ROSACIC ACID. The red crystalline sub- stance deposited by the urine of persons laboring under intermittent or nervous fevers. It is purified by alcohol. ROUGE. Syn. Rouge for. the Toilette. Rouge d’Espagne ; Fard, ( Fr .) Prep. Wash safflowers (any quantity) until the water comes off colorless ; dry, powder, and digest in a weak solu- tion of carbonate of soda ; then place some fine cotton wool at the bottom of the vessel, and throw down the coloring matter by gradually adding lem- on juice or white vinegar till it ceases to produce a precipitate. Next wash the cotton in cold water, then dissolve out the color with a fresh solution of soda, add a quantity of finely-powdered talc?, or French chalk, proportional to the intended quality of the rouge ; mix well, and precipitate as before ; lastly, collect the powder, dry with great care, and triturate it with a minute quantity of oil of olives, to render it smooth and adhesive. *** This is the only article which will brighten a lady’s complex- ion without injuring the skin. The relative fine- ness and proportion of talc employed determines the quality of the rouge. t|t Rouge Indienne is the terra persica, or In- dian red, imported from Ormuz ; — Liquid Rouge, the red liquid left from the preparation of carmine, or a solution of carmine in weak carbonate of pot- ash water, or of pure rouge in alcohol acidulated with acetic acid ; — Rouge de Prusse, burnt yel- low ochre ; — Vert Rouge d'Athenes, or “ pure rouge,” is obtained from safflowers as above, but without the use of any talc or French chalk ; in- tense copper-bronze color when dry ; red when moistened or diluted ; — Spanish Lady's Rouge is cotton wool repeatedly wetted with ammoniacal solution of carmine, and dried. ROUSSEAU’S DROPS. Syn. Gouttes de l’Abbe Rousseau. Vinum Opii fermentatione paratum. Prep. Honey f xij ; warm water lb. iv ; set in a warm place till it begins to ferment, then add opium ^iv ; dissolved in water f 5 X U j ferment for 1 month, filter, evaporate to ^x ; strain, and add rectified spirit §ivss. Milder than common laudanum. Dose. 5 to 30 drops. ROYAL PREVENTIVE. Syn. White Wash. A quack lotion formed of solution of diacetate of lead and proof spirit, of each j water 1 pint. Used against infection. RUM. Syn. Spiritus sacciiari. An ardent spirit obtained by distillation from the fermented shimmings of the sugar-boilers, {sirup scum,) the drainings of the sugar pots and hogsheads, ( molas- ses ,) the washings of the boilers, and occasionally the juice of the sugar-cane. Rum is imported from the West Indies, and the best comes from Jamaica. Leeward, Island Rum is less esteemed. Rum owes its flavor to a volatile oil and butyric acid. The duty on West India rum is 9s. pel proof gallon ; that on East India 15s. ; the latter amounts to a prohibition. The consumption of rum has long been declining in England ; its place being supplied by gin or British brandy. In Ja- maica it is usual to put sliced pine-apples into tha puncheons containing the finer qualities of rum, which is then termed pine-apple rum. (See Al- cohol.) RUPERT’S DROPS are made by letting drops of melted glass fall into cold water ; the drop as- sumes by that means an oval form with a tail or neck resembling a retort. They possess this sin- gular property, that if a small portion of the tail is broken off, the whole bursts into powder with an explosion, and a considerable shock is communica- ted to the hand that grasps it. RUSKS. Prep. 7 eggs well beaten ; new milk ^ pint ; melted butter ^ lb. ; yeast 4 pint ; sugar 3 oz. ; beat well together with as much flour, added gradually, as will make a very light paste ; let it rise before the fire for half an hour, then add a little more flour, form into small loaves or cakes 5 or 6 inches wide, and flatten them ; bake mode- rately, and when cold, cut them into slices the size of rusks, and put them into the oven to brown a little. A nice tea-cake when hot, or with cara- ways to eat cold. RUTILINE. A name given by Braconnot to the product of the decomposition of salicine by sulphuric acid. A brownish red solid, colored blood-red by acids, and violet by alkalis. SABADILLIC ACID. Syn. Cevadic Acid. A crystalline, fusible, volatile, fatty acid, obtajned from the oil extracted by ether from the seeds of veratrum sabadilla. The sabadillate of baryta is prepared in the same way as the butyrate of baryta is from butter. When this salt is heated with con- centrated phosphoric acid, the sabadillic acid sub- limes in white needles. It has an odor resembling butyric acid. SABADILLINA. An alkaloid obtained by Couerbe from cebadilla seeds. Acpording to Si- mon, it is merely a compound of the resinates of soda and veratria. SACCHARIC ACID. Syn. Oxalhydric Acid. Prep. Sugar or gum 1 part ; nitric acid 2 parts ; diluted with water 10 parts ; dissolve by the aid of heat, and continue the heat as long as reaction takes place, then neutralize by carbonate I of lime, precipitate by acetate of lead, and decom- | pose the precipitate, suspended in water, by sul- phurated hydrogen ; neutralize the filtered liquid with potash, concentrate, and crystallize ; redis- solve the resulting saccharate of potassa, decolor by animal charcoal, reprecipitate by acetate of lead, and decompose the precipitated saccharate of lead by sulphurated hydrogen, as before. It forms salts with the bases called Saccharates. SACCHAROMETER. (From saccharum, su- gar, and melrum, a measure.) An hydrometer for determining the sp. gr. of brewer’s and distil- ler’s worts. (See Hydrometer and Brewing.) SACCHULMIC ACID. A light brown pow- der, obtained by Malaguti and Boullay, by boiling sugar along with dilute sulphuric acid It 1» soiu- SAI SAG 500 ble in ammonia and the fixed alkalis, forming Balts. SACCHULMINE. An insoluble substance, obtained like the last, by boiling 10 parts of sugar, 30 of water, and 1 of sulphuric acid for a very long time. It is deposited in brilliant, brown scales, along with some sacchulmic acid. The latter is removed by the action of ammonia water. SACHET. Syn. Sacculus. Sachets are little bags, containing dry substances, used as local ap- plications. SACHET, ANTI-PHTHISIC. Syn. Saccu- lus Anti-phtiiisicus. Prep. Dissolve of aloes in f 5 x 'j strong decoction of fresh rue. Fold a large piece of soft muslin in 8 folds, large enough to cover the chest and part of the stomach. Steep it in the decoction and dry it in the shade. Wear it on the chest constantly. *** A celebrated do- mestic remedy for consumption. SACK. (From see, dry.) A wine used by our ancestors, supposed by some to have been Rhenish or canary ; but, with more probability, by others to have been dry mountain or “ vin d’Espagno ; vin sec;” (Howell, Fr. and Eng. Diet., 1650.) Fal- staff calls it “ sherris sack,” (sherry sack,) from Xeres, a sea town of Corduba, where that kind of sack (wine) is made. (Blount.) SAFFRON. The prepared stigmata of the crocus sativus. There are two kinds of saffron found in commerce. — 1. Hay Saffron ( crocus in feeno ) consists of the stigmas with parts of the style carefully dried. Of this sort the Spanish is the best. — 2. Cake Saffron, ( crocus in placenta.) This is properly merely the former compressed into cakes ; but the cake saffron of commerce is now mostly, if not entirely, composed of safflower made into a paste with gum-water, and rolled out on paper into oval cakes 10 to 12 inches long, 9 or 10 broad, and one-tenth of an inch thick, and dried. “ I can detect neither saffron nor marigold in them.” (Dr. Pereira.) Pur. Saffron is largely adulterated ; abroad it is frequently mixed with safflower, and in England with “ prepared mari- golds,” or French (mock) saffron. These frauds may be detected by the inferiority of the color, and by soaking the leaves in water, when the stigmas of the crocus may be readily distinguished from the florets of safflower and the petals of marigolds. Winckler and Gruner propose to detect these sub- stances by means of a solution of silver or of per- chloride of iron. The infusion of true saffron is not altered by these reagents, but the extract of either of the above-mentioned adulterants is rendered opaque, and at length precipitated. ( Jahrbuch fur Prakt. Pharm .) The writer of this article kno\ys one wholesale drug house alone, who a short time since had a stock of several hundred- weight of prepared marigolds, which they not only employed to mix with genuine saffron, but sold ex- tensively to the country dealers. Old and dry saf- fron is “ freshened up” by rubbing it between the hand, slightly oiled. SAGAPENUM. This substance is described in the London Pharmacopoeia as a gum resin, the production of an uncertain species of ferula. The mass of the sagapenum sold to the retail trader is, however, factitious, and formed by mixing together asaftetida, gulbanum, and other drugs in variable proportions. This is generally done by the con- scientious druggists, by softening a mixture of .*1 parts of asafoetida and 15 parts of galbanum, in a water or steam bath, and then stirring in bbout one-seventeenth of their weight of oil of turpen- tine, to which a little oil of juniper has been added. This mixture is called “ gurnmi sagapeni Orr.,” an inferior sort being made by adding sundry por- tions of yellow resin and paste of gum tragacanth to the above. (Cooley, Chcm., v. 369.) SAGO. A species of fecula or starch, obtained from the pith of the sago palm-tree. (See Jel- lies.) SALADS. These articles being eaten raw, aro mostly of difficult digestion, especially those of the more cooling kind. They are, however, antiseptic, and tend to correct “ the grossness” of animal food. They arc made of various vegetables (either singly or mixed) seasoned with oil, vinegar, mustard, and other condiments. Salads are useful in scurvy. SAL ALE M BROTH. Syn. Hydrargyro- ciiloridf. of Ammonia. Sal Sapientiae. Prep. Sal ammoniac and corrosive sublimate, equal parts ; dissolve in water, evaporate, and crystallize. SALEP. Syn. Salop. The prepared root of the orchis mascula. T t chiefly consists of bassorin and fecula. Mixed w.ih boiling water, it forms a nutritious jelly. SALICINE. A white, crystalline substance, discovered by Le Roux and Buchner, and obtained from several species of salix and populus. It is found in the bark and leaves of all bitter willows. Prep (Merck.) Exhaust willow bark by repeated coction with water, concentrate the mixed liquors, and while boiling, add litharge till the liquid is nearly decolored ; remove the dissolved oxide of lead, first by sulphuric acid, and afterwards by sulphuret of barium ; filter, and evaporate. The salicine that crystallizes must be purified by re- peated solutions and crystallizations. From willow bark which is fresh and rich in salicine, it may be obtained by the cautious evaporation of the cold aqueous infusion. Remarks. Salicine forms white, silky needles and plates, is bitter, inodorous, neutral, fusible at 230° F., and soluble in water and ether. Hydro- chloric and dilute sulphuric acid convert it into a tasteless powder called Saliretine, which is insolu- ble in water, but dissolves in alkalis and alcohol With chlorine it forms Chlorosalicine. It has been given in dyspepsia, intermittents, and other dis- eases in which quinine is commonly administered. Dose. 10 to 30 grs. SALICULIC ACID. A volatile, crystalliza- ble acid discovered by Piria, and obtained by heat- ing saliculous acid with caustic potash till the mix- ture turns white and gas is disengaged, and treat- ing the residue with a mineral acid, to separate the potash. SALICULOUS ACID. Syn. Hydruret of Salicule. Hydruret of Spiroyle. Saliculic Acid ? A nearly colorless, oily, inflammable li- quid, discovered by Pagenstecher in the volatile oil of spircea ul maria, (: meadow-sweet ,) and by Piria, as a product of the decomposition of salicine. It is cither obtained by distilling the oil of spircea along with liquor of potassa, as long as oil comes over, decomposing the residuum of saliculite of po- tassa with dilute sulphuric acid, and again distill- ing, when saliculous acid comes over along nrith SAL 501 SAL water ; or by distilling a mixture of 1 part each of salicine and bichromate of potash, 2£ parts of oil of vitriol, and 20 parts of water. The salicine is dissolved in part of the water, the acid diluted with the remainder, and the whole mixed in a retort, but not distilled till the effervescence ceases. Prod. 25§. (Ettling.) *** Saliculous acid is so- luble in ether and alcohol, and slightly so in water. It combines with the bases to form salts called saliculites. It also forms several inter- esting compounds with iodine, bromine, chlorine, - &c. SALOOP. Sassafras (chips) tea flavored with milk and sugar. A wholesome and useful drink in cutaneous and rheumatic affections. SALT. Syri. Sel, (Fr.) Salz, ( Ger .) Sal, (Lat., from 4A? , sea-salt.) In Chemistry, a com- pound of an acid with an alkali or a salifiable base, or of bromine, chlorine, fluorine, or iodine, with a metal. The names of the salts are derived from the acids which they contain ; as "sulphate of soda, a compound of sulphuric acid and soda ; sul- phite of lime ; a compound of lime and sulphu- rous acid. When the name of a salt terminates in ate, it implies that the acid that it contains is at the maximum of oxidizement, (or ends with ic ,) and when the name terminates in ite, that the acid contains less oxygen, (or ends with ous.) — Neutral salts are such as contain 1 eq. each of acid and base ; basic, or subsalts, such as contain 2 or more atoms of base to one of acid ; acid, or supersalts, such as contain more than 1 eq. of acid ; hydrous or hydrated salts are such as contain water of crystallization, or combined water ; anhydrous salts, those that are destitute of water. Deliques- cent salts are those that attract moisture from the atmosphere ; efflorescent salts, such as part with their combined water, and become opaque and pulverulent under like circumstances. The salts formed by the direct union of the archeal ele- ments, chlorine, iodine, &c., as sea-salt, are termed haloid salts, and their names are formed by adding ide or uret to the first portion of the names of their electro-negative elements ; as chlo- ride of sodium, or common salt*, a compound of chlor- ine and sodium ; iodide, or iodurei of iron, a compound of iod- ine and iron. See Oxide. SALT OF WORMWOOD. Syn, Sal Ab- 6INTHII. Carbonate of potash. SALT, RED. Common salt wetted with an infusion of beet-root, or cochineal, or tincture of red sanders wood, then dried and rubbed through a sieve. Used to impart a color to gravies, &c. Infusion of saffron also gives a beautiful color for this purpose. *** It has been proposed to color Epsom salts in this way to distinguish them from oxalic acid. SALT, SORE THROAT. Syn. Sal Pru- nella. Lapis do. Crystal Mineral. Prep. Melt nitre, and when it flows smooth, pour it into moulds, either balls or cakes. Prod. 50$. SALTS, SMELLING. Syn. Sal volatile oleosus. Prep. 1. — Sesquicarbonate of ammonia 1 lb. ; oil of lavender 3 oz. ; grind together, and sublime with a gentle heat. — 2. To the last add, before distillation, oil of verbena £ oz. Very fine. — 3. Subcarbonate of potash and sal ammoniac, of each 5 v| *j j powder, add leaves of Syrian herb mastich ( marum Syriacum ) §ss ; alcohol 1 £ pints, holding in solution oil of cloves 3ss, oil of nutmeg 3ij, oil of cinnamon 3j, oils of sweet marjoram, lemon, and orange, of each 3j ; water 1 quart ; dis- til with a very gentle heat, and stop the process as soon as the liquid that rises begins to dissolve th« salt. Very fragrant. — 4. ( Extemporaneous .) — a Sal ammoniac 1 dr. ; pure potassa 3 dr. ; grind together, and add essence of lemon 15 drops. — b. Sesquicarbonate of ammonia, bruised, q. s. ; essen tial oil a few drops to perfume. SALTING AND PICKLING. (In domes tic Economy.) This is best performed by well rubbing the meat with a mixture of salt 2 lbs. ; saltpetre 2 oz. ; and moist sugar 1^ oz., till every crevice is thoroughly penetrated, after which it should be set aside till the next day, when it should be covered with fresh salt in such parts as require it. It may then be advantageously placed in any proper vessel, and subjected to pressure, ad- ding a little fresh salt as necessary,- and turning it daily till sufficiently cured. When the brine as it forms is allowed to drain from the meat, the pro- cess is called dry salting ; but when, on the con- trary, it is allowed to remain on it, the article is said to be wet salted. On the small scale, the lat- ter is most conveniently performed by rubbing the meat with salt, &c., as aboVe, and after it has lain a few hours, putting it into a pickle formed by dis- solving 4 lbs. of salt, ^ or 1 lb. of sugar, and 2 oz. of saltpetre in 2 gallons of water. This pickling liquor gets weaker by use, and should therefore be occa- sionally boiled down a little and skimmed, at the same time adding some more of the dry ingredients. *** The sooner meat is salted after being killed the better, as it then possesses considerable absorb- ent power, which it gradually loses by age. On this property is based the process of M. Gannal for the preservation of animals intended for food in a fresh state. This operation consists in injecting a solution of chloride of aluminum, at 10° Baume, into the carotid, by means of a syphon, as soon as the blood ceases to flow from the slaughtered ani- mal ; both extremities of the jugular vein being previously tied. 9 to 12 quarts of the solution are sufficient for an ox. When the animal has been well bled, and the injection skilfully performed, it is scarcely perceptible that the animal has under- gone any preparation. The injected animal is cut up in the usual way ; and when intended to be eaten within 2 or 3 weeks, merely requires to be hung up in a dry situation free from flies ; but if it is to be kept for a longer period, it is directed to be washed with a mixed solution of common salt and chloride of aluminum at 10° B., and then simply dried and packed in clean air-tight barrels, and kept in a cool, dry place. If the air cannot be perfectly excluded, it should be packed in dry salt, not for the purpose of preserving it, but to prevent the vegetation of bissus ; as without this precaution, the meat becomes musty, from ex- posure and the action of moisture. Meat preserved by this process may be kept for several years, and merely requires soaking for 24 hours in water, for the purposo of swelling its pores, to give it the ‘ap- pearance and taste of fresh meat, fit either for roasting or boiling. SALVE. A name indiscriminately applied by the vulgar to any consistent, greasy preparation (See Cerates, Ointment, &c.) SAR 502 SAU SALVE, LIP. Syn. Ceratum ladiale. Prep. • — 1. (White.) Spermaceti ointment or cerate 3 oz. ; finely-powdered white sugar 1 oz. ; scent q. e , ; rnix. — 2. (Red.) Spermaceti ointment ^ lb. ; aikanet root 1 oz. ; melt together till sufficiently colored, strain, and when considerably cooled, add 20 drops of oil of lavender, or 3 drops of oil of rho- dium, or otto of roses, or 1^ dr. of balsam of Peru. SANDAL WOOD. Syn. Rki> Sanders Wood. Santal, (Fr.) Sandeliiolz, (Gcr.) Lignum san- tali rubrj ; Lignum santalinum rubrum, (Lat.) The wood of pterocarpus santalinus. Wool may be dyed a carmine red by dipping it alternately into an infusion of this wood, and an acidulous bath. (Trommsdorffi) Prepared with a mordant of alum and tartar, and then dyed in a bath of sandal wood and **umach, it takes a reddish yel- low. (Bancroft.) The coloring principlo of red sanders wood is called santaline, and may be ob- tained as a reddish resinous mass by evaporating its alcoholic infusion, or by digesting the rasped wood in ammonia water, and precipitating by an acid. Its spirituous solution gives a rich purple precipitate with protochloride of tin, and a violet one with acetate of lead. SANDIVER. Syn. Swr. de Verre. Glass Gall. FelVitri. The saline scum that swims on glass when first made. It is occasionally used in tooth powders. SANGUINARIN. Obtained from the root of sanguinaria Canadensis by digesting it in anhy- drous alcohol, precipitating by water of ammonia, washing the red precipitate in water, boiling with water and animal charcoal, filtering, and digesting the solid portion in alcohol ; this solution by dis- tillation yields a pearl- gray or yellowish substance which is sanguinarin. It excites sneezing, and is turned red by acids. SANTONINE. Prep. Worm seed (semen cynce) 4 parts ; slaked lime 2 parts ; alcohol of 90§, 20 parts ; digest, evaporate the clear liquid, dissolve in dilute acetic acid, filter, again evapo- rate, dissolve in 10 parts of alcohol at 80§, and boil with some animal charcoal. The filtered liquid deposites colorless crystals of santonine as it cools. Tasteless, inodorous, fusible, volatizable, soluble in ether and alcohol, and slightly so in water. It is much esteemed as “ a tasteless worm medicine ,” and is especially adapted to re- move lumbricales, (large round worms.) Dose. 10 to 30 grs. repeated night and morning, followed by a brisk purge. — Lozenges of Santonine. San- tonine 3j ; sugar §v ; tragacanth 3ss ; all in powder ; make a mass with water and divide into 144 lozenges. Dose for a child 5 to 10 daily. SAPONINE. A white non-crystallizable sub- stance obtained by the action of alcohol on the root of saponaria officinalis, (soap wort.) It is soluble in water, and the solution froths strongly on agitation. The smallest quantity of the powder causes violent sneezing. By the action of acids anc^ alkalis it is converted into a whito powder termed saponic acid, which is solublo in alcohol. SARSAPARILLA. Syn. Radix Sarz^e, (Lat.) The Jamaica, rcd< Jamaica, or red- bearded, sarsaparilla, is the variety which should alone bo used in medicine. This kind yields 33 to lOg of it i weight of extract) (Hennell, Battley, Pope,) and contains less starchy matter than the other varieties. It is distinguished by the dirty orange-reddish color of its bark, and by its cold decoction being darkened, but not rendered blut by a solution of iodine. Its powder has also a pale reddish brown color. The other varieties of sarsaparilla, viz. — the Lisbon, Lima, Vera Cruz, and Honduras, are frequently substituted for the Jamaica by the fraudulent druggist in the prepara- tion of the decoction and extracts of this drug ; but the products are vastly inferior in qdantity, color, taste, and medicinal virtue. Decoction of sarsaparilla, when made with the Honduras root, is very liable to ferment even by a few hours’ ex- posure in hot weather. I once saw a pan holding 3 hogsheads of the strong decoction, that had been left exposed all night, in as active a state of fermentation as a gyle of beer ; it bore a frothy head, and evolved a most disagreeable odor, that w T as not wholly removed by several hours’ boiling. SARSAP ARILLINE. Syn. Smilacin. Salseparin. Paralline. Pariglin. Paralinic Acid. A white, crystallizable, odorless, and nearly tasteless substance, discovered by Palotta and Folchi, in sarsaparilla. It is best obtained by treating the bark of Jamaica sarsaparilla with hot alcohol, decoloring the solution by animal char- coal, and repeatedly dissolving and crystallizing the impure smilacin that deposites as the liquid cools. It may also be extracted by boiling water. Water holding a very small quantity of this sub- stance in solution, froths considerably on agitation. This is especially the case with infusion of Ja- maica sarsaparilla, and this property has conse- quently been proposed as a test of the quality of sarsaparilla root. Dose. 2 to 10 grs. in the usual cases in which the root is given. SAUCES. Prep. — 1. (Anchovy.) 3 or 4 an- chovies, chopped ; butter 3 or 4 oz. ; water 2 oz. ; vinegar 2 tablespoonfuls ; flour 1 do. ; stir over the fire till it thickens, then rub it through a coarse hair-sieve. — 2. (Chetney. Quihi do.) Sharp apples, pared and cored, tomatoes, salt, brow r n sugar, and raisins, of each 8 oz. ; red chillies, and powdered ginger, of each 4 oz. ; garlic and sha- lotes, of each 2 oz. ; pound well, add vinegar 3 quarts, and lemon juice 1 do. ; digest with fre- quent agitation for a month, pour off nearly all the liquor, and bottle. Used for fish or meat, either hot or cold, or to flavor stews, &c. The residue is the Chetney, and must be put into pots or jars. It is used like mustard. — 3. (Fish.) a. Port wine 1 gallon ; mountain 1 quart ; walnut ketchup 2 quarts ; anchovies and liquor 2 lbs. ; 8 lemons; 36 shalotes ; scraped horseradish 1^ lb. ; flour of mustard 8 oz. ; mace 1 oz. ; Cayenne q. s. ; boil up gently, strain, and bottle. — b. 24 anchovies; 10 shalotes; scraped horseradish 3 spoonfuls ; mace and cloves, of each 3 oz. ; 2 sliced lemons ; anchovy liquor 8 oz. ; water 1 pint ; Hock or Rhenish wine 1 bottle ; walnut ketchup ^ pint ; boil to 2^ lbs., strain, and bottle. — 4. (Quin's.) a. Walnut pickle, and port wine, of each 1 pint ; mushroom ketchup 1 quart ; an- chovies and shalotes, chopped, of each 2 dozen ; soy ipint ; Cayenne ^ oz. ; simmer for 10 minutes, strain, and bottle. — b. Walnut pickle, mushroom ketchup, and soy, of each 1 pint ; chopped clovet SCA 503 SEA i>f garlic and anchovies, of each 1 dozen ; Cayenne ana bruised cloves, of each 1 dr. As last. — 5. (Sauce Superlative.) Port wine and mushroom Ketchup, of each 1 quart ; walnut pidkle 1 pint ; pounded anchovies ^ lb. ; lemon peel, minced shalotes, and scraped horseradish, of each 2 oz. ; allspice and black pepper, bruised, of each 1 oz. ; Cayenne pepper and bruised celery seed, of each \ oz., (or currie powder £ oz. ;) digest 14 days, strain, and bottle. — 6. {Tomato.) Bruised tomatoes 1 gallon ; salt ^ lb. ; in 3 days press out the juice, to each quart add shalotes 2 oz. ; black pepper.,1 dr. ; boil for 30 minutes, strain, add mace, all- spice, ginger, and nutmegs, of each £ oz. ; corian- der seed and cochineal, of each 1 dr. ; simmer gently for 15 minutes, strain, cool, and bottle. — 7. {Sauce Aristocratique.) Green walnut juice, anchovies, equal parts ; cloves, mace, and pimento, bruised, of each 1 dr. to every pound of juice ; boil and strain, then to every pint add 1 pint of vinegar, £ pint of port wine, 4 pint of soy, and a few shalotes. Let the whole stand for a few days, and decant the clear liquor. — 8. {Sauce au Roi.) Brown vinegar (good) 3 quarts ; soy and walnut ketchup, of each £ pint ; cloves and shalotes, of each £ doz. ; Cayenne pepper 1 oz. ; mix, and let them stand for 14 days. — 9. {Sauce Piquante.) Soy 1 part ; port wine and Cayenne, of each 2 parts ; brown vinegar 16 parts ; mix, and let them stand for 3 or 4 days before bottling. SAUR KRAUT. Prep. Clean white cabbages, cut them into small pieces, and stratify them in a cask along with salt and a few juniper berries and caraway seeds, observing to pack them down as hard as possible with a wooden rammer, and to cover them with a lid pressed down with a heavy weight. The cask should be placed in a cold situation as soon as a sour smell is perceived. Much used by the northern nations of Europe. SAUSAGES. Fat and lean of pork or beef chopped small, flavored with spice, and put into skins, or pressed into pots. Crumb of bread is also frequently added. SAA ELOYS. Prep. Young pork, free from bone and skin, 3 lbs. ; salt it with 1 oz. of salt- petre, and £ lb. of common salt for 2 days ; chop it fine ; put in 3 teaspoonfuls of pepper ; 1 doz. sage leaves chopped fine, and 1 lb. of grated bread ; mix it well, fill the skins, and bake them half an hour in a slack oven. They are good either hot or cold. SAVONETTES, {Fr., Wash-balls.) Prep . 1. {Communes.) — a. Soap 5 lbs. ; starch 2 lbs. ; essence of orange or citron 1 oz. ; eau pour la barbe 1 gallon ; beat together, and form into balls. — b. Soap shavings 5 lbs. ; eau de citron 1 quart ; digest, force it through a coarse cloth, add starch 2 lbs., and essence of orange or citron 1 oz. ; mix well. As last. — 2. {Sand balls.) Soap and silicious sand, of each 1 lb. ; perfume (any) q. s. — 3. Soap shavings 1 lb. ; orange flower or rose water £ pint ; mix, and when sufficiently soft, add scent q. s., and form into balls. SCAMMONY. The mass of the scammony .( the shops is adulterated. The following re- ceipts are current for factitious Smyrna scam- mony: — 1. Aleppo scammony 1 lb. ; jalap 7 lbs. ; senna and charcoal, of each 2 lbs. ; manna 6 lbs. ; gamboge 4 lbs. ; ginger £ lb. ; sirup of buckthorn, q. s. — 2. Jalap 2 lbs. ; senna, Aleppo scammony» and gamboge, of each 8 oz. ; charcoal and ginger, of each 4 oz. ; as last. — 3. Aleppo scammony 1 lb. ; extract of jalap 5 lbs. ; gum guaiacum and sago, of each 10 lbs. ; ivory-black 4 lbs. ; mix. These imitations may be detected by the want of the resinous fracture of true scammony, and by their inferior solubility. Sulphuric ether separates from pure scammony fully 78§ of resinous matter dried at 280° F. ; and its cold decoction is neither rendered blue by iodine, nor its tincture turned green by nitric acid. SCARLET DYE. Proc. {For 1 lb. of cloth.) Cream of tartar If oz. ; water q. s, ; boil in a block-tin vessel, and when dissolved, add solution of tin (made by dissolving 2 oz. of grain tin in a mixture of 1 lb. each of ’nitric acid and water, and 1£ oz. of sal ammoniac) If oz. ; boil for 3 minutes, then introduce the cloth and boil it for 2 hours ; drain and cool. Next, take cream of tartar £ oz. ; water q. s. ; boil, and add powdered cochineal 1 oz. ; boil for 5 minutes, then gradually add solution of tin 1 oz., stirring well all the time ; lastly, put in the goods and dye as quickly as pos- sible. (Poerner.) SCENTS, POMATUM. Prep.— 1. {Cow- slip.) Essence of bergamotte 1 lb. ; essence of lemon £ lb.; oil of cloves £ lb.; mix-— 2. {Jon- quille.) Essences of bergamotte and lemon, of each, 8 oz. ; oil of cloves 2 oz. ; oils of sassafras and orange, of each, 1 oz. ; mix. — 3. {Millefleur.) Essence of ambergris 4 oz. ; essence of lemon 3 oz. ; oil of cloves and English oil of lavender, of each, 2 oz. ; essence of bergamotte 1 oz. ; mix. SCHWARTZ’ DROPS. Prep. Barbadoestar f ^j ; tincture of asafcfitida f^iss ; mix. Dose. 40 drops 3 times a day for tapeworm. SCHEELE’S GREEN. Syn. Arsenite of Copper. Prep. Powdered arsenious acid 11 oz. ; carbonate of potash 2 lbs. ; boiling water 1 gal- lon ; dissolve, filter, and add the solution, grad- ually, to a filtered solution of 2 lbs. of crystallized sulphate of copper in 3 gallons of water, as long as it produces a grass-green precipitate ; well wash with warm water and dry. Prod. 1£ lb. A very fine color. Used as a paint. SCILLITIN. Syn. Scillitina. Scillitite. A whitish, resinous, transparent, bitter, deliques- cent substance, obtained from squills. It is soluble in water, alcohol, arid acetic acid, and is purgative and poisonous. SCUDAMORE’S GOUT LOTION. Prep. Camphor mixture f§ix; alcohol f^iij ; mix. Ap- plied on rags or poultices, adding, for the former, enough hot water to warm it. SCURVY. Syn. Scorbutus. The treatment of ordinary cases of this disease mainly consists in employing a diet of fresh animal and green vege- table food, and mild ale, beer, or lemonade, as beverages, scrupulously avoiding salted and dried meat. SEA SICKNESS. The most effectual pre- ventive is the horizontal position. When there is much pain, a few drops of laudanum may be ta- ken, or an opium plaster applied over the region of the stomach. Persons should put their stomach and bowels in proper order by the use of mild aperients, and an emetic if required, before pro- ceeding to sea, when it will generally te found. SEN 504 SHR I hat a glass of warm weak brandy and water, to which 15 or 20 drops of laudanum, or still better l or 2 drops of creosote have been added, will ef- fectually prevent any disposition to sea sickness, provided excess in eating and drinking is at tho same time avoided. SEBACIC ACID. (From sebum , suet.) Prep. Distil fat. oil, or suet, in an earthen retort, and treat the product with hot water as long as that liquid deposites any thing on cooling; wash the crystals in cold water, and crystallize from hot water, repeating the process till the crystals be- come colorless. Volatile, light, pearly scales, re- sembling benzoic acid. With the bases it forms salts called sebates. It is very soluble in hot wa- ter, ether, and alcohol. SEDATIVE. Syn.' Sedativus. ( Lat ., from sedo, to ease or assuage.) Medicine that dimin- ishes the animal energy without, destroying life : opium, henbane, and several of the neutral salts and acids, are sedatives. SELENIUM. (From X 7 , the moon.) A chemical element discovered by Berzelius in 1818. Prep. (Magnus.) Native sulplmret of selenium 1 part ; binoxide of manganese 8 parts ; expose the mixture to a low red heat in a glass retort, the beak of which dips in water. Props , tyc. A brittle opaque substance, having somewhat the appearance of lead, when in mass, but forming a deep red powder ; sp. gr. 4 - 30 to 4-32; softens at 212°; fuses at 220°; boils at 650°. With the metals it forms compounds called seleniurets. — Oxide of selenium is a gaseous sub- stance obtained by heating selenium in a vessel of air, and washing the product with water. — Sele- nious acid may be obtained by digesting selenium in aqua regia or nitric acid, and evaporating to dryness. It may be sublimed unchanged, is solu- ble in water and alcohol, and forms salts with the bases, termed selenites. — Selenic acid is best ob- tained by fusing selenium or seleniuret of lead along with nitrate of soda Qr potassa, acting on the fused mass with water, filtering, boiling briskly to throw down the seleniate of soda, cooling to separate the nitrate of soda, and repeating the process until all the former salt is separated. The seleniate of soda is then decomposed by nitrate of lead, and after well washing the precipitate, it is decomposed by sulphureted hydrogen, when a so- lution of selenic acid is obtained. It is a colorless liquid, and forms salts called seleniates. — Seleniu- reted hydrogen (liydroselenic acid ) is obtained by the action of dilute sulphuric acid on the proto- seleniuret of iron, manganese, or potassium. It is a colorless gas, freely absorbed by water. Its most remarkable property is its power of irritating tho nose, exciting catarrhal symptoms, and de- stroying the sense of smell. This has led to tho suggestion by Dr. Prout, that the evolution of this substance by volcanoes, and its diffusion through the atmosphere, may be the cause of certain forms of the epidemic disorder called influenza. — Sul- phuret arid phosphoret of selenium are made by simply fusing their elements together. 8ENEGINE. Syn. Polygaline. Polygalic A cn*. A white odorless powder discovered by Gelilin in the bark of seneka root, ( Polygala Se- nega.) It. is a powerful errhine and poison. It is volatile, and soluble in water and alcohol. SEPIA. The ink of the cuttle fish. ) part il capable of making 1000 parts of water nearly opaque. The dried native sepia is prepared for artists by boiling it for a short time in a weak ly« of caustic alkali, precipitating by an acid, and well washing tho precipitate, and drying it by a gentle heat. A fine brown color. Used, like In* dian ink, by artists. SEVUM, PREPARED. Mould candles, at least 2 years old, melted by a very gentle heat and Strained from the wicks. (Pliarm- Journal.) Ujed to make mercurial ointment. Triturated with 8 to 12 times its weight of quicksilver, it ex- tinguishes the globules in less than a quarter of an hour. *#* Tho magnetic adeps sold for the same purpose, is made by pouring melted lard, in a small stream, into cold water, placing the thin fragments thus obtained in a sieve covered with paper, or other suitable apparatus, and exposing it to the air for 3 or 4 months. (Guibourt.) Speedily “ kills” 30 or 40 times its weight of silver. “ Fresh lard reduced by oil of almonds, or a gentle warmth, to the consistence of a thick cream, will extinguish 7 or 8 times its weight of running mercury.” (Ann. de Chim.) SHERBET. {Arab.) A cooling drink used in the East, prepared with the juices of fruit and water, variously sweetened and flavored. SHOEMAKER’S BLACK. A solution of copperas in water. Rubbed on leather it turns black. SHOT METAL. Lead 1000 parts ; arsenic 3 parts : or if the lead is coarse, 6 to 8 parts. SHRUB. A species of concentrated cold punch. Prep. I. {Brandy Shrub.) a. Brandy 1 gallon ; orange and lemon juice, of each 1 pint ; peels of 2 oranges ; do. of 1 lemon ; digest for 24 hours, strain, and add white sugar 4 lbs., dissolved in wa- ter 5 pints, b. Brandy at proof 34 gallons ; essen- tial oils of oranges and lemons, of each 1 oz., dis- solved in rectified spirit 1 quart ; good lump sugar 300 lbs. ; dissolved in water 20 gallons ; mix well by rummaging, and gradually and cautiously add of a solution of tartaric acid in water, or of Seville orange juice q. s. to produce a pleasant but scarce- ly perceptible acidity ; next “ rummage” well foi 15 minutes, add water to make the whole meas- ure exactly 100 gallons, and again “ rummage” well for half an hour ; lastly, bung down loosely ; in 10 or 12 days it will usually be sufficiently brilliant to be racked. This is 66 u. p. II. {Rum Shrub.) As the last, but substituting rum for brandy. III. {Punch Shrub.) Concentrated punch, made with equal parts of spirit and water. Used to make punch. IV. {Lemonade Shrub.) Concentrated lemon- ade. Used to make lemonade or lemon sherbet. Remarks. Rum shrub is the kind in the great- est demand, and that having a slight preponder- ance of the orange flavor is the most esteemed. If wholly flavored with lemon, it is apt to acquire a kind of “ dead” or “ musty” flavor by long keep- ing. Tho substitution of a few gallons of brandy for a portion of the rum, or the addition, after racking, of about 1 oz. each of bruised bitter al- monds, cloves, and cassia, the peels of a dozen or 15 oranges, and a “ thread ” of the essences of am- bergris and vanilla, renders it delicious. *** I I SIL 505 SfL aave employed the above formulae for the manu- facture of some score hogsheads of shrub, which have been highly admired in the wholesale trade. SIGHS OF LOVE. Prep. a. Spirit at 18° B. 1 gallon ; white sugar 4 lbs., dissolved in water £ gaUon ; mix, perfume with otto of roses, and color to a pale pink with cochineal, b. As last, but dissolve the sugar in rose water, and omit the otto. A pleasant cordial. » SIGNATURES, FAC-SIMILES OF. Proc. Write your name on a piece of paper, and while the ink is wet, sprinkle over it some finely-pow- dered gum arabic, then make a rim round it, and pour on it some fusible alloy in a liquid state. Im- pressions may be taken from the plates formed in this way, by means of printing ink and the cop- perplate press. SILICA. Prep. Levigated porcelain, plaster of Paris, and iron filings, equal parts ; mix, and make them into a paste with the thickest quick- drying copal varnish. Used to fill hollow teeth. SILICA. Syn. Silicic Acid. Silex. Sili- cious Earth. (From silex, a flint, or x^tSj apebr ble.) The earth of flints, and the basis of glass and all silicious minerals. Prep. 1. Heat quartz or rock crystal to red- ness, plunge it into cold water, dry, and powder. Insoluble. 2. Powdered quartz, as last, 1 part ; carbonate of potash 3 parts ; fuse together. This substance ( soluble glass) dissolves in water, form- ing a true solution, ( liquor of flints, silicum liquor,) from which concentrated acids throw down a gelatinous hydrate of silicic acid: SILICO-FLUORIDES. Double fluorides, formed by precipitating or saturating silico-hydro- fluoric acid with the bases. (See Fluosilicic Acid.) SILICON. Syn. Silicium. The combustible base of silica. It was first procured by Berzelius in 1824, by the action of potassium on fluosilicic acid ; but it is more conveniently obtained from the double fluoride of silicon and potassium or so- dium, previously dried at nearly a red heat. This substance, gently heated with potassium in a glass tube, and the resulting compound 'washed with water, yields silicon under the form of a dark brown powder. It dissolves in a mixture of nitric and fluoric acids, and burns or explodes when heated with the hydrates and carbonates of the alkalis. It is permanent in t.;e air, feven when heated. SILKS. No silks look well after washing, however carefully it be done, and this method should therefore never be resorted to, but from ab- solute necessity. It is recommended to sponge faded silks with warm water and soap, then to rub them with a dry cloth on a flat board, after which to iron them on the inside with a smoothing iron. Sponging with spirits will also improve old black silks. The ironing may be done on the right side, with thin paper spread over them to prevent glazing. SILLABUB. Prep. Grate oft* the peel of a lemon with lump-sugar, and dissolve the sugar in | of a pint of wine ; add the juice of i a lemon, and \ of a pint of cream ; beat the whole together until of a proper thickness, and then put it into glasses. *** Milk 1 pint is often substituted for 64 cream, and cider or perry for wine. Grated hut- meg is often added. When “ whipt” to a froth . is called “ whipt sillabub.” SILVER. Syn. Silber, ( Ger .) Argent, (Fr.i Argentum, ( Lat .) Diana ; Luna, (Ale.) This metal, like gold, appears to have been as much valued in the most remote ages of antiquity of which we have any record, as at the present day. It is procured from its ores chiefly by amalgama- tion and cupellation. Its sp. gr. is 10*474, and melting-point 1873°, (Daniell,) or bright redness It is soluble in nitric acid, and in sulphuric acid by the aid of heat. Refined Silver ( Argentum Cu pellatum) is silver that has passed the cupel. (Se* Assaying.) Pure Silver is obtained by placing a copper rod in a solution of the nitrate, digesting the precipitate in caustic ammonia, and washing with water; or by boiling recently precipitated and still moist chloride of silver in a bright iron vessel along with water. Silver leaf (Argen- tum foliatum) is used by dentists, and for silver- ing. It is only yooVn^ g-th of an inch thick. Sil- ver shells are used by artists, and are made like gold shells. Silver dust (Crocus argenti) is pure pulverulent silver obtained as above, and used by japanners. Pur., Tests, $-c. “ Entirely soluble in diluted nitric acid. This solution, treated with an excess of muriate of soda, gives a white precipitate en- tirely soluble in ammonia water, and a fluid which is not affected by sulphureted hydrogen.” (P. E.) The nitric solution of silver gives, — 1. A white curdy precipitate (chloride of silver) with muri- atic acid, soluble in ammonia and insoluble in ni- tric acid, and blackened by exposure to light. 2. It gives white precipitates with solutions of the alkaline carbonates, oxalates, and prussiates. 3. It gives yellow precipitates with the alkaline arsen- ites and phosphates. 4. With the arseniates, red precipitates. 5. With the fixed alkalis, brown precipitates. 6. With sulphureted hydrogen, a black powder, and, — 7. With phosphorus and me- tallic copper, pure silver. SILVER, CHLORIDE OF. Syn. Argenti Chloridum. Prep. Precipitate a somtion of chlo- ride of silver by dilute muriatic acid ; wash and dry in the shade. Dose. 3 grs. 3 or 4 times daily ; in epilepsy, chronic dysentery, diarrhoea, &e. (Dr. Perry.) SILVER, CYANIDE OF. Syn. Hydrocy- anate of Silver. Cyanodide of do. Argentum Zootinicum. (See Cyanide of Silver.) SILVER, FULMINATING. Syn. Argen- tum Fulminans. Fulminate of Silver. Prep. I. Digest oxide of silver (recently precipitated, and dried by pressure between bibulous paper) in con- centrated liquor of ammonia for 12 or 15 hours, pour off the liquid, and cautiously dry the black powder in the air. The decanted ammonia, when gently heated, 'yields, on cooling, small crystals, which possess a still more formidable power of det- onation, and will scarcely bear touching, even while under the liquid. II. Dissolve chloride of silver in liquor of ammo- nia, cautiously add fragments of pure potassa, and when effervescence ceases, decant, and wash and dry the powder. Inferior. III. (Brunatelli’s.) Silver 1 part; nitric acid (sp. gr. 1*36 to 1*38) 10 parts ; dissolve at a gentlfl t SlL 50G SIL heat, aud add the solution to alcohol of 85g, 20 parts ; apply a gentle heat till the liquid begins to boil, then remove it from the fire, and set it aside to cool ; the fulminate of silver is deposited in lus- trous, snow-white, acicular crystals, and when washed and dried, equals in weight the silver em- ployed. (Liebig.) Remarks. This compound is exploded by the slightest friction or percussion ; and should there- fore be only made in very small quantities at a time, and handled with great caution. Its explo- sive powers are tremendous ; in fact, it can hardly be handled with safety, even in the moist state. Many frightful accidents have happened from the spontaneous explosion of this substance. 1 or 2 grains are the most that can bo exploded with safety. 'SILVER, GERMAN. Syn. Nickel Silver. Albata. White Copper. Prep. 1. (Gersdorff.) Nickel and zinc, of each 1 part ; copper 2 parts. Very fine. 2. (Gersdorff.) Nickel 25 parts ; zinc 20 do. ; copper 60 do. Used for rolling. 3. (Gers- dorff) Nickel and zinc, of each 20 parts ; copper 60 do. ; lead 3 do. For castings. 4. (Gersdorff.) To either of the above add 2 to 3g of white sheet iron. 5. (Keferstein.) Copper 40£ parts ; nickel 31^ do.; zinc 25£ do.; iron 2£ do. This resem- bles the genuine German silver made from the ore of Hildburghausen, as well as Pakfong, as ana- lyzed by Dr. Fyfe. 6. (Keferstein.) Nickel and zinc, of each 7 parts ; copper 5 do. This is the composition of the Chinese white copper, Tute- nag or Pakfong. 7. Nickel 15 parts; copper 21 do. ; zinc 28 do. Malleable, resembles the Chi- nese pakfong. All the above are used as sub- stitutes for silver. SILVER, IODIDE OF. Syn. Argenti Iodi- dum. Prep. Precipitate a solution of nitrate of silver by another of iodide of potassium. Green- ish yellow ; insoluble in water and ammonia. Used in some of the French hospitals. SILVER, NITRATE OF. Syn. Argenti Nitras. Prep. (P. L.) Pure silver ^iss ; nitric acid f%j ; illuted with water f^ij ; dissolve by the heat of a sand-bath, evaporate till ebullition ceases and the water is expelled, then pour it into (iron) moulds. In this state it forms the Lunar Caustic ( Causticum Lunare, Argenti Nitras Fusum, Ar- gentum Nitratum ) of the shops ; but when the solution is cautiously evaporated and crystallized, it forms colorless, transparent, rhombic prisms, {Argenti Nitratis Crystalli ; Crystalli Lunares .) Remarks. Pure nitrate of silver is entirely soluble in water, yielding a colorless solution, from which metallic silver is precipitated by a piece of bright copper. The fused nitrate is originally white, but is darkened by exposure to light and contact with organic matter. “29 grs. dissolved in f§j of wa- ter acidulated with nitric acid, precipitated by a solution of 9 grs. of muriate of amlnonia, briskly agitated for a few seconds, and then allowed to rest a little ; yields a clear supernatant liquor, which is still precipitublo by more of the test.” (P. E.) Dose. One-sixth of a grain gradually in- creased, 2 or 3 a day, made into a pill with crumb of bread, in chorea, epilepsy, &c. Its continued use colors the skin. It is also used externally. Antidote. A solution of common salt, emetics, and demulcents. SILVER, OXIDE OF. Syn Argenti Oxt dum. Prep. Precipitate a solution of nitrate of silver by lime water, ora solution of potassa ; wr*h and dry in the shade at a gentle heat. Olive- brown, darkened by light. Dose. ^ gr. in epi- lepsy, gastralgic irritations, &c. It is much used in France. SILVER, POWDER OF. Syn. Argenti Pulvis. Prep. Heat the oxide to a dull red in a porcelain crucible, cool, triturate in an agate mor- tar, and pass it through a fine sieve. Roth this and the last are used at the hospital of Mont- pellier. SILVER, SULPHATE OF. Syn. Argenti Sulphas. Prepared by dissolving silver in sulphu- ric acid containing one-tenth of nitric acid ; or by precipitating a solution of the nitrate by another of sulphate of soda. It dissolves in 80 parts of hot water, and falls in small needles as the solu- tion cools. SILVER, SULPHURET. Prepared by pass- ing sulphureted hydrogen through a solution of nitrate of silver. SILVERING OF METALS. The art of covering the surface of bodies with a thin coating of silver. Proc. I. {Leaf Gilding.) This is performed with leaf silver in the way described at p. 334, for Gilding of Polished Metals. II. {Cold Silvering.) Mix 1 part of chloride of silver with 3 parts of pearlash, 1^ parts of com- mon salt, and 1 part of whiting, and well rub the mixture on the surface of brass or copper, (previ- ously well cleaned,) by means of a piece of soft leather, or a cork moistened with water and dip- ped into the powder. 1 part of precipitated silver powder, mixed with 2 parts each of cream of tar- tar and common salt, may also be used in the same way. When properly silvered the metal should be well washed in hot water slightly alka- lized, and then wiped dry. III. {By the electrotype.) M. de Ruolz per- forms this by means of a solution of oxide of sil- ver in cyanide of potassium, in the way described in the article Voltaic Gilding. Citrate of silver has also been used with advantage. *** Leather, paper, wood, &c., are silvered with silver leaf by a similar process to that em- ployed in gilding them. SILVERING OF GLASS. Proc. I. Mirrors are silvered* as follows : — A sheet of tin foil corre- sponding to the size of the plate of glass is evenly spread on a perfectly smooth and solid marble table, and every wrinkle on its surface is carefully rubbed down with a brush ; a portion of mercury is then poured on, and rubbed over the foil with a clean piece of soft woollen stuff, after which two rules are applied to the edges, and mercury poured on to the depth of a crown piece, when any oxide on the surface is carefully removed, and the sheet of glass, perfectly clean and dry, is slid along over the surface of the liquid metal, so that no air, dirt, or oxide, can possibly either remain or get. between them. When the glass has arrived at its proper position, gentle pressure is applied, and the table sloped a littlo to carry off the waste mercury, after which it is covered with flannel, and loaded with heavy weights ; in 24 hours it is removed to a wooden table ani farther slanted, and this position I SIR 507 SIR is progressively increased during a month, till it becomes perpendicular. II. (Drayton's Patent.) Proc. A mixture is first made of coarsely-pulverized nitrate of silver 1 oz. ; spirits of hartshorn ^ oz., and of water 2 oz. ; which, after standing for 24 hours, is filtered, (the deposite upon the filter, which is silver, being pre- served,) and an addition is made thereto of spirit, (by preference, spirit of wine,) at 60° above proof, or naphtha 3 oz. ; from 20 to 30 drops of oil of cassia are then added ; and, after remaining for about 6 hours longer, the solution is ready for use. The glass to be silvered is well cleaned and pol- ished, placed in a horizontal position, a wall of putty, or other suitable material, formed around it, and the solution poured over it to the depth of from § to £ inch ; from 6 to 12 drops of a mixture of oil of cloves and spirit of wine (in the proportion of 1 part, by measure, of oil of cloves, to 3 of spirit of wine) are next dropped into it, at different places ; or the diluted oil of cloves may be mixed with the solution before it is poured upon the glass. The more oil of cloves used, the more rapid will be the deposition of the silver ; but the patentee prefers that it should occupy about 2 hours. When the required deposite has been obtained, the solution is poured off ; and as soon as the silver on the glass is perfectly dry, it is varnished with a composition formed by melting together equal quantities of beeswax and tallow. The solution, after being poured off; is allowed to stand for 3 or 4 days in a close vessel ; as it still contains silver, and may be again employed after filtration, and the addition of a sufficient quantity of fresh ingredients to sup- ply the place of those which have been used. The patentee states, that, by experiment, he has ascer- tained that about 18 grains of nitrate of silver are used for each square foot of glass ; but the quan- tity of spirit varies somewhat, as its evaporation depends upon the temperature of the atmosphere, and the duration of the process. If the glass be placed in an inclined, or even a vertical position, and the surface covered over, leaving a narrow space for the solution between the surface of the glass and the cover, which fits close, then, by using spirit without water in the mixture, the object will be accomplished. By the addition of a small quantity of oil of caraway or thyme, the color of the silver may be varied. (Newton’s Journal.) This method seems likely to supersede all others for silvering mirrors, and the backs of diamonds and pastes. SIRUP. Syn. Sirop; Syrop, ( Fr .) Syrupus, ( Lat ., from serab, Arab., a potion .) A thick solution of sugar in water, either simple, flavored, or medi- cated. In the preparation of sirups care should be taken to employ the best refined sugar, as they •will thus be rendered less liable to spontaneous de- composition, and if piade with distilled water, or filtered rain water, will bo perfectly transparent, without the trouble of clarification. When the latter operation is required, it should be conducted in the manner described at article Capillaire/ When vegetable solutions enter into the composi- tion of siruns, they should be rendered perfectly transparent by filtration or clarification, before be- ing added to the sugar. In general, 2 lbs. (av.) will be required to every imperial pint of water or thin aqueous fluid to make a sirup of a proper con- sistence or density, which will allow for the por« tion that is lost by evaporation during the process It is proper to employ as little heat as possible, as a solution of sugar, even when kept at the temper- ature of boiling water, undergoes slow decomposi- tion. A good plan is to pour the water (cold) on the sugar, and to let the two lie together for a few hours, occasionally stirring, and then to apply a gentle heat (preferably that of steam or a water- bath) to finish the solution. Some persons (falsely) deem a sirup ill prepared unless it has been allowed to boil ; but if this method be adopted, the ebulli- tion should be only of the gentlest kind, (simmer- ing,) and should be checked after the lanse of 1 or 2 minutes. If it be desired to thicken a n./up by boiling, a few fragments of glass should be intro- duced, as ebullition takes place under the usual boiling point when these are present. In most pharmaceutical works directions are given to com- pletely saturate the water with sugar, so that the sirup shall have the sp. gr. 1*321 when cold ; but I find, from extensive experience in the manufac- ture of sirups, both in England and abroad, that, under all ordinary circumstances, a sirup with a very slight excess of water keeps better than one fully saturated. ’in the latter case, a portion of sugar generally crystallizes out on standing, and thus, by abstracting sugar from the remainder of the sirup, so weakens it that it rapidly ferments and spoils. This change proceeds at a rapidity proportionate to the temperature. Saturated sirup kept in a vessel that is frequently uncorked or ex- posed to the air, loses sufficient water by evapora tion from its surface to cause the formation of mi nute crystals of sugar, which, falling to the bottom of the vessel, continue to increase in size at the expense of the sugar in solution. I have seen a single six-gallon stone bottle, in which sirup has been kept for some time, the inside of which, when broken, has been found to be entirely cased with sugar-candy, amounting to 16 or 18 lbs. On the other hand, sirups containing too much water also rapidly ferment, and become ascescent ; but of the two, this is the less evil, and may be more easily prevented. The proportions of sugar and water given above will form an excellent sirup, provided care be taken to allow but little to be lost by evap- oration. To make transparent sirups, the sugar should be in a single lump, and by preference taken from the bottom or broad end of the loaf, as, if powdered or bruised, the sirup will be cloudy. Sir- ups are judged to be sufficiently boiled when some taken up in a spoon pours out like oil ; and when a thin skim appears on blowing upon the sirup, it is judged to be completely saturated. A fluid ounce of saturated sirup weighs 577^ grs., and a gallon 13 jb lbs., (avoird. ;) its sp. gr. is 1*320, or 35° of Baume’s areometer ; its boiling point is 221° F., and its density at the temperature of 212° is equal to 1*260, or 30° B. The sirups prepared with the juices of fruits, or that contain much extrac- tive matter, as those of sarsaparilla, poppies, &c., should bo made to mark about 2° or 3° more on Baume’s scale than the other sirups. *** The decimal part of the number denoting the specific gravity of a sirup, multiplied by 26, gives the number of pounds of sugar it contains per gallon very nearly. (Ure.) In boiling sirups, if they appear likely to boil over, a little oil, c? SIR SIR 508 nibbing the edges of the pan with soap, will pre- vent it. Pres. Sirups, as well as all saccharine solutions, should be kept in a cool place. “ Let sirups be kept in a situation where the temperature never rises above 55°. ” (P. L.) The best plan is to keep them in small, rather than in large bottles, as the longer a bottle lasts, the more frequently it will be opened, and consequently the more exposed it will be to the air. By bottling sirups while boiling hot, and immediately corking down, and tying the bot- tles over with bladders perfectly air-tight, they may be kept, even at a sumrper heat, for years without fermenting. A certain wholesale drug house, remarkable for the quality of their sirups, adopt this method, employing thick green glass bottles for quantities of 2 quarts and under, and stoneware bottles for larger quantities. Each bot- tle is labelled with the name of the sirup, and the date at which it was made. On lately examining the stock of the parties alluded to, I observed some that had been bottled upwards of two years, and which still preserved its transparency and usual appearance. The addition of a little citric or tar- taric acid (3ij to 31v to the gallon) will prevent sirup candying, unless it be boiled too thick ; and a little sulphite of potassa or lime will effectually prevent fermentation ; but the two must not be used together. The one method is applicable to saturated or nearly saturated sirups ; the other to those that are scarcely saturated with sugar, and winch cannot be preserved in a cool situation. Chlorate of potash has also been proposed on theo- retical grounds to prevent the access of the vinous fermentation, and I am told that its application is advantageous. SIRUP OF BUCKTHORN. Syn. Syrupus Rhamni, (P. L. E. and D.) Syr. Spin.® Cervi- n.-e. Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Juice of buckthorn, defe- cated, 2 quarts ; ginger and allspice, bruised, of each 3vj ; macerate the spice in 1 pint of the juice at a gentle heat for 4 hours, and filter ; boil the rest to li pints, mix the liquors, and dissolve therein white sugar lb. iv. — 2. ( Wholesale .) — a. Buckthorn juice 3 gallons ; bruised pimento and ginger, sifted from the dust, of each ^ lb. ; simmer for 15 min- utes, strain, and add sugar 44 lbs. — b. Buckthorn juice 3 gallons ; boil to 2 gallons, add bruised pi- mento and ginger gruffs, free from dust, of each \ lb. ; boil to 1 gallon, strain, add molasses 72 lbs. ; and finish the boiling. Cathartic. Dose. £ oz. to 1 oz. *** Should the color be dull, the addition of a few grains of tartaric acid will brighten it. SIRUP OF CAPILLAIRE. Syn. Sirup of Maidenhair. Syrupus capillorum Veneris. Sir- op de Capillaire. Prep. Maidenhair fv ; liquor- ice root §ij ; boiling water lb. vj ; steep for 6 hours, strain, and add white sugar q. s. (See Capillaire.) SIRUP OF COCHINEAL. Syn. Syrupus Coccinell.*. Prep. Powdered cochineal 3j ; wa- ter 1 .j pints ; boil to a pint, filter, and add white sugar 2 lbs. 1 oz. Used as coloring sirup, and often sold for sirup of clovepinks. SIRUP OF COLTSFOOT. Syn . Syrupus Tumilaoinib. Prep. (P. Cod.) Flowers of colts- foot lb. j ; (or dried flowers §ij ;) boiling water lb. ij ; macerate 12 hours; strain, press, filter, and add «ugar lb. iv. A popular remedy in coughs, cold, 6lc. Pose 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls ad libitum. SIRUP EMPY REUMATIC. Syn. Syrupu* Empyreumaticus. FiEX Sacchari. Treacle. Mo. lasses. SIRUP OF 1 GUM. Syn. Syrupus Acacia Syuop de Gomme. Prep. (P. Cod.) Dissolve pale and picked gum arabic in an equal w fight of water by a gentle heat, and add the solution to twice its weight of simple sirup, simmer for 2 or 3 minutes, remove the scum, and cool. A pleasant demulcent. The addition of 1 or 2 oz. of orange-flower water to each pint, renders it very agreeable. SIRUP OF GINGER. Syn. Syrupus Zingi- iieris, (P. L. E. and D.) Prep (V. L.) Bruised ginger §iiss ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate for 4 hours, strain, and add white sugar lb. iiss. Used as a flavoring. SIRUP OF HOREHOUND. Syn. Syrupus Marubii. Syrop de Prassio. Prep. — 1. (P. Cod.) Dried .horehound > horehound water lb. ij; di- gest in a water-bath for 2 hours, strain, and add white sugar lb. iv. — White horehound (fresh) 1 lb. ; boiling water 1 gallon ; infuse for 2 hours, press out the liquor, filter, and add sugar q. s. A popu- lar remedy in coughs and diseases of the lungs. Dose. A tablespoonful ad libitum. “ It is sold for any sirup of herbs that is demanded, and which is not in the shop.” (Gray.) SIRUP OF IODIDE OF IRON. Syn. Syr- upus Ferri Iodidi. Prep. — 1. (P. E.) Dry iodine 200 grs. ; fine iron wire 100 grs. ; water ffvj ; mix in a flask and boil, at first gently, and after- wards briskly, till reduced to two-thirds; filter while hot into a matrass containing white sugar §ivss; dissolve, and add water if necessary to make the whole measure exactly f fvj. rrixij contain 1 gr. of iodide of iron. — 2. (A. T. Thomson.) Con- tains 24 grs. of dry or 32 grs. of hydrated iodide of iron in each oz. — 3. (Ricord.) 2 grs. to the oz. *** Either of the last two may be made from the former by adding simple sirup. — 4. (Whole- sale.) Dry iodine 6 oz. ; iron filings 3 oz. ; boiling water 2J lbs.; sugar 5^ lbs.; mix as No. 1, and make it up to 8^ lbs. This is of the strength rec- ommended by Dr. A. T. Thomson. Dose. Of either (except the third) 3ss to 3j, as a tonic and resolvent, in debility, scrofukj* &c. *** It should be perfectly transparent and colorless, or at most only of a very pale green tint, and should be with- out sediment even when exposed to the air. (P. E.) It keeps best in well-closed bottles, excluded fron: the light. (See Iodide of Iron.) SIRUP OF IPECACUANHA. Syn. Syrup us Ipecacuanha. Prep. (P. E.) Coarsely-povv dered ipecacuanha Sjiv ; rectified spirit 1 pint ; di gest 24 hours, strain, add proof spirit f fxiv ; again digest and strain, and repeat the process with wa- ter f § xiv ; distil off the spirit from the mixed li- quors, evaporate to f ^xij ; filter, add rectified spirit - f ^v, and simple sirup 7 pints ; mix well. Dose. As an emetic for infants £ teaspoonful ; for adults 1 to 1 i oz. ; as an expectorant, 1 to 3 teaspoonfuls. SIRUP OF LEMONS. Syn. Syrupus Limo- num, (P. L. E. and D.) Prep. (P. L.) Lemon juice (strained or defecated) 1 pint ; sugar lb. iiss; dissolve by a gentle heat, and set it aside ; in 24 hours remove the scum, and decant the clear. A pleasant refrigerant sirup in fevers, &c. Dose. 1 to 4 drs. in any diluent. Wi ill water it forms an extemporaneous lemonade SIR 509 SIR SIRUP OF MARSHMALLOW. Syn. Syr- upus Altiiaa, (P. L. E. and D.) l J rep. (P. L.) Marshmallow root, fresh and sliced, ^viij ; boiling water 2 quarts ; boil to one-half, set aside for 24 hours, decant the clear, add while sugar lb. iiss, and gently evaporate to a proper consistence. De- mulcent and pectoral. Dose. 1 to 4 drs., in coughs, &c., added to mixtures. SIRUP OF MULBERRIES. Syn. Syrupus Mori. Prep. (P. L.) Juice of mulberries, strained, 1 pint ; sugar lb. iiss ; dissolve. Used as a color- ing and flavoring where alkalis and earths are not present. Sirup of red poppies, (Rhceadosj) slightly acidulated with tartaric or dilute sulphuric acid, is very generally sold for it. SIRUP OF ORANGE-PEEL. Syn. Syrupus Aurantii, (P. L. E. D.) Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Fresh orange-peel §iiss ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate for 12 hours in a covered vessel, strain, and add sugar lb. iij. — 2. ( Wholesale .) a. Fresh orange-peel 18 oz., (or dried f lb. ;) sugar 18 lbs. ; water q. s. — b. Tincture of orange-peel f fj ; simple sirup f ^xix ; mix. As an agreeable flavoring and stomachic. Dose. 1 to 4 drs. SIRUP OF POPPIES. Syn. Sirup of White Poppies. Syrupus Papaveris, (P. L. E. & D.) Do. no. a lb i. Syr. de Meconio. Diacodion. Prep. I . (P. L.) Poppy heads, dried, bruised, and wifhout the seeds, lb. iij ; water 5 gallons ; boil to 2 gal- lons, press out the liquor, boil to 2 quarts, set it aside for 12 hours, decant, strain, boil to 1 quart, and add sugar ib. v. — 2. ( Wholesale .) Extract of poppies 1£ lbs. ; boiling water 2^ gallons ; dissolve, clarify, or filter, so that it may be perfectly trans- parent when cold, then add white sugar 44 lbs. and dissolve. Anodyne and soporific. Dose. For an infant $ to £ teaspoonful ; for an adult 2 to 4 drs. SIRUP OF RED POPPIES. Syn. Sirup of Corn poppy. Syrupus Riiaados, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Petals of the red poppy lb. j ; boil- ing water I pint ; mix in a water bath, remove the vessel, macerate for 12 hours, press out the liquor, and after defecation or filtering, add sugar lb. iiss. — 2. ( Wholesale .) Dried red poppy petals 3 lbs. ; boiling water q. s. ; white sugar 44 lbs. ; as last. Employed as a coloring. A little acid brightens.it. *** The color of this sirup is injured by contact with iron or copper. SIRUP OF RHUBARB. Syn. Syrupus Riiai. Prep. — 1. (P. Cod.) Bruised rhubarb fiij ; water §xvj ; macerate 12 hours, filter, and add white sugar fxxxij. — 2. ( Wholesale .) Bruised rhubarb If lbs. ; water q. s. ; sugar 20 lbs. ; as last. Stomachic and purgative. SIRUP OF ROSES. Syn. Syrupus Rosa. (P. L. & D.) Syr. Rosa centifolia, (P. E.) Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Dried petals of red roses ( Rosa centi- folia ) Sjvij * boiling water 3 pints ; macerate for 12 hours, filter, evaporate in a water bath to 1 quart, and add white sugar lb. vj. — 2. ( Wholesale .) Rose leaves 1 lb. , sugar 19 lbs. ; water q. s. ; as last. Gently laxative. Dose, f to 1 oz. It is usual to add a few drops of dilute sulphuric acid to brighten the color. Alkalis turn it green. SIRUP OF RUE. Syn. Syrupus Ruta. Prep. Oil of rue 12 drops; rectified spirit ffss ; dissolve, and add simple sirup 1 pint. Dose. £ to 2 tea- spoonfuls in the flatulent colic of children SIRUP OF SAFFRON. Syn. Syrupus Croci, (P. L. & E.) Prep. 1. (P. L.) Hay saffron 3x ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate 12 hours, strain, and add sugar lb. iij. — 2. ( Wholesale .) Hay saffron G oz. ; boiling water 6 quarts ; white sugar 24 lbs. ; as last. Used for its color and flavor. SIRUP OF SARSAPARILLA. Syn. Syrupus Sarza, (P. L. & E.) Syr. Sarsaparilla, (P. D.) Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Sarsaparilla, sliced, §xv ; boil- ing water 1 gallon ; macerate for 24 hours, boil to 2 quarts, strain, add sugar §xv, and boil to a sirup. — 2. ( Wholesale .) Extract of sarsaparilla 3 lbs. ; boiling water 3 quarts ; dissolve, strain, and add white sugar 12 lbs. Alterative and tonic. Dose 2 to 4 drs. SIRUP OF SARSAPARILLA, (COM POUND.) Syn. Syrupus Sarza Compositus. Sy rop de Cusinier. Prep. (P. U. S.) Sarsaparilla, bruised, lb. ij. ; guaiacum wood, rasped, §iij ; red roses, senna, and liquorice-root bruised, of each §ij ; diluted alcohol 10 pints, (wine measure ;) mace- rate for 14 days, express, filter thru ugh paper, and evaporate in a water bath to 4\ pints ; then add sugar lb. viij, and when cold oils of sassafras and aniseed, of each 5 drops, and oil of partridge berry (gualtheria procumbens) 3 drops, previously tritura- ted with a little of the sirup. An excellent prepa- ration. Dose, f^ss, 3 or 4 times a day, as an al- terative, tonic, and restorative. *** The sirup of the P. Cod. is made with water instead of spirit, and is vastly inferior as a remedy. SIRUP OF SENNA. Syn. Syrupus Senna, (P. L. &■ E.) Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Senna §iiss ; bruised fennel seed 3x ; boiling water 1 pint ; macerate with a gentle heat for 1 hour, strain, add manna §iij ; white sugar §xv, and evaporate to a proper consistence.— 2. ( Wholesale .) The manna is usually omitted. — 3. (P. E.) Senna §iv ; boiling water f §xxiv ; strain, add treacle ^xlviii, and evaporate to a proper consistence. Cathartic. Dose. 1 to 4 drs. SIRUP, SIMPLE. Syn. Syrupus, (P. L.) Syrup- us Simplex, (P. E. & D.) Prep. — 1. (P. L.) White sugar lb. x ; water 3 pints ; dissolve. — 2. ( Whole- sale .) Double refined sugar 44 lbs. ; distilled water 2f gallons ; make a sirup. It should be as trans- parent as water. Used as a flavoring, and to give cohesiveness and consistence to pulverulent sub- stances in the preparation of electuaries, pills, &c. (See CAriLLAiRE, and the introductory remarks on Sirup.) SIRUP OF SQUILLS. Syn. Syrupus Scilla. Prep. — 1. (P. E.) Vinegar of squills 3 pints ; white sugar lb. vij ; dissolve by a gentle heat. — 2. (Whole- sale.) Vinegar of squills 14 lbs., ( perfectly trans- parent ;) double refined sugar 28 lbs. ; dissolve in a stoneware vessel in the cold, or at most by a very gentle heat. It should be as clear as water, and nearly colorless. Dose. 1 to 2 drs., as an ex- pectorant in chronic coughs and asthma. In large doses it proves emetic. SIRUP OF TOLU. Syn. Balsamic Sirlu>. Syrupus Tolutanus, (P. L. & E.) Syr. Balsami Tolutani, (P. D.) Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Balsam of Tolu 3x ; boiling water 1 pint ; boil in a covered vessel for £ an hour, frequently stirring, cool, strain, and add sugar lb. iiss. — 2. (P. E.) Simple sirup (warm) lb. ij ; tincture of Tolu §j ; mix well to- gether in a close vessel. — 3. (Wholesale.) W\rm ,SMA 510 SNU wafer 23 lbs. ; add tincture of Tolu, gradually, until it will bear no more without becoming opaque, constantly shaking the bottle, cork down and oc- casionally agitate till cold ; filler through paper, add double refined sugar 44 lbs. ; and dissolve in a close vessel, by a gentle heat in a water bath. This sirup should be clear and colorless as water, but as met with in the shops it is usually milky. Pectoral. Dose. 1 to 4 drs. in mixtures. SIRUP, VELNO’S VEGETABLE. Accord- ing to Dr. Paris and Sir B. Brodie, this celebrated nostrum is prepared as follows: — Young and i^sh burdock root, sliced ^ij ; dandelion root §j ; fresh spearmint, senna, coriander seed, and bruised liquorice root, of each 3iss ; water pints ; boil down gently to a pint, strain, add lump sugar 1 lb., boil to a sirup, and add a small quantity of corro- sive sublimate, previously dissolved in a little spirit. Used as an alterative and purifier of the blood. SIRUP OF VINEGAR. Syn. Syrufus Aceti. Prep. (P. E.) Vinegar (French wine) f §xj ; white j Bugar §xiv ; make a sirup. Dose 1 dr. to 1 oz. as i an expectorant in coughs and colds, or diffused through any mild diluent, as a drink in fevers. SIRUP OF VIOLETS. Syn. Syrufus Viol.e. (P. E. & D.) Syr. Violarum. Prep. — 1. (P. E.) | Fresh violets 1 lb. ; boiling water 2£ pints ; infuse for 24 hours in a covered vessel of glass o*r earthen- ware, strain off the liquor, (with gentle pressure,) filter, add white sugar lb. viiss, and dissolve. — 2. ( Wholesale .) Double-refined white sugar 66 lbs. ; anthokyan* 1 1 lbs. ; water 22 lbs. or q. s. ; dissolve in earthenware. Gently laxative. Dose. A tea- spoonful for an infant. *** Genuine sirup of vio- lets should have a lively violet blue color, and should be reddened by acids and turned green by alkalis, and should smell and taste of the flowers. [ It, is frequently used as a test. A spurious sort is net with in the shops, which is colored by litmus, and slightly scented by orris root. The purest sugar, perfectly free from either acid or alkaline contamination, should alone be used in its manu- facture. The P. E. orders the infusion to be strain- *ed without pressure, and the P. Cod. and other Ph. direct Ire flowers to be first washed in cold water. SIZE. Obtained like glue from the skins of ani- mals, but is evaporated less, and kept in the soft state. SMALTS. Syn. Powder Blue. Smalta. Azu- rum. Prep. I. Roast cobalt ore to drive off the arsenic, make the residuum into a paste with oil of vitriol, and heat it to redness for an hour ; pow- der, dissolve in water, and precipitate the oxide of iron by carbonate of potash, gradually added, until a rose colored powder begins to fall, then decant the clear, and precipitate by a solution of silicate of potash prepared by fusing together for 5 hours a mixture of ten parts of potash, 15 parts of finely- ground flints, and 1 part of charcoal. The precip- itate, after being dried, may be fused and powder- ed. Very fine. *11. Roasted cobalt ore and potash, of each 1 part ; silicious sand 3 parts ; fuse together, cool, and powder. Used in painting, to color glass, and b) get up linen. * The expressed Juice of violets, defecated, gently heat- ed in earthenware to lit‘2*', skimmed tooled, littered, a, little I spirit uldi 'i. and again filtered, ' SNU I F. Syn. Tabac, (en poudre, Fr.) The finer kinds of snuff are mado from the best de- scription of tobaccG, separated from the damaged leaves ; but the ordinary snuffs of the shops are mostly prepared from the coarser and damaged portions, the stems or stalky parts that rema.n from the manufacture of slmg tobacco, the dust or powder sifted from the bales, and the fragments that are unfit for other purposes. To impart to the dried leaves the characteristic odor and flavor of to- bacco, and to render them agreeable to “smokers” and “ snuffers,” it is necessary that they should undergo a certain preparation, or kind of fermenta- tion. If a fresh green leaf of tobacco be crushed between the fingers, it emits merely the herbaceous smell common to most plants ; but if it bo tritu- rated in a mortar along with a very small quantity of quicklime or caustic alkali, it will immediately exhale the peculiar odor of manufactured tobacco. This arises from the active and volatile ingredients being liberated from their previous combination, by the ammonia developed by fermentation, or the action of a stronger base. Tobacco contains ?. considerable quantity of muriate of ammonia, and this substance, as is well known, when placed in contact with lime or potassa, immediately evolves free ammonia. If we reverse the case, and satu- rate the excess of alkali in prepared tobacco by the addition of any mild acid, its characteristic odor will entirely disappear. In the preparation of to- bacco previously to its manufacture into snuff, these changes are effected by a species of fer- mentation. The tobacco, either unprepared or cut into pieces, is placed in layers or heaps, and sprinkled with a w^eak solution of common salt and water, (about the sp. gr. 1-107,) or sauce as it is called ; the salt being added to prevent the to- bacco becoming mouldy, and to keep it moist, as well as to moderate the fermentation. Molasses is also frequently added to the sauce when a violet or dark-colored snuff is desired, and some persons with a like intention add a decoction or solution of extract of liquorice. I am informed, however, that pure water, without any addition, is quite sufficient to promote and maintain the perfect fermentation of tobacco, and that of late years the larger and more respectable houses have employed nothing else. The leaves soon become hot, and evolve ammonia ; during this time the heaps require to be occasionally opened up and turned over, lest they become too hot, take fire, or run into the putrefac- tive fermentation. The extent to which the pro- cess is allowed to proceed varies with different kinds of snuff, from one to three months. When the leaves have arrived at the proper state, they are sufficiently dried to bear being pulverized. This is either performed in a mill, or with a kind of pes- tle and mortar. While powdering, the tobacco should be frequently sifted, that it may not be re- duced to too fine a powder, and it should be moist- ened with rose or orange-flower water, or eau d’ange, which are the only waters fit for the supe rior kinds of snuff. This moistening is usually re- peated several times. Tonca beans are put into snuff-boxes to scent the snuff, but the concentrated essence of tonca beans is now mostly used ; the leaves of orchis fusca, and those of several other species of orchides that have the scent ol the tonca bean, are also used to scent snuff. French snuff SNU 511 SOA is scented with the root of calamus aromaticus. During the grinding of tobacco it is but too fre- quently mixed with dark-colored rotten wood, va- rious English leaves, coloring and other matter, which substances are added by the fraudulent manufacturer to reduce the cost. It is a general practice with many dealers to add ammonia to their snuffs to increase their pungency. I have seen 1 cwt. of powdered sal ammoniac sent at one time to a certain. London tobacconist. Powdered glass and hellebore are also frequently added for a like purpose. The moist kinds of snuff are gener- ally drugged with pearlash, for the triple purpose of keeping them moist and increasing their pun- gency and color. The dry snuffs, especially Welsh, are commonly adulterated with quicklime, the particles of which may often be distinguished by the naked eye. This addition causes its biting and desiccating effect on the pituitary membrane. Scotch, Irish, Welsh, and Spanish snuffs, Lundy- foot, tj*c., are examples of the dry snuffs. Among moist snuffs or rappees, brown hlack, Cuba, ca- rotte, $c., may be mentioned. Hardham's mix- ture, No. 37, is a mixed rappee, and Prince's mixture, princeza, tyc., are scented rappees. The Scotch, Irish, and in fact most of the ordinary snuffs of the shops, are prepared from the midribs and waste pieces ; but the Strasburgh, French, Russian, and Macouba snuffs, from the soft parts of the leaves. The immense variety of snuffs kept in the shops, depend for their distinguishing characteristics on the length of the fermentation, the fineness of the powder, the height to which they are dried, and the addition of odorous sub- stances. Among some of the most esteemed French snuffs are the following: — Tabac de ce- drat, bergamotte, and neroli, are made by adding the essences to the snuff — Tabac parfumee aux fleurs, by putting orange flowers, jasmins, tube- roses, musk-roses, or common roses, to the snuff in a close chest or jar, sifting them out after 24 hours, and repeating the infusion with fresh flowers as necessary. Another way is to lay paper pricked all over with a large pin between the flowers and the snuff — Tabac musquee. Any scented snuff 1 lb. ; musk (ground to a powder with white sugar and moistened with ammonia water) 20 grs. ; mix. — Tabac ambre. Tabac aux fleurs 1 lb. ; amber- gris powdered as last 24 grs. — Tabac en odeur de Malthe. Tabac de nerole 1 lb. ; ambergris 20 grs. : civette 10 grs. ; sugar q. s. — Tabac a la pointe d'Espagnc. Snuff aux fleurs 1 lb. ; musk 20 grs.; civette 6 grs.; sugar q. s. — Tabac en odeur de Rome. Snuff aux fleurs 1 lb. ; amber- gris 20 grs. ; musk 6 grs. ; civette 5 grs. ; sugar q. s. — Tabac de Pongibou. Yellow snuff scented with orange flowers 1 lb. ; civette 12 grs. ; sugar q. s. ; essence of orange flowers 2 to 4 drs. ; other essences may be used, the snuff having been pre- viously scented with the same flowers. — Tabac fin fa$on d’ Espagrie. Red snuff perfumed with flowers. — Macouba snuff is imitated by moistening the tobacco with a mixture of treacle and water, and allowing it to ferment well. — Spanish snuff. Unsifted Havannah snuff ground and reduced by adding ground Spanish nut-shells, sprinkling the mixture with treacle water, and allowing it to sweat for some days before packing. Most of the imitations of foreign snuff require to be well packed to give them a goed appearance. — Yellow snuff Yellow ochre tiie size of an egg, add chalk to lower the color, grind with 4 drs. of oil of almonds till fine, then add water by degrees, and 2 spoonfuls of mucilage of tragacanth, till you have about a quart ; mix this wiith purified snuff q. s. and dry it ; thfcn grind some gum tragac. with some scented water, and moisten your snuff with it, and when dry, with a very fine sieve sift out the color that does not adhere to the snuff. — Red Snuff. As last, but use red ochre. — Eye Snuff. Subsulphate of mercury ^ dr. ; dry Scotch snuff or Lundyfoot 1 oz. ; triturate well together. A pinch of this occasionally, in inflammation of the eyes, dimness of sight, headache, &c. SOAP. Syn. Savon, {Fr.) Seife, ( Ger .} Sapo, ( Lat .) Spanish or Castile soap, made with olive oil and soda, {Sapo. Sapo ex olivee oleo el soda confectus, P. L.,) and soft soap made with olive oil and potash, {sapo mollis, sapo ex olivee oleo, et potassa confectus, P. L.,) are the only kinds directed to be employed in medicine. The former is intended whenever soap is ordered, and is the only one employed internally ; the latter is used in ointments, &c. Castile Soap, {Spanish soap. Marseilles do. Sapo. Sapo durus. Sapo Hispanicus .) Olive oil soda soap is kept both in the white and marbled state ; the former is the purest, but the latter is the strongest. Almond Soap {Sapo Amygdalinus ) is made from almond oil and caustic soda, and is chiefly used for the toilet. Curd Soap is made with tallow and soda. Mottled Soap with refuse kitchen-stuff, &c. Yellow Soap {Rosin soap ) with tallow, rosin, and caustic soda. Soft Soap (of commerce) with whale, seal, or cod oil, tallow, and potash. The olive oil soft soap of the Pharmacopoeia is not met with in trade. SOAP A LA ROSE. Prep. New olive oil soap 30 lbs. ; new tallow soap 20 lbs. ; red-uce them to shavings by sliding the bars along the face of an inverted plane, melt in an untinned copper pan by the heat of steam or a water-bath, add oz. of finely-ground vermilion, mix well, remove the heat, and when the mass has cooled a little, add essence of roses (otto ?) 3 oz. ; do. of cloves and cinnamon, of each 1 oz. ; bergamotte 2£ oz. ; mix well, run the liquid mass through a tammy cloth, and put it into the frames. If the soaps employed are not new, 1 or 2 quarts of water must be added to make them melt easily. Very fine. SOAP AU BOUQUET. Prep. Best tallow soap 30 lbs. ; essence of bergamotte 4 oz. ; oils of cloves, sassafras, and thyme, of each 1 oz. ; pure neroli ^ oz. ; finely-powdered brown ochre 7 oz. ; mix as last. Very fine. SOAP, BITTER ALMOND. Prep. Best white tallow soap ^ cwt. ; essence of bitter al- monds 10 oz. ; as soap it la rose. Very fine. SOAP, BLACK. Syn. Sapo Niger. This is properly a crude soft soap made of fresh oil, tallow, and potash ; but the following mixture is usually sold for it : — soft soap 7 lbs. ; train oil 1 lb. ; water 1 gallon ; boii to a proper consistence, adding ivory black or powdered charcoal to color. Used by farriers. SOA 512 SOD SOAP, CINNAMON. Prep. Pest tallow soap 30 lbs. ; do. palm oij soap 20 ibs. ; essence of cinnamon 7 o z. ; do. of sassafras and bergamotte, of each 1^ oz. ; finely powdered yellow ochre, 1 lb. ; mix as soap ti la rose. Very fine. SOAP, CROTON. Syn. Sapo Crotonis. Prep. Croton oil 3j ; liquor of potassa 3ss ; tritu- rate together. Purgative. Dose. 2 to 3 grs. SOAP, FLOATING. Prep. Good oil soap £ cwt. ; water ^ gallon ; melt by the heat of a steam or water bath in a pan furnished with an agitator, which must be assiduously worked till the soap has at least doubled its volume, when it must be put into the frames, cooled, and cut into pieces. Lathers well and is very pleasant. Any scent may be added. SOAP, MACQUER’S ACID. Syn. Sapo Vitriolicus. Prep. Castile soap 4 oz. ; soften by heat and a little water ; add oil of vitrioj q. s., con- tinually triturating the mass in a mortar. Deter- gent. Used where alkalis would be prejudicial. SOAP, MUSK. Prep. Best tallow soap 30 lbs. ; palm oil soap 20 lbs. ; powdered cloves, pale roses, and gilliflowers, of each oz. ; essences of bergamotte and musk, of each 3£ oz. ; Spanish brown 4 oz. ; mix as soap & la rose. Very fine. SOAP, ORANGE-FLOWER. Prep. Best •tallow soap 30 lbs. ; palm oil soap 20 lbs. ; es- sences of Portugal and ambergris, of each 7£ oz. ; yellowish green color (ochre and indigo) 8^ oz. ; vermilion, 1^ oz. ; mix as soap h la rose. Very fine. SOAP, PEARL SOFT. Syn. Almond Gream. Creme d’Amandes, Prep. Best hog’s lard 20 lbs. ; stir it assiduously in a water bath till it is only half melted, and has a thick creamy appear- ance, then add 5 lbs. of caustic potash lye at 36° B. and continue stirring at the same temperature till soapy granulations begin to fall to the bottom ; then add 5 lbs. more of lye, and continue the stir- ring for 4 hours more, or till the mass becomes too stiff to be further stirred, when it must be gently beaten and allowed to cool very slowly. When quite cold it must be beaten in small portions at a time in a marble mortar, till it unites to form a homogeneous mass, or “ pearls'' 1 as it is called ; es- sence of bitter almonds q. s. to perfume being add- ed during the pounding. SOAP, PALM OIL. Syn. Violet Soap. Made of palm oil and caustic soda lye. Has a pleasant odor of violets and a lively color. SOAP, STARKEY’S. Syn. Savon Tere- binthine. Prep. (P. Cod.) Warm subcarbonate of potash, oil of turpentine, and Venice turpentine, equal parts ; triturate together with a little water till they combine ; put it into paper moulds, and in a few days slice it and preserve it in a well stopped bottle. SOAP, TRANSPARENT. Prep.— 1. Per- fectly dry tallow soap in shavings, and rectified spirit of wine, equal parts ; put them into a still, apply a very gentle heat to effect the solution, allow the liquid to settle for 2 hours, then pour the clear portion into frames. — 2. Dissolve dry almond or soft soap in spirit of wine, strain while warm, distil oil* the spirit, and pour into moulds. %'* This soap does not acquire its full transparency till after a few weeks’ exposure to a dry atmosphere : the pieces must then bo trimmed up and stamped as desired. It may bo scented and colored by add- | ing the ingredients to it while soft. It is colored rose by tincture of archil, and yellow by tincture of turmeric. Does not lather woll. SOAP, WINDSOR. The best Windsor soap is made of a mixture of olive oil 1 part, and ox tal- low or suet 9 parts, saponified by caustic soda ; but most of the Windsor soap of the shops is mere- ly ordinary curd soap scented. On the large scale the perfume is added while the soap is in the soft state, just before it is put into frames, but on the small scale it may be prepared in the same way as soap ii la rose. Prep. — 1. Best beef tallow and oil soap, a? above, 3 cwt. ; essence of caraway 2 lbs. ; Eng- lish oil of lavender, and oil of rosemary, of each £ lb. ; mix as soap ft la rose. — >3. Hard curd soap 1 cwt. ; oil of caraway 1^ lbs. ; tincture of musk 12 oz. ; English oil of lavender 2 oz. ; oil of origa- num ^ oz. ; as last. — 3. Curd soap melted and scented with the oils of caraway and bergamotte *** Brown Windsor soap is the same colored. SOAPS, TOILET. I. (Soft.) The basis of these is a soap made of hog's lard and potash, variously scented and colored. — 2. (Hard.) The basis of these is a mixture of suet 9 parts, and olive oil 1 part, saponified by caustic soda, and variously scented and colored. They are also made of white tallow, olive, almond, and palm oil soaps, either alone or combined in various proportions, and scented. SODA. Syn. Oxide of Sodium. Soude, (Fr.) Natron, (Gcr.) The hydrate of soda, (Soda Hy- dras,) as well as its solution, (Liquor Sodce,) are prepared from carbonate of soda in the same way as the corresponding preparations of potassa. The majority of its salts may also be obtained in a sim- ilar manner to those of potassa. Prop., Tests, tf-c. Pure soda resembles potassa, but possesses rather less powerful basic and alka- line properties. Soda and its salts are recogni- sed. — 1. By their solubility in water, and not being precipitated by any reagent. — 2. By yielding a salt with sulphuric acid, which by its taste and form is readily recognised as sulphate of soda. — 3 By its salts, when exposed by means of platinum wire to the blowpipe flame, imparting a rich yel- low color. — 4. A solution of caustic soda or car- bonate of soda ’turns turmeric brown and vegetable blues green. — 5. Its muriate imparts a yellow tinge to the flame of alcohol. SODA, ACETATE. Syn. Sodas Acetas. (P. L. & D.) Terra Foliata Mineralis. Prep. (P. D.) Saturate dilute acetic acid with carbonate of soda, filter, and evaporate to the density of 1-276 ; dry the crystals deposited as the liquid cools, and keep them from the air. Dose. 1 to 2 drs. as a diuretic ; chiefly used to make acetic acid. SODA, PHOSPHATE OF. Srjn. Taste- less Purging Salts. Tribasic Phosphate of Soda and basic water. Rhombic Phosphate of Soda. Neutral do. Sal Mirabile Perlatum. Soda Piiospiiorata. Sod^e Phospiias, (P. L. E. A D.) Prep. (P. E.) Powdered bone ashes lb. x , sulphuric acid 2 pints and f^iv ; mix, add gradually water 6 pints, and digest fer 3 days, re- placing the water which evaporates ; add 6 pints of boiling water and strain through linen, and wash the residue in the filter with boiling water ; mix | the liquors, and after defecation decant and evap- SOD 513 SOL 9 : ate to G pints ; let the impurities again settle and neutralize the clear fluid, heated to boiling, with a solution of carbonate of soda in slight ex- cess ; crystals will be deposited as the solution cools, and by successively evaporating, adding a little soda to the mother liquor till it is feebly alka- line, and cooling, more crystals may be obtained. Keep it in closed vessels. Remarks. “ Exposed to the air it slightly efflo- resces. It is totally dissolved by water but not by alcohol.” (P. L.) — “ 45 grs. dissolved in f^ij of boiling water, and precipitated by a solution of 50 grs. of carbonate of lead in f^j of pyroligneous acid, will remain precipitable by solution of acetate of lead.” (P. E.) Dose. 6 to 12 drs. as a purga- tive in broth or soup. It has scarcely any taste. SODA, POTASSIO-TARTRATE OF. Syn. Tartrate of Potash and Soda. Seignette’s Salt. Rochelle do. Tartarized Soda. Sel de Seignette. Sal Rupellensis. Sal Polychres- tum Seignetti. Soda Tartarizata Natron TaRTARIZATUM. PoTASSiE ET SoD^E TARTRAS, (P. E. & D.) SodjE 1 Potassio-tartras, (P. L.) Prep. (P. L.) Carbonate of soda ^xij ; boiling water 2 quarts ; dissolve, and add, gradually, powdered bitartrate of potash ^xvj ; strain, evaporate to a pellicle, and set it aside to crystallize ; dry the crystals and again evaporate the liquor that it may yield more crystals. *** Readily soluble in cold water. Sulphuric acid added to the solution throws down small crystals of bitartrate of potash. By heat it yields a mixture of the pure carbonates of potash and soda. It is a mild and cooling laxative. Dose. ^ to 1 oz. largely diluted with water. It forms the basis of the popular aperient called Seidlitz Powders. SODA, SULPHATE OF. Syn. Glauber’s Salt. Sal Glauberi. Sal Catharticus Glau- beri. Sal Mirabile Glauberi. Natron Vitrio- latum. Sodas Sulphas, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Dissolve lb. ij of the salt left in distilling muriatic acid, in Oij of boiling water, saturate with carbonate of lime, evaporate and crystallize. Remarks. Glauber salts effloresce when exposed to the air ; are totally dissolved by water ; very slightly so by alcohol ; the solution is neutral to test paper ; nitrate of silver throws down scarcely any thing from a dilute solution ; nitrate of baryta more, which is not dissolved by nitric acid. It loses 55-5§ of its weight by a strong heat. (P. L.) Dose. | to 1 oz. as a purge. The dried salt (Soda Sulphas Exsiccata ) is twice as strong. *** Sul- phate of soda is also made in the same way from the residuum of the distillation of nitric acid from nitrate of soda, and of sal ammoniac from a mix- ture of sulphate of ammonia and common salt. — Lymington Glauber Salts is a mixture of the sul- phate of soda and potash obtained from the mother liquor of sea-water. SODIUM. Syn Natrium, ( Ger .) The me- tallic base of soda. It is a soft white metal, scarcely solid at common temperatures, fuses at 200° F., and volatilizes at a red heat, sp. gr. 0-972 ; its other properties resemble those of po- tassium ; but are of a feebler character. It was fiist obtained by Sir II. Davy in 1807, by means of a powerful galvanic battery, but it may be more conveniently and cheaply procured in quan- tity, by the process described under Potassium. 65 With oxygen it forms a protoxide (soda) and a per * oxide ; with chlorine, a chloride, (common salt ;} and with bromine, iodine, fluorine, sulphur, &c., bro- mide, iodide, fluoride, sulphuret, cj-c., of sodium , — all of which may be obtained by similar pro. cesses to the respective compounds of potassium. SODIUM, CHLORIDE OF. Syn. Muriate of Soda. Hydrochlorate of do. Salt. Com- mon Salt. Sea do. Culinary do. Sod^e Mu- rias, (P. E. & D.) Sodii Chloridum, (P. L.) This important and wholesome compound appears to have been known in the earliest ages of the world, of which we have any record. It is men- tioned by Moses, (Gen. xix. 26,) and by Homer in the Iliad, (lib. ix. 214.) In ancient Rome it was subjected to a duty, ( vectigal salinarium .) Com- mon salt forms no small portion of the mineral wealth of England, and has become an important article of commerce. The principal portion of the salt consumed in this country is procured by the evaporation of the water of brine springs. Rock Salt ( Fossil Salt, Sal Genimce, Sal Fos- silis) is found in mineral beds in Cheshire ; it has commonly a reddish color, and is mostly exported for purification. — Salt is also prepared by the evaporation of sea water, (hence the term sea salt,) but this process has been almost abandoned in England, being more suited to hot dry climates, or very cold ones. Bay Salt (Sal marinus, Sal niger) is import- ed from France, Portugal, and Spain, and is ob- tained from sea water evaporated in shallow ponda by the sun. It is large-grained and dark-colored. Cheshire Stoved Salt, ( Lump Salt, Basket do.,) is obtained by evaporating the, brine of salt springs until reduced to a mass of small flaky crystals barely covered with liquor, when it is put into baskets and dried. London’s Patent Solid Salt, is Cheshire rock salt melted in a reverberatory furnace and ladled into moulds. British Bay Salt ( Cheshire large-grained Salt) is obtained by evaporating the brine at a heat of 130° to 140° F. Hard cubical crystals. Both the last are used to salt provisions for hot climates, as they dissolve very slowly in the brine as it grows weaker. *** Common salt is stimulant and antiseptic, and is hence employed as a condiment, and for preserving animal and vegetable substances. It is also occasionally used in medicine, in clysters and lotions. For medical purposes the P. E. orders it to be dissolved in boiling water and the solution filtered and evaporated over the fire, skimming off the crystals as they form ; they must bo then quickly washed in cold water and dried. “ A so- lution of pure salt is not precipitated by a solution of carbonate of ammonia, followed by solution of phosphate of soda : a solution of 9 grs. in distilled water is not entirely precipitated by a solution of 26 grs. of nitrate of silver.” (P. E.) SOIL. The earth in which vegetables grow. In cases where a barren soil is examined with a view to its improvement, it ought, if possible, to be compared with an extremely fertile soil in the same neighborhood, and in a similar situation : the difference given by their analyses would indicate the methods of cultivation, and thus the plan of improvement would be founded upon accurate SOL M4 SOL scientific principles. (See Absorption, Agricul- ture, Farming, Manures, &c.) SOLANINE. Syn. Solamna. Prep. Filter the juice of nightshade berries, ( Solarium nigrum ,) quite ripe, add ammonia, filter, wash the sediment, boil in alcohol, filter, and distil off the spirit ; tho solanino is left as a white powder. Insoluble in water, bitter, emetic, narcotic, and poisonous. By careful crystallization in alcohol it forms needle- like crystals, resembling disulphato of quinine. It may also be obtained from the leaves and stem of solanum dulcamara, ( bitter-sweet .) With the acids it form3 salts, many of which are crystal- lizable. • SOLDER, FINE. Prep. Tin 2 parts, lead 1 part; melt together. Melts at 350°. Used to tin copper, solder tin plates, &c. SOLDER, GLAZIER’S. Prep. Lead 3 parts ; tin 1 part ; melts at 500°. SOLDER FOR TIN, (Smith’s.) Prep. Lead and tin, of each, 4 oz. ; bismuth 8 oz. ; melts in boiling water. SOLDERING. Tin-foil applied between the joints of fine brass work, first wetted with a strong solution of sal ammoniac, makes an excellent juncture, care being taken to avoid too much heat. SOLOMON’S BALM OF GILEAD. Prep. Compound tincture of cardamoms, made with brandy instead of proof spirit, 1 pint ; tincture of cantharides, P. L. f^j; mix. SOLUTION OF ALUM, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Bate’s Alum Water. Aqua Aluminosa. Bateana. Liquor Aluminis Compositus. (P. L.) Prep. Alum and sulphate of zinc, of each, §j ; boiling water 3 pints ; dissolve, and filter if neces- sary. Detergent and astringent. Used as a lo- tion for old ulcer, chilblains, excoriation, &c. ; and diluted with water, as an eye-wash and in- jection. SOLUTION OF AMMONIA. Syn. Liquor Ammoni® ; Liq. Ammoni® fortior, (P. L.) Aqua Ammonle ; do. do. fortior, (P. E.) Aq. Ammon. Caustics, (P. D.) The London College gives no formula for their stronger solution, though in the notes to the Ph. it is stated to have the sp. gr. 0-882. SOLUTION OF ACETATE OF AMMO- NIA. Syn. Liquor Ammonite Acetatis, (P. L.) Ammonias Acetatis Aqua, (P. E. & D.) SOLUTION OF SESQUICARBONATE OF AMMONIA. Syn. Carbonate of Ammo- nia Water. Liquor Ammonite. Sesquicarbo- natis. (P. L.) Ammonia: Carbonatis Aqua. (P. E. & D.) Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Sesquicarbonate of ammonia §iv ; distilled water 1 pint ; dissolve and filter. Stimulant and antacid. Dose. f3ss to f3iss, in water. — 2. ( Hcnrtfs .) Made up to sp. gr. 1-046. Two measures are equal in saturating power to one of his carbonate of potash water. Used in analysis. SOLUTION OF AMMONIO-NITRATE OF SILVER. Syn. Hume's Test. Solutio Aroknti Ammoniati. Prep. (P. E.) Nitrato of silver (pure crystallized) 44 grains ; distilled water f 5 j > dissolve, and udd ammonia water, gradually, till the precipitate, at first thrown down, is very nearly , but not entirely, redissolvcd. Used us a test for ursenious acid SOLUTION OF AMMON IO-SULPH ATE OF COPPER. Syn. Blue ey e-water. Aqua Sapphirina. Solution of Ammoniated Copper. Liquor Cupri Ammonio-sulpiiatib, (P. L.) So lutio Cupri Ammoniati, (P. E.) Aqua do. do, (P. D.) Prep. (P. L.) Ammonio-sulphate of cop- per 3j ; water 1 pint ; dissolve and filter. Stimu- lant and detergent. Applied to indolent ulcers, and when diluted, to remove specks on the cor- nea ; also used as a test. SOLUTION OF ARSENITE OF POTAS SA. Syn. Fowler’s Solution. Mineral do. Liquor Potass.e Arsenitis, (P. L.) Liq. Arsk- nicalis, (P. E. &. D.) Prep. (P. L.) Arsenious acid, coarsely powdered, and carbonate of potash, of each, 80 grs. ; distilled water 1 pint ; boil till dissolved, add compound tincture of lavender f3v, and water q. s. to make the whole exactly meas- ure a pint. Dose. 4 to 5 drops, gradually and cautiously increased ; in agues and several scaly skin diseases. (See Arsenic.) SOLUTION OF ARSENIOUS ACID. Syn. Tasteless Ague Drop. Prep. Arsenious acid 1 gr. ; water f^j ; dissolve. Dose. 1 teaspoonful twice a day in ague. (See Arsenic.) SOLUTION OF BICHLORIDE OF MER- CURY. Syn. Solution cr Corrosive Subli- mate. Liquor Hydrargyri Bichloride Prep. (P. L.) Corrosive sublimate and sal ammoniac, of each, 10 grs. ; water 1 pint ; dissolve. Dose. £ to 3 drs. in water. It also forms a most useful lo- tion in various skin diseases. SOLUTION, BRANDISH’S ALKALINE. Prep. American pearlashes lb. vj ; quicklime and woodashes, (from the ash,) of each, lb. ij ; boiling water 6 gallons ; slake the lime with a portion of the water, then add the remainder of the ingre- dients, agitate occasionally in a covered vessel for 1 hour, and after 24 hours’ repose decant the clear. Resembles liquor of potassa P. L., but the strength is variable ; the latter is almost always sold for it. It is largely asked for in trade. A drop or two of oil of juniper renders it more agree- able. SOLUTION OF CARBONATE OF POT- ASH. Syn. Subcarbonate of Potash-water. Oil of Tartar. Olei/m Tartari. Aqua Kali. Liquor Potass.® Carbonatis, (P. L.) Potass® Carbonatis Aqua, (P. D.) Prep. Carbonate of potash §xx ; water 1 gallon ; dissolve and filter. Sp. 1 gr. 1-473. Dose. 10 drops to 1 dr. ; as an an- tacid, &c. SOLUTION OF CHLORIDE OF BARI- UM. Syn. Liquor Barii Ciiloridi, (P. L.) So- lutio Baryt® Muriatis, (P. E.) Aqua do. do., (P. D.) Prep. Chloride of barium 3j ; water f^j J dissolve. Dose. 10 drops gradually increased ; in scrofula, scirrhous affections, and worms ; also used as a test for sulphuric acid. SOLUTION OF CHLORIDE OF CALCI- UM. Syn. Solution of Muriate of Lime. Li- quor Calcii Ciiloridi, (P. L.; Solutio Calcis Muriatis, (P. E.) Aqua do. do., (P. D.) Prep (P. L.) Fused cliloride of calcium §iv; (crystals 3-viij, P. E. ;) water f^xij ; dissolve and filter. Dose. 10 drops to 2 drs. ; for scrofulous tumors, bronchocele, &c. ; also used as a test for sulphuric acid. SOLUTION OF CHLORIDE OF LIME SOL 515 SOL Syn. Purifying Liquid. Solution of Ciilori- natiO) Lime. Sol. of Hypochlorite of do. Li- quor Calcis Chlorinate. Prep. Chloride of lime, dry and good, 9 lbs. ; hot water 6 gallons ; mix in a stoneware bottle, agitate frequently for 2 or 3 days, then decant the clear, and keep it in well-corked bottles. If filtered it should be done as rapidly as possible through coarsely-powdered glass in a covered vessel. This is the usual strength sold in trade. It is used as a disinfectant, and, di- luted with water, as a lotion, injection, or colly- rium, in several diseases. (See Lime, Chloride of.) SOLUTION OF CHLORIDE OF POT- ASH. Syn. Bleaching Liquid. Aqua Alka- lina Oxymuriatica. Eau de Javelle. Prepared like solution of chlorinated soda, but employing carbonate of potash. Use. As the last. SOLUTION OF CHLORIDE OF SODA. Syn. Labarraque’s Disinfecting Liquid. Li- queur de Labarraque. Chloride of Soda. Oxy- MURIATE OF DO. ClILORURET OF OxiDE OF SoDI- um. Hypochloris Sodicus Aqua Solutus. (P. Cod.) Sode Hypochloris. Liquor Sode Chlo- rinate. (P. L.) Prep. Carbonate of soda lb. j ; water 1 quart ; dissolve, and pass through the so- lution the chlorine evolved from a mixture of com- mon salt §iv ; binoxide of manganese ^iij ; sul- phuric acid Sjiv ; diluted with water §iij ; placed in a retort ; heat being applied to promote the ac- tion, and the gas being purified by passing through f§v of water before it enters the alkaline solution. Used as an antiseptic, disinfectant, and bleaching liquid. Dose. 20 to 30 drops in any bland fluid, in scarlet fever, sore throat, &c. ; it is also made into a lotion, gargle, injection, and eye-water. Meat in a nearly putrid state, unfit for food, is im- mediately restored by washing or immersion in this liquid. SOLUTION OF DIACETATE OF LEAD. Syn. Extract of Lead. Goulard’s Extract. Ext. of Saturn. Extractum Saturni. Aqua Lythargyri Acetati, (P. L. 1788.) Liquor Plumbi Acetatis, (P. L. 1809.) Liq. Plumbi Subacetatis, (P. L. 1824 & P. D.) Liq. Plumbi Diacetatis, (P. L. 1836.) Solutio do. do. (P. E.) Liq. Plumbi. Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Acetate of lead fxxvij ; litharge, in fine powder, ^xvj ; water 3 quarts ; boil for ^ an hour, frequently stirring, and then add enough distilled water to make it measure 3 quarts ; filter if required, and keep it in a closed vessel. — 2. ( Wholesale .) Finely-powdered litharge 32 lbs. ; distilled vinegar 32 gallons ; boil in a bright copper pan for 2 hours, cool, add water to make up 32 gallons, and decant. — 3. ( Dilute Solution of Diacetate of Lead. Water of Saturn. Goulard’s Lotion or Water. Goulard. Goulard’s Vegelo-mineral Water. Liquor Plumbi Diace- tatis Dilutus, P. L. Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Compositus, P. D.) Prep. (P. L.) Solution of diacetate of lead f3iss ; proof spirit f 3ij ; distilled water 1 pint ; mix. These preparations were formerly made with common vinegar, and hence were colored, but those of the Pharm. are white. If wanted colored, a little spirit coloring may be added. The formula No. 2 will take a quart. Use. The stronger liquor is only used diluted. The di- luted solution (No. 3) is employed as a cooling, sedative, and astringent wash, in various affection. SOLUTION, DONOVAN’S. Syn. Solution of Hydriodate of Arsenic and Mercury. Li- quor Hydriodatis Arsenici et Hydrargyri. Prep . — 1. (Mr. Donovan.) Triturate 6-08 grains of metallic arsenic, 15*38 grains of mercury, and 50 grains of iodine with f 3j of alcohol, till dry ; mix. with f f viij of distilled water, put them into a flask, add 3ss of hydriodic acid, and boil a few moments. When cold, make it up f^viij. — 2. ( Wholesale .) Metallic arsenic 61 grs. ; iodine 500 grs. ; mercu- ry 154 grs. ; rectified spirit f3x; distilled water 2 quarts ; hydriodic acid f3v ; as last. It must meas- ure exactly f ^lxxx, or weigh 5 lbs. 1£ oz. (av.) when cold. — 3. (Soubeiran.) Iodide of arsenic 98 grs. ; biniodide of mercury 90 grs. ; moisten the two iodides with a little hot water, then pour on sufficient to dissolve them, filter, and add enough distilled water to make the whole weigh, when cold, exactly 10,000 grs., (equal to ^xx 3vj 3ij, or 22f ae. and 47^ grs. avoird.) The last formula has the advantage of yielding a more certain pro- duct than the former, as when this liquor is pre- pared according to Mr. Donavan’s directions, the whole of the arsenic is seldom dissolved, unless by the most careful trituration, besides which the pro- cess is very tedious. Soubeiran recommends the employment of 1 part each of the iodides, and 98 parts of water, as furnishing a simpler formula, the decimal parts of a grain not being very easily weighed ; besides, these proportions are almost ex- actly those employed by Mr. Donovan. Dose. 10 drops to f3ss in lepra, psoriasis, lupus, and sev- eral other scaly skin diseases. SOLUTION OF IODIDE OF POTASSIUM. Syn. Liquor Potassii Iodidi Compositus. (P. L.) Prep. Iodide of potassium 10 grs. ; iodine 5 grs. ; water 1 pint ; dissolve. Dose. 2 to 6 drs. in the usual cases where iodine is employed. SOLUTION OF IODOHY DR ARGYR ATE OF IODIDE OF POTASSIUM. Syn. Li- quor Iodohydrargyratis Potassii Iodidi. Prep. (Puche.) Biniodide of mercury and iodide of po- tassium, of each 1 gr. ; distilled water 1000 grs. ; dissolve. SOLUTION OF IRON, {Alkaline.) Syn. Liquor Ferri Alkalini, (P. L. 1824.) Prep. Iron filings 3iiss ; nitric acid ^ij ; water f fvj ; dis- solve, decant, and gradually add solution of car- bonate of potash f^vj. Tonic ; emmenagogue. Dose. £ to 1 dr. SOLUTION OF LIME. Syn. Lime-Water. Liq. Calcis Hydratis. Solutio Calcis. Liquor do., (P. L.) Aqua do., (P. E. & D.) Prep. Lime lb. ss ; cold water added gradually so as to slake the lime 6 quarts ; agitate well together in a cov- ered vessel ; after repose decant the clear, and keep it in stoppered bottles from the air. (See Lime.) Dose. £ to 3 oz. or more, 2 or 3 times a day in milk or broth. It is antacid and astringent, and is taken in dyspepsia, diarrhoea, calculous af- ^ SOLUTION OF MAGNESIA. Syn. Flu- id Magnesia. Carbonated Magnesia- Water. ASrated do. Aqua vel Liquor Magnesite Bi- CARBONATIS. CONDENSED SOLUTION OF MAGNESIA. Prep. (Dinneford’s.) Water and Howard’s heavy carbonate of magnesia, in the proportion of 17^ gra, of the latter to every fluid oz. of the former, are in- troduced into a cylindrical tinned copper vessel, and SOL SOU 516 carbonic acid, generated by the action of sulphu- ric acid on whitizig, is forced into it by steam pow- er, for 5 £ hours, during the wholo of which time the cylinder is kept moving. Antacid and laxa- tive. %* The Paris Codex orders recently pre- cipitated carbonate of magnesia to bo used while still moist. SOLUTION OF ACETATE OF MOR- PHIA. Sijn. Solutio Morpiiie Acetatis. Prep. (Majendie.) Acetate of morphia 16 grs. ; acetic acid 4 drops ; rectified spirit f3j ; water f^j ; dis- solve. Each f3ss contains nearly 1 gr. of acetate of morphia. Dose. 5 to 10 drops. SOLUTION OF CITRATE OF MOR- PHIA. Syn. Liquor Morphine Citratis. Prep. (Majendie.) Pure morphia 16 grs. ; citric acid 8 grs.; water f ^j ; tincture of cochineal f3ij ; dis- solve. Dose. 3 to 10 drops. SOLUTION OF MURIATE OF MOR- PHIA. Syn. Solutio Morpiiie Muriatis. Prep. — 1. (P. E.) Muriate of morphia 3iss ; rectified spirit ffv ; water f §xv ; dissolve. Contains 1 gr. in 106 minims. Dose. 10 to 30 drops. — 2. (Apo- thecaries’ Hall.) Muriate of morphia 16 grs.; rectified spirit f 3j ; water f^j; dissolve. Dose. 3 to 10 drops. SOLUTION OF SULPHATE OF MOR- PHIA. Syn. Liquor Morpiiie Sulpiiatis. Prep. (Majendie.) Sulphate of morphia 16 grs. ; water f 5i ; rectified spirit f 3j ; dilute sulphuric acid 4 drops ; dissolve. Dose. 5 to 10 drops. SOLUTION OF NITRATE OF BARYTA. Syn. Solutio Baryte Nitratis. Prep. (P. E.) Nitrate of baryta 40 grains ; water 800 grs. ; dis- solve. Used as a test for sulphuric acid. SOLUTION OF NITRATE OF SILVER. Syn. Liquor Argenti Nitratis, (P. L.) Solu- tio do. do., (P. E.) Prep. Nitrate of silver (pure) 3j, (40 grs. P. E. ;) distilled water f §j, (1600 grs. P. E. ;) dissolve. Used as a test for chlorine, chlorides, and muriatic acid. It should be kept from the light. SOLUTION OF OPIUM. (Sedative.) Syn. Liquor Opii Sedativus. Prep. (Battley’s.)-?- 1. Hard extract of opium 3 oz. ; water 1 J pints ; boil till dissolved, cool, filter, and add rectified spirit of wine 6 oz. ; water q. s. to make the whole exactly measure 1 quart. — 2. Extract of opium (P. L.) oz ; water 1 quart, boil till reduced to 34 oz. ; cool, filter, and add rectified spirit 6 oz., and water q. s. to make exactly 1 quart. — 3. Hard extract of opi- um 22 oz. ; boiling water 13 pints ; dissolve, cool, add rectified spirit 3 pints, and filter. Less exci- ting than opium. Dose. 10 to 25 drops. (Cooley, Chem., v. 170.) SOLUTION OF PHOSPHATE OF SODA. Syn. Solutio Sode Piiosphatis. Prep. (P. E.) Crystallized phosphate of soda 175 grs. ; water f ^viij ; dissolve, and keep it in a corked bottle. Used as a test. SOLUTION OF POTASSA. Syn. Caustic Potash Water. Liquor Potasse, (P. L.) Aqua Potahse, (P. E.) Do. do. Caustice, (P. D.) Prep. (P. L.) Lime (recently burnt) §viij ; boil- ing distilled water 1 gallon ; sprinkle a little of the water on the limo in an earthen vessel, and when it is slaked and fallen to powdor, add carbonato of potash § xv » dissolved in the remainder of the wa- ter * bung down, and shako frequently, until cold, then allow the whole to settle, and decant the cleai supernatant portion into perfectly clean and stop- pered green glass bottles. If well managed, it need not bo filtered ; but if it is, clean calico should be employed, and the operation conducted out of contact With the air. (See Filtratioj .)— 2. (Wholesale.) Carbonate of potash (Kali) ). lb., and quicklime £ lb., to each gallon of water ; as last. The formulae of the E. and D. colleges vary only as regards the strength. Sp. gr. of the Liq Potass®, P. L., 1-063; of the P. E. 1-072; P. D. 1-080. It should emit few or no bubbles of carbonic acid gas, on the addition of dilute nitric acid. Scarcely any thing is precipitated by car- bonate of soda, chloride of barium, or nitrate of silver. It turns turmeric brown, and is precipita- ted by chloride of platina. (P. L.) Dose. 10 to 30 drops, in any bland diluent, as an antacid, diu- retic, or lithontriptic. (See Brandisii’s Solution.) — 3. (Henry’s pure potash water.) Made up to the sp. gr. 1-1. Two measures possess the sam6 saturating power as one of his carbonate of potash water. Used in testing. SOLUTION OF POTASSA, (Effervescing.) Syn. Liquor Potasse Bicarbonatis. Liq. Po- tasse Effervescens, (P. L.) Aqua do. do. (P. E.) Prep. (P. L.) Bicarbonate of potash 3j ; distilled water 1 pint ; dissolve and force in carbonic acid gas in excess ; keep it in a well-stoppered vessel. Resembles soda water. An excellent substitute for this preparation is to pour a bottle of soda-wa- ter into a tumbler containing 20 grs. of powdered bicarbonate of potash, and to d.rink it immedi- ately. SOLUTION OF SODA. Syn. Henry’s Pure Soda Water. A solution of caustic soda made up to the sp. gr. 1*07 ; has the same saturating power as his carbonate of soda water. SOLUTION OF CARBONATE OF SODA. Syn. Subcarbonate of Soda Water. Liq. Sode Carbonatis. Aqua do. do., (P. D.) Prep. Crys- tallized carbonate of soda ^j ; water 1 pint ; dis- solve. Sp. gr. 1-024. Dose. \ oz. to 2 oz., as an antacid ; in heartburn, dyspepsia, &c. SOLUTION OF SODA, (Effervescing.) Syn. Soda Water. Liquor Sode Effervescens, (P. L.) Aqua do. do., (P. E.) Liq. Sode Bi- carbonatis. Aqua Sode Carbonatis Acidula, (P. D.) Prep. Sesquicarbonate of soda 3j ; dis- tilled water 1 pint ; dissolve and force carbonic acid gas into the solution. Used as an antacid and grateful stimulant, often proving gently laxative. The soda water of the shops cannot be substituted for this preparation, as, in opposition to its name, it is usually made without soda. SOLUTION OF SULPPIURET OF POTAS • SIUM. Syn. Solution of Sulphuret of Pot- ash. Solutio Potassii Sulphureti. Aqua Po- tasse Sulpiiureti, (P. D.) Prep. Washed sulphur 1 part; water of caustic potassa 11 parts; boil 10 minutes, filter, and keep the solution in well-closed bottles. Dose. 10 to 60 drops, diluted with water, and externally made into a lotion, in itch, and sev- eral other eruptive diseases. SORBIC ACID. Malic acid obtained from the berries of the mountain ash. (See Malic Acid.) SOUP. In Cookery ; a strong decoction of flesh, properly seasoned with salt, soices, &c., fox SPE 517 SPI the table. The different tastes of people require more or less of the flavor of spices, salt, garlic, butter, & c., which can never be ordered by general rules ; and if the cook has not a good taste, and attention to that of her employers, not all the in- gredients which nature and art can furnish will give exquisite flavor to her dishes. The proper articles should be at hand, and she must propor- tion them until the true zest be obtained, and a variety of flavor be given to the different dishes served at the same time. SOUP, PORTABLE. Syn. Glaze. Prep. 1. Break the bones of a leg or shin of beef, put it into a digester that will fairly hold it, cover with cold water, boil it gently for 8 or 10 hours, strain, let it cool, take off the fat, pour into a shallow stewpan, add whole black pepper \ oz., boil away to about a quart, pour it into a smaller stewpan, and simmer gently till it is reduced to the thick- ness of a sirup ; then either pour it into small up- right jelly-pots, with covers, and when cold, paste the joints over with paper ; or pour it out upon flat dishes, to lie about ^ inch deep ; when set, di- vide it into pieces and dry them. A shin of beef of 9 lbs. produced 9 oz. of portable soup, and lbs. of meat fit for potting. — 2. From gela- tin melted with a little water, and flavored. — Used on voyages, dissolved in boiling water, to make soup. SOY. Genuine soy is a species of thick black sauce, imported from China, prepared with white haricots, wheat flour, salt, and water ; but a spu- rious kind is made in England as follows : — Seeds of dolichos soja (peas or kidney beans may be used for them) 1 gall., boil till soft, add bruised wheat 1 gall., keep in a warm place for 24 hours, then add common salt 1 gall. ; water 2 gall. ; put the whole into a stone jar, bung it up for two or three months, shaking it very frequently, then press out the liquor ; the residuum may be treat- ed afresh with water and salt, for soy of an infe- rior quality. SPECIES. Mixtures of dried plants, or parts of plants, in a divided state ; which, for conveni- ence, are kept mixed for use. The dry ingredients of pills, conserves, electuaries, mixtures, &c., that do not keep well when made up, or which are in little demand, may be economically and conve- niently preserved in this state. SPECIFIC FOR WORMS. ( Herren - schwand’s.) Prep. Gamboge 10 grs. ; salt of tartar 20 grs. ; mix. SPECIFIC GRAVITY is the density of the matter of which any body is composed, compared to the density of another body, assumed as the standard, or 1-000. This standard is pure distilled water for liquids and solids, and atmospheric air ior gaseous bodies and vapors. In England the sp. gr. is usually taken at 62° F. ; but in France at 32°, or the temperature of melting ice. In most cases, however, it is sufficient merely to note the temperature, and to apply a correction, depending on the known density of water or air, at the dif- ferent degrees of the thermometric scale To de- termine the specific gravity of a solid, we weigh it, first in the air, and then in water. In the lat- ter case it loses, of its weight, a quantity precisely equal to the weight of its own bulk of water ; and hence, by comparing this weight with its total weight, we find its specific gravity. The rule therefore is, — Divide the total weight by the loss of weight in water ; the quotient is the specific gravity. If it be a liquid or a gas, we weigh it in a sp. gr. bottle, glass flask, or other vessel of known capacity ; and dividing that weight by the weight of the same bulk of water, the quotient is, as before, the specific gravity. (See Hydrom- eter.) SPECULUM, METAL. Prep. 1. Copper 64 parts ; pure tin 29 do. — 2. Copper 2 parts ; pure tin 1 do. Melt the metals separately under a little black flux ; incorporate thoroughly by stirring with a wooden spatula, then run the metal into the moulds, so that the face of the in- tended mirror may be downwards ; cool slowly. Used to make the mirrors of reflecting telescopes. The addition of a little metallic arsenic renders it whiter. SPICE, COW. Syn. Horsespice, Species Equinus. Prep. — 1. Turmeric, aniseed, liquorice, and diapente, equal parts. — 2. Turmeric and cumin seed, of each 5 lbs. ; ginger 2£ lbs. — 3. Cayenne 2 oz. ; bean flour and mustard hulls, of each 45 lbs. ; cumin and caraway, of each 15 lbs. ; i tumeric 12 lbs. ; charcoal 2 lbs. Mix. Usea by farriers. SPICE, RAGOUT. Prep. Flour of mustard, black pepper, and grated lemon peel, of each £ lb. ; allspice, ginger, and nutmegs, of each \ oz. ; cayenne pepper 2 oz. ; dry salt 1 lb. ; all in powder. Mix. SPICE, SAUSAGE. {French.) Syn. Epices Fines. Prep. Black pepper 5 lbs. ; cloves and nutmegs, of each 1J lbs. ; ginger 2J lbs. ; aniseed and coriander seeds, of each f lb. ; powder, and mix. SPICE, SAVORY. (Kidder’s.) Prep. Cloves, mace, nutmegs, pepper, and salt, equal parts. Used by cooks. SPICE, SWEET. (Kidder’s.) Prep. Cloves, mace, nutmegs, cinnamon, and sugar, equal parts ; mix. Used in pastry. SPIELMAN’S CAMPHORATED VINE- GAR. Prep. Camphor 3j ; alcohol 20 drops ; powder ; add sugar §ij ; triturate, and further add distilled vinegar f x. Dose. 2 to 4 drs. SPIRIT. Under this term are included all the inflammable and intoxicating liquors obtained by distillation, and used as beverages ; as brandy, gin, rum, &c., each of which has been noticed in its alphabetical order. Spirit may also be obtain- ed by fermentation and distillation from all vege- table juices or solutions that contain sugar. — Al- cohol P. L. has the sp. gr. 0*815 — P. E. 0-796 — P. D. 0-810— P. Cod. {Alcohol ' ahsolue) 0-797.— Rectified Spirit of Wine {Spiritus rectificatus ) P. L. & E. has the sp. gr. 0-838 — P. D. 0-840 — P. U. S. 0-835. — Proof Spirit {Spiritus tenuior ) P. L. & E. has the sp. gr. 0-920, and is made by mixing 5 pints of rectified spirit with 3 pints of water, — P. Cod. {Alcohol faible) 0-923. — The Alcohol du Commerce P. Cod. has the sp. gr. 0-863. Rectified spirit is obtained by the rectifica - tion of raw corn spirit at a gentle heat, by which the stronger and purer portion alone passes over Pearlash or quicklime is commonly added to retain the oil and water. Spirits {in Pharmacy) are prepared by ma- SPI 518 Derating the bruised seeds, flowers, herbs, &c. in the spirit for 2 or 3 days before distillation, and then drawing off the spirit by a gentle heat. If a naked fire ho employed, a little water should be put into the still along with the spirit, to prevent empyrouma. They are also very frequently pre- pared extemporaneously, by adding a proper pro- portion of essential oil to pure spirit of the pre- scribed strength. These spirits are mostly em- ployed as aromatics and stimulants, in doses of i oz. to 1 oz. Spirits (in Perfumery ) are prepared from aromatic and odorous substances, by a similar process to that just described. ; but in this case a very pure and scentless spirit must bo employed, and the distillation should be preferably conducted by steam heat or a water bath, and the distilled spirit should be kept for some time in a cellar or other cold situation previously to being used. When simple solution of an essential oil in the spirit is adopted, care should be taken that the oil is pale and new ; or, at least, has not been much exposed to the air ; as in that case it would con- tain resin, which would make the perfumed spirit, or essence, liable to stain delicate articles of clothing to which it may be applied. The per- fumed spirits of some flowers cannot be well ob- tained in either of the above ways, or, at least, are not usually so prepared by the foreign per- fumers. The spirits of orange flowers, jasmin, tuberose, jonquille, roses, and some other flowers, and of cassia, vanilla, (See., are commonly pre- pared by digesting pure rectified spirit of wine for 3 or 4 days on half its weight of the respective pommades or oils, obtained by infusion or contact. The operation is performed in a close vessel placed in a water bath, and frequent agitation is em- ployed for 3 or 4 days, when the perfumed spirit is decanted into a second digester, containing a like quantity of oil to the first ; and the whole process is repeated a second and a third time, after which the spirit is allowed to settle and is then decanted, when it forms the most fragrant and perfect essence or spirit of the perfumer. This is called spirit of the first infusion. The three portions of oil are then treated again with fresh spirit in the same manner, and thus spirits or essences of inferior quality are obtained, which are distinguished by the perfumers as No. 2, 3, 4, &c. ; or spirits of the first, second, third, &c., operation or infusion. In some, though very few cases, the spirits are afterwards distilled. These spirits are also frequently obtained by other pro- cesses, which have been already noticed. For further information on spirits and their preparation, see Alcohol, Alcoiiolometry, Dis- tillation, Brandy, Rum, Gin, Eaux, Esprits, Essences, Waters. SPIRIT OF AMMONIA. Syn. Alcohol Ammoniatum. Spiritus Ammonite, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Muriate of ammonia §x ; car- bonate of potash §xvj ; rectified spirit and water, of each 3 pints ; mix, and let 3 pints distil. — 2. (P. D.) Dissolve §iiiss of carbonate of ammonia in rectified spirit, 3 wine pints. — 3. (P. E.) Quick- lirno 5xi.j ; slake with water f^viss ; add finely- powdered muriate of ammonia §viij, and distil in a gluss retort, furnished with a tubo reaching nearly to tho bottom of a bottlo containing 2 pints SPI and f3ij of rectified spirit, and kept well cooled A sand heat is to bo employed, and tho distilla* tion continued as long as uny thing passes ovei Dose, i to 1 dr. ; in hysteria, flatulent colit. nervous debility, Ac. SPIRIT OF AMMONIA, (AROMATIC., Syn. Alcohol Ammoniatum Aromaticum. Spirit of Sal Volatile. Spiritub Ammonias Aromaticus, (P. L. E. &, D.) Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Muriate of ammonia §v ; carbonate of potash §viij ; bruised cinnamon and cloves, of each 3ij ; fresh lemon peel §iv ; rectified spirit and water, of each i gallon ; mix and distil 6 pints. — 2. (P. D.) Spirit of ammonia 2 pints, (wine measure ;) oil of lemon 3ij ; bruised nutmegs §ss ; do. cinnamon 3iij ; digest for three days, then distil pints. — 3 (P. E.) Spirit of ammonia f ^viij ; oil of lemon f3j ; oil of rosemary f3iss ; dissolve. Dose, i to 2 drs., diluted with water, in lowness of spirits, debility, hysteria, dyspepsia, &c. SPIRIT OF AMMONIA, (FETID.) Syn. Alcohol Ammoniatum Fcetidum. Spiritub Am- monias Fcetidus, (P. L. E. & D.) — 1. (P. L.) As spirit of ammonia, but adding asafeetida §v, before distillation. — 2. Spirit of ammonia 1 lb. ; tincture of asafoetida ^ss ; mix. Dose. A tea- spoonful in hysteria, &c. SPIRIT OF ANISEED. Syn. Spiritub Anisi. Prep. — 1. (P, L.) Bruised aniseed %x ; proof spirit 1 gallon ; water 1 quart, (or q. s. ;) distil 1 gallon. — 2. ( Sp . Anisi Compositus, P. D.) Aniso and angelica seeds, of each lb. ss ; proof spirit 1 gallon ; water q. s. ; distil 1 gallon. When colored with saffron, or sap green, the last i. sembles the Irish Usquebaugh. (Montgomery.) Dose. 1 to 4 drs. SPIRIT OF CARAWAY. Syn. Spiritus Carui, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Bruised caraway seeds §xxij ; proof spirit 1 gallon ; water 1 quart, or q. s. ; distil 1 gallon. Aromatic and carminative. Dose. 1 to 4 drs. “ Sweetened with sugar, this spirit is drunk in GdYmany as a dram, (Kumelliqueur ; Kumelbrandtwein.”) (Pereira.') SPIRIT OF CASSIA. Syn. Spiritub Cassias. Prep. (P. E.) Coarsely-powdered cassia lb. j; proof spirit 7 pints; water 1^ pints, or q. s. ; draw off 7 pints. Dose. 1 to 4 drs. *** Almost universally substituted for spirit of cinnamon. SPIRIT OF CINNAMON. Syn. Spiritub Cinnamomi, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Oil of cinnamon 3ij ; proof spirit 1 gallon ; water 1 pint, or q. s. ; distil 1 gallon. — 2. (P. E.) As spirit of cassia, P. E., using cinnamon bark. Aro- matic and stimulant. Dose. 1 to 4 drs. SPIRIT OF CYTHEREA. Prep. Spirits of violets, tuberose, clove-gillyflower, jasmin, (No. 2,) roses, (No. 2,) and portugal, of each 1 quart ; orange-flower water 2 quarts ; mix. A delightful perfume. SPIRIT, DYER’S. Prep. Dyer’s aquafortis 7 lbs. ; grain tin 1 lb. ; dissolve, with agitation. Used in dyeing with lac dye ; for cochineal use less tin. — 2. Nitric acid 3 lbs. ; sal ammoniac 1 lb. ; tin q.s. to dissolvo without effervescence. Used with cochineal. (See Tin Mordants.) SPIRIT OF THE FLOWERS OF ITALY. Syn. Esrnr de Fleurs. Prep. Spirits of SPI 519 SPI roses, (No. 1,) jasmin, (No. 2,) oranges, (No. 3,) and cassia, (No. 2,) of each 4 pints ; orange-flower water 3 pints ; mix. Very fragrant. SPIRIT OF HARTSHORN. Syn. Liquor V olatilis Cornu Cervi. Originally distilled from hartshorn, but is now universally made by dissolv- ing sesquicarbonate of ammonia in water, so as to form a solution of the sp. gr. 1*060. The pun- gency is commonly increased by passing a little ammoniacal gas into it, or by adding a small quantity of liquor of ammonia. Dilute liquor of ammonia is also frequently sold for spirit of harts- horn. SPIRIT OF HORSERADISH, (COM- POUND.) Syn. Spiritus ArmoracIaE compos- ites, (P. L. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Sliced horse- radish and dried orange-peel, of each fxx ; bruised nutmegs 3v ; proof spirit 1 gallon ; water 1 quart, or q. s. ; distil 1 gallon. Stimulant and diuretic. Dose. 1 to 4 drs. SPIRIT OF JUNIPER, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Spiritus Juniperi compositus, (P. L. E. &. D.) Prep. 1. (P. L.) Bruised juniper berries ^xv ; do. caraway and fennel, of each §ij ; proof spirit 1 gallon ; water 1 quart, or q. s. ; distil 1 gallon. 2. ( Wholesale .) Oil of juniper 3ij ; oils of caraway and sweet fennel, of each 3ss ; proof spirit 5 quarts ; if foul, filter through magnesia. Stimulant and diuretic. Dose. 2 to 4 drs. *** This spirit, when mixed with twice or thrice its weight of proof spirit, and sweetened with a little sugar, makes no bad imitation of Holland gin. SPIRIT OF LAVENDER. Syn. Spiritus Lavandulae. Prep. ( P. L.) Fresh lavender lb. iiss; rectified spirit of wine 1 gallon ; water 1 quart, or q. s. ; distil 1 gallon. 2. ( Wholesale .) English oil of lavender 3 oz. ; rectified spirit 1 gallon ; dis- solve. Cordial and fragrant. SPIRIT OF MURIATIC ETHER. Syn. Dulcified Marine Acid. Clutton’s Febrifuge Spirit. Spiritus Salis Dulcis. Sp. Muriatico- aEthereus. aEther Muriaticus Alcoholicus. Prep. 1. (P. E. 1735.) Muriatic acid 1 part; rec- tified spirit 3 parts ; digest some days, and distil in a sand-bath. 2. Hydrochloric ether and spirits of wine, equal parts; mix. Dose, f 3j to f 3iij, in dyspepsia, liver complaints, hectic fever, &q. SPIRIT OF NITRIC ETHER. Syn. Sweet Spirits of Nitre. Nitre Drops. Nitre Dulcis. Spiritus Nitri Dulcis, (P. L. 1745.) Sp. jEthe- ris Nitrosi, (P. L. 1788.) Sp. aEtheris Nitrici, (P. L. 1809, and since, & P. E.) Sp. ^Etiiereus Nitrosus, (P. D.) Prep. 1. (P. L.) Rectified spirit lb. iij ; nitric acid §iv ; mix gradually, and distil f^xxxij. %* An earthenware still and con- densing worm should be employed. 2. (P. E.) Pure hyponitrous ether (P. E.) 1 part ; rectified spirit 4 parts ; mix. 3. (Dr. Geisler.) 24 oz. of al- cohol oC0*840 are mixed with 4 oz. sulphuric acid, left to stand for 8 days, then poured into a retort containing 4£ oz. of dried nitre ; 20 oz. of the liquid are distilled over at a gentle heat, which is then rectified over magnesia. Copper retorts and tinned cooling apparatus may be employed in this process without any disadvantage. The prepara- tion is pretty constant in its amount of ether. Mixing of nitric ether with alcohol cannot afford an officinal Spir. either. nitr., as it always contains aldehyd.* Preservation over magnesia is no' practicable, as it constantly gives rise to decompo- sition and formation of nitrite of magnesia. (Aren der Pharm., xxviii. p. 60.) Remarks. Pure sweet spirits of nitre scarcely reddens litmus paper, and gives off" no bubbles of carbonic acid gas, on the addition of carbonate ot soda. Sp. gr. 0*834. (P. L.) “When agitated with twice its volume of concentrated solution o. muriate of lime, 12§ of ether slowly separates Density 0*847.” (P. E.) Dose. £ to 3 drs. as a feb- rifuge and diaphoretic. *** The mass of the sweet spirits of nitre of the shops is of very inferior quality, and is scarcely, if ever, made directly from spirit that has paid the duty. One and ? very large portion is obtained from Scotland, t*i other from the manufacturers of Ruminating mer- cury, and a third, and in fact, the principal part, from certain persons in the neighborhood of the metropolis, who employ contraband spirit for its preparation, as this article is not under the excise. The truth of the above is well known, as the price at which this spirit is sold is alone sufficient testi- mony. The price of rectified spirit, purchased in quantity at the distillery, is from 16s. 4 d. to 16s. 8<£. per gallon, or about 2s. 0 d. per lb., (av.,) whereas the sweet spirits of nitre, sp. gr. *850, is> commonly and publicly sold, in quantity, at Is. let to Is. 9 d. per lb., (av.,) and I have seen it pui chased so low as Is. 6cZ. This calls for the inter ference of the excise. The spirit obtained from the manufacturers of fulminating mercury fre- quently contains prussic acid, which may be dis- covered by testing. (See Prussic Acid.) SPIRIT OF NUTMEG. Syn. Spiritus Nu- cis MoschataE. Sp. MyristicaE, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Bruised nutmegs §iiss ; proof spirit 1 gallon ; water 1 pint, or q. s. ; distil a gallon. Cordial and carminative. Dose. 1 to 4 drs. ; mostly used to flavor mixtures and draughts. SPIRIT OF PENNYROYAL. Syn. Spir- itus Pulegii. Sp. MenthaE Pulegii, (P. L.) Prepared like spirit of peppermint, P. L. Stimu- lant ; antispasmodic ; carminative. Dose. £ to 2 drs. SPIRIT OF PEPPERMINT. Syn. Spiritus MenthaE PiperitaE, (P. L. & D.) Sp. MenthaE, (P. E.) Prep. 1. (P. L.) Oil of peppermint 3iij ; rectified spirit 1 gallon ; water 1 pint, or q. s. ; dis- solve, and distil 1 gallon. 2. Omit the water and distillation. 3. (P. E.) Green peppermint lb. iss ; proof spirit 7 pints ; macerate 2 days ; add water q. s., and distil 7 pints. Dose, i to 2 drs. (See Essence of Peppermint.) SPIRIT OF PIMENTO. Syn. Spirit of Allspice. Spiritus PimentaE, (P. L. E. & D.) Bruised allspice §iiss ; proof spirit 1 gallon ; water 1 pint, or q. s. ; distil a gallon. Carminative and stomachic. Dose. 1 to 4 drs., in mixtures, &c. SPIRIT, PYRO ACETIC. Syn. Pyroacetig Ether. Acetone. Esprit Pyroacetique, ( Fr .) Brennzliciier Essiggeist ; Mesit, ( Ger .) Spir- itus Pyroaceticus, (Lat.) An ethereal liquid, obtained by passing the vapor of hydrated acetic acid through a porcelain tube heated to dull red- ness ; or by the dry distillation of the acetates, the bases of which retain carbonic acid at a red heat. * According to Prof. Liebig, this aldehyd is an essential constituent of the officinal nitric ether. SPI 520 STA The acetates of lime, manganese, zinc, lead, iron, and copper, thus yield it in quantities decreasing in tho order in which they stand. It is chiefly formed during the second half of tho process ; tho liquor which comes over then should bo set apart, and decanted from empyreumatic oil, &c. Pyro- acetic spirit is also obtained in considerable quan- tity by distilling the tarry deposito of crude pyro- ligneous acid. The product of either process is purified by rectification, first from quicklime, and next from bone-black. Pure acetone is a clear colorless liquid ; miscible with water, alco- hol, and ether, in all proportions ; has a pungent taste, resembling that of peppermint, and a pene- trating and slightly empyreumatic smell ; sp. gr. 0 '"'922 ; boils at 132° ; very inflammable, giving a brilliant flame without smoke ; and dissolves resins and essential oils. Strong sulphuric acid converts it into a species of ether. It is used in lamps, and to dissolve gums by the hatters. SPIRIT, PYROXILIC. Syn. Pyroligneous Spirit. Wood Naphtha. Hydrate of Oxide of Metiiule. Biiiydrate of Methylene. Com- mercial pyroxilic spirit is obtained by saturating crude pyroligneous acid after it is separated from the tar, with quicklime and distilling, when about of spirit is obtained, which is purified by 2 or 3 rectifications. In this state it contains acetone and other inflammable fluids, from which it may be separated by distilling it along with an excess of murikte of lime, in a water-bath, as long as any volatile matter passes over, which are the impuri- ties. A quantity of water equal to the spirit em- ployed is then added, and the distillation continued. The product is now pyroxilic spirit combined with a little water, from which it may be freed by dis- tillation along with quicklime. *** Pure pyroxilic spirit is a transparent, colorless liquid, having a penetrating ethereal smell ; it is very inflamma- ble, yielding a pale blue flame, by which it may be readily distinguished from pyroacetic spirit. It is neutral to test-paper, mixes with water, alcohol, and ether ; boils at 150° ; sp. gr. 0-798 at 68° F. (Liebig. — 0-824, Ure.) It is used to dissolve resins and oils. SPIRIT, RAISIN. From raisins fermented along with water, and the wash distilled by a quick fire. Used to give a brandy flavor to malt spirit. 1 gallon added to 150 gallons of plain spirit, along with some coloring, and a little catechu, makes a very decent “ British brandy.” SPIRIT OF ROSEMARY. Syn. Spiritus Rosemarini. (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. 1. (P. L.) Oil of rosemary 3ij ; rectified spirit 1 gall. ; water 1 pint, or q. s. ; distil a gallon. 2. As last ; but omit the water and distillation. 3. Rosemary tops lb. iiss ; proof spirit 1 gallon ; water q. s. ; distil a gallon. Fragrant. SPIRIT OF SPEARMINT. Syn. Spiritus Mentha Viridis, (P. L. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) As Epirit of peppermint, P. L. Dose and use the tsame. SPIRIT OF SOUP HERBS. (Kitciiiner’s.) Prep. Lemon thyme, winter sa;*ory, sweet mar- joram, and sweet basil, of eacn, 1 oz. ; grated lemon-peel and shalotcs, of each, ^ oz. ; bruised celery seed 1 dr. ; proof spirit 1 quart ; macerato 10 days and s' rain. Used as a flavoring by nooks SPIRIT OF SULPHURIC ETHER. Syn Sweet Spirit of Vitriol. AIther Sulpiiuricui cum Alcoiiole. Spiritus Vitrioli Dulcih. Si. AStiierib Sulphurici, (P. E.) Do. do. Vitriolici. Prep. (P. E.) Sulphuric ether 1 pint ; rectified spirit 1 quart ; mix. Sp. gr. 0-809. It should bo neutral to test paper, mix (clear) with water, and when shaken with twico its volume of concentra- ted solution of muriato of lime, 28$ of ether should separate. Dose. f3j to f 3iij ; as a stimulant and anodyne. SPIRIT OF SULPHURIC ETHER, (COM- POUND.) Syn. Hoffman’s Anodyne Liquor. Mineral do. do. Spiritus Atmeris Sulphurici Compositus, (P. L.) Do. do. Vitriolici Comp. Prep. (P. L.) Sulphuric ether f£viij ; rectified spirit f^xvj ; ethereal oil f 3iij ; mix. Dose. f3ss to f 3i j ; as an anodyne. SPIRIT OF SULPHURIC ETHER, (ARO- MATIC.) Syn. Aromatic Spirit of Ether. Sweet Elixir of Vitriol. Spiritus Atiierib Aromaticus. Elixir Vitrioli Dulce. Prep. (P. L. 1824.) Bruised cinnamon 3iij ; cardamoms 3iss ; long pepper and ginger, of each, 3j ; recti- fied spirit 10 oz. ; sulphuric ether 5 oz. ; mix, and digest 14 days. The last two preparations are also frequently called “ Sweet Elixir of Vit- riol.” SPONGE, BURNT. Syn. Spongia Usta. Pulvis Spongiae UsTiE. Prep (P. D.) Beat pieces of sponge to remove the szhk 1 and stones, then burn it in a closed iron vessel till it becomes black and friable ; allow it to cool, excluded from the air, and reduce it to powder. Used in bron- chocele and scrofulous complaints. Dose. 1 to 3 drs. made into an electuary or lozenges. *** If good it evolves violet fumes of iodine when heated in a flask along with sulphuric acid. The burnt sponge of the shops is made from the cuttings and unsaleable pieces. SPONGE, PREPARED. Syn. Spongia Ce- rata. Sponge dipped into melted wax and com- pressed between 2 iron plates till cold. Used by surgeons to make sponge tents. SPONGE, WHITE. Syn. Bleached Sponge. Spongia dealbata. Prep. Soak the sponge in very dilute muriatic acid to remove calcareous matter, then in cold water, changing it frequently, and squeezing the sponge out each time ; next soak it in water, holding a little sulphuric or sul- phurous acid, or chlorine in solution, changing the acid frequently till the sponge is sufficiently bleached ; last, repeatedly wash and soak in clean water, and scent with rose or orange-flower wa- ter. STARCH. Syn. Amidon ; Fecule, ( Fr .) Staerke, ( Gcr .) Amylum, ( Lat .) A/juA nv , (Gr. from a, privative, and ixvXrj, a mill.) One of the commonest frauds practised upon the profession and tho public is the mixing cheap kinds o^ starch with arrow-root, and vending manufactured for genuine tapioca, sago, and other articles of diet, used for invalids and children. M. Gobley bets proposed a method for tho ready detection of these frauds, which is very simple, consisting merely in placing various kinds of starch, in a mois* state in watch-glasses, and covering them ove witn a bell-glass, under which there is also placed iodine , and leaving them for 24 hours. The vapor of the ST1 521 STR Iodine acts upon, and colors all kinds of starch, irit 1 quart ; macerate for 14 days, (or percolate, P. E.) 2. ( Wholesale .) Coarsely-powdered bleached Ja- maica ginger 1^ lb. ; rectified spirit (or spirit dis- tilled from the essence) 1^ gallons; water ^ gal- lon ; digest as above. Stimulant and carminative Dose. 1 to 2 drs. TINCTURE OF GUAIACUM. Syn. Tinct. jGuaiaci, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Gum "guaiacum ^vij ; rectified spirit 1 quart ; digest 14 days. Dose. 1 to 4 drs. ; in chronic rheumatism, gout, &c. TINCTURE OF GUAIACUM, (COM- POUND.) Syn. Volatile Tincture of Guaia- cum. Ammoniated do. Tinct. Guaiacina Vol- atile, (P. L. 1745.) T. Guaiaci comp., (P. L. 1836.) T. Guaiaci Ammoniata, (P. E. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Guaiacum in coarse powder §vij ; aromatic spirit of ammonia 1 quart ; digest 14 days. A powerful, stimulating sudorific and em- menagogue, in chronic rheumatism, gout, &c. TINCTURE, HATFIELD’S. Prep. Gum guaiacum and soap, of each 3ij ; rectified spirit 1 pint ; digest for a week. TINCTURE OF (BLACK) HELLEBORE. Syn. Tinct. Hellebori, (P. L.) Prep. Black hellebore ^v ; proof spirit 1 quart ; digest 14 days. Emmenagogue. Dose. \ to 1 dr. TINCTURE OF (WHITE) HELLEBORE. Syn. Tinct. Veratri. T. Hellebori Albi. T. Veratri Albi. Prep. (P. E.) White hellebore ^iv ; proof spirit 1 pint ; digest or percolate. Dose. 10 drops 2 or 3 times a day, gradually increased, in gout and rheumatism. TINCTURE OF HEMLOCK. Syn. Tinct. Conii, (P. L. E. & D.) T. Cicut^e. Prep 1. (P. L.) Dried hemlock leaves 3V ; cardamom seeds §j ; proof spirit 1 quart ; digest 14 days. — 2. (P. EX) Fresh leaves §xij,. express the juice, and per- colate the residue with tincture of cardamoms ff x ; rectified spirit 1£ pints; mix the liquids, and filter. Deobstruent and narcotic. Dose of the P. L. 20 to 60 drops. TINCTURE OF HEMP, (INDIAN.) Syn. Tinct. Cannabis. Prep. (O’Shaughnessy.) Al- coholic extract of Indian hemp 24 grs. ; proof spir- * it f^j ; dissolve. Dose. 10 drops every ^ hour in cholera ; 3j every £ hour in tetanus till the parox- ysms cease, or catalepsy is induced. TINCTURE OF HENBANE. Syn. Tinct Hyoscyami, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. (P. L.) Dried henbane leaves ; proof spirit 1 quart ; digest 14 days, (or percolate, P. E.) Anodyne, sedative, so- porific, and narcotic. Dose. f3ss to 3ij. %* The tinctures of henbane, foxglove, hemlock, hops, ja- lap, lobelia inflata, rhatany, savin, squills, senna, valerian, wormwood, &c., are usually prepared by the druggists with 1 lb. of the dried leaves to each gallon of a mixture of equal parts of rectified spirit and water. TINCTURE OF HOPS. Syn. Tinct. Lu TIN 536 TIN puli, (P. L) T. Humuli, (P. D.) Prep. (P. L.) Hops §vj ; proof spirit 1 quart; digest 14 days. Anodyne, sedative, and soporific. Dose. £ to 2 drs. TINCTURE, HUDSON’S. Prep. Tinctures of myrrh and cinchona, and cinnamon water, equal parts, with a little :i|yuebusade and gum arabic. Used as a cosmetic Tor the teeth. TINCTURE OF IODINE. Sijn. Tinct. Iodii&t, (P. D.) T. Iodinei, (P. E.) Prep. — 1. (P. D.) Iodine ; rectified spirit §x ; dissolve. Majendie and the Paris Codex order the same proportions. — 2. (P. E.) Iodine j rectified spirit f ^xvj ; dissolve. Dose. 5 to 30 drops where the use of iodine is indicated. TINCTURE OF IODINE, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Tinct. Iodinii comp. Prep. (P. L.) Iodine ; iodide of potassium §ij ; rectified spirit 1 quart j dissolve. Dose. 10 drops, gradually increased to 1 dr. where the use of iodine is indicated. TINCTURE OF IPECACUANHA. Syn. Tinct. Ipecacuanha. Prep. (P. Cod.) Ipecac- uanha ; rectified spirit f §v ; digest. TINCTURE OF ACETATE OF IRON. Syn. Tinct. Ferri Acetatis. Prep. (P. D.) Acetate of potash 2 parts ; sulphate of iron 1 do. ; triturate together, dry, digest in rectified spirit 26 parts, fcr 7 days, and decant the clear. Dose. % to 1 dr., as a Chalybeate tonic. TINCTURE OF ACETATE OF IRON, (ALCOHOLIC.) Syn. Tinct. Ferri Acetatis cum alcohole. Prep. (P. D.) Sulphate of iron and acetate of potassa, of each ; alcohol 1 quart, (wine measure ;) proceed as last, and digest for 24 hours. Dose and use as the last. TINCTURE OF IRON, (AMMONIATED.) Syn. Mynsicht’s Tincture of Iron. Tincture OF AMMONIO-CHLORIDI OF IRON. T. FeRRI AMMO- nio-chloridi, (P. L.) T. Ferri ammoniati. Prep. (P. L.) Ammonio-chloride of iron §iv ; proof spirit 1 pint ; dissolve. Dose. 20 to 60 drops, as a stimulant, chalybeate tonic. TINCTURE OF SESQUICHLORIDE OF IRON. Syn. Tinct. of muriate of Iron. T. Ferri Sesquichloridi, (P. L.) T. Ferri muria- tis, (P. E.) Liquor Ferri muriatis, (P. D.) Prep. (P. L.) Sesquioxide of iron §yj ; muriatic acid 1 pint ; digest in glass for 3 days, frequently shaking? then add rectified spirit 3 pints, and de- cant. A ferruginous tonic. Dose. 10 to 30 drops, gradually increased. *** In the old Tinctura Martis, P. L., iron filings, and in the T. Ferri muriatis, P. E. 1817, black oxide of iron, were used instead of the sesquioxide or carbonate. TINCTURE OF SESQUINITRATE OF IRON. Syn. Tinct. Ferri sesquinitratis. Do. do. persesquinitratis. Prep. (Onion.) Iron fil- ings ^ss ; nitric acid (1-5) §ij 3ij ; dissolve, add muriatic acid (M6) 3vj ; simmer for 2 or 3 min- utes, cool, add rectified spirit §viij, and filter. Proposed as a substitute for the last preparation. Dose the same. TINCTURE OF JALAP. Syn. Tinct. Ja- lap m, (P. Ji. E & D.) T. Jalapii, (P. L. 1788.) Urep. (P. L.) Bruised jalap-root ^x } proof spirit I quart; digest 14 days, (or percolate, P. E.) Ca- liartic. Dose. 1 to 4 drs. TINCTURE OF KINO. Syn. Tinct. Kino, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. Kino^iiiss; rectified spir- '* 1 quart; macerate 14 days. Astringent. Dose. 1 to 2 drs. combined with chalk mixture in diar rhoea, .&cf TINCTURE OF LACTUCARIUM Syn. Tinct. Lactucarii. Pnep. (P. E.) Powdered lactucarium j proof spirit 1 quart ; digest or percolate. Anodyne, soporific, antispasmodic, and sedative. Dose. 20 to 60 drops, nix contain 1 gr. of lactucarium. TINCTURE OF LAVENDER, (COM- POUND.) Syn. Lavender Drops. Red do. Red Lavender. Red Hartshorn. Tinct. La- vandulae composita, (P. L.) Spiritus Lavan- dulae compositus, (P. E. &l D.) Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Spirit of lavender 1£ pints; spirit of rosemary $ pint ; red sanders wood (rasped) 3v ; cinnamon and nutmegs, of each 3iiss; macerate 14 days.— 2. ( Wholesale .) Oil of cassia $ oz. ; oil of nut- megs 1 oz..; oils of lavender and rosemary, of each 4£ oz. ; red sanders (rasped) 3 lbs. ; proof spirit 6 gallons, (or u»ctified spirit and water, of each 3 gallons;) digest 14 days. Should it bo cloudy, add a little more proof spirit. Stimulant, cordial, and stomachic. Dose. 1 to 3 teaspconfuls (£ to 2 drs.) in lowness of spirits, faintness, flatu- lence, hysteria, &c. TINCTURE OF LOBELIA. Syn. Tinct. of Indian Tobacco. T. Lobelias, (P. E.) T. Lobelias* inflates. Prep. (P. E.) Dried and powdered lobelia inflata §v ; proof spirit 1 quart ; digest or percolate. Dose. As an expectorant, 10 to 60 drops; as an emetic and antispasmodic f3j to f 3ij, every third hour till it causes vomiting. It is principally employed in spasmodic asthma, and some other pulmonary affections. TINCTURE OF LOBELIA, (ETHEREAL.) Syn. Tinct. Lobelia aetiierea. Prep. 1. (P. E.) Powdered lobelia inflata §v ; spirit of sulphunc ether 1 quart ; digest or percolate in a close vessel. — 2. (Whitlaw.) Lobelia lb. j ; rectified spirit and spirit of nitric ether, of each 2 quarts ; macerate for 14 days in the dark. Use and doses as the last. TINCTURE. OF LUPULINE. Syn. Tinct. Lupulin^e. T. Lupuli, (P. E.) Prep. The yel- lowish brown powder attached to the scales of hops, separated by friction and sifting, ^v ; recti- fied spirit 1 quart ; digest or percolate. Dose. f3ss to f 3ij. (See Tincture of Hops.) TINCTURE OF MUSK. Syn. Tinct. Moschi. Prep. (P. D.) Musk 3ij ; rectified spir- it f^xvj ; digest 7 days. Antispasmodic, but principally used as a perfume, beino- too weak for medical use. TINCTURE OF MYRRH. Syn. Tinct. Myrrhae, (P« L. E. & D.) Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Myrrh §iij ; rectified spirit 1 quart ; digest for 14 da}^, (or percolate, P. E.) — 2. ( Wholesale .) Bruis- ed myrrh 2| lbs. ; rectified spirit 2 gallons ; water 1 gallon. As last. Tonic and stimulant. Dose. £ to 1 dr., as an adjunct in mixtures, &c. Chiefly used, diluted with water, as a dentifrice or wash for ulcerated spongy gums. TINCTURE OF MYRRH, (COMPOUND.) Syn. Tinct. Myrrii^e comp. Prep. Bruised myrrh ail'd Socotrine aloos, of each 2 lbs. ; recti- fied spirit and water, of each 2£ gallons ; digest for 14 days. This is frequently substituted for com- pound tincture of aloes in the wholesale trade. TINCTURE OF NUX VOMICA. Sun TIN 537 TIN Tinct. Nucis Vomic.e. Prep. (P. D.) Nux vom'ca (ground in a coffee-mill) 3'j 5 rectified spir- it f^viij ; macerate 7 (14) days. ' Dose. 5 to 10 drops, in paralysis, &c. It is poisonous. TINCTURE, ODONTALGIC. Prep. (Col- lier.) Pellitory of Spain ^ss ; camphor 3iij ; opium 3j ; oil of cloves 3ij ; rectified spirit f ^xvj ; digest for a week. Used for the toothache ; applied on li^t. TINCTURE OF OPIUM. Syn. Laudanum. Tinct. Opii, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. — 1 . (P. L.) Hard opium, powdered, ^iij ; proof spirit 1 quart ; macerate 14 days, and filter. This preparation has a deep brownish red color, and rrtxix contain about 1 gr. of opium. Its sp. gr. is 0-952. (Phil- lips.) Dose. 10 to 60 drops as an anodyne, or hypnotic. The following form is substituted for that of the Pharmacopoeia by some wholesale drug houses. — 2. Turkey opium 2^ lbs. ; boiling water 9 quarts ; digest till dissolved, cool, add rectified spirit 2 gallons, and after repose, decant the clear. Prod. 4 gallons. TIN.CTURE OF OPIUM, (AMMONIA- TED.) Syn. Tinct. Opii ammoniata. Prep. (P. E.) Benzoic acid and hay saffron, of each, 3vj ; sliced opium 3iv ; oil of aniseed 3j ; spirit of ammonia 1 quart ; digest for a week, and filter. Stimulant and antispasmodic Dose. 20 to^ 60 drops in hooping-cough, &c. *** This prepara- tion is called paregoric, or paregoric elixir, in Scotland, but should be carefully distinguished from the compound tincture of camphor, which passes under the same names in England ; as the' former contains about 4 times as much opium as the latter. TINCTURE OF ORANGE PEEL. Syn Tinct. Aurantii, (P. L. & E.) T. Corticis au- r anti i, (P. L. 1788.) Prep. (P. L.) Dried orange* peel §iiiss ; proof spirit 1 quart ; digest for 14 days. A grateful bitter stomachic. Dose. 1 to 3 drs., mostly as an adjunct to mixtures, &c. TINCTURE OF PELLITORY. Syn. Tinct. Pyretiiri. Prep. (Pereira.) Pellitory of Spain and water, of each, ; rectified spirit %v ; digest. Used to relieve toothache. TINCTURE OF QUASSIA. Syn. Tinct. Quassle, (P. E. & D.) Prep. (P. E.) Quassia, in chips, 3x ; proof spirit 1 quart ; digest 7 days. Bitter. Dose. \ to 2 drs. in dyspepsia and stom- ach diseases. TINCTURE OF QUASSIA, (COMP.) Syn. Tinct. Quassias comp. Prep. (P. E.) Cardamoms and cochineal, bruised, of each, ^ss ; powdered cinnamon and quassia chips, of each, 3vj ; raisins 5vij 5 proof spirit 1 quart ; digest for 1 days, or percolate. Aromatic and tonic. Dose and use t as the last. TINCTURE OF RHUBARB. Syn. Tinct. Rhaei. Prep. (P. E.) Powdered rhubarb §iiiss ; cardamom seeds, bruised, ^ss ; proof spirit 1 quart ; digest or percolate. Cordial, stomachic, and laxa- tive. Dose. 3j to ^j. TINCTURE OF RHUBARB, (COMP.) Syn. Tinct. Rilei comp., (P. L. & D.) T. Riiau yr- ijari comp., (P. L. 1788.) Prep.— 1. (P. L.) Rhu- barb, sliced, §iiss ; liquorice root, bruised, 3vj ; ginger, bruised, and hay saffron, of each, 3iij ; proof spirit 1 quart ; digest 14 days. A popular remedy in diarrhoea and colic, especially of drunk- 68 ards. .Dose. As a stomachic, 1 to 3 drs. ; as a purgative, £ to oz. The tincture of rhubarb of the shops is mostly inferior, being deficient both in rhubarb and spirit. The following forms I have seen extensively used in the wholesale trade : — 2. East India rhubarb 2Q lbs. ; boiling water q. s. tc cover it, infuse for 24 hours, then slice the rhu- barb, and put it into a cask with moist suga^ 14 lbs. ; ginger, bruised, 3^ lbs. ; hay saffron 1 lb. ; carbonate of potash ^ lb. ; bruised nutmegs \ lb. ; rectified spirit 19 gallons ; water 21 gallons ; ma- cerate with frequent agitation for 14 days, decant the clear, press, and filter the bottoms. Those houses that adhere to the L. Ph. for 1824 substi- tute cardamom seeds 5 lbs. for the ginger. TINCTURE OF RHUBARB AND ALOES Syn. Tinct. Rilei et Aloes. Elixir sacrum Prep. (P. E.) Rhubarb §iss ; Socotrine or East Indian alqps 3vj ; cardamom seeds 3v ; proof spirit 1 quart ; macerate 7 days, or percolate. A warm stomachic purgative. Dose. | oz. to 1 oz. TINCTURE OF RHUBARB AND GEN- TIAN. Syn. Tinct. Rii,ei et Gentians, (P. E.) T. Rii^i amara. Prep. (P. E.) Rhubarb §ij ; gentian ^ss ; proof spirit 1 quart. As last. Stomachic, tonic, and purgative. Dose. 1 dr. to 1 oz. TINCTURE, RUSPINI’S. Prep. Orris root §viij ; cloves §j ; ambergris Oj ; rectified spirit 1 quart ; digest for 14 days. A fashionable denti- frice. TINCTURE OF SAFFRON. Syn. Tinct. Croc i. Prep. (P. E.) Hay saffron §ij ; proof spirit 1 quart ; digest or percolate. Stimulant, and emmenagogue. Dose. 1 to 2 drs. Chiefly used for its color and flavor. TINCTURE OF SENNA, (COMPOUND.; Syn. Tinct. Senne: comp., (P. L. E. & D.) Elix- ir Salutis. Prep. — 1. (P. L.) Senna §iiiss ; cara- way seeds 3iiiss ; cardamom seeds 3j <; raisins ; proof spirit 1 quart ; macerate'for 14 days, (or per- colate, P. E.) — 2. (P. E.) Sugar §iiss ; coriander seeds §j ; jalap 3vj ; raisins and senna, of each, §iv ; caraways and cardamoms, of each, 3v ; proof spirit 1 quart. As last. — 3. ( Wholesale .) Senna 6 lbs. ; treacle 2 lbs. ; caraways } lb. ; carda- moms \ lb. ; rectified spirit and water, of each, 4 gallons ; as before. Carminative, stomachic, and purgative. Dose. ^ to 1 oz. TINCTURE OF SERPENTARY. Syn. Tinct. of Snake Root. T. Serpentari.e, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. Serpentary §iiiss ; proof spirit I quart ; macerate for 14 days,' (or percolate, P. E.) Tonic and diaphoretic. Dose. 1 to 3 drs. TINCTURE OF SQUILLS. Syn. Tinct. SciLLiE, (P. L. E. D.) Prep. (P. L.) Dried squill^ (fresh) fv ; proof spirit 1 quart ; macerate for 14 days, (or percolate, P. E.) Expectorant and diu- retic. Dose. 10 to 30 drops, in chronic coughs, and other bronchial affections. TINCTURE OF STRAMONIUM. Syn. Tinct. of Tiiorn Apple. T. Stramonii. Prep. (P. U. S.) Bruised stramonium seeds §ij ; proof spirit ^xvj ; digest for 6 days. Anodyne. Dose. 10 to 20 drops, in neuralgia, rheumatism, &c. Said to bo superior to laudanum. TINCTURE OF VALERIAN. Syn. Tinct. Valerians, (P. L. E. &, D.) Prep. (P L.) Va- lerian root gv ; proof spirit 1 quart ; macerate 14 TIS TOB 538 days, (or percolate, P. E.) Tonic and antispas- modic Dose. 1 to 3 drs in hysteria, epilepsy, &e. TINCTURE OF VALERIAN, (COMP.) Syn. Ammoniated Tincture of Valerian. Vo- latile DO. DO. TlNCT. VA^ERIANiK Co.MP., (P. L.) T. Valerianae Ammoniata, (P. E. & D.) Prep. (P.^L.) Valerian ^ v ; aromatic spirit of ammonia 1 quart ; macerate 14 days, (or percolate P. E.) Stimulant, tonic, and antispasmodic. Dose and use as the last. The tincture of the shops is gen- erally made with only 1 lb. of the root to the gal- lon. TINCTURE OF ACETATE OF ZINC. Syn. Tinc.t. Zinci Acetatis. Prep. (P. D.) Acetate of potash and sulphate of zinc, of each, fj ; rub together, then add rectified spirit f^xvj, and macerate for a week. Astringent. Diluted with water, it is used as a collyrium and injection. TINCTURES, CONCENTRATED. Syn. Tinct. Concentrate IIaenli. Prep. (Baden Ph.) These are much stronger than ordinary tinctures, and are thus prepared : — Digest 8 parts of the vege- table powder in 1G of spirit of wine 0-857 for 4 days at 72° F., stirring occasionally. Then press and filter. Add to the residue as much spirit as it has absorbed, press, and filter. Mix the liquors, the weight of which should be 16 parts. In this way are prepared concentrated tinctures of aco- nite leaves ; arnica and chamomile flowers ; bella- donna, conium, digitalis, hyoscyamus, peppermint, and savine leaves ; ipecacuanha and valerian roots, &c. TINCTURES, ETHEREAL. Syn. Tinct. aEtheree. Prep. (P. Cod.) 1. Ethereal Tinc- ture of Aconite. Powdered aconite leaves ; sulphuric ether ^iv, (f^vj.) It is best prepared by percolation in a cylindrical glass vessel furnished < with a stopper, and terminating at the lower end in a funnel, which is to be obstructed with a little cotton. The powder being introduced over the cotton, pour on it enough ether to moisten it, put in the stopper, fix the tube into the neck of a bot- tle, and leave it for 48 hours. Then add gradually the rest of the ether, and, lastly, enough water to displace the ether absorbed. *** In a similar manner are prepared the ethereal tinctures of ar- nica jlowers, belladonna , hemlock, foxglove, to- bacco, pellitory, solanum, valerian, stramonium, Spc., of the Paris Codex. 2. Ethereal Tincture of Ambergris. Am- bergris §j ; sulphuric ether ^iv, (f fvj ;) macerate, in a stoppered bottle for 4 days, and filter in a covered funnel. *** In a similar way are made the ethereal tinctures of asafoetida, cantharides, ^ij to acetic ether fviij,) castor, musk, amber , tola, tf of the P. Codex. 3. Ethereal Tincture of Perciiloride of Iron. (Bestuchef’s Tincture.) Perchlorido of jron, (dried,) 3j ; spirit of sulphuric ether f3ix ; dissolve. TINCTURES FOR KITCHEN USE. (See Essences.) TISANES. Syn. Ptisans. Fluid medicines, consisting for the most part of aqueous infusions, or decoctions of substances possessing little activi- ty, and intended to bo drunk in considerable quan- tity. They are much used in France. They may be readily formed by slightly medicating barley, rice, or tamarind water, lemonade, & lc . (See Je leps, Decoctions, ^fusions, &c.) TITANIUM, (after the Titans of ancient fa- ble.) A rare metal, discovered by Klaproth, in mechanite, in 1794, but first minutely examined by Wollaston, in 1822. It is hard, brittle, and in- fusible ; sp. gr. 5-3. It is occasionally found at the bottom of the smelting furnaces of iron works, under tho form of minute crystals, having a cop- pery lustre. — Oxide of Titanium is a deep purple powder, obtained by placing a piece of metallic zinc or iron in the muriatic solution of titanic acid. — Titanic Acid ( peroxide of titanium) is found nearly pure in the minerals rutile and anastase. It may be obtained from rutile by fusing it in pow- der, mixed with 3 times its weight of carbonate ot potash, powdering and washing tho resulting com- pound ; dissolving in strong muriatic acid ; dilu- ting with water, and boiling ; when most of the titanic acid falls down, and after being colleo so regulated that the mass only “ sinters” {o- gethcr without fusing. The mass must be t len cooled, finely pulverized, suspended in river water, and brought upon a filter. The product has now a beautiful delicate green or bluish color. It must next be heated in a covered dish, and stirred about from time to time, till the- temperature reaches' that of dull redness, at which it must be kept for 1 or 2 hours. If the heat of the first catcoation has been properly rngulated, the whole of the mass taken from the crucible will have a uniform color ; but if too little heat has been uged, and the ingre- dients have not been properly mixed, there will lie colorless parts, which should be rejected ; if too much heat has been used, or the mass allowed to fuse, brown parts will appear, especially if the crucible is of a bad kind, or easily destroyed. (Compt. Rend., Mai 1842, p. 761.) II. (Gmelin.) Sulphur 2 parts ; dry carbonate of soda 1 part ; mix well, gradually heat them in a covered crucible to redness till the mixture fuses, then sprinkle in by degrees another mixture of si- licate of soda and aluminate of soda, (containing 72 parts of silica, and 70 parts of alumiira,) and continue the heat for 1 hour longer. The product contains a little free sulphur, which may be sepa- rated by water. III. (M. Robiquet.) By heating to redness a mixture of pure kaolin, sulphur, and carbonat .- A soda. IV. Artificial ultramarine is occasionally formed in preparing Antim. diaphor. ablutum, and fre- quently also in the preparation of milk of sulphur. When chlorated water is added to a solution of sulphuret of potassium made with common potash and sulphur of commerce, green or blue flakes are thrown down. The earthen vessels in which the melting process has been effected, no doubt afford the alumina, silica, and iron. (Jahr. fur Prakt. Pharm.i iv. p. 83.) URAMILE. A product of the decomposition of thionuric acid, discovered by Wohler and Lie- big. It is obtained by treating a hot saturated so- lution of thionurate of ammonia, with hydrochloric acid in excess, and boiling till a slight turbidity is observed, when the whole is converted into a semi- fluid mass. Crystalline or pulverulent. Soluble in boiling water and alkalis. URAMILIC ACID. A product of the decom- position of uramile, discovered by Wohler and Lie- big. A saturated solution of thionurate of ammo- nia in cold water, is mixed with a small quantity of sulphuric acid, and the mixture evaporated in a water-bath, when crystals of ^uramilic acid are slowly deposited. Solublo in water ; with the al- kalis informs crystallizable salts, called uramilates. URANIUM. Syn. Uranite. A metal discov- ered by Klaproth in 1789, and named after the planet Uranus, which was discovered about the samo time. It occurs in the pecbblendc of Saxony, and the uranite of Cormvull. Uranium may be URI 541 VAL oxtracted from the former mineral by heating it to redness, cooling, powdering, digesting it in nitric acid diluted with 3 or 4 parts of water, in quantity insufficient to dissolve the whole, passing sulphuret- ed hydrogen through the solution, boiling to expel free sulphurous gas, concentrating by evaporation, and setting the remaining fluid aside to crystallize, when beautiful lemon-colored crystals of pernitrate of uranium are slowly deposited. These crystals, exposed to a strong heat, yield protoxide of ura- nium, (green oxide,) which, by exposure to hydro- gen gas and heat, are reduced, and metallic ura- nium remains. (Arfwedson.) It is a brittle, gray, or reddish-brown metal ; sp. gr. about 9'0. — Perox- ide of uranium (yellow oxide, uranic acid) is pre- cipitated as a yellow hydrate, when a pure alkali is added to a solution of the pernitrate, and as a carbonate when alkaline carbonates are used. It is soluble in alkalis in excess, acting the part of a feeble acid. The salts of protoxide of uranium are characterized by their green color ; those of the peroxide by a yellow color. With prussiate of pot- ash they yield a reddish-brown precipitate, resem- bling prussiate of copper, and with infusion of galls a brown one. Sulphureted hydrogen turns the solutions of the persalts green. UREA. Syn. Cyanate of Ammonia, (Anom- alous.) - A crystalline, colorless, transparent sub- stance, discovered by Fourcroy and Vauquelin in urine, and by Wohler as the first organic com- pound artificially produced. Prep. I. (Thenard.) Fresh urine, gently evap- orated to the consistence of a sirup, is to be treated with its own volume of nitric acid at 24 deg. ; the mixture is to be shaken and immersed in an ice- bath to solidify the crystals of supernitrate of urea ; these are washed with water at 0, drained, and pressed between sheets of blotting paper. When they are thus separated, from foreign matters, they are to be dissolved in water, to which subcarbon- ate of potash is added, whereby the nitric acid is taken up, and the urea set at liberty. This new liquor is evaporated at a gentle heat, nearly to dry- ness ; the residue is treated with pure alcohol, which only dissolves the urea, the solution is con- centrated, and the urea crystallizes. II. (Liebig.) See Cyanate of Ammonia, p. 57. *** Urea has the sp. gr. 1*33, is freely soluble in water and alcohol, fuses at 250°, and is decom- posed at higher temperatures. It is said to be di- uretic, and has been given in the dose of a gros, dissolved in sugared water. URIC ACID. Sijn. Litiiic Acid. An acid discovered by Scheele, and peculiar to the urine of certain animals, and the excrement of serpents and several birds of prey. The faeces of the boa constrictor consist of little else than urate of am- monia. Uric acid forms one of the commonest varieties of urinary calculi, and of the red gravel or sand, which is voided in certain morbid states of the urine. Guano, which is largely imported for manure, is also composed in greater part of urate of ammonia ; heneft its immense powers as a fer- tilizer of the soil. Prep. Dissolve urinary calculi, or the chalk- like excrement of serpents, reduced to fine pow- der, in a solution of caustic potassa, by boiling, add muriatic acid in excess, again boil for 15 minutes, and well mix the precipitate with water Prop., Tests, tj-c. Brilliant small scales, white and silky, tasteless, inodorous, slightly soluble in boiling water, soluble in strong sulphuric acid, and again precipitated by water, it forms salts with the bases called urates. The characteristic of urio%acid is, that, when moistened with nitric acid and heated, it dissolves, and by evaporation yields a red com- pound, which, upon the addition of a drop or two of solution of caustic ammonia, becomes of a fine crimson, ( purpurate of ammonia.) URIC OXIDE. Syn. Xantiiic Oxide. A rare constituent of urinary calculi, discovered by Marcet. USQUEBAUGH. Syn. Escubac. A strong compound liquor, much drunk in Ireland, and made in the greatest perfection at Drogheda. Prep. I. (Yellow.) a. Brandy or proof spirit 3 gallons ; hay saffron and juniper berries, of each 1 oz. ; dates, without their kernels, and raisins, of each, bruised, ^ lb. ; mace, cloves, coriander, and aniseed, of each f oz. ; cinnamon \ oz. ; digest till sufficiently flavored and colored ; filter, and add capillaire, or simple sirup, 1 gallon. — b. Proof spiilt 1 gallon; stoned raisins 1 lb.; cinnamon, cloves, and nutmegs, of eaih 4 oz. ; aniseed l^oz. ; hay saffron £ oz. ; brown sugar 2 lbs. ; rind of 1 or- ange ; digest 14 days, then filter or clarify.— c. Pi- mento and caraways, of each 3 oz. ; mace, cloves, and nutmegs, of each 2 oz. ; aniseed, coriander, and angelica root, of each 8 oz. ; hay saffron 3 oz. ; raisins, stoned and bruised, 14 lbs. ; proof spirit 9 gallons ; digest 14 days, with frequent agitation, then press, filter, or clarify, and add simple sirup q. s. Should it turn milky, add a little strong spirit, or clarify it with alum, or filter through magnesia. II. (Green.) As the above, but using sap green to color, instead of saffron. VACCINE MATTER. Collected either upon lancets, or by opening the pustule, and applying a small glass ball and tube (like those called by the boys in London candle pops, or fire pops) to the opening, expelling part of the air in the ball by bringing a lighted taper. near it, then withdrawing the taper the matter is drawn into the ball, in which it may be sealed up hermetically of cement- ed, and thus kept for a length of time. It is also commonly preserved between two small pieces of glass. Used lately for an absolute preventive of the smallpox, but now with a view of diminishing the susceptibility of acquiring that disease, and to render it milder if acquired. The matter may be liquefied with a little clean water. Smallpox mat- • ter is collected in the same way. Used occasion- ally to communicate the disease, under favorable circumstances, intend of hazarding it being ac- quired under unfavorable ones. Both of these matters are applied in the way described under Inoculation. VALERIANIC ACID. A volatile, fatty acid, obtained by distilling valerian root along with wa- ter, and acting on the product with caustic potassa, when valerianate of potassa is formed, and a vola- tile oil is separated ; by evaporating to dryness, the latter is dissipated, and the dry mixture, treated with dilute 'sulphuric acid and distilled, yields an aqueous solution of valerianic acid. By carefui redistillation it may bo deprived of water. Vale* VAR 542 VAR riunic acid may also be produced artificially, by heating fused potassa along with the oil of potato, or corn spirit, ( hydrated oxide of amule ,) when •valerianate of potassa is obtained, the acid of which identical in all respects with that obtained from the root of Valeriana Officinalis. (Liebig.) Colorless, limpid, oleaginous ; boils at 270° ; soluble in alcohol and ether, and in 30 part's of water ; smells strongly of valerian ; with the bases it forms salts called Valerianates, most of which are soluble. VANADIUM. (From Vanadis, a Scandina- vian idol.) A rare metal discovered by Sefstom, in 1830, in some Swedish iron, extracted from an iron mine near Jonkbping. It has since been found in a lead ore from Scotland. It is white, brittle, very difficult of reduction, and soluble in nitric and nitiomuriatic acids, with which it yields dark blue colored solutions. Vanadium is obtained from the native vanadate of lead, by dissolving the ore In nitric acid, passing sulphureted hydrogen through the solution, to throw down lead and arsenic, and evaporating the resulting blue liquid to dryness ; the residuum is then dissolved in a solution of am- monia, anti a piece of sal ammoniac, considerably larger than can be dissolved, introduced ; as the latter dissolves, a pulverulent precipitate of vana- date of ammonia is formed, which must be washed, first in a solution of sal ammoniac, and then in al- cohol of 0-860. By exposing this salt, in an open platinum crucible, to a heat a little below redness, and keeping it constantly stirred, until it acquires a dark red color, pure vanadic acid is obtained. (Johnston.)' From this acid metallic vanadium maybe procured, by placing fused fragments of it, and potassium, of equal size, in alternate layers, In a porcelain crucible, the potassium being in the largest proportion, and after well luting on the cover, heating it carefully over a spirit-lamp ; the cooled mass must then be washed with water. (Berzelius.) — Protoxide of vanadium is obtained by acting on vanadic acid by heat and charcoal, or hydrogen gas. Black. — Binoxide of vanadium, by heating to dull redness a mixture of 10 parts of the protoxide and 12 of vanadic acid, in an atmo- sphere of % carbonic acid gas, or out of contact with air and combustible matter. It is also formed by heating vanadate of ammonia in close vessels. A black powder. It is precipitated as a grayish-white hydrate from its solutions, by carbonate of soda in slight excess. — Vanadic acid (peroxide) is orange- colored, scarcely soluble in water, and forms, with v the alkaline bases, soluble salts, called Vanadates, and with the other bases, sparingly soluble salts. All of these have an orange or yellow color. Va- nadium is distinguished from chromium by deox- idizing substances giving a blue color to solutions of the former, but a green one to solutions of the latter. — “ Vanadate of ammonia, mixed with solu- tion of galls, forms a black fluid, which is the best writing ink hitherto known. The quantity of the salt required for this purpose is very small ; the writing is perfectly black, and not obliterated by alkalis, acids, chlorine, or other reagents, that at the same time will not destroy the paper.” (Ure.) I VAxV SWIETEN’S DROPS. A solution of ! • corrosive sublimate. (See Solution of Biciilo- 1 RIDE OK MlCIlCUIlY, P. L.) 1 VARNISH. Syn. Vkrnis, (Ft.) Firnihs I ( Ger .) A solution of resinous matter, which, v/he* spread thin upon the surface of a solid body, be- comes dry, and forms a glossy, transparent coating, impervious to air and moisture. Varnishes may be conveniently divided into two kinds, viz., spirit and oil varnishes. Concentrated alcohol in used as the solvent in the former, and fixed or volatile oils, or mixtures of the two, for the latter. The sp. gr. of alcohol for the purpose of making var- nishes should not be greater than 0-820. Camphor is often dissolved in it to increase its solvent powers. The oil of turpentine, which is the essential oil chiefly employed, should bo pure and colorless. Pale drying linseed oil is the fixed oil generally used for varnishes, but poppy and nut oil are alsc occasionally employed. Among the substances which are dissolved in the above menstrua arc, — turpentine, copal, mastich, lac, elemi, sandarach, anime, and amber, to impart body and lustre ; benzoin to impart scent ; gamboge, turmeric, saf- fron, annotto, and Socotrin * aloes, to give a yel- low color ; dragon's blood to give a red tinge ; asphaltum to give a black color and body ; caout- chouc to impart body, toughness, and elasticity. In the preparation of Spirit Varnishes, care should bo taken to prevent the evaporation of the alcohol as much as possible, and also to preserve the portion that evaporates. On the large scale, a common still, mounted with its head and connected with a proper refrigerator, should be employed. The capital should be furnished with a stuffing-box, to permit of the passage of a vertical rod, connected with a stirrer at one end, and a working handle at the other. The gum and spirit being introduced, and the head of the still closely fitted on and luted, heat (preferably that of steam or a water-bath) should be applied, and the spirit brought to a boil, when the heat should be partially withdrawn, and agitation continued till the gum is dissolved. The spirit which has distilled over should be then add- ed to the varnish, and, after thorough admixture, the whole should be run off through a silk gauze sieve into stone jars, which should be immediately corked down, and set aside to clarify. On tht small scale, spirit varnishes aie best made by ma- ceration in close bottles. In order to prevent the agglutination of the resin, it is often advantage- ously mixed with clear silicious sand, or pounded glass, by which the surface is much increased, anc the solvent power of the menstruum promoted. In the manufacture of oil varnishes, one of the most important points is the use of good drying oil. Linseed oil for this purpose should be pale, limpid, brilliant, scarcely odorous, and mellow and sweet to the taste. — 100 gallons of such oil are put into an iron or copper boiler, capable of holding 150 gallons, and gradually heated to a gentle sim- mer for 2 roars, to expel moisture ; the scum is then careful ly removed, and 14 lbs. of scale litharge, 12 lbs. of red lead, and 8 lbs. of powdered umber, (all carefully dried and free from moisture,) are gradually sprinkled -in ; the whole is then kept well stirred, to prevent the driers sinking to the bottom, and the boiling is continued, at a gentle heat, for I 3 hours longer ; the fire is next withdrawn, and, ! in 24 to 36 hours, the scum is carefully removed, | and the clear supernatant oil decanted from the bottom. This forms tho best boiled or drying oil. Another method is to heat a hogshead of h* wl VAR 543 VAR gradually for 2 hours, then to gently simmer it for about 3 hours longer, and, after removing the scum, to add gradually 1 lb. of the best calcined mag- nesia, observing to mix it up well with the oil, and afterwards to continue the boiling pretty briskly for 1 hour, employing constant agitation. The fire is then allowed to die away, and, after 24 hours, the oil is decanted as before. The product is called “ clarified oil,” and requires to be used with driers. It should be allowed to lie in the cistern for 2 or 3 months to clarify. .In the preparation of oil var- nishes, the “ gum” is melted as rapidly as possible, without discoloring or burning it ; and when com- pletely fused, the oil, also heated to nearly the boiling point, is poured in, after which the mix- ture is boiled till it appears perfectly homogeneous and clear like oil, when the heat is raised, and the drier.®, (if any are to be used) gradually and cau- tiously scattered in, and the boiling continued, with constant stirring, for 3 or 4 hours, or till a lit- tle when cooled on a palette knife, feels strong and stringy between the fingers. The whole is next allowed to cool considerably ; but while still quite fluid, the turpentine, previously made moderately hot, is cautiously added, and the whole thoroughly incorporated. The varnish is then run trough a filter or sieve into stone jars, cans, or other vessels, and set aside to clarify by subsidence. When no driers are used, the mixture of oil and gum is boil- ed till it runs perfectly clear, when it is removed from the fire, and, after it has cooled a little, the turpentine is added as above. It is generally con- ceived that the more perfectly the “ gum ” is fused, or “ run,” as it is called, the greater and stronger will be the product ; and the longer the boiling of the “ gum” and oil is continued, within modera- tion, the freer the varnish will work and cover when made. An' excess of heat renders the varnish “ stringy,” and injures its flowing qualities. For pale varnishes as little heat as possible should be employed throughout the whole process. Body varnished should contain 1^ lbs. ; carriage, wain- scot, and mahogany varnish 1 lb. ; and gold size, and hlack japan, fully \ lb. of “ gum” per gallon, besides the asphaltum in the latter. The use of too much driers injures the brilhancy and trans- parency of the varnish. Copperas does not com- bine with varnish, but only hardens it ; sugar of lead does. I am informed that boiling oil of tur- pentine combines very readily with melted copal, and that it is an improvement to use it, either be- fore or in conjunction with the oil, in the prepara- tion of copal varnish that is desired very white. All varnishes require age before use. Trans, of the Soc. of Arts, vol. 49 ; and Copal, Amber, Caoutchouc. From the inflammable nature of the mate- rials of which varnishes are composed, their manu- facture should be only carried on in a detached building, that is of little value, and built of unin- flammable materials. When a pot of varnish, gum, or turpentine, catches fire, it is most readily extinguished by closely covering it with a piece of stout, woollen carpeting, which should bo always kept ready for the purpose. +++ To give lustre to varnish after it is laid on, it is rubbed with pumice-stone very finely powder- ed, and water ; which being dried with a cloth, the work is afterward patiently rubbed with an oiled rag and tripoli, till the required polish is pro- duced. The surface is last of all cleaned with soft linen cloths, cleared of all greasiness with powder of starch, and rubbed bright with tlie palm of the hand. # ITjvIT In varnishing, care must be taken that the surface is free from grease, or smoke ; as un- less this is the case, the best oil or turpentine var- nish in the world will not dry and harden. Old articles are usually washed with soap and water, by the painters, before being varnished. VARNISH, AMBER. Prep. I. (Pale.) Am- ber, pale and transparent, 6 lbs. ; fuse, add hot clarified linseed oil 2 gallons ; boil till it strings strongly, cool a little, and add oil of turpentine 4 gallons. Pale as copal varnish ; soon becomes very hard, and is the most durable of oil varnishes ; but requires lime before it is fit for polishing. When wanted to dry and harden quicker, “ dry- ing” oil may be substituted for linseed, or “ driers” may be added during the boiling. II. Amber 1 lb. ; melt, add Scio turpentine ^ lb. ; transparent white resin 2 oz. ; hot linseed oil 1 pint ; and afterwards oil of turpentine q. s. ; as above. Very tough. III. (Hard.) Melted amber 4 oz. ; hot boiled oil 1 quart ; as before. IV. (Pale.) Very pale and transparent amber 4 oz. ; clarified linseed oil and oil of turpentine, of each 1 pint ; as before. *** Amber varnish is suited for all purposes, where a very hard and durable oil varnish is re- quired. The paler kind is superior to copal var- nish, and is often mixed with the latter to increase its hardness and durability. (See Amber.) VARNISH, BLACK. Prep. I. (Black am- ber varnish.) Amber 1 lb. ; fuse, add hot drying oil \ pint ; powdered black rosin, and asphaltum, (Naples,) of each 3 oz. ; when properly incorpo- rated and considerably cooled, add oil of turpentine 1 pint. This is the beautiful black varnish of the coachmakers. It is also fit for metals. II. (Ironwork black.) Asphaltum 48 lbs. ; fuse, add boiled oil 10 gallons ; red lead and litharge, of each 7 lbs. ; dried and powdered white copperas 3 lbs. ; boil for 2 hours, then add dark giyn amber (fused) 8 lbs. ; hot linseed oil 2 gallons ; boil for 2 hours longer, or till a little of the mass, when cool- ed, may be rolled into pills, then withdraw the heat, and afterwards thin down with oil of turpen- tine 30 gallons. Used for the ironwork of carriages, and other nice purposes. III. (Black japan.) Naples asphaltum 50 lbs. ; dark gum anime 8 lbs.; fuse, add linseed oil 12 gallons ; boil, add dark gum amber 10 lbs. ; pre- viously fused and boiled with linseed oil 2 gallons ; add the driers, and proceed as last. Used for wood or metals. IV. (Brunswick black.) — a. Foreign asphaltum 45 lbs. ; drying oil 6 galls. ; litharge (i lbs. ; boil as last, and thin with 25 gallons of oil of turpentine. Used for ironwork, &c. — b. Black pitch and gas tar asphaltum, of each 25 lbs. ; boil gently for 5 hours, then add linseed oil 8 gallons ; litharge and red lead, of each 10 lbs.; boil as before, and thin with oil of turpentine 20 gallons. Inferior t© the last, but cheaper. (Sec Amber Varnisii.) VARNISH, BODY. Prep. I. Finest African copal 8 lbs. ; fuse carefully, add clarified oil 2 gal- VAR VAR 5 Ions ; boil gently for 4i J hours, or till quite stringy, cool a little and thin with oil of turpentine 3^ gal- lons. Dries slowly. IT. l'ale gum copal 8 lbs. ; clarified oil 2 gal- lons ; di%d sugar of lead £ lb. ; boil as before, then add oil of turpentine 3£ gallons, and mix it, while still hot, with the following varnish : — 8 lbs. of pale gum anime ; linseed oil 2 gallons ; dried white cop- peras ^ lb. ; boil us before, and thin with oil of turpentine 3 £ gallons ; the mixed varnishes arc to be immediately strained into the cans or cistern. Dries in about G hours in winter, and 4 hours in summer. Used for the bodies of coaches and other vehicles. VARNISII, CABINET-MAKERS’. Prep. I. Very pale shellac 5 lbs.; mastieh 7 oz. ; alcohol, of 90§, 5 or G pints ; dissolve in the cold with fre- quent stirring. Used for French polishing, &c. It is always opaque. A similar varnish, made with weaker spirit, is used by bookbinders to var- nish morocco leather book covers. II. As the last, but substitute wood naphtha 6 pints for the alcohol. III. (Japanner's copal varnish.) Pale African copal 7 lbs ; fuse, add clarified linseed oil ^ gallon ; boil for 5 minutes, remove it into the open air, add boiling oil of turpentine 3 gallons, mix well, strain it into the cistern, and cover it up immediately. Used to varnish furniture, and by japanners, coacllmakers, &c. Dries in 15 minutes, and may be polished as soon as hard. (See French Polish.) VARNISH, CARRIAGE. I. (Spirit.) *San- darach 19 oz. ; pale shellac 9 J oz. ; very pale trans- parent rosin, 12£ oz. ; turpentine 18 oz. ; alcohol, at 85§, 5 pints ; dissolve. Used for the internal parts of carriages, &c. Dries in 10 minutes or less. II. (Best Pale.) Pale African copal 8 lbs. ; fuse, add clarified linseed oil 2£ gallons ; boil till very stringy, then add dried copperas and litharge, of each ^ lb. ; boil as before directed, thin with oil of turpentine 5^ gallons, mix while hot with the fol- lowing varnish, and immediately strain the mix- ture into a covered vessel : — Gum anime 8 lbs. ; clarified linseed oil 2.^ gallons; dried sugar of lead and litharge, of each ^ lb. ; boil as before, thin with oil of turpentine 5^ gallons, and mix it while hot with the last varnish as above directed. Dries in 4 hours in summer and 6 in winter. Used for the wheels, springs, and carriage parts of coaches, and other vehicles, and by house painters, decora- tors, &c., who want a strong, quick-drying, and durable varnish. III. (Second Quality.) Sorted gum anime 8 lbs. ; clarified oil 3 gallons ; litharge 5 oz. ; dried and powdered sugar of lead and white copperas, of each 4 oz. ; boil as last and thin with oil of tur- pentine 5£ gallons. VARNISH, COPAL. Prep.— 1. (Turpentine.) Oil of turpentine 1 pint ; spt the bottle in a water bath, and add in small portions at a tiino, 3 oz. of powdered copal that has been previously melted by a gentle heat, and dropped into water ; in a few days decant the clear. Dries slowly, but is very pale and durable. Used, for pictures, &c. W.^KOil.) Pale hard copal 2 lbs. ; fuso, add hot drying oil l pint; boil as before dirocted, and thin with oil of turpentine 3 pints, or q. s. Very pale. Dries hard in 12 to 24 hours. 4 III. Clearest and palest African copal 8 lbs. ; fuse, add hot and pale drying oil 2 gallons ; boil till it strings strongly, cool a little, and thin with hot rectified oil of turpentine 3 gallons, and imme- diately strain into the store can. Very fine. Both the above are used for pictures. IV. (Spirit.) Coarsely-powdered conal and glass, of each 4 oz. ; alcohol, of 90g, 1 pint ; cam- phor £ oz. ; heat it in a water-bath so that the bubbles may be counted as they rise, observing fre- quently to stir the mixture ; wljen cold decant the clear. Used for pictures. V. Copal melted and dropped into water 3 oz. ; gum sandarach Goz. ; mastieh and Chio turpentine, of each 2£ oz. ; powdered glass 4 oz. ; alcohol, oi 85g, I quart ; dissolve by a gentle heat. Used for metal chairs, Ac. *** All copal varnishes are hard and durable, though less so than those made of aniber, but they have the advantage over the latter of being paler. They are applied on coaches, pictures, polished metal, wood, and other objects requiring good durable varnish. (See Body and Carriage Var- nishes, and Copal.) VARNISH, CRYSTAL. Prep. I. Genuine pale Canada balsam and rectified oil of turpentine, equal parts ; mix, place the bottle in warm water, agitate well, set it aside, in a moderately warm place, and in a week pour off the clear. Used for maps, prints, drawings, and other articles of paper, and also to prepare tracing paper, and to transfer engravings. II. Mastieh 3 oz..; alcohol 1 pint ; dissolve. Used to fix pencil drawings. VARNISH, ETCHING. Prep. I. (Lawrence.) White wax 2 oz. ; black and Burgundy pitch, of each £ oz. ; melt together, add by degrees pow- dered asphaltum2 oz., and boil till a drop taken out on a plate will break when cold by being bent double 2 or 3 times between the fingers ; it must then be poured into warm water and made into small balls for use. II. (Callofs Hard Varnish. Florentine do.) Linseed oil and mastieh, of each 4 oz. ; melt to- gether. III. (Callofs Soft Varnish.) Linseed oil 4 oz. ; glim benzoin and white wax, of each i oz. ; boil to two-thirds. VARNISH, FURNITURE. Prep. White wax 6 oz. ; oil of turpentine 1 pint ; dissolve by a gentle heat. Used to polish wood by friction. (See Cabinet-makers’ and Copal Varnishes.) VARNISH, FLEXIBLE. Prep.— 1. Indian rubber in shavings 1 oz. ; mineral naphtha 2 lbs. ; digest at a gentle heat in a close vessel till dissolved, and strain. — 2. Indian rubber 1 oz. ; drying oil 1 quart ; dissolve by as little heat as possible, em- ploying constant stirring, then strain. 3. Linseed oil 1 gallon ; dried wdiite copperas and sugar of lead, of each 3 oz. ; litharge 8 oz. ; boil with con- stant agitation till it strings well, then cool slowly and decant the clear. If too thick, thin it with quick-drying linseed oil. The above are used for balloons, gas bags, &c. (See Balloon Varnish and Caoutchouc.) VARNISH FOR GILDED ARTICLES. Prep. (Watin.) Gum luc in grains, gamboge, dragon’s blood, and annotto, of each 12£ oz. ; saf- fron 3i oz. ; each resin must be dissolved separate- <0 VAR 545 VAR y in 5 pints of alcohol of 90§, and two separate tinctures must be made with the dragon’s blood and annotto in a like quantity of spirit, and a proper proportion of each mixed together to pro- duce the required shade. VARNISH, ITALIAN. Prep.— 1. Boil Scio turpentine till brittle, powder, and dissolve in oil of turpentine. — 2. Canada balsam and clear white rosin, of each 6 oz. ; oil of turpentine 1 quail iis- solve. Used for prints, &c. VARNISH, LAC. Prep.— 1. Seed lac 8 oz. ; alcohol 1 quart ; digest in a close vessel in a warm situation for 3 or 4 days, then decant and strain. — 2. Substitute lac bleached by chlorine for seed lac. Both are very tough, hard, and durable ; the last almost colorless. Used for pictures, metal, wood, or leather. VARNISH, LAC. Syn. Lacquer. Prep. I. Seed lac 3 oz. ; turmeric 1 oz. ; dragon’s blood \ oz. ; alcohol 1 pint ; digest for a week, frequently shaking, decant and filter. Deep gold colored. II. Ground turmeric 1 lb. ; gamboge 1^ oz. ; gum«andarach 3^ lbs. ; shellac f lb. ; all in pow- der ; rectified spirit of wine 2 gallons ; dissolve, strain, and add turpentine varnish 1 pint. Gold colored. III. Spanish annotto 3 lbs. ; dragon’s blood 1 lb. ; gum sandarach 3^ lbs. ; rectified spirit 2 gal- lons ; turpentine varnish 1 quart ; dissolve and mix as the last. Red colored. IV. Gamboge cut small 1 oz. ; Cape aloes cut small 3 oz. ; pale shellac 1 lb. ; rectified spirit 2 gallons ; as the last. Pale brass colored. V. Seed lac, dragon’s blood, annotto, and gam- boge, of each \ lb. ; saffron 1 oz. ; rectified spirit of wine 5 quarts ; as last. *** Lacquers are used upon polished metals and wood to impart the appearance of gold. As they are wanted of different depths and shades of color, it is best to keep a concentrated solution of each coloring ingredient ready, so that it may at any time be added to produce any desired tint. VARNISH, MAHOGANY. Prep. Sorted gum anime 8 lbs.; clarified oil 3 gallons; litharge and powdered dried sugar of lead, of each ^ lb. ; boil till it strings well, then cool a little, thin with oil of turpentine 5^ gallops, and strain. VARNISH, MASTICH. Syn. Picture Var- nish. Turpentine Varnish. Prep. — 1. (Fine.) Very pale and picked! gum mastich, 5 lbs. ; glass pounded as small as barley, and well washed and dried, 2^ lbs. ; rectified turpentine 2 gallons ; put them into a clean 4 gallon stone or tin bottle, bung down securely, and keep rolling it backwards and forwards pretty smartly on a counter or any other solid place for at least 4 hours ; when, if the gum is all dissolved, the varnish may be decanted, strain- ed through muslin into another bottle, and allowed to settle. It should be kept for 6 or 9 months be- fore use, as it thereby gets both ^tougher and clearer. II. (Second Quality.) Mastich 8 lbs. ; turpen- tine 4 gallons ; dissolve by a gentle heat, and add pale turpentine varnish \ gallon. III. ( *urn mastich 6 oz. ; oil of turpentine 1 quart ; dissolve. %* Mastich varnish is used for pictures, &c. ; when good, it is tough, hard, brilliant, and color- less Should it get “ chilled,” 1 lb. of well-washed 69 silicious sand should be made moderately hot, and added to each gallon, which must then be weli agitated for 5 minutes, and afterwards allowed to settle. VARNISH, OAK. Prep. — 1. Clear pale rosin, 3£ lbs.; oil of turpentine 1 gallon; dissolve. — 2. Clear Venice turpentine 4 lbs. ; oil of turpentine 5 lbs. ; mix. Both are good common varnishes for wood or metal. VARNISH, OIL. Prep . — 1. Rosin 3 lbs. ; melt, add Venice turpentine 2 lbs. ; pale drying oil 1 gallon ; cool a little and thin with oil of turpentine 1 quart. — 2. Rosin 3 lbs. ; drying oil $ gallon ; melt and thin with oil of turpentine 2 quarts. Both the above are good varnishes for common work. VARNISH, PICTURE. Several varnishes are called by this name. Pale copal or mastich varnish is generally used for oil paintings, and crystal, white hard spirit, or mastich varnish, for water-color drawings on paper. VARNISH, SPIRIT. Prep. L (Brown Hard.) — a. Sandarach 4 oz. ; pale seed lac 2 oz. ; elemi (true) 1 oz. ; alcohol 1 quart ; digest with agitation till dissolved, then add Venice turpentine 2 oz. — h. Gum sandarach 3 lbs. ; shellac 2 lbs. ; rectified spirit, (65 over proof,) 2 gallons ; dis- solve, add turpentine varnish 1 quart ; agitate well and strain. Very fine. — c. Seed lac and yellow resii, of each 1J lbs. ; rectified spirit 2 gallons. II. (White Hard.) a. Gum sandarach 5 lbs. ; camphor 1 oz. ; rectified spirit (65 over proof) 2 gallons ; washed and dried coarsely-pounded glass 2 lbs.'; proceed as in making mastich varnish ; when strained add 1 quart of very pale turpentine varnish. Very fine. — h. Picked mastich and coarsely-ground glass, of each, 4 oz. ; sandarach and pale clear Venice, turpentine, of each 3 oz. ; alcohol 2 lbs. ; as last. — c. Gum sandarach 1 lb. ; clear Strasburgh turpentine 6 oz. ; rectified spirit (65 over proof) 3 pints ; dissolve. — d. Mastich in tears 2 oz. ; sandarach 8 oz. ; gum elemi 1 oz. ; Strasburgh or Scio turpentine (genuine) 4 oz. ; rectified spirit (65 o. p.) 1 quart. Used on metals, &,c. ^Polishes well. III. (Soft Brilliant.) Sandarach 6 oz. ; elemi (genuine) 4 oz. ; anime 1 oz. ; camphor ^ oz. ; rectified spirit 1 quart ; as before. *** The above spirit varnishes are chiefly ap- plied to objects of the toilette, as work-boxes, card-cases, &c., but are also suitable to other articles, whether of paper, wood, linen, or metal, that require a brilliant and quick-drying varnisbu They mostly dry almost as soon as applied, and are usually hard enough to polish in 24 hours, Spirit varnishes are less durable and more liable to crack than oil varnishes. VARNISH, STOPPING OUT. Syn. Petit Vernis. Prep. Lampblack made into a paste with turpentine. Used by engravers. VARNISH, TRANSFER. Syn. Mordant. Prep. Mastich in tears 6£ oz. ; rosin 12£ oz. ; pale Venice turpentine (genuine) and sandarach, of each 25 oz. ; alcohol 5 pints ; dissolve as before. Used for fixing engravings or lithographs on wood, and for gilding, silvering, &c. (See Crystai. Varnish.) VARNISH, TURPENTINE. Prep. Masticli VEor 546 VEG in tears 12 oz. ; pounded glass 5 oz. ; camphor £ oz. ; oil of turpentine 1 quart ; digest with agita- tion till dissolved, then add Venice turpentine (pure) 1 i oz. ; previously liquefied by a gentle heat, mix well, and the next day decant. Very fine. Used for paintings. See Mastich. VARNISH, WAINSCOT. The same as mahogany varnish, btit using paler gum and oil. (See Oak Varnish.) VARNISH, WAX. Prep.— 1 . (Milk of Wax.) White wax (pure) 1 lb. ; melt with as gentle a heat as possible, add warm spirit of wine, t?p. gr. 0*830, 1 pint ; mix perfectly, and pour the liquid out upon a cold porphyry slab ; next grind it with a muller to a perfectly smooth paste, with the addition of more spirit as required, put the paste into a marble mortar, make an emulsion with water 3£ pints, gradually added, and strain through muslin. Used as a varnish for paintings; when dry, a hot iron is passed over it, or hfcat is otherwise evenly applied, so as to fuse it, and render it transparent ; when quite cold it is polish- ed with a clean linen cloth. The most protective of all varnishes. Many ancient paintings owe their freshness at the present day to this varnish. Also used for furniture. — 2. Wax 3 oz. ; oil of turpentine 1 quart ; dissolve by a gentle heat. Used for furniture. VARNISH, WHITE. Prep. I. Tender copal 7£ oz. ; camphor 1 oz. ; alcohol of 95§, 1 quart ; dissolve, then add mastich 2 oz. ; Venice turpentine 1 oz. ; dissolve and strain. Very white, drying, and capable of being polished when hard. Used for toys. II. Sandarach 8 oz. ; mastich 2 oz. ; Canada balsam 4 oz. ; alcohol 1 quart. Used on paper, wood, or linen. VEGETABLES. Vegetabilia, (P. L.) The following general directions are given in the Lon- don Pharmacopoeia for the collection and preserva- tio ; }f vegetable substances : “Vegetables are to be gathered in dry weather, and when no dew nor rain is upon them ; they are to be collected every year, and any which sh^ll have been longer kept, are to be thrown away. “ Roots, for the most part, are to be dug up be- fore their stems or leaves shoot forth. “ Barks are to be collected at that season in which they are more easily separated from the wood.” Spring is the season here alluded to ; as at this time, after the sap begins to ascend, the bark is in general very easily separated. “ Leaves are to be gathered after the flowers ‘have expanded, and before the seeds are mature. “ Flowers are to be gathered when just open- ed.” The red rose, however, must be gathered before the buds are expanded. “Seeds are to bo collected when they are ripe, and before they drop from the plant. They ought to be preserved in their seed-vessels.” Pres. “Vegetables, soon after they are gath- ered, except those which are to bo used in the recent state, are to bo lightly spread out, and dried us quickly as possible, with a heat so gentle that their color will not bo altered ; and then pro- nerved in proper situations or vessels, where the light and moisture are excluded. “ Roots, which • are required to ho preserved fresh, should bo buried in dry sand. The Squill bulb, before it is dried, is to bo denuded of the arid coats, and cut transversely into thin slices. The corms of colchicum, dug up in July or August, should he cut into thin transverse slices, dried without heat, or in a very gentle heat, and preserved in well-stopped bottles. “ Pulpy Fruits, if they be unripe, or ripe and dried, aro to be placed in a damp situation until they betiome soft : then the pulp is to be pressed out through a hair sieve ; afterwards boiled with a gentle heat, frequently stirring ; a/id, finally, the water evaporated in a water-bath, until the pulp acquires a proper consistence. “ Over the bruised pods of Cassia pour boiling water, so as to wash out the pulp, winch is to be first pressed through a sieve with large holes, and afterwards through a hair sieve ; then dissipate the water in a water-bath, until the pulp acquires a proper consistence. “ The Puli* or Juice of flesh and ripe fruit is to be pressed through a sieve without boiling it.” “ Gum-Resins arc to be esteemed the best, which occur so free from admixture as not to re- quire purification ; but, if they appear less pure, boil them in water until they soften, and express them through a canvass cloth ; then let the resin- ous portion subside, and evaporate the effused supernatant liquid in a water-bath, adding towards the end the resinous part, and mixing it well into one mass with the gummy part. Those gum- resins that melt easily, may be purified by en- closing them in an ox-bladder, and holding them in boiling water (or steam) until they become so soft that they can be separated from their im- purities through a canvass cloth, by means of a press.” Vegetables and their juices may also be preserved by heating in well-closed vessels. The substances to be preserved are to be put into strong glass bottles, with necks of a proper size, corked with the greatest care, luted with a mix- ture of lime and soft cheese, spread on rags, and the whole bound down with wires .across it. The bottles are then placed in an oven, the tempera- ture of which is cautiously raised to 212°, or they are enclosed separately in canvass bags, and pat into a copper of water, which is gradually heated till it boils, and thus kept for several minutes : the whole is then left to cool, and the. bottles are taken out and carefully examined before they aro laid by, lest they should have cracked, or the lute given way. (See Fruit, Milk, Pickles, Pre- serving, Putrefaction, Vegetable Juices, Ve- getables for distillation, &c.) *** The generality of vegetable substances that exercise no very marked action on the human frame, may be taken in powder, in doses of a drachm, night and morning ; or an ounce, or q. s. to impart ^a moderately strong taste or color may be infused, or boiled in 1 pint of water, and a wine-glassful or thereabouts, taken 2 or 3 times a " vegetables for distillation The Dublin College states that “ herbs and flow- ers from which oils and distilled waters are to be obtained, should bo dried as soon as they are col- lected.” This method, however much recom- mended by authority or common usage, is vastly YEG 547 YEN inferior to the plan adopted by the large perfumers and many of the wholesale druggists, which con- sists in preserving the flowers and herbs by means of common salt. The objection which is raised against the use of fresh aromatic plants is thus ob- viated, while the odors of the products of distilla- tion are rendered fully equal or superior to those obtained from the dried plant, fruit, or flowers, without the great loss and trouble attending the drying and preserving of them. Besides, many aromatic and odorous substances almost entirely lose their properties by drying ; while most of them yield more oil, and that of a finer quality, in the .fresh than in the dried state. The cdor of roses, elder flowers, and a variety of others, are vastly improved by this treatment, and these flowers may thus be preserved with ease and safety from sea- son to season, or even longer, if required. The process simply consists in intimately mixing the flowers, or other vegetables, soon after being gath- ered, with about •£ their weight, or less, of good dry salt, and ramming down the mixture as tight- ly as possible into strong casks. The casks should then be immediately, placed in a cold cellar, and covered with boards, on which heavy, weights should be put to keep the mass tight and close. VEGETABLE JUICES, (EXPRESSED.) The juices of plants are obtained by bruising the fresh leaves in a marble mortar, or in a mill, and expressing the juice, which, after defecation for some hours in a cool situation, is either filtered through paper, or strained after coagulating its al- buminous matter by heat. Some plants require the addition of § of water before pressing. The expression of the juice of lemons, oranges, quinces, &c., is facilitated by previously mixing the pulp with clean chopped straw. Buckthorn berries, mulberries, &c., after being crushed between the hands, are left 3 or 4 days to undergo a slight fer- mentation, before pressing. A very powerful screw press is required for this purpose. The pres- ervation of the juices of the narcotic plants, and seme other vegetables, has lately assumed consid- erable interest, from these preparations having been proposed as substitutes for the common tinc- tures. It appears that the juice of young plants just coming into flower, yields only § the amount of extract which may be obtained from the same quantity of juice expressed from the matured plant, or when the flowers are fully blown, and the strength of the product is also inferior. The leaves alone should be preferably employed, and should be exclusively of the second year’s growth, when the plants are biennials. (Squire.) Vegetable juices preserved with alcohol, ( preserved vegeta- ble juices , Sued alcoholati, Alcoholatures,) are prepared as follows : — I. (Bentley.) Bruise the leaves in a marble mor- tar, (on the large scale, in a mill,) and submit them to the action of a powerful press ; allow the juice to remain for 24 hours in a cold place, then decant the clear portion from the feculence, add \ part by measure of rectified spirit, (56 over proof,) agitate, and in 24 hours again decant the clear, and filter it through paper Keeps well under ordinary cir- cumstances. II (Squire.) As the last, but adding to the de- canted juice one-half its volumo of rectified spirit. Keeps as well as the corresponding tinctures. III. (Gieseke.) As the last, but using only one- fifth rectified spirit. IV. To the clear depurated juice, add one-for- tieth part by weight of alcohol, in 24 hours filter, cork down close, and preserve the bottle sunk up to its neck in sand, in a cool cellar. Remarks. The juices preserved by Mr. Bentley, or after his method, are now those generally em- ployed and approved of by the profession, as may be seen from the numerous testimonials from the leading medical authorities in their favor. These preparations have been extensively tried, and in no instance have they failed in producing the most decided and characteristic effects of the plants from which they are prepared. At a moderate temperature they will lieep any length of time. Occasionally there is a slight tendency to deposite, but the sediment has been carefully examined and found not to contain any of the medicinal virtues of th*e plant. They are confidently recommended by Mr. Bentley as being superior to most other preparations of the like nature, from containing less spirit. The commencing dose of the narcotic juices is about 5 drops. In the above man- ner are prepared the preserved juices of aconite, belladonna, colchicum, (corms,) hemlock, henbane, foxglove, elaterium, lactuca virosa, taraxacum, &c. VEGETATION, METALLIC. Prep. 1. ( Tin Tree.) Muriate of tin 3 drs. ; nitric acid 10 to 15 drops ; distilled or rain water 1 pint ; dis- solve in a white glass bottle, and hang in it by a thread, a small rod of zinc. II. ( Lead Tree. Arbor Saturni.) Sugar of lead 1 oz. ; distilled water 1^ pint ; acetic acid 2 drops ; dissolve, and suspend a piece of zinc in it, as be- fore. Less lustrous and beautiful than the last. III. ( Silver Tree. Arbor Diance.) Nitrate of silver 20 grs. ; water 1 oz. ; dissolve in a vial, and add about ^ dr. of mercury. Very brilliant and beautiful. *** In the above experiments, the metals are precipitated in an arborescent form. It is curious to observe the laminae shoot out, as it were, from nothing, assuming forms resembling real vegeta- tion. This phenomenon seems to result from a galvanic action being set up between the liquid and the metals. VELVET PAINTING. Any of the ordinary non-corrosive pigments or liquid colors, thickened with a little gum, may be employed in this art ; preference being, however, given to those that pos- sess the greatest brilliancy, and which dry without spreading. VENTILATION. It is essential to health, that the habitations occupied by us should be free of impure air and all noxious vapors. The first step towards this end is to effect and maintain a liberal circulation of fresh air, either Vy ventila- tors, or by regilariy. opening the windows for stated daily periods. The kindling of fires also promotes the circulation of atmospheric currents. Noxious effluvia may bo most effectually removed by occasional sprinklings of a solution of chloride of lime upon the floors and walls, the windows be- ing kept open the while. It is always propel, also, that an infected house should bo whitewashed Lives are sometimes lost by sleeping in a close room in which charcoal is burning, the person i& YER 548 YER this case being stifled with the noxious gas. We advise that every sleeping apartment should be well ventilated, and that no one should go to bed with charcoal burning in the grate or stove. (See Disinfectants, Fumigation, &c.) VERATRINE. Syn. Veratria, (P. L. & E.) Veratrina. Sabadillin. A vegetable alkali, discovered by Pelletier and Caventou in the seeds of veratrum sabadilla, (asagraea officinalis,) in mea- dow saffron, and white hellebore. Prep. (P. L.) Boil sabadilla seeds lb. ij with rectified spirit 1 gal- lon for an hour, in a retort with a receiver fitted to it, decant the solution, boil the residue with an- other gallon of spirit and that which has distilled, pour off the liquor, and boil with fresh spirit a third time ; press the sabadilla, distil the spirit from the liquors mixed and strained, evaporate the residue to the consistence of an extract, boil this three or more times in water acidulated with a little diluted sulphuric acid, and evaporate the strained lftpior wit'll a gentle heat to the consistence of sirup ; to this, when cold, add magnesia to saturation, assid- uously stirring, then press and wash two or three times ; next dry the residue, and digest it two or three times in spirit with a gentle heat, and strain as often ; distil off the spirit, boil what remains with animal charcoal in water, acidulated with sulphuric acid, for hour, strain, well wash the charcoal, evaporate the liquors carefully to the consistence of sirup, precipitate by ammonia, wash, and dry. Remarks. Pure veratria is perfectly white ; but as usually met with, it has more or less of a brown- ish or grayish tint. It is odorous, acrid, uncrystal - lizable, fusible at 240° F., scarcely soluble in water, sparingly so in ether, but freely soluble in alcohol. With the dilute acids it forms salts ; with sulphuric acid it strikes an intense red color. A dilute acetic solution of veratria is precipitated white by tincture of galls and by ammonia, and is turned to a superb red by strong sulphuric acid. The smallest portion of its powder causes violent sneezing. “ As an external application, it has been efficaciously employed by Majendie in France, and Dr. Turnty.il! in this country ; but the extrav- agant eulogies of the latter have not tended to con- firm the reputation of the remedy. From 6 to 12 grs. dissolved in f%j of alcohol as a liniment, or 30 grs. mixed with 3j of olive oil and of lard as an ointment, have been employed in neuralgia, and other painful affections, and in gouty and rheu- matic paralysis. If it be internally employed, the dose should not exceed one -sixteenth part of a grain ; and the action of even this minute dose should be watched. In large doses, it is a power- ful irritant poison .” VERATRIC ACID. A crystalline, fusible, volatile acid, soluble in alcohol, slightly so in wa- ter, and insoluble in ether, found by Merck in the seeds of sabadilla. It is obtained by exhausting the bruised seed with alcohol and sulphuric acid, and precipitating the filtered solution by milk of lime ; vcratrato of lime romains in solution. This salt is decomposed by hydrochloric acid, and the veratrio acid crystallizes. VERDIGRIS. Syn. Diacetate of Copper. Subacetate of do. Vert-de-Gris, (JFV.) Giiuns- pan, (CJrr.) jErugo ; Cupri diacetas impura, CP. L) When this urticlo is of good quality, “ it is partly dissolved in water ; and is almost entirel) soluble in liquor of ammonia, and, with the assist- ance of heat, in diluted sulphuric acid.” (P. L.) “ Not above 5$ of impurity should bo left/' (P. E.) (See Acetate of Copper. Ant. Se6 Copper.) VERDIGRIS, ENGLISH. Prep. I. Blue vitriol 24 lbs. ; white vitriol Id lbs. sugar of lea/ 12 lbs. ; alum 2 lbs. ; all coarsely powdered ; mix and heat them in a pot over the fire till they unite into a mass. II. ( Distilled or crystallized.) Sulphate of copper 12£ lbs. ; dissolvo in water, and add a so- lution of 19 lbs. of sugar of lead, or q. s. ; filter, evaporate, and crystallize. Both are used as sub- stitutes for foreign verdigris. VERDITER, (BLUE.) Syn. Refiners’ Ver- diter. Cendres bleues. A blue pigment, ob- tained by adding chalk, whitk.jg, or milk of lime, to the solution of copper in aquafortis ; or by tritu- rating recently precipitated and still moist carbon- ate or oxide of copper with hydrate of lime. Prep. A quantity of whiting, or milk of lime, is put into a tub, and upon this the solution of copper is poured. The mixtu’re is to be stirred every day for some hours together, till the .liquor loses its color. The liquor is then to be poured off, and more solution of copper is to be added. This is to be repeated till the whiting has acquired the proper color. Then it is to be washed with water, spread on large pieces of chalk, and dried in the sun. Remarks. The cupreous solution employed in the above process, is made by neutralizing the ni- tric solution obtained from the refiners of gold and silver, by heating it along with metallic copper.. For the finest qualities of verditer the lime should be of the purest kind, and the cupreous precipitate should be carefully triturated with it, after it is nearly dry, by which a fine velvety color is pro- duced. The cendres bleues en pates of the French differs from the above mainly in a solution of mu- riate of copper being employed, and in the result- ing green precipitate being turned blue by the action of carbonate of potash. Verditer is either dried into a powder, or used as a water color in the moist state. VERDITER, (GREEN.) The process for refiners’ verditer frequently miscarries, and a green color is produced instead of a blue. It may also be obtained by omitting the “ blueing up” with potash, mentioned above. VERMICELLI. This is prepared from a stiff paste made of a peculiar, fine kind of granular wheat flour called semoule, which is mixed up with hot water, and, after being well kneaded, is formed into small ribands, cylinders, or tubes, by being placed in a vertical cylinder press, the bot- tom of which is filled with proper shaped holes, through which it is driven by the iron plate or “ follower” being forced down by means of a pow- erful screw. The pieces that protrude are broken off, twisted into the desired shape upon paper, and dried. (See Macaroni.) VERMILION. Syn. Factitious Cinnabar. Bisulpiiuret of Mercury. Prep. I. By subli- mation. — a. Mercury 202 parts ; sulphur 33 parts : fuse together by a gentle heat, observing not to allow the mass to take fire ; when fused, cover over the vessol, cool, powder, and sublime in » VES 549 VIN ELDER WINE ; STRAWBERRY WINE ; RASPBERRY wine ; — mulberry wine, (when flavored makes British port ;) — whortleberry wine, ( bilberry wine,) makes a good factitious port ; — black- berry wine ; — damson wine, (makes good fac* titious port ;) — morella wine ; — apricot wine APPLE WINE ; — GRAPE WINE ; — TURNIP WINE J &-C. WIN 569 WIN II. From dry saccharine fruit, (as raisins.) 1. Dry fruit 4^ lbs. ; clear soft water 1 gallon ; cream of tartar (dissolved) 1 oz. ; brandy 1^ to 2g. Weak. 2. As the last, but using dried fruit 5^ lbs. A superior family wine. 3. As the last, but using dried fruit 7^ lbs. ; and brandy 2 to 3§. A strong wine. Should the dried fruit employed be at all deficient in saccharine matter, 1 to 3 lbs. may be omitted, and half that quantity of sugar, or two thirds of raisins added. *** In the above manner may be made the following wines : — raisin wine — fig wine, &c. III. From acidulous, astringent, or scarcely ripe fruits, or those deficient in saccharine matter. 1. Fruit 2J lbs. ; sugar 3£ lbs. ; cream of tartar (dissolved) ^ oz. ; water 1 gallon ; brandy 2 to 3g. Weak refrigerant. 2. Fruit 3 lbs. ; sugar 4J lbs. ; cream of laitar \ oz. ; water 1 gallon ; brandy 2 to 3§. A superior family wine. 3. As the last, but with 5^ lbs. of sugar. A strong’ wine. *** In the above way may be made, the fol- lowing wines : — Gooseberry wine, ( English champagne ;) — bullys wine, (makes an excellent factitious port ;) — damson wine ; &c. IV. From footstalks, leaves, cuttings, Sf-c. 1. By infusing them in water, in the proportion of 3 to 5 lbs. to the gallon, or q. s. to give a proper flavor ; and adding sugar to the strained liquor, in the proportion of 3 or 4 lbs. to every 6 or 7 lbs. of the cuttings used. * 2. As the last, but substitute raisins lbs. for each pound of sugar. *** In the above way are made the following wines : — Rape wine, (from the pressed cake of grapes ;) — English grape wine ; — rhubarb wine, {patent or Bath champagne ,) from garden rhu- barb ; &c. V. From the saccharine roots and stems of plants. 1. Bruised or sliced vegetable 4 or 5 lbs. ; boil- ing water 1 gallon ; infuse till cold, press out the liquor, and for each gallon use sugar 3 'lbs. ; cream of tartar 1 oz. ; brandy about 2§. For some roots and stems the water must not be very hot, as they are thus rendered troublesome to press. 2. As the last, but using 1 lb. more sugar. *** In the above way may be made the fol- lowing wines: — Parsnip wine, (Malmsey;) — turnip do. ; &c. &c. VI. From flowers, spices, aromatics, tyc. These are prepared by simply infusing a suf- ficient quantity of the bruised ingredients for a few days in any simple wine (as that from sugar, honey, raisin, &c.) previously to racking. In the above way are made the following wines : Clary wine, {muscadell,) from flowers 1 quart to the gallon ; — cowslip wine, (flowers 2 quarts to the gallon ;) — elder-flower wine, (fronti - gnac,) flowers of v/hite berried elder £ pint, and lemon juice 2 oz. to the gallon; — ginger wine, (l£ oz. of ginger to the gallon ;) — orange wine, (1 dozen sliced, to the gallon ;) — lemon wine, (juice of 12 and rinds of G to the gallon ;) — spruce wine, (£ oz. of essence of spruce to the 72 gallon ;) — juniper wine, (berries 1 pint to tho gallon ;) — peach wine, (4 or 5 sliced, and the stones broken, to the gall. ;) — apricot wine, (as peach wine, or with more fruit ;) — q,uince wine, (12 to the gallon;) — rose, clove-gillyflower, carnation, lavender, violet, primrose, and other flower wines, (distilled water 1 quart, or flowers 1 pint to the gallon ;) — balm wine, (balm tops 4 oz. to the gallon ;) &c. VII. From saccharine juices, or infusions, or from other fermented liquors. 1. Juice or liquor 1 gallon; honey or sugar 2 lbs., (or raisins 3 lbs. ;) cream of tartar 1£ oz. ; brandy 1^ to 2§. Very good. 2. As the last, but using one half more sugar, raisins, and brandy. Very fine. In this way are made the following wines : — English grape wine ; — mixed fruit wine ; — pine APPLE WINE ; CIDER WINE ; ELDER WINE ; BIRCH wine, (from the sap :it the end of February or be- ginning of March;) — sycamore wine,- (from the sap ;) — malt wine, ( English Madeira,) from strong wort ; — and the wines of any of the saccha- rine juices of ripe fruit. VIII. From simple saccharine matter 1. Sugar 2J lbs. ; cream of tartar ^ oz. ; water 1 gallon ; honey 1 lb. ; brandy 2 to 3§. Weak. 2. As the last, but use sugar 3^ lbs. Good. 3. As the last, but use sugar 5 lbs. Strong. A handful of grape leaves or cuttings, bruised, or a pint of good malt wort, or mild ale, may be substi- tuted for the honey. *** The above are chiefly used as bases for other wines, as they have little flavor of their own* Raisin wine may be used in- stead. +4.+ In all the preceding formulae lump sugar is intended when the wines are wanted very pale, and good Muscovado sugar when this is not the case. Some of the preceding wines are vastly im- proved by substituting good cider, perry, or pale ale or malt wort for the whole or a portion of the water. Good porter may also be advantageously used in this way for some of the red wines. When expense is no object, and very strong wines are wanted, the expressed juices of the ripe fruits, with the addition of 2 or 3 lbs. of sugar per gallon, may be substituted for the fruit in substance, and the water. Examples of British imitations of Foreign Wines. British Cape. Prep. — 1. (White.) Raisin wine, either alone, or worked up with a little cider and pale malt wort. — 2. (Red.) British white oape, sound rough cider, and mulberry wine, equal parts ; well mixed, and fined down with white of egg or bullock’s blood. British Champagne. Prep. — 1. (White.) a. Stoned raisifts 7 Ids. ; loaf sugar 21 lbs. ; water 9 gallons ; crystallized tartaric acid 1 oz. ; Narbonne honey ^ lb. ; ferment with sweet yeast 1 lb or less ; skim frequently, and when the fermentation is nearly over, add coarse-powdered orris root 1 drachm, and eau do fleurs d’oranges 3 oz. ; lemon juice \ pint ; rack it, bung close, and in 3 months fine it down with isinglass J oz. ; in 1 month more, if not sparkling, again fine it down, and in another fortnight bottle it, observing to. put a piece of dou- ble-refined sugar, the size of a pea, into each bot- tle. The bottles should be wired, and covered WIN 570 WIN with fin foil, after tho manner of champagne. — b. To the last, when the fermentation is nearly over, add perry (best pale) 3 gallons. — c. As the pre- ceding, but substituting Muscovado sugar for rai- sins ; or, what is still better, employ 28 lbs. of dou- ble-refined sugar. — d. Bruised amber, hairy cham- pagne gooseberries, and cold spring water, equal parts ; East India sugar 3£ lbs., to each gallon of the strained liquor ; Madeira wine and pale old rum, of each 1 quart to every 10 gallons ; fine down with isinglass, and bottle in 12 months. A .sample of this wine obtained the prize of the Hor- ticultural Society of Edinburgh. It is better, how- ever, when made with lump sugar. — e. From Eng- lish grapes and lump sugar. — /. From the stalks of garden rhubarb and lump sugar ; a little sweet- brier, orris, or orange-flower water being added to give it a slight bouquet. This forms tho patent or Bath champagne, of the Champagne Wine Com- pany. — 2. (Pink.) To either of the preceding, add a little red currant juice to color, or 1 oz. of coarse- ly-powdered cochineal to each 10 or 12 gallons, at the time of racking. *** The above formulae, managed with judg- ment, produce very exact imitations of genuine champagne. In fact, it is notorious that two bot- tles of wine out of every three sola* under this de- nomination in England, is of British manufacture. I have myself seen sparkling gooseberry, rhubarb, and white sugar wines, sold for imported cham- pagne, at 7s. Gd. per bottle, and the fraud has passed undetected even by habitual wine-drinkers. British Claret. Prep. 1. Good cider and port wine equal parts. — 2. To each .gallon of the last add cream of tartar (genuine) 3 drs., and the juice of one lemon. — 3. To either of the preceding add French brandy 2 oz. — 4. Instead of port, use red cape or British port. If the first three of the above are well mixed and fined down, and not bottled for a month or five weeks, they can scarce- ly be distinguished from good “ Bordeaux.” A mixture of 4 parts of raisin wine with 1 part each of raspberry, and barberry or damson wine, also forms an excellent factitious claret. British Cyprus. Prep. From the juice of white elderberries 1 quart, and Lisbon sugar 4 lbs. to water 1 gallon, together with ^ dr. each of bruised ginger and cloves. When racked add rai-# sins and brandy, of each 2 oz. Honey Wine', (American.) Prep. Ixoney 20 lbs.; cider 12 gallons; ferment, then add rum ^ gallon, brandy \ do., red or white tartar (dissolved) 6 oz., bitter almonds and cloves, of each \ oz. This is also called Mead Wine. British Madeira. Prep. Pale malt, ground, 4 bushels; boiling water 44 gallons; infuse, strain ofF this while warm, take 24 gallons, and add su- gar candy 14 lbs., and cream of tartar 3 oz. ; when dissolved,, add yeast 2 lbs. ; ferment, keep skim- ming off tho yeast, and when the fermentation is yearly finished, add raisin winc2£ gallons ; brandy and sherry wine, of each 2 gallons ; rum 1 quart ; bung it down for 6 or 9 months. A second infu- sion of the malt may be mado for beer. British Malmsey. Prep. 1. Sliced parsnips 4 lbs. ; boiling water 1 gallon ; when cold press out the liquor, and to each gallon add cream of tartar £ oz., and good Muscovado sugar 3 lbs. ; ferment, rack, and add brandy 2 to 3{). — 2. Good malt wort 1 gallon; lump sugar 1£ lbs.; Malaga raisins 2 lbs. ; brandy 3 to dg of the racked liquor British Port. Prep. 1. lied cape 2 gallons, damson or cider wino 1 gallon ; mix. — 2. To the last add brandy £ pint ; powdered kino 1 dr. — 3. (Southampton Port.) Cider 3 gallons ; elder and damson wine, of each 1 gallon ; brandy 3£ pints. — 4. Cider 24 gallons ; juice of elderberries G gallons , port wine 4 gallons; brandy gallons; logwood 1 lb. ; isinglass 12 oz., dissolved in a gallon of the cider ; bung it down ; in 2 months it will bo fit to bottle, but should not bo drunk until the next year; if a rough flavor is required, alum 4 to G oz. may be added. — 5. (London Port.) Good rough cider, red cape, port, and elder wine, of each 6 gallons ; brandy 1 gallon ; as last. *#* To make the above wine form a crust on the inside of the bottle, a. spoonful of powdered catechu, or ^ a spoonful of finely-powdered cream of tartar is added to each bottle before corking. It is also a common practice to put tho crust on the bottle before putting the wine into it, by employ- ing a hot saturated solution of red tartar, thickened with gum, and some powdered tartar. By adding a little lemon juice, and a “ streak ” of orris or or- ange-flower water to British port, the ingenious wine-brewer converts it into “ British Burgundy.” The latter is also made by mixing together equal parts of British port and claret. British Sherry. Prep. I. Cape or raisin wine slightly flavored with a very little bitter almond cake, or, what is more convenient, a little of tho essential oil dissolved 5n alcohol, (essence of bitter almonds.) — 2. ^o the last add a minute quantity of sweetbrier, eau de fleurs d’oranges, or orris, to give it a very slight bouquet. — 3. To each gallon of strong raisin must, add, when racking, 1 Seville orange and 2 bitter almonds, both sliced. By omitting the almonds, and adding 2 or 3 green cit- rons to each 10 gallons, this forms British Madeira. — 4. Loaf sugar 32 lbs. ; sugar candy 10 lbs. ; wa- ter 1G gallons ; boil, add pale ale wort (as for Ma- deira) 6 gallons ; yeast 1 lb. ; on the third day add raisins, stoned, 10 lbs. ; and in another 2 or 3 days brandy 1 gallon ; bitter almonds, grated, 1 dr. ; bung it down for 4 months, draw it off into another cask, add brandy 1 gallon, and in 3 months bottle it. — 5. TenerifFe, slightly flavored with cherry- laurel or almonds, forms a most excellent British sherry, either alone or diluted with an equal quan- tity of Cape or raisin wine. *** The preceding formulae, by skilful manage- ment, produce very good imitations of some of the imported wines ; but many of the British fruit wines possess an equally agreeable flavor, and are frequently more wholesome. All British wine re- quires to be kept at least a year to “mellow.” Much of the superiority of foreign wine arises from its age. WINES, IMPREGNATED. These are either used in pharmacy or in cookery. The medicated wines (vina medicata) are prepared in the same manner as tinctures ; they should bo made in well- closed vessels and macerated without heat. Tho L. Pn. of 1824 substituted a diluted spirit for wine, still retaining tho name : but tho wine (sherry) was restored in that of 1836. The druggists corn monly use cape or raisin wine as a menstruum, as being cheaper than sherry and equally efficacious WIN • 571 WOA The vinum ’ of the P. U. S. is Teneriffe. The following are the principal impregnated wines used as medicine, or as flavoring. Wine, Aloes. Syn. Tin dura Sacra. T.Hiera Pierce. Vinum aloes, (P. L. E. & D.) Prep. (P. I/.) Powdered aloes §ij ; do. canella fss ; sherry 1 quart ; macerate 14 days. The P. E. substitutes cardamoms and ginger, of each 3iss, for canella. Dose. As a purgative f ^ss to f §ij ; as a stomachic f 3 j to f3ij. Wine, Antimonial. Syn. Tartar Emetic Wine. Wine of Potassio-tartrate of Antimony. Vinum Antimonii Tartarizati, (P. L. 1788.) Li- quor do., (P. L. 1809 and 1824.) V. Antimonii Potassio-tartratis, (P. L. 1836 ) Vinum Antimo- niale, (P. E.) Liq. Tartari Emetici, (P. D.) Prep. (P. L. & E.) Tartarized antimony 3ij ; sherry 1 quart ; dissolve. Each fluid oz. contains 2 grs. of emetic tartar. Dose. As a diaphoretic and expectorant 10 to 30 drops, frequently ; as a nauseant f 3j to f 3ij ; as an emetic f 3ij to f^ss. Wine, Basil. Green basil leaves 4 or 5 oz. ; sherry or cape, 1 pint ; digest for 10 days. Used to give a turtle flavor to soups and. gravies. *** In a similar way may be made the wines of celery leaves and seed, skalotes, and the various green and dried herbs used in cookery. Wine, Cayenne. Prep. Cayenne 1 oz., sherry or cape 1 pint ; steep for a fortnight, and strain. *** In a similar way may be made Currie, ( pow- der, ) ragout, {spice,) and several other similar wines used in the kitchen. Wine, Colciiicum. (Root.) Syn. Vinum { Cor- mi) Colchici, (P. L. & E.) Prep. (P. L.) Sliced and dried corms of meadow saffron fviij ; sherry wine 1 quart ; macerate 14 days. Dose, f 3ss to f 3j ; in gout, &c. Wine, Colchicum. (Seed.) Syn. Vinum Sem- inum Colchici. Prep. (Dr. Williams.) Seeds of ireadow saffron (preferably ground in a coffee- mili) §ij 5 sherry ffxvj ; as last. Dose. f3ss to f3iss ; in gout, &c. Wine, Gentian. Syn. Bitter Wine. Vinum Amara. Vinum Gentiana, (P. E.) Prep. Gen- tian in coarse powder fss ; yellow bark (do.) ; dried orange-peel 3ij ; canella in coarse powder 3j ; proof spirit f f ivss ; digest for 24 hours, then add sherry 1 pint and f ^xvj, and further digest for 7 days. Tonic and stomachic. Dose. % to 1 oz. Wine, Hellebore. Syn. Tincture of White Hellebore. T. Veratri Albi. Vinum Veratri, (P. L.) Prep. White hellebore, sliced, fviij ; sherry wine 1 quart; digest 14 days. Dose. 10 drops, *2 or 3 times daily, gradually increased ; as a substi- tute for colchicum in gout and rheumatism. Wine, Hellebore, (Opiated.) Syn'. Mr. Moore’s Eau Medicinale. Prep. White hellebore wine 3iij ; tincture of opium 3j ; mix. Wine, Ipecacuanha. Syn. Vinum Ipecacu- anha, (P. L. E. & D.) Bruised ipecacuanha root ^iiss ; sherry 1 quart ; macerate for 14 days. Dose. As a diaphoretic and expectorant, 10 to 40 drops ; as an emetic f 3ij to ffss. Wine, Iron. Syn. Chalybeate Wine. Vinum Ferri. Prep. — 1. (P. L. 1809.) Iron filings fij ; ftiierry 1 quart ; digest with frequent agitation for a month. — 2. (P. L. 1824.) Iron filings §j ; cream of tartar 3vj ; water f^j ; mix, expose in an open vessel to the air for 6 weeks, adding water as re- quired, then dry, powder, dissolve in water f f xxx and add proof spirit ffxx. Rejected from the P L. 1836. A mild chalybeate tonic. Dose. 1 to 4 drs. Wine of Opium. Syn. Vinum Opii, (P. L. E. &, D.) LaiManum liquidum Sydenhami, (P. L 1720.) Tinctura Thebaica, (P. L. 1745.) Sy denham’s liquid Laudanum. Prep. — 1. (P. L.’ Extract of opium, P. L., §iiss ; cloves and cinna- mon 3iiss ; sherry 1 quart ; macerate for 14 days — 2. ( Wholesale .) Extract of opium 10 oz. ; oil of cassia 25 drops ; oil of cloves 20 drops ; rectified spirit 1£ pints ; water 6^ pints ; coloring q. s. ; di- gest with agitation till dissolved. Milder than the tincture. Dose. 10 to 60 drops as an anodyne and hypnotic. Wine of Opium, (Fermented.) Syn. Rous- seau’s Laudanum. Black-drop. Vinum Opii Fermentatione Paratum. Prep. (P. Cod.) Opium §iv ; boiling water ^lx ; dissolve, add honey §xij ; yeast 3ij ; keep it at 86° F. for t. month, or till the fermentation is complete ; press, filter, distil off fxvj, and evaporate the residue to Sjx ; distil the ^xvj of spirit obtained above, till §xij have, passed over ; and from this, by a third distillation, obtain fivss, which add to the evaporated solution, (fx,) and filter. Considerably stronger than lau- danum. (See Black-drop.) Wine, Tobacco. Syn. Vinum T abaci. Prep. (P. E.) Tobacco leaves §iiiss ; sherry 1 quart ; digest 7 days, strain with strong pressure, and fil- ter. Sedative and diuretic. Dose. 10 to 50 drops in dropsy, &c. Wine, Rhubarb. Syn. Vinum Rhai, (P. E.) V. Rhai Palmati. V. Rhabarbari. Tinctura Rhai Vinosa.. Prep. (P. E.) Rhubarb in coarse powder f v ; canella (do.) 3ij ; proof spirit f§v; sherry f^xxxv; macerate for 7 days, press, and filter. Dose. As a stomachic f 3j to f3iij ; as a purgative f^ss to f^j. WINE TEST. Prep. — 1. (Hahnemann’s.) Quicklime $j, flowers of sulphur §iss ; heat in a covered crucible for 5 or 6 minutes ; of this take 3ij, tartaric acid 3ij. ; powder, mix, and shake in a stopped bottle with a pint of water”, let it settle, pour off the clear, and add tartaric acid §iss. — 2. (Dr. Paris’s.) Expose equal parts of sulphur and powdered oyster shells to a white heat for 15 min- utes, and when cold, add an equal quantity of cream of tartar ; these are to be put into a strong bottle, with common water, to boil for an hour, and the solution is afterwards to be decanted into ounce vials, adding twenty drops of muriatic acid to each Both the above tests will throw down the least quantity of lead from wines, as a very sensible black precipitate. As iron might be accidentally contained in the wine, the muriatic acid is added to the last test to prevent the precipitation of that metal. WO AD. Syn. Glastum. Isatis Tinctoria. Vouedf. ; Pastel, (Fr.) Waid, ( Ger .) From woad leaves, by grinding them to a paste, of which balls are made, placed in heaps, and occasionally sprinkled with water to promote the fermentation * when this is finished, the woad is allowed to fall down into large lumps. On diluting the powdei with boiling water, and, after standing for some hours in a close vessel, adding about one-twentieth its weight of lime newly slaked, digesting in a WRI 572 XAN gentle warmth, and stirring the whole together every 3 or 4 hours, a new fermentation begins ; a blue froth rises to the surface, and the liquor, though it appears itself of a reddish color, dyes woollen of a green ; which, like tho green from indigo, changes in the air to a blue* This is one of tho nicest processes in the art of dyeing, and does not well succeed in the way of a small experiment Used to dye blue, but mostly in combination with indigo. Both dye-stuffs arc emploj'ed in the same way. 50 lbs. of woad are reckoned equal to 1 lb. of indigo. WOOD is polished by carefully rubbing down the grain with fine glass-paper, or pumice-stone, and then rubbing it, first with finely-powdered pumice-stone and water, and afterwards with tri- poli and linseed oil, till a proper surface is at- tained Wood is stained by the application of any of the ordinary liquid dyes employed for wool or cotton. They sink deeper into the wood when they are applied hot. When the surface is properly stained and dried, it is commonly cleaned with a rag dipped in oil of turpentine or boiled oil, after which it is varnished or polished. Musical instruments , arti- cles of the toilette, tj-c., are usually treated in this way. (See Dyes for Bone and Ivory.) WOOL, SPANISH. Syn. Bezetta rubra, B. di Levante. Prep. Separate the coloring mat- ter from safflower, as in making rouge ; using white crape to take the color from the second so- lution in subcarbonate of soda-water. Used to coior the cheeks by rubbing the wool upon them. WORM CAKES. 1. (Storey’s.) Prep. Calo- mel 3j ; jalap 3j ; ginger Qij ; white sugar 1 oz. ; vermilion to color ; all in powder ; beat to a mass with simple sirup, and divide into 20 cakes. Each cake contains I gr. of . calomel. Dose. 2 to 4 early in the morning, fasting. — 2. Scammony 2 oz. ; calomel 1 oz. ; .white sugar 2 lbs.; mucilage of tragacanth made with rose-water, q. s. to make a mass ; divide into 1960 lozenges. Each lozenge weighs about 8 grs., and contains \ gr. of calomel and £ gr. of scammony. — 3. As the last, but sub- stitute resin of jalap for scammony, and divide into only 980 lozenges. Each lozenge contains £ gr. of calomel, and 1 gr. of resin of jalap. WORM DRENCHES. Prep. 1. Common salt \ lb. ; aloes \ oz. ; boiling water 1 quart ; dis- solve. — 2. Oil of turpentine 4 oz. ; gruel 1^ pint ; mix. — 3. Oil of turpentine 4 oz. ; linseed oil 8 oz. ; thick gruel \ a pint ; mix well. Used by farriers for horses. WORMWOOD, (Swiss Extract of.) Syn. Extract d’Absinthe de Suisse. Prep. Tops of absinthium majus 4 lbs. ; do. absinthium minus 2 lbs. ; angelica root, calamus aromaticus, seeds of anisum china), leaves of the dittany of Crete, of each 15 grs. ; alcohol at 20° B. 4 gallons ; mace- rate for 10 days, then add water 1 gallon, and distil 3 gallons by a gentle heat. Tonic and stomachic. Served round at some tables after wine has been taken freely, to recruit tho stomach, and enable it to bear more. WRITING FLUIDS. Prep. I. (Black.)— a. Caustic soda 3j ; water 1 pint ; dissolvo, an pi add Indian ink, scraped fine, q. s. to givo a proper degree of bluckness. Permanent, incorrodiblo, and flows well from steel pens. — h. Shellac 4 oz. ; borax 2 oz. ; water 1 quart; boil till dissolved, add gum arabic, dissolved, 2 oz. ; boil, strain, and fur- ther add enough of a mixture of equal parts of calcined lamp-black and indigo previously tritura- ted to an impalpable fineness, to produce a proper color ; agitate well, let it stand 2 or 3 hours to deposite tho coarser portion of the powder, and bo» tie for use. Incorrodible, and indestructible when dry. It resists the action of water, oil, turpentine, alcohol, the dilute acids, chlorine, alkalis, or otho reagents, unless when so concentrated as to de- stroy the paper. It flows easier when tho gum is omitted. II. (j Blue.) a. Dissolve cerulco-sulphate of po- tassa or ammonia in hot water, and when cold decant tho clear. It is an intense blue, and dries nearly black ; is perfectly incorrosive, and very permanent and easy flowing. It may bo thicken- ed with gum water, or diluted with pure rain wa- ter, as required. — h. Dissolve blue carmine or sol- uble indigo in distilled water, as above. Resembles the last, but is scarcely equal to it. — c. Dissolvo basic or soluble Prussian blue in pure water. This is the most permanent and beautiful ink known. It is not affected by the addition of alcohol, but is immediately precipitated by saline matter. The precipitate, however, still possesses the property of dissolving in pure water. — d. Dissolve the soluble ferrocyanide of potassium and iron in pure water, as before. Resembles the last, but is precipitated from its solution by alcohol. Either of tho prece- ding blue fluids may be used as indelible ink to mark linen, and will be found very permanent, provided the part be first moistened with alum wa- ter and dried. Soluble Prussian Blue (Basic do. Basic sesquiferrocyanide of iron ) is obtained by adding a solution of protosulphato of iron to a solution of ferrocyanide of potassium, (Prussiate of potash.) A bluish-white precipitate, turning dark blue by exposure, is formed, which is washed till it begins to dissolve in the water, and color it blue, when it is either collected and dried, or at once dissolved in pure water. — Soluble Ferrocyanide of Po- tassium and Iron is made by precipitating a solu- tion of a persalt of iron (as the persulphate, perni- trate, peracetate, or sesquichloride) by a stronger solution of ferrocyanide of potassium, so that the latter may be in considerable excess. A blue pre- cipitate is formed, which must be treated as be- fore. XANTHIC ACID. Syn. IIydroxanthic Acid. Bisultiiocarbonate of oxide of etiiule. (From iavQbs, yellow, and yevvau, J generate.) A peculiar acid, composed of sulphur, carbon, hydro- gen, and oxygen, discovered by Zeise. Prep. Dry xanthate of potassa is mixed with dilute sulphuric or muriatic acid. After a time a milky liquid is formed, from which, by the addition of more wa- ter, a heavy oily substance is deposited, which must bo quickly washed with water, and dried by standing over chlorido of calcium. This is hy- drated xanthic acid. A nearly colorless, in- flammable, oily liquid, having a bitter taste and a peculiar, penetrating, disagreoablo odor. It is de- composed at a temperature abovo 75° F. The compounds of xanthic acid are mostly of a yellow YEA 573 YEA color ; hence its name. — Xantiiate of Potassa, ( Bisulphocarbonate of oxide of ethnic and Po- tassa, Liebig,) is obtained by adding bisulphurot ;f carbon to a saturated solution of fused caustic potassa in absolute alcohol, as long as it is dissolv- ed. By cooling the solution to 32°, it forms a semi-solid mass of crystals, which, after being washed with ether, and pressed between bibulous paper, must be dried out of contact with the air. Soluble in water and alcohol. XANTHINE. This name has been given by Kuhlman to the yellow coloring matter of madder. YEAST. Syn. Barm. Zumin. Fermentum, ( Lat., from ferveo, to ferment.) The froth of ferment- ing worts. According to Liebig, yeast is a sub- stance in a state of putrefaction or fermentation, the atoms of which are in a continual motion, and this condition it communicates by contact, to fer- mentable substances. (See Fermentation.) YEAST or BARM, (ARTIFICIAL.) Prep. I. Method of preparing Yeast without a Fer- ment. — a. It has long been considered a desidera- tum to obtain a method of making yeast directly and without the aid of any portion of that sub- stance. Mr. Fownes has published in the ‘ Trans- actions of the Chemical Society,’ a method which, although he seems to regard it as new, is to be found in the Chemistry of Boerhaave. Neverthe- less it seems to have been long lost sight of, and Berzelius, as quoted by Mr. Fownes, states, “ that although the conversion of a small into a large quantity of yeast is a very easy thing, yet to pro- duce that substance from the beginning is very difficult.” The plan of Mr. Fownes, which is substantially the same as that of Boerhaave, is as follows : — Common wheat flour is to be mixed with water into a thick paste, and kept, slightly covered, in a moderately warm place, for some time. About the third day, it begins to emit a little gas, and to exhale a disagreeable, sour odor, like stale milk ; after the lapse of a few days, that is, about the sixth or seventh day, the smell changes, much gas is evolved, accompanied by a distinct and agreeable vinous odor, and it is then in a state to excite the vinous fermentation. A quantity of wort is next to be prepared, and boiled with hops, in the same manner as in the brewing of beer, and when cooled to 90° or 100°, the de- ' composed dough, thoroughly mixed with tepid wa- ter, is to be added, and the whole is to be kept in a warm situation. After the lapse of a few hours, active fermentation takes place, carbonic acid is disengaged, and when the action is complete, and the liquor clear, a large quantity of yeast, of ex- cellent quality, is found at the bottom of the vessel. In one experiment, the following mate- rials were used: — A small handful of ordinary wneat flour was made into a paste with cold wa- ter, covered with paper, and left seven days on the mantel-shelf of a room where a fire was kept all day, being occasionally stirred ; at the end of that period three quarts of malt were mashed in two gallons of water, the infusion boiled with the prop- er quantity of hops, and, when sufficiently cooled, the ferment added. The result was a quantity of bc^r, not very strong, but of an agreeable flavor, and a pint of thick yeast, perfectly good for ma- king bread. This must be valuable to colonists and residents in the country. Malt is easily made, and hops may be omitted, or superseded by some other bitter. (Lancet.) h. Honey 5 oz. ; powdered tartar 1 oz ; malt 1 lb. ; water at 122° F. 3 pints, or q. s. ; stir well together, and allow the whole to rest for 2 or 3 hours, or till the temperature sinks to about 65°, at which it must be kept, covered over, when yeast will be eliminated. c. Boil malt, a quarter of a peck, in 3 pints of water ; pour off 2 pints, and keep it in a warm place for 30 hours ; add 4 pints of a similar decoc- tion, stir it well in, again ferment, and repeat this addition of 4 pints until a sufficient quantity of yeast is obtained: 10 pints will yield yeast suffi- cient 'jor a brewing of 40 gallons ; it is preferable to bre.vers’ yeast, particularly when used for rais- ing dough. II. With a Ferment. — a. (Ure.) Bean floui $ lb. ; water 6 quarts ; boil for £ :n hour, pou* the decoction into any suitable vessel, add wheat flour 3^ lbs. ; stir well together, and when the temperature reaches 55°, add beer yeast 2 quarts ; mix well, and keep the mixture in a situation where it will not be chilled. In 24 hours after the commencement of the fermentation add barley or bean flour 7 lbs., make a uniform dough by thor- ough kneading, roll it out as thin as a dollar, and cut it with a wine-glass into small cakes, which must be placed on sieves or laths, and dried in the sun, and then preserved in a dry sitr .ation. For use, one of these discs is to be broker into pieces, laid in warm water, and set in a warm place during 12 hours, when the soft m? ss will serve the purpose of beer yeast. h. Mix 2 quarts of water with v heat flour, to the consistence of thick gruel, boi i it gently for half an hour, and when almost c< Id, stir into it ^ lb. of sugar, and four spoonfuls of / ood yeast. Put the whole in a large jug or earther . vessel, with a narrow top, and place it before the fire, so that it may, by a moderate heat, fermeu 1. The fermenta- tion will throw up a thin liquor, \ /hich pour off and throw away ; keep the remaindi r for use (in a cool place) in a bottle, or jug tied over. The same quantity of this, as of common yeast, will suffice to bake or brew with. Four spoonfuls of this yeast will make a fresh quantity as before, and the stock may be always kept up, by fermenting the new with the remainder of the former quantity. Remarks. The preparation of substitutes for yeast, has long engaged the attention both of the scientific chemist and the practical tradesman. The periodicals at one time literally teemed with these formulae, and even at the present day some of the minor publications amuse their readers in the same way. The above processes are the best known, and if well managed will prove all that can be desired. It were easy to multiply receipts on this subject, were they to be indiscriminately selected, but the mass of those published are either mere trash, or repetitions of others long known. Not more than one in a thousand answers when tried. Ordinary beer yeast may be kept fresh and fit for use for several months, by placing it in a close canvass bag, and gently squeezing out the moisture in a screw press till the remaining mat- ter becomes as stiff as clay, in which state it must YTT 574 Z1N be preserved in close vessels. This method is gen- erally adopted by the brewers in Flanders. An- other method is to woll whisk the yeast till it forms a uniform «liquid mass, and then to lay it with a soft paint-brush evenly and thinly on dishes, or any convenient surface, on which it can be exposed to the sun or air ; and the operation must be re- peated as soon as the first codt is sufficiently solid, and so on, till the layers acquire a proper thick- ness, when it must be detached and preserved as before. If rendered quite dry, its power of exci- ting fermentation will be destroyed. YELLOW DYE. Syn. Teinture Jaune, (Fr.) The following substances impart a yellow to goods, either at once, or after they have been mordanted with alumina or tin : — annotto , dyer's broom , fus- tic. justet, French berries, quercitron bark, tur- meric, barberry root. Goods mordanted with ace- tate of lead, and afterwards passed through a bath of chromate of potash, acquire a brilliant chrome 1/elloio color ; solution of sulphate or acetate of iron, followed by immersion in potash or lime- water, gives a yellow, buff, or orange, — orpiment dissolved in ammonia imparts a golden yellow. YELLOW, NAPLES. Syn. Jaune Mineral, (Fr.) Giallolino, (Ital.) Prep. I. Metallic an- timony 12 lbs. ; red lead 8 lbs. ; oxide of zinc 4 lbs. ; mix, calcine, triturate well together, and fuse in a crucible ; the fused mass must be ground and elutriated to a fine powder. II. Lead 3 lbs. ; common antimony 2 lbs. ; alum and common salt 2 oz. ; calcined together. III. Flake white 1^ lbs.; diaphoretic antimony £ lb. ; calcined alum 1 oz. ; sal ammoniac 2 oz. ; calcine in a covered crucible with a moderate heat for 3 hours, so that at the end of it, it may be bare- ly red hot. More antimony and sal ammoniac turns it on the gold color. Used in oil and in por- celain painting and enamelling. YELLOW, PATENT. Syn. Montpellier Yellow. Oxiciiloride of Lead. Submuriate of do. Prep. I. Common salt 1 cwt. and litharge 4 cwt., are ground together with water, and kept for some time in a gentle heat, water being added to supply the loss by evaporation ; the carbonate of soda is then washed out with more water, and the white residuum heated till it acquires a fine yellow color. Used as a paint. II. Dry chloride of lead 14 oz. ; pure carbonate of lead 13 £ oz. ; grind together, fuse and powder. Used as a paint. YELLOW, WELD. Prep. Fine whiting 4 lbs. ; water 4 pints ; boil together into a smooth paste, and add, gradually, alum ^ oz. in fine pow- der. Boil weld in water for a quarter of an hour, strain, and add tho liquor to the pap of whiting and alum until the desired shade of color is obtain- ed ; pour into earthen pans, and dry on chalk. Used by the paper-hanging makers. YTTRIA Syn. Oxide of Yttrium. A white earth discovered by Gadolin in 1794, in a mineral from Yttcrby in Sweden, since called Gadolinite. Its up. gr. is 4*842; its salts have in general a sweetish taste, and tho sulphate and several othors an amethyst color, its solutions are precipitated by pure alkalis, but alkaline carbonates, especially carbonate of ammonia, dissolve it in tho cold. It is distinguished from glucina by tho color of its sul- phate, by being insoluble in pure alkalis, and by yielding a white precipitate with prussiato of pot- ash. Yttria may be obtained by a similar process from Gadolinite to that by which glucina is ex- tracted from the beryl. YTTRIUM. Tho metallic base of Yttria. It may be obtained in a similar way to that described under glucinium. It .is brittle, and has a dark gray color. ZAFFRE Syn. Saffra. Safflor. Roasted cobalt ore roduced to a very fine powder and ground with 2 or 3 parts of very pure quartzose or silicious sand. Used as a blue color by cnamcllers and painters on porcelain and glass. Chiefly im- ported from Saxony. Zaffire fused in an earthen crucible with about half its weight of potash, and tho melted mass poured into water and afterwards ground into an impalpable powder, forms tho beau- tiful azure pigment called smalls. ZEINE. A name given by Gorham to a yellow waxy substance, obtained by treating the portion of maize or Indian corn, insoluble in water, with alco- hol, and evaporating the solution. ZIMOME. (From ferment.) A i/ame given by Taddei to the portion of wheat gluten in- soluble in alcohol. (See Gluten.) ZINC. Syn. Spelter. Zinc, (Fr. cj- Sp.) Zink, (Ger., Put., Swedi, § Dan.) Zinco, (Ital.) Z;n- cum, (Lat.) This metal was first mentioned by Paracelsus in the 16th century, who called it zinctum. Its ores must, however, have been pre- viously known, as the ancients were acquainted with the manufacture of brass. The zinc of com- merce is obtained from the native sulphuret (zinc blende) or carbonate, (calamine,) by roasting those ores, and distilling them along with carbon- aceous matter in a covered earthen crucible, hav- ing its bottom connected with an iron tube which terminates over a vessel of water situated beneath the furnace. The first portion that passes over contains cadmium and arsenic, and is indicated by what is technically called the “ brown blaze but when the metallic vapor begins to burn with a bluish white flame, or the “ blue blaze ” com- mences, the volatilized metal is collected. Pur. Commercial zinc is never pure. Accord ing to the London Ph. its sp. gr. is 6’86, and it is almost entirely soluble in diluted sulphuric acid, forming a colofless solution. When tested in a Marsh’s apparatus it should yield no trace of ar- senic. The following method, by which several f pounds of chemically pure zinc may be obtained in about \ of an hour, will be found very useful : — • Melt the zinc of commerce in a common crucible, and throw it into a tolerably deep vessel of water, taking care that the metal be very hot at the mo* ment of running. This operation is not without its use, for the more granulated the zinc, the easier it is purified. Dry the grains, and dispose them by layers in a Hessian crucible with one-fourth of their weight of nitrate of potash, using the precau- tion to place a slight excess at tho top and at tho bottom. Cover the crucible, and secure the lid, then apply heat: a vivid deflagration takes place with great disengagement of light, after which re- move the crucible from tho fire, separate the dross with a tube, and lastly, run the zinc into an ingot mould. This zinc, submitted to Marsh’s apparatus during entire days, has never given any stain, and Z1N 575 ZIN in solution the most sensible reactives — such as hydro-sulphocyanic acid — have never indicated the least atom of iron. (Journ. de Pharm.) Props., Uses, $c. Zinc is a bluish white metal, having the sp. gr. 6-8 to 72 ; tough when cold, ductile and malleable at from 212° to 300°, brittle, and easily pulverized at 400° ; fuses at 773°, (Daniell,) and sublimes unchanged at a white heat, in close vessels. It is scarcely affected by expo- sure to air and moisture ; hence its general use in the arts for the manufacture of vessels of capacity, tubing, &c., that require lightness and durability. Heated to whiteness, (941° Daniell,) in contact with the air, it burns with great brilliancy, and is converted into oxide, ( flowers of zinc.) It is very soluble in dilute sulphuric and muriatic acid, with the evolution of hydrogen gas. Zinc is used to form galvanic plates ; in fireworks, and in medi- cine. Tests. 1. The solutions of zinc are precipitated white by the pure alkalis and carbonate of am- monia, but are completely redissolved by excess of the precipitant. — 2. The carbonates of potassa and soda give a permanent white precipitate of carbonate of zinc. — 3. Hydrosulphuret of am- monia also gives a white precipitate, and so does sulphureted hydrogen when the solution is quite neutral. — 4. Prussiate of potash gives a gelatinous white, or bluish w r hite precipitate. ZINC, ACETATE OF. Syn. Zinci Acetas. Prep. — 1. Dissolve oxide of zinc in acetic acid, evaporate and crystallize. — 2. Crystallized sul- phate of zinc 143 parts ; crystallized acetate of lead 190 do. ; dissolve each separately in water, mix, filter, evaporate, and crystallize. Tonic, antispasmodic, and emetic. Dose. 1 to 2 grs. ; as an emetic 10 to 20 grs. ; externally, 2 or 3 grs. to water 1 oz., as an astringent lotion or in- jection. ZINC, BROMIDE OF. Syn. Zinci Bro- midum. Prepared like the corresponding salt of iron. ZINC, CARBONATE OF. Syn. Zinci Carbonas. Prep. Add a solution of carbonate of soda to another of pure sulphate of zinc ; wash and dry the precipitate. For the impure or native carbonate of zinc, ( calamina , carbonas zinci impura , P. L.,) see Calamine. ZINC, CHLORIDE OF. Syn. Muriate of Zinc. Butter of do. Zinci Chloridum. Do. Murias. Prep. — 1. Evaporate the muriatic solution of zinc to dryness, and transmit dry muriatic acid gas over the residuum, heated in a tube. When pure, colorless, melts at 212°, de- liquescent, volatilized at a red heat, soft, like butter. — 2. (P. Cod.) Zinc ^xx ; muriatic acid q. s. ; dissolve, add nitric acid §j, evaporate to dryness, dissolve in water, and add chalk ; in 24 hours filter, and evaporate to dryness. Dose. 1 to 2 grs. in scrofula, epilepsy, &c. ; and ex- ternally as a caustic, or as an astringent lotion, (2 grs. to water f §j.) ZINC, CYANIDE OF. Syn. IIydrocyan- ate of Zinc. Cyanuret of do. Zinci Cyani- dum. Do. Cyanuretum. Prep. (M. Henry.) Add a solution of cyanide of potassium to another of pure sulphate of zinc ; wash and dry the pre- cipitate. Dose. \ to 1 gr. twice a day, in epilepsy, pysteria, and other nervous affections, heartburn, worms, «fec., and as a substitute for prussic acid. ZINC, FLUORIDE OF. A white com- pound, scarcely soluble in water, obtained by acting on oxide of zinc with liquid hydrofluoric acid. ZINC, IODIDE OF. Syn. Hydriodate of Zinc. Zinci Iodidum. Do. IIydriodas. Prep. (Duflos.) Iodine 2 parts ; granulated zinc 1 do. ; water 4 do. ; proceed as for iodide of iron, only employing a glass or porcelain vessel. De- liquescent. 15 grs. to water f§vj ; used as a collyrium in scrofulous inflammation of the eye, (Poulet ;) 3j to lard 3j, as a powerful resolvent to scrofulous and other glandular swellings ; rubbed on the part twice a day. (Ure.) ZINC, OXIDE OF. Syn. Zinci Oxydum, (P. L. E. & D.) Zinci Calcinatum. Nihil Album. Lana Philosophica. Pompiiolyx. Flow- ers of Zinc. Calx of do. Flores Zinci. Cal^ do. Prep. (P. L.) Sulphate of zinc (pure) lb. j ; sesquicarbonate of ammonia fviss ; dissolve each separately in 6 quarts of water, filter, mix, well wash the precipitate with water, and calcine it for 2 hours in a strong fire. “ White, tasteless, entirely soluble in diluted nitric acid without ef- fervescence; and this solution is not affected by nitrate of baryta, but yields a white precipitate with ammonia, entirely soluble in excess of the precipitant.” (P. L) Dose. 5 to 10 grs., as an antispasmodic; in epilepsy, &c. Used also as a dusting powder, and to make an ointment. It has been proposed as a substitute for ■white lead in painting, than which it covers better, but dries slower ; requires the addition of dried white vitriol. *** The last eight synonymes are usual- ly applied to the oxide procured by heating the metal in contact with air, but its composition, properties, and uses are the same as those of the oxide, P. L. See Flowers of Zinc. ZINC, SULPHATE OF. Syn. Zinci Sul- phas. Prep. I. (P. L.) Granulated zinc §v ; diluted sulphuric acid 1 quart ; dissolve, filter, evaporate to a pellicle, and set it aside to crys- tallize. II. The common sulphate of zinc of commerce frequently contains copper, cadmium, lead, iron, and manganese. By digesting its concentrated solution for some time with metallic zinc, it may be freed from copper, lead, and cadmium, for these metals are all reduced and precipitated in a metallic state ; or the acid solution may be treated with sulphureted hydrogen as long as any pre- cipitate forms. In order to separate the iron, chlorine gas is passed into the solution, by which the iron is converted into the protochloride ; if this solution be exposed to the air for a length of time, it absorbs Dxygen, and oxide of iron (basic salt?) is deposited as a yellow powder, from which the solution must be filtered. If the sulphate contain manganese, which is not very often the case, the solution must be boiled up a few times with purified charcoal, filtered and evaporated. {Jour, fur prakt. Chem .) Remarks. Puro sulphate of zinc must alone be used in medicine. The commercial sulphate {white copperas, white vitriol, salt of vitriol, vitriolum album, sal vitrioli, zincum vitriolatu?n, tf-c.,) is prepared by roasting native »»4phuret of ZIH 576 ZUM 'me ( blende ) in a reverberatory furnace, lixiviating ■he calcined mass, and evaporating till the liquid 'orms a white scmicrystalline mass on cooling. The pure sulphate is “ totally dissolved by water, and the white precipitate formed by ammonia is redissolved when the ammonia is added in ex- cess.” (P. L.) “When a solution in 6 waters is boiled with a little nitric acid, and a solution of ammonia is then added till the oxide of zinc at first precipitated is all redissolved, no yellow pre- cipitate remains, or a trace only, and the solution is colorless.” (P. E.) Dose. As an antispasmodic, tonic, or expectorant, 1 to 5 grs. ; as an emetic, 10 to 20 grs. ZINKING. Copper and brass vessels may bo covered with a firmly adherent layer of pure zinc, by boiling them in contact with a solution of chloride of zinc ; pure zinc turnings being at the same time present in considerable excess. The % same object may be obtained by means of Zinc, and a solution of sal ammoniac, or caustic potassa. (Boettger’s Beitrilge.) ZIRCONIA. Syn. Oxide of Zirconium. A white pulverulent earth discovered in the jargon, or zircon, of Ceylon, by Klaproth, in 1789, and it has since been found in the jacinth. To obtain it the stone should be calcined and thrown into cold water, to render it friable, and then powdered in an agate mortar. Mix the powder with nine parts of pure potash, and pro- ject the mixture by spoonfuls into a red-hot cruci- ble, taking care that each portion is fused before another is added. Keep the whole in fusion, with an increased heat, far an hour and a half. When cold, break the crucible, separate its contents, potvder, and boil in water, to dissolve the alkali. Wash the insoluble part; dissolve in muriatio acid ; heat the solution, that the silex nmy fall down ; and prccipitato the zirconia by caustic fixed alkali. Or the zirconia may be precipitated by carbonate of soda, and the carbonic acid ex- pelled by heat. Zirconia has neither taste nor odor, is insolublo in water, and forms salts with the acids. It is distinguished from all the other earths, except thorina, by being precipitated when any of its neutral salts are boiled with a saturated solution of sulphate of potassa. It is distinguished from alumina and glucina by its salts being pre- cipitated by all the pure alkalis, and by being in- soluble when they are added in excess. The pre- cipitated hydrate and carbonate are readily solu- ble in acids. ZIRCONIUM. The metallic base of zirconia. It is obtained by heating in a glass tube with a spirit lamp, a mixture of potassium, and the double fluoride of zirconium and potassium, care- fully dried. The product must be washed with water, and digested for some time in dilute mu- riatic acid. (Berzelius.) The resulting black powder is zirconium. It has been but very im- perfectly examined. ZOONIC ACID. A name given by Berthol- let to the acid liquid procured by distillatipn from animal substances. It* has been shown by Thenard to be merely acetic acid. ZOOTIC ACID. (See Prussic Acid.) ZUMIC ACID. (From leaven.) Tne acid formed in bread, and in some other vegeta- ble substances, which have undergone the acetoua fermentation. THE END. *